Skip to main content

Full text of "The history of Roman law, from the text of "Histoire de la législation romaine et généralisation du droit (edition of 1870)"

See other formats


fvorfi 

UXUL) 


ROMAN    LAW, 


OUVKAGES  DE  M,  OETOLAN, 

Chez  M.   HENKI  PLON,  imprimeur  de  TEmpereur,  Rue 
Garonciere  No.  8,  a  Paris. 


Explication  historique  des  Instituts  de  1'empereur  Justinien,  avec 
le  texte,  la  traduction  en  regard,  et  les  explications  sous  chaque 
paragraphe,  precedee  de  1'Histoire  de  la  legislation  romaine, 
depuis  son  origine  jusqu'a  la  legislation  moderne,  et  d'une 
Generalisation  du  Droit  romain,  d'apres  les  textes  ancienne- 
ment  connus,  on  plus  recemment  decouverts.  Huitieme  edition, 
revue  et  augmentee,  3  vol.  in-8  . .  . .  . .  22  fr.  50 

Cours  public  d'histoire  du  Droit  constitutional,  anciennes  con- 
stitutions des  peuples  de  1'Europe.  1  vol.  in- 8  (epuise). 

Le  Ministere  public  en  France,  Trait e  et  Code  de  son  organisation, 
sa   competence  et  de  ses  fonctious   dans    1'ordre    politique, 
iciaire  et  administratif,  par  MM.  OUTOLAN  et  LEDEAU,  2  vols. 
^-J 12  fr.  „ 

Cours  de  legislation  penale  comparee : 

Introduction  philosophique,  1  vol.  in-8  (epuise}. 
Introduction  historique,  1  vol.  in-8  (epuise). 

Elements  de  droit  penal:  Penalite,  Juridictions,  Procedure  ;  troi- 
sieme  edition,  revue  et  augmentee,  2  vol.  in-8  .  .  15  fr.  ,, 

Resume  des  elements  du  droit  penal,  1  vol.  in-8          . .     10  fr.  „ 

De  la  Souverainete  du  peuple,  et  des  principes  du  gouvernement 
republicaiu  moderne,  brochure  in-8  (epuisee). 

Les  Enfantines,  Moralites,  1  vol.  in-12,  format  Charpentier,  deuxieme 
edition,  augmentee  ;  chez  H.  Plou,  editeur  . .  3  fr.  „ 


Des  moyens  d'acquerir  le  domaine  international,  ou  Propriete 
d'Etat  entre  les  nations,  d'apres  le  droit  des  gens  public  ;  et 
De  1'equilibre  politique,  par  EUGENE  ORTOLAN,  docteur  en 
droit,  Redacteur  au  ministere  des  aifaires  etraugeres  ;  gr.  in-8 

3  fr.  „ 

SOUS    PRESSE: 

Medecine  legale,  par  le  Dr.  LEGRAND  DU  SAULLE,  laureat  de 
I'lnstitut  et  de  1'Academie  de  medecine,  medecin  de  Bicetre, 
expert  pres  les  tribimaux,  etc.,  et  M.  OHTOLAX,  professeur 
a  la  Faculte  de  droit  de  Paris ;  suivi  d'uu  Precis  de  chimie 
legale,  par  le  Dr.  A.  NAQUEZ,  professeur  agrege  de  la  Faculte 
de  medecine  de  Paris. 


^l         - 


THE    HISTORY 


or 


ROMAN    LAW 


FROM  THE  TEXT  OF 


ORTOLAN'S 

HISTOIRE  DE  LA  LEGISLATION  ROMAINE  ET 
GENERALISATION  DU  DROIT 

(EDITION  OF  1870) 

TRANSLATED  WITH  THE  AUTHOR'S  PERMISSION 

AXD  BUrriJUIKXTED  BT  A 

CHROSOMETRICAL  CHART  OF  ROMAS  HISTORY 


BY 

ILTUDUS  T.    PRICUARD,   ESQ.,   F.S.S. 

BABItlKTKB-AT-LAW 

A  **uU   IM»  TV  !•«•,  »TC    m\ 
AND 

DAVID  NASMITH,  !v*g.,  LL.H. 

BABMIXTHB-AT-LAW  ,     C 

' 


LONDON : 
IJUTTERWORTIIS.  7,   FLEET   STREET, 

•.«»  ^ukiishm  te  iS»  emm  i  MM!  nnilnU  fb|««|. 

KI'INMl  U(iH:    T.  *  T.  Ct.AkK;     HI.I.I.  ft   UK  IHKI'TK  ; 

1 -I   III  IS  :   H..IM  ,j  -.  roMTEH  fc  CO. ;  K.  I'  'S-iMiY. 

CAl.flTTA:  TJIAl'KI.K,  M'ISK  A  iti.      BoMHAY:  TH  ACKEK,  VIMMi  *  CO. 
Ml.1.11"!  UM       (iEoKli 

1H71. 

[.-I//  ri(//i/x  rctrrrnl.] 


T\3c 

U 


juu 
Orlfcr 


LONDON  t 

PRINTED    BY    C.    fl  O  W  O  R  T  II    AND    SONS, 
NEWTON   STREET,  HIGH  IIOI.RORN. 


TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION. 


THK  superior  value,  a*  a  study,  of  the  history  of  the  institutions 
and  of  the  law  of  Koine  to  the  jurist,  the  lawyer  and  the  poli- 
tieian  would  apj>ear  to  consist  in  the  fact  that  the  Roman  nation 
present*  to  the  modern  student  the  nu»t  perfect  and  complete 
specimen  we  liave  of  national  growth,  development  and  decay. 
The  great  influence  which  the  Roman  language,  literature  and 
institution*  have  had  u)>on  modern  nations  is,  unquestionably,  in 
itaelf  sufficient  to  justify  the  time  and  rent-arch  which  have  been 
spent  in  their  study.  Hut,  apart  from  this,  there  is  no  |>criod  of 
ancient  history  which  contains  in  so  complete  and  comjmct  a 
form,  although  extending  over  many  centuries,  a  diorama  of  a 
nation's  career  from  its  cradle  to  its  grave. 

The  position  and  progress  of  a  nation's  life  may  !«•  comjNircd 
to  tliat  of  an  individual  man  standing  on  the  -pot  of  open  ground 
between  two  dark  tunnels.  Above  and  around  him  there  Chines 
the  light  of  heaven,  and  within  the  limits  of  this  contracted 
sphere  he  moves  with  a  sen>e  of  freedom  and  security,  but  what 
there  is  before  and  In-hind  him  he  cnnnot  see.  His  destiny,  how- 
ever,eomjH'ls  him  to  move  forward, but  he  -lirink-  from  the  hidden 
danger  that  may  be  concealed  in  the  gloom  with  which  his  path- 
wav  is  enveloped,  and  hesitates  to  take  a  step  onward  which 
may  prove  fatal.  While  he  so  Instates  a  strong  ray  of  light 
is  <-;i-t  into  the  tiiniu  I  Ix-liiiul  him.  As  he  looks  steadily  tin- 
light  brightens,  :m<l.  u>  it  brightens,  it  rnuMr-  him  to  ili-tm- 
gui.-h  the  genenil  features  of  the  Un-ality;  he  sees  the  dangers  by 
which  the  path  i.-  surrounded  :  h«'  al->  marks  tin-  safest  method 
of  avoiding  thox*  dangers.  l»«-i»i^  coni|)elleil  to  atlvance,  ami 


vi  TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION. 

having  nothing  to  guide  him  but  the  knowledge  of  what  there 
is  behind,  he  avails  himself  of  that  knowledge  and  endeavours 
to  steer  his  onward  course  by  the  light  which  has  been  vouch- 
safed him. 

This  gleam  of  light  is  the  ray  thrown  by  history  on  the  past. 
It  is  the  only  guide  a  nation  has  in  its  progress  through  the 
present  towards  its  future  destiny. 

It  is  the  province,  then,  of  the  true  historian  to  throw  as 
clear  and  steady  a  ray  as  possible  upon  every  feature  of  past 
experience.  It  is  to  collect  and  arrange  facts  and  causes,  and 
to  show  effects.  He  should,  therefore,  be  free  from  political 
bias  or  predilection  for  personal  character  or  particular  classes. 
He  should  never  be  the  advocate,  rarely  the  judge.  His  proper 
functions  are  those  of  a  jury — to  determine  the  facts  and  to 
draw  from  them  only  those  inferences  which  are  conclusive  and 
inevitable.  And  herein  lies  the  immense  superiority,  as  a  study 
of  practical  utility,  of  ancient  over  modern  history.  The  abso- 
lute impossibility  of  writing  contemporaneous  history  without  a 
bias  has  become  proverbial.  But  the  truth  is  not  so  universally 
recognized  as  it  ought  to  be,  that  the  difficulty  of  writing 
history  impartially  is  by  no  means  confined  to  the  record  of 
contemporaneous  events.  It  applies  with  equal  force  to  any 
history  of  modern  times,  so  long  as  the  period  embraced  is  suf- 
ficiently near  our  own  to  involve  the  discussion  of  principles  or 
institutions  current  or  in  existence  in  our  own  age.  History, 
indeed,  is  so  full  of  uncertainties  and  points  of  dispute  that  the 
perfectly  impartial  historian  who  would  set  himself  to  weigh 
each  event  and  every  public  character  in  turn,  and  to  place  both 
sides  of  every  question  before  his  readers,  in  order  that  having 
the  whole  case  before  them  they  might  form  a  correct  con- 
clusion, would  neither  satisfy  himself  nor  his  readers;  for  the 
passionless  summing-up  of  the  judge  would  impart  so  dry  a 
character  to  his  pages  that  his  readers  would  abandon  the  task 
of  mastering  their  contents  from  sheer  weariness.  The  writer 
of  modern  history,  therefore,  adopts  one  of  two  alternatives. 


M:AN>LAI«»I;X   IMI;MI»I  ^  ;  vii 

Either  he  writes  as  an  advocate— in  which  case  his  works  are 
more  like  pleading  than  history,  and,  for  all  the  lessons  they 
profess  to  impart  derived  from  the  experience  of  the  past,  are 
practically  useless — or  he  aims  at  literary  effect,  in  which  case 
works  savour  rather  of  romance  than  history,  truth  being 
sacrificed  to  the  artistic  grouping  of  the  picture:  and  they  are, 
except  so  far  as  they  may  correctly  represent  the  manners  of  a 
period,  for  all  purposes  of  historical  study  worthless. 

In  dealing  with  ancient  history,  however,  all  the  minor  de- 
tails have  been  so  swept  away  by  time,  or  buried  beneath  tin- 
lapse  of  ages,  as  to  leave  the  sharp  outline  and  characteristic 

•  ires  of  the  landscape  unobscured.     We  are  content  in  ],  t 
these  potty  details  remain  in  the  oblivion  in  which  we  find  them. 
To  restore  them  would  doubtless  be  a  task  of  considerable  in- 
terest, but  it  is  a  hopeless  one;  and  as  the  great  writer  whose 
work  we  have  in  these  pages  undertaken  to  bring  within  the 
reach  of  the  lln-H-h  student  and  the  general  reader  has  well 
shown,  even  where  this  reproduction  has  been  attempted  by 

•  :n id  others,  imagination  has  to  entered  into  the  composi- 
tion of  the  work  as  to  detract  from  its  utility  to  the  student  of 

ry  and  jurisprudence.  Piles  of  volume.*  have  been  written, 
and  volume-  uion-  \\ill  probably  be  written,  upon  the  character 
of  Henrv  \  III.  and  the  Reformation;  but  the  character  of 
Constant ine  the  Great  must  remain  for  all  time  an  enigma, 
and  to  attempt  to  determine  it  would  be  men  waste  of  labour. 
Tin-  political  principles  which  were  the  active  causes  of  erenU 
in  an\  |  en.nl  of  modern  history  arc  too  much  akin  to,  nay,  they 
are  in  most  cases  so  exactly  the  same  as  those  which  agitato 
men's  minds  in  our  own  day,  that  it  is  scarcely  in  human 
nature  to  discuss  their  effects  without  bias  or  predilection. 

To  deal  effectively  with  history,  to  make  it  what  it  ought  to 
be,  if  the  aim  of  the  writer  be  higher  than  the  production  of  a 
romance,  a  ray  of  light  directing  the  policy  of  the  statesman,  or 
of  a  people,  or  informing  the  mind  of  the  jurist  as  to  the  ex- 

•  uce  of  the  |>ast,  the  writer  must  pass  before  his  reader's 


viii  TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION. 

vision  centuries  of  time,  varieties  of  institutions,  and  that  infinite 
diversity  of  elements  which  contribute  to  the  development  and  pro- 
gress of  human  affairs.  He  must  depict  a  nation  in  its  infancy,  its 
growth,  its  manhood,  and  its  old  age.  He  must  mark  the  slow 
or  the  rapid  changes,  the  gradual  or  sudden  modifications,  and 
the  various  influences  which  connect  the  beginning  with  the  end, 
and  which  constitute  the  peculiarities  or  characteristic  features 
of  each  phase  of  the  ever-varying  scene.  In  order  to  do  this  he 
must  study  human  nature  ;  he  must  realize  the  material  and  the 
spiritual  elements  of  the  human  being,  and  must  be  familiar  with 
the  springs  and  motives  of  human  actions. 

Starting  with  the  fact  that  every  nation  or  community  is  a 
collection  or  aggregate  of  individuals,  he  must  determine  wherein 
and  to  what  extent  that  which  is  true  concerning  the  individual  is 
equally  true  concerning  the  community, — the  terms  upon  which 
the  individuals  agree  to  form  themselves  into  the  community, 
and  the  fundamental  principles  they  have  laid  down  and  recog- 
nized as  the  basis  of  their  union, — their  relations  to  each  other, 
and  their  relations  to  external  communities,  and  the  influences 
which  from  time  to  time  tend  to  alter  or  to  modify  those  re- 
lations. 

It  is  because  the  national  career  of  Rome  contains  more  of  the 
elements  which  contribute  to  the  interest  and  utility  of  historical 
study  than  that  of  any  other  nation  in  the  world,  and  because 
of  the  close  affinity  which  exists  between  many  of  the  principal 
institutions  of  modern  times  and  those  of  Rome,  and  because  of 
its  influence  on  our  literature,  and  above  all  upon  our  laws,  that 
the  translators  have  been  led  to  encourage  the  hope  that  the 
value  of  a  work  by  the  greatest  writer  on  this  subject,  reduced 
to  a  form  and  clothed  in  language  which  will  render  it  accessible 
to  all  English  readers,  will  be  duly  appreciated. 

M.  Ortolan's  History  of  Roman  Law,  by  far  the  most 
masterly  work  on  this  interesting  subject  in  any  language,  has 
for  years  been  a  source  from  which  our  English  writers  on  juris- 
prudence have  drawn  much  of  their  material.  But  the  work 


I  MK*     IX  I  KM;  IX 

t'  has  not  formed,  to  the  extent  it  ought  to  have  done,  a 
-book  in  our  schools  and  universities,  nor  has  it  been  so 
freely  resorted  to  by  the  student  or  the  professor  as  it  would 
have  been  had  its  extraordinary  merits  been  more  generally 
more  fully  recognized.  This  is  owing  partly,  perhaps 
mainly,  to  its  being  in  a  foreign  language ;  but  it  is  also  owiui: 
t->  the  fact  of  its  having  been  regarded  too  much  as  a  technical 
work  of  interest  only  to  the  legal  student,  and  to  a  mistaken 
though  too  prevalent  a  view  of  the  true  province  of  hist. 
That  true  province  of  history  has  only  begun  to  be  recognized 
in  Comparatively  recent  yean.  The  impulse  which  sets  in 
motion  the  forces  whose  effects  we  witness  in  the  battle-fit  1.1. 
in  the  noisy  struggle  of  tin-  forum,  in  tlu>  tumult  in  the  senate 
or  the  market-place,  in  the  asaaasina  a  despot,  in  the 

destruction  of  a  |x>pular  leader,  or  in  the  simultaneous  rising  of 
a  wh-.i.-  people,  ii  kfafl  pNBjmi  of  thought.  \'.-.-\  IMMI  th«- 
great  value  of  M.  Ortolan's  historical  work.  With  the  eye  of 
a  true  philosopher  he  traces  the  stream  of  Roman  history  to  its 
source,  instead  of  dealing  exclusively  with  the  events  that  lie  on 

Institutions  and  laws  can  only  be  properly  understood  by  an 
acquaintance  with  their  origin,  with  the  condition  and  circum- 
stances that  gave  birth  to  them,  with  the  change*  of  circum- 
stances and  condition*  that  modified  and  finally  extinguished 
tin-in.  In  the  history  of  individuals  as  of  nations  the  progress 
of  thought  is  the  key  to  their  career.  A  nd  in  the  case  of  nations 
that  progress  is  indicated  by  the  development  of  law  and  of 
public  and  private  institutions.  Thus  while  investigating  the 
History  of  Roman  Law,  M.  Ortolan  has  elaborated  the  history 
of  Rome.  And  such  a  work  in  the  hands  of  a  skilled  and  pro- 
fessed jurist  is  mire  to  posses*  this  great  advantage,  that  it  will 
be  distinguished  by  the  logical  precision,  clearness  of  arrange- 
in,  'lit  and  exactitude  which  the  study  of  law  is,  above  all  other**, 
calculated  to  impart. 

It  is,  however,  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the  student, 


x  TRANSLATORS'  INTUODUCTIOX. 

before  entering  on  the  history  of  the  political  progress  of  a 
nation,  or  the  development  of  its  institutions  and  its  laws,  should 
possess  the  faculty  of  viewing  the  subject  objectively,  by  localiz- 
ing it  or  giving  it  its  true  position  in  the  general  history  of  the 
world,  and  of  localizing  each  separate  event  and  recognizing 
its  relations  to  other  events.  We  shall  therefore  add  a  few 
words  upon  man  as  a  free-will  agent,  upon  government  as  a 
department  or  branch  of  the  division  of  the  labour  of  a  com- 
munity, upon  law  as  a  governing  or  regulating  principle,  and 
upon  the  proper  method  of  treating  and  overcoming  the  diffi- 
culty of  chronology. 

First,  then,  as  to  man  and  his  conduct  as  a  free-will  agent. 
A  nation  is  but  a  collection  of  individuals.  In  some  respects 
that  which  is  true  of  the  individual  is  true  of  the  nation,  in 
others  the  case  is  different.  The  individual  is  a  free-will  agent, 
but  this  freedom  of  the  will  is  more  or  less  controlled  by  cir- 
cumstances. A  man  may  be  free  to  go  from  one  place  to 
another,  but  if  he  elects  to  go  it  must  be  via  the  existing  track ; 
he  cannot  ignore  those  obstacles  to  his  straight  course  which 
circumstances  over  which  he  has  no  control  have  placed  in  his 
way.  As  he  does  not  possess  the  power  of  flight  he  cannot 
take  the  short  cut  of  the  bird.  What  is  true  of  physical  ob- 
struction is  true  of  mental.  Education  has  confined  each  man 
within  certain  channels,  and  taught  or  accustomed  him  to  arrive 
at  certain  ends  by  the  use  of  given  means.  Be  his  religion,  for 
example,  what  it  may,  it  has  given  him  a  distinct  bias :  and 
the  morality  of  the  community  of  which  he  is  a  member,  or 
that  of  the  particular  knot  of  people  with  which  he  is  imme- 
diately connected,  will  have  its  influence  certainly  upon  every 
important  act  of  his  life,  and  perhaps  also  upon  all  those  of 
minor  and  even  insignificant  importance.  Nor  is  it  necessary 
that  he  should  be  conscious  of  these  influences ;  as  a  matter  of 
fact,  the  great  mass  of  men  are  not ;  they  do  or  they  omit  to 
do,  they  pursue  one  course  and  avoid  another,  rarely  being  able 
to  assign  a  reason,  and  certainly  not  the  true  reason.  To  what 


TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION.  xi 

extent  this  counteracting  or  opposing  force  to  a  pure  free-will 
line  of  conduct  moulds  and  influences  societies  it  may -be  diffi- 
cult to  §ay,  but  that  the  force  exists  is  beyond  controversy,  and 
this  feet  must  be  ever  present  to  the  true  historian.  Again, 
every  community  starts  with  a  given  number  of  principles 
which  it  recognizes  as  sound  ;  these  principles  are  bracketed  or 
combined  in  a  manner  more  or  less  |>eculiar  to  the  community, 
and  a  {articular  lient  is  given  to  the  direction  of  their  develojv- 
ment.  If,  then,  we  know  these  fundamental  principles,  the 
mode  of  combination  and  their  bent  or  tendency,  we  may  deter- 
mine by  anticipation  their  destiny  with  almoft  as  much  cer- 
tainty as  we  are  able  to  predicate  the  time  and  place  at  which 
a  pedestrian  will  arrive  when  we  know  the  point  from  which  he 
starts,  the  direction  he  has  taken,  and  the  jtace  at  which  he 
travels.  It  is  true  he  may  start  from  a  given  |tuiut  and  may 
take  a  given  direction,  but  l»eing  diverted  from  his  road  he  may 
never  reach  the  Mi|.j*.-«-<l  destination.  In  tin  same  manner 
our  calculation  would  !M»  at  fault  a#  to  human  or  national  de- 
velopment if  we  disregard  or  overlook  any  change  in  the  con- 
dition*. The  principle,  however,  remain*  unaffected,  for  know- 
ing the  point  of  divergence,  the  other  data  remaining,  we  have 
but  to  intcrcnlculntc  the  change  in  order  to  ascertain  the  actual 
destinv.  Unquestionable  as  i»  the  truth  of  tin-  principle.  ati«l 
easy  as  is  its  application  to  the  ph\>ical  or  moral  conn*-  of  an 
individual,  it-  application  to  the  ca>e  of  n  nation  in  far  from 
simple  ;  it  involves  accurate  discrimination  U-tween  cause  und 
effect.  Difficulty  of  application  i*.  however,  the  \\orct  reason 
for  the  abandonment  of  a  numd  principle.  For  in-tance.  an 
act  has  ju-t  U-en  pa»M*d  in  Ilnglanil  inaugurating  a  -\  -t«  m  of 
compulsory  education.  At  the  present  inomeiit  the  pau]H-ri-m 
of  Knglnnd  co-t<  £lO,(HM),(MN)  |MT  annum.  SupjMwing  the  act 
to  IK-  ndm 'mistered  for  one  generation  bv  thoM-  who  understand 
what  -mini  education  rvallx  i-.  the  result  inu-t  !•«•  to  reduce  th«- 
co«;t  of  pail|H'rism  to  at  the  ino-t  one  half.  Now  -up]...-,  that 
one  vear  In-fore  it  is  ascertained  that  tif  ••••-t  of  j-aujH-ri-in  ha- 


Xll  TRANSLATORS    INTRODUCTION. 

been  reduced  one  half,  an  act  is  passed  making  voluntary  pau- 
perism criminal.  To  what  cause  would  the  superficial  ascribe 
the  reduction  of  the  cost  of  pauperism  ?  To  the  Criminal  Act, 
to  the  Education  Act,  or  to  that  which  produced  the  Education 
Act  ?  If  to  the  cause  of  the  Education  Act,  what  is  it  ?  In 
proportion  as  you  remove  the  person  to  whom  this  case  is  sub- 
mitted from  the  period  of  its  occurrence,  so  does  the  difficulty 
of  answering  the  question  increase.  The  correct  answer  to  the 
question  is,  however,  the  necessary  key  to  a  most  important 
feature  in  the  history  of  the  English  nation. 

The  notion  of  government  involves  the  terms  of  compact. 
Is  the  community  free,  or  is  it  not  ?  Is  it  a  union  of  human 
beings  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  the  members  ?  If  so,  accord- 
ing to  the  principle  of  the  division  of  labour,  the  sovereignty  is 
delegated  by  the  general  body  to  a  certain  section,  to  be  exer- 
cised for  the  benefit  of  all.  Is  the  community  a  compound  of 
the  conqueror  and  the  conquered  ?  If  so,  the  governing  spirit 
is  oppression,  the  governed  being  regarded  by  their  rulers  as 
beasts  of  burden,  whose  toils  minister  to  their  comfort.  Is  the 
community  a  family  ?  If  so,  the  father,  having  the  burden  of 
its  support,  is  entitled  to  the  privilege  of  its  direction. 

In  the  first  case  it  is  a  republic,  whether  the  sovereignty  is 
lodged  in  the  hands  of  a  hereditary  monarch,  an  annual  or 
biennial  consul  or  president ;  or  whether  it  is  placed  in  those  of 
a  committee,  whatever  be  its  constitution.  And  assuming  the 
sovereignty  to  be  rightly  exercised,  its  exercise  will  be  bene- 
ficial and  satisfactory  to  the  body. 

In  the  second  case  there  is  no  community  of  sentiment  or 
interest,  and  when  the  opportunity  presents  itself  the  organiza- 
tion will  be  destroyed  by  the  emancipation  of  the  servile 
element. 

The  natural  duration  of  the  third  case  is  necessarily  short, 
for  the  conditions  of  its  existence  are  daily  changing,  and  with 
the  growth  of  the  self-supporting  faculty  of  the  younger  mem- 
bers their  dependence  decreases. 


TRANSLATORS    INTRODUCTION.  Xlii 

It  is  therefore  necessary  to  determine  the  true  character  of 
the  community  in  order  to  ascertain  the  wisdom  and  fitness  of 
its  institutions,  their  probable  duration,  and  the  circumstances 
by  which  they  may  be  affected. 

Law,  properly  speaking,  is  the  rule  of  conduct  dictated  by  a 
superior  to  an  inferior.  It  consequently  involves  the  determi- 
nation and  power  to  enforce  it,  and  the  infliction  of  punishment 
for  non-observance. 

Under  this  head,  more  or  less  accurately,  may  be  specified 
the  law  of  God,  the  law  of  the  land  and  the  law  of  morality. 
The  scope  of  these  preliminary  remarks  does  not  allow  of  our 
entering  at  any  length  into  a  consideration  of  the  fundamental 
principles  of  law.  We  would,  however,  point  out  an  error 
which  is  all  the  more  mischievous  from  its  almost  universal 
acceptation  as  an  unquestioned  truth,  and  which  has  had  the 
effect  of  involving  whole  schools  of  writers,  divines,  metaphy- 
sicians and  jurists  in  an  inexplicable  maze  of  perplexities, 
inducing  men  to  adopt  the  wildest  theories  Avith  the  hope  of 
reconciling  or  removing  difficulties. 

One  of  the  most  fertile  sources  of  error  is  the  misapplication 
of  terms.  The  mass  of  mankind  do  not  think  for  themselves. 
They  adopt  terms  and  phrases  as  representing  ideas,  without 
questioning  their  accuracy  or  considering  their  true  meaning, 
provided  that  they  have  been  adopted  by  others,  who,  however, 
while  using  them  may  have  recognized  their  real  meaning  and 
have  used  them  only  in  their  true  and  accurate  signification. 
By  degrees,  however,  that  true  and  correct  signification  becomes 
lost  through  non-observance.  The  terms  or  phrases  come  into 
common  use,  perhaps  they  serve  as  a  shibboleth  for  schools  or  a 
watchword  for  a  party.  They  come  to  be  on  everyone's  lips 
and  in  every  page  of  countless  treatises.  And  by  general  con- 
sent a  certain  signification  is  allotted  to  them,  a  signification 
however  far  removed  from  their  real  and  acciirate  meaning.  Nor 
for  a  long  period,  perhaps,  is  there  any  inconvenient  result  from 
this  practice.  But  at  length  some  discussion  arises  involving, 


xiv  TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION. 

possibly,  some  important  principle  in  which  these  words  or 
phrases,  which  have  come  to  bear  a  signification  so  far  removed 
from  their  true  and  pure  origin,  are  involved  in  the  dispute,  or 
become  the  weapons  of  the  disputants.  Then  forthwith  arises 
the  utmost  possible  confusion.  Theories  are  invented  to  reconcile 
the  irreconcilable.  The  disputants  are  at  war,  as  they  fancy, 
about  principles,  Avhereas  they  are  at  one  in  principle  if  they 
could  but  see  it,  though  at  war  about  words  because  using  them 
in  different  acceptations.  And  if  the  subject  matter  of  dispute  be 
one  in  any  way  connected  with  religious  dogma  or  metaphysical 
reasoning,  the  discord  is  intensified  a  hundredfold. 

There  is  no  better  illustration  of  this  than  the  mode  in  which 
the  word  "  morality  "  has  been  twisted  from  its  real  and  original 
signification.  The  word,  from  mores,  "  manners"  or  "  custom," 
in  its  strict  sense  signifies  the  recognized  notions  and  practices 
of  any  community  at  a  given  time,  and  used  in  any  other  sense 
it  is  apt  to  lead  to  all  sorts  of  perplexities  and  many  irrecon- 
cilable conclusions,  and  not  unfrequently  to  give  birth  to  great 
injustice  and  confusion  between  truth  and  error.  In  this  sense 
of  the  word  it  must  be  clear  that  morality  is  purely  relative. 
The  habit  of  separate  individuals  or  communities  erecting  a 
standard  of  right  and  wrong  of  their  own,  and  measuring  the 
acts  and  motives  of  other  men  by  that  standard,  is  universal. 
Hence  men  are  ever  prone  to  set  up  a  standard  of  right  and 
wrong  in  accordance  Avith  the  views,  opinions,  feelings  and 
practices  prevalent  in  their  own  time,  losing  sight  of  the  fact 
that  such  views,  opinions,  feelings  and  practices  may  vary  and 
do  vary  under  different  conditions  and  in  different  stages  of 
civilization,  in  different  communities  and  in  the  same  commu- 
nity at  different  times,  whereas  that  which  is  in  itself  good  or 
bad  is  fixed  and  immutable.  The  one  is  the  law  of  morality, 
the  other  the  law  of  God.  Many  cases  of  the  confusion  which 
has  arisen  from  the  want  of  observing  this  distinction  will 
readily  occur  to  the  mind.  Take,  for  instance,  the  institutions 
of  marriage  and  of  slavery,  and  the  practice  of  duelling.  It  is 


TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION.  xv 

immoral  for  the  Englishman  to  have  more  than  one  wife ;  it  is 
perfectly  moral  for  the  Turk  to  have  several.  Less  than  a 
hundred  years  ago  duelling  was  both  legal  and  moral  in 
England ;  at  the  present  moment  it  is  illegal,  immoral  and 
universally  reprobated.  So,  again,  slavery  at  the  commence- 
ment of  this  century,  at  least  so  far  as  the  coloured  races  were 
concerned,  was  an  existing  institution,  the  propriety  of  which 
was  rarely  questioned.  At  the  present  moment  there  is  scarcely 
a  civilized  nation  which  does  not  loathe  it  as  an  infamous  prac- 
tice. Yet  men,  always  anxious  to  judge  others  by  their  own 
standard,  and  losing  sight  altogether  of  the  essential  principle 
of  the  law  of  morality,  have  endeavoured  to  persuade  themselves 
and  others  that  morality  is  that  which  is  good  in  the  abstract ; 
and  hence  we  have  witnessed  the  absurdities  into  which  men 
have  been  led  by  assuming  that  the  law  of  morality  is  synony- 
mous with  the  law  of  God,  and  going  about  to  justify  such 
practices  for  instance  as  duelling,  or  such  institutions  as  slavery, 
by  reference  to  the  Bible ;  and  we  have  lived  to  see  arguments 
in  favour  of  polygamy  drawn  from  the  example  and  practice 
of  the  Jewish  nation.  And  this  principle,  or  rather  this  con- 
founding of  principles,  has  been  carried  so  far  as  to  invade  the 
province  of  Divine  law.  The  expression  so  commonly  used  by 
schoolmen,  "  the  moral  government  of  God,"  in  reality  can 
signify  nothing  else  than  the  economy  of  the  Divine  govern- 
ment, measured,  shaped  and  squared  so  as  to  fit  in  with  human 
notions  of  what  ought  and  ought  not  to  be  the  principle  of  that 
government. 

What,  then,  can  be  more  illogical  or  more  absurd  than  to 
affix  the  stigma  of  immorality  upon  practices  and  institutions 
prevailing  among  different  communities,  or  among  the  same 
communities  at  different  eras  in  their  history?  Or,  in  other 
words,  what  error  can  be  more  fatal  to  a  true  appreciation  of 
the  real  principles  and  facts  of  history,  and  the  lessons  they  are 
calculated  to  teach,  than  for  the  historian  to  judge  or  to  measure 
the  past  by  the  standard  of  the  present.  Institutions  have  lived 


xvi  TRANSLATORS'  INTRODUCTION. 

and  died  out,  laws  have  been  made  and  repealed,  practices 
allowed  to  prevail  and  become  obsolete,  which,  at  the  time  they 
flourished,  were  considered  as  necessary  for  the  well-being  of 
the  community  as  they  would  at  another  time  be  considered 
pernicious  and  reprehensible.  A  nation,  like  an  individual, 
has  various  stages  of  development,  and  though  the  treatment 
suited  to  the  child  is  ill  adapted  to  manhood,  the  man  is  none 
the  less  indebted  to  the  discipline  of  his  youth,  nor  can  he  in 
his  decline  venture  with  impunity  to  use  the  strong  diet  and 
violent  exercise  of  his  vigorous  manhood. 

In  order  to  judge  of  men,  of  institutions,  of  laws  and  of  prac- 
tices, we  must  identify  them  with  their  period  ;  and  in  order  to 
identify  them  with  their  period,  we  require  before  the  eye  an 
objective  chronology.  Dates  are  worthless  unless  they  convey 
to  the  mind  positions  relatively  to  a  whole,  of  which  the  par- 
ticular date  is  a  fraction.  The  entire  period  under  discussion 
must  be  present  to  the  mind  before  it  is  possible  to  realize  the 
bearing  or  value  of  a  date,  or  the  circumstance  that  charac- 
terizes it.  A  similar  fact  is  realized  by  all  in  connection  with 
the  study  of  geography.  We  seldom  think  of  describing  the 
relative  positions  of  places  by  stating  their  respective  degrees  of 
latitude  and  longitude,  and  even  when  we  do  so,  the  notion 
conveyed  entirely  depends  upon  the  fact  of  a  map  being  present 
to  the  mind's  eye.  We  have  all  seen,  and  more  or  less  per- 
fectly remember,  the  form  and  general  features  of  the  map  of 
England,  though  no  map  is  actually  before  us.  When  the 
word  Newcastle  is  mentioned,  we  at  once  look  as  it  were  to 
the  top  or  north  ;  on  the  mention  of  Corn  Avail,  to  the  south- 
west; on  that  of  Kent,  to  the  south-east;  and  though  not 
knowing  a  given  place,  when  told  that  it  is  so  many  miles 
north-east  of  York  for  instance,  with  the  locality  of  which  we 
are  acquainted,  we  at  once  realize  its  position,  and  consequently 
many  facts  connected  with  it.  This  is  not  the  case  with 
history  when  studied  in  the  ordinary  manner,  though  if  possible 
this  power  of  localization  in  connection  with  history  is  of 


TRANSLATORS    INTRODUCTION.  XV11 

greater  importance,  for  everything  depends  upon  it.  What  is 
the  result  ?  We  hear  dates  mentioned,  but  they  do  not  fix  our 
attention  upon  well  ascertained  spots.  What,  for  example,  is 
the  impression  produced  by  the  mention  of  the  dates  1176, 
1445,  1562  and  1679,  as  to  English  history,  or  the  dates 
B.C.  445,  B.C.  366,  A.D.  222,  as  to  Eoman  history  ?  Even  to 
the  majority  of  those  who  have  a  tolerable  acquaintance  with 
either  history,  these  dates  have  failed  to  take  a  local  habitation, 
and  the  mention  of  them  recalls  no  definite  impression  of  events, 
or  series  of  events,  relatively  to  the  surrounding  circumstances, 
and  the  general  course  of  history. 

There  is  no  reason,  however,  why  the  student  of  history 
should  be  less  able  to  realize  his  subject  objectively  and  locally 
than  the  student  of  geography. 

A  little  study  of  the  skeleton  Chronometrical  Chart  which  has 
been  prepared  for  this  edition  will  readily  enable  him  to  do  so. 
It  is  called  the  skeleton  chart  in  order  to  prevent  the  reader, 
who  has  not  seen  the  Chronometrical  Chart  of  the  History  of 
England  by  the  same  author,  from  supposing  that,  like  this,  the 
latter  is  confined  to  a  mere  outline. 

The  condition  of  the  Roman  law  when  Justinian  undertook 
its  codification,  as  described  at  page  439  et  seq.,  will  suggest  a 
comparison  with  our  own  law  at  the  present  time.  A  good 
deal  of  discussion  has  of  late  taken  place  concerning  the  pro- 
posed codification  of  the  law  of  England.  In  considering  this 
question  we  must  not  forget  that  law  is  necessarily  progressive, 
and  that  a  body  of  laws  suited  to  the  exigency  of  a  particular 
period  in  a  nation's  history  will  not  always  remain  equally  well 
adapted  to  the  purposes  for  which  they  were  originally  designed. 
M.  Ortolan's  remark,  at  page  551,  on  the  subject  of  codification 
of  law,  is  full  of  significance.  "A  code,"  he  says,  "ought  never 
to  be  suffered  to  stand  in  the  way  of  progress."  Nor  is  there 
any  necessity  that  it  should  do  so. 

Codification,  properly  speaking,  is  the  reduction  to  a  simple, 
a  logical,  and  a  concise  form  of  the  law  of  a  country  at  a  given 

b 


XV111  TRANSLATORS    INTRODUCTION. 

date.  It  supposes  that,  up  to  that  time,  laws  have  been  enacted 
in  a  fragmentary  form,  and  that,  as  a  result  of  their  disjointed 
character,  the  legislation  of  the  country  is  needlessly  cumbrous 
and  inaccessible.  The  most  important  matter,  therefore,  to 
consider,  in  connection  with  codification,  is  the  means  by  which 
a  code  may  be  prevented  from  becoming  an  obstacle  to  progress. 
To  a  certain  extent,  English  legislation  has  shown  us,  though 
most  imperfectly,  how  this  may  be  accomplished.  At  the  pre- 
sent moment  our  legislature  is  in  the  habit,  as  circumstances 
may  require,  of  issuing  acts  of  parliament.  These  are,  in  fact, 
means  of  amending,  abrogating  or  supplementing  existing  law. 
The  great  defect  of  the  present  system  is  that,  instead  of  with- 
drawing, upon  each  occasion  when  alteration  is  found  necessary, 
the  existing  law  upon  any  given  subject,  for  instance  bank- 
ruptcy, and  issuing  a  new  amended  and  a  complete  code  upon 
the  subject,  that  which  exists  is  allowed  to  remain ;  generally, 
however,  it  is  mutilated,  and  a  new  act  is  promulgated  intro- 
ducing certain  changes.  The  result  is  that,  in  order  to  ascertain 
the  actual  law  upon  the  point  under  consideration,  it  is  necessary 
to  refer  to  a  variety  of  acts,  and  much  unnecessary  labour  and 
expense  and  the  risk  of  uncertainty  and  inaccuracy  is  the  con- 
sequence. All  these  difficulties  might  be  obviated  and  the 
obscurity  removed  if,  whenever  any  alteration  was  required  in 
a  portion  of  a  statute,  the  whole  statute  was  repealed  and  a  new 
act  introduced,  reproducing  those  portions  which  required  no 
amendment  and  containing  the  modified  or  the  new  clauses  in 
their  proper  place. 

Were  this  system  pursued  in  respect  to  our  legislation  the 
necessity  of  a  general  code  would  not  exist,  and  alterations  in 
the  law  could  be  made  with  facility  and  with  little  attendant 
expense  either  to  the  legislature  or  to  those  whose  business  it  is 
to  be  familiar  with  the  law.  These  remarks  do  not,  of  course, 
apply  to  the  codification  of  what  is  known  as  judge-made  law, 
at  least  to  the  extent  that  this  branch  of  law  has  not,  up  to  the 
present  time,  been  codified  in  our  country.  This  neglect  has 


TRANSLATORS    INTRODUCTION.  XIX 

resulted  in  the  necessity  for  extensive  libraries,  access  to  which 
can  be  obtained  only  at  the  expense  of  much  time  and  trouble, 
and  then  only  by  those  who  happen  to  be  residing  in  the 
metropolis  or  in  large  provincial  towns,  where,  as  an  exceptional 
thing,  law  libraries  are  to  be  found. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  the  laws  of  any  community  ought  to 
be  comprised  within  such  limits  as  to  put  it  in  the  power  of  a 
professor  or  a  student  to  master  them  by  the  labour  of  a  few 
years.  Can  it  be  asserted  that  it  is  possible  to  master  the  law 
of  England  by  the  study  of  a  lifetime  ?  Whether  true  or  not, 
it  is  the  generally  received  opinion,  and  it  is  one  which  it  may 
be  observed  is  generally  entertained  by  those  who  have  bestowed 
the  most  labour  on,  and  made  the  most  progress  in,  the  study 
of  law,  that  a  complete  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  England  is 
unattainable  in  the  lifetime  of  any  man. 

At  the  present  moment  the  fusion  of  law  and  equity  is 
under  serious  consideration.  Whether  such  fusion  will  or  will 
not  result  in  benefit  to  the  community  must  depend  upon  the 
spirit  in  which  it  is  undertaken.  The  Court  of  Chancery  was 
the  means  devised  by  our  forefathers  to  prevent  the  evils  which 
must  attend  any  blind  belief  in  codification.  At  the  present 
moment  the  law  administered  by  our  Courts  of  Chancery  is 
to  a  very  small  extent  in  accord  with  the  original  spirit  of  the 
institution.  These  Courts,  having  existed  for  centuries,  have 
now  a  legislative  and  a  judge-made  law  as  well  defined  and  as 
obligatory  as  that  administered  in  our  Common  Law  Courts, 
and  it  is  questionable  whether  in  any  but  a  technical  sense  there 
is  more  equity  in  one  of  the  Superior  Courts  than  in  another. 
The  fact  really  is,  that  the  Courts  of  Chancery  ought  to  be  re- 
garded as  courts  for  the  consideration  of  cases  of  a  peculiar 
nature,  and  as  differing  from  any  other  court  only  in  the  same 
way  that  a  Court  of  Bankruptcy  or  the  Criminal  Court  differs 
from  the  Common  Law  Courts  or  the  Courts  of  Probate  and 
Divorce,  and  the  law  peculiar  to  those  courts  should  be  codified 
in  the  way  suggested  equally  with  that  peculiar  to  others. 

62 


XX  TKANSLATOKS'  INTRODUCTION. 

Viewed  in  this  light,  it  is  difficult  to  understand  what  the  real 
notion  is  that  is  entertained  by  those  who  advocate  this  fusion. 
If  it  is  to  give  jurisdiction  to  all  courts  alike  concerning  all 
matters,  this  must  necessarily  result  in  one  of  two  things  :  the 
compelling  judges  and  the  profession  to  become  familiar  with 
all  branches  of  the  law,  which  is  admitted  to  be,  as  the  law  now 
stands,  an  impossibility,  or  in  the  simplification  and  codification 
of  all  law  as  a  step  precedent  to  such  fusion. 

The  translators  have  had  the  usual  difficulty  to  contend 
against  which  attends  every  effort  to  give  expression  to  the 
thoughts  and  ideas  of  a  great  scholar  and  profound  thinker 
in  a  language  foreign  to  that  in  which  those  ideas  were  first 
thought  out  and  clothed  with  words.  It  is  obvious  that  the 
same  latitude  which  is  allowed  to  the  translator  of  a  purely 
imaginative  writer,  a  novelist  or  a  poet,  is  scarcely  permissible 
in  the  case  of  a  work  upon  law  and  jurisprudence.  They  have 
endeavoured,  therefore,  to  adhere  as  closely  as  possible  to  the 
original  consistent  with  the  idiom  of  the  English  language. 
A  copious  Index  will  increase  the  value  of  the  work  to  the 
student  of  Roman  history  and  literature,  by  affording  easy 
reference  to  the  explanation  of  technical  phrases  and  terms 
which  are  so  constantly  met  with  in  the  works  of  Cicero, 
Tacitus,  Livy,  and  the  other  Latin  text-books.  While  the 
course  of  general  history,  briefly  stated  and  logically  arranged, 
will,  with  the  assistance  of  the  chart,  be  impressed  with  facility 
on  the  memory. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

INTRODUCTION      ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  1 

F1KST  EPOCH.—  THE  KINGS. 

Sect.  1.  Origin  of  Rome        ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..2 

2.  Patricians  and  Plebeians  (Patres,  Patricii;  Plets,  Plebii)  —  Patrons 

and  Clients  (Patroni,  Clientes)  —  Patrician  "Gentes"  (Popului 

Romanus)             ..             .  .             .  .             .  .  .  .  19 

3.  Tribes  and  Curies  (Tribus  et  Curies')  .  .             .  .  .  .  .  .  31 

4.  Assembly  by  Curies  (  Comitia  curiata)               .  .  .  .  .  .  35 

5.  The  Senate  (Senatus)             .  .             .  .             .  .  .  .  .  .  38 

6.  The  King  {Rex)       ..             ..             ..             ..  ..  ..  41 

7.  The  original  Elements  of  private  civil  Law         .  .  .  .  .  .  41 

8.  Religious  Institutions  {Sacra  publica,  Sacra  privata)  .  .  .  .  43 

9.  The  Calendar  :  Days  —  Fasti  or  Nefasti              .  .  .  .  .  .  46 

10.  The  Election  of  Kings,  from  Cicero's  De  Republica  —  "  Lex  regia  "      49 

11.  International  Law  —  College  of  the  Feciales         ..  ..  ..50 

12.  The  Census  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     57 

13.  The  Classes  {Classes)  and  the  Centuries  {Centuries')        ..  ..57 

14.  The  Assembly  by  Centuries  (  Comitia  centuriata)  .  .  .  .     64 

15.  The  Knights  (Equites)  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..66 

16!  The  new  Local  Tribes  (ex  locis)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     68 

17.  The  Royal  Laws  (Leges  Regice)  —  their  Collection  by  Papirius  (Jus 

civile  Papirianum  or  Lex  Papiria)  .  .  .  .  .  .     70 

Review  of  the  preceding  Period. 

Foreign  Policy    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     73 

Public  Law          .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     75 

Sacred  Law         ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..77 

Private  Law        .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     79 

Manners  and  Customs       .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     79 


SECOND  EPOCH.—  THE  REPUBLIC. 

I.  TO  THE  PASSING  OF  THE  LAWS  OP  THE  TWELVE  TABLES.     .  .      86 

Sect.  18.  The  Valerian  Laws  (Leges  Valeria)  —  Quaestors  of  Homicide  (  Quces- 

tores  Parricidii)  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..88 

19.  Quaestors  of  the  Public  Revenue         .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .     89 

20.  Dictator,  or  Master  of  the  People  (Dictator,  Magister  Popvli  —  ) 

Master  of  the  Cavalry  (Magister  Equitum)  .  .  .  .  90 


XX11  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Sect.  21.  The  Struggle  between  the  Plebeians  and  the  Patricians  . .  . .     91 

22.  Plebeian  Tribunes  (Tribuni  Plebis*) — The   Sacred  Laws  (Leges 

Sacrce)..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..93 

23.  The  Comitia  by  Tribes  (  Comitia  tributa) — Plebiscita  (Plebis-scita)    94 

24.  Plebeian  Ediles  (^diles  Plebeii)       . .  . .  . .  . .     96 

25.  Origin  of  the  Twelve  Tables  (Lex  or  Leges  XII  Tabularum,  Lex 

decemvir  alls)— Decemvirs  ..  ..  ..  ..96 

26.  The  Fragments  of  the  Twelve  Tables  as  preserved  to  us  . .     99 

FRAGMENTS  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES. 
Tab.  1.  The  Summons  before  the  Magistrate  (De  in  jus  vocando). .   102 

2.  Judicial  Proceedings  (Dejudiciis)        . .  ..  ..   104 

3.  Execution  following  Confession  or  Judgment  (De  cere  con- 

fesso  rebusque  jure  judicatis)  . .  . .  . .  105 

4.  The  Eights  of  the  Father  (De  jure  patrio)         . .  . .  106 

5.  Inheritance  and  Tutelage  (De  Jicereditatibus  et  tutelis)   ..  107 

6.  Dominion  and  Possession  (De  dominio  et  possessione}      ..  110 

7.  The  Law  concerning  Beal  Property  (De  jure  cedium  et 

agrorum) . .  . .  ..  ..  ..  ..   112 

8.  On  Torts  (De  delictis)  . .  . .  . .  . .  114 

9.  Public  Law  (De  jure  publico)  ..  ..  ..119 

10.  Sacred  Law  (De  jure  sacro)    ..  . .  . .  . .   120 

11.  Supplement  to  the  first  Five  Tables  ..  ..  ..122 

12.  Supplement  to  the  last  Five  Tables  . .  . .  . .   123 

27.  Character  of  the  Twelve  Tables          . .  . .  . .  . .   124 

28.  Actions  of  the  Law  (Legis  Actiones) . .  . .  . .  . .   140 

II.  FROM  THE  TIME  OP  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  TO  THE  SUBMISSION  OP 
ALL  ITALY. 

Sect.  29.  Lex  Valeria  Horatia,  De  Plebiscitis   ..  ..  ..  ..147 

30.  The  Canuleian  Law  (De  connubio  patrum  et  plebis)     ..  ..   147 

31.  Military  Tribunes  (Tribuni  Militum)  ..  ..  ..   148 

32.  The  Censors  (Censores)        ..  ..  ..  ..  ..149 

33.  Praetor  (Prater}    . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   153 

34.  Curule  ^Ediles  (^Ediles  Curules)        ..  ..  ..  ..154 

35.  Judge  (Judex),  Arbitrator  (Arbiter),  Recuperators  (Recuperatores)  155 

36.  Centum virs  ( Centumviri)     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  158 

37.  The  Lex  Petillia  Papiria  (De  nexis)  ..  . .  . .  . .   164 

38.  On  the  Disclosure  of  the  Dies  Fasti  and  the  Actiones  Legis  (Jus 

Flavianuin)         . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .    165 

39.  Leges  Publilise — Lex  Hortensia  (De  plebiscitis')  . .  . .   166 

Revision  of  the  preceding  Period. 

The  Foreign  Policy  of  Home  . .             . .  . .  . .   169 

Public  Law  (from  the  Time  of  the  Twelve  Tables  to  the  Sub- 
mission of  all  Italy)      . .  . .             . .  . .  . .   182 

Sacred  Law       ..             ..  ..             ..  ..  ..   191 

Civil  Law           ..             ..  ..             ..  ..  ..192 

Manners  and  Customs      . .  . .             . .  . .  . .   195 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XX111 


III.   FROM  THE  TOTAL  SUBJUGATION  OF  ITALY  TO  THE  EMPIRE. 

Sect.  40.  Praetor  Peregrinus ..  ..  ..  ••  ••  •'•  198 

41.  The  Establishment  of  the  Provinces   ..  ..  ..  ..  201 

42.  The  Increase  in  the  Number  of  Prators  . .  . .  .  •  202 

43.  Proconsuls  ..  ..  ••  ••  ••  ••  203 

44.  Proprietors  ..  ••  ••  ••  ••  ••  204 

45.  The  Public  Consultations  of  the  Jurists  (Responsa  Prudentum)  ..  205 

46.  A  New  "Work  on  the  Actiones  Legis  (Jus  JElianum  vel  Tripertita)  212 

47.  The  gradual  Decline  of  the  Actiones  Legis— the  Creation  of  a  fifth 

Action  (the  Condictio,  Lex  Silia,  and  Lex  Calpurnia) — the  par- 
tial Suppression  of  these  Actions  (Lex  jEbutia)         . .  . .   213 

48.  The  Ordinary  or  Formulary  Procedure  (Ordinaria  Judicia,  vel 

per  Formulas) — The  Extraordinary  Procedure  (Extraordinaria 
Judicia)  ..  ..  ••  ••  ••  ••  217 

49.  The  Introduction  of  Philosophy  and  especially  of  Stoicism — Its 

Influence  upon  Jurisprudence  . .  .  •  •  •  . .  225 

50.  The  Seditions  of  the  Gracchi  (  GraocTianai) — Agrarian  Laws  (Leges 

agrarics)  ..  ..  ••  ..  ••  ••   226 

51.  Qu£estiones  perpetuse — Cognitiones  extraordinarise  . .  . .  234 

52.  The  Judiciary  Laws  (Leges  judiciariai)  ..  ..  ..   239 

63.  On  the  Authority  of  the  Senatus-consulta         . .  . .  . .   241 

54.  Jus  honorarium — Edictum—  Edictum  perpetuum — Edictum  repenti- 

num  —  Interdictum  —  Edictum  tralatitium  —  Lex  Cornelia,  de 

Edictis  ..             ..             ..             ..             ..             ..  ..  244 

55.  The  Social  War      . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  250 

56.  The  Civil  Wars      . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  251 

57.  The  Servile  Wars  . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  252 

Review  of  the  preceding  Period. 

Roman  Foreign  Policy     . .             . .             . .  . .  . .  257 

Public  Law  (Jus  publicum)           ..             ..  ..  ..  261 

Jus  Sacrum       . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .  269 

Jus  Privatum     . .              . .              . .              . .  . .  . .  269 

Manners  and  Customs      . .             . .             .  •  .  •  . .  275 


THE  THIRD  EPOCH.— THE  EMPERORS. 

I.  FROM  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OP  THE  EMPIRE  TO  CONSTANTINE. 

Sect.  58.  Lieutenants  of  the  Emperor  (Legati  C&saris} ..  ..  ..  280 

59.  Procurators  of  the  Emperor  (Procuratores  Ccesaris)       . .  . .  280 

60.  The  Prefect  of  the  City  (Prtefectus  urbi)       . .  . .  . .  281 

61.  Praetorian  Prefects  (Prcefecti  Prcctorio)         ..  ..  ..  282 

62.  Quasstores  candidati  Principis  . .  . .  . .  . .  282 

63.  The  Prsefectus  Annonarum  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  282 

64.  Prefect  of  the  Night  Guards  (Prafectus  vigilum)          ..  . .  283 

65.  The  Senatus-Consulta :  their  Effects  upon  the  Jus  Privatum  . .  284 

66.  Constitutions  of  the  Emperor  (  Constitutiones  principurn)  ..  287 


XXIV  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Sect.  67.  Lex  Regia  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   290 

68.  The  Responsa  Prudentmn     . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  293 

69.  Labeo  and  Capito  (M.  Antistius  Labeo  et  C.  Ateius  Capita} — The 

Two  Schools  of  the  Jurists  :  The  Proculeians  or  Pegasians  and 
the  Sabinians  or  Cassians  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  302 

70.  Lex  Julia,  De  maritandis  ordinibus ;  Lex  Papia  Poppaea :  called 

also  Leges  Julia  et  Papia,  sometimes  Novas  Leges,  or  simply 

Leges  on  Marriage  and  on  Paternity  . .  . .  . .  308 

71.  Fideicotnmissa— Codicils  (Codicilli)  ..  ..  ..  ..  314 

72.  Enfranchisement— Lex  JElia  Sentia— Lex  Furia  Caninia  . .  315 

73.  Jus  Honorarium— The  Edictum  Perpetuum  of  Salvius  Julianus. .  319 

74.  The  Advice  and  the  Opinions  of  the  Jurists  (Sententice  et  Opini- 

ones) — The  express    Authority  conferred    by  the  Rescript  of 
Adrian  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   322 

75.  The  Jus  Latii  and  the  Jus  Italicum.  under  the  Emperors  . .  334 

76.  The  Colonies  and  Municipia  under  the  early  Emperors — The  Tables 

of  Malaga  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   338 

77.  The  Rights  of  Citizenship  conceded  to  all  the  Subjects  of  the  Empire  339 

78.  The  Modification  of  the  Leges  Julia  and  Papia  Poppasa — The  Rights 

of  the  Fiscus  in  Claims  upon  Caduca  . .  . .  . .   346 

79.  The  Propagation  of  Christianity          . .  . .  . .  . .  357 

80.  The  Irruption  of  the  Barbarians          . .  . .  . .  . .   359 

81.  Decay  of  the  Formulary  System  or  of  the  Ordo  Judiciorum, — The 

Extraordinary  Procedure  (Judlcia  Extraordlnaria)  introduced 
generally — Petty  Judges  (Judices  Pedanei)  . .  .,  . .  361 

82.  Division  of  the  Imperial   Government— Two  Augusti  and  Two 

Csesars  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   365 

Summary  of  the  preceding  Epoch. 

The  External  Situation  of  the  Empire  . .  . .  . .  367 

Jus  Publicum    . .              . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  367 

Legislative  Power             . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  369 

Executive  and  Electoral  Power  . .  . .  . .  . .  369 

Judicial  Powers                . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  370 

Criminal  Matters             . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  370 

The  Jus  Sacrum               . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  372 

The  Jus  Privatum            . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  373 

Persons              . .             . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  374 

Things  and  Property        . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  375 

Testaments        . .             . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  375 

Successions         . .              . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  376 

Contracts  and  Actions      . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  376 

Manners  and  Customs      . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  37(5 

II.  FROM  CONSTANTINE  TO  JUSTINIAN. 

83.  Constitutions  invalidating  the  Notes  of  Paul,  Ulpian  and  Marcian 

upon  Papinian,  and  approving  the  other  Writings  of  Paul  and 
particularly  his  Sententiae  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .   379 

84.  The  Gregorian  and  the  Hermogenian  Codes  (  Gregorianus  Codex, 

Hermogenianus  Codex)    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  382 

85.  Christianity  the  Religion  of  the  Empire  . .  . .  . .  387 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXV 

Sect.  86.  The  Foundation  of  a  New  Capital      . .             . .  . .  . .  388 

87.  The  Bishops  (Episcopi) 

88.  ThePatricii 

89.  Comites  Consistoriani            . .             . .             . .  . .  « 

90.  Quaestor  Sacri  Palatii            . .             . .             . .  . .  . 

91.  Magistrates  of  the  Provinces 

92.  Other  Functionaries  of  the  Empire — A  New  Hierarchical  Nobility . .  392 

93.  Innovations  of  Constantino  in  the  Jus  Privatum — Abrogation  of 

the  Penalties  against  Ccelibes  and  Orbi — New  Amendments  of 

the  Leges  Julia  and  Papia              . .             . .  . .  . .   393 

94.  Agricolae  or  Coloni                . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   402 

95.  Suppression  of  the  Formulae  (De  Formulis  sublatis)  ..  ..   406 

96.  The  Defensores  Civitatum    ..             ..             ..  ..  ..410 

97.  The  Division  of  the  Empire  ..             ..             ..  ..  ..411 

98.  The  Public  Schools  of  Constantinople  and  of  Home  ..  ..411 

99.  The  Responsa  Prudentum — Lex  de  Responsis  Prudentum  ..   412 

100.  The  Theodosian  Code            . .             . .             . .  . .  ..416 

101.  Theodosius  projects  an  extended  Code               . .  . .  . .  421 

102.  Fragmenta  Vaticana— Mosaicarum  et  Romanarum  Legum  Collatio 

— Consultatio  veteris  cujusdam  Jurisconsult!  ..  ..   422 

103.  The  End  of  the  Western  Empire         . .             . .  . .  . .  428 

104.  Roman  Laws  published  by  German  Kings         . .  . .  . .  432 

III.  JUSTINIAN  EMPEROE,  A.D.  527. 

105.  Codex  Justinianeus — Codex  vetus       . .             . .  . .  . .   443 

106.  Quinquaginta  Decisiones       . .             . .             . .  . .  . .  444 

107.  The  Digest  or  Pandects  (Digesta,  Pandectce)  ,.  . .  . .   447 

108.  Institutes  (Institutiones,  Instituta,  Elementa)  . .  . .  458 

109.  New  Edition  of  the  Code  (  Codex  repetitce  Prcelectionis)  . .  459 

110.  Novelise  Constitutiones — afterwards  Authenticse,  Corpus  Anthenti- 

corum    . .              . .              . .              . .              . .  . .  . .   461 

111.  Corpus  Juris  Civilis              ..             ..             ..  ..  ..   471 

112.  Tribonian  or  Tribunian         .               ..             ..  ..  ..   476 

113.  Theophilus  and  some  other  Professors  of  Law  . .  . .  . .   477 

114.  The  teaching  of  Law  before  and  after  Justinian  . .  . .   478 

General  Survey  of  the  preceding  Period. 

The  External  Situation  of  Constantinople    . .  . .  . .   489 

The  Jus  Publicuin            . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   490 

Criminal  Matters              . .             . .             . .  . .  . .  490 

Civil  Matters     . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   491 

The  Jus  Sacrum               . .             . .             . .  . .  •         , .   491 

The  Jus  Privatum            . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   492 

Persons              . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   493 

Things  and  Property       . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   493 

Wills  ..             ..             ..             ..             ..  ..  ..493 

Succession          . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   494 

Contracts           . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   494 

Actiones             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   494 

Manners  and  Customs      . .             . .             . .  . .  . .   494 


XXVI  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

THE  DESTINY  OF  THE  ROMAN  LAW  IN  THE  EAST 
AND  WEST  AFTER  JUSTINIAN. 

§  I.  IN  THE  EAST. 
Sect.  115.  The  Greek  Jurists  of  the  Sixth  Century          . .  . .  . .   496 

116.  The  Manuals  or  Codes  of  the  Byzantine  Emperors :   Ecloga, 

Proehiron,  Epanagoge,  Basilicce  ...  . .  . .  ..  501 

117.  The  Greek  Jurists  posterior  to  the  Basilicas — The  Fall  of  the 

Eastern  Empire  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  506 

118.  Byzantine  Law  subsequent  to  the  Sixteenth  Century     ..  . .  511 

§  II.  THE  WEST. 

119.  The  Publication  of  the  Law  of  Justinian  in  Italy          . .  . .  513 

120.  The  Maintenance  of  the  Law  of  Justinian  after  the  Fall  of  the 

Byzantine  Power  in  Italy — The  Extent  of  this  Power — The 
Roman  Nationality  of  the  Population  . .  . .  . .  514 

121.  The  Influence  of  the  Clergy  upon  the  Maintenance  of  Justinian's 

Law  in  Italy       ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..   517 

122.  The  Influence  of  the  Principle  of  the  Personality  of  the  Laws  upon 

the  Maintenance  of  the  Law  of  Justinian  in  Italy      . .  . .   520 

123.  First  Indication  of  the  Law  of  Justinian  in  Gaul  . .  . .   522 

124.  Revival  of  the  Study  and  Teaching  of  the  Texts  of  Justinian 

towards  the  end  of  the  Eleventh  Century — The  School  of 
Bologna  and  the  Glossators — Placentinus  in  France,  Vacarius 
in  England  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  527 

125.  Brachylogus  et  Petri  Exceptiones  Legum  Romanorum  . .  . .  534 

126.  Manuscripts  and  Texts   of  the   Corpus  juris   Justiniani — The 

Pandectae  Florentine  and  the  Vulgate— The  ancient  Digest, 
the  Infortiatum  and  the  new  Digest  . .  . .  . .  536 

127.  The  Schools  of  the  Jurists  from  the  Glossators  to  the  Sixteenth 

Century  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  . .   541 

128.  Roman  Law  considered  as  an  Element  of  French  Law  ..  . .  548 


EPOCHS  OF  ROMAN  LAW  AS  GENERALLY  RECEIVED. 

THE  FIRST  PERIOD,  OR  THE  INFANCY  OF  LAW  . .  . .  . .  552 

SECOND  PERIOD,  ITS  YOUTH  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  552 

THIRD  PERIOD,  ITS  MANHOOD         . .  . .  . .  . .  •  •  553 

FOURTH  PERIOD,  ITS  OLD  AGE         . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  553 

List  of  the  Works  of  the  Jurists  from  whose  Writings  the  Pandects  of  Jus- 
tinian were  compiled      . .  .  •  •  •  •  •  . .  •  •  555 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

THE  IDEA  OF  THIS  GENERALIZATION,  AND,  FIRST— ITS  USES  . .  . .  558 

THE  IDEA  OF  THIS  GENERALIZATION,  AND,  SECONDLY— ITS  SPIRIT  . .  559 

THE  ORDER  OF  GENERAL  EXPOSITION          . .  . .  . .  . .  559 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXV11 

PAGE 

PART  L— OP  EIGHT  AND  THE  ELEMENTS  OF  ITS  GENERATION. 

PRELIMINARY  ARTICLE. 

Sect,  1.  The  Idea  of  Law     ..              ..             ..             ..             ..  ..561 

2.  Immediate  Consequences  of  Law           . .             . .             . .  •  •  565 

3.  Component  Elements  of  the  Generation  of  Law                . .  . .  565 

I.  OF  PERSONS. 
CHAPTER  I.— COMPONENT  NOTIONS. 

4.  Idea  of  Person          ..             ..             ..             ..             ..  ..   567 

5.  Second  Acceptation  of  the  word  Person               . .             . .  . .  568 

CHAPTER  II. — STATUS. 

6.  Idea  and  component  Elements  of  Status              . .             . .  . .  568 

§  I.  Liberty  (Libertas). 

7.  Liberty — Slavery  (Servitus) — Colonization  (  Colonatus)  .  •  . .  569 

8.  Enfranchisement  (Manumissio}— Free  Men  (Ingenui) — and  Enfran- 

chised Slaves  (Liberti,  Libertini)     ..             . .             ..  ..  571 

9.  Successive  Modifications  in  the  Condition  of  the  Enfranchised  . .   571 

§  II.  Citizenship  (Civitas). 

10.  Civis,  Peregrinus,  Hostis,  Barharus     . .             . .             . .  . .   572 

11.  Successive  Communication  of  the  Jus  Civitatis  to  Persons  without 

the  Precincts  of  Home        . .             . .             . .             . .  . .   574 

12.  Gradual  Alteration  of  the  Civil  Law  . .             . .             . .  . .  576 

§  III.  Familia. 

13.  General  Idea  of  a  Eoman  Family        . .             . .             . .  . .   576 

1 4.  The  Basis  of  the  Roman  Family         . .             . .             . .  . .  578 

15.  Power — The  Chief  of  the  Family  {Paterfamilias') — Persons  Sui 

Juris  or  Alieni  Juris        . .             . .             . .             . .  . .   578 

16.  Divers  kinds  of  Power  (Potestas,  Manus,  Mancipium)  . .  . .  580 

17.  Marriage  (Justce  Nuptice)  and  the  various  Unions  between  the 

Sexes  {Concubinatiis,  Stuprum,  Contubernium)         . .  ..  584 

18.  Cognatio,  Agnatio— Gens,  Adfinitas  ..             ..             ..  ..   586 

19.  Different  Acceptations  of  the  Word  Familia,    . .             . .  . .  589 

20.  Successive  Modifications  of  the  Law  relating  to  the  Family  . .  590 

§  IV.  On  the  Loss  or  Change  of  Status  (  Capitis  Deminutio). 

21.  Maxima,  Media,  Minima  {Capitis  Deminutio)               . .  . .   591 

CHAPTER  III.— OTHER  CONDITIONS  AFFECTING  PERSONS  BESIDES 
STATUS  {Status). 

22.  Generally..             ..             ..             ..             ..             ..  ..592 

23.  Existimatio             . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .   593 

24.  Rank— Dignity       ..             ..             ..             ..             ..  ..595 

25.  The  Profession       . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .  595 

26.  Religion   . .             . .             . .             . .             . .             . .  . .   595 

27.  The  Domicile  (Domicilium:  where  one  is  Incola) ;  the  Local  City 

(where  one  is  Civis,  Municeps)        . .             . .             . .  . .   596 

28.  The  Sex   .  .   599 


XXV111  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Sect.  29.  Age          ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  6oo 

30.  Physical  or  Mental  Defects  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  603 

CHAPTER  IV.  —  OP  THE  CAPACITY  OP  PERSONS. 

31.  Generally  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  604 

32.  Tutela—  Cura         ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..604 

CHAPTER  V.—  LEGAL 


33.  Populus  —  Curiae  —  Magistratui  —  Hsereditas  —  Peculium  —  Univer- 

sitas      ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..605 

CHAPTER  VI.  —  THE  EXTINCTION  OF  PERSONS. 
31    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ,.  607 


ARTICLE  SECOND.— II.  OF  THINGS. 

CHAPTER  I.— OF  FUNDAMENTAL  PRINCIPLES. 

Sect.  35.  General  Idea  of  Things         . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  608 

CHAPTER  II.— CLASSIFICATION  OF  THINGS. 

36.  Relations  under  which  may  be  ranged  the  Principal  Divisions  of 

Things  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  609 

§  I.  In  Relation  to  their  Creation. 

37.  Things  Corporeal  and  Incorporeal      . .  . .  . .  . .  610 

§  II.  In  Relation  to  Religion. 

38.  Res  Divini  Juris  and  Res  Humani  Juris  . .  . .  . .  610 

§  III.  In  Relation  to  the  State. 

39.  Rights  of  Citizenship — The  Idea  of  the  Commercium  applicable  to 

Things  as  well  as  to  Persons  . .  . .  . .  . .  612 

40.  Roman  Soil  (Ager  Romanus)  ;  Italian  Soil,  or  that  which  enjoyed 

Roman  Privileges  (Italicum  Solum)  ;  and  Provincial  or  Foreign 
Soil  (Solum  Provinciale)  . .  ..  ..  ..  ..  612 

41.  Res  Mancipi  and  Res  ncc  Mancipi       . .  . .  . .  ..  614 

§  IV.  In  Relation  to  the  Proprietor. 

42.  Res  omnium,  Publicse,  Universitatis,  Singulorum,  Nullius  . .  620 

43.  Things  in  our  Patrimony  {Bono),  or  out  of  our  Patrimony  . .  621 

44.  Public  Land,  Property  of  the  State  (Ager  Publicus) ;  Private  Land, 

Property  of  Individuals  (Ager  Privatus)      ..  ..  ..   621 

§  V.  Tilings  considered  physically  and  legally. 

45.  Movable  Things  (Res  mobiles,  seu  moventes)  or  Immovable  (Res 

.Soli,  Immobiles)  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  623 

46.  Things  divisible  or  indivisible — Principal  or  accessory    . .  . .   625 

47.  Genus  and  Species — Things  which  are  determined  by  Weight,  by 

Number  or  by  Measure  (qua  pondere,  nil-mere ,  mensurdve  con- 
stant)— Of  so  called  Res  fungibiles  —  Things  quce  ipso  usu  con- 
sumuntur;  qii>ce  in  abiisu  continentur  . .  . .  . .  626 

§  VI.  In  Relation  to  their  Composition  or  Aggregation. 

48.  A  particular  Thing  (Res  singularis — Rerum  Universitas)          . .   628 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  XXIX 

PAGE 

ARTICLE  THIRD.— III.  OF  FACTS. 

§  I.   Component  Ideas. 

Sect.  49.  Idea  of  Fact            . .             . .             . .  . .   629 

50.  The  Subject  of  the  Act         . .             . .             •  •  •  •             . .   630 

51.  Acts  create  Eights ..             ..             .  •             ••  ••             ••   631 

§  II.  Legal  Facts  or  Acts. 

52.  Idea  of  the  legal  Fact  or  Act               . .             . .  •  •             . .   631 

53.  The  Form  of  legal  Acts        . .             . .             .  •  •  •             •  •  632 

54.  Special  Character  of  the  Koman  Law  with  Respect  to  legal  Acts  . .  632 

55.  Acts  of  Civil  Law — Acts  of  the  Law  of  Nations  . .             . .  637 

56.  One  Citizen  could  not  be  represented  by  another  . .             . .   637 

57.  Will,  Consent  (Consensus);  Ignor&nce(Iffnorantia);  Error  (Error); 

Cosenage  (Dolus  bonus,  Dolus  mains);  Violence  and  Fear  (  Vis, 

Metus)..             ..             ..             ..             -.  ••             ••   638 

§  III.  Acts  other  than  Legal  Acts. 

58.  The  Conception  of  Acts  other  than  Legal  Acts;  the  Principles 

which  regulated  their  Consequences  in  Law  . .  . .              . .   639 

§  IV.  Elements  inseparable  from  Acts. 

59.  The  Time  (Dies) ;  the  Place  (Locus')                . .  . .             . .  640 

§  V.  Authentification  of  Facts. 

60.  Proo'fs  (De  Probationibus)  ..             ..             ..  ••             ••  641 

61.  Presumptions  (De  Prcesumptionibus)               ..  ..             ••   643 

62.  Doubtful  Facts  (De  Rebus  dubiis)     . .             . .  . .             . .  645 

§  VI.  Fictiones  Juris. 

63.  Fictions  of  the  Civil  and  of  Praetorian  Law      . .  . .             . .   645 

CONCLUSION  OP  THE  FIRST  PART. 

64.  Creation  of  Eights  . .             . .             . .             . .  . .             . .   647 


PART  II.— EIGHTS  AND  ACTIONS. 

ARTICLE  FIRST.— EIGHTS. 
CHAPTER  I. — GENERAL  CLASSIFICATION  OF  EIGHTS. 

65.  Pers/  ,al  Eights — Eeal  Eights— (A  Classification  not  adopted  in  the 

EC    ianLaw)        ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..647 

66.  Idea    jf  Personal  and  of  Eeal  Eights  . .  . .  . .  . .   648 

67.  Various  Denominations  of  Eeal  Eights  and  of  Personal  Eights     . .   651 

CHAPTER  II. — PERSONAL  EIGHTS. 
§  I.   Obligations. 

68.  General  Idea  of  the  Obligation  or  Personal  Eight  ..  ..  653 

69.  Obligatlo,  properly  so  called  amongst  the  Eomaiis  . .  . .  655 

70.  Creation  of  Obligations          . .              . .              . .  . .  •  •  65(5 

71.  Transfer  of  Obligations         ..              ..              ..  ..  ..  6(»0 

72.  Extinction  of  Obligations      . .                              . .  . .  . .  600 


XXX  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

§  II.  Personal  Rights,  other  than  Obligation  properly  so  called. 

Sect.73     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  662 

CHAPTEE  III.— EEAL  RIGHTS. 

74.  Idea  common  to  all  Real  Rights          . .  . .  . .  . .  663 

75.  Mancipium — Dominium — Proprietas  . .  . .  . .  . .  663 

76.  Possessio  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  665 

77.  Different  Kinds  of  Dominium — Successive  Alterations  of  Civil  Law  666 

78.  Acquisition — Transmission — Loss  of  Estate  or  Property  . .  667 

79.  Real  Rights  other  than  Proprietas  and  Possessio  . .  . .  670 

CHAPTER  IV. — CONSIDERATIONS  APPLICABLE  TO  PERSONAL  RIGHTS 
AND  TO  REAL  RIGHTS. 

Sect.  80.  Rights  relating  to  the  State,  to  the  Family,  to  the  Moral  or  Physical 

Individuality  of  Man          . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  671 

81.  Acquisitions  or  Successions  per  Universitatem  ..  ..  671 

ARTICLE  SECOND.  — OF  ACTIONS. 
§  I.  Preliminary  Notions. 

82.  Rights— Jurisdiction — Procedure         . .  . .  . .  . .  672 

83.  General  Idea  of  the  Actio     . .  . .  . .  . .  . .  673 

84.  Three  Epochs  and  Three  Systems  of  Judicial  Procedure  in  Roman 

Law     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  673 

85.  Distinction  between  Jus  and  Judicium — Magistratus  and  Judex  674 

86.  The  State  appoints  the  Magistrate — the  Parties  the  Judex  . .  675 

87.  The  Public  Administration  of  Justice  . .  . .  . .  676 

§  II.  Legis  Actiones. 

88.  The  Functions  of  the  Magistrate  and  the  Judex  under  this  System  677 

89.  Forms  of  Procedure,  or  Actions  of  the  Law  (Let/is  Actiones)        . .   678 

90.  Signification  of  the  Word  Actio  under  the  Legis  Actiones  . ,  679 

91.  Fictitious  Application  of  the  Legis  Actiones  to  Cases  where  there 

was  no  real  Suit,  in  Jure  Cessio       . .  . .  . .  . .   680 

92.  Decline  of  the  Legis  Actiones  ..  . .  . .  . .  680 

§  III.  Formula  or  Ordinaria  Judicia. 

93.  The  Magistrate  and  the  Judge  under  the  Formula  System  . .  681 

94.  The  Formulae          . .              . .              . .              . .              . .  . .  682 

95.  Signification  of  the  Term  Actio  under  the  Formula  System  . .  685 

96.  Actions  in  Rem  and  in  Personam        . .              . .              . .  . .  685 

97.  Exceptio — Replicatio— Duplicatio— Triplicatio — Prsescriptio  ..  687 

98.  Interdicta                 ..              ..              ..              ..              ..  ..689 

99.  Extra  Ordinem  Cognitio— Extraordinaria  Judicia           . .  . .  690 

100.  The  Decline  of  the  Formula  System   . .  . .  . .  . .  691 

§  IV.  Judicia  Extraordinaria. 

101.  Jus  and  Judicium,  the  Office  of  the  Magistrate  and  that  of  the 

Judge  became  identical    ..  ..  ..  ..  ..     691 

102.  The  Change  of  the  Character  of  the  Actio,  the  Exceptio  and  the 

Interdict,  under  the  extraordinary  Procedure,  and  especially  under 
Justinian  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  ..   693 

103.  The  various  Significations  of  the  Word  Actio  . .  ..  . .  694 

CONCLUSION          . .  . .  . .  , .  . .  . .  . .  695 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


Gai.  ii.  22 

Ulp.  xxiv.  26  .. 

Ulp.  lust 

Paul.  Sent.  iii.  3,  17  .. 

Paul.  Frag 

Cod.  Theod.  viii.  12,  8, 

§1- 
Vatic.  J.  E.  Frag.  §  7 


LL.  Mos.  et  Horn.  Coll. 
xvi.  4. 

Dig.  xxxviii.  7,  2,  §  1, 
f.  Ulp. 

Cod 

Inst. 

Theo. 


For    Gaius's   Institutes,   commentary   second,  para- 
graph twenty-second. 

„       Ulpian,  title  twenty-four,  paragraph  twenty-six. 
„       Fragments  of  the  Institutes  of  Ulpian. 

„  Pauli  Sentential,  third  book,  third  title,  para- 
graph seventeen. 

„       Fragment  on  Fiscal  Law  ascribed  to  Paulus. 

„  Theodosian  Code,  eighth  book,  title  twelve, 
section  eight,  paragraph  one. 

„  Fragment  of  Roman  Law  discovered  by  M.  Mai 
in  the  Library  of  the  Vatican,  paragraph 
seven. 

„  Comparison  between  the  Law  of  Moses  and  the 
Roman  Law,  title  sixteen,  paragraph  four. 

„  Digest,  book  thirty-eight,  title  seven,  section 
two,  paragraph  one,  fragment  of  Ulpian. 

„       Justinian's  Code. 

„       Justinian's  Institutes. 

„       Paraphrase  of  the  Institutes  by  Theopliilus. 


ERRATA. 


Page  59,  line  17,  for  "  censitares"  read  "  censitarii." 

Page  98,  line  10,  for  "B.C.  454"  read  "B.C.  451." 

Page  98,  last  line,/or  "  B.C.  452  "  read  "B.C.  449." 

Page  202,  line  19,  for  "  mancipia"  read  "  municipia." 

Page  223,  line  1,  for  "  administratio  "  read  "  demonstratio." 

Page  248,  line  26,  for  "  repentine"  read  "  repentina." 

Page  377,  line  23,  for  "  Maximin  "  read  "  Maximian." 

Page  459,  note  2,  for  "  de  Justiniani"  read  "  Justiniani." 

Page  496,  in  heading,  for  "  UNDER  JUSTINIAN"  read  "  AFTER  JUSTINIAN." 

Page  642,  line  16,  for  "  a-lv,  written,"  read  "  fit,  with." 


INTRODUCTION. 


EVERY  historian  ought  to  be  a  jurist,  every  jurist  a  historian. 
It  is  impossible  to  understand  an  enactment  without  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  its  history.  But  then  the  question  occurs, 
what  is  this  history  ?  Does  it  consist  in  dry  tables  of  laws  ar- 
ranged in  chronological  order?  Certainly  not.  The  manners 
of  a  nation,  its  movements,  its  wars,  its  growth,  its  civilization, 
are  each  of  them  causes  that  mould  the  national  law.  It  is  our 
task  to  investigate  these  causes,  indicate  their  influence,  and 
trace  the  changes  they  have  brought  about.  Most  writers  have 
made  the  history  of  law  subordinate  to  that  of  the  people,  and 
have  been  content  to  trace  their  progress,  independently  of  the 
development  of  law,  to  an  epoch  when  their  system  of  jurispru- 
dence underwent  some  striking  modification.  I  prefer,  how- 
ever, an  opposite  course,  and  consider  that  the  history  of  the 
people  should  be  subordinate  to  that  of  their  law.  As  land- 
marks in  the  progress  of  a  nation,  I  select  great  political  events 
which  modify  the  national  character  by  changing  the  govern- 
ment. In  these  revolutions  public  law  is  remodelled,  and  if  in 
some  cases  the  legal  system  no  less  than  the  national  character 
appears  to  remain  unchanged,  we  must  take  care  not  to  be  de- 
ceived by  an  outward  semblance  of  conformity,  for  we  shall  find 
that  in  all  such  cases  the  seed  has  been  sown  which  sooner  or 
later  will  bear  the  fruit  of  change. 

Adopting,  then,  this  system  in  treating  of  Roman  law,  we 
shall  have  in  this  summary  to  consider  the  subject  in  three 
divisions,  corresponding  to  three  epochs — That  of  the  Kings, 
that  of  the  Republic,  and  that  of  the  Empire.1 

1  The  divisions  ordinarily  adopted  in  books  upon  the  history  of  law  will  be 
found  in  the  Appendix. 

VOL.  I.  B 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 


FIRST  EPOCH. 

THE  KINGS. 

SECTION  I. — ORIGIN  OF  ROME. 

2.  THE  infancy  of  all  ancient  nations  is  wrapt  in  obscurity; 
their  earliest  history  is  clouded  by  a  mass  of  doubtful  traditions 
and  incredible  fables.     This  remark  is  especially  applicable  to 
the  Romans,  whose  origin,  though  not  of  great  antiquity,  was 
veiled  even  from  their  own  eyes.     Popular  stories,  heroic  bal- 
lads, the  Pontifical  annals,  containing  the  records  of  prodigies 
and  supernatural  events,  formed  the  basis  of  their  history,  which 
were  supplemented  by  a  species  of  tradition  adopted  by  poets, 
historians,  publicists  and  jurists,  vaguely  at  first,  but  gathering 
assurance  by  repetition  till  it  came  to  be  regarded  as  a  historical 
record.     This  is  the  national  belief,  and  is  to  be  traced  in  every 
branch  of  Roman  literature. 

3.  The   critic   and  the  sceptic  of  modern  times,   however, 
have  ruthlessly  assailed  these  traditions  of  Roman  origin,  and 
it   has   become   the  fashion   to  rank  them  with  the  fables  of 
mythology,  not  only  as  to  that  portion  of  the  narrative  which 
is  manifestly  fable,  but  also  to  much  which  has  the  semblance 
of  truth. 

4.  These  efforts  have  not  been  solely  iconoclastic.    Criticism 
has  attempted  to  reconstruct.     It  has  endeavoured  to  resuscitate 
from  its  decay  the  Rome  of  early  times,  whose  origin  was  a 
mystery  even  to  its  own  people.     Love  of  popularity,  the  eager- 
ness of  theorists,  not  unfrequently  the  fertility  of  imagination, 
have  given  birth  to  rash  conjectures,  which,  in  addition  to  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  3 

charm  of  novelty,  possessed  sufficient  fascination  to  secure  for  a 
time  popular  favour. 

These  efforts  were  not  confined  to  modern  times;  for  specu- 
lations on  this  subject  commenced  with  the  revival  of  literature 
in  the  sixteenth  century.  In  a  work  written  in  1685,  Peri- 
zonius  traces  the  basis  of  early  Roman  history  to  old  popular 
ballads  and  funereal  songs.  And  Cato,  in  his  treatise  "  Origines," 
alludes  to  the  odes  which  used  to  be  sung  long  before  his  time 
on  festive  occasions  in  the  houses  of  men  of  rank,  in  praise  of 
the  heroes  from  whom  they  claimed  descent.  Cicero  also 
alludes  to  these  odes  with  a  regret  that  they  had  become  obso- 
lete.1 Perizonius  warns  the  student  against  reliance  upon 
these  poetical  effusions,  which  had  their  origin  in  vanity  and 
the  love  of  the  marvellous.5 

Thus  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  mythical  character 
of  early  Roman  history,  although  it  has  been  brought  promi- 
nently into  notice  by  the  careful  research  of  modern  times,  was 
not  a  new  idea;  and,  without  alluding  specially  to  several 
minor  efforts  in  this  direction  to  be  found  in  the  "  Transactions 
of  the  Academic  des  Belles  Lettres,"  Dr.  Beaufort,  in  1738, 
published  a  dissertation  on  the  uncertainty  of  the  five  first 
periods  of  Roman  history.3  And  some  years  previously 
Vico,  at  Naples,  whose  footsteps  Niebuhr  in  our  own  time 
has  to  a  certain  extent  followed,  undertook  the  reconstruction 
of  this  doubtful  epoch  upon  more  independent  data,  derived 
from  the  great  principles  of  the  Philosophy  of  History.4 

6.  But  these  researches  have  been  carried  still  further  back 
into  the  vista  of  time,  and  attempts  have  even  been  made  to 

1  Cicero,  In  Brutum,  §  19  :  "Atque  principio  et  fine  uno"  (1720);  "De  con- 

utinam  exstarent  ilia  carmina,  qua?  mul-  stantia  jurisprudentise,"  in  two  parts; 

tis  saeculis  ante  suam  ajtatem  in  epulis  "  De  constantia  philosophise  et  De  con- 

esse  cantitata  a  singulis  convivis  de  stantia  philologies"  (1721)  ;  but  espe- 

clarorura  virorum  laudibus,  in  Originl-  cially  in  his  "  Scienza  nuova"  (1st  edit. 

bus  scriptum  reliquit  Cato  ! "  1725;  2nd  and  3rd  edit.  1730,  1744). 

3  Pemomns,  Animadvert,  historic^,  Niebuhr,  "  Histoire  romainc  "  (first 

ch.  5  et  6,  Amsterd.,  1685.  volumes  printed  1811  and  1812,  recast 

3  Utrecht,  1738.    Also,  by  the  same  in  subsequent  editions) ;  French  trans- 
author,  "La  Republique  romaine,"  La  lation  by  M.  de  Golbery  (six  vols.  8vo., 
Haye,  1766.     2  vols.  in  4to.  1830  to  1837).     Niebuhr  died  January 

4  Vico,    amongst    his    early    Latin  2nd,  1831,  before  the  completion  of  his 
works,  in  his  "  De  uno  universi  juris  great  work. 

B  2 


4  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

trace  the  progress  of  civilization  in  ages  anterior  to  the  birth  of 
Rome,  by  rekindling  to  life  the  ashes  of  Italian  nationalities  long 
concealed  beneath  the  ruins  of  the  colossal  city,  by  reproducing 
Italy  as  she  existed  prior  to  its  foundation  with  all  her  in- 
habitants, their  diverse  states,  their  institutions,  their  languages 
long  buried  in  the  past.  The  labours  of  Lanzi  have  demon- 
strated the  possibility  of  deciphering  with  tolerable  accuracy 
the  writing,  and  not  unfrequently  the  language  of  this  ancient 
people,  by  a  study  of  their  monuments.  And  we  are  indebted 
to  Micali  for  some  interesting  essays  upon  the  main  features  of 
their  general  history.  These  are  pleasing  speculations,  which, 
could  the  limits  of  my  work  admit  of  it,  should  undoubtedly 
find  a  place  here. 

6.  There  was  in  the  poetry  and  literature  of  Greece,  as  also 
in  that  of  Rome,  its  offspring,  a  tendency  to  ascribe  a  Grecian 
character  to  the  origin  of  the  Italian  States.  This  is  shown  in 
the  three  grand  epic  events  of  Grecian  poetry,  the  return  of 
Hercules  from  his  Iberian  expedition,  when  he  opened  the  road 
to  the  ocean,  placing  restrictions  upon  its  use  ;  the  voyage  of 
the  Argonauts,  in  which  Hercules  himself  assisted  at  the  outset, 
and  the  dispersion  of  the  Grecian  or  Trojan  heroes  after  the 
fall  of  Troy,  with  the  wanderings  of  Ulysses  and  .ZEneas.  The 
genius  of  the  poet  has,  in  all  these  popular  legends,  attributed 
to  the  Greeks  the  capture  and  possession  of  Italian  soil.  Add 
to  these  that  other  obscure  legend  of  the  Pelasgi,  whom  Homer 
calls  "  a  race  divine," *  but  who  might  have  been  called,  accord- 
ing to  Myrsilus  of  Lesbos,  by  a  play  upon  the  word  which  the 
wit  of  the  ancients  could  appreciate,  Pelargi,  that  is  to  say,  a 
"race  of  storks."2  To  them  the  Dodonian  oracle  might  have 
said,  "  Go  seek  the  sea-girt  land  of  the  Sicilians  consecrated 
by  its  inhabitants  to  Saturn  and  the  Cotylaeus."3 

This  influence  of  Grecian  mythology  and  literature  upon 
that  of  Rome  caused  the  Romans  to  overlook  the  study  of 
the  ancient  population  of  Italy,  their  real  ancestors ;  and  hence 
the  exploits,  the  customs,  institutions  and  languages  of  the 

1  Od.  lib.  xix.  177.  3  Ibid.    §   19.     Macrobius,    Satur- 

2  Dion.  lib.  i.  §  28.  nalia,  lib.  i.  c.  7. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  5 

people  from  whom  the  founders  of  Rome  were  descended, 
have  been,  if  not  altogether  forgotten,  at  any  rate  obscured. 
And  the  share  which  the  aboriginal  races  took  in  developing 
the  civilization  of  Italy  has  been  overshadowed  by  the  influence 
which  the  Greek  colonies,  located  on  different  parts  of  the  Italian 
shores,  contributed  to  that  result.  This  influence,  too,  has 
caused  the  primitive  appellation  of  a  part  of  these  shores  to  be 
merged  in  the  name  of  Magna  Grgecia,  and  this  to  such  an 
extent  as  to  make  it  appear  that  Italy  owes  its  civilization  to 
that  country  alone. 

It  is  however  still  possible  to  trace  in  these  Roman  writers 
vestiges  which  we  may  recognize  as  those  of  the  ancient  Ita- 
lians. Medals,  coins,  funereal  monuments  with  inscriptions,  and 
written  monuments  of  still  greater  value,  a  variety  of  works  of 
art  and  industry  consecrated  to  domestic  or  public  use,  or  to 
religious  rites,  together  with  the  remains  of  walls  still  subsisting, 
the  magnitude  and  solidity  of  which  have  given  them  the  name 
of  Cyclopasan  ;  in  one  word,  all  the  treasures  of  archaeological 
research  are  at  hand  to  aid  us  in  this  attempt  at  historical  restor- 
ation. Micali,  whose  works  have  been  already  cited,  has  made 
this  attempt ;  it  is  true  with  a  certain  amount  of  national 
prejudice,  but  with  ability  that  claims  attention  and  asserts 
authority. 

7.  We  shall  mislead  ourselves  and  others,  if  we  seek  in  any 
other  direction  for  the  bases  of  the  history  of  Roman  law.  And 
with  due  regard  to  the  eminent  services  rendered  by  Niebuhr  in 
the  details  of  Roman  history,  he  has  laid  himself  open  to  censure 
for  the  influence  he  has  attributed  to  Grecian,  in  comparison 
with  Italian  genius,  throughout  the  whole  course  of  his  study  of 
Roman  institutions.  The  old  popular  ballads,  which  purport  to 
relate  the  story  of  the  foundation  of  Rome  and  which  were  in 
existence  even  in  the  time  of  Cato,  were  at  least  adapted  to  the 
condition  of  the  language  of  his  period.  And  the  popular 
ballads,  descriptive  of  the  earliest  times  of  Rome,  were  of  Italian 
character  and  not  imported  from  without.  Of  the  same  type 
were  those  religious  institutions,  belief  and  practices  among  the 
Romans,  derived  from  antiquity,  which  influenced  their  life, 


6  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

both  public  and  private.  It  would  be  an  error  to  look  upon 
these  institutions  and  customs  as  created  and  improvised  for  the 
first  time  by  the  Romans.  Rome,  at  first,  was  nothing  more 
than  a  nucleus  where  the  principle  of  agglomeration,  so  charac- 
teristic of  the  Italians,  had  been  developed,  and  it  resembled 
many  other  similar  centres  of  association  formed  by  the  numer- 
ous minute  sections  into  which  the  inhabitants  were  subdivided. 
In  some  cases,  however,  the  principle  of  confederation  among 
the  different  towns  and  colonies  resulted  in  the  acquisition  of 
increased  power  and  more  extended  territorial  limits.  The 
religious  rites,  the  magisterial  office,  the  costumes  or  external 
insignia,  the  fasces,  the  axes,  the  lictors,  the  curule  chairs,  are  all 
of  Italian  origin.1  If  Greece  was  able  to  introduce  into  the 
religion  of  Italy  the  greater  part  of  its  deities,  Italy,  on  the 
other  hand,  derived  from  sources  more  remote  its  national 
divinities  not  unfrequently  borrowed  in  its  turn  by  Greece, 
such  as  Janus  and  his  companion  Camese  symbols  of  the  land 
of  birth,  Vesta  the  goddess  of  the  sacred  fire,  Faunus  and  many 
others  whose  names  are  less  commonly  known,  not  to  mention 
the  Camamian  nymphs  invoked  by  the  poets  in  the  Augustan 
age.  Varro  also,  in  speaking  of  the  altars  consecrated  by  King 
Tatius  to  Rome,  tells  us  that  they  have  Sabine  characteristics.2 
And,  as  regards  language,  if  Greece  has  added  much  to  the 
Roman  vocabulary  as  it  has  descended  to  us,  the  primitive 
roots  of  the  language  are  undoubtedly  of  Italian  source — roots 
deeply  set  in  the  very  elements  of  Italian  speech  and  which  have 
been  too  much  overlooked  by  the  grammarians  of  the  later  time 
of  the  republic  and  the  empire,  but  which  nevertheless  indicate 
their  origin. 

In  fact,  Rome  following  the  usage  of  other  Italian  towns, 
had  its  protecting  deity  and  its  sacred  name  of  Latin  derivation. 

1  Macrobius,  Saturnalia,  lib.  i.  ch.  to   Vetulonia,    one    of    the    principal 

6  :    "  Tullus    Hostilius,    Hosti    filing,  Etruscan  towns  : — 

rex     Romanorum     tertius      debellatis  Kissenos  IHEC  prima  dedit  pracedere  fasces, 

EtruSClS^Sellam  curnlem   lictoresqne  et  Kt  junxit  totidem  tacito  terrore  secures  ; 

togam   pictam    atque   priEtextam,    qua3  Hajc  altas  eboris  decoravit  honorecumles, 

insignia      magistratuum     Etruscorum  Et  P™ceps  Tyrio  vestem  pratexuit  ostro. 

erant,  primus   ut    Romre    haberentur,  2  Varro,  De  lingua  latino,,  lib.  iv. 

instituit."     See  also  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  8  ;  §  74:  "  Et  arte  Sabiuam  lingnam  olcnt 

and  Silius,  in  his  poem  on  the  Punic  qure  Tati  regis  voto  sunt  Roma;  dedi- 

wars  (ode  8,  line  485  et  seq.),  referring  catae." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  7 

This  name  it  was  forbidden  to  the  initiated  to  divulge,  lest  the 
enemy  becoming  acquainted  with  it  should  invoke  the  aid  of  the 
deity  against  the  city.  The  mystery  attaching  to  this  divinity 
and  its  sacred  appellation  was  such  that  it  ultimately  became 
forgotten  by  the  Romans  themselves,  and  was  unknown  even  to 
the  most  learned  among  them.  Valerius  Soranus  perished,  ac- 
cording to  Pliny,  for  having  divulged  it.1  As  to  the  word 
"  Roma,"  Verrius  relates  that  it  was  forbidden  to  reveal  its 
origin.2 

8.  A  research  into  the  history  of  the  old  Italian  nationalities 
anterior  to  Roman  dominion  is  attended,  in  addition  to  many 
other  difficulties,  with  the  same  embarrassment  that  we  feel  in 
connection  with  the  history  of  nations  still  extant,  as,  for  in- 
stance, the  Swiss  cantons,  the  German  states  or  the  Italian 
republics  of  the  middle  ages.  This  arises  from  the  existence  of 
a  multiplicity  of  petty  states — a  town  or  a  village  with  its  in- 
habitants and  adjacent  territory  playing  the  part  of  a  "  Power " 
and  calling  itself  a  "  people  " — each  having  its  own  history  and 
its  own  institutions,  while  the  rivalries,  alliances,  negociations 
and  hostilities  which  arise  among  them  confine  the  attention  of 
the  student  to  mere  details.  The  mistake  so  often  made  by 
substituting  the  history  of  corporations  and  colonies  for  that  of 
nations  is  a  source  of  incessant  fatigue  to  the  mind,  and  is 
especially  distasteful  in  modern  times  when  we  are  accustomed 
to  great  national  unions,  and  to  the  centralization  of  power 
developed  by  the  growth  of  civilization. 

But  how  vastly  the  proportions  of  this  historic  problem 
increase  in  magnitude,  how  widely  extended  becomes  the  range 
of  contemplation  when  discarding  the  theory  that  the  Italian 
nationalities  consisted  of  so  many  distinct  races  sprung  from  the 

1  Macrobins,    Saturnalia,    lib.    iii.  abolitum  enunciaA'it  Valerius  Soranus, 

c.  9 :  "  Nam  proptcrea  ipsi  Roinani  ct  luitque  mox  pcenas." 

Dcnm  in  cujus  tutcla  urbs  Roma  cst,  2  Fcstus,  on  the  word  Roma :  "Caite- 

et  ipsins  urbis  Latinum  nomen  ignotum  rum  causam  ejus  appellationis  inveiiisse 

esse  voluerunt."      "  Ipsius  vero   urbis  ait   Verrius   vetitam    esse    publicari." 

nomen  etiam  doctissimis  ignotum  est."  Reference  must  be  made  to  the  etymo- 

Pliny,  Hist,  natur.,  lib.  iii.  §  9,  no.  11:  logical  discussion  in  the  same  passage 

"Roma    ipsa,    cujus    nomen    alterum  upon  the  Greek  fables  in  order  to  ex- 

diccre,    arcanis    ca^remoniarum    nefas  plain  the  name  Rome, 
habetur,   optimaque    et    salutari    fide 


8  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

soil,  indigenous  and  aboriginal,  we  adopt  the  principle  usually 
accepted  as  a  guide  in  kindred  speculations,  and  rise  to  the 
grand  conception  of  a  common  origin !  If  we  search  for  an 
answer  to  the  question,  whence  came  these  numberless  petty 
states,  or  whence  did  the  Italian  peninsula,  or  Greece,  or  Spain, 
or  Gaul,  or  other  parts  of  Europe,  receive  their  population  ?  we 
find  ourselves  passing  away  from  the  study  of  minute  details, 
and  petty  subdivisions  confusing  us  with  numberless  anomalies 
and  intricacies  in  race  and  language,  and  coming  within  view 
of  the  fountain  head,  we  obtain  a  glimpse  of  a  unity  of  origin 
among  the  races  which  peopled  Europe,  races  that  are  detached 
branches  of  one  common  stock,  sprung  from  the  same  distant  line- 
age :  and  we  may  cease  to  wonder  at  the  event  which  happened 
at  the  battle  of  Marius  against  the  Ambro-Teutons,  when  from 
the  ranks  of  the  army  of  the  barbarians  as  well  as  from  those  of 
the  Italian  auxiliaries  there  burst  forth,  to  the  great  astonishment 
of  the  combatants,  the  same  war  cry,  "  Ambra,  Ambra  ! "  * 

And  with  these  dim  and  uncertain  vestiges  before  us  of  a 
forgotten  unity,  which  are  to  be  met  with  everywhere  amid  the 
utmost  diversity  of  human  language,  we  begin  to  perceive  the 
basis  of  a  common  origin  of  race. 

We  are  indebted  to  M.  Ampere  for  the  commencement  of  a 
history  of  Rome,2  written  at  Rome  itself,  from  the  testimony 
of  archaeological  remains.  These  materials  have  been  arranged 
and  elaborated  with  much  genius  and  taste,  aided  by  a  skilful 
application  of  the  inventive  faculty.  In  order  to  write  his  his- 
tory, this  accomplished  scholar  and  poet  ascended  successively 
every  summit  of  the  locality  whence  he  might  obtain  a  survey 
of  the  surrounding  district.  But  we  may  ask  whether,  in  thus 
localizing  the  point  of  vision,  an  author  does  not  run  a  risk  of 
restricting  too  much  his  field  of  observation?  In  order  to  in- 
vestigate fairly  the  history  of  the  distribution  of  mankind  in 
connection  with  the  corresponding  subdivisions  of  territory, 
should  not  the  philosopher  rather  ascend  to  the  summit  of 
Mount  Ararat,  and  thence  endeavour  to  trace  the  course  of 
those  streams  of  the  great  human  family  which  the  vast  Asiatic 

1  Plutarque,  Vie  dc  Marius.  *  Paris,  1862.     Two  vols.  in  8vo. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

cradle  of  our  race  has,  amid  the  dim  and  uncertain  haze  of  past 
ages,  successively  sent  forth  to  people  the  continent  of  Europe  ? 

Feeble  as  the  glimpse  may  be  which  we  get  of  the  progress 
of  different  tribes  towards  the  west,  the  comparative  study  of 
fragmentary  traditions,  customs  and  national  beliefs,  aided  by 
the  light  which  modern  researches  in  philology  have  thrown 
upon  the  subject,  enables  us  to  arrive  with  certainty  at  some 
grand  results.  We  are  in  a  position  to  assert,  that  certain 
powerful  races  belonging  to  the  Japhetic  family,  the  Iberians, 
the  still  more  powerful  and  extended  race  of  Kelts  (Gaels), 
and  their  kindred  race,  the  Cimbri,  have  given  to  the  Italian 
peninsula,  as  well  as  to  Spain  and  Gaul,  and  other  parts  of 
Europe,  their  population.  So  that,  although  these  countries 
were  peopled  at  different  times  by  races  who  immigrated  into 
them  in  different  proportions  by  separate  routes,  and  by  succes- 
sive invasions  or  immigrations,  they  are  inhabited  by  men  origi- 
nally of  the  same  race.  The  Ligures,  the  Siculi  and  the  Sicani 
are,  according  to  the  most  commonly  received  opinion,  branches 
from  the  same  Iberian  stock.  The  Umbrians,  according  to 
traditions  to  which  the  learned  Roman  was  not  a  stranger,  were 
regarded  as  the  progenitors  of  the  Kelts  or  Gaels  who  had 
crossed  the  mountains  into  Upper  Italy.1 

The  mysterious  Pelasgi  were  but  tribes  of  Cimbri,  who, 
emanating  from  Thrace,  spread  themselves  over  certain  parts 
of  Asia  Minor  and  the  Grecian  Archipelago,  and  reached  even 
the  almost  sea-girt  land  of  Italy.  The  fact  of  their  being 
established  in  Greece  led  to  the  belief  in  their  Hellenic  origin, 
notwithstanding  that  they  preceded  by  a  long  time  the  races 
who  at  a  later  period  replaced  them,  and  even  borrowed  from 
them  the  appellation  of  Greeks  and  Hellenes.  From  the  same 
stock  of  Cimbri  sprung  the  Etruscans  or  Tyrrhenians  (although 
to  trace  their  derivation  from  the  common  stem  we  must  look 
further  back),  who  were  offshoots  of  another  branch  of  the 

1  "  Sane  Unibros  Gallorum  vetcrum  DC  memorabillbux  mundi,  ch.  8).    This 

propaginem  essc  M.  Antonius  refert"  Cornelius  Bochus  was  enfranchised  by 

(Cervius,  ch.  12,  JKneid.).      This  M.  Sylla,  and  renowned  for  his  erudition. 

Antonius  Guipho  was  a  preceptor  of  "  Umbri  Italiaj  gens  est,  sed  Gallorum 

Julius  Caesar,  arid  came  from  Cisalpine  veterum  propago  "  (Isidore  de  Seville, 

Gaul.    "Bochus  absolvit  Gallorum  veto-  Dvs  oriyincs,  lib.  ix.  c.  2). 
rum  propaginem  Unibros  esse"  (Solin, 


10  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Pelasgi,  and  at  a  subsequent  period  made  their  way  to 
Italy.1 

Lastly,  a  third  race  also  sprung  from  the  "  Asiatic  cradle," 
and,  tracing  its  lineage  to  the  source  personified  under  the 
name  of  Japhet,  must  be  reckoned  among  the  ancestors  of  the 
Italian  nation.  This  is  the  Ionic  race,  whose  descendants,  in 
after  ages  and  in  another  land,  threw  such  lustre  on  the  Pelasgic 
names  of  Greek  and  Hellenes.2  This  race,  at  its  first  appear- 
ance in  Europe,  settled  some  offshoots  on  the  coast  of  Sicily  and 
Italy,  and  with  difficulty  established  itself  in  Greece  by  expel- 
ling or  intermingling  with  the  Pelasgi,  and  at  that  time  gave  no 
promise  of  the  renown  that  was  destined  in  after  ages  to  be 
attained  by  its  descendants. 

Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confound  with  this  primitive 
Ionian  element  in  Italy  the  colonies  which  the  Greeks,  at  a 
much  later  period  and  in  the  height  of  their  prosperity,  founded 
in  that  country,  and  from  which  the  name  of  Magna  Grascia 
came  to  be  given  to  a  portion  of  the  Italian  shores. 

Of  these  events,  whose  history  is  traced  with  difficulty  amid 
the  obscurity  that  overhangs  the  origin  of  the  human  race,  the 
most  recent  dates  back  as  far  as  fifteen  or  sixteen  centuries 
prior  to  our  era,  and  seven  or  eight  hundred  years  before  the 
foundation  of  Koine.  In  effect,  they  show  that  there  were  three 
principal  races  by  which  Italy  was  peopled,  the  Iberians,  the 
Kelts  or  Gaels,  with  their  kindred  Cimbri,  and  the  lones. 
And  the  early  population  of  Gaul  had  without  doubt  a  similar 
origin.  From  these  sources  emanated  the  ancient  races  now 
known  as  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  Italy,  not  in  a  single 
stream  pure  and  unmixed,  but  in  many  different  channels,  some- 
times uniting,  sometimes  crossing  each  other,  according  as  the 
accidents  of  locality  and  surrounding  circumstances  affected 
their  course.  Amongst  some  of  these,  as  was  the  case  with  the 
Ligures  and  the  Siculi,  with  the  Ausones  and  their  offshoots, 
the  Volsci  or  Opici,  with  the  TJmbrians  and  their  numerous 

1  "  Hyginus  dixit,  Pelasgos  esse  qui  pies  primitifs  de  la  race  de  Jafete  : 

Tyrrheni  snnt :  hoc  etiam  Varro  com-  Colmar,  1853,  p.  42  ct  scq. 

niemorat"  (Servius,  c.  8,  JKncld^}.    See  2  Vide  the  same  work  1>y  M.  Bcrg- 

the   concise   but   instructive   work   by  mann,  p.  51  et  scq. 
M.  Bergmann,  of  Strasburg,  Les  pen- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  1 1 

colonies,  with  the  Sabines  and  their  branches,  with  the  Piccni 
and  the  various  Sabellic  tribes,  with  the  Marsi,  the  Hernici  and 
the  Etruscans,  the  race  of  the  Iberians,  or  Gaels  or  Cimbri, 
acquired  preeminence,  whereas  among  others,  as  in  certain  parts 
of  Latium  and  of  the  Italian  or  Sicilian  coasts,  the  lones  were 
in  the  ascendant. 

But  as  we  approach  the  period  when  the  history  of  Rome 
commences,  we  find  that  all  connection  with  the  past  and  all 
traces  of  unity  of  origin  had  been  forgotten.  At  the  present 
day  we  should  regard  the  internal  affairs  of  petty  communities, 
mere  fragments  and  infinitesimal  sections  of  a  population,  how- 
ever important  they  might  appear  in  their  own  annals,  as  matters 
of  very  little  significance.  ,  Doubtless  these  petty  states  had  their 
own  history — their  growth,  their  divisions,  their  international 
wars,  their  politics,  coloured  by  the  accidents  of  the  time  and 
local  influences — but  the  end  of  all  of  them  was  Rome,  and  they 
were  absorbed  in  a  destiny  which  was  fated  to  embrace  the 
world. 

Notwithstanding,  however,  the  great  extent  to  which  the 
principle  of  dispersion  had  been  carried  out,  there  are  many 
indications  to  be  observed  of  the  existence  on  a  larger  scale 
of  previous  nationalities  which  had  gone  through  a  course 
of  prosperity  and  subsequent  decline  ;  such,  for  instance,  as 
affinities  in  language  and  custom,  symptoms  of  unity  in  their 
systems  of  confederation  and  colonization,  political  alliances  and 
co-operations  in  military  ventures.  But  among  the  subordinate 
nationalities  which  existed  up  to  the  time  of  Rome,  and  were 
taken  up  and  finally  absorbed  by  her,  three,  viz.,  the  Latins, 
the  Sabines  and  the  Etruscans,  occupy  a  prominent  position. 
In  fact,  it  was  in  the  midst  of  these,  and  by  the  union  of  de- 
tached sections  from  each  of  them,  that  the  new  political 
organization  was  formed.  And  in  whatever  proportions  this 
combination  was  effected,  there  is  no  doubt  that  it  was  the 
basis  upon  which  Rome  was  founded. 

The  Latin  element  had  the  double  advantage  of  territory 
and  antiquity,  the  Sabine  that  of  power  and  independence,  the 
Etruscan  that  of  civilization  and  religious  and  political  in- 
stitutions alreadv  established  and  defined. 


12  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

9.  The  method  by  which  the  union  between  a  certain  section 
of  the  Sabines  and  the  Romans  was  effected  is  related  in  detail 
by  tradition,  and  is  celebrated  in  the  national  poems.  The 
appellation  "  Quirites  "  was  the  sacred  name  of  these  Sabines, 
and  was  derived  according  to  Festus  from  the  goddess  Ceres, 
to  whom  they  offered  the  sacrifice  of  water  and  wine,  whence 
also  Cures  the  name  of  their  chief  city,  and  Curis  or  Quiris  the 
Sabine  lance,  the  emblem  and  instrument  of  power.1  The 
Quirinal  Hill  was  so  styled,  according  to  Varro,  because  it  was 
upon  its  summit  that  the  Sabines  encamped  when  they  came 
with  Tatius  from  Cures  to  Rome.2  The  twofold  origin  of  the 
Romans  is  also  indicated  in  their  sacrifices,  their  prayers  and 
their  religious  formulas.  And  the  phrase  "  Populo  Romano 
Quiritibusque  " — subsequently  altered  to  "  Populus  Romanus 
Quiritium" — would  seem  to  indicate  that  it  was  the  custom  at  one 
time  to  invoke  the  gods  on  behalf  both  of  the  Romans  and  the 
Quirites.3  Moreover,  it  was  from  the  Sabines  that  the  Romans 
themselves  took  the  name  of  Quirites,4  and  Romulus  was  called 
by  the  sacred  name  Quirinus.5  Thence  also  came  their  goddess 
Cures  and  the  god  Quirinus,  the  deity  of  the  lance,  identified 
with  Romulus  and  to  whose  honour  a  temple  was  erected  on 
the  Quirinal  mount.6  This  lance  long  continued  to  play  an 

1  Festus,    on    the    word    Quirites :       people,  Quirites. 

"  Quirites,  dicti  Sabiiii  a  Curi  dea,  cui  4  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  13 :   "  Ita  geminata 

aqua  ctvino  sacra  facere  soliti  erant    .  .  urbe,  ut  Sabinis  tamen  aliquid  daretur, 

Ab  ejusdem  autem  dcae  nomine  viden-  Quirites  a  Curibus  appellati." 

tur  item  cures  Sabinas  hastas  appellate,  5  Ovid,  Fasti,  lib.  ii.  line  477  et  seq., 

quibus  ea  gens  armis  erat  potens."  where  the  three  grounds  are  given  upon 

2  Varro,  De  lingua  lati/ia,  lib.  v.  either  of   which   Romulus   may   have 
§   51 :   "  Collis  Quirinalis,  ob  Quirini  been  called  Quirlmts  : — 

fanum  ;   sunt  qui  a  Quiritibus,  qui  cum  sive  quod  hasta  curis  priscis  est  dicta  Sabinis, 

Tatio  Curibus  venerunt  Romam,  quod  Bcllicus  a  telo  venit  in  astra  Deus ; 

ilii  Vinhriprint  pa«h-n  "      SPP  nlsn  TnVstus  Sire  suum  rej?l  nomcn  posuere  Quiritcs  ; 

tUS>  Seu  quia  Komanis  junxcrat  ilie  Cures. 

on  the  term  (Jmnnalis  colLis.  ^    ,  ,,  ,   „   .   .  ..  „   . 

'  Festus,  on  the  word  Did:  " Bid  r.estus'  on,  thc  ^rdQmrmus :      Qui- 

mos  erat  Romanis  in  omnibus  sacrificiis  "nus  ex  h.aC  ^t  RT,ulufS  °stf  apf 

prccibusque,  POPULO  ROMANO  QUIRI-  latus'  qnod  c?n> ld  <*.'  *»**•  uteretur, 

TIBUSQUE,  quod  cst  Curensibus,  qu»  ci-  a  ^  Roma°1  eo  nomme  Romulum  ap- 

vitas Sabinorum  potentissima  fuit."  See  ^e,  'J^6™11  '          ...    ..   ,. 
this  religious  formula  altered  in  Aulus  °vld>  Fastt> llb'  »•  hne  51 1  :~ 

Gellius,  lib.  x.  cap.  24,  a  formula  of         Templa  Deo  flunt,  collis  quoque  dictus  ab  illo. 

the  Praetor  announcing  the  fetes  called  It  was  the  latter  of  these  two  which 

Compitalia  for  the  Roman  people,  Qui-  gave  to  the  mountain  its  name  Quirinal, 

rites;  and  Livy,  lib.  viii.  cap.  9,  a  for-  on  account  of  the  temple  there  erected 

mala  by  which  the  Consul  Decius  de-  to  Quirinus. 
voted  himself  on  behalf  of  the  Roman 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAM'.  13 

important  part  in  their  symbolic  ceremonies,  their  formula}  and 
the  technical  language  of  Roman  Law. 

10.  The  Etruscan  element  is  less  clearly  traced  in  popular 
tradition ;  but  its  existence  can  be  satisfactorily  established 
from  the  testimony  of  the  historians,  supplementing  that  of  tra- 
dition. Varro,  Festus,  Tacitus  and  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus 
tell  us  that  Mons  Caslius  was  so  named  from  one  Caelius  or 
Vibenna  Cseles,  a  noble  Etruscan,  who  had  come  with  his 
retinue  (cum  sud  manu)  to  the  succour  some  say  of  Romulus, 
others  of  Tarquinius  Priscus,  and  established  his  residence  upon 
this  hill,  which  in  after  times  their  descendants  were  required 
to  abandon,  when  they  were  forced  to  take  up  their  residence  in 
the  plain  country,  because  the  position  upon  the  heights  when 
fortified  gave  them  an  advantage  and  enabled  them  to  domineer 
over  and  disturb  at  will  the  surrounding  territory.  Antiquarians 
are  not  agreed  as  to  the  name  of  their  king,  but  this  much  is 
certain,  that  they  formed  in  the  plains,  not  far  from  the  Forum, 
a  settlement  which  received  from  them  the  name  of  the  Etrus- 
can Quarter  (  Vicus  Tuscus],  where  was  to  be  seen  the  statue 
of  Vertumnus,  the  principal  deity  of  Etruria.  The  Mons 
Caelius  was,  before  the  arrival  of  the  Etruscans,  called  Quer- 
quetulanus  on  account  of  its  being  thickly  covered  with  oak 
trees.  And  in  like  manner  Mons  Quirinalis  was  called,  before 
the  arrival  of  the  Sabines,  Agonius  or  .ZEgonus.1 

1  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  v.  erat ;  mox  Caelium  appellitatum  a  Cselc 
§  46:  "  Cselius  mons,  a  Gaelic  Vibenno,  Vibenna,  qui  dux  gcntis  Etruscae,  qnum 
Tusco  duce  nobili,  qui  cum  sua  manu  auxilium  appellatutn  ductavisset,  sedem 
dicitur  Romulo  venisse  auxilio  contra  earn  acceperat  a  Tarquinio  Frisco,  seu 
Tatium  regem  :  hinc  post  Cselii  mor-  quis  alius  regum  dedit :  nam  scriptores 
tern,  quod  minis  munita  loca  tenerent  in  eo  dissentiunt ;  crctera  non  ambigua 
neque  sine  suspicione  essent,  dcducti  sunt,  magnas  eas  copias  per  plana  etiam 
dicuntur  in  planum.  Ab  eis  dictus  ac  foro  propinqua  habitasse,  nnde  Tus- 
vicus  Tuscus,  et  ideo  ibi  Vortumnum  cum  vicuna  e  vocabulo  advenarum  die- 
stare,  quod  is  Deus  Etrurise  princeps."  turn."  The  version  current  among  the 
Festus,  on  the  word  Caillus :  "  Cajlius  Etruscan  writers  was  somewhat  diffe- 
mons  dictus  est  a  Caele  quodam  ex  rent.  According  to  them  it  was  Scrvius 
Etruria  qui  Romulo  auxilium  advcrsus  Tullius,  the  faithful  companion  of  Cables 
Sabinos  pnebuit,  eo  quod  in  eo  domi-  Vibenna,  who,  after  his  reverse,  quitted 
cilium  habuit."  Dion.  Halic.,  lib.  ii.  Etruria  with  the  wreck  of  his  armv  and 
§  38.  Tacitus,  Annales,  lib.  iv.  §45:  occupied  the  mount,  which  he  called 
"...  Montem  eum  antiquitus  Coelius  in  honour  of  his  chief.  He  also 
Querquetulanum  cognomento  fuisse,  changed  his  own  Etruscan  name  from 
quod  talis  silvae  frequens  fccundusque  Mastarna  to  Scrvius  Tullius.  We  de- 


14  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  existence  of  the  Etruscan  element  also  appears,  though 
somewhat  obscurely,  in  the  account  given  us  of  the  Luceres,  the 
third  section  of  the  Roman  people  (pars  tertia  populi  Romani), 
which  was  constituted  a  tribe  (distributa)  by  Tatius,  or,  accord- 
ing to  Festus>  by  Romulus.1  The  origin  of  the  name  Luceres 
was  explained  by  the  Romans  in  different  ways :  Livy  tells  us 
that  it  was  uncertain ; 2  Festus  derives  it,  in  the  passage  just 
cited,  from  a  certain  Lucerus,  King  of  Ardea,  a  town  on  the 
coast  of  Latium,  who  also  came  to  the  succour  of  Romulus. 
But  from  Varro  we  learn  that  the  term  Luceres  was  Etruscan, 
and  Festus  himself,  in  another  passage,  derives  it  from  a 
Lucumon,  the  chief  of  this  band.  Cicero  tells  us  of  the  death 
of  this  Lucumon  while  fighting  with  the  Romans  against  the 
Sabines.3  This  Lucumon,  then,  is  evidently  no  other  than  the 
Etruscan  leader  Vibenna  Casles.  All  doubt  as  to  the  correct- 
ness of  this  conclusion  is  dispelled  when  we  recollect  with 
Mebuhr  that  "  lucumo  "  is  merely  a  term  descriptive  of  dignity 
among  the  Etruscans,  and  the  error  has  clearly  arisen  from  the 
habit  of  regarding  it  as  a  proper  name.4 

A  further  trace  of  the  existence  of  the  Etruscan  element  is  to 

rive  this  Etruscan  version  from  what  tertia  Populi  Romani  est  distributa  a 
are  termed  the  Claudian  Tables,  which  Tatio  et  Romulo,  appellati  sunt  a 
are  bronze  tables  discovered  in  1528  at  Lucero  Ardeaj  rege,  qui  auxilio  fuit 
Lyons,  where  they  are  preserved,  and  Romulo  adversns  Tatium  bellanti." 
on  which  is  engraved  a  speech  of  the  2  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  13  :  Lucerum  nominis 
Emperor  Claudius  on  the  concession  of  et  originis  causa  incerta  est. 
the  jus  senator-turn  to  the  Gauls,  or  3  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  v. 
their  right  to  be  called  senators.  Pre-  §  55  :  "  Tatlenses  a  Tatio,  Ramnenses 
viously  the  Annals  of  Tacitus,  lib.  ii.  a  Romulo,  Luceres,  ut  Junius,  a  Lucu- 
§  24,  presented  an  analysis  of  this  ora-  mone.  Sed  omnia  hajc  vocabula  Tusca, 
tlon,  the  text  of  which  has  been  thus  ut  Volnius,  qui  tragcedias  Tuscas  scrip- 
preserved.  A  fac-stmile  of  the  text  sit,  dicebat."  Festus,  on  the  word 
has  been  printed  by  M.  Monfalcon,  Lucomedi :  "  Lucomedi  a  duce  suo 
librarian  to  the  municipality  of  Lyons,  Lucumone  died,  qui  postea  Lucerenses 
with  its  consent  ( 1851,  fol.)  It  is  also  appellati  sunt."  Cicero,  De  republica, 
to  be  found  in  the  greater  number  of  lib.  ii.  §  8  :  "  .  .  .  Et  suo  et  Tatii 
the  editions  of  Tacitus.  That  the  Em-  nomine  et  Lucumonis,  qui  Romuli 
peror  Claudius  wrote  an  Etruscan  ver-  socius  in  Sabino  prajlio  occiderat." 
sion  may  be  believed,  inasmuch  as  we  4  Servius,  ad  JEncid.,  lib.  ii.  line 
find  from  Suetonius  that  he  wrote  a  2G8  :  "  Duodecim  enim  lucumones,  qui 
Greek  history  of  the  Etruscans  in  reges  sunt  lingua  Tuscorum,  habebant." 
twenty  volumes,  which  are  lost.  Et  lib.  viii.  line  475 :  "  Tuscia  duode- 

As   to   the   primitive   name   of    the  cim   lucumones  habuit,   id    est   reges, 

Quirinal  mount,  vide   Festus,  on   the  quibus  unus  praserat."     Also,  lib.  x. 

words  Quirinalis  collis  et  JEgoniuin.  line  202,  et  lib.  xi.  line  10.    Censorinus, 

1  Festus,  on  the  word  Lucerenses :  De  die  natali,  c.  4 :  "  Lucumones,  turn 

"  Lucerenses,    et    Luceres,    qua?    pars  Etruriae  potentes." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LATV.  15 

be  found  in  the  account  given  by  tradition  of  the  arrival  at 
Rome  of  Tarquin,  with  his  people,  from  Tarquinii,  one  of  the 
principal  towns  of  Etruria.  Thus  each  of  the  three  elementary 
races  which  collectively  founded  Home,  supplied  it  with  a  king, 
the  Latins,  Sabines  and  Etruscans. 

11.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that  this  Sabine  element  com- 
prised the  whole   of  the   Sabine  people,  much  less  that  the 
Etruscan  element  composed  the  whole  of  the  powerful  Etruscan 
nation;    but   they   were    clearly  sections   of  these   people — so 
clearly  that  we  may  concur  with  Floras,  who  observes  in  con- 
nection with  the  period  subsequent  to  the  "  social  war,"  that  the 
Roman  people  was  a  composite  of  Etruscan,  Latin  and  Sabine, 
which  had  united  the  blood  flowing  from  different  sources  and 
incorporated  into  one  body  its  various  members.1 

12.  These  considerations  will  enable  us  to  grasp  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  customs  and  institutions  of  Rome  from  the  view 
they  give  us  of  pre-existing  nationalities,  whence  it  derived  its 
origin.     Upon  this  broad  basis  we  may  take  our  stand,  without 
carrying  our  researches  into  minute  details.     We  learn  from 
Censorinus  that  Varro   divided  the  historic  period  into  three 
epochs.     The  first  he  called  aS^Xov  or  unknown,  because  it  is 
wrapt  in  the  obscurity  of  ignorance  ;  the  second  /*u0jxo'y,  be- 
cause it  abounds  in  fables ;  and  the  third,  urropjxov,  derives  its 
materials  from  the  record  of  events  contained  in  annals  that 
may  be  relied  upon.2     Vico  in  a  similar  manner,  but  with  more 
depth  of  view,  divides  the  historic  epoch  into  the  divine,  the 
heroic  and  the  human.3      Niebuhr   still  more  closely  follows 
Varro,  and  while  adopting  a  tripartite  system  of  division  with 
reference    to    Roman   history,   in    his   first   edition   styles   the 
primitive   period  the  mythic    or   purely  fabulous,  the   second 
mytho-historic  or  a  mixture  of  facts  and  fables,  and  the  third 
historic.      His  work  will  be  read  with  interest,  but  caution 
must  be  exercised  in  following   him   through   the   imaginary 

1  Floras,    lib.    iii.    §    19:    "  Quum  membris,  et  ex  omnibus  unus  est." 

Populus   Romanus   Etruscos,  Latinos,  a  Censorinus,  De  die  natali,  §  24. 

Sabinosque  miscuerit,  et  unum  ex  om-  3  Vico,  Principj  di  scienza  niiova, 

nibus  sanguincm  ducat,  corpus  fecit  ex  lib.  iy.  Del  corso  chef  anno  le  nazicmi. 


1 6  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

recitals  which  he  substitutes  with  the  assurance  of  certainty  for 
the  fables  of  the  two  earlier  periods.  Legend  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  legend,  and  conjecture  for  conjecture,  but  ideas 
that  live  in  the  traditions  and  literature  of  an  entire  nation, 
form  themselves  part  of  its  history  if  only  as  representing  the 
national  faith.  This  is  the  principle  we  wish  to  follow.  In 
his  first  edition,  Niebuhr  presents  us  with  a  Rome,  a  mere 
Etruscan  colony,  a  little  fortified  town  built  on  the  Mons  Pala- 
tinus  and  tracing  its  origin  back  to  the  era  of  the  Pelasgi,  and 
embodying  in  the  course  of  time  the  villages  on  the  neigh- 
bouring hills  by  which  it  was  surrounded.  Next  he  presents 
us  with  a  Sabine  town  on  Mons  Quirinalis,  and  then  an 
Etruscan  town  on  Mons  Cselius,  thus  reproducing  under  the 
shape  of  conjectures  transformed  into  assertions  the  theory  of 
the  three  national  elements  attested  by  antiquity,  the  Latin,  the 
Sabine  and  Etruscan.  Of  the  towns  or  villages  of  Remuria, 
Vaticum,  Quirium  and  Lucerum,  the  ancients  have  made  no 
mention. 

13.  Bearing  in  mind  this  idea  of  the  component  element  of 
the  Roman  people,  at  a  period  when  their  history  commences, 
we  are  in  a  position  to  approach  the  study  of  their  institutions. 
And  as  we  shall  here,  even  more  than  in  the  study  of  historic 
events,  come  in  contact  with  the  brilliant  works  of  Vico  and 
Niebuhr,  which  may  not  be  ignored,  although  we  are  not  able 
to  accept  their  fundamental  data,  it  appears  necessary,  before 
we  proceed  further,  to  place  on  record  our  view  of  the  writings 
of  these  eminent  authors. 

The  tendency  of  Vico  is  to  generalize.  His  aim  is  to  dis- 
cover the  general  principles  of  law,  as  the  laws  are  necessarily 
interwoven  with  the  history  of  the  human  race.  The  history 
and  the  law  of  Rome  are  only  introduced  as  examples,  of  great 
importance,  it  is  true,  on  account  of  the  attention  they  have 
received  in  modern  times,  but  nevertheless  as  mere  examples 
which  the  writer,  not  without  using  some  constraint  to  mould 
them  to  suit  his  views,  has  adduced  to  illustrate  certain  philo- 
sophic dogmas  of  his  own.  The  author's  fertility  of  idea,  his 
depth  of  view,  the  glimmering  light  of  certain  fundamental 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  1 7 

principles  which  he  imagines  he  has  discovered,  are  charac- 
terized by  that  vagueness,  incoherence,  caprice  and  sometimes 
even  the  absence  of  sound  reasoning,  which  are  peculiar  to 
writers  of  great  genius.  In  connection  with  the  study  of  the 
institutions  now  occupying  our  attention  he  has  laid  down 
general  principles  which  ought  to  be  accepted  as  indisputable, 
and  others  which  ought  to  be  as  definitely  rejected.  And  as  to 
his  details,  they  are  in  many  respects  unnecessary  to  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  Roman  law,  and  a  jurist,  guided  in  his  study 
of  the  subject  by  the  document  before  him,  would  be  justified  in 
rejecting  them  as  fanciful. 

The  special  subject  of  Niebuhr's  work  is  the  history  of 
Rome,  in  which  considerable  attention  is  bestowed  upon  the 
institutions.  It  is  a  work  of  much  learned  research,  and  the 
author,  who  delights  in  the  minutest  details  of  archaeological 
investigation,  has  freely  consulted  and  made  use  of  the  evi- 
dence afforded  by  relics  of  antiquity.  Though  he  does  not 
profess  to  be  a  jurist,  still  the  student  is  indebted  to  him  for  the 
greatest  service  rendered  to  the  study  of  Roman  law  in  modern 
times — the  production  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  of  which  he 
was  the  first  to  discover  the  palimpsest.  For  this  we  owe  him 
a  deep  debt  of  gratitude.  As  a  critic  he  was  subtle  and  in- 
genious ;  as  a  writer  he  could  call  to  his  aid  a  brilliant  imagina- 
tion and  the  conceptions  of  a  poet.  But  like  many  archaeologists 
he  is  prone  to  self-deception,  at  one  time  being  too  visionary,  at 
another  under  a  conviction  which  he  will  not  allow  to  be  dis- 
putable, he  relates  as  fact  that  which  is  mere  fancy,  without 
affording  the  slightest  indication  of  the  licence  he  has  taken. 
Consequently  his  work  is  in  places  a  collection  of  antiquarian 
dissertations,  which  as  intercalations  are  always  instructive, 
though  long  and  tedious ;  in  others  his  style  is  most  attractive, 
and  his  delineations  full  of  life.  It  is  no  matter  of  surprise, 
therefore,  that  upon  a  great  number  of  points  his  labours  have 
thrown  much  light  and  have  materially  assisted  the  jurist  in  his 
study  of  Roman  law,  more  particularly  with  reference  to  the 
period  when  the  history  of  this  law  begins  to  emerge  from  the 
obscurity  of  its  early  origin.  But  in  his  treatment  of  the  Roman 
constitution  and  the  divisions  and  social  relations  of  the  different 

VOL.  i.  c 


18  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

classes  of  the  population  at  this  epoch,  in  the  absence  of  docu- 
mentary evidence  he  has  trusted  too  much  to  imagination.  It 
is,  therefore,  only  with  the  utmost  caution  that  many  of  his 
ideas  in  this  particular  branch  of  the  subject  can  be  introduced 
into  a  history  of  the  law.  He  appears  to  us  to  start  from  an 
erroneous  basis,  and  we  consider  it  hazardous  to  admit  theories, 
constructed  with  no  attention  to  critical  accuracy,  into  an 
elementary  work  in  which  nothing  should  find  a  place  except 
established  truths.  Preoccupied  with  examples  derived  from 
the  history  of  society  in  the  middle  ages,  and  especially  of  the 
petty  states  of  Germany,  Niebuhr,  even  in  the  terminology 
adopted  by  him  on  a  principle  completely  at  variance  with  the 
language  of  the  Romans,  has  occasionally  produced  the  same 
effect — if  I  may  be  permitted  to  use  such  an  illustration  in  a 
subject  of  this  nature — as  would  be  produced  by  a  painter  who 
should  represent  Abraham  as  about  to  accomplish  the  sacrifice 

of  his  son  with  firearms. 

• 

14.  Whatever  licence  may  be  allowed  a  writer  treating  of 
ordinary  history,  in  that  of  jurisprudence  there  should  be  no 
room  for  the  play  of  the  imagination,  for  it  is  a  subject  that  re- 
quires to  be  handled  with  the  most  severe  and  scrupulous  exact- 
ness. We  have  accordingly,  so  far  as  is  possible,  derived  our 
materials  solely  from  written  sources  left  us  by  the  Romans 
themselves.  We  are  about  to  follow  the  history  of  this  people 
throughout  their  career  of  development,  and  in  doing  so,  we 
shall  have  our  attention  directed  to  the  public,  the  sacred,  the 
private  law,  and  the  customs  of  the  people  successively.  The 
first — public  law — comprises  the  constitution,  the  machinery  of 
legislation,  the  administration  of  justice,  the  appointments  to 
office,  the  right  of  contracting  peace  or  making  war.  The 
sacred  law,  which  among  the  Romans  was  intimately  connected 
with  and  formed  a  branch  of  political  law,  regulated  the  cere- 
monies of  religion,  and  their  observance  in  public  and  private 
life,  and  the  election  and  authority  of  the  pontiffs.  Private  law 
is  that  which  concerned  the  interest  of  individuals  in  their  mutual 
relations  with  each  other,  and  regulated  their  marriages,  their 
contracts,  their  property  and  their  inheritance.  And,  lastly,  we 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  19 

shall  consider  custom,  the  influence  of  which  was  equally  great 
over  public,  sacred  and  private  law. 

The  divisions  of  the  population  into  patricians  and  plebeians, 
into  patrons  and  clients,  whence  the  patrician  "gens,"  the 
whole  forming  collectively  the  Populus  Romanus ;  its  distribu- 
tion into  three  tribes  and  thirty  curies ;  the  assembly  of  the 
curies ;  the  senate ;  the  kingly  office,  are  the  political  institu- 
tions whose  origin  was  attributed  by  Roman  tradition  to  the 
time  of  Romulus,  and  all  of  which,  by  the  common  consent  of 
historians,  poets,  statesmen  and  jurists,  are  ascribed  to  the  first 
king.1  The  existence  of  these  institutions,  which  either  in 
their  entirety  or  in  fragmentary  portions,  have  been  carried  on 
from  age  to  age,  through  gradual  modifications  and  trans- 
formations, cannot  be  called  in  question,  but  it  is  impossible  to 
give,  with  any  certainty,  a  detailed  account  of  their  origin  or 
organization  in  early  times,  because  the  only  writings  worthy  of 
reliance  that  refer  to  the  subject  are  Avanting  in  these  details. 
But  this  much  may  be  asserted  with  confidence,  that  these 
institutions  were  but  imitations  of  similar  institutions  in  vogue 
at  the  same  time  among  other  Italian  nations. 


SECTION  II. 

PATRICIANS  AND  PLEBEIANS  (Patres,  Patridi;  Plebs, 

Plebeii). 

PATRONS  AND  CLIENTS  (Patroni,  Clientes}. 
PATRICIAN  "  GENTES  "  (Populus  Romanus}. 

1 5.  The  commencement  of  civilization  was  not,  as  poets  tell 
us,  a  golden  age,  or  an  age  of  wisdom,  equality  and  liberty,  for 
the  march  of  human  progress  is  in  an  opposite  direction.  And 
we  may  accept,  as  an  undisputed  fact,  the  axiom  laid  down  by 
Vico,  that  nature  everywhere  commences  with  the  gross  and 
unrefined.  The  birth  of  nations  is  in  slavery,  inequality,  and 
ignorance  ;  and  the  Italian  nations,  among  which  Rome  was 
founded,  were  no  exceptions  to  the  rule.  Their  people  were 

1  See  Cicero,  Dr  re.piiblica,  lib.  ii.  §  8. 

c  2 


20  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

either  slaves  or  aristocrats.  We  must  not,  therefore,  be  sur- 
prised to  find  the  people  in  the  earliest  times  divided  into  classes 
differing  widely  in  their  condition,  a  superior  and  dominant 
caste  having  the  right  of  intermarriage,  equal  privileges,  a 
monopoly  of  sacerdotal,  political  and  judicial  functions — the 
patricians  (patres,  patricii);  and  an  inferior  and  subject  class, 
prohibited  from  alliance  with  the  former,  neither  admitted  to 
its  rights  or  its  laws,  distributed  among  the  different  families 
of  the  patricians,  from  whom  they  received  protection  as  an 
incident  of  clientage,  and  excluded  from  public  functions — these 
were  the  plebeians,  or  plebs  {plebs,  pleleii ) ;  and,  finally,  a 
third  class,  which  in  no  degree  formed  part  of  the  State,  with- 
out civil  rights,  and  living  the  life  of  animals,  being  regarded 
by  the  head  of  the  family  in  no  other  light  than  as  mere 
property — a  chattel.  These  were  the  slaves  (servi,  mancipia). 
The  explanation  of  this  classification  is  to  be  sought  for  in 
the  diversified  origin  of  the  Roman  population,  in  the  distinct 
elements  of  which  it  was  composed,  in  the  fact  of  there  being 
an  asylum  among  them  ever  open  to  the  stranger  or  the  fugitive 
slave,  in  the  then  existing  customs  of  war,  and  the  fate  which 
awaited  the  inhabitants  of  towns  and  districts  either  in  the 
character  of  captives  or  conquered  people.  This  is  a  field  of 
study  long  since  explored.  And  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
these  social  characteristics  were  those  of  all  the  Italian  nations 
of  the  period,  among  which  Rome  subsequently  attained  pre- 
eminence. Each  of  the  Italian  towns  "and  petty  states  had  its 
superior  and  governing,  and  its  inferior  and  governed  class. 
Clientage,  slavery  and  enfranchisement  were  in  vogue,  and 
produced  everywhere  analogous  results.  "  The  nations  by 
which  we  are  surrounded,"  said  Appius  Claudius,  in  his  vehe- 
ment harangue  against  the  plebeians,  "  are  governed  by  the 
great,  and  there  is  not  one  of  them  which  presents  an  instance 
of  equal  legal  rights  being  shared  by  the  governing  and  the 
governed  classes."1  Censorinus,  speaking  of  the  miraculous 
birth  of  men,  relates  a  story  found  in  the  books  of  the  Etrus- 
cans, that  in  a  field  forming  part  of  the  territory  of  Tarquinii, 

1  Dion.  lib.  vi.  §  54. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  21 

the  plough  turned  up  from  the  furrows  an  infant,  Tagcs,  who 
commenced  teaching  the  art  of  divination,  which  was  com- 
mitted to  writing  by  the  "  lucumons."  This  was  at  the  time 
the  governing  class  in  Etruria,  and  held  the  same  position  as 
the  patricians  at  Rome,1  which  in  this  respect  resembled  the 
other  Italian  cities,  although  it  placed  its  peculiar  complexion 
and  stamp  upon  its  institutions.  And  it  is  by  attention  to  this 
division  of  the  Roman  people  that  the  study  of  their  public 
or  private  laws  is  to  be  commenced.  The  two  castes,  the 
patrician  and  plebeian,  present  a  clearly  defined  line  of  demar- 
cation between  the  two  elements,  whose  disputes  and  struggles 
ultimately  result  in  a  perfect  equality  of  social  status,  legal 
rights  and  customs. 

1 6.  Another  of  the  ancient  Italian  institutions  is  the  bond  of 
clientage :  and  the  history  of  Rome  itself  furnishes  us  with  proof 
of  its  existence  in  the  other  nations  of  Italy.  Thus  we  find 
Attus  Clausus,  a  noble  Sabine,  afterwards  known  at  Rome  as 
Appius  Claudius,  flying  from  Regillum  to  seek  refuge  in  Rome 
accompanied  by  a  large  number  of  his  clients  (magna  clientum 
comitatus  manu).  Dionysius  goes  so  far  as  to  assert  that  five 
thousand  was  about  the  number  of  relations  and  clients,  fit  to 
bear  arms,  who  accompanied  him.2  Again,  at  the  siege  of  Veii, 
we  find  nobles  from  all  parts  of  Etruria  flocking,  with  their 
clients,  to  the  succour  of  the  city.3  An  exact  and  detailed 
acquaintance  with  this  institution,  if  in  our  possession,  would 
throw  great  light  upon  the  social  condition  of  the  Romans,  upon 
the  composition  of  the  great  patrician  houses,  and  upon  many 
important  points  connected  with  public  and  private  law. 

This  bond  of  clientage  between  the  patricians  and  those  who 
attached  themselves  to  them  in  the  capacity  of  clients,  gave  rise 
to  a  new  distinction  in  the  relative  position  of  persons,  that  of 
patrons  (patroni)  and  of  clients  (clientes).  The  classic  authority 

1  Ccnsorinns,  §  4,  in  fine:  "  Nee  non  §  23,  and  Amminn.  Murccllin.  lib.  xxi. 

in  agro  Tarquinicnsi  puev  dieitnr  exa-  §  1. 

ratus,  nomine  Tagcs,  qui  disciplinam  2  T^ivy,  lib.  ii,  §  If.;    Dion.  lib.  v. 

cecinorit  extispicii :   quam  luciunones,  §  fli). 
turn  Etrnriii!  potcntes,  exscripsernnt."  3  Dion.  lib.  ix.  §  5. 

See  also  Ciceio,  Dedh'inutione,  lib.  ii. 


22  THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

on  this  subject  is  Dionysius,1  who  shows  that  reciprocal  rights 
and  duties,  though  differing  in  kind,  existed  between  the  patron 
and  the  client.  On  the  part  of  the  patron  towards  the  clients 
there  was  the  duty  of  protection,  assistance  and  instruction  in 
the  law,  a  general  regard  for  their  interests  and  oversight  of 
their  affairs  during  their  presence  or  absence,  and  the  obligation 
of  commencing  or  defending  all  actions  necessary  for  their  pro- 
tection. This  writer  here  confines  himself  to  obligations  con- 
nected with  legal  rights,  the  management  of  pecuniary  matters 
and  litigation,  which,  from  the  earliest  times,  were  regarded  as 
affairs  of  the  utmost  importance  among  the  Romans.  The 
picture  is  correct  so  far  as  it  is  confined  to  the  period  when 
Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus  wrote  ;  but  in  other  respects  it 
requires  to  be  supplemented.  The  pecuniary  burdens  to  be 
borne  by  the  clients  for  the  benefit  of  their  patrons  were 
marriage  portions  for  the  daughters  of  the  latter,  the  ransom 
of  the  patron  or  his  sons  from  captivity,  cesses  for  roads,  cost  of 
unsuccessful  litigation,  the  payment  of  fines,  expenses  connected 
with  the  magisterial  offices  and  all  other  public  charges.  On 
the  part  of  both,  such  was  the  reciprocity  of  obligation,  it  was 
forbidden  for  one  to  be  the  accuser  or  a  witness  against  the  other, 
or  to  lend  assistance  to  or  join  the  ranks  of  his  enemy.  Who- 
ever was  guilty  of  any  of  these  acts  became  liable  to  the  law 
against  traitors  and  to  be  sacrificed  to  the  gods  {sacer  esto}. 
And  it  is  a  proof  of  the  great  antiquity  of  this  institution  among 
the  Italian  nations,  that  it  belonged  to  a  period  when  human 
sacrifices  were  in  vogue,  and  when  the  guilty  were  immolated  at 
religious  festivals  upon  the  altar  of  the  deity  to  whom  they  had 
been  dedicated.  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus,  speaking  of  the 
time  of  which  he  wrote,  tells  us  that  it  was  lawful  for  every  one 
to  kill  them  with  impunity ;  and  this  is  confirmed  by  Festus,  on 
the  meaning  of  the  word  "  sacer." 

It  is  impossible  not  to  recognize  a  great  similarity,  though 
under  very  different  aspects,  between  the  relations  that  existed 
between  the  patron  and  his  client  and  those  established  in  our 
feudal  period  between  the  lord  and  his  vassal.  In  the  case  of 

1  Dion.  lib.  ii.  §  9  et  seq. 


THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  23 

subsidies  the  connection  was  exactly  similar,  viz.  the  marriage 
portion  of  the  eldest  daughter  and  the  ransom  from  captivity. 

The  tradition  of  this  bond  of  union  between  the  patron  and 
his  client  was  long  retained  as  a  Roman  maxim  in  times  when 
the  primitive  character  of  the  institution  was  almost  entirely 
forgotten.  Virgil,  in  his  description  of  the  infernal  regions, 
subjects  to  the  same  punishment  the  man  who  has  struck  his 
father  and  the  patron  who  has  practised  fraud  upon  his  client — 

"  Pulsatusve  parens,  et  f raus  innexa  client!." ' 

Aulus  Gellius  represents  a  conversation  as  taking  place  be- 
tween certain  sages  and  some  noble  Romans  concerning  the 
relative  importance  attributed  by  ancient  custom  to  family  and 
to  social  obligations  (officia).  Here  it  is  at  once  admitted  that 
immediately  after  the  observance  of  duty  to  parents  (parentes} 
comes  that  of  a  guardian  to  his  ward,  and  in  the  second  place 
that  towards  the  client,  "  qui  sese  itidem  in  fidem  patrocinium- 
que  nostrum  dediderunt."  In  the  third  place  are  ranked  duties 
towards  a  guest,  and  after  these  duties  towards  cognati  and 
allies.  And  Aulus  Gellius  is  confirmed  by  the  discourses  of 
M.  Cato,  of  the  Pontifex  Maximus,  C.  Cassar,  and  the  writings 
of  the  jurist  Massurius  Sabinus.  Cato  says,  "  testimony  may 
be  given  in  favour  of  a  client,  against  cognati,  by  a  patron  ;  but 
none  can  be  given  against  a  client.  Next  to  the  name  of  father 
that  of  patron  stands  highest."2 

One  of  the  illusions  of  Niebuhr,  which  we  reject,  is  his  theory 
that  the  clients  were  an  order  of  the  people  entirely  distinct 
from  the  plebeians.  He  gives  them  a  distinct  origin  and  an 
independent  position  in  order  to  bear  out  his  conclusion,  which 
after  all  is  immaterial,  that  the  plebeians  in  their  struggle 

1  Virgil,  JEn.,  lib.  vi.  line  609.  "  Nam  neque  hominum  morte  memoria 

2  Aul.    Gell.    lib.    v.   ch.    13.      The  deleri  debet,  quin  aproximisretineatur; 
speech  of  Cato,  quoted  by  him  :  "  Ad-  neque  clientes  sine  summa  infamia  de- 
versus  cognates   pro  cliente   testatur ;  seri  possunt ;  quibus  etiam  a  propinquis 
testimonium   adversus   clicntem   nemo  nostris  opem  ferre   instituimus."      So 
dicit :  patrem  primum,postea  patronum  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xx.  ch.  1,  in  his  com- 
proximum  nomen  habere."     Of  Mas-  mentary   on   the   law   of    the    Twelve 
surius  Sabinus :  "  In  officiis  apud  ma-  Tables  :  "  Sic  (Populus  Romanus)  cli- 
j ores  ita  observatum  est,  primum  tutelar,  entem  in  fidem  acceptum  cariorem  ha- 
deinde  hospiti,  deinde  clienti,  turn  cog-  beri  quam  propinquos,  tuendumque  esse 
nato,   postea   affini."      Of   C.    Caesar:  contra  cognates  censuit." 


24  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

against  the  patricians  were  not  revolted  clients,  but  that  they 
were  an  oppressed  section  of  the  population  rising  against  their 
oppressors.  Clientage,  whatever  may  have  been  its  advantages, 
was  a  species  of  service — the  subjection  of  an  inferior  to  a 
superior  caste.  Clients  or  no  clients,  they  were  governed  by 
the  patricians,  the  privileged  race  monopolizing  the  spiritual 
and  secular  government  of  the  state.  There  is  no  necessity  to 
seek  for  any  other  explanation  or  apology  for  the  struggle. 
The  entire  testimony  of  antiquity  convinces  us  that  the  clients 
formed  part  of  an  inferior  class.  It  is  almost  capable  of  demon- 
stration that,  in  the  first  ages  of  Rome,  all  the  plebeians  were 
distributed  among  and  attached  to  the  several  patrician  houses 
by  the  bond  of  clientage,  if  not  already  enfranchised.  This  is 
supported  by  the  popular  tradition  of  Romulus.  Cicero  makes 
this  remark  in  his  treatise  on  the  Republic,1  and  M.  Manlius,  in 
his  oration  to  the  plebeians  against  the  patricians,  bids  them 
calculate  their  own  numbers  and  that  of  their  adversaries.  "  So 
many  clients  as  you  were  formerly,  when  subservient  to  one 
patron,  so  many  will  you  now  be  against  one  enemy."2 

This  much  is  certain,  that  as  a  result  of  the  continuous  in- 
crease of  the  plebeians  in  proportion  to  the  growth  of  power  in 
Rome  and  the  increase  of  population,  a  time  arrived  when  the 
number  of  plebeians  attached  as  clients  to  the  patrician  houses 
was  exceedingly  small  in  comparison  with  the  great  body  of 
plebeians  not  so  attached.  And  the  bond  by  which  they  were 
united  to  their  patrons,  the  duties  imposed  by  virtue  of  their 
position  as  clients,  their  enrolment  in  the  first  organization  of 
the  comitia  in  the  families  of  their  patrons  (although  we  have 
no  certain  knoAvledge  how  that  enrolment  was  effected),  the 
prohibition  against  lending  aid  to  the  enemies  of  their  patrons 
under  pain  of  being  adjudged  traitors,  all  contributed  to  place 
them  in  the  situation  of  apparent  supporters  of  the  patricians  in 
the  struggle  with  the  plebeians,  and  caused  them  to  be  regarded 
as  forming  a  part  of  the  patrician  force,  and  sometimes  as  me- 
diators and  intercessors  between  the  contending  parties. 

1  Cicero,  De  rcpnlilica,  lib.  ii.  §  9:  "  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §   18:   "  Quot  cnim 

"Et  babuit  (Romulus)  plcbcm  in  oli-  clientes  circa  singulos  fm'stis  patronos, 

en  tolas   principnm    descriptam ;    quod  tot  mine  ad  versus  unum  hostcrn  critis." 
quanta:  fucrit  utilitati,  post  vidcro," 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  25 

And  it  is  equally  certain  that  in  the  deliberations  of  the 
plebeian  tribes,  where  they  were  numerically  insignificant,  their 
influence  ceased  to  be  the  same  as  in  the  other  assemblies. 
From  all  the  texts  collected  by  Niebuhr  in  support  of  his  pecu- 
liar views,  there  is  not  one  that  militates  against  the  truth  of 
these  conclusions. 

But  the  picture  which  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus  supplies 
regarding  the  institution  of  clientage  is  deficient  in  many  fea- 
tures which  are  necessary  to  convey  a  clear  idea  of  the  social 
condition  of  the  people  at  this  early  period  of  their  history. 
Some  of  these  features,  which  have  no  doubt  been  effaced  by 
time,  we  may  discover  in  the  study  of  what  are  known  as  the 
patrician  "  gens"  or  "  gentes." 

17.  Here  again,  notwithstanding  the  credit  accorded  to 
Niebuhr  by  other  writers,  we  place  no  reliance  on  the  theory 
he  has  invented,  nor  can  we  accept  the  figure  three  hundred, 
which,  according  to  him,  was  the  number  of  the  patrician 
"gentes."  Such  a  limit,  ingenious  as  may  appear  the  combi- 
nation of  numbers  by  which  it  is  determined,  is  inadmissible  in 
connection  with  a  matter  so  variable  as  that  of  the  number  of 
"  gentes,"  which  of  necessity  was  ever  fluctuating — a  fact  ad- 
mitted by  Niebuhr  himself  in  other  matters  not  involving  these 
symmetrical  rules.  Notwithstanding  the  absence  of  written 
authorities  on  this  point,  we  still  have  sufficient  data  to  enable 
us  to  form  an  estimate  of  the  Roman  "  gens,"  accurate  enough 
for  the  jurist,  preferable  to  that  of  Niebuhr  and  far  more  simple, 
and  one  which  possesses  the  requisite  precision  for  the  applica- 
tion of  the  law  regarding  it.  As  we  shall  enter  at  length  into 
this  discussion  in  treating  of  the  succession  of  the  "  gens,"  it 
will  be  sufficient  to  give  in  this  place  a  summary  of  the  results 
at  which  we  have  arrived.1 

The  first  requisite  to  constitute  a  gens,  that  is  to  say,  an  en- 
tirety, a  genealogical  aggregation,  was  the  fact  that  in  retracing 
the  descent  to  the  ultimate  stock,  no  instance  could  be  found  of 
an  ancestor  having  ever  been  in  a  state  of  slavery,  or  any  kind 
of  vassalage  whatever.  This  is  the  definition  given  by  the 

1  See  Ortolan's  Institutes,  vol.  iii.  end  of  title  2 


26  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Pontiff  Scsevola  and  quoted  verbatim  by  Cicero.1  For  in  early 
times,  as  we  shall  shortly  see,  not  only  were  the  patricians  alone 
in  such  a  position,  but  the  very  idea  could  not  enter  into  the 
mind  of  a  plebeian  of  ever  attaining  to  such  a  position.  In 
fact,  by  combining  the  results  of  these  two  ancient  institutions 
of  the  Italian  nations — on  the  one  hand,  slavery  and  enfran- 
chisement; on  the  other,  clientage— if  we  go  back  to  the  period 
when  every  plebeian  who  was  not  either  an  enfranchised  man  or 
the  descendant  of  one,  was  a  client,  we  see  clearly  that  no  one 
of  plebeian  origin  either  in  his  own  person  or  that  of  his  an- 
cestor was  free  from  the  taint  of  slavery  or  some  form  of  vas- 
salage. The  patricians  alone  could  claim  such  an  origin — a 
pure  blood:  they  alone  were  able  to  form  by  the  reunion  of 
different  branches,  sprung  from  a  common  stock,  and  united 
by  the  ties  of  agnation,  a  gens ;  they  alone  could  possess  the 
qualification  of  gentiles,  that  qualification  which,  stripped  of  a 
portion  of  its  ancient  signification,  has  been  handed  down  to  us 
by  tradition,  and  which  is  expressed  in  the  languages  of  modern 
Europe  by  the  terms  "  gentilhomme,"  "  gentilhuomo,"  "gentil- 
hombre  "  and  "gentleman." 

The  most  prominently  marked  feature  of  the  period  to  which 
we  refer — a  feature  which  the  more  readily  escapes  the  memory 
because,  as  time  passes,  or  society  becomes  renewed,  or  laws 
changed,  the  reality  of  the  past  disappears — was  that  at  the 
foundation  of  Rome  all  of  the  population  who  were  not  patri- 
cians were  distributed  among  that  order. 

In  fact,  to  each  patrician  "gens"  there  were  attached  two 
accessory  subordinate  classes,  the  clients  of  the  patrician  of  the 
yen  s  with  their  descendants,  and  the  descendants  of  then- 
enfranchised. 

The  clients,  as  well  as  the  enfranchised,  adopted,  with  a 
peculiar  termination,  the  name  of  the  gens  to  which  they  were 
attached  in  a  kind  of  civil  relationship ;  and  the  title  of  "patron," 
diminutive  of  "  pater,"  indicated  both  this  species  of  relationship 
and  the  powers  which  resulted  from  it. 

They  were  attached  consequently,  with  their  descendants,  to 

1  "  Quorum  majorum  nemo  servitutem  scrvivit."     (Cic.  Top.  §  G.) 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  27 

the  religious  rites  and  sacrifices  peculiar  to  their  "gens"  (sacra 
gentilitia) ;  they  had  as  their  "gentiles"  the  members  of  the 
gens  to  which  they  belonged,  in  the  order  of  their  respective 
degrees  of  agnation ;  for,  as  in  tracing  their  pedigree,  they  in 
each  case  arrived  at  an  ancestor  who  had  been  tainted  by  slavery 
or  clientage,  they  could  not  point  to  any  individual  as  their 
personal  gentile,  but  were,  so  to  say,  placed  derivatively  in  the 
genealogy  of  another.  "  Have  you  ever  heard  who  constituted 
the  first  Roman  patricians  ?  Certainly  not  men  who  fell  from 
heaven,  but  those  only  who  were  able  to  specify  their  ancestors ; 
in  other  words,  none  but  the  *  ingenui.'  "  1 

"  Ingenuus,"  a  word  whose  legal  signification  has  changed 
with  the  modification  of  the  social  condition  of  those  to  whom 
it  has  been  applied,  indicated,  in  primitive  Roman  history,  one 
who  was  born  in  a  gens,  one  who  had  a  genealogy,  one  who 
could  show  a  line  of  descent  free  to  its  fountain  source  from 
every  taint  of  vassalage.  In  short,  if  the  patricians  did  not  de- 
clare themselves  actually  descended  from  heaven,  they,  at  least, 
not  unfrequently  laid  claim  to  have  been  instructed  by  those 
who  had  thence  descended  —  such  were,  for  example,  the  lucu- 
mons  of  Etruria,  receiving  from  the  mouth  of  the  divine  Tages 
the  secrets  of  the  art  of  divination.2 

The  notion  of  the  gens  is  completed  by  another  feature,  the 
right  of  tutelage  and  inheritance  enjoyed  by  the  patron  as  to 
his  clients  and  their  descendants — rights  which  in  default  of 
tutors  and  legitimate  heirs  finally  devolved  upon  the  patricians 
of  the  gens  of  which  these  families  were  dependent. 

All  who  have  carefully  studied  Roman  antiquities  have  been 
satisfied  of  the  existence  of  these  rights  of  tutelage  and  succes- 
sion to  the  client  and  his  descendants  and  to  the  enfranchised, 
although  they  may  not  have  been  able  to  find  it  anywhere  spe- 
cifically mentioned,  because  this  constitutes  the  basis,  so  to 

1  "  Semper  ista  audita  sunt  eadem,  Publius  Decius  Mus,  Livy,  lib.  x.  §  8. 
penes  vos  auspicia  esse,  vos  solos  gen-  We  shall  give  shortly  the  exact  mean- 
tern  habei'e,  vos  solos  justum  imperium  ing  of  the  words  "j>atrcm  cicre  jws- 
et  auspicia  domi  militiiuque.  .  .  .  En  sent.")  "  Patricios,  Cincius  ait  in  libro 
unquain  fando  audistis,  patricios  primo  de  Comitiis,  eos  appellari  solitos,  qui 
esse  factos,  non  de  coelo  dimissos,  sed  nunc  ingenui  vocantur."  (Aul.  Gell. 
qui  patrem  ciere  possent,  id  est,  nihil  on  the  word  Patricios.) 
ultra  quam  ingenues."  (Oration  of  2  Vide  supra,  §  15. 


28  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

speak,  of  all  that  is  written  concerning  the  tutelage  or  succes- 
sion of  the  gentiles.1 

Notwithstanding  the  complication  produced  by  the  intermix- 
ture of  different  groups  of  families,  the  degrees  of  gentility  were 
measured  and  could  be  legally  computed  for  each  individual 
from  their  respective  degrees  of  agnation. 

1 8.  The  client  and  all  belonging  to  him,  dependents  of  the 
gens  of  his  patrician  patron,  was  a  familiar  (familiaris}  of  his 
patron,  that  is  to  say,  was  comprised  within  his  family,  the 
word  familia  being  taken  in  its  widest  signification,  extending 
to  and  including  property,  slaves  enfranchised,  clients  and  all 
other  persons  in  whatever  capacity,  if  under  the  power  of  the 
chief.     Some  of  these  clients  resided  in  the   house  of  their 
patron ;  others  received  from  him  plots  of  land  to  cultivate. 
This  distribution  of  land  by  the  patricians  amongst  the  plebeians, 
their  clients,  is  mentioned  by  several  writers.     Lydus,  in  his 
treatise  on  the  Magistracies  of  the  Roman  Republic,2  says  that 
the  patricians  have  given  to  their  familiares  the  name  of  clients, 
from  clientes,  a  contraction  of  colientes,  on  account  of  the  respect 
and  the  devotion  due  from  the  familiar  to  them.     Was  it  not 
rather  on  account  of  their  cultivating  their  lands,  and  would  not 
the  word  clientes  correspond  in  origin  to  coloni? 

19.  Roman  etymologists  have  differed  as  to  the  origin  of 
the  words  patres,  patricii,  applied  to  senators  and  to  members 
of   the    superior  and  dominant  class.       The  patres  were  the 
senators,  the  patricii  their  descendants.      The  name  patres  was 
most  probably  given  to  the  senators,  cither  on  account  of  their 
age,  of  their  paternal  solicitude,  or  because  it  was  the  duty  of 
the  senate  to  divide  the  lands  amongst  the  plebeians,  as  fathers 
to  their  children.3     The  name  of  patricii  was  given  to  those 

1  AVc  may  see  here   some  trace   of  ter    caritatem    Patres."      And   §    12 : 

clientage  among  foreigners  where  there  "  Quibus  ipse  rex  tantnm  tribuisset,  ut 

can  be  no  question  about  the  succession  eos  patres  vellct  nominari,  patriciosque 

of  the  Gentiles.  eorum  liberos."     Sallust,  Catilina,  §  6: 

-  Lib.  i.  §  20.  "  Hi  vel  setate,  vel  cur.-e  similitudine, 

3  Cicero,  DC  reputliea,  lib.  ii.  §  8 :  Patres  appellabantur."     Festus,  on  the 

"  In  rcgium  consilium  (Rornnlus)  dele-  word  Patres:  "Patres  appcllantnr,  ex 

gcrat  principes,  qui  appellati  sunt  prop-  quibus  senatus  constat,  qnos  initio  urbis 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  29 

who  were  able  to  trace  their  descent,  that  is  to  say,  who  were 
derived  from  a  stock  that  had  always  been  free  from  any  form 
of  vassalage.1  The  fact  is,  the  word  pater,  both  as  a  legal  and 
common  term,  essentially  implies,  in  connection  with  primitive 
times,  the  idea  of  power,  and  with  the  early  Romans  that  of 
almost  absolute  power.  Thus  the  head  of  the  family  is  termed 
by  the  Romans  paterfamilias,  whether  he  had  children  or  not, 
whether  married  or  single,  or  even  if  an  infant  in  his  cradle, 
his  family  consisting  of  his  chattels,  his  slaves,  his  enfranchised 
or  his  clients.  Thus,  to  express  the  position  of  a  married 
woman,  and  the  power  of  her  husband  over  her,  the  Romans 
said  that  she  was  loco  jilice,  i.  e.  in  the  situation  of  a  daughter ; 
again,  to  express  the  degree  of  power  exercisable  over  the 
enfranchised  and  the  clients,  which  was  not  so  great  as  that 
over  a  child  or  slave,  the  word  "patronus,"  the  diminutive  of 
pater,  was  employed.  The  terms patres  and  patricii,  applied  to 
the  dominant  class  at  a  period  when  it  had  under  its  control, 
either  by  enfranchisement  or  clientage,  the  entire  plebeian 
population,  involved  no  other  idea  than  that  of  power.  The 
idea,  indeed,  conveyed  by  these  terms  in  ancient  times  was  not 
one  of  tenderness,  but  solely  that  of  "  might."  Florus  was 
not  far  from  the  truth  when  he  said,  speaking  of  the  senate, 
"  ex  auctoritate  patres ;"  and  Festus  is  strictly  accurate  in 
saying,  "  It  is  manifest  that  the  patricians  were  by  the  ancients 
called  patrons,  because  they  were,  according  to  the  custom  of 
the  period,  as  much  the  masters  of  their  clients  as  the  father  is 
that  of  his  children."2 

The  term  "patres"  is  the  more  ancient  of  the  two;  the  word 
"  patricii"  is  derived  from  it,  and  is  generally  synonymous  with 
it,  though  it  may  be  possible  to  point  out  some  slight  shades  of 
difference ;  and  the  patres  were  the  heads  of  the  families  of  the 
upper  class,  having  subject  to  and  distributed  among  them  the 

conditas  Romulus  C.  delegit,  et  sic  ap-  publican  penes  senes  esset,  qui  ex  aucto- 

pellavit,  quorum  consilio  atque  prudcn-  ritatc  Patres,  ob  a;tatem  Senatus  voca- 

tia  respublica    administraretur    atque  bantur."     Festus,  on  the  word  Patro- 

gubernaretur ;  quique  agrorum  partes  nus  :  "  Patronus  ab  antiquis  cur  dictns 

adtribnerent  tenuioribus  perinde  ac  li-  sit,  manifestum;  quia  ut  patres  filiorum, 

beris,  ac  pecunias  dividerent."  sic  hi  numerari  inter  dominos  clicntuiu 

1  Vide  supra,  §  17,  note.  consucverunt." 

2  Florus,  lib.  i.  §  1  :  "  Consilium  rci- 


30  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMATST  LAW. 

entire  plebeian  population.  The  "  patricii "  are  all  members  of 
this  class,  whether  heads  of  families  or  not.  The  term  patres 
was  by  no  means  synonymous  with  senatores,  nor  was  it  exclu- 
sively applied  to  senators,  nor  were  the  patricians  necessarily 
descendants  of  senators :  for  the  superior  and  dominant  class 
did  not  spring  from  the  senate,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
senate  was  composed  of  members  of  that  class,  and  this  was  the 
case  throughout  all  the  Italian  cities.  The  permanent  broad 
line  of  contrast  is  between  patrician  and  plebeian. 

From  what  has  been  already  said,  we  are  now  in  a  position 
to  appreciate  the  ancient  definition  of  patrician — "  qui  patrem 
ciere  possent,  id  est,  nihil  ultra  quam  ingenuos."  The  true  an- 
cient meaning  was  this :  "  Those  who  could  trace  their  descent 
to  a  pater,  who  were  born  in  a  gens."1  The  counterpart  is  to 
be  found  in  the  definition  of  the  plebeian  given  by  the  jurist 
Capito,  "Plebes,  in  qua  gentes  civium  patricise  non  insunt," 
that  portion  of  the  people  in  which  the  patrician  gentes  are  not 
included.2 

And  it  is  clear  that  Publius  Decius  Mus,  in  the  way  in 
which  he  represents  the  ancient  definition  of  the  word  patrician, 
plays  upon  the  words  and  the  change  that  had  come  o^er  public 
spirit  even  in  his  time.  However,  he  touches  upon  the  an- 
cient signification  when  he  afterwards  said,  "  As  soon  as  I  can 
mention  a  consul  as  being  my  father,  so  soon  can  my  son  speak 
of  him  as  his  grandfather." 

20.  Nor  can  we  any  more  accept  the  opinion  of  Niebuhr, 
who  follows  Vico  in  this  respect,  that  the  plebeians  at  the  com- 
mencement did  not  form  a  part  of  the  Roman  populus.  From 
the  beginning  and  at  all  times  the  "  Populus  Romanus  "  was 
the  united  body  of  patricians  and  plebeians.  Such  is  the  defini- 
tion given  by  Roman  jurists  and  writers  of  every  age. 

The  numerous  passages  quoted  by  Niebuhr,3  in  which  the  two 

1  We  do  not  adopt  the  common  trans-  populo  omnis  pars  civitatis  omnesqne 
lation,  "Those   who   can   name   their  ejus  ordines  contineantur ;  plebes  vero 
father,"  which  is  absurd ;    Pater  here  ea  dicitur  in  qua  gentes  civium  patri- 
expresses  the  old  Roman  chief.  cia3  non  insunt." 

2  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  x.  §  20 :  "  Plebem  3  Vide  Yol.  ii.  p.  163  et  seq.  of  the 
autem  Capito  in  eadem  definitione  se-  l^rench  translation. 

orsum  a  populo   divisit :    qnoninm    in 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  31 

words  "populus  plebsque  Romana"  appear  united,  no  more 
authorizes  the  conclusion  Niebuhr  draws  from  this  fact  than  it 
warrants  our  arguing  from  the  well-known  phrase,  "  Senatus 
populusque  Romanus,"  that  the  members  of  the  senate  did  not 
form  part  of  the  "populus."  The  same  turn  of  expression 
with  the  double  pleonasm  is  to  be  found  at  a  period  when  there 
is  certainly  no  room  for  doubt.  For  example,  in  the  subscrip- 
tion to  a  letter  written  by  Lepidus,  and  preserved  in  the  collec- 
tion of  Epistolas  Familiares,  there  occurs  this  expression : — 
"  Lepidus  Imperator  iterum,  Pontifex  Maximus,  salutem  dicit 
Senatui,  populo,  plebique  Romanae." 

The  same  pleonasm  occurs  in  the  two  significant  passages  of 
Festus,  which,  in  the  Farnese  manuscript,  follow  and  supple- 
ment each  other : — "  Populi  commune  est  in  legibus  ferendis 
cum  plebe  sufrragium. — Patrum  commune  cum  populo  suftra- 
gium,  quibus  suffiragantibus  fit  populiscitum."1 


SECTION  III. 
TRIBES  AND  CURIES  (  Tribus  et  Curia?). 

21.  The  Roman  people  are  represented  as  being  divided 
from  the  earliest  period  into  three  tribes — the  Ramnenses, 
Tatienses  and  Luceres. 

We  are  told  by  Cicero,  Yarro  and  Festus,  who  obtained  their 
information  from  the  earliest  writers,  that  these  appellations 
are  respectively  derived  from  Romulus,  the  chief  of  the  Latins, 
Tatius,  the  chief  of  the  Sabines,  and  from  Lucumon,  the  chief 
of  the  Etruscans.  We  are  warranted  in  regarding  these  three 
tribes  as  the  three  distinct  nationalities  which  collectively  laid 
the  foundation  of  the  Roman  nation.5  Varro,  however,  tells 
us  that  all  three  denominations  were  Etruscan.  This  tripartite 
division  was  also  territorial;  the  Roman  territory,  or  ager 
Romanus,  being  divided  into  three  parts ;  the  one  assigned  to 
the  Ramnenses,  another  to  the  Tatienses,  and  the  third  to  the 

1  Festus,  on  the  word  Populi.  2  Vide  supra,  pars.  9  and  10. 


32  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

Luceres.  So  that  these  three  primitive  tribes  were  at  once 
local  and  personal,  each  comprising  at  the  same  time  a  section 
of  the  people  as  well  as  retaining  the  territory  of  their  respective 
nationalities.1  We  find  in  Cicero  that  L.  Tarquinius,  among 
the  alterations  he  suggested,  desired  to  change  these  names 
Tatienses,  Ramnenses  and  Luceres,  but  that  he  was  prevented 
by  the  formidable  opposition  of  the  famous  augur  Attius 
Navius.2 

22.  In  the  first  subdivision  of  each  tribe  into  ten  curies,  we 
find  the  entire  Roman  people  distributed  into  thirty  curies. 
Popular  tradition  relates  that  each  of  these  curies  received  the 
name  of  one  of  the  Sabine  women  who,  during  the  progress  of 
the  battle  that  followed  the  rape  of  the  Sabines,  threw  them- 
selves between  the  combatants  and  became  the  mediators  of 
peace  between  the  Romans  and  their  own  people.  Cicero  does 
not  hesitate  to  relate  this  tradition,  which  is  also  to  be  found  in 
Livy,  Festus  and  elsewhere,3  though  some  Roman  writers 
refuse  to  accept  it,  and  assign  a  different  origin  to  the  names 
of  the  curies. 

Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus  refers  4  to  a  second  subdivision 
of  each  curia  into  ten  decurice.  This  subdivision,  however,  is 
less  known,  and  is  of  comparatively  little  importance  to  the 
constitutional  or  legal  historian.  Whereas,  in  both  cases,  the 

1  Cicero,  De  rcpuMica,  lib.  ii.  §  8 :  2  Cicero,  De  republics,,  lib.  ii.  §  20 : 

"Populumque  et  suo  et  Tatii  nomine,  "Nee  potuit  (L.  Tarquinius)  Titiensi- 

et   Lucumonis   qui    Romuli   socius   in  um  et  Ramnensium  et  Lucerum  mutare 

Sabino  prrelio  occiderat,  in  tribns  tres,  quum  cuperet  nomina,  quod  auctor  ei 

curiasque  triginta  descripsei'at  (Romu-  summa  augur  gloria  Attius  Navius  non 

lus)."     Varro,  De  lingua  latina,]ib.  v.  erat." 

§  55:  "  Agcr  Romanusprimum  divisus  3  Cicero,  De  repulUca,  lib.  ii.  §  8 : 

in  paries  tres,  a  quo  tribns  appellata  "  Populum  .     .     .  in  tribus  trcs,  curias- 

Tatiensium,  Ramnium,  Lucerum :  no-  que   triginta    descripserat   (Romulus), 

minatae,   ut   ait   Ennius,    Tat  lenses    a  quas  curias  earnm  nominibus  nuncupa- 

Tatio,  Ramnenses  a  Romulo,  Lvccres,  vit,   quse   ex    Sabinis   virgines  raptai, 

ut  Junius,  a  Lucumone.     Sed  omiiia  postea  fuerant  oratrices  pacis  et  fccde- 

hsec  yocabula  Tusca,  ut  Volnius,  qui  ris."     Livy,  lib.  i.  §  13  :  "  Ex  bello  tarn 

tragcedias    Tuscas    scripsit,    diccbat."  tristi,  laita  repente  pax  cariores  Sabinas 

Festus,  on  the  word  Titiensis:  "  Titi-  viris    ac    parentibus,    et    ante    oinnes 

ensis  tribus  a  prajnomine  Tatii  rcgis  Rormilo  ipsi,  fecit.    Itaque,  quum  popu- 

appellata  videtur.     Titia  quoque  curia  lum  in  curias  triginta  dividerct,  nomina 

ab  eodem  rege  est  dicta."     On  the  word  earum  curiis  imposuit." 

Lucent edi,  cited  supra,  §  10,  note  3.  4  Lib.  ii.  §  7. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  33 

division  into  thirty  curies  is  a  matter  of  considerable  importance 
and  merits  particular  attention  from  the  very  first. 

23.  The  members  of  the  same  tribe  and  those  of  the  same 
curia,  besides  the  bond  of  a  common  national  origin — Latin, 
Sabine,  or  Etruscan,  which  would  gradually  become  weaker  as 
the  fusion  of  the  several  races  became  more  complete — were 
united  by  ties  of  a  different  character.     There  was  first  the  bond 
of  religious  unity.     In  addition  to  the  faith  and  rites  common 
to  the  entire  tribe,  each  curia  had  its  tutelary  deity,  its  peculiar 
creed  and  its  characteristic  sacrifices  (curionia  sacra),  its  priests 
(curiones,  curiales  flamines,   curiarum   sacerdotei),  its  fetes, 
and  its  annual  festivals.     There  was,   secondly,  the  bond  of 
military  service  ;  for  it  was  the  duty  of  each  tribe  to  furnish 
for  each  legion,  recruited  from  its  own  curies,  a  thousand  men.1 
Thirdly,  there  was  the  political  bond ;  for  the  voters  could  only 
exercise  the  right  of  vote  in  conjunction  with  the  other  members 
of  their  curia.     And,  lastly,  there  was  a  bond  of  union  in  the 
details  of  administration  and  internal  organization  peculiar  to 
each  curia. 

The  members  of  the  tribe  designated  each  other  "  tribules ;" 
those  of  the  curia  "curiales."2 

24.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  ancient  organization  by 
curies  had  an  aristocratic  origin.     The  details  of  the  system,  it 
is  true,  are  unknown  to  us ;  but  whatever  they  may  have  been, 
it  is  sufficient  to  refer  to  what  has  gone  before  to  enable  us  to 
understand  how  in  these  primitive  times,  when  every  plebeian 
was  attached,  either  by  the  ties  of  clientage  or  enfranchisement, 
to  some  patrician,  it  happened  that  each  patrician  gens  formed 
a  species  of  group,  encircling  and  absorbing  in  itself  its  plebeian 
subordinates.     This  does  not  imply  that  it  did  not  embrace  the 
plebeians,   or   that   the   curies    consisted    solely  of  patricians. 
Assuredly  Plautus's  miser,  who  hurried  off  to  take  his  share  of 

1  Varro,  De  ling,  lat.,  lib.  v.  c.  89.  um  as  dicebatur,  quod  dabatur  curioni 

1  Festus :  "  Curiales  ejasdem  curias,  ob    sacerdotium   curionatus."      Varro, 

ut  tribules,  et  municipes.—  Curiales  fla-  lib.  v.  §  83:  "  Curiones  dicti  a  curiis, 

mines,  curiarum  sacerdotes. — Curionia  qui  fiunt  ut  in  his  sacra  faciant." 
sacra,  quae  in  curiis  fiebant.— Curioni- 

D 


34  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  money  that  was  to  be  distributed  by  the  chief  of  his  curia 
(nostrce  magister  curice),  lest  his  treason  should  be  suspected, 
was  not  a  patrician.1 

25.  The  term  curia  had  several  significations  other  than 
that  just  given.     It  was  applied,  for  instance,  to  the  place 
where  the  priests  of  the  curies  met  together  to  perform  their 
religious  functions,  to  the  place  where  the  senate  assembled  for 
the  discharge  of  public  business,  and  to  the  local  senate  of  the 
respective  towns.     Care  is  therefore  necessary  not  to  confound 
these  different  objects  expressed  by  the  same  term.     It  may  be 
observed  that  the  majority  of  Roman  etymologists  assign  the 
same  root  to  the  word  when  used  in  either  sense,  viz.,  curare, 
to  take  care  (of).2 

26.  The  word  tribus  had  in  like  manner  its  various  signifi- 
cations and  derivations.     In  proportion  as  the  fusion  of  races 
was   completed  and   unity  accomplished,  the  ancient  division 
into  the  three  primitive  tribes,  each  representing  its  individual 
nationality,  disappeared.     And  in  time  a  new  classification  by 
tribes,  with  entirely  different  characteristics,  was  made,  to  which 
we  shall  shortly  turn  our  attention.     The  growth  of  the  popu- 
lation and  the  corresponding  extension  of  the  city  led  to  a  like 
increase  in  the  number  of  the  tribes,  which  ultimately  reached 
thirty-five.     It  is  thus  most  necessary  to   avoid  confounding 
these  new  tribes,  totally  different  in  origin,  and  destined  to 

1  Plautus,  Aulularia,  act  i.  sc.  4  : —       gerebatur.      Curiae  etiam  nominantur, 
Nam  noster  nostr*  qui  est  magister  curias,  in  quibus  uniuscuj  usque  partis  populi 
Dividere  argenti  dixit  numos  in  viros.  Romani  quid  geritur ;  quales  sunt  eas, 

This  dividere  argenti  numos  recalls  to  in   quas  Romulus  populum   distribuit 

our  memory  the  tenuioribus  pecunias  numero  triginta  (quibus  postea  additas 

dividerent,   in   the   definition   of    the  sunt  quinque)  ut  in  sua  quisque  curia 

patricians,  by  Festus.    (See  above,  §  19,  sacra  publica  faceret,  feriasque  observa- 

note  3. )  ret.     Hisque  curiis  singulis  nomina  Cu- 

2  VaiTO,  De   lingua  latina,  lib.  v.  riarum  virginum  imposita  esse  dicnntur, 
§  155  :  "  Curia;  duorum  generum  ;  nam  quas  virgines  quondam  Romani  de  Sabi- 
et  ubi  curarent  sacerdotes  res  divinas,  nis  rapuerunt."     The  parenthesis  (qui- 
ut  Curise  Veteres,  et  ubi  senatus  huma-  Ims  postea  additcc  sunt  quinque)  con- 
nas,  ut  Curia  Hostilia,  quod  prirnum  tains  a  confusion   between   the  curies 
sedificavit  Hostilius  rex."     Festus,  on  and  the  thirty-five  tribes  which  subse- 
the  word  Curia:  "  Curia,  locus  est  ubi  quently  came  into  existence— a  confu- 
publicas  curas  gerebant.    Calabra  curia  sion  which  is  repeated  in  Festus  on  the 
dicebatur,  ubi  tantum  ratio  sacrorum  word  Centummralia. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  35 

occupy  a  most  important  position  in  the  affairs  of  the  republic, 
with  the  three  primitive  tribes  just  described. 


SECTION  IV. 
ASSEMBLY  BY  CURIES  (  Comitia  curiata). 

27.  The  meeting  of  the  thirty  curies  for  deliberation  upon 
public  business  constitutes  the  most  ancient  Roman  assembly. 

These  were  the  religious  and  aristocratic  gatherings  convoked 
by  the  lictors,  held  in  the  centre  of  the  city,  in  that  part  of  the 
forum  at  the  foot  of  the  Capitol  known  as  the  Comitium,  under 
the  sanction  of  sacerdotal  rites,  and  where  patrician  influence 
was  preeminently  conspicuous.1 

It  was  here  that  the  election  took  place  for  those  sacerdotal 
offices  which  were  within  the  gift  of  the  "  populus,"  where 
magistrates  were  appointed,  and  the  king  selected.  Here  also 
that  famous  law,  the  "  lex  curiata,"  was  passed,  the  true  nature 
of  which  remained  a  mystery  till  the  discovery  of  Cicero's  work 
upon  the  Republic.  This  left  no  doubt  that  it  was  the  law  of 
investiture,  without  which  no  magistrate,  not  even  the  king 
himself,  though  duly  elected,  could  have  conferred  upon  him 
the  "  imperium,"  or  right  to  command.  Here  the  composition 
of  families  was  determined,  and  testamentary  successions  regu- 
lated— two  matters  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  mainte- 
nance of  an  aristocracy,  more  especially  when  they  involved 
admission  to  the  peculiar  privileges  (sacraprivatd)  of  a  religious 
caste. 

The  jurist  will  recognize  this  assembly  of  the  curies  as  the 
first  Roman  legislative  assembly. 

28.  The  extent  of  its  power,  however,  must  not  be  exagge- 
rated, for  this  power  was  limited  in  many  directions.     The 
curies  could  only  assemble  when  convoked.     They  could  only 

1  Varro,  De  lingua   latina,  lib.  v.  comitio  conveniebant ;  qui  locus  a  coe- 

§  155  :  "  Comitium,  ab  eo  quod  coibant  undo,  id  est  simul  veniendo,  dictus  est." 

eo   comitiis  curiatis  et  litium  causa."  Aul.   Gell.   lib.  xv.  ch.  27 :    "  Curiata 

Festus,  on  the  word  Comitiales:  "  Co-  (comitia)  per  lictorem  curiatum  calari, 

mitiales    dies    appellabant,    quum    in  id  est  convocari." 

D  2 


36  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

meet  to  transact  one  matter.  The  magistrates  who  had  the 
right  to  convoke  were  patricians,  acting  under  the  order  of  the 
senate.  The  augurs,  whose  presence  was  absolutely  necessary, 
were  patricians.  A  favourable  auspice  must  have  preceded  a 
convocation.  The  will  of  the  assembly  must  be  expressed  by 
the  simple  affirmative  or  negative  ;  and  should  the  vote  take  an 
unlooked-for  turn,  it  was  competent  for  any  augur  or  magistrate 
having  the  auspice  at  any  moment  to  declare  the  assembly  dis- 
solved by  the  mere  utterance  of  the  formula  olio  die,  indicating 
that  the  auspice  was  unfavourable.  If  Jupiter  thundered,  that 
is,  to  the  right — or,  what  was  the  same  thing,  if  the  augur  or  the 
magistrate  declared  that  he  did, — the  assembly  was  dissolved  ; 
all  which,  says  Cicero,  was  to  secure  to  certain  nobles  the  de- 
termination of  all  matters,1  and  even  when  the  decision  was 
given,  in  order  to  render  it  effective  the  confirmation  of  the 
senate  was  requisite  (auctor  Jieri}.z  This  necessary  action  of 
both  bodies  is  concisely  expressed  by  Cicero  in  the  sentence, 
"  Potestas  in  populo,  auctoritas  in  senatu  sit."3  The  jurist  will 
understand  the  force  of  the  word  "  auctoritas "  here,  as  used 
by  a  Roman. 

29.  It  was  not  the  function  of  the  Romans,  in  their  elective 
assemblies,  to  take  the  votes  of  individual  members,  as  is  the 
practice  in  modern  times  ;  but  the  electors  were  arranged  in 
groups,  each  group  having  one  vote.  In  this  instance  they 
were  grouped  by  Curies,  each  Curia  having  consequently  one 
vote.  The  order  in  which  the  votes  of  the  curies  should  be 
taken  was  determined  by  lot  without  reference  to  the  tribe  to 
which  they  belonged,  whether  Ramnenses,  Tatienses,  or  Lu- 
ceres.  Livy  says,  that  those  upon  whom  the  lot  fell  to  vote 
first  were  called  "principium."4  As  soon  as  sixteen  curies 

1  Cicero,  De  divinationc,  lib.  ii.  §  35:  jussisset,  id  sic  ratum  esset,  si  patres 
"  Fulmen  sinistrum,  auspicium  opti-  auctores  fierent.  Turn  interrex,  con- 
mum  habemus  ad  omnes  res,  praeter-  clone advocata:  'Quod bonum, faustum, 
quam  ad  comitia :  quod  quidem  insti-  felixque  sit,  inquit,  Quirites,  regem 
tutum  reipublicse  causa  est,  ut  comitio-  create  ;  ita  Patribus  visum  est.  Patres 
rum,  vel  in  judiciis  populi,  vel  in  jure  deinde,  si  dignum,  qui  secundus  ab 
legum,  vel  in  creandis  magistratibus,  llomulo  numcretur,  crearitis,  auctores 
principes  civitatis  essent  interpretes."  fient.'  " 

4  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  17  :    "  Decreverunt  3  Cic.  De  legibus,  lib.  iii.  §  12. 

enim  (patres)  ut,  quum  populus  regcm  4  Livy,  lib.  ix.  §  38  :  "  Faucia  curia 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  37 

had  voted  the  same  way,  the  majority  being  ascertained,  the 
decision  was  declared,  and  the  others  did  not  vote. 

30.  It  is  matter  of  question  how  the  modes  in  which  the 
curies  should  vote  was  determined— whether  or  not  each  indi- 
vidual opinion  was  taken  (viritini),  and  that  of  the  majority 
adopted.  This  view  rests  upon  a  passage  in  Livy.1  Niebuhr 
is  of  opinion — and  there  is  much  reason  in  what  he  says,  judg- 
ing from  an  expression  in  Aulus  Gellius, — that  the  members  of 
each  curia  were  arranged  in  their  respective  gentes,  and  that 
each  gens  had  a  vote,  the  majority  of  which  determined  that  of 
the  curia.  This  interpretation  would  be  in  harmony  with  the 
social  condition  of  the  period,  as  already  explained,  and  would 
present  us  with  the  picture  of  the  patricians  of  each  gens  march- 
ing forward,  followed  by  the  long  train  of  their  dependants, 
solemnly  to  register  their  vote.  But  we  are  convinced,  that 
the  expression  of  Aulus  Gellius  simply  indicates  that  the  curies 
were  a  division  of  citizens  based  upon  the  original  nationalities 
(ex  generibus  hominum],  the  three  tribes  of  Ramnenses,  Tati- 
enses,  and  Luceres,  having  each  been  divided  into  ten  curies  ; 
whereas  in  assemblies  formed  at  a  more  recent  period  the  prin- 
ciple of  classification  was  entirely  different.  This  construc- 
tion is  more  in  harmony  with  the  concluding  words  of  Aulus 
Gellius.2 

Be  the  correct  interpretation  what  it  may,  the  passage  is 
none  the  less  characteristic,  and  should  be  retained  as  the  an- 
cient formula  for  the  assembly  of  curies.  "  Cum  ex  generibus 
hominum  sujfragium  feratur,  curiata  comitia  esse."  Whether 

fuit  principium,"  or  rather  Faucice  bly  was  dissolved  and  adjourned    to 

curice  fuit  principium,,  according  to  another  day. 

the  formula  which  we  find  in  the  text  '  Lib.  i.  §  43. 

of  a  plebiscitum  given  by  Fronto  (De  2  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xv.  ch.  27:  "Item 
aqvceductis,  §  129).  The  lot  had  fallen  in  eodem  libro  (Lrelii  Felicis)  hoc  scrip- 
to  this  Faucian  curia  to  be  first  in  two  turn  est :  '  Cum  ex  generibus  hominum 
calamitous  years,  that  of  the  capture  of  suff ragium  feratur,  curiata  comitia 
Home  and  of  the  Claudine  forts  (utro-  esse ;  cum  ex  censu  et  astate,  centuri- 
que  anno  eadem  curia  fuerat  princi-  ata;  cum  ex  regionibus  et  locis,  tri- 
p-turn). And  so  it  was  considered  a  buta.'  "  We  do  not  render  ex  yeneri- 
bad  omen,  and  when,  in  the  circum-  bus  as  if  \ivfQrcexgentibus;  we  trans- 
stance  of  which  Livy  speaks,  the  name  late  it  in  its  literal  sense  ;  when  the 
of  the  curia  twice  came  first  the  assem-  votes  were  taken  according  to  race  or 

origin. 


38  THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW. 

the  electors  were  grouped  in  gens,  or  whether  they  voted  sepa- 
rately (viritirn),  this  much  is  clear,  that  the  patricians  controlled 
the  plebeians  by  whom  they  were  surrounded,  and  who  by  the 
ties  of  clientage  were  bound  to  give  them  their  support. 

31.  It  is  precisely  because  the  thirty  curies  were  constituted 
upon  a  principle  based  upon  the  threefold  origin  of  the  ancient 
nationalities,  the  Latins,  Sabines  and  Etruscans  (ex  generibus 
hominum),  that  it  was  destined  to  prove  insufficient,  and  even 
an  absurdity,  the  moment  that  so  many  other  nationalities  were 
admitted  to  and  amalgamated  with  the  Roman  populus.  The 
curies  were  thus  soon  to  disappear  in  order  to  make  room  for 
other  organizations  more  conformable  to  the  exigencies  of  the 
period.  However,  long  after  they  had  ceased  to  exist  in  their 
original  constitution,  they  were  maintained  for  the  administra- 
tion of  affairs  of  religion  and  for  the  investiture  of  the  imperium 
by  the  lex  curiata,  when  thirty  lictors,  symbolizing  the  thirty 
curies  by  a  legal  fiction,  confirmed  their  authority.1 


SECTION  V. 
THE  SENATE  (Senatus). 

32.  The  senate  was  an  institution  common  to  the  cities  of 
antiquity,  whether  Greek  or  Italian.  The  chiefs  of  the  patri- 
cian caste  constituted  the  senators.  This  title,  an  indication  of 
the  matured  experience  of  age,  was  adopted  by  the  Romans, 
according  to  Cicero,  in  imitation  of  the  Greeks,  who  designated 
the  members  of  the  civic  council,  elders  (ys^ovrcj).2  We  have 
already  seen  that  they  were  also  styled  patres,  as  expressing 
their  patrician  privileges ;  and  Florus  says  of  them,  "  Qui  ex 
auctoritate  Patres,  ob  getatem  Senatus  vocabantur.3 

1  Cicero,  Agrar.  ii.  §§  11  and  12:  "  Lycurgus  ^Ipovra?  Laccdaemone  appel- 
"  Curiata  (comitia)  tantum  auspiciorum  lavit  .     .     .  quos  penes  summam  con- 
causa  remanserunt."    "  Illis  fcomitiis),  silii  voluit  esse,  quum  imperil  summam 
ad  speciem  atque  ad  usurpationem  ve-  rex  teneret :  ex  quo  nostri  idem  illud 
tustatis,  per  XXX  lictores,  auspiciorum  secuti  atque  interpretati,  quos  senes  ille 
causa,  adumbratis."  appellavit,  nominarunt  senatum." 

2  Cicero,  De  repnUica,  lib.  ii.  §28:  4  Vide  supra,  §  19. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  39 

33.  Roman  tradition  differs  as  to  the  number  of  the  senators 
in  primitive  times.  Nor  are  the  historians  Livy,  Cicero, 
Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus,  Plutarch  and  others  agreed  as  to 
the  original  number  or  subsequent  additions.  All,  however, 
concur  in  this,  that  at  the  close  of  the  reign  of  Tarquinius 
Priscus  the  strength  was  three  hundred.  This  number  re- 
mained unaltered  till  the  latter  end  of  the  republic,  when  it  was 
doubled  or  tripled  according  to  the  turbulent  character  of  the 
times  and  the  rivalry  of  ambitious  partisans. 

The  peculiarity  of  the  number  three  hundred  suggests  the 
supposition  that  in  early  times  each  of  the  three  distinct  na- 
tionalities, forming  the  three  tribes,  was  represented  in  the 
senate  by  an  equal  number  of  senators,  namely,  one  hundred. 
One  of  the  popular  traditions  adopted  by  Plutarch  and  Dio- 
nysius supports  this  theory,  that  is  to  say,  in  connection  with 
the  Sabines,  while  Cicero  tells  us  that  each  of  the  three 
nationalities  was  represented  by  fifty  senators  till  the  time  of 
L.  Tarquinius  (Priscus),  who  doubled  their  number,  thus 
making  the  total  three  hundred ;  and  that  the  original  senators 
and  their  successors  were  styled  Patres  mojorum  gentium,  while 
those  created  by  Tarquin  and  their  successors  were  known  as 
Patres  minorum  gentium.* 

When  at  a  later  period  the  plebeians  were  admitted  to  the 
senate,  they  did  not  receive  the  rank  of  Patres,  which  was  con- 
fined to  the  patrician  race,  but  were  called  Conscripti  or 
Adlecti,  i.  e.,  inscribed  in  the  number  of  senators,  whence  the 
expression  "Patres  et  conscripti"  or  in  its  contracted  form 
Patres  conscripti.2 

1  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  20  :  adsumpti :    nam   Patres  dicuntur  qui 
".  Principio  duplicavit  (L.  Tarquinius)  sunt  patricii  generis ;  Conscripti,  qui  in 
ilium  pristinum  patrum  numerum  ;  et  senatu  sunt  scriptis  adnotati."    And  on 
antiques  patres  majorum  gentium  ap-  the  word  Conscripti :  "  Conscripti  dice- 
pellavit,  qnos  priores  sententiam  roga-  bantur  qui  ex  equestri  ordine  patribus 
bat;  a  se  adscitos,  minorum."     Livy,  adscribebantur,  ut  numerus  senatorum 
lib.  iv.  §  35,  says  the  same  in  fixing  on  expleretur."     And  on  the  words  Qui 
one  hundred,  the  number  of  the  new  Patres;  "  Qui  Patres,  qui  Conscripti 
senators  made  by  L.  Tarquin :  "  Cen-  vocati  sunt  in  curiam,  quo  tempore  re- 
turn in  patres  legit ;  qui  deinde  mino-  gibus  urbe  expulsis,  P.  Valerius  consul 
rum  gentium  sunt  appellati."  ( Publicola,  in  concert  with  his  colleague 

2  Uestus,  on  the -word  Adlecti:  "Ad-  Brutus),  propter  inopiam  patriciorum 
lecti   dicebantur   apud    Romanes,   qui  ex  plebe  adlegit  in  numerum  senatorum 
propter  inopiam  (patriciorum)  ex  eques-  centum  et  sexaginta  et  quatuor,  ut  ex- 
tri  ordine  in  senatorum  sunt  numero  pleret   numerum    senatorum    trecento- 


40  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  three  hundred  senators  were  divided  into  decuries,  that 
is,  were  divided  by  tens ;  consequently  there  were  thirty  sena- 
torial decuries,  or  the  same  number  as  there  were  of  curies, 
which  gives  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  each  curia  furnished  a 
senatorial  decuria.  However,  these  numerical  coincidences  are 
not  to  be  relied  iipon. 

34.  Setting  aside  Romulus  and  his  immediate  successors, 
together  with  the  transactions  imputed  to  them,  it  has  long 
been  a  subject  of  discussion  whether  under  the  principles  of  the 
constitution  the  senators  were  present  at  the  nomination  of  the 
kings,  or  at  the  election  of  curies.     With  the  exception  of  a 
passage  from  Dionysius,  Roman  historians  concur  in  believing 
that  they  were  present  at  the  election  of  kings,  which  is  con- 
firmed by  the  practice  under  the  republic  after  the  expulsion  of 
the  kings.1 

35.  The    senate  is   styled   by    Cicero   the   Royal    Council 
(regium  consilium\z     It  deliberated  upon  public  matters,  and 
upon  propositions  to  be  submitted  to  the  people  in  the  curies. 
Being   an    aristocratic    assembly,   its   tendency  was   to   make 
tools  of  those  entrusted  with  the  government.     As  the  ward 
can  only  act  with  the  authority  of  his  guardian,  so  the  king 
reigned   only  by  the   counsel  and  with  the  authority  of  the 
senate.     Cicero  says,  even  of  Romulus  himself,  the  traditional 
founder    of   Rome,    "  Multo    etiam    magis   Romulus  Patrum 
auctoritate  consilioque  regnavit"3 

rum,   et  duo   genera  appellata  sunt."  cos,  consules  quoqne,  et  tribuni  railitum 

Livy,  lib.  ii.  §  1 :  "  Csedibus  regis  de-  consular!  potestate,  conjunctissimos  sibi 

minutum  patrum  numernm,  primoribus  quosque  patriciorum  et  deinde  plebeio- 

equestris  gradus  lectis,  ad  trecentorum  rum  Icgebant ;  donee  Ovinia  tribunitia 

snmmam  explevit  (Brutus) ;  traditum-  intervenit,  qua  sanctum  est,  ut  censorcs 

que  inde  fertur,  ut  in  Senatuni  vocaren-  ex  omni  ordine  optimum  quemque  curi- 

tur,  qui  Patres,  quique  Conscripti  es-  atim  senatu  legerent.     Quo  factum  est, 

sent.     Conscriptos  videlicet  in  novum  ut  qui  prasteriti  essent,  et  loco  moti, 

senatum  appellabant  lectos."  haberentur  ignominiosi." 

1  Festus,   on   the   word   Preeteritl:  2  Cicero,  De  republlca,  lib.  ii.  §  8. 

"  Prsetcriti  senatores  quondam  in  op-  .    3  Cicero,  De  rcpublica,  lib.  ii.  §  8 : 

probrio  non  erant,  quod,  nt  reges  sibi  "  Multo  etiam  magis  Romulus  Patrum 

Icgebant  sublegebantque  quos  in  consi-  auctoritate  consilioque  regnavit." 
lio  publico  haberent,  ita,  post  exactos 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  41 

SECTION  VI. 
THE  KING  (Rex). 

36.  The  king  is  the  ruler  (rex),  the  administrator  of  an 
aristocratic  republic.  The  curies  subordinate  to  the  patrician 
caste  nominate  him,  and  after  the  confirmation  of  the  election 
by  the  aucloritas  of  the  senate,  confer  upon  him  by  the  lex 
curiata  the  investiture  of  power.  The  senate  counsels,  assists 
and  supports  him  ;  his  functions  are  military,  sacred  and 
judicial ;  he  is  at  once  commander  in  chief,  high  priest  and 
superior  magistrate  ;  his  lot  must  be  cast  with  the  patricians 
or  with  the  plebeians ;  he  must  either  submit  himself  to  the 
patrician  and  senatorial  will,  or  he  must  seek  in  popular  favour 
and  plebeian  support  the  means  to  resist  their  influence.  The 
regal  annals,  however,  present  us  with  a  brighter  picture, 
and  invest  the  king  with  a  much  larger  share  of  authority, 
making  him  the  founder  of  institutions,  the  creator  of  senators, 
the  dispenser  of  landed  estates  and  the  spoils  of  war,  and  the 
great  lawgiver.  And  doubtless  he  was  such  in  the  manner 
described  in  the  quotation  from  Pomponius,  and  referred  to 
in  the  next  paragraph,  inasmuch  as  he  proposed  laws  to  the 
senate. 


SECTION  VII. 
THE  ORIGINAL  ELEMENTS  OF  PRIVATE  CIVIL  LAW. 

37.  It  is  to  Romulus  himself  that  the  Roman  historian  and 
jurist  attributes  the  publication  of  positive  law  upon  marital  and 
paternal  power ;  that  is  to  say,  upon  the  composition  of  the 
Roman  family.1  Without  reference  to  laws  that  are  said  to 
have  been  written,  but  which  are  unknown  to  us  and  are  pos- 
sibly as  fabulous  as  the  times  to  which  they  relate,  we  may 

1  Dion.  lib.  ii.  §§  26  and  27.     Digest,  atas  ad  populum  tulit,"     This  lex  Re- 

1,  2,  De  origine  juris,  2,  §  2,  fragment  gin-,  of  which  Papinian  speaks  in  the 

of  Pomponius :  "  Ipsum  Romnlum  tra-  following  terms,  is  cited  as  a  law  of 

ditur  populum   in   triginta  partes   di-  Romulus:  "  Quum  patri  lex  Regia  de- 

visisse,  quas  partes  Curias  appellavit :  dcrit  in  filinm  vita?  necisque  potcsta- 

propterea  quod  tune  reipublicas  curam  tern."      (Collatio  legvm  Alosa'icanon 

per  sententiam  partium  earum  expedie-  ct  Romanarum,  tit.  4,  §  8.) 
bat ;  et  ita  Leges  quasdam  et  ipse  c uri- 


42  THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW. 

perhaps  find  in  the  military  tendencies  and  the  rude  manners  of 
the  age,  and  particularly  in  the  city  of  Rome  itself,  sufficient  to 
afford  a  fair  idea  of  the  primitive  elements  of  Quiritarian  private 
law.1  The  family,  like  the  state,  began  with  slavery.  The 
Romans  were  the  "  Quirites,"  the  men  of  the  lance.  By  the 
lance  they  acquired  their  territory,  their  property,  their  com- 
panions, and,  if  we  may  credit  their  poets,  even  their  wives. 
With  them  the  lance  became  the  symbol  of  property,  and  even 
had  a  place  in  their  judicial  procedure.  Their  slaves  were 
booty,  their  wives  were  booty,  and  their  children,  begotten  of 
them,  the  fruit  of  their  possession.  Such  being  the  case,  we 
are  prepared  to  find,  running  all  through  the  popular  traditions 
of  their  origin,  the  rule  that  the  head  of  the  family,  the  pater 
familias,  had  over  his  slaves,  his  wife  and  his  children,  not  a 
power  such  as  is  known  to  us,  but  the  most  full  and  complete 
rights  of  property ;  the  power  of  life  and  death  over  slaves,  the 
power  of  condemnation  over  wife  and  children,  and  the  right  to 
sell  the  latter  or  to  abandon  and  expose  them,  more  particularly 
Avhen  deformed.  As  a  historical  fact,  this  right  of  property 
and  licence  to  abandon  children  was  common  to  almost  all  the 
nations  of  Italy,  if  not  to  the  full  extent  possessed  by  the 
Romans,  at  least  it  existed  in  principle. 

Though  it  may  appear  that  the  existence  of  such  institutions 
at  the  birth  of  Rome  is  of  but  little  importance  to  us,  it  must 
not  be  forgotten  that  they  formed  the  basis  of  the  civil  law  both 
public  and  private,  nor  should  we  fail  to  find  traces  of  their  im- 
press throughout  the  entire  extent  of  their  legislation.  These 
are,  however,  but  the  germs,  and  to  attribute  to  them  at  this 
epoch  the  development  of  their  riper  growth  would  be  an 
anachronism. 

38.  B.C.  715.  The  poetic  traditions  of  the  Romans,  after 
having  related  the  fate  of  Romulus,  how  he  was  borne  to  heaven 
and  placed  in  the  rank  of  the  gods,  go  on  to  tell  us  how,  after 
an  interregnum  of  a  year,  during  which  certain  senators,  for  a 
period  of  five  days  each,  alternately  exercised  the  regal  power, 

1  Also  Ulpian,  "  Nam  quum  jus  potcstatis  moribus  sit  receptum."     (Dig.  1,  C>, 
De  "his  qui  sui,  etc.,  8,  f.  Ulp.) 


TUE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  43 

the  people  assembled  by  curies  and  called  a  Sabine  of  the  name 
of  Numa  Pompilius  to  the  throne.  They  represent  this  king 
as  pacific  as  his  predecessor  was  warlike,  devoting  his  attention 
to  humanizing  the  barbarous  manners  of  the  Romans,  favouring 
the  cultivation  of  land,  and  developing  the  principles  of  sacred 
law.  For  it  is  to  him  that  the  greater  part  of  the  religious 
institutions  of  Rome  are  ascribed. 


SECTION  VIII. 
RELIGIOUS  INSTITUTIONS  {Sacra publica,  Sacra privata). 

39.  It  is  of  more  importance  than  is  generally  supposed  to 
examine  the  character  assumed  by  the  state  religion  of  the 
Romans,  even  from  its  birth,  for  religion  was  closely  bound  up 
with  public  law  and  all  state  matters. 

The  indigenous  deities  of  the  Italian  nation  are  to  a  great 
extent  blended  with  the  Greek  divinities,  and  not  unfrequently 
assume  their  names.  The  practice  of  human  sacrifice,  common 
to  these  nations,  existed  from  the  earliest  ages  of  Rome,  and 
continued  till  after  the  expulsion  of  the  kings,  leaving  for  a 
long  time  traces  in  the  shape  of  a  sacred  formula  impressed 
upon  its  legal  system:  sacer  esto.1  We  are  able  to  gather  from 
certain  jeux  des  mots,  that  tradition  both  attributes  to  Hercules 
in  the  fabulous  ages,  and  to  the  Consul  Junius  Brutus  at  the 
time  of  the  Roman  republic,  the  credit  of  having  dissuaded  or 
prohibited  the  Romans  from  the  practice  of  human  sacrifices. 
Hercules  is  said  to  have  induced  the  Italian  nations  to  offer  to 
Saturn  the  sacrifice  of  lighted  torches  in  lieu  of  that  of  human 
beings,  the  word  <£a>ra  of  the  oracle  signifying  at  the  same  time 
men  and  torches ;  Junius  Brutus,  who  put  an  end  to  the  prac- 
tice of  immolating  infants  to  the  gods  Lares  and  Manes,  still 
practised  at  the  (compitalia]  fetes,  ordered  in  their  stead  an 
offering  of  garlic  or  poppy  heads,  because  the  oracle  had  said, 
"  Intercede  for  heads  with  heads.2  Nevertheless  certain  human 

1  Vide  supra,  §  16.  pro  capitihus,  capitibus  snpplicaretnr." 

2  Macrobius,  Saturnalia,  ch.  7 :  "  Ut       This  jeu  dc  mots  is  attributed  to  Her- 


44  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

sacrifices,  upon  the  occasion  of  great  national  calamities,  more 
than  once  occur  in  Roman  history  even  in  much  later  times.1 

It  was  chiefly  from  an  Etruscan  source  that  the  Romans 
derived  their  science  and  the  greater  part  of  their  religious 
practices.  The  Etruscans  no  doubt  possessed  a  ritual,  the  same 
probably  as  that  which  the  lucumons  pretended  to  have  written 
down  from  the  dictation  of  the  miraculous  Tages.  And  we 
can  gather  from  an  enumeration  of  rites  and  practices  made  by 
Festus,  and  adapted  to  the  Roman  institutions,  all  that  the 
ritual  contained  relative  to  public  law.2  The  jurist  Labeo  wrote 
a  commentary  upon  it  in  fifteen  volumes,  which  is  now  lost. 

The  sacerdotal  functions  were  for  the  most  part  considered 
by  the  Romans,  the  Etruscans,  and  the  other  Italian  nations,  as 
civil  charges  and  a  privilege  of  the  patrician  caste.  Under  no 
obligation  to  lay  aside  the  ordinary  habits  of  society,  the  priest, 
like  any  other  citizen,  was  free  to  marry,  and  in  general  at 
liberty  to  aspire  to  any  dignity  in  the  state,  being  at  the  same 
time  bound  by  almost  all  public  obligations.  These  priests 
formed  colleges,  of  which  the  king  was  chief.  No  important 
enterprise  was  ever  undertaken  without  first  offering  up  a  sacri- 
fice to  the  gods  and  without  consulting  the  oracles;  and  not 
unfrequently  the  validity  of  a  public  act,  its  continuance  or  its 
repeal,  was  made  to  depend  on  a  sacerdotal  determination. 
The  especial  province  of  the  augurs,  whose  history  it  will  be 
our  duty  to  trace,  consisted  in  presaging  the  result  of  a  sug- 
gested enterprise  by  the  means  of  celestial  phenomena,  observa- 
tions upon  the  entrails  of  the  sacrificial  victims,  attention  to  the 
flight,  the  song  or  the  appetite  of  birds.  Divers  Italian  com- 
munities were  renowned  for  their  skill  in  one  or  more  of  these 
modes  of  divination,  and  it  was  from  them  that  the  Romans 
acquired  their  knowledge.  The  Umbrians,  for  example,  were 

cules,  and  from  the  offerings  made  to  "  Rituales  nominantur  Etruscorum  li- 

Saturn  in  place   of   human   sacrifices  bri,  in  quibus  prsescriptum  est,  quo  ritu 

came  the  custom  of  sending  wax  tapers  condantur  urbes,  arse,  tedes  sacrentur, 

at  the   Saturnalia.     We  see  that  our  qua  sanctitate  muri,  quo  jure  porta% 

custom  of  presenting  tapers,  before  the  quomodo  tribus,  curise,  centurise  distri- 

Eevolution,  among  certain  classes,  had  buantur,  exercitus  constituantur,  ordi- 

an  ancient  origin.  nentur,  cteteraque  ejus  modi  ad  bellum 

1  Livy,  lib.  xxii.  §  57.  ac  pacem  pertinentia." 

2  Festus,    on    the   word    Rituales: 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  45 

famed  for  their  prophecies  based  upon  the  motions  of  birds; 
while  the  Etruscans  paid  especial  attention  to  omens  from 
lightning,  celestial  phenomena  and  prodigies;  and  such  was 
the  importance  attached  to  the  acquisition  of  this  knowledge 
that  the  Roman  senate  decreed  that  six  children  belonging  to 
the  first  patrician  families  should  be  confided  one  to  each  of  the 
different  communities  of  Etruria,  that  they  might  be  brought 
up  in  the  mysteries  of  this  art.1 

The  sacra  publica  were  those  sacrifices  and  rites  which  were 
performed  in  the  name  and  at  the  expense  of  the  city,  and 
which  were  religious  ceremonies,  varying  with  the  occasion,  the 
divinity,  and  the  time.2 

40.  Every  important  act  of  a  Roman,  whether  public  or 
private,  assumed  a  religious  character :  hence  their  implicit 
reliance  on  an  oath,  their  respect  for  things  sacred,  their  vene- 
ration for  the  tomb,  the  worship  of  their  lares  and  domestic 
deities :  a  worship  which,  together  with  the  religious  obligations 
it  entailed  (sacra  privata],  was,  according  to  the  account  given 
by  Cicero  in  his  treatise  on  the  laws,  transmitted  from  genera- 
tion to  generation  as  an  indestructible  and  necessary  part  of 
the  inheritance.  "  Ritus  families  patrumque  servanto  ;  sacra 
privata  perpetuo  monento."3 

We  not  unfrequently  find  in  the  Roman  writers  mention 
made  of  certain  vestiges  of  sacra  privata  peculiar  to  the  gentcs 

1  Cicero,  De  dicinatione,  lib.  i.  §  41.  pilius  et  auspiciis  tnajoribus  inventis, 
a  Festus,  on  the  word  Publica:  ad  pristinum  numerum  duo  augures 
"  Publica  sacra,  qure  publico  sumptu,  addidit ;  et  sacris  e  principum  numero 
pro  populo  fiunt,  quseque  pro  montibus,  pontifices  quinque  prrefecit;  etanirnos, 
pagis,  curiis,  sacellis;  at  privata,  quse  propositis  legibus  his  quas  in  monu- 
pro  singulis  hominibus,  familiis,  genti-  mentis  habemus,  ardentes  consuetudine 
bus  fiunt."  And  on  the  word  Popn-  et  cupiditate  bellandi,  religionurn  casrc- 
laria:  "  Popularia  sacra  sunt,  ut  ait  moniismitigavit;  adjunxitqueprajterea 
Labeo,  quae  omnes  cives  faciunt,  ncc  flamines,  salios,  virginesque  vestales ; 
certis  familiis  adtributa  sunt :  Forna-  omnesque  partes  religionis  statuit  sanc- 
calia,  Parilia,  Laralia,  Porca  praxii-  tissime.  Sacrorum  autem  ipsorum  dili- 
dauia."  gentiam  difficilem,  apparatum  perfaci- 
3  Cicero,  De  legit),  lib.  ii.  §  9.  See  lem  esse  voluit.  Nam  qnoe  perdiscenda, 
how,  in  his  treatise  on  the  Republic,  he  quaeque  observanda  essent  multa  con- 
speaks  of  the  religious  laws  of  Numa,  stituit,  sed  ea  sine  impensa.  Sic  reli- 
adding  that  they  still  preserved  them  in  gionibus  colendis  operam  addidit,  sump- 
existing  monuments,  and  giving  them  turn  removit."  (De  rfijmbliea,  lib.  ii. 
the  credit  of  originating  sacrifices  of  an  §  14.) 
inexpensive  character:  " Idemque  Porn- 


46  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

of  an  illustrious  house,  for  example,  that  of  Claudia,  Horatia, 
Fabia,  Nautia,  and  others."1 


SECTION  IX. 
THE  CALENDAR  :  DAYS — Fasti  OR  Nefasti. 

41 .  It  was  the  duty  of  the  pontiffs  to  regulate  the  calendar. 
In  order  to  obviate  inconvenience  it  is  necessary  that  the  year 
should  involve  the  same  time  precisely  that  is  occupied  by  the 
earth  in  its  circuit  round  the  sun.  Such  being  the  case,  times 
and  seasons  correspond ;  the  earth  and  the  year  run  and  termi- 
nate their  course  together.  The  early  Italian  year  was  far 
from  presenting  this  harmony.  We  are  told  by  Censorinus 
that  it  was  no  uncommon  thing  for  the  different  Italian  nations, 
and  especially  the  Ferentini,  the  Lavinians  and  the  Albans,  to 
have  years  peculiar  to  themselves  and  differing  from  each  other. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  is  obvious  that  irregularities  were 
of  constant  occurrence.  These  they  adjusted,  however,  as 
best  they  could,  relying  upon  their  familiarity  with  the  courses 
of  the  heavenly  bodies,  by  the  intercalation  from  time  to  time 
of  the  period  necessary  to  equalize  their  artificial  with  the  solar 
year.2  The  Romans,  according  to  the  authorities  cited  by 
Censorinus,  amongst  whom  is  Yarro,  at  first  adopted  the  year 
in  use  with  the  Albans.3  This  year  was  based  upon  lunar  revo- 
lutions, and  consisted  of  ten  months,  the  first  being  March, 
the  last  December.  These  ten  months  only  contained  three 
hundred  and  four  days,  and  as  the  time  occupied  by  the  earth 
in  its  revolution  round  the  sun  is  three  hundred  and  sixty-five 
days  and  a  quarter,  the  month  of  March,  with  which  the  year 
commenced,  recurred  before  the  earth  had  accomplished  its 

1  See  specially  Festus,  on  the  words       sibus,  ad  unum  verum  ilium  naturalem- 
ProjniditinHS,    J'orci/s    and    Saturno.       quo  corrio-ere." 

Livy.  lib.  i.  §  26,  and  lib.  v.  §  4(5.  a  Censorinus,  DC  die  natali,  §  20: 

2  Censorinus,  Di-  die  natali,  §  20 :       "  Sed  niagis  Junio  Gracchano,  et  Ful- 
'Nam,  ut  ahum  Ferentini,  ahum  La-       vio,  et  Varroni,  et  Suetonio,  aliisque 

vinii,  itemque  Albani  vel  Rpmani  ha-  crcdendum,  qui  decem  mensium  puta- 

bnerant   annum:    ita   et   alia;   gentcs.  venmt  fuisse :    ut  tune  Albania  erat, 

Omnibus  tamen  fuit  propositnm  suns  undc  orti  Romani." 
civilcs  annos,  varic  intercalandis  men- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  47 

revolution,  or  the  four  seasons  had  marked  their  course.  Con- 
sequently at  one  time  it  was  in  winter,  at  another  in  the 
summer,  each  month  being  correspondingly  displaced.  This 
want  of  harmony  between  the  months  and  the  seasons  could 
not  fail  to  bring  about  visible  confusion,  and  consequently  the 
Romans,  like  the  other  Italian  nations,  had  from  time  to  time 
recourse  to  intercalation. 

The  first  correction  is  attributed  to  Numa,  who  is  said  to 
have  added  to  the  ten  months,  then  existing,  two  others,  January 
and  February,  the  one  at  the  commencement,  the  other  at  the 
end  of  the  year.  These  twelve  months,  however,  only  contain 
354  days,  or,  according  to  some,  355.  The  difference  then 
still  existing  between  the  Roman  and  Solar  year  was  from  ten 
to  eleven  days,  and  it  was  the  duty  of  the  pontiffs  to  keep  this 
discrepancy  obviated  by  periodic  intercalation.  But  upon  what 
principle  this  was  done  is  far  from  clear.  Plutarch  says  that 
Numa  decreed  that  a  month,  consisting  of  twenty-two  or 
twenty-three  days,  should  be  alternately  intercalated  every 
second  year  ;  but  as  this  method  did  not  exactly  meet  the  diffi- 
culty, it  appears  to  have  been  abandoned  by  the  pontiffs,  who 
made  what  arbitrary  additions  they  thought  fit.1  The  uncer- 
tainty and  irregularity  occasioned  by  these  arbitrary  intercala- 
tions, made  at  the  caprice  of  the  pontiffs,  is  a  constant  source  of 
bitter  complaint  on  the  part  of  the  historian.2 

42.   These  calculations  were  intimately  connected  both  with 

public  and  private  law  ;  the  duration  of  magistracies,  the  classi- 

fication of  feast  days,  the  celebration  of  public  or  private  cere- 

mtnmsc^Jionour  of  the  domestic  deities,  fixed  and  moveable 

holy  days,  Sie*^     -~^~J™    "^on  which  the  comitia  could  be 

held,3  and  those  upon  whi^n  bt&L"  >:  nll     that 


*  Censorinus,   De  die  natali,  §  20:       a  gi  licet. 
"  Sed  horum   plcrique,  ob  odium  vel 


48  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

which  was  all  important  to  the  jurist,  the  days  upon  which  the 
magistrate  could  exercise  his  functions,  when  he  was  permitted 
to  pronounce  the  sacred  words  "  DO,  DICO,  ADDICO  ;  "  in  which 
are  summed  up  the  various  acts  of  his  jurisdiction,  and  from 
which  came  the  expression  dies  fastus  (de  fari  licet)  and  dies 
nefastus  (de  fari  non  licet).1  All  these  depended  upon  the 
termination  of  the  year,  and  were  regulated  by  the  calendar. 
The  result  of  this  was,  to  place  all  these  functions  within  tho 
direction  and  under  the  control  of  the  pontiff,  whence  they  and 
the  patrician  class,  of  which  they  were  members,  acquired  im- 
mense influence,  both  in  public  and  private  matters. 

The  fact  of  a  day  being  "  fastus  "  or  "  nefastus  "  was  a  matter 
of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  Romans  in  relation  to  their 
private  affairs. 

The  solemn  procedure,  consisting  of  what  were  styled  the 
legis  actiones,  was  confined  to  the  "  dies  fasti,"  not  merely  as 
to  the  conduct  of  law  suits,  but  also  as  to  a  number  of  voluntary 
transactions  of  a  private  nature  between  consenting  parties ;  as, 
for  example,  alienations,  the  commencement  or  termination  of 
servitudes,  enfranchisement,  emancipation  and  adoption,  which 
were  accomplished  by  means  of  feigned  actions.  Certain  days 
were  "nefasti"  in  the  morning  and  evening,  while  during  the 
day  time,  that  is,  between  the  immolation  of  the  victim  and  the 
sacrifice,  they  were  "fasti;"  such  days  were  termed  "intercisi." " 
Books  giving  a  list  of  the  days  in  the  year,  showing  which  were 
"  fasti,"  were  termed  "  Fastorum  libri." 3  Ovid  has  devoted  a 
poem  to  the  subject,  in  which  he  says,  addressing  Germanicus, 
"  You  Avill  find  the  public  feast  days  and  those  dedicated  to 
your  domestic  worship,"  viz.,  the  day  upon  whick j''l;_;t-a,s"~not 

~«-.«-  **j\JL    clTJU- 

1  Varro   De  7i««.^,  tue  month  of  March,- J*/^*", . 

v'  ^^^_  ^-*+*r-  T>,,  lingua  latma,  lib.  vi. 

uimimenced,    recurj^d--^ttctonhus  §  31  :    "  Intert-isi   dies   sunt   per   quos 

^-rrrTnaculo  licet   fari."  inane  et  vespcri  est  nefas  medio  torn  pore 

_  j_-rrrr~'"Tr~r)ie s   nefasti,   per  quos   dies  inter  hostiam  cassam  et  exta  porrecta 

nefas  fari  priutorem:  DO, DICO,  ADD] CO;  fas."      Reference    must    be    made    to 

itaque  non  potest  agi ;    neccsse   enim  Macrobius,  Saturnalia,  Mb.  i.  ch.   1C, 

aliquo  corum  nti  verbo,  cum  lego  quid  for  a  definition  of  tbe  different  days  ami 

peragitur."     And  further,  §  53  :  "  Ilinc  of  several  other  matters,  and  also  for  an 

fasti  dies  quibus  vcrha  certa  legitima  account  of  the  relation  which  these  days 

sine  piacnlo  prcctoribus  licet  fari.     Ab  bore  to  the  dies  fcstl  and  jtrofesti; 
hoc  ncftiiiti  qiiibus  diebus  ea  fari  jus  3  Festus,   on   the   word   Fastorum : 

non  cst,  et  si  fati  sunt,  piacnlum  fari-  "Fastorum  libri  appellantur,  in  quibus 

unt."  tot  ins  auni  fit  descriptio." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  49 

lawful  to  pronounce  the  three  words,  and  those  upon  which  it 
was  lawful  to  take  legal  proceedings.1  In  the  time  of  Ovid,  the 
arrangement  and  the  character  assigned  to  each  day  of  the  year 
had  been  in  vogue  for  almost  three  centuries,  and  were  uni- 
versally known ;  but  in  the  commencement  and  for  a  very  con- 
siderable period  of  the  republic,  the  knowledge  was  confined  to 
the  pontiffs  and  the  patricians. 

43.  With  the  view  of  having  a  visible  symbol  of  the  calcula- 
tion of  time,  a  custom  which  had   long  existed   among  the 
Etruscans  and  had  been  adopted  by  the  Romans  was  confirmed 
by  an  ancient  law.     This  custom  was  that  the  chief  magistrate 
should,  upon  a  certain  day  in  each  year,  drive  a  large  nail  into 
the  wall  of  the  Temple  of  Jupiter  at  Rome.     This  was  also 
held,  in   the   superstition   of  the   people,  to  be  an  expiatory 
solemnity  for  epidemics,  public  calamities  and  great  crimes.2 

44.  After  Numa  an  interval  of  more  than  ninety  years  is 
occupied,  according  to  the  Roman  narrative,  by  the  three  reigns 
of  Tullus  Hostilius,  B.C.  673  ;  Ancus  Martius,  B.C.  641 ;  and 
Tarquinius  Priscus,  B.C.  616. 


SECTION  X. 

THE  ELECTION  OF  KINGS,  FROM  CICERO'S  DE  REPUBLIC  A — 

"Lex  regia." 

45.  In  his  treatise  on  the  Republic  Cicero  brings  to  our 
notice  several  points  of  interest,  in  connection  with  the  election 
of  kings,  well  worth  attention.  He  never  fails  to  repeat,  con- 
cerning Tatius,  Ancus,  Tarquin,  and  Servius,  what  he  says 

1  Ovid,  Fasti,  lib.  i.  line  7  et  seq. : —  Line  53 : — 

Sacra  recognosces  Annalibus  eruta  priscls ;  Est  quoque,  quo  populum  jus  est  includere 

Et  quo  sit  merito  quseque  notata  dies.  septls. 

Invenies  illic  et  festa  domestica  vobls.  2  Festus,  on  the  word  Claws :  "  Cla- 

Lines  47  and  48  : vus  annalis  appellabatur,  qui  figebatur 

in  parietibus  sacrarum  oedium  per  annos 

me  nefastus  erit  per  quern  Ma  verba  silen-  singulos>  ut  per  eos  numerus  collige- 

Fastus  erit,  per  quern  lege  licebit  agi.  retur  annorum."      See  Livy,   lib.  vii. 

§  3,  and  lib.  vii.  §  18. 


50  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

about  Numa,  "quamquam  populus  curiatis  eum  comitiis  regem 
esse  jusserat,  tamen  ipse  de  suo  imperio  curiatam  legem  tulit."1 
The  sentence  recurs  in  each  new  reign  with  such  regularity  and 
identity  of  expression  that  it  may  be  reasonably  concluded  that 
he  was  deriving  his  information  from  some  public  legal  docu- 
ment. This  explains  the  origin  and  nature  of  that  "  lex  curiata  " 
which  continued  in  force  to  the  latest  days  of  the  republic,  in 
order  to  give  the  magistrates,  after  their  election,  the  investiture 
of  the  "  imperium"  This  practice  commenced  with  the  age  of 
the  kings.  When  the  curies  had  elected  the  king,  when  the 
senate  had  given  its  "  auctoritas  "  to  their  election,  the  "  lex 
curiata  "  was  then  passed  in  order  that  the  king  might  be  in- 
vested with  the  "  imperium"* 

Such  was,  we  think,  without  doubt,  the  "  lex  regia"  the  term 
applied  to  the  investiture  of  the  emperor — a  name  which  sur- 
vived republican  hatred  to  royalty  and  which  was  preserved 
during  the  empire. 


SECTION  XI. 
INTERNATIONAL  LAW — COLLEGE  OF  THE  FECIALES. 

46.  During  the  three  reigns  to  which  we  have  just  referred 
the  spirit  of  conquest  recovered  its  original  energy,  and  the 
territory  and  inhabitants  of  Rome  were  augmented  from  the 
territories  and  inhabitants  of  neighbouring  states.  The  Roman 
historians  ascribe  some  to  Numa,  others  to  Tullus  Hostilius  or 
Ancus  Martius,  an  institution  connected  with  international  law, 
the  college  of  the  Feciales.  The  fact  is  that  this  was  an  insti- 
tution common  to  the  different  Italian  nations,  and  that  the 
Romans  only  followed  the  prevailing  custom.  Various  writers 
inform  us  that  it  existed  with  the  Albans,  the  Samnites,  the 
Ardeans,  the  Falisci  of  Etruria  and  the  Equicoli.3  Varro 
and  Festus  assign  very  equivocal  etymologies  to  the  word 
Feciales.*  Cicero,  in  his  treatise  "  De  legibus,"  summarises 

1  Cicero,  De  republ.,  lib.  ii.  §§  13,17,  §39.     Dion.  lib.  ii.  §  73.     Servius,^<Z 
18,  20  and  21.  JEneiA.,  lib.  x.  1.  14. 

2  Vide  supra,  §  27.  *  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  5, 

3  Livy,  lib.  i.  §§  24,  32;     lib.  viii.  §    86:    "Feciales  quod   fidei  publics; 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  51 

the  attributes  of  these  priests  in  the  following  terms :  "  That 
the  Feciales  were  the  judges  of  treaties,  peace,  war,  truces, 
embassies,  and  that  they  declared  war." 1 

So  likewise  these  priests,  of  which  the  college  was  composed, 
twenty-one  in  number,  who  were  sprung  from  patrician  families 
of  the  highest  rank,  were  consulted  upon  all  points  of  inter- 
national law ;  they  were  engaged  in  the  formation  of  treaties 
of  alliance  and  were  bound  to  swear  to  their  observation,  and 
they  were  charged  with  the  declaration  of  war. 

A  religious  rite  and  certain  solemn  formulas  were  prescribed 
for  each  phase  of  these  transactions.  In  those  observed  upon 
the  conclusion  of  a  treaty  of  peace,  a  pig  was  the  appropriate 
sacrifice  ;  Virgil  says,2  "  et  cassa  jungebant  foedera  porca,"  and 
Livy  gives  us  the  formula  of  imprecation  pronounced  by  the 
Feciales  against  the  Roman  people  should  they  violate  a  treaty : 
"  In  illo  die,  Jupiter,  Populum  Romanum  sic  ferito,  ut  ego 
hunc  porcum  hie  hodie  feriam."3  The  figure  of  a  pig  was  also 
one  of  the  military  insignia.4  Livy  describes  the  ceremony 
accompanying  the  declaration  of  war,  and  the  various  utterances 
of  the  fecialis  as  he  successively  crosses  the  enemy's  frontier,  as 
he  advances  through  their  country,  as  he  demands  reparation 
for  the  wrongs,  real  or  imaginary,  which  constitute  the  motive 
or  pretext  for  the  attack.  If  the  satisfaction  demanded  was  not 
given  within  the  thirty-three  days,  he  referred  the  matter  to  the 
senate,  and  finally,  after  war  had  been  resolved  upon,  he  returned 
to  the  hostile  frontier,  and  thrusting  his  lance  into  its  soil,  thus 
solemnly  made  his  declaration  of  war  :  "  Since  this  nation  has 
permitted  unjust  aggressions  to  be  made  upon  the  Roman  people, 
since  the  Roman  people  have  ordered  war  to  be  waged  against 
it,  and  as  the  senate  has  proposed,  decreed  and  determined  on 
this  war,  I,  in  the  name  of  the  Roman  people,  declare  and  thus 
commence  hostilities."5 

inter  populos  praerant ;  nam  per  hos  3  Livy,  lib.  i.  24. 

fiebat  ut  justum  conciperetur  bellum,  4  Festus,  on  the  word  Porci :  "Porci 

et  inde  desitum  ut  fcedere  fides  pacis  effigies  inter  militaria  signa  quintum 

constitueretur."     Festus,  on  the  word  locum  obtinebat,  quia  confecto   bello, 

Fctiales :   "  Fetiales  a  feriendo  dicti,  inter  quos  pax  fiebat,  ex  csesa  porca 

apnd  hos  enim  belli  pacisque  faciendae  fcedere  firmari  solet." 

jus  est."  5  Li 77,  lib.  i.  §  32.     Aul.  Cell.  lib. 

1  Cic.,  De  leyibus,  lib.  ii.  §  9.  xvi.  ch.  4,  gives  us  the  same  formula 

8  JEneid.,  lib.  viii.  641.  with  some  variations. 

E  2 


52  THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

In  the  course  of  time,  it  is  true,  although  the  outward  form 
remained  the  substance  had  disappeared.  A  small  field  near 
the  temple  of  Bellona,  within  sight  of  the  extremity  of  the 
Circus,  was  consecrated  as  the  campus  hostis.  It  is  here  that 
the  fecialis,  to  avoid  the  loss  of  valuable  time  made  by  under- 
taking a  long  journey,  went  to  announce  his  declaration  of  war, 
and  at  the  foot  of  a  little  column,  of  which  Ovid  speaks  in  his 
Fasti,  he  hurled  his  javelin  to  the  ground.1 

47.  It  is  to  the  time  of  Ancus  Martins  that  Niebuhr  ascribes 
the  origin  of  the  plebeians ;   and  upon  the  faith  of  a  correction 
in  a  manuscript  verse  of  Catullus,  which  has  evidently  been 
altered,2  he  concludes  that  the  plebeians  were  the  followers  of 
Ancus,  while  the  patricians,  with  their  clients,  were  those  of 
Romulus.     It  is  true  that  the  history  recognized  by  the  Romans 
describes  Ancus  Martius  as  greatly  swelling  the  population  of 
Rome,  by  transporting  thither  after  their  defeat  several  thousand 
Latins  to  whom  the  right  of  citizenship  was  awarded.      But 
Ancus,  in  so  doing,  only  followed  the  example  of  others  be- 
sides the  Romans,  whose  invariable  policy  during  their  early 
history,  as  we  see  in  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus,3  was,  that  these 
strangers,  upon  whom  the  rights  of  citizenship  were  conferred, 
were  distributed  among  the  various  curies.    It  is,  however,  true 
that  these  new  citizens,  by  whom  the  Roman  population  was 
from  time  to  time  augmented,  not  being  all,  as  were  the  primi- 
tive inhabitants,  attached  to   patrician  gentes  by  the  ties  of 
clientage,  occupied  a  somewhat  different  position,  as  has  already 
been  explained.4     The  observations  of  Niebuhr  must  be  con- 
fined to  this  point. 

48.  According  to  tradition,  Ancus  enlarged  the  city,  which 
he  fortified  by  an  entrenchment  on  the  Janiculum,  and  by  the 

1  Ovid,  Fasti,  lib.  6, 1.  205  et  seq. : —  Antiquam,  ut  solita  es,  boua 

Sosnitcs  ope  gentem. 
Prospicit  a  templo  summum  brevis  area  circum 

Est  ibi  non  parvae  parva  columna  notfc.  The  MS.  has  A  ntlqilC.     Niebllhr  adopts 

Hinc  soiet  hasta  manu,  belli  pncnuntia,  mitti,  the  reading  indicated  by  Scalier,  2f.o- 

In  regem  ct  gentes  quum  placet  arma  capi.  muuqve  Ancique,  the  race  of  Komnlus 

2  Catullus,  Ode  34  to  Diana.     The  and  Ancus.      Admitting  this,  we  are 
generally  received  reading  is —  far  from  the  deduction  derived  from  it. 

Sis  quocunque  placet  tibi  '  ^h-  "*•  §  50- 

Sancta  nomiua  Koinulique  *  Vide  supra,  §  16. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  53 

fossa  Quiritium,  a  Quiritian  ditch  between  Mons  Cselius  and 
Mons  Aventinus.  In  order  to  unite  the  Aventine  and  the 
Janiculum  banks  of  the  river,  he  threw  a  bridge  across  the 
Tiber,  the  first  bridge  that  had  been  constructed  over  it.  This 
bridge  was  built  of  wood,  and  it  was  called  the  "  Pons  Sublicius," 
from  a  Volscian  word  signifying  the  beams  of  which  it  was  con- 
structed.1 This  being  from  time  to  time  repaired,  still  remained 
a  wooden  bridge  in  the  time  of  Augustus,  B.C.  23,  when  it  was 
carried  away  by  a  flood,  and,  having  been  rebuilt  of  stone,  was 
called  the  "  Pons  ^Emilianus,"  from  the  name  of  the  censor 
under  whose  directions  the  reconstruction  was  effected. 

At  this  day  the  traveller  in  Rome  is  shown  on  the  declivity 
of  the  Capitol  below  the  forum  the  Mamertine  prison,  a  small 
dungeon  constructed  of  large  masses  of  stone,  united  without 
the  aid  of  cement  after  the  manner  of  the  Etruscans.  The  con- 
struction of  this  prison  is  attributed  to  Ancus  Martius,  from 
whom  it  took  its  name.2  Ostia,  also  a  Roman  colony  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tiber,  is  said  to  have  been  founded  by  Ancus 
Martius,  who  had  occupied  both  sides  of  the  river  to  its  mouth.3 

49.  As  it  was  during  the  reign  of  Ancus  Martius  that  Lucius 
Tarquinius,  who  is  said,  either  in  his  own  person  or  in  that  of 
his  father,  to  have  been  of  Corinthian  origin,  accompanied  by 
a  numerous  retinue,  and  bringing  with  him  immense  treasures, 
came  to  settle  at  Rome,  Cicero  takes  occasion  to  say  that  the 
arts  and  sciences  of  Greece  flowed  into  Rome,  not  in  a  narrow 
stream  but  in  a  mighty  river.4     But  this  is  an  anticipation,  for 
the  monuments  and  buildings  of  that  period  attest  Etruscan  and 
not  Grecian  art. 

50.  This  Lucius  Tarquinius,  a  lucumon  of  Tarquinii,  who 

1  Festus,  on   the  word  Sullicinm :      Mamertinus.      Vide  Fcstus  on    these 
"  Sublicium  pontem  quidam  putant  ap-       words. 

pellatum  esse   a   sullicilms,   peculiar!  3  For  each  of  these  points,  see  Livy, 

vocabulo  Volscoruin,  qua;  sunt  tigna  in  lib.  i.  §§  32  and  33 ;  Cicero,  De  rcpub- 

latitudinem  extensa."  lica,  lib.  ii.  §§18  and  19. 

2  Mamers,  in   the  Osque   language  4  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  19 : 
according  to  Fcstus,  in  the  Sabine  Ian-  "  Influxit  enim  non   tenuis  quidam  e 
guage   according    to    Varro,   both    of  Gnccia    rivulus   in   hanc   urbem,   sed 
whom  may  be  right,  was  the  name  of  abundantissimus   amnis   illarum  disci- 
the   god   Mars.      Whence   the    names  plinarum  et  artium." 

Mamercus  or  Martius,  and  the  epithet 


54  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

assumed  at  Rome  the  name  of  Tarquinius  Priseus,1  appears  to 
have  commenced  an  attack  upon  the  primitive  institutions  based 
upon  the  distinctions  of  the  original  nationalities,  Ramnenses, 
Tatienses,  Luceres,  and  against  the  narrow  oligarchy  of  the 
ancient  patrician  families ;  an  attack  which  his  successor  Servius 
Tullius  pushed  still  further,  and  which,  at  a  later  period,  was 
taken  up  and  driven  to  very  different  results  by  the  plebeians. 
The  moment  had  come  when  the  primitive  frame  in  which  the 
citizens  were  divided  into  tribes  and  curies  according  to  their 
origin,  Ramnenses,  Tatienses,  or  Luceres,  no  longer  sufficed  for 
the  wants  of  the  new  citizens  who  belonged  to  neither  of  these, 
but  by  whom  Rome  had  been  successively  recruited,  and  who 
now  formed  a  rapidly  increasing  population. 

Many  of  these  new  comers  had,  in  their  own  cities,  been 
members  of  the  dominant  class ;  but  when  they  arrived  in  Rome 
they  had  been — with  the  exception  of  a  very  few  who,  with  the 
rights  of  citizenship,  received  those  of  the  patriciate — placed  in 
the  ranks  of  plebeians.  Here,  owing  to  their  hereditary  fran- 
chise, they  were  in  a  position  to  form  the  stock  of  the  plebeian 
"  gentes"  in  opposition  to  the  original  principle  on  which  the 
patricians  alone  could  form  a  "gens."  Tarquin  himself  belonged 
to  the  number  of  the  new  citizens,  and  many  of  his  friends  and 
partisans  who  had  accompanied  him,  and  who  had  been  ad- 
mitted with  him  to  the  rights  of  citizenship,  and  had  been  dis- 
tributed amongst  the  tribes  and  the  curies,2  found  themselves  in 
the  position  we  have  just  described. 

51.  Lucius  Tarquinius  was  unable  to  accomplish  all  that  he 
desired  by  way  of  reformation.  When  he  attempted  to  abolish 
the  names  of  the  tribes,  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and  Luceres,  as 
being  inconsistent  with  the  new  elements  of  the  population,  he 
encountered  a  formidable  opposition,  under  the  colour  of  religion, 
in  the  person  of  Attius  Navius  the  augur,  and  he  was  compelled 

1  The   true   meaning    of    the   word  epithet:  "Priscus Tarquinius estdictus, 
Priscus   applied  to  Tarquin  has  long  quia  prius   fuit   quam   superbus  Tar- 
been  questioned.     Livy  makes  it  a  sur-  quinius"  (onthewordPn'sc?/s).  Diony- 
name :  "  Urbem  ingressi  sunt  domici-  sius  of  Halicarnassus  is  of  the  same 
lioque   ibi   comparato,  L.  Tarquiniurn  opinion,  lib.  iv.  §  48. 
Priscnm  edidere  nomen."    Livy,  i.  §34.  3  Dion.  lib.  iii.  §  71. 
Paul,  following  Festus,  considers  it  an 


THE  HISTORY  OF  HOMAN  LAW.  55 

to  renounce  his  design.1  It  was  reserved  to  his  successor  to 
succeed  in  this  object  in  another  way.  Nevertheless,  he  elevated 
about  a  hundred  or  a  hundred  and  fifty  persons  to  the  patriciate 
(historians  differ  as  to  the  number),  and  gave  them  a  place  in 
the  senate ;  and  as  the  pride  of  the  ancient  patricians  refused  to 
admit  them  upon  terms  of  perfect  equality,  they  became  the 
foundation  of  those  "minores  gentes"  who,  from  generation  to 
generation,  remained  distinct  from  the  " gentes  major es"  whose 
stock  and  nobility  were  coeval  with  the  foundation  of  Rome.2 

62.  Among  the  numerous  monuments  and  works  of  art  con- 
structed in  the  time  of  L.  Tarquin,  when  the  future  grandeur 
of  the  eternal  city  began  to  dawn  upon  the  world,  which  is  still 
shown  at  Rome,  was  the  "  Cloaca  Maxima."  This  great  and 
useful  work,  by  which  the  marshes  were  drained,  the  atmo- 
sphere purified,  and  large  tracts  of  land  reclaimed  for  the  city, 
was  commenced  by  L.  Tarquinius  and  completed  by  Tar- 
quinius  Superbus.  It  is  in  the  Etruscan  style  of  architecture, 
and  has  withstood  the  destructive  influence  of  time  and  neglect. 
There  the  imagination  of  the  poet  can  contemplate,  in  the 
creation  of  a  Cyclopean  or  Pelasgic  age,  the  mysterious  vestiges 
of  an  unknown  civilization. 

53.  B.C.  578.  Servius  Tullius  was  indebted  to  a  subterfuge 
for  his  elevation  to  the  throne.  This  prize  he  secured  without 
pledging  himself  to  the  patrician  party  (non  commisit  se  patri- 
bus\  and  was  the  first  who  became  king  without  the  pre- 
liminary election  by  the  senate  or  the  sanction  of  the  curies, 
although  after  he  had  mounted  the  throne  he  solicited  nomina- 
tion and  the  investiture  of  the  "  imperium  "  by  the  lex  curiata.* 
In  doing  this,  he  aimed  a  fatal  blow  at  the  ancient  system  of 
distribution  into  tribes,  based  upon  their  primitive  origin.  This 
distribution  had  become  utterly  inconsistent  with  the  new  and 
now  considerable  population  of  Rome.  And  if  he  suffered  the 
"  comitia  curiata,"  which  was  constructed  upon  that  narrow 
principle,  still  to  exist,  it  was  merely  from  respect  to  the 

1  Vide  supra,  §  21.  3  Cic.,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  21. 

3  Vide  supra,  §  33. 


56  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

auspices  and  certain  old  forms  of  primitive  law.  The  assem- 
blies he  created  were  for  the  discharge  of  real  business,  and 
were  framed  upon  a  different  system,  every  citizen  being 
eligible. 

According  to  the  first  census  taken  by  Servius  Tullius,  the 
population  of  Rome  at  that  time  consisted  of  upwards  of  80,000, 
and  this  shows  the  extent  to  which  the  representatives  of  the 
three  original  tribes,  the  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and  Luceres, 
must  have  found  themselves  outnumbered.  Servius  himself, 
whether  we  accept  the  fables  about  his  extraction,  or  adopt  the 
Etruscan  annals  which  represent  him  as  the  chief  of  an  Etruscan 
band,  belonged,  together  with  ah1  his  followers,  to  the  new 
comers. 

The  friend  and  counsellor  of  Tarquin,  his  predecessor,  he 
carried  out  his  labours  to  completion.  The  radical  reform 
which  he  introduced  in  the  political  constitution  of  Rome  was 
to  place  side  by  side  with  an  aristocracy  of  race  the  superior 
caste  of  the  ancient  patrician  order,  an  aristocracy  of  wealth, 
whose  ranks  were  open  to  all.  Thus  it  was  that  many  of  the 
new  citizens  attained  a  position  of  influence,  in  spite  of  the 
rank  they  or  their  ancestors  had  enjoyed  in  their  native  country, 
and  who,  whatever  might  have  been  their  wealth,  had  hitherto 
at  Rome  been  denied  admission  into  the  patrician  order,  and 
had  been  ranked  with  the  plebeians. 

54.  Heretofore  the  revenue  had  been  raised  by  means  of  a 
poll  tax  (viritirn),  arbitrarily  imposed  without  any  fixed  prin- 
ciple or  any  adequate  proportion  between  the  rich  and  poor. 
The  division  of  the  people  into  tribes  and  curies  had  been,  as 
we  have  seen,  based  upon  their  origin,  and  the  assembly  so 
founded  (comitia  curiata)  voted  "ex  generibus"  And,  not- 
withstanding our  ignorance  of  details,  we  know  that  the  supre- 
macy remained  in  the  hands  of  the  ancient  patrician  order.  It 
was  for  Servius  to  substitute  for  this  division  and  consequent 
vote,  depending  upon  caste,  a  distribution  of  the  people  and  a 
system  of  voting  regulated  by  wealth ;  in  short,  he  proportioned 
the  taxation  and  the  suffrage  of  each  citizen  to  the  amount  of 
his  property. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  57 

The  institution  of  the  census,  the  distribution  of  the  people 
into  classes  and  centuries,  the  assembly  of  the  centuries,  the 
origin  and  progress  of  the  order  of  knights,  and  the  organiza- 
tion of  tribes  according  to  locality,  here  demand  our  attention. 


SECTION  XII. 

THE  CENSUS. 

65.  The  head  of  each  family  was  obliged  to  make  a  written 
statement,  upon  oath,  of  the  number  of  persons  composing  his 
family,  of  his  property  of  every  description,  and  its  fair  estimated 
value,  under  penalty  of  confiscation  of  any  article  omitted.1  As 
soon  as  this  was  finished  the  entire  populus  passed  in  review 
through  the  Campus  Martius  and  underwent  the  ceremony  of 
purification  (jpopulum  lustrare].  This  ceremony  was  repeated 
every  fifth  year ;  hence  the  term  lustrum  was  used  to  signify 
a  period  of  five  years.  This  table  or  register  was  called  the 
"  census,"  and,  as  a  new  chapter  (caput)  was  opened  for  each 
head  of  a  family,  the  condition  of  the  population  and  the  respec- 
tive fortunes  of  families  could  be  periodically  ascertained. 

Enrolment  by  name  in  the  census  was  a  privilege  confined  to 
citizens ;  the  names  of  sons  were  doubtless  inscribed  in  the 
chapter  dedicated  to  their  father;  women,  and  males  under 
sixteen  years  of  age,  who  had  not  exchanged  the  prcstexta  for  the 
toga,  were  only  enumerated ;  slaves  were  indicated  simply  by 
numbers  amongst  the  chattels  of  their  masters,  and  in  the  course 
of  time  the  ceremony  of  enfranchisement  consisted  simply  in 
inscribing  their  name  in  this  table. 


SECTION  XIII. 
THE  CLASSES  (  Classes}  AND  THE  CENTURIES  (  Centuries). 

66.  From  the  institution  of  the  census,  which  had  determined 
the  amount  of  the  fortune  of  each  citizen,  was  derived  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  people  into  classes  and  centuries,  based  mainly 

1  Dion.  lib.  4,  §  16. 


58  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV. 

upon  the  amount  of  their  wealth.  This  distribution  was  regu- 
lated so  as  to  provide  for  the  three  social  necessities,  taxation, 
military  service,  and  the  franchise.  The  classes  and  the  cen- 
turies therefore  formed  an  organization  for  the  purposes  of 
revenue,  war,  and  legislation.  This  assimilation  must  not,  how- 
ever, be  pushed  too  far,  and  certain  clearly  defined  lines  of 
demarcation  must  be  preserved  between  these  three  distinct 
objects.  Sons,  who  at  this  period  could  not  hold  property, 
were  only  placed  in  the  classes  under  the  census  of  their  father, 
and  consequently  only  contributed  to  the  revenue  in  the  person 
of  their  father.  Although,  in  military  matters,  their  individu- 
ality was  recognized,  and  they  had  the  right  of  personal  voting 
in  the  comitia. 

57.  The  division  of  classes  as  to  matters  of  taxation  was 
exclusively  regulated  by  the  amount  of  property.  These  classes 
were  five  in  number,  for  those  whose  income  was  below  a  cer- 
tain sum,  not  being  liable  to  taxation  under  the  rule  laid  down 
by  Servius,  were  not  considered  as  belonging  to  any  class.1 
Historians  differ  as  to  the  pecuniary  qualification  necessary  for 
each  class,  and  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  for  us  to  form  a  correct 
estimate  relatively  with  our  own  times.2  These  classes  were 
taxed  differently,  and  state  burdens  must  therefore  have  fallen 
upon  each  in  a  manner  proportioned  to  his  means.  It  is  not 
difficult  to  understand  with  what  feelings  the  exemption  accorded 
to  them  by  Servius  was  received  by  the  numerous  class  of  poor 
plebeians.  So  dear  was  his  memory  to  them,  that  for  long  after 
the  expulsion  of  the  kings,  tradition  having  fixed  his  birth  in 
the  "  nones,"  without  specifying  which,  the  plebeians  celebrated 
them  all ;  and  fearing  lest  if  these  fetes  should  happen  to  fall  on 
a  market-day,  when  the  concourse  of  people  being  great,  some 
revolutionary  measures  might  be  taken  in  memory  of  this  king, 

1  This  is  as  the  matter  was  under-  2nd  class  . .          . .     75,000  asses. 

stood  by  the  Komans,  and  stated  by  3rd    „     . .          . .          , .     50,000     „ 

Cicero  and  Livy.    Pionysius  makes  six,  4th    „     . .          . .          . .     25,000     „ 

because  he  reckons  as  a  class  all  those  5th  class  ..          ..      11,000     „ 

who  were  exempt  from  taxation.  Or,  according  to  Dionysius,  12,500,  the 

8  According  to  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  43,  the  half  of  the  amount  required  for  the  class 

property  qualification  was  as  follows : —  No.  4.     Those  whose  income  did  not 

1st  class  consisted  of  citizens  who  reach  this  amount  were  not  classified 

possessed     . .   100,000  asses.  and  were  free  from  taxation. 


THE  IIISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  59 

the  pontiffs  carefully  prevented  the  market-days  from  falling 
upon  the  nones,  by  such  arbitrary  intercalations  as  were  neces- 
sary to  effect  that  object.1 

68.  In  addition  to  the  taxation  proportioned  to  the  wealth 
of  the  citizen  according  to  his  class,  was  his  obligation  to  render 
fully-equipped  military  service  free  of  cost  to  the  state,  the  ex- 
pense of  his  uniform  and  arms  being  regulated  by  the  regiment 
to  which  he  belonged.     Livy2  gives  the  details  of  the  necessary 
equipment  for  each  class.     Those  whose  income  did  not  reach 
the  requisite  sum  to  place  them  in  the  fifth  class  were  bound  to 
render  military  service,  but  it  was  at  the  charge  of  the  state. 
There  is,  however,  some  disagreement  upon  this  point  amongst 
ancient  writers,  and  it  seems  that,  even  in  this  residuum,  certain 
shades  of  distinction,  likewise  based  upon  property,  were  drawn, 
and  that  those  who  had  more  than  1,500  asses  formed  a  first 
class  under  the  name  of  "  adcensi"  and  "  velati,"  a  species  of 
supplementary  soldier  attached  to  the  censitares  as  accessories 
(ad-censi),  who  were  compelled  to  follow  the  army  without  arms 
in  ordinary  private  costume,  and  to  take  the  arms  and  place  of 
those  who  should  fall  in  the  battle.3     Livy  mentions  them  as 
being  distributed  amongst  the  fifth  class,  probably  because  they 
were  placed  at  the  end  in  the  same  way  as  were  the  horns  and 
the  trumpets,  though  forming  no  part  of  the  census. 

69.  The  citizens,  according  to  their  status  in  the  census,  had 
distinguishing  appellations.    Those  whose  names  were  registered 
in  the  census  as  liable  to  revenue  taxation  of  whatever  class  were 
called  "  assidui"  (from  assem  duere  or  dare) ;  those  not  liable 
to  taxation  were  called  "  proletarii,"  the  state  not  demanding 

1  Macrobins,  Satnr.,  lib.  i.  ch.  13 :  quod  ad  legionum  censum  essent  ad- 

"  Veritos  ergo  qui  diebus  prseerant,  ne  script! ;    quidam  relates,   quod   restiti 

quid  nundinis  collecta  universitas  ob  inermes  sequerentur  exercitum."     And 

regis   desiderium  novnret,  cavisse,   ut  on  the  word  Velati:  "Velati  appella- 

nonae  a  nundinis  segregarentur.     See  bantur  vestiti  et  inermes,  qui  exercitnm 

above,  §  47,  and  note.  sequebantur,  quique  in  mortuorum  mili- 

*  Lib.  i.  §  42.  turn  loco  substituebantur."     Varro,  DC 

3  Festus,  on  the  word  Adscripticii :  lingua  latino,,  lib.  vii.  §  56  :  "  Adscrip- 

"  Adscripticii  velati  quidam  script!  di-  tivi   dicti,   quod    olim    adscribebantur 

cebantur  qui  supplendis  legionibus  ad-  inermes,  armatis  militibus  qui  succede- 

scribebautur.  Hos  et  aclccnsos  dicebant,  rent,  si  quis  eorum  deperisset." 


60  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

from  them  any  contingent  other  than  that  of  their  children. 
However,  upon  closer  examination,  we  find  certain  limitations ; 
those  citizens,  for  example,  whose  fortune  was  below  the  amount 
necessary  to  place  them  in  the  fifth  class,  yet  possessed  more 
than  1,500  asses,  would  be  the  "accensi"  or  "velati;"  those 
whose  fortune  ranged  between  1,500  and  375  asses  were  the 
"  proletarii "  properly  so  called ;  the  remainder  simply  appearing 
upon  the  census  by  name  were  termed  "  capite  censi."1  In 
cases  of  extreme  urgency,  the  proletarii  might  be  armed  and 
equipped  at  the  public  expense  ;  but  it  was  not  till  the  time  of 
Marius,  in  the  wars  against  the  Cimbri  and  against  Jugurtha, 
that  we  find  the  "  capite  censi"  admitted  into  the  army. 

60.  In  order  clearly  to  understand  the  division  into  centuries, 
its  double  object,  military  and  electoral,  must  be  kept  in  view. 

The  word  "  centuria"  has  a  military  origin,  and  most  pro- 
bably originally  signified  a  troop  of  100  men,  though  at  a  later 
period  it  had  no  reference  to  number.2  In  the  military  aspect 
centuries  existed  amongst  the  old  Italian  nations ;  thus  the 
Etruscan  rituals  indicate  the  ceremony  attending  the  distri- 
bution into  the  centuries  of  which  the  army  was  composed,3 
and  centuries  existed  at  Rome  before  those  introduced  by  Ser- 
vius  Tullius.  Thus  the  tribes,  the  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and 
Luceres,  each  originally  furnished  a  hundred  cavalry,  in  all 
three  hundred,  recruited  from  amongst  the  patricians.  The 
creation  of  these  centuries  is  attributed  to  Romulus,  and  L. 

1  Cicero,    De    repitblica,   ii.    §    22:  censorum  jcris  fuit  trccenti  septuaginta 

"  Quum  locupletes  assld-uos  appellasset  quinque."     Festus,  on  the  word  Adsi- 

ab  iere  dando;    eos  qui  aut  non  pins  duns:  ".     .     .Alii  eum   (adsiduum) 

mille  quingentum  ajris  ant  omnino  nihil  qui  sumptu  proprio  militabat,  ab  asse 

in  suum  censum  prater  caput  attulis-  dando  vocatum  existimarunt."      And 

sent,  proletaries  nominavit ;  ut  ex  iis  on  the  word  Proletarium :  "Proleta- 

quasi   proles,    id    est   quasi   progenies  rium  capite  censum  dictum  quod  ex  his 

civitatis   exspectari   videretur."     Aul.  civitas  constet,  quasi  proles  progenie. 

Gell.   lib.  xvi.  c.  10,  who    enters   mi-  Idem  et  prolctanei." 

nutcly  into  the  distinction  to  be  drawn  2  Festus,    on    the  word    Centurla: 

between  proletarii,  capite  cvtisi  and  "  Centuria   in    agris    significat    centa 

assidvi:  "Qui  in  plebe,  inquit,  llomana,  jugera;  in  re  militari  centum  homines." 

tenuissimi  pauperrimique  erant,  ncque  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  y.  §  35 ; 

amplius  quam  mille  quingentum  juris  §  88  :  "  Manipulos,  exercitus  minimas 

in  censum  fatcrob&nt,, proletarii  appel-  inanus   qua?   unura   secuntur    signum. 

lati  sunt;  qui  vero  nnllo  aut  perquam  Centuria,  qui  sub  uno  centurione  sunt, 

parvo  jure  censebantur,  capite  censi  vo-  quorum  centenarius  Justus  numerus." 

cabantur;  extremus  autem  census  capite  3  Vide  supra. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  61 

Tarquin  is  said  twice  to  have  increased  their  number,  which 
probably,  upon  the  second  occasion,  was  doubled  and  reached 
six  j1  but  these  must  not  be  confused  with  the  institution  of 
Servius  Tullius,  though  they  retained  their  position  and  formed 
a  part  of  his  system. 

61.  From  a  military  point  of  view,  three  important  observa- 
tions must  be  made :  First,  this  division  into  classes  was  con- 
fined to  the  infantry.  At  the  head  of  the  army,  in  the  place  of 
honour  and  independent  of  the  classes,  was  the  cavalry.  As 
the  system  of  Servius  Tullius  was  a  compromise  between  the 
organization  based  upon  the  three  original  nationalities  and  the 
numerous  new  population,  as  Servius  had  not  destroyed  the 
curies  nor  their  assemblies,  so  in  the  construction  of  the  cavalry 
he  left  intact  the  three  centuries,  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and 
Luceres,  to  be  recruited  as  before  from  the  old  patriciate  ;  nor 
did  he  interfere  with  the  additions  made  by  his  predecessors. 
These  centuries  of  patrician  knights  were  then  six  in  number, 
and  had  been  raised  to  that  number  either  by  Servius  Tullius 
himself,  according  to  Livy,  or  rather,  as  Cicero  indicates,  by 
TJ.  Tarquin,  who  to  the  three  centuries  of  knights  "  majorum 
gentium "  added  three  others,  "  minorum  gentium.  But  be 
this  as  it  may,  under  the  name  of  the  six  centuries  (sex  cen- 
turies], or  that  of  the  six  suffrages  (sex  suffragid],  these  six 
centuries  of  patrician  knights  took  the  lead  of  the  cavalry  in 
the  system  of  Servius  Tullius,  to  which  were  added  twelve  new 
centuries  recruited  from  the  first  and  most  wealthy  families  of 
the  city  (ex  primoribus  civitatis  according  to  Livy;  censu 
maximo  according  to  Cicero) ;  thus  making  in  all  eighteen 
centuries  of  cavalry.2 

63.  The  second  observation  is,  that,  in  addition  to  the 
cavalry,  there  were  several  services  in  the  army  that  neces- 

1  Cicero,  De  republics,,  lib.  ii.  §  20.  quibus  inaugurate  erant  nominibus, 

Compare  with  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  36.  fecit."  Cicero,  De  repnlllca,  lib.  ii. 

3  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  43 :  "  Ita  peclestri  §  2 :  "  Equitum  magno  numero  ex 

exercitu  ornato  distributoque,  equitum  omni  populi  surnma  separate,  reliquum 

ex  primoribus  civitatis  duodecim  scrip-  populuin  distribuit  in  quinque  classes." 

sit  centurias,  sex  item  alias  centurias,  "  .  .  .  Equitum  centuriae  cum  sex 

tribus  ab  llomulo  institutis,  sub  iisdem  suffragiis." 


62  THE  HISTOEY  OF  EOMAN  LAW. 

sitated  special  men,  selected  without  regard  to  the  census. 
These  formed  special  or  extraordinary  centuries  annexed  to  one 
of  the  classes,  though  not  forming  part  of  it,  under  a  property 
classification.  Such  were  the  engineers  or  carpenters,  who 
formed  two  centuries  attached,  according  to  Livy,  to  the  first 
class ;  the  hornblowers  and  trumpeters  forming  two  centuries, 
attached,  according  to  the  same  historian,  to  the  last  class. 

In  a  similar  situation  were  the  supplementary  soldiers,  "accensi 
velati,"  also  inscribed  and  marching  in  the  rear  of  the  centuries 
of  the  last  class,  though  of  an  inferior  census. 

63.  Lastly,  the   third   point  to  be  observed  is,  that  with 
regard  to  the   citizens   inscribed  in  the  infantry  classes,  the 
nature  itself  of  the  military  service   required   that   attention 
should  be  paid  to  differences  of  ages.     These  citizens  were  con- 
sequently distributed  in  their  respective  classes  in  distinct  cen- 
turies ;  the  centuries  of  juniors  (Juniorum)  having  to  undertake 
foreign  service ;  the  duties  of  the  seniors  (seniorum}  being  con- 
fined to  the  defence  of  the  city.1     Those  who  had  assumed  the 
virile  robe  on  the  completion  of  their  sixteenth  year  were  liable 
to  enlistment  in  the  former,  while  those  who  had  attained  their 
forty-sixth  year  were  incorporated  in  the  latter.2 

64.  We  have  next  to  notice  the  centuries  as  classified  by 
the   suffrage  in  the  comitia,  and  it  is  here  that  we  shall  note 
the  ingenuity  in  the  mechanism  of  this  political  system.     The 
principle  was  to  take  as  an  unit  the  vote  of  the  century,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  curies  in  the   old  classification  ex  generibus; 
to  give  more  centuries,  and  consequently  more  votes,  to  the 
first  class,  which  represented  the  wealthier  though  less  numerous 

1  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  43 :   "  Seniores,  ad  eosque  ad  annum  quadragesimum  sex- 
urbis  custodiam  ut  praesto  essent;  jn-  turn  juniores,   supraque   eum   annum 
venes,  ut  foris  bclla  gererent."  senior es  appellasse."     The  age  of  six- 

2  Aul.  Gell.  lib.x.  ch.  28  :  "  C.  Tubero  teen  completed  or  seventeen  commenced 
in  Historiarvm  primo  scripsit,  Servium  is  the   admitted  age  for  qualification 
Tullium,  regem   populi  liomani,  cum  for  several  other  public  departments, 
illas  quinque  classes  juniorum,  census  Livy,  lib.   xxii.   §    57:    "Juniores  ab 
faciendi  gratia,  institueret,  pueros  esse  annis  scptcmdecim  ;"and  lib.  xliii.  §  14: 
existimasse,  qui  minores  essent  annis  "  Minor   annis    sex    et    quadraginta." 
septemdecim  :  atque  inde  ab  anno  sep-  Consult  Censorinus,  De  die  natali,  ch. 
timo  decimo,  quo  idoncos  jam  esse  rei-  14. 

publics  arbitraretur,  milites  scripsisse  .- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  63 

part  of  the  population  ;  to  give  in  each  class  to  the  seniors, 
though  fewer  in  number,  as  many  centuries,  and  consequently 
the  same  votes,  as  to  the  juniors  ;  and,  lastly,  to  throw  into  a 
single  century,  and  therefore  to  reduce  to  one  vote,  or,  ac- 
cording to  some  writers,  to  two  votes,  the  entire  body  of  prole- 
tarii  and  capite  censi;  the  effect  of  all  which  was  to  balance  in 
each  class  the  influence  of  numbers  with  that  of  age,  and  again 
to  establish  an  equipoise  between  numbers  and  property.  There 
were  in  all  a  hundred  and  ninety-four  centuries,  or,  according 
to  another  version,  a  hundred  and  ninety-nine.1 

65.  In  short,  for  the  purposes  of  taxation  this  classification 
represented  the  citizens  as  arranged  according  to  their  property, 
nothing  being  exacted  from  the  lowest  class,  in  which  were 
the  proletarii  and  capite  censi,  who  were  exempt  even  from 
military  service. 

For  military  purposes  we  find  the  classes  arranged  under  the 
heads  of  cavalry  (equites^)  and  infantry,  military  engineers  and 
carpenters,  buglers  and  trumpeters,  even  so  far  as  the  separation 
of  young  men  from  those  of  mature  years,  and  this  principle 
of  distribution  extended  even  to  the  supernumerary  ranks. 
It  would  be  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  this  constituted  the 

1  The  following  is  the  table  of  the  Centuries, 

centuries  according  to  Livy  :—  5ta  class-    Two  centuries  of  buglers 

and  trumpeters,  one  of 


The  six  onginenuries  °> 

knights,    together  ^  the    12  AH  the  jpii*^^  (£  «*&     ' 

censi  in  one  century        .  .          .  .      1 

Infantry.  (According  to  others  the  proletarii 
1st  class.     40  centuries  of  Semores  )  gQ          formed  one  and  the  capite  censi 

40         „  Juniores  }  another.)  _ 

Together  with  two  cen-  Total  .  .   19-t 

turies  of  artificers  or  -p..       ,.,    .      .  nr.    ,          ",.„. 

military      carpenters  Dlon<  llb>  1V'  §  20  et  se(l''  dlffers  some" 

one  Seniores,  one  Ju-  f^SSR  ^^  ^  he  makes7the 

o  total  19d  by  omitting  the  accensi  celati, 

II  lUllS  .  .  .    .  •  i          25  11  j_l  •  r  i  •  r- 

2nd  „          10  centuries  Seniores  and  and  Pf!f  e«  the  two  centuries  of  artifi- 

on  cers  after  the  second  class  and  that  of 

J-V/    ll  UlllOi  to       •   •  *  •      £\J  j.1  r  i  j      j_  ft  ,1 

n.,.1  T)n  i  on  the  buglers  and  trumpeters  after  the 

JU  "         L^'  '  go  fourtb-    Cicer°.  P*  reJ>«b->  lib-  «•  §  22, 

5th  ^          15  centuries  Seniores  and  f^fs  afi  cfculf°n,  ^ich,  as  it  gives 

j  -  y     •  OQ  to  the  first  century  seventy  instead  of 

With  one  century  of  su-  ^ht^  hfas,  led  *°  "the  S"PPO?ition  that 

pemnmeraries^nai  *e  .'f  *   ha8   been   altered   b^   the 
relati..          ..          ..1  Pv       • 


64  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

entire  army.  This  was  the  system  upon  which  the  army,  what- 
ever might  be  the  nature  of  the  duty  on  which  it  was  to  be 
employed,  was  recruited ;  but  it  was  impossible  to  observe  in 
every  detail  the  exact  proportions  represented  by  this  classifica- 
tion. From  the  last  century,  the  entire  body  of  the  proletarii 
and  the  capite  censi  were  in  any  case  excluded. 


SECTION  XIV. 
THE  ASSEMBLY  BY  CENTURIES  (  Comitia  centuriata). 

66.  These  assemblies  represented  the  aristocracy  of  wealth. 
As  the  people  were  arranged  in  military  order  and  under  arms 
these  assemblies  could  not  be  held  within  the  city ;  they  were 
therefore  held  in  the  Campus  Martius,  and  were  convoked  not 
by  the  lictors  but  by  the  sound  of  the  bugle.  While  one  section 
went  to  vote  the  remainder  watched  in  arms  on  the  Janiculum.1 
The  suffrages  were  taken  and  calculated  by  centuries,  beginning 
with  the  knights,  then  the  classes  in  their  order.  In  each  class 
the  order  of  the  centuries  was  determined  by  lot,  that  to  which 
it  fell  to  vote  first,  being  called  prarogativa  (from  prce  rogare).* 
As  soon  as  the  vote  of  a  century  was  known  it  was  proclaimed, 
and  they  then  passed  on  to  the  next.  As  soon  as  the  majority 
was  ascertained  the  result  was  declared,  and  the  remaining 
centuries  were  not  called  upon  to  vote ;  so  that  it  never,  or  very 
seldom,  happened  that  the  inferior  centuries  were  called  upon 
for  their  suffrage.  Livy  says  that  it  was  rarely  necessary  to 
call  upon  the  second  class.3  In  this  way  the  power  of  determin- 
ing all  questions  was  lodged  in  the  most  wealthy  centuries,  and 
as  for  those  of  inferior  rank,  such  for  instance  as  the  proletarii 
and  capite  censi,  it  may  be  said  that  they  merely  visited  the 

1  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xv.  ch.  27  :  "  Curiata  fragiis  fcrcndis  occupatus." 

per  lictorem  curiatum  calari,  id  est  con-  a  Livy,  lib.  xxvi.  §  '22  :  "  Praaroga- 

vocari :     centuriata    per    cornicinem."  tiva  Veturia  juniorum." 

"  Centuriata  autem  comitia  intra  po-  3  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  43 :  "  Equites  enim 

mcerium  fieri  nefas  esse ;  quia  exerci-  vocabantur  prima :  octoginta  inde  pri- 

tum   extra  urbem   imperari   oportcat ;  ma?   classis  ccnturias ;    ibi  se  variaret, 

intra  urbem  imperari  jusnon  sit :  prop-  quod  raro  incidebat,  nt  secundaj  classis 

terea  centuriata  in  campo  Martio  habcri,  vocarentur ;  nee  fere  unquam  infra  ita 

exercitumque  imperari  przesidii  causa  descenderet,  ut  ad  infimos  pervenirent." 
Bolitum  :  quoniam  populus  esset  in  suf- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  65 

Campus  Martius,  as  spectators,  to  ascertain  the  division  of  the 
people,  their  own  vote  being  a  delusion.  This  mode  of  pro- 
cedure would  not  have  been  so  objectionable  if  the  final  result 
had  not  been  declared  till  after  all  had  voted,  instead  of  which 
each  vote  was  given  aloud  and  the  calculation  made  openly. 

67.  Aulus  Gellius,  who  has  given  us  the  characteristic  for- 
mula of  the  comitia  curiata,  <(  Cum  ex  generibus  hominum  suf- 
fragium  feratur,  curiata  comitia  esse,"  also  gives  that  of  the 
comitia  centuriata,  "  Cum  ex  censu  et  aetate,  centuriata." '    The 
population,  instead  of  being  then  distributed,  as  in  the  curies, 
according  to  their  origin,  as  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and  Luceres, 
were  distributed  amongst  the  classes  according  to  the  census, 
and  in  each  class  according  to  age ;  the  young  and  the  old  being 
placed  in  different  centuries. 

Thus,  as  the  framework  of  the  primitive  system  was  con- 
structed solely  for  the  benefit  of  the  original  aristocracy  and 
their  descendants,  this  was  based  upon  a  principle  that  admitted 
all ;  the  place  assigned  to  each  being  determined  by  the  rank  of 
his  census  and  his  age.  The  comitia  centuriata  were  also  termed 
"  maximus  comitiatus." 

68.  These  comitia  or  assemblies  did  not,  in  the  beginning, 
take  the  place  of  complete  substitutes  for  the  comitia  curiata  ; 
but  rather  existed  concurrently  with  them.     It  would  be  difficult 
to  say  what  attributes  belonged  to  them  in  the  first  instance ; 
but  in  the  course  of  time  the  power  of  making  laws,  determining 
criminal  charges  and  of  creating  magistrates  became  theirs.     On 
the  other  hand  the  comitia  curiata,  gradually  deprived  of  their 
functions,  confined  their  operations  to  making  certain  elections, 
to  the  regulation  of  sacerdotal  institutions,  to  passing  the  lex 
curiata,  by  which  the  imperium  was  conveyed,  and  to  certain 
matters  affecting  the  constitution  of  families,  wills  and  adoptions ; 
and  were  ultimately  reduced  to  a  pure  symbol,  being  attached 
to  things  which  had  long  since  disappeared  or  ceased  to  exist 
except  in  the  memory  of  the  past.2 

1  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xv.  ch.  27.  2  Vide  supra,  §  31. 

F 


66  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

69.  We  must  also  apply  to  the  comitia  centuriata  what  has 
been  said1  concerning  the  comitia  curiata  as  to  the  right  of  con- 
voking the  assembly,  the  necessity  of  the  auspice,  of  there  being 
but  one  matter  to  determine,  of  their  deciding  either  in  the 
affirmative  or  in  the  negative  without  the  power  of  amendment ; 
their  liability  to  interruption  and  adjournment  by  the  mere 
utterance  of  the  words  "  alio  die,"  indicating  an  unfavourable 
omen;  and,  finally,  that  their  decrees  had  not  the  force  of  law 
till  they  had  received  from  the  senate  its  "  auctoritas."2 

Thus  these  assemblies  were  still,  in  all  the  foregoing  particu- 
lars, under  the  predominating  influence  of  the  patricians ;  as  a 
consequence  of  the  formation  and  the  number  of  the  centuries 
they  were  subject  to  the  influence  of  wealth ;  while  the  necessity 
for  the  "  auctoritas"  of  the  senate  presents  collectively  a  species 
of  composite  legislative  power  in  which  the  king,  the  senate 
and  the  centuries  of  the  citizens  concur.  At  a  later  period, 
that  is,  in  the  year  340  B.C.,  under  the  popular  dictatorship  of 
Q.  Publilius  Philo,  a  law  was  passed  which  required  the  senate 
to  give  in  advance  its  auctoritas  to  whatever  laws  should  be 
presented  to  the  comitia  centuriata.* 


SECTION  XV. 
THE  KNIGHTS  (Equites\ 

70.  While  the  citizens  were  thus  divided  into  different 
classes,  regulated  by  the  amount  of  their  property,  there  was  an 
order  daily  increasing  in  strength  and  destined,  in  the  course  of 
time,  to  hold  a  conspicuous  position  between  the  senators  on  the 
one  hand  and  the  plebeians  on  the  other:  this  order  was  the 
Knights. 

This  institution,  which  first  appears  in  the  three  centuries  of 

1  Vide  supra,  §  28.  essent  rata,  nisi  ea  patrum  approbavis- 

2  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  i.  §  32 :       set  auctoritas." 

"  Quodque  erat  ad  obtinendam  poten-  3  Livy,  lib.  viii.  §   12 :  "  Ut  legum 

tiara  nobilium  vel  maximum,  vehemen-       quai  comitiis  centuriatis  ferrentur,  ante  • 
ter  id  retinebatur,   populi  comitia  ne      initum  suffragium,  Patres  auctores  fie- 

rent." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  67 

a  hundred  cavalry  each,  and  which,  under  the  name  of  "  celeres," 
tradition  represents  as  the  guard  of  Romulus,  was  of  purely 
military  origin.  Each  of  these  three  centuries  corresponds  to 
one  of  the  three  original  tribes,  after  which,  it  was  called  the 
century  of  the  Ramnenses,  of  the  Tatienses,  or  of  the  Luceres. 
These  centuries  were  without  doubt  recruited  from  the  patrician 
youth  of  the  corresponding  tribe.  The  addition  made  by  L. 
Tarquin  was  a  military  necessity,1  still  it  had  at  the  same  time 
another  object  in  view;  it  induced  the  youth  of  the  new  and 
wealthy  patricians  to  enter  a  regiment  distinguished  from  the 
rest  of  the  army,  whose  equipment  was  far  more  costly  than 
that  of  other  corps.  This  career  was  open  to  the  new  comers 
who  had  no  connection  with  the  ancient  families  which  consti- 
tuted the  original  tribes.  The  centuries  of  the  knights  were 
composed  of  the  youth  of  the  majorum  gentium  and  of  the 
minorum  gentium.  In  the  system  introduced  by  Servius,  in 
addition  to  the  centuries  of  knights  belonging  to  the  ancient 
and  to  the  more  modern  patriciate,  twelve  other  centuries  were 
added,  recruited  from  the  most  wealthy  families  of  the  plebeians. 
These  centuries,  whose  service  we  have  said  was  purely  military, 
constituted  the  cavalry ;  they,  however,  early  acquired  a  most 
important  political  influence,  from  the  fact  of  their  marching 
and  voting  at  the  head  of  the  other  citizens,  and  before  all  the 
classes.  This  is  the  germ  of  the  transformation  which  took 
place  at  a  later  period  in  this  institution. 

The  cavalry  horses  were  public  property,  and  belonged  to  the 
state ;  the  money  furnished  for  their  purchase  was  called  "  £es 
equestre,"  that  for  their  provender  and  attendance  "  ses  hordi- 
arium."2  However,  on  special  occasions  it  was  not  uncommon 
for  the  wealthy  to  purchase  and  equip  their  horses  at  their  own 
expense.3 

1  Livy,  lib.  i.   §36:   "  Tarquinius,  emend  us  erat,  qtue  pecunia  dicebatur 
equitem   maxime  suis   deesse    viribns  JBS  equestre  ;  item  ...  ex  qua  horde- 
ratus,   ad  Ramnenses,  Tatienses,   Lu-  um  equis  erat  comparandum,  qua?  pecu- 
ceres,  quas  centurias  Romulus  scripse-  nia  dicebatur  ses  hordiarium." 

rat,  addere  alias  constituit."  3  Livy  gives  an  example,  lib.  v.  §  7. 

2  Gains,  iv.  §  27  :  "  Ex  qua  equus 


F  2 


68  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


SECTION  XVI. 
THE  NEW  LOCAL  TRIBES  (ex  locis). 

71.  These  new  tribes  must  not  be  confounded  with  those  we 
have  already  mentioned,  for  although  they  both  had  the  same 
appellation  they  differed  widely  as  institutions.     As  the  popula- 
tion of  Rome  was  rapidly  increased  by  the  accession  of  strangers, 
it  became  no  longer  possible  to  maintain  the  old  distinction  of 
the  three  primitive  tribes.     We  have  already  seen  how  this  dis- 
tinction, upon  which  the  early  Romans  laid  so  much  stress,  had 
been,  if  not  destroyed,  at  any  rate  counterbalanced  in  the  senate, 
in  the  comitia,  and  in  the  cavalry. 

Here  we  shall  find  it  entirely  effaced :  the  ancient  tribes,  whose 
origin  was  traced  from  race  (ex  generibus),  gave  place  to  the 
new  tribes  of  Servius,  determined  by  locality  (ex  locis). 

72.  The  city,  the  boundaries  of  which  were  extended  by 
Servius  Tullius  so  as  to  enclose  the  seven  hills,  was  divided  into 
four  tribes :  the  Palatina,  Collina,  Esquilina  and  the  Suburana. 
Though  origin  was  no  longer  the  principle  of  division,  yet,  as  a 
matter  of  fact,  the  districts  assigned  to  the  first  three  were  those 
occupied  by  the  three  ancient  tribGS.1     These  are  the  four  urban 
tribes,  which  with  the  growth  of  the  city  were  gradually  ex- 
panded, but  were  never  increased  in  number. 

73.  The  country  around  Rome,  occupied  by  persons  enjoying 
the  rights  of  citizenship,  was  in  like  manner  distributed  into  dif- 
ferent districts,  each  with  its  separate  name.     These  formed  the 
rural  tribes,  which  gradually  increased  in  number  with  the  ex- 
tension of  the  city.     The  number  in  the  time  of  Servius  Tullius 
is  uncertain ;  Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus,  relying  upon  certain 
authorities,   amongst  whom  was  Cato,  fixes  it  at  twenty-six, 
which,  with  the  four  urban  tribes,  would  give  thirty  at  this 
early  period.2     But  Livy,  whose  statement  is  much  more  in 
harmony  with  the  general  course  of  Roman  history,  and  so 

1  Vide  supra,  §  21.  >  Dion.  lib.  iv.  §  19. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  69 

explicit  as  to  render  him  the  best  authority,  tells  us  that  it 
was  in  proportion  as  the  rights  of  citizenship  were  accorded  to 
the  occupants  of  adjoining  territories  and  towns,  ordinarily  at 
the  close  of  a  census,  that  new  tribes  were  added.  In  this  way 
they  would  gradually  extend  throughout  Italy,  and,  as  a  matter 
of  fact,  they  did  so  extend  as  far  as  the  sea,  the  river  Arno  and 
the  Apennines.  They  usually  took  the  name  of  the  place  where 
they  were  formed.  From  the  time  that  there  were  in  all  twenty- 
one  tribes,  Livy  gives  an  exact  account  of  each  subsequent  ad- 
dition till  they  reach  their  final  number,  thirty-five.1 

74.  It  was  a  bond  of  union  between  citizens  to  be  members 
of  the  same  tribe.     It  was  by  tribes  that  taxes  were  levied  and 
the  legions  recruited ;  each  tribe  had  its  peculiar  religious  system 
and  sacrifices.2     As  the  members  of  the  same  curia  called  each 
other  curiales,  so  the  members  of  a  tribe  styled  their  fellows 
tributes,  "  tribulis  meus;"    and  we   often   find   in  the  official 
designation  of  a  citizen  the  name  of  his  tribe  either  inserted 
between  or  placed  at  the  end  of  his  other  names.3 

75.  In  the  time  of  Servius  the  tribes  did  not  form  an  assembly 
for  the  purpose  of  voting  in  the  comitia,  for  then  the  votes  were 
taken  by  centuries,  the  people  having  been  divided  and  grouped 
after  the  census  was  complete ;  but  a  time  came  when  the  local 
tribes  acquired  a  political   existence,  when   magistrates  were 
appointed  by  them,  and  new  comilia  were  created  in   their 

1  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §5:  "  Tribus  quatnor  mary  of  the  19th  book  (lost):  "  Lus- 

ex  novis   civibus   additse,   Stellatina,  trum  a  censoribus  conditnm  est :  censa 

Tromentina,8abatina,Arniensis:e9s-  sunt  civium  capita  ducenta  quinqua- 

que  viginti  quinque  tribuum  numerura  ginta  unum  millia,  ducenta  viginti  duo 

explevere  (an.  367)."    Lib.  vii.  §15:  .     .     .  Duas  tribus  adjecta)  sunt,  Velina 

"  Eodem  anno  duae  tribus,  Pomptina  et  et  Quirina  (an.  512)."     The  two  last 

Publilia,  additae  (an.  395)."    Lib.  viii.  complete  the  number  thirty-five. 
§    17  :    "Eodem   auno   census   actus,          2  Dion.  lib.  iv.  §  18. 
novique  cives  censi,  tribus  propter  eos          3  The  acts  of  the  senate  given  by 

additae  Mcecia  et   Scaptia:    censorcs  Cicero,  Ad  familiar es,  lib.  viii.  ep.  8, 

addiderunt  Q.  Publilius  Philo,  Sp.  Pos-  furnish  numerous  examples :  L.  Villius 

tumius  (an.  421)."    Lib.  ix.  §  20  :  "  Et  L.   F.    Pomptina   annalis ;    C.    Septi- 

duae  Roma?  additse  tribus,  Ufentina  ac  mius  T.  F.  Quirina,  etc.    In  the  decree 

Falerina  (an.  435)."   Lib.  x.  §  9  :  "  Et  in  the  9th  Philippic,  §  7 :  Serv.  Sulpi- 

lustrnm  eo  anno  conditum  a  P.  Sem-  cius  Q.  F.  Lemonia,  Ruf  us.   And  in  the 

pronio  Sopho  et  P.  Sulpicio  Saverrione  epitaph  recently  discovered  at  Nimes : 

censoribus:  tribusque additae du&,Ani-  "  C.    Mclius    C.    F.    Volt   (Voltinia) 

ensis  ac  Terentina  (an.  454)."    Sum-  sedatus,  vivus  sibi." 


70  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

midst  of  an  entirely  plebeian  character.  Then  the  repartition 
of  citizens  into  tribes,  the  number  and  the  quality  of  those 
whose  names  were  enrolled,  became  of  the  greatest  political 
importance,  and  new  expedients  were  sought,  by  the  plebeians 
themselves,  to  check  the  influence  of  numbers  when  represent- 
ing the  lowest  orders.  The  multitude  became  absorbed  in  the 
urban  tribes,  and  consequently  had  but  four  votes,  whereas  the 
citizens  of  higher  rank  or  larger  property  were  distributed 
amongst  the  rural  tribes,  which  hence  became  the  most  in- 
fluential, having  between  them  thirty-one  votes  in  all.1  Nothing 
of  this,  however,  existed  at  the  time  of  Servius,  and  the  urban 
tribes  consisted  simply  of  the  city  population. 


SECTION  XVII. 

THE  KOYAL  LAWS  (Leges  Regici) — THEIR  COLLECTION  BY 
PAPIRIUS  (Jus  civile  Papirianum,  or  Lex  Papiria). 

76.  B.C.  534.  We  have  now  nearly  reached  the  expiration 
of  the  regal  period.  The  jurist  Pomponius,  who  is  confirmed  by 
other  writers,  assigns  to  the  age  of  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  suc- 
cessor of  Servius,  a  code  which,  if  it  were  in  existence,  we  might 
call  the  code  of  this  period.  Pomponius  relates,  that  all  the 
leges  curiatce  promulgated  by  Romulus  and  his  royal  successors 
down  to  this  period,  were  collected  by  the  pontiff  Sextus  Papirius 
into  one  book,  which  received  the  title  of  "  The  Civil  Law,  by 
Papirius"  (Jus  civile  Papirianum).  Consequently  Pomponius 
opens  up  the  sources  of  Roman  law  by  alluding  to  this  code, 
and  gives  a  list  of  jurists,  beginning  with  the  name  of  Papirius.2 

1  Livy,  lib.  ix.  §  46  :  "  Fabius,  simul  Papirii,  qui  fuit  illis  temporibns  quibus 
concordiae  causa,  simul  ne  humillimo-  superbus  Demarati  Corinthii  filius,  ex 
rum  in  manu  comitia  essent,  omnem  principalibus  viris.     Is  liber,  ut  dixi- 
forensem  turbam  cxcretam  in  quatuor  mus,appellatur  Jus  civile  Papirianum; 
tribus  conjecit,  urbanasque  eas  appel-  non  quia  Papirius  de  suo  quicquam  ibi 
lavit."  adjecit,  sed  quod  leges  sine  ordine  la- 

2  Dig.  1,  2,  De  origine  juris,  2,  §  2,  tas  in  unum  composuit."     Ibid.  §  36 : 
f.  Pompon. :  "Et  ita  leges  quasdam  et  "Fuit  autem  in  primis  peritus  Publius 
ipse  curiatas  ad  populum  tulit  (Roniu-  Papirius,  qui  Leges  regias  in  unum 
lus).     Tulerunt  et  sequentes  reges  :  qua;  contulit."     See  also  Dion.  lib.  iii.  §  50. 
omnes  conscripts  exstant  in  libro  Sexti 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  71 

The  jurist  Paul  cites  a  commentary  made  by  Granius  Flaccus, 
a  contemporary  of  Cicero,  upon  the  lex  Papiria;1  and  Macro- 
bius,  in  his  Saturnalia,  in  reference  to  a  question  of  religious 
rites,  quotes  a  passage  from  the  lex  Papiria  itself;  the  Latin  of 
which,  however,  is  clearly  not  of  the  time  of  Papirius,  but  was 
probably  derived  from  the  commentary  of  Granius  Flaccus  or 
from  some  other  derivative  source.2 

The  ancient  writers  themselves  more  than  once  discussed  the 
question  of  these  royal  laws.  Livy  says,  that  after  the  city  was 
destroyed  by  fire  by  the  Gauls  B.C.  390,  in  which  conflagration 
the  writings  of  the  pontiffs  and  other  records,  both  public  and 
private,  perished,  one  of  the  first  anxieties  of  succeeding  ma- 
gistrates was  to  collect  all  the  treatises  and  laws  that  could 
be  found.  Their  efforts  resulted  in  obtaining  copies  of  the 
Twelve  Tables  and  certain  royal  laws.3 

Cicero  speaks  of  certain  of  the  religious  laws  of  Numa  as 
being  preserved  upon  monuments  still  existing  in  his  time.* 
(B.C.  106  to  B.C.  43.) 

Festus  quotes  the  text  of  a  law  ascribed  to  Numa ; 5  but  the 
most  important  fact  is,  that  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian  there  are 
two  fragments,  the  one  from  Papinian,  the  other  from  Mar- 
cellus,  which  contain  quotations  from  the  lex  regia.6 

Though  the  fact  of  the  existence  of  these  codes  is  thus  attested, 
the  same  cannot  be  said  either  of  their  origin  or  of  their  true 


1  Dig.  50,  16,  De  verborum  signifi-  (Numa)  legum  etiam  scriptor  fuisset, 

catione,  144,  f.  Paul :  "  Granius  Flac-  quas  scitis  exstare."     Tacitus  mentions 

cus  in  libro  de  Jure  Papiriano  scribit,  a  religious  law  of  King  Tullus  in  his 

.     .     ."  etc.  Annals,  lib.  xii.  §  8,  and  gives  in  a  few 

3  Macrobius,  Saturnalia,  lib.  iii.  ch.  words  a  general  view  of  the  enactments 

11:  "In  Papiriano  enim  Jure evidenter  of  the  different  kings,  lib.  iii.  §  25. 
relatum  est,  arte  vicem  prastare  posse  5  Festus,  on  the  word  Parici :  "  Id 

mensam  dicatam :  '  Ut  in  templo,'  in-  autem  fuisse  indicat  lex  Numa3  Pom- 

qnit,  .     .     ."  etc.     (Then  follows  the  pilii  regis  his  composita  verbis  :  SlQUlS 

quotation.)  HOMINEM    LIBERUM    DOLO    SCIENS 

3  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §  1 :  "  In  primis,  foe-  MOETI  DUIT  PAKICIDA  ESTO."      See 
dera  ac  leges,  erant  autem  etc  duodecim  also  the  word  Termino. 

tabulaj  et  quasdam  regiaj  leges,  conquiri,  6  Dig.  11,  8,  De  mortno  inferendo, 

qua?  compararent,  jusserunt."  2,  f.  Marcell. :  "Negat  lex  rcgia,  muli- 

4  Cicero,  DC  repnblica,  lib.  ii.  §  14  :  erem  qua?  praegnans  mortua  sit,  humari 
"  Pompilius .     .     .  et  animos,  propositis  antequam  partus  ei  excidatur."     Col- 
legibus  his  quas  in  rnonumcntis  habc-  latio  leg.  Mas.  et  Roman.,  tit.  4,  §  8, 
mns,  ardentes  consuetudine  et  cupidi-  f.  Papinian. :    "  Quum  patri  lex  regia 
tate    bellandi.    religionum    ca?rimoniis  dedcrit  in  filium  vitas  necisque  potesta- 
mitigavit."     Ibid.  lib.    v.  §   2 :    "  Qui  tern." 


72  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

character.  Were  they  or  not  confined  to  matters  of  religion? 
Were  they  perhaps  nothing  more  than  an  apocryphal  version 
drawn  up  by  the  pontiffs  ?  Was  the  collection  made  by  Papirius 
confined  to  Pontifical  law,  or  did  it,  as  its  title  would  seem  to 
indicate,  embrace  the  entire  law  ? 

Such  are  the  questions  that  perplex  the  critic.  These 
records  are  completely  lost,  and  we  know  little  more  of  the 
leges  regice  than  their  name.  The  reconstruction  that  has  been 
attempted  from  the  imperfect  materials  left  us  by  ancient 
writers  is  nothing  more  than  a  speculation  of  modern  ingenuity. 
That  the  subject,  however,  does  admit  of  serious  consideration 
is  shown  by  the  labours  of  M.  Dirksen,  in  his  Essay  upon  the 
Sources  of  Roman  Law  (1823). 

Pomponius  says  the  leges  regice  were  abolished,  after  the 
expulsion  of  the  kings,  by  the  lex  Tribunicial 

77.  B.C.  510.  According  to  Roman  narrative  two-and-a-half 
centuries  had  scarcely  passed  since  the  foundation  of  the  city ; 
seven  kings  only  had  occupied  its  throne,  when  it  was  destined 
to  undergo  a  revolution  of  the  most  striking  character.  Hitherto 
the  royal  authority  had  been  the  check  to  the  overbearing  in- 
fluence of  the  patricians.  Servius  had  given  the  death-blow  to 
supremacy  of  race.  Tarquin,  surnamed  "  the  Proud,"  was  still 
less  willing  to  bend  to  the  patrician  will.  The  poppies  which 
elevated  their  heads  above  their  fellows  were  to  be  struck  down. 
The  struggle  was  between  the  aristocracy  and  the  crown.  The 
plebeians,  on  their  part,  were  oppressed  under  the  yoke  of  their 
task-masters  like  the  Egyptians  under  their  Pharaohs,  or  rather 
like  the  Etruscans  under  their  lucumons ;  and,  toiling  in  trenches 
and  subterranean  passages,  they  erected  monuments  which  still 
exist  to  testify  to  their  labours — the  conquerors  of  nations  con- 
verted into  hewers  of  wood  and  drawers  of  water.2  The  senate 
and  the  patricians  seized  the  opportunity  that  presented  itself. 
The  attempt  made  upon  the  chaste  Lucretia  fired  the  indig- 
nation of  the  people  and  Rome  became  a  consular  republic. 

1  Dig.   1,  2,  Deorlg.jur.,  2,  §  3,  f.  in  fossas  cloacasque  exhauriendas  de- 
Pomp,  mersaj.      Romanes    homines,    victores 

2  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  59  :  "  Addita  superbia  omnium  circa  populorum,  opifices  ac 
ipsius  regis  miseriocque  ct  labores  plobis,  lapicidas  pro  bellatoribus  factos." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  73 

Before  we  proceed  to  the  consideration  of  the  second  period, 
let  us  review  the  past,  and,  bringing  together  in  one  line  of  vision 
the  point  from  which  the  Romans  started,  and  that  at  which 
they  have  now  arrived,  let  us  scan  their  political  development 
and  glance  at  the  progress  made  in  their  institutions  and 
manners. 


REVIEW  OF  THE  PRECEDING  PERIOD. 


FOREIGN  POLICY. 

78.  The  early  policy  of  Rome  was  aggressive.  The  small 
adjoining  boroughs  and  the  larger  towns  by  which  it  was  sur- 
rounded were  destroyed,  and  their  inhabitants  transported  to 
Rome,  there  to  enjoy  equal  rights  with  their  conquerors.  At 
this  time  the  privilege  of  a  Roman  citizen,  shared  even  by  the 
vanquished,  was  not  the  coveted  distinction  it  afterwards  be- 
came. 

When  Rome  had  acquired  a  population  and  a  territory  which 
gave  it  rank  among  surrounding  states  and  enabled  it  to  extend 
its  limits,  instead  of  destroying  the  towns  it  subjected  and  im- 
porting their  inhabitants  into  Rome,  it  established  Roman 
colonies  in  those  places  in  imitation  of  the  practice  of  other 
Italian  nations.  It  was  in  this  way  that  the  Umbrians,  the 
Etruscans  and  the  Sabines  had  propagated  their  respective  races 
and  extended  their  power  in  different  parts  of  Italy. 

The  proletarii  and  the  enfranchised,  amongst  whom  a  portion 
of  the  lands  taken  from  the  conquered  as  spoil  of  war  was  divided, 
were  sent  out  to  occupy  the  newly -acquired  territory.  The 
conquered  inhabitants,  left  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  residue  of 
their  ancient  possessions,  were  in  some  instances  admitted  into 
and  formed  part  of  the  new  Roman  colony ;  in  others  they  were 
suffered  to  live  side  by  side  with  their  conqxierors,  by  whom 
they  were  governed.  These  colonies  at  the  same  time  served 
as  outposts  to  the  metropolis,  protecting  its  territory  and  facili- 
tating its  future  conquests.  Under  the  kings  they  were  few  in 


74  THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW. 

number,  and  but  little  is  known  of  the  way  in  which  they  were 
governed :  they  rapidly  increased,  however,  under  the  republic. 
The  first  Roman  maritime  colony  was  Ostia,  founded  at  the 
month  of  the  Tiber  by  Ancus  Martius  between  B.C.  640  and 
617.1 

79.  In  order  to  escape  the  barbarities  then  attending  con- 
quest, the  destruction  of  their  city,  the  loss  of  their  lands,  the 
distribution  of  their  property  as  booty  amongst  the  victorious 
soldiery,  and  slavery,  it  was  not  an  uncommon  thing  for  a  people 
to  surrender  at  discretion.     Those  who  adopted  this  course  were 
termed  dediticii.     Livy  gives  us  the  precise  formula  employed 
upon  the  occasion  when  the  people  of  Collatia  submitted  to 
the  Romans  under  L.  Tarquinius :  "  The  king  demanded : — 
Are  (not)  you  the  ambassadors  and  orators  sent  from  the  people 
of  Collatia?     We   are. — Are   the  Collatians   an   independent 
people?     They  are. — Do  you  deliver  yourselves,  the  Collatian 
people,  your  city,  your  lands,  water,  boundaries,  sanctuaries, 
utensils,  your  property,  whether  sacred  or  secular,  to  me  and 
the  Roman  people  as  a  gift  ?     We  give  them. — I  then  receive 
them."  2 

The  people  who  thus  yielded  were  treated  with  more  or  less 
generosity,  according  to  the  circumstances,  which  varied  in  each 
case. 

80.  The  policy  by  which  a  conquered  city  was  destroyed,  or 
turned  into  a  colony,  or  forced  into  voluntary  surrender,  was 
not,  of  course,  carried  out  with  the  neighbouring  people  who 
were  powerful  enough  to  contend  with  them  on  equal  terms. 
Vanquished  in  one  engagement,  they  almost  immediately  re- 
turned to   the    struggle ;    nor  did   fortune   always  favour  the 
Romans,  for  notwithstanding  the  colour  given  to  these  events 
in  Roman  annals  and  tradition,  evidence  is  not  wanting  of  oc- 
casional failure. 

1  Vide  supra,  §  48.  Est. — Deditisne  vos,  popnlum  Collati- 

2  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  38 :  "  Rex  interroga-  num,   urbem,  agros,  aquam,  terminos, 
vit :    '  Estisne  vos    legati   oratoi'esque  delubra,  utensilia,   divina   humanaque 
missi  a  populoCollatino  ?  Sumus.  —  Est-  omnia,  in  meam  populique  Romani  diti- 
ne  populus  Collatinus  in  sua  potestate  ?  oncm  ?  Dcdimus. — At  ego  rccipio.'  " 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  75 

The  obstinate  resistance  of  these  powerful  neighbours  and  the 
incessant  conflicts  that  took  place  form  almost  the  sole  theme 
of  the  Roman  historians  of  the  regal  period.  These  struggles 
frequently  resulted  in  treaties  of  alliance,  by  which  the  Romans 
guaranteed  to  their  opponents  the  enjoyment  of  their  own  laws, 
their  government  and  their  independence  ;  although  they  were 
annexed  as  federal  states,  each  being  bound  to  assist  the  other 
against  the  common  foe.  It  was  thus  that  at  a  very  early 
period  the  Romans  and  the  Latins  were  united,  which  union, 
more  accurately  defined  at  a  later  epoch,  served  as  the  type 
and  standard  of  certain  conditions  in  the  status  of  persons  at 
Rome  (Latini,  vetus  Latiurn).  It  was  in  this  manner  that 
Rome,  with  a  contracted  territory  and  with  but  comparatively 
few  citizens,  was  defended  from  external  enemies  by  colonies 
which  had  no  share  in  its  government,  and  was  supported  in 
Latium  by  federal  allies. 


PUBLIC  LAW. 

81.  We  find  in  Rome  three  political  bodies,  each  having 
distinct  prerogatives :  the  people,  the  senate,  and  the  king. 

The  people  consisted  of  two  castes,  the  patricians  and  the 
plebeians,  amongst  whom  a  third  order,  the  knights,  early  ap- 
peared and  exercised  a  powerful  influence  under  a  double  aspect; 
an  aristocracy  of  race  on  the  one  hand  and  on  the  other  a  class 
deriving  its  influence  from  the  possession  of  property  and  from 
seniority  of  age. 

The  senate,  the  supreme  council  of  the  aristocracy,  at  first 
composed  of  a  hundred  patricians,  was  subsequently  extended 
to  three  hundred  by  the  admission  of  the  new  element  (patrcs 
minorum  gentium),  who  ranked  below  the  former  (patres  ma- 
jorum  gentium).  This  council  asserted  the  right  of  controlling 
the  power  of  the  kings,  whom  it  held  in  its  tutelage,  and  ulti- 
mately overthrew.  The  kings  were  not  hereditary,  but  were 
nominated  in  the  comitia,  received  the  auctoritas  of  the  senate, 
and  were  invested  with  the  imperium  by  the  lex  curiata. 

82.  The  respective  prerogatives  of  these  three  political  bodies, 


76  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

though  not  determined  by  any  positive  law,  are  generally  defined 
in  the  following  manner:  — 

The  people  elected  the  kings,  sometimes  gave  their  consent 
to  declarations  of  war  or  peace,  affirmed  or  negatived  the  passing 
or  repeal  of  laws,  subject  however  to  the  auctoritas  of  the  senate, 
which  was  necessary  to  give  validity  to  the  proceeding. 

The  senate  was  consulted  upon  all  important  matters  of  ad- 
ministration ;  it  suggested  alterations  of  the  law ;  declarations  of 
war  and  negotiations  for  peace  were  submitted  to  it  before  being 
laid  before  the  people ;  the  decisions  of  the  comitia  required  its 
auctoritas  or  approbation,  by  which  it  united  with  the  people 
(auctor  fit)  to  give  executive  force  to  their  decisions.  Its  de- 
crees were  called  senatus-consulta. 

The  king  had  the  command  of  the  army ;  he  convoked  the 
comitia  and  the  senate,  caused  the  laws  to  be  executed  and  jus- 
tice administered,  and  frequently,  as  sovereign  pontiff,  presided 
at  religious  ceremonies. 

83.  The  modern  division  of  sovereign  power  into  several 
distinct  branches  and  their  independent  operation  had  no  place 
in  the  government  of  Rome.  This  subtle  analysis,  which  is  the 
result  of  an  advanced  civilization,  and  especially  of  the  meta- 
physical tendencies  of  a  later  age,  had  not  entered  the  mind  of 
the  Romans.  But  if,  in  order  to  form  an  estimate  of  the  actual 
condition  of  these  institutions  at  this  time,  we  apply  this  analysis, 
we  shall  obtain  the  following  results: — 

LEGISLATIVE  POWER.  This  was  exercised  by  the  king,  the 
senate  and  the  people.  The  king  appears  usually  to  have  taken 
the  initiative.  All  projects  were,  however,  examined  and  dis- 
cussed in  the  senate  before  the  convocation  of  the  people.  These 
latter  deliberated,  at  first  in  the  assembly  of  the  curies,  comitia 
curiata,  where,  by  a  system  the  principles  of  which  are  un- 
known to  us  in  detail,  the  suffrage  was  taken  ex  generibus,  and 
where  the  preponderance  was  secured  to  the  old  patrician  caste; 
later,  in  the  assembly  of  the  centuries,  where  the  suffrage  was 
taken  according  to  the  census  and  to  age,  ex  censu  ct  estate,  so 
that  by  an  ingenious  distribution  the  elder,  though  fewer  in 
number  in  each  section,  were  put  on  a  par  with  the  younger; 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  77 

and  in  the  assembly  generally  the  rich,  though  fewer  in  number, 
had  the  majority  of  votes.  Furthermore,  the  comitia  centuriata 
did  not  absorb  the  curiata;  the  two  institutions  existed  side  by 
side  and  formed  the  first  source  of  Roman  law,  while  the 
senate,  by  the  addition  of  its  auctoritas  to  their  decrees,  gave 
them  the  force  of  law. 

THE  EXECUTIVE  was  chiefly  confided  to  the  king,  who  never- 
theless was  subject  to  the  advice  of  the  senate  in  administrative 
affairs,  and  was  obliged  to  obtain  the  consent  of  the  people  in 
matters  of  peace  and  war. 

THE  JUDICIAL  Power,  as  a  general  rule,  was  vested  in  the  king : 
he  heard  and  determined  private  disputes  either  in  person  or  by 
patricians  whom  he  nominated  for  the  purpose.  Criminal  mat- 
ters which  involved  the  life  of  a  citizen  were  frequently  sub- 
mitted to  the  arbitration  of  the  people.  We  have  an  example 
of  this  in  the  trial  of  Horatius,  if  we  can  accept  the  testimony 
of  history. 

To  these  three  powers  must  be  added  a  fourth,  which,  though 
distinct  from  the  other  three,  forms  their  basis,  and  must  be 
regarded  as  their  superior. 

THE  ELECTORAL  POWER.  This  electoral  power  did  not  in 
primitive  times  assume  the  phase  familiar  to  us  in  our  own  days, 
that  is  to  say,  as  applied  to  the  election  of  mandatories  charged 
to  represent  the  electors  in  a  public  assembly,  but  was  applied 
to  the  election  of  the  high  functionaries  of  the  state.  In  the 
earliest  period  it  was  lodged  in  the  aristocratic  assembly  of  race, 
the  comitia  curiata.  The  nomination  of  the  king  was  thus  made 
with  the  co-operation  of  the  senate,  which  gave  its  auctoritas. 

SACRED  LAW. 

84.  At  Rome  the  rites  and  ceremonies  of  religion  entered 
into  international,  public  and  private  law ;  the  king,  as  pontifex 
maximus,  presided  over  sacred  matters,  and  numbers  of  the 
highest  patrician  families  enjoyed  sacerdotal  appointments,  the 
tenure  of  which,  it  must  be  remembered,  was  not  for  the  most 
part  incompatible  with  that  of  other  public  offices.  There  were 
three  principal  institutions  connected  with  sacred  law  to  which 
attention  must  be  directed. 


78  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

1st.  The  college  of  the  pontiffs.  This  college  was  at  first 
composed  of  four  members:  one  of  these,  the  president,  was 
called  the  high  pontiff  (pontifex  maximus}.  It  was  the  head 
of  the  sacerdotal  hierarchy,  having  a  religious  jurisdiction  over 
the  entire  priesthood,  and  many  matters,  both  public  and  pri- 
vate, which  were  intimately  connected  with  religion ;  such,  for 
example,  as  adoptions,  funerals,  the  religious  obligations  due 
by  each  family  to  its  gods  and  to  its  household  deities. 

It  was  the  duty  of  the  pontifex  maximus  to  commit  to  writing 
the  principal  events  of  each  year,  and  to  expose  them  upon  an 
album  or  white  tablet  which  was  suspended  in  his  house,  and 
generally  to  keep  these  annales  maximi,  which  have  proved  one 
of  the  few  sources  of  information,  concerning  this  period,  open  to 
the  poet  and  the  historian  of  later  date.1 

The  pontifical  dignity,  which  was  confined  to  the  patricians, 
was  conferred  for  life.  The  election  to  vacancies  was  made  by 
the  remaining  members,  it  being  a  self-electing  body.2  The 
election  of  pontifex  maximus  from  among  their  number  was, 
however,  made  by  the  comitia.  At  what  period  this  practice 
commenced  is  uncertain;  that  such  was  the  case  in  later  times 
is  clear,  but  that  it  was  so  at  this  epoch  is  mere  conjecture. 

2nd.  The  college  of  the  augurs  consisted  at  this  period  of 
four  members,  whose  chief  duty  was  to  consult  the  heavens 
previous  to  any  important  enterprise.  More  than  once  we  have 
seen  them  dissolve  an  assembly  or  stop  a  general  on  the  eve  of 
an  attack,  because  the  omens  were  not  propitious.  At  the  time 
of  the  division  of  the  people  into  three  tribes,  each  of  the  three 
furnished  an  augur.3  When  the  old  divisions  were  replaced  by 
the  four  local  tribes  of  Servius,  they  became  four  in  number,  or 
one  for  each  tribe. 

3rd.  The  college  of  the  feciales.  The  duty  of  these  officers 
was  confined  to  international  law,  in  relation  to  treaties  of 
alliance  and  war. 

1  Cicero,  De  oratore,  lib.  ii.  §   12:  scendi ;    ii,   qui   etiam   nunc   Annales 

"  Ab  initio  rerum  Romanarum  usque  maximi  nominantur." 
ad  P.  Mucium,  pontificem  maximum,  2  Dion.  lib.  ii.  §  75. 

res  omnes  singulorum annorum  manda-  3  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  9: 

bat  litteris  pontifex  maximus,  effere-  "  Ex  singulis  tribubus  singulos  coopta- 

batque  in  album,  et  proponebat  tabulam  vit  augures  (Romulus)." 
domi,  potestas  ut  esset  populo  cogno- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  79 

PRIVATE  LAW. 

85.  We  have  no  documents  whatever  throwing  light  upon 
the  private  law  of  this  period.     History,  it  is  true,  ascribes  to 
the  kings  some  important  enactments  passed  in  the  comitia 
upon  marriage,  the  paternal  power,  and  the  rights  of  creditors 
relatively  to  their  debtors ;  but  the  accuracy  which  is  essential 
to  the  study  of  this  subject  cannot  be  found  in  vague  and  uncer- 
tain tradition.     The  existence  of  these  unknown  laws  is  contro- 
verted, and  generally  it  may  be  said  that  the  private  law  of  this 
period  is  comprised  in  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  people. 
Any  attempt  to  describe  it  in  detail  would,  in  all  probability, 
result  in  attributing  to  this  period  institutions  belonging  to  a 
later  epoch. 

MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS. 

86.  It  appears  to  have  been  an  universally  admitted  principle 
that  each  city  should  have  its  own  laws  confined  to  its  own 
citizens.     The  connubium,  or  right  of  marriage,  did  not  exist 
between  males  and  females  of  different  cities  unless  by  special 
agreement  between  those  cities.     Thus  it  was  that  the  primitive 
Romans,  according  to  tradition,  were  compelled  to  resort  to 
ambuscade  and  force  in  order  to  carry  off  their  first  wives.     The 
commercium  was  no  doubt  in  the  same  condition,  that  is  to  say, 
without  a  special  arrangement  between  two  cities,  the  inhabitants 
of  the  one  could  not  legally  convey  any  property  to  those  of 
another  or  make  binding  engagements  with  them.     The  law 
peculiar  and  exclusively  belonging  to  Roman  citizens  was  termed 
the  law  of  the  Quirites  (Jus  Quiritium). 

87.  It  will  be  asked,  were  the  juridical  customs,  the  rules  for 
the  regulation  of  families,  concerning  property  and  obligations 
the  same  for  the  patrician  and  the  plebeian?     We  answer  that 
all  the  evidence  tends  to  prove  that  they  were  different;  that 
not  only  in  public  but  in  private  law  the  plebeian  was  separated 
by  a  broad  line  from  the  patrician.     Any  attempt  to  specify 
details  would  end  in  conjecture;  however,  we  have  sufficient 
material  to  enable  us  to  obtain  a  correct  idea  of  the  most  im- 


80  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

portant  points  of  distinction  between  the  private  status  of  the 
two  castes. 

On  the  one  hand,  the  patrician  could  boast  an  origin  coeval 
with  the  foundation  of  Home ;  he  could  point  to  one  of  the  old 
nobles  as  his  father  (gui  patrem  ciere  possunt,  id  est,  nihil  ultra 
guam  ingenui)\  in  tracing  his  lineage  step  by  step  back  to  the 
progenitor  of  his  race,  he  could  say  that  none  of  his  ancestry 
had  been  tainted  by  vassalage  (quorum  majorum  nemo  servitutem 
ser vivify;  and  his  race,  having  no  genealogy  but  its  own,  con- 
stituted it  a  gens  (vos  solos  gentem  habere),  which  included  both 
the  plebeians  subject  to  it  by  the  ties  of  clientage  and  the  en- 
franchised, to  whom  it  had  given  liberty — a  double  class  of 
dependants  to  whom  the  gens  communicated  its  name  and  rites 
(sacra  gentilitia) — to  whom  the  head  of  the  gens  was  a  patron, 
a  civil  father  and  a  chief  (pater). 

On  the  other  hand  the  plebeian  of  doubtful  or  servile  origin 
was  frequently  unable  to  say  whence  he  came ;  he  could  in  no 
instance  trace  his  lineage  back  without  coming  to  a  client  who 
had  been  enfranchised,  or  to  one  whose  origin  was  lost ;  he  thus 
had  no  gens  of  his  own,  and  generally  traced  his  stock  from  a 
dependant  of  some  patrician  gens. 

Such  is  the  radical  difference  between  the  two  castes,  the 
basis  upon  which  rests  the  distinction  between  public  and  pri- 
vate legal  rights;  and  such  were  the  plebeians  who,  in  course 
of  time,  increased  in  number  and  strength,  till  at  length  they  found 
themselves  in  a  position  to  contest  step  by  step  the  right  to 
equality  with  their  patrician  superiors. 

88.  All  private  law  among  the  Romans  was  based  upon  one 
idea.  The  hand  (manus)  was  the  symbol  of  power.  Chattels, 
slaves,  children,  wife  and  freedmen,  all  were  subject  to  the  chief 
— in  manu — an  expression  which,  at  a  later  period,  acquired  a 
more  special  signification.  But  the  means  by  which  the  warrior 
acquired  power  and  was  enabled  to  get  his  property  within  his 
grasp  (manu  capere},  was  by  the  lance,  the  wielders  or  possessors 
of  which  were  the  Quirites — a  symbol  that  long  remained  in  use 
after  the  actual  prototype  had  disappeared.  Even  in  the  solem- 
nities of  marriage,  long  after  these  primitive  times,  it  was  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  81 

custom  to  pass  a  lance  over  the  head  of  the  bride,  in  token  of 
the  power  over  her  (manus)  her  husband  was  about  to  acquire.1 
That  which  we  now  call  property  bore  a  name  very  expressive 
of  the  then  state  of  civilization — mancipium,  which  was  applied 
at  the  same  time  to  the  object  of  possession  and  to  the  power  of 
possession  itself  (manu  captuni). 

89.  As  the  lance  represented  acquisition  by  violence,  so  there 
was  a  remarkable  symbol  which  occupied  a  most  important 
position  in  connection  with  a  transaction  of  private  law — the 
peaceable  transfer  of  possession  (manus)  over  property  (man- 
cipium).    We  allude  to  the  ceremony  with  the  piece  of  brass 
and  the  balance,  per  CBS  et  libram,  called  nexum,  mancipium, 
and  at  a  later  period  mancipatio.     Here  we   have  a  relic  of 
the  time  when  money  passed  by  weight — a  libripens  holds  the 
balance,  five  citizens,  representing  perhaps  the  five  classes  of 
the  census,  are  present  as  witnesses;   the  metal  is  given  and 
weighed;    certain  words  containing  the  law  of  the   contract, 
lex  mancipii,  are  pronounced,   and  the  manus,  the  power,  is 
transmitted  from  the  seller  to  the  buyer.     Money,  which  had 
long  been  in  use  amongst  the  Italian  nations,  was  early  adopted 
by  the  Romans,  and  copper  coins,  bearing  the  impression  of  an 
ox  or  a  sheep,  whence  the  term  "  pecunia,"  were  early  intro- 
duced; yet  the  solemnity  per  ces  et  libram  was  retained,  and, 
although  symbolical,  regarded  as  necessary. 

90.  As  on  the  one  hand  manus  was  the  basis  of  Quiritarian 
private  right,  so  on  the  other  mancipatio,  or  the  solemnity  per 
CBS  et  libram,  was  the  form  chiefly  used  for  the  establishment,  the 
modification  or  the  extinction  of  rights.     By  it  interests  in  land 
were  acquired,  the  property  in  beasts  of  burden  or  of  draught 
was  passed,  slaves  transferred,  and  the  power  over  the  wife  or 
the  freedman  established;  by  it  civil  obligations  were  contracted, 
and  the  validity  of  the  last  will  or  testament  depended  upon  its 
proper  observance. 

1  Festus,    on    the    word    Celibari:  ma  armorum  et  imperil  est."     Festus 

"  Celibari  hasta  caput  nnbentis  come-  gives  also  several  other  explanations  of 

batur  .     .     .  quod  nuptiali  jure  imperio  this  usage,  but  this  is  the  correct  one. 
viri  subjicitur  nubens :  quia  hasta  suin- 

G 


82  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

This  solemnity  was  in  many  instances  purely  plebeian,  and  by 
it  the  inferior  class  was  enabled  to  arrive  at  results  attained  by 
the  higher  through  means  considered  more  dignified.  Thus, 
while  the  patrician  wife  passed  into  the  power  of  her  husband 
by  the  religious  ceremony  termed  the  confarreatio,  the  character 
of  which  and  the  attendant  symbol  are  full  of  dignity  and  nobi- 
lity, and  which  qualified  the  children  of  the  marriage  to  under- 
take high  sacerdotal  functions,  the  plebeian  woman  was  sold  to 
her  husband  for  a  piece  of  brass  weighed  out  in  the  balance  per 
ces  et  libram,  or  might  be  acquired  as  a  chattel  by  possession  for 
one  year.  So,  while  the  curies  were  convoked  to  hear  a  patri- 
cian declare  his  testament,  to  deliberate  whether  the  disposition 
he  desired  to  make  was  consistent  with  the  interests  of  an  aristo- 
cratic family,  whether  the  nominated  heir  was  worthy  of  admis- 
sion after  the  death  of  the  testator  to  the  place  occupied  by  him 
in  the  corporation;  while,  in  fact,  the  testament  of  a  patrician 
was  regarded  as  nothing  less  than  a  law  of  the  curia,  the  plebeian 
testament  consisted  of  a  sale  during  his  life  per  CBS  et  libram  of 
his  estate,  to  take  effect  upon  his  death.  By  this  ceremony 
also  the  plebeian  bound  himself  or  his  children  either  to  redress 
a  wrong,  to  raise  money,  or  to  give  security  for  money  bor- 
rowed. 

91.  But  the  most  striking  feature  of  Roman  manners  is  the 
family.  Grouped  around  its  chief,  subject  to  his  despotic  rule, 
it  exists,  a  small  isolated  body  complete  in  itself,  surrounded  by 
the  other  component  parts  of  the  general  body  of  society. 

The  head,  paterfamilias,  is  alone  in  private  law  capable  of 
having  rights  or  obligations.  All  under  his  power  are  but  his 
agents,  his  instruments.  He  is  sole  proprietor  of  the  property 
in  his  or  their  possession:  even  the  persons  constituting  his 
household  are  his  property.  His  slaves,  his  children,  his  wife 
and  his  freedmen  are  under  his  immediate  power  and  control. 
Around  him,  though  not  so  intimately  connected  with  him, 
are  his  enfranchised,  and,  when  the  pater  is  a  patrician,  his 
clients.  To  this  state  of  things  several  institutions,  to  which 
constant  reference  is  made  in  the  civil  law  relating  to  persons, 
owe  their  origin. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  83 

1st.  Slavery,  which  introduced  into  the  state  and  into  families 
a  class  of  human  beings  almost  destitute  of  rights,  who,  like 
any  other  ordinary  chattels,  could  be  disposed  of  by  the  owner 
at  will — an  institution,  though  contrary  to  nature,  yet  common 
to  all  nations  of  the  period. 

2nd.  The  paternal  power,  which  was  of  peculiar  force  among 
the  Romans ;  for  it  made  the  father  supreme  over  his  son  what- 
ever might  be  his  age,  as  also  over  his  son's  children  and  the 
fruits  of  his  labour,  and  extended  even  to  the  power  of  life  and 
death. 

3rd.  The  marital  power,  when  the  woman  passed  under  the 
authority  of  her  husband — a  power  perhaps  less  absolute  than 
either  of  the  two  former,  because  it  was  moderated  by  the 
influence  of  the  wife's  relatives. 

4th.  The  power  over  freemen,  who,  though  ranked  by  the 
state  as  free,  could,  as  to  the  family,  be  subject  to  the  chief,  its 
head,  reduced  to  a  species  of  property  and  assimilated  to  slaves. 
"Whether  we  regard  them  as  children  or  other  dependants  sold 
or  abandoned  per  ces  et  libram  by  their  chief,  or  as  debtors  who, 
in  default  of  payment,  were  adjudicated  by  the  magistrate  to 
their  creditors  (addicti},  or  as  those  who  voluntarily  sold  them- 
selves per  (Bs  et  libram  for  a  given  time  to  creditors  in  satisfac- 
tion of  their  debt,  nexi. 

5th.  Enfranchisement,  which  transferred  a  person  from  the 
condition  of  a  chattel  to  that  of  a  free  man  without  at  the  same 
time  severing  all  the  ties  and  obligations  which  bound  him  to 
his  ancient  master.  Thus  was  created  in  Rome  a  peculiar  class 
of  citizens,  which  retained  through  several  generations  the  im- 
press of  their  original  slavery.  It  is  not  known  how  enfran- 
chisement was  effected  prior  to  the  institution  of  the  census. 
After  that  period  it  was  accomplished  by  simply  writing  the 
name  of  the  individual  in  the  census  or  list  of  citizens.  Diony- 
sius  ascribes  to  Servius  the  admission  of  the  enfranchised  to  the 
rights  of  citizenship  and  their  inscription  in  the  urban  tribes.1 

6th.  Clientage  was  a  condition  at  the  same  time  political  and 
private,  by  which  the  plebeians  were  subject  to  the  superior 

1  Dion.  lib.  iv.  §  26. 
G2 


84  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

race,  and  distributed  amongst  their  families  as  dependants  of 
the  patrician  gentes.  The  client  and  his  descendants  became  a 
part  of  his  patron's  gens :  they  assumed  with  a  terminal  modi- 
fication its  name  and  adopted  its  peculiar  rites  (sacra  gentilitia) ; 
and  in  default  of  natural  heirs  the  gens  became  the  successor. 
The  patron  and  his  client  were  bound  by  mutual  obligations, 
and  religion  and  custom  clothed  these  duties  with  so  sacred  a 
character,  that  he  who  violated  them — when  human  sacrifices 
were  in  vogue — was  publicly  immolated  at  one  of  the  religious 
festivals :  sacer  esto. 

The  patricians  alone  had  clients,  and  in  the  earliest  period  of 
Roman  history  every  plebeian  was  attached  by  this  bond  to  some 
aristocratic  gens  ;  in  the  course  of  time,  however,  the  new  order 
of  plebeians  steadily  increasing,  and  being  free  from  such  ties, 
absorbed  these  first  germs  of  the  Roman  population.  The 
gentes,  the  first  race,  and  their  dependants  the  plebeians,  the 
nucleus  of  the  Roman  people,  disappeared,  and  with  them  real 
clientage  was  gone,  having  been  transformed  by  the  course  of 
time  and  the  progress  of  civilization  into  an  institution  existing 
merely  in  name,  sustained  only  for  ostentation  and  intrigue. 

92.  If  from  the  condition  of  persons  at  this  period  we  pass 
to  that  of  property,  our  attention  will  be  first  arrested  by  the 
Ager  Romanus  or  Quiritarian  land.  The  Quiritarian  title  to 
land  could  only  be  enjoyed  by  Roman  citizens,  and  was  confined 
to  certain  lands.  The  different  kings  of  Rome,  Romulus, 
Ancus,  Tarquinius  Priscus  and  Servius  Tullius,  are  represented 
by  the  historian  as  tracing  and  successively  extending  the  limits 
of  this  Ager  Romanus,  and  dividing  it  amongst  the  citizens  in 
allotments,  either  to  the  several  curies  or  to  separate  individuals, 
viritim.1  The  Quiritarian  land  ceased  to  increase  in  extent 
from  the  last  survey  made  by  Servius  Tullius.2  In  vain  did 
Rome  by  conquest  after  conquest  invade  the  world  and  extend 
the  limits  of  its  dominion, — the  Ager  Romanus  remained  as  it 
had  been  fixed.  And  no  greater  favour  could  be  granted  by 
the  maternal  city  than  the  endowment  of  other  land  with  a  par- 

1  Dion.,  Antiquit., lib.  iii.§l.  Cicero,  9  Dion.  lib.  iv.  §  13. 

De  repiiblica,  lib.  ii.  §§  14,  18. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  85 

ticipation  in  the  privileges  of  the  Quiritarian  law  in  imitation 
of  the  Ager  Romanus.  And  tradition,  overlooking  modifica- 
tions introduced  by  successive  changes  of  race,  of  civilization 
and  of  language,  at  this  day  points  out  to  the  traveller  at  Rome 
the  Agro  Romano.1 

We  must  be  careful  to  distinguish  the  Ager  Romanus  from 
the  Ager  publicus,  or  state  lands,  which  belonged  to  the  people 
collectively.  These  were  lands  reserved  for  pasturage  or  uses 
in  common,  to  be  worked  for  the  public  advantage  or  to  be  held 
of  the  state,  either  gratuitously  or  at  a  rent.  These  are  the 
lands  of  which  the  patricians  took  possession  and  for  which  they 
refused  or  neglected  to  pay  the  rents,  while  they  transmitted 
them,  if  not  as  Quiritarian  property  at  least  as  a  hereditary 
possession  to  their  posterity  ;  and  these  are  the  lands  of  which 
the  plebeians  so  constantly  demanded  the  division.  This  public 
land  extended  in  proportion  to  the  success  of  the  Roman  arms. 
The  confiscation  of  the  territory  of  the  vanquished,  in  the 
absence  of  more  favourable  terms,  is  a  part  of  the  law  of  war, 
and  all  conquered  lands,  before  being  granted  to  private  indi- 
viduals, were  Ager  publicus,  so  that  in  this  way  the  term  might 
have  come  to  embrace  the  known  world. 

It  is  therefore  erroneous  to  say  that  Rome  had  not  at  this 
time  a  civil  law.  It  may  be  true  that  it  was  not  a  written  law, 
however  it  was  the  common  law,  and  was  so  deeply  rooted  in 
custom  as  to  be  the  germ  of  all  subsequent  legal  growth. 

1  Varro,  De  lingua  latind,l\b.  v.  §33.  public!  disserunt  agrorum  sunt  genera 

He  tells  us  how  they  distinguished  by  quinque,  Romanus,  Gabinus,  Peregri- 

the  aid  of  the  science  of  augury  different  nus,  Hosticus,  Incertus,"  &c.,  and  gives 

kinds   of  agcr  :    "  Ut  nostri  augures  the  explanation. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


SECOND  PERIOD. 


THE  REPUBLIC. 

I.  TO  THE  PASSING  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES. 

93.  IT  is  impossible  for  several  distinct  powers  to  exist  side 
by  side  in  the  same  state  without  rivalry  and  antagonism.  If 
there  are  three,  two  of  them  will  unite  to  destroy  the  third. 
Are  there  but  two,  the  struggle  is  only  the  more  severe. 
Rome  furnishes  us  with  an  illustration  of  this.  Of  the  three 
political  bodies  we  have  seen  existing  in  the  state,  the  patrician 
and  plebeian  alone  remained  at  the  epoch  at  which  we  have 
arrived.  They  had  united  in  their  efforts  to  overthrow  the 
kings,  and  they  then  entered  upon  that  protracted  contest  with 
each  other,  in  which  the  patricians,  who  were  at  first  in  sole 
possession  of  all  the  honours,  privileges  and  dignities  of  the 
state,  beheld  them  one  by  one  taken  away  or  shared  by  their 
opponents,  the  plebeians.  It  was  a  struggle  which,  originating 
in  the  liberation  of  the  two  orders  from  regal  authority,  termi- 
nated in  their  subjection  to  imperial  despotism  (B.C.  509).  It 
would  appear  at  first  sight  as  if  the  government  had  undergone 
but  slight  change.  There  was  no  apparent  innovation  in  the 
comitia,  in  the  senate,  or  in  the  administration  generally.  The 
regal  authority  had  only  been  transferred  to  two  consuls,  elected 
like  the  kings  themselves  by  the  people,  but  whose  power  was 
limited  to  one  year.  The  position,  however,  of  the  nobles,  and 
the  spirit  of  the  citizens,  were  completely  altered,  and  all  that 
followed  turned  upon  this  transformation.  If  we  can  credit 
Livy,  Servius  had  conceived  the  project  of  abdicating  in  order 
himself  to  establish  the  consular  form  of  government ;  and,  ac- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  87 

cording  to  him,  this  change  was  effected  by  the  comitia  of  the 
centuries,  but  although  the  form  remained  the  same  the  spirit 
had  entirely  changed.1 

The  consuls,  though  in  certain  respects  we  might  agree  with 
Cicero  in  calling  them  two  annual  kings,  were  in  reality  far 
from  occupying  the  place  of  kings.  These  functionaries,  su- 
perior to  the  senators  and  the  plebeians,  had  constituted  in  them- 
selves an  independent  political  body,  and  had  established  an 
equilibrium  between  themselves,  the  people  and  the  senate. 
The  consuls,  on  the  other  hand,  were  patricians;  they  were 
controlled  by  the  senate  and  transacted  nothing  except  under 
its  influence.  The  equilibrium,  therefore,  had  to  be  established 
between  the  senate  and  the  people,  and  the  regal  functions 
which  had  been  exercised  by  the  kings  had  to  be  shared  between 
the  two  remaining  political  bodies. 

The  senate  augmented  its  executive  power;  the  administra- 
tion was  concentrated  within  it ;  to  it  was  entrusted  the  duty  of 
contracting  all  treaties  with  allies  and  with  enemies ;  in  a  word, 
it  held  the  helm  of  state.  The  revolution  was  in  fact  an  aristo- 
cratic revolution.  It  was  the  patrician  caste  that  gathered  its 
first  fruits,  and  the  senate,  adopting  the  expression  of  Cicero,  so 
controlled  the  republic,  that  everything  was  done  by  its  authority 
and  nothing  by  that  of  the  people.2 

The  people,  however,  believed  themselves  free.  They  had, 
in  fact,  tested  their  strength ;  they  knew  that  they  made  laws 
and  magistrates ;  they  knew  that  the  yoke  which  they  had  im- 
posed upon  themselves  they  could  when  they  should  think  fit 
cast  off.  In  appearance,  they  had  increased  their  independence, 
and  they  flattered  themselves  their  power  also.  The  fasces  of 
the  consuls  were  bowed  before  them  ;  the  pain  of  death  awaited 

1  Livy,  lib.  i.  §  48 :  "  Id  ipsum  tarn  rcmpublicam    tcmporibus    illis,    ut    in 
mite  ac  tarn  moderation  imperium,  ta-  populo  libcro  pauca  per  populum,  pie- 
men, quia  unius  esset,  deponere  euin  in  raque  scnatus  auctoritate  et  institute  ac 
animo  habuisse  qnidam  auctorcs  sunt ;  more  gererentur,  atque  uti  consules  po- 
ni  scelus  intestinum  liberanda;  patrina  tcstatem   habercut    tempore    dnntaxat 
consilia  agitanti  intervenisset."     §60:  annuam,  genere  ipso  ac  jure  regiam. 
"Duo  consules  inde  comitiis  ccnttiria-  Quodque  erat  adobtinendam  potentiam 
tis  a  prafecto  Urbis  ex  commcntariis  nobilium  vel  maximum,  vebementer  id 
Servii   Tulli   creati    sunt,    L.    Junius  rctincbatur,  populi  comitia   ne   essent 
Brutus  et  L.  Tarquinius  Collatinus."  rata,    nisi    ea    patrum    approbavisset 

2  Cicero,  De  rcpuMica,  lib.  ii.  §  32:  auctoritas." 
"  Tenuit  igitur  hoc   in  statu  scnatus 


88  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

him  who  dared  to  take  upon  himself  the  office  of  magistrate 
without  their  consent ;  death  was  the  penalty  of  aspiring  to 
royalty ;  and  to  them  there  lay  the  right  of  appeal  against  the 
sentence  of  any  magistrate  who  should  condemn  a  citizen  to 
death,  to  exile,  or  to  the  scourge. 


SECTION  XVIII. 

THE  VALERIAN  LAWS  (Leges  Valeria}. 
QUESTORS  or  HOMICIDE  (  Quatstores  Parricidii). 

94.  The  laws  passed  at  this  period,  owing  to  the  influence  of 
the  people,  are  known  as  the  Valerian  Laws,  because  it  was  on 
the  motion  of  the  Consul  Valerius  Publicola  that  they  were 
decreed  by  the  centuries — Leges  Valerias — the  last  of  which  in 
order  first  demands  our  attention. 

This  law  prohibited  any  sentence  depriving  a  citizen  of  life, 
liberty  or  the  rights  of  citizenship  from  being  pronounced  irrevo- 
cably by  a  single  magistrate,  and  established  in  all  such  cases 
the  right  of  appeal  to  the  people  in  comitia  by  centuries  (pro- 
vocatio  ad  populurn).  But  did  not  this  right,  which  Livy  dig- 
nifies as  the  unicum  prcesidium  libertatis,  exist  under  the 
kings?  Several  historians  are  of  opinion  that  it  did,  and 
Cicero,  in  his  Republic,  says :  "  Provocationem  autem  etiam  a 
regibus  faisse  declarant  pontiftcales  libri,  significant  nostri 
etiam  augurales" 

The  Valerian  law  transformed  into  written  law  that  which 
had  been  previously  a  mere  custom,  frequently  neglected,  or 
perhaps  respected  only  where  the  rights  of  the  patrician  caste 
were  involved. 

As  it  was  prohibited  to  create  any  magistrate  without  the 
right  of  provocatio,  a  breach  of  this  law  might  be  punished 
capitally  and  the  offender  put  to  death  with  impunity.1 

1  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  31.  tione  creasset:    qui   creasset,  eum  jus 

Dig.  1,  2,  De  origine  juris,  2,  §  16,  f.  fasque   esset   occidi :    neve    ea    csedes 

Pompon.      Livy,  lib.  iii.   §  55  :    "  Ne  capitalis  noxee  haberetur." 
quis  ullum  magistratum  sine  provoca- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  89 

95.  Any  private  individual,  equally  with  a  magistrate,  was 
at  liberty  to  prosecute  before  the  people  for  capital  crimes  ;  the 
comitia,  however,  frequently  delegated  their  power  to  citizens 
called  qucestores  parricidii,  whose  duty  it  was  to  preside  at  the 
investigation  of  these  charges  (qui  capitalibus  rebus  prceesseni), 
direct  the  proceedings,  and  deliver  judgment  in  the  name  of  the 
people.1     Parricidium  signifies  at  this  period  paris-cidium  —the 
murder  of  one's  equal — homicide ;  and  not,  as  in  later  times, 
patris-cidium—the  murder  of  a  father — patricide.     In  Festus 
we  find  this  law  ascribed  to  Numa,  "  Si  quis  hominem  liberum 
dolo  sciens  morti  duit,  parricida  esto." 

96.  The  Valerian  law  did  not  apply  to  foreigners  or  slaves, 
who  could  be  punished,  scourged,  or  put  to  death  by  the  con- 
suls upon  their  own  authority ;  nor  was  it  in  force  beyond  one 
mile  from  the  city,8  consequently  it  ceased  to  apply  to  the  army 
as  soon  as  it  had  passed  this  limit;  indeed,  had  such  a  barrier 
been  opposed  to  the  imperium  of  the  general,  the  rigid  discipline 
for  which  the  Roman  army  was  so  conspicuous  would  soon  have 
been  destroyed ;  and,  lastly,  it  did  not  reach  the  paternal  power 
(patria  potestas).     Hence  the  anomaly  that  a  man,  who  could 
not  be  capitally  punished  by  the  state  except  by  the  will  of  the 
whole  people,  might  be  put  to  death  by  the  order  of  his  father. 


SECTION  XIX. 

QlLESTORS  OF  THE  PUBLIC  REVENUE. 

97.  To  the  same  consul  Valerius  is  also  ascribed  the  creation 
of  a  new  magistracy.  Hitherto  the  guardianship  and  adminis- 
tration of  the  public  revenue  had  been  entrusted  first  to  the 
kings  and  subsequently  to  the  consuls.  On  the  motion  of 
Valerius  two  quasstors  were  appointed  by  the  people  expressly 
for  these  duties.  They  were  called  quaestors  because  it  was 
their  duty  to  seek  and  collect  the  public  taxes  (qui  pecunice 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  origine  juris,  2,  §  23,       provocationem   esse   longius    ab    urbe 
f.  Pompon.  mille  passuum." 

2  Livy,  lib.  iii.  §  20 :  "  Neque  enim 


90  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

prcsessent),  as  those  whose  duty  it  was  to  seek  out  evidence  in 
cases  of  capital  crimes  had  been  called  quaestores  parricidii.1 
The  creation  of  this  office  was  the  beginning  of  the  dismember- 
ment of  the  consulate:  it  was  at  first  exclusively  confined  to 
patricians,  and  became  the  first  step  to  the  highest  dignities. 


SECTION  XX. 

DICTATOR,  OR  MASTER  or  THE  PEOPLE  (Dictator,  Ma- 

gister  Populi). 
MASTER  OF  THE  CAVALRY  (Magister  Equitum). 

98.  Tarquin  did  not  remain   inactive   after  his  expulsion. 
The  wars  that  he  waged  against  the  Romans  compelled  them 
to  exert  all  their  energies,  and  at  the  end  of  nine  years  from  the 
downfal  of  the  throne,  menaced  from  without  by  a  powerful 
army  collected  against  them  by  the  son-in-law  of  Tarquin,  and 
while  the  safety  of  the  republic  was  equally  in  danger  from 
internal  dissension  between  the  two  orders,  the  senate  resorted 
to  vigorous  action,  and,  following  a  Latin  example,  created  a 
new  officer,  called  the  dictator. 

99.  (B.C.  501.)    Acting  upon  the  authority  of  the  senate,  the 
consuls  selected  from  among  the  patricians  a  dictator,  who  was 
invested  for  six  months  with  supreme  power.     As  chief  magis- 
trate, he  ruled  Home;  as  general,  he  commanded  the  army. 
The  axe  was  restored  to  the  fasces  of  his  lictors :  he  could  con- 
demn citizens  to  the  scourge,  exile  or  death  without  the  appeal, 
provocatio  ad  populum.     The  appeal  to  a  colleague,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  consuls,  no  longer  existed ;  for  the  dictator  possessed 
the  sole  authority:  his  word  was  law.2     In  this  way  the  patri- 
cians escaped  the  operation  of  the  Valerian  laws,  which  were 
secured  to  the  plebeians  upon  the  expulsion  of  the  kings;  in 
this  way  they  recovered  for  a  brief  space  their  power  and  the 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  origine  juris,  2,  §  22,  sent,  alterius  auxilium,  ncque  provoca- 

f.  Pompon.  tio  erat ;  neque  ullum  usquam,  nisi  in 

3  Livy,  lib.  2,  §  18  :    "  Neque  enim  cura  parcndi,  auxilium." 
ut  in  consulibus,  qui  pari  potestate  es- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  91 

title  "  master  of  the  people"  (magister  popult],  which  we  find  in 
the  earlier  Roman  writers,  but  which  the  force  of  custom  re- 
placed by  a  less  significant  appellation,  attests  the  character  of 
this  office.1  An  authority  so  absolute  was  well  calculated  to 
save  the  state  in  a  trying  crisis:  hence  we  find  resort  was  had 
to  this  measure  on  all  subsequent  occasions  when  the  common- 
wealth was  in  danger ;  but  it  had  also  a  tendency  to  arbitrary 
despotism,  and  did  in  fact  terminate  in  this:  not,  indeed,  so 
long  as  the  dictators,  citizens  of  the  republic,  thought  only  of 
its  salvation,  and  laid  down  their  fasces  when  a  crisis  had  passed 
or  their  term  of  office  had  expired,  but  at  a  later  period,  when 
generals  fought  for  themselves  or  for  a  party. 

1 00.  The  dictator  was  provided  with  a  lieutenant,  whom  he 
was  at  liberty  to  select,  and  who  was  styled  the  "  master  of  the 
horse"  (magister  equitum) — a  military  office  whose  origin  was 
said  to  date  from  the  time  of  the  kings  and  to  have  existed  even 
under  Romulus.2     It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  this  mounted 
lieutenant  headed  the  young  nobles,  of  whom  the  cavalry  mainly 
consisted,  whereas  the  dictator,  whether  in  the  city  or  in  the 
field,  marched  on  foot,  preceded  by  his  twenty-four  lictors,  at 
the  head  of  the  infantry,  who  were  plebeians,  thus  appearing 
rather  to  command  them  than  the  patricians. 

101.  But  be  that  as  it  may,  the  office  of  dictator,  as  also 
that  of  the  master  of  the  horse,  was  like  all  other  high  offices 
confined  to  the  patrician  order,  and  to  it  was  attached  the  dis- 
tinction of  the  lictors  and  the  fasces. 


SECTION  XXI. 

THE  STRUGGLE  BETWEEN  THE  PLEBEIANS  AND  THE 

PATRICIANS. 

102.  As  soon  as  the  fear  of  Tarquin  and  his  party  had  sub- 
sided, and  the  dictator  had  been  deprived  of  his  authority,  the 

1  Cicero,  De  rcpublica,  lib.  i.  §  40 :  Dig.  1,  2,  DC  origine  juris,  2,  §  19,  f. 

"  Nam  Dictator  quidcm  ab  eo  appcl-  Pompon. 

latnr,  quia  dicitur ;  sed  in  nostris  libris  3  Dig;  1,  2,  De  orig  me  juris,  2,  §  19, 

vides  eum  magistrum  populi  appellari."  f.  Pompon.    Lydus,  lib.  i.  §  1-i. 


92  THE  HISTORY  OF  EOMAN  LAW. 

tranquillity  which  for  a  brief  period  had  resulted  from  the  ap- 
proach of  danger  and  the  suppression  of  the  plebeians,  was  inter- 
rupted, and  the  struggle  between  the  two  orders  recommenced. 
The  political  situation  of  the  plebeians  was  by  no  means  pro- 
mising. The  senate  was  composed  solely  of  patricians:  they 
had  a  monopoly  of  religious  offices,  of  the  posts  of  consul, 
qugestor,  dictator,  master  of  the  horse ;  they  alone  held  mili- 
tary command,  and  ruled  in  the  comitia  of  the  curies  and  the 
centuries;  in  the  one  by  virtue  of  their  race,  in  the  other  by 
reason  of  their  wealth.  Nor  was  the  situation  of  the  plebeians  as 
regards  the  conditions  of  private  life  any  better ;  poor,  and  but 
little  addicted  to  mercantile  affairs  or  the  practice  of  the  me- 
chanical arts,  pursuits  at  that  period  scarcely  known  in  Rome, 
with  no  other  resource  open  to  them  than  agriculture  or  war, 
the  plebeians  might  be  forced  at  any  time,  by  an  unproductive 
harvest  or  an  unsuccessful  enterprise,  to  borrow  from  the  wealthy. 
When  in  due  course  the  time  for  payment  came,  the  debtor, 
finding  himself  unable  to  discharge  his  liability,  was  forced  to 
sacrifice  himself,  and  by  the  ceremony  per  &s  et  libram  entered 
into  a  condition  of  servitude  to  his  creditor,  known  as  nexus ; 
or  in  virtue  of  the  rights  to  which  we  have  already  alluded  the 
creditor  claimed  him  as  a  slave  (addictus}  from  the  magistrate, 
and  took  possession  of  him  as  his  own  property.  Such  suffer- 
ings and  personal  degradations,  which  were  far  from  unfre- 
quent,  when  added  to  political  grievances,  could  not  fail  to  be 
followed  by  disastrous  consequences.  Often  in  order  to  avert 
a  threatening  storm,  or  allay  the  rising  wave  of  popular  discon- 
tent, would  the  senate  decree  a  general  discharge  of  all  lia- 
bilities, debtors  would  be  restored  to  liberty,  and  those  who  had 
by  pecuniary  obligation  been  reduced  to  a  state  of  servitude 
(nexi  or  addicti}  be  granted  their  freedom.  But  such  relief  was 
spasmodic — the  law  remained  unaltered.1 

1  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  34.       condition,    especially    under     Servius 
Like  ameliorations  took  place  in  their      Tullius. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  93 

SECTION  XXII. 

PLEBEIAN  TRIBUNES  (  Tribuni  Plebis}. 
THE  SACRED  LAWS  (Leges  Sacra). 

103.  One  of  these  debtors,  an  old  soldier,  having  escaped 
from  the  house  of  his  creditor,  appeared  in  the  public  streets 
covered  with  stripes.     The  spectators  became  excited  ;  discon- 
tent spread  rapidly,  and  after  a  brief  period  of  popular  agitation 
and  the  failure  of  attempts  at  compromise,  the  plebeians  retired 
in  arms  to  Mons  Aventinus  on  the  other  side  of  the  Anio 
(B.C.  494).     This  sedition,  besides  the  remission  of  their  exist- 
ing debts  and  the  liberation  of  the  debtors,  was  attended  by 
serious  consequences  to  the  patricians.    They  had  in  their  order 
two  consuls ;  they  were  now  forced  to  let  the  plebeians  have 
two   magistrates,  plebeian  tribunes  (tribuni  plebis),  and  not 
"  tribunes  of  the  people,"  as  they  are  frequently  called. 

104.  These  tribunes  were  chosen  from  among  the  plebeians, 
but  at  first  they  were  nominated  by  the  curies.     Their  functions 
originally  were  not  initiative,  nor  did  the  office  at  first  confer 
executive  power.     It  was,  properly  speaking,  solely  protective. 
It  was  the  province  of  the  tribunes  to  shelter  the  plebeians  from 
acts  of  violence  or  injustice   (in  auxilium  plebis ;  contra  vim 
auxilium).     This  protection  was  secured  by  what  was  termed 
their  intercession  (inter cedere,  intercessio),  or  their  opposition — 
the  veto  which  they  were  empowered  to  pronounce  upon  the 
acts  of  the  consuls,  other  magistrates,  and  even  upon  the  decrees 
of  the  senate.     At  a  later  period  they  acquired  executive  power, 
and  the  right  of  initiating  action.1 

105.  The  strongest  guarantees  of  these  rights  were  exacted. 
The  populus  confirmed  them  in  the  comitia  by  centuries;  they 
were  sanctioned  by  the  senate,  and  consecrated  by  religious 
ceremonies.     The  tribunes  themselves,  the  hill  to  which  the 
plebeians  had  retired,  the  laws  which  secured  these  privileges, 
became  sacred  objects ;  the  hill  took  the  name  of  the  sacred 

1  Cicero,  De  republica,  lib.  ii.  §  34.       2,  De  orlginejurls,2,  §  20,  f.  Pompon. 
De  Icgibus,  lib.  iii.  §  7.     The  Claudian       Festu?,  on  the  word  Saccr  mons. 
Tables ;  vide  supra,  §  10,  note.     Dig.  1, 


94  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

mount  (mons  Sacer)  ;  the  laws  that  of  the  sacred  laws  (leges 
sacra) ;  the  person  of  the  tribunes  was  inviolable  (sacrosancta) ; 
and  the  head  of  him  who  should  attempt  a  tribune's  life  was 
forfeited  to  Jupiter  (caput  Jovi  sacrum),  and  his  family  sold  in 
aid  of  the  sacrifices  to  Ceres.1 


SECTION  XXIII. 

THE  COMITIA  BY  TRIBES  (Comitia  tributa). 
PLEBISCITA  (Plebis-scita). 

106.  This  first  victory  of  the  plebeians  led  to  all  the  others. 
The  tribunes,  at  first  two  in  number,  were  soon  raised  to  five 
(B.C.  471),  then  to  ten  (B.C.  457).  It  is  true  that  in  making 
this  augmentation  the  patricians  intended  to  deal  a  blow  at  the 
power  of  the  plebeians  by  introducing  discord  into  their  ranks, 
but  the  measure  had  not  this  result  at  first.  Eager  to  obtain 
the  favour  of  their  order,  and  ready  to  oppose  the  senators  and 
patricians,  they  took  counsel  among  themselves  as  to  the  line  of 
policy  they  would  adopt ;  and  acting  under  the  advice  of  their 
most  influential  men,  and  being  partly  guided  by  circumstances, 
they  convoked  an  assembly  of  the  mass  of  the  plebeians  dis- 
tributed in  the  tribes.  This  assembly  was  held  for  the  first 
time,  in  the  form  of  an  institution  recognized  by  the  senate,  for 
the  avowed  purpose  of  sitting  in  judgment  upon  a  patrician, 
Coriolanus  (B.C.  489). 

These  assemblies,  convened  without  consultation  of  augurs, 
and  convoked  and  presided  over  for  the  most  part  by  plebeians, 
though  originally  intended  solely  for  the  political  delibera- 
tions of  a  single  order  of  citizens,  soon  acquired  the  right  of 
pronouncing  judgment  in  certain  cases,  of  making  certain  elec- 
tions, and  of  passing  laws  affecting  private  rights,  and,  in  fact, 
became  a  branch  of  the  legislature. 

The  curies  were  an  institution  where  the  aristocracy  of  race 
formed  the  principle  of  division  ;  in  the  centuries  that  principle 
was  the  aristocracy  of  wealth.  But  the  division  among  the 

3  Livy,  lib.  iii.  §  55. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV.  95 

plebeians  was  by  tribes ;  and  here  the  plebeian  element  was 
paramount,  whether  from  the  fact  that  their  order  alone  was 
represented  there,  or  that  both  orders  being  represented,  the 
plebeian  preponderated.  We  must  bear  in  mind  that  in  law 
all  the  people,  whether  patrician  or  plebeian,  were  partitioned 
into  local  tribes ;  but,  in  point  of  fact,  the  constitution  of  these 
assemblies  by  tribes  was  purely  plebeian.  The  tribunes  were 
merely  representatives  of  this  class,  and,  as  such,  the  patricians 
were  not  called  upon  to  recognize  their  authority.  We  may 
learn  here  how  important  results  may  follow  from  mere  outward 
classification,  and  how  the  exclusive  character  of  the  system 
under  which  the  old  national  race  distinction  was  carried  out, 
as  in  the  curies  and  in  the  ingenious  combination  of  Servius, 
intended  to  give  preponderance  to  wealth,  eventually  affected 
the  constitution  of  Roman  government.  The  unit,  for  the 
purposes  of  voting,  being  the  tribe,  and  each  citizen  having  in 
his  tribe  an  equal  vote,  the  influence  of  the  plebeian  element 
preponderated ;  and  as  unity  of  purpose  is  always  characteristic 
of  this  element,  in  that  it  is  swayed  by  one  impulse,  viz.,  the 
spirit  of  opposition  to  the  antagonistic  order,  it  is  sure  in  the 
long  run  to  prevail. 

These  assemblies  bore  at  the  date  of  their  commencement  the 
name  of  concilia,  indicative  of  their  character  as  secret  councils 
composed  of  one  section  of  the  people ;  but  they  are  more  fre- 
quently designated  as  comitia  tributa,  comitias  by  tribes. 
Their  decisions  were  termed  plebis-scita,  decrees  of  the  ple- 
beians ;  and  some  writers,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  have 
designated  under  the  term  populi-scita,  or  decrees  of  the  people, 
the  laws  passed  by  the  other  comitias. 

107.  Thus,  dating  from  this  epoch,  we  have  the  three  kinds 
of  assemblies  which  the  history  of  Rome  presents,  clearly  de- 
fined: 1st.  The  ancient  and  aristocratic  assemblies  of  the  old 
patriciate,  or  the  ancient  races  of  the  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and 
Luceres,  or,  in  other  words,  the  comitia  by  curies  (comitia 
curiata}-,  2nd.  The  assemblies  of  the  entire  people  with  the 
preponderance  secured  to  wealth,  or  the  comitia  by  centuries 
(comitia  centuriata) ;  and  3rdly.  The  plebeian  assemblies,  or 


96      -  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  comitia  by  tribes  (comitia  tributa).  Aulus  Gellius,  who  has 
given  us  the  formula  of  the  two  former,  also  furnishes  us  with 
the  formula  of  the  latter.  And  in  order  to  distinguish  each 
clearly,  we  may  follow  him  in  saying  that  the  votes  were  given 
after  the  following  manner  :  in  the  first  by  nobility  of  birth  ;  in 
the  second  by  wealth  ascertained  by  the  census  and  by  age  ;  in 
the  third  by  local  distinctions.1 


SECTION  XXIV. 
PLEBEIAN  EDILES  (^Ediles  Plebeii). 

1 08.  The  assemblies  of  the  plebeians  kept  constantly  in  view 
the  improvement  of  the  position  of  their  own  class.  And  as 
the  consuls  had  under  them  two  quaestors,  they  added  to  the 
tribunes  two  magistrates  elected  from  among  the  plebeians,  whom 
they  named  plebeian  ediles  (adiles  plebeii}-,  officials  who  had 
charge  of  the  details  of  police  administration  and  the  protection 
of  the  edifices  where  the  plebiscita  were  deposited.8 


SECTION  XXV. 

ORIGIN  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  (Lex  OR  Leges  XII 

Tabularum,  Lex  decemvir  alis}. 
DECEMVIRS. 

109.  The  plebeians,  under  the  direction  of  their  tribunes, 
vigorously  followed  up  the  important  advantage  they  had  gained, 
and,  after  a  long  resistance  on  the  part  of  the  patricians,  suc- 
cess, at  least  in  part,  attended  their  efforts.  It  was  clear  that 
the  law,  public  and  private,  had  two  fundamental  defects:  on 
the  one  hand,  it  was  indefinite  and  unfamiliar  to  the  common 
herd;  and,  on  the  other,  it  bore  unequally  on  the  two  orders  of 

1  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  15,  §  27  :  "  Cum  ex  et  locis,  tributa." 

generibus  hominum  suffragium  feratur,  a  Dig.  1,  2,  De  origlne  juris,  2,  §  21, 

cnriata  comitia  esse ;  cum  ex  censu  et  f.  Pompon, 
setate,  centuriata;   cum  ex  regionibus 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  97 

society.  An  unknown  and  mysterious  power,  it  was  a  formid- 
able weapon  in  the  hands  of  the  patricians,  and  enabled  them 
to  keep  the  lower  orders  in  check  and  under  their  control.  The 
efforts  of  the  plebeians  were  therefore  directed  mainly  to  two 
things:  to  secure  publicity  and  equal  laws  for  all  classes 
(aquanda  libertas: — summis  infimisque  jura  csquare).1  And, 
with  this  object  in  view,  they  demanded  that  the  positive  laws 
of  the  republic  should  be  reduced  to  writing  and  promulgated.) 

Notwithstanding  the  obscurity  which  attends  this  question, 
we/can  see  that/the  point  contended  for  was  nothing  less  than 
tKe  equalization  of  the  two  orders :\  this  was  what  the  patricians 
were  opposing  throughout  the  struggle  from  consulate  to  con- 
sulate, which  lasted  with  various  vicissitudes  from  B.C.  462  to 
B.C.  451.  According  to  some  historians  three  patricians,  whose 
names  are  mentioned,  were  sent  to  Greece  in  the  year  B.C.  454, 
in  order  to  collect  the  laws  of  that  country;  and  upon  their 
return  two  years  afterwards  with  the  Attic  laws,  Hermodorus, 
an  exile  from  Ephesus,  to  whose  honour  a  statue  was  erected 
at  Rome,2  explained  them  to  the  people.  The  story  of  their 
mission  to  Greece  was  firmly  believed  by  the  Romans,  but  ever 
since  the  time  of  Vico  it  has  been  questioned  by  critical  his- 
torians. 

Treated  as  fable  by  some,  and  admitted  to  rest  upon  the 
evidence  of  certain  monuments  by  others,  this  story  must  be 
allowed  to  remain  among  the  numerous  problems  of  Roman 
history  which  cannot  be  cleared  up.  We  do  not  consider  that 
much  importance,  in  a  legal  point  of  view,  attaches  to  this  con- 
troversy. 

This  much,  however,  appears  certain,  that  Ahe  Greek  laws 
were  not  unknown  to  the  compilers  of  the  Twelve  Tables;  and 
though  they  imitated  the  Greek  laws  in  certain  trivial  details,3 
yet  the  basis  of  the  Roman  civil  law  is  not  borrowed,  but  original, 

1  Livy,   lib.  iii.  §  31.    Dion.  lib.  x.  Dig.  10,  1,  Fin.  regund.,  13,  f.  Gai. ; 
§§  1  and  63.  and  47,  22,  De  coll.  et  corp.,  4,  f.  Gai. 

2  Livy,  lib.  iii.  §  31  etseq.     Dion.  lib.  Lydus,  De  magistratilus,  lib.  i.  §  34. 
x.  §64.     Dig.  1,2,  Deorig.jur.,  2,  §4,  3  See  below,  Table  VII.,  and  Dig. 
f.  Pompon.     Plin.,  Hist,  natiir.,  34,  5.  10,  1,  Fin.  regund.,  13,  f.  Gai.  lib.  iv.  of 
Cicero,  De  legib.,  lib.  ii.  §§  23  and  25.  his  commentary  on  the  Twelve  Tables. 

H 


98  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  possesses  its  own  characteristic  features,  and  it  is  as  such 
that  we  must  regard  it. 

Be  that  as  it  may,  in  the  year  303  (B.C.  451)  from  the 
foundation  of  Rome,  according  to  the  calculation  of  the  Romans, 
and  in  the  year  which  followed  the  return  of  its  deputies,  that 
is,  if  we  accept  the  fact  of  the  mission  as  a  reality,  ten  magis- 
trates were  chosen  by  the  comitia  from  the  order  of  the  senators, 
and  were  commissioned  to  draw  up  the  civil  laws  of  their 

republic.    ) 

J 

110.  (B.C.  454.)  These  magistrates  were  called  decemvirs 
(decemviri)  ;  they  were  endowed  with  exceptional  powers,  and 
from  their  decrees  there  was  no  provocatio  ad  populum;  other 
functionaries  were  temporarily  suspended ;  (the  consuls,  the 
quasstors,  the  ediles,  and  even  the  tribunes,  laid  down  their 
authority  .J  For  the  space  of  one  year  everything  was  placed  in 
their  hands.  {During  this  period  they  conducted  their  govern- 
ment prudently ;  they  voluntarily  submitted  certain  capital 
cases  to  the  decision  of  the  people ;  they  permitted  an  appeal 
from  one  another,  which  was  called  inter  cessio  collegia;  and 
they  drew  up  Ten  Tables  of  the  laws,  which,  after  having  been 
exposed  to  public  view  (promulgates}.,  were  confirmed  in  the 
comitia  centuriata.  \  On  the  expiration  of  the  year  their  term  of 
office  was  completed,  but  their  task  was  not  finished :  and  ten 
decemvirs,  amongst  whom,  according  to  Dionysius  (contradicted 
in  this  however  by^Livy),  were  certain  plebeians,  were  chosen 
for  the  new  year,  u'hese,  far  from  imitating  the  moderation  of 
their  predecessors^  availed  themselves  of  their  power  to  oppress 
Rome,  and  maintained  their  position  during  a  period  of  three 
years.  The  crime  of  one  of  their  number  put  an  end  to  their 
tyranny.  (The  blood  of  Virginia,  immolated  by  her  father,  re- 
called to  the  memory  of  the  Romans  the  history  of  Lucretia ; 
the  soldiers  advanced  in  arms  towards  Rome,  and  encamped 
upon  the  Sacred  Mount ;  the  people  revolted  in  the  towns,  and 
the  poAver  of  the  decemvirs  was  overthroAArn.  )  Two  of  them 
perished  in  prison ;  the  remaining  eight  Avere  sent  into  exile, 
and  the  estates  of  the  Avhole  were  confiscated  in  the  year 
B.C.  452.  The  consuls,  the  tribunes  and  other  officers  were 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  99 

immediately  re-instated,  and  the  government  assumed  its  original 
form. 

111.  These  later  decemvirs  had  added  two  supplementary 
tables,  which  were  incorporated  with  the  former,  and  thus  the 
law  was  embodied  in  what  we  call  the  Twelve  Tables. 

Such  was  the  origin  of  this  primitive  monument  of  Roman 
jurisprudence,  called  for  distinction  "  The  Law,"  Lex  (Leges 
XII  Tabularum,  Lex  decemviralis).  (As  a  carmen  necessarium 
it  was  the  custom  to  make  children  commit  it  to  memory,  for 
imagination  was  sometimes  fertile  enough  to  enable  people  to 
believe  that  they  could  recognize  a  poetical  character  in  its 
clauses,  i/  These  laws,  which  survived  so  many  ages  of  Roman 
history,  and  even  outlived  the  republic  itself,  were  held  in  such 
respect  that  the  slightest  alteration  was  never  permitted.  Cicero 
speaks  of  them  in  enthusiastic  language.2  The  provisions, 
however,  of  this  code  are  in  many  instances  rude,  and  even 
barbarous ;  the  style  is  concise  and  imperative ;  and  although 
there  are  passages  which  are  unintelligible  to  us,  yet  on  the 
whole  the  Twelve  Tables  assist  us  in  forming  a  correct  view  of 
the  manners  of  Rome,  and  the  degree  of  civilization  to  which 
it  had  at  that  time  attained. 


SECTION  XXVI. 

THE  FRAGMENTS  OP  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  AS  PRESERVED 

TO  us. 

112.  The  fragments  of  the  Twelve  Tables  that  we  possess 
have  been  collected  from  different  authors  throughout  whose 
pages  they  are  scattered.  In  the  order  of  their  arrangement  a 
good  deal  has  been  presumed.  However,  Cicero  tells  us  that 

1  Although  we  find  certain  rhythmi-  the  little  book  of  the  laws  of  the  Twelve 

cal  terminations  in  the  greater  part  of  Tables,  with  regard  to  the  source  and 

the  laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  they  principles  of  law,  is  preferable  to  the 

cannot  be  regarded  as  verse.     The  ex-  libraries  of  all  the  philosophers  that 

pression"  carmen,"  among  the  Romans,  ever  lived,  both  as  to  the  weight  of  au- 

had  a  much  more  general  signification.  thority  and  extent  of  utility." — Cic., 

8  "  Say  what  they  will,  I  shall  say  De  Or.,  1—44. 
what  I  think.     By  heaven,  in  my  eyes, 

H  2 


100  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  first  table  contained  the  invocatio  in  jus ;  that  the  tenth 
treated  of  religious  ceremonies  and  funeral  rites,  and  that  one 
of  the  last  two  prohibited  intermarriage  between  patricians  and 
plebeians,  while  Dionysius  indicates  the  existence  in  the  fourth 
of  the  permission  of  a  father  to  sell  his  children. 

Starting  from  these  definite  indications,  and  aided  by  other 
hints  and  considerations,  we  have  arrived  at  the  probable  order 
of  the  subject  of  each  table.1 

The  qiiestion  of  the  order  of  the  Twelve  Tables  is  not  without 
its  influence  upon  the  subsequent  course  of  Roman  law.  It 
served  as  a  type  and  model, — a  framework,  so  to  speak,  in 
accordance  with  which  the  whole  fabric  of  subsequent  legislation 
was  in  after  time  constructed;  as,  for  instance,  the  edicts  of  the 
Prgetors,  the  code  of  Theodosius,  and  even  the  code  and  digest 
of  Justinian. 

113.  We  are  indebted  to  Jacques  Godefroy2  for  much  deep 
research  into  this  subject,  and  all  who  have  followed  him,  whe- 
ther in  France  or  elsewhere,  have  benefited  by  the  result  of  his 
labours,  but  we  may  complain  of  much  want  of  accuracy.  A 
slight  presumption,  a  phrase  in  another  author,  frequently  suf- 
ficed to  make  him  adopt  a  passage  as  a  portion  of  the  laws  of 
the  Twelve  Tables,  to  complete  the  context  or  to  assign  it  a 
given  place.  In  the  laws  themselves,  of  which  the  terms,  and 
original  phraseology,  have  descended  to  us,  he  did  not  hesitate 
to  make  additions  or  alterations  rendered  necessary  in  his  view 
by  what  he  supposed  to  be  the  sense. 

M.  Haubold,3  in  the  spirit  of  a  more  accurate  critic,  has 
accepted  only  those  fragments  which  are  given  to  us  as  extracts 
from  the  Twelve  Tables,  and  thus  reduces  to  an  exceedingly 

1  Gaius  wrote  six  books  on  the  to  have  been  derived  from  this  source. 
Twelve  Tables.  We  find  in  the  Digest  *  Jacq.  Godefroy,  Fragmenta  XII 
twenty  fragments  of  this  work,  with  Tabular-urn,  sitis  mine  primum  tabulis 
references  to  the  books  from  which  they  restitttta,  probationilus,  notis  et  in- 
ure extracted.  It  has  been  supposed  dice  munita.  Heidelberg,  1616,  in  4to. 
that  each  of  these  six  books  corre-  Reprinted  in  his  collection,  Fontes  IV 
sponded  to  two  of  the  Tables,  and  this  juris  civ  His.  Geneva,  1638,  in  4to,  and 
supposition  has  served  as  a  guide.  The  1653,  ra  4to. 

arrangement  of  the  Praetorian  edicts  of  3  Haubold,  Instit.  juris  Rom.  privat. 

the  Theodosian  code,  and  finally  of  the  hist,  (login,  epitome.  Leips.  1821,  p.  129. 
code  and  digests  of  Justinian,  appears 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  101 

small  compass  those  which  are  actually  in  our  possession.  And 
finally  MM.  Dirksen  and  Zell  have  revised  the  labours  of 
Godefroy,  and  remedied  much  of  his  inaccuracy.  Thus,  where 
provisions  have  been  lost,  traces  of  which,  however,  are  to  be 
found  in  different  authors,  they  have  contented  themselves  with 
giving  the  passages  containing  these  traces ;  and  they  have  sup- 
plemented the  old  fragments  with  the  later  ones  furnished  by 
the  discovery  of  Cicero's  "  Republic,"  and  more  especially 
that  of  the  "  Institutes  of  Gaius." l 

I  shall  avail  myself  of  the  results  of  all  these  efforts  and  dis- 
coveries, especially  of  the  last,  to  which  I  give  the  preference. 
It  will  be  necessary,  however,  to  make  several  modifications 
and  some  additions.  On  the  one  hand  MM.  Dirksen  and  Zell 
have  not  used  the  fragments  in  the  Vatican,  notwithstanding 
that  they  contain  some  indications  of  the  arrangement  of  the 
Twelve  Tables.8  On  the  other  hand  I  shall  be  careful  to  dis- 
tinguish the  emendations  of  commentators  from  the  text  of  the 
fragments  as  it  has  been  transmitted  to  us ;  for,  in  my  opinion, 
it  is  better  to  lay  before  the  student  incomplete  and  mutilated 
fragments,  than  to  attempt  a  reconstruction.  Nor  is  it  certain 
that,  even  as  regards  the  fragments  themselves,  we  have  the 
actual  and  original  text.  For,  in  the  lapse  of  time,  language 
and  the  mode  of  expressing  it  in  writing,  undergo  successive 
modifications,  and  it  is  in  these  modified  forms,  familiarised  by 
daily  use  and  incorporated  into  the  literature  of  the  Romans, 
that  the  fragments  of  the  Twelve  Tables  have  been  handed 
down  to  us. 

1  H.   E.    Dirksen,    Uebersicht    der  criticize  and  reconstruct  the  texts  of 

bisherigen   Versuche  zur   Critih  und  Fragments    of    the    Twelve    Tables.) 

Herstellung   des    Tcxtes    der    Zwolf-  Leipzig,  1824. 

Tafel-Fragmente.   (Review  of  the  at-  3  See  below,  Table  V.  §  8,  and  Table 

tempts  made  up  to  the  present  time  to  VI.  §  11. 


102 


THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


FRAGMENTS  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES.1 


TABLE  I. 

THE  SUMMONS  BEFORE  THE  MAGISTRATE  (De  in  jus  vocando}. 
I. 

Si  in  jus  vocat,  ni  it,  antestator ;  igitur 
em  capito.5 

II. 

Si  calvitur,  pedemve  struit :  manum 
endojacito.3 

in. 

Si  morbus  amtasve  vitium  escit,  qui  in 
jus  vocabit  jumentum  dato ;  si  nolet, 
arceram  ne  sternito.4 


If  you  summon  a  man  before  a  magis- 
trate and  he  refuses  to  go,  take  wit- 
nesses and  arrest  him. 

If  he  attempts  evasion  or  flight,  lay 
hands  upon  him. 


IV. 

Assiduo  vindex  assiduus  esto;   prole- 
tario  quoi  quis  yolet  vindex  esto.5 


If  he  be  prevented  by  sickness  or  old 
age,  let  him  who  summons  him  before 
the  magistrate  provide  the  means  of 
transport ;  but  not  a  covered  vehicle, 
unless  as  an  act  of  benevolence. 

For  a  rich  man  a  rich  man  only  can  be 
vindex  (this  is  a  kind  of  bail).  In 
the  case  of  a  proletarius,  anyone 
may  be  vindex. 


1  Prompted  by  the  desire  to  be  strictly 
faithful  to  the  text  of  the  fragments 
actually  existing  of  the  Twelve  Tables, 
I  hesitate  to  import  the  passages  derived 
from  other  authors  in  order  to  assist  in 
their  reconstruction.  I  confine  myself 
to  the  analysis  of  the  pi'ovisions  con- 
tained in  these  passages,  and  put  the 
quotations  in  the  form  of  notes.  It  is 
unnecessary  to  premise  that  the  heading 
of  each  table  must  not  be  taken  as  a 
literal  indication  of  its  contents ;  in 
fact,  the  terms  in  which  they  are  couched 
are  in  many  instances  quite  foreign  to 
the  legal  language  of  that  period. 

*  Porphyrus,  Ad  Horat.,  sat.  1,  9, 
line  65.  Cicero,  De  leg.,  2, 4.  Lucilius, 


Sat.,  lib.  17,  according  to  Nonius  Mar- 
cellus,  De  propr.  serm.,  cap.  1,  §  20,  on 
the  word  Calvitur.  Aul.  Gell.,  Noct. 
attic.,  20,  1.  Auctor  Rhetor,  ad 
Ilerenn.,  2,  13. 

3  Festus,  on  the  words  Struere  and 
Pcdem  struit.     Dig.  50, 16,  Deverbor. 
signif.,  233,  f.  Gai.  lib.  i.  of  his  com- 
mentary on  the  Twelve  Tables.    Luci- 
lius, in  the  passage  already  cited. 

4  Aul.    Gcll.,   Noct.    attic.,  20,   1. 
Varro,   in   Non.   Marcell.,  De  propr. 
serm.,  cap.  1,  §  270.     Varro,  De  ling, 
latin.,  4,  31. 

5  Aul.   Gell.,  Noct.   attic.,   16,   19. 
Varro,   in   Non.   Marcell.,   De  propr. 
serm.,  cap.  1,  §  antepenult. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


103 


V. 
Rem  ubi  pagunt,  orato.1 


VI. 

Ni  pagunt,  in  comitio  aut  in  foro  ante 
meridiem  causam  conjicito,  quom 
perorant  ambo  prsesentes.2 


VII. 

Post  meridiem,  prassenti  stlitem  addi- 
cito.3 


VIII. 

Sol  occasus  suprema  tempestas  esto.4 


IX. 

Vades . 


.  subvadcs  . 


II  the  parties  agree,  that  is  to  say,  come 
to  terms,  let  the  suit  be  stopped  and 
the  matter  arranged. 

If  no  arrangement  is  made  between  the 
parties,  let  the  cause  be  entered  before 
midday,  either  in  the  comitium  or  in 
the  forum,  in  the  presence  of  both 
parties. 

After  midday  let  the  magistrate  grant 
judgment  to  the  party  present.  (That 
is  to  say,  that  the  magistrate  shall 
either  grant  the  thing  or  the  right 
which  is  the  subject  of  the  suit,  or, 
according  to  an  interpretation  which 
we  think  less  probable,  merely  the 
conduct  of  the  cause  before  the 
judge.) 

No  step  shall  be  taken  in  an  action 
after  sunset. 

Vades — subvades.  (That  is  to  say, 
it  was  necessary  there  should  be  bail 
or  sureties  given  by  the  parties  re- 
spectively to  secure  their  attendance 
before  the  magistrate  on  a  future 
day  in  cases  where  the  matter  could 
not  be  at  once  determined,  or  to 
appear  in  due  course  before  the 
judge,  a  kind  of  promise  called  vadi- 
monium.) 


1  Auctor  Rhetor,  ad  Hcrenn.,  2, 13. 
Priscianns,  Ars  grammat.,  10,  5,  32. 

3  Aul.  Cell.,  A'oct.  attic.,  17,  2. 
Quintilianus,  1,  6.  Plinius,  Hist,  nat., 
7,60. 

3  It  may  be  fairly  doubted  whether 
these  two  fragments,  VI.  and  VII., 
have  reference  to  the  office  of  the 
magistrate  or  the  judge,  and  conse- 
quently whether  they  belong  to  the  first 
or  second  Table.  The  causa;  conjectio, 
or  entry  of  the  cause  and  the  judgment 
by  default  against  the  absent  party 
belonging  to  the  procedure  before  the 
judge,  as  explained  in  the  author's  third 
volume  on  the  commentaries,  Explica- 


tion liist.  des  Instit.,  when  treating  of 
actions.  On  the  other  hand,  the  word 
addictio  cannot  be  applied  except  to  a 
magistrate.  We  adopt  the  latter  sense, 
explaining  this  difficulty  by  the  dif- 
ference of  period. 

4  Aul.   Cell.,   ibid.     Festus,  on  the 
word  Suprennis.   Varro,  De  ling,  latin., 
5,  2,  and  G,  3.     Macrobius,  Saturn.,  1, 
3.     Censorin.,  De  die  nat.,  cap.  fin. 

5  Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  16,  cap.  10. 
Consult  Gains,  Instit.,  comm.  4,  §§  184 
et  seq.,  on  Vadimonium;    Varro,  De 
ling,  latin.,  5,  7;  and  Acron.,  Horat. 
Satyr.,  1,  1,  verse  11. 

The  work  of  MM.  Dirkscn  and  Zcll 


104 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


TABLE  II. 
JUDICIAL  PROCEEDINGS  (Dejudiciis). 


II. 

Morbus  sonticus 
cum  hoste     . 


.     .    status   dies 
quid  horum  fuit 


unum,  judici,  arbitrove,  reove,  dies 
diffisus  esto.2 


III. 

Cui  testimonium  defuerit,  is  tertiis  die- 
bus  ob  portum  obvagulatum  ito.3 


IV. 


The  provisions  of  the  Twelve  Tables 
upon  the  amount  to  be  deposited, 
called  sacramentum,  by  the  litigants 
respectively.1 

.  .  .  A  serious  illness  ...  an 
engagement  with  a  peregrinus  .  .  . 
should  either  of  these  circumstances 
exist  in  connection  with  the  judge, 
the  arbiter  or  one  of  the  litigants,  the 
cause  must  be  adjourned. 

Anyone  who  wants  a  witness  must 
summon  him  by  calling  upon  him  in 
a  loud  voice,  stating  that  he  will  re- 
quire his  attendance  on  the  third  day 
of  the  market  (that  is  to  say,  on  the 
twenty-seventh  day  from  the  first 
summons,  the  market  taking  place 
every  ninth  day). 

The  provision  which  permitted  the  com- 
pounding of  a  theft.4 


assigns  to  the  first  Table  that  which  is 
indicated  to  us  by  the  abridgment  of 
Festus,  the  precise  terms  of  which  are 
wanting  as  a  provision  of  the  Twelfth 
Table:  "Itaque  in  XII  eautum  est: 
ut  idem  juris  esset  Sanatibus,  quod 
fortibus  id  est  bonis  et  qui  nunquam 
def ecerant  a  populo  Romano."  Paulus 
and  Festus,  on  the  word  Sanates. 

1  "  Pojna  autem  sacramenti  aut  quin- 
genaria  erat,  aut  quinquagenaria,  ( nam) 
de  rebus  mille  scris  plurisve  quingentis 
assibus,  de  minoris  (yero)  quinquaginta 
assibus  sacramento  contendcb(  atur)  : 
nam  (ita)  lege  XII  Tabularum  cau- 
tum  erat.  (Sed  si  de  libertate)  hominis 
(contro)versia  erat,  etsi  pretiosissimus 


homo  esset,  tamen  ut  L  assibus  sacra- 
mento contenderetur  ea(dern)  lege  cau- 
tum  est  favoris  (causa),  ne  (sa)tisda- 
tione  onerarentur  adsertores."  Gai., 
Instit.,  comm.  4,  §  14. 

2  Aul.    Gell.,    Noc.t.    attic.,   20,   1. 
Cicero,  De  affic.,  1,  12.    Festus,  on  the 
word  Reus.     Dig.  2,  11,  Si  quis  caut. 
injud.,  2,  §  3,  f.  Ulp. 

3  Festus,  on  the  words  JPortus  and 
Vagulatio. 

4  "  Et  in  caeteris  igitur  omnibus  ad 
edictum  prsetoris    pertinentibus,    quas 
non  ad  publicam  laesionem,  sed  ad  rem 
familiarem  respiciant,pacisci  licet;  nam, 
et  de  furto   pacisci  lex  permittit." 
Dig.  2,  14,  Depactis,  7,  §  14,  f.  Ulp. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


105 


TABLE  III. 

EXECUTION  FOLLOWING  CONFESSION  OR  JUDGMENT  (De  cere 
confesso  rebusque  jure  judicatis}.1 


confess!  rebusque  jure  judicatis 
triginta  dies  justi  sunto.* 

II. 

Post  deinde  manus  injectio  esto,  in  jus 
ducito.3 


III. 

Ni  judicatum  facit,  aut  quips  endo  em 
jure  vindicit,  secum  ducito ;  vincito, 
aut  nervo,  ant  compedibus,  quindecim 
pondo  ne  majore,  aut  si  volet  minore 
vincito.4 

IV. 

Si  volet  suo  vivito ;  ni  suo  vivit,  qui 
em  victum  habebit,  libras  farris  endo 
dies  dato  ;  si  volet,  plus  dato.5 


V. 


In  case  of  debt  either  upon  confession 
.,  or  judgment,  the  debtor  shall  have 
•  thirty  days'  grace. 

That  term  having  expired,  the  plaintiff 
shall  have  the  manus  injectio  (a  spe- 
cies of  actio  legis  or  execution  of 
final  process)  to  bring  the  debtor 
before  the  magistrate. 

If  the  debt  is  not  paid,  or  (yindex} 
surety  provided,  the  creditor  shall 
take  the  debtor,  put  him  into  chains 
or  into  the  stocks,  the  weight  of  the 
chains  not  to  exceed  fifteen  pounds, 
but  less  at  the  creditor's  will. 

The  debtor  shall  be  at  liberty  to  live  as 
he  thinks  fit,  provided  it  be  at  his 
own  expense.  In  the  event  of  his 
being  unable  to  provide  his  own  nou- 
rishment, the  creditor  in  whose  cus- 
tody he  is  shall  supply  'him  with  at 
least  one  pound  of  bread  daily. 

Provision  relating  to — 

1°.  The  right  of  compromise. 

2°.  The  debtor's  captivity  in  default 

of    compromise    within    sixty 

days,   and    of    his   production 

during    this    interval    in    the 


1  Or  according  to  the  title  generally 
received  concerning  credits,  De  rebus 
creditis.  The  title  that  we  adopt  for 
ourselves  explains  both  its  contents  and 
is  more  consistent  with  the  order  pre- 
viously followed.  The  first  treats  of 
the  summons  before  the  magistrate,  the 
second  of  the  trial  itself,  the  third  of 
the  execution  of  the  sentence ;  thus 
forming  a  complete  outline  of  civil  pro- 
cedure. 


8  Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20,  1,  and 
15,  13.  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  3,  §  78. 
Dig.  42,  1,  De  re  judicata,  7,  f.  Gai. 

3  Aul.    Gell.,   Noct.   attic.,    20,    1. 
Gai.,   Instit.,  comm.  4,  §  21,  on  the 
Manus  injectio. 

4  Ibid. 

5  Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  10, 1.     See 
also  Dig.  50,  ]  6,  De  verbor.  sign.,  234, 
§  2,  f.  of  Gai.  lib.  ii.,  Commentary  on 
the  Twelve  Tables. 


106 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


VI. 


Tertiis  irandinis  partis  secanto  ;  si  plus 
minusve  secuerint,  ne  fraude  esto.2 


comitium  on  three  successive 
market  days,  and  the  public 
declaration  of  the  amount  in 
which  he  was  condemned.1 

Provision  allowing  the  creditor  after  the 
third  market  day,  he  not  being  paid, 
either  to  put  his  debtor  to  death  or 
to  sell  him  to  any  stranger  resident 
beyond  the  Tiber,  and  which,  in  the 
case  of  there  being  several  creditors, 
enacts  as  follows :  — 

After  the  third  market  day,  his  body 
may  be  divided.  Anyone  taking 
more  than  his  just  share  shall  be 
held  guiltless. 


TABLE  IV. 
THE  RIGHTS  OF  THE  FATHER  (Dejure  patrio). 

*  *  *  *  Provision  as  to  the  immediate  destruc- 

tion of  monstrous  or  deformed  off- 
spring.3 


1  "  Erat  autem  j  us  interea  paciscendi ; 
ac  nisi  pacti  forent,  habebantur  in  vin- 
culis   dies   sexaginta;    inter    eos   dies 
trinis  nundinis  continuis,  ad  prajtorem 
in  comitium  produccbantur,  quantaeque 
pecunirc  judicati  essent  prmdicabatur." 
Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20,  1. 

2  "  Tertiis  autem  nundinis  capitc  pce- 
nas  dabant,  aut  trans  Tiberim  peregre 
venum  ibant.     Sed  cam  capitis  poenam 
sancicndaj,  sicut  dixi,  fidei  gratia,  hor- 
rificam  atrocitatis  ostentu,  novisque  ter- 
roribus  metuendam  reddiderunt.     Nam 
si  plures  forent,  quibus  reus  esset  judi- 
catus,  secare,  si  veltent,  atque  partiri 
corpus  addicti  sibi  hominis  permise- 
runt.     Et  quidem    verba    ipsa    legis 
dicam  ne  existimes  invidiam  me  istam 
forte  formidare  (following  the  words  of 
the  law  given  below  in  the  text).     Ni- 
hil  profecto  immitius,  nihil  immanius; 
nisi  ut  reipsa  apparet,  eo  consilio  tanta 
immanitas   pcenaB    denuntiata    est,   ne 
ad  earn  unquam  perveniretur.     Addici 


namque  nunc  et  vinciri  multos  vide- 
mus;  quia  vinculorum  po3nam  deterrimi 
homines  contcmnunt.  Dissectum  esse 
antiquitus  neminem  eqnidem  neque  legi, 
neque  audivi :  quoniam  samtia  ista 
pccna;  contemni  non  quita  est."  Aul. 
Gell.  20,  1. 

"  Sunt  enim  qusedam  non  laudabilia 
natura,  sed  jure  concessa:  ut  in  XII 
Tabulis  debitoris  corpus  inter  creditores 
dividi  licuit ;  quam  legem  mos  publicus 
repudiavit."  Quintilianus,  Institut. 
orat.,  3,  6. 

"  Sed  et  judicatos  in  partes  secari  a 
creditoribus  leges  erant :  consensu  ta- 
men  publico  crudelitas  postea  erasa  est ; 
et  in  pudoris  notam  capitis  conversa 
est,  bonorum  adhibita  proscriptione, 
suffundere  maluit  hominis  sanguinem 
quam  effundere."  Tertullian,  Apol., 
cap.  4. 

3  "  Nam  mihi  quidem  pestifera  vide- 
tnr  (Cicero,  by  his  brother  Quintus, 
speaking  of  the  power  of  the  tribunes 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 


107 


II. 


III. 

Si  pater  filium  ter  venura  duit,  filius  a 
patre  liber  esto.8 

IV. 


Provision  relating  to  the  control  of  the 
father  over  his  children,  the  right 
existing  during  their  whole  life  to 
imprison,  scourge,  keep  to  rustic 
labour  in  chains,  to  sell  or  slay,  even 
though  they  may  be  in  the  enjoyment 
of  high  state  offices.1 

Three  consecutive  sales  of  the  son  by 
the  father  releases  the  former  from 
the  patria  pote&tas. 

Provision  relating  to  the  duration  of 
gestation :  no  child  born  more  than 
ten  months  after  the  decease  of  his 
reputed  father  to  be  held  legitimate.3 


TABLE  V. 

INHERITANCE  AND  TUTELAGE  (De  hareditatibus  et  tutelis). 


Provision  relating  to  the  perpetual  tu- 
telage of  women.  Vestals  are  free 
both  from  their  tutelage  and  from 
the  patria  potestas.* 


of  the  plebeians),  quippe  quse  in  sedi- 
tione  et  ad  seditionem  nata  sit:  cujus 
primum  ortum  si  recordari  volumus, 
inter  arma  civium,  et  occnpatis  et  ob- 
sessis  urbis  locis,  procrcatum  videmns. 
Deindequum  essctcito  aslegatus  {others 
read  letatus  or  necatus)  tanquam  ex 
XII  Tabulis  insignis  ad  diformita- 
tem  puer,  brevi  tempore  recreatus, 
multoque  toetrior  et  fcedior  natus  est." 
Cicero,  De  leg.,  3,  8. 

1  "  At  Romanorum  legislator  (Romu- 
lus) omnem,  ut  ita  dicam,  potestatcm 
in  filium  patri  concessit,  idque  toto  vitce 
tempore :  sive  eum  in  carcerem  con- 
jicere,  sive  flagris  cscdcre,  sive  vinctum 
ad  rusticum  opus  detinere,  sive  occi- 
dere  vellet ;  licet  filius  jam  rempubli- 
cam  administraret  et  inter  summos  ma- 
gistratus  censeretur,  et  propter  suum 
studium  in  rempublicarn  laudaretur 


.  .  .  Sed  sublato  regno,  decemviri 
(cam  legem)  inter  cseteras  retulerunt, 
exstatque  in  Xll  Tabularum,  ut  vo- 


Transl.  Dion.,  AreJueol.,  2,  26  and  27. 

"  Quum  patri  lex  regia  dederit  in 
filium  vitse  necisque  potestatem,"  etc. 
Papinianus,  lib.  sing.  De  adnlteriis, 
extracted  from  Collatio  leg.  Mosaic,  et 
Rom.,  tit.  4,  §  8. 

3  Ulpian.,  Regul.,i\L  10,  §  1.  Gai., 
Instit.,  comm.  1,  §  132,  and  4,  §  79. 
Dion,  as  above. 

3  Aul.    Gell.,    Noct.   attic.,    3,   16. 
Dig.  38,  16,  De  siiis  et  legitim.,  3,  §  9, 
f.  Ulp. 

4  "  Veteres  enim  voluerunt,  feminas, 
etiamsi  perfcctae   zetatis   sint,   propter 
animi  levitatem  in  tutela  esse.     Itaque 
si  quis  filio  filiscque  testamento  tutorcm 
dederit,  et  ambo  ad  pubertatem  perve- 


108 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


II. 


III. 

Uti  legassit  super  pecunia  tutelave  suas 
rei,  ita  jus  esto.2 

IV. 

Si  intestato  moritur,  cui  suus  haeres 
nee  sit,  adgnatus  proximus  familiam 
habeto.3 

V. 

Si  adgnatus  nee  escit,  gentilis  familiam 
nancitor.4 

VI. 


Proyision  prohibiting  the  usucapion 
of  res  mancipi  belonging  to  females 
under  the  tutelage  of  their  agnates, 
except  in  the  case  where  they  have 
been  delivered  by  the  woman  herself 
with  the  authority  of  her  tutor.1 

The  testament  of  the  father  shall  be 
law  as  to  all  provisions  concerning 
his  property  and  the  tutelage  thereof. 

In  the  event  of  his  death  intestate  and 
without  suus  haires,  the  nearest  ag- 
nate shall  succeed. 


In  default  of  agnates  the  gentiles  shall 
succeed. 


In  the  event  of  no  tutor  being  specified 
in  the  will,  the  agnates  are  the  legi- 
timate tutors.4 


nerint,  filius  quidem  desinit  habere  tuto- 
rem,  filia  vero  nihilominus  in  tutela 
permanet.  Tantum  enim  ex  lege  Julia 
et  Papia  Poppsea  j  ure  liberorum  a  tutela 
liberantur  feminax  Loquimur  autem 
exceptis  virginibus  vestalibus,  quas  eti- 
am  veteres  in  honorem  sacerdotii  libe- 
ras  esse  voluerunt ;  itaque  etiam  lege 
XII  Tabularum  cautum  est."  Gai., 
Instit.,  comm.  1,  §§  144,  145,  155  and 
157. 

1  "(Item  olim)  mulieris  quse  in  agna- 
torum  tutela  erat,  res  inancipi  usucapi 
non  poterant,  prseterquam  si  ab  ipsa, 
tutore  (auctore)  traditas  essent :  id  ita 
lege  XII  Tabularum  cau(tum  erat)." 
Gai. ,  Instit. ,  comm.  2,  §  47 .    See  Cicero, 
Epist.  ad  Attic.,  1, 5  ;  and  Pro  Flacco, 
34. 

2  Ulpian,   Regul.,   11,  §   14.     Gai., 
Instit.,   comm.   2,  §   224.     Justinian., 
Instit.,  2,  22,  De  lege  Falcidia,  pr. 
Dig.  50,  16,  De  verb,  signif.,  120,  f. 
Pomp.     Cicero,  De  invent,  rhetor.,  2, 
50.     Anctor  Rhetor,  ad  Herenn.,  1, 
13.     Justinian.,  Novell.,  22,  cap.  2. 

3  Cicero,  De  invent.,  2,  50.     Auctor 
Rhetor,  ad  Herenn.,  1,  13.     Ulpian., 


Regul.,  26, 1,  §  1.  Paul.,  Sentent.,  lib. 
iv.  tit.  8,  §  3,  according  to  Collat.  leg. 
Mas.  et  Rom.,  16,  §  3.  Paul.,  ibid.,  § 
22:  "The  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables 
calls  the  agnates  to  succession  without 
distinction  of  sex."  Gai.,  Instit.  ,comm. 
1,  §§  155, 157,  and  3,  §  9.  Just.,  Instit., 
3,  1,  De  hcered.  quce  ab  intestat.,  §  1. 
The  constitution  (III.)  of  Severus  and 
Antonine,  code  6,  55,  De  suis  et  legi- 
tim.  liber.,  indicates  as  coming  from  a 
clear  provision  of  the  Twelve  Tables, 
the  principle  that  the  inheritance  as  to 
the  h(eres  suus  was  distributed  per 
stir})es.  However  Gaius,  Instit.,  comm. 
3,  §  15,  derives  this  principle  solely 
from  interpretation.  But  this  rule  does 
not  apply  to  the  agnates. 

4  Cicero,  De  invent.,  2,  50.     Ulpian., 
according  to  Collat.  leg.  Mas.  et  Rom., 
16,  §  4.     Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  3,  §  17. 
Paul.,  Sentent.,  4,  8,  §  3,  according  to 
Collat.  leg.  Mos.  et  Rom.,  16,  §  3. 

5  "  Quibus  testamento  quidem  tutor 
datus  non  sit,  iis  ex  lege  XII  agnati 
sunt   tutores,   qui   vocantur  legitimi." 
Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  1,  §§  155  and  157. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


109 


VII. 

Si  furiosus  est,  agnatorum  gentiliumque 
in  eo  pecuniaque  ejus  potestas  esto.' 
Ast  ei  custoa  nee  escit.4 


VIII. 

Ex  ea  familia 
Ham.3 


in  earn  fami- 


X. 


XI. 


Cicero,  De  invent.,  2,  50 ;  Tuscul. 
t.,  3,  5  ;  De  republ.,  3,  23.  Auctor 
Rhetor,  ad  Herenn.,  1,  13.  Ulp.  Re- 
gul.,  12,  §  2,  etc. 

2  Festus,  on  the  word  Nee. 

3  "  Civis  Romani  liberti  hacreditatem 
lex  XII  Tabularum  patrono  defert, 
si  intestate  sine  suo  haerede  libertus  de- 
cesserit."     Ulpian.,   Regul.,   29,   §    1. 
"  Sicut  in  XII  Tabulis  patroni  appella- 
tione  etiam  liberi  patroni  continentur." 
(  Vatic.  J.  JR.  Fragm..,  §  308.) 

"  Ad  personas  autem  refertur  familia} 
significatio,  ita,  cum  de  patrono  et  li- 
berto  loquitur  lex :  EX  EA  FAMILIA, 
inquit,  IN  EAM  PAMIHAM."  Dig.  50, 
16,  De  verbor.  siynif ,  105,  §  1,  f.  Ulp. 
I  am  by  no  means  sure  that  this  pas- 
sage of  the  Twelve  Tables  refers  to  the 
devolution  of  hereditary  property  here 
mentioned. 


The  custody  of  an  idiot  and  of  his  pro- 
perty, in  case  there  is  no  curator 
(custos),  belongs  to  the  agnates ;  in 
default  of  agnates  to  his  gentiles. 

From  this  family  .  .  .  into  that  (a 
provision  by  which  the  inheritance  of 
an  enfranchised  dying  without  litres 
sum  was  transferred  to  his  patron). 

The  inheritance  is  divided  as  of  right 
among  the  heirs.4 

Provision  from  which  is  derived  the 
actio  families  erciscundes,  that  is, 
the  action  which  must  be  taken  to 
enforce  the  division  of  an  inheri- 
tance.5 

The  slave  enfranchised  by  will,  upon 
condition  of  his  giving  a  certain  sum 
to  the  heir,  can,  in  the  event  of  his 
being  alienated  by  the  heir,  secure 
his  freedom  by  the  payment  of  this 
sum  to  the  alienee.6 


4  "  Ea  quac  in  nominibus  sunt,  non 
recipiunt  divisionem  :  cum  ipso  jure  in 
portiones  hajreditarias  ex  lege  XII 
Tabularum  divisa  sint."  Coil.  3,  36 ; 
Famil.  ercixc.,  6  const.  Gordian.  Con- 
sult Dig.  10,  2,  Fa^il.  ercisc.,  25,  §  9, 
f.  Paul.,  etc. 

*  "  Hsec  actio  (  action  families  ercis- 
cundce)  projiciscitur  a  lege  XII  Tabu- 
larum." Dig.  10,  2,  Famil.  ercisc., 
1  pr.,  f.  Gai.  Ibid.,  2  pr.,  f.  Ulp. 
Festus,  on  the  word  Erctum,  etc. 

6  "  Sub  hac  conditione  liber  esse  j  us- 
sus,  si  decem  millia  haBredi  dcderit,  etsi 
ab  hasrede  abalienatus  sit,  emptori  dan- 
do  pecuniam,  ad  libertatem  perveniet ; 
idque  lex  XII  Tabularum  jubet." 
Ulpian.,  Regul.,  2,  §  4.  Dig.  40,  7, 
De  stat.  liber.,  29,  §  1,  f.  Pomp. ;  and 
25,  f.  Modest.  Festus,  on  the  word 
Statullber. 


110 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


TABLE  VI. 

DOMINION  AND  POSSESSION  (De  dominio  et  possessione). 
I. 


Quum  nexum  faciet  mancipiumque,  uti 
lingua  nuncupassit,  ita  jus  csto.1 

II. 


III. 

Usus  auctoritas  f  undi  biennium    .    .    . 
coeterarnm  omnium  .   .   .  (annuus).3 


IV. 


The  words  pronounced  in  the  cere- 
monies of  the  nexum  and  the  man- 
cipium  shall  be  law. 


Provision  enforcing  double  payment  as 
penalty  for  denying  the  declarations 
of  the  nexum  or  mancipium.* 

Possession  for  the  period  of  two  years 
in  the  case  of  land,  or  of  one  year  in 
connection  with  other  things,  vests 
the  property. 

Provision  relating  to  the  acquisition  of 
the  marital  power  over  the  woman 
by  the  fact  of  possession  of  one  year, 
with  the  faculty  given  to  the  woman 
of  preventing  this  effect  of  possession 
by  absenting  herself  for  three  nights 
consecutively  in  each  year  from  the 
house  of  her  husband.4 


1  lestus,  on  the  word  Nuncupata. 
Cicero,  De  qffic.,  3,  16;  De  orat.,  1, 
57;  Pro  Ccecin.,  cap.  23.     Varro,  De 
ling,  lat.,  5,  9. 

2  "  De  j  ure  quidem  praediorum  san- 
citum  est  apud  nos  jure  civili,  ut  in  his 
vendendis  vitia  dicerentur,   quse  nota 
essent  venditori.    Nam  cum,  ex  XII 

'  Tabulis  satis  esset  ea  prcestari  quee 
essent  lingua  nuncupata,  qua  qui  in- 
ficiatus  esset,  dupli pcenam  subiret:  a 
jurisconsultis  etiam  reticentioe  poenaest 
constituta."  Cicero,  De  offic.,  3,  10. 

3  We  cannot  be  certain  that  this  is 
really  the  text  of  the  Twelve  Tables. 
The   following    is    the    passage   from 
Cicero  whence  it  is  extracted  : — "  Quod 
in  re  pari  valet,  valeat  in  hac  qua;  par 
est :  ut  quoniam  usus  auctoritas  fund  i 
biennium  est,  sit  etiam  axlium.    At  in 
lege   aedes    non    appellantur,   et    sunt 
cceterarum   omnium   quarum    annuus 
est  usus."     Cic.  Topic,  c.  4.     Consult 
Cic.    pro   Ca;cin.,    19;     Gai.    Instlt., 
comm.  2,  §  42 ;  Just.  1,  6,  Instlt.,  De 


usucap.  As  to  the  interpretation  of 
the  words  usus  auctoritas,  which  have 
tormented  the  critics,  I  would  remark 
that  the  Romans,  in  ancient  legal  lan- 
guage and  in  a  particular  sense,  which 
remained  for  a  long  time  in  use,  called 
the  guarantee  against  eviction  aucto- 
ritas. Auctoritatem  pra'stare  means, 
even  in  the  time  of  Justinian,  to  gua- 
rantee against  eviction.  Usus  aucto- 
ritas is  then  the  prescriptive  guarantee 
against  eviction,  that  is  to  say,  the 
effect  of  continuous  possession  during 
a  certain  time.  In  this  way  we  see 
that  this  word,  in  ancient  legal  lan- 
guage, is  synonymous  with  its  equiva- 
lent of  more  modern  times,  usucapio. 

4  "  Usu  in  manum  conveniebat,  quje 
anno  continue  nupta  perseverabat :  nam 
velut  annua  possessione  usucapiebatur, 
in  familiam  viri  transibat,  filircque  lo- 
cum obtinebat.  Itaque  lege,  XII  Tabu- 
larurn  cautum  erat,  si  qua  nollet  co 
modo  in  manum  mariti  convenire,  ut 
quotannis  trinoctio  abesset,  atque  ita 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


Ill 


V. 

Ad  versus  hostem  reterna  auctoritas.1 


vr. 

Si  qui  in  jure  manum  conserunt  . 


VII. 

Tignum  junctum  oedibns  vinefeque  et 
concapet  ne  solvito.4 

VIII. 


usum  cujusque  anni  interrumperet." 
Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  1,  §  111.  See 
Aul.  Cell.,  JVbct.  attic.,  3,  2  ;  Macrob., 
SaturnaL,  1,  3. 

1  It  is  by  deduction  from  a  passage 
in  Gaius,  taken  from  lib.  ii  of  his 
Commentary  on  the  Twelve  Tables, 
and  consequently  corresponding  most 
probably  to  Tables  III.  and  IV.,  that 
the  fragment  "  Adversus  hostem,  &c.," 
is  usually  placed  in  Table  III.  But 
judging  from  the  nature  of  the  subject 
it  is  evidently  misplaced  ;  we  therefore 
put  it  in  the  fourth  Table,  as  being 
appropriate  to  the  subject  of  which  it 
treats.  We  are  not  influenced  by  the 
passage  quoted  from  Gaius;  in  fact  that 
passage  only  contains  a  definition  of 
the  word  "  hostis,"  and  it  is  not  un- 
likely that  this  word  was  used  in  con- 
nection with  other  provisions  of  the 
third  or  fourth  Tables ;  for  example, 
where  the  debtor,  "  addictus,"  is  per- 
mitted to  be,  after  the  delay  of  sixty 
days,  sold  to  a  foreigner. 


No  possession  by  an  alien,  however 
long,  can  vest  in  him  the  property  of 
a  citizen. 

In  the  case  of  the  manuum  contertio. 
(This  was  a  species  of  feigned  ju- 
dicial combat,  a  means  adopted  for 
trying  the  right  to  property  in  a 
given  thing.)  .  .  .  (Let  the  ma- 
gistrate give  the  provisional  posses- 
sion (vindicias  dare  or  vindicias 
dicer e)  to  whomsoever  he  may  think 
fit.) 

In  the  case,  however,  of  a  claim  to  li- 
berty, the  magistrate  shall  always 
give  the  provisional  possession  in 
favour  of  liberty.3  • 

Timber  attached  to  a  building  or  the 
support  of  a  vine  shall  not  be  re- 
moved. 

But  an  action  to  recover  the  double 
value  lies  against  the  user  of  the  pro- 
perty of  another.5 


2  Aul.    Gell.,   Noct.   attic.,   2^,    10. 
Festus,  on  the  word  Super stites. 

3  "  Initium  f  uisse  secessiouis  dicitur 
Virginius  quidam,  qui  qunm  animad- 
vertisset  Appium  Claudium  contra  jus, 
quod  ipse  ex  veterejure  in  XII  Tabu- 
las  transtulerat,  vindicias  filise  suse  a 
se  abdixisse,  et  secundum  eum,  qui  in 
servitutem   ab   co  suppositus  petierat, 
dixisse,  captumque  amore  virginis  omne 
fas  ac  nefas  miscuisse,"  etc.     Dig.  1,  2, 
De   origine  juris,  2,  §  24,  f.  Pomp. 
Consult   Dion.   11,   30;   Livy,   3,   44; 
Cicero,  De  republ.,  3,  32. 

4  Festus,  on  the  word  Tignum.     Dig. 
50,  16,  De  verbor.  signif.,  62,  f.  Gai. 
Dig.  47,  3,  De  tigno  juncto,  1  pr.,  and 
§  1,  f.  Ulp.,  etc. 

5  "  Lex  XII  Tabularum  neque  sol- 
vere  permittit  tignum  f urtivum  aedibus 
vel  vineis  junctum,  neque  vindicare : 
quod  providenter  lex  effecit :    ne   vel 
aedificia  sub  hoc   pratextu  diruantur, 
vel  vinearum  cultura  turbetur ;  sed  in 
eum  qui  convictus  est  jnnxisse,  in  du- 


112 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


DC. 

Quandoque     sarpta, 
erunt.1 

X. 


XL 


donee  derapta  If  the  material  becomes  detached,  and 
so  long  as  it  remains  so  ...  (the 
owner  can  recover  it  by  vindicatio). 

*  *  The  property  in  a  thing  sold  and  de- 

livered does  not  pass  to  the  purchaser 
till  payment.2 

*  *  Provision  confirming  the  cessio  before 

the  magistrate  (in  jure  cessio),  as 
likewise  the  mancipation 


TABLE  VII. 

THE  LAW  CONCERNING  REAL  PROPERTY  (De  jure  adium  et 


***** 


II. 

***** 


Two  feet  and  a  half  at  least  must  be 
left  between  adjoining  edifices  for  the 
purposes  of  proper  ventilation  (am- 
bitus).4 

Provisions  concerning  plantations  and 
constructions  or  excavations  upon  ad- 
joining plots  of  ground.5 


plum  dat  actionem."      Dig.  47,  3,  De 
tiyn.junct.,  1  pr.,  f.  Ulp. 

1  Festus,   on   the  word   Sarpuntur 
(vinece). 

2  "  Venditse  vero  res  et  traditse  non 
aliter  emptori  adquiruntur,  quam  si  is 
venditori  pretium  solverit,  vel  alio  modo 
satisfecerit,  veluti  expromissore  aut  pig- 
nore  dato.     Quod  cavetur  quidem  et 
lege  XII  Tabularum,  tamen  recte  dici- 
tur  et  jure  gentium,  id  est  jure  naturali, 
id  effici."    Justinian,  Instit.,  2,  De  rer. 
dims.,  §  41.     Festus,  on  the  words  Sub 
vos  placo. 

3  .     .    .    "  Et  mancipationem  et  in 
jure    cessionem    lex  XII   Tabularum 
confirmat."      Vat.  J.  R.  Fragm.,  §  50. 
This    provision    is   wanting,   together 
with   some    items    derived    from    the 
fragments  of  the  Vatican  (vide  supra, 


Table  V.  frag.  8,  and  note),  in  the 
work  of  MM.  Dirksen  and  Zell,  who 
have  not  had  access  to  these  fragments. 

4  "  Nam    ambitus    circumitus  :     ab 
eoque  XII  Tabularum  interpretes  am- 
bitum  parietis  circumitum  esse  descri- 
bunt."     Varro,  De  ling,  lat.,  5,  §  22. 
"  Lex    etiam    XII   Tabularnm    argu- 
mento  est,  in  qua  duo  pedes  et  semis 
sestertius  pes  vocatur."     Festus,   on 
the  word  Ambitus. 

5  "  Sciendum  est,  in  actione  finium 
regundorum    illud    observandum   esse, 
quod  ad  exemplum  quodammodo  ejus 
legis  scriptum  est,  quam  Athenis  So- 
lonem  dicitur  tulisse  ;  nam  illic  ita  est. 
.     .    .     Si  quis  sepem  ad  alienum  pras- 
dium  fixerit  infoderitque,  terminum  ne 
excedito;  si  maceriam,pedemrelinquito; 
si  vero  domum,  pedes  duos ;  si  sepul- 


TfiE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


113 


III. 

Hortus   .     .     .   haeredium    . 
gurium     .     .     .' 

IV. 

»  *  *  * 


V. 

Si  jnrgant     .     .     .3 


VI. 

•  »  *  « 


VII. 

Si  aqua  pluvia  nocct    .     . 


tu- 


A    garden 
ance    . 


.     a    small    inherit- 
a  barn. 


A  space  of  five  feet  must  be  left  be- 
tween adjoining  fields  for  the  pur- 
poses of  access  and  the  turning  of 
the  plough.  This  space  cannot  be 
acquired  by  usucapio? 

If  they  disagree  .  .  .  (In  the  event 
of  there  being  any  dispute  about  the 
boundaries,  the  magistrate  is  to  give 
three  arbiters  to  the  parties,  who  shall 
settle  the  matter.) 

The  breadth  of  a  road  is  to  be  eight 
feet ;  at  the  end,  where  it  turns,  six- 
teen feet.4  If  the  road  is  impassable, 
the  owner  of  a  right  of  way  may  cross 
wherever  he  pleases.5 

If  rain-water  threatens  damage. 
The  proprietor  whose  property  is  threat- 
ened with  damage  arising  from  arti- 


chrum  aut  scrobem  foderit,  quantum 
profunditatis  habnerint,  tantum  spatii 
relinquito;  si  puleum,  passus  latitudi- 
nem ;  at  vero  oleam  aut  ficum  ab  alieno 
ad  novem  pedes  plantato,  cseteras  ar- 
bores  ad  pedes  quinque."  Dig.  10,  1, 
Fin.  regund.,  13,  f.  Gai.  lib.  iv.  of  his 
commentary  on  the  Twelve  Tables. 

1  Plin.,  Hist,  not.,  lib.  xix.  cap.  4, 
§   1.     Festns,   on   the   words   Hortus, 
Hceredium    and    Tugurium.      Varro, 
De  re  rustic.,  lib.  i.  cap.  10.     Dig.  56, 
16,  De  verbor.  sigmf.,  180,  f.  Pompon. 

2  "  Ex  hac  autem,  non  rerum,  sed 
verborum  discordia,  controversia  nata 
est  de  finibus :  in  qua  quoniam  usuca- 
pionem   XII  Tabulce   intra   quinque 
pedes  noluerunt,  depasci  veterem  pos- 
sessionem    Academite    ab    hoc    acuto 
homine  non  sinemus ;  nee  Mamilia  lege 
singuli,  sed  ex  his  (XII  Tabulis)  trcs 
arbitrii  fines  r  eg  emus."     Cicero,  De 
leg.,  1,  21. 

3  Non.  Marcell.,  De  propr.  serm.,  5, 
34.     Cicero,  De  republ.,  1,  4,  8.     Con- 


sult the  passage  from  Cicero  quoted  in 
preceding  note. 

4  "  Via;  latitude  ex  lege  XII  Tabu- 
larum  in  porrectum  octo  pedes  habet ; 
in  anfractum,  id  est  ubi  flexum  est,  se- 
decim."     Dig.  8,  3,  De  sernt.  prced. 
rustic.,  8,  f.  Gai. 

5  "  Si  via  sit  immunita,  jubet  lex, 
qua  velit  agere  jumentum."     Cic.,  Pro 
Caecina,  19.     Festus,  on  the  word  Am- 
segetes.     The  sense  of  the  law  of  the 
Twelve  Tables  may  be  explained  by 
analogy,  by  comparison  with  a  fragment 
from   Javolenus :    "  Cum   via   publica 
(vel)  fluminis  impetu,  vel  ruina  amissa 
est:  vicinus   proximus  viam  prsestare 
debet."   (L)ig.  8,  6,  Quemadmodum  ser- 
vitutes  amittuntur,  14,  §  1.)     A  frag- 
ment of  the  Twelve  Tables  is  given  in 
connexion  with  this  subject :  "  Si  via 
per  amsegetes  immunita  escit,  qua  volet 
jumentum  agito ;"  but  it  is  a  supposi- 
titious text,  a  hypothetical  reconstruc- 
tion of  Godefrojr. 

6  Dig.  40,  7,  De  statuliber,  21,  f. 
Pomp. ;  Cic.  Top.  9. 


114 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


VIII. 

»  » 


IX. 


ficial  works  for  the  collection  of  rain- 
water, or  from  an  aqueduct,  has  a 
right  to  demand  a  guarantee  against 
this  in  jury.1 

The  branches  of  a  tree  overhanging 
adjoining  property  must  be  pruned 
all  round  up  to  fifteen  feet  from  the 
ground.2 

A  proprietor  may  go  on  to  adjoining 
land  to  pick  up  the  fruit  that  has 
fallen  from  his  tree.3 


TABLE  VIII. 

Ox  TORTS  (De  delictis}. 


II. 


Capital  punishment  is  decreed  against 
libellers  and  public  defamers.4 


Si  membrum   rupit,  ni  cum  eo  pacit,       Eetaliation  against  him  who  breaks  the 
talio  esto.5  limb  of  another  and  does  not  offer 

compensation. 


III. 


For  the  fracture  of  the  bone  (of  the 
tooth)  of  a  freoman  the  penalty  is 
300  asses  ;  in  the  case  of  a  slave,  150.6 


1  "  Si    per    pxablicum    locum    rivus 
aquseductus  private  nocebit,  erit  actio 
private   ex   lege  XII  Tabtdarum,  ut 
noxa  domino  caveatur."     Dig.  43,  8, 
Ne  quid  in  loc.  jmb.,  5,  f.  Paul.     A 
suit  of  this  nature  was  decided  by  an 
arbitrator   (arbiter  aquce  pluvia:  ar- 
cendaT).      Dig.   39,  3,   De  aq.  ct  aq. 
pluv.  arc.,  23,  §  2,  f .  Paul. ;  and  24,  f. 
Alfen. 

2  "  Quod  ait  praetor,  et  lex  XII  Ta- 
tutariim  effivere  roliiit,  ut  quindecim 
pedes  altius  rami  arboris  circumcidan- 
tur ;    et  hoc  idcirco   effectum  est,  ne 
umbra  arboris  vicino  prtedio  noceret." 
Dig.  43,  27,  De  arbor,  ccudend.,  1,  §  8, 
f .  Ulp. ;  and  2,  f .  Pomp.     Paul.,  Kan- 
tent.,  5,  &,  §  13. 

3  "  Cautum  est  prceterea  lege  XII 


Tabularum,  ut  glandem  in  aliennm 
fundum  procidentem  liceret  colligere." 
Plin  ,  Hist,  nat.,  16,  5.  Dig.  43,  28, 
De  glande  legenda,  1,  §  1,  f.  Ulp. ;  50, 
16,  De  verb,  signif.,  236,  §  1,  f.  Gai. 
lib.  iv.  Com.  Twelve  Tables. 

4  "  Nostrce  contra  XII Tabula  quum 
perpaucas  res  capite  sanxissent,  in  his 
hanc  quoque  sanciendam  tmtaverunt : 
'  Si  quis  occentavisset,  sive  carmen  con- 
didisset  quod   infamiam  faceret  flagi- 
tiurnve  altei'i.'  "     Cicero,  De  repnbl., 
4,    10.     Paul.,    Sentent.,   5,    14,   §    6. 
Festus,  on  the  word  Occentassint,  etc. 

5  Festus,  on  the  word   Talio.     Aul. 
Cell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20, 1.     Gai.,  Instit., 
comm.  3,  §  223,  etc. 

6  "  Poena  autem  injuriarum  ex  lege 
XII  Tabnlarum,    propter   membrum 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


115 


IV. 

Si  injuriam  faxit  alteri,  viginti  quinque      For  any  injury  whatsoever  committed 
«eris  pcense  sunto.1  upon  another  the  penalty  shall  be  2F 

asses. 
V. 

.     .     .    Rupitias    .     .     .    sarcito.*  .     .     .     For  damage  unjustly  caus 

.     .     .     (but  if  by  accident)  repai 

tion. 
VI. 

*  *  *  For  damage  caused  by  a  quadruped 

reparation  or   the  forfeiture  of  th* 
animal.* 


VII. 


VIII. 

Qui  fruges  excantasset*     .    . 
alienam  segetem  pellexeris 

IX. 


*  An  action  shall  lie  against  him  who 

depastures  his  flock  upon  a  neigh- 
bour's land.4 

Neve      He  who  by  enchantment  shall  blight 
.8  the  crops  of  another,  or  attract  them 

from  one  field  to  another     .     .     . 

*  He  who  during    the    night   furtively 

either  cuts  or  depastures  a  neigh- 
bour's crops,  if  of  the  age  of  puberty, 
shall  be  devoted  to  Ceres  and  put  to 
death ;  if  under  that  age,  he  shall  be 
scourged  at  the  discretion  of  the 
magistrate  and  condemned  in  the 
penalty  of  double  the  damage  done.7 


quidem  ruptum,  talio  erat :  propter  os 
vero  fractum  aut  collisum  trecentorum 
assium  pcena  erat,  velut  si  libero  os 
fractum  erat :  at  si  servo  CL :  propter 
easterns  vero  injurias  xxv  assium  prena 
erat  constituta."  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm. 
3,  §  223.  Aul.  Cell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20, 
1.  Paul.,  Sentent..  5, 14,  §  6.  Collat. 
leg.  Mas.  et  Rom.,  2,  §  5. 

J  Aul.  Cell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20,  1,  and 
16,  10.  Collat.  leg.  Mos.  et  Rom.,  2, 
§  5.  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  3,  §  223. 
Festus,  on  the  words  Viginti  quinque. 

2  Festus,  on  the  word  Rupilias. 
Dig.  9,  2,  Ad  leg.  Aquiliam,  1  pr.,  f. 
Ulp. 

*  "  Si  quadrupes  pauperiem  fecisse 
dicetur,  actio  ex  lege  XII  Tabular  inn 
descendit:  quse  lex  voluit,  aut  dari  id 
quod  nocuit,  id  est  id  animal  quod 
noxiam  commisit,  aut  asstimationem 
noxise  offerre."  Dig.  9,  1,  Si  quadrnp. 


pauper,  fecisse  dicet.,  6  pr.,  f.  Ulp. 
Justinian.,  Instit.,  lib.  iv.  tit.  9,  pr. 

4  "  Si  glans  ex  arbore  tua  in  nieum 
fundum  cadat,  eamque  immisso  pecore 
depascam,  Aristo  scribit  nonsibi  occur- 
rere  legitimam  actionem,  qua  experiri 
possim  ;  nam  neque  ex  lege  XII  Tabu- 
larum  de  pastu  pecoris,  quia  non  in 
tuo  pascitur,  neque  de  pauperie,  neque 
de  damno  injuriae  agi  posse,  in  factum 
itaque  erit  agendum."     Dig.  19,  5,  De 
prescript,  verb.,  14,  §  3,  fr.  Ulp. 

5  Plin.,  Hist,  nat.,  28,  2. 

6  Servius,  ad  Virg.,  Eel.  8,  line  99. 
Consult  Senec.,  Natur.  qutest.,  4,   7; 
Plin.,  Hist,  natiir.,  30,  1 ;  Augustin., 
DC  civ.  Dei,  8,  19,  etc. 

7  "  Frugem  quidem  aratro  qusesitam 
furtim  noctu  pavisse  ac  secuisse,  pu- 
beri  XII  Tabulis  capitale  erat,  suspen- 
sumque  Cereri  necari  jubebant:  gravius 
quam  in  homicidio  convictum ;  impu- 


12 


116 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


X. 


XI. 


XII. 

Si  nox  fnrtum  factum  sit,  si  im  occisit, 
jure  caesus  esto.3 


XIV. 


The  incendiary  of  a  house  or  of  a  hay- 
stack near  a  house,  if  acting  inten- 
tionally and  of  sound  mind,  shall  be 
bound,  scourged  and  put  to  death  by 
fire.  If  by  negligence,  he  shall  repair 
the  damage,  or,  if  too  poor,  shall  be 
chastised  moderately.1 

A  penalty  of  25  asses  is  to  be  inflicted 
upon  any  one  who  without  right  has 
felled  the  trees  of  another.* 


Any  one  committing  a  robbery  by  night 
may  be  lawfully  killed. 


A  robber  surprised  during  the  day  must 
not  be  put  to  death,  unless  he  at- 
tempts to  defend  himself  with  arms.4 

A  thief  taken  in  the  act,  if  a  free  man, 
shall  be  scoui'ged  and  made  over  by 
addictio  to  the  person  robbed ;  if  a 
slave,  shall  be  scourged  and  thrown 
from  the  Tarpeian  rock  ;  but  those 
under  the  age  of  puberty  shall,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  magistrate,  bo 
scourged  and  condemned  to  repair, 
the  damage.5 


bem  prsetoris  arbitratn  verberari,  noxi- 
amque  duplione  decerni."  Plin.,  Hist, 
natur.,  18,  3. 

1  "  Qui   asdes,    acervumve    frumenti 
juxta  domum  combusserit,  vinctus  ver- 
beratus  igni  necari  jubetur:    si  modo 
sciens   prudensque   id   commiserit ;    si 
vero  casu,  id  est  ncgligentia,  aut  noxium 
sarcire  jubetur,  aut,  si  minus  idoneus 
sit,  levius  castigatur."     Dig.  47,  9,  De 
incendio,  ruin.,  navfr.,  9,  fr.  Gai.,  lib. 
iv.  Com.  Twelve  Tables. 

2  Plin.,  Hist,  natur.,  17, 1.     Dig.  47, 
7,  Arborum  furtim  ecesarum,  1  pr.  and 
11,  fr.  Paul.     Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  4, 

§  11- 

3  Macrob.,  Saturn.,  1,4.    Aul  Cell., 
Noct.  attic.,  8,  1,  and  11, 18.     Ulpian., 
according  to  Collat.  leg.  Mos.  et  Horn., 


7,  3.  Cicero,  Pro  Milan.,  8.  Senec., 
Controv.,  10,  in  fine.  Dig.  9,  2,  ad  leg. 
Aquil,  4,  §  1,  f.  Gai. 

4  "  Furem  interdiu  deprehensum,  non 
aliter  occidere  lex  XII  Tabitlaruui. 
permi.nt,   quam   si  telo  se  defendat." 
Dig.  47,  2,  De  furtis,  54,  §  2,  f.  Gai. ; 
50,  16,  De  'verbor.  signif.,  233,  §  2,  f. 
Gai. ;  and  passages  in  preceding  note. 

5  "  Ex  caeteris  autem  manifestis  f uri- 
bus,  liberos  verberari  addicique  jusse- 
runt  (the  decemvirs)  ei  cui  f urtum  fac- 
tum esset,  si  modo  id   luci   fecisseut, 
neque  se  telo  dcfendissent ;  servus  item 
furti  manifest!  prensos,  verberibus  aifici 
et  e  saxo  praicipitari ;  sed  pueros  im- 
puberes    praetoris    arbitratu    verberari 
voluerunt,  noxiamque  ab   his  factam 
sarciri."    Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  11, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


117 


Si  adorat  furto,  quod  nee  uiauil'estum 
escit     .          .* 


The  theft  lance  licioque  conceptiim, 
discovered  by  the  plate  and  girdle ; 
(that  is  to  say,  when  the  theft  had 
been  discovered,  recourse  having  been 
had  to  the  solemn  search  which 
the  law  required,  in  order  to  ob- 
viate the  suspicion  that  the  person 
making  the  search  had  himself 
brought  the  stolen  property  to  the 
place,  he  was  clad  simply  with  a 
girdle  (licium)  for  decency's  sake, 
and  held  in  his  hand  a  plate  (lanx), 
either  that  he  might  put  on  it  the 
object  found,  or  that  his  hands  being 
occupied  in  holding  this  plate,  it 
could  not  be  supposed  he  was  con- 
cealing anything  with  them),  was  as- 
similated to  furtum  manifestum. 
Furtum  conceptiim  was  theft  by  him 
upon  whom  the  stolen  property  was 
found,  without  recourse  being  had  to 
the  solemn  search  ;  and  furtum  ob- 
latuin  was  the  theft  of  him  who 
clandestinely  lodged  with  another 
that  which  he  himself  had  stolen,  in 
order  that  it  might  be  found  on  his 
premises  and  not  upon  his  own. 
These  two  latter  delicts  were  pun- 
ished by  a  fine  of  triple  the  value  of 
the  thing  stolen.1 

In  an  action  for  furtum  nee  manifes- 
tum .  .  .  (the  penalty  shall  be 
double  the  value  of  the  stolen  pro- 
perty). 


18,  and  7,  15.  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  3, 
§  189.  Servius,  ad  Virg.,  ^Eneid.  8, 
line  205,  etc. 

1  "  Concepti  et  oblati  (furti)  pcena 
ex  XII  Tabularum  tripli  est."  Gai., 
Instit.,  comm.  3,  §  191.  "Lex  aut>Mi 
eo  nomine  (prohibiti  fnrti)  nullam  pce- 
nam  constituit :  hoc  solum  praecipit,  ut 
qui  quaerere  velit,  nudus  quaerat,  linteo 
cinctus,  lancem  habens ;  qui  si  quid 
invenerit,  jubet  id  Lex  furtum  mani- 
fi  stum  esse."  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  3, 
§  192.  In  the  following  paragraph  the 


jurist,  endeavouring  to  explain  the  em- 
ployment of  these  objects  in  this  cere- 
mony, rather  turns  it  into  ridicule  than 
justifies  it.  Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  11, 
18,  and  16,  10.  Festus,  on  the  word 
Lance. 

2  Festus,  on  the  word  Nee.  Consult 
Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  11,  18  ;  Cato, 
De  re  rmtica,  in  procem.  "  Nee  mani- 
f  esti  fnrti  posna  per  leg  em  ( XII)  Tabu- 
larum dupli  irrogatur."  Gai.,  Instit., 
comm.  3,  §  190. 


118 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


XVII. 

*  *  *  *  * 

XVIII. 


XIX. 


XX. 


XXI. 

Patronns  si  client!  fraudem  fecerit, 
sacer  esto.5 

xxn. 

Qui  se  sierit  testarier  libripensve  fuerit, 
ni  testinionium  fariatur,  improbus 
intestabilisque  esto.6 


Provision  prohibiting  the  acquisition  by 
usucapio,  that  is  to  say,  by  possession 
of  stolen  property.1 

Interest  upon  money  lent  must  not  ex- 
ceed an  ounce.  That  is  to  say,  one 
twelfth  part  of  the  principal  per 
annum  (unciariumfcenus),  which  is 
eight  and  a  third  per  cent,  per  annum, 
calculating  according  to  the  solar 
year  of  twelve  months,  according  to 
the  calendar  of  Numa.  The  penalty 
for  exceeding  this  interest  is  the 
quadruple.3 

For  fraud  in  bailment  a  double  pe- 
nalty.3 

Provision  giving  all  citizens  the  right 
of  action  to  remove  suspected  tutors, 
and  imposing  a  double  penalty  for 
the  abstracted  property  of  the  pupil.4 

The  patron  who  shall  commit  a  fraud 
upon  his  client  shall  be  devoted  to 
the  gods. 

He  who  has  been  a  witness  or  acted  as 
scale-bearer  and  refuses  to  give  tes- 
timony shall  be  accounted  infamous, 
and  incapable  of  giving  or  receiving 
testimony. 


1  "  Furtivam  rem  lex  XII  Tabula- 
rum  usucapi  prohibet."  Gai.,  Instit., 
comm.  2,  §§  45  and  49.  Justinian, 
Instit.,  2,  6,  §  2.  Aul.  Cell.,  Noct. 
attic.,  17,  7,  etc. 

3  '  Nam  prinio  XII  Tabulis  sanc- 
tum, ne  quis  unciario  foenore  amplius 
exerceret."  Tacit.,  Annal.,  6,  16. 
"  Majores  nostri  sic  habuerunt :  itaque 
in  legibus  posuerunt,  furem  dupli 
damnari,  fomeratorem  quadrupli." 
Cato,  De  re  rust.,  in  prooem.  The 
signification  to  be  given  to  these  words, 
unciarium  foenus,  is  nevertheless  the 
subject  of  a  spirited  controversy,  as 
may  be  seen  in  the  author's  Explication 
historique  des  Institute,  t.  iii.  lib.  iii. 
tit.  17. 


3  "  Ex  causa  depositi  lege  XII  Tdbu- 
larum  in  duplum  actio  datur."     Paul., 
Sentent.,  2,  12,  §  11. 

4  "  Sciendum  est,  suspecti  crimen  e 
lege    XII    Tabularum    descendere." 
Dig.  10,  De  suspect,  tutor.,  1,  §  2,  f. 
Ulp.     "  Sed  si  ipsi  tutores  rem  pnpilli 
furati  sunt,  videamus  an  ea   actione, 
qua  proponitur  ex  lege  XII  Tabula- 
rum'  adversus  tutorem  in  dupliim,  sin- 
guli  in  solidum  teneantur.     Dig.  26,  7, 
De  admin,  et  peric.  tut.,  55,  §  1,  f. 
Tryphon.     See  Cic.,  De  qffic.,  3,   15; 
De  orator.,  1,  37,  etc. 

5  Servius,    ad    Virgil.,   JEneiA.,    6, 
line  609.     See  Dion.   2,  10;    Plutar., 
Ronml.,  13. 

6  Aul.  Gcll.,  Noct.  attic.,  15,  13,  and 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


119 


XXIII. 

*  *  *  » 

XXIV. 

*  *  »  » 

XXV. 

Qui  inalmn  carmen  incantasset 3 
Malura  venenum     .     .     .4 

XXVI. 

*  »  «  * 

XXVII. 


Provision  ordering  false  witnesses   to 
be  thrown  from  the  Tarpeian  rock.1 

Capital  punishment  for  homicide.9 


(Capital  punishment  decreed  against) 
any  one  who  practises  enchantments 
or  uses  poisonous  drugs. 

Provision  against  seditious  gatherings 
by  night  in  the  city,  awarding  capital 
punishment.8 

Saddles,  or  members  of  the  same  college 
or  corporation,  are  at  liberty  to  make 
what  rules  binding  upon  themselves 
they  may  think  fit,  provided  that  they 
do  not  contravene  the  law.6 


TABLE  IX. 

PUBLIC  LAW  (De  jure  publico}. 


Provision  prohibiting  the  passing  of 
any  law  concerning  a  private  indi- 
vidual.7 


6,  7.    Dig.   28,   1,    Qui  testam.  fao. 
pass.,  26,  f.  Gai. 

1  "  An  putas  ...  si  non  ilia  etiam 
ex  XII  de  testimoniis  falsis  pcena  abole- 
visset,  et  si  nunc  quoque,  ut  antea,  qui 
falsum  testimonium  dixisse  convictus 
esset,  e  saxo  Tarpeio  dejiceretur,  men- 
tituros  f  uisse  pro  testimonio  tarn  multos 
quam   videmus?"     Aul.    Gell.,   Noct. 
attic.,  20,  1 ;  Cicero,  De  offio.,  3,  31. 

2  Plin.,  Hist,  nat.,  18,  3.     Festus,  on 
the  words  Parricidii  qutestores. 

3  Plin.,  Hist,  nat.,  28,  2. 

4  Dig.   50,   16,  De  verbor.   signif., 
236  pr.,  f.  Gai.,  lib.  iv.  of  Commentary 


on  Twelve  Tables. 

5  "  Primum  XII  Tabulis  cautum  esse 
cognoscimus,    ne   quis   in   urbe   coatus 
noctumos   agitaret."      Porcius  Latro, 
Declamat.  in  Catalin.,  c.  19. 

6  "  Sodalessunt,  quiejusdem  collegii 
sunt.     .     .     His  autem  potestatem  facit 
Lex,  pactionem,  quam  velint,  sibi  ferre: 
dum  ne  quid  ex  publica  lege  corrum- 
pant"      Dig.   47,   22,    De   colleg.   et 
corpor.,  4,  f.  Gai.,  lib.  iv.  Com.  Twelve 
Tables. 

7  "  Vetant  XII  Tabulae,  leges  priva- 
tis  hominibus  irrogari."     Cicero,  Pro 
domo,  17 ;  De  legib.,  3,  19. 


120  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

II. 

*  *  *  *  The  great  comitia,  that  is  to  say,  the 

comitia  by  centuries,  have  alone  the 
right  to  enact  laws  inflicting  capital 
punishment  upon  a  citizen,  that  is  to 
say,  which  could  deprive  him  of  life, 
liberty  or  citizenship.1 
III. 

*****  The  penalty  of  death  is  awarded  to  the 

judge  or  arbitrator  appointed  by  the 
magistrate  who  accepts  a  bribe.2 

*  *  *  *  Provision  relating  to  the  quaestors  in 

the  case  of  homicide  (qucestores  homi- 
cidii) ;  and  the  right  of  appeal  to 
the  people  in  the  case  of  any  penal 

sentence.3 
V. 

*  *  *  *  The  penalty  of  death  decreed  against 

any  one  who  should  excite  the  enemy 
against  the  Roman  people ;  or  who 
should  deliver  a  citizen  to  the  enemy.4 


TABLE  X. 

SACRED  LAW  (Dejure  sacro}. 

Ilominem  mortuum  in  urbe  ne  sepelito,  The  dead  must  not  be  buried  nor  burned 
neve  urito.5  within  the  city. 

1  "  Turn  leges  prasclarissimse  de  XII  3  "  Qusestores  constituebantur  a  po- 
Tabulis  translate  duas,  quarum  altera  pulo,  qui  capitalibus  rebus  prasessent : 
privilegia  tollit ;  altera  de  capite  civis  hi  appellabantur  qutestoresparricidii: 
rogari,  nisi  maxima  comitiatu,  vetat  quorum  etiam  meminit  lex  XII  Tabula- 

.  In  privates  homines  leges  ferri  rum."     Dig.  1,  2,   De  orig.  juris.,  2, 

noluerunt,  id  est  em^lJ}ri^•ileg^^lm,  quo  §  23,  f.  Pomp.     "  Ab  omni  judicio  pce- 

quid  estiiijustius  ?"     Cicero,  De  legib.,  naque  provocari   licere,   indicant  XII 

3,  19 ;  Pro  Sextio,  30,  etc.  Tabulae."     Cicero,  De  republ.,  2,  31. 

2  "  Dure  autem  scriptum  esse  in  istis  See  Festus,  on  the  words  Parricidii 
legibus  (XII  Tabularum)  quid  existi-  qixestores  and  Quastores. 

mari  potest  ?     Nisi  duram  esse  legem  4  "  Lex  XII  Tabularum  j  ubet,  eum 

pntas,   quse   judicem   arbitrumve   jure  qui   hostem  concitaverit,  quive  civem 

datum,  qui  ob  rem  dicendam  pecuniam  hosti  tradideret,  capite  puniri."     Dig. 

accepisse  couvictus  est,  capite  punitur."  48,  4,  ad  leg.  Jul.  maj.,  3,  f.  Marcian. 
Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  20,  1;  Cicero,  5  Cicero,  De  legib.,  2,  23. 

In  Vcrr.,  2,  32,  and  1,  13. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


121 


II. 

Hoc  plus  ne  facito. 
ascia  ne  polito     . 

III. 


Rogum 


IV. 

Mulieres  genas  ne  radunto ;  neve  les- 
sum  f  uneris  ergo  habento.3 

V. 

Homini  mortno  ne  ossa  legito,  quo  post 
funus  faciat.4 


VI. 


Qui  coronam  parit  ipsc,  pecuiiiaveejus, 
virtutis  ergo  duitor  ci.' 


Do  no  more  than  this.  .  .  .  The 
wood  of  the  funeral  pile  shall  not  be 
smoothed. 

Restrictions  against  sumptuous  fune- 
rals: the  dead  are  not  to  be  buried  nor 
burned  in  more  than  three  robes ;  nor 
in  more  than  three  fillets  of  purple  ; 
nor  shall  the  funeral  be  attended  by 
more  than  ten  flute  players.1 

Women  shall  not  be  allowed  to  tear 
their  hair  nor  make  immoderate  wail- 
ings. 

The  bones  of  the  deceased  shall  not  be 
collected  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
him  a  subsequent  funeral  (except  in 
the  case  of  death  in  battle,  or  in  a 
foreign  country). 

Provision  prohibiting  the  embalming 
the  bodies  of  slaves,  funeral  banquets, 
expensive  libations,  coronal  garlands, 
and  the  erection  of  incense  altars.* 

But  if  the  deceased  has  either  personally 
or  by  his  slaves  or  horses  obtained 
any  public  trophy,  he  shall  be  en- 
titled to  the  honour  it  confers.  (The 
crown  might  be  worn  during  the  fu- 
neral either  by  the  deceased  or  by 
his  father.) 


1  Cicero,  De  legib.,  2,  23. 

4  "  Extenuate  igitur  sumptu,  tribus 
riciniis  et  vinculis  purpurae,  et  decem 
tibicinibus,  tollit  (the  law  of  the  Twelve 
Tables)  etiam  lamentationem :  MU- 
LIEBES  GENAS,"  etc.  Cicero,  ibid. 

3  Cicero,  ibid.     See  Festus,  on  the 
words  Ricinium  and  Radere  genas. 
Plin.,  Hist,  nattir.,  11,  37.     Servius, 
ad  Virgil.,  ^Eneid.  12,  line  606.    Cicero, 
Tuscul,  2,  22. 

4  "  Cietera  item  funebria,  quibns  Inc- 
tus  augetur,  XII  sustulerunt :  HOMINI, 
inquit    .    .     .    etc.     Exctpit  bellicam 
peregrinamque  mortem."     Cicero,  De 
legib.,  2,  24. 


5  "  Haec  praeterea  sunt  in  Legibus  de 
unctura,  quibus  servilis  unctura  tollitnr 
omnisque  circumpotatio :  quse  et  recte 
tolluntur,  neque  tollerentnr  nisi  fuis- 
sent.   Ne  sumptuosa  respersio,  ne  longas 
coronse,    nee    acerrae    praetereantur." 
Cicero,  De  legibus,  2,  24.     See  Festus, 
on  the  words  Murrata  potione.    Plin., 
Hist,  natur.,  14,  2. 

6  "  Inde  ilia  XII  Tabularum  lex : 
Qui  CORONAM,  etc.   Quam  servi  equive 
meruissent  pecunia  partam  Lege  dici 
nemo  dubitavit.     Quis  ergo  honos  ?  ut 
ipso  mortuo  parentibusque  ejus,  dum 
iutus  positus  csset,  forisve  ferretur,  sine 


122 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


vin. 


Neve  aunim  addito.  Quoi  auro  denies 
vincti  escunt,  ast  im  cum  illo  sepelire 
urereve  se  fraude  esto.8 

X. 


XI. 


Prohibition  against  more  than  one  fune- 
ral, or  more  than  one  funeral  cere- 
mony, for  the  same  deceased.1 

Gold  must  not  be  buried  with  the  dead  ; 
but  if  the  teeth  are  fastened  with 
gold,  this  may  be  either  buried  or 
burned. 

No  funeral  pile  or  sepulchre  shall  be 
erected  within  sixty  feet  of  another 
man's  house,  except  with  his  consent.3 

Neither  a  sepulchre  nor  its  vestibule 
can  be  acquired  by  iisucapio* 


TABLE  XI. 
SUPPLEMENT  TO  .THE  FIRST  FIVE  TABLES. 

*  *  *  Prohibiting  marriage   between   patri- 

cians and  plebeians.5 


fraude  essefc  imposita."  Plin.,  Hist, 
natur.,  21,  3.  See  Cicero,  De  legib., 
2,  24. 

1  "  Ut  uni    plura    fierent,    lectique 
plures  sternerentur,  id  quoque  ne  fieret 
Lege  sanctum  est."     Cicer.,  De  legib., 
2,24. 

2  Cicero,  ibid. 

3  "  Rogum  bustumve  novum  vetat 
(lex  XII  Tabularum)  propius  sexaginta 
pedes   adjici   asdes   alienas   invito  do- 
mino."    Cicero,  ibid.     See  Dig.  11,  8, 
De  mortuo  infer.,  3,  f .  Pomp. 


4  "  Quod  autem  forum,  id  est  vesti- 
bulum  sepulcri,  bustumve  usucapi  vetat 
(lex  XII  Tabularum),  tuetur  jus  sepul- 
crorum."     Cicero,  ibid;  Festus,  on  the 
word  Forum. 

5  "  Hoc  ipsum  :  ne  connubium  Patri- 
bus   cum  Plebe  esset,  non  Decemviri 
tulerunt."     Livy,  1,  4.     See  Dion.  10, 
60,  and  11,  28;  Dig.  50,  16,  De  verb, 
signif.,  238,  f.  Gai.,  on  lib.  iv.  Com. 
Twelve   Tables ;   Cicero,   De    rejiubl., 
2,  37. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


123 


TABLE  XII. 
SUPPLEMENT  TO  THE  LAST  FIVE  TABLES. 


n. 

Si  servus  furtum  faxit  noxiamve  no- 
cuit.s 


III. 

Si  vindiciam  falsam  tulit  .  .  .  rci 
si  velit  is  ...  tor  (sive  litis 
Prastor)  arbitros  tres  dato  ;  eornm 
arbitrio  .  .  .  fructus  duplione 
damnum  dccidito.3 


IV. 


V. 


1'rovision  establishing  the  pignoris 
capio  (the  seizure  of  the  security,  a 
species  of  legis  actio)  against  the 
debtor  for  the  payment  of  the  pur- 
chase-money of  a  victim,  or  the  hire 
of  a  beast  of  burden  when  the  hire 
has  been  expressly  made  in  order  that 
the  sum  paid  should  be  devoted  to 
purpose  of  sacrifice.1 

If  a  slave  has  committed  a  theft  or  any 
other  injury  .  .  .  the  direct  ac- 
tion does  not  lie  against  the  master, 
but  the  act io  noxalis  does. 

If  anyone  wrongfully  acquires  the  in- 
terim possession  of  a  thing,  the 
magistrate  shall  appoint  three  arbi- 
trators to  determine  the  question;  and 
if  they  decide  against  him,  he  shall 
be  mulcted  in  a  sum  equal  to  double 
the  profits. 

It  is  forbidden  to  consecrate  anything 
which  is  the  subject  of  a  suit,  and  a 
double  penalty  is  inflicted  for  doing 


Abrogates  all  previous  and  contradic- 
tory enactments.5 


1  "  Lege  autem  introducta  est  pig- 
noris capio,  velut  lege  XII  Tabular urn 
adversus  eum,  qui  hostiam  emisset,  nee 
pretium  redderet;  item  adversus  eum, 
qui  mercedem  non  redderet  pro  eo  ju- 
mento,  quod  quis  ideo  locasset,  ut  inde 
pecuniam  acceptam  in  dapem,  id  est  in 
sacrificium  impenderet."  Gai.,  Instit., 
comm.  4,  28;  Dig.  50,  16,  De  verb, 
slgnlf.,  238,  §  2,  f.  Gai.,  on  lib.  vi. 
Com.  Twelve  Tables. 

3  Festus,  on  the  word  Noxia.  "  Nam 
in  lege  antiqua  (XII  Tabularum),  si 
servus  sciente  domino  furtum  fecit,  vel 
aliam  noxam  commisit,  servi  nomine 


actio  est  noxalis,  nee  dominus  suo 
nomine  tenetur."  Dig.  9,  4,  De  noxal. 
action.,  2,  §  1,  f.  Ulp. 

*  Festus,    on    the    word    Vindicics. 
Aul.  Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  10,  10. 

4  '•  Hem,   de  qua    controversia   est, 
prohibemur  in  sacrum  dedicare;  alio- 
qnin  dupli  poanam  patimur."     Dig.  44, 
6,  De  litigios.,  3,  f.  Gai.  lib.  vi.,  Comm. 
Twelve  Tables. 

5  "In  XII  Tabulis  legem  esse,  ut, 
quodcunque   postremum   populus  jns- 
sisset,  id  jus  ratum  esset."    Livy,  7,  17 
and  9,  33,  34. 


124  THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


SECTION  XXVII. 
CHARACTER  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES. 

114.  The  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables  is  e  \ddently  a  compila- 
tion in  writing  of  the  customary  law  existing  at  the  time  that 
compilation  was  made/^  Details  are  omitted  which  were  sup- 
posed to  be  familiar  to  the  pontiffs  and  patricians;  principles 
only  are  embodied.  These  at  least  are  the  general  features  of 
the  code,  though  in  certain  particulars — as  for  example  the  rules 
for  the  observance  of  funeral  ceremonies,  the  laws  and  obliga- 
tions existing  between  neighbours,  and  the  treatment  to  which 
the  debtor  might  be  subjected  by  the  creditor — it  descends  into 
the  smallest  minutiae.)  Thus  upon  twelve  tables,  roughly  en- 
graved and  exposed  in  the  Forum,  the  whole  body  of  the  law 
was  inscribed.  /'And,  notwithstanding  that  we  possess  only  a 
few  fragments,)  we  can,(by  collecting  the  indirect  notices  and 
allusions  scattered  through  the  works  of  different  old  writers 
and  juristsAdiscover  in  these  tables  the  germ  of  a  large  number 
of  those  institutions  which  were  developed  by  later  law,  and  we 
can  readily  understand  how  it  is  that  the  Twelve  Tables  were 
at  all  times  regarded  by  the  Romans  as  the  basis  of  their  civil 
rights. 

1 1 5/  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  decemvirs  appear  to 
have  had  before  them  documents  containing  foreign  laws,  and 
especially  the  laws  of  Athens, — notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
they  have  introduced  certain  provisions  pointed  out  by  writers 
and  jurists  as  verbatim  transcripts,  and  whose  resemblance  in 
certain  particulars  can  neither  be  attributed  to  accident,  nor  to 
the  fact  of  similarity  between  Roman  and  Grecian  thought,1 — 
we  are  nevertheless  justified  in  asserting  that)  the  law  of  the 
Twelve  Tables  is  the  Quiritarian  law,  the  law  of  the  men  of  the 
lance,  that  it  was  peculiar  to  Roman  citizens,  and  that  it  is  radi- 
cally different  from  the  law  of  other  nations. 

116.  ^The  political  constitution  of  the  city^s  not  explained 

1  See  passages  cited  above  in  note  to  Table  VII. 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  1 25 

by  anything  which  the  fragments,  as  we  possess  them,  contain. 
The  division  and  the  distribution  of  the  people,  the  organization 
and  the  powers  of  the  comitia  by  curies,  by  centuries,  and  by 
tribes,  the  consulate,  the  senate,  and  all  the  other  public  func- 
tionaries, do  not  appear  to  have  been  dealt  with  by  these  legis- 
lators. /All  this  organization  constituted  a  machinery  that  was 
allowed  to  work  in  its  ordinary  way.  The  subject  to  which  the 
attention  of  the  legislators  who  compiled  the  tables  was  directed 
were  those  public  disputes  which  required  immediate  settlement. 
The  prohibition  of  class  legislation,  the  principle  that  it  was  the 
final  decision  of  the  people  which  should  be  law,  and  which  should 
have  the  force  of  precedent,  the  exclusive  power  of  the  great 
comitia  to  determine  questions  affecting  the  citizens  capitally, 
and  the  right  of  appeal  to  the  people,  that  is  to  say,  to  the 
great  comitia,  in  matters  of  equal  importance,  are  among  the 
provisions  which  most  directly  affect  the  political  constitution 
of  Rome.  As  to  the  rest,  the  public  law  does  not  occupy  a 
leading  position  in  the  code  of  the  decemvirs.  (  It  is  described, 
together  with  sacred  law,  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  Tables,  that  is  to 
say,  in  the  two  last  Tables  compiled  by  the  first  decemvirs.}  As 
to  the  extent  to  which  that  principle  of  equal  laws  for  all  classes 
(cequanda  libertas  omnibus,  summis  infimisque  jura  aquare), 
for  which  the  plebeians  contended,  was  admitted  by  the  decem- 
virs, and  recognized  in  the  Twelve  Tables,  we  cannot  speak 
with  accuracy, (because  we  are  not  acquainted  with  all  the 
shades  of  difference  which  separated  the  two  classes  prior  to 
this  code.) 

But  it  is  clear  that  neither  in  public  nor  private  law  did  the 
Twelve  Tables  introduce  complete  equality  between  patricians 
and  plebeians.  The  exclusive  right  of  the  patrician  to  the  ad- 
ministration and  to  the  possession  of  high  offices  still  subsisted ; 
clientage,  which  was  attended  with  so  many  important  conse- 
quences, is  consecrated  by  the  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables ;  and 
the  absence  of  the  connubium  between  the  patricians  and  ple- 
beians shows  clearly  that  these  classes  were  still  two  distinct 
classes. 

117.  That  which  most  forcibly  strikes  us  in  connection  with 


126  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  Twelve  Tables  is  that  they  contain  the  law  of  a  people 
prone  to  litigation.  The  summons  of  the  adversary  before  the 
magistrate,  the  rules  governing  the  legal  suit  and  the  rights  of 
the  creditor  over  his  debtor,  that  is  to  say,  the  commencement, 
the  intermediate  steps,  and  final  execution,  are  matters  which 
occupy  the  first  place,  and  in  fact  they  comprise  the  first  three 
Tables.  The  form  of  procedure  up  to  appearance  before  the 
magistrate  (de  in  jus  vocando}  is  simple  and  rude.  The  plain- 
tiff, when  the  defendant  refuses  to  follow  him,  takes  witnesses, 
seizes  the  defendant,  and  drags  him  before  the  magistrate.  The 
entire  proceeding  and  the  administration  of  justice  was  public. 
Any  quarter  of  the  forum  might  serve  as  a  tribunal,  but  more 
especially  that  part  known  as  the  comitium,  which  was  covered 
with  a  roof,  and  in  the  middle  of  which  was  the  rostrum. 

We  find  already  in  the  Twelve  Tables  that  characteristic  and 
important  distinction  drawn  by  the  Roman  law  between  jus  (the 
law)  and  judicium  (the  action  at  law),  or  the  difference  between 
the  magistrate  (magistratus)  and  the  judge  (judex  or  arbiter}. 
The  first  (magi stratus')  was  charged  with  declaring  the  law 
(jurisdictio^  and  with  its  execution,  aided  by  the  public  autho-'. 
rity  (imperium},  with  organizing  the  suit  by  the  accomplishment 
in  his  presence  of  all  the  solemn  rites  prescribed  by  the  law  or 
by  custom,  and  by  appointing  a  judge  in  those  cases  which  he 
did  not  himself  think  fit  to  determine.  The  second  (judex  or 
arbiter}  was  charged  with  the  duty  of  adjudicating  upon  the 
dispute  referred  to  him  by  the  magistrate.  This  difference 
will  be  seen  at  a  later  period  fully  developed.  But  the  in  jus 
vocatio,  that  is,  the  summons  before  the  law,  in  other  words, 
before  the  magistrate,  appears  as  early  as  the  date  of  the 
Twelve  Tables  (T.  XII.  §  3). 

118.  The  provisions  of  the  laws  of  the  decemvirs  as  to  the 
rights  of  creditors  over  the  person  of  their  debtors  bear  strong 
testimony  to  the  troubles  of  the  plebeians  in  these  early  days 
and  to  one  source  of  political  agitation.  We  may  remember, 
that  it  was  one  of  the  decemvirs,  Appius  Claudius,  who  im- 
pudently designated  the  prison  which  he  had  caused  to  be  con- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  127 

structed  for  his  debtors  the  home  of  the  Roman  plebeian?1 
With  such  laws  in  existence  we  cannot  be  surprised  that  debt 
should  have  been  more  than  once  the  cause  of  revolution. 
However,  it  is  easy  to  recognize,  in  the  care  that  the  decemvirs 
took  to  regulate  and  to  legalize  the  rigours  to  which  the  debtor 
was  liable,  the  result  of  scarcely  suppressed  rebellion.  The 
limit  of  rate  and  interest  and  the  pains  pronounced  against  those 
who  exceeded  it,  the  delay  of  the  thirty  days  for  the  condemned 
debtor,  the  presence  of  the  magistrate,  the  vindex,  or  of  the 
respondent  who  could  claim  the  debtor,  the  limitation  of  the 
weight  of  the  chains,  the  regulations  as  to  the  food  to  be  sup- 
plied, the  second  delay  of  sixty  days,  the  obligation  to  produce 
the  captive  before  the  magistrate  three  times,  during  this  interval, 
in  public,  and  on  the  market-day,  together  with  the  proclamation 
as  to  the  sum  owing,  in  order  that  the  parents  and  friends  of 
the  debtor,  or  any  who  had  compassion  on  him,  might  take 
measures  to  discharge  his  debt  and  save  him  from  the  fate  which 
awaited  him,  are  all  concessions  or  guarantees  made  or  given  to 
the  debtor. 

But  after  all  these  formalities  had  been  gone  through,  if  the 
debt  was  not  paid  the  debtor  might  be  put  to  death  or  sold  into 
a  foreign  country,  in  order  that  the  city  might  be  freed  from  him. 
In  the  case  of  there  being  several  creditors,  they  might  divide 
his  remains  between  them.  Modern  writers  have  refused  to 
read  .this  provision  in  its  true  and  literal  sense ;  they  have  sought 
in  it  a  symbol,  and  regarded  the  partition  as  being  that  of  the 
possessions  and  not  of  the  body  of  the  debtor  ;  but  the  ancients, 
as  fragments  from  Aulus  Gellius,  from  Quintilian,  from  Ter- 
tulian  show  us,  read  this  law  literally : 2  they,  in  fact,  justified 
the  Roman  law  in  saying  that  custom  indeed  repudiated  the 
practice,  but  that  the  law  was  intended  as  a  means  to  secure 
payment  of  the  debt  as  the  result  of  fear,  and  that  it  was  in  no 
instance  put  into  execution. 

119.  The  two  Tables  which  follow,  that  is  to  say,  the  fourth 
and  fifth,  present  to  us  the  system  of  the  Roman  family  and  the 

1  Livyrlib.  iii.  §  57.   "  Et  illi  carcerem       Romanae  vocare  sit  solitus." 
adiiicatum  esse,  qnod  domicilium  plebis  *  See  note  to  Table  III.  §  6. 


128  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

rights  more  directly  connected  with  it,  such,  for  example,  as 
inheritance,  tutelage,  curatorship. 

The  Roman  family  (familia)  is  not  a  natural  family:  it  is  a 
civil  creation  of  the  Quiritarian  law.  The  civil  marriage,  the 
Roman  nuptials,  is  indeed  an  important  element,  but  it  does 
not  constitute  a  fundamental  principle.  The  Roman  family  is 
based  not  upon  marriage,  but  upon  power.  The  head  (pater 
familias}  and  the  persons  subject  to  his  power,  slaves,  infants, 
wife,  freemen  acquired  or  engaged  by  emancipation  (mancipati, 
next],  or  adjudged  to  him  by  the  magistrate  (addicti),  are  what  we 
must  understand  by  the  word  familia.  In  one  of  its  significa- 
tions, in  a  still  more  extended  sense,  and  one  frequently  em- 
ployed in  the  Twelve  Tables,  it  includes  also  the  entire  patri- 
mony, all  the  property  of  the  chief  both  persons  and  things ; 
while  in  a  third  and  in  a  more  limited  sense,  it  simply  desig- 
nates the  chief,  with  his  wife  and  the  children  under  his  power. 
There  is  thus  considerable  elasticity  in  the  signification  of  this 
\vordfamilia. 

120.  It  is  doubtful  whether  the  three  terms  which  indicated 
three  kinds  of  power  possessed  by  the  head  of  the  family — 
potestas,  that  over  the  slaves  and  children  —  manus ,  over  the 
wife — and  mancipium,  over  freemen  (mancipes  or  addicti) — 
were  in  use  at  the  time  of  the  Twelve  Tables.     This  may  be 
doubted,  especially  as  to  the  first  of  these  expressions,  potestas, 
the  construction  of  which  indicates  a  more  recent  date. 

121.  'The  provisions  of  the  Twelve  Tables  relating  to  the 
acquisition  by  the  husband  of  the  wife,  from  the  fact  of  posses- 
sion for  one  year  (usu),  proves  that  we  must  take  the  greatest 
care,  in  dealing  with  this  period,  not  to  confound  the  terms  in- 
dicating marriage,  nuptife,justce  nuptice,  justum  matrimonium, 
and  the  marital  power,  manus.     Marriage  itself  and  the  form 
of  marriage  were  questions  which  were  left  entirely  to  the  dis- 
cretion of  individuals,  without  any  legal  compulsion  of  any  kind ; 
nor  did  the  law  require  the  intervention  of  any  authority  or  of  any 
public  ceremony.     The  mutual  consent  of  the  parties,  consum- 
mated by  the  tradition  or  delivery  of  the  woman,  was  all  that 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  129 

was  necessary,  that  is  to  say,  to  place  her  at  the  disposition  of 
her  husband.1 

It  was  a  transaction  primitive  in  its  simplicity,  but  savouring 
of  rough  justice ;  it  was  disguised  under  the  garb  of  symbolic 
ceremonies  devised  to  meet  the  taste  and  feelings  of  the  people, 
but  which  were  in  no  way  a  necessity  of  the  law. 

However,  as  mere  transfer  did  not  suffice  to  give  Quiritarian 
property  in  any  human  being,  a  marriage  thus  contracted  did 
not  place  the  woman  under  the  hand  (in  manu),  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  power,  of  her  husband.  In  order  to  produce  this  effect  it 
was  necessary  that  the  nuptials  should  be  contracted  according 
to  the  patrician  formula  of  the  confarreation,  or  that  the  woman 
should  be  transferred  per  ees  et  libram  to  her  husband ;  other- 
wise the  same  law  that  existed  in  reference  to  personal  property 
prevailed  at  the  end  of  one  year's  possession  (usu),  with  this 
peculiarity  that  the  Twelve  Tables  provided  for  the  woman  a 
peculiar  method  of  defeating  this  usucaption.  This  is  why  it  is 
said  marital  power  was  acquired  in  three  different  ways,  by  con- 
farreatiO)  coemptio  and  usus.)  The  woman  thus  acquired  by 
her  husband  (in  manu  contenta)  no  longer  belonged  to  the 
family  of  the  chief  to  which  she  originally  belonged,  but  passed 
into  that  of  her  husband,  in  which  she  ranked  as  his  daughter, 
and  was  in  the  position  of  sister  to  her  own  children. 

122.  The  mere  tie  of  blood  relationship  was  of  no  account 
among  the  Romans.  /They  used  the  words parens,  parentes,  in 
the  strict  sense  of  "  oegetting,"  and  not  as  the  English,  who 
apply  the  term  both  to  father  and  mother,  nor  as  the  French, 
who  include  in  it  the  whole  relations ;  they  indeed  confined  this 
term  to  one  signification  of  the  word  par  ere,  viz.,  to  beget,  in 
which  sense  it  must  be  understood  by  us.  *,The  most  general 

1  Marriage  in  my  opinion,  contrary  consent,   it   required   tradition  or  de- 

to  that  generally  received,  was  amoug  livery ;  whereas  on  the  other  hand  it 

the   Romans  not  a  purely  consensual  might  be  made  in  the  absence  of  the 

contract,  which  is  proved  by  the  fact  man,  if  the  woman  was  by  his  consent, 

that  consensual  contracts  could  be  made  however  expressed,  taken  to  his  house, 

either  by  letter  or  by  messenger,  and  (See  this  subject  treated  at  length  by 

this  was  not  the  case  with  marriage.  the  author  in  his  second  volume  of  the 

This  could  not  take  place  in  the  absence  Commentaries  upon  the  Institutes,  lib.  i. 

of  the  woman,  because  in  addition  to  tit.  10.) 

K 


130  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

expression  and  the  most  comprehensive  term  indicating  rela- 
tionship in  Roman  law  is  cognatio — the  cognation,  that  is  to 
say,  the  tie  between  persons  who  are  united  by  the  same  blood 
or  those  reputed  by  the  law  as  such  (cognati',  quasi  una  com- 
muniter  nati).  \  But  cognation  alone,  whether  it  proceeds  from 
legal  marriage  or  any  other  union,  does  not  place  the  individual 
within  the  family,  nor  does  it  give  any  right  of  family.  The 
civil  law  takes  no  cognizance  of  it  unless  it  be  for  the  prohi- 
bition of  marriage.  The  relationship  of  the  civil  law,  that 
which  produces  civil  effects,  and  confers  the  right  of  family,  is  the 
agnation  (agnatio\  the  tie  uniting  the  cognate  members  of  the 
same  family;  and  the  real  bond  of  their  union  (ad-gnatio)  is 
the  paternal  or  marital  power  which  unites  or  which  would 
unite  all  belonging  to  one  common  ancestor  if  the  same  remote 
ancestor  of  the  family  was  still  in  existence.  Therefore,  who- 
ever was  subject  to  this  power  was  agnated  and  belonged  to 
the  family;  whoever  was  released  from  this  bond  was  no  longer 
an  agnate,  nor  did  he  belong  to  the  family.  The  same  rule 
held  good  both  as  to  the  wife  and  the  sons,  as  well  as  to  the 
daughters,  the  brothers,  the  sisters,  and  all  others.  As  soon  as 
the  head  of  the  family  died,  the  family  was  broken  up  into  a 
number  of  small  families,  each  son,  who  had  thus  become  inde- 
pendent, being  the  head  of  a  distinct  family;  but  the  tie  of 
ao-nation  still  existed  and  continued  to  exist  between  these 

O 

different  independent  families,  and  even  attached  to  new  mem- 
bers who  might  be  subsequently  born.  So  that  all  the  members 
of  the  family  as  well  as  their  descendants  remained  attached  to 
the  original  head  of  the  family,  and  collectively  bore  the  name 
ofihefamilia.  Thus  we  have  a  new  and  very  extended  accep- 
tation attached  to  this  term. 

123.  In  addition  to  agnation,  the  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables 
treats  of  gentility  {gens,  or,  in  other  words,  generation,  genea- 
logy). In  order  thoroughly  to  understand  this  relationship, 
which  is  purely  of  Quiritarian  origin,  we  must  keep  steadily  in 
mind  the  ideas  connected  with  clientage  and  enfranchisement. 
(See  §  17.) 

The  citizens,  the  issue  of  the  common  stock,  whose  ancestry 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  131 

had  always  been  ingenui,  that  is  to  say,  who  could  trace  a  line 
of  ancestry  among  which  there  had  not  been  a  single  member 
tainted  with  vassalage  or  clientage  in  any  form  whatever,  and 
who  consequently  carried  on  from  generation  to  generation 
their  own  lineage,  and  who  were  united  by  the  ties  of  civil 
relationship,  constituted  collectively  a  gens.  They  were  as  to 
each  other  both  agnates  and  gentiles.  Under  this  aspect  one 
does  not  see  clearly,  if  it  was  this  condition  which  constituted 
the  gens,  wherein  gentility  differed  from  agnation,  that  is  to 
say,  the  condition  under  which  no  one  in  the  whole  line  of 
ancestry  had  ever  been  in  a  state  of  servitude  or  clientage. 
For  this  was  in  primitive  times  an  exclusive  privilege  of  the 
patricians,  and  all  the  earlier  plebeians  were  clients.  So  that 
in  this  point  of  view  the  gentility  in  earlier  periods  would  have 
been  the  agnation  of  the  patricians,  and  the  gens  would  have 
been  the  patrician  famili a :  but  in  addition,  these  patricians,  at 
the  same  time  agnates  and  gentiles  as  to  each  other,  were  also 
gentiles  of  the  entire  family  of  the  clients  or  enfranchised,  who 
were  derived  by  civil  process  from  the  gens,  and  who  had  taken 
their  name  and  adopted  their  religious  rites  (sacra),  and  to 
whom  their  gens  was  a  civil  genealogical  stock.  These  de- 
scendants of  the  clients  or  enfranchised  had  gentiles,  though 
they  belonged  to  no  one,  and  in  relation  to  them  the  agnates 
are  totally  distinct  from  the  gentiles.  Their  agnation  was 
founded  upon  a  common  tie  of  parental  or  marital  power,  from 
whatever  period  this  dated.  The  gentility  to  which  they  were 
attached  depended  on  the  bond  arising  out  of  the  power  of 
patronage,  whether  of  client  or  enfranchised,  without  reference 
to  the  period  when  that  power  originated.1 

Thus  the  two  systems  were  successively  developed.  As  to 
that  of  gentility  Ave  have  two  distinct  races,  the  superior  race 
that  of  the  gentiles,  derived  from  a  stock  which  had  always 

1  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  vassalage,  were  also  in  the  course  of 

origin   of   gentility   is  represented    as  time  able  to  form   a  gens — a- race  of 

exclusively  belonging  to  the  patricians,  gentiles  in  the  first  place  among  thcm- 

yet  the  great  families  of  the  plebeians  selves,  and  afterwards  by  relation,  not 

at  a  subsequent  period,  never  having  to  the  descendants  of  their  clients  be- 

boen  in  a  condition  of  clientage,  and  cause  they  never  had  any,  but  to  the 

themselves  boasting  a  lineage  perpetu-  descendants  of  the  enfranchised. 
ally  ingenvus,  or  free  from  taint  of 

K2 


132  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

been  noble  and  pure  from  any  taint  of  vassalage,  and  the  race 
of  the  clients  and  enfranchised  with  their  descendants.  This 
was  an  inferior  and  derivative  race,  reckoning  the  gens  as  its 
source,  so  that  it  had  a  kind  of  artificial  lineage,  deriving  its 
existence  and  its  name  from  the  operation  of  civil  law.  Hence 
the  term  gentilhomme,  gentiluomo,  gentilhombre,  gentleman, 
which  has  been  perpetuated  even  to  our  own  times  throughout 
the  modern  languages  of  Europe,  indicates  what  we  under- 
stand by  a  good  extraction,  a  noble  genealogy,  a  pure  blood — 
gentilis  homo,  as  Cicero  aptly  styles  it.  (Pro  Domo,  §  49.) 

1 24.  Thus  we  must  distinguish  three  terms  which  express  the 
ties  of  civil  or  natural  relationship  amongst  the  Romans.  1st.  The 
family    (familia),  to  which    the    term   agnation   corresponds 
(agnatio),  and  the  title  of  agnates  (agnati)  \  2nd.  The  gens, 
to   which   corresponds   the    "  gentility,"  the   title    of  gentiles 
(gentiles] ;  and  3rd.   The  cognation  (cognatio\  to  which  cor- 
responds the  title  of  cognates  (cognati).     The  two  former  are 
Quiritarian,   depending  upon   the    tie    of  paternal  or  marital 
power,  or  the  patronage  of  the  client  or  enfranchised ;  the  third 
being  purely  natural,  based  simply  upon  the  ties  of  blood  and 
unattended  by  any  civil  effects. 

125.  It  is  upon  these  relations  of  agnation  or  gentility,  and 
upon  this  construction  of  the  family  or  artificial  lineage,  that  all 
the  civil  rights  of  inheritance,  tutelage  and  curatorship  depend. 
Any   one  belonging  to  the  civic  family  participated  in  those 
rights  and  continued  to  do  so  until  he  had  been  removed  from 
it,  and  had  been  freed  from  the  power  lodged  in  the  hands 
of  the  head  of  such  family.     And  this  applied  equally  to  son, 
father,  mother,  brother,  sister  or  any  other  relation. 

Thus  the  stranger  introduced  into  this  family  by  adoption,  or 
the  wife  by  confarreatio,  by  coemption,  or  by  usus,  acquired  all 
the  privileges  of  agnation  and  of  gentility,  provided  that  the  in- 
troduction was  into  a  family  of  gentiles.  But  no  right  belonged 
to  a  son,  or  to  a  daughter,  or  to  their  descendants,  who  had  left 
or  had  been  removed  from  the  family  by  the  chief;  no  right 
attached  to  relations  of  any  description  on  the  female  side,  be- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  133 

cause  they  did  not  enter  into  the  family  of  their  mother ;  and, 
finally,  no  right  accrued  to  the  mother  as  against  her  children, 
nor  to  the  children  in  respect  to  their  mother,  except  as  they 
were  attached  to  the  family  by  the  lien  of  marital  power. 

1 26.  The  following  is  the  order  of  succession  fixed  by  the 
law  of  the  Twelve  Tables : — 

1.  CHILDREN. — Upon  the  death  of  the  chief,  the  children  who 
were  under  his  potestas,  and  these  included  his  wife,  that  is  to  say, 
if  she  was  in  manu ;  in  fact  all  those  who  composed  his  private 
family,  who  were  his  instruments,  his  representatives,  and,  in  a 
certain  sense,  co-proprietors  with  him  of  the  common  patrimony. 
Thus  in  the  language  of  the  old  Roman  law,  as  in  that  of  the 
Twelve  Tables,  they  were  called  hceredes  sui,  inasmuch  as  they 
took  an  inheritance  which  in  fact  belonged  to  them. 

2.  AGNATES. — In  default  of  private  family,  the  great  family 
succeeds  in  the  person  of  the  nearest  agnate. 

3.  GENTILES. — And,  lastly,  in  default  of  agnati,  the  nearest 
gentile  took  the  inheritance  (that  is  to  say,  if  it  was  a  question 
of  the  succession  to  a  descendant,  client  or  enfranchised).     For 
there  being  no  agnati  it  was  necessary  to  pass  on  to  the  gens 
from  which  the  lineage  had  been  derived,  from  which  the  stock 
had  taken  its  name,  and  whose  sacra  had  been  adopted:  the 
nearest  member  of  the  gens  was  therefore  the  heir." 

It  is  remarkable,  considering  that  we  are  dealing  with  a 
society  essentially  aristocratic,  that  neither  the  Twelve  Tables 
nor  the  custom  to  which  they  owe  their  origin,  conferred  any 
privilege  either  of  sex  or  primogeniture  in  the  division  of  an 
inheritance.  The  inheritance  was  divided  equally  among  all 
entitled  to  it  who  were  in  the  same  degree. 

1 27.  The  principle  that  the  testamentary  act  of  the  head  of 
the  family  should  have  legal  force  was  an  important  advantage 
gained  by  the  plebeians,  who  had  to  adopt  a  stratagem  in  order 
to  secure  it.     While,  on  the  one  hand,  the  patrician  caused  his 
will  to  be  sanctioned  by  the  assembly  of  curies,  the  plebeian 
was  forced  to  resort  to  a  subterfuge,  and  by  a  fictitious  sale, 
per  ces  et  libram,  to  dispose  of  his  patrimony  prospectively. 


134  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV. 

Thenceforth  the  transaction  acquired  the  validity  of  public  law ; 
and,  indeed,  in  the  formula  of  this  fictitious  sale  words  were 
inserted  to  show  that  the  testator  only  exercised  a  right  given 
to  him  by  law.  "  Quo  injure  testamentum  facere  possis  secun- 
dum  legem  publicam."1 

128.  We  may  also  remark,  that  Tables  IV.  and  V.  lay  down 
the  following  : — 

1.  The   rule  that  the   inheritance   is   divided   as   of  right 

amongst  the  heirs. 

2.  The  origin  of  the  action  families  erciscunda,  that  is  to  say, 
.    the  division  of  the  inheritance. 

3.  JAnd,  thirdly,  the  social  position  of  women,  the  subjection 

in  which  they  were  constantly  held  either  by  their 
ancestors  or  husbands,  and  their  position  in  perpetual 
tutelage.  There  was  no  exception  save  in  the  case  of 
vestals. 

129.  The  fragments  which  we  possess  of  Tables  VI.  and 
VII.  furnish  the  rules  as  to  property,  its  rights  and  obligations. 

The  Romans  had  substituted  for  a  natural  marriage  a  civil 
marriage  (just<z  nuptia\  for  a  natural  relationship  a  civil  con- 
nection (agnatio,gens}  ;  they  also  substituted  for  ordinary  posses- 
sion, civic  proprietary  rights  (mancipium,  subsequently  called 
dominium  ex  jure  Quiritiurn).  In  place  of  the  ordinary  trans- 
action of  alienation  by  sale,  they  substituted  a  sale  and  an 
alienation  peculiar  to  Roman  citizens  (mancipium,  afterwards 
called  mancipatio\  and  finally,  in  place  of  ordinary  contracts, 
civil  engagements  (nexus  or  nexum}.  Thus  the  status  of  the 
citizen  was  impressed  upon  his  marriage,  upon  his  relationship, 
upon  his  property,  upon  his  sales,  upon  his  contracts;  and 
imparted  to  all  these  transactions  and  conditions  the  peculiar 
characteristic  which  is  the  life  of  these  institutions.  The 
Twelve  Tables,  and  especially  the  sixth  and  seventh,  are 
stamped  with  this  character  in  their  mode  of  dealing  with 
property  and  obligations. 

1  Gai.,  Instlt.,  comm.  2,  §  104. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  135 

1 30.  Among  the  Romans,  ownership,  which  was  rendered 
more  fixed  and  permanent  by  this  characteristic,  could  not  be 
put  an  end  to,  or  transferred  from  one  citizen  to  another,  except 
under  certain  restrictions  sanctioned  by  the  law,  and  in  the 
greater  number  of  instances  accompanied  by  certain  peculiar 
and  solemn  forms.     Strangers  could  not  acquire  it.     A  man 
was  either  a  proprietor  according  to  Quiritarian  law  (dominus 
ex  jure  Quiritium],  or  he  was  not  a  proprietor  at  all.     There 
was  no  intermediate  status.     Among  the  Quiritarian  modes  of 
acquiring  Roman  property,  we  find  distinctly  expressed  in  the 
Twelve  Tables  mancipatio  or  alienation  per  ces  et  libram — this 
we  place  in  the  first  rank ;  then  the  testamentary  law  of  tes- 
tators (lex}  ;  then  continuous  possession  (usus  auctoritas  after- 
wards called  usucapio);  and  finally  the  in  jure  cessio,  or  more 
generally  the  declaration  of  the  magistrate  (addictio).     As  to 
the  adjudication  of  the  judge  (adjudicatio],  it  can  also  be  re- 
cognized, though  less  formally  stated,  in  the  fragments  that  are 
extant,  in  the  action  brought  to  secure  the  right  division  of  the 
inheritance  (families  erciscundd),  or  for  the  limitation  of  boun- 
daries (Jinium  regundorum),  both  of  which  were  incontestably 
of  as  early  an   origin  as  the  Twelve  Tables.     There  can  be 
no  doubt  that  uninterrupted  occupation  and  capture  from  the 
enemy  were  a  recognized  means  of  obtaining  Quiritarian  pro- 
perty.    In  fact,  the  latter  was  necessarily  the  origin,  the  very 
type  of  Quiritarian  right,  for  the  Quirites  were  "  men  of  the 
lance,"  and  the  lance  was  the  symbol  of  their  power.     And  it 
is  certain,  that,  in  the  earliest  times,  mere  tradition  sufficed  to 
confer  Quiritarian  ownership  in  a  great  number  of  cases. 

131.  In  effect  the  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  according  to 
Gaius,  contains  the  division  of  things  into  res  mancipi  and  res 
nee  mancipi.     As  to  things   mancipi,   Quiritarian   ownership 
impressed  a  certain  character  upon  them  which  did  not  modify 
the  ownership,  but  imparted  to  it  the  element  of  permanency. 
It  was  indeed  acquired  and  lost  with  greater  difficulty.     Thus, 
in  the  first  place,  mere  consent  and  tradition  wrere  insufficient 
to  transfer  from  one  citizen  to  another  the  dominion  of  things 
wo        i.     If  it  was  desired  to  effect  this  change  immediately, 


136  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

it  was  necessary  to  have  recourse  to  a  religious  ceremony, 
generally  mancipation.  On  the  other  hand,  things  nee  mancipi 
were  not  susceptible  of  mancipation,  and  the  ownership  in  them 
was  passed  by  mere  tradition.  In  the  second  place,  the  aliena- 
tion of  things  mancipi  was  not  permitted  in  all  cases,  where 
that  of  things  nee  mancipi  was  lawful.  Thus  the  law  of  the 
Twelve  Tables  prohibits  a  woman,  under  the  tutelage  of  her 
agnates,  from  alienating  anything  mancipi  without  the  autho- 
rity of  her  tutor :  such  property  could  not  be  alienated  from 
the  family  without  the  consent  of  the  agnates,  whereas  a  woman 
was  free  as  regarded  things  nee  mancipi  to  dispose  of  them  at 
will.1 

Apart  from  mancipation,  all  the  other  methods  of  acquiring 
Quiritarian  ownership  were  common  both  to  things  mancipi  and 
nee  mancipi.2  The  only  transaction  in  regard  to  which  the 
two  classes  of  property  differ  from  each  other  is  mancipation, 
and  for  this  reason  they  are  called  severally  res  mancipi  or 
mancipii,  and  res  nee  mancipi  or  mancipii,  things  that  may  be 
mancipated  and  things  that  cannot  be  mancipated.3 

132.  The  incidents  therefore  of  things  mancipi  are  those 
characteristics  which  naturally  attach  to  them.  They  must 
therefore  be  amenable  to  the  civil  law,  because  they  involve  a 
judicial  act  essentially  Roman,  and  this  excludes  all  foreign  soil 
as  well  as  every  other  foreign  object ;  it  must  be  capable  of 
being  seized  by  the  hand,  for  this  is  the  formality  which  consti- 
tutes the  mancipation  (inanu  capere]  ;  this,  therefore,  excludes 
all  incorporeal  things,  except,  indeed,  some  of  the  more  ancient 
servitudes,  e.  g.  rural  servitudes,  Avhich  being  connected  with 
agriculture  were  identified  with  the  land  itself;  and  except  the 
patrimony  and  all  incident  to  it  (familia],  which  were  included  by 
a  pure  fiction ;  and,  finally,  it  was  necessary  that  it  should  have  a 
distinct  individuality  in  order  that  those  citizens  wrho  took  part 
in  the  judicial  act,  and  who  were  called  upon  as  witnesses  to  the 
acquisition  of  the  Quiritarian  rights  in  the  matter,  should  be  able 
to  testify  as  to  its  identity.  But  these  peculiar  characteristics 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  comm.  2,  §  80.     Ulp.,          2  Ulp.,  Regid.,  19,  §§  8,  9, 16  and  17. 
liegul.,  11,  §  27.  3  Gai.,  Instit.,  2,  §  24. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  137 

are  only  found  in  a  sufficient  degree  for  the  purpose  of  mancipa- 
tion in  two  classes  of  objects, — in  the  land,  and  in  animate  beings, 
freemen,  slaves,  and  animals ;  and  amongst  the  latter  are  those 
only  that  have  been  tamed  by  man  and  associated  with  him  in 
his  labours,  because  those  only  in  fact  possess  as  to  man  a 
recognized  individuality.  If  destined  for  other  occupations,  or 
if  wild,  their  identity  is  less  distinct  and  their  utility  less  great. 
Thus  Roman  land,  men  and  beasts  of  burden  constituted  res 
mancipi.  The  things  mancipi  belonging  to  the  head  of  a 
primitive  Roman  family  were  his  Quiritarian  land,  together 
with  the  house  which  was  incorporated  with  it,  and  the  rural 
servitudes  thereunto  attached,  his  wife,  his  children,  men  sub- 
ject to  his  control,  and  his  beasts  of  burden,  things  whose  indi- 
viduality was  connected  with  his  own,  and  which  at  the  same 
time  in  those  primitive  periods  were  the  most  valuable,  and 
which  could  not  be  separated  from  him  by  simple  transfer,  and  to 
which  the  religious  act  of  mancipation  was  exclusively  applic- 
able. When  with  the  growth  of  civilization  the  cultivation  of 
the  arts  and  the  luxuries  of  life  spread  among  the  citizens, 
wealth  increased,  and  large  private  fortunes  were  amassed, 
foreign  animals  were  indeed  introduced  for  purposes  of  draught 
and  burden  (elephanti  et  cameli;  quamvis  dorso  collove  domen- 
tur}.  But  res  mancipi  were  not  increased  in  number.  The 
characteristic  was  stamped  upon  them  by  the  ancient  Roman 
law,  and  this  could  not  change.1 

133.  The  relations  existing  between  contiguous  proprietors 
were  regulated  even  as  to  the  smallest  minutise  in  the  fragments 
which  we  possess.     We  also  learn  from  these  fragments  the 
existence  of  certain  servitudes,  amongst  which  the  most  im- 
portant is  the  right  of  way  (yia\  which  \vas  therefore  of  earlier 
date  than  the  Twelve  Tables. 

134.  The  theory  of  obligations,  especially  those  springing 
from  contract,  is  one  of  the  points  upon  which  the  fragments  of 
the  Twelve  Tables  furnish  us  with  but  few  data.     The  name 
obligatio  is  a  more  modern  expression  belonging  to  the  legal 

9,§  !•     G&i.,  Instit.,  2,  §§  25  et  seq.  ;  §§  102  and  104. 


138  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

phraseology  of  a  period  posterior  to  the  decemviral  law.  The 
same  must  be  said  of  the  term  "  contract"  (contractus^.  But 
by  whatever  name  it  was  known,  we  see  clearly  in  the  Twelve 
Tables  the  existence  of  obligation  resulting  from  torts  (noxa\ 
and  from  certain  peculiar  provisions  of  the  law,  as  in  the  case 
of  co-heirship,  legacies,  tutelage  and  the  relation  between  neigh- 
bours. The  mode  of  contract  amongst  Roman  citizens  was  the 
nexum,  that  is  to  say,  the  transaction  better  known  by  the  term 
per  CBS  et  libram,1  that  which  served  to  transfer  the  Quiritarian 
ownership.  The  solemn  words  pronounced  by  the  contracting 
parties  constituting  the  law  which  bound  them  respectively 
(nuncupatio],  according  to  the  expression  found  in  the  Twelve 
Tables,  were  ita  jus  esto.z  This  was  the  law  of  mancipation 
(lex  mancipii);  and  whether  it  was  real  or  purely  fictitious,  the 
alienation  per  as  et  libram  was  necessary  to  bind  the  respective 
parties.  In  this  manner  even  deposits  and  pledges  were  made.3 
It  was  in  this  manner  that  the  borrower  bound  himself  to  the 
lender,  and  not  unfrequently  pledged  his  person  to  satisfy  his 
debt  (nexa).  (hi  a  later  period  the  civil  forms  of  the  Roman 
law  were  simplified,  and  the  different  acts  of  the  ceremony  per 
CBS  et  libram  were  taken  as  performed,  the  words,  detached 
from  the  acts  wThich  formerly  accompanied  them,  being  alone 
preserved.  The  transaction  thus  came  to  consist  of  the  solemn 
interrogation  (sponsio,  stipulatio},  followed  by  the  appropriate 
response,  or  the  parties  contented  themselves  with  a  simple 
entry  in  the  domestic  register  of  the  sacred  terms  suited  to 
the  transfer  in  question  (expensilatio}.  Thus  the  two  civil 
forms  of  contract  verbis  and  litteris  among  the  Romans  were 
derived  from  a  simplification  of  the  ancient  contract  per  CBS  et 
libram  of  the  nexum.  There  is  nothing  in  the  Twelve  Tables 
to  indicate  to  us  the  existence  of  the  contract  verbis  or  of  the 
stipulatio  at  that  period,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  traces 
are  to  be  found  in  earlier  historians  of  the  interrogation  and 
answer  ;  nor  do  the  Twelve  Tables  furnish  us  with  any  clue  to 
the  contract  litteris. 

1  "  Nexum  est,  ut  ait  Gallus  ^lius,          a  See  Table  IV.,  f.  1  and  2. 
qnodcunque  per  ass  et  libram  geritur,  3  Gai.,  Instit.,  1,  §  122,  and  2,  §  69. 

idque  necti  dicitur."     Festus,   on   the  Festus,  on  the  words  JTeicum  and  Nun- 

word  Nexum.    Varro,  De  ling.  Int.,  6,  cupatio. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  139 

135.  We  cannot,  however,  doubt  that  the  ordinary  sale,  with- 
out the  solemnity  per  CBS  et  libram,  did  in  fact  exist  and  was 
practised  legally  at  this  period.     Indeed,  we  have  clear  proof 
of  this  fact  from  those  passages  in  the  Twelve  Tables  which 
provide  that  after  certain  delays  the  debtor  (addictus^  should 
be  put  to  death  or  sold  to  a  foreigner  across  the  Tiber,  which 
must  have  reference  to  the  form  of  sale  common  to  all  people, 
and  not  to  the  Quiritarian  alienation,  inasmuch  as  it  took  place 
with  a  foreigner.     We  also  see  it  in  the  provision  which  states 
that  the  property  in  a  thing  sold  and  delivered  does  not  vest  in 
the  buyer  till  payment,  which  must  of  necessity  refer  to  a  sale 
other  than  that  by  mancipation  and  to  a  sale  of  things  nee 
mancipi.     Indeed,  as  regards  the  great  mass  of  things  which 
were  not  capable  of  mancipation  and  which  were  of  daily  and 
hourly  use,  sale  was  a  necessity  and  must  have  been  constantly 
practised,  though  it  does  not  appear  at  this  primitive  period  of 
Roman  history  except  as  a  fact  accomplished  by  one  or  other  of 
the  parties,  and  this  is  proved  by  its  ancient  name  venumdatio, 
"  the  being  given  in  sale."     Simple  consent  or  simple  voluntary 
accord  of  the  parties  produced  no  obligation  recognized  by  the 
then  civil  law.     It  required  time  to  develop  the  Quiritarian  law 
to  that  point  which  would  enable  it  to  admit  the  principles  of 
the  jus  gentium  and  to  adopt  contracts  based  solely  upon  consent. 

136.  The  rules  concerning  torts  in  the  eighth  Table  are 
characterized  by  features  common  to  the  legislation  of  all  rude 
people  still  in  their  infancy, — the  interest  of  the  individual  pre- 
dominating over  that  of  the  state,  penalties  more  frequently  of 
a  private  than  a  public  character,  and  their  transmutation  into 
a  species  of  ransom  and  the  resolution  of  criminal  proceedings 
into  a  simple  pact.     When  punishment  was  inflicted  for  public 
crimes  the  penalty  assumed  the  form  of  torture,  on  the  principle 
of  retaliation :   the  victim  v/as  doomed  as  a  sacrifice  to  Ceres,  or 
to  some  other  deity ;  or  condemned  to  leap  from  the  Tarpeian 
rock,  or  to  torture  by  fire  or  by  the  leather  sack,  all  being  out 
of  proportion  to  the  crime.     This  was  the  result  of  ignorant 
superstition,  as  in  the  case  where  the  punishment  of  death  was 


140  THE  HISTORY  OF  EOMAN  LAW. 

awarded  for  making  use  of  enchantments,  to  blight  the  harvest 
or  transfer  crops  from  one  field  to  another. 

1 37.  The  ancient  name  for  a  tort  was  noxa,  which  was  a 
kind  of  obligation  resulting  from  something  done  by  one  man  to 
the  prejudice  of  another,  whether  intentionally  or  inadvertently, 
provided  that  it  was  wrongful.     The  fragments  of  the  Twelve 
Tables  present  us  with  three  distinct  examples:  theft  (furtum), 
damage  (damnum),  injury  (injuria). 

138.  We  have  already  commented  upon  public  and  sacred 
law  as  treated  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  Tables. 

139.  As  to  the  last  two  Tables,  the  eleventh  and  the  twelfth, 
which  were  intended  as  a  supplement  to  what  went  before, 
Cicero  is  far  from  speaking  of  them  with  the  same  admiration 
as  he  bestows  upon  the  others.     In  his  Republic  he  says,  "  Qui 
(the  last  decemvirs}  duabus  tabulis  iniquarum  legum  additis, 
quibus  etiam   quce  disjunctis  populis   tribui  solent,   connubia, 
h(EC  illi  ut  ne  plebei  cum  patricibus  essent  inliumanissima  lege 
sanxerunt."      They  added  two  Tables  of  iniquitous  laws,  by 
which  marriage,  which  is  ordinarily  permitted  even  between 
persons  of  different  countries,  was  prohibited  by  the  most  odious 
of  laws  between  the  plebeians  and  the  patricians.'     It  was  pro- 
bably under  the  influence  of  the  impression  produced  by  this 
prohibition  of  marriage  between  the  two   castes,  that   Cicero 
applies  to  the  contents  of  these  Tables  the  epithet  "iniquitous;" 
but  if  all  had  merited  this  epithet,  how  was  it  they  were  adopted 
by  the  people,  especially  when  we  have  regard  to  the  fact  of  the 
expulsion  of  the  decemvirs? 


SECTION  XXVIII. 
ACTIONS  OF  THE  LAW  (Legis  Actiones). 

140.   The  law,  it  is  true,  is  written,  but  besides  abstract  rule 
public  power  is  necessary  in  order  to  give  it  force,  and  a  pro- 

1  Cicero,  De  republ.,  lib.  ii.  §  37. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

cedure  adapted  to  put  it  in  operation  is  indispensable.  There 
must  be,  together  with  a  law,  a  judicial  authority  and  a  judicial 
procedure.  The  Quirites,  "men  of  the  lance,"  had  in  their 
judicial  customs,  even  anterior  to  the  promulgation  of  the  Twelve 
Tables,  forms  of  procedure  assimilated  to  acts  of  violence  and  to 
the  combat,  in  which  we  at  once  see  their  predominant  character- 
istic, the  military  life,  and  the  important  part  played  amongst 
them  by  their  favorite  instrument,  the  lance  ;  as  also  the  pre- 
dominance of  the  sacerdotal  and  patrician  elements,  which  had 
regulated  the  forms,  and  which  had  preserved  in  symbols  and 
pantomimic  action  the  realities  of  former  days.  The  Twelve 
Tables  have  in  some  of  their  provisions  treated  of  these  forms 
of  procedure  as  they  then  existed.  They  allude  to  them  as 
institutions  then  in  full  force,  but  do  not  prescribe  any  rules  or 
formulas  concerning  them.1 

This  duty  devolved  upon  the  college  of  pontiffs,  which  was  con- 
fined to  the  patricians,  to  which  caste  was  confided  the  exclusive 
juridical  and  judicial  power.  However,  in  the  presence  of  the 
Twelve  Tables,  which  had  given  a  written  law  and  laid  down 
a  permanent  system,  it  became  indispensable  to  provide  a  pro- 
cedure suited  to  and  in  harmony  with  the  new  code.  This  is 
why  the  national  historians  inform  us  that  immediately  after  the 
passing  of  the  Twelve  Tables  a  second  effort  was  made  to 
prescribe  regulations  for  the  form  of  procedure  or  the  actions 
of  the  \aw(legis  actiones}  f  so  called,  says  Gains,  either  because 
they  were  a  creation  of  the  civil  law,  and  not  of  the  praetorian 
edict,  or  because  they  were  prepared  to  suit  the  provisions  of 
the  law  (legum  verbis  accommodate^)? 

141.  The  term  action,  at  this  period,  is  a  generic  designation 
which  signifies  a  particular  form  of  procedure,  the  procedure 
taken  as  a  whole,  including  the  ceremonies,  the  acts  and  the 
words  which  constituted  it. 


1  See  especially  Table  II.  f.  1,  and  institueret,  certas  soleranesque  esse  vo- 

Tablc  XII.  f.  1.  lucrunt :  et  appellatur  haec  pars  juris 

8  "  Deinde,   ex   his  legibus,    eodcm  Icgls  actiones,  id  est  Icgitimac  actiones." 

tempore  fere,  actiones  composite  sunt,  Dig.    1,    2,   I)e   vrlg.  jvr.,   2,  §  6,  f. 

quibue  inter  se  homines  disceptarent :  Pompon, 

prut-      tiones,  ne  populus  prout  vellet  3  Gai.,  I/istit.,  4,  §  2. 


142  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

At  the  period  of  the  Twelve  Tables  there  were  only  four 
actions ;  one  more  was  subsequently  added.  Of  these  four 
actions  two  are  forms  of  procedure  instituted  in  order  to  arrive 
at  a  decision  of  the  point  in  dispute,  the  other  two  are  forms  of 
procedure  used  to  put  the  judgment  into  execution. 

Of  the  first  two — first  is  the  actio  sacramenti,  the  most  an- 
cient of  all,  which,  with  certain  variations  of  form,  \vas  employed 
in  suits  whether  to  enforce  obligations  or  in  suits  relating  to 
rights  of  property  or  other  real  rights,  the  predominant  charac- 
teristic in  all  cases  consisting  in  the  sacr amentum,  or  sum  of 
money  which  each  litigant  had  to  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the 
pontiff,  and  which  was  forfeited  by  the  unsuccessful  party  for 
the  benefit  of  public  worship.  It  is  concerning  this  form  of 
action  that  we  have  the  most  information,  and  we  know  that  the 
Twelve  Tables  fix  the  amount  of  the  sacramentum.1  And, 
secondly,  thejudicispostulatio,  which  was  an  application  made 
to  the  magistrate  calling  upon  him  to  appoint  a  judge  to  try  a 
given  case  without  having  recourse  to  the  sacramentum,  and 
was  consequently  a  simplification  of  the  procedure  which  was  ad- 
mitted in  certain  cases.2 

Of  the  last  two — first  the  manus  injectio  (the  putting  on  of  the 
hand),  the  corporeal  seizure  of  the  person  of  the  debtor  when 
either  condemned  by  the  judge  or  surrendered  by  himself  in 
default,  as  the  result  of  which  the  debtor  was  addictus,  that  is, 
adjudged  to  his  creditor  by  the  prastor ; — the  second,  \kepignoris 
capio  (the  taking  a  pledge),  or  seizure  of  the  property  of  the 
debtor,  concerning  which  also  we  know  that  there  was  a  specific 
provision  in  the  law  of  the  Twelve  Tables.3 

142.  The  actiones  legis  were  completed  in  jure  before  the 
magistrate,  and  this  was  the  case  even  when  it  was  necessary 
for  him  to  appoint  a  judge.  This  was  the  form,  the  preliminary 
step.  There  is  no  exception,  save  in  the  case  of  the  last,  legis 


1  See   Table   II.    §    1,   and  note    1.  of  this  section  was  contained  in  these 
Festus,  on  the  word  Sacramentum.  words :  J.  A.  V.  P.  U.  D.  (judicem 

2  This  was  especially  provided  for  in  arbitrumve  postulo  iiti  des).    Vale- 
the   Twelve  Tables  (vide  Table  VII.  rius  Probus. 

§  il).     It  is  supposed  that  the  formula          3  Vide  supra,  Table  XII.  §  1. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  143 

actio,  the  pignoris  capio,  and  indeed  it  was  a  question  with  the 
jurists  whether  the  pignoris  capio  was  in  fact  a  legis  actio.1 

143.  But  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  sacr amentum  and 
\\iQJudicis  postulatio  were  generally  forms  for  the  enforcement 
of  all  substitution  of  rights,  and  that  they  had  in  all  cases  a  cer- 
tain uniform  characteristic,  however  much  the  details  and  the 
necessary  formulas  adapted  to  each  individual  case  might  vary 
in  each  instance  according  to  the  nature  of  the  law  or  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  the  law  upon  which  the  right  was  based, 
it  was  necessary  that  the  parties  should  be  familiar  with  the  acts 
and  formulas  suited  to  their  particular  case. 

1 44.  Such  was  the  early  system  of  procedure  amongst  the 
Romans.     Its  characteristic  is  symbol ;  it  is  here  that  we  find  the 
lance  (vindicta),  the  tuft  of  grass,  the  tile,  and  the  other  material 
representations  of  ideas  or  of  objects.     It  is  here  that  we  find 
the  gesture,  the  legal  pantomime,  the  simulated  act  of  violence, 
the  fictitious  combat  (manum    consertio^,  for  the    most   part 
symbolizing  the  transactions  and  processes  of  an  earlier  and 
barbarous  period :  here  we  find  the  utterance  of  sacred  terms, 
and  he  who  should  be  so  unfortunate  as  to  say  "  vine"  (vites), 
in  an  action  concerning   "  vines,"  instead  of  using  the  word 
arbores,  which  was  the  religious  term  peculiar  to  the  law  of  the 
case,  would  lose  his  action  : 2  here  we  find  the  impress  of  the 
sacerdotal  finger ;  we  see  it  in  the  sacramentum,  the  preliminary 
deposit  of  a  sum  of  money  in  the  hands  of  a  pontiff  for  the 
benefit  of  public  religious  service  ;  we  see  it  in  the  pignoris 
capio,  accorded   subsequently  on  occasions  in  which  religious 
sacrifices  were  concerned,  and  it  is  here  that  we  find  the  weight 
of  patrician  influence.     The  magistrate  was   a  patrician,  the 
judge  could  only  be  selected  from  the  order  of  patricians ;  in 
one  word,  the  jus  and  thejudicium  were  in  their  hands. 

145.  The  first  and  the  principal  of  these  actions,  the  actio 
sacramenti,  in  those   forms  which  related  to  the  vindication 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  §§  2(5,  20.  a  Gai.,  Insiit.,  4,  §§  11  and  :!0. 


144  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

(vindicatio)  of  a  thing  or  of  a  real  right,  had  been  diverted 
from  its  original  intention  and  by  custom  came  to  be  employed 
in  a  manner  purely  fictitious,  in  order  to  arrive  at  certain  results 
which  were  not  authorized  by  the  civil  primitive  law  or  suited 
to  a  more  complex  state  of  things.  The  ingenious  spirit  of 
this  fiction  exhibited  itself  when  it  was  desired  to  transfer  a 
thing  or  real  right  which  was  not  actually  in  the  possession  of 
the  party  desirous  of  making  the  transfer.  A  fictitious  action 
was  in  such  cases  brought  before  the  magistrate  (in  jure)  by 
the  party  who  claimed  as  his  own  the  object  which  was  intended 
to  be  transferred  to  him.  The  party  against  whom  the  action 
was  brought,  that  is,  the  person  who  wished  to  transfer  the 
property,  raised  no  objection  to  the  plaintiff's  claim,  whereupon 
the  magistrate  pronounced  in  his  favour,  and  adjudged  (addi- 
cebat)  the  object  to  the  claimant.  This  is  what  was  known  as 
the  cession  before  the  magistrate  (in  jure  cessio],  which  existed 
even  before  the  time  of  the  TAvelve  Tables,  but  which  was 
confirmed  by  them  in  the  provisions  to  which  we  have  already 
referred.1  The  enfranchisement  before  the  magistrate  (manu- 
missio  vindicta),  the  emancipation  (emancipating,  and  the  adop- 
tion of  the  sons  of  a  family,  the  transfer  of  the  tutorship  from 
one  person  to  another,  a  means  employed  by  Avomen  in  order  to 
place  themselves  under  tutors  less  severe  than  their  agnates,  are 
but  peculiar  applications  of  this  process  injure  cessio  ;  and  it  is 
for  this  reason  that  these  actions  are  frequently  styled  even  by 
the  Roman  jurists  actions  of  the  law  or  legitimate  actions  Cactus 
leyitimi\  though  they  were  but  simulations  of  certain  formalities 
belonging  to  one  of  these  actions. 

1 46.  But  these  forms,  and  especially  the  sacred  words  of  the 
legis  actiones,  specifically  applied  to  the  object  or  cause  of  each 
demand,  were  not  made  public,  and  were  only  known  to  the 
patricians,  who  had  composed  them  or  who  were  in  the  habit 
of  using  them.  The  college  of  the  pontiffs  was  charged  with 
their  safe  keeping.  An  action  could  only  be  commenced  upon 
certain  given  days  named  fasti:  the  knowledge  of  these  days 

1  See  Table  VI.  §  1 1. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  145 

was  possessed  only  by  the  pontiffs,  who  were  charged  with  the 
necessary  intercalations  of  the  calendar.  In  this  way  every 
private  individual  had  to  rely  upon  the  pontiffs  and  upon  those 
in  high  position,  and  to  them  it  was  necessary  to  have  recourse 
whenever  he  found  himself  in  difficulty.  Add  to  this  the  fact 
that  the  laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  laconic  and  obscure  as  they 
were,  required  to  be  explained  and  adapted  by  interpretation  to 
the  different  cases  which  they  had  not  specifically  comprised ; 
that  the  patricians  alone  were  versed  in  the  study  of  these  laws ; 
that  they  alone  held  high  magistracies,  and  that  to  them  be- 
longed the  sole  right  to  manage  the  various  cases ;  and  the  con- 
clusion is  forced  upon  us  that  even  after  the  promulgation  of 
the  Twelve  Tables  the  patricians,  as  to  all  that  concerned  civil 
rights,  still  preserved  an  exclusive  and  predominant  influence.1 

147.  We  may  here  conclude  the  discussion  upon  the  time 
which  had  elapsed  since  the  expulsion  of  the  kings.  In  this 
short  interval  both  public  and  civil  law  have  assumed  a  new 
aspect.  We  find  the  patricians  and  the  plebeians  residing 
together  in  the  same  city:  the  former  have  their  magistrates, 
their  consuls  and  their  quaestors;  the  latter  also  have  theirs, 
their  tribunes  and  their  asdiles.  All  the  influence  that  springs 
from  nobility  of  birth,  from  sacerdotal  functions,  from  high 
position  in  the  army,  from  the  eclat  attending  victories,  from 
knowledge  of  politics  and  the  laws,  is  on  the  side  of  the  pa- 
tricians. The  weapons  in  the  hands  of  the  plebeians  are  num- 
ber, strength,  impatience  and  sedition.  But  a  danger  threatens 
the  state :  enemies  are  pressing  hard  upon  Rome,  private  ani- 
mosity is  sunk,  a  dictator  is  appointed,  the  energy  of  an  indi- 
vidual saves  the  republic ;  but  the  peril  past,  the  magistrates 
resume  their  ordinary  functions,  and  rivalry  and  discontent 
return. 

The  civil  law  is  written,  and  the  Twelve  Tables,  exposed 

1  "  Et  ita  eodem  pene  tempore  tria  actiones,    apud    collegium    pontificum 

haec  jura  nata  sunt ;  leges  XII  Tabula-  erant :  ex  quibus  constituebatur,  quis 

rum;    ex  his  fluere   ccepit    jus   civile  quoquo anno prseesset privatis.    Et  fere 

(the  interpretation ) ;    ex  iisdem  legis  populus  annis  prope  centum  hac  con- 

actiones  composite  sunt.     Omnium  ta-  suetudine   usus  est."     Dig.    1,   2,  De 

men  harum  et  interpretandi  scientia,  et  orig.jur.,  2,  §  6,  f.  Pompon. 

L 


146  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

to  public  view,  have  taught  each  citizen  his  rights  and  his 
duties.  The  legis  actiones  indicate  the  course  that  must  be 
pursued  in  order  to  secure  redress.  Acquaintance  with  these 
proceedings,  equally  as  necessary  as  knowledge  of  the  laws,  is 
a  secret.  The  greater  part  of  the  patricians  in  the  college  of 
the  pontiffs  are  the  sole  possessors  of  these  legal  mysteries,  and 
the  plebeian  is  constrained  to  have  recourse  to  his  patron,  to  the 
pontiffs,  or  to  a  patrician. 

This  is  the  point  at  which  we  have  now  arrived  in  the  his- 
tory of  Rome,  and  the  course  we  have  traced  is  that  which  we 
may  always  trace  in  the  history  of  a  rising  commonwealth :  class 
distinctions  become  less  easily  maintained,  the  spirit  of  emulation 
has  its  sway,  complex  political  interests  arise,  the  civil  law  is 
stereotyped,  and  legal  procedure  reduced  to  regular  forms. 


II.  FROM  THE  TIME  OF  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  TO 
THE  SUBMISSION  OF  ALL  ITALY. 

1 48.  In  the  struggle  between  the  patricians  and  the  plebeians 
victory  now  began  to  lean  towards  the  latter,  and  their  progress 
henceforth  is  more  easily  marked.  Every  advantage  gained  by 
a  party  increases  its  strength  and  contributes  to  its  future 
success. 

In  the  period  we  are  about  to  consider,  we  shall  see  that  the 
patricians,  who,  in  the  first  instance,  retained  all  the  powers  in 
the  state,  are  about  to  cede  some  of  them,  and  that  they  will  be 
obliged  shortly  to  admit  the  plebeians  to  share  in  all.  We  find 
the  glories  of  the  nobility  day  by  day  decay,  till  patrician  supre- 
macy gradually  dies  out. 

The  Valerian  Horatian  law,  De  plebiscitis,  the  plebiscitum 
Canuleium,  De  connubio  patrum  et  plebis,  the  creation  of  the 
military  tribunes,  as  well  as  that  of  the  censors,  are  changes 
directly  due  to  the  perpetual  dissensions  between  the  two 
orders. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  147 

SECTION  XXIX. 
LEX  VALERIA  HORATIA,  DE  PLEBISCITE. 

149.  B.C.  449.  This  law,  passed  in  the  centuries  under  the 
consuls  Valerius  and  Horatius  immediately  after  the  expulsion 
of  the  decemvirs,  recognized  the  general  authority,  up  to  that 
time  disputed,  of  the  assemblies  by  tribes,  and  declared  plelis- 
cita  decreed  in  these  assemblies  obligatory  upon  all  citizens: 
"  Ut,  quod  tributim  plebes  jussisset,  populum  teneret"1 

The  contents  of  this  law  are  not  very  clearly  known ;  either 
its  provisions  were  far  less  complicated  than  this  formula  seems 
to  indicate,  or  more  remained  to  be  done,  or  renewed  dissensions 
caused  this  grave  change  in  the  constitution  again  to  be  seri- 
ously questioned,  for  we  see  at  different  intervals  two  similar 
laws  re-enacted  at  different  times  and  subsequent  periods  and  in 
almost  identical  terms.  It  would  be  interesting  to  study  the 
letter  of  these  laws. 


SECTION  XXX. 
THE  CANULEIAN  LAW  (JDe  connubio  patrum  et  plebis}. 

150.  B.C.  445.  This  plebiscitum,  proposed  by  the  tribune 
Canuleius,  abrogated  the  provision  of  the  Twelve  Tables  which 
prohibited  marriage  between  the  patricians  and  the  plebeians. 
It  was  very  quickly  acted  upon,  and  to  the  introduction  of 
the  plebeian  families  into  the  families  of  the  patricians  may  be 
ascribed  one  of  the  most  powerful  causes  which  led  to  the  anni- 
hilation of  the  distinctions  between  the  two  castes.2 

1  Livy,  lib.  iii.  §  55 :  "  Omnium  pri-  dignitas,  ut  plebes  cum  patriciis  jun- 

nium,  quum  veluti  in  controverso  jure  gerentur :  qui  tumultus  in  Monte  Jani- 

esset,  tenerenturne  patres  plebiscitis,  culo,  duce  Canuleio  tribune  plebis, 

legem  centuriatis  comiciis  tnlere,  '  Ut,  exarsit."  Although  the  prohibition 

quod  tribntim  plebes  jussisset,  populum  against  the  marriages  between  patri- 

teneret.' "  cians  and  plebeians  may  have  been  the 

9  Florus,  lib.  i.  §  25,  seems  to  connect  cause  of  these  troubles  and  dissensions, 

with  the  plebiscitum  the  third  sedition  yet  we  must  not  attribute  the  retirement 

of  the  plebeians  and  their  retreat  to  the  of  the  plebeians  to  this  cause.  The 

Janiculum.  After  speaking  of  the  first  authors  who  mention  the  Canuleian  law, 

on  Mons  Sacer,  and  the  second  on  as  for  instance  Cicero,  De  republ.,  lib. 

Mons  Aventinum,  he  adds,  "  Tertiam  ii.  §  17,  do  not  allude  to  these  circum- 

seditionem  excitavit  matrimoniorum  stances,  and  Pliny,  Nat.  hist.,  lib.  xvi. 

L  2 


148  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XXXI. 
MILITARY  TRIBUNES  (  Tribuni  Militum). 

151.  The  plebeians  still  lacked  one  of  the  most  important 
public  rights,  the  privilege  of  aspiring  to  the  high  dignities  of 
the  republic.  They  demanded  admission  to  the  consulate.  It 
was  not  without  a  struggle  that  they  attained  it;  but  already 
they  and  their  tribunes  had  become  formidable :  seditions  were 
feared,  and  their  demand  was  conceded.  We  may  notice  in 
reference  to  this  an  instance  of  political  dexterity  on  the  part  of 
the  senators.  Inasmuch  as  it  had  become  necessary  to  divide 
their  consular  power  with  their  rivals,  they  resolved,  if  possible, 
to  weaken  it.  Instead  of  two  magistrates  they  desired  that 
three  should  be  chosen,  and  instead  of  giving  them  the  name 
of  consuls  they  were  termed  military  tribunes.  It  thus  looked 
as  if  the  consulate  had  not  departed  from  the  patriciate;  for 
rather  than  abandon  it,  they  had  extinguished  the  office,  or  it 
would  perhaps  be  more  correct  to  say  that  they  had  thus  tem- 
porarily put  it  in  abeyance,  waiting  an  opportunity  for  its  re- 
institution.  At  first  the  advantage  about  to  be  obtained  by  the 
plebeians  was  nothing  more  than  one  of  right.  They  became 
admissible  to  the  military  tribunate,  but  were  not,  in  fact,  ad- 
mitted, nor  need  we  be  astonished  at  this.  Indeed,  we  might 
rather  have  been  surprised  had  the  contrary  been  the  case.  The 
elections  belonged  to  the  comitia  by  centuries,  and  we  already 
know  how  it  was  composed;  nor  was  it  till  about  forty  years 
after  the  creation  of  these  tribunes,  and  when  their  number  had 
been  increased  to  six,  that  we  begin  to  find  plebeians  among 
them.  The  power  of  the  first  military  tribunes  was  of  short 
duration :  it  existed  a  few  months,  and  gave  place  to  the  govern- 
ment by  consuls,  who  some  years  after,  in  their  turn,  were  re- 
placed by  tribunes,  and  these  alternate  changes  continued  to 
take  place  from  time  to  time.  It  is  a  curious  fact,  that  for 
more  than  forty  years,  as  the  power  of  the  contending  parties 
oscillated,  the  consuls  and  the  military  tribunes  successively 

§  10,  represents  the  sedition  as  taking  in  Janiculum  legem  in  Escnleto  tulit, 
place  long  after,  in  289  B.  c.  "Q.  Hor-  ut  quod  ea  jussisset,  omnes  Quirites 
tensius  dictator,  cum  plebs  secessisset  teneret." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  149 

appear  and  disappear;  and  sometimes  in  place  of  either,  and 
superior  to  both,  we  find  the  dictator  created. 

Rome's  success,  however,  increased  day  by  day:  it  enlarged 
its  inroads  into  Latium  and  advanced  towards  the  conquest  of 
Italy.  Indeed,  so  long  as  the  republican  spirit  existed  amongst 
the  citizens,  devotion  to  country  was  but  a  natural  instinct; 
the  soldiers  thought  of  nothing  but  Rome  and  its  triumphs; 
and  an  enemy  who  dared  to  march  against  the  city  at  once 
caused  the  suspension  of  all  internal  division,  and  found  himself 
opposed  by  the  strength  of  the  whole  Roman  people. 


SECTION  XXXII. 
THE  CENSORS  (  Censores). 

1 52.  B.C.  443.  The  consuls  had  presided  every  fifth  year  at  the 
numbering  of  the  citizens.     They  had  constructed  the  tables  of 
the  census,  had  assigned  to  each  citizen  his  class  in  his  tribe 
and  in  his  curia,  and  had  inscribed  whom  they  thought  fit  in 
the  ranks  of  knights  and  of  senators.     In  this  way  they  had  at 
their  will  opened  or  closed  the  entrance  to  the  order  of  knight- 
hood and  to  the  dignities  of  the  senate.   We  must  inquire  whether 
this  power  was  conceded  to  the  military  tribunes,  or,  in  other 
words,  to  those  who  might  perchance  be  plebeians,  to  see  whether 
such  concession  was  made  or  whether  the  policy  we  have  already 
noticed  was  still  observed;  whether,  in  fact,  they  did  not  con- 
sider it  better  to  detach  these  peculiar  functions  from  the  office 
to  which  they  had  hitherto  belonged  in  order  to  reserve  them  to 
themselves.     This  was  unquestionably  the  idea  which  originated 
the  new  office,  the  censor. 

153.  The  censors  were  two  in  number;  they  could  only  be 
selected  from  the  members  of  the  senate  ;  they  were  elected  by 
the  comitia  of  centuries.     The  same  senator  could  not  occupy 
the  post  twice,  and  the  term  of  office  was  five  years,  that  is, 
from  census  to  census.     At  a  later  period  the  term  was  reduced 
to  one  year  and  a  half,  there  being  in  the  interval  no  censor  at 
all. 


150  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

1 54.  It  is  not  difficult  to  understand  the  extent  of  the  in- 
fluence possessed  by  those  who  had  the  power  of  determining 
the  class  to  which  a  citizen  should  belong  ;l  and  the  exercise  of 
this  power,  in  the  composition  of  the  different  tribes,  was  not 
without  its  use.     There  were  not  at  any  time  more  than  four 
urban  tribes,  whereas  the  number  of  rural  tribes  ultimately 
reached  thirty-one.2 

In  the  former  the  censors  inscribed  all  those  who,  not  possess- 
ing any  rural  property,  were  included  in  the  city :  the  enfran- 
chised, the  artisans,  the  proletarii.  As  to  the  proprietors,  they 
were  classified  by  the  censors,  with  the  agricultural  lists,  in  the 
rural  tribes  where  they  had  their  estates.  It  was  in  this  way 
that  the  votes  of  the  more  turbulent,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
more  dangerous,  class  were  reduced,  even  in  the  plebeian  assem- 
bly, to  four  out  of  thirty-five.  This  class  frequently  made  the 
attempt  to  get  itself  divided  amongst  the  rural  tribes,  an  attempt 
which  always  excited  the  strongest  opposition. 

155.  But  the  most  extraordinary  attribute  of  the  censors  is 
not  that  to  which  we  have  already  referred.     The  entire  moral 
influence  that  can  exist  in  a  state  was  lodged  in  their  hands. 
As  guardians  of  public  and  private  morals  they  could  blast  the 
reputation  of  a  plebeian,  a  senator,  a  consul,  and  even  of  the 
people.     Thus   they  restrained   the   luxury  of  the  rich ;    the 
licence  of  the  libertine ;  the  ill-faith  of  the  truthless ;  the  in- 
dolence of  the  knight,  of  the  soldier,  of  the  cultivator  ;3  and  the 
weakness  of  the  magistrate  who,  in  danger,  despaired  of  the 
republic.     We  have   had   instances  of  censors   noting   entire 
tribes.      Such  was  the  power  which  owed  its  great  influence 
to  public  opinion  and  to  the  patriotism  of  every  Roman ! 

1  Varro,  Dr,  lingua  latina,  lib.  v.  eumque  indiligenter  curabat,  ac  ncque 

§  81:  "Censor  ad  quojus  censionem,  araverat,  neque  purgaverat;  sive  quis 

id  est  arbitrinm,  censerctur  populus."  arborem  suam  vineamque  habuerat  de- 

3  Nevertheless,  at  the  date  at  which  relictui :  non  id  sine  poena  f  uit ;  sed 

we  have  arrived,  A.u.c.  311,  B.C.  443,  erat  opus  censorium ;  censoresque  cera- 

the  number  of  tribes  had  not  been  in-  rium  faciebant.  Item  si  quis  equea 

creased  beyond  thirty-five,  according  to  Romanus  equum  habere  gracilentum 

Livy.  Vide  supra,  par.  73,  and  note.  aut  parum  nitidum  visas  erat,  impo- 

3  Aul.  Cell.  lib.  iv.  §  12  :  "  Si  quis  litiw  notabatur.  Id  verbum  significat, 

agrum  suum  passus  fuerat  sordescere,  quasi  si  tu  dicas  {ncurice." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  151 

1 56.  The  notes  of  the  censor  were  not  without  their  effect. 
Thus,  independently  of  the  senators  whom  they  could  remove 
from  the  senate,  of  the  knights  whom  they  could  deprive  of 
their  horses,  even  in  the  case  of  the  simple  citizen,  they  could 
effect  his  exclusion  from  any  class  whatever,  and,  in  that  manner, 
deprive  him  of  the  suffrage.     A  citizen  thus  excluded  was  not 
inscribed  in  the  census,  but  his  name  was  written  in  tables 
known  as  the  tables  of  the  Cerites  (Ceritum  tabula  or  tabula 
Cerites), \n  allusion  to  the  municipality  of  Caeres,  the  inhabitants 
of  which  enjoyed  all  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship  except  that 
of  the  suffrage.     For  the  same  reason  they  no  longer  appeared 
in  the  census  for  taxation  in  proportion  to  their  wealth,  but 
became  cerarii,  subjected  in  this  capacity  to  an  arbitrary  capi- 
tation as  their  modicum  of  taxation.1 

The  arbitrary  power  of  the  censor  was  however  modified  by 
the  influence  of  his  colleague,  who  could  at  any  time  intervene 
either  to  stop  or  to  annul  the  effect  of  his  acts,  but  when  both 
were  in  accord,  their  decision  was  final,  and  determined  the 
status  of  each  citizen  for  the  ensuing  five  years. 

157.  During  these  political  changes,  the   Roman  armies 
were  not  inactive,  as  we  see  by  the  fate  of  the  Equi  and  the 
Volsci,  who  were  vanquished  in  many  combats.     Fidenaa  was 
delivered  to  the  flames,  Falerii  subjugated,  and  Veii  captured 
after  a  siege  of  ten  years.     The  soldiers  had  sworn  never  to 
re-enter  Rome  till  they  had  captured  this  town,  and  they  ob- 
served their  oath.     It  was  during  these  wars  that,  for  the  first 
time,  the  senate  voluntarily,  and  without  any  demand  either 
upon  the  part  of  the  plebeians  or  of  the  tribunes,  decreed  that 
a  bounty  (stipendium)  should  be  paid  from  the  public  treasury 
to  the  soldiers,  whereas  up  to  this  time  each  soldier  had  been  com- 
pelled to  defray  the  expenses  of  his  service  from  his  own  private 

1  Asconins,  Dlvinatio  in  Cfucilium,  suo    tributi    nomine    sera    penderet." 

ch.  3 :  "  Hi  prorsus  cives  sic  notabant,  Aul.   Gell.    lib.  xvi.    §   13:    "Primes 

ut  qui  senator  esset,  ejiceretur  senatu;  antem   municipes   sine   suffragii    jure 

qui  equus  Romanus,  equum  publicum  Cerites   esse   factos   accepimus  .     .     . 

perderet ;  qui  plebeius,  in  tabulas  Ceri-  Hinc  tabulce  Cerites  appellatae,  versa 

turn  referretur  et  cerarius  fieret,  ac  per  vice,  in  quas  censores  referri  jubebant 

hoc  non  in  albo  esset  centurise  suae,  sed  quos  notae  causa  suffragiis  privabant." 
ad  hoc  esset  civis  tantum,  ut  pro  capite 


152  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

means;  a  share  in  the  booty  pillaged  from  the  captured  towns, 
and  plots  of  land  granted  to  the  soldier  from  the  territory  of  the 
conquered  enemy,  being  the  sole  reward  for  military  services. 
As  soon  as  the  news  of  this  decision  became  known,  the  plebeians 
flocked  in  crowds  to  the  door  of  the  senate-house,  and,  taking 
the  senators  as  they  came  out  by  the  hands,  they  called  them 
their  true  fathers.  Rome  in  this  way  emerged  from  the  condi- 
tion of  a  collection  of  petty  states,  constantly  carrying  on  hosti- 
lities with  each  other,  to  that  of  a  great  power  bearing  arms 
into  distant  countries  and  waging  war  upon  remote  enemies. 
And  thus  the  citizen  soldier  became  transformed  into  the  stipen- 
diary.1 

158.  B.C.  390.  But  these  triumphs  were  shortly  to  be  suc- 
ceeded by  terrible  reverses.     Barbarians  of  a  gigantic  stature, 
and  said  to  have  been  laden  with  ponderous  arms,  came  from 
the  other  side  of  the  Alps  and  made  a  descent  upon  Italy. 
These  invaders  were  the  Senonian  Gauls.     The  Roman  army 
was  vanquished,  Rome  itself  pillaged,  sages  and  senators  were 
massacred  in  their  curule  chairs,  and  public  buildings  razed  to 
the  ground.     The  city,  in  fact,  was  reduced  to  a  heap  of  ruins 
and  ashes.     But  Rome  did  not  consist  in  mere  walls  and  houses. 
It  was  in  the  Capitol  and  in  the  Romans  themselves.     And  the 
Gauls,  hurled  by  Manlius  from  the  rocky  heights,  and  torn  in 
pieces  by  CamiUus,  cruelly  expiated  their  momentary  triumph. 
Rome  rose  from  its  ashes  and  soon  recovered  its  ascendancy 
throughout  Latium. 

1 59.  About  twenty-one  years  after  this,  B.C.  367,  the  plebeian 
order  achieved  what  it  had  previously  been  contending  for,  and 
secured  the  privilege  of  admission  to  the  consulate;  and  from 
that  moment  the  military  tribunate  disappeared  for  ever.     Two 
sisters  had  married ;    the  one  a  patrician,  the  other  a  plebeian. 
The  latter  heard  one  day  in  her  sister's  house  the  ringing  of  the 

1  Livy,   lib.   iv.   §   60 :    "  Additum  rumve  decerneret  senatus,   ut   stipen- 

deinde    omnium    maxime    tempestivo  dium  miles  de  publico  acciperet,  quum 

principum  in  multitudinem  munere,  ut  ante  id  tempus  de  suo  quisque  functus 

ante  mentionem  ullam  plebis  tribune-  eo  munere  esset." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  153 

fasces — a  sound  that  she  had  never  heard  in  her  own.  She  was 
terrified,  and  the  raillery  to  which  she  was  subjected  by  the 
wife  of  the  patrician  touched  her  pride.  Her  husband  sympa- 
thized in  her  humiliation;  he  attained  to  the  tribunate,  and 
avenged  himself  by  opening  to  the  plebeians  the  door  to  these 
magistracies.  In  this  way,  according  to  legendary  lore,  was  a 
change  accomplished  whose  effects  were  wholly  disproportionate 
to  the  trivial  incident  out  of  which  it  arose.1 

The  same  policy  which  upon  the  establishment  of  the  mili- 
tary tribunes  had  induced  the  senate  to  create  censors  now  led 
it,  upon  the  admission  of  the  plebeians  to  the  consulate,  to 
detach  from  the  consular  office  two  magisterial  functions.  To 
this  we  must  ascribe  the  origin  of  the  prsetors  and  the  curule 
aediles.4 


SECTION  XXXIII. 
PR^TOR  (Prcetor}. 

160.  B.C.  367.  The  word  prcetor  is  derived  from  pros  ire, 
and  was  in  use  in  Latium  to  designate  the  first  or  chief  magis- 
trate of  the  city,  and  appears  to  have  been  sometimes  employed 
in  early  periods  by  the  Romans  as  an  honorary  appellation  of 
the  consuls.  It  is  thus  that  we  meet  with  it  in  the  historians 
who  refer  to  the  time  of  the  Twelve  Tables  and  to  the  judicial 
functions  of  the  consulate.3  But  at  the  period  with  which  we 
are  now  engaged  this  word  became  the  exclusive  title  of  a  special 
magistrate.  The  senate  detached  from  the  functions  of  the 
consul  all  that  related  to  his  judicial  office,  together  with  the 
powers  consequent  upon  it,  and  conferred  them  upon  a  special 
palrician  magistrate,  under  the  title,  from  that  time  peculiar  to 
him,  of  praetor,  which  was  qualified  by  the  term  "  urbanus,"  on 
account  of  his  functions  being  limited  to  the  city  of  Rome: 
"  Qui  urbanus  appellatus  est"  said  Pomponius,  "  quod  in  urbe 
jus  redder  et" 

1  Florus,  lib.  i.  §  26.  nobilitati  de  pnetore  uno,  qui  jus  in 

8  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §  42  :  "  Quum  tamen  urbe  diceret,  ex  Patribus  creando." 

per    dictatorera    conditionibus   sedataj  3  Vide  supra,  Table  III.  f.  5,  and 

discordiae  sunt,  concessumque  a  nobili-  note ;  and  Table  XII.  f .  3. 
tate  plebi  de  consule  plebeio;  a  plebe 


154  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

At  first  there  was  only  one  praator,  who  was  nominated  by 
the  centuries  and  selected  from  the  patrician  order.  This  official 
became  the  second  dignitary  in  the  republic.  He  was  preceded 
by  lictors,  and  considered  the  colleague  of  the  consuls ;  and  by 
some  writers  this  title  is  given  to  him  in  this  sense,  that  during 
the  absence  of  the  consuls,  and  while  they  were  employed  on 
military  service,  the  praetor  took  their  place  in  Rome.  It  was 
he  who  convoked  the  senate  and  who  presided  over  it,  who 
assembled  the  comitia  and  presented  to  them  any  suggestions 
as  to  new  laws.  We  shall  notice  the  gradual  growth  of  the 
praetorian  functions  and  trace  the  process  by  which  a  species  of 
legislative  power  became  attached  to  this  office.1 


SECTION  XXXIV. 
CURULE  JEDILES  (JEdiles  Curules). 

161.  There  already  existed  two  plebeian  magistrates  called 
adiles,  charged  under  the  supervision  of  the  tribunes  with  the 
details  of  police.  At  this  period  two  patrician  magistrates  were 
created  bearing  the  same  name  and  having  analogous  though 
superior  functions.  They  were  called  cediles  majores,  cediles 
curules,  while  the  others  took  the  name  of  plebeii  <zdiles.z  The 
latter  thus  found  themselves  limited  to  the  exercise  of  inferior 
functions,  and  charged  with  the  surveillance  of  the  market,  the 
price  and  quality  of  the  commodities,  the  accuracy  of  the  weights 
and  scales,  and  the  security  and  good  order  of  the  public  streets ; 
but  all  the  higher  offices  of  police  were  confined  to  the  curule 
azdiles.  To  them  belonged  the  maintenance  and  improvement 
of  roads  and  bridges,  the  preservation  of  temples  and  amphi- 
theatres, and  the  improvements  in  the  city,  together  with  the 
security  of  the  public  thoroughfares.  They  had  a  jurisdiction 
of  their  own,  and  a  tribune  for  the  administration  of  matters 
peculiar  to  their  office.  But  the  privilege  which  conferred  the 
greatest  distinction  upon  the  office,  and  which  came  to  be  an 
essential  part  of  it,  was  the  direction  of  the  public  games. 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.,  3,  §  27,  f.  Pomp.  a  Ibid.  §  25,  f.  Temp. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  155 

Rome  already  possessed  its  circus,  where  pugilistic  encounters, 
combats,  horse  and  chariot  races,  borrowed  from  the  Olympic 
games  of  Greece,  were  celebrated.  In  their  amphitheatres  were 
to  be  seen  the  contest  of  gladiators  and  wild  beasts,  a  bloody 
spectacle,  but  popular  and  suited  to  the  national  taste.  Theatres 
for  dramatic  representations  were  erected  at  a  later  period. 
These  games  served  as  the  means  of  celebrating  public  and 
private  fetes,  especially  the  funerals  of  the  great.  Each  citizen 
was  at  liberty  to  offer  a  spectacle  to  the  people,  but  in  every 
case  it  must  be  under  the  supervision  of  the  sediles,  who  them- 
selves were  compelled,  at  least  once  during  the  year,  to  present, 
at  their  own  private  expense,  a  public  exhibition,  and  they  took 
good  care  never  to  fail  in  this,  for  nothing  was  lost  by  it ;  the 
presentation  of  an  acceptable  spectacle  to  the  crowd  being  at 
all  times  a  sure  means  of  securing  its  suffrage. 

Next  to  the  creation  of  the  office  of  praetor,  or,  more  properly 
speaking,  the  separation  of  its  functions  from  those  of  the 
consulate,  our  attention  is  called  to  certain  institutions  whose 
origin  is  obscure  and  cannot  therefore  be  assigned  with  accuracy 
to  any  particular  date,  but  of  which  it  is  necessary  to  form  a 
correct  idea  in  order  to  complete  our  outline  of  the  judicial 
system  of  the  Romans. 


SECTION  XXXV. 

JUDGE  (Judex\  ARBITRATOR  (Arbiter),  RECUPERATORS 
(Recuperatores}. 

162.  From  the  earliest  period  of  Roman  history,  under  the 
kings,  under  the  consuls,  and  after  the  creation  of  praetors,  there 
existed  a  characteristic  distinction,  to  which  we  have  alluded 
already  in  treating  of  the  text  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  between 
the  office  of  the  magistrate  and  the  functions  of  the  judge, 
attached  to  the  special  commission  given  to  him  in  each  case  to 
hear  and  determine  a  suit.  This  jurisdiction  was  vested  at 
first  in  the  kings,  afterwards  in  the  consuls,  and  finally  in  the 
prfetors.  It  was  before  them  that  the  vocatio  in  jus  had  to  take 
place  ;  it  was  before  them  that  the  solemn  ceremonies  peculiar  to 


156  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  legis  actiones  had  to  be  performed :  upon  them  rested,  at 
least  during  their  term  of  office,  the  duty  of  declaring  the  law 
(jus  dicere),  of  arranging  the  suit,  and,  in  every  case  which  they 
did  not  themselves  determine,  it  was  they  who  appointed  the 
judge  charged  with  the  duty  of  hearing  the  suit  and  pronounc- 
ing judgment. 

163.  The  judge,  it  must  be  remembered,  was  not  a  magis- 
trate ;  he  was  a  simple  citizen,  converted  by  the  magistrate  into 
a  judicial  officer  in  the  individual  case,  at  the  conclusion  of 
which  his  judicial  functions  ceased.  It  was  a  principle  of 
Roman  law  that,  whereas  the  magistrate  had  to  be  selected  and 
created  by  the  state,  the  judge,  in  each  case,  was  to  be  nomi- 
nated, or  at  least  accepted,  by  the  litigants,  unless  they  were 
unable  to  agree,  in  which  case  he  was  selected  by  lot ;  but, 
although  this  was  the  case,  all  citizens  were  not  eligible  to  be 
selected.  From  the  earliest  period,  and  at  the  time  now  under 
notice,  this  privilege  was  monopolized  by  the  patrician  caste. 
Senators  alone  could  be  judges.  It  was  from  the  list  of  the 
three  hundred  senators  (or do  senatorius)  that  the  judge  on  each 
occasion  had  to  be  selected.  The  magistrate  invested  him  with 
his  powers,  and  he  took  the  oath;  judices  jurati  as  Cicero 
says.1 

Such  was  the  ingenious  separation  of  the  juridical  from  the 
judicial  functions  by  which  the  Romans  were  enabled,  with 
comparatively  few  magistrates,  to  provide  for  all  the  wants  of 
the  administration  of  the  law,  appointing  a  judge  for  each  case 
as  it  arose. 

The  generic  name  given  to  the  citizen  thus  invested  with 
judicial  functions  was  judex,  sometimes  also  arbiter,  which 
appears  to  have  been  nothing  but  a  modification  of  the  former 
title,  indicating  that  the  magistrate,  in  consideration  of  the 
peculiar  nature  of  the  case,  had  given  to  him  greater  latitude. 
From  the  earliest  times  we  find  mention  made  both  of  judex 
and  arbiter,  and  it  is  certain  that  but  one  judge,  unicus  judex, 

1  This  institution  is  in  fact  "  the  which  is  German  and  not  Roman  in  its 
jury,"  only  that  when  contrasted  with  origin,  we  find  several  radical  dif- 
our  modern  system  of  trial  by  jury,  ferences. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  1 57 

was  appointed  to  each  suit.  It  was  usually  the  same  with  the 
arbitrators,  although  we  see  from  the  Twelve  Tables J  that  their 
number  might  extend  to  three. 

164.  At  a  subsequent  date,  which,  however,  cannot  be 
precisely  determined,  we  find  another  kind  of  judge,  called 
"recuperators"  (recuperatores}.  This  institution  did  not  super- 
sede that  of  judge  or  arbitrator,  but  existed  side  by  side  with 
it,  so  that  the  prsetor  in  organizing  the  suit  gave  to  the  litigants, 
according  to  the  circumstances,  either  a  judge,  an  arbitrator,  or 
recuperators. 

But,  notwithstanding  the  obscurity  in  which  the  origin  and 
nature  of  the  institution  is  involved,  there  are  certain  salient 
points  by  which  the  recuperator  may  be  readily  distinguished 
from  thejudex  or  arbiter.  Thus,  while  there  never  was  more 
than  one  judex,  and  usually  only  one  arbiter  for  each  case,  the 
recuperatores  were  several,  three  or  even  five.2 

Again,  whereas  the  judge  or  arbitrator  must  of  necessity  be 
chosen  from  the  order  of  senators,  and  at  a  later  period  from 
the  annual  list  of  citizens  who  were  liable  for  judicial  duty,  the 
recuperators  could  be  taken  indiscriminately  from  all  citizens  at 
random,  or  from  amongst  those  who  happened  at  the  moment 
to  be  before  the  magistrate,  and  who  were  at  once  appointed, 
"  Quasi  repente  apprehensi." *  And,  finally,  questions  were 
decided  by  them  more  speedily.  "Recuperatores  dare  ut  quam- 
primum  res  judicaretur"  says  Cicero.  "  Recuperatoribus 
suppositis,  ut  qui  non  steterit,  protinus  a  recuperatoribus  .  .  . 
condemnetur."  * 

In  effect,  by  the  employment  of  recuperatores  business  was 
despatched  more  speedily ;  the  monopoly  of  the  judicial  func- 
tions by  the  senatorial  order  was  broken  through,  and  the  ple- 
beians made  good  their  first  step  in  advance  towards  the  judicial 
office. 

1  Table  VII.  f.  5,  and  XII.  f.  3.  sic  nos  in  his  comitiis,  quasi  repente 

9  Livy,  lib.  xxvi.  §  48 ;  lib.  Ixiii.  §  2.  apprehensi  sincere  judices  fuimus." 

Cicero,  In  Verr.,  3,  §§  13  and  60.     Gai.,  Plin.,  Eplst.,  3,  20. 

Jnstit.,  4,  §§  46,  105  and  109.  *  Cicero,  Pro  Tullio,  2;  De  divin., 

3  "  Nam  ut  in  recuperatoriis  judiciis,  17.  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §  185. 


158  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

165.  The  fact  that  the  Romans  in  earlier  times  gave  the 
name  of  reciperatores  or  recuperatores  to  officials  appointed  by 
virtue  of  international  treaties  to  settle  differences  either  between 
Rome  itself  and  foreign  cities  or  nations,  or  between  Roman 
citizens  and  foreigners,  affords  general  ground  for  the  belief 
that  the  recuperatores  were  employed  originally  solely  for  the 
purpose  of  determining  disputes  between  Roman  and  foreigner.1 
This  conjecture  is  corroborated  by  another  circumstance,  that 
at  a  later  period  the  judges  in  the  provinces  never  had  any  other 
title  than  that  of  recuperatores,  so  that  the  judex  existed  only 
in  Rome,  whereas  the  title  of  recuperator  is  found  in  connection 
with  the  provinces.  As  to  the  period  immediately  under  our 
notice,  that  is  to  say,  the  commencement  of  the  fifth  century,  a 
hundred  years  before  the  creation  of  the  prcetor  peregrinus,  we 
are  of  opinion  that  the  employment  of  recuperatores  was  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  resorted  to  only  in  cases  where  Roman  law 
could  not  be  applied ;  in  other  words,  in  suits  in  which  peregrini 
were  litigants.  It  is  natural  that  at  a  later  period  this  custom 
should  have  developed  into  a  regular  system  of  procedure, 
and  we  shall  see  that  it  ultimately  extended  to  the  citizens 
themselves,  and  that  the  determination  of  cases,  generally  of  an 
urgent  character,  devolved  upon  these  recuperatores.2  But  we 
must  be  careful  not  to  confound  with  the  procedure  of  the  legis 
actiones  now  before  us,  details  which  belong  to  a  much  later 
regime.  The  employment  of  recuperatores  commenced  during 
the  period  of  the  legis  actiones,  but  was  independent  of  and 
never  had  any  connection  with  them. 


SECTION  XXXVI. 
CENTUMVLRS  ( Centumviri). 

166.   To  the  judges,  arbitrators,  and  the  recuperators,  who 
derived  their  official  powers  from  the  magistrate,  must  be  added 

1  "  Reciperatio   est,   ut   ait   Gallus  on  the  word  lieciperatio.     We  see  an 

-ZElius,    cum   inter  populum   et  reges  instance  of  a  similar  provision  in  the 

nationesque  et  civitates  peregrinas  lex  plebiscite,  De  T7iermensibns. 

convenit  quomodo  per  reciperatores  red-  2  See  especially  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §§ 

dantur  res,  reciperenturquc,  resque  pri-  46,  141,  183,  185,  187. 
vatas  inter  se  persequantur."    Festus, 


TJIE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  159 

the  centumvirs,  an  institution  whose  origin,  organization  and 
jurisdiction  are  involved  even  in  greater  obscurity  than  those  of 
the  three  former  functionaries. 

The  characteristic  differences  between  the  centumvirs  and 
these  three  functionaries — a  difference  so  well  established  as  to 
be  beyond  dispute — was,  that  instead  of  being  nominated  for  an 
individual  case,  the  centumvirs  constituted  a  permanent  tribunal, 
whose  members  were  elected  in  equal  number  from  each  tribe, 
whether,  as  we  think,  from  among  all  the  citizens  of  the  tribes 
indifferently,  or  whether  they  were  confined  to  the  senators. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  this  institution  was  another  instance 
of  plebeian  triumph,  and  an  invasion  on  the  monopoly  of  the 
patricians.  The  existence  of  the  plebeian  tribes,  the  tribunes 
being  nominated  by  them,  and  the  fact  of  the  centumvirs  also 
coming  from  their  ranks,  all  indicate  the  political  progress  ac- 
complished by  this  class,  and  show  that  they  had  made  their 
way  into  the  domains  of  the  magisterial,  the  legislative  and  the 
judicial  functions  of  the  state. 

167.  The  rule  limiting  the  tenure  of  office  of  magistrates 
and  other  public  functionaries  to  one  year  may  be  taken  as  a 
sufficient  reason  for  assuming  that  the  citizens  composing  the 
tribunal  of  centumvirs  were  also  elected  for  one  year ;  and  that 
although  the  tribunal  itself  was  permanent,  the  individuals  con- 
stituting it  were  elected  annually.  It  is  a  disputed  point  whe- 
ther the  election  was  made  by  the  praetor  alone  or  separately  by 
each  tribe,  or  by  all  the  tribes  united  together  in  comitia.  In 
the  absence  of  precise  information,  the  public  character  of  this 
tribunal,  and  the  political  nature  of  its  origin,  authorize  us  in 
adopting  the  latter  opinion.  As  to  the  number  of  members 
elected  in  each  tribe,  we  find  at  a  subsequent  period,  and 
when  the  tribes  were  in  all  thirty-five  (B.C.  242),  that  each  fur- 
nished three  members  to  the  centumviral  tribunal,  making  a 
total  of  105  centumvirs;1  and  at  a  still  later  period  Pliny  speaks 

1  "  Centnmviralia  jndicia  a  centum-  candum,  qui  centumviri  appellati  sunt; 

viris   sunt   dicta.     Nam,    cum   essent  et  licet  quinque  amplius  quam  centum 

Horn  a:  triginta  et  quinque  tribus,  terni  fuerint,  tamen  quo  facilius  nominaren- 

ex  singulis  tribubus  sunt  electi  ad  judi-  tur,  centumviri  sunt  dicti.     Centumvi- 


160  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

of  180  as  sitting  in  a  single  cause.1-  Varro  also  intimates  that 
the  number  of  centumvirs  must  only  be  taken  approximately 
and  not  literally.2 

168.  The  centum  viral  tribunal  was  divided  into  four  cham- 
bers or  councils  (consilia,  tribunalia),  and  we  find  in  contem- 
porary writers  certain  positive  indications  of  the  fact  that  cases 
were  sometimes  tried  before  two  chambers  (duplicia  judicia, 
dues  hastte s),  sometimes  before  the  four  sitting  together  but  each 
voting  separately  (quadruplex  judicium 4),  though  it  is  impos- 
sible for  us  to  determine  what  the  object  was  of  this  division  into 
chambers,  or  of  judgment  being  delivered  by  the  four  chambers 
sitting  together.     Certain  fragments  of  the  Digest  appear  to. 
indicate  traces  of  the  existence  of  this  division.5 

1 69.  The  centumviral  tribunal  thus  constituted  was  a  tribunal 
essentially  Quiritarian.      The   Quiritarian    symbol  of  Roman 
property,  the  lance  (hasta],  was  erected  before  it  as  an  indica- 
tion of  its  actual  power,  and,  perhaps,  of  its  attributes.6     It 
assembled  in  the  Forum  ;  at  a  later  period  the  Julian  basilica 
was  appropriated  to  it.     The  quaestors  upon  going  out  of  office 
were  empowered  to  convoke  it  (hastam  cogere),  and  to  preside 
over  it  (hastce  prceessi).     It  is,  however,  under  the  presidency 
of  the  prffitor  that  contemporaneous  writers  represent  the  four 
sections  as  united.7     Under  Octavius  it  was  presided  over  by 

ralia  judicia,  quae  centumviri  judica-  recordatio  egisse  me  juvenem  seque  in 

bant."  Festus,  on  the  word  Centumvi-  quadruplici."     Plin.,  Epist.,  4,  §  24. 

ralia.  "  Femina   .     .     .    quadruplici   judicio 

1  Plin.,  Epist.,  6,  33.  bona  paterna  repetebat.     Sedebant  ju- 

a  "  Si,  inquam,  numerus  non  est  ad  dices  centum  et  octoginta :    tot  enim 

amussim,  ut  cum  dicimus  mille  naves  quatuor  consiliis  conscribuntnr  . 

ad  Trojam  isse,  centum virale  judicium  sequutus  est  varius  eventus  :  nam  dno- 

Romse."     Varro,  De  re  rustic.,  2,  1.  bus  consiliis  vicimus,  totidem  victi  su- 

3  "  Aut  quum  de  eadem  causa  pro-  mus."     Plin.,  Epist.,  6,  33.     See  also 
nunciatum  est,  ut  in  reis  deportatis,  et  Epist.,  1,    18 ;    and   Quintil.,   Instit. 
assertione  secunda,  et  partibus  centum-  orat.,  12,  5,  §  6. 

viralium,  quae    in  duas  hastas  divisre  *  Dig.  5,  2,  De  inojfic.  test.,  10,  pr.  f. 

sunt."     Quintil.,  Instit.  orat.,B,  2,  §  1.  Marcell. ;    31,  DC  legat.,  2,  76,  pr.  f. 

"  Etiam  si  apud  alios  judices  agatur,  ut  Pomp. 

in  secunda  assertione,  aut  in  centumvi-  6  "  Unde  in  centumviralibus  judiciis 

ralibus  judiciis  duplicibus."     Quintil.,  hasta  prueponitur."     Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  § 

Instit.  orat.,  11,  1,  §  78.  16. 

4  "  Proximequum  apnd  centumviros  7  Plin.,  Epist.,  5,21  :  "Descenderam 
in  quadruplici  judicio  dixissem,  subiit  in  basilicam  Juliam  .     .     .  Sedebant 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  161 

special  magistrates,  called  judiciary  decemvirs  {decemviri  in 
litibus  jndicandis),  whose  creation  was  of  earlier  date,  but 
whose  complete  functions  are  unknown  to  us.1 

1 70.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  centumviral  tribunal 
was  a  permanent  institution,  the  centumvirs  themselves  were  but 
simple  citizens,  annually  elected  to  their  post.     This  tribunal 
had  not  Avhat  the  Romans  called  jurisdictio.     The  appearance 
in  jure  had,  in  all  cases,  to  take  place"  before  the  magistrate. 
Before  him  the  religious  ceremonial  of  the  legis  actiones  had  to 
be  performed,  and  the  litigants  were  by  him  sent  for  trial  before 
the  centumviri  if  it  was  a  case  within  their  proper  cognizance. 
The  only  legis  actio  applicable  to  matters  within  the  cognizance 
of  the  tribunal  was  the  most  ancient  of  all — the  sacr amentum, ,2 

171.  It  would  be  worth  while  to  inquire  in  what  the  functions 
of  the  centumviral  tribunal  consisted.     Cicero  in  his  treatise 
De  oratore  furnishes  us  with  a  long  and  minute  enumeration  of 
matters  of  which  it  took  cognizance,  all  of  which  may  be  ar- 
ranged under  three  distinct  heads :    State  questions,  Quiritarian 
property  and  testamentary  or  intestate  succession3 — that  is  to 
say,  the  whole  fundamental  basis  of  Quiritarian  society,  except 
possession  and  the  rights  thereunto  attached, — and  obligations. 

judices,  decemviri  venerant,  observa-  lege  agitnr  sacramento  apud  praatorem 

hantur  advocati ;  silentium  longum,  tan-  urbanum  vel  peregrinum."  Gai.,  Instit., 

ilein  a  prajtore  nuntius  .    .    .(Thismes-  4,  §  31. 

senger  announces  an  adjournment  of  3  "  Nam  volitare  in  foro,  hterere  in 

the  sitting)  praetor, quicentujnviralibus  jure  ac  praetorum  tribunalibus,  judicia 

prtrsidet .    .    .  inopinatum  nobis  otium  privata  magnarum  rcrum  obire,  in  qui- 

dfrtit."  bus  srepe  non  de  facto,  sed  de  asquitate 

1  "  Auctor   .     .     .   fuit   (Octavius')  ac  jure  certatur,  jactare  se  in  causis 

.     .     .  nt  centumviralem  hastam,  quam  centumviralibus,  in    quibus    usucapio- 

qnrcstura  functi   consueverant  cogcre,  num,  tutelarum,  gentilitatum,  agnatio- 

decemviri  cogerent."  (Sueton.,  Octav.,  nurn,alluvionum,  circumluvionurn,nex- 

c.  36.)      Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  orum,mancipiorum,parietum,luminum, 

§  29,  f.  Pompon. :  "  Deinde  cum  esset  stillicidiorum,testamcntorum  ruptorum 

necessarius  magistratns  qui  hastaj  prrc-  et  ratorum,  cajterarumqne  rerum  innu- 

esset,  decemviri  in  litibus  judicandis  merabilium  jura  versentur,  cum  omnino 

sunt  constituti."    Pomponius,  however,  quid  suuin,  quid  alicnum,  quare  deni- 

when  speaking  of  the  decemvirs  never  quc  civis  an  pcregrinus,  servus  an  liber 

mentions  the  centnmvirs,  probably  be-  quisquam  sit,  ignoret,  insignis  est  im- 

cause,  as  he  was  treating  of  magistrates,  pudentiic."     Cicero,  De  orator.,  1,  38. 

he  did  not  consider  them  as  such.  See  also  Pro  Milan.,  27;   Eylst.  ad 

*  "  Cum  ad  ccntumviros  itur,   ante  fftm.,  1,  32. 

M 


102  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  fact  of  their  taking  cognizance  of  questions  of  succession 
is  noticed  in  the  Digest  and  in  Justinian's  Code,1  which  also 
bear  testimony  to  the  importance  and  authority  of  this  tribunal. 
"  Magnitude  etenim  et  auctoritas  centumviralis  judicii  non 
patiebatur  per  alios  tramites  viam  hcereditatis  petitionis  in- 
fringi"z  We  may  also  gather  from  certain  passages  that  the 
litigants  themselves  had  a  limited  power  to  elect  by  consent 
whether  their  suit  should  be  heard  by  the  centumviral  tribunal 
or  by  any  other,3  also  that  the  court  had  in  addition  to  its  civil 
a  criminal  jurisdiction.4 

1 72.  The  date  of  the  origin  of  this  institution  is  uncertain, 
unless  we  adopt  Niebuhr's  opinion,  that  Servius  Tullius  intro- 
duced a  complete  system  of  balance  of  power  when  he  created 
the  thirty  plebeian  tribes  as  a  counterpoise  to  the  thirty  patri- 
cian curies.  In  that  case  the  centumviral  tribunal  would  date 
from  that  period,  and  being  especially  empowered  with  the 
right  of  determining  questions  affecting  Quiritarian  property, 
it  would  attach  itself  to  the  institution  of  the  census,  organized 
by  the  same  king. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  we  adopt  the  view  which  Livy 
appears  to  indicate  of  the  successive  creation  of  the  tribes, — for 
it  was  not  till  li.C.  242,  or  A.u.c.  512,  that  the  number  of  the 
tribes  reached  thirty-five,  which  would  give  one  hundred  and 
five  centumvirs  at  the  rate  of  three  for  each  tribe, — we  must 
ascribe  the  institution  of  the  centumvirs  to  that  period.5 

This,  however,  appears  to  us  untenable,  for  even  assuming 
the  accuracy  of  Livy's  statements  as  to  the  gradual  growth 
of  the  tribes,  there  is  nothing  to  warrant  the  assumption  that 
originally  three  centumvirs  only  were  selected  from  each  tribe, 

1  Dig.  5,  2,  De  inoffic.  test.,  13,  f.       10,  34. 

Scsevol.,  et  17,  pr.  f  Paul.     Cod.  3,  31,  5  According  to  this  writer  there  were— 

Depet.  hcerad.,  12,  pr.  Const.  Just.  25  tribes                       B.C.  387 

2  Cod  ,  ibid.  27 

3  "  Post  hoc,  ille  cum  cteteris  sub-  2SJ 
scrips!  1,  centumvirale  judici urn,  mecum  31 
non  subscripsit."     PUn.,  Eplst.,  5,  1.  33 
Gai.,  Inst.,  4,  §  31.  35 

4  Quintil.,  Inst.  orat.,  4,  1,  §  57;   7,  See  Livy,  6,  §  5 ;  7,  §  15;  8,  §  17;  9, 
4,  §  20.    Senec.,  Controv.,  3, 15.     Ovid.,  §  20  ;  10,  §  19.     Livy,  Epist.,  19. 
Trist.,  2,  91  et  seq.     Phrcdr.,  Fall,  3, 


359 
333 
319 
300 
242 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  163 

for  we  have  seen  that  this  number  existed  when  the  tribes  were 
thirty-five.  And  the  fact  of  the  centumvirs  being  increased  in 
the  time  of  Pliny  to  a  hundred  and  eighty,  shows  that  this 
number  was  at  no  period  irrevocably  fixed,  and  it  is  quite 
possible  that  the  number  representing  each  tribe  was  greater 
when  the  tribes  themselves  were  few.  This  view  is  confirmed 
by  the  fact  that  at  the  period  when,  according  to  Livy,  there 
were  twenty-five  tribes,  the  centumviral  tribunal  was  composed 
of  four  citizens  from  each  tribe,  thus  consisting  originally  of 
exactly  one  hundred. 

So  that  we  should  fix  the  date  of  the  creation  of  this  institu- 
tion somewhere  between  the  years  B.C.  387  and  B.C.  359;  that 
is  to  say,  the  period  marked  by  the  increasing  power  of  the 
plebeians,  their  admission  to  the  consulate,  and  the  creation 
of  the  praetorship. 

It  appears  to  us,  that  to  ascribe  the  origin  of  the  centumvirs 
to  the  year  B.C.  242,  the  time  when  the  legis  actiones  were 
suppressed,  is  to  deprive  that  institution  in  a  great  measure  of 
its  principal  characteristic,  its  antiquity. 

Dating  from  the  suppression  of  the  legis  actiones,  it  entered 
upon  a  gradual  decline,  though  the  progress  of  this  decline  was 
slow,  and  continued  even  to  the  time  of  the  Lower  Empire, 
carrying  with  it  down  to  that  period  vestiges  of  the  ancient 
sacramentum.  We  might  conjecture  from  the  title  of  one  of 
the  works  of  Paul,  De  septemviralibus  judiciis  (D.  5,  2,  De 
inoff.  test.},  that  is  to  say,  if  it  is  not  an  error  on  the  part  of  the 
copyist,  that  in  the  time  of  this  jurist  the  number  of  judges  at 
least  for  each  chamber  was  reduced  to  seven. 

173.  In  conclusion,  assuming  the  date  to  which  we  have 
ascribed  the  origin  of  this  institution  to  be  correct,  we  may 
define  the  jurisdiction  of  the  different  judges  as  follows:  the 
centumvirs  took  cognizance  of  questions  of  state,  Quiritarian 
ownership,  and  succession  ;  the  judge,  or  one  or  more  arbitra- 
tors, took  cognizance  of  oMigationes  and  possessiones ;  and, 
finally,  the  recuperators  of  those  matters  in  which  the  interests 
of  the  peregrini  were  involved,  which  were  necessarily  beyond 
the  pale  of  Quiritarian  law  and  the  legis  actiones. 

M2 


164  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

174.  B.C.  338.  At  this  epoch  the  Gauls  had  been  driven 
beyond  the  Po,  all  Latium  was  subject  to  the  Roman  yoke, 
and  the  conquest  of  the  rest  of  Italy  had  been  commenced. 
The  plebeians  were  already  admitted  to  the  consulate,  and  had 
made  good  their  footing  in  the  censorship.  These  two  offices 
opened  the  road  to  the  senate,  and  shortly  after  to  the  praeto- 
riate ;  their  next  step  was  the  law  Petillia  Papiria,  De  nexis, 
and  the  publication  of  the  dies  Fasti  by  Flavius. 


SECTION  XXXVII. 
THE  LEX  PETILLIA  PAPIRIA  (De  nexis'). 

175.  B.C.  326.  This  law,  which  Livy  calls  the  commence- 
ment of  a  new  era  of  liberty  for  the  plebeian,  owes  its  origin  to 
the  reaction  caused  by  the  excesses  of  a  creditor,  L.  Papirius. 
The  cruel  fate  which  awaited  the  debtor,  and  the  severity  with 
which  he  was  liable  to  be  treated,  was  the  instrument  which 
the  tribunes  used  in  exciting  the  animosity  of  the  plebeians 
against  the  patricians.  "  Do  they  wish,"  said  Sextius  and 
Licenius,  on  one  occasion,  "  that  the  houses  of  the  nobles 
should  be  full  of  captives,  and  that  every  patrician  residence 
should  be  a  private  prison"  (et  ubicunque  patricius  habitet,  ibi 
carcerem  privatum  esse  9 1  The  lex  Petillia  Papiria  prohibited 
debtors  from  assigning  themselves  per  ces  et  libram  in  slavery 
to  their  creditors  as  security  for  their  debts,  and  in  this  way 
terminated  the  servitude  of  the  nexi.  But  we  must  not 
interpret  this  expression  as  including  the  suppression  of  the 
captivity  of  the  addicti,  that  is  to  say,  the  execution  issued 
against  the  person  of  the  debtor  by  means  of  the  Icais  actio, 
manus  injectio.  It  was  the  nexum  alone  that  was  modified  by 
this  law,  and  from  this  it  became  illegal  to  pledge  the  person, 
but  not  the  goods,  per  tes  et  libram  to  the  creditor.2 

1  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §  36.  nem,  simul  crndelitatcm  insignem.    .    . 

2  "  Eo   anno    (428)  plebi   Romans,  Jussique  consulcs  fcrre  ad  populum,  nc 
velut  aliud  initium  libcrtatis  factum  est,  quis,  nisi  qui  noxam  nicruissct,  donee 
quod  necti  desierunt.     Mutatum  autem  pcenam   luercfc,   in  compedibus  aut  in 
jus  ob  unius  fceneratoris  simul  libidi-  nervo  tencrctur  :  pecuniaj  creditae,  bona 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  165 

SECTION  XXXVIII. 

ON  THE  DISCLOSURE  OF  THE  DIES  FASTI  AND  THE  ACTIONES 
LEGIS  (Jus  Flavianum.) 

1 76.  B.C.  304.  Rome  was  indebted  to  the  grandson  of  the  en- 
franchised Cnaeus  Flavius  for  the  promulgation  of  the  dies  Fasti 
and  for  the  publication  of  a  work  setting  out  in  detail  the  steps 
and  the  formulae  necessary  for  conducting  the  legis  actiones. 

This  book  was  a  species  of  practical  manual  upon  the  actiones 
legis,  and  acquired  the  name  of  jus  civile  Flavianum.  It  is 
worth  while  to  inquire  how  this  book  came  to  be  published — 
whether  Flavius  was  the  scribe  or  secretary  of  Appius  Claudius 
Cascus,  and  whether  Pliny  is  right  in  saying  that  it  was  by  the 
advice  of  this  jurist  that  Flavius,  aided  by  his  own  ingenuity 
and  power  of  observation,  took  the  step  of  bringing  out  the 
manual ;  or  whether  we  may  depend  upon  Pomponius,  who  says 
that  the  compiler  plagiarised  from  a  manuscript  work  upon  the 
actiones  composed  by  Appius  Claudius.  In  either  case  the  pub- 
lication would  seem  to  have  been  so  acceptable  to  the  people  that 
they  allowed  the  author  to  be  successively  raised  to  the  dignity  of 
tribune,  of  senator,  and  of  curule  sedile.1  But  was  he  already  a 
curule  aedile,  and  did  he  profit  by  the  opportunities  afforded 
him  by  his  office  to  discover  and  popularise  the  actiones  legis 
(civile  jus,  repositum  in  penetralibus  Pontiftcium,  evulgarei}, 
and  to  publish  in  the  forum,  in  the  shape  of  an  edict,  a  list 
of  the  fasti  (fastisque  circa  forum  in  albo  proposuit)?  The 
last  is  the  view  adopted  by  Livy.2  "  He  thus  put  out  the 
crows'  eyes"  (qui  cornicum  oculos  confixerii),  says  Cicero,  in 
derision,  alluding  to  the  pontiff  and  patricians,  to  whom  it  had 
previously  been  necessary  to  have  recourse  as  to  the  Chaldeans 
in  order  to  ascertain  these  days.3  Pomponius  relates  that  Appius 
Claudius  Cascus  had  also,  so  tradition  alleged,  written  at  the 
same  period  a  book  then  no  longer  extant,  which  commenced 
with  a  chapter  upon  the  interruption  of  prescription  (De  usur- 
pationibus}.* 

dcbitoris,  non  corpus  obnoxium  cssct.  also  Macrobius,  Saturnalia,  1, 15. 

Itanexisoluti:  cantumque  in  posterum,  *  Livy,  9,  46. 

no  necterentnr."    Livy,  lib.  viii.  §  28.  3  Cicero,  Pro  Mitrena,  11. 

1  Pliny.,  Hist,  nat.,  33,  6.     Dig.  1,  2,  *  Dig.,  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  36,  f. 

De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  7,  f.  Pompon.    See  Pompon. 


166  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

177.  Be  this  as  it  may,  the  progress  thus  made  by  the 
plebeians  in  the  course  of  their  advancement  to  political  power 
was  immense.  The  consulate,  the  prastorship,  the  censorship, 
the  greater  aedileship,  and  the  senate,  they  already  shared  with 
the  patricians ;  as  recuperators  and  centumvirs  they  took  a  part 
in  judicial  proceedings,  and  the  publication  of  the  dies  fasti 
and  the  legis  actiones  initiated  them  into  the  sacerdotal  and 
patrician  formulae,  which  were  indispensable  for  the  right  con- 
duct of  legal  matters.  The  only  office  that  remained  beyond 
their  reach  was  the  sacerdotal,  and  three  years  afterwards, 
B.C.  301,  they  attained  this  also.  The  number  of  pontiffs  was 
raised  to  eight,  that  of  the  augurs  to  nine,  and  four  plebeians 
were  admitted  to  the  former  and  five  to  the  latter. 


SECTION  XXXIX. 
LEGES  PUBLILIJE — LEX  HORTENSIA  (De  plebiscitis). 

178.  B.C.  286.  Two  laws  had  already  been  passed  concern- 
ing the  authority  of  the  plebiscita,  the  lex  Horatia  and  the 
lex  Publilia  of  the  dictator  Publilius  Philo,  B.C.  339.  Under 
the  name  of  this  dictator,  with  whom  the  office  of  dictator 
became  popular,  Livy1  mentions  three  laws  (leges  Publilice] 
which  were  favourable  to  the  plebeians  and  unfavourable  to  the 
nobility  (secundissimas  plebei,  adversas  nobilitati}.  By  one  of 
these  it  was  ordained  that  one  of  the  censors  should  be  taken 
from  the  plebeians.  Another  related  to  the  laws  decreed  by  the 
centuries.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  convocation  of 
these  assemblies  (as  also  that  of  the  curies)  and  all  projected 
laws  were  submitted  to  and  required  the  previous  consent  of  the 
senate,  it  was  also  necessary  that,  after  the  vote  in  their  favour 
had  been  obtained,  the  senate  should  give  its  auctoritas.  This 
double  power  is  distinctly  indicated  by  Livy,  who  ascribes  its 
origin  to  the  legendary  period  of  Rome,  and  mentions  it  as 
being  in  force  upon  the  "nomination  of  the  successor  of 
Romulus.2 

1  Lib.  viii.  12.  *  Livy,  1,  17. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  167 

Livy  adds  that,  in  his  time,  and  so  far  at  any  rate  it  must 
have  been  a  fact,  this  practice  prevailed  both  as  regards  the 
laws  and  the  magistracies,  only  with  this  difference  that  prior 
to  the  vote  the  senate  gave  its  auctoritas  by  anticipation. 

Such  was  the  provision  of  the  lex  Publilia.  "  Ut  legum  qua 
comitiis  centuriatis  ferrentur,  ante  initum  suffragium,  patres 
auctores  fierent"  l 

The  third  Publilian  law  to  which  we  here  especially  direct 
attention  related  to  the  plebiscita. 

We  remark  that  Livy2  alludes  to  it  in  terms  almost  identical 
Avith  those  of  the  lex  Valeria  Jforatia,  passed  upon  the  same 
subject  1 10  years  previously,3  "  Ut  plebiscita  omnes  Quirites 
tenerent." 

1 79.  Again,  fifty-three  years  after  the  publication  of  the  lex 
Publilia,  we  have,  thirdly,  the  lex  Hortensia,  De  plebiscitis 
(B.C.  286),  of  which  Pliny  gives  us  the  initiatory  clause  in  the 
same  terms  which  we  find  in  Aulus  Gellius.4 

The  passage  quoted  by  us  in  the  note  from  Pliny  shows  that 
the  plebeians,  for  a  third  time,  had  retired  from  Rome  and 
were  encamped  upon  the  Janiculum,  when  the  dictator  Hor- 
tensius  caused  the  law  which  bears  his  name  to  be  passed,  which 
for  the  third  time  confirmed  and  extended  the  force  of  the 
plebiscitum. 

These  three  identical  laws,  enacted  upon  the  same  subject  at 
different  intervals  during  a  period  of  a  century  and  a  half,  can- 
not fail  to  embarrass  the  critic.  There  was  some  cause  for 
this  reiteration,  whether  in  the  recurrence  of  circumstances  or 

1  See  above,  §  GO.  *  Livy,  8,  12. 

Livy,  1,  17:  "Quirites,  regem  ere-  3  See  above,  §  149. 

ate;   ita  Patribns  visum  est,"  behold  4  Pliny,  Nat.  hist.,  lib.  xvi.  §   15: 

the  initiative  of  the  senate.  "  Patres  "  Q.   Hortensius  dictator,  quum  plcbs 

deinde,   si   dignum,   qui    secundns   ab  secessissetin  Janiculum,  legemin  Escu- 

Romulo  numeretur,  crearitis,  auctores  leto  tulit,  ut  quod  ea  jussisset,  omnes 

fient,"  see  the  later  law  thus  expressed  Quirites  teneret."    Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xv. 

by  Livy  :  "  Decrcverunt  enim,  ut  quum  c.    27:    "Plebiscita  appellantur,   qua; 

populus  regem  jussisset,  id  sic  ratum  tribunis  plebis  ferentibus  accepta  sunt: 

esset  si  Patres  auctores  fierent ;"  then  quibus  rogationibus  ante  patricii  non 

he  adds :  "  Hodieqne  in  legibus  magis-  tenebantur,  donee  Q.  Hortensius  dicta- 

tratibnsque    rogandis   usnrpatur  idem  tor"  earn  legem  tulit,  ut  eo  jure  quod 

jus.  vi  adempta.    Priusquam  populus  plebes  statuisset,  omnes  Quirites  tenc- 

snffragium  incat,  in  incertnm  comitio-  rentur." 
rum  cventum  Patres  auctores  fiunt." 


168  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

repetition  in  the  text  of  the  laws  themselves,  which  is  unknown 
to  us.  The  following  considerations  may  to  some  extent  afford 
an  explanation.  The  comitia  by  tribes  gave  the  tribunes  this 
advantage,  that  they  had  the  initiation  of  laws  without  the  prior 
consent  of  the  senate  ;  but,  in  order  to  become  law,  our  know- 
ledge of  the  constitution  shows  us  that  it  was  necessary  that  the 
decision  of  the  tribes  should  be  confirmed  by  a  vote  of  the 
centuries,  and  afterwards  by  the  auctoritas  of  the  senate,  which, 
as  we  have  already  seen,  was  necessary  in  connection  even  with 
the  decisions  of  the  centuries.1  Among  other  suppositions,  it 
has  been  suggested  that  the  lex  Valeria  Horatia  was  only 
enacted  in  relation  to  certain  questions  already  determined,  and 
that  the  lex  Publilia  rendered  the  confirmation  by  the  centuries 
unnecessary  in  all  cases,  though  it  did  not  interfere  with  the 
necessity  of  obtaining  the  auctoritas  of  the  senate  ;  and,  finally, 
that  the  lex  Hortensia  completed  the  system  by  abrogating  this 
auctoritas  altogether.  But,  be  this  as  it  may,  after  the  last 
of  these  enactments  the  validity  of  the  plebiscitum  Avas  never 
disputed.  We  may  therefore  attribute  the  plebiscita  to  this 
period  in  the  legal  history  of  Rome,  not  merely  as  regards 
public  but  also  in  connection  with  private  civil  law.  Indeed 
most  of  the  enactments  regulating  private  law  originated  with 
the  plebeians. 

Theophilus,  in  his  paraphrase  on  the  Institutes,2  says  that  the 
lex  Hortensia,  while  it  secured  the  force  of  the  plebiscita,  also 
established  that  of  the  senatus-consulta  ;  but  this  unsupported 
assertion,  to  which  we  shall  subsequently  refer,  has  met  with 
little  favour. 

180.  At  this  period  the  Roman  arms  had  successively  and 
rapidly  overcome  the  different  states  of  Italy.  The  Samnites, 
notwithstanding  their  victory  of  the  Caudine  Forks,  had  been 
destroyed :  their  overthrow  was  followed  by  that  of  the  Etruscan 
nations,  the  Larentini,  aided  by  Pyrrhus,  the  Picentini  and  the 
Salentini,  and  finally  the  Volsci.  The  diorama  of  military 
successes  closes  with  a  triumph  over  the  soldiers  of  Macedonia 

1  See  above,  §§69  and  178.  2  1,  2,  §  5. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  169 

and  Thessaly,  with  the  procession  of  golden  statues  and  pictures 
the  spoil  of  Tarentum,  and  the  elephants  of  Pyrrhus,  which 
those  soldiers  had  been  unable  to  defend. 

B.C.  266.  At  the  epoch  at  which  we  have  now  arrived  Rome 
had  been  in  existence  but  a  few  centuries ;  but  what  had  become 
of  the  people  who  at  the  birth  of  Rome  occupied  the  lands  she 
now  held?  The  Albans,  the  Sabines,  the  people  of  Veii 
have  been  incorporated  in  the  new  state ;  the  Equi,  the  Volsci 
and  the  Samnites,  who  struggled  against  their  fate,  no  longer 
exist;  the  Etruscans,  the  Campanians,  the  Tarentines  have 
submitted  to  the  yoke  and  been  received  as  allies,  and  all 
Italy  is  subservient  to  Rome.  Still  its  empire  was  destined  to 
increase,  and  as  we  watch  its  progress  we  shall  mark  the  gradual 
disappearance  of  the  barbarism,  the  poverty  and  the  vigour  of 
the  republican  period,  as  the  rude  and  primitive  institutions  of 
its  early  days  yield  to  the  progress  and  influence  of  civilization. 
Before  we  proceed,  it  will  be  as  well  to  review  the  outline  of 
those  institutions  whose  origin  and  birth  has  been  already 
traced. 


REVISION  OF  THE  PRECEDING  PERIOD. 

THE  FOREIGN  POLICY  OF  ROME. 

181.  T^ )  sow  discord  among  different  nations  in  order  to 
array  one  against  another, — to  assist  the  vanquished  in  conquer- 
ing their  conqueror, — to  husband  its  own  resources,  and  under 
the  pretext  of  defending  its  allies  to  exhaust  them, — to  invade 
the  territories  of  its  neighbours, — to  interfere  in  the  disputes  of 
other  states,  so  as  to  protect  the  weaker  party  and  finally  subju- 
gate both, — to  wage  unceasing  wars,  and  prove  itself  stronger 
in  reverses  than  in  success, — to  evade  oaths  and  treaties  by  sub- 
terfuge,— to  practise  every  kind  of  injustice  under  the  specious 
guise  of  equity — this  was  the  policy  that  gave  Rome  the  sceptre 
of  all  Italy,  and  which  was  destined  to  secure  for  it  that  of  the 
entire  known  world. 


170  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

182.  But  it  is  rather  with  its  legal  history  in  relation  to 
other  nations  that  we  are  now  concerned. 

The  subject  is  obscure  and  complicated,  for  many  reasons. 
First,  because  it  contains  a  number  of  different  elements  which 
must  be  carefully  distinguished ;  secondly,  because  there  was 
no  uniform  policy  applicable  alike  to  all  the  cities  and  territo- 
ries connected  with  the  ruling  state,  but  its  relation  with  each 
depended  on  the  terms  and  conditions  of  treaties ;  and,  thirdly, 
because  up  to  the  period  at  which  our  history  has  arrived  we 
have  but  few  trustworthy  records  upon  which  we  can  rely  for 
that  accuracy  which  is  necessary  for  the  satisfactory  pursuit  of 
legal  study. 

1 83.  We  must  consider  this  subject,  first,  in  relation  to  the 
cities  themselves ;  secondly,  in  relation  to  the  soil  or  territory ; 
thirdly,  in  connection  with  the  persons  or  inhabitants. 

1st.  As  to  the  cities :  what  was  their  organization,  adminis- 
tration, and  legislation  ?  Were  they  independent,  or  were  they 
dependencies  of  Home  ?  Had  they  a  legislature  of  their  own, 
or  were  they  subject  to  Roman  law,  private  or  political,  or  to 
both  united  ? 

2nd.  As  to  territory :  was  it  the  property  of  the  state,  or  of 
Rome  ?  In  either  case,  by  what  system  of  legislation  was  it 
administered  ?  Was  it  considered  as  foreign  soil,  to  which 
neither  Quiritarian  ownership  nor  any  other  legal  institution  of 
Rome  could  be  applied?  Or  was  it  assimilated  to  the  Ayer 
Romanus,  and  susceptible  of  Quiritarian  ownership  and  amenable 
to  the  processes  of  the  civil  law  ? 

3rd.  As  to  the  persons  or  inhabitants :  were  they  admitted  to 
the  enjoyment  of  civil  rights  as  Romans,  either  in  part  or  in 
whole,  in  the  character  of  private  citizens  only,  or  as  regards 
political  rights,  or  in  both ;  or  were  they  excluded  from  both 
and  but  in  the  position  merely  of  foreigners  ? 

These  points,  which  it  is  necessary  to  examine  in  connection 
with  this  subject,  may  be  all  comprised  in  the  answer  to  the 
question  whether  there  was,  as  regards  the  city,  the  soil  or  the 
individual,  any  participation  in  the  public  or  private  privileges 
of  Roman  citizenship. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  171 

184.  The  subject  is  a  complex  one,  because  so  much  depends 
upon  the  nature  of  the  conditions  under  which  alliances  were 
made,  and    the '  concessions  granted   by  Rome  to  the  states 
which  it  admitted  into  alliance,  or  which  were  in  the  position 
of  conquered  people,  the  nature  of  treaties,  the  character  of  the 
plcbiscitum,  and  the  law  and  procedure  {lex,  formula)  which 
regulated  the  condition  of  each  town,  besides  the  innumerable 
details  regarding  local  matters  which  the  consideration  of  these 
questions  involves. 

185.  In  the  first  place,  the  Quiritarian  law,  which  was  con- 
fined to  the  Roman  citizens  (jus  Quiritium,  jus   civitatis,  jus 
civile),  may  be  considered  under  two  heads, — private  law  and 
political  rights.     The  former  comprised — First,  the  connubium, 
conferring  upon  those  who  enjoyed  it  the  right  of  contracting 
between  themselves,  or  with  Roman  citizens,  thejustce  nuptia  or 
Roman  marriage,  whence  sprang  the  patria-potestas,  agnation, 
and  all  the  effects  of  the  civil  law.     Secondly,  the  commercium, 
which  affected  the  individual  and  the  soil :  as  to  persons,  con- 
ferring the  right  to  make  contracts  with  citizens  and  to  acquire 
and   alienate  property  under  the  operation  of  civil  law ;    as 
to  land,  constituting  it  Quiritarian   property,   also  under  the 
operation  of  the  civil  law.     And,  thirdly,  there  was  the  factio 
testamenti,  the  capacity  of  receiving  from  citizens,  or  of  making 
dispositions  in  their  favour  by  will,  under  the  provisions  of 
Roman  law.     This  privilege  appears  to  follow,  not  indeed  neces- 
sarily but  generally,  from  the  right  of  commercium,  from  the 
time  that  the  testament  or  will  was  made  with  the  fictitious 
ceremony  of  the  mancipatio. 

Under  the  second  head  of  the  jus  Quiritium  may  be  classed 
political  rights,  the  jus  honorum,  or  the  capacity  to  hold  office 
and  magistracies  in  the  state;  and,  secondly,  the  jus  suf- 
fragii,  or  the  right  of  voting  in  the  comitia.  These  were  the 
principal  features  of  the  jus  civitatis,  conferring  rights  and 
privileges  which  could  be  granted  separately  or  collectively  by 
the  ruling  power  to  cities,  to  territories,  or  to  individuals,  and 
which  as  a  whole  was  called  the  optimum  jus* 


172  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

1 86.  Taking  these  subjects  in  order,  and  confining  ourselves 
to  general  remarks,  we  have  in  the  first  place  to  consider  cities. 
Here  we  find — 

(1.)  Rome  the  dominant  city,  the  sovereign  power. 

(2.)  The  Roman  colonies  {colonial  Romance,  colonies  togatce), 
which  were  offshoots  from  Rome,  constituted  on  the  Roman 
model,  with  their  petty  senate  (curia),  their  two  consuls  (duum- 
viri}, their  order  of  patricians  and  plebeians  admitted,  both  as 
to  the  population  of  the  colony  and  to  the  soil  assigned  to 
it,  to  a  complete  participation  in  the  rights  of  private  Roman 
citizenship  (connubium,  commercium,  factio  testamenti,  domi- 
nium  ex  jure  Quiritium)  ;  but  deprived  of  those  of  public  citizen- 
ship (civitas  absque  suffragio).  This,  at  least,  is  our  opinion, 
though  the  fact  has  been  disputed.  Daughters  of  Rome,  they 
did  not  cease  to  observe  its  laws,  to  be  dependent  and  under  its 
government.1  They  served  as  a  bulwark  for  its  defence  and  a 
point  d'appui  for  its  attacks.  As  Rome's  power  increased  these 
colonice  multiplied,  and  Avhen  it  came  to  embrace  all  Italy 
(which  was  the  case  at  the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived) 
they  were  necessary  as  stepping-stones,  or  foundations  laid  at 
different  points  in  its  progress,  upon  which  it  could  plant  its 
foot.  In  those  towns  which  had  presented  the  firmest  resist- 
ance to  Roman  arms  a  senatus-consultum  decreed  the  establish- 
ment of  a  colony,  and  commissioners,  called  triumviri  or 
quinqueviri  according  to  their  number,  were  appointed.  These 
functionaries  enrolled  the  enfranchised,  the  proletarii,  who  volun- 
teered, conducted  them  to  the  spot,  and  distributed  amongst 
them,  in  some  cases,  a  portion  of  the  territory  of  the  conquered 
town ;  and  sometimes,  but  more  rarely,  the  whole  of  it,  without 
leaving  anything  to  the  former  inhabitants,  and  the  colony  was 
then  founded  upon  the  model  of  the  mother  city.  Nothing  less 
than  a  law  or  a  senatus-consultum  could  authorize  the  establish- 

1  Aul.  Gell.,  lib.  xvi.  §  13:  "  Coloni-  magis  obnoxia  et  minus  libera,  potior 

arum  alia  necessitudo  cst ;    non  cnim  tamcn  et  prastnbilior  existimatur,  prop- 

veniunt  extrinsecus  in  civitatem,  nee  tcr  ampliturlinem  majestatemque  populi 

suis  radicibns  nituntur ;  sed  ex  civitate  llomani, cuj us  istrc  colonial  quasi  effigies 

quasi  propagate  sunt,  et  jura  instituta-  parvaj   simulacraque  esse  quoedam  vi- 

que  omnia  populi  Romaui,non  sui  arbitrii  dentur." 
habent.     Qua:  tamcn  conditio,  cum  sit 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  173 

ment  of  a  colony  in  this  way, — could  regulate  the  grant  of  the 
lands,  and  bestow  upon  it  the  title  and  privileges  of  a  Roman 
"  colony."  At  the  period  to  which  we  now  refer  more  than 
thirty  of  these  colonies  had  been  thus  established. 

1 87.  (3.)  The  cities  of  Latium  bore  different  titles,  and  were 
placed  under  various  conditions,  according  to  the  treaty  entered 
into  with  each ;  they  were  either  free  towns  or  allied  towns 
(civitates  libcrce,  civitates  fcederatce}.  These  were  the  nearest 
neighbours  of  Rome,  the  earliest  subjected  to  its  power  or 
taken  into  its  alliance.  Occasionally  they  had  thrown  off  the 
burden  which  the  obligation  of  the  observance  of  treaties  laid 
upon  them,  but  only  to  subject  themselves  at  a  later  period  to 
a  more  onerous  yoke.  But  the  defeat  at  the  lake  Regillus, 
B.C.  496,  of  which  the  Romans  frequently  reminded  them,  and 
later  on  the  issue  of  the  war,  B.C.  338,  in  which  the  consul 
Decius  Mus  devoted  himself  for  the  Quirites  and  for  the  legions, 
bound  them  irrevocably  to  the  fortunes  of  Rome.  After  the 
severe  treatment  to  which  they  were  subjected  upon  defeat, 
those  cities  which  had  escaped  destruction  in  the  Avar,  or  which 
had  not  been  transformed  into  colonies,  were  allowed  to  remain 
in  the  enjoyment  of  independence  under  the  conditions  of  the 
treaties  admitting  them  to  alliance,  and  concessions  more  or 
less  liberal,  in  the  shape  of  admission  to  the  rights  of  Roman 
citizenship,  were  made  to  them.  Thus  we  find  that  they  had 
generally  the  commercium,  and  that  their  soil  was  susceptible 
of  Quiritarian  ownership.  Having  the  commercium,  their 
citizens  consequently  enjoyed  ihefactio  testamenti,  possibly  with 
certain  restrictions.1  They  had  not  the  connubium,  but  they 

1  The  situation  of  the  LatinlJunianA  factio  est."     (Ulp.  tit.  20,  §  8.)     But 

at  a  later  period  is  described  by  the  they  had  not  the  right  to  receive,  or,  in 

Roman  jurists  in  precise  terms,  which  the  technical  terms  of  the  law,  the  right 

enable  us  to  judge  by  comparison  of  the  to  take  the  inheritance  which  had  been 

condition  of  the  Latlnl  vetcres.     The  conferred  upon  them  (jus  caplcndl  ex 

Latlni  Jwniani  could  take  part  in  a  testamento),  unless  at  the  death  of  the 

testamentary  act  made  per  cesctllbram  testator,  or  during  the  period  allowed 

in  the  capacity  of  scale  bearers,  wit-  for  the  purpose,  which  was  called  cretin, 

nesses  or  purchasers  of  the  patrimony,  he  had  become  a  Jloman  citizen.     "  Si 

that  is  to  say,  they  could  be  lucrcdcs  quidem  mortis  testatoris   tempore   vel 

inxtltuti:  "  Latinus  Junianus  et  fami-  intra  diem  cretionis  civis  Romanus  sit, 

liae  emptor  et   testis  et  libripens  fieri  haeres  esse  potest ;  quod  si  Latinus  man- 

potest,  quoniam    cum    eo    testamenti  serit,  lege   Junia  capere  han-editatem 


174  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

could  acquire  in  different  ways,  regulated  by  special  enact- 
ments, the  entire  rights  of  Roman  citizenship,  and  it  is  this 
which  particularly  distinguished  them  from  others.  There 
were  cases  in  which  the  connubium,  and  a  participation  to  a 
certain  extent  in  political  rights,  were  conceded  to  certain  cities. 
These  were  cases  in  which  the  inhabitants  had  been  long  in 
alliance  with  Rome  {Latini  veteres\  and  had  remained  faithful 
to  it  in  the  insurrection  of  B.C.  338,  or  for  some  reasons  of  state 
policy  had  been  treated  with  more  than  ordinary  indulgence. 
In  such  cases  the  citizens  of  the  favoured  towns,  who  happened 
to  be  at  Rome  at  the  time  of  the  sittings  of  the  comitia,  were  at 
liberty  to  vote,  and  the  tribe  to  which  they  should  for  the  time 
attach  themselves  was  determined  by  lot. 

Such  are  the  chief  characteristics  of  the  law  which  governed 
Latium  {jus  Latii,  jus  Latinitatis).  We  have  not  the  infor- 
mation necessary  to  enable  us  to  deal  with  this  subject  in  the 
detail  and  with  the  accuracy  which  a  study  of  this  kind 
demands,  and  have  therefore  been  compelled  to  depend  upon 
traces,  doubtless  more  or  less  defaced  or  obliterated,  of  a  later  jus 
I^atinitatis  which  we  meet  with  in  Gaius  and  Ulpian,  as  the 
personal  condition  and  status  of  a  certain  class  of  enfranchised.1 

The  jus  Latinitatis  became  in  course  of  time  extended  to 
towns  and  countries  beyond  Latium,  and  still  later  to  those 
beyond  Italy  ;  for  example,  to  Spain  and  Gaul,  to  the  inhabit- 
ants of  which  the  jus  Latii,  and  not  the  full  rights  of  Roman 
citizenship,  was  accorded. 

188.  (4.)  The  Latin  colonies  (Latince,  or  Latini  nominis 
were  colonial  communities,  assimilated  not  to  Rome, 


prohibctur."     (Ulp.  tit.  22,  §  3.)     As  that  this  law  met  the  case  with  the 

to  his  taking  part  as  testator  in  such  a  Latini  vetercs.     A  passage  in  Gains, 

ceremony  he  could  not,  because  he  was  1,  §  23,  confirms  the  restriction  imposed 

expressly  excluded  from  this  right  by  by  the  Jnnian  law  on  the  Latini  vcteres 

the  Junian  law.     "  Latinus  Junianus,  in  the  following  terms  :  "  Non  tamen 

item  is  qui  deditiorum  numcro  cst,  tes-  illis  permittit  lex  Junia,  necipsis  testa- 

tamentum  facerc  non  potest  :  Latinus  mentumfacere,  nee  ex  testamento  alieno 

quidem  quoniam  nominatim  lege  Junia  capere,  nee  tutores  testameuto  dari." 
prohibitus  est."     (Ulp.  tit.  20,  §14.)  '  Gai.    1,   §§  22  ct  seq.,  G6  et  seq. 

We  are  authorized  to  conclude  from  this  Ulp.  tit.  3  ;  tit.  5,  §  9  ;  tit.  2,  §  16  ;  and 

express  exception  made  by  the  Junian  the  passages  quoted  in  the  preceding 

law  with  regard  to  the  Latini  Juniani  note. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  175 

but  to  the  towns  of  Latium,  and  consequently  were  not  in  the 
enjoyment  of  full  Roman  citizenship,  but  only  of  the  jus  Latii. 
These  colonies  were  chiefly  composed  of  Latins,  or  of  other 
people,  settled  either  by  the  arms  or  the  policy  of  Rome  in  a 
conquered  country.  The  Romans  who  enrolled  themselves  in 
these  colonies  forfeited  their  entire  Quiritarian  rights,  and  only 
enjoyed  those  peculiar  to  the  colony. 

In  order  to  establish  these  colonies,  a  decree  of  the  senate 
was  not  necessary.  Generals  or  consuls  could  create  them 
whenever  success  in  war  or  other  circumstances  suggested  the 
expediency  of  so  doing. 

189.  (5.)  The  towns  of  Italy  which  submitted  to  Rome  at 
the  conclusion  of  the  struggle,  and  at  the  total  subjection  that 
took  place  in  the  latter  part  of  the  fifth  century  from  the  foun- 
dation of  Rome,  remained,  in  virtue  of  treaties,  free  cities  in 
alliance  with  Rome  (civitates  liberce,  feeder  at  (B).  Being  located 
at  a  greater  distance,  having  joined  the  alliance  at  a  later 
period,  and  having  rendered  and  being  in  a  position  to  render 
less  assistance  to  the  state  than  the  towns  of  Latium,  they  in 
general  received  far  less  favourable  conditions  and  fewer  con- 
cessions. However,  the  fundamental  principle  of  their  consti- 
tution was  liberty  and  independence.  They  were  governed  by 
laws  made  and  magistrates  appointed  by  themselves.1  The 
commercium  was  conceded  to  them,  and  their  territory  enjoyed 
the  rights  of  Quiritarian  property  (dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium}, 
in  -virtue  of  which  they  were  free  from  the  tax  or  annual  tribute 
imposed  upon  the  possessors  of  conquered  lands,  but  their  inha- 
bitants could  not,  like  the  Latins,  attain  the  enjoyment  of  the 
full  privileges  of  Roman  citizenship.  Such  was  the  germ  of 
what  is  styled  the  jus  Italicum,  to  which  our  attention  will  be 
more  fully  directed  hereafter,  a  concession  made  to  certain  cities 
and  colonies  outside  of  and  beyond  Italy :  but  it  must  be  pre- 

1  Those  who  in  the  towns  either  of  to  Koine  the  rights  of  Roman  citizens, 

Latium   or  of    Italy,   and   at   a   later  or  that  their  inhabitants  were  such  citi- 

period  beyond  Italy,  had  adopted  the  zcns,  but  it  was  without  doubt  a  means 

Roman  law,  were  called  civitates  fun-  of  obtaining  with  greater  ease  a  more 

dana;  or  populi  fundi.     This  does  not  liberal  share  in  the  rights  of  Roman 

imply  that  they  enjoyed  with  respect  citizenship. 


176  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

mised  that  the  sense  in  which  this  expression  jus  Italicum  will 
be  hereafter  used  does  not  correspond  with  the  outline  which 
has  been  here  given,  inasmuch  as  it  will  only  refer  to  the  con- 
dition of  Italian  soil  as  compared  with  that  of  provincial  soil, 
but  for  this  we  must  wait  for  the  creation  of  provinces  and 
the  issue  of  the  social  war. 

1 90.  The  allied  towns  of  Latium  or  of  Italy  might,  in  virtue 
of  their  treaties,  in  the  case  of  attack  invoke  the  assistance  of 
Rome,  but  they  were  bound  to  furnish  a  certain  number  of 
soldiers,  who  would  be  under  the  orders  of  a  Roman  general. 

Another  clause  in  these  treaties  aimed  at  the  principle  of 
confederation  by  prohibiting  the  peoples  of  these  cities  from 
holding  general  assemblies,  and  so  raising  a  league  which 
might  prove  formidable  to  the  Romans.  Each  town  was  thus 
kept  isolated,  unity  of  action  prevented,  and  Rome  made  the 
central  point  of  political  life. 

191.  (6.)  The  distinctive  characteristics  of  municipal  towns 
(rnunicipia)  did  not  rest,  as  in  the  former  case,  upon  the  basis 
of  origin  or  geographical  position,  but  upon  the  peculiar  con- 
stitution of  the  city  to  which  the  term  was  applied,  irrespective 
of  its  locality.     Thus  in  Latium  and  Italy  there  were  certain 
cities  erected  into  municipia.     These  were  cases  in  which  com- 
munities had  been  in  alliance,  but  in  course  of  time  had  lost  all 
individuality,  and  become  merged  in  the  Roman  polity  as  part 
of  its  system ;  and  as  they  had  originally  enjoyed  the  status  of 
allies  and  confederates,  and  the  rights  secured  to  them  by  the 
observance  of  international  law,  they  could  not  but  remain  free, 
and  thus  came  to  be  incorporated  with  the  municipia.   As  Rome's 
conquests  increased,  these  municipia  extended  beyond  Italy.    By 
this  policy  of  assimilation,  foreign  cities  and  conquered  terri- 
tories were  transformed  into  a  species  of  quasi-Roman  communi- 
ties, without  becoming  actually  colonies,  or  forfeiting  altogether 
their  independent  exercise  of  legislative  functions  and  internal 
administration. 

192.  The  signification  of  the  word  municipium  has  not  at 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  177 

all  times  been  identical.  It  has  been  modified  in  proportion 
as  the  assimilation  of  municipal  towns  to  the  constitution  of 
Home  became  more  and  more  limited.  We  find  the  trace  of 
these  changes  in  Festus  and  Paulus,  and  in  the  exposition  of 
Verrius  Flaccus,  who  treats  of  this  term  in  three  different 
acceptations.1 

1 93.  The  dominant  idea  of  a  municipal  town  is  a  town  to 
which  liberty  of  legislation  and  freedom  of  internal  administra- 
tion (legibus  suis  utunto]  have  been  accorded,  so  long  as  it  does 
not  place  itself  in  antagonism  to  imperial  interests,  nor  oppose 
the  \aw  (lex ,  formula)  which  constituted  its  municipal  existence. 
The  greater  number  of  the  municipia,  although  they  enjoyed 
the  free  exercise  of  their  own  institutions,  had,  like  the  colonies, 
a  political  system  somewhat  analogous  to  that  of  Rome.  Thus, 
under  the  name  of  curia,  they  had  a  species  of  senate ;  under  that 
of  decurions  or  curiales  (decuriones,  curiales\  orders  answering 
to  senators,  patricians  and,  below  these,  a  plebeian  order ;  under 
that  of  duumviri,  quatuorviri,  a  species  of  consul,  and  in  addition 
aediles,  censors  and  quaestors  for  their  police  and  local  finance, 
offices  designed  to  maintain  the  balance  of  power  in  the  state 
just  as  they  had  at  Rome,  only  differing  in  some  details  owing 
to  local  peculiarities.  This,  as  regards  Latium  and  the  greater 
part  of  the  Italian  cities  surrounding  Rome,  was  the  natural 
result  of  their  all  having  one  common  origin.  And  the  same 

1  Festns  (by  Paul)  on  the  word  Mu-  Arpinates,  Nolani,   Bononienses,  Pla- 

nioipiltm:  "  Municipiumid  genus  ho-  centini,  Nepesini,  Sutrini,  Lucentes." 

minum  dicitur,  qui,  cum  Honiara  venis-  (The  text  of  this  last  phrase  is  altered 

sent,  neque  cives  Komani  essent,  parti-  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  difficult 

cipes  tamcn  fuerunt  omnium  rerum  ad  to  render  the  exact  sense  in  construing.) 

munus  fungendum  una  cum  llomanis  We    find    under    another    word    in 

civibus, praiterquam  dc  suffragio  fcren-  Festus,    Municeps,   another  definition 

do,  aut  magistrate  capiendo ;  sicut  f ue-  derived    from    the    first    acceptation  : 

runt  Fundani,  Formiani,  Cumani,  Acer-  "  Item  municipes  erant,  qui   ex   aliis 

rani,   Lanuvini,   Tusculani,    qui    post  civitatibus    Romam   venissent,   quibus 

aliquos  annos  cives  Romani  effeeti  sunt.  non   licebat  magistratum   capere,    sed 

Alio  raodo,   cum   id   genus   hominum  tantum  muneris  partein.     At  Ser.  filius 

definitur,  quorum  civitas   universa   in  aicbat  initio  fuisse,  qui  ca  conditione 

civitatem  Romanam  venit ;  ut  Aricini,  cives  Romani  fuissent,  ut  semper  rcm- 

Cairites,   Anagnini.     Tertium   cum  id  publicam  separatim  a  populo  Romano 

genus  hominum  definitur,  qui  ad  civi-  habercnt,  Cumanos  videlicet,   Acerra- 

tatcm  Romanam  itavenerunt,  utimuni-  nos,  Atellanos,  qui  axme  cives  Romani 

cipia  (perhaps  municipes)  essent   sua  erant,  et  in  legione  merchant,  sed  dig- 

(perhaps svw)  cuj usque civitatis  et  colo-  nitates  non  capicbant." 
niae;  ut  Tiburtes,  Prrencstini,  Pisani, 

N 


178  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

result  was  observable  even  in  those  cities  outside  of  and  beyond 
Italy,  which,  on  being  raised  to  the  rank  of  municipia,  adopted 
Roman  institutions  in  order  to  assimilate  themselves  more  to 
the  sovereign  city  to  which  they  were  attached.  And  so  for 
similar  reasons,  though  in  the  free  enjoyment  of  legislative 
power,  their  legal  systems  approximated  closely  to  that  of  Rome, 
whose  institutions  they  voluntarily  adopted.1  The  plebiscitum, 
which  conferred  upon  a  town  the  title  of  municipium,  deter- 
mined the  extent  to  which  the  privileges  of  Roman  citizenship 
were  accorded  to  its  inhabitants.  This  grant  was  frequently 
expressed  in  general  terms  by  laying  down  that  the  jus  Latii 
should  be  conferred,  although  the  grant  was  not  in  all  cases  the 
same.  In  some  instances,  all  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship 
as  to  private  law,  including  the  connubium,  were  conceded, 
together  with  the  rights  of  Quiritarian  ownership  as  to  the  soil. 
In  others  the  concession  was  restricted  to  the  commercium  and 
ihefactiu  testament i.  In  other  instances  again  even  the  public 
rights  of  citizenship  were  accorded,  perhaps  partially,  perhaps 
wholly,  together  with  the  capacity  to  hold  magistracies  (jus 
honorurn)  and  to  exercise  the  suffrage  (jus  suffragii).  In  all 
cases,  however,  the  municipia  were  said  to  have  enjoyed  greater 
privileges  than  any  other  class  of  towns  (optima  jure).  Their 
inhabitants  were  citizens  of  two  countries,  of  the  municipality 
and  of  Rome  itself.  Nor  were  they  ordinarily  refused  the  name 
of  "  Romans,"  though  they  were  unhesitatingly  reminded,  in 
case  of  need,  of  the  fact  that  they  were  but  municipes. 

194.  At  the  epoch  at  which  we  have  arrived,  participation 
in  at  least  the  public  rights  of  citizenship  was  not  widely 
extended.  Casres  is  the  first  municipal  town,  founded  B.C.  389, 
as  a  reward  for  having  preserved  for  the  Romans,  during  the 
war  with  the  Gauls,  their  valuables  and  treasures  consecrated  to 

1  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xvi.  §  13 :  "  Muni-  rum  fundus  factus  cst.     Primes  autera 

cipes  ergo  sunt  cives  Romani  ex  muni-  municipes  sine  suffragii  jure  Caerites 

cipiis,  legibus  suis  et  suo  jure  utentes,  esse   factos  accepimus:    concessumque 

murieris  tantum  cum  populo  Romano  illis,  ut  civitatis  Romance  honorem  qui- 

honorarii  participes:  a  quo  miinere  ca-  dcm  capcrcnt,  sed  negotiis  tanien  atque 

pessendo  appellati  videntur,  nullis  aliis  oneribus  vacarent,  pro  sacris  bello  Gal- 

necessitatibus,  ncque  ullapopuli  Roman!  lico  reccptis  custoditisque." 
lege  astricti,  nisi,  inquam,  populus  eo- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  179 

religious  worship,  but  the  right  of  suffrage  was  not  accorded  to 
it.  Some  recent  discoveries  of  archaeologists  have  fortunately 
placed  at  our  disposal  several  valuable  relics  of  antiquity,  which 
enable  us  to  form  a  pretty  accurate  idea  of  the  municipium 
as  it  existed  at  the  date  of  these  relics. 

195.  (7.)  We  find,  under  the  title  of  prefectures  (prafec- 
tur(B\  towns,  municipalities  or  colonies  to  which  Rome,  while 
leaving  to  the  inhabitants  the  free  exercise  of  their  own  admi- 
nistration, yet  sent  a  prefect  for  the  administration  of  justice. 
This  prefecturate  could  merely  have  been  temporary.     The  first 
instance  we  have  belongs  to  the  historical  period  to  which  we 
have  just  referred  (B.C.  323),  and  was  the  result  of  an  applica- 
tion made  by  the  inhabitants  themselves,  who,  wearied  with 
intestine  divisions,  implored   Rome  to  put   an   end   to   their 
unsettled  condition  by  sending  them  a  prefect.1 

This  outline  will  show  the  different  nature  of  the  relations 
that  existed  between  Rome  and  her  colonies.  Velleius  Pater- 
culus 2  devotes  two  paragraphs  to  the  enumeration  of  the 
colonies  founded  by  Rome,  and  of  certain  communities  to 
which  the  rights  of  citizenship  were  accorded. 

196.  As  regards  the  land  belonging  either  to  the  Roman 
colonies  (that  is  to  say,  the  land  assigned  to  them  as  colonies,) 
or  to  the  allied  towns  of  Latium  and  Latin  colonies,  or  to  the 
allied  towns  of  Italy,  and  if  we  include  the  towns  which  were 
distinguished  from  them  by  the  peculiarity  of  their  constitution, 
the  municipia,  it  was  in  ah1  these  cases,  as  a  result  of  the  privi- 
leges  of  citizenship,    or   the    commercium    only  having   been 
accorded  to  them,  held  and  treated  as  Quiritarian  property, 
and  consequently  assimilated  to  the  Ager  Romanus. 

We  must  not  overlook  the  importance  of  this  assimilation. 
The  proprietors  of  this  class  of  soil  had  the  territorial  rights 
of  Roman  citizens  (dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium^) ;  they  were 

1  Livy,  lib.  ix.  §  20 :  "  Eodem  anno  The  expressions,  of  Festus  on  the  word 

(431)  primura  prscfecti  Capua;   creari  Prefect  lira :  "  neque  magistrates  suos 

coepti,  legibus  ab  L.  Furio  prajtore  datis:  habebant,"  apply  to  the  duumviri  jtiri 

quum  utrnmque  ipsi  pro  remedio  ajgris  dlcundo. 

rebus    discordia    intestina    petissent."  2  Lib.  i.  §§  14  and  15. 

N  2 


180  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

subject  to  the  civil  law,  so  far  as  it  applied  to  this  species  of 
property,  and  whereas  in  every  conquered  territory  the  Roman 
law  only  recognized  the  occupiers  of  the  soil  as  tenants  subject  to 
the  payment  of  a  rent  or  annual  tribute  (vectigat)  as  the  price  of 
the  enjoyment  permitted  to  them  (because  the  proprietary  right 
was  supposed  to  be  lodged  in  the  Roman  people),  this  land,  on 
the  contrary,  was  held  under  a  proprietary  title,  and  conse- 
quently its  owners  were  free  from  rent  or  tribute. 

197.  As  regards  personal  status,  the  inhabitants  were  divided 
into  citizens  (cives\  colonists  (Romani  coloni,  or  simply  coloni), 
the  allied  Latins  (socii  Latini,  or  simply  Latini),  Latin  colonists 
(Latini  colonarii},  the  citizens  of  the  municipalities,  or  the 
municipia  (municipes),  foreigners  (liostes,  or,  in  more  modern 
language,  peregrini),  and,  finally,  barbarians  (barbari). 

Cives. — The  title  of  citizen,  Avhich  was  originally  conferred 
upon  all  the  vanquished,  was,  at  the  time  to  which  we  are  allud- 
ing, regarded  with  great  jealousy.  It  carried  with  it  the  enjoy- 
ment of  civil  rights,  both  of  public  and  private  citizenship,  the 
privilege  of  electing  and  being  elected  to  magistracies,  and  of 
voting  in  the  comitia.  Entire  cities  were  eager  to  obtain  it. 
At  first  it  was  confined  to  those  who  belonged  to  Rome,  or  to 
its  then  narrow  territory.  From  time  to  time,  however,  it  was 
conferred  by  a  plebiscitum ;  in  some  cases  collectively  to  all  the 
inhabitants  of  an  Italian  city,  in  others  to  individuals  distin- 
guished by  wealth  or  influence. 

Romani  Coloni. — These  colonies  enjoyed  the  full  right  of 
private  citizenship  (connubium,  commercium,factio  testamenti), 
but  had  no  share  in  political  rights. 

Socii  Latini. — The  allied  Latins,  or  simply  Latins,  possessed 
the  rights  of  private  citizenship  accorded  to  the  city  of  which 
they  were  members.  Generally  speaking  this  consisted  of,  1st, 
the  commercium — thus  we  see  them  emancipating  their  sons 
to  Roman  citizens  in  order  that  by  being  enfranchised  they 
may  become  citizens;1  and  2nd,  the  factio  testamenti,  with  the 
rights  attached  to'  the  testamentary  act  per  ces  et  libram,  but 

1  Livy,  41,8:  "  Libcros  snos  qnibus-       manumittcrentur,      manciple     dabant, 
quibus  ilomanis  in  cam  conditionem  ut      libertiuique  cives  cssent." 


THE  IIISfOUY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  181 

not  the  connubium,  if  we  except  the  early  and  legendary  period 
of  Roman  history.  The  Latins  could  acquire  complete  rights 
of  citizenship  in  various  ways,  especially  by  virtue  of  having 
held  an  annual  magistracy  in  their  own  country,  or  by  the 
removal  of  their  domicile  to  Rome,  provided  always  that  they 
left  a  child  in  their  own  country,1  or  by  the  fact  of  their  having 
brought  a  public  accusation,  carried  through  to  conviction, 
against  a  citizen  for  extortion.  The  Latini  veteres  had  in 
addition  the  right  of  voting,  provided  they  happened  to  be  at 
Rome  at  the  time  of  the  sitting  of  the  comitia.z 

Latini  colonarii. — Latin  colonies  held  a  position  analogous 
to  that  of  the  Latins. 

Municipes. — This  class,  called  by  the  Romans  municeps, 
and  in  the  plural  municipes,  signifying  that  they  took  a  part  in 
the  munera,  that  is  to  say,  in  the  charges,  functions,  and  conse- 
quently in  the  advantages  of  Roman  citizens,3  enjoyed  a  personal 
status  which  varied  according  to  the  concessions  made  to  each 
municipality.  This  status  was  frequently  analogous  to  that  of 
the  Latins,  the  municipia  being  said  to  have  received  the  right 
of  "  Latinity,"  but  differed  in  different  cases. 

Foreigners. — Three  different  expressions  were  applied  to  the 
foreigner :  he  was  either  peregrinus,  hostis,  or  barbarus.  The 
peregrinus  was  the  foreigner  whose  country  was  already  under 
the  dominion  of  Rome,  but  which  did  not  enjoy  the  rights  of 
Roman  citizenship.  There  were  a  great  number  of  this  class 
established  in  Rome,  and  in  this  respect  the  title  was  applicable 
to  the  majority  both  of  Latins  and  Italians.  The  hostis  was  a 
foreigner  whose  country  had  not  yet  submitted  to  the  dominant 
power,  and  was  therefore  considered  an  enemy.  In  early  times, 
before  the  commencement  of  Rome's  grand  career,  every 
foreigner  was  called  hostis.,  and  those  against  whom  hostilities 

1  Livy,  41,  8:  " Lex  sociis  ac  nominis  mw«<V,'ij?es,  quiunamnnus fungi  debent, 

Latini  qui  stirpem  ex  scse  domi  relin-  dicti."     Aul.    Gell.,   in   the   definition 

qnerent  debet  ut  cives  Komani  fierent."  quoted  above,    §   193,  note:    "A   quo 

*  Ibid.  25,  §  3  :    "  Tribnni  populum  mimerc  eapessendo  appellati  videntur." 
summoverunt :  sitellaque  allata  est,  ut  Dig.  50,  1,  Ad  mimicipalcm,  1,  §  1,  f. 
sortirentur  ubi  Latiui  suffragium  fer-  Ulp. :  "  Et  proprie  quidcm  municipes 
rent."  appellantur  muneris  participes,  recepti 

*  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  v.  in  civitate  ut  munera  nobiscum  face- 
§  179:   "Alteram  munus,  quod  mu-  rent." 

niendi  causa  imperatum;  a  quo  etiam 


182  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

were  undertaken  were  styled  perduelles.  These  are  ancient 
expressions.1  The  barbarus  was  one  beyond  the  limits  of  civili- 
zation and  the  scope  of  Roman  geographical  knowledge,  the 
sphere  of  which  however  rapidly  expanded.  From  the  Cisal- 
pine Gauls  this  title  passed  to  the  Gauls  beyond  the  Alps,  to 
the  borders  of  the  Ocean,  to  the  island  of  Great  Britain,  to  the 
forests  of  Germany,  and  finally  to  the  unknown  regions  in  the 
north  of  Asia,  whose  hordes  were  destined  in  after  years  to 
overthrow  the  Roman  empire. 

These  were  the  relations  in  which  the  peregrinus,  the  hostis 
and  the  barbarus  stood  to  Rome  :  the  one  in  her  bosom,  or  at 
least  under  her  dominion ;  the  other,  beyond  the  pale  of  her 
influence ;  and  the  third,  outside  the  limits  of  the  empire  and 
beyond  the  reach  of  its  civilization. 


PUBLIC  LAW 

(FROM  THE  TIME  or  THE  TWELVE  TABLES  TO  THE  SUBMISSION 
OF  ALL  ITALY). 

198.  We  have  been  considering  the  whole  body  of  Roman 
citizens  under  three  heads — the  people,  the  senate,  and  the  king. 
We  shall  now  consider  them  under  another  tripartite  division — 
the  people,  the  senate,  and  the  plebeians. 

At  the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived  the  order  of  the  knights 
has  grown  in  strength  and  importance,  but  has  not  yet  attained 
to  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  privileges  and  the  power  which  it 
is  destined  hereafter  to  exercise.  The  people,  as  a  political  class, 
must  be  regarded  as  composed  of  the  whole  body  of  citizens  Avith- 
out  respect  to  rank  or  fortune.  The  senate,  as  of  persons  inscribed 
by  the  censors  in  their  lists  as  members  of  that  body.  The  ple- 
beians, no  longer  excluded  from  the  enjoyment  of  political  rights, 

1  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  lib.  v.  "  Hostis  apud  antiques  peregrinus  dicc- 

§  3 :  "  Et  multa  verba  aliud  imnc  os-  batur,  et  qui  nunc  hostis  pcrducllis." 

tendunt,    aliud   ante   significabant,   ut  Wig-   50,   16,  De  verborum  signified- 

hostis,  nam  turn  eo  verbo  dicebant  pere-  tione,  234,  f.  Gains  :  "  Quos  nos  hostes 

grinum,  qui  suis  legibus  uteretur,  nunc  appellanms,  eos  Vctercs  perduelles  ap- 

dicunt  cum  quern  turn  dicebant  perduel-  pellabant,  per  earn  adjectionem  indi- 

lem."    Festus,  on  tbe  word   Hostis:  cantes  cum  quibus  bellum  esset." 


TIIE»IIISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  183 

have  now  their  assemblies  and  their  own  laws ;  they  take  a  pai-t 
in  the  government,  are  eligible  to  the  principal  civil  magistra- 
cies, are  enrolled  amongst  the  knights,  and  classed  with  senators. 

199.  The  people,  the  senate  and  the  king  no  longer  monopo- 
lise all  the  power  in  the  state.  Magisterial  offices  have  been 
multiplied  ;  the  sovereignty  of  a  single  ruler  has  given  place  to 
the  consulate  of  two  ;  the  consulate  in  its  turn  has  disintegrated 
and  given  birth  to  the  offices  of  the  censor,  the  prsetor  and 
the  aedile  major ;  the  plebeians  are  headed  by  their  tribunes, 
and,  in  addition  to  these,  there  are  the  inferior  magistrates,  the 
quaestors  and  the  plebeian  aediles.  All  these  offices,  except  that 
of  censor,  are  annual :  some  confer  the  right  of  the  curule  chair 
and  images  (sella  curulis,  imagines  majorum) ;  others  enjoy 
neither  of  these  distinctions,  and  the  subordinate  magistrates  are 
styled  magistratus  pedarii. 

The  distinction  of  the  curule  chair  consisted  in  the  privilege 
of  being  carried  and  seated  upon  a  chair  of  honour,  and  was 
enjoyed  both  during  the  tenure  of  office  and  after  it  had  been 
vacated.1  The  dignity  of  the  "images"  was  a  right  which 
some  enjoyed  to  bequeath  to  their  family  their  images  or  busts. 
These  statuettes  were  representations  of  any  member  of  a  family 
who  had  filled  any  high  magisterial  office,  and  it  was  a  point  of 
honour  to  preserve  them.  In  funeral  processions  they  were  car- 
ried in  state  to  show  the  distinction  to  which  the  family  of  the 
deceased  had  attained.2 

1  C.  Flavins,  who  published  the  the  respect  which  was  paid  to  the  ex- 
"  Dies  Fasti,"  being  an  acdile,  went  to  terual  symbols  of  office, 
visit  his  colleague  who  was  ill.  There  2  These  images  were  not  simple  por- 
happened  to  be  a  number  of  young  traits,  nor  were  they  merely  full  length 
patricians  present.  Seeing  the  aedile  figures.  There  are  grounds  for  believ- 
coming,  they  agreed  that  no  one  should  ing  that,  at  least  in  the  funeral  pro- 
rise  on  his  entrance.  The  little  plot  cession,  some  person  assumed  the  cha- 
was  carried  out ;  but  Flavius,  who  racter,  the  robes  of  office  and  insignia 
noticed  what  they  were  about,  ordered  of  the  deceased,  and  played  his  part 
his  attendants  to  bring  in  the  curule  so  that  it  might  appear  that  the  de- 
chair,  and  mounted  on  that  elevated  ceased  was  present  in  the  procession, 
seat  of  honour  he  confounded,  by  the  But  be  this  as  it  may,  the  represen- 
ted of  the  magistracy,  those  who  had  tation  of  the  ancestors  of  the  deceased 
attempted  to  humiliate  him.  (Livy.)  following  the  funeral  car  in  their  curule 
I  relate  this  anecdote  because  it  ex-  chair,  must  have  looked  as  if  they 
hibits  both  the  light  in  which  the  patri-  were  conducting  to  the  tomb  with  pomp 
cians  regarded  the  admission  of  the  the  deceased  whom  death  had  asso- 
plebeians  to  the  high  magistracies,  and  elated  with  them.  We  cannot  wonder 


184  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  HAW. 

200.  THE  LEGISLATIVE  POWER.  This  was  exercised  by  the 
people,  the  senate  and  the  plebeians ;  by  the  people  and  the 
senate  in  enacting  leges,  the  one  voting  the  other  initiating ;  by 
the  plebeians  in  their  plebiscita. 

We  must  say  a  few  words  upon  these  three  sources  of  law — 
the  leges,  the  plebiscita,  and  the  senatus  consulta. 

First,  the  leges  were  enacted  by  the  comitia  centuriata,  for 
we  may  regard  the  curies  as  having  only  a  fictitious  existence, 
and  constituting  a  machinery  merely  for  the  investiture  of  the 
imperium,  or  in  connection  with  the  determination  of  certain 
family  rights  for  which  ancient  custom  rendered  the  confirmation 
by  the  curies  necessary.  The  province  of  the  senate  was  to 
concur  in  the  enactment  of  laws.  Projected  laws  were  usually 
prepared  and  discussed  by  it ;  the  comitia  were  convoked  by  a 
senatorial  magistrate  with  their  authority,  and  by  him  the  laws 
were  proposed.  The  centuries,  on  their  part,  had  no  power 
to  make  any  alteration  whatever  in  the  proposed  law.  Each 
citizen  in  passing  before  the  scrutineer  simply  pronounced  an 
affirmative  or  a  negative  in  favour  of  or  against  the  proposed 
enactment,  and  the  vote  was  given  audibly.  An  inauspicious 
omen,  or  the  sound  of  thunder,  could  at  any  time  dissolve  the 
assembly.  (Jove  tonante  cum  populo  agere  nefas.}  The  auc- 
toritas  of  the  senate,  as  given  to  the  decisions  of  the  comitia 
centuriata,  was  a  mere  form,  for  after  the  lex  Publilia  was 
passed,  that  auctoritas  had  to  be  given  before  the  votes  were 
taken. 

Secondly,  the  plebiscita  emanated  from  the  plebeian  assem- 
blies convoked  by  tribes  in  the  forum  or  Capitol,  the  tribunes 
having  the  initiative ;  the  vote  was  given  audibly,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  centuries,  and  after  the  Publilian  and  Hortensian 
law  came  into  force  neither  the  vote  of  the  centuries  nor  the 
sanction  of  the  senate  was  necessary  to  make  the  plebiscita 
binding  upon  both  orders. 

at   the   Romans  so  accurately    distin-  the  number  attested  publicly  the  recent 

guishing  between  the  old  and  the  new  origin  of  the  family ;  but  where  a  long 

families,  since  at  each  funeral  proccs-  line  of  ancestors  appeared  in  the  funeral 

sion  the  dead  and  the  living  were  thus  cortege,  they  represented  the  dignity  of 

reunited.     When  two  or  three  only  of  a  race  which  was  able  to  trace  its  origin 

these  deceased  consular  dignitaries  ap-  to  the  earliest  periods  of  Rome, 
peared  in  the  procession,  the  paucity  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  IIOMAN  LAW.  185 

Thirdly,  the  authority  of  the  senatus  consulta,  BO  far  as 
relates  to  the  government  and  the  higher  branches  of  the 
administration,  is  indisputable,  but  Roman  jurists  question  their 
authority  in  matters  of  private  law,  even  at  a  later  date ;  and 
the  few  of  this  description  quoted  relate  to  some  public  matters 
besides.1 

201.  To  these  sources  of  the  written  law  must  be  added 
others  derived  from  customary  law,  such  as  the  interpretation 
and  authority  of  the  jurists  (inter pretatio),  opinions  of  the  bar 
resulting  from  discussion,  litigation  and  decisions   (disputatio 
forf),  usages  long  observed  though  unwritten,  and  especially 
those  handed  down  from    antiquity  (mores  majorum),  which 
were   always  regarded  as  binding.     Laws  of  this  kind,  says 
Pomponius,  had  no  categorical  appellation,  as  was  the  case 
with  the  leges,  the  plebiscita   and  the  senatus  consulta,  and 
were  only  distinguished  by  the  generic  term  jus  civile,*  a  term 
applicable  to  all  the  laws  peculiar  to  citizens,  but  here  used  in 
a  technical  sense. 

Finally,  in  order  to  have  a  complete  picture  of  the  elements 
of  legislation  at  this  period  it  is  necessary  to  add  the  actiones 
legis,  for  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  formulas  attached  to 
the  different  classes  of  suits  had  been  published  by  Flavius, 
they  nevertheless  continued  to  comprise  a  separate  department 
or  branch  of  the  law. 

202.  EXECUTIVE   POWER.     Properly  speaking,  the   entire 
executive  power  as  to  deliberation  and  determination  of  matters 
affecting  the   superior  departments  of  the  administration  was 
lodged  in  the  senate  ;  its  action,  however,  was  not  in  every  case 
direct,   inasmuch  as  it  was  frequently  exercised  through  the 
intervention  of  senatorial  magistrates.     It  directed  the  consuls 

1  Whenever  a  plebeian  tribune  inter-  disputatio  et  hoc  jus,  qnod  sine  scripto 

fercd  by  his  veto  with  the  decision  of  venit,  compositurn  a  prudentibus,  pro- 

the  senate,  it  was  then  called  a  senatus  pria  parte  aliqua  non  appellatur,  ut 

avctoritas  and  not  senatus  consultum.  easterns  partcs  juris  suis  nominibus  de- 

*  "His  legibuslatis  coepit, ut  natura-  signantur,  datis  propriis  nominibus  ca> 

liter  evcnire  solet,  ut  interpretatio  de-  teris  partibus :  sed  communi  nomine 

sideraret  prudcntium  auctoritate  neces-  appellatur  Jus  civile."  Dig.  1,  2,  De 

sariam  esse  disputationem  fori.  Hasc  or  ig.  juris,  2,  §  5,  f.  Pomp. 


186  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAX  LAW. 

and  the  praetors,  imposed  conditions  upon  vanquished  nations, 
rewarded  or  punished  the  colonies  and  the  allies  according  as 
they  merited  the  pleasure  or  displeasure  of  Rome,  and  deter- 
mined disputes  in  cases  where  nations  were  the  litigating  parties. 
The  senate  was  not  inaptly  described  by  the  eulogy  of  Pyrrhus 
"  as  an  assembly  of  kings." 

203.  The    executive    magistrates    personally   and    directly 
charged  with  the  duties  of  the  administration  were :   1st,  The 
consuls,  who  not  only  held  sway  in  Rome,  but  one  of  whose 
special  functions  was  the  command  of  the  army ;    2nd,  The 
two  urban  prastors,  who,  independently  of  their  judicial  office, 
could  act  for  the  consuls  during  their  absence  from  Rome,  and 
also  in  their  turn,  when  necessary,  be  replaced  by  the  consuls  ; 
3rd,  The  two  censors,  who  conducted  the  census,  arranged  the 
citizens  in   classes    and   fixed   the  rate  of  taxation  for  each ; 
4th,    The  two  cediles  majores,  who  superintended  the  higher 
departments  of  the  police  administration ;  and  5th  and  finally, 
The  quaestors  and  plebeian  aediles,  though,  properly  speaking, 
these  were  but  magistrates  of  a  particular  class. 

204.  The  plebeian  tribunes,  who  were  elected  by  the  tribes, 
at  the  period  to  which  we  are  referring,  to  the  number  of  ten, 
that  is,  two  for  each  class  as  determined  by  the  census,1  were 
not  exactly  part  of  the  executive  administration,  but  were  in- 
tended to  act  as  a  sort  of  balance  of  power  within  the  state. 
They  were  not,  in  the  sense  in  which  the  word  was  understood 
by  the  Romans,  magistrates  exercising  any  actual  executive 
functions  or  jurisdiction   (imperium,  jurisdictio).     While  the 
consuls  enjoyed  the  imperium,  the  authority  which  the  tribunes 
exercised,  called  the  auxilium?  only  empowered  them  to  offer, 

1  Livy,  lib.  ii.  §58:  "  Turn  primum  (consules),  penes  sc  (tribunes )auxilium 

(an.  283)  tributis  comiciis  creatitribuni  tantum  sit."  Lib.  ii.  §  33:  "  Quibus 

sunt;  numeroetiam  additos  trcs,  pcrinde  (tribunis)  auxilii  latio  advcrsus  con- 

ac  duo  antea  fuerint,  Piso  auctor  est."  sulcs  esset."  Cicero,  De  leglbiis,  lib. 

Lib.  iii.  §  30 :  "  Tricesimo  sexto  anno  a  iii.  §  3  :  "  Plebes  quos  pro  se  contra 

primis  tribunis  plebis  (an.  21)7),  deccm  vim,  auxilii  ergo,  decem  creassit." 

creati  sunt,  bini  ex  singulis  classibus:  Claude,  from  the  Tables  of  Lyons:  "In 

itaque  cautura  est  nt  postea  crearentur."  auxilium  plebis  creates  tribunes." 

a  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §  37:  "  Non  posse  Festus,  on  the  words  Sacer  mons: 

zcquo  jure  agi,  ubi  imperium  penes  illos  "  Sacer  mons  appellatur  trans  Anienem 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  187 

individually,  their  support  or  opposition  to  measures  put  forward 
either  by  the  consuls  or  by  other  magistrates.  Their  support 
consisted  in  merely  abstaining  from  interference  when  any  mea- 
sure was  put  forward  of  which  they  approved.  Their  oppo- 
sition was  called  intercessio,  and  might  be  exercised  with 
reference  to  any  action  taken  by  their  own  'Colleagues.1  This 
power  of  intercessio  extended  even  to  the  decrees  of  the  senate ; 
and  as  at  the  time  we  are  speaking  of  the  tribunes  had  not  been 
admitted  into  the  senatorial  body,  they  used  to  be  seated,  as 
Valerius  Maximus  says,  upon  their  bench  before  the  door  of 
the  hall,  where  they  carefully  examined  the  decrees  which  were 
there  submitted  to  them,  and  marked  with  the  letter  T  those 
which  they  purposed  allowing  to  pass  without  opposition.2 
Their  authority,  however,  was  soon  to  extend.  They  had  in 
fact  already  begun  to  take  a  more  active  part  in  the  govern- 
ment, as  it  was  they  who  convoked  the  comitia  by  tribunes 
and  introduced plebiscita  (rogationes).  They  summoned  before 
them  citizens  and  even  magistrates,  and  more  than  once  they 
had  condemned  consuls,  upon  laying  down  their  consulate,  who 
during  their  office  had  proved  themselves  hostile  to  the  interests 
of  the  plebeians.  The  senate,  in  calling  them  to  their  aid  in 
order  to  restrain  the  consuls  from  nominating  a  dictator  in 
B.  c.  432,  had  given  them  a  coercive  power  of  which  they  were 
not  slow  to  avail  themselves.  And  this  was  the  origin  of  the 
potestas  or  vis  tribunicia3  which  occupies  so  important  a  place 

paulo  ultra  tcrtium   miliarium ;    quod  bat ;  ante  valvas  autem  positis  subscl- 

eum  plebes,  cum  secessisset  a  patribus,  liis,  decreta  Patrum  attentissima  cura 

crcatis  tribunis  plebis,  qui  sibi  essent  examinabant,  ut,  si  qua  ex  eis  impro- 

auxilio,   disccdentes    Jovi    consecrave-  bassent,  rata  esse  non  sinercnt :  itaquo 

runt."  veteribus   Senatus  consultis   T  littera 

1  The  patrk-ians  frequently  interfered  subscribi  solcbat,  eaque  nota  significa- 

by  means  of  intercessio  with  the  acts  batur,  ilia  tribunes  quoque  censuisse." 
of  plebeian  tribunes  of  which  they  dis-  3  Livy>  lib.  iv.  §  20  :  " '  Vos,  inquit, 

approved.     See  in  Livy,  lib.  vi.  §  38,  tribuni    plebis,   quoniam    ad    extrcina 

the  case  of  the  tribunes  C.  Licinius  and  ventum    est,    Senutus   appellat,   ut    in 

L.  Sextius,  who  refused  to  yield  to  the  tanto  discrimine  rcipublicic  dictatorem 

intercessio  of  their  colleagues,  and  the  dicere    consules    pro    potestate    vestra 

efforts  of  M.  F.  Camillus,  irregularly  cogatis.'     Qua  voce  audita,  occasioncm 

elected  dictator   by  the  patricians,  to  oblatam  rati  tribuni  augendas  potcstatis 

support  this  intercessio.  accedunt,  proque  collegio  pronuntiant : 

8  Val.  Max.  lib.  ii.  ch.  3,  §  7  :  "  Hind  '  Placere  consules  Senatui  dicto  audi- 

quoque  memoria  repetendum  est,  quod  entes  csse  :  si  adversus  consensum  ain- 

tribuni  plebis  intrare  curiam  non  lice-  plissiini  ordinis  ultra  tendant,  in  vincula 


188  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

in  the  political  history  of  Rome,  for  when  once  the  tribunes  had 
been  invested  with  this  power  they  took  care  to  retain  and  to 
improve  the  advantage  thus  gained. 

205.  ELECTORAL  POWER.     The  people  and  the  plebeians 
exercised  the  privilege  of  electing  different  magistrates.     The 
people,  assembled  by  centuries,  created  consuls,  praetors  and  the 
cediles   major es.     The  plebeians  nominated  the  quaestors,  the 
plebeian  aediles,  and  especially  the  plebeian  tribunes.     They 
also  elected  the  Pontifex  Maximus  from  among  the  College  of 
Pontiffs,  whenever  a  vacancy  occurred,  for  this  office  was  held 
for  life.     Here  we  find  a  remarkable  instance  of  a  symbolic 
ceremony  being  retained  long  after  the  reality  was  gone.     The 
election  of  the  Pontifex  Maximus  belonged  originally  to  the 
curies,  and  when  the  privilege  came  to  be  conferred  upon  the 
tribes,  it  was  necessary  that  there  should  be  a  curial  law  to 
sanction  the  election.     And  this  respect  for  ancient  usage  was 
also  evinced  by  retaining  the  thirty  lictors,  each  representing 
one  of  the  thirty  old  curies,  and  the  augurs,  who  conducted  the 
religious  ceremonies,  the  lictors  adopting  that  which  the  tribunes 
had  already  determined  upon. 

206.  JUDICIAL  POWER.     This  power  was  in  the  hands  of 
the  people,  the  plebeians  and  the  prastors  ;  but  we  must  distin- 
guish between  jurisdiction  in  civil  and  criminal  matters.     In 
criminal  matters  the  jurisdiction  was  in  the  comitia  centuriata 
and  the  comitia  tributa  :  in  the  quaestors,  as  commissioned  by 
the  comitia ;  in  the  senate,  as  commissioned  by  the  comitia,  and 
as  acting  on  its  own  inherent  authority  according  to  the  nature 
of  the  case  ;  in  the  consuls  and  praetors,  as  commissioned  by 
the  senate.      The   comitia  centuriata    could   alone  pronounce 
sentence  of  death ;  the   comitia  tributa  that  of  exile  or  fine, 
chiefly  as  a  political  punishment.     If  it  happened  to  be  a  matter 
of  some  public  offence  to  which  the  attention  of  the  citizens 

se  duel  eos  jussuros."'    Lib.  v.  §  9  :       auctoritate  Senatus  essent,  se  in  vincula 
"  Inter  hcec  tribuni  plebis  .     .     .  feroces       eos  duel  jussuros  esse." 
repente  minari  tribunis  militum,  nisi  in 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  189 

was  directed,  and  in  which  the  accused  was  a  magistrate,  or 
consular  dignitary,  the  centuries  or  the  tribes  very  rarely  re- 
mitted their  right  to  any  other  body.  If  the  accused  person 
was  in  a  humble  position  in  life,  or  the  offence  with  which  he 
was  charged  was  a  trivial  one,  or  a  private  crime,  they  generally 
delegated  their  power  to  a  quaestor  parricidii,  and  the  senate 
also  in  such  cases  generally  commissioned  a  quaestor  or  magis- 
trate to  try  the  prisoner,  the  people  very  rarely  claiming  their 
privilege.  And  in  the  case  of  foreigners  or  slaves  or  other 
persons  who  were  not  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  rights  of  citizens, 
or  where  it  was  merely  a  matter  which  required  some  slight 
penalty,  the  praetor  was  the  proper  person  to  try  it.  The  cen- 
tumvirs  also  appear  to  have  had  some  criminal  jurisdiction, 
but  we  know  very  little  of  its  nature  and  extent. 

207.  In  civil  cases  the  action  was  commenced  before  the 
praetor,  in  whose  presence  all  the  religious  formulas  of  the  legis 
actiones  were  performed  and  the  suit  organized.    It  was  he  who 
had  thejurtsdictio  (jus  dicit,  addicit,  edicit\  and  the  public  au- 
thority (imperium).     The  formalities  having  been  gone  through 
before  him  (injure),  if  the  matter  was  such  as  could  not  be 
determined  by  him,  that  is  to  say,  by  a  simple  declaration  of 
the  law,  he  appointed  either  a  single  judge,  or  one  or  more 
arbitrators,  who  were   selected  from  the    senatorial  order,   or 
agreed  upon  by  the  parties,  or  ascertained  by  lot,  to  determine 
the  matter.     In  certain  instances  he  remitted  the  case  to  the 
centumviral  tribunal  to  be  heard  either  by  the  whole  chamber, 
its  four  sections  sitting  together,  or  by  one  or  more  of  them. 
The   centumviral  tribunal  took  cognizance  of  state   matters, 
questions  of  Quiritarian  property  and  succession  ;  the  judge  or 
arbitrator  of  matters  of  obligatio  and  possessio.     In  cases  in 
which  strangers  were  concerned,  who  could  not  have  recourse  to 
the  actiones  legis,  the  parties  were  remitted  by  the  magistrate 
to  recuperators,  selected  at  the  time,  usually  either  three  or  five 
in  number,  from  among  the  people  who  happened  to  be  on  the 
spot. 

208.  M.  Laboulaye,  in  his  Essai  sur  les  lois  criminelles  cles 


190  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Romains  concernant  la  responsabilite  des  magistrals,  has  traced, 
in  a  most  interesting  manner,  the  machinery  by  which  the  poli- 
tical equilibrium  in  the  republic  was  maintained.  He  has 
shown  how  the  different  powers,  which  were  ill-defined  and 
allowed  of  the  principle  of  reciprocal  action,  were  yet  kept  in 
harmonious  co-operation  ;  how  the  magisterial  offices,  which,  for 
the  most  part,  ran  two  or  more  abreast  of  one  another,  yet  worked 
without  clashing ;  how  the  magistrates  themselves,  some  of 
whom  resembled  a  class  of  hierarchs  enjoying  the  dignity  of 
their  caste,  but  without  actual  authority,  such  as  a  superior  has 
over  an  inferior,  carried  on  the  duties  of  their  office  ;  and  how,  in 
a  state  where  every  official  was  independent  and  irresponsible 
during  the  tenure  of  office,  and  where  all  the  different  parts  of  this 
system  were  constantly  coming  into  contact,  the  whole  machi- 
nery of  the  administration  was  yet  maintained  in  good  working 
order. 

One  of  the  chief  instruments  of  this  equilibrium  in  the  state 
machinery  was  the  principle  by  which  two  or  more  magistracies 
existed  co-extensive  and  parallel  with  one  another,  the  right  of 
veto  and  power  of  check  Avhich  each  magistrate  might  exercise 
upon  his  brother  official  whether  equal  or  inferior,  and  which 
the  tribunes  of  the  plebeians  might  exercise  over  all  magistrates 
and  even  the  senate.  Thus,  though  without  having  actual 
authority  one  over  another,  the  one  was  able  to  control,  to  check 
or  annul  the  acts  of  another.  They  thus  came  into  frequent 
contact,  and  although  each  could  act  separately,  yet  all  being 
similarly  situated  in  this  respect,  they  were  obliged  to  act  in 
concert,  or  at  least  to  ascertain  that  they  were  not  likely  to 
be  opposed  or  interfered  with  before  they  could  be  sure  that 
their  proceedings  would  not  be  annulled.  And  in  this  manner, 
even  in  the  case  of  the  colleague  of  a  consul,  a  censor  or  a 
plebeian  tribune,  there  was  a  check  and  a  safeguard  against 
abuse  of  authority,  against  injustice  or  arbitrary  power.  This 
principle,  instead  of  resulting  in  establishing  equilibrium  in  the 
machinery  of  the  administration,  might  have  degenerated  into 
a  mere  obstacle  to  all  progress,  had  it  not  been  that  public  spirit, 
attachment  to  national  institutions,  and  reverence  for  precedents, 
prevented  the  system  from  being  abused. 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  191 

209.  The  process  by  which  an  individual  plebeian  tribune 
or  a  magistrate  could  intervene  to  arrest  the  action  or  decision 
of  a  colleague  or  of  any  other  authority,  equal  or  inferior  to  his 
own,  was  styled,  as  we  have  already  seen,  intercessio,  interce- 
dere,  and  the  fact  of  demanding  the  interference  of  a  tribune  or 
of  a  magistrate  was  called  the  tribunum  appellare,  collegam  or 
in<i<jistratum  appellare.*  These  proceedings,  combined  with 
the  provocatio  ad  populum,  originated  the  institution  of  appeal 
(appellatio  or  provocatio),  an  institution  which  underwent  cer- 
tain modifications  under  the  emperors.  That  is  also  the  origin 
of  our  word  "  appeal,"  which  we  have  to  a  certain  extent  di- 
verted from  its  original  grammatical  signification,  usage  having 
familiarized  the  idea  of  "  appealing  to  a  superior  judge,"  instead 
of"  appealing  the  superior  judge." 

As  regards  the  intercessio  as  it  existed  under  the  republic, 
Cicero  in  his  treatise  De  legibus  has  given  us  an  example  of  the 
formula  in  these  words :  "  Par  majorve  potestas  plus  valeto," 
and  he  adds,  to  check  an  abuse  by  intercession  is  the  act  of  a 
good  citizen,  "  Intercessor  rei  malce  salutaris  civis  esto"z 


SACRED  LAW. 

210.  Sacred  law,  whose  influence  on  the  government  and  on 
the  civil  law  was  always  felt  and  frequently  exercised,  had  also 
undergone  several  changes. 

After  the  abolition   of  the  regal  power,   the   functions  of 

_ '  Livy,  lib.  ii.  §  27.  In  early  Roman  prfflsidii,  sublata  provocatione,  inter- 
history,  under  the  consulate  of  P.  Ser-  cessionem  quoque  consensu  sustule- 
vilius  and  Appius  Claudius,  in  a  case  rant :  quum  priores  decemviri  appel- 
where  the  latter  acted  harshly  towards  latione  college  corrigi  reddita  ab  se 
a  debtor,  the  debtor  happening  to  be  jura  tulissent;  et  quajdam,  qua;  sui 
a  soldier,  appealed  to  his  colleague.  ;judicii  videri  possent,  ad  populum  re- 
"  Quod  ubi  cui  militi  inciderat  collega  jecissent."  Further  on  (lib.  iv.  §  26): 
appcllabat."  And  at  a  later  period  "  Vos  tribuni  plebis  Senatns  appellat." 
(lib.  iii.  §  3G),  when  speaking  of  the  See  §  181,  note  2.  See  also  Dig.  49,  1, 
second  decemvirate,  which  had  sup-  De  appellatwnilms,  1,  §  3,  f.  Ulp. : 
pressed  not  merely  the  provocatio  ad  "  Cum  alium  appellare  deberet  alium 
populum  but  also  the  intercessio,  appellaverit — Praefectum  urbis  appel- 
which  had  not  been  interfered  with  by  lasset." 

the  first  decemvirate,  he  says :  "  Nam,  a  Cicero,  De  leg.,  lib.  iii.  §  4.     See 

prseterquam  quod  in  populo  nihil  erat  also  §  3. 


192  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Pontifex  Maximus,  which  had  been  exercised  by  the  kings, 
became  a  distinct  office,  the  election  to  it  being  made  by  the 
tribunes  and  confirmed  by  the  curies.  It  differed  from  other 
magistracies,  inasmuch  as  it  was  for  life  and  not  annual.  The 
Pontifex  Maximus  had  the  dignity  of  the  curule  chair  and 
"  images,"  and  a  tribunal,  where  he  determined  all  matters 
connected  with  religion.  He  Avas  the  custodian  of  the  annals 
of  historical  events,  Avhich  he  recorded  by  entering  them  in 
tables.  These  tables,  which  were  exposed  to  view  in  his  resi- 
dence, were  known  as  the  Annales  Maximi.  The  eclipse  of  the 
sun  which  took  place  on  the  5th  June,  B.  c.  399,  and  which 
was  entered  in  these  Annals,  and  from  which  astronomers  made 
their  calculations  as  to  the  dates  of  eclipses  which  had  taken 
place  as  far  back  as  the  reign  of  Romulus,  as  we  learn  from 
Cicero  (De  republica],  fixes  a  date  from  which  historical  critics 
cannot  question  the  existence  of  these  Annals,  or  the  fact  that 
Roman  authors  could  avail  themselves  of  such  calculations.1 

At  the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived,  the  College  of  the 
Pontiffs  had  been  increased  and  its  number  raised  to  eight,  that 
of  the  augurs  to  nine,  and  the  plebeians  had  become  eligible  to 
these  offices. 


CIVIL  LAW. 

211.  The  civil  law,  in  its  relation  to  persons,  things,  pro- 
perty, wills,  successions,  contracts,  and  actiones  let/is,  is  stamped, 
in  each  case,  with  features  of  an  essentially  Roman  character. 

212.  PERSONS.     Under  this  category  are  classed  the  rights 
exercised  by  men,  whether  heads  of  families,  that  is,  sui  juris, 
or,  alieni  juris,  that  is,  subject  to  another ;   the  authority  over 
slaves ;  paternal  power,  potestas  ;  marital  rights,  manus.     All 

1  Cicero,  De  repnllica,  lib.  i.  §  26:  sollertia,  ut  ex  hoc  die  qnem  apud 

"  Qui  (Ennius)  ut  scribit,  anno  CCC.  Ennium  et  in  Maximis  Annalibus  con- 

quinquagesimo  fere  post  Romam  con-  signatum  videmns,  supcriores  soils  de- 

ditam,  fcctiones  reputato:  siut  usque  ad  illara 

.  .  .  Nonis  Junis  soli  luna  obstitit  ct  nox.  quag  nonis  quintilibus  f  uit  rcgnante 

Atque  hac  in  re  tanta  inest  ratio  atque  Romulo." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  193 

those  at  the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived  were  still  intact 
mid  in  the  condition  we  have  shown.  In  addition  to  these,  we 
have  the  mancipium,  or  the  rights  acquired  over  the  freeman 
who  has  been  purchased,  and  over  the  debtor  who  has  been 
adjudged  to  his  creditor  by  the  magistrate  in  payment  of  a  debt 
or  for  the  reparation  of  any  damage,  addictus  (after  the  Papirian 
law  the  condition  described  by  the  word  nexus  ceased  to  exist) — 
agnatio,  the  civil  bond  confined  to  the  relationship  existing 
between  the  members  of  the  same  family,  and  entirely  distinct 
from  the  relationship  by  blood,  cognatio — the  gentilitas,  or  the 
agnation  of  families,  which  had  been  from  the  earliest  times 
ingenui,  or  free  from  the  taint  of  vassalage,  a  species  of  civil 
parentage  which  had  relation  to  clients  or  the  enfranchised  de- 
rived from  clients — and,  finally,  the  perpetual  tutelage  to  which 
a  female  was  subject  during  her  entire  life. 

213.  THINGS.     Under  the  head  of  things  and  property  we 
have  res  mancipi,  and  res  nee  mancipi,  the  two  classes  of  things 
according  as  they  were  or  were  not  susceptible  of  mancipation — 
the  mancipium  or  ownership  of  a  Roman  citizen,  Quiritarian 
tenure,  relating  to  ordinary  property,  and  indestructible  except 
by  legal  process  (mancipatio,  in  jure  cessio  or  addictio,  adjudi- 
catio,  usucapio,  lex,  according  to  the  Quiritarian  law — traditio 
according  to  the  jus  gentium  for  things  nee  mancipi}  ;   so  that 
he  who  had  delivered  to  another  or  had  abandoned  a  thing 
could  nevertheless,  within  a  certain  time,  if  it  was  a  res  mancipi, 
recover  it  unless  it  had  been  alienated  in  the  form  required  for 
the  transfer  of  that  class  of  property. 

214.  TESTAMENTS  (WILLS).     The  absolute  liberty  enjoyed 
by  the  head  of  a  family  of  disposing  at  will  of  all  his  property, 
even  including  that  acquired  by  the  members  of  his  family,  and 
without  their  interference — forms  of  Avill  which  heretofore  had 
required  a  decree  of  the  curies  to  validate  them  (testamentum 
calatis  comitiis\  but  at  this  period  were  made  by  a  solemn  and 
fictitious  sale  of  the  inheritance  (testamentum  per  ces  et  libram, 
per  mancipationem). 


1 94  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

215.  SUCCESSION.     This  was  the  right  of  inheritance,  not 
according  to  the  ties  of  blood  relationship,  but  to  those  of  civil 
connection  (agnaiio,  gentilitas).     The  son  transferred  from  his 
family  lost  all  rights  in  connection  with  it,  neither  could  the 
mother  succeed  to  the  child,  nor  the  child  to  the  mother. 

216.  CONTRACTS.     The  ceremony  per  as  et  libram,  or  the 
mancipatio,  generically  the  nexum,  was  the  mode  of  contracting 
obligations  as  well  as  of  transferring  property,  inasmuch  as  the 
words  pronounced  in  this  formula  (mancipatio)  constituted  the 
binding  transaction  between  the  parties  (lex  mancipii) ;  subse- 
quently a  new  form  of  contract  Avas  introduced,  the  contract 
verbis  (or  sponsio,  stipulatio).     This  was  the  first  offshoot  from 
the  nexum,  inasmuch  as  the  words  were  detached  from  the  cere- 
mony, the  weighing  per  ces  et  libram  being  held  as  performed, 
and  the  parties  confining  themselves  to  the  formal  question  and 
answer,  in  Quiritarian  phraseology,  that  being  alone  admissible 
and   exclusively   peculiar    to    Roman    citizens :     Spondes-ne  ? 
Spondeo.      Every  form   of  contract  not  conducted  with  this 
form  of  the  nexum  or  the  sponsio  failed  to  produce  any  obliga- 
tion ;  the  sale   (venum   datio),  the  letting  and  hiring  (locatio 
conductio),  the  bailment  (man-datum),  the  partnership  (socie- 
tatem   co-ire),  not   constituting    a   binding    contract    (as   their 
respective  denominations  clearly  indicate),  except  by  the  part 
performance  of  one  of  the  parties  to  the  agreement,  and  not  by 
the  simple  agreement  itself. 

217.  The    ACTIONES.     Under   this   head    are   classed    the 
representative    symbols,    the    sacerdotal   acts   and   consecrated 
formulas  in  the  four  Icrjis  actioncs  —  tl\c  sacrament  it  m  and  the 
judicis  postnlntio,  in  the  institution  and  conduct  of  suits — the 
manus   injectio  chiefly,  and   the  pianoris  capio  exclusively,  as 
forms  of  execution  ;  the   suit  was  dismissed,  and  the  claimant 
deprived  of  redress,  if  he   failed  to  observe  accurately  every 
detail  of  formality,  without  the  power  of  reinstituting  the  suit. 

218.  Such  were  the  elements  and  characteristics  peculiar  to 
Roman  law,  and  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  legal  system. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  ]  95 

\Vr  have  arrived  at  the  middle  of  the  republican  period,  when 
Koine  still  enjoyed  the  full  vigour  and  hardihood  of  early  youth, 
strong  in  the  freshness  of  the  first  principles  of  its  constitution 
and  the  success  of  its  arms ;  but  we  have  approached  the  ex- 
treme limit  of  this  epoch.  Successful  military  enterprise  in 
distant  lands  was  followed  by  the  increase  of  wealth  and  the 
growth  of  luxury.  With  the  consequent  influx  of  foreigners 
came  a  recognition  of  the  principles  of  the  jus  gentium  and  the 
praetorian  laws,  gradually  superseding  the  public  and  the  Quiri- 
tarian  civil  law. 


MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS. 

219.  The  early  customs  connected  with  the  legal  system  of 
the  Romans  had  been  at  the  epoch  at  which  we  have  arrived 
for  the  most  part  transformed  into  laws.  There  Avere,  however, 
several  ancient  usages  in  vogue  which  are  worth  attending  to, 
inasmuch  as  they  serve  to  depict  some  characteristic  features  of 
the  age.  Thus,  for  instance,  we  find  leaders  devoting  them- 
selves to  the  gods  for  the  sake  of  the  republic,  in  order  that  the 
legions  and  auxiliaries  of  the  enemy  might  be  involved  in  the 
same  fate  ;*  dictators  laying  aside  the  sword  in  order  to  return 
to  the  plough,  and  resigning  the  command  of  an  army  to  attend 
to  the  cultivation  of  their  fields ;  and  consuls  receiving  the 
envoys  of  foreign  nations  seated  at  a  rustic  table  decorated  with 
vases  of  clay.  We  find  luxury  controlled  by  sumptuary  laws, 
and,  what  is  of  infinitely  greater  importance,  by  public  opinion, 
so  that  a  consul  was  branded  by  the  censor  because  he  possessed 
a  silver  vessel  weighing  ten  pounds.  Purple  was  scarcely  per- 
mitted upon  the  official  robe  of  the  magistrate,  the  prcetextaz 
was  forbidden  to  the  simple  citizen,  and  the  toga  to  which  he 
was  entitled  could  neither  be  worn  by  the  slave  or  the  foreigner ; 

1  Livy,  lib.  viii.  §  9  :  "  Dcorum  ope  terms  recorded  by  Livy. 

opus  est.     Agedum,  Pontifex  publirus  3  We  must  not  confound  thepr&texta 

populi  Romani,  praei  verba,  qnibus  me  of  the  magistrate  with  that  of  the  youth 

pro  legionibusdevoveam."     And  under  between  the  age  of  twelve  and  the  time 

the  direction  of  the  Pontifex  Maximns  when  as  a  citizen  he  assumed  the  tut/a, 

he  pronounces  a  sacred  formula  in  the  virilis. 

02 


196  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

hospitality  was  exercised  in  the  most  simple  fashion,  and  every 
feature  in  the  social  condition  of  the  state  was  stamped  with  the 
double  impress  of  vigour  and  poverty.  But  as  in  the  case  of 
law,  so  also  in  that  of  the  manners  of  the  people,  the  period  at 
which  we  have  arrived  in  the  history  of  Rome  was  soon  to  be 
followed  by  an  era  of  progress.  The  riches  of  Tarentum  and 
of  Italy  were  preparing  the  way  for  the  reform  ;  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  decline  of  the  patriciate  and  the  elevation  of  the 
plebeians  resulted  in  the  displacement  of  certain  ancient  land- 
marks of  custom  ;  clientage  had  begun  to  decline  preparatory 
to  its  total  decay;  the  bond  of  union  which  it  produced  was 
becoming  relaxed,  and  the  utility  of  the  institution  decreasing. 
A  large  portion  of  the  plebeians  had  become  altogether  inde- 
pendent ;  as  new  comers  they  were  no  longer  of  necessity 
attached  as  in  the  early  days  of  Rome  to  a  patron,  and  the 
adoption  of  the  allied  towns  and  entire  provinces  as  clients,  in 
the  place  of  citizens,  by  the  great,  was  coming  into  vogue. 


III.  FROM  THE  TOTAL  SUBJUGATION  OF  ITALY  TO 
THE  EMPIRE. 

220.  History  records  few  instances  of  a  sudden  revolution  in 
the  political  laws  of  a  state ;  an  abrupt  change  in  the  manners  of 
a  people  is  a  phenomenon  never  witnessed.  It  is  true  a  super- 
ficial observer  may  believe  in  the  occurrence  of  such  revolutions, 
for  he  only  sees  events  when  they  have  become  conspicuous  to 
all  mankind ;  but  the  judicial  mind,  that  takes  notes  of  causes 
and  calculates  their  effects,  will  never  be  so  deceived.  At  this 
epoch  the  Romans  were  flushed  with  the  glory  of  success. 
Italy  had  already  acknowledged  their  sway,  and  another  cen- 
tury was  to  see  it  extended  over  Africa  and  Asia.  But  we 
must  not  overlook  the  fact  that  they  did  not  always  retain  the 
primitive  simplicity  and  the  austere  manner  of  former  days,  nor 
leap  suddenly  to  that  height  of  power,  where  in  the  plenitude  of 
their  prosperity,  and  in  the  pride  of  art,  luxury  and  wealth,  they 
could  cease  to  regard  the  virtues  of  self-restraint  and  mag- 
nanimity. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  197 

The  remaining  period  of  the  republic  which  we  have  to  con- 
sider may  be  divided  into  two  portions.  The  first  terminates 
with  the  destruction  of  Cartilage,  Numantia  and  Corinth.  The 
other,  commencing  at  that  period,  reaches  down  to  the  empire. 
During  the  former  of  these  two  periods  events  are  preparing 
the  way  for  the  second.  Every  fresh  victory  increases  the 
wealth  of  the  victors ;  the  number  of  slaves  is  multiplied,  and 
habits  of  luxury  are  encouraged  by  a  growing  familiarity  with 
the  habits  of  the  conquered  nations.  Occasional  defeat,  the 
panic  caused  by  the  approach  of  Hannibal  to  the  gates  of  Rome, 
and  the  thirst  for  universal  dominion,  keep  alive  sufficient  public 
spirit  to  prevent  absolute  degeneracy.  Here,  too,  the  austerity 
of  the  early  days  is  to  be  seen  side  by  side  with  the  effeminacy 
of  a  later  age,  the  old  citizen  with  the  new.  We  find  censors 
ordering  the  erection  of  magnificent  porticoes  for  a  theatre,  and 
a  consul  directing  them  to  be  demolished.  We  find  luxurious 
habits  in  dress,  extravagance  and  luxury  at  the  table  being 
introduced,  while  sumptuary  laws  become  a  thing  of  the  past. 
Orators,  stoics  and  epicureans  disseminate  the  principles  of  their 
respective  schools,  while  the  senate,  by  its  decrees,  denounces 
them.  As  the  success  of  Roman  arms  increases  the  purity  of 
morals  declines,  and,  in  proportion  as  Rome  is  victorious,  she 
becomes  corrupt. 

221 .  As  regards  the  political  history  of  this  period,  it  may 
be  summed  up,  if  I  may  be  allowed  so  to  state  it,  in  the  follow- 
ing scheme.  From  the  expulsion  of  the  kings  to  the  sub- 
jugation of  Italy  there  was  an  internal  struggle  for  supremacy 
between  the  two  classes — patricians  and  plebeians  ;  there  was  a 
struggle  without  upon  the  issue  of  which  depended  the  fate  of 
Italy.  From  the  date  of  the  subjugation  of  Italy  to  that  of 
Africa  and  Asia,  the  internal  conflict  had  ceased,  for  the 
plebeians  were  supreme,  but  externally  the  struggle  for  uni- 
versal dominion  continued  to  rage.  From  the  time  when  that 
object  had  been  attained  to  the  overthrow  of  the  republic,  the 
annals  of  Rome  record  no  important  wars,  but  she  was  again 
rent  by  internal  dissension,  and  civil  war  instituted  for  the  per- 
sonal aggrandizement  of  some  general,  consul  or  dictator.  A 


1 98  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  JLAW. 

contest  carried  on  for  such  a  purpose  can  have  but  one  termi- 
nation. The  natural  hatred  and  animosity  kindled  by  such  a 
struggle  can  result  in  nothing  short  of  the  triumph  of  one 
leader  and  the  destruction  of  his  opponents — in  other  words, 
it  leads  to  empire.  Let  us  trace  these  events,  the  sources  of 
which  we  have  thus  indicated,  a  little  more  in  detail. 


SECTION  XL. 
PRAETOR  PEREGRINUS. 

222.  B.C.  266.  The  attachment  of  Italy  to  Rome  was  speedily 
followed  by  the  extension  of  its  commercial  relations.   The  crowds 
of  foreigners  who  flocked  to  the  capital,  to  practise  mechanical 
arts  or  to  follow  the  commercial  pursuits  Avhich  the  citizens  de- 
spised, brought  with  them  new  objects  and  new  wants,  followed  by 
new  agreements  and  new  disputes,  and  it  is  without  doubt  to  this 
epoch  that  we  must  refer  the  creation  of  a  new  magistracy  called 
the  prcp.tor  peregrinus,  or  prretor  of  the  stranger.     A  passage 
in  Lydus1  fixes  the  date  of  the  institution  of  this  office  in  B.C. 
247.     The  jurisdiction  of  this  magistrate  extended  to  all  matters 
between  foreigners  or  between  a  foreigner  and  a  Iloman  citizen 
(plerumque  inter  peregrinos  jus  dicebat ;  inter   cives  et  pere- 
grinos jus  dicebat].     He  did  not  apply  to  foreigners  the  rules  of 
the  civil  law,  that  is  to  say,  those  which  were  exclusively  con- 
fined to  Iloman  citizens,  but  he  applied  to  them  the  rules  of  the 

jus  gentium,  or,  in  other  words,  the  law  applicable  to  all  men. 

The  dignity  of  urban  prnetor  ranked  infinitely  higher  than 
that  of  prcBtor  peregrinus :  for  example,  the  urban  praetor  had 
the  distinction  of  the  lictors  which  the  pra>tor  peregrinus  had 
not.2  Kotwithstanding  this,  however,  these  officers,  when  ne- 
cessary, could  act  for  each  other. 

223.  From  B.C.  2G4  to  B.C.  146.  After  the  whole  of  Italy 

1  Lydus,  DC  mayixtr.,  1,  §  45.  the  trhtmrlri-  rapitales,  subsequent  to 

2  Pomponiua  places  the  creation  of  the  creation  of  the  pra>tor  peregriniis. 
certain  magistrates,  such  as  the  tribuni  Dig.  1,  2,  DC  oriy.  jur.,  '2,  §§  30,  31, 
terarii,  the  triumviri  monctales,  and  f.  Pomp. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  199 

liad  been  subdued,  the  Roman  arms  were  carried  beyond  her 
border,  and  it  will  be  as  well  to  glance  at  the  condition  of  the 
then  known  world.  In  Europe,  to  the  north,  the  country  inha- 
bited by  the  Gauls  and  Germans  was  almost  unknown.  Of  those 
immediately  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Italy,  Illyria  belonged  to 
its  aboriginal  races;  Sicily  to  the  Carthaginians  and  to  the 
kings  of  Syracuse ;  Sardinia  and  the  islands  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean, for  the  most  part,  to  the  Carthaginians ;  Macedonia  to 
the  successors  of  Alexander ;  Greece  existed  in  the  form  of  a 
number  of  confederate  states.  The  southern  Spanish  seaboard 
belonged  to  the  Carthaginians,  whereas  the  interior  of  Spain 
was  still  in  the  possession  of  its  aboriginal  inhabitants.  In 
Africa  there  were  the  Carthaginians,  the  Numidians,  the 
Egyptians.  In  Asia  the  empire  of  Alexander  was  divided 
into  numerous  kingdoms.  From  this,  it  is  easy  to  see,  that  the 
Carthaginians  had,  at  this  time,  a  dominion  more  widely  ex- 
tended than  other  nations,  and  that  its  influence,  in  several 
directions,  extended  to  Italy ;  this  power  therefore  naturally  be- 
came Rome's  first  rival.  It  happened  that  the  king  of  Syracuse 
implored  the  aid  of  the  Romans  against  the  Carthaginians  ; 
the  Romans  availed  themselves  of  the  opportunity  to  interfere, 
and  the  struggle  between  these  two  great  powers  commenced  in 
Sicily.  It  occupied  a  space  of  more  than  a  century,  and  finally 
resulted  in  the  ruin  of  Carthage.  The  intervals  of  repose 
which  the  contending  parties  permitted  each  other  to  enjoy 
divide  this  lengthened  struggle  into  three  parts,  which  are 
known  to  historians  as  the  three  Punic  wars.1 

1  The   first  Punic  war  lasted  from  Punic  wars   there  was  an  interval   of 

B.C.  204  to  B.C.  241.     It  was  then  that  twenty-three  years,  during  which  a  great 

Regulus  conducted  the  legions  to  the  portion  of  Illyria  was  subdued,  and  the 

neighbourhood  of  Corinth,  where  they  Gauls,  who  again  made  their  appearance 

were  destroyed  by  the  Macedonian  gene-  within  a  few   days'  march   of   Rome, 

ral  Xantippus.     The  high-souled  devo-  were,  as  before,  cut  to  pieces, 

tion  of  the  illustrious  prisoner  who  was  The  second  Punic  war  commenced  in 

deputed  to  Rome  will  remain  an  ex-  the  year  B.C.  218  and  terminated  in  the 

ample  to  all  ages  of  public  spirit  and  year  B.C.  19(i.     The  passage  of  llanni- 

chivalrous  honour.    The  war  terminated  bal  across  Spain  and  Gaul  in  order  to 

after  a  twenty-four  years'  struggle  by  a  make  a  sudden  descent  upon  Italy,  the 

naval  engagement,  in  which  the  Car-  disasters  and  checks  experienced  by  the 

thaginians,  after  losing   more   than  a  Romans  till  the  battle  of  Cannaj,  the 

hundred  vessels,  submitted  to  the  con-  lustre  of  such  generals  as  Scipio  Afri- 

ditions   imposed    upon    them    by    the  canus  the  elder,  the  diversion  to  which 

Romans.     Between  the  first  and  second  he  hud  resort  in  making  a  descent  upon 


200  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  record  of  this  eventful  period  contains  some  features 
which  are  new  to  the  history  of  Rome  ;  the  mention  of  fleets, 
of  tempests,  of  shipwrecks,  first  appears  in  the  annals  of  its 
defeats  and  victories.  The  result  of  each  of  the  three  Punic 
wars  was  advantageous  to  the  Romans,  who  did  not  lay  down 
their  arms  till  they  were  in  a  position  to  dictate  conditions  to 
their  enemies.  The  first  war  left  them  in  possession  of  Sicily ; 
the  second  in  that  of  Sicily,  Sardinia  and  Spain  ;  and  the  third 
in  that  of  Sicily,  Sardinia,  Spain,  and  Carthage  in  Africa. 
In  the  intervals  between  the  Punic  wars,  while  the  Cartha- 
ginians were  enjoying  repose,  the  Romans  had  successively 
repulsed  the  Gauls,  made  themselves  masters  of  Cisalpine  Gaul, 
subjected  Illyria  as  far  as  the  Danube,  and  made  their  appear- 
ance in  Greece. 

Contemporaneously  with  the  three  struggles  with  the  Car- 
thaginians, the  three  great  Macedonian  wars  took  place,  which 
terminated  in  the  conquest  of  Macedonia,  against  which  the 
Romans  had  taken  up  arms  in  the  cause  of  Greece,  as  well  as 
of  Greece  itself,  whose  cause  they  had  at  first  espoused ;  and, 
finally,  the  war  in  Asia  against  Antiochus  gave  them  the  pos- 
session of  Asia  Minor  to  the  confines  of  Greece.  All  these 
conquests  were  achieved  in  the  same  year,  and  the  only  coun- 
tries that  remained  free  from  the  Roman  yoke  were  the  distant 
territories  of  Transalpine  Gaul,  Germany,  Egypt,  the  interior 
of  Asia,  Thrace,  Parthia,  and  India. 

224.  There  are  certain  legal  institutions  and  reforms  belong- 
ing to  this  period — upwards  of  a  century — of  conquest  which 

Africa,  all  give  to  this  period  of  Roman  in  the  first  instance,  and  his  son  Perseus 
history  a  charm  and  an  interest  which  in  the  second,  were  successively  van- 
it  will  never  lose.  The  war  was  tcrmi-  quishcd. 

nated  by  the  battle  of  Zaina,  when  The  third  Pmiic  war  broke  out  in  the 
Hannibal  was  compelled  to  yield  to  year  B.C.  150,  and  terminated  in  the 
Scipio,  and  Carthage  to  accept  from  year  B.C.  I4(i  by  the  ruin  and  dcstruc- 
Ilome  a  treaty  the  terms  of  which  were  tiou  of  Carthago  under  Scipio,  grand- 
much  less  favourable  than  those  from  son  of  Scipio  Africanus,  who  was  sur- 
which  she  had  sought  deliverance  by  named  the  second  Afrieamis.  The  same 
arms.  year  also  the  third  Macedonian  war 
Fifty-one  years  passed  between  the  was  concluded.  Corinth  was  destroyed 
second  and  the  third  Punic  war,  during  in  Greece.  Numantia  in  Spain,  and 
which  period  the  first  and  second  Mace-  Asia  Minor  was  to  a  considerable  extent 
donian  wars  took  place,  in  which  Philip  subdued. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  201 

deserve  notice :  such  as  the  establishment  of  the  provinces,  the 
increase  of  the  number  of  pnctors,  the  creation  of  the  proconsuls 
and  propraetors  and  of  certain  other  magistrates,  the  introduc- 
tiun  of  the  practice  of  the  responsa  prudentum,  and,  finally,  the 
abolition  of  the  actiones  legis. 


SECTION  XLI. 
THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  THE  PROVINCES. 

225.  Of  the  new  countries  that  came  under  Roman  sway, 
some  were  attached  to  the  conquering  state  by  treaty ;  others, 
and  the  greater  part,  were  reduced  to  the  condition  of  provinces.1 
Among  these  were   Sicily,  B.C.  241,   Sardinia,  B.C.   228,  Cis- 
alpine Gaul,  Illyria,  Spain  and  Carthaginia  in  Africa.     Each 
province  was  under  the  direct  domination  of  Rome,  and  go- 
verned by  Roman  magistrates  according  to  the  terms  of  the 
plcbiscitum  or  the  senatiis-consultum  which  had  regulated  its 
condition  (formula  provincial}.     It  Avas  a  principle  of  the  law 
of  conquest  among  the  Romans  that  the  ownership  in  the  soil 
of  a  conquered  country,  even  as  to  that  portion  of  it  which  was 
left  to  the  enjoyment  of  its  original  inhabitants,  passed  to  the 
conqueror,  the  former  ceasing  to  be  proprietors  and  having  only 
the  status  and  rights  of  occupants.    As  a  price  of  the  possession 
conceded  to  them  by  the  Romans,  and  as  a  proof  or  mark  of 
their  superior  title,  the  conquered  people  were  subjected  to  the 
payment  of  an  annual  rent,  vectt'yal. 

In  addition  to  this  payment,  which  was  a  tax  on  the  pro- 
vincial soil,  the  inhabitants  were  also  called  upon  to  pay  a  per- 
sonal impost  or  tribute,  and  they  were  then  not  citizens  but 
subjects  and  tributaries. 

226.  As  between  each  other,  the  distinctive  features  of  the 
different  provinces  varied  in  accordance  with  the  laws  which 

1  Fcstus,  on   the  word   Prorlnchr:  rendering  not  less  equivocal,  and  derives 

"  Provincijc  appellantur,  qnod  populus  the  word  from  prorcnt-its,  on  account 

Romannseas  provicit,  id  est  ante  vieit."  of  the  tribute  or  revenue  exacted  from 

Niulmhr    substitutes   for   this   another  the  provinces. 


202  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

gave  to  each  its  individual  organization.  And  the  towns  and 
different  localities  of  the  same  province  also  possessed  each  its 
peculiar  characteristics.  Colonies,  both  Roman  and  Latin, 
were  founded  in  them  ;  and  even  free  cities  erected  into  muni- 
cipalities and  enjoying  their  own  government  with  a  greater 
or  less  share  in  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship,  either  with 
reference  to  the  people  or  to  the  soil,  were  allowed  to  exist.  At 
other  times  prcefectura  were  established  in  which  justice  was 
administered  by  a  prasfect  sent  from  Rome.  As  to  the  condi- 
tion of  these  different  cities  we  must  refer  the  reader  to  what 
has  been  already  said.1  All  land  which  had  received  the  pri- 
vilege of  Quiritarian  ownership  (dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium) 
ceased  ipso  facto  to  be  provincial  soil,  and  its  possessors,  in  the 
full  enjoyment  of  proprietary  rights,  could  dispose  of  it  accord- 
ing to  Roman  law,  and  were  free  from  vectigal  or  the  annual 
rent  peculiar  to  the  tenancy  of  provincial  soil. 

The  entire  province  was,  without  doubt,  under  the  general 
supervision  of  the  Roman  governor ;  but  while  on  the  one  hand 
the  colonies  and  free  towns,  mancipia,  attended  to  their  own 
individual  administration,  the  subject  towns  and  the  adjacent 
territory  were  under  his  direction  and  authority. 


SECTION  XLII.     . 
THE  INCREASE  IN  THE  NUMBER  OF  PR^TORS. 

S27.  The  provinces  wTere  in  the  first  instance  administered 
by  magistrates,  nominated  by  the  comitia  specially  for  this 
service.  These  magistrates  were  styled  prgetors,  and  it  was 
thus  that  in  B.C.  227,  in  addition  to  the  two  functionaries  in 
Rome,  two  new  offices  were  created,  the  one  for  Sicily,  the 
other  for  Sardinia.  In  B.C.  197  two  were  appointed  to  Spain, 
which  had  been  divided  into  two  sections ;  there  were  thus  in 
all  six  praetors,  four  of  whom  were  for  the  provinces.  When 
the  number  of  provinces  increased,  a  new  method  was  adopted 
for  their  administration,  which  was  confided  to  the  consuls  or 

1  Vide  supra,  §  ISO  et  seq. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  203 

]  motors  who  had  just  retired  from  office,  and  who,  when  their 
functions  at  home  had  expired,  went  to  continue  them  abroad  in 
tin'  provinces  under  the  title  of  proconsuls  or  proprietors.  As 
to  the  four  praetors  created  originally  for  the  provinces,  they 
remained  one  year  at  Home,  where,  having  no  special  jurisdic- 
tion,  they  aided  their  colleagues  in  the  administration  of  home 
justice. 


SECTION  XLIII. 
PROCONSULS. 

228.  At  the  period  of  its  history  when  Rome  had  but  a 
single  enemy  to  contend  with,  a  single  army  sufficed  for  its 
purpose,  and  two  consuls  were  all  that  it  required  for  its  com- 
mand.    But  when  in  process  of  time  war  came  to  be  maintained 
simultaneously  in  Italy,  in  Sicily,  in  Spain  and  Africa,  it  was 
necessary  to  keep  several  armies  in  the  field.     And  so  when  the 
consular  authority  of  the  officer  at  the  head  of  the  legions 
expired,  it  was  frequently  extended  by  a  lex  curiata,  and  the 
same  officer  retained  his  post  as  a  representative  of  the  consul, 
pro  consule.     Thus    Scipio    Africanus   the    Second   acted   as 
general  for  ten  years  till  the  ruin  of  Carthage  was  accomplished. 
Hence  originated  the  proconsulate.     Upon  the  termination  of 
war  the  provinces  which  had  been  recently  subjugated  had  to 
be  occupied  and  governed;  and  as  there  was  always  more  or 
less  fear  of  an  insiirrection,  it  became  necessary  to  keep  up  a 
military  force  in  the  recently  subjected  territory,  the  government 
of  which  was  entrusted  to  the  proconsuls,  who  also  held  com- 
mand of  the  troops  quartered  there.     In  this  way  the  title  came 
to  have  a  new  signification,  viz.,  that  of  provincial  governor. 

229.  The  proconsul  was  to  a  great  extent  absolute  in  his 
government ;  lie  had  no  colleague,  no  censors,  no  tribunes,  no 
pnetors.     The  army  and  the  administration  of  justice  were  all 
in  his  hands,  and  he  was  restricted  only  by  the  law  that  had 
been  passed  regulating  the  mode  of  government  of  the  particu- 
lar province.     A  certain  number  of  the  citizens  in  conjunction 


20-i  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

with  the  proconsul  constituted  a  body  of  recuperator es,  which 
exercised  judicial  functions.  The  proconsul  had  under  him 
certain  delegates  elected  by  himself,  the  number  alone  being 
determined  by  the  senate.  These  delegates  were  styled  legati 
proconsulis  (a  term  which  has  been  rendered  by  "  lieutenants"); 
they  represented  the  governor  in  his  absence,  and  were  pre- 
ceded by  a  lictor  and  exercised  whatever  functions  might  be 
confided  to  them  by  the  proconsul. 

230.  Independently  of  and  in  addition  to  the  governor  a 
quaestor  was  sent  by  Rome  entrusted  with  the  exchequer  of  the 
provinces.  Taxes  were  not  levied  directly,  but  the  most  vicious 
of  all  systems  was  employed  in  their  collection — that  of  farming 
— for  it  invariably  happened  that  the  farmers  (publicani,  publi- 
cans) burdened  the  tributaries,  and  by  secret  means  extorted 
from  them  double  the  legitimate  impost.  This  farming  had  up 
to  a  given  time  been  exclusively  enjoyed  by  the  knights,  and 
was  considered  as  in  some  way  attached  to  their  peculiar  order. 


SECTION  XLIV. 
PROPRIETORS. 

231.  Some  provinces  were  consular,  others  praetorian.  The 
consular  provinces  were  those  in  which  it  was  necessary  to 
maintain  a  military  force,  and  they  were  ordinarily  entrusted  to 
consuls  retiring  from  office.  The  latter  were  provinces  in 
which  it  was  only  necessary  to  quarter  a  small  body  of  troops, 
and  these  were  generally  conferred  upon  pragtors.  This  classi- 
fication of  provinces  into  consular  and  praetorian  might  depend 
upon  various  causes,  such  as  the  condition  of  the  country,  or 
its  position  with  respect  to  the  seat  of  war ;  and  the  senate- 
would  determine  in  which  category  to  rank  them  accordingly. 
It  followed  that  the  character  assigned  to  each  might  vary  from 
year  to  year.  The  praetorian  provinces  had  attached  to  them, 
like  the  consular,  a  qutestor,  lieutenants  and  publicans. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  20.3 

232.  The  proconsuls  and  the  propraetors,  as  a  general  rule, 
were  appointed  for  one  year  only,  and  were  required,  upon  re- 
signing their  post,  to  render  an  account  to  the  senate ;  but  we 
find  that,  almost  without  exception,  they  failed  to  render  any- 
thing but  an  illusory  statement,  maintaining  themselves  by 
intrigue  or  by  force  in  their  office,  attaching  to  themselves  their 
lieutenants,  quaestors,  and  publicans,  in  order  to  oppress  the 
provinces  by  extortion,  or  to  crush  them  by  tyranny. 


SECTION  XLV. 

THE  PUBLIC  CONSULTATIONS  OF  THE  JURISTS  (Responsa 
Prudentum). 

233.  The  importance  and  credit  which  appears  to  have  been 
enjoyed  in  the  Roman  republic  from  the  earliest  time  by 
those  who  devoted  themselves  to  the  practical  study  of  law,  and 
who,  by  their  counsels,  directed  the  citizens  in  their  private 
affairs  and  litigation,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  features  in 
the  history  of  this  people.  The  tendency  of  the  early  Romans 
to  judicial  studies  and  legal  pursuits,  their  readiness  to  recog- 
nize the  services  of  men  who  distinguished  themselves  in  these 
matters,  and  to  accord  to  them  their  suffrages  when  applicants 
for  office,  is  apparent  in  every  page  of  their  history. 

It  was  different  in  Greece,  although  that  country  also  en- 
joyed a  republican  form  of  government,  and  its  people  the 
rights  of  citizenship.  There,  as  Cicero  remarks,  trials  were 
conducted  in  private,  and  the  profession  of  the  lawyer,  who  lent 
his  services  to  the  advocate,  was  a  humble  occupation  remu- 
nerated by  a  scanty  fee.1  This  characteristic  of  Roman  man- 
ners may  be  traced  to  an  instinctive  love  of  law  peculiar  to  this 
people,  and  to  their  historical  origin. 

In  the  first  instance  the  patricians  were  the  only  class  initiated 
into  the  mysteries  of  the  law,  the  actiones  and  the  dies  fasti. 

Seated  in  his  atrium,  surrounded  by  his  clients  and  those  who 

1  Cicero,  De  oratorc,  1,  §45:  "Non,  dula  addncti,  ministros  se  prosbent  in 
ut  apud  Grsecos  iufimi  homines,  merce-  jiuliciis  oratoribus." 


206  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

had  come  to  consult  him,  the  aristocratic  jurisconsult  pronounced 
his  dictum  as  a  species  of  oracle.  Those  who  had  acquired  the 
greatest  reputation  were  surrounded  bj  a  proportionately  large 
crowd. 

It  was  not  as  if,  in  exercising  these  functions,  the  patricians 
gave  an  exposition  of  the  civil  law,  or  practised  any  profession 
in  connection  with  it ;  it  was  rather,  as  Pomponius  says,  that 
they  liked  to  keep  the  civil  law  as  a  mystery  known  only  to 
themselves,  and  limited  themselves  to  giving  answers  to  those 
who  came  to  consult  them.1 

234.  But  after  the  publication  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  after 
the  divulging  of  the  dies  fasti  and  the  secrets  of  the  actiones 
legis,  and  especially  after  the  plebeians  had  broken  down  by 
degrees  the  barriers  previously  existing  between  themselves  and 
the  patricians,  the  mystery  attached  to  these  things  disappeared. 
The  study  and  practice  of  the  civil  law,  like  the  honours  and 
magistracies  of  the  republic,  became  open  to  the  plebeians,  and 
thenceforward  the  public  profession  of  the  jurists  assumed  a 
more  liberal  character;    the    consultation   and   advice   to   the 
litigants  ceased  to  be  mere  opinions  given  in  individual  cases: 
they  became  a  system  of  legal  interpretation  which  constituted 
to  a  great  extent  the  lex  non  scripta.     Tiberius  Coruncanius, 
the    first   plebeian   who    attained   to    the    dignity  of  Pontifex 
Maximus,  was  also  the  first  plebeian  who  devoted  himself  to 
the  public  profession  of  the  law.     Cicero  says  of  him  (Brutus, 
§  14),  that  the  memoirs  of  the  pontiffs  attest  his  great  capacity. 
He  died  in  the    year    245    B.C.      Many   others   subsequently 
imitated  his  example.     About  fifty  years  afterwards  the  senate 
gave  to  Gaius  Cornelius  Scipio  Xasica,  the  descendant  of  an 
illustrious  family,  who  was  appointed  consul  B.C.  191,  a  house 
in  the  Via   Sacra,  in  order  that  he  might  be  the  more  easily 
consulted.2 

235.  Cicero,  speaking  in  reference  to  his  own  time,  after 

1  Dig.  1,2,  De  orig.  jnr.,  2,  §  35,  f.       toribus   (vat'are)   potius  qnam  discere 
1'omp.  :  "  Vel  in  latent!  jus  civile  re-      volentibus  se  prsestabant." 
tiucre   cogitabant,  sol  unique  consulta-  *  Dig.  1,  2,  Deorig.jur.,  §  27. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  207 

passing  over  the  instruction  which  formed  a  less  essential  part 
of  the  profession,  summarises  in  these  four  words  the  office  of  a 
jurist :  respondere,  cavere,  agere,  scribere.1  Respondere,  that  is, 
to  give  advice  according  to  the  facts  laid  before  the  legal  adviser 
upon  the  matters  submitted  to  him,  and  frequently  upon  matters 
not  in  litigation,  e.  g.,  the  marriage  of  a  daughter,  the  purchase 
of  an  estate,  or  the  culture  of  a  field.2  Cavere,  that  is,  to  indi- 
cate the  forms  that  must  be  pursued,  or  the  precautions  taken, 
in  order  to  secure  the  rights  of  an  individual  or  the  protection 
of  his  interests.  Ayere,  that  is,  to  interfere  actively  for  his 
client  in  the  Forum  before  the  magistrate  or  before  the  judge, 
to  appear  with  him  there  to  support  his  advice  with  his  presence, 
and  to  give  such  counsel  as  the  exigency  of  the  occasion  should 
require.  Scribere,  that  is,  to  compose  and  publish  collections, 
commentaries  or  treatises  upon  certain  parts  of  the  law. 
Pomponius,  in  his  historical  precis  inserted  in  the  Digests  of 
Justinian  (lib.  i.  tit.  2,  §  35  et  seq.),  traces  the  origin  of  this 
species  of  publication  to  Papirius,  to  whom  he  ascribes  the  col- 
lection of  the  leges  rcyice  (Jus  Papirianum)  about  the  year 
B.C.  531  (see  above,  par.  Xo.  76);  to  Appius  Claudius  Caecus 
or  Centummanus,  a  censor  in  307  B.C.,  who  published  a  work 
entitled  De  usurpationibus,  now  lost;  to  Sextus  ./Elius,  consul 
in  B.C.  199,  whose  book,  which  we  shall  notice  hereafter,  was 
entitled  Tripertita.  He  does  not  however  mention  the  work 
prior  to  that  of  Flavins  upon  the  dies  fasti  and  the  actiones 
Icgis  (Jits  civile  Flavianum\  alluded  to  above  (par.  176), 
probably  because  Flavins  was  not  a  jurist  by  profession  ;  but  he 
gives  a  long  list  of  the  jurists  of  the  period  of  the  republic,  the 
greater  part  of  whom  were  consular  personages,  who  left  behind 
them  works  upon  the  law.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  what 
Cicero  says,  in  his  De  oratore  and  in  his  Dialogue  dedicated  to 
Brutus,  concerning  the  illustrious  orators,  a  certain  number  of 

1  By  uniting  the  two  following  pas-  "  Hie  nobiscum  hanc  nrbanam  militiam 

sages,  De  uratore,  1,  §  48,  where  Ckero  respondeitdl,  seribendi,  cavendi  .    .    . 

defines   the  true  jurist,   "  Qui  legum,  sceutus  est." 

consuetudinis  ejus,  qua  privati  in  civi-  2  Cicero,  DC  orator.,  iii.  §  33  :  "  Non 

tate  uterentur,  et  ad  respon-dendiim,  et  solum  ut  de  jure  civili  ad  cos,  veruui 

ad  agendum,  et  ad  cavendum,  peritus  etiain   de   filia   collocanda,    de    fundo 

esset;"  and  in  1'ro  31 arena,  §  '.),  where  eniendo,  dc  agro  colendo,  de  onmi  deni- 

he  is  speaking  against  Scrvius  Sulpicins,  quo  aut  oilicio  nut  negotio  referretur." 


208  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

whom  were  great  jurists  as  well  as  eloquent  speakers.  Amongst 
these  must  be  mentioned  Cato,  to  whom  Cicero  (De  oj-at.,  1, 
37)  ascribes  these  two  qualifications  in  a  high  degree — "  cujus 
et  libri  ezstant"  says  Pomponius,— and  his  eldest  son,  who  has 
left  a  stih1  greater  number:  "  sed plurimi  filii  ejus"  (Dig.  1,  2, 
De  orig.jur.,  2,  §  38).  It  is  to  this  latter  that  the  phrase  in 
Aulus  GeUius  refers  (xiii.  19):  "  egregios  de  juris  disciplina 
libros  reliquit"  We  must  also  include  the  illustrious  plebeian 
family  of  Mucius  Scsevola,  the  various  members  of  which  trans- 
mitted the  study  of  jurisprudence  from  one  to  the  other  as  an 
inheritance ;  first  the  Pontifex  Maximus  Publius  Mucius 
Scasvola,  and  next,  of  still  greater  fame,  his  son  Quintus 
Mucius  Scsevola,  consul  at  Home  in  B.C.  96,  and  Pontifex 
Maximus  in  succession  to  his  father.  Pomponius  says  of  him, 
that  he  was  the  first  to  establish  the  Jus  civile,  that  is  to  say, 
jurisprudence  as  a  science,  by  reducing  it  as  a  whole  to  eighteen 
books.1  His  opinions  are  frequently  cited  in  the  Digests  of 
Justinian  and  in  the  fragments  of  later  jurists.  It  was  under 
him,  and  by  taking  an  active  part  at  his  consultations,  that 
Cicero  was  trained  as  a  jurist.2  Amyot,  in  his  French  transla- 
tion of  Plutarch's  Lives  (  Vie  de  Cicer.,  §o),  says  that  he  also 
frequented  the  consultations  of  Mucius  Scasvola.  Cicero  did 
not  however  himself  become  an  eminent  jurist  till  after  the  death 
of  the  Augur  Quintus  Mucius  Screvola,  to  whom  from  the  time 
of  his  taking  the  toy  a  virilis  he  had  been  confided  by  his  father 
(De  amicitia,  i.),  and  of  whom  he  has  made  mention  in  his 
works  De  oratore,  De  amicitia  and  De  republicd.  This  is  not 
the  Mucius  Scaevola  before  referred  to.  In  this  practice,  and 
from  the  number  of  publications  which  it  had  become  the  fashion 
of  the  jurists  of  the  time  of  the  republic  to  produce,  we  may  see 
why  Cicero  places  amongst  their  functions  that  of  scribere. 

This  acquaintance  with  and  practical  profession  of  the  law 
served  as  a  means  of  acquiring  popularity  and  election  to  the 
higher  magistracies.  "  You  all  know  how  to  come  and  consult 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  oriff.  jitr.,  2,  §  41 :  juris  civilis  studio,  multum  opera  da- 
"  Jus  civile  primum  constituit,   gene-  bam  Q  Scsevolae,  Publii  filio,  qui,  quan- 
ratim   in  libros    deccm   et    octo   redi-  quani  nemini  se  ad  docendum  dabat, 
gcndo."  tamen,  consulentilms  respondendo,  stu- 

2  Cicero,  Brutus,  §  89  :  "Egoautem,  diosos  audiciuli  cloccbat." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  209 

hut  you  don't  know  how  to  make  a  consul,"  said  a  disappointed 
candidate  to  his  clients,  who  presented  themselves  in  his 
</fr rum  in  great  numbers  on  the  day  after  the  election.1  It 
\\as  also  reckoned  as  an  accomplishment,  and  added  some- 
what to  the  dignity  and  respect  accorded  to  an  honourable  old 
age.8 

236.  Such  were,  in  the  time  of  the  republic,  these  juris- 
consulti,  or  simply  consulti,  jurisperiti  or  periti,  jurispru- 
dentes  or  prudentcs,  to  whose  opinions  so  much  weight  was 
attached,  in  consequence  of  their  reputed  wisdom,  that  they 
came  to  occupy  a  place  as  one  of  the  sources  of  Roman  law. 
The  young  men  who  were  the  pupils  of  these  jurists  attended 
them  during  their  consultations,  accompanied  them  to  the 
forum,  collected  the  replies  that  were  given  to  the  suitor,  and 
thus  prepared  themselves  for  their  destined  career.  Cicero 
himself  pursued  this  course  as  the  pupil  of  Scsevola.  The 
lessons  thus  learnt  were  a  collection  of  decisions  upon  various 
points,  rather  than  a  scientific  and  systematic  arrangement  of 
principles,  and  required  for  their  completion  a  study  of  the 
Twelve  Tables,  which  were  committed  to  memory.  The  re- 
sponsa  prudentum  thus  collected,  after  having  served  their 
purpose  as  a  guide  to  the  litigant,  the  magistrates  or  the 
judges,  were  formed  into  a  body  of  principles  and  maxims  which 
were  continually  being  added  to  and  becoming  every  day  more 
accurately  defined.  We  constantly  meet  with  the  expression 
juris  interpretation  auctoritas  prudentium,  in  the  works  of 
writers  from  the  time  of  the  republic,  and  especially  in  the 
latter  part  of  that  period  in  the  writings  of  Cicero.  We  must 
not  read  the  expression  juris  interpretatio  in  the  strict  and 
narrow  sense  of  a  bare  interpretation  ;  for  we  know  that,  while 
always  referring  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  Roman  law, 
such  as  the  Twelve  Tables,  the  jurists  gradually  developed  a 
progressive  system,  sometimes  laying  the  foundation,  at  others 

1  Valerius  Maximus,  ix.  3,2:  "Om-  2  Cicero,  Devratorc,  1,§  45:  "Sencc- 

ncs   consulere   scitis,   consulem   facerc  tuti  vero  celebrandm  et  ornandaj  quod 

nescitis!"     Ascribed  to  C.  Figulus,  a  honcstius  potcst  csse  pcrfugium,  quam 

jurist  of    reputation    about   the  year  juris  interpretatio." 
133  B.C. 


210  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

adding  the  superstructure.  Nor  must  we  take  the  term  aucto- 
ritas  in  an  absolute  sense.  The  decisions  of  the  jurists  were 
not  till  long  after  this  period  obligatory,  nor  were  the  judges 
bound  to  observe  them,  as  for  instance  in  the  case  of  Scsevola 
himself,  whose  opinion  could  be  rejected  by  the  judge,  as  we 
learn  in  Cicero,  Pro  Ccecina,  §  24,  if  the  opposite  party  was 
in  a  position  to  show  that  it  was  not  good  law.  (Sed  ut  hoc 
doceret,  illud  quod  Sccevola  defendebat  non  esse  juris.}  This 
auctoritas  was  that  general  authority  which  resulted  from  the 
force  of  reason,  and  from  the  application  of  sound  practical 
common  sense  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  the  conclusion 
being  grounded,  at  least  in  appearance,  on  the  accepted  basis 
of  the  law — the  Twelve  Tables  and  other  legislative  enactments. 
It  is  in  this  sense  that  the  juris  interpretatio  or  the  responsa 
prudentum,  which  were  styled,  speaking  strictly,  jurispruden- 
tia,  that  is  to  say,  the  logical  deduction  and  correct  application 
of  the  law,  formed  a  part  of  the  Roman  lex  non  scripta,  or  un- 
written law  (quod  sine  scripto  venit) ;  which  did  not  receive, 
says  Pomponius,  as  other  branches,  a  special  denomination,  but 
which  bore  the  common  appellation  of  jus  civile,1  that  is  to 
say,  the  civil  law  generically,  including  text  and  commentary. 
Modern  German  historians  and  commentators  upon  the  Roman 
law,  speaking  still  more  laconically,  have  styled  it  simply  jus. 

237.  Already,  towards  the  close  of  the  republic,  men  of 
superior  understanding  saw  and  felt  the  necessity  of  collecting, 
arranging,  pruning  and  restoring  to  a  more  simple  and  har- 
monious whole,  the  large,  and  not  unfrequently  conflicting,  mass 
of  matter  which  had  been  accumulated  by  direct  legislation  and 
the  labours  of  the  jurists.  Cicero  had  himself  commenced  the 
compilation  of  a  work  upon  the  civil  law,  entitled  Dejure  civili 
in  artem  redigendo,-  and  amongst  the  projects  conceived  by 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  oriff.  jur.,  2,  §  5,  f .  s  Aul.  Gcll.  1,22:  "  M.  autem  Cicero 

Pomp.:    "fixe  disputatio,  et  hoc  jus,  in  libro  qui  inscriptns  est  De  jure  civili 

quod  sine  scripto  venit,  coinpositura  a  in  artem  redigendo  verba  base  posuit. 

prudentibus,  propria  parte  aliqua  non  'Nee  vero  scientia  juris  majoribus  suis 

appellatur,  ut  cajtenvj  partes  juris  suis  Q.  ./Elius  Tubero  defuit ;  doctrina  etiam 

nominibus  designantur,  datis  propriis  superfuit.'  "     Quintilian,  xii.  3  :    "  M. 

nominibus  caeteris  partibus :    sed  com-  Tullius,  non  modo  inter  agendum  nun- 

muni  nomine,  appellatur  jus  civile."  quam  est  destitutus  scientia  juris,  sed 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  211 

Julius  Caesar  was  that  of  reducing  the  civil  law  to  circumscribed 
limits,  by  eliminating  from  the  immense  and  diffuse  bulk  of  law 
the  portions  that  were  of  the  smallest  value.1  Those  parts 
which  appertained  to  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  republic 
would  unquestionably  have  disappeared. 

In  proportion  as  the  science  of  the  civil  law  and  the  profession 
of  the  jurist  became  popular,  the  relationship  resulting  from  the 
ancient  system  of  clientage  became  enfeebled.  The  growth  of 
the  plebeian  body  and  the  accession  of  its  new  members,  who  had 
never  been  subjected  to  the  patrician,  together  with  the  political 
emancipation  of  the  entire  plebeian  body,  rendered  the  connection 
useless ;  and  thus  the  ancient  clientage,  that  political  legal  sub- 
jection so  characteristic  of  Rome,  disappeared  day  by  day,  giving 
place  to  an  entirely  new  clientage, — a  clientage  rather  of  fact  than 
of  right,  the  influence  of  knowledge  and  reputation  rather  than 
that  of  race. 

238.  We  must  take  care  not  to  confound  the  expressions 
publice  respondere  and  publice  prqfiteri  with  any  notion  of  advis- 
ing or  instructing  at  the  public  expense.  Such  an  idea  is  re- 
butted by  the  manners  of  the  period  and  by  the  language  of 
Pomponius,  who  evidently  applies  the  word  publice,  not  to  any 
salary  but  to  the  publicity  with  which  the  responses  were  given 
and  the  teaching  conveyed,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  secrecy  or 
mystery  with  which  the  earlier  jurists  had  enveloped  themselves. 
He  tells  us,  in  addition,  that  the  right  of  thus  publicly  giving 
legal  advice  was  not  a  right  that  had  to  be  obtained  from  any 
source  whatever,  but  that  whoever  felt  himself  competent  was  at 
liberty  to  give  his  opinion  publicly  upon  any  point  of  law.2 

etiara  componere  aliqna  de  eo  cceperat :  habebant,  consulentibns  respondebant." 

nt  appareat,  posse  oratorem  non  di-  Dig.  1,2,  Deorig.jur.,  2,  §  47,  f.  Pomp, 
cendo  tantum  juri  vacate,  sed  etiam  Pomponius,  in  the  historical  summary 

docendo."  which  he  has  left  us,  after  setting  forth 

1  Suet.,  J.  C(ssar,  §  44 :  "  Jus  civile  the  origin  and  the  progress  of  the  laws, 

ad  certum  modum  redigere :  atque  ex  and  other  sources  of  Roman  law  (juris 

immensa  diffusaque  legum  copia,  opti-  oriyinem  atque processum,  §  1  et  seq.), 

ma  quoeque  et  necessaria  in  paucissi-  then  the  various  magistracies  (quod  ad 

mos  conferre  libros."  magistrates  attinet,  §  14  et  seq.),  passes 

a  "  Ante  tempore  Augusti  publice  re-  to  the  biography  of  the  principal  jurists 

spondendi  j  us  non  a  principibus  dabatur ;  (§  35  et  seq.). 
sed    qui   tiduciam   studiorum   suorum 

P2 


212  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XL VI. 

A  NEW  WORK  ON  THE  ACTIONES  LEGIS  ( Jus  JElianum  vel 
Tripertita}. 

239.  Amongst  the  jurists  of  these  times  we  must  distinguish 
Sextus  ^Elius  (curule  ffidile  in  B.C.  201,  consul  in  B.C.  199  and 
subsequently  censor),  who,  as  Pomponius  tells  us  in  alluding  to 
the  words  of  the  ancient  poet  Ennius,  was  mentioned  by  him, 
Sextum  ^Elium  etiam  Ennius  laudavit,  in  the  following  flatter- 
ing terms :  — 

Egregie  cordatus  homo  Catus  ^Elius  Sextus. 
Catus  .ZElius  Sextus,  a  man  of  noble  heart. 

Sextus  ZElius  composed  a  work  known  as  the  Tripertita, 
because  it  consisted  of  three  parts :  first,  the  law  of  the  Twelve 
Tables ;  secondly,  their  interpretation ;  and  thirdly,  the  actiones 
leg  is.1 

According  to  one  account,  which  is  however  without  confir- 
mation, the  pontiffs  and  patrician  jurists,  after  the  formulae  of  the 
actiones  legis  had  been  divulged  by  Flavius,  invented  new  ones, 
which  they  took  the  precaution  to  write  in  symbols  or  initial 
abbreviations  (per  siylas  express^.2  If  this  were  so,  the  book 
of  Sextus  ZElius  would  be  a  revelation  of  this  new  secret. 
Pomponius,  however,  says  nothing  of  all  this;  he  simply  men- 
tions the  fact  of  the  publication  of  the  Tripertita,  and  says  that 
the  actiones  legis  are  treated  of  in  the  third  part.  Add  to  this 
the  fact  that  Sextus  ^lius  himself  composed  certain  new  for- 
mula? for  those  cases  which  were  wanting.  It  indeed  appears 
most  unlikely  that,  after  the  admission  of  the  plebeians  to  the 
various  magistracies,  to  the  pontificate  itself,  and  to  the  study 
of  the  civil  law,  and  especially  after  the  commencement  of  the 
practice  of  publicly  teaching  law,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  began 
with  Tiberius  Corimcanius,  himself  a  plebeian,  and  was  steadily 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orlg.  jiir.,  2,  §  38,  f.  dierum,  ratione  pervulgata  et  cognita, 
Pompon.      .  sine  sua  opera  lege  posset  agi,  notas 

2  This  rests  upon    the    passage   in  quasdam  composuerunt,  ut  omnibus  in 
Cicero,  which; in  speaking  of  the  patri-  rebus   ipsi   interessent."     Cicero,    Pro 
cians  after  the  publication  of  the  dies  Mitren.,  §  11.     See  also  Festus,  on  the 
fasti  and  the  actions  by  Flavius,  says :  word  Nota. 

"  Itaque  orati  illi,  quod  sunt  veriti,  ne 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  213 

continued — it  is  most  improbable  that  the  formulae  of  the  actiones 
legis,  even  supposing  that  they  had  been  renewed,  would  be 
made,  or  could  remain,  a  mystery.  This  work  of  Sextus  ^Elius 
also  received  the  title  of  jus 


SECTION  XL  VII. 

THE  GRADUAL  DECLINE  OF  THE  ACTIONES  LEGIS — THE 
CREATION  OF  A  FIFTH  ACTION  (THE  Condictio,  Lex 
Silia,  AND  Lex  Calpurnia) — THE  PARTIAL  SUPPRES- 
SION OF  THESE  ACTIONS  (Lex  jEbutia). 

240.  The  actiones  legis  exhibit  in  the  highest  degree  the 
characteristics  of  judicial  proceedings  peculiar  to  the  earliest 
stages  of  civilization.     They  were  ceremonies  expressing  ideas 
by  means  of  external  representations  or  pantomimes,  symbolizing 
the  objects  and  incidents  of  a  still  earlier  and  more  barbarous 
age.     They  were  rigid  forms  long  regarded  as  mysteries,  all 
the  minutiae  of  which  were  invested  with  a  sacred  character. 
Such  institutions  must  necessarily  experience  the  vicissitudes 
incident  to  the  progress  and  growth  of  civilization.     Their  sacer- 
dotal, patrician,  symbolic  and  sacramental  character  became  in 
the  course  of  time  more  and  more  at  variance  with  the  manners 
and  social  condition  of  the  times ;  and  above  all  these  charac- 
teristics were  to  the  Roman  plebeians  a  vestige  and  unwelcome 
reminiscence  of  a  past  servitude. 

Everything,  therefore,  tended  to  bring  the  actiones  legis  into 
discredit,  and  we  shall  find  that  the  decline  of  this  institution 
kept  pace  with  the  progress  of  history. 

241.  Flavius  by  divulging  these  formulas,  Corancanius  and 
every  plebeian  after  him  by  publicly  teaching  the  law,  Sextus 
-ZElius  by  giving  to  the  people  his  work  concluding  with  the 
actiones  legis,  had  effectually  stripped  them  of  their  mysteries 
and  sacerdotal  characteristics. 

'  "  Quia  deerant  quzcdam  genera  dedit  qui  appellatur  jits  JEllanum." 
agcndi  .  .  .  Sextus  ./Eli us  alias  Dig.  1,  2,  DC  oriy.ju-r.,  2,  §  7,  f.  Pomp, 
actioues  couiposuit,  et  libruni  populo 


214  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

242.  The  actio  sacramenti,  the  most  ancient  of  the  actiones 
legis,  was  applicable  to  all  cases,  and  was  without  doubt  the 
most  rude  as  well  as  rigorous  in  its  symbols  and  material  cha- 
racteristics, in  its  sacramental  words,  and,  finally,  in  the  pre- 
liminary deposit  which  it  required  to  be  made  to  the  pontiff. 
Already,  and  even  before  the  Twelve  Tables,  the  judicis  postu- 
latio,  the  second  of  the  actions,  had  introduced  a  simplification 
of  procedure,  viz.,  the   suppression  of  the   sacramentum,   or 
pecuniary  deposit,  and  was  used  in  cases  where  the  necessity  of 
less  formality  had  become  manifest.     We  recognize  the  same 
character  in  the  fifth  of  the  actiones  legis,  the  condictio,  intro- 
duced by  the  lex  Silia,  in  the  first  instance  exclusively  confined 
to  disputes  respecting  specific  sums  of  money  (certce  pecunice), 
and  extended  by  the  lex  Calpurnia  to  every  species  of  obliga- 
tion, provided  that  it  was  definite  in  its  character  (de  omni  certa 
re).1    The  precise  date  of  these  laws  is  not  known,  but  they  are  by 
conjecture  assigned  to  the  years  B.C.  244  and  234,  and  this  brings 
their  origin  down  to  the  period  when  the  actiones  legis  became 
almost  extinct.     We  know  but  little  of  the  details  of  the  forms 
of  the  condictio  beyond  the  fact  that  it  was  so  called  because 
the  plaintiff  announced  (denuntiabat,  condicebaf]  to  his  adver- 
sary that  he  would  have  to  appear  before  the  magistrate,  in  order 
that  a  judex  might  be  appointed.2     This  is  sufficient  to  show 
that  the  symbolic  and  material  acts  of  the  sacramentum  were 
dispensed  with ;  that  more  simple  ideas  and  practices  prevailed ; 
that  in  one  word  their  introduction  was  a  partial  abrogation  of 
the  ancient  actio  sacramenti  and  mysteries,  first  in  the  case  of 
a  dispute  concerning  a  liquidated  amount,  and  afterwards  con- 
cerning that  of  any  ascertained  subject.3 

243.  In  fact,  not  far  from  this  period,  toward  the  end  of  the 
sixth  century,  the  general  antipathy  and  the  discredit  attached 
to  the  system  of  the  actiones  legis  resulted  in  their  suppression, 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §  19.  we  refer  the  explanation  of  the  creation 

9  "  Et  hax:  quidera  actio  proprie  con-  of  the  condictio,  the  motive  for  which 

dictio  vocabatur:  nam  actor  adversario  was  discussed,  as  Gains  tells  us,  even  in 

denuntiabat,  ut  ad  judiccm  capicndum  his  time.     The  lex  Silia  and  the  lex 

die  XXX.  adesset."    Ibid.  Calpurnia  were  the  precursors  of  the 

3  It  is  to  these  facts  and  dates  that  lex  JEbntia. 


TIIE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  215 

if  not  absolutely,  at  least  practically,  that  which  remained  being 
in  fact  rather  regarded  as  an  exception  to  the  new  system  of 
procedure  then  introduced  than  a  part  of  it. 

This  event  is  alluded  to  in  a  passage  of  Aulus  Gellius,  which 
has  long  been  in  our  possession,  but  was  unintelligible  till  the 
discovery  of  the  manuscript  of  Gaius : — "  Sed  istae  omnes  legis 
actiones  paulatim  in  odium  venerunt,  namque  ex  nimia  subti- 
litate  veterum,  qui  tune  jura  condiderunt,  eo  res  perducta  est 
ut  vel  qui  minimum  errasset,  litem  perderet.  Itaque  per  legem 
^Ebutiam  et  duas  Julias  sublatae  sunt  istae  legis  actiones, 
effectumque  est  ut  per  concepta  verba,  id  est  per  formulas, 
litigaremus." l 

244.  The  extent  of  the  provisions  of  the  lex  JEbutia  as  to 
the  suppression  of  the  actiones  legis  is  not  accurately  known, 
because  it  is  to  this  law,  concurrently  with  the  two  leges  Julia, 
that  Gaius  attributes  the  suppression,  without  telling  us  the 
part  performed  by  each.     If  we  rely  upon  the  words  of  Aulus 
Gellius  just  cited,  we  might  be  induced  to  believe  that  the 
abrogation,  especially  as  to  the  actiones  legis  relating  to  ordi- 
nary trials,  was  the  work  of  the  lex  j?Ebutia,  and  that  the  two 
leges  Julia,  enacted  at  a  subsequent  period,  fixed  and  regulated 
several  important  points  concerning  the   new  procedure  and 
confirmed  and  completed  the  lex  ^Ebutia.     Be  this  as  it  may, 
the  procedure  by  the  actiones  legis  was  preserved  in  two  classes 
of  cases,  of  which  mention  should  first  be  made  of  those  cases 
which   were    of  necessity  heard  by   the   centumviri.2      This 
tribunal,  which  was  eminently  Quiritarian  and  derived  from 
the   tribes,  confined  itself  to   the    Quiritarian   action   of  the 
sacramentum. 

245.  The  date  of  the  lex  ^Ebutia  is  as  uncertain  as  is  the 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §  30.    Aul.  Gell.,  2  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §  31.    The  second 

Noct.   attic.,   16,   §    10:    "Sed   enim  was  the  case  of  injunction  in  the  event 

([in n 1 1  proletarii,  et  assidui,  et  sanates,  of  threatened  damage  from  an  adjoin- 

et  vades,  et  subvades,  et  viginti  quinque  ing  building  (propter  damnum  infcc- 

asses,  et  taliones,  furtorumque  qutestio  tv-m};  but  the  aetio  legis  in  this  in- 

cum  lance  et  licio  evanuerint,  omnisque  stance  was  only  facultative  and   soon 

ilia  XII  Tabularum  antiqnitas,  nisi  in  fell  into  disuse,  the  edict  of  the  priutor 

legis  actionibus  centumviralium  causa-  having  furnished  a  far  more  convenient 

ruin,  lege  ^Ebutia  lata,  consopita  sit."  and  preferable  remedy. 


216  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

extent  of  its  provisions.  It  is  mentioned  neither  by  Gaius  nor 
Aulus  Gellius ;  but  by  an  examination  of  the  records  of  Roman 
history,  and  searching  for  the  year  in  which  there  were  tribunes 
of  the  name  of  .ZEbutius,  we  are  brought  down  to  a  period  be- 
tween B.C.  234  and  171.  The  earliest  of  these  dates  is  that 
usually  fixed  upon,  B.C.  234 ;  but  this  appears  to  me  the  least 
admissible.  Looking  at  the  connection  of  the  dates  alone — 
first,  at  the  lex  Silia,  which  created  the  condictio,  probably  in 
B.C.  244;  secondly,  at  the  lex  Calpurnia,  which  extended  the 
condictio,  probably  in  B.C.  234;  thirdly,  at  the  jus  j?Elianum  of 
Sextus  ^Elius,  which  published  the  actiones  legis  and  at  the 
same  time  made  certain  additions  to  them  in  B.C.  202 ;  fourthly 
and  finally,  at  the  lex  Furia  testamentaria,  which,  according  to 
Gaius,  made  a  new  application  of  the  manus  injectio  to  a  case 
which  had  recently  arisen,  in  (probably)  B.C.  183 l — looking  at 
these  facts  we  shall  be  justified  in  rejecting  the  year  B.C.  234  as 
that  in  which  the  lex  JEbutia  was  promulgated,  and  giving  the 
preference  to  the  year  B.C.  177  or  17 1.2 

246.  The  same  uncertainty  exists  with  regard  to  the  two 
leges  Julia,  one  of  which  is  usually  recognized  as  the  law  of 
Augustus,  concerning  procedure  in  private  matters,  lex  Julia 
judiciariaprivatorum,  and  is  ascribed  approximately  to  B.C.  25; 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,   §   23.     It  is  true  lex  Furia. 

that  it  might  be  objected  to  this  last  2  There  is  doubtless  great  uncertainty 

observation,  first,  that  it  is  not  astonish-  concerning  all  these  dates,  but  it  appears 

ing  that  the  lex  Furia,  testamentaria,  to  me  singular  that  the  chronological 

in  the  case  of  disputed  legacies,  caused  tables  which  place  the  creation  of  the 

a  new  application  of  the  actio  manus  centumviri  in  the  year  B.C.  242,  the  lex 

injectio  at  a  period  when  the  actiones  Silia  in  the  year  B.C.  244,  the  lex  Cal- 

legis  had  been  suppressed,  because  they  purnia  in  the  year  B.C.  234,  and  the 

were  already  preserved  in  those  causes  jus  JSJUianum  in  the  year  B.C.  202,  arc 

•which  necessarily  came  before  the  cen-  precisely  those  which  adopt  the   year 

tumviri,  amongst  which  were  all  testa-  B.C.  2154  as  the  date  of  the  lex  sEbutia, 

mentary  disputes ;    secondly,  that,  al-  so  that  the  creation  of  the  centummri 

though  a  conjecture,  it  is  supported  by  would  only  have  preceded  the  suppres- 

various  passages  from  Cicero,  that  the  sion  of  the  actiones  leg  Is  by  a  period  of 

actiones  legis,  which  were  only  forms  eight  years  ;  the  fifth  action  of  the  law, 

of  execution,  that  is  to  say,  the  manus  the  condictio,  would   only  have  been 

injectio  in  the  greater  number  of    in-  created  ten  years  before  its  suppression, 

stances,  and  faQpignoris  capio  in  all,  and  extended  to  omnicertarc  precisely 

had   not   been   abrogated   by   the    lex  at  the  moment  of  its  suppression ;  and, 

sElmtia.     But  if  we  pay  attention  to  finally,  the  publication  of  the  actiones 

this  passage  in  Gaius,  it  will  not  be  ley  is  by  Sextus  ^'Elius  would  have  taken 

difficult  to  see  that  he  speaks  of  the  place,   according   to   this,   after    these 

lex  sHltttia  as  being  posterior  to  the  actions  had  been  abolished. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  217 

the  other  may  be  cither  the  law  of  Augustus  concerning  pro- 
cedure in  criminal  matters,  lex  Julia  judiciaria  publicor  urn,  or 
a  judiciary  law  of  Julius  Ca3sar,  lex  Julia  (C(Bsaris)judiciaria, 
probably  of  B.C.  46.  These  laws  are  therefore  dated  a  century 
later  than  the  lex  JEbutia,  and  do  not  belong  to  the  period  to 
which  our  attention  is  at  present  directed. 


SECTION  XL VIII. 

THE  ORDINARY  OR  FORMULARY  PROCEDURE  (Ordinaria 
Judicia,  vel  per  Formulas). 

THE  EXTRAORDINARY  PROCEDURE  {Extraor dinar ia  Ju- 
dicia). 

247.  The  system  of  the  actiones  legis  was  replaced  by  that 
of  the  formula,  or,  as  it  was  called,  the  ordinary  system,  which  is 
the  second  phase  of  Roman  legal  procedure.     This  system,  re- 
markable for  the  ingenuity  with  which  it  was  devised,  was  the 
result  of  a  gradual  process  of  development,  and  did  not  make 
its  appearance  in  the  first  instance  in  the  complete  or  perfect 
form  which  it  ultimately  attained.     It  is  well  worthy  of  the 
consideration  even  of  modern  publicists,  for  it  was  the  result  of 
the  development  of  praetorian  law  and  philosophic  jurisprudence ; 
it  marked  the  passage  of  law  as  an  instrument  of  patrician 
power  into  a  system  of  judicial  administration ;  it  was  the  legal 
genius  of  Home  undergoing  the  process  of  transformation — the 
growth  of  the  plebeian  and  Quiritarian  elements  into  the  plebeian 
and  humanitarian.     Under  it  the  plebeian  was  enfranchised  and 
the  foreigner  entitled  to  participate  in  lioman  justice — in  fact, 
it  worked  an  entire  revolution. 

248.  The    student   must   be   careful   not  to   confound   the 
formulas  to  which  we  are  now  alluding  Avitli  those  in  use  in  the 
actiones  leyis.     The  material  representations,  gestures,  symbols 
and  mystic  words  of  the  old  actiones  had  disappeared.     The 
dominant  idea  of  the  new  system  is,  that,  after  the  magistrate! 
had  heard  the  statement  of  the  parties  briefly  made  before  him 


218  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

injure,  he  organized  the  suit  by  delivering  to  the  judge  written 
instructions,  or  a  formula,  by  which  the  judge  was  appointed ; 
the  points  to  be  decided  between  the  litigants  were  defined,  and 
the  extent  of  his  power  determined. 

249.  The  study  of  the  constituent  parts  of  the  formula 
furnishes  the  key  to  the  whole  system.  It  invariably  com- 
mences with  the  appointment  of  the  judge,  Judex  esto.  In 
addition  to  which,  there  are  usually  three  or  four  other  clauses 
(partes). 

1st.  The  demonstratio,  or  statement  of  the  fact  or  facts 
alleged  by  the  plaintiff  as  the  ground  of  his  case :  "  Quod  Aulus 
Agerius  Numeric  Negidio  hominem  vendidit."  This  element 
did  not  necessarily  form  a  part  of  the  formula,  inasmuch  as 
this  preliminary  statement  might  be  sufficiently  set  forth  in  the 
second  part. 

2nd.  The  intentio  (from  in  and  tendere),  which  was  the  state- 
ment in  precise  terms  of  the  claim  made  by  the  plaintiff,  which 
was  to  be  determined  by  the  judge,  and  which,  consequently, 
involved  the  question  of  legal  right,  juris  contentio,  according 
to  the  expression  of  Gaius :  "  Si  paret  ....  &c.  if  it 
appears  that,  ....  &c."  This  is  the  vital  element  of  the 
formula  and  could  in  no  instance  be  wanting  when  the  ques- 
tion was  the  existence  or  non-existence  of  a  civil  right. 

3rd.  The  condemnatio,  which  was  the  authority  or  order 
given  to  the  judge  to  condemn  or  to  acquit  according  as  the  facts 
were  proved  or  not,  and  which  determined  the  latitude  of  his 
authority:  ««••••  condemnato ;  si  non  paret  absolvito." 
Every  condemnatio  was  pecuniary.  The  judge,  whatever  might 
be  the  nature  of  the  action,  was  only  empowered  to  condemn  in 
a  pecuniary  penalty.  This  is  therefore  a  "characteristic  feature 
of  the  formula  system.  The  expedients  resorted  to  in  order  to 
avert  the  inconveniences  which  attached  to  this  peculiarity  in 
many  instances  were  ingenious,  and  are  worthy  of  consideration. 

4th.  The  adjudicatio.  This  was  the  power  of  partition  con- 
ferred by  the  magistrate  upon  the  judge,  in  addition  to  that  of 
merely  finding  for  or  against  the  plaintiff.  And  it  authorized 
him  to  make  such  division  or  distribution  of  the  property  in 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  219 

question  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  required,  "  quantum 
adjudicare  oportet,  judex  Titio  adjudicate."1  This  section  of 
the  formula  was  confined  to  three  classes  of  action :  viz., 
families  erciscunda,  or  suits  brought  for  the  partition  of  an 
kcereditas  ;  communi  dividundo,  for  the  division  of  a  thing  held 
jointly ;  an&jinium  reaundorum,  for  the  fixing  and  settling  the 
boundaries  of  contiguous  landowners. 

260.  In  this  system  of  procedure  the  signification  of  the  word 
actio  is  fundamentally  altered.  It  here  designates  the  authority 
conferred  in  each  individual  case  by  the  magistrate  upon  the 
judge  to  try  and  determine  its  merits. 

The  words  actio,  formula,  judicium,  are  often  used  as 
synonymous. 

251.  In  fact  this  system  is  nothing  but  an  ingenious  method 
of  constituting  and  directing  a  jury  in  civil  matters.  We  must 
start  from  the  principle  that  the  judge  was  not  the  magistrate, 
but  simply  a  citizen ;  that  he  had  not  consequently  any  func- 
tions save  those  conferred  by  the  magistrate,  and  beyond  the 
terms  of  the  formula  itself  he  was  powerless.  The  main  point, 
therefore,  in  this  form  of  procedure  was  the  construction  of  the 
formula,  and  hence  it  was  that  so  much  skill  and  labour  were 
bestowed  upon  its  development.  To  this  end  the  most  cele- 
brated jurists  were  consulted  both  by  the  magistrate  and  the 
litigant.  The  conciseness  and  accuracy  of  the  terms  employed 
are  admirable.  But  these  terms,  it  must  be  remembered,  were 
no  longer,  like  those  of  the  actiones  legis,  symbolic ;  nor  was  the 
misuse  of  them  followed  by  the  penalty  which  attached  to  that 
of  the  terms  of  the  actiones  legis,  the  loss  of  the  suit,  but  they 
enjoyed  a  flexibility  which  permitted  their  adaptation  to  the 
peculiar  circumstances  of  any  given  case. 

Each  case,  however  slightly  it  might  differ  from  another,  was 
provided  for,  because  each  required  its  appropriate  formula. 
The  formulas  themselves  forming  to  a  certain  extent  the  models 
or  general  types  were  prepared  beforehand,  incorporated  into 
the  general  body  of  jurisprudence,  inscribed  upon  the  album 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §§  39  ct  seq. 


220  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  exposed  to  the  public.1  The  plaintiff,  when  before  the 
magistrate  (in  jure),  specified  what  he  required.  The  limits 
of  the  specific  terms  were  discussed  between  the  parties,  the 
formula  was  adapted  to  the  actual  case  in  question,  and  finally 
delivered  by  the  prsetor  (postulatio,  impetratio,  formula,  vel 
actionis,  vel  judicii)"*  Afterwards  the  judge,  whose  duty  it 
was  to  determine  the  fact  or  law  in  dispute  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  case,  heard  the  respective  parties,  received  what 
evidence  was  presented,  resolved  the  problem  submitted  to  him, 
and  delivered  his  judgment  (sententid),  always  taking  care  to 
confine  himself  within  the  limit  of  the  power  conferred  upon 
him  by  the  formula. 

252.  We  may  well  ask  how  a  system  so  remarkable  in  its 
character,  and  which  was  substituted  by  the  lex  ^Ebutia  for 
that  of  the  actiones  legis,  was  originated?     Was  it  an  instan- 
taneous  production,   or  was    it   the   result   of  some    gradual 
development  ?     It  is  a  question  of  doubt  whether,  even  under 
the  system  of  the  actiones  legis,  something  of  a  similar  character 
did  not  exist,  that  is  to  say,  whether  the  magistrate,  after  the 
symbolic  rite  of  the  actiones  legis  had  been  performed  before 
him,  in  submitting  the  parties  to  the  decision  of  the  judge  did 
not  give  to  that  judge  some  sort  of  form  or  formula,  specifying 
what  he  was  to  find  and  the  extent  of  the  powers  conferred.     If 
so,  the  innovation  made  by  the  lex  ^^Ebutia  was  comparatively 
slight  and  simple,  and  in  fact  was  rather  confined  to  the  suppres- 
sion of  the  ritual  of  the  actiones  legis  as  then  practised  than  to 
the  creation  of  a  new  form.     The  residue  of  the  procedure  in 
that  case  alone  remained,  and  as  all  but  the  formula  was  gone 
it  would  naturally  become  the  procedure  of  the  formula.     We, 
however,  join  in  the  opinion  of  those  who  decline  to  ascribe  to 
it  this  origin,  and  who  reject  the  notion  that  in  the  actiones 
legis  any  species  of  formula  was  given  to  the  judge. 

253.  However,  the  new  system  at  the  period  when  the  lex 

1  Gai.,   Inxtit.,   §   47.     Cicero,  Pro       Circ'in.,  .'? ;  J)c  i-nrcnt.,  1!);    In,  Terr., 
ROM.,  8.  4,  GO. 

9  Cicero,    Part,    orat.,    §    28 ;    Pro 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  221 

.F.lnttia  sanctioned  it,  was  not  a  novelty.  In  our  opinion  it 
liiul  constituted  the  mode  of  administering  justice  between 
peregrini ,  or  between  citizens  and  peregrini;  and  tracing  it  to 
this  source  we  ascribe  to  the  prcetor  peregrinus  the  credit  of 
having  developed  and  elaborated  it  into  a  system. 

254.  In  fact  from  the  moment  that  it  was  admitted  that  the 
peregrini  could  have,  whether  as  between  themselves  or  as 
between  themselves  and  citizens,  legal  redress  for  their  wrongs, 
the  consideration  of  which  might  be  referred  to  a  Roman 
magistrate,  it  became  a  matter  of  necessity  to  proceed  in  a 
manner  entirely  different  to  that  peculiar  to  the  actiones  legis. 
These  actions  could  not  be  brought  into  operation,  inasmuch 
as  their  application  was  confined  to  Roman  citizens ;  nor  could 
the  civil  law  be  made  to  apply,  whether  it  was  a  question  of  pro- 
perty or  of  obligation,  inasmuch  as  the  peregrini  were  strangers 
to  it ;  nor  was  the  ordinary  citizen  judge  the  proper  tribunal, 
inasmuch  as  he  was  taken  from  the  senatorial  class,  and  much 
less  were  the  centumviri  suitable.  The  proper  persons  to  adju- 
dicate, the  proper  procedure  to  be  used,  and  the  proper  law  to 
govern  the  case,  had  each  to  be  settled  or  created,  or,  at  least, 
regulated  by  the  sole  power  (imperium}  and  jurisdiction  of  the 
magistrate. 

The  practice  therefore  had  prevailed,  as  long  as  the  necessity 
had  existed,  for  the  Roman  magistrate,  by  virtue  of  his  imperium 
and  jurisdictio,  to  regulate  the  conduct  of  the  suit,  sending  as 
he  did  the  litigants  before  the  recuperatores,  who  were,  as 
custom  and  the  principles  of  the  jus  gentium  had  determined, 
the  proper  arbitrators  in  matters  where  the  interests  of  pere- 
grini were  involved. 

When  the  influence  of  the  foreigner  at  Rome  had  given  rise 
to  the  creation  of  the  prcetor  peregrinus  as  a  distinct  magistracy, 
he  adopted  and  continued  this  practice,  daily  improving  the 
formula,  and  imparting  to  it  precision  and  accuracy  by  his 
annual  edict. 

The  order  which  conferred  power  upon  the  recuperatores,  and 
which  was  to  serve  them  as  a  guide  in  the  discharge  of  their 
duty,  was  either  from  the  commencement  written,  or  as  the  result 


222  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

of  subsequent  improvements  was  reduced  to  a  written  form. 
This  became  their  instructions,  at  the  same  time  indicating 
the  point  which  it  was  their  business  to  determine,  and  telling 
them  the  judgment  that  they  were  to  pronounce  according  to 
their  finding.  This  was  the  formula. 

255.  The  citizens,  especially  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  sixth 
century,  daily  saw  this  system  pursued  amongst  the  peregrini 
and  in  those  matters  in  which  they  were  jointly  interested  with 
the  peregrini ;  and  having  experienced  the  advantages  of  its 
simplicity  and  observed  the  flexibility  of  its  character,  which 
enabled  it  with  ease  to  be  adapted  to  the  progressive  wants  of  a 
growing  civilization,  abandoning  the  formality  of  the  actiones 
legis,  they  commenced,  without  any  enacting  law  and  by  the 
sole  influence  of  custom,  to  have  recourse  to  the  same  system 
and  to  demand  formulas  from  the  praetor  in  cases  amongst 
themselves,  as  Roman  citizens.     These  applications  were  re- 
ceived with  favour  amongst  other  reasons  for  this,  that  with  the 
Romans  the  various  magistrates  invested  with  specific  functions 
could  at  will  supply  each  other's  office,  for  instance,  the  prcetor 
peregrinus  might  act  for  the  prcetor  urbanus,  and  vice  versa. 

256.  The  formula  first  designed  for  the  sole  benefit  of  the 
peregrini  had  originally  but  two  parts,  the  demonstratio  and 
the  condemnatio  ;  but  as  soon  as  it  was  to  be  applied  to  disputes 
between  citizens  and  to  questions  of  civil  law,  it  required  ampli- 
fication.    It  was  at  this  time  that  the  four  distinct  parts  of 
which  the  full  formula  is  composed  took  their  origin.     The 
prastors  then  endeavoured,  as  far  as  possible,  to  approximate  the 
procedure  of  the  actiones  legis,  so  that  the  transfer  from  one 
system  to  the  other  might  easily  be  made.     It  is  curious  to 
observe  the  traces  of  this  imitation,  exhibiting  the  successive 
steps  by  which  the  new  procedure  came  ultimately  to  entirely 
supplant  the  old.1 

257.  The  formula  in  some  of  its  parts  appeared  a  simplifica- 
tion of  the  most  important  features  of  the  actiones  let/is.     The 

1  Sec  Explication  historique  dcs  Instituts,  vol.  iii.  title  "  Des  actions." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  223 

administration  which  indicated  the  object  of  the  suit,  replaced 
tin'  pantomimic  gestures  of  the  old  system;  and  it  is  to  be  ob- 
served that  the  intentio,  which  was  the  statement  of  the  claim 
of  the  plaintiff,  was  clearly  founded  upon  the  very  words  uttered 
by  the  plaintiff  in  the  actiones  legis.  "  Hunc  ego  hominem  ex 
jure  quiritium  meum  esse  aio?  were,  for  example,  the  words 
used  by  the  plaintiff  in  the  sacramentum,  in  asserting  his  claim 
to  some  material  object,  at  the  same  time  that  he  placed  his 
lance,  the  vindicta,  upon  the  object  (in  this  case  the  man)  that 
he  claimed  as  his.1  "  Si  paret  hominem  ex  jure  quiritium  Auli 
Agerii  esse"  were  the  words  used  by  the  praetor  in  the  formula 
of  the  real  action.2  The  same  ideas  were  materialized  in  the 
actiones  legis,  and,  if  we  may  so  express  it,  spiritualized  by  the 
praetor  in  the  formula. 

258.  If  we  wish  to  ascertain  the  effect  produced  by  the  lex 
^Ebutia,  we  must  take  into  consideration  the  condition  in  which 
the  procedure  was  at  the  time  of  its  publication. 

Amongst  the  actiones  legis  the  sacramentum  was  solely  con- 
fined to  state  questions  and  real  rights,  and  to  certain  other 
special  matters,  that  is  to  say,  to  questions  which  must  come 
before  the  centumviri. 

The  actiones  legis,  per  judicis  postulationem  et  per  condic- 
tionem,  were  those  applicable  to  the  case  of  disputed  obligations ; 
but  as  a  matter  of  fact,  in  questions  of  this  kind,  the  citizens 
imitated  the  practice  pursued  in  similar  cases  in  which  the 
interests  of  peregrini  were  involved  and  applied  to  the  prsetor 
for  &  formula.  It  was,  to  a  certain  extent,  therefore,  merely 
the  legalization  of  this  practice  that  was  introduced  by  the  lex 
^Ebutia.  It  did  not,  in  fact,  invent  or  introduce  a  new  system, 
but  gave  the  sanction  of  the  legislature  to  that  which  custom 
had  already  adopted. 

259.  The  judicis  postulatio  and  the  condictio,  relative  to 
obligations,   were   however   suppressed   and    replaced  by  the 
formula. 

As  to  the  sacramentum,  it  still  survived.     State  questions, 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §  1C.  *  Gai.,  Instit.,  4,  §§  41,  93. 


224  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

disputes  concerning  Quiritarian  property,  or  real  rights,  as  also 
those  concerning  successions,  continued  to  be  litigated  by  the 
procedure  of  the  actiones  let/is,  and  were  heard  by  the  centum- 
viri.  This  college  was  still  too  powerful  and  popular  an  in- 
stitution to  be  suppressed.  And  it  required  the  lapse  of  time 
and  the  gradual  operation  of  praetorian  influence  to  introduce 
the  application  of  the  formula  system  to  the  matters  submitted 
to  its  jurisdiction. 

260.  The  legalization  of  the  procedure  by  formula  did  not 
produce  any  immediate  or  considerable    modification   in  the 
magisterial  and  judicial  authority.      However  there  are  two 
changes  which  can  with  justice  be  ascribed,  if  not  wholly  at 
least  to  a  considerable  extent,  to  this  system.     These  were,  in 
the  first  place,  the  application  to  disputes  between  citizens, 
not  as  a  universal  rule,  but  in  certain  cases,  of  the  employment 
of  recuperator es,  who  had  hitherto  been  exclusively  confined 
to  the  cases  of  peregrini :  and,   on  the  other  hand,  the  em- 
ployment  of  the   unus  judex,  or    arbiter,  who   had   hitherto 
been  exclusively  confined  to  disputes  between  Roman  citizens, 
to  those  between  peregrini,  or  between  Roman  and  perigrinus. 
This  was  therefore,  to  a  certain  extent,  a  reciprocal  exchange  of 
privileges,  and  mainly  resulted  from  the  tendency  of  the  praetor 
to  level  the  distinction  between  the  two  classes.     In  the  second 
place,  the  gradual  decline  of  the  college  of  the  centumviri,  which 
had  retained  the  procedure  of  the  sacramentum,  but  which  also, 
by  degrees,  abandoned  it  in  practice  as  the  advantages  of  the 
formula  system  became  apparent,  and  ultimately  confined  it  to 
disputes  concerning  the  validity  of  testamentary  wills. 

261.  At  the  period  to  which  our  attention  is  now  directed 
the  privilege  of  furnishing  the  unus  judex,  or  arbiter,  was  still 
confined,  at  Rome,  to  the  senatorial  order.     In  the  provinces 
the  judges,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  they  were  inscribed  on 
the  lists  of  the  decuries,  prepared  by  the  governors  in  imitation 
of  the  Roman  practice,  were  called  recuperatores  ;  and  we  must 
take  care  not  to  confound  these  with  the  recuperatores  employed 
at  Rome  in  certain  cases. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  225 

262.  Sometimes  the  magistrate,  instead  of  sending  the  case 
to  the  judge,  heard  it  himself.  There  were,  indeed,  certain 
suits  which,  from  their  nature,  were  always  determined  in  this 
way.  This  mode  of  procedure  was  termed  extra  ordinem  cog- 
noscere;  extra  ordinem  cognitio  ;  whence  was  derived,  at  a  later 
date,  the  title  ofextraordinariajudicia,  to  distinguish  this  form 
of  procedure  from  the  ordinary  mode  under  the  formula  system, 
known  as  the  ordinaria  judicia. 


SECTION  XLIX. 

THE  INTRODUCTION  OF   PHILOSOPHY  AND  ESPECIALLY  or 
STOICISM — ITS  INFLUENCE  UPON  JURISPRUDENCE. 

263.  While  the  Roman  jurists  were  carrying  on  their  public 
consultations  a  new  class  of  rhetoricians  and  philosophers  made 
its  appearance.  According  to  Suetonius,  it  was  during  the 
interval  between  the  second  and  third  Punic  war  that  a  Grecian 
deputy,  who  had  broken  his  arm,  employed  the  period  of  con- 
valescence by  lecturing  on  philosophy,  to  an  audience  he  col- 
lected for  the  purpose  of  listening  to  him.  Similar  schools  were 
soon  opened  by  others.1  At  a  later  period,  B.C.  150,  three 
Athenian  deputies,  Diogenes,  Critolaus  and  Carneades,  by  their 
great  eloquence  attracted  the  attention  of  the  Romans.  It  is 
said  that  Carneades  on  one  occasion  maintained  the  existence 
of  justice  as  a  fact,  and  on  the  following  day  undertook  to  prove 
that  it  was  nothing  but  a  word ;  and  that  this  conduct  so  affected 

1  These  rhetoricians  and  their  schools  that  certain  men,  under  the  name  of 

were  disapproved  of  both  by  the  senate  Latin  rhetoricians,  have  established  new 

and  the  censors.     Suetonius  furnishes  schools ;  that  the  youth  are  crowding 

us  with  two  measures  which  may  per-  after  them,  and  passing  entire  days  in 

haps  be  of  interest :  "  Under  the  con-  their   company.      Our   ancestors   have 

snlate  of  the  case  of  the  philoso-  decreed  that  which  our  children  should 

phers  and  the  rhetoricians  having  been  learn  and  the  schools  they  should  attend, 

discussed,  the  senate  decreed  that  M.  We   disapprove   of    these   innovations 

Pomponius  should  take  steps  to  protect  upon  our  ancient  customs,  considering 

the  interests  of  the  republic  and  not  them  mischievous;  and  we  thus  make 

suffer  these  men  to  remain  in  the  eity."  known  our  decision  both  to  those  who 

The  second  is  a  declaration  made  by  the  keep  and  to  those  who  frequent  these 

censors:  "  E.  Domitius ^Enobarbus  and  schools.     They  displease  us.' "     Suet., 

Licinius  Crassus,  censors,  have  declared  DC  clar.  rhetor.,  §  1. 
as  follows :   '  We  have  been  informed 

Q 


226  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Cato  that  he  demanded  that  such  ambassadors  should  be  imme- 
diately dismissed.  The  principles  of  the  Stoics  were  developed 
side  by  side  with  those  of  the  Epicureans.  Stoicism  appeared 
to  be  especially  adapted  to  the  Roman  genius,  and  it  accordingly 
took  root  and  rapidly  acquired  a  strong  and  permanent  hold 
upon  the  Roman  mind,  especially  among  men  of  superior 
intelligence,  whereas  the  Epicurean  system  was  embraced  by 
men  of  a  different  class.  Stoicism  ultimately  made  a  profound 
impression  upon  Roman  jurisprudence,  and  introduced  the 
principle  of  law  based  upon  reason  and  justice  rather  than  on 
power.  It  contributed  largely  to  the  decline  of  Quiritarian  law 
and  to  the  erection  of  a  scientific  and  philosophic  system  which 
was  ingeniously  substituted  for  the  former.  Its  influence  upon 
jurisprudence  extended  both  to  principle  and  to  practice. 

264.  We  have  now  arrived  at  a  period  in  our  history  where 
the  student  may  observe  a  rapid  decline  in  ancient  Roman  morals ; 
where  the  institutions  of  the  republic  have  given  way,  the  suf- 
frages of  the  comitia  are  purchasable,  justice  sold,  the  censor- 
ship abolished  or  degraded,  the  dictatorship  made  perpetual,  and 
the  provinces  pillaged.  We  find  enormous  wealth  in  the  hands 
of  a  single  citizen,  profligate  luxury,  armies  the  property  rather 
of  their  general  than  of  Rome,  the  reckless  sacrifice  of  Roman 
blood,  and  the  natural  termination  of  the  whole — Absolutism. 


SECTION  L. 

THE  SEDITIONS  OF  THE  GRACCHI  (  Gracchance). 
AGRARIAN  LAWS  (Leges  agrarici). 

265.  B.C.  133.  The  two  Gracchi  were  deadly  enemies  to  the 
senatorial  aristocracy  of  race  and  fortune  which  at  this  time 
oppressed  the  plebeian  no  longer,  it  is  true,  by  the  ancient 
privileges  of  caste,  but  by  the  influence  which  results  from 
wealth.  Tutored  in  the  doctrines  of  the  Stoics,  democratic  tri- 
bunes who  aimed  at  improving  the  condition  of  the  proletarii, 
they  took  to  agitating  and  fomenting  the  passions  of  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  227 

plebeians,  and  the  latter,  worked  upon  by  their  marvellous 
eloquence,  and  impressed  with  the  nature  of  their  schemes, 
facilitated  their  election  to  office,  and  assisted  in  the  promulga- 
tion of  their  laws  by  sedition  and  by  the  sword.  These  instru- 
ments were  equally  resorted  to  by  their  opponents.  Both 
ultimately  perished,  and  the  attempted  reforms,  notwithstand- 
ing that  they  were  founded  on  principles  of  justice  and  ex- 
pediency, and  were  calculated  not  only  to  benefit  the  poorer 
classes,  but  to  contribute  to  the  future  well-being  of  the  republic, 
were  handed  down  to  posterity  as  "  seditions." 

266.  The  conquered  lands,  which  had  been  reserved  as 
public  property  under  the  title  of  ager  publicus  (see  par.  92), 
had  considerably  increased,  owing  to  the  extended  operations 
of  the  Roman  arms.  A  portion  of  these  lands,  according  to 
custom,  was  held  as  forest  or  common  pasture  land,  or  let  out 
to  be  farmed  for  the  benefit  of  the  treasury.  The  residue  was 
divided  by  the  censors  in  the  name  of  the  republic,  to  be  held 
and  cultivated  for  a  certain  rent,  sometimes  a  tithe,  or  even  less, 
and  at  others  on  a  simple  fine.  These  lands,  instead  of  being 
distributed  in  small  lots  among  the  poorer  members  of  the  ple- 
beians, so  as  to  provide  them  and  their  families  with  a  rural 
habitation,  and  to  attach  them  to  agricultural  pursuits,  had 
accumulated  in  the  hands  of  the  patricians,  the  senatorial 
families,  and  the  wealthy  and  powerful  plebeians. 

From  the  time  of  Servius  Tullius,  as  we  find  from  the  his- 
torians, distribution  had  been  made  of  lands  after  various  con- 
quests ;  but  if,  in  this  early  period,  the  lower  orders  received, 
under  any  title  whatsoever,  any  portion  of  the  lands  so  distri- 
buted, it  is  clear  that  the  lion's  share  fell  to  the  wealthy,  and 
this  in  proportion  as  it  became  a  question  of  more  extended 
conquest  or  of  larger  territory. 

Those  to  whom  these  lands  were  conceded  did  not  enjoy 
proprietary  rights  in  them,  inasmuch  as  these  were  lodged  in 
the  state  ;  but,  under  the  title  of  possessiones,  they  had  the 
privilege  of  disposing  of  them  as  of  a  patrimony :  they  trans- 
mitted them  as  an  inheritance,  freeing  them  in  the  course  of 
time  from  every  kind  of  taxation  or  rent  due  to  the  treasury, 

Q2 


228  THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  settling  upon  them,  for  the  purpose  of  their  cultivation,  the 
servile  classes  and  slaves  acquired  in  war,  who  owed  no  service 
to  the  republic ;  so  that,  in  fact,  the  result  of  this  system  was 
that  the  poorer  plebeian  was  not  merely  excluded  from  the 
possession  of  these  lands,  but  even  from  their  cultivation.  The 
long  enjoyment  of  these  privileges,  the  sales  and  various  changes 
which  the  lands  underwent,  became  so  many  titles  in  favour  of 
the  pretentious  of  those  to  whom  they  had  ultimately  passed ; 
and,  as  a  result,  every  effort  to  alter  this  state  of  things  was 
regarded  by  the  possessors  as  an  attempt  at  spoliation. 

267.  Such  were  the  agrarian  laws,  which  were  and  still  are 
misconceived  when  represented  as  applicable  to  private  pro- 
perty.     More  than   once  during  the  course  of  the  republic, 
attempts  were  made  and  laws  were  proposed  to  remedy  the 
existing  evil,  to  limit  the  abuses  connected  with  these  posses- 
sions, and   to   restore  them  to  the   state,  in  order  that  they 
might  be  distributed  among  the  poorer  citizens ;  these  attempts 
were  attended  by  insurrections  of  the  plebeians.     The  proletarii 
revolted,  and  great  clamour  was  raised  for  participation  in  that 
which  they,  with  reason,  called  the  usurped  property  of  the 
republic. 

268.  Already  by  the  lex  Licinia,  De  modo  agrorum,  one 
of  the  three  laws  proposed,  advocated  with  indomitable  perse- 
verance and  ultimately  carried   by  the  tribunes   C.  Licinius 
Stolo  and  L.  Sextius  in  the  year  B.C.  367,  there  was  a  prohi- 
bition under  a  penalty  of  10,000  asses  against  any  one  possessing 
more  than  500  jugera  of  land  (we  quis  amplius  quam  quingenta 
agrijugera  possideref).1     Was  this,  it  may  be  asked,  an  agrarian 
law,  that  is  to  say,  a  law  exclusively  relating  to  the  possession 
of  ager  publicus,  or  was  it  a  provision  concerning  the  territorial 
rights  of  private  individuals  (dominium),  to  which  it  affixed  a 
maximum  not  in  any  case  to  be  surpassed?    This  latter  opinion 
prevailed  with  our  ancient  classical  commentators.     Kiebuhr 
has,  on  the  contrary,  upon  his  own  authority,  held  that  the  lex 
Licinia   was  an    agrarian   law,   and  this  opinion  for   a   time 

1  Valer.  Max.  viii.  6,  §  3. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  229 

obtained  favour,  but,  like  its  predecessor,  has  in  its  turn  been 
abandoned  and  confuted  with  arguments  which  are  certainly 
not  without  weight.  In  effect,  of  the  three  laws  passed  by  the 
tribune  Licinius,  one  enacted  that  one  of  the  consuls  should  be 
elected  from  among  the  plebeians,  while  the  other  two  related 
to  the  embarrassed  condition  of  the  poor  citizens,  oppressed  by 
debt  and  by  the  want  of  landed  property ;  whether  they  had  never 
possessed  any,  which  was  the  condition  of  the  greater  portion, 
or  whether  they  had  been  reduced  to  the  necessity  of  denuding 
themselves  of  it  in  payment  of  their  debts.  As  to  the  first — 
those  embarrassed  by  debt — the  lex  Licinia,  De  cere  alieno, 
ordered  that  money  already  paid  under  the  head  of  interest 
should  be  taken  in  reduction  of  the  capital,  and  that  the  surplus 
should  be  paid  by  equal  instalments  within  three  years.  As  to 
the  second — those  who  were  destitute  of  land — the  lex  Licinia, 
De  modo  agrorum,  appears  to  have  provided  that  the  rich 
should  sell  whatever  land  they  possessed  in  excess  of  the  500 
jugera,  and,  as  the  price  obtainable  at  a  forced  sale  would 
naturally  be  lowered,  land  would  become  more  accessible  to  the 
plebeian.1  Such  is  the  sense  in  which  the  lex  Licinia,  when 
held  to  apply  to  private  property,  ought  to  be  understood,  not 
as  a  spoliation  of  the  landed  proprietors,  but  as  placing  a  legal 
limit  upon  the  ownership  of  realty,  with  the  obligation  of  aliena- 
tion consequently  attaching  to  all  that  they  held  in  excess  of 
the  prescribed  limit.  This  law  was,  however,  ill  observed,  and 
its  prohibitions  disregarded  from  its  very  enactment.  And, 
according  to  the  historians,  the  very  person  who  had  been  its 
promoter  and  who  had  given  to  it  his  own  name,  Licinius 
Stolo,  acquired  either  by  purchase  or  otherwise  a  thousand 
jugera  of  land ;  he  then  emancipated  his  son,  in  order  to  make 
him  the  head  of  a  family  and  consequently  empowered  to 
hold  property,  and  transferred  to  him  500  of  these  jugerd. 
Upon  the  accusation  of  M.  Popilius  Lenas  he  was  condemned  to 

1  Livy,  vi.  §  35 :  "  Creatique  tribuni  superesset,  triennio  aequis   portionibus 

C.  Licinius  et  L.  Sextius  promulgavere  pcrsolveretur :  alteram,  De  modo  agro- 

leges  omnes  adversus  opes  patriciorum  rum,   ne   quis   plus   quingenta  jugera 

et  pro  commodis  plebis;  unam  De  cere  agri  possideret :  tertiam,  ne  tribunorum 

alieno,  ut,  deducto  eo  de  capite,  quod  militum  comitia  fierent,   cou&ulumque 

nsuris  pernumeratum   esset,   id,   quod  utique  alter  ex  plebe  crearetur." 


230  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

a  fine  of  10,000  asses  for  having  fraudulently  violated  his  own 
law.1  There  are  also  several  other  instances  recorded  at 
different  intervals  of  condemnation  on  this  ground,  but  in  the 
course  of  time  the  zeal  for  bringing  accusations  against  those 
who  exceeded  the  limits  abated,  and  as  a  result  the  lex  Licinia 
became  obsolete. 

269.  If  absence  of  detail  and  obscurity  of  expression 
impart  to  this  first  law  a  degree  of  uncertainty,2  the  same 
at  least  cannot  be  said  concerning  the  agrarian  laws  of  the 
period  of  the  Gracchi.  These  are  unquestionably  laws  concern- 
ing the  distribution  of  ager  publicus.  The  ancient  monopolies 
were  yet  in  existence,  and  the  conquest  of  all  Italy,  and  after- 
wards of  the  provinces,  had  opened  up  a  new  and  vast  territory. 
The  evil  was  at  its  height  when  the  first  of  the  Gracchi, 
Tiberius  Sempronius  Gracchus,  elevated  to  the  tribunate,  ad- 
vanced his  project  for  the  distribution  of  the  ager  publicus. 
His  propositions  were  conceived  in  a  moderate  spirit  and 
moulded  upon  the  provisions  of  the  lex  Licinia,  into  which  he 
introduced  certain  modifications  intended  to  lessen  the  losses  of 
those  who  were  to  be  subjected  to  deprivation.  No  citizen  was 
to  be  allowed  to  possess  more  than  500  jugera  of  ager  publicus, 
with  an  addition  of  250  for  each  child ;  those  who  had  more 

1  Livy,  vii.   16  :   "  Eodem  anno  C.  vi.  39.    An  extract  from  another  speech 

Licinius  Stolo  a  M.  Popilio  Lcnate  sua  still  further  corroborates  this  view,  in- 

lege  decem  millibus  aeris  est  damnatus:  asmuch  as  the  subject  under  discussion 

quod  mille  jugerum  agri  cum  filio  pos-  was  the  actual  distribution  of  these  lands: 

sideret.emancipandoque  filium  fraudem  "Auderentne  postulare,  ut  quum  bina 

legi  fecerit."     Valer.  Max.  viii.  6,  §  3 :  jugera  agri    plebi    dividerentur,   ipsis 

"  C.    Licinius    Stolo,    cujus    beneficio  plus  quingenta  jugera  habere  liceret  ?" 

plebi  petendi  consulatum  potestas  facta  Livy,  vi.  36.     But  on  the  other  hand  the 

est,  quum  lege  sanxisset,  ne  quis  am-  expression  "  dominos,"  in  the  speech  of 

plius  quam  quingenta  agri  jugera  pos-  the  patrician  App.  Cl.  Crassus :"  Altera 

sideret,  ipse  mille  comparavit :  dissimu-  lege  solitudines  vastas  in   agris  fieri, 

landiqne  criminis  gratia  dimidiam  par-  pollendo  finibus    dominos,"    Livy,  vi. 

tern  filio  emancipavit :  quamobcausam  41,  and  especially  that  of  "dimidiam 

a  M.  Popilio  Lenate  accusatus,  primus  partem filio  emanciparit,"  in  the  pas- 

sua  lege  cecidit."  sage  of  Valerius  Maximus   previously 

*  If  we  only  consider  the  expression  quoted,  that  is  to  say,  the  use  of  m.an- 

"possidere"  as  used  in  its  legal  sense  cipatio  (emancipavit),  in  order  to  trans- 

to  designate  possession  of  ager  publicity,  fcr  the  half  of  one's  possessions  to  a 

we  see  its  force  more  distinctly  in  the  son,  indicates  not  merely  simple  pos- 

oration  of  Licinius  to  the  plebeians :  session,  but  the  right  of  property  ex 

"  Liberos agros  ab  injustis  possessoribus  jure  Quiritium. 
extemplo,  si  velit,  habere  posse."    Livy, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  231 

were  to  be  deprived  of  the  surplus,  but  to  be  indemnified  by 
the  public  treasury  for  any  outlay  which  they  had  incurred  for 
the  benefit  of  the  property.  Lands  thus  recovered  were  to  be 
distributed  among  the  poorer  citizens,  and  to  be  held  by  them 
at  an  annual  rental  payable  to  the  state.  Such  was  the  ple- 
biscitum  he  succeeded  in  passing  B.C.  133  (lex  Sempronia 
agraria).  He  was  appointed  with  his  brother  Caius  Sempronius 
and  his  father-in-law  Appius  Claudius  as  triumviri  for  the 
execution  of  this  law.  He  had  not,  however,  time  to  accom- 
plish his  task,  for  being  accused  of  aspiring  to  arbitrary  power 
he  was  assassinated  in  the  Capitol,  and  fell  together  with  his 
partisans  in  the  midst  of  a  violent  reaction  in  favour  of  the  class 
which,  for  the  benefit  of  the  public  at  large,  he  had  attacked.1 

270.  Caius  Gracchus,  the  second  of  the  Gracchi,  who  suc- 
ceeded his  brother  in  B.C.  122,  was  also  elevated  to  the  tribunate. 
Full  of  ardour,  and  enjoying  great  powers  of  eloquence,  his 
temper  was  embittered  by  the  death  of  his  brother,  and  in  an 
attempt  to  sustain  his  brother's  law  and  to  promulgate  new  ones 
of  his  own  he  also  perished  in  a  revolt,  during  which  he  found 
himself  compelled  to  have  recourse  to  his  sword  and  to  the 
arm  of  a  slave  in  order  to  escape  death  by  the  hand  of  his 
enemies. 

This  method  of  removing  the  exponent  of  a  principle  could 
not,  however,  extinguish  the  principle  itself,  and  consequently, 
at  various  intervals,  down  to  the  time  of  Cicero,  we  find  laws 
either  decreed  or  projected  upon  the  same  subject.  Of  these 

1  The  whole  of  Roman  literature  testimony  to  the  Gracchi,  in  which  he 
posterior  to  the  period  of  the  Gracchi  distinctly  marks  the  characteristic  fea- 
abonnds  with  allusions  to  them.  But  tures  of  the  agrarian  law :  "  Nam  vere 
it  is  to  two  Greek  writers — Plutarch  dicam,  Quirites,  genus  ipsum  legis  agra- 
(The  Qracchi,  §§  Getseq.)  and  Appian  riaj  vituperare  non  possum.  Venitenim 
(On  the  Civil  Wars,  !,§§8etseq.) — that  mihi  in  mentem  duos  clarissimos,  in- 
we  are  especially  indebted  for  details, .  geniosissimos,  arnantissimos  plebis  ro- 
and  particularly  with  reference  to  the  manse  viros,  Tib.  et  Ca.  Gracchos,  pie- 
agrarian  law.  The  h'fty-eighth  book  of  bem  in  agris  publicis  constituisse,  qui 
Livy,  which  is  especially  devoted  to  this  agri  a  privatis  antea  possidebantur. 
subject,  is  among  those  now  lost.  The  Non  sum  ego  is  consul,  qui,  ut  plerique, 
epitome  or  summary  of  this  book  is  nefas  esse  arbitror  Gracchos  laudare : 
limited,  as  regards  this  subject,  to  these  quorum  consiliis,  sapientia,  legibus, 
words :  "  Ne  quis  plus  quam  quinpenta  multas  esse  video  reipublicae  partes 
jngera  agri  public!  possideat."  Cicero,  constitntas." 
DC  leg.  agr.,  ii.  §  5,  bears  the  following 


232  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

we  only  possess  fragments  of  one,  the  lex  Thoria  agraria  (B.C. 
107),  which  was  written  on  a  table  of  bronze,  and  which  was 
discovered  in  the  16th  century  and  lodged  in  the  collection  of 
Cardinal  Bembo,  at  Padua.  This  law  indicates  reaction,  inas- 
much as  it  is  in  favour  of  the  possessors  of  the  public  lands,  to 
whom  it  guarantees  their  possessions  free  from  all  incumbrance. 
Cicero  designates  it  a  vicious  and  useless  enactment.1  The  lex 
Thoria  was  succeeded,  within  a  space  of  fifty-two  years,  by 
seven  agrarian  laws,  having  various  provisions  tending  to  nullify 
the  effect  of  the  lex  Thoria  and  to  procure  from  the  public 
lands  certain  advantages  for  the  lower  classes.  Of  these  laws 
some  were  only  proposed,  others  were  adopted ;  but  all  remained 
inoperative  till  the  time  of  Julius  Ca3sar(B.c.  59).  1.  Rogatio 
Marcia.  Marcius  Philippus,  in  support  of  this  law  (B.C.  104), 
which  was  rejected,  said  that  there  were  not  two  thousand  men 
in  Rome  who  were  proprietors  (non  esse  in  civitate  duo  millia 
hominum  qui  rem  liaberent\  a  statement  which  Cicero  considered 
treasonable.  2.  The  lex  Apuleia  (B.C.  100).  3.  The  lex  Titia 
(B.C.  99).  4.  The  lex  Livia  (B.C.  91).  Of  the  three  tribunes  by 
whom  they  were  proposed,  the  first,  Apuleius  Saturninus,  was 
forced  into  the  Capitol  and  there  stoned ;  the  second,  Sextus 
Titius,  was  condemned  to  exile  for  having  kept  the  portrait  of 
Saturninus;  and  the  third,  Livius  Drusus,  was  assassinated 
on  his  way  to  his  own  house.  This  was  the  method  adopted 
to  prevent  the  enactment  of  objectionable  laws,  and  the  way  in 
which  their  promulgators  were  treated,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Gracchi.  5.  The  rogatio  Servilia  Rulli  (B.C.  61)  of  the 
tribune  Servilius  Rullus,  celebrated  by  the  eloquence  of  Cicero, 
which  secured  its  rejection.  The  former,  which,  by  one  of 
its  provisions,  had  conceded  the  right  of  citizenship  to  the 
Italians,  had  caused  the  social  war,  and  the  latter,  probably, 
was  the  cause  of  the  Catiline  conspiracy.  6.  The  projected 
lex  Flavia  (B.C.  61),  supported  by  Cicero,  but  which  mis- 

1  Cicero,  Brutus — De  clar.  orator.,  been    published   in    several   selections. 

§    36 :    "  Sp.   Thorius   satis  valuit  in  Sigonius   undertook   its  reconstruction 

populari  genere  dicendi,  is  qui  agrum  (He  ant.  jur.  Ital.,  ii.  2),  and  later 

publicum,  vitiosa  et  inutili  lege,  leva-  Haubold  (Antiq.    Rom.    montimenta, 

vit."      (Appian.,  Civil  Wars,  \,  27.)  &c.,  Berlin,  1830),  Klenze,  and  lastly 

The  fragments  of  the  lex  Thoria  have  Rudorff. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  233 

carried.  And,  finally,  7.  Lex  Julia  agraria  (B.C.  59)  of  Julius 
Caesar,  the  consul,  which  ordered  that  the  public  lands  of  Cam- 
pania .-hould  be  distributed  amongst  the  poor  citizens  who  had 
three  or  more  children ;  a  distribution  which,  it  is  said,  benefited 
more  than  20,000  heads  of  families.  The  agrarian  agitation  thus 
terminated  in  laws  respecting  the  division  of  public  lands  in 
certain  districts ;  to  which  must  be  added  those  relating  to  the 
establishment  of  colonies  and  the  distribution  of  lands  among 
the  soldiery. 

271.  In  connection  with  the  agrarian  laws,  though  of  less 
importance,  were  the  leges  frumentarice,  regulating  the  distri- 
bution, sometimes  at  a  reduced  price  and  at  others  even  gra- 
tuitously, of  wheat.  These  commenced  with  the  lex  Sempronia 
frumentaria  (B.C.  123)  of  Caius  Gracchus,  and  were  followed 
by  several  others  of  a  similar  nature.  Suetonius  tells  us  that 
the  number  of  persons  receiving  corn  from  the  state  was,  at  the 
time  of  Julius  Caesar,  no  fewer  than  320,000,  and  that  this 
number  was  reduced  by  Caesar  to  150,000.* 

Toward  the  middle  of  the  seventh  century  from  the  founda- 
tion of  Rome,  and  during  a  period  of  rather  more  than  thirty 
years,  our  attention  is  fixed  upon  four  prominent  features :  first, 
the  qucBstiones  perpetucB,  which  followed  one  another  in  succes- 
sion ;  secondly,  the  leges  judiciaries,  by  which  the  judicial 
power  was  transferred  first  from  the  senate  to  the  knights  and 
again  from  the  knights  to  the  senate  ;  thirdly,  the  authority  of 
the  senatus-consultum  in  matters  of  civil  law,  and  lastly,  the 
jus  honorarium. 

1  Lex  Marcia :  CICERO,  De  qffic.,  ii.  Three   Speeches,   De  leg.  agr. ;   PLU- 

21.     Lex    Apuleia:    APPIAN,   Sell.  TARCH,  Cicero,  16  and  17.     Lex  Fla- 

civ.,  i.  29  and  30;  CICERO,  Pro  JBalb.,  via:  CICERO,  Epist.  Attic.,  i.  18  and 

21;    AUR.   Vic.,   De  vir.illust.,  73;  19,  ii.  1.      Lex  Julia  agraria:    AP- 

PLTJTARCH,  Marius,  29.     Lex  Tltia:  PIAN,  Bell,   civ.,  ii.   10—14;    DION. 

CICERO,  Pro  Rabir.,9;  De  leg.,  ii.  6;  CASS.  xxxviii.  1  et  seq. ;  SUETON.,  J. 

De  orat.,  ii.  11  ;  VAL.  MAX.,  viii.  1,  Ccesar,  20;  PLUTARCH,  J.  Ccesar,  14; 

§  2.    Lex  Livia:  APPIAN,  Bell,  civ.,  VELL.  PATERC.  ii.  14 ;  CICERO,  Epist. 

i.  35  and  36 ;  VELL.  PATERC.  ii.  13  et  Attic.,  ii.  16. 
seq.    Lex   Sen-ilia  Hulli:    CICERO, 


234  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LI. 

QTLESTIONES  PERPETU^:. 
COGNITIONES  EXTRAORDINARLE. 

272.  From  the  earliest  period  of  Roman  history  there  is 
nothing  to  mark  with  any  particular  characteristic  feature  the 
jurisdiction  in  criminal  matters.     Under  the  kings  this  jurisdic- 
tion belonged  to  them,  right  of  appeal  (provocatio}  in  all  capital 
cases  lying  to  the  people,  that  is  to  say,  to  the  aristocratic 
comitia  by  curies.     After  the  foundation  of  the  republic,  and 
especially  after  the  passing  of  the  leaes  Valerias  and  the  Twelve 
Tables,  it  became  a  fixed  principle  that  the  comitia  by  centuries 
could  alone  pass  capital  sentence  in  the  case  of  citizens. 

273.  The  comitia  tributa  had  also  acquired  by  custom  a 
Certain  repressive  jurisdiction,  and  we  even  find  them,  contrary 
to  the  fundamental  law  of  the  state,  deciding  a  capital  case  with 
reference  to  Coriolanus  ;  but  it  must  be  observed  that  a  senatus- 
consultum  declared  that  this  should  not  be  a  precedent.1     As  a 
general  principle,  the   power  possessed   by  the  tribunes  was 
rather  that  of  political  than  judicial  repression,  whereas  the 
comitia    centuriata   had  jurisdiction  in   criminal  matters  and 
capital  offences.     The  comitia  tributa  summoned  magistrates 
before  them  upon  the  termination  of  their  office,  as  also  men  of 
station  and  rank  when  accused  of  having  infringed  any  public 
law,  either  affecting  the  rights  of  the  people  or  the  plebeians ; 
and  though,  properly  speaking,  they  exercised  no  criminal  juris- 
diction, yet  in  these  exceptional  cases  they  sentenced  offenders 
to  fine,  or  to  such  other  penalty  as  the  justice  of  the  case  de- 
manded.    In  the  case  of  the  comitia  centuriata  and  the  comitia 
tributa  the  right  of  accusation  was  not  at  this  period  a  public 
right  enjoyed  by  every  citizen.     The  magistrates  who  convoked 
these    assemblies,   the    consuls,  the  prastors  and    the  tribunes 
alone  had  the  right  of  charging  the  offender,  and  therefore  it 
was  necessary  for  a  citizen  to  appeal  to  these  magistrates  in 
order  to  get  them  to  lodge  the  necessary  accusation. 

1  Dion.  7,  58. 


THE  III8TOHY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  235 

274.  In  addition  to  the  comitia,  the  senate  also  exercised  the 
functions  of  criminal  jurisdiction,  for  being  charged  with  the 
executive  administration  of  the  republic  at  a  period  when  the 
various  powers  in  the  state  had  not  been  accurately  defined, 
they  did  not  hesitate  to  take  an  active  part  in  the  supervision 
of  public  affairs  and  to  arrest  obnoxious  characters,  especially 
in  cases  in  which  the  state  was  liable  to  be  compromised.     Ex- 
cepting, therefore,  capital  offences,  committed  during  periods 
of  agitation,  as  for  instance,  in   political  seditions,  and  even 
sometimes    in    the    case  of  sacrilege,  and   excepting    certain 
particular  cases,  such  as  pontifical  matters,  the  senate  had  and 
exercised  a  criminal  jurisdiction  undefined  by  any  precise  law, 
and  itself  regulated  the  penalty  or  punishment  for  crime ;  pro- 
vided, of  course,  that  it  was  not   capital.      This  power  was 
especially  applicable  to  all  matters  connected  with  the  provinces 
or  the  person  of  an  individual  peregrinus.     We  may  observe 
that  a  great  number  of  inferior  offences,  less  directly  affecting 
the  state,  were,  under  the  title  of  delicta  privata,  left  entirely 
to  be  dealt  with  by  persons  who  might  seek  redress  before  the 
civil  tribunal. 

275.  The  superior  authorities  then  in  criminal  matters  were 
1st,  the  kings;     2nd,  the    comitia  curiata,    subsequently  the 
c.  centuriata,  and  finally  the  c.  tributa ;  and  3rd,  the  senate. 
But  there  was  an  important  custom  which  dated  from  the  time 
of  the  kings,  and  continued  through  subsequent  periods,  which 
should  be  noted,  viz.,  that  these  superior  authorities,  when  any 
criminal  matter  was  presented  to  them,  either  took  cognizance 
of  and  determined  it  themselves,  or  delegated  the  investigation 
(qutzstio]  to  a  comitia  (qucestores},  specially  summoned  for  the 
particular  case. 

We  find  from  history  that  this  practice  was  constantly  re- 
sorted to.  In  this  way  the  king  delegated  the  investigation 
(qucestio}  to  the  patricians;  the  comitia  delegated  it,  at  one 
time,  to  the  senate,  at  another,  to  qucestores.  The  senate  de- 
legated it  to  consuls,  to  praetors,  and  to  the  various  governors 
of  provinces.  These  delegations  of  criminal  jurisdiction,  or, 
adopting  the  technical  language,  these  gucestiones)'were  generally 


236  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

speaking,  made  with  reference  to  the  particular  case  ;  and  when 
it  was  determined,  the  commission  or  qucestio  expired.  In  cer- 
tain circumstances,  however,  these  qucestiones  had  a  more  general 
character  :  the  commission  (qucestio}  was  appointed  either  by 
the  senate  within  the  limits  of  its  jurisdiction,  or  by  the  comitia, 
for  some  specific  class  of  public  crime — as,  for  example,  de 
clandestinis  conjurationibus,  as  in  the  matter  of  the  Bacchanalian 
orgies,  B.C.  186  ;x  for  the  crime  of  poisoning,  qucestio  de  veneficiis, 
B.C.  184  ;2  for  the  crime  of  homicide,  qucestio  de  homicidiis. 
Thus  we  see  throughout  this  period  of  Roman  history  the 
comitia  delegated  certain  functions  to  the  senate,  and  it — the 
senate — in  the  same  way  delegated  its  authority  to  the  consuls, 
to  the  preetors,  to  the  governors  of  provinces,  or  to  the  qucestores 
appointed  by  it  for  a  given  purpose. 

276.  Thus  this  practice,  which  had   its  origin  in  custom, 
became  more  and  more  a  necessity  in  proportion  as  the  popula- 
tion  increased   and   crime    multiplied.       It  was    subsequently 
regulated  by  plebiscita  and  successively  applied   to  the  most 
flagrant  crimes,  and  finally  developed  into  what  was  known  as 
the  qucestiones  perpetuce.     The  origin  of  these  qucestiones  per- 
petuos  may  be  ascribed  to  the  lex  Calpurnia  repetundarum,  B.C. 
149.3 

277.  The   system   of  the  queestiones  perpetuce  rescued  the 
Roman  criminal  law  from  the  arbitrary  character  which,  in 
several   respects,  it   had   acquired,  and   determined,  with   the 
exactitude  of  a  legislative  enactment,  each  crime  as  it  was  sub- 
mitted to  the  qucestio,  its  penalty  and  the  method  in  which  it 
should  be  dealt  with. 

In  fact,  in  place  of  qucestiones  being  given  for  each  particular 
case,  or  for  certain  crimes  committed  upon  a  given  occasion,  or 
in  any  given  locality,  without  any  general  legislative  enactment 
— in  place  of  this  uncertain  and  arbitrary  system,  a  special  law 

1  Livy,  39,  6.  quas  antea  nullaj  fuerunt.  L.  enim 

3  Livy,  39,  38.  Piso  tribunus  plehis,  Icgem  primus  de 

3  Cicero,  Brutus,  De  clar.  orat.,  pecuniisrepetundis,CensoriiioetManilio 

§  27  :  "  Qusestiones  perpetuas  hoc  ado-  consulibus,  tulit." 

lescente  (C.  Carbon)  constitutor  sunt, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  237 

for  each  delict  (for  example,  a  law  for  bribery,  another  for  ex- 
tortion, and  so  on)  organized  a  qucestio  perpetua ;  that  is  to 
say,  the  crime  was  itself  defined,  the  penalty  regulated  and 
the  class  of  tribunal,  together  with  the  mode  in  which  it  should 
be  conducted,  definitively  determined. 

278.  Although  this  delegation,  this  right  of  investigation 
(qucestio},  was  called  perpetual,  and  although,  by  a  figure  of 
speech,  the  name  qucsstio  perpetua  was  applied  to  the  tribunal 
itself,  nevertheless,  in   accordance   with   the   principle   which 
regulated  the  constitution  of  Roman  magistracies,  the  tribunal, 
as  regards  the  individuals  composing  it,  was   simply  annual, 
though  its  organization  was  fixed  and  perpetual.     It  was  pre- 
sided over  by  a  praetor ;  generally  by  one  of  those  officers  who 
had  no  other  special  jurisdiction.     The  sentence  was  not  passed 
by  permanent  judges,  but  by  citizen  judges,  or  a  species  of 
juges  jures  (jurymen),  selected  for  the  occasion ;  the  governing 
principle  being  that  the  judges  in  each  case  were  selected  by 
the   consent  of  the   parties.      These  judges  were   numerous, 
sometimes  as  many  as  one  hundred  sat  in  the  same  case,  as 
determined  by  the  law  regulating  the  qucestio  perpetua. 

279.  Any  citizen  could  be  the  prosecutor  before  a  qucestio 
perpetua.     It  was  his  business  to  point  out  the  accused,  the 
law  upon  which  he  brought  his  accusation,  and  the  crime  that 
was  imputed.     At  the  same  time  he  had  to  take  an  oath  that 
his  accusation  was  not  calumnious.     He  thus  became  a  party 
to  the  cause,  and  was  compelled  to  furnish  the  necessary  proof. 
The  jury  was  obliged  to  pronounce  its  verdict  according  to  the 
law  of  the  particular  case, — either  to  acquit,  to  condemn,  or  to 
declare  that  they  had  not  sufficient  proof  (  Condemno,  Absolvo, 
Non  liquef}.     They  had  no  power  to  modify  the  punishment 
prescribed.1 

280.  Under  this  system  each  crime  had  its  law,  its  penalty, 
its  tribunal,  and  its  procedure.     Every  detail  was  regulated  by 
the  law  which  organized  the  qucestio  :  the  number  of  judges  or 

1  Cicero,  Pro  Cluentio,  10,  20,  33,  53  et  seq. ;  Pro  Sylla,  22. 


238  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

jurymen  (these  were  sometimes  thirty-two,  fifty,  sixty-five  or  a 
hundred,  as  the  case  might  be);  the  mode  of  selection ;  the  right 
of  rejection ;  the  witnesses ;  the  time  allowed  to  the  accuser  and 
the  accused;  in  short,  every  detail  connected  with  the  entire 
proceeding. 

There  is  inscribed  upon  the  back  of  the  bronze,  upon  which 
is  written  the  lex  Thoria  agraria,  a  specimen  of  one  of  these 
enactments.  It  consists  of  certain  fragments  of  the  lex  Ser- 
vilia  repetundarum,  passed  either  in  the  year  B.C.  106  or  B.C. 
100,  from  which  we  get  an  insight  into  the  organization  of 
these  qucestiones. 

281.  The  crimes  thus  provided  for  by  a  special  law  became 
the  object  of  their  respective  qucestio  perpetua,  and  were  thus 
withdrawn  from  the  arbitrary  and  uncertain  procedure  of  the  pri- 
mitive system.     Those  crimes,  to  which  this  system  had  not  been 
applied,  continued  to  be  subject  to  arbitrary  decision,  and  were 
dealt  with  as  before,  being  entertained  either  by  the  comitia  or 
by  the  senate,  or  being  delegated  to  the  consuls,  the  praetors  or 
to  special  qucestores.     This  is  what  is  termed  the  cognitiones 
extraordinarice,  extra  ordinem  cognoscere,  in  criminal  matters. 

282.  The  following  is  a  table  of  the  early  qucestiones  per- 
petuce  : — B.C.  149,  lex  Calpurnia,  De  repetundis,  qucestio  pe- 
cunice  repetundce,  against  extortions  or  exactions  in  the  pro- 
vinces.   B.C.  119,  lex  Maria,  De  ambitu,  qucestio  ambitus,  against 
bribery  in  the  purchase  or  illegal  attempt  to  obtain  a  magis- 
tracy.    In  the  same  year  the  qucestio  peculatus,  against  pecu- 
lation, that  is  to  say,  theft,  or  misappropriation  of  public  funds, 
whether  sacred  or  secular.     B.C.  102,  the  lex  Apuleia,  Majes- 
tatis,  qucestio  de  mojcstate,  or  treason,  including  all  overt  acts 
prejudicial  to  the  sovereignty  of  the  people.     In  the  same  year 
the  lex  L,uctatia,  De  vi,  qucestio  de  vi.     In  B.C.  95,  lex  Licinia 
Mucia,  De  civitate,  qucestio  de  civitate.     In  B.C.  89,  lex  Fabia, 
De  plagio,  qucestio  de  plagio.     And  finally,  under  Sylla,  we  find 
the  establishment  of  qucestiones  perpetuce  for  crimes  committed 
against  private  persons,  such  as  fraud  and  murder. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  239 

* 

SECTION  LII. 
THE  JUDICIARY  LAWS  (Leges  judiciaries.} 

283.  The  Romans,  as  we  have  seen,  had  from  the  earliest 
times  the  trial  by  jury  both  in  civil  and  in  criminal  matters. 
Informal  and  indefinite  as  was  this  proceeding  in  the  beginning, 
the  formula  system  organized  a  most  ingenious  method  for  the 
trial  of  civil  causes,  and  the  qucestiones  perpetuce  regulated  in 
each  case  the  mode  of  trial  for  the  crimes  submitted  to  each 
individual  quastio.     It  was  also  a  fundamental  principle,  that 
the  parties  should  agree  to  their  judge ;  whether  they  themselves 
chose  him  by  common  consent,  or  whether  he  was  indicated  by 
the  magistrate,  or  whether  his  choice  was  determined  by  lot. 
And  it  is  certain  that,  to  a  great  extent,  the  parties  retained 
the  power  of  rejecting ;  but  we  have  to  inquire  who  the  citizens 
were  who  might  act  as  these  judges  or  jurymen  both  in  civil 
and  criminal  matters.     For  a  long  time  the  patricians  had  the 
monopoly  of  this  right,  which  monopoly  was  only  broken  by 
the  institution,  already  referred  to,  of  recuperatores,  and  by  the 
interference  of  the  Quiritarian  tribunal  of  the  centumviri  ;  but, 
except  as  to  these  encroachments,  the  patricians  retained  this 
monopoly  till  the  time  of  the  Gracchi.     The  judge  must  be 
taken  from  the  senatorial  order. 

284.  Under  the  tribunate  of  the  second  Gracchus  an  obsti- 
nate struggle  commenced  concerning  the  qualification  necessary 
for  a  judge.     This  struggle,  which  continued  for  a  lengthened 
period,  introduced  various  changes,  till  at  last  the  monopoly 
was  destroyed,  and  the  right  became  general.     It  was  upon 
the    rogation   introduced  by  C.   Gracchus  that  a  plebiscitum 
took  from   the   senators   this  right  and  transferred  it  to   the 
knights.     This  is  the  first  judiciary  law  (lex  Sempronia  judi- 
ciaria,  B.C.  122),  destined  to  be  followed  by  a  series  of  laws 
abrogating  or  modifying  one  another,   as  the  senators  or  the 
knights  happened  to  gain  the  temporary  ascendancy.     B.C.  122, 
the  lex  Sempronia  judiciaria  gave  it  to  the  knights;  B.C.  106, 
the  lex  prima  Servilia  jud.  divided  it  between  the  two  orders; 


240  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

*• 

B.C.  100,  the  lex  secunda  Servilia  jud.  conferred  it  upon  the 
knights;  B.C.  91,  the  lex  Lima  jud.  divided  it  between  the  two 
orders;  B.C.  82,  under  Sylla,  the  lex  Cornelia  jud.  gave  it  to  the 
senators;  B.C.  70,  under  Pompey,  the  lex  Aurelia  jud.  and  the 
lex  Pompeia  jud.  B.C.  55,  divided  it  between  the  two  orders. 
To  these  we  must  add  the  leges  Julias,  judiciaries,  either  under 
Cassar,  B.C.  46,  or  under  Augustus,  B.C.  25. 

285.  We  have  next  to  inquire  to  what  class  of  cases  this 
much  disputed  privilege,  which  was  the  subject  of  such  bitter 
and  prolonged  contention  between  the  rival  orders — the  privilege 
of  acting  as  judge — appertained ;   whether  to  criminal  matters 
only  or  to  both  criminal  and  civil,  or  to  civil  suits  exclusively. 
Notwithstanding  the  doubts  raised  by  certain  passages,  we  con- 
clude that  it  extended  to  civil  and  criminal  matters.     There  is 
no  doubt  this  was  the  case  in  the  reign  of  Augustus.1 

286.  At  the  time  when  the   senatorial  order  enjoyed  the 
monopoly  the  list  of  judges  was  fixed  and  permanent.     It  was 
a  senatorial  list  (ordo  senatorius),  and  in  number  three  hun- 
dred.    But   when   the  qualification  was  extended,  it  became 
necessary  to  make  an  annual  list.     The  duty  of  constructing 
this  list  was  imposed  upon  the  prater  urbanus,  who,  after  taking 
an  oath  not  to  admit  any  but  citizens  of  the  better  sort,  pub- 
licly, in  the  forum,  selected  the  prescribed  number  from  the 
duly  qualified  class.2     The  list,  when  complete,  was  attached  to 
the  "  album,"  and  these  judges  were  known  as  thejudices  selccti 
or  judices  in  albo  relati,  and  acted  for  the  period  of  one  year. 
By  the  lex  Aurelia  the  list  consisted  of  three  decuries  (decuricB 
judicum):  the  first  giving  the  number  of  senators,  the  second 
the  knights,  and  the  third  the  treasury  tribunes.     This  system 
of  decuries,  with  certain  variations  as  to  number  and  the  status  of 
the  members,  was  permanently  maintained.     At  a  later  period, 
under    Augustus,    it   was   divided  into  four;    under   Caligula 

1  "Ad  tres  judicum  decurias  quartam  benrfic.,  3,  7. 

addixit  ex  int'eriori  censu  :  quse  duce-  *  "  Proe tores  urbani,  qui,  jurati,  de- 

nariorunt    vocarctur,  judicaretque    de  bent  optimum  qnemque  in  sclecto  ju- 

levibus  summis."  .  Suet.,  Oct.,  32 ;  Aul.  dices  referre."  Cicero,  Pro  Cluent.,  43. 
Gell.,  Noct.  attic.,  14,  2;  Seneca,  Ue 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  241 

there  were  five  decurice,  each  distinguished  by  a  particular 
name.1  The  qualification  for  inscription  became  less  stringent: 
even  the  military  were  admitted,  whatever  might  be  their  posi- 
tion in  the  census,  nor  was  the  right  denied  to  citizens  occupy- 
ing a  lower  position  than  the  knights  (ex  inferiori  censu).  The 
total  number  of  these  judices  that  was  inscribed  upon  the  annual 
lists  was  successively  raised  from  three  hundred  and  three  hun- 
dred and  sixty  to  eight  hundred  and  fifty,  and  finally,  under 
the  Emperor  Augustus,  to  about  four  thousand.2 


SECTION  LIII. 
ON  THE  AUTHORITY  OF  THE  SENATUS-CONSULTA. 

287.  Notwithstanding  that  the  assertion  of  Theophilus  as 
to  the  double  effect  of  the  lex  Hortensia,  that  by  a  species  of 
compromise  it  at  one  and  the  same  time  gave  the  authority 
of  law  to  the  plebiscita  on  the  one  hand  and  to  the  senatus- 
consulta  on  the  other,  is  not  to  be  found  in  any  other  writer 
who  refers  to  this  law,  the  suggestion  that  it  had  a  double 
action  is  not  improbable.  The  right  of  the  senate  as  to  the 
enactment  of  laws  was  considerably  restrained  from  the  time 
of  the  passing  of  the  lex  Hortensia)  for  so  far  as  the  ple- 
biscitum  was  concerned  it  was  not  necessary  that  the  senate 
should  give  its  auctoritas  either  for  the  initiation  of  the  enact- 
ment, nor  for  its  final  sanction  when  once  it  had  been  voted ; 
and  as  this  form  of  legislation  became  more  and  more  frequent 
the  legislative  powers  of  the  senate  gradually  passed  away.  It 
was,  therefore,  forced  to  seek  from  other  sources  the  means  of 
intervening  upon  extraordinary  occasions ;  as,  for  instance,  when 
by  a  senatus-consultum  it  prohibited  the  tribune,  L.  Saturninus, 
from  laying  before  the  comitia  the  proposition  for  the  lex  fru- 

1  "  Dccurise  quoque  ipsae  pluribvts  to  Velleius  Paterculns,  2,  76,  and  Plu- 

discretrc  norainibus  fuere,  tribunorum  tarch,  Pomp.,  55.  Eight  hundred  and 

!Rris,etselectorwn,Qtjudicum."  Plin.,  fifty  according  to  Cicero,  Ad  Attic.,  8, 

Hist,  natur.,  33,  7.  To  which  we  16.  About  four  thousand,  one  thousand 

must  add  the  fourth,  the  diicenarii.  in  each  decuria,  under  Augustus.  Vide 

Vide  note,  §  285.  Pliny,  Hist,  nat.,  33,  7. 

*  Three  hundred  and  sixty  according 

R 


242  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

mentaria  in  B.C.  654.  "  Senatus  decrevit,  si  earn  legem  ad 
populum  ferat,  adversus  rempublicam  videri  eum  facere" 
When  the  tribune,  notwithstanding  the  senatus-consultum,  and 
notwithstanding  the  intercession  of  his  colleagues,  persisted  in 
his  course,  the  quaestor  urbanus,  Q.  Cepio,  regarding  his  act 
as  one  of  revolt  against  the  senate  and  injurious  to  the  republic, 
together  with  some  other  citizens,  broke  into  the  comitia,  over- 
turned the  platform,  threw  away  the  ballot  boxes,  and  pre- 
vented the  vote  being  taken.  This  conduct  resulted  in  a  charge 
of  treason.1  Even  in  the  comitia  centuriata  it  more  than  once 
happened  that,  contrary  to  principle,  propositions  were  carried 
by  the  magistrates  without  the  preliminary  authority  of  the 
senate  having  been  obtained. 

There  was  a  political  struggle  and  a  disturbance  of  the 
ancient  regime,  and  it  is  more  than  probable  that  Theophilus 
had  before  him  certain  judicial  documents,  lost  since  the  com- 
pilation of  Justinian,  which  was  the  field  of  Theophilus's  labours. 
And  in  these  documents  there  were  probably  accounts  of  these 
struggles,  and  upon  this  basis  Theophilus  may  have  grounded 
his  assertion. 

288.  But  be  this  as  it  may,  Cicero  enumerates  the  senatus- 
consulta  among  the  contemporary  sources  of  the  civil  law  in 
terms  almost  identical  with  those  which  at  a  later  period  were 
adopted  in  the  Institutes  of  Gains  and  of  Justinian.8  And 
Pomponius,  without  referring  it  to  the  lex  Hortensia,  of  which 
he  has  spoken  in  the  previous  paragraph,  mentions  the  scnatus- 
consulta  as  a  source  of  law,  and  represents  it  as  having  become 
so  at  a  later  period  (dcinde),  to  a  certain  extent  as  a  result  of 
necessity  and  custom  (necessitas  ipsa  curam  reipublicce  ad 
senatum  deduxit},  and  from  the  interposition  of  the  senate.  "Ita 
coepit  senatus  se  interponcre;  et  quidquld  const ituissct  obser- 
vabatur,  idgue  jus  appellabatur  scnatus-consultum"3  The 

1  Cicero,  Rhetorica  ad  Ilcrenn'mm,       tnnm,  more,  rcqiritate  consistit."     See 
1,  §  12.  Gai.,  Inst.,  1,  §  2,  and  Justinian,  i.  2, 

2  Cicero,   Topic.,  §  5 :   "  Ut  si  quis       §  3. 

jus  civile  dicat  id  esse,  quod  in  legibus,  3  Dig.  1,  2,  DC  oriy.  jur,,  2,  §  9,  f. 

senates-consul tis,  rebus  judicatis,  juris-       Pomp, 
peritorum  auctoritate,  edictis  magistra- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  243 

reason  which  he  assigns,  viz.  the  difficulty  of  assembling  the 
plebeians  or  the  people,  is  a  reason  conceived  at  a  later  period 
under  the  empire.  But  what  Pomponius  has  said  is  sufficient 
to  convince  us  that  there  never  was  any  law  conferring  on  the 
senate,  in  addition  to  its  governmental  or  administrative  func- 
tions, the  right  of  legislating.  If  certain  senatus-consulta 
(which  is  incontestable)  were  at  a  later  period  of  the  republic 
enacted  concerning  points  of  private  law,  this  was  because  these 
matters  referred  more  or  less  directly  to  public  interests  which 
were  confided  to  the  keeping  of  the  senate,  or  came  under  the 
head  of  those  instructions  or  orders  given  from  time  to  time  by 
magistrates. 

289.  The  number  of  the  senatus-consulta,  upon  matters  of 
private  right,  prior  to  the  empire,  is  exceedingly  small.  The 
most  important  is  that  which  introduces  the  principle  that  the 
freeman  who  fraudulently,  and  in  order  to  participate  in  the 
price  paid,  should  suffer  himself  to  be  sold  as  a  slave,  could  not 
recover  his  liberty.  This  provision  remained  in  force  even  till 
and  under  Justinian,  and  appears  from  Sempronius  to  be  derived 
from  a  senatus-consultum.  From  a  fragment  of  Paul  it  ap- 
pears that  it  was  in  existence  at  the  time  of  Quintus  Mucius.1 
The  senatus-consultum  (the  provisions  of  which  we  learn  from 
Ulpian)  upon  the  right  to  bequeath  the  usufruct  of  the  entire 
patrimony,  and  consequently  of  consumable  articles,5  is  also  of 
ancient  date,  but  we  may  conclude  from  a  passage  in  Cicero's 
Topics  that  it  did  not  exist  at  the  time  when  Cicero  wrote  that 
work.3  The  date  is  uncertain.  At  a  much  earlier  period, 
namely,  B.C.  177,  we  find  the  senatus-consultum  by  which  the 
senate  enjoined  upon  magistrates,  before  whom  an  enfranchise- 
ment could  be  made  by  the  vindictor,  the  duty  of  imposing 
upon  the  parties,  under  pain  of  nullity,  the  oath  that  the  manu- 
mission was  not  made  for  the  purpose  of  affecting  his  citizen- 
ship (civitatis  mutanda  causa  manu  non  mittere).  We  find 
from  a  passage  in  Livy  the  effect  of  this  senatus-consultum 

1  Dig.  40,  13,  Quibus  ad  libert.pro-          J  Dig.  7,  5,  DC  itsiifr.  ear.  rer.  q\ice 
clam,  non  licet,  3,  f.  Pomp. ;  40,  12,      iisu  consum.,  1,  f.  Ulp. 
De  liberal,  caus.,  23,  pr.  f.  Paul.  3  Cicero,  Top.,  §  6. 

R2 


244  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

upon  the  census  and  status  of  the  Latins  in  respect  to  citizen- 
ship. 

A  still  earlier  date,  B.C.  236,1  must  be  ascribed  to  the  senatus- 
consultum,  by  which  the  senate,  in  order  to  recompense  the  en- 
franchised Hispala  Fecenia  for  having  discovered  the  Baccha- 
nalian orgies,  conferred  upon  her,  as  to  marriage  and  tutelage, 
extraordinary  privileges.  But  this  senatus-consultum  was 
carried  as  a  proposed  enactment  before  the  comitia  and  voted 
for.2 

It  was  a  principle  in  fact  that  the  senatus-consultum  could 
not  directly  abrogate  any  civil  law,  and  even  in  later  times  and 
under  the  empire  we  find  that  the  senate,  in  the  innovations  in- 
troduced by  it,  preferred  the  form  of  giving  orders  to  the  consuls, 
to  the  prastors,  or  to  the  other  magistrates,  of  giving  advice,  or 
interposing  its  authority,  of  giving  or  refusing  certain  actiones. 
The  two  senatus-consulta,  Velleianum  and  Macedonianum, 
which  belong  to  the  imperial  period  of  which  we  have  the  text 
in  the  Digest,  furnish  us  with  two  remarkable  examples.3 


SECTION  LIV. 

JUS  HONORARIUM — EDICTUM— EDICTUM  PERPETUUM — 
EDICTUM  REPENTINUM  —  INTERDICTUM — EDICTUM 
TRALATITIUM LEX  CORNELIA,  DE  EDICTIS. 

290.  Our  attention  is  now  turned  to  a  new  branch  of  law, 
and  the  question  hoAv  it  came  into  existence, — whether  it  was 
the  result  of  a  special  enactment,  or  whether  it  derived  its  force 
from  custom  ?  The  latter  hypothesis  appears  to  me  the  more 
probable. 

From  the  earliest  periods  the  magistrates,  that  is  to  say,  the 
consuls,  and  at  a  later  epoch  the  praetors,  the  curule  asdiles, 
the  censors,  and  even  the  plebeian  tribunes,  had  the  right  of 
publishing  orders  and  notices  connected  with  their  respective 

1  Livy,  xli.  9.  doniano,  1  pr.  f.  Ulp. ;  10,  1,  De  sen. 

*  Livy,  xxxix.  19.  cons.  Velleiano,  2,  §  1,  f.  Ulp. 

3  Dig.  14,  6,  De  sen.  cons.  Mace- 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  245 

functions ;  this  right  was  styled  the  right  e-dicere,  which  is  the 
symbolic  terra  of 'the  Roman  magistracy  (see  Dico,  §  42). 

291.  The  use  of  this  expression,  however,  more  particularly 
belonged  to  those  magistrates  who  had  a  certain  jurisdiction ;  for 
instance,  at  Rome,  to  the  praetor  urbanus,  the  pr&tor  peregrinus 
and  to  the  two  sediles,  and,  in  the  provinces,  to  the  governor.    The 
jurisdiction,  as  the  term  itself  indicates,  consisting  in  the  general 
capacity  to  declare  the  law.     This  power  could  be  exercised  in 
various  ways  ;  for  example,  jus  dicere  was  to  declare  the  law, 
to  organize  the  formula  in  the  suit ;  addicere  was  to  award  the 
property  in  controversy  by  the  declaration  of  right ;  edicere  was 
to  declare  the  law  in  a  general  manner,  so  that  such  enuncia- 
tion of  it  should  serve  as  a  rule  for  the  guidance  of  all ;  inter- 
dicere  was  to  declare  a  similar  rule  which  should  govern  the 
conduct   of  a  particular  suit.      Jus  dicere,  addicere,  edicere, 
interdicere,  belonged  to  the  same  family  of  words ;   the  two 
last  have  more  especial  reference  to  the  jus  honorarium. 

292.  Under  a  system  of  legislation  like  that  of  Rome  at  a 
period  when  the  separation   between  the  legislative  and  the 
judicial  functions,  now  familiar  to  us,  did  not  exist,  the  magis- 
trates charged  with  any  given  jurisdiction  were  of  necessity 
compelled  to  publish  rules  or  instructions  as  to  the  mode  in 
which  they  proposed  to  act  during  their  tenure  of  office  ;  as  to 
the  means  that  they  intended  to  employ  to  secure  the  execution 
of  the  laws  with  whose  administration  they  were  charged ;  as  to 
the  course  that  must  be  pursued  by  private  individuals  seeking 
to  establish  their  claims.  "Judicium  dabo;  in  duplum  judicium 
dabo;  agere  permittam ;  actionem  causa  cognita  dabo" — "I  will 
allow  an  actio;  I  will  allow  an  actio  in  duplum;  I  will  allow  an 
actio  to  be  brought ;  I  will  allow  an  actio  after  examination." 
"  Interdicam" — "  I  will  give  an  interdictum"     "  Animadver- 
tam" — "I  will  punish  or  I  will  provide  for."     "  Ratum  non 
habebo" — "I  shall  not  consider  valid."     "  In  integrum  resti- 
tuam" — "  I   shall   restore   in   its   entirety."      Such   were   the 
phrases  which  formed  the  conclusion  of  various  provisions  of 
the  praetor.     These  rules  thus  published  (e-dicta)  occupied  a 


246  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

place  side  by  side  with  the  law,  invested  with  the  authority  of 
the  magistrate,  as  the  living  and  flexible  portion  of  the  civil 
law.  "  Viva  vox  juris  civilis"  as  says  the  jurist  Marcianus.1 

293.  The  prcetor  urbanus  would,  in  the  discharge  of  his 
duties,  necessarily  meet  from  time  to  time  with  cases  for  which 
there  was  no  provision,  or  with  others  to  which  the  application 
of  the  law  appeared  unjust.  He  would  therefore  feel  the 
necessity  of  supplementing  this  law  or  correcting  it  by  such 
means  as  were  within  his  power,  and  he  would  consequently 
declare  that  in  such  cases  he  should  adopt  a  given  course. 
The  prcetor  peregrinus,  on  his  part,  had,  so  to  say,  to  ascertain 
and  to  build  up  a  new  system  of  law,  the  jus  gentium.  He 
found  nothing  of  this  in  the  civil  law ;  and  it  was  consequently 
necessary,  in  order  to  avoid  arbitrary  action,  that  he  should 
state  certain  rules  and  lay  down  certain  principles.  As  to  the 
sediles  charged  with  the  general  administration  of  the  police, 
they  had  also  to  draw  up  certain  rules  concerning  the  public 
games,  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  roads,  markets  and 
sales,  and  other  matters  which  came  under  their  cognizance  and 
jurisdiction.  And  in  the  provinces,  again,  the  governor  on 
arriving  in  the  conquered  country  which  had  become  his  charge 
found  that  he  was  called  upon  to  amalgamate  the  laws  of  the 
country  with  those  of  Rome ;  so  he,  too,  was  equally  under 
the  necessity  of  laying  down  the  principles  by  which  he  intended 
to  be  guided.  Thus,  as  Papinian  says,  the  right  to  make  edicts 
designed  originally  as  a  function  of  the  executive  power,  and  as 
an  auxiliary  to  the  civil  law,  came  to  be  employed  to  supple- 
ment and  to  correct  the  law,  and  this  without  there  being  any 
definite  initiatory  legislative  act.  It  grew  up  as  the  result  of 
custom — an  offshoot  generally  of  the  ideas  and  institutions  of 
the  period,  having  its  origin  in  expediency  {propter  utilitatem 
publicam}.  "  Adjurandi,  vel  supplendi,  vel  corrigendi  juris 
civilis  gratia"  says  Papinian.2 

1  Dig.  1,  1,  Dejustitia  et  jure,  8,  f.  rinm  est,  qnod  praetores  introduxerunt, 

Marcian. :  "Nam  et  ipsum  jus  hono-  adjuvandi,  vel  supplendi,  vel  corrigendi 

rarium  viva  vox  est  juris  civilis."  juris  civilis  gratia,  propter  utilitatem 

3  Dig.  1,  1,  De  justitia  et  jure,  7,  publicam:  quod  et  honorarium  dicitm, 

§  1,  f.  Papinian  :  "  .  .  .  Jus  prasto-  ad  honorem  prastorum  sic  nominatum." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  247 

294.  In  the  course  of  time  the  precedents  relating  to  the 
right  of  publishing  edicts  (jus  edicendi)  were  systematised.  It 
became  necessary  to  publish  the  edicts  at  the  commencement  of 
the  magistrate's  term  of  office.  "  You  must,"  says  Cicero, 
"  as  soon  as  you  have  entered  upon  your  magistracy  and  taken 
your  seat,  publish  by  an  edict  the  rules  that  you  intend  to 
observe  during  the  term  of  your  office."1  The  magistrates  who 
had  published  their  edicts  were  bound  by  them ;  and  this  neces- 
sity was  imposed  upon  them  by  a  special  law,  the  lex  Cornelia, 
enacted  in  the  time  of  Cicero.2  This  deprived  the  prgetors  of 
the  power  of  varying  their  judicial  decisions  as  partiality  or 
ambition  might  dictate.  Cicero  makes  deviations  from  his  pub- 
lished edict  one  of  the  chief  accusations  which  he  brought  against 
Verres.3  The  edicts  thus  became  obligatory  for  one  year,  and 
for  this  reason  Cicero  calls  them  the  lex  annua.  "  The  calends 
of  January  put  an  end,"  says  he,  "  to  the  edict  of  the  praetor."* 
In  fact,  as  the  edicts  were  nothing  more  than  the  orders  pub- 
lished by  a  magistrate  and  were  not  legislative  enactments, 
they  expired  with  the  power  from  which  they  emanated,  and 
each  new  magistrate,  by  appropriating  or  rejecting  them,  either 
maintained  or  abolished  the  decrees  of  his  predecessor.  More 

1  "  Est  enim  tibi  (jam  quum  magis-  noticed,  is  anterior  to  the  lex  Cornelia. 

tratum  inieris  et  in  concionem  adscen-  We  also  find  in  a  law  discovered  in  the 

deris)  edicendum,  qua;  sis  observaturus  last  century,  the  lex  de  Gallia  Cisal- 

in  jure  dicendo."  j)ina,  mention  of  the  edict  of  the  Praitor 

a  Asconius,  Inargum.  Cornel. :  ("Le-  Peregrinus,  but  we  cannot  infer  any- 

gem   Cornelius   tulit)   ut   prsetores  ex  thing  certain  from  it,  inasmuch  as  we 

edictis  suis  perpetuis  jus  dicerent,  quue  do  not  know  whether  this  was  anterior 

res  turn  gratiam  ambitiosis  praetoribus,  to   the  lex   Cornelia  ;   and   it  can  be 

qui  varie  jus  dicere  assueverant,  sus-  placed  either  during   the  Punic  wars, 

tulit."     It  is  to  this  lex  Cornelia  that  when   Cisalpine  Gaul  was  reduced  to 

certain  authors  refer  the  right  conferred  the  condition  of  a  province  (Beaufort, 

upon   the    magistrates    of    publishing  ii.  p.  318),  or,  in  our  opinion,  to  a  later 

their  edicts.     The  fact  is,  that  it  com-  period,  namely,  B.C.  49,  when  this  part 

manded  the  prajtors  to  publish  an  edict  of  Gaul  received  the  right  of  citizen- 

at  the  commencement  of  their  term  of  ship  (see  §  312).     I  adopt  the  opinion 

office  and  to  conform  themselves  to  it  that  the  edicts  owe  their  origin  to  cus- 

throughout  the  year.     It  regulated  the  torn,  and  that  the  laws  were  published 

publication  of  the  edicts,  but  we  must  to  regulate  them  in  the  early  part  of 

not  suppose  that  it   introduced  them.  the  seventh  century  from  the  foundation 

Cicero,  in  his  oration  against  Verres,  of  Rome. 

complained  of  the  provisions  introduced  3  Cicero,  In  Vcrrem,  1,  §§  42,  46. 

by  that  magistrate  in  his  edict,  and  at  4  Cicero,  In   Verretn,   1,  42 :  "  Qui 

the  injustice  of  some  of  his  decisions,  plurimum    tribuunt     edicto,     pra;toris 

which   conformed  to  his  interest  and  edictum  legem  annuam  dicunt  esse." — 

not  to  the  terms  of  his  edict.     The  pro-  "  Finein   edicto   prastoris  afferunt  ka- 

ceeding  against  Verres,    it    must    be  lendw  Januarii." 


248  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

frequently,  however,  and  in  proportion  as  the  edicts,  by  the 
force  of  this  constant  revision  and  annual  publication,  became 
perfected  and  such  as  no  objection  could  be  taken  to  them, 
they  came  to  be  considered  as  complete,  and,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  some  occasional  modifications  in  points  of  secondary 
importance,  were  generally  retained.  Some  provisions  were  of 
such  obvious  utility  that  they  were  transmitted  year  by  year, 
and  came  at  length  to  be  regarded  as  unchangeable.  In  this 
way  long  use  imparted  to  them  the  force  of  law,  and  it  is  for 
this  reason  that  Cicero  ranks  them  as  an  important  portion  of 
the  customary  law.1  At  a  later  date  the  praetorian  edict 
became  a  portion  of  the  lex  scripta. 

295.  We  must  distinguish  the  various  edicts,  those  at  least 
which  are  particularly  connected  with  the  history  of  Roman 
private  law.  These  were,  first,  the  edicts  of  the  praetor,  prce- 
toris  edictum  ;  second,  of  the  rediles,  edictum  (edilium  or  cBdili- 
tium  edictum;  third,  of  the  proconsuls  or  propraetors,  edictum 
provinciale.  These  were  called  edicta  perpetua,  because  they 
were  not  made  for  any  particular  case,  but,  although  annual, 
for  the  perpetual  jurisdiction  to  which  they  severally  appertained 
(Juris dictionis  perpetuce  causa;  non  prout  res  incidif).  The 
magistrate,  and  the  edict  published  by  him,  both  went  at  the 
same  tune,  but  the  office  of  the  magistrate,  together  with  the 
perpetual  edict,  remained.  This  was  not  the  case  with  those 
edicts  which  were  declared  for  a  specific  matter  on  the  spur  of 
the  moment  (repentine),  in  order  to  meet  a  case  in  point. 
Edicts  of  this  kind,  which  were  matters  of  pure  accident,  might 
exist  under  one  praetor  and  not  under  another,  and  had  no  con- 
tinuing force  ;  they  were  called  edicta  repentina.*  Sometimes 
even  the  praetor  declared,  as  a  special  edict,  the  law  which 

1  Cicero,  De  invent.,  ii.  22 :  "  Con-  quis  frumentum  dc  area  tolleret  ante- 

suetudinis  autem  jus  esse  putatur  id  qnam    cum   decumano  pactus    csset." 

quod  voluutate  omnium  sine  lege  ve-  "  Illud  cdietum  repcnte  ubovrimuiu  et 

tnstas  comprobavit.     In  ea  autem  jura  qurcstnosissimum   nascitur,"   &c.     He 

sunt  quscdam  ipsa  jam  certa  propter  here  refers  to   two  edicts  of  Verres, 

vetustatem,  quo  in  gencre  et  alia  suiit  made   during  his  pnvtorate  in   Sicily, 

multa,  ct  eorum  multo  maxima  pars,  the  object  of  which  was,  under  the  form 

qua?,  prrctores  edicere  consueverunt."  of  a  general  order,  to  sanction  the  con- 

8  Cicero,  In  Verrem,  iii.  §  14 :  "  Exo-  duct  of  a  certain  collector. 
ritur  peculiare  edictum  repentinum,  nc 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  249 

should  govern  the  litigation  in  the  individual  case  between  two 
parties.  This  was  termed  interdiction,  that  is,  a  species  of 
edictum  inter  duos.  The  edictum  tralatitium  was  that  which 
was  retained,  and  handed  on  from  one  magistracy  to  the  other. 
The  edictum  novum  described  the  innovations  or  amendments 
made  from  time  to  time. 

296.  Those  decisions  which  had  been  established  by  custom 
and  transmitted  from  edict  to  edict,  formed  a  species  of  magis- 
trate-made law  known  as  the  jus  honorarium  or  "honorary 
law.      It  consisted  of  two  principal  parts,  praetorian  law  (jus 
prcetorium}  and  a?dile  law  (jus  cedilium),  of  which  the  former 
is  far  the  more  important.     This  is  the  origin  of  that  praetorian 
law  which  advanced,  so   to   say,  in  a  parallel  line  with  the 
Roman  civil  law.     It  did  not  rest  upon  any  direct  legislation ; 
it  admitted  of  modification,  and  was  grounded  on  the  principles 
of  equity  and  natural  justice ;  it  contributed  in  a  great  degree 
to  Roman  civilization,  and  prepared  the  way  for  the  gradual 
disappearance  of  the   old   legal   system.      It  was  a  work  of 
science,  of  philosophy  and  of  progress,  and  step  by  step  sup- 
planted the  primitive  Quiritarian  law.     We  find  Cicero,  even 
in  his  time,  complaining  that  the  Twelve  Tables  were  no  longer 
studied  as  heretofore,  and  saying  that  they  were  replaced  by 
the  edicts  of  the  prastor. 

297.  The  Romans,  not  content  with  the  success  which  they 
had  achieved  against  Carthage  and  Macedonia,  carried  their 
conquests  into  remote  regions.    Jugurtha,  the  king  of  Numidia, 
resisted  their  power,  not  however  with  arms,  but  with  gold. 
He  bought  the  suffrages  of  the  senate  and  purchased  peace; 
nay,  he  purchased  the  defeat  of  a  Roman  army.     Rome,  he 
said,  would  perish,  could  it  find  a  buyer  to  purchase  its  destruc- 
tion.    Ultimately,  however,  he  adorned  the  triumph  of  Marius, 
and  Numidia  was  ranked  amongst  the  Roman  provinces.     It 
had  assisted  in  the  subjugation  of  Carthage,  and  was  in  its  turn 
subdued.     On  the  banks  of  the   Varus,  the  Rhone   and  the 
Iser,  the  Roman  legions  encountered  the  barbarians  of  Gaul. 
The  Cimbri  and  the  Teutons,  emigrants  from  Germany  to  a 


250  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

southern  clime,  were  exterminated;  and  our  attention  is  now 
directed  to  the  social  war,  the  civil  wars,  and  the  servile  wars, 
which  rapidly  followed  each  other. 


SECTION  LV. 
THE  SOCIAL  WAR. 

298.  B.C.  91.  The  allies  of  Latium  and  of  Italy  had  been 
instrumental  in  building  up  the  power  of  Rome,  but  the  title 
and  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship  were  denied  them.  For 
many  years  past,  tribunes  who  had  been  solicitous  to  obtain 
supporters  had  been  in  the  habit  of  promising  laws  which 
should  remedy  this  state  of  things.  Upon  such  occasions  the 
allies  crowded  into  Rome,  thronged  the  public  places  of  as- 
sembly, and  waited  for  fulfilment  of  these  promises,  but  without 
effect.  Italy  rose  in  arms ;  the  standards  of  the  allied  towns, 
of  the  municipal  towns,  and  of  the  colonies  themselves,  were 
borne  from  every  part  of  Italy  towards  the  Roman  capital. 
The  war  was  a  short  but  a  bloody  one.  Consuls,  Roman 
legions  and  allied  legions  perished  in  the  struggle.  Italy  lost 
no  fewer  than  three  hundred  thousand  men,  and  Rome  finally 
triumphed,  by  first  enrolling  within  the  numbers  of  its  citizens 
those  who  had  not  taken  up  arms,  or  who  were  the  first  to  lay 
them  down,  and  afterwards  by  admitting  those  who  were  still 
able  to  retain  them  (lex  Julia,  B.C.  90;  lex  Plautia,  B.C.  89). 
Thus  in  the  space  of  two  years  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship 
were  acquired  by  nearly  the  whole  of  Italy,  including  the 
suffrage,  the  only  condition  imposed  being  that  of  a  declaration 
that  the  new  citizens  should  adopt  the  civil  law  of  Rome.  But 
in  order  to  diminish  the  influence  of  these  new  citizens,  they 
were  placed  in  eight  new  tribes,  which  were  added  to  the 
already  existing  tribes,  so  that  in  all  public  deliberations  the 
whole  of  Italy  had  but  eight  votes,  whereas  Rome  had  thirty- 
five.  This  disproportion  did  not  last  long,  for  the  Italians  soon 
succeeded  in  securing  their  distribution  amongst  the  thirty-five 
Roman  tribes. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  251 

299.  Thenceforth  Roman  territory  became  in  a  general 
manner  assimilated  to  the  ager  Romanus  and  was  recognized 
as  the  property  of  its  inhabitants,  who  had  thus  become  Roman 
citizens,  and  who  were  in  consequence  free  from  the  tribute  or 
annual  rent  (vectigal)  which  was  ordinarily  imposed  upon  the 
occupiers  of  conquered  territory;  and  thenceforth  to  indicate  the 
existence  of  the  proprietary  right,  dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium, 
and  for  the  application  of  the  civil  law  which  they  had  now  ac- 
quired, the  usual  practice  was  to  distinguish  between  Italian  and 
provincial  soil.  The  importance  of  considering  whether  a  town 
was  a  colony  or  a  municipality,  and  what  concessions  had  been 
made  to  it,  ceased,  except  as  a  matter  of  history  or  in  con- 
nection with  the  form  of  government.  As  to  the  condition  of 
the  inhabitants  and  the  land  they  occupied,  the  importance  of 
the  distinction  as  regards  Italy  disappeared  and  was  exclusively 
confined  to  the  provinces.  * 


SECTION  LVI. 
THE  CIVIL  WARS. 

300.  B.C.  87.  When  governors  rendered  themselves  inde- 
pendent of  the  senate,  and  tribunes  endeavoured  by  force  to 
retain  themselves  in  power  after  the  natural  termination  of  their 
office  (Marius  had  been  named  consul  during  six  successive 
years),  a  fatal  blow  was  struck  at  the  constitutional  law,  which 
required  that  an  interval  of  ten  years  should  elapse  between  the 
two  consulships  of  the  same  individual.  But  amid  all  these 
political  troubles  and  violations  of  the  public  law  there  had  been 
no  rising  of  one  section  of  the  community  against  another. 
The  social  war  was  a  prelude  to  that  which  followed,  and 
Marius  and  Sylla  brought  on  the  civil  wars.  It  was  then  no 
longer  a  question  of  a  struggle  for  power  by  the  plebeians,  or 
by  the  senate,  nor  for  the  preservation  of  the  laws,  but  for 
individual  aggrandizement.  Rome  then  became  a  scene  of 
indescribable  misery  and  crime,  and  the  historian  may,  with 


252  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Montesquieu,  pray  to  be  permitted  to  turn  away  his  eyes  from 
the  wars  of  Marius  and  Sylla. 

Sylla  having  triumphed  and  been  proclaimed  perpetual  dic- 
tator, humbled  the  plebeians,  compromised  the  tribunes,  debased 
the  knights,  and  elevated  the  senators.  The  assemblies  by 
tribes  were  dissolved,  and  the  comitia  centuriata  invested  with 
all  power.  Sylla,  in  fact,  desired  to  restore  to  the  senate  its 
pristine  splendour,  and  to  the  republic  its  primitive  energy. 
He  wished  to  restore  its  virtues,  its  public  spirit,  and,  above  all, 
its  liberty ;  and  it  was  perhaps  this  last  consideration  which  in- 
duced him,  after  having  retained  his  office  of  dictator  for  five 
years,  to  abdicate — an  act  which  history  has  regarded  with 
astonishment. 

Some  of  his  laws  must  be  noticed  (B.C.  81).  The  lex  Cor- 
nelia judicaria  deprived  the  knights  of  civil  power  and  restored 
it  to  the  senators.  The  lex  Cornelia  defalsis,  also  called  testa- 
mentaria,  and  the  lex  Cornelia  de  sicariis,  which  established 
two  new  qu&stiones,  one  for  crimes  involving  fraud  principally 
in  matters  connected  with  wills,  and  the  other  against  murderers. 
It  is  probably  to  this  last  law  that  the  Institutes  of  Justinian 
refer '  as  making  provision  for  the  case  of  certain  injuries  com- 
mitted with  violence. 


SECTION  LVII. 
THE  SERVILE  WARS. 

301.  B.C.  72.  So  violent  were  the  struggles  and  so  great  the 
troubles  of  this  period  that  the  wars  of  the  slaves  passed  almost 
unnoticed.  It  is  a  question,  however,  whether  they  are  not  more 
worthy  of  our  attention  than  either  of  the  others.  An  innumer- 
able number  of  captives,  collected  from  all  parts  of  the  Avorld, 
were  crowded  together  on  the  estates  of  the  wealthy  Romans, 
some  of  whom  possessed  even  thousands  of  these  unhappy 
people.  At  the  time  to  which  our  attention  is  now  directed  the 
slaves  of  Italy  rose  in  arms,  broke  their  fetters,  and,  assuming 

1  Lib.  iv.  tit.  4,  §  8. 


T1IE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  253 

the  character  of  soldiers,  took  the  field  to  the  number  of  60,000. 
The  troops  which  were  sent  against  them  were  defeated ;  the 
forces  of  four  praetors  were  destroyed ;  but  the  slaves  eventually 
succumbed  to  a  consul,  and  received,  instead  of  the  liberty  which 
they  had  sought,  the  cruel  death  of  the  slave, — the  punishment 
of  the  cross.  But  they  had  left  successors,  and  a  new  army  ap- 
peared in  the  field.  This  second  attempt  was  at  first  rewarded 
by  success,  but  the  success  was  only  temporary.  The  slaves 
allowed  themselves  to  be  blockaded,  and  reduced  to  the  last 
extremity  by  famine ;  they  killed  each  other  in  order  to  escape 
the  vengeance  of  their  masters.  The  gladiators  of  Capua, 
escaping  from  their  bondage  and  raising  the  cry  of  liberty, 
caused  the  third  servile  war.  The  illustrious  Spartacus,  clad 
in  consular  purple,  at  the  head  of  the  insurgents,  ravaged  Italy 
and  put  the  Roman  legions  to  flight.  But  he  fell  before  the 
united  strength  of  Rome,  and  the  chief,  with  his  followers, 
perished  by  their  own  hands  rather  than  seek  for  quarter. 
Thus  terminated  the  efforts  of  the  slaves  to  obtain  their 
freedom. 

302.  B.C.  70.  The  civil  wars  had  not  died  out  with  Marius 
and  Sylla.    Catiline,  Pompey,  and  Cassar,  Antony  and  Octavius 
followed  in  their  wake.      The  work  of  Sylla  was  destroyed  by 
Pompey.     The  plebeians  recovered  their  assemblies,  the  tri- 
bunes their  privileges,  the  knights  their  judicial  power,  and 
this  they  shared  with  the  senate  and  the  treasury  tribunes. 
But  it  is  of  no  avail  to  study  these  ephemeral  laws  which  clash 
against  and  alternately  annul   each  other — convulsive  move- 
ments indicative  of  the  approaching  dissolution  of  the  republic. 
Pompey,  it  is  true,  marched  his  legions  into  Asia,  vanquished 
Mithridates,  overran  Armenia,  Colchis,  Albania,  Syria,  Arabia, 
and  led  his  legions  even  to  Jerusalem,  but  it  was  only  to  hasten 
this  dissolution. 

303.  We  pass  rapidly  over  these  latter  years  of  the  republic, 
over  the  compact  or  rather  league  formed  between  Pompey, 
Crassus  and  Caesar,  under  the  name  of  the  triumvirate,  B.C.  64. 
They  united  themselves  in  order  that  they  might  command  the 


254  THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

senate,  dictate  the  choice  of  candidates,  and  divide  between 
themselves  the  provinces.  Pompey  had  Spain,  Crassus  Syria, 
and  Caesar  the  Gauls.  It  was  at  this  period  that  this  general, 
who  retained  the  power  in  his  hands  for  ten  years,  explored 
those  unknown  regions  described  in  his  immortal  Commentaries, 
and  penetrated  as  far  as  Great  Britain,  conquering  on  his  route 
all  the  barbarians  with  whom  he  came  in  contact. 

304.  Let  us  pass  over  the  struggle  between  Pompey  and 
Caesar.     Ambition  united  them,  and  ambition  brought  about 
their  separation.    Caesar  had  passed  the  Rubicon  with,  as  Cicero 
tells  us,1  these  lines  of  Euripides  upon  his  lips,  thus  rendered  by 
the  Roman  orator  : — 

"  Nam  si  violandum  est  jus  regnandi  gratia, 
Violandum  est ;  aliis  rebus,  pietatem  colas." 

He  vanquished  Pompey  in  Thessaly,  Scipio  and  Cato  in  Africa, 
and  the  sons  of  Pompey  in  Spain.  The  senate  and  the  Roman 
people  gave  themselves  into  his  hands.  Consulates  were  lavished 
upon  him,  and  he  was  finally  made  perpetual  dictator,  a  con- 
dition of  affairs  which  Brutus  and  his  co-conspirators  terminated 
at  the  end  of  six  months  by  the  assassination  of  the  dictator  in 
the  midst  of  the  senate,  as  if  they  would  destroy  this  office 
with  the  same  weapon  as  that  with  which  they  had  destroyed 
the  laws — the  sword.  B.C.  45. 

Before  Cassar's  death  all  Cisalpine  Gaul  had  received  the 
rights  of  citizenship  (B.C.  49  to  B.C.  47),  two  new  asdiles  had  been 
created  (cediles  cereales  qui  frumento  praessent},  and  the  pro- 
prastors  had  been  increased  to  ten,  and  subsequently  to  sixteen. 

305.  We  pass  over  the  wars  which  followed  the  death  of 
Caesar,    during   which   the   republicans   were    commanded  by 
Cassius  and  Brutus.     The  latter,  who  imitated  the  first  Brutus, 
wished  to  regenerate  the  republic  which  had  been  founded  by 
his  predecessor,  as  if,  when  the  country,  its  inhabitants  and  its 
resources  had  all  changed,  the  institutions  could  remain  the 
same. 

1  De  offic.,  iii.  21. 


THE  HISTOHY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


255 


306.  We  pass  over  the  second  triumvirate  of  Antony,  Le- 
pidus  and  Octavius,  or,  to  express  it  more  correctly,  of  Octavius 
Caesar,1  for  Julius  Caesar  had  adopted  him  by  his  will  and  left 
him  an  inheritance,  which  he  did  not  fail  to  acquire. 

"We  pass  over  the  terrible  proscriptions  which  characterized 
this  second  triumvirate.  But  these  proscriptions  recall  to  our 
mind  a  man  whom  it  would  be  unpardonable  to  overlook,  who 
is  to  this  day  regarded  as  the  greatest  of  all  advocates,  Cicero. 
His  works  are  regarded  as  the  most  valuable  sources,  both  of 
the  history  and  law  of  Rome.  While  reading  his  letters  to 
Atticus  and  Brutus,  we  feel  ourselves  taking  part  in  the  critical 
events  to  which  he  refers ;  we  see  before  us  the  struggles  of 
opposing  factions ;  we  realize  the  fears  and  sympathize  with  the 
hopes  of  the  contending  parties.  We  see  the  ancient  consul,  in 
the  midst  of  anarchy  and  corruption,2  meeting  his  opponents  at 
one  time  with  the  arts  of  the  politician,  at  another  confounding 
them  with  his  eloquence,  supported  by  his  clients  and  his  friends, 
and  the  cities  over  whose  interest  he  watches.  His  character, 


1  The  adopted  took  the  name  of  the 
adopter  by  adding  to  his  own  name  the 
adjectival  termination  ianus.  Octavius 
after  his  adoption,  should  be  called  Oc- 
tavianus  Caesar. 

*  From  two  quotations  from  these 
letters  we  are  able  to  judge  to  what 
extent  corruption  existed  in  Rome. 
One  of  these  refers  to  judgments,  the 
other  to  magistracies.  Cicero  relates 
how  Clodius  cleared  himself  from  the 
accusation  brought  against  him :  "  In 
two  days  he  (a  trusted  friend  of  Clodius) 
had  concluded  the  affair  through  the 
instrumentality  of  a  gladiator  slave : 
he  caused  the  judges  to  come  to  him, 
and  corrupted  them  by  promises,  threats 
and  gifts,  and  threw  in  as  an  additional 
inducement  the  offer  of  the  honour  of 
certain  Koman  ladies.  The  forum,  de- 
serted by  honourable  men,  was  usurped 
fly  slaves ;  and  there  were  only  twenty- 
five  judges  courageous  enough  to  expose 
themselves  to  the  peril  of  death  rather 
than  sacrifice  the  republic.  There  were 
thirty-one  who  listened  to  the  promp- 
ting of  rapacity  rather  than  honour. 
'  Why,'  said  Catullus,  addressing  one 
of  them,  '  did  you  seek  protection  from 
us  ?  Was  it  that  yon  feared  that  the 


money  you  received  from  Clodius  would 
be  stolen  from  you.'  "  Ejpist.  ad  Att., 
lib.  i.  ep.  16. 

The  second  quotation  is  as  follows  : 
"  The  consuls  are  steeped  in  infamy. 
C.  Memmius  has  read  to  the  senate  an 
agreement  they  have  made ;  here  it  is  : 
'  In  case  the  two  consuls  should  nomi- 
nate Memmius  and  his  competitor  for 
the  next  year,  they  on  their  part  agree 
to  pay  400,000  sestertii  to  the  consuls, 
provided  they  furnish  three  augurs  who 
shall  state  that  they  have  seen  the  lex 
curiata  passed  in  their  favour,  although 
none  has  been  passed ;  and  further,  two 
consuls  who  shall  swear  to  having 
signed  the  decree  for  the  organization, 
of  their  provinces,  although  there  has 
been  no  decree.'  "  Ibid.  lib.  iv.  ep.  18. 
What  depravity !  And  at  the  same  time 
what  confusion !  that  it  should  be  pos- 
sible that  one  could  be  made  to  believe 
in  a  lex  ciiriata  for  the  investiture  of 
office  M'hich  had  not  been  passed.  It  is 
true  that  this  was  a  fictitious  lex  curi- 
ata brought  about  by  the  intervention 
of  thirty  lictors,  and  it  is  true  that  peo- 
ple could  be  made  to  believe  in  the  ex- 
istence of  a  decree  which  had  never  even 
been  proposed. 


256  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

it  is  true,  is  not  free  from  weaknesses,  but  perfection  is  not  to  be 
found  in  human  nature,  and  the  existence  of  these  failings  only 
renders  the  picture  more  true  to  life.  Amid  them  all  there 
stand  out  in  marked  prominence  the  love  of  the  good  and  an 
honourable  ambition.  He  had  saved  Rome  from  Catiline ;  he 
had  been  hailed  as  the  father  of  his  country ;  he  had  followed 
the  fortunes  of  Pompey  in  the  struggle  with  Caesar,  but  in  his 
turn  he  fell  a  victim  to  political  animosity.  And  when,  after 
the  second  triumvirate,  the  heads  of  those  who  had  fallen  under 
the  proscription  were  exposed  in  the  forum,  the  head  of  Cicero 
was  seen  among  them. 

It  is  impossible  to  refrain  from  quoting  here  a  passage  from 
Velleius  Paterculus.  This  writer  often  lapses  into  rhetoric,  but 
we  who  derive  so  much  assistance  from  the  works  of  Cicero  in 
our  study  of  the  history,  the  philosophy  and  the  law  of  Rome, 
must  endorse  the  sentiments  expressed  in  the  following  eloquent 
denunciation  of  his  murderer : — "  A  burst  of  indignation,"  he 
says,  "  which  I  cannot  suppress,  compels  me  for  a  while  to  in- 
terrupt this  narrative.  In  vain,  Mark  Antony,  hast  thou  put  a 
price  upon  the  head  of  the  most  eloquent,  the  most  illustrious 
of  men  ;  in  vain  hast  thou  counted  out  the  price  of  blood  to  the 
assassin  of  that  magnanimous  consul  who  saved  the  republic ! 
Thou  couldst  at  best  but  deprive  Cicero  of  a  few  unquiet  days 
at  the  close  of  a  life  which,  under  thy  rule,  would  have  been 
more  wretched  than  was  his  death  under  thy  triumvirate.  Didst 
thou  vainly  imagine  it  was  in  thy  power  to  tarnish  the  glory  of 
his  actions,  of  his  eloquence  ?  Thou  hast  but  added  to  its 
brilliancy.  The  name  still  lives,  and  will  live  in  the  memory 
of  all  ages.  And  posterity,  while  admiring  his  writings  with 
which  he  has  branded  thy  name,  will  detest  his  assassin ;  for  the 
human  race  will  become  extinct  ere  the  name  of  Cicero  be 
forgotten."1 

• 

307.  Friendships  formed  by  ambition  always  end  in  hatred. 
Discord  was  not  slow  to  show  itself  among  the  second  trium- 
virate as  among  the  first.  Lepidus  was  abandoned  in  Sicily  by 

1  Velleius  Paterculus,  lib.  ii.  §  GO. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  257 

his  army,  who  followed  Caesar.  Antony,  defeated  at  Actium, 
committed  suicide,  and  Octavius  remained  master  of  Rome. 
He  at  once  entered  the  city  with  the  universal  approbation  of 
the  senate  and  the  people,  and  the  republic  expired  never  to 
revive.  It  had  been  a  republic  of  aristocrats,  hostile  to  liberty 
and  equality ;  and  such  republics  ought  not  to  endure. 


REVIEW  OF  THE  PRECEDING  PERIOD. 


ROMAN  FOREIGN  POLICY. 

308.  In  reviewing  the  history  of  the  period  embraced  in  the 
preceding  pages,  we  observe  that  the  principles   upon  which 
Rome  conducted  her  foreign  policy  had  always  remained  the 
same.     The  field  to  which  they  were  applied,  it  is  true,  had 
been  extended,  but  it  was  the  same  principle  that  brought  about 
the  subjugation  of  Italy,  which  subsequently  came  into  play  in 
the  conquest  of  the  entire  Roman  world.     More  than  once  we 
have  seen  a  foreign  king  by  will  create  the  Roman  people  his 
heir,  and  that  people  upon  his  demise  enter  upon  and  take  pos- 
session of  his  kingdom. 

309.  Italy:  the  Provinces. — The  civil  and  political  rights 
of  a  Roman  citizen  were  at  this  period  enjoyed  by  all  Italy. 
The  countries  beyond  Italy  that  were  subject  to  Rome  were  so 
many  provinces,  each  being  governed  by  a  Roman  magistrate 
upon  the  basis  of  the  enactment  made  at  the  time  when  the 
country  was  created  a  province.     Their  inhabitants  were  not 
admitted  to  the  rights   of  citizenship,    except   where  conces- 
sions had  been  made  in  individual  cases.     The  territory  was 
tributary,  its  occupants  enjoying  but  a  tenancy,  subject  to  the 
payment  of  the  annual  rent  or  vectiyal. 

310.  Colonia,  Municipcs,  Prafectura,  Urbes. — In  regarding 
the  condition  of  cities,  even  when  situated  in  Italy,  it  is  important 

s 


258  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

always  to  examine  their  internal  organization  and  local  adminis- 
tration ;  this  is  especially  so  when  the  cities  under  consideration 
were  situated  in  the  provinces,  inasmuch  as  the  question  of  the 
concession  of  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship,  and  the  extent  to 
which  this  concession  extended,  is  involved  in  it. 

311.  Those  colonies,  like  the  allied  towns,  that  were  situated 
in    Italy,    enjoyed  the  rights  of  citizenship  both  private  and 
public ;  but  other  colonies,  founded  in  newly  subjected  countries, 
such  as  Africa,  Asia,  Spain,  and  the  Gauls,  were  either  Roman 
or  Latin  colonies,   i.  e.  the  latter  enjoyed  the  jus  Latinitatis. 
Under  the  name  of  colonize  militaries,  a  system  of  spoliation 
was  introduced  by  which  generals  rewarded  those  who  had 
assisted  them  in  furthering  the  efforts  of  their  ambition.     Towns 
that  resisted  them  were  despoiled,  and  the  plunder  of  the  terri- 
tory was  divided  among  the  soldiery.     In  this  way  Sylla,  Julius 
Ca3sar,  and  the  triumvirs,  recompensed  their  adherents.     We 
see   Virgil   coming  to   Rome  to  implore    Octavius  to  restore 
his  little  patrimony ;  we  read  in  his  eclogue  the  description  of 
the  unhappy  shepherd  flying  with  his  little   flock,  his  native 
pastures  wrested  from  him  by  the  heartless  soldiery ;  we  see 
him  shortly  after  the  favoured  guest  of  Cassar ! 

312.  Notwithstanding  minor  differences,  the  different  muni- 
cipia  were  essentially  governed  in  the  same  manner.     Rome 
was  the  summa    respublica;    each    municipium  a    respublica 
municipalise 

Some  idea  of  this  principle  may  be  gained  from  certain  frag- 
mentary inscriptions  which  modern  research  has  brought  to 
light. 

1.  The  plebiscitum   de  Thermensibus ,  which  is  written  on  a 
table  of  bronze,  conferred  the  rights  of  a  free  town  upon  Ther- 
messus  in  Pisidia.     The  date  of  this  is  about  B.C.  72. - 

2.  The  Tabula  Ileracleensis,  so  called  from  the  fact  of  the 

1  The  consul  Seaurus  addressing  the  §  10. 

grandfather  of  Cicero  :  "  Utinam  isto  2  "  Legibus  sneis  ita  ntunto  itaque 

animo  atque  virtnte  in  summa  republica  ieis  omnibus  sneis  legibus  Thcrmensis 

nobiscum  vcrsari,  quam  in  municipal!  majoribus  Pisidcis  utei  liccto  quod  ad- 

maluisses!"     Cicero,  De  lag.,  lib.  iii.  versus  lianc  legcm  11011  fiat." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  259 

fragment  having  been  discovered  partly  at  Heraclea,  near  the 
gulph  of  Tarentum,  in  1732,  and  partly  in  the  same  locality  in 
1735.1 

3.  Some  fragments  of  a  plebiscitum,  upon  a  bronze  table,  in 
two  columns,  discovered  in  1760  amongst  the  ruins  of  Velleia.8 
The  portion  we  possess  treats  of  the  organization  and  applica- 
tion of  judiciary  procedure  in  Cisalpine  Gaul,  whence  it  is 
called  Lex  GallicB  Cisalpince.  The  date  of  this  plebiscitum  is 
doubtless  posterior  to  the  enactment  which  conferred  the  jus 
civitatis  on  Gallia  Cispadana,  B.C.  49,  and  that  which  extended 
it  to  Gallia  Transpadana,  B.C.  47.  But,  in  effect,  the  fragments 
we  possess  are  too  scanty  to  afford  a  general  outline  of  municipal 
government,  nor  do  they  touch  upon  the  most  essential  points 
of  this  system.  A  recent  discovery  made  at  Malaga  of  tables 
belonging  to  the  Imperial  period  presents  us  with  some  more 
interesting  details.  These  we  shall  consider  in  their  proper 
place. 

313.  We  have  sufficient  evidence  of  the  existence  of  a  lex 
Julia  municipalise  by  which  Julius  Caesar,  when  dictator, 

1  Notwithstanding  that  these  are  but  74.     According  to  the  conjecture  of 

fragments,  they  contain  matter  of  such  M.  de  Savigny,  of  whom  we  shall  have 

diversity  that  it  is  doubtful   whether  occasion  to  make  further  mention,  its 

they  refer  to  one  law  or  a  code  of  laws.  date  is  B.C.  45.     The  two  fragments, 

These  fragments  appear  to  deal  with  one  of  which  is  sometimes  called  <BS 

three  distinct  subjects  :  1.  Declarations  Britannicum,   because   upon   its   dis- 

to  be  made  at  Rome  to  the  consul,  or  in  covery  it  was  carried  to  England,  the 

default  to  the  preetor  urbanus  or  to  the  other  CBS  Neapolitanum,  are   now  at 

prator  peregrinus  ;  2nd,  certain  rules  Naples.     M.  Blondeau  has  given  their 

concerning  highways  and  the  duties  of  text    in    his    Recueil     antejustinien, 

the  sediles;  3rd,  a  collection  of  special  p.  81. 

provisions  for  the  municipia,  the  colo-  2  The  contents  of  this  plebiscitum 

ni&,  the  prefectures,  the  fora  and  the  are  confined  to  the  oppidum,  munici- 

conciliabula,  relating  to  the  city  magis-  pium,  colonia,  prcefectura,  forum,  vl- 

tracies,    age,    qualifications,    disburse-  cum,  concilia  bttlum  castellumve  qua: 

ments   and  incapacity.      Certain   pro-  in  Gallia  Oisalpina  sunt,  and  refer  to 

visions  which  they  contain  would  lead  operis  novi  nunciatio,  damnum  infec- 

to  the  conviction  that  their  promulga-  turn,  pecunia  certa  credita,   signata 

tion  must  be  ascribed  to  a  period  when  forma  publica  populi  Romani,  and  the 

the  Italian  towns  enjoyed  the  rights  of  families  erciscundat.  This  plebiscitum 

Roman   citizenship,   and   consequently  is  sometimes  called  the  lex  Rubria,  but 

subsequent    to    the    social    war.       M.  this  must  be  an  error,  inasmuch  as  we 

Mazochi  (1755)  was  of  opinion  that  it  find  in  one  of  its  sections  (article  20) 

might  be  regarded   as  a  pleblsclturn  the    expression   Prcrfectusve    ex    lege 

regulating  the  application  of  the  leges  Rubria,   evidently   referring    to   some 

Julia  et  Plautla  de  ciritate  (B.C.  00  other  plebiscitum.     The  text  of  this 

and  B.C.  89).     M.  de  Haubold,  in  his  plebiscitum  will  be  found  in  M.  Blon.- 

Chronology,  places  it  in  or  about  B.C.  dean's  Recueil  antejustinien,  p.  77. 

S2 


260  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

decreed  certain  general  rules  to  be  observed  in  the  constitution 
and  administration  of  municipes,  at  least  in  Italy.  Cicero,  in 
one  of  his  Epistolcs  ad  fam.,  refers  to  some  of  its  provisions, 
and  it  is  from  this  letter  that  we  fix  the  date  of  the  lex  Julia 
municipalis  at  B.C.  4 1.1  The  text  of  this  law  is  lost.  Savigny, 
not  without  reason,  is  of  opinion  that  the  articles  inscribed  on 
the  table  of  Heraclea  concerning  municipal  regulations  were 
taken  from  the  lex  Julia  municipalis. 

314.  Passing  from  the  condition  of  towns  to  that  of  persons, 
we  observe  analogous  modifications  : — 

Civis. — This  title,  frequently  granted  to  individuals,  to  the 
inhabitants  of  a  given  town,  or  even  of  a  given  locality,  at  this 
period  was  conferred  upon  the  inhabitants  of  all  Italy,  including 
Cisalpine  Gaul.  Even  kings,  with  the  sanction  of  Rome, 
adopted  it,  preferring  it  to  the  style  of  king. 

Latini,  Italici,  Coloni,  Municipes. — From  the  termination  of 
the  social  war  the  inhabitants  of  Latium  and  Italy  enjoyed  the 
rights  of  Roman  citizenship,  both  private  and  public,  and  day  by 
day  became  more  closely  identified  with  the  Romans.  The  various 
distinctions  between  persons  was  confined  to  the  provinces. 

Socii. — Rome  had- its  allies  as  well  as  and  before  its  subject 
states.  The  Achaians  had  aided  it  in  the  overthrow  of  Mace- 
donia, the  king  of  Syracuse  to  drive  the  Carthaginians  from 
Sicily,  the  king  of  Numidia  in  the  destruction  of  Carthage  ;  but 
all  in  their  turn  fell  under  the  yoke  they  had  assisted  to  place 
upon  others.  Their  title  of  ally  was  either  dropped  altogether, 
or  became  a  meaningless  expression.  The  subject  kings  placed 
themselves  under  the  protection  of  the  senate,  the  consuls,  or 
of  a  successful  general.  Their  kingdoms  and  their  thrones 
were  divided,  destroyed  or  taken  at  pleasure.  Pompey  and 
Caesar  regarded  them  as  gifts  at  their  disposal;  and  Antony 
placed  at  the  feet  of  Cleopatra  the  kingdoms  of  Phoenicia, 

1  G\cc,ro,.A(lfamHiarcs,Y\\).  vi.  cp.  18:  Qnarc  bono  animo  sint  ct  tui  et  mci 

"  Simul  (ac)  accepi  a  Selcuco  tuo  lit-  fainiliarcs :  ncqiie  enim  erat  ferendum, 

teras,  statini  quaesivi  a  Balbo  per  codi-  quum    qui  hodic  aruspicinam  facerent 

cillos,  quid  esset  in  lege.     Rescripsit  cos  in  scnatum  Roinaj  legerentur,  eos  qui 

qui  facerent  prseconium  vctari  esse  in  aliquando  pneconium  i'ecisscnt,  in  mu- 

decurionibus  :  qui  fecisscnt  non  vctari.  nicipiis  dccurioncs  cssc  non  lic-ere." 


THE  IIISTO11Y  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  261 

Cyprus  and  Judiua,  which  lie  had  previously  conferred  upon 
Herod. 

Subjecti. — This  term  includes  the  inhabitants  of  those  pro- 
vinces to  which  the  concession  before  referred  to  had  not  been 
made.  The  soil  was  subject  to  the  vectigal,  or  annual  rent- 
charge,  the  person  to  tribute  and  to  a  multitude  of  other 
burdens,  heaped  upon  them  indirectly,  as  a  consequence  of 
their  subjection  to  Rome,  by  the  proconsuls,  the  lieutenants, 
the  quaestors  and  the  publicans,  who  were  let  loose  among 
them,  and  who  rapidly  acquired  wealth  by  the  ever-increasing 
oppression  of  the  despoiled  peoples.  The  pictures  drawn  by 
Cicero,  in  his  orations  in  support  of  the  lex  Manilla  and  in  that 
against  Verres,  and  by  Ctesar  in  his  writings,  give  a  terrible 
view  of  these  nefarious  practices.  The  value  of  the  respective 
provinces  was  estimated,  and  calculations  made  as  to  the 
amount  that  could  be  extorted  from  them  in  order  that  candi- 
dates for  their  government  might  ascertain  to  what  extent  it 
would  serve  their  purpose  to  carry  their  bribery. 

PUBLIC  LAW  (Jus  pullicum). 

315.  The  three  political  bodies  are  still  the  populus,  the 
senate  and  the  plebeians.     Between  the  two  last  there  are  the 
knights,  who,  having  greatly  increased  in  number  and  wealth, 
are  frequently  in  conflict  with  the  senators.     But  what  had 
become  of  and  what  was  the  influence  of  these  bodies  during 
the  civil  wars?      Amid  the  despotism   of  ambitious  leaders, 
and  the  oppression  of  military  rule,  they  followed  the  fortunes 
of  parties  and  fell  before  the  success  of  triumphant  generals. 
They  were  approaching  the  period  when  they  would  have  to 
recognize  but  one  duty — to  obey.     So,  in  speaking  of  legisla- 
tive, of  executive  and  of  judicial  power,  if  the  inquiry  is  made 
"  What  are  the  laws  ?" ;  it  might  be  supposed  that  order  and 
political  principle  still  prevailed ;  but  if  this  inquiry  is  followed 
by  another,  "What  are  the  facts?" ;  the  answer  must  be  that  all 
order  and  principle  were  overthrown. 

316.  Legislative  Power.- — This  power  is  still  lodged  in  the 


262  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

comitia  centuriata,  the  comitia  tributa,  and  the  senate;  to  these 
should  be  added  certain  magistrates,  whose  edicts  were  law,  at 
least,  during  the  term  of  their  office. 

During  the  period  we  have  just  considered,  a  remarkable 
revolution  took  place  in  the  composition  of  the  comitia  centu- 
riata. Of  this  fact  we  have  indisputable  documentary  evi- 
dence, but  what  it  was  precisely,  or  the  exact  date  at  which  it 
occurred,  we  do  not  know.  As  by  the  transformation  to  which 
the  populus  was  subjected,  the  terms  Ramnenses,  Tatienses 
and  Luceres  had  ceased  to  be  applicable  to  any  section  of  the 
populus,  so  by  the  fluctuations  of  wealth  the  standard  imposed 
by  Servius  Tullius  for  the  division  of  the  classes  became  of  no 
value.  It  is  clear  that  figures,  which  represented  the  class 
wealth  of  former  years,  had  lost  all  application  to  more  modern 
institutions;  and  if  we  assume  that  changes  had  been  made 
from  time  to  time  to  suit  the  altered  condition  of  things,  we 
cannot  suppose  that  those  who  had  gradually  extended  the 
influence  of  the  comitia  tributa  would  be  content  with  the 
continuance  of  a  system  in  which  the  first  class  reckoned  by 
the  money  standard  should  contain  within  it  almost  as  many 
centuries,  and  consequently  be  almost  worth  as  many  votes,  as 
all  the  others  put  together.  Livy  and  Dionysius,  after  describ- 
ing the  system  of  Servius  Tullius,  both  tell  us  that  it  had 
ceased  to  exist  in  their  times.  Dionysius  says  it  had  assumed 
a  more  plebeian  form  ;J  and  we  learn  from  Livy  that  the  centu- 
ries were  formed  from  or  distributed  amongst  the  thirty-five 
local  tribes,  the  distinction,  however,  being  preserved  between 
the  seniores  and  the  juniores.z  From  the  date  of  the  Punic 
wars,  changes  had  from  time  to  time  taken  place  in  the  desig- 
nation of  centuries  of  local  tribes,  whether  seniores  orjuntores;3 

1  Dionysins,  lib.  iv.  §  25.  other  interpretation.)     Cicero,  In  Ver- 

2  Livy,   lib.   i.    §    43.    "Nee  mirari       rem,  2,  lib.  v.  §  15. 

oportet  hunc  ordinem  qui  mine  est,  post  3  Livy,  24,  §  7 :  "  Qnum  sors  prsero- 

cxpletas  qninta  et  trigiiita  tribus,  dupli-  gativae    Anietisi    juniorum    exisset." 

cato  earum  numero  ccntnriis  juniorum  Ibid.  §  8.     Prcco,    "  Aniensem  junio- 

seniorumque,  ad  institntam  ab  Servio  rum  in  snffrapium  revocn,"  26,  §  22 ; 

Tullio  summam  non  con  venire."    (This  "  Praerogativa  Veturia  juniorum,"  27, 

is  the  principal  document,  and  seems  to  §   26;    Galeria  juniorum,  quse  sorte 

indicate   that   each   tribe   formed   two  preerogativa  erat."     (Vide  supra,  §  66, 

centuries,  the  one  seniores  the   other  and  note.) 
junior  et.    It  is  however  susceptible  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  11OMAN  LAW.  263 

hence  the  confusion   we   sometimes  meet  with  in  the  Latin 
writers  between  tribes  and  centuries.1 

The  points  still  doubtful  are,  1st.  Whether  each  local  tribe 
was  simply  divided  into  two  centuries,  the  one  seniores  the 
other  junior  es,  making  in  all  seventy  centuries;  or  whether, 
preserving  in  each  local  tribe  a  distribution  into  five  classes, 
they  formed,  following  these  classes,  in  each  tribe  five  centuries 
seniorum,  and  five  centuries  juniorum,  making  in  all  three 
hundred  and  fifty  ?  2nd.  Were  the  twelve  centuries  of  knights 
maintained  ?  3rd.  Did  the  sex  suffragia,  i.  e.  the  six  centuries 
of  ancient  Ramnenses,  Tatienses  and  Luceres,  also  exist  ?  It 
would  appear  from  the  evidence  we  possess,  that  the  division  by 
classes  in  the  local  tribes  and  the  twelve  centuries  of  knights 
remained.2 

317.  The  most  important  change  that  had  taken  place  as  to 
matters  of  form  was  the  adoption  of  secret  voting.3  Each 
citizen  received  two  voting  tablets,  the  one  for  the  affirmative, 
having  the  letters  U  R.  (uti  rogas] ;  the  other  for  the  nega- 
tive, with  an  A  (antiquo]  written  upon  it.  The  barriers 
within  which  the  citizens,  in  tribes  or  centuries,  were  packed 
(septa,  ovilia)',  the  use  of  narrow  bridges  over  which  ihey 
passed  one  by  one  ;  the  deep  wicker  basket  into  which  each  as 
he  passed  dropped  his  vote ;  the  scrutiny  and  proclamation  of 
the  result ;  and,  above  all,  the  manoeuvres  practised  to  secure 
and  even  to  purchase  votes,  when  it  was  the  question  of  an 

1  Cicero,  Pro  Plancio,   §§   20,  22;  the   appointment  of  magistrates;   the 

De  lege  agrarla,  2,  §  2.  lex  Cassia,  tabellaria,  B.C.  138,  affect- 

a  Livy,  43,  §  16:  "  Qunm  ex  duode-  ing  the  judgments  in  criminal  prosecu- 

cim   centuriis   equitum  octo  censorem  tions,  high  treason  excepted  (perdiiel- 

condemnassent,  multrcque  alioe  primse  lionis) ;  a  law  of  Papirius  Cajlius  Cal- 

classis     .     .  &c."      (Case  of  Claudius,  dus,  B.C.  108,  including  high  treason ; 

colleague  of  T.  Gracchus.)  and  finally  the  law  of  Papirius  Carbo, 

1  Cicero,  De  legibus,  3,  §§  15,  16,  17,  B.C.  92,  as  to  the  votes  for  the  passing 

discusses   the   relative    advantages    of  of  laws.     It  is  however  evident  from 

public  audible  voting  and  secret  voting  the  same  passages  of  Cicero  that  the 

by   means  of   tabellfe,   and   from   his  people  were  of  opinion  that  the  ballot 

remarks  upon   the   supporters    of   the  was  the  guarantee  of  their  liberty  in 

ballot,  his  strong  aversion  to  it  is  ap-  voting,  to  which  Cicero  assents,  "Habeat 

parent.     The   leges  upon  this  subject  sane  populus  tubellam,  quasi  vindicein 

enumerated  by  him,  and  styled  leges  libertatis,"   provided   that   they   acted 

tabellarice,  are  four  in   number:   the  conscientiously. 
lex  Gabinia,  tabellaria,  B.C.  140,  for 


264  THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

election,  the  decision  in  a  criminal  case,  or  the  enacting  of  a  law, 
are  worthy  of  consideration,  and  are  in  many  respects  not  want- 
ing in  analogy  with  the  practices  of  our  own  times. 

318.  The  sources  of  legislation  at  this  period  are,  as  to 
written  law,   leges,  which  had  become  more  and  more  rare ; 
plebiscite,  which  had  been  multiplied  and  almost  superseded 
the  former ;  senatus-consulta,  which  commence,  though  at  first 
rarely,  to  deal  with  points  of  private  law,  and  which   were 
destined  in  their  turn  to  take  the  place  of  both  leges  and  ple- 
biscita. 

As  to  the  lex  non  scripta,  we  have — 1.  The  edicts  of  the 
magistrates,1  certain  provisions  of  which,  transmitted  from  year 
to  year,  and  confirmed  by  usage,  became  the  customary  law, 
and  supplemented  the  civil  law,  leading  it  in  many  cases  from 
the  austerity  of  its  first  principles  to  conformity  with  those  of 
natural  justice  ;  2.  The  responsaprudentum,  which,  received  by 
the  litigants,  adopted  by  the  judges,  and  repeated  in  analogous 
cases,  formed  a  second  branch  of  the  lex  non  scripta.,  and  intro- 
duced certain  principles,  maxims  and  modes  of  procedure. 
Both  of  these  were  the  result  of  the  incessant  efforts  of  science, 
philosophy  and  civilization.  In  the  words  of  Cicero,  we  can 
recapitulate  the  sources  of  Roman  law  thus  : — "  Ut  si  quis  jus 
civile  dicat  id  esse  quod  in  legibus,  senatus-consultis,  rebus 
judicatis,  juris  peritorum  auctoritate,  edictis  magistratuum., 
more,  cequitate  consistat.2 

319.  Executive  Powei — Electoral  Power. — In  principle  these 
two  continued  to  remain  in  the  same  hands :  the  elections  be- 
longed to  the  populus  and  to  the  plebeians;  administration  to 
the  senate  and  to  certain  magistrates;  the  command  of  armies 

1  The  edicts  of  the  magistrates  are  with  his  functions  (lex  anmia).    They 

ranked   as   lex  non  scripta,  notwith-  therefore    differed    widely   from    laws 

standing  the  fact  that  they  were  written  regularly   enacted,   and   such   only   of 

in  albo,  iibi  de  piano  reetc  legi  possit;  these  edicts  could  be  regarded  as  form- 

because  at  the  period  at  which  we  have  ing  a  part  of  the  customary  law  as  had 

arrived   the   edict  was    not,   properly  by  custom  been  perpetuated  and  were 

speaking,  a  law ;  it  was  only  obligatory  considered  by  the  praetors  as  continu- 

for  one  year,  it  formed  a  part  of  the  ously  binding, 

executive  administration  of  the  magis-  2  Cicero,  Top.,  5. 
trate   who  promulgated  it  and  ended 


TOE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  265 

to  the  consuls,  or,  by  a  lex  curiata,  to  proconsuls  and  pro- 
pnutors.1  In  fact,  however,  money,  intrigue  or  force  carried 
the  elections.  Each  candidate  brought  to  Rome  his  satellites, 
his  soldiers,  and  even  entire  towns  that  he  had  taken  under  his 
protection.  Certain  citizens,  by  an  illegal  association,  domi- 
neered over  all  the  political  bodies,  and  in  a  certain  manner 
divided  the  entire  empire  between  themselves  ;  governors  of  pro- 
vinces rendered  themselves  independent  of  the  senate ;  generals 
maintained  themselves  at  the  head  of  their  armies ;  consuls  and 
dictators  ceased  to  be  limited  to  the  ancient  term  of  office.2 

320.  The  lex  Atinia,  B.C.  130,  conferred  senatorial  dignity 
upon  the  plebeian  tribunes,  who  thus  were  admitted  to  the 
senate.  Long  before  this,  however,  though  not  being  senators, 
they  had  arrogated  to  themselves  the  right  to  convoke  the 
senate  (senatus  habendi}  ;3  their  right  and  practice  of  intercessio 
had  been  established  and  largely  extended.4  In  certain  cases, 
however,  the  tribunes,  as  well  as  the  other  magistrates,  had  by 
law  been  prohibited  from  the  exercise  of  this  power  (ne  quis 
posset  intercedere) ;  and  the  senate,  about  this  period,  drew  up 
the  following  formula.  Qui  impedierit,prohibuerit,  eum  Senatum 
cxistimare  contra  rempublicam  fccisse.5  Sylla,  B.C.  82,  stripped 
them  of  all  the  advantages  they  had  gained,  and  reduced  them 
to  their  primitive  auxilium,  but  under  Aurelius  Cotta,  B.C.  76, 
and  especially  under  Pompey,  B.C.  71,  they  recovered  all  that 
had  been  taken  from  them  by  Sylla.6 

1  Military  power  could  only  be  con-  4  See  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  vii.  ch.  19. 

fcrred  upon  a  proconsul  or  a  propraetor  *  Cicero,  De   provinciis   consular., 

by  a  special  law  passed  by  tbe  curies.  §  8;  Ad  familiar.,  lib.  viii.  ep.  8. 

a  Prior  to  Sylla  no  dictator  had  been  6  Cicero,  De  leg.,  lib.  iii.  §  9  :  "  Vehe- 

appointed  for  nearly  one  hundred  years.  mentor  Sullam  probo,qui  tribunis  plebis, 

The  senate  in  cases  of  danger  had  con-  sna  lege,  injuriaj  faciendac  potestatem 

tented  itself  with  increasing  the  power  adcmerit,    auxilii    ferendi    reliquerit." 

of  the  consuls  for  the  time  being,  using  And  as  regards  Pompey  :  "  De  tribu- 

the  following  formula  :    "  Videant,  or  nitia  potcstate  taceo :   nee  enim  rcpre- 

Caveant  consulex  ne  quid  detriments  hendere   libet,    nee    laudare    possum." 

retmtblica  capiat."  J.  Caesar,  De  hello  drill,  lib.  i.  §  7: 

3  Aul.  Gell.  lib.  xiv.  ch.  8:   "Nam-  "  Sullam,  nudata  omnibus  rebus  tribu- 

que  ct  tribunis,  inquit  (Atleius  Capito),  nitia   potcstate,   tamen   intercessionem 

plebis  senatus  babendi  jus  enit,  quain-  liberam    reliquisse  :      Pompeium,    qui 

quam  scnatorcs  non   csscnt,  ante  Ati-  amissamrcstitnissevideatur,  donactiam 

nium  plebiscituni."  qua)  ante  habuerit  adcinisse." 


266  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

321.  The    newly-created    magistrates  were    the    Tribuni 
s&rarii,  Triumviri  Monitales,  Triumviri  Capitales,  Quatuor- 
viri  Viarum,  Quinqueviri,  the  two  j^Ediles  Cereales,  Proconsul, 
Legati,  and  the  Qucestores  Provincial. 

322.  Judicial  Power. — The  praetors,  now  sixteen  in  number, 
the  centum virs,  the  decemvirs,  the  juges-jures  or  arbitrators, 
and  the  recuperators,  co-operated  in  the  administration  of  jus- 
tice, the   praetors,  as  magistrates,  having  a  jurisdiction;    the 
others  simply  as  judges  selected  in  each  individual  case ;  the 
sediles  had  also  a  tribunal  and  a  jurisdiction. 

323.  Criminal  Matters. — The  establishment  of  qucestiones 
perpetuce,  it  is  true,  took  out  of  the  hands  of  the  people  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  their  power  in  criminal  matters ;  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  it  removed  the  vague  and  arbitrary  character  of  the 
law,  at  least  so  far  as  those  crimes  were  concerned  for  which 
qucestiones   had   been  instituted.     As  to  these,    the  law,  the 
tribunal  and  the  mode  of  procedure  were  fixed.     No  one  could 
be  brought  before  one  of  these  permanent  tribunals  except  by 
virtue  of  a  lex,  a  plebiscitum  or  a  senatus-consultum  approved 
by  the  tribunes,  these  enactments  at  the  same  time  permitting 
and  regulating  the  mode   of  execution.     Then  came  the  ap- 
pointment of  the  judges ;  these  were  taken  from  a  table  pre- 
pared once  a  year  by  the  praetor,   and  by  him  affixed  to  the 
Forum.     The  mode  of  selecting  the  judges  as  well  as  the  num- 
ber necessary  was  determined  for  each  delict.     As  a  general 
rule  the  accuser  made  the  selection :  he  drew  up  a  list  contain- 
ing double  the  number  necessary  for  the  quastio ;  the  accused 
then  struck  out  one-half  of  the  names.     In  certain  cases  the 
judges  were  determined  by  lot,  the  accuser  and  the  accused 
having  each  the  right  to  reject  those  that  they  disapproved-1 
The  right  to  be  inscribed  in  the  list  from  which  the  judges 
were  to  be  selected  was  at  one  time  confined  to  the  senators, 
at  another  to  the  knights,  and  at  a  third  divided  between  the 

1  Cicero,  Ad  Attic.,  1,  16,  §§  3,  4  and  D. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  267 

two  orders,  and  at  the  period  to  which  we  now  allude  was 
extended  to  other  classes  of  the  citizens.1  Cognitio  extraordi- 
naria  was  the  term  applied  to  any  investigation  made  by  the 
senate,  the  magistrates  or  the  qucssitores  that  did  not  fall  within 
the  scope  of  a  qu&stio  perpetua. 

324.  Civil  Matters. — The  actiones  legis  had  been  almost 
entirely  suppressed,  their  use  being  confined  to  cases  falling 
within  the  cognizance  of  the  centumviri.     The  formula  system, 
which  had  replaced  the  actiones  legis,  had  ingeniously  regu- 
lated the  application  of  a  jury  system  to  civil  cases,  retaining 
the  ancient  distinction  between  jurisdictio  anAjudicium.     The 
prsetors  were  the  principal  magistrates  invested  with  the  juris- 
dictio.    The  unusjudex,  the  arbiter  or  the  recuperatores  had 
for  each  case  the  judicium.     The  judges  were  taken  from  the 
annual  list.     The  tribunal  of  the  centumvirs  and  of  the  decem- 
virs, the  origin  and  province  of  which  are  not  clearly  known  to 
us,  had  gradually  been  falling  into  decay  since  the  adoption  of 
the  formula  system.     In  civil  matters  the  term  cognitio  extra- 
ordinaria  or  judicia  extraor dinar ia  was  applied  to  those  cases 
where  the  magistrate  himself  determined  the  suit  without  send- 
ing it  to  ajudex,  arbiter  or  recuperatores. 

325.  In  the  provinces  the  proconsul,  the  propraetor  and  their 
lieutenant,  as  magistrates  invested  with  jurisdiction,  and  the 
recuperators,  as  juges-jures,  selected  in  a  manner  analogous  to 
that  in  vogue  in  the  case  of  the  juges-jures  at  Rome,  adminis- 
tered justice  both  civil  and  criminal.       Sometimes,  however, 
the  governor  left  to  certain  towns,  especially  in  connection  with 
civil  matters,  the  native  tribunals. 

326.  Public  Revenue  and  Expenditure. — Up  to  the  time  of 
Servius  Tullius  taxation  consisted  of  a  capitation  arbitrarily 
fixed,  without  regard  to  the  means  of  the  individual.     After 
the  institution  of  the  census,  and  the  division  into  classes  made 

1  It  must  be  remarked  that  any  citi-       in  which  case  his  goods  alone  were  con- 
zen  who  was  accused  of  a  capital  offence       fiscated. 
was  at  liberty  to  go  into  voluntary  exile, 


268  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

by  Scrvius  Tullius,  this  arbitrary  tax  was  replaced  as  to  those 
inscribed  in  the  five  classes  by  one  proportioned  to  the  fortune, 
the  proletarii  and  the  capite  ccnsi  being  exempted  altogether. 
Those  not  enrolled  in  a  tribe,  and  consequently  not  in  a  census, 
but  classed  amongst  the  ararii,  were,  as  heretofore,  subject  to 
a  poll  tax  arbitrarily  fixed  by  the  censor,  and  were  bound  to 
provide  for  the  pay  of  the  soldiery  and  the  maintenance  of  the 
cavalry  (CBS  militare,  CBS  hordiarium}.  Widows  and  unmarried 
women,  orphan  minors,  and  consequently  heads  of  families, 
who  were  unable  to  take  military  service,  were  subject  to  this 
capitation,  as  were  also  the  ccelebes.  When  Rome,  by  its  vic- 
tories, had  amassed  the  wealth  of  other  nations,  these  imposts 
for  a  long  time  disappeared,  and  in  the  year  B.C.  168,  after  the 
conquest  of  Macedonia,  the  citizens  were  freed  from  all  direct 
contribution.1  From  this  time  the  public  revenue  was  derived 
from  the  rents  of  the  public  lands,  the  plunder  of  the  enemy, 
the  tribute  paid  by  the  provinces,  the  profits  arising  from  mines, 
and  the  monopoly  of  salt,  which  belonged  exclusively  to  the 
state,  certain  port  dues,  and  the  fine  of  one-twentieth  of  the 
value  upon  the  sale  or  enfranchisement  of  slaves.  Public  dis- 
bursements met  the  support  of  the  troops,  their  pay,  the  ex- 
penses of  distant  wars,  the  construction  and  maintenance  of 
public  buildings  and  monuments,  highways,  aqueducts  and  the 
distribution  gratuitously  made  of  grain  to  certain  portions  of 
the  community.  When  we  picture  these  citizens  in  the  public 
places,  stretching  forth  their  hands  to  receive  their  share  of  the 
public  grain  as  a  charity,  when  we  see  them  streaming  into 
the  circus  to  enjoy  a  gratuitous  spectacle,  it  is  not  difficult  to 
realize  the  force  of  the  words  which  represent  all  these  debased 
Romans  as  wanting  nothing  from  their  leaders  but  bread  and 
amusement.  Magistrates  were  not  at  this  time  salaried,  but 
the  proconsuls,  the  proprietors  and  their  lieutenants  had  learned 
how  to  enrich  themselves  by  their  office,  if  not  at  the  expense 
of  the  state,  at  least  at  that  of  the  provinces. 

1  Cicero,  DC  qfficiis,  lib.  ii.  §  22 :  tantum  in  aerarium  pccunije  invcxit, 
"OmniMacedonumgaza, qnaefuitmaxi-  ut  nnius  imperatoris  pneda  finem 
ma,  potitus  est  Paullus  (^Emilias) :  attulcrit  tributorum." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  269 

Jus  SACRUM. 

327.  The  jus  sacrum,  although  it  no  longer  had  the  influ- 
ence it  formerly  enjoyed  over  the  jus  civile,  was  nevertheless 
still   connected   with   the   administration   of  the   state.      The 
augurs,  whose  college  since  the  time  of  Sylla  had  been  com- 
posed of  fifteen  members,  still  continued  to  consult  the  auspices, 
and  we  find  Cicero  aspiring  to  the  honour  of  becoming  a  member 
of  it.     At  this  period  the  right  of  nomination  to  the  college,  as 
also  to  that  of  the  pontiffs,  was  vested  in  the  comitia. 

With  the  conquests  of  Rome  the  number  of  its  deities  was 
multiplied,  and  at  this  period  the  divinities  of  all  the  nations  it 
had  conquered  were  included  in  its  theological  system.  The 
practice  was  for  a  Roman  general,  when  he  had  taken  and 
destroyed  a  town,  to  entreat  its  tutelary  deities  to  abandon  the 
place  and  to  go  to  Rome,  where  altars  and  a  form  of  worship 
were  provided  for  them.  Scipio  did  not  fail  to  address  this 
prayer  to  the  gods  of  Carthage,  and  the  formula,  which  was 
probably  the  same  in  all  cases,  has  been  preserved.  "  If  there 
is  a  god  or  a  goddess  who  protects  the  Carthaginians  and  their 
city,  and  thou,  great  god,  who  hast  taken  under  thy  protection 
this  city  and  its  people !  I  pray,  I  entreat,  I  conjure  you  to 
abandon  the  people  and  the  city,  to  quit  their  dwellings,  their 
temples,  their  worship,  their  walls  ;  to  withdraw  from  them ;  to 
cast  among  them  fright,  terror,  oblivion.  Accompany  me  to 
Rome,  make  our  dwellings,  our  temples,  our  worship,  our  city, 
thine  own  ;  take  the  Roman  people  into  thy  protection,  take 
my  soldiers,  take  me ;  grant  us  knowledge  and  intelligence. 
If  thou  wilt  grant  my  prayer,  I  here  vow  to  dedicate  to  thee 
temples  and  sacred  games  !" 

Jus  PRIVATUM. 

328.  The  development  of  civil  law  follows  close  upon  the 
increase  of  wealth,  the  expansion  of  territory  and  improvement 
in  manners ;  and  it  was  impossible  that  Rome,  when  it  had  ex- 
panded into  an  empire,  had  accumulated  wealth  and  advanced 
in  civilization,  should  have  existed  under  the  same  system  of 
laws  as  suited  it  in  the  early  days,  when  its  territory  was  com- 


270  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

paratively  small,  its  people  poor  and  their  manners  rude.  We 
now  find  the  system  of  the  civil  law  of  the  time  of  the  republic, 
marked  as  it  was  with  the  hard  lines  of  austere  and  imperious 
power,  yielding  to  principles  more  in  accordance  with  the  re- 
quirements of  civilized  human  nature.  The  interchange  of  ideas 
between  the  Roman  and  foreign  nations  caused  the  introduc- 
tion of  laws  of  more  general  application,  but  there  was  a  kind 
of  inconsistency,  an  incongruity  within  the  system  itself,  which 
becomes  more  and  more  marked  as  time  goes  on.  Whilst  the 
edicts  of  the  praetors,  the  responsa  prudentum  and  the  works  of 
the  jurists  were  incessantly  leaning  towards  the  principles  of 
natural  equity,  the  primitive  system  of  law,  founded  on  a  basis 
in  which  those  principles  were  entirely  disregarded,  was  still 
retained.  And  it  presents  the  curious  anomaly  of  principles 
most  rigorous  in  their  character  and  extraordinary  in  their 
nature,  amalgamated  with  words,  distinctions  and  hypotheses 
which  served  as  means  to  evade  them. 

329.  Persons. — The  various  powers  exercised  over  slaves 
and  children  had  assumed  the  name  of  potestas ;  that  over 
women,  manus ;  that  over  free  men  acquired  by  mancipation, 
mancipium.  These  powers  were,  however,  beginning  to  be  con- 
siderably modified.  The  potestas  over  slaves  indeed  remained 
the  same,  although  their  number  and  their  actual  position  were 
very  much  changed.  The  paternal  power  (patria  potestas}  had 
been  very  much  weakened.  The  marital  power  (manus}  had 
almost  entirely  disappeared.  Of  the  three  ways  of  acquiring  it, 
the  coemptio  was  now  seldom  used;  confarreatio  was  confined 
to  the  pontifical  class;  and  usage  (usus}  appears  to  have  been 
no  longer  practised.  The  power  over  freemen  bought  or  given 
away  aspi'operty,  mancipium,  hardly  existed  except  as  a  fiction; 
and  in  cases  where  this  power  was  still  exercised  it  was  con- 
siderably modified.  Gentilitas,  in  consequence  of  the  disap- 
pearance of  clients,  of  the  extinction  of  old  families,  and  of  the 
incessant  addition  of  superstrata  of  population,  had  already 
become  very  rare.  Blood  relationship,  cognatio,  was  beginning 
under  the  praetors  to  have  some  effects  and  to  give  rise  to  some 
bonds  and  obligations.  The  perpetual  tutelage  over  women 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  271 

was  almost  abolished;  the  tutor  interfering  only  in  the  most 
important  acts,  as  a  matter  of  form  and  without  having  the 
power  of  refusing  his  authorization,  unless,  indeed,  he  hap- 
pened to  be  one  of  the  agnates;  but  women  had  found  the 
means,  by  a  fictitious  sale,1  of  escaping  the  tutelage  of  these 
agnates. 

330.  Things  and  Property. — The  term  mancipium,  formerly 
given  to  property  at  the  period  when  violence  was  the  means  of 
acquiring  it  and  the  lance  was  its  symbol,  had  been  modified. 
Property  was  now,  as  it  were,  centred  in  each  family;    the 
chief  alone  enjoying  an  individual  personality,  alone  possessed  all 
rights  over  it ;  but  the  children  under  his  power,  who  could 
hold  nothing  individually,  were  all,  as  it  were,  co-proprietors 
with  him.     Property  was  considered  as  something  belonging  to 
the  dominus  and  his  family  in  domo  ;    whence  its  new  name 
dominium.     This  however  was  no  longer  the  sole  form,  of  pro- 
perty.   Parallel  with  it  the  law  had  brought  into  existence  a  new 
form.     Res  were  either  in  dominio  or  in  bonis.     The  dominium 
was  Roman  ownership — dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium.    In  bonis 
was  the  new  form  introduced  by  the  prastor,  but  for  which  no 
exact  term  exists.     This  Avas   a    species  of  natural  property, 
called  by  the  commentators  dominium  bonitarium,  an  expression 
which  is  not  in  itself  Roman.     This  division  of  property  exists 
side  by  side  with  the  division  into  res  mancipi  and  res  nee 
mancipi.      The    classification    of  things   under   the   head    res 
mancipi,  as  has  been  already  stated,  was  unalterable. 

331.  Wills. — Interpretation  and  custom  had  much  restricted 
the  absolute  rights  of  the  father  of  a  family.      If  he  should 
wish  to  disinherit  his  children,  he  must  now  formally  declare  his 
wish,  which  was  called  exharedatio,  otherwise  his  will  was  in 
some  cases  altogether  void,  or,  in  others,  void  so  far  as  to  pre- 

1  Women,  by  a  simulated  sale,  per  renta,  §§  121  and  125,  the  agnates  lost 

<psetlibram(coemptio),  feigned  to  pass  their  right,  and  their  tutelage  ceased, 

under  the  power,  in  manu,  of  the  pur-  This  is  a  case  in  which  they  used  the 

chaser.     And  as  they  then  got  out  of  procedure  of  the  ancient  law  to  evade 

their  family,  as  we  have  shown  when  the  law. 
speaking  of  the  woman  in  manu  con- 


272  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

vent  the  children  from  participating  in  the  inheritance.  It 
was  also  necessary  that  he  should  be  actuated  by  a  just  motive, 
otherwise  his  will  might  be  impeached  before  the  centumvirs 
under  the  fiction  of  insanity,  as  being  contrary  to  the  dictates 
of  nature,  testamentum  inofficiosum.1 

332.  Successions. — The  civil  bonds,  agnatio  and  gentilitas, 
were  now  no  longer  the  only  ones  that  gave  rights  of  succession. 
The  praetor,  whose  duty  it  was,  in  order  that  the  law  might  be 
carried   out,  to  deliver  up  to  the  heir  the  possession   of  the 
property  of  the  deceased,  contemplated  making  that  possession 
a  kind  of  praetorian  inheritance,  bonorum  possessio,  which  was 
often  given  to  persons  to  whom  the  inheritance  was  refused  by 
the  civil  law.2 

Thus  he  granted  the  possession  of  the  property  to  the  eman- 
cipated child ;  sometimes  to  the  adopted  child,  although  no 
longer  in  the  family ;  so,  when  there  was  neither  heir  proper 
nor  agnate,  instead  of  giving  possession  to  the  public  treasury, 
he  delivered  it  up  to  the  nearest  cognate. 

333.  Obligations  and  Contracts. — The  number  of  contracts, 
or  binding  conventions,  was  increased.      The  nexum,  by  which 
a  man  bound  himself,  had  been  transformed  and  had  given 
birth  to  other  contracts.     It  was  replaced  by  the  four  civil 
contracts  made  re,  that  is  to  say,  by  the  delivery  of  the  thing ; 
mutuum,  that  is  to  say,  the  loan  of  things  consumed  in  the  use, 
termed  fungibiles ,  and  which  were  to  be  returned  in  kind ;  com- 
modatum,  the  loan  of  a  thing  to  be  used  and  returned  according 

1  "  Hoc  colore  quasi  non  sana?  mentis  them  of  their  rights  by  a  formal  decla- 

fuerint  cum  testamentum  ordinarent,"  ration  of  his  intention  so  to  do. 
say  the  Institutes,  lib.  ii.  tit.  18,  pr.  2  This  is  an  instance  where,  with  the 

This  affords  an  illustration  of  a  case  in  help   of   one  word,  they  changed   the 

which  one  ground  of  nullity,  which  did  ancient  law,  whilst  appearing  to  respect 

not  exist  under  the  ancient  law,  is  assi-  it.     They  did  not  give  to  the  child  the 

milated  to  a  ground  of  nullity  which  inheritance,  or  the  title  of  heir,  because 

did  actually  exist.     In  the  same  way  the  civil  law  refused  them  to  him ;  but 

the  necessity  of  exlifcredatio  is  derived  they  gave  him  the  possession   of  the 

by  the  jurists  from  the  civil-law  prin-  property,  bonnrum,  posscssio,  the  title 

ciple  of  the  co-ownership  of  a  family;  of  possessor,  which,  under  the  praetorian 

the  children  being,  as  it  wcro,  co-pro-  system,  came  to  nearly  the  same  thing 

prietors  of  the  family  patrimony,  the  in  other  words, 
head  of  the  family  could  only  deprive 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  273 

to  the  terms  of  the  agreement ;  depositum,  a  simple  bailment ; 
pignus,  a  bailment  or  loan  by  way  of  pledge. 

The  stipulatio,  which  was  the  first  offshoot  from  the  nexum — 
the  ancient  Quiritariaii  formula  expressed  by  the  terms  spondes  ? 
spondeo,  which  were  exclusively  applicable  to  citizens — was  ex- 
tended and  made  applicable  to  all  by  the  substitution  of  the 
terms  " promittis  ?  promitto"  and  other  similar  expressions. 

To  this  first  derivative  of  the  nexum  must  be  added  a  second, 
the  contract  litteris,  or  the  expensilatio,  which,  exclusively 
appropriated  to  the  citizens  in  certain  forms,  had  also  been, 
with  the  help  of  certain  modifications,  extended  to  foreigners. 
Lastly,  the  civil  law  had  admitted  four  contracts  under  the  jus 
gentium,  depending  entirely  on  the  exercise  of  the  will,  and  in 
which  obligations  are  produced  by  consent  alone :  the  sale, 
emptio  venditio ;  hiring,  locatio  conductio  ;  the  mandate,  man- 
datum;  and  partnership,  societas.  The  praetor,  moreover,  had 
recognized  as  obligatory  some  of  those  conventions,  which, 
according  to  civil  law,  produced  no  obligation  nor  action  when 
they  were  not  accompanied  by  stipulations.  Those  conventions, 
not  obligatory,  named  in  general  pacts,  pacta,  although  not 
conferring  an  actio,  received,  however,  from  the  jurists  and 
praetorian  influence,  certain  effects  which  were  deemed  inci- 
dental to  natural  obligations  ;  and,  having  received  praetorian 
sanction,  were  called  and  recognized  as  praetorian  pacts.  In 
the  same  way  the  jurists,  under  praetorian  influence,  in  addition 
to  the  acts  classified  as  delicts  by  the  ancient  civil  law,  recog- 
nized others,  such  as  deceit,  violence,  taking,  as  also  giving 
rise  to  obligations.  So  that,  in  brief,  they  had  begun  now  to 
distinguish  three  classes  of  obligations:  the  civil,  the  praetorian 
and  the  natural. 

334.  Actiones. — The  procedure  in  the  actiones  far/is,  abolished 
by  the  lex  ^/Ebutia  and  by  the  two  leges  Juliee,  was  replaced 
by  the  formulary  system.  The  actiones  legis,  however,  were 
still  preserved  in  tAvo  cases,  one  of  which  was  the  case  where 
the  action  lay  before  the  centumvirs.  The  word  actio  had 
notably  changed  its  signification.  It  no  longer  designated 

T 


274  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

a  modus  operandi.      Each  right  gave  rise  to  its  appropriate 
action. 

The  actio  was  the  right  to  enforce  a  claim,  conceded  in 
general  by  the  law,  either  civil  or  praetorian,  and  obtained 
chiefly  from  the  praetor  in  each  individual  case.  In  many 
cases  where  the  civil  law  gave  no  action,  although  equity  or 
expediency  seemed  to  require  it,  the  praetor  permitted  actions 
called  honoraria  actiones :  and  universally  in  cases  where  the 
strict  law  gave  actions  contrary  to  equitable  principles,  the 
prastor  granted  the  means  of  repelling  them,  which  were  called 
exceptiones,  and  which  were  in  fact  simply  restrictions  engrafted 
by  him  in  the  formula,  regulating  and  placing  restrictions  upon 
the  judge  as  to  the  decision  at  which  he  should  arrive.1 

335.  This  is  the  date  which  has  generally  been  considered 
to  be  the  commencement  of  the  most  flourishing  epoch  of 
Roman  law.  While,  on  the  other  hand,  if  we  take  the  words 
"  Roman  law"  to  signify  "  Quiritarian,"  or  primitive  law,  we 
must  trace  from  this  epoch  the  commencement  of  its  decay. 
And  it  is  apparent  at  once,  from  the  rapid  sketch  we  have 
given,  that  the  simple  and  rude  legal  system  of  the  earlier  days 
of  Rome  had  disappeared,  although  the  main  principles  of  this 
system  were  still  recognized.  Every  day  witnessed  the  intro- 
duction of  some  fresh  modification,  which  was  rendered  neces- 
sary by  the  advance  of  civilization  and  ever-growing  improve- 
ment in  the  manners  of  the  people.  Law  had  begun  to  de- 
velope  into  a  science,  closely  bound  up  with  the  principles  of 
natural  equity ;  but  it  is  true  that  it  had  one  great  defect,  in 
that  it  contained  two  opposing  elements.  There  were  the  old 
fundamental  principles  of  the  early  system  co-existing  with  the 
decisions  of  more  recent  times  and  the  new  institutions  to  which 
they  were  giving  rise.  Thus  the  civil  law  was  placed  in  anta- 
gonism with  the  praetorian  law,  and  the  principles  contained 

1  This  is  another  instance  of  an  in-  The  civil  law  gave  it,  and  he  would  not 

genious  method  of  correcting  the  an-  allow  himself  to  repudiate  that  law,  but 

cient  law.     When  an  action  was  con-  he  in  fact  rendered  it  useless  by  creating 

trary  to  natural  equity,  the  pnetor  did  an   excejrtio,  which  was   a   means  of 

not  declare  that  he   abolished  it,   nor  defence  against  the  attack  {actio). 
did  he  prohibit  it  from  taking  place. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  HOMAN  LAW.  27o 

in  the  response,  prudentum  ;  and  hence  came  those  ingenious 
and  subtle  subterfuges  designed  to  apparently  reconcile  real 
inconsistencies. 

It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  when  once  we  admit  the 
existence  of  these  contradictory  elements,  it  is  impossible  not 
to  recognize  the  ingenuity,  the  ability  and  the  judgment  which 
was  evinced  by  the  jurists  and  the  praetors  in  harmonizing 
them. 

In  fact,  if  we  regard  the  question  on  general  principles,  apart 
altogether  from  Rome  and  Roman  history,  and  look  at  the 
system  only  as  it  bears  upon  the  common  instincts  of  human 
nature,  we  cannot  but  admit  that  the  changes  alluded  to  were 
symptoms  of  progress  and  improvement,  and  the  worthy  pre- 
cursors of  a  vast  system  of  scientific  jurisprudence  which  was 
destined  one  day  to  influence  the  whole  civilized  world.  If 
we  regard  the  question,  on  the  other  hand,  from  a  historical  point 
of  view,  estimating  the  laws  by  the  manner  in  which  they 
affected  the  people  who  made  them  for  themselves,  and  taking 
into  account  also  the  peculiar  character  of  that  people  and  of 
their  institutions,  wre  are  forced  to  admit,  that  it  was  the  rigid 
cast-iron  legal  system  which  had  made  the  republic  what  it 
was,  and  that,  when  one  fell  to  pieces,  the  other  disappeared 
with  it. 

MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS. 

336.  It  is  obvious  that,  when  the  political  institutions  and 
the  civil  law  of  a  state  undergo  great  modifications,  the  national 
habits,  manners  and  mode  of  thought  which  gave  rise  to  those  in- 
stitutions and  laws  must  have  also  undergone  a  great  change.  It 
is  scarcely  necessary,  however,  to  describe  the  habits,  manners  and 
modes  of  thought  which  succeeded.  But  there  are  two  customs 
in  particular  which  deserve  attention.1  Men  of  consular  dig- 

1  It  may  not,  perhaps,  be  useless  to  therefore  they  were  generally  written 

give  an  idea  of  the  way  in  which  the  only  with  the  initial  letter.     The  eldest 

Romans  designated  persons:   1st.  The  son  took  that  of  the  father ;  the daugh- 

pre-name,  prcenomen,  served  to  distin-  ters  in  general  did  not  bear  any;  they 

guish  the  various  members  of  the  same  were  distinguished  in  the  family  by  the 

family;  the  Roman  language  did  not  epithets  of  major,  minor,  prima,  se- 

coutain  a  great  number  of  them,  and  cunda,  tertia,  and  so  on.     2nd.  The 

T  2 


276  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

nity,  the  first  magistrates  of  the  republic,  used  to  appear  before 
the  judges  to  plead  the  causes  of  the  citizens  in  public,  their 
presence  having  considerable  influence  in  the  determination  of 
the  cause,  particularly  in  matters  of  a  civil  or  criminal  character 
affecting  the  state.  The  other  practice  had  no  connection  with 
the  law,  but  it  was  not  on  that  account  less  remarkable ;  it 
was  the  astonishing  facility  with  which  the  Romans  of  these 
later  times  used  to  commit  suicide.  On  the  defeat  of  a  party, 
the  chiefs  would  either  put  an  end  to  their  lives  with  their  own 
swords,  or  solicit  a  friend  to  destroy  them.  Thus  perished 
Scipio,  Cato,  Cassius,  Brutus,  Antony — to  cite  only  the  most 
illustrious  names.  Montesquieu,  in  his  usual  facile  style,  sug- 
gests several  reasons  for  the  practice ;  it  appears  to  me  that 
there  is  one  sufficient  reason  to  account  for  it,  and  it  is  this. 
In  the  earlier  days,  when  the  consuls  fought  for  the  republic,  if 
they  were  vanquished,  the  republic  still  lived,  and  they  lived 
with  it.  But  when  leaders  fought  only  for  a  party,  if  they 
failed,  they  failed  altogether,  and  there  was  nothing  left  to 
them  ;  their  party  was  annihilated,  and  they  were  crushed  with 

name,   nomen,   which   came   after  the  and  Asiatics s  the  particular  surname 

former,   belonged   to   the   whole   race.  of  each  of  the  brothers. 

It  was  applied  to  the  daughters  in  the  The  adopted  took  the  name  of  the 

feminine  gender.     3rd.    The  surname,  adopter,  and  preserved  that  of  his  for- 

cognomen,  was  a  kind  of  epithet,  given  mer  family,  transformed  into  an  adjec- 

on  the   occasion  of   some  great  deed,  tive,  thus ;  Ccrsar  Augustus  was  styled 

or  in  celebration  of  some  brilliant  sally  Octaviamis,  because  being  the  son  of 

of  wit,  or  in  consequence  of  some  pe-  C.  Octavius,  he  had  been  adopted  by 

culiar  charm  of   person,  or  else  some  the  will  of  J.  Csesar. 

deformity.      Sometimes  the  cognomen  Married  women  added  to  the  name 

remained  in  the  family  of  the  man  who  of  their  family  that  of  their  husband, 

had  borne  it  first,  and  in  such  cases,  in  in  the  genitive  case,  as  a  mark  of  their 

addition  to  that  general  surname,  the  dependance.    Thus  Caljj urn iaAntistii, 

various  members  could  bear  a  second  Calpurnia  wife  of  Antlstius,  the  lady 

surname  personal  and  peculiar  to  them;  who  swallowed  hot  charcoal  when  her 

this  second  surname  is  called  by  some  husband  had  fallen  a  victim  of  the  party 

authors  agnomen.     Thus  in  the  desig-  of  Marias. 

nation  of  the  great  pontiff  App.  Claudius  Slaves  never  had  more  than  one  name, 

Csecus,  we  find  the  pro;  nomen  Appius,  as  Stichus,  Geta,  Duetts;  when  once 

the  nomen  Claudius,  and  the  cognomen  they  were  freed,  they  joined  to  it  the 

Ca3cus.     In  the  family  of  the  Scipios,  prccnomen   and    the    nomen   of    their 

we  have  P.  Cornelius  Scipio  Africa-  patron.     In  this  way  Terence,  whose 

nus,   L.   Cornelius  Scipio  Asiaticiis;  name  as  a  slave  we  do  not  know,  took, 

here  Publicus  and  Lucius  are  the  pr<e-  upon  gaining  his  freedom,  that  of  his 

nomlna  of  the  two  brothers,  Cornelius  master,  P.   Terentius,    which   he    has 

the  nomen  of  the  race,  Scipio  the  gene-  transmitted  to  posterity, 
ral  cognomen  of  the  family,  Africanus 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  277 

it.  And,  we  may  observe,  that  this  practice  came  in  with  the 
civil  wars  and  the  proscriptions,  and  those  who  died  by  their 
own  hand  were  in  reality  men  condemned  to  death,  who  killed 
themselves  to  escape  an  ignominious  end.1  It  was  necessity 
that  made  suicide  a  point  of  honour. 

1  There  was  no  hope  of  escape  for  an  asylum  anywhere,  it  would  only  be 

these  men,  for  the  power  of  their  con-  to  meet  the  fate  of  Pompey  and  his  son 

qnerors  extended  over  the  whole  of  the  Sextus. 
then  known  world;  and  if  they  sought 


278  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


THE  THIRD  EPOCH. 


THE  EMPERORS. 

I.— FROM  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  THE  EMPIRE  TO 
CONSTANTINE. 

B.C.  31.   CAESAR  AUGUSTUS  (Casar  Octavianus,  Augustus 
cognomine). 

337.  AFTER  the  battle  of  Actium  and  the  triumphs  which 
followed,  Caesar  Octavius,  instead  of  proclaiming  at  once  that 
the  republic  was  overthrown,  and  that  one  man  would  henceforth 
rule  over  the  empire,  proceeded  step  by  step  to  make  his  way 
to  supreme  power.  "  Sylla,  a  man  of  violence,"  says  Montes- 
quieu, "led  the  Romans  by  violence  to  liberty;  Augustus,  a 
crafty  tyrant,  led  them  gently  to  servitude."  He  gained  over 
the  soldiers  by  liberality,  his  enemies  by  clemency,  and  the 
Romans  generally  by  extravagance  and  by  gratifying  their  love 
for  public  spectacles.  The  stormy  period  of  the  civil  wars  was 
followed  by  a  period  of  tranquillity  and  the  revival  of  the  fine 
arts;  and  it  was  in  the  midst  of  a  crowd  of  rhetoricians,  poets 
and  historians  that  the  power  of  Augustus  increased  day  by 
day.  It  seemed  as  if  both  the  senate  and  the  people  riveted 
their  own  chains  more  firmly  each  succeeding  year.  The  former 
conferred  on  Octavius  the  title  of  "  Imperator"  in  perpetuity,1 
confirmed  all  his  acts,  and  swore  obedience  to  him.  This  was 
in  B.C.  29.  Two  years  later  it  decorated  him  with  the  title  of 

1  This  was  an  ancient  and  honour-  joy  with  which  they  greeted  him  on  a 

able  military  title,   derived   from   the  successful  field.     More  than  one  person 

Oscan  language,  and  is  still  to  be  seen  could  bear  the  title  at  the  same  time, 

on  the  old  Oscan  coins,  spelt  according  and  it  conferred  no  particular  authority, 

to  the  early  system  of  writing,  now  ob-  (Tac.,  Ann.,  3,   §  74.)     It  afterwards 

solete,  embratur.    It  was  given  by  the  came  to  designate  the  supreme  chief 

Roman  soldiers  by  acclamation  to  a  ruler  of  the  state, 
victorious  general  in  the  transport  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  279 

"  Father  of  his  country  "  and  of  "  Augustus,"  a  term  heretofore 
confined  to  sacred  things.  It  confirmed  the  supreme  power  in 
his  hands  for  ten  years,  and  made  over  to  him,  as  his  own,  the 
finest  and  most  important  provinces  of  the  empire,  provincia 
Ccesaris,  reserving  for  the  people,  as  provincice  populi,  the 
provinces  which  were  the  most  quiet  and  submissive.  This  was 
in  B.C.  27.  Four  years  later  the  people  conferred  on  Augustus 
the  power  of  the  tribunes  in  perpetuity,  as  also  in  perpetuity 
the  proconsular  power,  B.C.  23.  Four  years  later  the  consular 
power  in  perpetuity.  Two  years  later,  B.C.  17,  the  senate 
renewed  the  ten  years'  term  of  absolute  powrer,  and  four  years 
after  that  it  gave  him  the  title  of  Pontifex  Maximus,  formerly 
enjoyed  by  the  kings,  and  entailing  the  duty  of  presiding  over 
the  public  worship,  B.C.  13.  It  was  thus  that,  without  appear- 
ing to  subvert  the  magistracies  of  the  republic,  Augustus  an- 
nulled them  by  accumulating  their  functions  in  his  own  hands, 
and  by  thus  grasping  the  whole  of  them  he  acquired  absolute 
sovereignty. 

338.  There  were  still,  however,  consuls,1  proconsuls,  praetors, 
tribunes,  who  were  appointed  as  colleagues  to  the  emperor,  to 
whom  they  were  immediately  subordinate.  Those  candidates 
who  were  nominated  by  the  emperor  were  certain  of  election. 
Augustus  did  not  fail  to  keep  these  offices  in  his  family,  confer- 
ring them  on  his  nephews,  sons-in-law  and  grandsons  even  when 
they  were  scarcely  adults.  But  to  complete  the  new  system 
then  in  its  infancy,  it  was  necessary  that  the  new  dignitaries 
should  be  appointed  by  the  emperor,  be  attached  to  his  fortunes 
and  dependant  on  him ;  and  therefore  we  find  several  new  offices 
springing  up  under  Augustus,  which  were  destined  to  be  more 
or  less  developed  under  his  successors, — the  legati  Ccesaris, 
the  procuratores  Ccesaris,  the  prcefectus  urbi,  the  prcefectus 
prcetorius,  the  qucestores  candidati  principis,  the  prcefectus  an- 
nonarum  and  the  prcefectus  vigilum. 

1  As  the  consuls  were  in  fact  deprived  they  had  enjoyed  in  former  times  was 

of  the  general  direction  of  the  state,  restored  to  them,  and  they  shared  with 

which  the  emperor  had  taken  on  him-  the  praetor  some  functions  of  criminal 

self,  a  portion  of  the  jurisdiction  which  jurisdiction. 


280  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LVIII. 
LIEUTENANTS  OF  THE  EMPEROR  (Legati  Ceesaris). 

339.  The  provinces,  as  we  have  already  shown,  were  divided 
between  the  people  and  the  emperor.  That  portion  of  them 
which  was  considered  as  more  especially  belonging  to  the 
people  (provincicB  populi)  was  governed,  as  formerly,  by  the 
consuls  and  by  the  prastors  after  leaving  their  office.  The  revenue 
derived  from  them,  and  paid  into  the  public  treasury,  was  called 
stipendium.  The  others  were  the  property  of  Caesar  (provincice 
CcBsaris],  and  the  revenue  derived  from  them  was  called  tri- 
butum.^  They  were  administered  by  officers  appointed  by  the 
prince,  legati  Ccesaris.  There  were,  however,  some  distinc- 
tions between  the  privileges  and  powers  enjoyed  and  exercised 
by  the  proconsuls  and  by  the  legati  Ccesaris,  the  principal  of 
which  was,  that  as  the  emperor  was  the  commandant  of  the 
army,  and  as  he  had  reserved  to  himself  the  provinces  most 
liable  to  disturbance,  or  the  frontier  provinces  in  which,  or 
from  which,  it  was  necessary  to  make  war,  his  legati  were  mili- 
tary officers  wearing  the  military  insignia  and  costume,  and 
commanding  soldiers ;  whereas  the  proconsuls  of  the  senate 
were  only  civil  magistrates  without  military  command.  The 
emperor  had  the  army  under  his  control.  But  each  of  these 
functionaries  was  styled  prases  provincial 


SECTION  LIX. 
PROCURATORS  OF  THE  EMPEROR  (Procuratores  Ccesaris}. 

340.  The  treasury,  like  the  provinces,  was  divided  into 
two  parts  —  one  for  the  public,  cerarium,  the  other  for  the 
prince,  Jiscus. 

1  Gai.,  Instlt.,  2,  §  21.  also  to   depute  into  that  province  a 

*  Dig.  1,  16,  De  officio  proconsulis  functionary  whose  duty  it  was  to  ad- 

et  legati;  ib.  18,  De  officio  pr/vs'idis.  minister  justice,  in  concert   with   the 

The  government  of  Egypt  ranked  above  president ;  he  bore  the  name  oijuridi- 

that  of  all  the  other  imperial  provinces;  cits  per  JEgyptum,  juridicus  Alexan- 

the  lieutenant  there  had  a  particular  dritc.     Dig.  1,  17,  De  officio  prafecti 

title,  pr&fectus  augustalis.    They  used  augustalis;  ib.  20,  De  officio  juridici. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  281 

In  order  to  secure  his  own  interests  and  to  manage  the  pro- 
perty which  constituted  his  peculiar  domain,  Augustus  ap- 
pointed to  the  provinces  a  steward  or  agent— a  functionary 
who  filled  somewhat  the  same  position  as  the  quaestors,  only 
the  latter  were  not  employed  in  the  imperial  provinces.  These 
officials,  procuratores,  ought  not  to  be  classed  as  magistrates, 
for  they  were  merely  the  agents,  so  to  speak,  of  Caesar ;  and, 
accordingly,  they  were  at  first  selected  solely  from  the  freed- 
men.  But  under  a  system  where  the  emperor  is  all  in  all,  his 
agents  are  important  personages,  and  the  procuratores  Ccesaris 
acquired  afterwards  an  important  administrative  position,  were 
empowered  to  adjudicate  on  all  questions  connected  with  the 
Jiscus,  and  sometimes  even  replaced  the  presses  provincial 


SECTION  LX. 
THE  PREFECT  OF  THE  CITY  (Prcefectus  urbi). 

341.  From  the  most  remote  period  of  Roman  history,  we 
frequently  meet  with  mention  of  the  prcefectus  urbi.  It  was 
the  duty  of  this  functionary  when  the  king,  and  afterwards  the 
consuls,  went  away  at  the  head  of  the  army,  to  remain  in 
Rome,  to  protect  the  city  and  preside  over  the  administration. 

Augustus  made  this  office  permanent.  The  prcefectus  urbi 
was,  in  concert  with  the  consuls,  to  try  certain  criminals  in 
extraordinary  cases ;  he  exercised  also  some  of  the  functions 
formerly  belonging  to  the  cediles  curules.  The  increase  of  his 
powers  kept  pace  with  those  of  the  emperor,  and  we  shall  find 
him  at  last  invested  with  almost  entire  criminal  jurisdiction, 
and  superior  to  the  praetors.  There  was,  however,  no  prsefect 
except  in  Rome,  and  his  powers  were  restricted  to  the  narrow 
limits  of  the  urban  jurisdiction,  and  did  not  extend  beyond 
a  radius  of  a  hundred  miles  around  the  city.2 

1  Dig.  1,  19,  De  officlo  procnratoris          *  Dig.  1, 12,  De  officlo  prcefecti  iirbi. 
CcB&aris,  vel  rationalis. 


282  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXI. 
PRJSTORIAN  PREFECTS  (Prafecti  Pratorio). 

342.  Augustus  raised  for  himself  a  body  of  troops  called 
prastorian  guards,  who  were  soldiers  exclusively  attached  to  the 
person  of  the  sovereign.  At  their  head  were  two  knights, 
styled  praetorian  prsefects,  in  imitation,  so  says  a  fragment  of 
the  Digest,  of  the  ancient  dictators,  who  were  in  the  habit  of 
appointing  a  magister  equitum.  The  number  of  these  praefects 
varied  at  different  times.  Their  status  and  office  was  at  first 
purely  military,  but  under  succeeding  emperors  they  acquired 
in  addition  civil  powers,  and  eventually  retained  these  alone. 
The  illustrious  jurists,  who  at  a  later  period  held  this  office, 
shed  that  lustre  upon  it  for  which  it  is  so  remarkable.1  His- 
torians derive  them  from  the  celeres,  or  guards  of  Romulus. 


SECTION  LXII. 

QlLESTORES  CANDIDATI  PRINCIPIS. 

343.  These  were  functionaries  differing  from  the  quasstors 
charged  with  the  administration  of  the  treasury,  whether  in 
Rome  or  in  the  provinces.  They  were  created  by  Augustus  for 
the  purpose  of  reading  aloud  in  the  senate  the  despatches  which 
the  emperor  addressed  to  that  body,  and  all  the  transactions 
which  he  thought  proper  to  communicate  to  it.2 


SECTION  LXIII. 
THE  PR^EFECTUS  ANNONARUM. 

344.  The  title  of  this  official  is  sufficient  to  indicate  his 
functions  as  connected  with  the  supply  of  provisions ;  he  was 
subordinate  to  the  prcefectus  urbi. 

1  Dig.   1,   11,    De    officio  pr&fecti          2  Dig.  1,  13,  De  officio  qu&storli. 
prcetorio. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  283 

SECTION  LXIV. 
PREFECT  OF  THE  NIGHT  GUARDS  (Pr&fectus  viyilum). 

346.  The  duty  of  securing  public  tranquillity  during  the 
night  had  formerly  been  entrusted  to  five  magistrates,  called  the 
quinque  viri,  to  whom  we  have  already  alluded.1  Augustus  told 
off  for  that  duty  seven  cohorts,  each  commanded  by  its  tribune, 
and  distributed  about  the  city,  so  that  each  had  two  districts 
to  protect,  which  shows  that  Rome  was  divided  into  fourteen 
districts.  To  superintend  all  those  cohorts,  a  special  magis- 
trate, prcefectus  vigilum,  was  created,  whose  business  it  was  to 
make  nocturnal  rounds,  to  prescribe  to  the  inhabitants  all  the 
precautions  necessary  to  prevent  fires,  and  to  punish  breaches  of 
his  law.  In  addition  to  which,  he  exercised  jurisdiction  over, 
and  took  cognizance  of,  certain  offences  connected  with  the 
public  safety,  such  as  robberies  with  housebreaking,  and  thefts 
committed  in  the  baths.  When,  however,  the  crime  was  such 
as  to  be  amenable  to  a  heavy  penalty,  the  prcsfectus  vigilum 
was  required  to  send  the  case  before  the  prcefectus  urbi.z 

346.  All  these  imperial  offices,  as  they  came  into  existence, 
superseded  by  degrees  the  republican  magistracies.  Several  of 
the  latter  disappeared  entirely ;  some  remained  only  in  name ; 
a  few,  such  as  that  of  the  prsetors,  partially  retained  their 
importance,  and  the  absolute  power  of  the  emperor  was  erected 
amid  new  institutions  wrhich  it  had  itself  created,  and  which 
contributed  to  its  support.  This  remarkable  change  in  the 
administration  corresponds  with  that  which  took  place  in  the 
department  of  the  legislature. 

Under  the  influence  of  the  imperial  will,  not  only  did  the 
senatus-consulta  acquire  more  extensive  proportions  and  more 
frequently  determine  points  of  civil  law,  but  the  emperor  him- 
self adopted  the  practice  of  promulgating  his  own  orders,  and 
gave  to  them  the  force  of  law  under  the  name  of  constitutiones. 

1  Vide  supra,  §  222,  note  2.  *  Dig.   1,   15,    De  officio  prcefecti 

vigilum. 


284  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXV. 

THE  SENATUS-CONSULTA  :  THEIR  EFFECTS  UPON  THE 
Jus  PRIVATUM. 

347.  The  commencement  of  the  transfer  to  the  senate  of 
legislative  power,  so  far  as  regarded  the  jus  privatum,  has  been 
ascribed  to  the  time  of  Tiberius,  on  the  faith  of  a  passage  in 
Tacitus.  When  speaking  of  the  reign  of  this  emperor,  he  says : 
"  Then,  for  the  first  time,  the  comitia  were  transferred  from  the 
field  (of  Mars)  to  the  Senate  (e  campo  comitia  ad  patres  trans- 
lota  sunt}."  But  Tacitus  is  only  alluding  to  the  election  to  the 
magistracies.  Suetonius  has  made  use  of  analogous  and  still 
more  emphatic  expressions  about  Julius  Csesar :  comitia  cum 
populo  partitus  est ;  which,  however,  merely  indicates  that  the 
elections  to  all  the  magistracies,  except  those  of  the  consuls, 
were  made  one-half  by  Cassar  and  one-half  by  the  people. 
Tacitus  adds  :  "  The  people  did  not  complain  of  this  usurpation 
of  its  powers  except  by  empty  murmurings ;  and  the  senators, 
relieved  from  the  necessity  of  buying  or  begging  the  suffrages 
of  the  electors,  were  thankful  to  Tiberius  for  the  moderation 
he  exercised  in  recommending  only  four  candidates."  1  This 
practice  of  the  emperor  officially  nominating  persons  to  office 
commenced  with  Julius  Caasar.  But  while  electing  himself 
one-half  only  of  the  candidates,  he  left  the  other  half  to  be 
elected  by  the  people,  and  distributed,  as  Suetonius  informs  us, 
tablets  with  the  following  words  upon  them  :  "  Cassar,  dictator, 
to  such  a  tribe :  I  recommend  to  you  N.  or  M.,  that  he  may 
receive  the  honour  of  your  votes."2  These  recommendations 
then  "  from  Cassar  to  the  tribes,"  "  from  Tiberius  to  the  senate," 
can  refer  only  to  the  appointment  of  officers  and  not  to  legislative 
acts.  We  have  already  shown  how,  speaking  for  his  own  times, 

1  Tacitus,  Annales,  1,  15:    "Turn  consulatus  competitoribus,  de  cetero  nu- 
primum  e   campo    comitia    ad    patres  mero  candidatorum,  pro  parte  dimidia 
translata  sunt.      .      .     Neque  populus  quos  populus  vcllet  pronunciaretur,  pro 
ademptum  jus  qusestus   cst,  nisi  inani  parte  altcra,  quos   ipse   cdidisset.     Et 
rumore :  et  Senatus,  largitionibus  ac  pre-  edebat  per  libellos,  circum  tribus  missos, 
cibus  sordidis  exsolutus,  libens  tenuit,  scriptura   brevi :  '  Crcsar,  dictator,  illi 
moderante   Tiberio,    ne    plures    quam  tribui:  Commando  vobis  ilium  et  ilium, 
quatuor  candidates  commendaret."  ut   vestro   suffragio    suam   dignitatem 

2  Suetonius,  Julius  Ca-sar,  21  :"Comi-  teneant.'  " 
tia  cum  populo  partitus  est ;  ut  cxceptis 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  285 

Cicero  reckoned  the  senatus-consulta  among  the  sources  of  civil 
law ;  and  how  a  few,  although  only  a  few,  can  be  cited  belonging 
to  the  time  of  the  republic  which  had  reference  to  the  jus  pri- 
vatum.1  There  are,  however,  a  few  also  bearing  on  the  jus  priva- 
turn  which  can,  it  is  thought,  without  precise  proofs,  be  attributed 
to  the  epoch  of  Augustus:  such  are  the  senatus-consultum  on  the 
usufruct  of  perishable  goods,  and  the  senatus-consultum  Sila- 
nianum,  both  of  uncertain  date ;  two  under  Tiberius  ;  a  greater 
number  under  Claudius,  among  which  are  the  two  famous 
senatus-consulta  Macedonianum  and  Velleianum ;  and  still 
more  under  Nero,  among  wlu'ch  are  the  senatus-consulta  Tre- 
bellianum  and  Neronianum.  This  form  of  enactment  con- 
tinued to  be  applied  under  succeeding  emperors  to  important 
questions  of  the  civil  law,  and  has  produced  great  and  im- 
portant materials  for  the  study  of  this  law.  Pomponius,  under 
Antoninus  Pius,  and  Gaius,  under  Marcus  Aurelius,  declare 
the  authority  of  the  senatus-consulta  completely  established.2 
Gams,  after  having  said  "  Idque  Icgis  vicem  obtinet"  adds  this 
observation :  "  Quamvis  fuit  qu&situm,"  which  has  reference, 
no  doubt,  to  the  times  anterior  to  the  empire,  when  the  jurists 
must  have  asked  themselves  whether  the  senate  had  the  power 
thus  to  quit  its  execiitive  and  administrative  sphere  in  order  to 
regulate,  with  the  authority  of  the  lex  or  of  the  plebiscitum, 
matters  which  had  reference  to  the  jus  civile  privatum. 

348.  This  power  was  no  more  conferred  upon  it  by  a  formal 
act  under  the  emperors  than  it  was  in  the  time  of  the  republic. 
In  the  early  times  of  the  empire,  the  project  of  the  enactment  to 
be  submitted  to  the  comitia  was,  by  a  fictitious  imitation  of  the 
ancient  system,  presented  to  the  senate  by  the  emperor  in  virtue 
of  his  consular  or  tribunitian  power ;  and  the  senate  having  given 
its  auctoritas,  it  Avas  carried  as  a  royatio  to  the  tribes.  Several 
plebiscita  indeed  belong  to  the  imperial  era ;  those  of  Augustus 
and  of  Tiberius,  for  instance,  are  well  known.  On  several  occa- 

1  Vide  supra,  §  287  ct  seq.  consultum."     Gains,  Instit.,  comm.  1, 

3  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  9,  fr.  §    4  :     "  Senatus   consultnm   est   quod 

Pompon.:  "  Ita  cocpit  senatus  se  inter-  senatus  jubet  atque   constituit :  idqne 

ponere ;  et  quidquid  constituisset,  obser-  legis  vicem  obtinet,  quamvis  fuit  qua:si- 

vabutur:  idque  jus  appellabatur  senatus-  turn." 


286  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

sions,  which  became  more  and  more  numerous,  the  progress  of 
imperial  institutions  caused  the  assembly  by  tribes  to  be  given 
up,  the  rogatio  to  be  set  aside,  and  the  senatus-consultum  to  be 
passed  upon  the  mere  proposition  of  the  prince,  epistola,  oratio 
principis.  Then  the  language  becoming  corrupted  as  well  as 
the  institutions,  the  assemblies  of  the  senate  came  to  be  called 
comitia,  and  the  senatus-consulta,  leges.1  A  sign  of  the  en- 
croachment of  the  senatus-consulta  on  the  civil  law  is  the  name 
which,  in  imitation  of  the  leges  and  of  the  plebiscita,  these 
enactments  had  begun  to  take,  whether  from  the  emperor  or  from 
one  of  the  consuls  in  office,  sometimes  even  from  some  other 
individual,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  senatus-consultum  Mace- 
donianum.  It  is,  however,  to  be  remarked  that  the  termina- 
tion ianum  was  specially  reserved  for  them. 

349.  The  series  of  senatus-consulta  affecting  the  jus  priva- 
tum  continued,  during  the  imperial  era,  to  run  for  about  two 
centuries,  till  the  time  of  Septimius  Severus.  After  this  date 
there  is  a  degree  of  uncertainty  whether  there  were  any,  and,  if 
any,  to  what  date  they  are  to  be  ascribed.  For  a  long  time, 
however,  we  may  set  it  down  as  a  principle,  as  Ulpian  remarks, 
in  the  time  of  Caracalla,  "  non  ambigitur  Senatum  jus  facere 
posse" 2  It  is  not  difficult  to  account  for  this.  In  proportion 
as  the  form  which  the  legislation  took  in  the  senatus-consultum 
acquired  strength  and  permanence,  by  being  frequently  em- 
ployed, the  plebiscite  diminished  in  number,  and  soon  disap- 
peared; and  in  proportion  as  the  imperial  constitutions  increased 
in  number  and  in  power,  the  senatus-consulta,  in  their  turn, 
became  more  rare,  and  they,  in  their  turn,  at  last  ceased :  the 
abstract  principle  of  the  authority,  in  each  case,  still  remaining 
in  the  law. 

1  Thus,  J.  Capitolinus  (JIarc.  Ant.  dixisset,  Nllnl   ros  moramur,  patres 

pliilos.,%  10),  speaking  of  the  assiduity  conxcripti."    Thus  Gains  (Instit.,  com. 

of  Marcus  Aurelius  at  the  sittings  of  1,  §  86)  says,  "  Ilia  pars  ejusdem  legis" 

the  senate,  expresses  himself  in  these  speaking    of    the    Senatus-consultum 

terms:  "  Co w.# m proeterea etiam usque  Claiidianum. 

ad  noctem  frequenter  interf  uit :  ncque  2  Dig.   1,  3,  DC  legib.  senat.,  9,  fr. 

uuquam  recessit  de  curia  nisi  consul  Ulp. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  287 

SECTION  LXVI. 
CONSTITUTIONS  OF  THE  EMPEROR  (  Constitutiones  principum). 

350.  Tliis  is  the  last  and  was  destined  ultimately  to  be  the 
only  source  of  law.      The  generic  name  of  "  Constitutiones" 
embraces  all  the  acts  of  the  emperor ;  but  they  must  be  divided 
into  three  distinct  classes:  —  1st,  the  general  ordinances  spon- 
taneously promulgated  by  the  emperor  (edicta) ;  2nd,  the  judg- 
ments rendered  by  him  in  cases  which  he  decided  in  his  tribunal 
(decreta)  ;  3rd,  the  acts  addressed  by  him  to  various  persons, 
as,  for  example,  to  his  lieutenants  in  the  provinces  ;  to  the  in- 
ferior magistrates  of  the  city  ;  to  the  prastor,  or  proconsul,  who 
interrogated  him  on  any  doubtful  point  of  law  ;  to  private  in- 
dividuals, who  petitioned  him  in  any  circumstance  whatever 
(mandata,  epistolce,  rescripta).1      Of  these  constitutions   some 
were  general  and  had  universal  application  ;  others  were  par- 
ticular, and  only  had  reference  to  the  cases  and  to  the  persons 
to  which  they  were  addressed.     But  here  two  questions  require 
consideration :    at  what  epoch  did  the  imperial  constitutions 
take  their  rise,  and  upon  what  authority  were  they  based  ? 

351.  Some  writers  date  their  rise  from  the  epoch  of  Adrian, 
on  the  ground  that,  before  that  time,  the  law  appears  to  have 
been  dependant  entirely  on  plebiscita  and  senatus-consulta. 
The  most  ancient  constitution  that  we  meet  with  in  Justinian's 
collection  does  in  effect  belong  to  the  time  of  Adrian  ;  but 
everything  goes  to  show,  and  it  is  generally  agreed,  that  the 
origin  of  the  constitutions  must  be  ascribed  to  an  earlier  period, 
even  as  far  back  as  the  time  of  Augustus.     Augustus  had 
lieutenants  to  whom  he  delegated  (mandabat]  a  portion  of  his 
authority  in  the  imperial  provinces  immediately  subordinate  to 
him  and  independent  of  the  senate  ;  and  it  would  clearly  be  his 
duty  to  give  these  officers  instructions.     That  he  frequently  did 


1  Gains,  Instit.   §   5 :    "  Constitutio  scriptionem  statuit,  vel  cognosccns  de- 

principis   est  quod  imperator  decreto,  crcvit,  vel  dc  piano  interlocntus  est,  vel 

vel    edicto,    vel    epistola    constituit."  edicto    prsecepit,    legem    esse  constat. 

Dig.  1,  4,  De  r.onstitutionibus  princi-  haec   sunt   qnas    vulgo    Constitutiones 

ptim,   1,   §  1,  fr.  Ulp :   "  Quodcunque  appellamus.'' 
igitur  imperator  per  epistolam  et  sub- 


288  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

so  is  matter  of  history.  This,  then,  accounts  for  the  exist- 
ence of  mandata.  Again,  it  frequently  happened,  that  private 
individuals  appealed  to  Augustus  or  solicited  his  protection 
and  favour.  To  such  applications  and  petitions  he  would  neces- 
sarily send  replies.  Hence  came  rescripta.  Long  before  the 
time  of  Adrian,  the  emperor  had  exercised  authority  in  judicial 
matters.  Sometimes  in  his  tribunal  in  the  forum  he  would  as 
magistrate,  in  virtue  of  the  powers  vested  in  him,  appoint  a 
judex,  and  organize  a  suit  according  to  the  usual  forms,  or  he 
would  pronounce  a  decision  himself  extra  ordinem.  At  others, 
in  the  exercise  of  his  power  as  tribune,  he  would,  upon  the 
appeal  made  to  him  (C&sarem  appello\  suspend  the  order  of 
a  magistrate  or  the  sentence  of  a  judge,  and  terminate  the 
matter  by  deciding  it  himself.  Again,  under  exceptional  cir- 
cumstances, civil  and  criminal  cases  would  come  before  him. 

Suetonius  tells  us,  speaking  of  Augustus  and  Domitian,  that 
they  diligently  performed  their  judicial  duties ;  and  we  may 
gather  from  history,  that  they  exercised  herein  very  superior 
and  altogether  exceptional  powers.  Augustus  sometimes  trans- 
acted business  of  this  nature  at  night,  regardless  altogether  of 
the  sol  occasus  of  the  Twelve  Tables;  at  other  times,  regardless 
of  the  constitutional  restrictions  which  made  the  forum  the 
proper  place  for  such  transactions,  he  chose  to  perform  them  at 
his  own  residence,  or  else  he  would  have  a  couch  brought  into 
court  and  recline  upon  it  while  exercising  the  judicial  office.1 

Dion  Cassius  (iv.  4)  notices  the  same  feature  in  Claudius, 
and  Tacitus  (Ann.,  iii.  10)  describes  how,  after  the  death  of 
Germanicus,  the  consuls,  the  accuser  and  the  accused,  all  be- 
sought the  Emperor  Tiberius  to  hear  and  adjudicate  on  the 
affair.  "  Petitumque  est  a  principe  cognitionem  exciperet." 
There  were  thus  decreta.  Lastly,  we  find  even  from  the  very 
time  of  Julius  Caesar,  indirect  quotations  from  constitutions 
which  introduced  new  provisions  into  the  law,  and  could  only  be, 
for  the  most  part,  edicta.2  It  is  admitted,  that  many  innovations 

1  Suetonius,   Oct.  Augustus,  §   83  :  diligcntcr  ct  Industrie  dixit,  plerumqne 

"Ipse  jus  dixit  assiduc,  ct  in  noctem  et  in  Foro  pro  tribunal!  extra  ordinern. 

nonnunqnara:  si  parum  corpore  valeret,  Ambitiosas  centumvirorum  sentcntias 

lectica  pro  tribunal!  collocata,  vel  ctiam  rcscidit." 

domi  Cubans.''     JJomitian,  §  8:  "Jus  2  Julius  Ctesar  was  tbc  first  to  grant 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  289 

which  took  place  in  the  civil  law  were  ratified  by  pleliscita  or 
by  senatus-consulta. 

Augustus  and  his  immediate  successors,  indeed,  always  took 
care  to  obtain  the  sanction  of  the  people,  or  of  the  senate,  never 
allowing  it  to  appear  that  they  issued  edicts  or  decrees  except 
in  virtue  of  the  functions  conferred  upon  them.  The  expres- 
sion "  edict,"  in  fact,  belonged  to  the  functions  conferred  upon 
the  emperor  as  magistrate ;  several  grades  of  magistrates  being 
in  the  habit  of  publishing  edicts.  While  the  term  constitu- 
tiones  is,  in  fact,  nothing  but  a  derivation  from  the  expression 
jus  constituere,  employed  equally  in  connection  with  the  enact- 
ment of  laws,  the  publication  of  plebiscita,  the  opinions  of  the 
jurists,  and  even  with  reference  to  their  published  works.1 

353.  If  it  be  asked  by  what  right  the  emperors  enacted  their 
constitutions,  we  can  only  answer  by  the  right  of  might.  This 
is,  in  fact,  the  real  nature  of  their  authority,  stripped  of  all  the 
colouring  and  trappings  of  the  ancient  institutions  with  which 
the  imperial  power  had  clothed  itself.  When  a  man  has  raised 
himself  to  a  position  superior  to  all  the  magistrates  and  to  the 
people,  and  where  his  will  is  supreme  over  the  voice  of  the 

to  soldiers  the  right  of  making  wills  rumque  gratia  personarum  motus  vel 

without  the  usual  formalities.     "  Mill-  quia   per  ipsius  salutem  rogatus  quis 

tibus    liberam     testamenti     f  actionem  diceretur,  aut  ob  insignem  quorumdam 

primus    quidcm    divus    Julius    Caesar  perfidiam,  jussit  consulibus  auctorita- 

concessit.     Sed  ea  concessio  temporalis  tern  suam  interponere."     Inst.,  2,  23, 

erat."    Dig.  21),  1,  De  testam.  milit.,  §  1.     These    were    mandata  and  re- 

1 ,  princ.  frag.  Ulp.  scripta. 

Augustus,  Nerva  and  Trajan  granted          Augustus,  and  afterwards  Claudius, 

to  soldiers  the  right  of  bequeathing  their  prohibited  by  their  edicts  women  from 

pecvlhim,  castrense.     " .     .     .     Quod  taking   upon  themselves   the   debts  of 

quidem  jus  in  primis  tantum  militanti-  their  husbands.      "Et  primo   quidem, 

bus   datum   est,   tarn   auctoritate   divi  temporibus  divi  Augusti,  mox  deinde 

Augusti,  quam  Nerva;  necnon  optimi  Claudii,  edictis  eorum  erat  interdictum, 

imperatoris  Trajani :  postea  vero  sub-  ne  femina;  pro  viris  suis  interceclerent." 

scriptione  divi  Hadriani  etiam  dimissis  Dig.  1G,  \,Adsenat.  cons.  Velleianum, 

a  militia,  id   est  veteranis   concessum  2,  pr.  f .  Ulp. 
est."     Tnst.  2,  12,  pr.  Tiberius  decided  a  point  of  law  in  a 

Augustus  was  the  first  who  conferred  case  concerning  one  of  his  slaves.     The 

imperial   authority    upon    the    jurists,  Institutes,  after  setting  out  the   legal 

respondere.     "  Primus  divus  Augustus  point  and  the  decision,  add:    "  Idquc 

.    .     .    constituit  ut  ex  auctoritate  ejus  Tiberius  Caisar   in   persona   Parthenii 

responderent."    Dig.  1,2,  De  orig.jur.,  servi  sui  constituit."     Instlt.,  2, 15,  §  4. 

2,  §  47,  fr.  Pomp.  This   constitution   became   at   least   a 
Augustus  was  the  first  to  order  the  decretum. 

execution  of  the  Jidei  commissa.   "Pos-          '  Vide  supra,  §  235. 
tea  primus  divus  Augustus  scmel   He- 
ll 


290  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

nation,  he  has  necessarily  acquired  the  power  of  passing  con- 
stitutions. But  then  the  question  arises,  whether  this  power 
could  give  to  the  constitution,  over  legislative  measures,  the 
force  of  law,  and  by  what  steps  were  the  public  and  the  jurists 
induced  to  make  the  admission,  "  Quod  principi  placuit,  legis 
habet  vigorem  ?  "  These  reflections  lead  us  to  an  examination 
of  a  law  the  existence  of  which  has  given  rise  to  much  discus- 
sion, although  all  doubts  on  the  matter  have  now  been  solved, — 
the  lex  regia. 


SECTION  LXVII. 
LEX  REGIA. 

353.  According  to  the  Institutes  of  Justinian,  it  is  unques- 
tionable that  the  emperor  possessed  the  right  of  giving  to  his 
decrees  the  force  of  law,  because  the  people  by  the  lex  regia  had 
conceded  to  him  all  their  powers ;  this  assertion  is  repeated  in 
the  Digest,  in  a  fragment  of  Ulpian.  No  historian,  however, 
gives  any  account  of  this  law,  and  Tribonian  was  at  one  time 
accused  of  supporting  the  theory  of  its  existence  by  falsifying  a 
passage  of  Ulpian,  an  accusation  which  by  the  other  side  has 
been  declared  unfounded.  The  discovery  of  the  MS.  of  Gaius, 
however,  removed  all  doubt  as  to  the  existence  of  such  a  law, 
but  left  the  question  open  as  to  its  nature  and  its  provisions ; 
and  also  as  to  whether  it  was  an  enactment  passed  at  any  given 
time  to  regulate  for  ever  the  imperial  power,  or  whether  it  was 
passed  anew  upon  the  accession  of  each  succeeding  emperor. 
However,  after  the  discovery  of  the  Republic  of  Cicero,  by 
comparing  what  is  told  us  there  about  the  constitution  of  the 
kingly  office  and  the  prerogatives  of  the  king  with  what  was 
done  for  the  magistrates  of  the  republic  and  what  must  have 
been  done  for  the  emperor  considered  as  the  chief  magistrate, 
the  doubt  on  this  last  point  may  be  said  to  have  disappeared.1 

1  The  following  are  the  passages  and  dc  ejus  impcrw  lata  est,  populus  ei  et 

the  arguments.  When  I  produced  them  in  cum  omne  imperium  suum  et  potes- 

in  1827  for  the  first  time,  the  question  tatem  concedat (others  have  concesslt)." 

had  not  been,  as  it  is  now,  settled.  Inst.  1,  1,  §  6. 

"  Sed  et  quod  principi  placnit,  legis  "  Quod  principi  placuit,  legis  habet 

habet  vigorem ;  cum  lege  Regia,  qtifr  vigorem,  utpote  cum  lege  Regia,  qua 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 


291 


It  is  now  universally  accepted  that  this  lex  Regia  referred  to 
in  the  Institutes  of  Justinian  is  nothing  more  than  the  old  lex 
curiata,  enacted  during  the  regal  period  by  the  comitia  curiata 
upon  the  accession  of  each  king,  and  by  which  he  was  invested 
with  his  powers:  "  Vetus  Regia  lex,  simul  cum  urbe  nata"  as 
says  Livy.1  This  lex  curiata  continued  to  be  necessary  to  in- 
vest the  magistrates  of  the  republic  with  the  imperium,"  and  it 
was  ultimately  applied  at  the  time  of  each  new  imperial  ac- 
cession to  the  investiture  of  the  emperor.  And  even  after  the 
time  of  Tiberius,  when  the  populus  had  entirely  ceased  to  be 


de  imperio  ejus  lata  est,  popnlus  ei  et 
in  earn  omne  saum  irnpcrium  et  potes- 
i:i t fin  conferat."  Dig.  1,  4,  1  f.  Ulp. 

"  Constkutio  principis  est  quod  ira- 
perator  decreto,  vel  edicto,  vel  epistola 
constituit,  ncc  unquam  dubitatum  est 
quin  id  legis  vicem  obtineat,  cnm  ipse 
irnperator  per  legera  imperium  acci- 
piat."  Gaius,  Instit.,  1,  §  5. 

The  passage  of  Gaius  is  clear,  and 
can  be  literally  translated  thus : 

"  Nobody  has  ever  doubted  that  these 
constitutiones  had  the  force  of  law, 
since  it  is  by  a  law  that  the  emperor 
himself  receives  the  empire."  Gaius, 
Instit.,  1,  §  5. 

The  sense  of  the  Institutes  and  of 
the  fragment  of  Ulpian  is  more  ob- 
scure. The  difficulty  lies  in  the  exact 
weight  of  the  words  qua?  de  imperlo 
ejus  lata  eat.  The  fragment  which 
follows  from  the  Republic  of  Cicero 
throws  some  light  upon  it.  Cicero 
speaks  of  the  manner  in  which  the  dif- 
ferent kings  of  Rome  were  raised  to 
the  throne  : 

" .  .  .  Numam  Pompilium  .  .  . 
regem  .  .  .  patribus  anctoribus,  sibi 
ipse  populus  adscivit,  .  .  .  qui  ut  hue 
venit,  quamquam  populus  cnriatis  eum 
comitiis  regem  esse  jusserat,  tamen  ipse 
de  suo  imperio  curlatam  legem  tulit." 
Cicero,  De  republ.,  2,  §  13. 

"  Mortuo  rege  Pompilio,  Tullium 
Hostilium  populus  regem,  interrege  ro- 
gante,  comitiis  curiatis  creavit :  isqiie 
de  imperio  suo,  exemplo  Poinpilii, 
populum  consuluit  curiatim."  Ibid. 
2,  §  17. 

"  Post  eum,  Numse  Poinpilii  nepos 
ex  filia,  rex  a  populocst  Ancus  Martius 
constitutus :  idemque  de  imperio  suo 
legem  curlatam  tulit."  Ibid.  §  18. 

"  Mortuo  Martio,  cunctis  populi  suf- 


fragiis  rex  est  creatus  L.  Tarquinius 
.  .  .  isque  ut  de  suo  imperio  legem 
tulit,"  etc.  Ibid.  §  20. 

"  Post  eum,  Servius  Sulpicins  primus 
injussu  populi  regnavisse  traditur  .  .  . 
sed  Tarquinio  sepulto,  populum  de  se 
ipse  consulnit,  jussusque  regnare,  legem 
de  imperio  suo  curiatam  tulit."  Ibid. 
§  21. 

Do  not  we  see  here  the  identical  ex- 
pressions of  the  Institutes  of  Justinian  ? 
Is  not  this  the  lex  Regia  of  which 
Ulpian  speaks :  quce  de  ejus  imperio 
lata  est?  Was  not  the  law  the  same 
for  the  emperor  as  for  the  king,  which 
Cicero  speaks  of,  de  imperio  suo  legem 
tulit?  Each  king  was  called  to  the 
throne  by  the  voice  of  the  people ; 
after  having  accepted  the  office,  he 
caused  himself  to  be  invested  with  his 
power  by  a  lex  curiata :  legem  de  im- 
perio suoferebat. 

Each  emperor  was  nominated  by  his 
predecessor,  or  by  the  acclamations  of 
the  army.  The  senatus-consultum, 
transformed  no  doubt  into  a  lex  curiata 
by  the  symbolical  formality  of  thirty 
lictors,  clothed  him  with  his  power : 
lex  Regia  de  imperio  ejus  ferebatur. 
We  might  understand  the  silence  of 
the  historians  upon  the  subject  of  a 
law  which  was  a  mere  matter  of  form, 
and  always  ready  for  the  strongest :  but 
they  are  not  even  silent  about  it ;  they 
always  describe  the  senate  confirming 
the  choice  of  the  troops,  and  Eutropius 
says,  speaking  of  Maximin :  "  Post 
fti/nc  Maximiniu  ex  cor  pore  militari 
primus  ad  imperium  accessit,  sola 
militum  voluntate,  cum  nulla  senatus 
intercessissit  auctoritas."  Eutr.  lib. 


u  2 


IX. 

1  Lib.  xxxiv.  §  0. 

'  Vide  supra,  §§  27,  45,  68. 


292  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

convoked,  there  was  nothing  to  prevent  the  continuance  of  this 
practice.  We  know  how  it  was  enacted  under  the  republic, 
that  it  was  the  duty  of  the  senate  to  prepare  the  decree,  and 
that  the  representatives  of  the  thirty  curies — the  thirty  lictors — 
were  present,  whose  duty  it  was  to  enact  a  lex  curiata. 

354.  The  term  lex  regia  does  not  appear  in  the  text  of 
Gaius :  it  is  an  old  tradition.  Notwithstanding  the  aversion  to 
royalty,  many  of  its  substantial  characteristics,  as  well  as  terms 
peculiar  to  it,  were  preserved  under  the  republic  as  old  symbolic 
forms;  and  it  is  possible  that  this  lex  de  imperio  or  lex  regia 
upon  the  accession  of  each  emperor  was  re-enacted,  it  being 
presented,  according  to  the  ancient  custom,  by  an  interrex  to 
the  electors  for  their  suffrages.1  The  emperor  Alexander 
Severus,  somewhere  in  the  Code,  calls  it  the  lex  imperil?  We 
have  an  example  in  the  Lex  de  imperio  Vespasiani,  the  latter 
articles  of  which  have  been  found  inscribed  upon  a  bronze  table 
which  was  discovered  at  Rome  in  1342,  under  the  Pontificate 
of  Clement  VI.,  and  which  was  transferred  in  1576  to  the 
Capitol  by  the  order  of  Pope  Gregory  XIII.  From  these 
articles  we  find  that  it  was  frequently  the  custom  to  limit  to  the 
emperor  the  powers  which  had  been  already  decreed  to  his  pre- 
decessor.3 

1  Cicero,  De  lege  agraria,  iii.  §  2  :  cere  .  liceat .  ita  .  uti .  licuit .  divo .  Aug. 
"  Omnium   legum  iniquissimam  dissi-  Ti  .  Julio  .  Ctcsari  .  Aug  .  Tiberioque. 
milliinamque   legis   esse   arbitror  earn  Clandio  .  Caisari .  Aug  .  Germauico 
quam   L.   Flaccus,   interrex,  de   Sulla  "  Utique  .  ei .  senatum  .  habere  .  rela- 
tulit :  UT  OMNIA  QU^ECUMQUE  ILLE  tioncm  .  facere  .  rcmittere  .  senatuscon- 
FECISSET,  ESSENT  EATA."  sulta .  per .  rclationem .  discessionemque. 

2  Code,   6,   23,    De   testamentis,   3,  facere  .  liceat  .  ita  .  uti  .  licuit  .  divo. 
constit.    Alexand.  :    "  Licet  enim   lex  Aug  .  Ti  .  Julio  .  Ciesari  .  Aug  .  Ti. 
imperil  solemnibus  juris  imperatorem  Claudio  .  Ctesari .  Augusto .  Gennanico 
solvent,  nihil  tamen  tarn  proprium  im-  "  Utique  .  cum .  ex .  voluntate .  aucto- 
perii  est,  quam  legibus  vivere."     We  ritateve  .  jussu  .  mandatuve  .  ejus.  pra3- 
shall  find  in  one  of  the  articles  of  the  senteve  .  co  .  Senatus  .  habebitur  .  om- 
law,  De  imperio  Vespasiani,  the  pro-  nium  .  rerum  .  jus  .  periude  .  habcatur. 
vision  which  absolves  the  emperor  i'rom  scrvetur.ac.  si.e.lege.senatus.edictus. 
the  power  of  the  laws.  esset .  habereturque 

3  Tac.,  Hist.,  lib.  iv.  §  3  :  "  At  Rom  SB  "  Utique  .  quos  .  magistratum  .  potes- 
Senatus  cuncta  principibus  solita  Ves-  tatcm  .  imperium  .  curationemve  .cujus. 
pasiano  decrevit."  rci .  pctentes  .  Scnatui .  Populoquc .  Ro- 

Sce  the  text  of  the  articles  which  mano  .  commendavcrit  .  qnibnsve  .  suf- 

have  reached  us:   Orclli  has  inserted  f ragationem . suam .  dederit .  promiserit. 

them  in  his  Inscriptwnuni  latinarum  coruni.  comitls.quibusque. extra. ordi- 

seleetarum  amplissima  collectio,  tit.  1,  nem  .  ratio  .  habeatur 

p.  507  :  "  Utique  .  ei .  fines .  pomerii .  proferrc. 

"  Fcedusque  .  cum  .  quibus .  volet .  fa-  promovcre  .  cum  .  ex  .  republica  .  cense- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  293 

SECTION  LXVIII. 
THE  HESPONSA  PRUDENTUM. 

365.  As  all  power  was  lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  emperor, 
it  is  but  reasonable  to  suppose  that  jurisprudence  and  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  law  would  not  altogether  escape  his  influence. 
The  subjection  of  the  magistrates  was  already  complete,  and  in 
like  manner  the  ancient  independence  of  the  jurists  also  had 
to  yield  to  imperial  will.  "  It  is  well  to  remember,"  says  Pom- 
ponius,  "  that  before  the  time  of  Augustus  the  right  to  give 
opinions  publicly  concerning  the  law  had  not  been  conceded  by 
the  chiefs  of  the  republic,  but  that  all  those  who  considered 
themselves  sufficiently  learned  were  at  liberty  to  give  their 
opinions  to  those  who  thought  fit  to  consult  them.  These 
opinions  were  not  given  under  the  seal  of  the  jurist  who  delivered 
them ;  but  he  in  many  cases  himself  wrote  to  the  judge ;  in 
other  cases,  the  parties  who  came  to  consult  the  jurist  brought 
with  them  witnesses,  who  before  the  judge  testified  as  to  the 
opinion  given.  Augustus,  whose  object  it  was  to  give  addi- 
tional authority  to  the  law,  was  the  first  who  gave  to  the  jurists 
the  right  to  express  their  opinions  by  virtue  of  imperial  autho- 
rity, and  this  authorization  being  once  established  it  was 
supplicated  as  a  favour."  ' 

bit .  csse  .  liecat  .  ita  .  uti  .  licnit  .  Ti.  rogata  .  acta  .  gesta  .  decreta  .  impcrata. 

Clauclio  .  Cacsari .  Aug  .  Gcrmanico  ab  .  imperatore  .  Caesare  .  Vcspasiano. 

"  Utique  .  qutecninque  .  ex  .  usu  .  rei-  Aug  .  jussu  .  mandatuve  .  ejus  .  a  .  quo- 

publica; .  majestate  .  divinarum  .  hunia-  quo  .  sunt .  ea  .  pcrinde  .  justa .  rataqne. 

narum  .  publicarum  .  pri vataruuique.  sint .  ac .  si .  populi .  plebisve .  j  ussu .  acta. 

rcruin  .  esse .  censebit .  ci  .  agere .  f acere.  essent 
jus  .  potcstasquc  .  sit  .  ita  .  uti  .  divo.  c  AArr"TTn 

Aug .  Tiberioque  .  Julio .  Crcsari .  Aug. 

Tibcrioque  .  Claudio  .  Ciesari  .  Aug.          "  Si .  quis  .  hujusce  .  Icgis  .  ergo  .  ad- 

Germanico  .  fuit  versus. leges. rogationes.plebisve.scita. 

"  Utique  .  quibus  .  legibus  .  plebeive.  senatusve  .  consulta  .  fecit .  fecerit .  sive. 

scitis  .  scriptum  .  fuit  .  ne  .  divus .  Aug.  quod  .  cum  .  ex  .  lege  .  rogatione  .  ple- 

Tiberiusve  .  Julius  .  Caesar  .  Aug  .  Ti-  bisve  .  scito  .  s  .  ve  .  c  .  f  acere .  oportebit. 

berinsque  .  Claudius .  Cajsar .  Ang .  Ger-  non  .  fecerit .  hujus  .  legis  .  ergo  .  id .  ei. 

manicus  .  tencrentur  .  iis  .  legibus  .  pie-  ne  .  fraudi  .  esto  .  neve  .  quid .  ob  .  cam. 

bisque .  scitis .  imp .  Cjcsar  .Vespasianus.  rem  .  populo  .  dare  .  debeto  .  neve  .  cui. 

solutus .  sit .   Qua:que .  ex .  quaque .  lege.  de .  ea  .  re  .  actio  .  neve  .  judicatio  .  esto. 

rogatione  .  divum  .  Aug  .  Tiberiumve.  neve  .  quis  .  de  .  ea  .  re  .  apud  .  se  .  agi. 

Julium  .  Caesarem  .  Aug  .  Tiberiumve.  sinito 

Claudium  .  Cajsarem  .  Aug  .  Germani-  '  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orir/.  jur.,  2,  §  47,  f. 

cum  .  faccre  .  oportuit .  ca  .  omnia .  imp.  Pomp.  :    "  Et,  ut  obiter  sciamus,  ante 

Ca:sari  .Vcspasiano.  Aug.  f  acere.  liecat  tcmpora  Augusti  publice  respondendi 

"Utique  .  qua;  .  ante  .  bane  .  legem.  jus  non  a  principibus  dabatur :  scd  qui 


294  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

356.  Such  was  the  course  pursued  by  Augustus.    He  wished, 
so  he  said,  to  give  more  credit,  more  authority  to  jurisprudence 
(ut  major  juris  auctoritas  haberetur}:    he    desired   that   the 
responses  of  the  jurists  should  be  a  species  of  emanation  and 
delegation  of  his  own  power  (ut  ex  auctoritate  ejus  responde- 
renf) :  he  therefore  created  a  class  of  privileged  jurists,  who  thus 
became  officials,  invested  by  him,  with  the  right  of  responding 
under  imperial  sanction,  and  who  gave  their  opinions  under  the 
sanction  of  their  seals  (responsa  signata),  which  attested  the 
fact  of  their  being  authorized. 

357.  The   history   of  this   authorization   of  the  jurists   is 
extremely  obscure  as  to  details.     During  its  gradual  develop- 
ment we  find  enactments  concerning  it,  such  as  a  rescript  of 
Adrian,    two    constitutiones    of   Constantine,   a    constitutio  of 
Theodosius  and  of  Valentinian ;  but  the  only  effect  of  this  is  to 
add  to  our  previous  difficulty  that  of  correctly  interpreting 
these  passages.     The  dominant  idea  of  Augustus  is  clear ;  the 
responses  of  the  jurists  were  to  be  given  under  his  sanction. 
Caligula,  who  was  a  mischievous  fool,  pushed  the  matter  further ; 
it  was  he  who  wanted  to  destroy  the  poems  of  Homer,  to  ex- 
clude from  all  libraries  the  works  of  Virgil  and  of  Livy ;  it  was 
he  who,  according  to  Suetonius,  boasted  that  he  had  abolished 
the  science  of  jurisprudence,  and  taken  the  right  of  giving  legal 
opinions  from  all  but  himself.1 

But  what  was  this  licence,  respondere,  publice  respondere, 
populo  respondere, — what  was  the  real  force  of  these  technical 
expressions  ?  So  far  as  the  various  texts  tell  us,  these  expres- 
sions in  the  time  of  Augustus  merely  related  to  opinions  given 
to  those  who  went  to  consult  the  jurist  (consulentibus  responde- 
bant*),  and  which  were  exhibited  by  them  to  the  judges,  fre- 
quently under  the  form  of  a  letter  Avritten  by  the  jurist  himself 

fiduciam  studiorum  suorum  habebant,  illo   tempore    peti    hoc    pro    beneficio 

consulentibus  respondebant.    Neque  re-  ccepit." 

sponsa  utique  signata  dabant :  sed  pie-  '  Suet.,  Caligula,  §  34:    "  De  juris 

rumque  j  udicibus  ipsi  scribebant ;  aut  quoque  consultis,  quasi  scientiae  eorum 

testabantur  qui  illos  consulebant.    Pri-  omnem  usum  aboliturus,  saepe  jactavit, 

mus  divus  Augustus,   ut  major  juris  se,  mehercle,  effecturum.  ne  qui  respon- 

auctoritas  haberetur,  constituit,  ut  ex  dere  possint  prater  cum." 
auctoritate  ejus  responderent :    ct  ex 


THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  295 

to  the  judge  (plerumque  judicibus  ipsi  scribebant),  or  under 
the  attestation  procured  by  those  who  sought  the  response ;  and 
in  the  time  of  Augustus,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  consti- 
tution. It  is  only  by  enlarging  upon  the  idea,  and  by  conjec- 
ture, that  we  can  include  in  this  privilege  the  authorship  of 
books,  collections  or  treatises  upon  jurisprudence.  Here  there 
was  a  great  difference.  An  opinion  might  be  given  in  the 
exercise  of  the  profession,  in  an  individual  case,  in  order  to 
inform  the  parties  and  the  judge,  to  a  certain  extent,  ad  hoc 
and  ad  hominem.  It  was  conceived  that  the  exercise  of  this 
profession  should  be  restricted,  and  it  is  so  almost  everywhere 
at  the  present  day.  In  the  lower  empire  an  official  character 
was  given  to  the  advocate  and  the  number  limited,  and  medical 
men  also  were  licensed.1  A  book,  on  the  contrary,  is  for  general 
use ;  its  publication  is  not  a  professional  act ;  it  is  a  production 
which,  according  to  its  merit,  may  survive  its  author  or  not ;  it 
may  or  may  not  be  regarded  as  an  authority.  This,  however,  is 
certain,  the  authorization  given  to  the  jurists  by  Augustus  was 
confined  to  their  opinions. 

358.  Publice  respondere  does  not  signify  to  give  opinions  at 
the  public  expense.  Augustus  in  no  way  attached  the  jurists, 
to  whom  he  conceded  this  privilege,  to  his  paid  officials ;  indeed 
the  ancient  honorary  character  of  the  Roman  jurist  was  retained 
long  after  this  period.  Nor  did  publice  respondere  mean  to 
respond  in  the  name  of  the  people.  This  expression  was  in  use 
long  before  the  constitution  of  Augustus.  Pomponius,  in  his 
De  origine  juris,  thus  employs  it  in  connection  with  Tiberius 
Coruncanius,  "Ante  Tibcrium  Coruncanium  publice  profes- 
sum  neminem  traditur,"  and  by  the  use  of  the  expression  populo 
respondere  he  gives  to  it  its  true  meaning :  thus,  speaking  of 
Aquilius  Gallus,  he  says,  "  Maxime  auctoritatis  apud  populum 
fuisse."  These  jurists  gave  their  opinions  publicly,  that  is  to 
say,  to  the  people,  to  all  who  came  to  consult  them.2  Publice 
scribere  is  used  by  Pomponius  as  synonymous  with  populo 
respondere ;  the  two  expressions  being  used  indifferently  by 

1  Cod.  1,7,  De  advocatis  diversorum       ct  medicis. 
judiciorum;  10,  52,  De  professoribus          2  Vide  supra,  §  23G. 


296  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

him  to  denote  the  same  act  of  Masurius  Sabinus,  who,  it  must 
be  remembered,  gave  his  name  to  the  school  of  the  Sabinians, 
and  who  was  the  first  to  receive  the  imperial  authority  publice 
respondere :  ]  the  word  scribere  was  used  because  official 
responses  were  required  to  ,be  in  writing  and  attested  with 
the  seal  of  the  jurist. 

359.  It  may  be  asked,  were  these  official  responses  or 
opinions  obligatory  upon  the  judge  ?  Could  it  at  this  period 
be  said  "  legis  vicem  obtinet?"  Savigny  and  Puchta  favour 
the  affirmative,  Hugo  and  Zimmern  the  negative,  which  accords 
with  our  own  view.  The  imperial  authority  doubtless  gave  to 
the  opinion  great  weight  with  the  judge ;  but,  in  many  cases,  a 
conflicting  opinion,  signed  by  a  jurist  also  authorized,  would  be 
laid  before  him.  How  then  could  each  have  the  force  of  law  ? 
He  could  not  act  upon  both  opinions.  The  credit  thus  acquired 
by  the  authorized  jurist  would  necessarily  and  reasonably  extend 
to  their  books.  We  know  that  the  works  of  the  various  authors 
exhibit  great  diversity  of  opinion,  and  that  these  conflicting 
opinions  gave  rise  to  different  schools :  what  then  is  the  basis  of 
the  idea  that  the  imperial  authority  gave  to  the  legal  opinion 
any  obligatory  force?  Pomponius  speaks  of  jurists  having 
greater  authority  with  some  than  with  others ;  for  instance,  he 
says  of  Proculus,  the  founder  of  the  school  of  the  Proculians, 
"  sed  Proculi  major  fuit  auctoritas  ;"  whereas,  if  their  opinions 
had  possessed  the  force  of  laAv,  one  would  not  have  been  superior 
to  another.  Add  to  this,  if  there  was  any  obligatory  force  in- 
volved in  the  permission,  it  would  be  necessary,  in  cases  where 
there  was  diversity  of  opinion,  to  establish  some  rule  as  to  pri- 
ority; but  the  first  with  which  we  are  acquainted  is  that  of 
Adrian.2  The  time  was  to  come,  however,  when  opinions,  ex- 
tracted from  the  writings  of  the  authorized  jurists,  were  to  be 
dignified  with  the  name  leges,  and  when  the  jurists  themselves 
were  to  be  called  legislatores.  These  expressions  AVC  shall  find 
in  many  documents ;  but  till  the  reign  of  Adrian,  saving  the 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  oriff.  jur.,  2,  §  47,  f.  Cesare  :  hoc  tamcn  illi  conccssum  crat. 

Pomp. :     "  Masurius    Sabinus     .     .     .  Ergo  Sabino  concessum  cst  a  Tiberio- 

publice   primus  scripsit ;    postcaque  Closure,  vfi,  populo  responderet" 

hoc  ccepit  beneficium  (dari)  a  Tibcrio  2  Vide  infra,  §  388  et  seq. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  297 

fact  that  credit  attached  to  the  opinions  of  those  jurists  who  had 
received  the  imperial  sanction  publice  respondere  (ut  major 
juris  auctoritas  haberetur},  the  responses  and  the  teachings  of 
the  jurists  were  left  to  the  appreciation  of  the  judges  and  of  the 
public. 

360.  The  general  inference  is,  that  the  privilege  of  giving 
advice  or  of  declaring  opinions  was  not  confined  to  those  who 
enjoyed  the  imperial  authority.  The  Roman  citizen  in  the  most 
practical  manner  made  himself  a  jurist ;  he  attended  and  took 
part  at  the  consultations  and  teachings  of  his  seniors,  and  in 
due  time  followed  in  their  course.  Unless  it  was  a  case  of  ex- 
ceptional favour,  it  was  necessary,  in  order  to  enable  him  to 
obtain  the  imperial  authority,  that  he  should  have  acquired  a 
certain  reputation  for  knowledge  of  law,  the  giving  of  opinions 
and  advice.  We  have  the  example  of  Nerva  the  younger,  who, 
being  only  about  seventeen  years  of  age — an  age  at  which  it  is 
unreasonable  to  suppose  that  he  was  authorized — had  already 
upon  several  occasions  been  publicly  consulted,  and  had  given 
his  opinion.1 

Without  investigating  the  motive  of  Adrian,  which  we  shall 
consider  in  its  proper  place,  we  may  rest  satisfied  that  it  was 
not  a  question  under  Antoninus  Pius  of  the  jurists  responding  in 
the  name  of  the  prince  in  those  stationes  publice  respondentium 
or  courts  for  public  consultations  of  which  Aulus  Gellius  speaks.2 
Nor  was  it  so  when  the  same  Aulus  Gellius  3  was  sent  back  to 
consult  the  jurists  or  their  pupils  commencing  to  practise  (juris 
studio  s  f).  The  idea  of  Caligula,  it  is  true,  was  radically  ex- 
clusive, but  this  was  but  an  idea  of  Caligtda. 

The  opinions  of  the  unauthorized  jurists  could  not,  doubtless, 
be  given  in  the  form  or  with  the  official  character  imparted  to 
those  who  were  authorized  by  Augustus.  It  is  perhaps  rea- 
sonable to  suppose  that  the  opinions  of  the  unauthorized  were 
only  given  to  those  who  went  to  consult  them,  the  judge  being 
obliged  only  to  accept  those  that  were  official.  Perhaps,  also, 

1  Dig.  3,  1,  De  postulanilo,  1,  §  3,  f.       de  jure  rcsponsitasse." 
Ulp. :  "  Qua  cetate(  17  years),  aut  paulo  a  Aul,  Gcll.  lib.  xiii.  13. 

inajorc,  1'ertur  Nerva  tilius  ct  publice  3  Ibid.  xii.  13. 


298  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

certain  honorary  advantages,  with  which  we  are  not  acquainted, 
attached  to  their  authority ;  such,  for  example,  as  those  we  meet 
with  at  a  later  period,  conferred  upon  the  official  professors  of 
law  and  medicine.  These,  however,  are  mere  conjectures.  As 
to  the  exclusive  privilege  of  writing,  the  question  does  not  even 
arise.1 

360  A.  It  is  a  singular  fact  that,  with  the  exception  of 
Masurius  Sabinus,  who,  according  to  Pomponius,  was  the  first 
to  receive  the  imperial  authority  publice  respondere,  we  have  no 
exact  indication  amongst  the  celebrated  jurists  of  those  to  whom 
this  concession  was  made.  We  have  to  wait  for  a  Greek  writer 
of  the  time  of  Valentinian,  Valens  and  Gratian,  Eunapius,  who, 
speaking,  in  his  life  of  the  philosopher  Chrysanthius,  of  a  cer- 
tain Innocentius,  a  jurist,  who  is  unknown  in  legal  history,  says 
that  this  Innocentius  had  received,  with  the  consent  of  the 
emperor  (Diocletian,  or  perhaps  the  son  of  Constantine),  the  jus 
publice  respondere  in  terms  analogous  to  those  which  we  meet 
with  in  Gaius,  though  considerably  stronger,  "  Condendarum 
legum  arbitrium  et  auctoritatem."  It  may  be  asked  were  the 
emperors  liberal  or  otherwise  in  their  grants  of  this  privilege, 
and  were  all  those  eminent  jurists  whose  reputation  is  certified 
in  the  fragments  of  their  works  which  have  come  down  to  us 
favoured  with  it  or  not?  No  one  has  taken  the  trouble  to 
inform  us  upon  this  point,  and  if  we  adhere  to  a  passage  in 
Pomponius,  the  first  concession  was  that  made  to  Masurius 
Sabinus,  which  must  have  been  by  Tiberius,  in  this  way  making 
it  appear  that  Augustus,  who  was  the  author  of  the  innovation, 
had  never  himself  bestowed  the  privilege.  Did  Labeo  and 
Capito,  the  illustrious  heads  of  the  two  schools,  ^enjoy  it?  All 
is  conjecture:  it  is  even  a  question,  after  the  constitution  of 
Theodosius  II.  and  Valentinian  III.,  what  value  should  be 
attached  to  the  opinions  of  the  jurists,  and  whether  Gaius  him- 
self had  ever  received  this  privilege,  that  is  to  say,  before  this 
constitution  gave  to  his  works  an  imperial  sanction.* 

361.  Another  important  point  to  be  considered  in  coimec- 
1  Vide  §  357.  2  Vide  §§  393,  500. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  299 

tion  with  the  position  of  the  jurist  is  the  influence  that  he  en- 
joyed as  a  counsel  in  the  administration  of  public  affairs,  in  the 
preparation  of  legislative  measures,  and  in  the  solution  of  legal 
difficulties.  During  the  republic,  the  magistrates,  the  praetors 
and  the  judges  themselves  could  call  to  their  aid,  in  the  dis- 
charge of  their  functions,  the  jurists,  to  whom  they  were  free  to 
refer  any  difficulty,  and  from  whom  they  might  seek  counsel. 
But  when  the  permanent  authority  of  the  imperial  will  was 
established  above  these  temporary  magistracies,  governing, 
legislating  and  adjudicating,  this  assistance  became  more 
marked,  and  a  constant  resort  to  it  more  necessary ;  and  it 
would  appear  that  the  emperor  would  require  to  have  constantly 
at  his  side  legal  authorities  to  whom  he  might  refer  at  need. 
And  in  this  he  was  only  following  the  traditional  practice  of 
the  ancient  magistrates.  We  see  an  indication  of  this  practice 
in  the  resort  which  Augustus  and  his  successors  had  to  the 
assistance  of  the  concilia  semestria  in  order  to  discuss  before- 
hand matters  that  were  to  be  laid  before  the  senate.1  Tiberius 
added  to  his  friends  and  associates,  as  a  species  of  council  for 
public  matters,  twenty  of  the  chief  citizens.  However,  it  was 
far  from  being  a  desirable  privilege  to  be  of  that  council,  for, 
according  to  Suetonius,  with  the  exception  of  some  two  or 
three,  they  were  all  under  one  pretence  or  another  put  to  death.2 
We  read  also  of  a  council  under  Claudius  and  his  successors. 
Adrian  added  to  his  council  the  praetors,  the  distinguished 
senators  and  certain  knights.3  Alexander  Severus  summoned 
to  his  council,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  subject,  the  most 
competent  persons,  learned  and  discreet  men  Avhen  it  was  a 
question  of  law  or  negotiation,  and  experienced  military  men 
when  it  was  a  matter  relating  to  their  peculiar  province.  The 
historian  Lampridius  gives  us  some  details  concerning  the 
councils  of  Alexander  Severus.  The  counsellors  had  a  certain 

'  Suet.,  Octav.,35:   "  Sibique  insti-  ccrat,    vcluti    consiliarios    in    negotiis 

tuit    consilia    sortiri     semestria,    cum  pnblicis.    Horum  omnium  vix  duos  aut 

quibus  de  negotiis  ad  frequentcm  sena-  tres  incolumes  pncstitit :  ceteros  alium 

turn  referendis  ante  tractaret."     Also  alia  de  causa,  perculit."     See  also  Dion 

Dion  Cassius,  liii.  21,  and  Ivi.  28.  Cassius,  Ivii.  7. 

a  Suet,  Tiberius,   55:    "Super   ve-  3  Dion    Cassius,   Ix.    4,    Claudius; 

teres  amicos  ac  familiares,  viginti  sibi  Spartian,  Adrian,  8  and  21. 
c  uunicro  principum  civitatis  depopos- 


300  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

time  given  to  them  to  deliberate  and  to  make  up  their  minds 
upon  the  matter  submitted  to  them ;  their  opinions  were  taken 
individually,  each  being  reduced  to  writing.1  A  notarius,  or 
secretary  of  the  council,  having  made  a  false  report  in  a  certain 
cause,  Alexander  Severus  condemned  him  to  transportation, 
after  having  caused  the  nerves  of  his  fingers  to  be  severed  so  as 
to  render  it  impossible  for  him  ever  to  write  again.2  This  con- 
silium,  without  any  fixed  organization,  and  varying  according 
to  the  will  of  the  emperor,  is  the  origin  of  the  institution  which 
appeared  at  a  later  date  with  a  permanent  character  and  fixed 
constitution,  known  from  the  time  of  Diocletian  as  the  consis- 
torium,  and  which  became  an  institution  of  the  lower  empire. 
When  the  matter  under  consideration  was  a  judgment,  the 
place  where  the  emperor,  assisted  by  his  council,  gave  audience 
was  called  the  auditorium,  and,  by  a  figure  of  speech,  this  por- 
tion itself  of  the  council  bore  the  same  name.  We  find  this 
word  in  use  from  the  time  of  Marcus  Aurelius.  Thus  the 
fragments  of  Ulpian  speak  of  decrees  passed  in  the  auditorium 
of  the  emperor  in  general,  and  particularly  in  the  auditorium 
of  Marcus  Aurelius,  of  Severus  and  of  Antoninus.3  The  same 
word  was  also  applied  to  the  sittings  of  other  magistrates. 

It  is  a  matter  of  doubt  whether  the  expression  in  the  text,  in 
auditorio,  refers  to  the  auditorium  of  Longinus  or  to  that  of 
Papinian,4  the  praetorian  prefect. 

We  find  indications  in  many  places  of  the  part  taken  by  the 
most  eminent  jurists  in  advising  the  emperor;  sometimes  by 
giving  their  opinions  upon  abstruse  and  important  matters  under 
legislative  consideration ;  sometimes  in  assisting  to  prepare  the 
senatus-consulta  for  the  emperor  to  lay  before  the  senate,  and  in 
the  preparation  of  various  constitutions  ;  in  others,  in  advising 
on  decrees  or  judgments  delivered  in  suits.  Sometimes  we  read 
of  their  being  convoked  or  specially  consulted  upon  important 

1  Lampridius,    Alexander    Sererus,  3  Dig.  36,  1,  ad  S.  C.  Trefoil.,  22, 
15.     See  the  whole  paragraph  and  the       pr.  f.  Ulp. ;  4,  4,  De  minor.,  18,  §§  1,  2, 
last  passage:   "  Ut  si  de  jure  aut  dc       f.  Ulp. 

ncgotiis  tractaret,   solos  doctos  et  di-  4  Dig.  40,  9,  An  per    aliiim,  1,   f. 

sertos  adhiberet :  si  vcro  de  re  militari,  Ulp.;  12,  1,  De  rrb.  credit.,  40,  f.  Paul, 

milites  vcteres   ct   senes  ac  bene  me-  See  also  40,  15,  Xc  do  statu  defunct., 

ritos."  1,  §  4,  fr.  Marcian. 

2  Ibid.  §  27. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  301 

matters  in  council,  sometimes  separately,  or  else  taking  part  as 
a  matter  of  course  in  the  proceedings  of  these  councils,  and 
especially  in  the  auditorium.  Thus,  when  Augustus  had  to 
determine  a  point  regarding  codicils,  he  convoked  the  jurists 
and  submitted  the  matter  to  them.1  Adrian,  when  he  assumed 
the  position  of  a  judge,  always  surrounded  himself  with  jurists 
as  his  assessors,  amongst  whom  were  to  be  found  especially 
Celsus,  Salvius  Julianus  and  Neratius  Priscus,  of  whom  Trajan 
thought  so  much  that  he  at  one  time  conceived  the  idea  of 
appointing  him  his  successor.8  The  counsellors  of  Antoninus 
Pius  in  legal  matters  were  jurists,  Vindius  Varus,  Salvius 
Valens,  Marcellus  and  Moecianus.3  The  "  divine  brothers " 
(Marcus  Aurelius  and  Lucius  Verus),  in  the  text  itself  of  a 
rescript  issued  concerning  a  difficulty  as  to  the  succession  of 
the  enfranchised,  took  care  to  state  that  their  decision  had  been 
arrived  at  after  having  examined  into  and  discussed  the  matter 
with  Moecianus  and  several  other  jurists,  whom  they  style  their 
friends.4  The  emperor  Septimius  Severus,  when  delivering 
his  decision  upon  some  fiscal  matters,  promulgated  a  decree, 
which  is  inserted  in  the  Digest,  upon  the  advice  of  Papinian 
and  Messius;  and  another  at  the  suggestion  of  Tryphonius 
( Tryphonino  suggerente\  who  was  one  of  his  assessors.5 
Lampridius  gives  a  list  of  one-and-tvventy  counsellors  of 
Alexander  Severus,  amongst  whom  are  sixteen  jurists,  styled 
by  the  historian  "  professors  of  law,  pupils  of  the  illustrious 
Papinian,  friends  and  assessors  of  the  emperor  Alexander 
Severus ;"  in  which  we  find  the  well-known  names  of  Ulpian, 

1  "Dicitur  autem  Augustus  convo-  3  Capitolin,  Antoninus  Pius,  12: 
casse  prudentes,  inter  qnos  Trcbatiura  "  Multa  dc  jure  sanxit,  ususque  est 
quoque  cujus  tune  auctoritas  maxima  jurisperitis,  Vinidio  Varo,  Salvio  Va- 
erat,  et  quicsiisse  an  posset  hoc  recipi,  lente,  Volusio  Mccciano,  Ulpio  Mar- 
nee  absonans  a  juris  ratione  codicil-  cello  et  Jabolleno."  It  is  doubtful 
lorum  usus  esset."  Instit.  2,  25,  De  whether  Javolenus  was  alive  at  this 
codicillis,  pr.  period,  and  it  is  suspected  that  there  is 

a  Spartian,  Adrian,  17  :  "  Cum  ju-  au  error  here  either  of  the  writer  or  in 

dicarct,  in  consilio  habuit  non  amicos  the  MS. 

suos  aut  comites  solum,  sed  juriscon-  4  "  .    .    .  Volusius  Moecianus,  amicus 

sultos,  et  praecipue  Julium  Celsum,  Sal-  noster."     "  Sed  cum  et  ipso  Mceciano, 

vium    Julianum,    Neratium    Priscum,  et  aliis  amicis  nostris  jurisperitis  ad- 

quos  tamen  Senatus  omnis  probasset."  hibitis,    plenius    tractarcmus  :     magis 

5  :  "  Frequens  sane  opinio  fuit,  Trajano  visum  est,     .     .     ."  &c.     Dig.  37,  14, 

id  animi  fuisse,  ut  Neratium  Priscum,  JJejur.  patron.,  17,  pr.  f.  Ulp. 
non     Adrianum,     successorem     relin-  5  Dig.  49,  14,  De  jure  Jisci,  50,  fr. 

qucret."  Paul. 


302  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Paul,  Marcianus,  Florentinus  and  Modestinus,  with  whom  the 
list  of  the  great  Roman  jurists  closes.  The  more  ancient  names 
which  appear  by  mistake  in  this  list  prove  that  this  passage  has 
been  altered.1  Alexander  Severus  never  sanctioned  any  con- 
stitution Trithout  having  first  taken  counsel  with  twenty  jurists 
and  other  advisers,  so  as  never  to  have  upon  such  occasions  less 
than  fifty  opinions  in  his  council.2  He  at  one  time  conceived 
the  idea  of  adopting  a  system  of  uniforms,  but  he  abandoned  it, 
the  project  being  disapproved  of  by  Ulpian  and  Paul,  who  were 
of  opinion  that  it  might  be  ridiculed.  Ulpian  was  his  praetorian 
prsefect  and  perpetual  assessor.  He  was  in  the  habit  of  receiving 
his  friends  together  and  never  separately,  and  only  made  an  ex- 
ception in  the  case  of  Ulpian,  on  account  of  his  singular  virtue 
(causa  justifies  singularis].  Whenever  he  had  to  entertain  the 
other  prsefects,  he  always  summoned  Ulpian.  He  always  liked 
to  have  Ulpian  or  some  other  learned  man  present  at  his  family 
repast,  in  order  to  have  literary  conversation,  which  he  said 
was  at  the  same  time  recreation  and  nourishment.3  Ulpian 
was  a  kind  of  tutor  to  him,  and  Lampridius  finishes  by  saying 
that  if  Alexander  Severus  was  a  great  emperor,  it  was  because 
he  governed  the  republic  chiefly  by  the  counsels  of  Ulpian.4 
Every  one  knows  how  many  high  offices,  prsetoriates,  praefectu- 
rates,  consulates  and  proconsulates,  were  filled  under  Augustus 
and  his  successors  by  jurists. 


SECTION  LXIX. 

LABEO  AND  CAPITO  (M.  Antistius  Labeo  ct  C.Ateius  Capita}— 
THE  Two  SCHOOLS  OF  THE  JURISTS  :  THE  PROCULEIANS 
OR  PEGASIANS  AND  THE  SABINIANS  OR  CASSIANS. 

362.  These  rival  jurists  differed  as  much  in  their  politics  as 
in  their  jurisprudence.  Let  us  borrow  the  comparison  drawn 
between  them  by  Tacitus  and  Pomponius.  "  Having  for  his 

1  Lampridius,   Alexander   Severui,          3  Lnmprid.,  Alex.  Sever ,  §§  2G,  30, 
67:  "  .    .    .  Hi  omncs  juris  prof essores       33. 

discipuli  fuere  splendidissimi  Papiniani,  4  Lamprid.,    Alex.    Sever.,    §     60: 

ct  Alexandri  imperatoris  familiares  et  "  Ulpianum  pro  tutore  habuit  .     .     . : 

socii."  atqne  ideo  snmraus  imperator  f nit,  qnod 

2  Ibid.  §  15.  ejns   consiliis    pnvdpue    rempublicam 

rcxit." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV.  303 

grandfather  a  centurion  of  Sylla,  and  for  his  father  an  ancient 
praetor,  Ateius  Capito,  by  the  study  of  law,  placed  himself  in 
the  first  rank.  Augustus  hastened  to  elevate  him  to  a  consulate, 
in  order  that  he  might  surpass  Antistius  Labeo  in  dignity,  as 
Antistius  Labeo  surpassed  him  in  learning.  For  this  age  pro- 
duced at  the  same  time  two  of  those  geniuses  who  are  orna- 
ments to  their  country.  Labeo,  who  was  incorruptible  and 
independent,  attained  the  greater  celebrity :  Capito,  who  was  a 
courtier,  acquired  the  greater  promotion.  The  first,  who  only 
attained  the  dignity  of  praetor,  received  in  exchange  for  imperial 
neglect  public  esteem :  the  second,  who  reached  the  consulate, 
amassed  a  fortune,  which  was  accompanied  by  envy  and  animad- 
version." 1 

Thus  speaks  Tacitus ;  and  Pomponius,  after  having  said  of 
one  that  he  was  a  consul,  and  of  the  other  that  he  did  not  wish 
to  be  one,  and  that  he  refused  that  dignity  which  Augustus 
offered  him,  thus  characterizes  the  difference  between  the  genius 
of  the  two  men : — "Ateius  Capito  continued  to  represent  things 
as  they  had  been  represented  to  him :  Labeo,  with  more  inge- 
nuity, full  of  confidence  in  his  opinions,  and  well  grounded  in 
many  sciences,  aimed  at  originality,  and  introduced  several 
innovations." 

363.  It  is  to  these  two  jurists  that  Pomponius  also  refers 
the  origin  of  the  two  schools :  to  Labeo  that  of  the  Proculeians 
or  Pegasians  (Proculeiani,  Peyasiani) ;  to  Capito  that  of  the 
Sabinians  or  Cassians  (Sabiniani,  Cassiani).  Such  an  event 
was  not  withoiit  significance.  Under  a  system  where  jurists, 
invested  with  a  sort  of  public  character,  guided  by  their  answers 
suitors  and  even  judges,  it  was  not  without  a  sense  of  its  im- 
portance that  they  could  be  seen  forming  schools  and  dividing 
themselves  into  two  opposite  parties.  But  what  was  the  cause 
of  this  separation,  and  wherein  consisted  the  distinction  between 
the  two  schools  ?  It  may  be  conjectured,  with  some  degree  of 
certainty,  that  the  study  of  law  as  a  science  had  already  com- 

1  Tacit.,  Annal.,  3,  §  75.      Horace      at  Labeo : 
having  become  a  courtier  throws  a  stone  Labeone  insanior  inter  sanos  dicatur. 

(Sat.  3,  lib.  i.) 


304  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

menced  at  this  epoch  to  assume  a  phase  different  from  that 
which  had  characterized  the  pursuit  of  it  at  the  time  of  Tiberius 
Coruncanius  and  of  his  successors.  Instead  of  being  confounded 
with  practice,  and  of  being  settled  day  by  day  as  each  new  point 
arose  requiring  solution,  the  pursuit  of  law  as  a  science  was  un- 
fettered. It  had  become  an  important  branch  of  study,  exhibit- 
ing theoretically  a  collection  of  principles  reduced  to  a  science 
altogether  independent  of  the  courts  and  pleaders,  without  how- 
ever losing  the  practical  element  which  has  always  charac- 
terized Roman  jurisprudence.  In  a  word,  the  study  of  law  as 
a  science  had  been  created.  It  may  be  said  to  have  had  pro- 
fessors (jpr&ceptores}  and  schools  (scholce).  This  is  certainly 
the  case  as  regards  later  times,  for  Ulpian  speaks  of  professors 
of  civil  law  (juris  civilis  professores\  whom  he  ranks  with 
philosophers;1  and  Modestinus  gives  his  views  on  the  exemption 
from  guardianship  with  respect  to  those  who  were  professors  of 
law  either  at  Rome  or  in  the  provinces  (legum  doctores  docentes}.* 
But  even  if  we  go  back  to  earlier  times,  we  find  that  Gaius 
frequently  calls  the  Sab inians,  whose  doctrines  he  folloAved,j9r«- 
ceptores  nostri,  and  the  Proculeians,  diverscR  scholce  auctores, 
expressions  which  denote  distinctive  teaching.  Javolenus, 
speaking  of  a  still  earlier  period,  also  makes  use  of  the  terms 
praceptores  tui.3  We  know  that  Sabinus,  the  disciple  of 
Capito,  under  Tiberius,  made  his  livelihood  by  the  fees  he  re- 
ceived from  his  auditors.4  Lastly,  Pomponius  tells  us  of  Labeo 
himself  that  he  had  arranged  his  time  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
spend  six  months  in  town  with  his  students  and  six  months  in 
retirement  to  write  his  books.5 

364.  Thus,  already  in  the  time  of  Labeo  and  Capito,  there 
were,  in  the  proper  acceptation  of  the  word,  schools  (scholce\ 
or  bodies  of  students  (studiosi),  attached  to  each  of  these 
jurists. 

1  Dig.  50,13,  De  extraord.  cognit.,  1,  facilitates  fucrunt,  sed  plurimum  a  snis 
§  5,  f.  Ulp.  auditoribus  sustcntatus  cst." 

2  Dig.  27,  1,  De  excusat.,  G,  §  12,  f.  5  ".     .     .  Totum  annum  ita diviserat, 
Modest.  ut  Romaj  sex  mensibus  cum  studiosis 

3  Dig.  42,  5,  De  reb.  auct.  jiidic.,  esset,  sex  mensibus  secederet,  et  con- 
28,  f.  Javolen.  scribendis  libris  opcram  daret."     Dig., 

4  Dig.  1,2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  47,  f.  De  or  iff.,  2,  §  47. 
Pomp. :    "  Iluic  (Sabino)    nee    amplre 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  305 

Considering  how  these  two  men  differed  in  politics,  one 
being  a  courtier  of  Augustus,  the  other  a  staunch  republican, — 
and  considering,  too,  that  there  was  the  same  difference  in  the 
cast  of  the  two  minds, — we  can  easily  believe  that  even  during 
their  lifetime  they  took  widely  divergent  paths.  One  was  con- 
tent to  be  led,  the  other  was  accustomed  to  assert  his  independ- 
ence both  in  science  and  politics.  One  was  devoted,  not  so 
much  to  the  letter  of  the  law,  as  it  has  been  incorrectly  called, 
as  to  generally  accepted  traditions  in  jurisprudence  ;  the  other, 
while  bringing  to  the  pursuit  of  his  favourite  study  the  whole 
resources  of  science  and  philosophy,  was  inclined  to  adopt 
more  liberal  views. 

That  considerable  differences  of  opinion,  amounting  to  what 
may  be  called  a  schism,  should  have  existed  between  the  two 
schools,  is  therefore  only  what  might  have  been  expected,  even 
if  the  opposition  had  been  confined  to  the  scholars  or  partisans 
of  either  professor.  In  general  history  we  read  of  Labeo  and 
Capito  as  two  rivals ;  in  a  history  of  Roman  law  we  must  be 
prepared  to  find  this  rivalry  still  more  strongly  defined.  But 
the  jurists  separated  themselves  into  two  distinct  schools  only 
when  the  students  had  become  themselves  jurists — when  the 
disciples  had  succeeded  to  the  masters — Nerva,  Proculus  and 
Pegasus  to  Labeo,  Sabinus  and  Cassius  to  Capito, — and  when 
the  two  systems  had  been  perpetuated.  And  therefore  the  two 
schools  did  not  take  the  names  of  the  two  primitive  founders, 
Labeo  and  Capito,  but  were  called  after  the  teachers  who 
succeeded  the  first  founders,  the  Proculeians  or  Pegasians 
deriving  their  origin  from  Labeo,  the  Sabinians  or  Cassians 
taking  theirs  from  Capito. 

365.  NOAV  if  we  seek  for  a  distinct  line  of  demarcation 
between  the  two  systems,  or  for  a  fundamental  difference  in 
the  principles  inculcated  by  them,  sufficient  to  account  for  the 
diversity  of  their  respective  opinions  on  different  points,  the 
search  will  be  in  vain.  Such  radical  distinction  never  existed, 
nor  could  exist. 

It  is  not  correct  to  say  that  the  decisions  of  the  one  were 
based  upon  strict  law,  those  of  the  other  upon  equity ;  that 

x 


306  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  one  were  innovators,  and  the  other  mere  followers  of  tradi- 
tion, for  equity  and  innovation  will  be  found  sometimes  on  one 
side  and  sometimes  on  the  other.  It  is  equally  incorrect  to  attri- 
bute to  the  two  whole  schools  the  diversities  of  character  or  of 
genius  which  distinguished  the  two  jurists,  the  first  founders  of 
those  schools.  On  the  one  hand,  Roman  jurisprudence,  both 
in  theory  and  application,  was  at  all  times  eminently  practical, 
and  both  schools  aimed  at  this  end ;  on  the  other  hand,  the 
representative  men  of  the  respective  schools  had  their  predi- 
lections, and  as  one  succeeded  another  their  predilections 
characterized  their  teaching.  There  were  two  schools  or  sects, 
and  upon  certain  controverted  points  each  school  maintained 
its  peculiar  opinion ;  their  pupils,  at  a  later  time  their  fol- 
lowers, as  professors  in  their  turn  transmitting  their  peculiar 
doctrines  to  their  successors ;  but  there  was  not  an  inflexible 
line  of  demarcation  between  them :  on  more  than  one  occasion 
the  followers  of  one  system  abandoned  the  doctrines  of  their 
own  school  and  adopted  the  opinions  of  the  other.1  On  the 
other  hand,  time  and  study  gave  rise  to  new  points  involving 
fresh  conflict  of  opinion :  eas  dissensiones  auxerunt,  says  Pom- 
ponius.2  The  whole  system  was  therefore  a  successive  trans- 
mission of  opinions  from  the  leaders  of  the  schools  to  their  dis- 
ciples, sufficiently  elastic  to  admit  of  a  certain  latitude  and  to 
allow  scope  for  the  exercise  of  the  criticism  and  individual  genius 
of  each  jurist. 

366.  This  system  continued  for  nearly  two  centuries.  Pom- 
ponius,  who  wrote  under  Antoninus  Pius,  gives  us,  distinguish- 
ing them  by  their  schools  and  bringing  them  down  nearly  to  his 
own  time,  lists  of  the  principal  jurists,3  who  can  be  arranged  in 
the  following  order : 


Sabinian  or  Cassian. 
Capito. 
Masurius  Sabinus. 


Proculeians  or  Pegasians. 
Labeo. 
Nerva  the  elder. 


1  Thus  Proculus  and  Celsus,  in  the  furnished  by  the  Digest  (28,   5,  De 

fragments  quoted  in  the  Digest  (7,  5,  liaredit.  instit.,  11,  f.  Javol.),  approves 

De  usi/f.  ear.  rer.,  3,  f.  Ulp  ;  28,  5,  De  an  opinion  of  Proculus. 

lucred.  inst.,  9,  §  14,  f.  Ulp.),  adopt  2  Dig.  1,  2,  DC  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  47, 

some  opinions  of  the  Sabinians.    And  f.  Pomp, 

inversely    Javolenus,  in  the  example  3  Ibid. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  307 


Gaius  Cassius  Longinus. 
Cselius  Sabinus. 
Priscus  Javolenus. 
Alburnus  Valens. 
Tuscianus  or  Tuscius  Fusci- 

anus. 
Salvius  Julianus. 


Proculus. 

Nerva  the  younger. 

Pegasus. 

Juventius  Celsus  the  elder. 

Celsus  the  younger. 

Neratius  Priscus. 


367.  The  distinction  was  prolonged  still  further,  for  Gaius, 
who  wrote  under  Marcus  Aurelius,  indicates  his  connection 
with  the  Sabinians  by  the  constant  use  of  the  expression  nostri 
prceceptores.1 

But  it  eventually  disappeared :  and  the  great  personal  repu- 
tation of  a  lawyer  like  Papinian,  who  was  styled  the  "  Prince 
of  Jurists,"  was  calculated  to  efface  the  distinctions  of  the 
past  by  centering  all  attention  upon  himself.  Nevertheless  the 
divergence  in  opinion  of  the  Sabinians  and  Proculeians  on  a 
great  number  of  questions  has  come  down  to  us  through  some 
extracts  from  their  writings,  and  the  trace  of  it  is  still  to  be 
found  more  than  once  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian,  notwithstand- 
ing the  harmony  which  it  was  the  object  of  the  compilers  to 
introduce.  It  was  thought  that  a  third  school  of  eclectics, 
named  Erciscundi  or  Miscelliones,  was  formed  during  the  time 
of  Adrian  ;  but  this  must  be  considered  as  a  mistake  of  Cujas, 
who  first  set  up  the  theory. 

368.  If,  after  having  examined  the  changes  that  occurred  in 
the  jus  publicum,  we  look  at  the  jus  privatum,  we  shall  find 
that  in  the  matter  of  marriages,  fideicommissa,  and  enfranchise- 
ment, there  were  three  essential  innovations,  all  of  which  were 
brought  on  by  circumstances. 

1  Especially  Gai.,  Instit.,  2,  §  195  et  seq. 


308  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXX. 

LEX  JULIA,  DE  MARITANDIS  ORDINIBUS;  LEX  PAPIA  POPP^EA: 
called  also  LEGES  JULIA  ET  PAPIA,  sometimes  Nov^: 
LEGES,  or  simply  LEGES  ON  MARRIAGE  AND  ON  PATER- 
NITY. 

369.  The  last  days  of  the  republic  were  marked  by  an 
astonishing  depravity  in  morals ;  the  marriage  of  citizens  (justcs 
nuptial)  had  been  abandoned,  or  transformed  into  libertinism 
through  annual  divorces.  It  could  then  be  said  of  the  Roman 
ladies,  "  They  do  not  reckon  years  by  the  consuls  but  by  their 
husbands."  Celibacy  was  in  fashion.  Civil  wars  and  pro- 
scriptions had  left  great  voids  in  families ;  and  under  an  inun- 
dation of  slaves,  of  freed  men  or  of  foreigners,  the  race  of 
citizens  was  disappearing.  More  than  once  the  censors  had 
pointed  out  the  danger.  Augustus  tried  to  remedy,  by  laws 
and  fiscal  measures,  the  corruption  of  morals  and  the  exhaustion 
of  the  legitimate  population.  A  former  plebiscitum,  proposed 
with  that  object,  on  the  marriage  of  the  two  orders,  lex  Julia, 
De  maritandis  ordinibus,  after  having  failed  the  first  time 
before  the  vote  of  the  comitia,  B.C.  18,  had  at  last  been  adopted 
more  than  twenty  years  subsequently,  A.D.  4.  There  is,  how- 
ever, a  difference  of  opinion  as  to  these  dates,  and  more 
recent  writers  set  the  failure  of  the  proposed  plebiscitum  at 
B.C.  28,  and  the  passing  of  it  at  B.C.  18.  A  second  law,  the 
lex  Papia  Poppcea,  some  years  afterwards,  A.D.  9,  completed  the 
enactments  on  this  subject.1  The  title  technically  adopted  by 
the  Roman  jurists  for  their  commentaries  on  these  legislative 
measures  was  that  of  ad  legem  Juliam  et  Papiairi1  and  the  ex- 
pression lex  Julia  et  Papia,  which  is  frequently  to  be  met  with 
in  their  writings,  made  people  think  that  the  first  of  these  laws 
was  incorporated  in  the  second,  so  as  to  form  one.  Neverthe- 
less, jurists  frequently  quote  these  laws  separately,  citing  either 

1  "  Papia  Popprea,  quam  senior  Au-  book  on  these  laws. 

gnstus,   post   Julias    rogationes,    inci-  2  Such  is  the  title  which  is  constantly 

tandiscoelibumpcenisetaugendoferario,  to  be  met  with  in  the  Digest  of  Jnsti- 

sanxcrat."     (Tacitus,  Annal.  iii.  §  25.)  nian,  at  the  head  of  the  fragments  of 

Ortolan's  learned  colleague,  M.  Macha-  those  commentaries  which  are  inserted 

lard,  has  published  a  very  interesting  in  it. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  309 

the  lex  Julia  or  the  lex  Papia.  And  the  title  nova  leges,  or 
simply  leges,  the  laws  par  excellence,  designates  them  collec- 
tively. 

370.  This  was  a  considerable  code  :  the  most  extensive  after 
the  laws  of  the  Twelve  Tables,  and  one  which  produced  a  great 
impression  upon  society.     Not  only  marriage,  but  everything 
even  remotely  connected  with  it — betrothal,  divorce,  dower,  gifts 
between  husband  and  wife,  concubinage,  inheritance,  and  the 
period  allowed  for  entrance  upon  it,  legacies  and  their  devolu- 
tions, dies  cedens,  the  capacity  or  the  incapacity  of  beneficiaries 
to   receive — in   fine,  the  rights,  privileges   or   particular   dis- 
pensations granted  under  divers  special  circumstances  to  fathers 
or  to  mothers  who  had  children,  or  who  had  a  specified  number. 
The  whole  legislation  on  these  subjects  formed  an  important 
body  of  fresh  regulations,  which  come  into  contact  in  a  greater 
or  less  degree  with  many  parts  of  the  civil  law.     And  therefore 
the  commentators  of  whom  we  were  speaking  just  now,  among 
whom  were  some  of  the  most  eminent  jurists,  did  not  overlook 
the  lex  Papia.      And  the  number  of  fragments  of  these  various 
commentaries  entitled  ad  legem  Papiam,  which  we  still  find  in 
the  Digest  of  Justinian,  are  evidence  of  the  deep  impression 
that  this  effort  of  legislation  had  left  in  jurisprudence.     The 
best  attempt  at  the  exposition  of  this  law,  up  to  our  time,  is 
that  made  by  Heineccius.     But  the  discovery  of  the  Institutes 
of  Gaius  has  supplied  us  with  some  valuable  information,  and 
has  enabled  us  to  correct  several  errors  into  which  our  pre- 
decessors were  led  by  the  absence  of  documents.1 

371.  The  lex  Julia  and  the  lex  Papia  Poppcea  divided  the 
whole  of  Roman  society  into  two  distinct  classes:  1st,  by  virtue 
of  the  lex  Julia,  the  unmarried  (ccelibes}  and  the  married ;  2nd, 
by  virtue  of  the  lex  Papia,  persons  without  children  (orbi),  and 
those  who  had  some  (patres  or  matres}. 

The  word  coelebs,  living  in  celibacy,  was  not  understood  in 
the  sense  which  it  bears  now ;  it  meant  any  one  who  was  not 
married,  whether  a  widower,  a  widow  or  divorced;  whence  arose 

1  Gai.,  Instit.,  2,  §  20G  ct  seq.,  §  28G,  &c. 


310  THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  necessity,  in  order  to  escape  the  penalties  of  the  lex  Julia, 
after  the  dissolution  of  the  first  marriage  immediately  to  con- 
tract a  second.  Women  were  the  only  persons  who  enjoyed  a 
vacatio  or  right  to  a  certain  delay :  that  is  to  say,  one  year 
from  the  death  of  a  husband,  six  months  from  the  time  of  a 
divorce,  periods  which  the  lex  Papia  prolonged  to  two  years, 
and  to  eighteen  months  respectively.  It  was  necessary,  more- 
over, that  the  marriage  should  not  be  contracted  in  contraven- 
tion of  certain  new  injunctions  or  prohibitions  which  were  con- 
tained in  the  lex  Julia,  and  which  we  find  enumerated  under 
one  of  the  headings  of  the  Regula  of  Ulpian  (tit.  16),  unfor- 
tunately partly  lost.  Except  within  these  conditions,  marriage 
was  insufficient  to  prevent  persons  from  being  classed  as  coelibes, 
and  to  secure  them  from  the  consequences  of  being  so  classed. 

The  word  orbus  meant  a  person  who  being  married  had  not 
at  least  one  legitimate  child  living :  it  was  not  sufficient  to  have 
had  children  ;  it  was  necessary  to  have  at  least  one  still  living 
at  the  period  when  the  enjoyment  of  the  rights  attached  to  the 
status  of  father  accrued.  The  adopted  child,  who  was  first 
reckoned  as  such,  was  afterwards  excluded  by  a  senatus-con- 
sultum,  which  Tacitus  mentions  (Ann.,  15,  §  19).  The  mar- 
riage of  which  the  child  was  issue  was  also  obliged  to  be  in 
conformity  with  the  regulations  of  the  leges  Julia  et  Papia,  in 
default  of  which  the  child  would  not  have  been  reckoned 
qualified  to  give  the  status  and  the  privileges  of  a  father.  It 
is  to  be  noticed,  that  as  a  consequence  of  Roman  ideas  con- 
cerning the  constitution  of  the  family  and  paternity,  this  con- 
dition of  the  legitimacy  and  of  the  existence  of  the  child  is 
rigorously  applied  to  the  father  only.  As  for  the  woman,  the 
lex  Papia  gives  room  to  other  ideas:  whether  the  offspring 
was  legitimate  or  not,  it  was  fecundity  that  was  rewarded;  if 
she  could  reckon  three  confinements,  being  ingenua,  or  four  if  an 
enfranchised  (ter  quaterve  enixa},  she  had  the  jus  liberorum. 

The  leges  Julia  et  Papia  Poppcea  were  combined  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  grant  rewards  of  various  kinds  to  those  who  were 
married  and  fathers,  and  to  punish  with  various  disabilities  those 
who  had  no  children  (orbi\  and  more  severely  still  unmarried 
persons  (caelibes^.  The  most  vulnerable  point,  and  that  on 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  311 

which  the  legislature  struck  with  the  greatest  effect,  was  the  right 
of  profiting  from  testamentary  dispositions.  The  leges  Julia  et 
Papia  Popptsa  did  not  take  away  from  the  ccelibes  or  from  the 
orli  the  capacity  of  being  instituted  heirs  or  of  realizing  legacies. 
Such  provisions  made  to  their  advantage  remained  valid  in 
principle,  according  to  the  ordinary  rule;  they  continued  to 
say  of  them,  conformably  to  this  law  and  in  technical  language, 
that  they  had  the  testamenti  factio.  What  the  leges  Julia  et 
Papia  withdrew,  in  different  proportion^,  from  the  ccelibes  and 
from  the  orbi,  was  the  right  to  take  those  testamentary  gifts 
which  might  have  been  bequeathed  to  them  (jus  capiendi  ex 
testamento},  unless  they  had  previously  obeyed  the  provisions  of 
those  laws,  and  a  certain  period  was  even  allowed  to  them  that 
they  might  put  themselves  in  a  position  to  be  in  conformity 
with  the  law  on  this  head.  The  unmarried  person  (coelebs) 
could  not  take  any  part  of  what  had  been  left  him;  the  orbus 
could  only  take  one-half.  A  period  of  a  hundred  days  from 
the  death  of  the  testator,  or,  to  speak  more  in  accordance  with 
the  new  order  of  things,  from  the  opening  of  the  will,  was  given 
to  unmarried  persons  to  contract  marriage,  and  probably  also  to 
married  citizens,  although  the  positive  authority  of  the  texts  is 
wanting  on  this  last  point,  to  see  whether  in  the  meanwhile 
some  legitimate  child  might  not  be  born  to  them. 

372.  From  the  date  of  the  enactment  of  these  laws  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  two  rights  testamenti  factio,  or  that  of  being 
validly  instituted  heir  or  having  a  claim  to  other  testamentary 
gifts,  and  the  jus  capiendi  ex  testamento,  or  that  of  being  per- 
mitted to  realize  testamentary  gifts,  became  established;    and 
the  separation  between  the  two  became,  as  time  went  on,  more 
and  more  strongly  marked,  until  at  a  much  later  period,  through 
other  legislative  changes,  this  distinction  again  disappeared. 

373.  Thus,  then,  testamentary  dispositions,  the  institution 
of  heirs,  or  legacies,  although  valid  according  to  civil  law,  fell, 
as  it  were,  under  the  operation  of  the  leges  Julia  et  Papia,  in 
all  or  in  part,  out  of  the  hands  of  the  person  who  had  a  claim 
to  them,  and  were  therefore  called  caduca.     This  adjective, 


312  THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

caducus,  caduca,  caducum.,  denoting  a  quality  so  often  charac- 
teristic of  testamentary  dispositions,  was  transformed  into  a  sub- 
stantive, and  became  a  common  expression,  and  the  caduca 
held  an  important  place  in  the  writings  of  jurists,  and  materially 
influenced  the  domestic  life  of  the  citizens.  The  literature  of 
those  times,  the  works  of  historians  and  essayists  as  well  as 
poets,  are  full  of  allusions  to  this  caduca  and  to  the  deep  im- 
pression made  upon  society  by  these  laws. 

The  forfeitures  resulting  from  provisions  of  the  ancient  civil 
law  were  affected  by  these  enactments,  and  bequests  thus 
affected  were  assimilated  to  the  caduca  and  treated  in  the  same 
manner ;  they  were  described  in  jurisprudence  as  being  in 
causa  caduci,  that  is  to  say,  in  the  condition  of  the  caduca. 

374.  Our  great  interpreters  of  Roman  law  in  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries  could  form  but  an  incomplete  notion 
of  the  rewards  of  paternity,  the  traces  of  which  they  found  in 
histories  and  literature  generally,  and  in  some  fragments  of 
works  on  Roman  jurisprudence.  Nor  could  they  understand 
what  the  destination  was  which  was  given  by  the  leges  Julia  et 
Papia  to  the  dispositions  caduca  or  in  causa  caduci — they 
lacked  documentary  evidence  on  the  subject.  It  was  generally 
believed  that  the  caduca  were  directly  vested  in  the  treasury, 
and  thus  current  opinion  exaggerated  the  fiscal  character  of  the 
leges  Julia  et  Papia,  which  were  sometimes  called,  on  account 
of  their  principal  provisions,  caducary  laws. 
The 

Jam  pater  es !     .     .     . 
of  Juvenal, 

Legatum  omne  capis,  nee  non  et  dulce  caducum, 

was  not  well  understood.  We,  however,  can  read  all  the  details 
of  it  in  the  Institutes  of  Gains.  It  is  now  known  that  the 
lex  Papia  gave  those  portions  which  were  in  causa  caduci  not 
in  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  the  will,  but  of  its  own  provisions, 
to  the  heirs  and  to  the  legatees  contained  in  the  will  who  had 
children  (potfres);  taken  away  from  one,  applied  to  another,  the 
caduca  were,  at  the  same  time,  a  punishment  for  sterility  and  a 
reward  for  legitimate  procreation.  It  was  not  a  right  conferred 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  .313 

by  the  will  to  take  lapsed  devises  or  bequests,  but  a  right  con- 
ferred by  law ;  and  therefore  the  technical  name  vrasjus  caduca 
vindicandi,  the  right  to  claim  the  caduca.  And  this  mode  of 
acquisition  was  reckoned  among  the  means  of  acquiring  the 
Roman  dominium  in  virtue  of  the  law  (ex  lege*).1  The  lex 
Papia  determined  exactly  the  order  in  which  the  patres  in- 
scribed in  the  will  should  be  allowed,  as  the  price  of  their 
paternity,  to  claim  the  caduca?  and  it  was  only  for  want  of 
any  heir  or  legatee  having  children  that  the  caduca  were  swept 
into  the  cerarium  or  treasury  of  the  people ;  in  order,  says 
Tacitus,  that  failing  the  rights  of  paternity  it  might  be  the 
people,  as  being  the  common  father,  who  should  come  forward 
and  realize  the  forfeited  gifts.3  I  suspect  the  sentence  of 
Tacitus  is  an  extract  from  some  statement  of  objects  and  rea- 
sons, or  official  panegyric  upon  the  lex  when  under  discussion. 

375.  The  leges  Julia  et  Papia  exempted  certain  persons  from 
their  provisions ;  some  on  account  of  age,  others  of  some  in- 
capacity to  comply  with  the  requisitions  of  these  laws ;  others 
again  by  reason  of  cognation  or  alliance.     These  are  the  per- 
sons who  are  described  in  works  on  jurisprudence  under  the 
title  of  persona  exceptce,  and  as,  in  virtue  of  tlie  dispensation  or 
exemption  in  which  they  found  themselves,  they  were  allowed 
to  receive  entire  the  testamentary  gifts  which  were  made  to 
them,  the    Roman  jurists   have    styled   them  solidi  cap  aces ; 
which  does  not  much  resemble,  I  think,  the  Latin  of  the  time 
of  Augustus. 

376.  Lastly,  the  ascendants  and  descendants  of  the  testator 
to  the  third  degree  were  placed  in  a  much  better  position. 
"  The  legislator  had  blushed,"  says  a  constitution  of  Justinian, 
"  to  impose  his  yoke  on  such  persons  "  (suum  imponere  jugum 
erubuit),  and  he  preserved  to  them  in  consequence  the  enjoy- 
ment of  their  ancient  rights.     The  Roman  jurists  have  said  of 
them  that  they  had  the  jus  antiquum  in  caducis.     Thus  main- 

1  Ulp.,  Itegiil.,  19,  §  17.  vacantia  tencrct."      Tacit.,    Ann.,   3, 

2  Gai.,  Ingtit.,  2,  §§  206,  207.  §  28.     Also  Gains,  2,  §  286  :  "  Aut,  si 

3  "Ut  si  a  privileges  parentumcessa-  uullos  liberos  habcbunt,  ad  populum." 
retur,    velut  pareiis  omnium   populus 


314  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tained  in  the  enjoyment  of  their  ancient  civil  rights,  without 
considering  whether  they  were  married  or  unmarried,  whether 
they  had  children  or  not,  they  came  not  only  to  receive  the 
corpus,  in  succession  to  their  ancestors  or  to  their  descendants, 
of  the  testamentary  gifts  specifically  left  to  them,  but  also  to 
take,  according  to  the  rules  of  the  ancient  right  of  accretion, 
the  portions  caduca  or  in  causa  caduci  if  there  were  any. 

377.  Such  were  the  leges  Julia  et  Papia  Popp&a,  which, 
suppressed  in  part  by  a  constitution  of  Caracalla,  as  to  the 
privileges  of  paternity  relative  to  the  claim  upon  the  caduca,  and 
by  Constantine  to  the  penalties  for  celibacy,  were  only  com- 
pletely and  textually  abrogated  by  Justinian.  Their  extinction 
was  therefore  gradual.  This  final  destiny  of  the  caducary  laws 
is  not,  historically,  without  its  difficulties.  Among  these  are 
serious  doubts  as  to  the  effects  which  should  be  attributed  to  the 
constitutions  of  Caracalla,  of  Constantine,  and  of  Justinian. 
We  shall  shortly  examine  this  question  when  we  pass  in  review 
the  legislative  measures  of  these  emperors. 


SECTION  LXXI. 

FlDEICOMMISSA — CODICILS  (  Codicilll). 

378.  There  were  certain  testamentary  dispositions  which 
were  void  according  to  civil  law ;  the  testator  who  wished  to 
make  them  could  only  entrust  them  to  the  good  faith  of  his 
heir  {fidei  committere],  and  ask  him  to  be  good  enough  to 
execute  them.  Those  dispositions  were  called  jideicommissa. 
On  the  other  hand,  every  wish  of  the  deceased  was  also  void  if 
it  had  not  been  legally  expressed  in  the  will,  appropriate  for- 
malities having  been  observed.  Written  down  without  any 
solemnity,  these  codicilli  were  only  a  prayer  addressed  to  the 
heir,  who  was  left  free  to  accede  to  it  or  not  as  he  pleased. 
However,  in  proportion  as  it  was  left  optional  by  the  law,  the 
more  public  opinion  was  brought  to  bear  on  the  man  who 
wished  to  take  advantage  of  his  freedom.  Augustus,  who  was 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  315 

several  times  instituted  heir,  made  it  a  point  of  duty  to  execute 
the  trusts  imposed  upon  him ;  he  ordered  even  the  consuls  to' 
exert  their  authority  to  protect  the  wishes  of  the  testator,  when- 
ever equity  and  good  faith  should  require  it.  General  custom 
and  good  feeling  confirmed  these  decisions,  and  the  principle 
soon  came  to  be  so  fully  recognized  that  few  wills  were  made 
without  Jldeicommissa  and  without  codicils.  It  became  neces- 
sary, as  we  shall  see,  at  last  to  create  two  fresh  praetors,  for 
the  special  purpose  of  dealing  with  these  matters,  who  decided 
each  case  extraordinarily,  without  sending  it  before  a  judge, 
upon  its  merits.1 


SECTION  LXXII. 


ENFRANCHISEMENT  —  LEX  ^ELIA  SENTIA  —  LEX  FURIA 
CANINIA. 

379.  The  wars  of  Harms  and  of  Sylla,  of  Pompey  and  of 
Csesar,  arming  thousands  of  slaves,  had   thrown   into  Rome 
legions  of  freedmen  ;  distant  victories,  accumulating  captives  in 
Italy,  multiplied  the  number  of  freedmen  but  diminished  their 
valour.      Citizens   enfranchised  their   slaves   to   increase   the 
number  of  clients,  sometimes  in  order  that  the  slave,  having 
become  a  citizen,  should  receive  his  share  in  the  gratuitous  dis- 
tributions ;  but  more  frequently  at  the  moment  of  death,  in  order 
that  a  long  retinue  of  freedmen,  with  a  cap  of  liberty  on  their 
heads,  might  follow  the  funereal  car.      The  lex  j?Elia  Sentia 
and  the  lex  Furia  Caninia  put  restrictions  on  these  practices. 
We  shall  have  to  examine  these  laws  when  we  come  to  consider 
the  Institutes  of  Justinian,  for  they  were  prolonged  down  to 
that  epoch. 

380.  We  must  not  leave  the  reign  of  Augustus  without  an 
allusion  to  an  event  which,  though  almost  unperceived  in  the 
Roman  empire,  was  destined  to  change  the  face  of  that  empire, 
and,  later,  that  of  the  whole  imi  verse.     It  was  in  the  year  of  the 
city  753,  fourteen  years  before  the  death  of  Augustus,  that 
Jesus  Christ  was  born  in  a  village  of  Judaaa. 

1  Instit.  2,  23,  Defideic.  hccreditatibus,  §§  1  and  25,  De  codicillit. 


316  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

A.D.  14.  TIBERIUS  EMPEROR. 

381.  Tiberius   had  been  adopted  by  Augustus.      At  the 
death  of  the  latter  it  was  not  known  how  things  would  turn 
out ;  it  was  the  first  time  the  Roman  empire  had  to  pass  from 
one   emperor   to  the   other.      Tiberius,  indeed,  assumed   the 
government  in  fact ;  but  he  appeared  to  act  only  as  a  tribune, 
and  merely  to  settle  the  honours  that  were  due  to  the  memory 
of  his  father.     The  senators  in  their  hearts  knew  perfectly  well 
what  were  their  own  rights,  but  they  were  in  suspense ;  their 
eyes  were  fixed  upon  the  emperor,  and  they  were  trying  to 
study  their  conduct  in  his.     "We  read  in  Tacitus  how  well  that 
farce  was  played  out,  how  the  senators  entreated  the  adopted 
son  of  Augustus  to  accept  the  empire,  and  how  he  put  for- 
ward all  sorts  of  reasons  why  he  ought  to  refuse;  urged  that 
the  administration  should  be  lodged  in  the  hands  of  several 
persons  at  once,  or  that  some  one  should  be  associated  with 
him,  and  how  he  hastened  to  accept  when  he  feared  he  should 
be  taken  at  his  word.     The  first  years  of  his  reign  were  little 
else  but  a  drama,  in  which  every  one  played  a  part.     The  part 
Tiberius  assumed  was  that  of  moderation,   of  simplicity,  and 
of  respect  for  the  laws ;  he,  however,  always  attained  his  object, 
and  his  natural  character  showed  itself  in  his  actions  or  in  his 
desires. 

Under  him  the  elections  were  transferred  from  the  people  to 
the  senate,  the  emperor  reserving  to  himself  the  right  of  desig- 
nating a  few  candidates.1  The  crime  of  high  treason  was 
extended  to  all  overt  and  covert  acts  inimical  to  the  emperor ; 
the  charge  of  treason  was  added  to  every  accusation,  and  this 
crime  was  proved  when  all  other  charges  failed.  And  then 
appeared  that  hideous  class  of  citizens,  the  informers.  The 
history  of  Tiberius  is  little  else  but  a  long  enumeration  of 
sentences  of  death  pronounced  by  the  senate,  to  whom  the 
prosecution  of  that  crime  had  been  referred. 

382.  The  most  striking  provision  in  the  civil  law  of  that 
reign  is  the   division  of  the  freedmen   into   two    classes,  the 
enfranchised  citizens  and  the  enfranchised  Latini  Juniani.    This 

1  Tacit.,  Ann.,  1,  c.  15. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  317 

distinction,  which  was  the  work  of  the  lex  Junta  Norbana, 
depended  on  the  mode  of  enfranchisement,  and  of  some  other 
circumstances ;  the  one  acquired  entire  liberty  and  the  qualifi- 
cation of  citizens,  the  others  a  lesser  degree  of  liberty  and  only 
the  rights  of  the  Latin  colonists. 

We  are  of  the  opinion  of  those  who  place  this  lex  Junia 
Norbana  in  A.D.  19,  under  Tiberius.  It  was  later  by  fifteen 
years  than  the  caducary  laws  of  Augustus,  calculating  from  the 
date  of  the  lex  Papia.  Following  in  the  wake  of  these  laws  it 
was  a  new  application  to  the  enfranchised  Latini  Juniani  of 
the  distinction  between  the  testamenti  factio,  or  the  capacity  of 
making  wills,  and  the  jus  capiendi  ex  testamento,  or  the  capa- 
city of  receiving  under  a  will,  and  thus  gave  rise  to  a  new 
source  of  caduca, — hence  the  term  novas,  leges.1 

383.  The  jurists  of  note  in  this  reign  are  Sabinus  (Masurius 
Sabinus)  and  Nerva  the  father  (M.  Cocceius  Nerva);  the  former 
the  successor  of  Capito,  who  gave  his  name  to  the  school  of  the 
Sabinians,  the  latter  the  successor  of  Labeo;2  Proculus  (Sem- 
pronius  Proculus,  frag.  37 ;   and  Cassius  (C.  Cassius).     The 
former  succeeded  Nerva,  giving  his  name  to  the  school  of  the 
Proculeians,  originated  by  Labeo ;  the  latter  succeeded  Sabinus. 

384.  The  period  of  the  emperors  was  that  in  which  the 
study  of  civil  law  made  the  greatest  stride :  jurists  were  multi- 
plied, and  numerous  works  on  law  made  their  appearance.     All 
the  principles  of  law  were  developed  and  connected  together; 
and  jurisprudence  became  a  great  science,  closely  studied  in 
every  branch.     Political  rights,  however,  did  not  undergo  much 
change;    for  despotism  is  not  an   innovator.     Augustus   had 
laid  down  all  the  fundamental  bases  of  absolute  power;  and 
his  successors  had  only  to  allow  them  to  be  consolidated  by 
time.     New  institutions  are  rarely  met  with,  even  at  long  in- 
tervals.      Political    agitations   and   disturbances   had   another 
object  than  formerly.     In  a  republic,  which  is  a  reign  of  law, 
political  agitation  is  directed  to  bringing  about  a  change  of 

1  See  Ortolan's  lust.,  vol.  ii.  pp.  65,  can  only  give  their  names  ;  the  figures 
719,  Ms.  indicate  the  number  of  fragments  which 

2  We  shall  indicate  under  each  cm-  have  been  borrowed  from  them  as  laws 
pcror  the  principal  jurists,  even  if  we  in  the  composition  of  the  Digest. 


318  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

laws;  under  a  despotism  it  is  aimed  at  change  of  masters. 
This  truism  suggests  the  character  of  the  history  of  this  period : 
Tiberius  is  suffocated  by  Caligula,  who  hastens  to  succeed  him; 
Caligula  is  sacrificed  to  a  conspiracy  of  knights  and  senators, 
and  Claudius,  carried  to  the  throne  by  prsetorian  guards,  is 
poisoned  by  his  wife;  Nero  is  compelled  to  stab  himself;  Galba, 
elected  by  the  legions  of  Spain,  cut  to  pieces  by  the  praetorians ; 
Otho  and  so  many  others  meeting  a  like  fate.  It  is  unneces- 
sary to  dwell  in  detail  on  such  events  as  these :  it  is  sufficient 
to  point  at  them  as  the  inevitable  consequences  of  the  system  of 
government  adopted  by  the  Romans  and  of  the  conduct  of  their 
emperors,  and  this  reflection  is  the  only  profit  we  can  draw  from 
their  study.  Our  remarks  will  be  confined  to  giving  a  list  of 
the  emperors  who  succeeded  each  other,  with  indications  of  a 
few  trifling  changes  which  they  introduced,  the  names  of  the 
most  illustrious  jurists,  with  the  nature  and  the  character  of 
their  works. 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  37.  Caligula  (Caius  Csesar,  cog.  Caligula). 
„     41.  Claudius. 

Under  the  latter  were  created  the  two  prcetoresjidei- 

commissarii,  of  whom  we  have  already  spoken. 
„     54.  Nero. 

„     68.  Galba  (Servius  Sulpicius). 
„     69.  Otho. 
„       „    Vitellius. 
„     70.  Vespasian. 
„     79.  Titus. 

Under  the  latter  one  of  the  prcetoresjideicommissarii 

created  under  Claudius  was  suppressed. 
„     81.  Domitian. 
„     96.  Nerva. 
„     98.  Trajan.    (Ulpius  Trajanus  Crinitus,  a  senatu  optimi 

co g nomine  appellatus.} 

The  following  jurists  flourished  under  this  emperor : — 
Celsus  the  younger  (P.  Juventius  Celsus,  frag.  142). 
Neratius  Priscus  (frags.  64). 
Priscus  Javolenus  (frags.  206). 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  319 

EMPEROR. 
A.D.  117.  ADRIAN  (JELius  HADRIANUS). 

385.  The  reign  of  Adrian  has  been  remarked  as  forming  a 
new  epoch  in  legal  history.  It  is  true  that  under  this  emperor 
the  division  of  Italy  into  four  provinces,  entrusted  to  persons  of 
consular  dignity,  took  place ;  also  the  creation  of  two  imperial 
councils,  the  germ  and  the  character  of  which  we  have  already 
indicated1  under  the  name  of  consistory  and  auditory  (consisto- 
rium,  auditorium  principis);  also  the  commencement  of  the 
civil  jurisdiction  of  the  praetorian  prefects,  who  up  to  that  time 
had  been  regarded  only  as  military  authorities ;  also  the  institu- 
tion of  appeals  (appellatio  provocatid),  which  permitted  the 
parties,  condemned  by  a  judicial  authority,  to  resort,  within  a 
given  time,  to  the  superior  magistrate,  and  sometimes  even  to 
the  emperor,  who  constituted  the  last  and  highest  court  of 
appeal.  But  the  events  which  have  the  most  interest  for  us 
are  the  commencement  of  the  imperial  constitutions ;  the  ex- 
tinction of  the  right  which  the  magistrates  had  always  enjoyed  of 
publishing  edicts ;  and  the  permission  restored  to  the  juriscon- 
sults of  giving  answers  on  points  of  law  without  being  specially 
authorized.  All  these  alleged  changes,  however,  may  be  dis- 
puted. We  have  already  shown  that  the  imperial  constitutions 
existed  under  Augustus ;  let  us  examine  the  modifications 
which  the  jus  honorarium  and  the  responsa  prudentum  under- 
went. 


SECTION  LXXIII. 
Jus  HONORARIUM — THE  Edictum  Perpetuum  OF  SALVIUS 

JULIANUS. 

386.  A  work  on  the  edict  appeared,  in  the  time  of  Adrian, 
under  the  title  of  edictum  perpetuum,  a  title  for  a  long  time 
applied  to  the  annual  edicts  of  the  magistrates  in  opposition  to 
the  occasional  edicts  which  some  peculiar  circumstances  might 

1  Vide  supra,  §  345. 


320 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


render  expedient.1  What  was  that  work  ?  its  aim,  its  effect  ? 
It  was,  or  it  appears  to  have  been,  a  methodical  arrangement 
of  the  praetorian  law,  of  the  various  edicts  published  up  to  that 
time,  and  of  the  provisions  established  by  common  use.  Its 
author,  Salvius  Julianus,  was  an  illustrious  jurist  of  that  epoch, 
who  held  the  office  of  praetor.  Before  his  time,  however,  similar 
arrangements  had  been  made  by  praetors  who  had  preceded  him. 
Pomponius,  in  his  abridged  exposition  of  the  History  of  Roman 
Law,  cites  Aulus  Ofilius,  one  of  the  intimate  friends  of  Caesar 
(  CcBsari  familiarissimus\  as  having  been  the  first  to  publish 
a  carefully-made  collection  of  the  edicts  of  the  praetors,  edictum 
prcetoris  primus  diligenter  composuit2 

387.  Many  have  thought  that  from  the  moment  it  was  promul- 
gated the  magistrates  were  ordered  to  conform  to  its  provisions, 
and  that  they  were  restrained  from  the  right  of  publishing  edicts 
themselves.3  It  must  be  admitted  that  this  prohibition  would 


1  Vide  supra,  §  288. 

2  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  44, 
f.  Pomp. 

3  It  may  be  asked  whether  the  Edic- 
tum Perpetuum  was  the  independent 
work  of  a  jurist,  or  whether  it  was  the 
result  of  an  order  given  by  the  emperor 
and  clothed  with  a  legislative  character. 
Was  it  published  with  the  intention  of 
its  being  perpetual  ?  and  was  the  right 
taken  from  the  magistrates  of  publish- 
ing their  respective  edicts  ?     These  are 
two  questions  worthy  of  consideration. 
It  was  Salvius  Julianus  who  composed 
the  Edictum  Perpetuum.     Eutropius 
says,   when   speaking   of  him :    "  Qui 
sub  divo  Adriano  perpetuum  composuit 
edictum  "  (lib.  viii.  Emperor  Julian)  • 
and  Aurelius  Victor:  "Primus  edictum, 
quod  varie  inconditeque  a  prajtoribus 
promebatur,    in    ordinem    composuit" 
(Zte  Ctcsaribus,  §  19).     But  this  work 
was  not  simply  a  commentary  upon  the 
edicts.     This  is  clear   in  the  first  in- 
stance from  its  title.     Had  it  been  a 
commentary,  it  would  have  taken  the 
name  of  ad  edictum,  and  not  that  of 
edictum  perpetuum.     In  addition  to 
this  we  have  two  texts,  which  tell  us 
that  the  emperor  took  part  in  its  con- 
struction.    These  are  two  passages  in 


Justinian— the  one  in  Greek,  the  other 
in  Latin  ;  the  following  is  the  former : 
"  The  divine  Adrian  of  happy  memory, 
when  he  had  collected  together  all  the 
praetors,  published  all  their  annual 
edicts  with  the  assistance  of  the  illus- 
trious Julianus,  and  said  publicly  that 
if  there  was  any  case  which  had  not 
been  provided  for,  the  magistrates  should 
endeavour  to  decide  it  by  an  induction 
from  the  already  existing  rules."  Code 
1,  17,  De  veter.  jur.  enucl.,  const.  3, 
§  18.  The  second  is :  "  Cum  et  ipse 
Julianus  legum  et  edicti  perpctui  sub- 
tUissimus  conditor,  in  suis  libris  hoc 
retulerit :  ut  si  quid  imperfectum  in- 
veniatur,  ab  imperiali  sanctione  hoc 
repleatur;  ct  non  ipse  solus,  sed  et 
dims  Hadrianus  in  conipositione 
edicti,  et  senatiisconsulto  quod  earn 
secutus  est,  hoc  apertissime  definivit 
ut  si  quid  in  edicto  positum  non  in- 
veniatnr,  hoc  ad  ejus  regulas  ej  usque 
conjccturas  et  imitadones  possit  nova 
instruereauctoritas."  Ibid,  const.  2,  §10. 
It  is  therefore  evident  that  it  was 
Adrian  himself  who  caused  these  edicts 
to  be  compiled ;  and  this  was  followed 
by  a  scnatus-consultnm,  probably  with 
the  intention  of  confirming  it.  For 
these  reasons  it  may  be  stated  that  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


321 


accord  with  the  progress  of  imperial  authority — the  emperor 
wielding  supreme  power,  and  issuing,  as  from  the  fountain  source 
of  authority,  his  decrees,  rescripts  and  edicts,  would  be  inclined 
to  prevent  the  magistrates  from  sharing  these  powers  with  him- 
self. Nevertheless  there  are  several  reasons  for  supposing  that 
they  did  preserve,  even  after  the  time  of  Adrian,  their  original 
privileges;  and  all  we  can  say  as  to  the  result  of  the  edictum 
perpetuum  of  Salvius  Julianus  is,  that  the  praetors  were  obliged 
to  adopt  its  provisions  and  to  conform  thereunto;  and  they  had 
only  the  right  of  adding  such  accessory  rules  and  forms  as  the 
course  of  events  or  altered  circumstances  might  render  neces- 
sary. It  is  easy  to  understand  that  their  powers  would  be 
limited  in  this  way;  for  at  this  time  the  pratorian  law  was 
completely  developed  and  had  attained  that  point  at  which 
further  development  was  impossible. 


edictum  perpetuum  was  called  edictum 
D.  Hadriani.  The  second  question  is 
more  difficult  to  answer.  The  epithet 
perpetuum  given  to  this  edict  must  not 
be  taken  as  conclusive  evidence  that  it 
was  promulgated  with  the  view  to  its 
being  final  as  to  futurity,  the  phrase 
edictum  perpetuum  having  been  for  a 
long  time  employed  by  the  prastors; 
that  is  to  say,  in  order  to  indicate  an 
edict  which  should  be  permanent 
throughout  the  year  (vide  §§  274  and 
288)  ;  but  that  which  may  not  be  con- 
cluded from  the  epithet  given  to  it, 
may  be  from  the  reflection  that  Adrian 
would  not  have  attached  so  much  im- 
portance to  the  work  he  had  in  hand ; 
nor  would  he  have  invested  it  with  his 
sanction,  and,  as  it  would  appear,  with 
that  of  the  senate  also,  had  his  object 
been  simply  to  give  it  effect  for  one 
year. 

However,  there  is  a  passage  in  Gaius, 
who  is  of  a  later  date  than  Adrian,  to 
the  effect  that  the  magistrates  continued 
to  publish  their  edicts :  "  Jus  autem 
edicendi  kabcnt  magistratus  populi ; 
sed  amplissimum  jus  est  in  edictis  duo- 
rurn  prsetorum,  urbani  et  percgrini,  quo- 
rum in  provinciis  jurisdictionem  pr;c- 
sides  earum  habent ;  item  in  edicto 


sedilium  curnlium,  quorum  jurisdictio- 
nem in  provinciis  populi  qusestores  ha- 
beut ;  nam  in  provincias  Csesaris  om- 
nino  quasstores  non  mittuntur,  et  ob  id 
hoc  edictum  in  his  provinciis  non  pro- 
ponitur."  Gai.,  Instit.,  1,  §  6. 

Nor  is  it  possible  to  suppose,  that 
had  the  magistrates  lost  their  right  of 
making  edicts,  Gaius,  who  lived  so 
near  the  time  of  Adrian,  so  far  from 
not  speaking  of  such  a  change,  would 
say  that  the  magistrates  possessed  this 
right.  Nor  would  he  have  accurately 
distinguished  the  various  edicts.  How 
could  he  have  added  that  quaestors 
were  not  sent  into  Ctesarian  provinces, 
nor  had  they  in  those  provinces  this 
species  of  edict.  What  then  must  be 
our  conclusion  ?  On  the  one  hand  that 
the  edictum  perpetuum  received  a 
species  of  legislative  authority  and  be- 
came a  general  and  special  law — a 
branch  of  the  jus  honorarium.  On 
the  other,  that  this  did  not  prevent  the 
magistrates  from  publishingtheir edicts, 
which,  however,  they  conformed  to  the 
edictum  perpetuum,  adding  those  ne- 
cessary provisions  which  the  course  of 
time  or  altered  circumstances  necessi- 
tated. 


322  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXXIV. 

THE  ADVICE  AND  THE  OPINIONS  OF  THE  JURISTS  (Sen- 

tentics  et  Opiniones}. 
THE  EXPRESS  AUTHORITY  CONFERRED  BY  THE  RESCRIPT 

OF  ADRIAN. 

388.  The  rescript  addressed  by  Adrian  to  those  prsetorian  per- 
sonages who  demanded  from  him  the  privilege  of  giving  responsa 
has  been  preserved  by  Pomponius  and  is  in  the  following 
terms: — "  Hoc  non  peti,  sed  prcestari  solere:  et  ideo  si  quis 
fiduciam  sui  haberet,  delectari  si  populo  ad  respondendum  se 
prcepararet"1 

This  passage  clearly  contains  a  witticism,  the  point  and 
meaning  of  which  is  however  lost  to  us.  Spartian,  in  his  Life 
of  Adrian  (sect.  19),  says  that  he  was  fond  of  jeux  des  mots 
and  raillery  :  "joca  ejus  plurima  exstant,  nam  fuit  dicaculus" 
Such  being  the  case,  did  he  by  this  answer  mean  to  say  that 
the  privilege  of  giving  responsa  was  not  a  thing  to  be  asked 
from  a  prince,  but  was  one  which  was  due  to  those  who  were 
worthy  of  it  ?  or  that  it  was  not  a  matter  of  favour  but  a  mark 
of  public  confidence  ?  Or  again,  that  it  was  not  a  thing  to  be 
petitioned  for,  but  to  be  conferred  without  solicitation,  on  the 
same  principle  that  honours  and  distinctions  are  supposed  to  be 
granted  in  these  days  ?  The  real  point,  however,  of  this  phrase 
is  lost  to  us.  Thus  much,  however,  is  certain,  that  the  answer 
of  Adrian  is  the  opposite  of  that  which  took  place  from  the 
time  of  Augustus.  "  Et  ex  illo  tempore  peti  hoc  pro  beneficio 
ccepit"  says  Pomponius.  "Hoc  non  peti,  sed  prcestari  solere" 
said  the  emperor  Adrian  in  his  rescript.  And  so,  then,  as 
now,  in  the  bestowal  of  honorary  distinctions  theory  and  prac- 
tice were  two  different  things. 

But  independently  of  this  witticism  the  conclusion  itself  is 
not  less  obscure.  Did  the  emperor  Adrian  graciously,  and  in 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  origins  juris,  2,  §  47,  ceps  Hadrianus,  cum  ab  eo  viri  proetorii 

fr.  Pomp. :  "  Primus  divus  Augustus,  peterent  ut  sibi  liceret  rcspondere,  re- 

ut    major    juris   auctoritas  baberetur,  scripsit  eis,  hoc  non  peti,  sed  prcestari 

constituit  ut  ex  auctoritateejus  respon-  solere :  et  ideo  si  quis  fiduciam  sui  ha- 

derent :  et  ex  illo  tempore  peti  hoc  pro  beret,  delectari  si  populo  ad  responden- 

beneficio  ccepit,  et  ideo  optimus  prin-  dum  se  prajpararet." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  323 

generous  terms,  concede  to  those  praetorians  that  which  they 
had  requested  ?  or  did  he  in  fact  refuse  their  request  till  they 
had  given  proof  of  their  ability,  thus  sending  them  back  to 
exercise  the  faculty  common  to  all  of  giving  responsa,  but 
without  authority  ?  Or  did  he  in  fact  wish  to  lay  it  down  as  a 
principle,  that  so  far  as  he  was  concerned,  he  intended  to 
abstain  from  granting  that  authority  which  had  been  received 
from  his  predecessors ;  and  to  state  that  he  preferred  the  ancient 
custom  according  to  which  every  man  was  free  to  ascertain  his 
own  acquirements  and  to  seek  the  confidence  of  the  public? 
This  may  be  possible.  The  anecdote  is  interesting,  though 
enigmatical,  and  after  all  it  is  but  an  anecdote ;  and  it  would 
be  an  error  to  conclude  that  Adrian  had  abolished  the  rule 
established  by  Augustus  relatively  to  the  authorization  of  the 
jurists  to  give  responsa.  Whatever  might  have  been  the  senti- 
ments of  Adrian,  as  expressed  in  this  anecdote,  later  jurists, 
when  referring  to  the  system  of  authorized  responsa,  speak  of 
it  as  still  existing. 

389.  It  is,  in  fact,  from  a  rescript  of  this  same  emperor,  so 
at  least  we  find  from  Gaius,  that  legal  force  was  first  given  to 
the  advice  and  opinions  of  jurists  (quibus  permissum  est  jura 
condere).      This   change   was   introduced  with    the    greatest 
possible  reserve  as  the  first  step  in  a  new  direction.     It  gave 
to  those  opinions  the  force  of  law  (qua  let/is  vicem  obtinet)',  but 
it  gave  it  in  the  most  narrow  terms,  and  only  in  those  cases 
where  the  opinions  of  all  the  jurists  were  unanimous.     Where 
they  were  not  unanimous  the  judge  was  free  to  exercise  his  own 
discretion.1 

390.  In  order  clearly  to  understand  this  matter,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  determine  who  were  those  quibus  permissum  est  jura 
condere.     Our  esteemed  and  learned  colleague,  M.  Demangeat, 
urges  that  two  entirely  distinct  things  should  not  be  confounded, 

1  Gains,  Instit.,  comm.  1,  §  7  :  "  Re-  sentiunt  legis  vicem  obtinet;    si  vcro 

sponsa  prudentium  sunt  sententije   et  dissentiunt  judici  licet  quara  velit  sen- 

opiniones  eornm  quibus  permissum  est  tentiam    sequi ;    idque    rescripto    divi 

jura  condere ;   quorum  omnium  si  in  Hadriani  significatur." 
unum  sentential  concurrant,  id  quod  ita 

Y2 


324  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  jus  publice  respondendi  and  the  permissio  jura  condendi. 
He  says  that  the  first  of  these  exclusively  referred  to  the  right 
of  consultation  upon  matters  specially  determined,  upon  which 
the  jurist  gave  his  advice ;  the  second  concerned  the  different 
writings — compilations,  treatises,  commentaries  or  otherwise — 
published  by  jurists ;  that  after  the  death  of  a  distinguished 
jurist  it  not  unfrequently  occurred  that  by  an  imperial  constitu- 
tion, force  or  authority  was  given  to  his  works ;  and  that  it  is 
such  jurists  who  are  referred  to  by  Gaius  in  the  expression 
quibus  permissum  est  jura  condere.1  This  idea  would  furnish 
a  very  neat  and  intelligible  explanation  of  what  was  meant  by 
unanimity  of  opinion  that  was  necessary  to  bind  the  judges ; 
but  unfortunately  this  is  nothing  but  a  hypothesis,  and  does 
not  appear  to  be  supported  by  the  facts  within  our  knowledge. 
Indeed,  the  expression  quibus  permissum  est  indicates  living 
jurists  to  whom  the  permission  was  granted  to  exercise  the 
right  during  their  lives.  Of  this  we  have  at  least  two  clear 
examples — that  of  Masurius  Sabinus,  who  might  be  rejected  on 
the  ground  that  he  belonged  to  the  time  of  Augustus  or  of 
Tiberius,  and  that  of  Innocentius,  to  which  no  such  objection 
can  be  urged,  inasmuch  as  he  belonged  to  the  time  of  Diocle- 
tian, or  later  ;2  and  it  would  be  exceedingly  difficult  so  to  con- 
strue this  expression  as  to  make  it  referable  to  those  works 
which  had  received  sanction  after  the  death  of  their  authors ; 
in  addition  to  which  we  have  no  trace  whatever  of  any  such 
imperial  constitution.  We  must  go  to  the  lower  empire — to  the 
period  when  the  science  of  law  was  no  longer  a  living  science — 
to  find  anything  analogous  to  those  supposed  constitutions.  We 
may  remark,  in  addition,  that  this  phrase  jura  condere,  and 
other  similar  expressions,  were  employed  concerning  jurists 
anterior  to  the  empire,  to  bear  testimony  to  their  great  autho- 
rity, without  the  slightest  reference  to  any  authority  given  to 
their  works  after  their  decease.  We  find  Pomponius  saying  of 
the  jurists  Publius  Mutius  and  Brutus  and  Manillas,  and  of  the 

1  Demangeat,  Cows  elcmentaire  fie  of   my   colleagues,   M.  Bodin,  in   the 

droit  romain,  vol.  i.  p.  88  et  seq.   Upon  Jfevue  Jnstoriquc,  vol.  iv.  p.  197  et  seq., 

this  subject,  which  has  been  dealt  with  and  M.  Glasson,  Etude  sur  Gains  et 

by  a  great  many  writers,  I  must  espe-  sur  Icjiis  respondendi,  Paris,  1867. 

cially  draw  attention  to  essays  by  two  2  Vide  supra,  §  301. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  325 

Pontifex  Maximus  Quintus  Mutius  Scaevola,  all  of  the  time  of 
the  republic,  "  qui  fundaverunt  jus  civile — -jus  civile  primum 
constituit  ?  "  The  expressions  jus  fundere,  constituere,  condere, 
must  be  understood  to  apply  to  jurisprudence,  that  is  to  say,  to 
interpretation,  the  work  of  the  jurists.  Justinian  styles  the 
jurist  Salvius  Julianus :  "  legum  et  edicti  perpetui  conditor." 1 
The  emperor  Alexander,  in  a  constitution  respecting  military 
testaments,  relies  upon  the  advice  of  the  jurists  and  the  consti- 
tutions of  his  ancestors :  "  Sententiis  prudentium  virorum  et 
constitutionibus  parentum  meorum  placet."2 

The  most  rational  view,  and  that  best  borne  out  by  the  facts, 
appears  to  be  to  adhere  to  what  is  stated  in  the  Institutes  of 
Justinian,  that  by  the  jurists  quibus  permissum  est  jura  condere 
are  to  be  understood  those  quibus  a  Ccesare  jus  respondendi 
datum  est.3  The  expression  jus  respondendi  is  the  first  em- 
ployed. It  is  to  be  found  in  use  from  the  time  of  Augustus  to 
the  constitution  of  Adrian.  Pliny  the  younger  uses  it  in  a 
letter  where,  relating  an  anecdote,  he  expresses  a  doubt  as  to 
the  sanity  of  Priscus  Javolenus,  adding — "  however,  he  holds 
office,  takes  part  in  the  councils,  and  even  jus  civile  publice 
respondet."4  And  though  Pliny  does  not  say  so  in  actual  words, 
the  sense  indicates  that  he  means  with  the  imperial  authoriza- 
tion. Such  being  the  case,  this  would  be  a  third  example. 
The  same  expression  is  to  be  met  with  in  the  demand  addressed 
to  Adrian :  "  ut  sibi  liceret  respondere."  Almost  immediately 
after  the  constitution,  and  as  a  consequence  of  it,  the  expression 
permissum  est  jura  condere  was  adopted,  which  we  meet  with 
for  the  first  time  in  Gaius,  and  more  emphatically  still  in  the 

1  Cod.  1, 17,  DC  vet.  jure  eniiclcando,  A  Roman  knight  of  some  position  gave 
const.  2,  §  18  :  "  Cum  et  ipse  Julianus  a  public  reading  of  some  elegies,  when 
legum  et  edicti  perpetui  subtilissimus  Priscus  Javolenus,  his  intimate  friend, 
conditor,  in  suis  libris  hoc  retulerit."  was  present.     The  poet  commenced  in 

2  Cod.   6,  21,  De  testam.  in  Hit.,  5,  these  terms:    "Priscus!   You  order!" 
const.  Alexand.  "  I,"  said  Priscus  Javolenus,  surprised 

3  Just.  Instit.,  1,  2,  §  8 :  "  Rcsponsa  and  thereby  distressed,  "I  don't  order 
prudentium  siiut  sentential  et  opiniones  anything !  "     This  produced  consider- 
eorum   quibus   permissum   crat  jura  able  merriment ;  and  Pliny  the  younger 
condere.     Nam   antiquitus  institutum  makes  this  the  basis  of  the  following 
erat,  ut  cssent  qui  jura  publice  inter-  opinion  :  —  "  Est  omnino  Priscus  dubifc 
pretarentur,  quibus  a  Ccesare  jus  re-  sa  nit  at  is:  interest  tamen  officiis,  ad- 
spondendi  datum  est."  hibetiir  consiliis,  atqueetiam  jus  civile 

4  Pliny  the  younger,  Letters,  vi.  15.  publice  respondet." 


326  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

authority  given  to  Innocentius.1  When  speaking  of  ancient 
jurists  of  the  time  of  the  republic,  the  expression  used  is  veteres 
juris  auctores.  When  referring  to  those  authorized  by  the 
emperors  simply  juris  auctores.  The  epithet  continues  to  in- 
crease in  force,  for  under  the  lower  empire  the  decisions  of 
the  jurists  finish  by  being  called  leges,  and  the  jurists  themselves 
legislatores. 

391.  Finally,  the  gradual  progress  made  by  the  decisions 
of  the  jurists  towards  becoming  a  recognized  source  of  civil  law 
appears  to  be  the  following.  Till  the  time  of  Augustus  there 
was  entire  liberty  of  consultation,  the  credit  given  to  the  opi- 
nions and  works  of  the  jurists  depending  upon  their  value  or 
the  success  which  they  obtained ;  the  decisions  generally  ap- 
proved in  theory,  and  received  in  practice,  as  the  traditional 
jurisprudence  forming  in  the  civil  law  the  lex  non  scripta. 
From  the  time  of  Augustus,  certain  jurists  were  authorized 
— that  is,  they  had  the  jus  respondendi ;  their  opinions,  not- 
withstanding the  special  credit  which  they  derived  from  the 
imperial  authorization,  did  not  constitute  law  binding  upon  the 
judges.  Their  works,  however,  became  the  more  valuable  from 
their  reputation,  but  at  the  same  time  acquired  no  obligatory 
force.  Other  jurists,  as  well  as  those  authorized  by  the  em- 
peror, were  free  to  give  their  opinions  to  litigants,  or  to  compile 
works  upon  law  which  met  with  greater  or  less  success,  but 
without  the  imperial  sanction.  Adrian  is  the  first  who  gave 
the  force  of  law  to  the  decisions  of  the  authorized  jurists  ;  but 
he  gives  this  force  in  the  narrowest  possible  manner — that  is, 
only  where  they  are  unanimous.  From  this  period  we  can 
class  in  the  lex  scripta  the  authorized  responsa  prudentium,  for 
not  only  were  they  reduced  by  them  to  writing,  but  in  virtue  of 
the  rescript  of  Adrian — that  is  to  say,  of  a  presumptive  right 
given  them  by  the  then  fountain  of  legislative  power  they 
became  law,  leyis  vicem  obtinent — that  is,  when  they  were 
unanimous ;  and  still  later,  under  the  lower  empire,  the  em- 
perors extended  to  great  lengths  the  principle  thus  initiated. 

1  Sec  §  361. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  327 

JURISTS:  VALENS  (ALBERNUS  VALENS,  frag.  20). 

JULIAN  (  SALVIUS  JULIANUS,  frag.  457).  Julian  was  praetor, 
prcefectus  urbi,  and  twice  consul.  His  reputation  with  the 
lawyers  mainly  depends  upon  the  prominent  part  that  he  took 
in  the  construction  of  the  edictum  perpetuum,  in  which  he  was 
employed  by  Adrian,  in  consequence  of  which  he  is  styled  by 
Justinian  Legum  et  edicti  subtilissimus  conditor.  All  that 
we  possess  of  this  edict,  to  which  we  shall  subsequently  refer 
more  particularly,1  are  some  scattered  fragments  in  the  Digest 
from  which  the  critics  have  endeavoured  to  arrange  and  recon- 
struct it.2  Amongst  the  other  works  of  Julian  to  which  re- 
ference has  been  made  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian,  there  is  a 
digest,  in  ninety  books  (Digestorum  libri  nonaginta),  and  a 
monograph  upon  ambiguities  (De  ambiguitatibus  lib.  sing.) 

AFRICANUS  (SEXTUS  C^ECILIUS,  frag.  131)  was  a  pupil  of 
Salvius  Julianus.  We  find  from  several  passages  in  the  Digest, 
that  he  put  questions  to  him,  took  notes  of  his  answers,  and 
that  he  freely  referred  to  him  as  an  authority.3  The  one  hun- 
dred and  thirty-one  laws  to  which  his  name  is  attached  in  the 
Digest  are  extracts  from  his  nine  Books  of  Questions  (  Questio- 
num  libri  novem\  the  difficulty  of  translating  which  has  be- 
come a  proverb  among  the  interpreters :  "  Lex  Africani,  id  est 
difficilis." 

A.D.  138.     EMPEROR:  ANTONINUS  Pius.     (T.ANTONINUS 

FULVIUS,  PlUS  COGNOMINATUS.) 

392.  Antoninus  was  adopted  by  Adrian,  whom  he  succeeded, 
and  proved  to  be  one  of  the  best  of  the  emperors.  He  encou- 
raged learning  and  philosophy,  and,  at  the  national  expense, 
paid  a  number  of  professors  to  teach  publicly  both  at  Rome  and 
in  the  provinces.  "We  find  a  rescript  of  his,  in  the  Institutes, 
containing  the  order  to  punish  the  cruelty  of  masters  by  com- 
pelling them  to  sell  the  slaves  they  had  maltreated. 

1  See  sect.  386  et  scq.  the  work  of  Veyhe,  Lilri  tres  edicti, 

8  Hanbold  has  effected  a  reconstruc-       1823. 

tion,  which  has  been  inserted  by  our  3  Dig.  12,  6,  De  cond.  ind.,  38,  pr.  f. 

late  colleague,  M.  Blondeau,  in  his  col-       Afric. ;  19,  1,  De  act.  romp.,  45,  pr.  f. 
lection  of  texts.    We  may  also  refer  to      Paul ;  25,  3,  DC  agn.  lib.,  3,  §  4,  f .  Ulp. ; 

30,  De  Icgat.,  1°,  39,  pr.  f.  Ulp. 


328  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

JURISTS  :  TERENTIUS  CLEMENS  (frag.  35). 

POMPONIUS  (SEXTUS  POMPONIUS,  frag.  588).  We  are  in- 
debted to  Pomponius  for  an  abridgment  of  the  History  of  Law, 
which  is  included  in  the  Digest  "  De  oriyine  juris  et  omnium 
magistratuum  et  successione  prudentium ;"  and  it  is  to  these 
works  which,  though  extremely  brief  and  incomplete,  that  we 
must  refer  for  the  best  information  upon  this  subject. 

L.  VOLUSIUS  MCECIANUS  (frag.  44)  was,  according  to  Capi- 
tolinus,  the  legal  instructor  of  Marcus  Aurelius. 

A.D.  161.  EMPERORS:  MARCUS  AURELIUS  and  Lucius 
VERUS  (M.  AURELIUS  ANTONINUS  and  L.  VERUS, 
DIVI  FRATRES). 

393.  Marcus  Aurelius  was  adopted  by  Antoninus  and  associ- 
ated with  Lucius  Verus,  his  brother  by  adoption,  who  succeeded 
him  in  the  empire.  The  virtues  of  Marcus  tended  to  conceal 
the  vices  of  Lucius,  and  the  two  are  known  as  the  "  Divine 
Brothers  "  (Divi  Fratres). 

A.D.  169.     EMPEROR:  MARCUS  AURELIUS. 

JURISTS:  PAPIRIUS  JUSTUS  (frag.  16). 

TARRANTENUS  PATERNUS.  We  have  only  two  fragments 
taken  from  the  works  of  this  author,  upon  military  matters 
(Militarium  libri  quatuor],  which  were  incorporated  in  the 
Digest.  We  read  in  Lampridius  (Commodus,  §  4)  that,  being 
prsetorian  prasfect  under  Commodus,  he  was  put  to  death  upon 
the  charge  of  conspiracy  against  the  life  of  this  prince. 

SC^VOLA  (Q.  CERVIDIUS,  frag.  307).  Marcus  Aurelius, 
according  to  Capitolinus,  chiefly  relied  upon  his  advice ;  and 
we  are  told  by  Spartian  (Caracalla,  §  8)  that  he  was  the  pro- 
fessor of  Septimius  Severus  and  Papinian. 

Ulpius  Marcellus  (frag.  159)  tells  us  that  he  was  a  member 
of  the  council  of  Marcus  Aurelius  (Dig.  28,  4,  De  his  qui,  3), 
and,  according  to  Dion  Cassius  (82 — 8),  he  became  odious  to 
Commodus,  under  whom  he  served  in  Britany,  on  account  of 
his  talents  and  his  virtues. 

GAIUS  (frag.  535).  This  illustrious  jurist  is  known  to  us  only 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  329 

under  this  name.  It  may  be  asked  whether  his  name  was 
Gaius  Bassus,  or  Titus  Gaius  ?  This  is,  however,  a  useless 
inquiry :  he  is  known  to  us  as  "  Gaius,"  and  whether  his  name 
was  Gaius  or  Caius  is  a  secondary  consideration.1  He  lived 
under  Antoninus  Pius  and  Marcus  Aurelius,2  and  perhaps, 
when  still  young,  in  the  time  of  Adrian.3  We  know  from  the 
title  of  the  fragment  which  we  have  in  the  Digest,  that  he  com- 
posed numerous  works.  He  took  a  deep  interest  in  legal 
history,  and  always  endeavoured  to  trace  things  to  their  origin. 
The  subjects  upon  which  he  wrote  were  not  merely  the  Twelve 
Tables  and  the  most  important  writings  connected  with  Roman 
Law,  the  three  edicts  (urbanum,  cedilitium,  provinciale),  and 
the  lex  JPapia,  but  also  the  works  of  the  Pontifex  Maximus, 
Quintus  Mucius  Scsevola,  qui  jus  civile  primum  constituit,  as 
we  learn  from  him  in  his  Institutes,  in  his  libris  quos  ex  Quinto 
Mutio  fecimus.  He  prefaced  his  work  upon  the  Twelve 
Tables  with  a  short  introduction,  giving  a  historical  precis  of  the 
history  of  Roman  law  from  the  foundation  of  the  city.4  The 
compilers  of  Justinian's  Digest  gave  the  preference  to  the  histo- 
rical precis  of  Pomponius.  Besides  his  Institutions  and  his 
Regulce,  his  Seven  Books  Rerum  quotidianarum  are  so  tho- 
roughly practical  that  they  received  the  epithet  of  aurearum. 

By  the  side  of  the  various  conjectures  made  concerning  his 
person  and  his  life,  we  have  certain  unquestionable  facts  upon 
which  dependance  can  be  placed.  Thus,  strange  to  say,  con- 

1  Quintilian,    Instit.    orat.,    1,    7  :  pression  he  uses  elsewhere  when  speak- 

"  Quid  ?     Quoe  scribuntur  aliter  quam  ing  of  the  senatus-consultum  orphitia- 

enuntiantur  ?     Nam  et  Guius  C.  littera  num,  referring  to  Marcus  Aurelius. 

notatur."  3  Dig.   34,   5,    De  rebus   dubiis,  7, 

a  In  the  twelfth  commentary  of  his  pr.   f.    Gai. :    "  Wostra  qiiidem  (etate 

Institutes,  §    195,  he  applies  the  ex-  Serapias,  Alexandrina  mulier,  ad  divum 

pressioii  dims  to  Antoninus  Pius,  an  Iladrianum  perducta  est,"  referring  to 

epithet  applied  to  those  emperors  who  a  woman  who  had  five  children  at  a 

had  been  deified  by  the  senate  ;  he  also  birth. 

adds  the  term  phis,  whereas  in  earlier  4  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  1,  f.  Gai. : 

portions  of  his  work  he  calls  him  only  "  Facturus  legum  vetustarum  interpre- 

Imperator  Antoninus,  whence  we  con-  tationem,   necessario  prius    ab    Urbis 

elude  that  at  this  time  Antoninus  Pius  initiis  repetendum  existimavi ;  non  quia 

must  have   been   dead.     "  Sed   nuper  velim   verbosos   commentaries    facere ; 

Imperator  Antoninus,"  he  says  in  par.  sed   quod   in   omnibus   rebus   animad- 

126,    already    quoted.      "  Sacratissimi  verto,  id  perfection  esse,  quod  ex  om- 

principis  nostri  oratione"   is  the  ex-  nibus  suis  partibus  constaret." 


330  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

sidering  what  the  merits  of  Gaius  as  an  author  were,  he  is  in 
no  place  mentioned  either  by  the  classical  jurists  or  by  the 
historians  of  his  time.1  We  do  not  find  that  he  enjoyed  any  of 
those  honours  and  dignities  which  were  conferred  upon  jurists 
in  favour  at  the  court  of  their  prince,  or  with  the  Roman  people, 
and  in  fact  he  describes  himself  in  his  Institutes  as  being  a  pro- 
vincial.2 Another  singular  fact  is,  that  Gaius  does  not  appear 
to  have  received  the  jus  respondendi,  or,  according  to  the  new 
form  of  expression  in  his  time  first  mentioned  by  him,  the  per- 
mission jura  condere.  This  may  be  deduced  from  certain  ex- 
pressions in  the  Constitution  of  Valentinian  the  Third  and 
Theodosius  the  Second,  Cod.  Theod.  1,  4,  Lex  de  responsis 
prudentum,3  A.D.  426.4  But  from  the  time  of  this  law,  and  in 
virtue  of  its  provisions,  Gaius  figures  as  one  of  the  five  jurists 
who  were  specially  accredited,  and  his  writings  became  of  the 
greatest  importance  in  the  development  of  Roman  law. 

This  Lex  de  responsis  prudentum  is,  in  fact,  the  first  docu- 
ment in  which  we  meet  with  his  name.  It  first  made  its 
appearance  in  the  East,  and  was  afterwards  published  in  the 
West,  so  that  it  would  seem  that  the  merit  of  Gaius  was  not 
recognized  till  long  after  his  decease,  when  a  division  of  the 
empire  and  the  transfer  of  the  court  to  Constantinople  had 
given  to  the  East  its  great  influence.  This  fact,  together  with 
the  peculiar  bent  of  his  genius,  and  his  acquaintance  with 
Greek  law,  of  which  he  gives  ample  evidence,  is  the  basis  of 
the  opinion  that  he  was  of  Greek  origin.  And  it  is  from 
these  facts  that  it  has  been  supposed  that  he  wrote  and  pro- 
fessed the  law  in  some  humble  town  of  Asia  Minor.  Gaius,  how- 
ever, it  must  be  admitted,  wrote  as  a  jurist  profoundly  intimate 
with  his  subject  even  to  the  most  minute  historic  details  of  the 
existing  legal  documents,  usages  and  the  legal  literature  of  the 

1  The  Gaius  mentioned  in  the  Digest,  solo  placet  plerisque  solum  religiosum 

24,  3,  Soluto   matrim.,  59,  f.  Julian.  non  fieri,  quia   in   eo   solo   dominium 

(Sabinus  dicebat .     .     .Gaius  idem);  populi  Romani  est  vel  Crcsaris;    IVos 

45,  3,  De  stipul.  servor.,  39,  f.  Pomp.  autem    possessionem   tantum   et    usu- 

(Gaius  noster,  because  Pomponius  was  frnctum  habere  videmur." 

a  Cassian) ;  46,  3,  DC  solution.,  78,  f.  3  This  law  is  always  referred  to  by 

Javol.  ("  in  libris  Gaii  scriptum  est' ')  ;  M.  Ortolan  as   the  loi   des   citations, 

refers  to  Gaius  Cassius  Longinus,  more  and  will  be  found  in  extenso  in  note  1, 

generally  called  Cassius.  §  501. 

a  Gai.,  Inst.,  ii.  7:  "In  provinciali  4  Sec  §  499. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  331 

Romans.  This  would  suggest  access  to  an  extensive  library 
possessing  numerous  manuscripts,  which  in  his  time  were 
extremely  difficult  to  obtain.  He  himself  professes  to  have 
belonged  to  the  school  of  the  Sabinians.  "  Nostri  prceceptores, 
diverscs  scholce  auctores"  is  a  common  expression  with  him  ;  so 
much  so,  that  it  is  to  him  we  are  mainly  indebted  for  acquaint- 
ance with  the  points  of  difference  which  existed  between  the 
two  schools.1 

His  elementary  work,  the  "  Institutiones,"  a  title  first  adopted 
apparently  by  himself,  enjoyed  so  much  reputation  that  before 
the  publication  of  Justinian's  work  it  was  regarded  as  the 
elementary  text-book  of  legal  study ;  but  it  is  impossible  to  say 
at  what  period  this  commenced.  We  observe  that  no  mention 
whatever  is  made  of  him  in  the  two  compilations  of  the  lower 
empire,  Fragmenta  jur.  rom.  Vaticana,  Consultatio  veter.  cuj. 
juriscons.  ;  but  in  the  third,  Collatio  leg.  Mos.  et  Rom.,  we  find 
a  somewhat  lengthy  passage  from  his  first  Institute  relative  to 
successions  ab  intestato  according  to  the  law  of  the  Twelve 
Tables.  There  is  also  an  abridgment  of  his  Institutiones  in 
the  lex  Romanorum  Visigothorum,  or  Breviarium  Alarici,  A.D. 
506. 2  And,  finally,  about  the  same  period,  the  learned  Boethius, 
the  minister  of  Theodoric,  in  the  kingdom  of  the  Ostrogoths  in 
Italy,  who  met  with  a  violent  death,  A.D.  524,  has  inserted  two 
extracts  from  his  work ;  the  one  upon  mancipatio,  the  other  upon 
the  in  jure  cessio,  in  his  commentary  upon  the  Topicis  of 
Cicero  (lib.  3).  This  was  the  position  in  which  we  were  as  to 
the  writings  of  Gaius  when  a  discovery  placed  in  our  hands  a 
most  valuable  document.  In  1816,  Niebuhr,  while  at  Verona, 
discovered  a  palimpsest,  that  is  to  say,  a  manuscript  of  which 
the  original  writing  had  been  obliterated  or  erased  by  some  one, 
who,  to  save  expense,  had  used  the  same  parchment  for  other 
purposes.  In  1817,  Savigny  first  brought  the  existence  of  these 
palimpsests  to  light  by  an  article  in  his  journal ;  and  after  some 
months  of  diligent  and  patient  labour  on  the  part  of  Messrs. 
Gaeschen,  Bekker  and  Bethmann-Hollweg,  who  had  been 
employed  by  the  Academy  of  Berlin  to  decipher  these  parch- 

1  Gai.  Inst.,  i.  106;   ii.  15,  37,  79,      87,  98, 103, 133,  140,  141,  167,  178;  iv. 
123,  1'Jo,  200,  217-223,  231,  244;  iii.       78,  79,  114,  163. 

a  Vide  iiifra,  §  531. 


332  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

ments,  the  first  edition  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius  was  published 
at  Berlin  in  1820.1  This  elementary  work,  which  consists  of 
four  commentaries,  presents  a  succinct  and  methodical  resume  of 
the  jurisprudence  of  the  time  of  Antoninus  Pius  and  of  Marcus 
Aurelius.  The  law  of  this  period  is  set  forth  in  its  then  state  of 
perfection,  divided  into  three  parts — a  system  first  adopted  by 
Gaius,  in  which  he  treats  of  persons,  things  and  actions,  and 
which  came  to  be  generally  adopted  in  treating  of  Roman  law. 
His  historical  precis  and  legal  works  embrace  a  wider  field  than 
that  which  a  writer  who  kept  close  to  the  bare  limits  of  his  subject 
would  mark  out  for  himself,  for  they  treat  of  the  manners,  insti- 
tutions and  social  economy  generally  of  the  time,  and  of  the  in- 
ternal and  foreign  policy  of  Rome.  In  comparison  with  the 
"  Institutes  of  Justinian,"  which  have  been  compiled  upon  the 
same  plan  and  on  the  same  model,  the  "  Institutes  of  Gaius  "  are 
a  work  of  the  utmost  interest  to  those  who  are  fond  of  studying 
the  development  of  law  and  of  noting  the  changes  which  the 
lapse  of  time  brings  with  it.  This  discovery  rectified  a  number 
of  errors,  imparted  new  ideas,  and  cleared  up  many  obscure 
points ;  and  at  the  present  day  it  is  to  be  found  in  the  hands  of 
every  one  who  seriously  turns  his  attention  to  the  study  of 
Roman  law. 

A.D.  176.     EMPERORS:  MARCUS  AURELIUS  and  COMMODUS. 
„     180.  „  COMMODUS    alone    (L.    Antoninus 

Commodus], 

„     193.  „  PERTINAX. 

„       „  „  JULIAN  (Didius  Julianus], 

i  This  manuscript,  which  consists  of  but  the  identity  of  the  work,  demon- 

126  sheets,  is  of  a  date  anterior  to  the  strated    by    the    complete    accordance 

time  of  Justinian.    Three  of  the  middle  with  what  we  already  possess,  is  abun- 

sheets  are  wanting.      The  parchment  dantly  evident.      A  second  labour  of 

has  been  scraped   upon  one  side  and  revision  upon  this  manuscript,  by  M. 

washed  upon  the  other,  and  the  leaves  Blume,  enabled  M.  Grcschen  to  publish 

arranged  indiscriminately  for  the  pur-  in  1824  a  second  and  more  complete 

pose  of  writing  upon  them  the  letters  edition.     The  blanks,  however,  which 

of  St.  Jerome.     Sixty-two  leaves  have,  occur,   whether   as   the   result  of    the 

in  addition,  a  third  writing,  a  work  on  three  missing  leaves  or  the  impossibility 

theology.    The  last  page  remains  intact  of  reading  that  which  still  exists,  are 

and  contains  a  passage  relating  to  in-  numerous.      M.  Grcschen     had    com- 

terdicts,  which  had  already  been  noticed  mcnced    a    third    edition,   which   was 

in  the  eighteenth  century,  though  it  was  completed  after  his  death  by  M.  Charles 

impossible  to  determine  its  author.  The  Lachmann    (Bonn,    1841),   and    many 

manuscript  neither  bears  the  title  "  In-  other   editions   have   subsequently  ap- 

stitutiones"  nor  the  name  of  Gaius;  peared. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  333 

394.  The  tranquillity  which  was  enjoyed  during  the  reign  of 
several  good  princes  disappeared  with  the  death  of  Commodus, 
who  was  assassinated  by  conspirators,  and  succeeded  by  the 
aged  Pertinax,  only  to  be  himself  almost  immediately  after- 
wards assassinated.     We  then  see  the  empire  literally  put  up 
to  auction  by  the  soldiers.    It  found  two  bidders.    Didius  Julian, 
a  descendant  of  the  illustrious  Julian  who  flourished  in  the  reign 
of  Adrian,  offered  the  highest  price;  the  empire  was  his,  and 
he  was  conducted  by  the  praetorian  guards,  notwithstanding  the 
insults  and  maledictions  of  the  people,  to  the  throne,  which  he 
occupied  for  five-and-sixty  days.     Overthrown  by  the  legions  of 
Illyria,  who  had  proclaimed  their  general  Septiinius  Severus, 
he  was  slain  by  a  tribune  upon  the  order  of  the  senate,  and  was 
succeeded  by  Septimius  Severus.     Such  was  the  desperate  con- 
dition in  which  we  find  matters  at  this  time  under  a  military 
despotism. 

A.D.  193.  EMPEROR:   SEPTIMIUS  SEVERUS. 

395.  JURISTS:  PAPINIAN,  or  -ZEMiLius  PAPINIANUS  (frag- 
ments, 596)  was  the  most  celebrated  of  all  the  Roman  jurists. 
His  decisions  carried  the  greatest  weight  with  them,  and  his 
works   were   considered   most  valuable   to  the  legal  student.1 
The  most  remarkable  of  these  are  his   "  Questions,  Answers 
and  Definitions"  (  Qu&stio num,  Responsorum  et  Definitionum 
Libri\  of  which  we  possess  a  number  of  fragments  in   Jus- 
tinian's Digest.     Papinian  was  the  companion  of  Severus,  who 
raised  him  to  the  dignity  of  praatorian  prefect.     He  survived 
this  emperor,  and  witnessed  the  murder  of  one  of  his  sons  by 
the  other.     Caracalla,  who  murdered  Geta,  having  addressed 
himself  to  Papiuian  to  excuse  his  crime  to  the  senate,  Papinian 
answered:    "  It  is  more  easy  to  commit  a  parricide  than  to 
justify  it."     And  when  an  attempt  was  made  to  convince  him 
that  Geta  had  merited  his  death,  he  said :  "  To  accuse  a  person 
who  has  been  assassinated  unjustly  is  to  be  guilty  of  a  second 

1  More  than  two  hundred  years  after,  by  a  fete  in   honour  of    this    jurist, 

when  the  students  arrived  at  that  point  From  this  they  took  the  name  Papi- 

whcn  the  books  of  Papinian  were  placed  nianistes,   which    indicated    that    they 

in  their  hands  to  be  explained,  they  were  advanced  scholars, 
commenced  this  year  of  their  studies 


334  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

assassination."  The  reward  which  Papinian  received  for  this 
reply  was  that  Caracalla  ordered  his  soldiers  to  slaughter  him. 
This  proof  of  heroism,  if  true,1  is  as  honourable  to  Papinian  as 
are  any  of  his  writings. 

CLAUDIUS  TRYPHONINUS  (frag.  79). 

A.D.  211.  EMPERORS:  ANTONINUS  CARACALLA  and  GETA. 
A.D.  212.  „  ANTONINUS  CARACALLA  (Aurelius  An- 

toninus Bassianus  Caracalla). 

It  is  from  the  Gallic  cloak — the  cucullus  or  caracalla,  in 
which  he  was  so  fond  of  wrapping  himself,  and  of  which  he 
used  to  make  presents  to  the  people — that  he  received  his  sur- 
name Caracalla.  His  name  was  Bassianus ;  but  he  was  officially 
called  Antoninus,  a  name  dear  to  the  Roman  people  and  the 
prastorian  soldiers,  and  which  had  been  conferred  upon  him  by 
his  father,  Septimius  Severus. 

We  would  willingly  pass  over  the  five  years  of  the  reign  of 
this  sanguinary  prince,  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  he  enacted 
a  remarkable  constitution  which  connects  his  name  with  the 
history  of  Roman  law,  and  by  which  he  extended  the  rights  of 
citizenship  to  all  the  subjects  of  the  empire,  and  for  the  fact 
that  he  effected  considerable  changes  in  the  caducary  laws. 
Before  entering  into  an  investigation  of  the  effects  of  this  in- 
stitution, let  us  glance  at  the  then  existing  condition  of  affairs. 


SECTION  LXXV. 
THE  Jus  Latii  AND  THE  Jus  Italicum  UNDER  THE  EMPERORS. 

396.  The  emperors,  who  were  the  dispensers  of  the  rights 
of  citizenship,  of  Latinity,  of  Liberty  and  of  Immunity,  both 
as  to  towns  and  to  country,  who  were  the  founders  of  colonies 
and  the  creators  of  municipes,  granted  their  concessions 

1  The  truth  of  this  fact  is  questioned  died  by  the  order  of  Caracalla  (Dion, 
by  the  historians  about  this  period.  Cass.  lib.  Ixxvii.  §4;  Spartianus,  Cara- 
Nevertheless  it  is  certain  that  Papinian  call.  8 ;  Aurelius  Victor,  Cses.,  20,  33). 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  335 

according  to  their  policy,  their  predilections  or  their  weakness. 
Claudius,  who  was  born  at  Lyons,  and  Trajan  at  Italica,  near 
Seville,  were  favourably  inclined,  the  one  to  Gaul  and  the  other 
to  Spain.  Nero,  who  was  crowned  in  Achaia,  at  the  Olympic 
games  on  the  race  course,  notwithstanding  his  fall  and  the 
abandonment  of  his  race,  conferred  liberty  upon  that  entire 
province,  giving  to  its  judges  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship.1 
Pliny,  in  his  geographical  tables  of  the  then  known  world,  gives 
an  accurate  description  of  the  empire  at  the  time  of  which  he 
wrote.  He  takes  great  pains,  when  referring  to  the  different 
towns  and  provinces,  to  point  out  the  condition  in  which  each 
was  placed,  specifying  whether  they  were  Civium  Romanorum  ; 
Latiijus,  or  Latinorum  ;  Latii  Veteris,  or  Latinorum  Veterum  ; 
liber  a,  immunis,  feeder  ata,  or  stipendaria  ;  and  also  the  Colonia 
and  Municipia,  with  the  number  of  each  of  the  classes  and  of 
the  rights  which  they  respectively  enjoyed.2  We  learn  from 
him  that  Vespasian  gave  to  all  Spain  the  jus  Latii,  without 
prejudice,  of  course,  to  those  colonies,  municipia  or  other  towns, 
then  numerous,  which  enjoyed  still  greater  privileges.3  On  the 
other  hand,  Septimius  Severus  deprived  the  inhabitants  of 
Neapolis,  in  Palestine,  of  the  rights  of  citizenship,  in  order  to 
punish  them  for  having  taken  up  arms  in  favour  of  his  compe- 
titor Niger.4 

397.  Independently  of  its  original  signification,  applied 
from  the  very  first  to  the  condition  of  the  country  itself,  the 
expression  jus  Latii,  jus  Veteris  Latii,  had  a  personal  as  well 
as  a  local  application,  indicating  alike  the  condition  and  the 

1  Suet.,  Nero,  §  24 :  "  Sed  excussus  connection  with  Cornelius  Bellus,  who 
curru,  ac  rnrsus  repositus,  quum  per-  was  born  at  Cadiz,  and  was  the  first 
durare  non  posset,  destitit  ante  decnr-  foreigner  to  whom  a  triumph  and  the 
sum  ;    neque   eo  secius  coronatus  est.  rights  of  citizenship  had  been  conceded. 
Decedens  deinde,  provinciam  nniversam  "  Uni  huic  omnium  externo  curru  et 
libertate    donavit ;     simulque    judices  Quiritium  jure  donate." 

civitate   Romana   et   pecunia  grandi."  *  Ibid.  lib.  iii.  §  4,  in  fine :    "  Uni- 

Pliny,  Natttr.   histor.,  lib.   iv.    §    10  :  versa;  Hispaniae  Vespasianus  imperator 

"  Universal  Achaias  libcrtatcm  Domi-  Augustus,  jactatusprocellislleipublicie, 

tins  Nero  dcdit."  Latii  jus  tribuit." 

2  Pliny,  Nattir.  histor.,  lib.  iii.  etseq.  4  "  Neapolitans  etiam  Palrcstincnsi- 
The  expression  jus  Quiritium,  as  syno-  bus  jus  civitatis  tulit,  quod  pro  Nigro 
nymous  with  the  rights  of  citizenship  diu  in  armis  fucrant."      Spartian,  Life 
as  applied  to  persons,  is  met  with  in  of  Septimius  Severus,  §  9. 


336  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

capacities  of  individuals  as  to  their  participation,  whether 
greater  or  less,  in  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship ;  so  that,  by 
the  jurists  of  the  period  to  which  we  now  refer,  persons  are 
classified  according  to  this  division:  Gives,  Latini,  or  Peregrini. 
This  personal  character  is  still  more  marked  after  the  lex  Junta 
Norbana,  and  the  creation,  under  the  style  Latini  Juniani,  of 
a  distinct  class  who  were  enfranchised  by  virtue  of  this  law. 

The  jus  Italicum,  on  the  other  hand,  had  a  different  destiny. 
It  did  not  affect  the  personal  status,  so  as  to  constitute  a  class. 
The  word  Italici  is  not  to  be  met  with  in  any  of  the  jurists. 
But  after  the  creation  of  the  provinces  on  the  one  hand,  and 
the  termination  of  the  social  war  on  the  other,  with  the  ex- 
tension of  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship  to  all  Italy,  when 
the  distinction  was  drawn  between  the  ager  provincialis  and  the 
ager  Italians,  the  expression  jus  Italicum  came  into  use,  as  in- 
dicating territorial  status :  it  described  the  condition  of  land 
assimilated  to  Italian  soil,  the  possessors  of  which  enjoyed  the 
dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium,  and  were  not  subject,  as  were  the 
occupants  of  the  ager  provincialis,  to  the  payment  of  vectigal. 
The  territory,  moreover,  was  subject  to  the  Roman  civil  law  as 
regarded  immovables,  to  mancipatio,  injure  cessio,  usucapio :  in 
addition  to  which,  residence  in  such  territory  conferred  certain 
privileges, — as,  for  example,  those  attaching  to  the  number  of 
children  a  man  had  {jus  liberorum} ;  three  children  being  the 
number  fixed  for  residence  in  Rome,  four  in  Italy,  and  five  in 
the  provinces.  At  a  later  period,  when  the  Byzantine  emperors 
wanted  to  give  advantages  to  their  new  capital,  they  conferred 
upon  it  not  only  the  jus  Italicum  but  all  the  privileges  of  ancient 
Rome.1 

398.  Savigny  has  clearly  shown,  in  his  dissertation  upon 
this  subject,  the  territorial  character  of  the  jus  Italicum  which 
we  have  just  described ;  but  what  is  still  doubtful  is  whether,  in 
the  concessions  made  to  certain  colonies  or  to  certain  towns,  the 
jus  Italicum  was  not  necessarily  attended  with  certain  effects  as 

1  Cod.  11,  20,  De  privilegus  iirlis  tana  non  solum  juris  italici,  sed  ctiam 
Constantinopolitance,  1,  const.  Honor.  ipsius  Roina;  veteris  prasrogativa  Isete- 
et  Theodos. :  "  Urbs  Constantinopoli-  tur." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  337 

to  the  condition  of  individuals,  and  whether  the  jus  Latii,  cither 
in  earlier  or  later  times,  granted  to  certain  towns  or  countries, 
was  not  on  its  part  followed  by  certain  results  affecting  the  con- 
dition of  the  land.  The  question  is  a  difficult -one,  but  we  can- 
not admit  any  such  proposition,  at  least  as  regards  the  period 
anterior  to  Caracalla.  Pliny,  in  his  geographical  description  of 
the  Roman  empire,  only  indicates  towns  or  localities  of  small 
importance  and  few  in  number, — two  in  Spain  and  seven  in 
Italy, — as  having  received  the  jus  Italicum  ;l  all  the  others, 
amongst  which  are  the  most  considerable  and  the  most  highly 
privileged,  are  only  designated  by  him,  as  we  have  already  seen,2 
by  the  terms  Civium  Romanorum,  Latii  veteris,  Latii,  or  by 
other  similar  expressions.  It  is  indeed  difficult  to  conceive  that 
these  towns  received  any  concessions  relative  to  their  territory. 
On  the  other  hand,  Gaius,  when  he  says  that  Troas,  Berytus, 
and  Dyrrachium  possessed  the  jus  Italicum,  refers  to  the  privi- 
leges conferred  by  the  Leges  Julia  et  Papia,  and  these  laws 
have  clearly  a  personal  application.3  But  from  the  time  of  the 
constitution  of  Caracalla  a  great  change  took  place,  which  will 
shortly  be  explained ;  and  from  that  time  it  is  correct  to  say  that 
the  jus  Italicum  had  exclusively  a  territorial  signification. 

399.  Italy,  though  preserving  its  free  towns,  its  municipia, 
and  other  institutions,  finished  under  the  emperors  without  having 
been  converted  into  a  province,  by  being  consolidated,  for  the 
purposes  of  general  administration,  under  the  central  direction 
of  and  subject  to  the  rules  of  the  imperial  government.  Adrian 
at  this  period  had  divided  it  into  four  parts,  each  under  the 
administration  of  consular  officials,4  who  were,  at  a  later  date, 

1  Pliny,  Hist,  natnr.,  lib.  iii.  §  4:  Italicum  for  the  most  part  after  Pliny's 

"  Ex  colonia  Accitana,  Gemellenses  et  time.    Sec  this  subject  dealt  with  under 

Libisosona  cognomine  Foroaugustana,  the  head  De  ccnsibus  in  the  Digest  of 

qnibus     duabus     jus    Italia;    datum."  Justinian. 

Ibid.  §  25 :  "  Jus  Italicum  habcnt  eo  2  Vide  supra,  §  396. 

conventu,"  etc.     (Then  follows  a  de-  3  Dig.,  ut  supra,  7,  fr.  G. 

Bcription  of  seven  populations  of  Illyria  4  Spartian,  Adrian,  §  21 :  "  Quatuor 

to  whom  this  right  had  been  granted.)  consulares  per  oinncm  Italiam  judices 

And  again,  we  find  in  the   fragments  constituit."     J.   Capitol.,  Marc.   Aiir. 

of  Celsus,  Gaius,  Paul  and  Ulpian,  in  Anton! n.,  §  11 :  "Datis  juridicis  Italia; 

the  Digest,  lib.  1.  tit.  15,  De  censilms,  consulnit,  adidexcmplum  quoAdrianus 

intimations  of  many  colonies, cities  and  consulates  viros  rcddcre  jura  praiccpe- 

territories,  which  had  received  the  jus  rat." 


338  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

replaced  by  correctores  or  prcesides,  as  in  the  provinces,  and 
under  Maximin  it  also  lost  its  exemption  from  taxation. 


SECTION  LXXVI. 

THE  COLONIES  AND  MUNICIPIA  UNDER  THE  EARLY  EMPERORS 
— THE  TABLES  OF  MALAGA. 

400.  The  colonies  were  considerably  increased  in  numbers 
under  the  early  emperors.     Not  only  the  principal  provinces, 
such  as  Gaul,  Spain,  Africa,  and  Greece,  but  countries  situated 
at  the  greatest  distance  from  Rome,  had  colonies  established  in 
them.     The  administration  of  these  colonies,  as  well  as  that  of 
the  municipia  or  the  federal  towns,  was  framed  upon  the  one 
common  model, — on  the  principle  of  local  civil  organization  and 
government,  with  such  variations  in  matters  of  detail  as  were 
rendered  necessary  by  peculiarities  of  custom  or  circumstances. 
It  must  not  be   overlooked  that  whereas,  under  the  imperial 
rule,  political  rights  in  affairs  of  state  were  withdrawn  almost 
entirely  from  the  Romans  themselves,  the  towns  of  the  several 
provinces  continued  in  the  enjoyment  of  their  municipal  privi- 
leges, their  comitia,  their  little  senates,  and  their  right  of  electing 
their  own  magistrates. 

401.  Two  curious  specimens  of  municipal  law,  belonging  to 
the  time  of  Domitian,  were  discovered  in  October,  1851,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Malaga.     These  two  laws  are  written  upon 
bronze  tables,  the  one  containing  nine  articles  (xxi.  to  xxix.)  of 
the  municipal  law  of  Salpensa,  a  small  town  in  Spain,  which  has 
ceased  to  exist ;  the  other,  nineteen  articles  (li.  to  Ixix.)  of  the 
municipal  law  of  Malaga,  which  is  placed  by  Pliny  in  the  list  of 
federal  towns,1  but  which,  in  this  table,  is  treated  as  a  municipium. 
These  two  tables  have  formed  the  subject  of  several  treatises, 
first  in  Spain,  afterwards  in  Germany ;  and  at  a  later  period  an 
interesting  discussion  took  place  between  M.  Laboulaye  and 

1  Pliny,  Nat.  hist.,  lib.  iii.  §  3:  "  Malaca,  cum  fluvio,  fcetleratorum." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  .'J39 

M.  Giraud  as  to  their  authenticity,  a  fact  now  no  longer  in 
dispute.1 

The  jus  privatum  as  it  existed  in  the  municipia,  the  law 
regulating  their  internal  organization  and  administration,  and 
the  result  of  the  transition  of  the  municipal  magistrates  from 
their  original  condition  to  that  of  Roman  citizens,  have  con- 
siderable light  thrown  upon  them  by  the  study  of  these  tables. 
From  article  xxiii.  of  the  table  of  Salpensa,  we  see  that  the 
municipia  sometimes  conferred  upon  the  reigning  emperor  the 
dignity  of  duumvir,  in  order  that  he  might  send  a  prsefect  to 
exercise  jurisdiction  in  his  place,  and  article  xxvii.  establishes  the 
right  of  inter cessio  between  the  municipal  magistrates.  Articles 
lii.  to  lix.  of  the  table  of  Malaga  treat  of  the  convocation  of  the 
comitia  and  the  manner  of  voting  therein. 


SECTION  LXXVII. 

THE  BIGHTS  OF  CITIZENSHIP  CONCEDED  TO  ALL  THE  SUB- 
JECTS OF  THE  EMPIRE. 

402.  Such  was  the  situation  of  affairs  when  Caracalla  intro- 
duced a  very  considerable  change  in  the  personal  status  of  indi- 
viduals ; — when  he  in  fact  conceded  to  all  within  the  empire  the 
rights  of  Roman  citizenship.  "In  orbe  Romano  qui.  sunt,  ex 
canstitutione  imperatoris  Antonini  cives  Romani  effecti  sunt" 
remarks  Ulpian,  as  quoted  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian.2 

But,  it  may  be  asked,  what  were  these  rights  of  citizenship  ? 
and  what  was  the  condition  of  the  Romans  ?  It  is  said  that 
from  the  passing  of  this  constitution  all  subjects  were  Roman 
citizens ;  but  might  it  not  with  equal  justice  be  said  that  all 
Roman  citizens  were  subjects  ?  Without  further  inquiry  into 

1  The  first  work  is  by  Manuel  Rodri-  (Les  tables  de  bronze  de  Malaga  et  do 
quez  de  Berlanga,  which  contains  the  Salpenza,  trad-nit  us  et  annotecs),  1856, 
textanda  commentary;  it  was  published  and  by  M.  Ch.  Giraud  (Les  tables  de 
in  1853  at  Malaga.  Two  other  editions  Salpensa  et  de  Malaga),  1856;  Lex 
of  the  text,  with  notes,  were  published  Malacitana,  1868,  by  M.  Asher  of 
at  Leipsic  in  1805  by  M.  Mommsen  and  Heidelburg,  which  contains  an  interest- 
by  M.  Bussemeker.  Another  edition,  ing  discussion  on  the  authenticity  of 
by  M.  Henzen,  came  out  in  1855  in  the  the  two  monuments. 
Bolletino  dell'  Instittito  dicorrespon-  *  Dig-  1,  5,  De  statu  ftvminum,  17, 
denza  aroheologica.  The  last  came  fr.  Ulp. 
out  in  France  by  M.  Ed.  Lnnonlaye 

z  2 


340  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

this,  however,  it  is  clear  that,  as  to  the  composition  of  families, 
the  enjoyment  of  the  jus  civile  privatum,  imperial  administra- 
tion, and,  in  short,  the  formation  of  what  is  still  called  the 
"  Roman  people,"  and  which  was  then  nothing  more  than  the 
agglomeration  of  all  the  conquered  nations  except  the  barbarians, 
this  constitution  of  Caracalla  was  of  importance. 

403.  We  are  far,  however,  from  knowing  what  this  consti- 
tution actually  was.  It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  the  historians 
of  the  time  make  little  or  no  mention  of  it,  whereas  the  historians 
of  the  republic  never  failed  to  mention  even  small  towns  to  which 
the  rights  of  citizenship  had  been  accorded.  What  can  be  a 
stronger  proof  of  the  fact  that  the  title  of  citizen  had  fallen  in 
the  public  estimation  under  the  emperors  ?  Some  doubts  have 
also  been  raised  as  to  the  actual  authorship  of  this  constitution 
on  account  of  the  name  Antoninus,  a  name  to  which  all  the 
emperors  were  partial,  and  which  has  induced  some  to  ascribe 
it  to  Antoninus  Pius.1  But  this  is  clearly  an  error.  And  we 
rnay  rely  upon  the  testimony  of  Dion  Cassius,  who  explains  the 
manner  in  which  Caracalla,  after  exercising  his  ingenuity  in 
inventing  new  forms  of  taxation,  after  having  increased  the  duty 
upon  enfranchisement,  legacies  and  succession  from  a  twentieth 
to  a  tenth,  — in  order  to  increase  the  amount  produced  by  these 
taxes,  which  were  only  levied  upon  citizens, —  increased  the  num- 
ber of  citizens,  so  that  in  fact  that  which  was  made  to  appear 
an  act  of  grace  and  a  concession,  had  no  other  object  than  to 
augment  the  revenue.2  This  is  the  satirical  view  of  the  ques- 

1  Justin.,  Nov.  78,  5,  by  which  he  aimulorum   jus,   imiouique    petentinm 

suppressed  all  the  differences  between  datum  et  damni  et  scrupulositatis  prss- 

the    enfranchised :     "  Facimus    autera  bens  occasionem,  et  manuniissorum  in- 

novum  nihil,  scd  egregios  ante  nos  im-  digens   auctoritate,   omnibus    similiter 

peratores  sequimur.     Sicut  enim  Anto-  subjectis  ex  hac  legedumus:  restitui- 

riinus  Pius  cognominatus  (ex  quo  etiam  mus  enim  natime  ingenuitate  dignos, 

ad  nos  appellatio  hasc  pervenit)  jus  Ro-  non  per  singulos  de  crctero,  sed  omnes 

nianaj  civitatis  prius  ab  unoquoque  sub-  dcinceps  qui  libertatem  a  dominis  me- 

jcctorurn  petitus  et  taliter  ex  iis  qui  ruerint,  ut  hanc  magnam  qnamdam  et 

vocantur  peregrini,  ad  Romanam  ingc-  generalem  largitatem  nostris  subjectis 

nnitatein  deducens,  hoc  ille  omnibus  in  adjiciamus." 

commune  subjectis  donavit,  Theodosius  2  Dion    Cassius,    lib.   Ixxvii.    §   9  : 

junior  post   Constantinum    maximum  "Cujus  rei  causa  etiam  omnibus  qui 

sanctissimum  hujus  civitatis   condito-  in  orbe  Romano  erant  civitatera  dedit, 

rein,  filiorum  prius  jus  petitum  in  com-  specie  quidem  ipsa  eis  honorem  tribuens, 

iminc  dcdit   subjectis :    sic  etiam  nos  scd   rcvera   ut    fiscum    suum   augcret, 

hoc  videlicet  rcgencrationis  et  aurcorum  quippc  cum  peregrini  plera<jrtc  horum 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  31 1 

tion,  a  view  to  which  the  historian,  writing  of  such  a  prince 
as  Caracalla,  naturally  inclines,  and  it  was  a  matter  deeply  in- 
tc Testing,  no  doubt,  to  those  who  were  affected  by  it;  but  the 
national  influence  which  it  exercised,  by  adding  to  the  revenue, 
is  the  point  of  view  from  which  we  are  interested  in  regarding  it. 

404.  The  extent  also  to  which  it  affected  persons  is  matter 
of  controversy.     The  most  natural  interpretation  which  was 
originally  accepted,  that  which  most  completely  accords  with  a 
number  of  circumstances,  and  which  we  may  safely  adopt,  is, 
that  Caracalla  gave  in  perpetuity  and  to  all  the  subjects  of  the 
empire  the  title  of  citizens ;  that  from  this  time  there  was  no 
difference  between  the  inhabitants  of  different  parts  of  the  empire, 
and  that  all  except  the   "barbarians"  enjoyed   the   rights   of 
citizenship.     We  must  add,  however,  and  shall  subsequently 
explain,  that  this  reserve  must  be  extended  to  certain  enfran- 
chised and  condemned  persons.     Absolutism  is  never  opposed 
to  equality  of  civil  rights  when  the  civil  rights  are  nil.     Cara- 
calla placed  all  upon  a  level,  but  that  level  was  subjection  to  the 
imperial  will. 

405.  This  opinion,  hoAvever,  has  not  escaped  criticism.     For 
example,  certain  passages  of  Ulpian  place  it  beyond  doubt,  that 
after  Caracalla's  time,  and  even  under  him,  a  distinction  was 
still  drawn  between  cives  and  peregrini.1     In  order  to  explain 
this,  it  has  been  said  that  Macrin,  the  successor  of  Caracalla, 
suppressed  the  enactment  of  Caracalla,  and  re-established  the 
ancient  order  of  things ;  this  assertion  has  been  founded  on  an 
expression  of  Dion  Cassius.8     But  this  explanation  does  not 
account  for  the  existence  of  the  distinction  under  Caracalla, 
who  is  said  to  have  abolished  it. 

The    theory   now   generally  adopted,  and  which   was   first 
started  by  M.  de  Haubold,3  is  that  the  constitution  of  Cara- 

vectigalium  non  penderent."    The  pro-  2  The  following  is  the  translation  of 

vincials  did  not  pay  these  imposts  be-  this  sentence: — "He  (Macrin)  abolished 

cause,  not   being   citizens,  they  could  the  provisions  of  Caracalla  concerning 

neither  be  heirs  nor  legatees  under  the  inheritances     and     enfranchisements." 

civil   law,  and   they  could   not   make  l)ion  Cassius,  lib.  Ixxviii.  12. 

those  enfranchisements  which  conferred  3  Haubold:  ''Ex  constitutione  imp. 

upon   the  enfranchised   the   rights  of  Antoiiini  quomodo  qui  in  orbe  Romano 

citizenship.  essent,    civcs    Romani    effect  i    suiit." 

1  Ulp.,  Reyul.,  17,  §  1.  Leipsie,  181!). 


342  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

calla  affected  the  empire  as  it  existed  at  the  time  that  it  was 
enacted,  and  that  consequently  it  gave  the  rights  of  citizenship 
to  all  then  existing  members  of  the  empire,  but  not  to  those  who 
were  subsequently  annexed. 

We  cannot  adopt  this  opinion.  We  do  not  think  it  possible 
that  this  constitution  extended  to  the  enfranchised  nor  to  those 
who  had  been  condemned  to  any  penalty  producing  a  capitis 
diminutio.  In  our  opinion  these  persons  were  in  no  way  in- 
cluded in  the  constitution  of  Caracalla.  It  could  not  be  con- 
tended that  there  were  not,  after  the  constitution  of  Caracalla, 
enfranchised  dedititii  or  Latini  Juniani.  The  leges  ^Elia  Sentia 
and  Junia  Norbana  continued  in  force,  and  the  distinction 
between  the  enfranchised  was  not  suppressed  till  the  time 
of  Justinian.1  But  that  the  constitution  of  Caracalla  was 
intended  to  affect  those  enfranchised  who  were  in  existence 
at  the  time  of  its  promulgation  is  a  matter  that  I  consider 
extremely  doubtful.  The  laws  of  enfranchisement  appear  to 
me  to  be  quite  beyond  the  scope  of  the  provisions  of  this 
constitution.  Xor  would  it  be  contended  that  persons  con- 
demned, subsequently  to  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  to 
penalties  which  involved  the  loss  of  the  rights  of  citizenship, 
did  not  continue  to  incur  this  loss.  And  that  the  constitution 
of  Caracalla  included  even  the  condemned  then  existing,  so 
as  by  an  act  of  grace  to  grant  them  a  restitutio  in  integrum,  I 
cannot  for  one  moment  believe.  The  penal  law  seems  still 
farther  beyond  the  scope  of  the  constitution  of  Caracalla. 

406.  The  chief  difficulty  we  have  to  determine  concerning 
newly-acquired  territories,  which  had  been  annexed  under  the 
empire,  is  whether  the  status  of  citizen  was  communicated  to  the 
inhabitants  by  the  mere  fact  of  the  annexation  of  their  terri- 
tory, or  whether,  in  cases  where  this  annexation  was  subsequent 
to  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  the  inhabitants  remained  in  the 
condition  of  peregrini  suljccti.  Apart,  in  fact,  from  the  con- 
quest of  kingdoms  subsequent  to  the  constitution,  conquests 
which  were  carried  into  the  most  distant  parts,  that  which 

'  Inst.  1,  5,  DC  libcrtinis,  §  3;  Cod.  7,  ">,  De  dedltlt.  libert.,  and  6,  De  latin, 
libert.;  Nov.  78. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV.  343 

was  with  pride  named  the  Roman  world  was  already  in  exist- 
ence in  the  time  of  Caracalla,  and  it  is  to  this  vast  world  (in 
orbe  Romano  qui  sunt)  that  this  constitution  of  the  emperor 
applies.  In  fact,  in  the  courts  of  the  East,  no  distinction  was 
drawn  between  subjects  and  citizens ;  every  subject  of  the 
empire  had  the  right  of  citizenship.  Whence  came  this  change, 
if  it  did  not  spring  from  the  constitution  of  Caracalla  ?  Can  it 
be  ascribed  solely  to  the  transfer  of  the  seat  of  empire  from 
Rome  to  Byzantium,  or  to  mere  disuetude,  while  there  was 
upon  this  very  subject  specific  legislation?  About  eighty 
years  after  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  -^Elius  Spartianus,  in 
writing  the  life  of  Septimius  Severus,  says  that  he  was  of 
African  origin,  that  he  came  from  the  municipium  of  Leptis, 
now  Tripoli ;  but  that  his  ancestors  were  Roman  knights  before 
the  time  when  the  rights  of  citizenship  were  conferred  upon  all 
(ante  civitatem  omnibus  datum),  and  it  is  the  Emperor  Diocletian 
that  the  historian  is  addressing.1  Justinian  says  that,  whereas 
Caracalla  accorded  to  all  the  rights  of  citizenship,  Theodosius 
granted  them  those  that  had  been  reserved  to  persons  having 
children,  and  that  he  conferred  upon  all  the  enfranchised  the 
title  of  citizen.  Does  not  this  indicate  that  the  constitution  of 
Caracalla  was  definitive  and  general  ?  Would  he  have  com- 
pared it  to  that  of  Theodosius  and  to  his  own  had  it  been 
intended  only  for  the  then  existing  inhabitants,  and  not  for 
those  who  in  later  times  might  be  added  ? 

407.  Is  there  anything  to  be  wondered  at  in  the  difference 
which  was  always  made  between  cives  and  peregrini  9  Without 
considering  the  enfranchised  and  those  who  had  been  convicted 
of  crimes  which  deprived  them  of  the  rights  of  citizenship,  is 
it  not  correct  to  say  that  the  distinction  never  for  one  moment 
ceased  to  exist,  and  that  it  was  individuals  alone  who  changed 
their  position  ?  The  subjects  of  the  empire,  people  of  the 
Roman  provinces  who  were  hitherto  peregrini,  had  become 
citizens,  and  the  class  peregrini  thenceforward  consisted  solely 
of  those  who  were  in  fact  strangers  to  Rome,  the  barbarians, 

1  "  Severus  Africa  oriundus   impe-      civitatem  omnibus  datum."     Spartian, 
rium  obtinuit :  cui  civitas  Leptis,  pater       Life  of  Sept.  Severvs,  §  1. 
Geta,  majores    equites    Romani    ante 


344  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

mercenaries  in  the  pay  of  the  emperor,  who  located  on  the 
farthest  frontiers,  received  land  in  order  to  defend  it,  with 
whom  there  was  an  incessant  struggle  still  being  carried  on, 
and  who  were  certainly  not  at  that  time  subjects  of  the  empire. 
The  idea  formerly  attached  by  the  Romans  to  the  word  pere- 
grinus  was  thus  changed  a  second  time.  Sidonius  Apollina- 
rius,  in  the  fifth  century,  says,  in  somewhat  emphatic  language, 
"  Home,  the  capital  of  the  entire  world,  in  which  no  one  is 
peregrinus  but  the  barbarian  and  the  slave."1 

408.  From  the  time  of  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  the 
title  of  "  Roman,"  which  had  long  ceased  to  be  a  word  desig- 
nating a  race,  and  Avhich  had  become  a  political  term,  was 
extended  to  all  within  the  limits  of  the  empire.     The  toga  was 
worn  everywhere  ;  the  gens  togata  included  every  variety  of  the 
human  race, — in  fact  the  greater  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
then  known  world ;  and  it  was  all  these  races,  who,  before  their 
union  with  the   empire,  were  barbarians,  that  orators  would 
address  as  "  Quirites  !"     With  this  word  Alexander  Severus  in 
Syria  caused  the  mutinied  legion  of  Daphne,  a  legion  of  Asiatics, 
to  lay  down  its  arms,  as  Julius  Cajsar  had  already  done   in 
Rome  with  one  of  his  own  legions.2 

409.  Such  are  the  principal  legal  effects  of  this  constitution. 
We  need  not  refer  to  other  contracts  or  institutions  connected 
with  the  civil  law  which  were  confined  to  pecuniary  interests, 
to  the  connubium  or  the  right  of  forming  legitimate  marriages, 
called  by  the  Romansjwste  nupticB,  which  had  become  common 
amongst  the  whole  population  of  the  empire,  the  general  effect  of 
which  may  be  described  in  the  language  of  the  Spanish  poet.3 

"  Distantcs  regionc  plagse  divisaque  ponto 
Littora  conveniunt     .     .     . 

Nam  per  genialia  fulcra 

Extern!  ad  jus  connubii ;  nani  sanguine  mixto 
Texitur,  alternis  ex  gentibus,  una  propago." 

The  Roman   armies   were  no  longer  recruited  for  slavery 

1  "(Romam)domidliumlegum,gym-  2  "  Quirites,   discedite,   atque    arma 

nasium  litterarum,  curium  dignitatum,  dcponite."     Lampridius,  Life  of  Alex. 

verticem  mundi,  patriam  libcrtatis,  in  See.,  §53;  Suet.,  Life  of  J.  Crrsar,  §  70. 

qua  totius  mundi  civitate  soli  Barbari  3  Prndentins   (a  native    of    Tarra- 

et    servi    peregrinantur  I "       bidoiiius  conensis),  v.  31$. 
Apollinarius,  epist.  1,  6. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  345 

amongst  those  populations,  the  members  of  which  were  all  now 
Roman  citizens.  Obstinate  revolts  doubtless  took  place  in 
exceptional  situations,  when,  as  the  result  of  war  or  sedition  in 
the  provinces,  slavery  was  the  fate  of  the  captives ;  but  from 
the  time  of  Caracalla,  the  franchise  became  an  absolute  right. 
Roman  slaves  were  for  the  future  only  obtainable  from  amongst 
barbarians  beyond  the  frontiers  of  the  Rhine,  the  Danube,  of 
Asia  Minor,  or  of  Africa.  This  constitution  in  one  word  gave 
freedom  to  the  greater  part  of  the  then  known  world. 

In  fact,  from  the  date  of  this  constitution,  provincials  through- 
out the  empire  became  eligible  to  the  ranks  of  the  army,  a 
privilege  heretofore  exceptional,  and  one  which  was  solely  the 
result  of  personal  concession,  for  it  had  been  the  standing  rule 
that  the  peregrini  and  the  barbarians  could  not  .form  a  portion 
of  the  legions  proper,  but  acted  merely  as  auxiliaries.  After  the 
constitution  of  Caracalla,  therefore,  all  the  provincials  trans- 
formed into  citizens  could  become  legionaries,  and  thenceforth 
regular  recruiting  took  place  in  each  province. '  This  constitution, 
therefore,  materially  augmented  the  military  resources  of  the 
empire.  But  the  condition  of  the  Roman  legion,  both  at  this 
period  and  subsequently,  was  that  of  the  general  population  of 
the  empire — a  melange  of  nations  bound  together  by  the  will 
of  a  single  individual  and  glorying  in  the  title  of  "  Romans." 

410.  It  must  not  be  overlooked  that  the  constitution  of  Cara- 
calla, which  gave  to  all  the  subjects  of  the  empire  the  rights  of 
citizenship,  did  not  give  to  all  the  territories  the  rights  of  ager 
Romanus.  In  elevating  all  the  people,  it  did  not  elevate  all  the 
soil  to  the  same  civic  status ;  it  wfould  not  have  answered  the 
purpose  of  Caracalla  to  have  released  the  land  from  tribute  or 
vectigal.  The  solum  Italicum,  and  the  lands  belonging  to  those 
towns  whose  territory  had  been  admitted  to  the  enjoyment  of 
civic  rights,  still  remained  distinct  from  the  solum  provinciale, 
and  this  distinction  was  maintained  till  the  time  of  Justinian.2 
But  from  the  time  of  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  all  subjects 

1  "  Snpplementa    Icgionibus   scripta       time  of  Constantius,  lib.  24,  §  G. 
sunt,  indictis  j>er  provincias  tirociniis."  *  Cod.  7,  25,  De  nidi.  jur.  Quir. ;  7, 

Amiuian.  Marcclfinns,  speaking  of  the       31,  De  usttcajt.  transform. 


346  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

were  citizens ;  the  differences  between  the  rights  of  citizenship, 
of  Latini  veteris  or  Latini,  in  the  colonies,  municipia  and  all 
other  towns  or  villages,  was  entirely  effaced,  so  far  as  concerned 
the  status  of  persons.  The  Jus  Italicum  from  this  time  was 
exclusively  territorial. 


SECTION  LXXVIII. 

THE  MODIFICATION  OF  THE  LEGES  JULIA  AND 
— THE  RIGHTS  OF  THE  Fiscus  IN  CLAIMS  UPON  CADUCA. 

411.  The  same  observation  as  that  already  made  equally 
applies  to  another  constitution  of  Caracalla,  which  is  briefly 
indicated  to  us,  like  the  last,  by  Ulpian,  and  like  the  last  its 
scope  and  bearing  are  equally  subjects  of  controversy ;  this  is 
the  caducary  law,  concerning  which  Ulpian  says,  "  Hodie  ex 
constitutione  imperatoris  Antonini  omnia  caduca  fisco  vindi- 
cantur."1 

41 S.  Our  older  writers  upon  Roman  law  having  only  a 
vague  notion  of  what  could  be  meant  by  prcBmia  patrum,  men- 
tioned in  Roman  literature  and  several  fragments  of  the  jurists, 
and  imagining  that  the  provisions  concerning  the  caduca  were 
intended  by  the  leges  Julia  and  Papia  to  apply  directly  to  the 
public  treasury,  were  much  embarrassed  by  this  fragment  of 
Ulpian.  They  could  do  no  more  than  question  the  accuracy 
of  the  manuscripts,  like  Cujas,  who,  when  commenting  upon 
these  words,  "  Hodie  ex  constitutione  imp.  Antonini"  wrote 
"Imo,  ex  lege  Papia,"  and  who  endeavoured  by  a  transposition 
of  the  text  to  apply  this  constitution  to  another  point.2  Or 
else  they  limited  the  operation  of  this  constitution  to  a  mere 
change  in  the  financial  administration  made  by  the  Emperor 
Caracalla,  in  order  to  make  a  transfer  from  the  cerarium  or 
public  treasury  to  the  Jiscus  or  imperial  treasury.  Such  is  the 
sense  in  which  Pothier,  who  conforms  to  the  more  advanced 

1  Vide  supra,  §  377;  Ulp.,  Reg.,  tit.  2  Cujas,  Notes  on  tit.  17  of  Ulpian. 
17,  De  caducis,  §  2. 


THE  HI8TOUY  OF  HOMAN  LAW.  347 

interpretation  of  J.  Godefroy  and  of  Heineccius,  understood  it, 
as  expressed  in  these  terms,  "  Caduca  igitur  ex  ilia  lege  cerario 
Populi  Romani  cedebant.  Hodieex  constitutione  imp.  Antonini 
omnia  caducafisco  vindicantur"1 

41 3.  Since,  however,  we  have  become  acquainted  with  the 
Institutes  of  Gaius,  and  since  we  have  learned  how  by  the  lex 
Papia  those  who  had  children  (qui  in   eo  testamento  liberos 
habent),  as  a  reward  for  paternity,  were  permitted  to  claim  the 
caduca,  the   order   in  which   these   persons  were  called,  and 
how  the  public  treasury  was  only  admitted  in  default  of  such 
persons,  the  true  sense  of  the  constitution  of  Caracalla  has 
become  clear.     This  emperor,  who  was  notorious  for  cruelty, 
and  at  the  same  time  has  left  behind  him  a  reputation  as  a  fiscal 
administrator,  deprived  paternity  of  its  privilege,  and  gave  to 
ihejiscus  the  entire  claim  upon  the  caduca.     He  had  doubled 
the  impost  upon  inheritance,  legacies,  donationes  mortis  causa 
(vicesima  hareditatum},  as   also  that  upon  enfranchisements. 
He  filled  his  treasury  by  giving  to  the  fiscus  all  the  caduca. 
The  ccelebes  and  the  married  who  had  no  children  were  in  all 
cases   punished,  but  the  parent  was  not  recompensed.     The 
caducary  laws  became   exclusively  fiscal.      Caracalla,  in  his 
claim  upon  the  caduca,  only  respected  the  right  conferred  upon 
the  ascendants  or  descendants  of  the  testator  of  the  jus  anti- 
quum  preserved  to  them  by  the  leges  Julia  et  Papia."2     And  this 
explains  the  fragment  of  Ulpian :     "  Hodie   ex    constitutione 
imperatoris    Antonini   omnia    caduca   Jlsco    vindicantur,    sed 
servato  jure  antiquo  liberis  et  parcntibus." 

414.  This  effect  of  the  constitution  of  Caracalla  explains 
the  other  singular  fact  that  in  no  part  of  the  fragments  of  con- 
temporaneous jurists, — such,  for   instance,  as    the    Regulce   of 
Ulpian  and  the  Sent  entice  of  Paul,  nor  in  the  fragments  of  a 
later  period,— is  there  to  be  found  any  mention  of  the  order 
in  which  the  caduca  were  theretofore  claimed  by  parents,  nor 

1  The  caduca  therefore  by  that  law      constitution  of  Antoninns,  the  whole 
went  to  the  eerarivm  ;  but  now,  bv  the       caduca  passes  to  the  fis>cvs. 

2  Vide  §  376. 


348  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

any  precise  indication  of  what  this  claim  actually  was ;  so  that 
our  principal  interpreters  of  Roman  law  either  remained  in 
error  or  in  vague  uncertainty.  And  in  fact  it  was  necessary  in 
order  to  initiate  ourselves  into  these  mysteries  to  await  the 
discovery  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  that  is  to  say,  the  writings 
of  a  jurist  who  had  died  before  the  commencement  of  the  reign 
of  Caracalla. 

415.  However  there  are  some  slight  indications  or  vestiges 
of  these  obliterated  rights  still  extant  in  certain  texts  which  we 
are  justified  in  assuming  as  posterior  to  the  constitution  of 
Caracalla ;  such  as  are  to  be  found  even  in  the  work  of  Ulpian, 
where  reference  is  made  to  this  constitution.1  So  doubtful, 
however,  are  these  references  that  they  have  given  rise  to  the 
following  objections.  How  could  there  still  be  any  question  as 
to  the  rights  of  parents  to  claim  the  caduca  if  it  is  true  that 
they  had  been  withdrawn  by  Caracalla  ?  Is  it  not  clear,  from 
this  evidence  alone,  that  we  must  seek  some  other  interpreta- 
tion for  this  constitution?  Opinions,  in  some  respects,  resemble 
the  fashions.  Authors  like  to  make  their  appearance  in  some 
novel  costume,  different  from  other  men.  And  the  reappear- 
ance of  a  garment  that  has  been  for  some  time  laid  by  is 
tantamount  to  a  novelty.  The  interpretation  which  our  ances- 
tors were  forced  to  adopt,  for  want  of  the  information  which 

1  Rcgulcc,  Ulpian,  tit.  1,  De  llbertis,  ject,  under   the  title  De  caducis,  he 

§  21:  "  Quod  loco  non  adeuntis  lega-  does  not  make  the  slightest  mention  of 

tarii   patres    hteredes   fiunt."      Cujas,  the  rights  of  parents,  and  only  refers 

being  unable  to  understand  this  text,  to   the    claim    concerning   caduca    in 

proposed  to  read  it,  "  Prccfecti  asrarli  order  to  say  that  it  belongs  entirely  to 

fUBredesjiunt,"     Ibid.  tit.  25,  Defidci-  the  jiscus,  saving  the  rights  of  ascend- 

commissis :    "  N~ec  caducum  vindicare  ants  and  descendants  who   enjoy  the 

ex  co  testamento,  si  liberos  habeat."  jus  antlqwim. 

He  proposed  to  read,  "  Si  ex  libcris  The  other  text  offers  an  objection  in 
cxistat."  This  double  mention  of  the  par.  3  of  "  Fra<>mcnturn  vcteris  cujus- 
privilege  of  paternity  as  to  claims  for  dam  jurisconsulti,  De  jure  fisci: ...  Sane 
caduca  is  the  only  reference  to  it  in  the  si  post  diem  centesimum  patres  caducum 
Hetjulat  of  Ulpian.  The  allusions  are  vindicent  omnino  fisco  locus  non  est." 
in  each  case  merely  incidental,  the  one  This  text  is  commonly  supposed  to  be 
being  introduced  in  connection  with  by  Paul ;  some  suppose  it  to  be  by 
the  question  of  validity  in  the  case  of  Ulpian  or  by  some  other  jurist.  How- 
controverted  enfranchisements,  in  which  ever,  as  it  is  impossible  to  say  whether 
Ulpian  sets  forth  the  points  in  contro-  this  is  anterior  or  posterior  to  the  con- 
vcrsy;  the  other  in  reference  to  a  prior  stitution  of  Caracalla,  it  ought  not  to 
senatus-consultum.  But  when  the  be  allowed  as  an  objection.  In  our 
jurist  is  actually  treating  of  the  sub-  opinion  it  is  anterior. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


349 


we  now  possess,  has  reappeared  under  the  form  of  the  objection 
we  have  just  set  forth.  And  we  again  find  it  said,  that  the 
innovation  made  by  Caracalla  was  limited  to  granting  the 
claim  upon  the  caduca  to  tliejiscus  instead  of  to  the  csrarium. 

416.  This  is  an  interpretation  which  we  cannot  accept,  not- 
withstanding the  authority  of  the  writers  who  give  credit  to  it. 
Its  inaccuracy  is  apparent. 

In  the  first  place,  it  appears  to  us  clearly  demonstrated  that, 
before  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  the  distinction  between  the 
cerarium  and  the  Jiscus,  though  subsisting  in  theory  and  as  a 
matter  of  personal  administration,  was  in  reality  nonexistent. 
And  that,  especially  as  regarded  the  caduca,  that  which  fell  to 
the  cerarium  heretofore  is  now  specifically  stated  to  belong  to 
ihejiscus.1  Whereas,  on  the  other  hand,  even  after  the  con- 
stitution of  Caracalla,  we  find  the  principle  of  a  difference 
existing  between  the  rights  of  the  people  and  those  of  thejfiscus 


1  This  is  plain  from  the  edict  of 
Trajan  upon  the  premium  to  be 
awarded  to  those  who  should  them- 
selves declare  their  incapacity  to  be- 
nefit from  the  caduca.  If  we  rely 
upon  Paul's  rendering  of  the  terms — 
"  Ut  si  quis,  anteqnam  causa  ej  us  sera- 
riuin  deferntnr  professus  esset  earn  rein 
quam  possideret  caperc  sibi  non  liccre 
ex  ea  partem  fisco  inferret,  etc.  Et 
probasset  jam  id  ad  fiscum  pcrtincre 
.  .  .  ex  eo  quod  redactum  esset  a 
Prrcfectisjerario  partem  dimidiamferat" 
(Dig.  49,  14,  Dejurejisci,  13,  pr.  and 
§  1 )  -  in  a  rescript  of  Adrian  (ibid.  §  4 ), 
and  in  a  senatus-consultum  preserved 
by  Junius  Mauritianus,  who  wrote 
under  Marcus  Aurclius :  "  Senattis 
ccnsuit  ut  perinde  rationes  ad  ajrarium 
dci'erat  is  a  quo  tota  haireditas  fisco 
evicta  est,  vel  universa  legata"  (ibid. 
15,  §5).  All  these  texts  are  taken 
from  treatises  upon  the  leges  Julia  et 
Papla.  No  one  can  say  that  the  word 
Jisciis  has  been  substituted  by  Tribo- 
nian  for  enrarium,  inasmuch  as  the  two 
words  are  used  at  the  same  time,  in  the 
same  phrase,  and  in  the  same  provision. 
"We  may  conclude  from  these  texts  that 
already,  under  Trajan,  under  Adrian, 
and  uudcr  Marcus  Aurclius,  proceed- 
ings took  place  before  the  pratfectus 


(erarii  ;  but  it  was  the  fiscvs  that  was 
proprietor,  which  made  the  claim,  and 
which  received  the  portion  on  the  score 
of  the  caduca.  The  Jiscits  appears  as 
exercising  the  same  right  in  the  frag- 
ments that  we  possess  of  jurists  anterior 
to  Caracalla  (Dig.  30,  DC,  h-gat.,  96, 
§  1);  GaiusfDig.  49,  14,  I)e  jure  fsoi, 
14);  Junius  Mauritianus  (ibid.  15,  §  5  ; 
and  in  a  decree  and  constitution  of  Scp- 


mentioned  by  Ulpian  (ibid.  25).  It  is 
easy  to  say  that  it  is  Tribonian  who 
has  used  the  word  ji'ciis  instead  of 
arcirivm  in  every  place  in  his  frag- 
ments ;  but  how  does  it  happen  that 
in  the  very  chapter,  JJe  jure  Jisci, 
he  so  frequently  employs  the  word 
cprarium,  which  is  to  be  met  with  in 
almost  every  paragraph  in  a  text  of 
Junius  Mauritianus  (ibid.  15,  §§  1,  3, 
4,  5,  C),  and  in  another  of  Valcns  (ibid. 
42).  And,  besides,  even  in  the  time 
of  Justinian  this  practice  of  substitution 
was  prevalent,  for  we  find  in  the  text 
of  a  constitution  of  that  emperor  the 
two  words  used  as  synonymous:  "Bone 
a  Zenone  diva;  memorise  Jisctdibus 
alicnationibus  prospectum  est,  ne  ho- 
mines qui  ex  nostro  ccrarlo  donationia 
vcl  cmpLioiiis  .  .  .  uccipiuui  '{  " 


350  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

distinctly  enunciated,  which  proves  that  the  constitution  of 
Caracalla  had  not  suppressed  it.  The  fact  is,  that  after  the 
principle  was  admitted  by  the  emperor  that  the  people  by  the 
law  of  investiture  transferred  to  the  emperor  all  their  powers 
and  all  their  rights,  it  remained  the  custom  to  speak  of  the 
"  rights  of  the  people,"  but  this  was  equivalent  to  saying  the 
"  rights  of  the  prince."  For,  though  preserving  the  duality  of 
terms  and  the  notion  of  personal  administration,  tlaejiscus  was 
the  sole  reality. 

In  the  second  place,  in  order  to  sustain  this  strained  inter- 
pretation we  must  not  only  suppose  interpolation  on  the  part  of 
Tribonian  in  a  great  number  of  the  texts  of  the  Digest,  but 
must  warp  the  phrase  of  Ulpian  in  order  to  turn  it  from  its 
natural  meaning,  and  by  so  doing  destroy  the  connection. 

In  the  third  place,  we  should  try  in  vain  to  rearrange  that 
sentence.  In  any  attempt  to  punctuate  and  twist  it  according 
to  our  fancy,  to  make  its  parts  undergo  the  exercises  to  which  a 
clown  submits  his  limbs,  there  will  always  be  found  a  word 
which  will  baffle  our  best  endeavours,  the  word  omnia.  This 
omnia  is  of  itself  a  rock  on  which  is  wrecked  the  strained  in- 
terpretation. "  Omnia,  sed  servato  jure  antiquo  liberis  et 
parentibus,"  can  be  well  understood,  and  is  perfectly  correct  if 
the  constitution  of  Caracalla  suppressed  the  rights  of  the  patres 
in  claiming  the  caduca;  but  if  it  maintained  them  it  becomes 
radically  false ;  the  treasury  does  not  claim  all  the  caduca,  since, 
before  it,  come  the  claims  of  a  whole  series  of  persons  having 
children  beneficiaries  under  the  same  will.  Can  anyone  pretend 
to  say  that  the  word  omnia  only  concerns  arrangements  between 
the  cerarium  and  ihejiscus  ?  Then  there  must  formerly  have 
been  a  division  of  the  caduca  between  the  two,  the  treasury 
thenceforth  taking  the  whole  :  this  is  nothing  but  hypothesis. 
Suppose  we  accept  the  hypothesis,  in  what  position  is  the 
jurist,  who  has  the  reputation  for  logical  accuracy  ?  He  is 
treating  of  the  subject  de  caducis,  and  gives  in  his  first 
paragraph  the  detailed  definition  of  the  caduca,  and  then 
immediately  adds,  in  his  second  paragraph,  "  Ilodlc  omnia 
caduca  Jisco  vindicantur"  without  any  indication  or  warning 
that  there  is 'a  whole  series  of  persons  enjoying  the  rights  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  35 1 

paternity,  whose  claims  come  before  that  of  the  treasury,  as  if 
they  had  no  existence  ?  Let  us  assume,  on  the  contrary,  that 
those  rights  of  paternity,  at  the  moment  to  which  that  hodie 
refers,  were  suppressed,  and  the  difficulty  disappears. 

417.  It  remains,  however,  for  us  to  say  a  word  about  the 
objection  by  which  this  lame  interpretation  is  supported.  We 
do  not  speak  of  the  fragment  De  jure  fisci,  as  there  is  nothing 
to  authorize  us  in  placing  it  posterior  to  the  constitution  of 
Caracalla,  but  of  the  two  pai*agraphs  taken  from  the  Regulce  of 
Ulpian,  in  which  can  still  be  read  the  mention  of  the  right  of 
the  pat  res  to  the  claim  for  the  caduca.  As  to  those  two 
paragraphs  we  might  confine  ourselves  to  pointing  out  the 
incidental  character,  already  noticed,  of  the  allusion  and  the 
forced  manner,  so  to  speak,  in  which  this  incidental  mention 
has  been  historically  brought  in.  That  would,  perhaps,  be  the 
best  explanation.  We  must  be,  however,  permitted  to  make 
one  conjecture  which,  among  so  many  others,  is  perfectly  allow- 
able. It  is  very  well  known  that  Ulpian,  as  well  as  Paul, 
assessor  of  Papinian,  who  had  already  earned  distinction  under 
Septimius  Severus,  and  whose  life  was  prolonged  to  the  time  of 
Alexander,  had  written  before  as  well  as  during  and  after  the 
reign  of  Caracalla.  Let  us  suppose  his  manuscript  of  the 
Regulce  to  have  been  composed  before  the  constitution  of  that 
prince ;  this  constitution  is  then  enacted,  the  author  effaces  in 
the  special  title  De  caducis  what  he  had  said  of  the  rights  of 
the  patres,  and  writes :  "  Hodie  ex  constitutione  imperatoris 
Antoniiti  omnia  caduca  Jisco  vindicantur,  salvo  jure  antiquo 
liberis  et  parentibus"  Perhaps,  also,  he  makes  the  same  sup- 
pression in  certain  passages  of  some  importance,  but  in  two 
isolated  paragraphs  there  remains  the  incidental  mention  of 
that  right,  although  suppressed,  and  it  is  in  this  condition  that 
the  manuscript  reproduced  by  the  copyists  is  put  into  circula- 
tion. These  are  accidents  which  even  with  us  moderns,  who 
enjoy  the  art  of  printing  and  the  power  of  bringing  out  new 
editions,  frequently  occur  with  respect  to  new  laws  that  sud- 
denly change  old  systems :  without  mentioning  old  editions  kept 
in  use  subsequently  to  these  changes,  on  which  the  corrections 


352  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

are  only  made  with  the  help  of  references  or  tables  ot  errata. 
Now,  the  ancients  had  not  even  that  remedy ;  their  corrections 
had  to  be  made  by  the  hand,  as  we  do  ours  on  our  manuscripts 
or  on  the  margin  of  our  books.  However  this  conjecture  may 
be  received,  everybody  will  admit  that  if  the  right  of  the  patres 
to  the  claim  of  the  caduca  was  still  in  existence  at  the  time 
when  Ulpian  brought  out  his  Regulce,  the  place  to  treat  of  it 
was  not  that  in  which  there  might  be  an  incidental  and  purely 
nominal  mention  of  it,  but  in  a  prominent  position  under  the 
title  De  caducis,  after  the  detailed  definition  given  by  Ulpian 
of  what  was  understood  by  caduca  and  before  the  claim  of  the 
treasury  was  alluded  to,  since  that  claim  only  came  in  for  want 
of  the  patres.  It  is  impossible  to  explain  otherwise  than 
by  the  suppression  of  these  rights  of  patres,  how  it  happens 
that  Ulpian,  who  wrote  twenty  books  on  the  leges  Julia  et 
Papia,  preserves  an  absolute  silence  on  the  subject  at  the  very 
place  in  his  Regula  where  it  was  indispensable  to  speak  of 
them ;  how  Paul,  who  wrote  ten  books  on  the  same  laws,  pre- 
serves in  his  Sententice  the  same  silence  under  the  headings 
which  most  strongly  suggested  their  mention,  as  those  on  the 
institution  of  heirs,  upon  legacies  and  upon  fideicommissa. 
This  suppression,  by  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  is  therefore 
demonstrated,  as  it  appears  to  us. 

418.  But  the  question  may  be  asked,  whether  it  was  of 
permanent  duration,  or  whether  it  was  not  revoked  subse- 
quently to  the  reign  of  Caracalla?  This  is  a  point  in  the 
history  of  law  on  which,  for  want  of  sufficient  documentary  evi- 
dence, it  is  impossible  to  assert  anything.  There  are  a  few 
words  taken  from  the  Novella  of  Justinian,  announcing  the 
abolition  of  the  last  vestiges  of  the  legislation  on  the  caduca, 
which  might  suggest  the  belief  that  the  right  of  the  patres  had 
existed  until  that  time ;  as  for  ourselves,  we  can  scarcely 
accept  such  as  the  fact ;  we  interpret  in  a  different  way 
the  NovellcB  of  Justinian,  and  yet  we  are  inclined  to  suppose, 
without  being  certain  of  it,  that  the  fiscal  innovation  of  Cara- 
calla did  not  survive  him  long.  Dion  Cassius  has  said  of 
Macrin,  his  successor,  that  he  abolished  the  provisions  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  353 

Caracalla  as  to  inheritances  and  enfranchisement.1  Although 
the  historian  here  alludes  to  the  tax  of  the  twentieth,  which 
Caracalla  had  doubled,  and  which  Macrin  brought  back  to  its 
primitive  rate,  we  may  be  allowed  to  give  that  sentence  a  more 
general  sense  and  to  view  it  as  comprising  also  the  provisions 
relating  to  inhabitants  and  to  caducary  legacies.  Macrin  was 
the  assassin  of  Caracalla;  it  was  necessary  for  him  to  gain 
popularity  at  his  expense.  Everybody  knew  Caracalla  had 
been  poniarded.  The  reign  of  Macrin,  short  as  it  was,  was  a 
reactionary  period  as  regarded  his  predecessor.  He  was  some- 
what versed  in  the  law ;  he  had  been  consul  for  the  treasury,  pro- 
curator of  the  ararium,  and  he  used  to  say  that  it  was  shameful 
to  consider  as  laws  the  orders  of  a  Commodus  and  a  Caracalla.2 
It  is  not  therefore  without  probability  that  among  the  provi- 
sions of  Caracalla  on  inheritances,  which  he  abolished,  were 
comprised  those  relating  to  institutions  and  to  caducary  lega- 
cies, in  which  matters  he  very  likely  had,  as  well  as  in  the  tax 
of  the  twentieth,  restored  the  old  law.  There  is  another 
emperor  as  to  whom,  in  default  of  Macrin,  a  similar  supposition 
is  also  admissible,  and  that  is  Alexander  Severus,  who,  Lam- 
pridius  tells  us,  sanctioned  a  great  number  of  laws,  characterized 
by  moderation,  on  the  rights  of  the  treasury  and  of  the  people.3 
If  we  consider  how  onerous  and  intolerable  must  have  been 
that  claim  of  all  the  caduca  by  the  treasury  in  testamentary 
successions,  we  shall  not  be  astonished  to  find  that  everybody 
was  impatient  to  be  freed  from  it.  With  the  entire  disqualifi- 
cation of  every  person  not  actually  married,  plus  the  liability  to 
disqualification  of  one-half  of  all  persons  married  but  having  no 
children,  plus  the  other  causes  of  liability  to  disqualification 
or  quasi  liability, — and  taking  into  consideration  the  fact  of  the 
treasury  setting  aside,  for  those  portions  caduca  or  quasi  caduca, 
everyone,  even  those  who  had  children,  with  the  exception  of 
the  ancestors  or  the  descendants  to  the  third  degree,  and  appro- 
priating them  all  for  itself, — there  was  no  longer  any  security  for 

1  Vide  §  405  and  reference.  pridius,  Life  of  Diadumeniamis,  §  4. 

*  J.  Capitolinns,  Life  of  3facrinns,  3  Lampridius,    Life    of   Alexander 

§  4  and  §  13:  "Nefas  esse  dicens  leges  Secerns,  §  15:  "  Leges  de  jure  populi 

videri  Comraodi  et  Caracalla;  et  hoiui-  et  fisci  moderatas  et  infmitas  sanxit." 
num  imperitorum  volunrates."    Lam- 

A  A 


354  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

any  testator.  A  dissolution  of  marriage,  the  death  of  a  child, 
of  an  appointed  heir  or  of  a  legatee,  baffled  the  precautions 
taken  by  the  testator,  and  swept  the  inheritances  down  into  the 
gulf  of  the  treasury.  It  was  not  without  danger  that  they 
confined  their  testamentary  gifts  to  the  nearest  relatives  who 
enjoyed  the  exception,  or  even  to  ancestors  or  descendants  who 
enjoyed  the  jus  antiguum ;  their  death  before  the  opening  of 
the  will,  or  their  refusal,  would  also  open  that  gulf.  Indeed, 
with  that  gulf  before  them  the  best  way  was  to  remain  intestate. 
And  a  great  restriction  in  the  use  of  wills,  to  which  the  Romans 
were  so  attached,  could  not  fail  to  be  the  result  of  the  caducary 
laws,  aggravated  by  the  power  of  the  treasury.  Such  is  the 
body  of  reasons  which  even,  in  the  absence  of  any  formal  docu- 
ment, makes  us  believe  that  this  fiscal  absorption,  conceived  by 
Caracalla,  was  only  temporary,  and  did  not  escape  the  rescind- 
ing power  of  his  immediate  successors.  It  is  to  another  period, 
that  of  the  Christian  legislation  inaugurated  by  Constantino, 
that  it  appears  to  us  more  conformable  with  the  general  course 
of  events  to  attribute  at  once  the  suppression  of  the  penalty 
imposed  on  celibacy  and  on  the  misfortune  of  not  having 
children,  a  suppression  for  which  we  possess  an  express  consti- 
tution, and  the  complete  disappearance  of  the  privilege  of  the 
patres  in  the  claim  to  the  caduca.1 

JURISTS:  VENULEIUS  SATURNINUS  (frag.  71). 

419.  ULPIAN  and  PAUL  (Domitius  Ulpianus,  frag.  2462); 
(Julius  Paulus,  frag.  2083).  The  former  was  a  native  of  Tyre, 
the  latter  of  Padua.  Rivals  in  talent  and  in  fame,  both  lived 
in  the  time  of  Papinian,  whose  assessors  they  both  were  ;  both 
ascended  through  the  various  dignities  of  the  empire  to  the  post 
of  praetorian  prefect.  Both  composed  several  works,  which 
were  laid  under  contribution  by  the  compilers  of  the  Pandects, 
and  critical  notes  on  the  books  of  Papinian,  which,  later,  were 
rescinded  by  two  imperial  constitutions  and  denuded  of  all 
authority.  Each  wrote  an  elementary  work,  fragments  of 
which  have  reached  us,  and  which,  taking  their  place  by  the  side 

1  Vide  §  480. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  355 

of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  constitute  the  sources  whence  we  must 
study  the  jurisprudence  of  that  time.  The  work  of  Ulpian 
bears  the  name  of  Liber  singularis  regularum  Ulpiani,  or 
simply  Fragmenta  Ulpiani ;  that  of  Paul  is  entitled  Julii 
Pauli  sententiarum  receptarum  libri  V,  or  simply  Pauli  sen- 
tentiarum  libri  V. 

JURISTS  :  Callistratus  (frag.  99). 

^Elius  Marcianus  (frag.  275). 

Florentinus  (frag.  42). 

^Emilius  Macer  (frag.  62). 

Herennius  Modestinus  (frag.  345). 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  217.  MACRINUS  (OPILIUS  MACRINUS). 
„    218.  HELIOGABALUS  (M.  AURELIUS  ANTONINUS,  coy  no- 
mine HELIOGABALUS). 
„    222.  ALEXANDER     SEVERUS    (AURELIUS    ALEXANDER 

SEVERUS). 

420.  Having  attained  the  empire  at  the  age  of  sixteen, 
Alexander  Severus  surrounded  himself  with  wise  counsellors 
and  illustrious  jurists,  among  whom  was  Ulpian.  He  kept  alive 
for  a  few  years  longer  the  influence  of  literature,  the  sciences 
and  the  law,  which  after  him  disappeared  for  a  long  time.  And 
therefore  those  who  confine  their  study  of  the  law  to  the  law 
itself,  without  tracing  its  connection  with  political  events,  mark 
his  death  as  the  advent  of  a  new  period.  And,  indeed,  it  was 
under  the  emperors  whose  names  we  have  just  perused, — under 
the  protection  of  Adrian,  of  Antoninus  Pius,  of  Marcus  Aure- 
lius,  of  Septimius  Severus, — that  the  study  of  jurisprudence 
reached  its  highest  pitch.  The  jurists  were  multiplying  and  so 
were  their  disciples.  It  was  no  longer  by  simply  following  the 
practice  of  the  bar  that  the  latter  trained  themselves,  but  oral 
lessons  had  developed  in  a  series  of  lectures  the  principles  of  the 
science.1  Perhaps  the  professors,  whose  lessons  had  at  first 
been  paid  for  only  by  the  pupils  themselves,  already  received 
fees  from  the  public  treasury,  and  Marcus  Aurelius,  who  created 
public  professorships  for  eloquence  and  for  philosophy,  had  per- 

1  Vide  §  3-17. 
A  A  2 


356  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

haps  done  the  same  for  law.  New  works  came  out  every  day ; 
they  were  commentaries  on  the  edicts  of  the  praetors  or  of  the 
proconsuls  (ad  edictum  ;  ad  edictum  provinciale] ;  treatises  on 
the  functions  of  the  magistrates  (De  officio  prafecti  urbi,  pro- 
consults,  &c.);  extensive  works  on  the  whole  body  of  law 
(Diyesta,  Pandectce)  ;  or,  lastly,  abridgments,  elementary  lessons 
(Institutiones,  Regulce,  Sentential).  The  jurists  rose  to  the 
highest  offices ;  they  were  counsellors  of  the  emperor,  consuls, 
praetorian  praefects,  praefects  of  the  city.  But  all  at  once,  after 
Alexander  Severus,  the  series  appears  to  us  abruptly  inter- 
rupted, and  for  a  long  time  we  meet  in  history  with  little  else 
than  military  seditions  of  the  worst  kind,  emperors  reigning  for 
a  few  months,  made  to-day,  unmade  to-morrow ;  armies  fight  in 
support  of  their  respective  candidates ;  and  thirty  pretenders  to 
the  empire  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  appear  and  destroy  each 
other. 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  235.  MAXIMIN  (Julius  Maximinus). 
„    237.  GORMAN   1st  and   GORDIAN  2nd   (GORDIANUS  I. 

and  II.). 
(Less  than  two  months  after)  MAXIMUS  PAPIENUS 

and  BALBINUS. 
„     238.  GORDIAN  3rd. 
„    244.  PHILIP  (PHILIPPUS  ARABS).     PHILIPPUS  the  elder, 

Augustus  ;  PHILIPPUS  the  younger,  Ccesar. 
„    249.  DECIUS. 
„    251.  GALLIUS  HOSTILIUS  and  VOLUSIUS. 

„      253.    JEMILIANUS. 

(Three  months  afterwards)  LICINIUS  VALERIANUS 

and  GALLIENUS. 

The  same  and  VALERIANUS  2nd,  Ccesar. 

(It  was  at  this  epoch  that  the  pretenders  began  to  appear,  who 
soon,  to  the  number  of  thirty,  spread  civil  war  on  all  sides  of 
the  empire  and  finished  by  killing  each  other.) 
A.D.  260.  GALLIENUS,  alone. 
„     268.  CLAUDIUS  2nd  ( M.  CLAUDIUS). 
„    270.  AURELIANUS. 
275.  TACITUS. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  357 

A.D.  276.  FLORIANUS. 

(Three  months  after)  PROBUS. 
„    282.  CARUS,  CARINUS  and  NUMERIANUS. 
„    283.  CARINUS  and  NUMERIANUS,  alone. 

421.  In  the  midst  of  this  rapid  succession  of  princes,  the 
eye  of  the  historian  must  be  directed  to  two  great  events,  which 
cannot  be  placed  under  any  reign  in  particular,  because  they 
were  daily  developing  themselves.  They  are  the  propagation 
of  the  Christian  religion  and  the  irruptions  of  the  barbarians. 


SECTION  LXXIX. 
THE  PROPAGATION  OF  CHRISTIANITY. 

422.  In  the  reign  of  Tiberius,  the  apostles,  traversing  the 
provinces  of  the  empire,  had  spread  everywhere  around  them 
the  new  religion  which  they  preached.     This  system  of  pure 
morality,  with  its  grand  conception  of  the  Deity,  struck  the  minds 
and  covered  with  shame  and  ridicule  the  religious  system  and  the 
gods  of  paganism.     As  a  faith,  polytheism,  already  abandoned 
by  philosophy  and  by  the  higher  classes  of  Roman  society,  was 
disappearing  day  by  day.     It  no  longer  existed  except  as  an 
institution,  as  an  external  worship,  in  the  habits  and  practices 
of  public  and  of  private  life.     The  creed  of  the  apostles,  which 
was  destined  to  bring  about  the  greatest  social  revolution,  not 
through  force,  but  through  the  mind  and  through  the  feelings, 
attracted  the  small  as  well  as  the  great,  the  weak  as  well  as  the 
strong,  the  poor  as  well  as  the  rich.     The  number  of  persons 
who  connected  themselves  with  it  rapidly  increased ;  the  churches 
in  which  they  assembled  multiplied ;  everything  contributed,  as 
regards  private  life,  to  propagate  the  Christian  religion.     Was 
it  the  same  with  the  government  ? 

423.  This  point  has  not  been  sufficiently  considered  with 
respect  to  political  laws.     Hitherto  we  have  shown  the  jus 
sacrum  of  Home  as  firmly  attached  to  the  jus  publicum,  and 
forming  an  important  portion  of  that  system.     The  pontiffs  were 


358  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

magistrates  of  the  people,  named  in  the  elections  as  the  other 
magistrates,  interfering  by  virtue  of  their  functions  in  the 
highest  affairs  of  the  state ;  the  first  officer  of  the  jus  publicum, 
the  emperor,  was  also  the  first  of  the  jus  sacrum,  the  sovereign 
pontiff.  The  unity  of  the  jus  sacrum  was  not  less  essential  to 
the  government  than  the  unity  of  the  jus  publicum,  for  the  two 
were  intimately  connected.  This  unity  had  always  been  secured 
by  the  very  plurality  of  the  divinities.  When  a  province  newly 
added  to  Rome  had  new  divinities,  they  were  received,  they  had 
altars  raised  to  them,  they  had  priests  appointed  to  them,  and 
the  religious  system  was  not  affected  for  a  single  moment.  The 
deities  of  paganism  were  accommodating.  But  when  a  religion 
appeared  which,  revealing  the  existence  of  a  One  Infinite  God, 
could  not  be  received  without  annihilating  all  the  existing  in- 
stitutions,— a  religion  which  made  priests  independently  of  the 
choice  of  civil  authorities,  which  separated  itself  entirely  from 
public  power,  and  which  said:  "  My  empire  is  not  of  this  world, 
but  of  another," — the  jus  publicum  was  attacked  in  one  of  its 
fundamental  bases.  The  chiefs  of  the  government  were  obliged 
either  to  defend  their  system  or  to  change  it  totally ;  they 
adopted  the  first  of  those  two  expedients.  However  absurd 
polytheism  may  be,  mankind  does  not  so  easily  break  off  from 
error,  especially  when  the  government  of  a  great  empire  is  con- 
nected with  this  error.  As  rulers  and  as  sovereign  pontiffs,  the 
emperors  wished  to  suppress  a  religion  which  threatened  the 
existence  of  the  state,  and,  to  accomplish  their  design,  they 
adopted  the  most  fatal  course,  that  of  force  and  of  cruelty, 
which  after  all  was  suggested  to  most  of  them  by  their  own 
ferocious  disposition.  The  persecutions  of  Nero,  of  Domitian, 
of  Verus,  and  of  Gallus,  only  made  martyrs  ;  the  Christians 
multiplied  in  the  midst  of  sufferings ;  the  light  of  religion  shone 
more  brilliantly  and  attracted  more  respect,  and  before  long  the 
inhabitants  of  that  vast  empire  were  divided  into  two  large 
classes, — the  Christians  and  the  pagans.  When  a  war,  a  pesti- 
lence, or  any  scourge  fell  upon  the  empire,  the  pagans  never 
failed  to  attribute  it  to  the  fatal  innovations  of  the  Christians, 
and  the  latter  to  cast  the  blame  of  it  on  the  blindness  and  on 
the  obstinacy  of  the  pagans. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  359 

424.  The  jurists  who  were  attached  to  the  existing  law  and 
institutions  were,  in  the  struggle  against  rising  Christianity,  the 
auxiliaries  of  the  chiefs  of  the  government,  and  often  their 
ministers  or  depositaries  of  public  powers.  Their  philosophy, 
which  had  come  from  Greece,  which  had  been  naturalized  in 
Rome,  and  had  been  cultivated  by  them  as  the  mother  of  all 
sciences,  had  progressively  substituted  for  the  Quiritarian  civil 
law,  which  was  a  materialistic  system  exclusively  adapted  to 
Roman  citizens,  a  system  more  rational,  more  liberal,  and  which 
was  open  to  all  men ;  but  it  had  done  this  with  the  help  of 
ingenious  constructions,  which,  while  ostensibly  upholding 
civil  law,  contrived  to  push  it  aside  and  take  its  place,  while 
at  the  time  they  appeared  only  to  be  running  parallel  with  it. 
Christianity  was  in  their  eyes  an  enemy  to  the  state  and  its 
institutions  that  required  to  be  combated ;  perhaps  a  rival  of 
their  philosophy  which,  by  the  very  strength  of  its  simplicity, 
it  was  destined  radically  to  destroy.  It  is  however  quite  in- 
telligible that  the  light  of  the  new  system  was  infusing  itself 
throughout  the  old,  without  the  adherents  of  the  latter  being 
at  all  conscious  of  any  such  influence,  and  that  the  principles  of 
the  Gospel  were  indirectly  penetrating  their  systems  of  philo- 
sophy, and  that  even  when  persecuted  and  proscribed,  Christi- 
anity had  a  liberalizing  and  softening  influence  on  the  progress 
of  jurisprudence  and  of  legislation. 


SECTION  LXXX. 
THE  IRRUPTION  or  THE  BARBARIANS. 

425.  The  Romans,  driving  before  them  the  savage  tribes  of 
the  forests  of  Germany  and  the  trans-Danubian  provinces,  had 
forced  back  these  wild  and  untamed  races  towards  the  north. 
There,  hemmed  in  by  the  inclement  climate  and  barren  tracts 
of  territory  on  the  one  side  and  the  Roman  power  on  the  other, 
these  tribes  had  accumulated  till,  with  the  growing  weakness  of 
the  Roman  armies,  the  strength  of  the  barrier  declined.  Then 
came  a  reaction,  in  which  the  barbarians  were  impelled  upon  the 
empire.  Under  Domitian,  Adrian,  Marcus  Aurelius,  Gallus, 


3GO  THE  HISTORY  OF  EOMAN  LAW. 

under  each  emperor  in  turn,  the  barbarians  were  seen  advancing 
on  the  Roman  territory  and  then  retiring  laden  with  booty, 
only  to  reappear  in  greater  strength  and  again  re-enter  their 
forests;  every  day  becoming  bolder,  and  showing  in  every  fresh 
excursion  more  audacity  and  greater  force.  Some  emperors 
bought  them  off  with  money ;  and,  thus  attracted  by  the  allure- 
ment of  gain  and  pillage,  the  Scythians,  the  Goths,  the  Sarma- 
tians,  the  Alani,  the  Catti,  the  Quadi,  the  Franks,  appeared  at 
first  successively  and  soon  almost  all  at  once.  This  was  the 
prelude  to  those  terrible  incursions  which  were  destined  to  an- 
nihilate the  empire. 

Such  was  the  critical  condition  of  affairs  when  Diocletian 
was  called  to  the  throne. 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  284.  DIOCLETIAN. 
„    286.  DIOCLETIAN  and  MAXIMIAN,  A.A.  (MAXIMIANUS 

HERCULIUS). 
CONSTANTIUS  and  GALERIUS,  Csesars. 

426.  Transported  from  a  family  of  freedmen  into  the  class 
of  the  emperors,  Diocletian,  by  his  energy,  put  down  opposition, 
brought  the  legions  again  under  discipline,  drove  back  the 
barbarians,  and  restored  some  stability  to  the  throne  which  he 
occupied. 

He  was  one  of  the  most  active  of  the  emperors  in  legislative 
measures,  in  rescripts  and  in  constitutions,  if  we  may  judge  by 
the  extracts  which  have  reached  us ;  for  we  find  under  his  name, 
in  the  Code  of  Justinian,  more  than  one  thousand  two  hundred. 
What  most  signalizes  his  reign  in  the  history  of  the  laAv  is  the 
final  change  which  he  accomplished  in  procedure,  by  definitively 
and  generally  substituting  the  extraordinarium  judicium  for 
the  formula  system.  In  political  matters,  the  division  of  the 
empire  and  of  the  government  between  the  two  Augusti  and 
the  two  Cassars  is  the  principal -feature  of  his  reign. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  361 

SECTION  LXXXI. 

DECAY  OF  THE  FORMULARY  SYSTEM  OR  OF  THE  Ordo  Judi- 
ciorum — THE  EXTRAORDINARY  PROCEDURE  (Judicia  Ex- 
traordinaria)  INTRODUCED  GENERALLY — PETTY  JUDGES 
(Judices  Pedanei). 

427.  Just  as  the  formula  system  of  procedure  was  gradually 
substituted  for  the  actiones  legis?  so  in  its  turn  was  the  formula 
gradually  superseded  and  finally  definitely  replaced  by  the  ex- 
traordinaria  judicia,  or  extraordinary  procedure. 

The  principle  of  the  cognitio  extraordinaria  consisted  in  the 
fact  that  the  magistrate  heard  the  case  and  decided  it  himself; 
this  principle  was  already  recognized  in  the  system  of  the  actiones 
Icgis  as  well  as  in  that  of  the  formulae.  It  is  the  most  simple, 
the  least  ingenious,  the  least  scientific  of  the  various  methods  of 
judicial  administration.  In  the  first  two  systems  of  the  Roman 
procedure,  however,  and  especially  in  that  of  the  formula,  it  only 
existed  as  an  exception.  The  procedure  by  formula,  which  in- 
volved the  separation  of  the  jus  and  judicium,  the  guarantee  of 
the  juges  jures  chosen  or  accepted  by  the  parties,  and  the  tech- 
nical regulation  of  that  judge's  commission,  was  the  established 
form  of  procedure.  The  magistrate  himself  only  heard  and  de- 
cided the  case  as  an  extraordinary  measure  (extra-ordinem):  in 
cases  where  hisjurisdictio  could  end  the  affair;  where  he  wanted 
to  make  use  of  his  imperium ;  where  there  was  no  given  action 
according  to  civil  law  nor  according  to  the  edict;  and  where 
extraordinaiy  recourse  was  had  to  the  power  itself  of  the  magis- 
trate {cognitio  extraordinaria,  persecutio,  and  not  actio}.  But 
under  the  imperial  government,  when  the  arbitrary  power  of  the 
emperor  was  every  day  increasing,  when  his  will  and  his  deci- 
sions had  acquired  a  superior  authority;  when  the  number  of 
suits  called  or  brought  before  him  multiplied,  when  his  officers, 
his  praetorian  prefects  and  his  lieutenants  participated,  through 
delegation,  in  the  powers  of  their  master,  the  practice  of  using 
the  cognitiones  extraordinaria.  became  very  much  more  frequent. 
The  emperor  did  not  always  himself  decide  the  matters  in  which 

1  Vide  §  252. 


362  THE  HISTORY  OF  KOMAN  LAW. 

he  extra-ordinem  intervened.  He  often  delegated  the  hearing  of 
them  either  to  the  senate,  to  an  officer,  or  to  a  citizen ;  but  as 
it  was  without  the  use  of  formulae,  without  the  or  do  judiciorum, 
and  as  the  person  or  persons,  to  whom  the  hearing  of  the  case 
was  delegated,  pronounced  judgment  in  virtue  of  the  power  thus 
delegated,  having  both  the  jus  and  the  judicium,  there  was 
always  an  extraordinary  procedure  (cognitio  extraordinarid). 

We  may  observe  that  this  usage  had  come  into  vogue  even 
before  the  provisions  of  Diocletian  on  the  point.  And,  on  the 
other  hand,  all  trace  had  already  disappeared  of  the  annual  lists 
of  juges  jures  (jurymen),  and  of  the  decuries,  annually  posted 
up  in  the  forum  and  publicly  exposed.  Everything  indicates 
that  these  institutions  of  the  republic,  preserved  for  some  time 
under  the  empire,  had  by  this  time  fallen  into  desuetude,  and 
that  the  choice  of  the  judge  was  no  longer  exercised  within  the 
same  limits  and  was  no  longer  made  according  to  the  same 
rules. 

428.  It  was  in  this  state  of  things  that  Diocletian,  through 
a  constitution  that  we  find  inserted  in  the  Code  of  Justinian 
(A.D.  294),  ordered  the  presidents  of  the  provinces  to  themselves 
hear  and  decide  all  cases,  even  those  which  it  was  formerly  the 
practice  to  send  before  judges.  This  rule,  which  seems  to  apply, 
in  the  terms  of  the  constitution,  only  to  the  provinces,  was  made 
general  for  the  whole  empire.  Diocletian,  it  is  true,  reserved 
to  the  presidents  the  right  of  giving  to  the  parties  subordinate 
judges,  when  their  public  occupations  or  the  multiplicity  of  the 
suits  prevented  them  from  hearing  them  themselves;1  but  in 
such  cases  the  suits  were  no  longer  sent  before  the  judges  in 
accordance  with  the  formulary  system :  the  distinction  between 
the  jus  and  judicium,  the  regulation  of  the  judge's  commission  by 
the  terms  of  the  formula,  was  gone ;  the  whole  case  was  transmitted 
bodily.  The  formulary  procedure  had  completely  fallen  through, 

1  "Placet    nobis,   Praesides    de    his  mu]titudinem,omniahujusmodinegotia 

causis,  in  quibus,  quod  non  ipsi  possent  non  potuerint  cognoscere,  jndices  dandi 

cognoscere,   antehac   pedaneos   judices  habeant  potestatem."     Cod.  3,   3,  De 

dabant,  notionis  suae  examen  adhibere:  pcdaneis  judicibus,  2  const.  Dioclet.  et 

ita  tamen,  ut,  si  vel  propter  occupa-  Maximian. 
tiones  publicas,  vel  propter  causaruin 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  363 

and  what  was  formerly  the  exception  had  become  the  rule,  all 
procedure  was  extra-ordinem.  The  jus  and  the  judicinm,  the 
office  of  the  magistrate  and  that  of  the  judge,  were  confounded, 
and  the  name  judex,  judices  majores,  is  now  applied  to  the 
magistrate. 

429.  From  that  time,  the  word  actio  a  second  time  com- 
pletely changed   its   meaning ;    and   the   exceptiones  and   the 
interdicts,  institutions  of  the  formulary  system,  lost  their  true 
character.     The  actio  was  no  longer  either,  as  under  the  legis 
actiones,  a  definite  and  symbolic  form  of  procedure,  nor,  under 
the  formulary  system,  the  right  conferred  by  the  magistrate  to 
sue  before  a  judge,  nor  the  formula  conferring  and  regulating 
that  right.     The  actio  was  no  longer  anything  else  than  the 
right,   resulting  from    legislation    itself,  directly   to    apply   to 
competent  judicial  authority  to  sue  for  what  was  claimed ;  or 
indeed,  the  act  itself  of  suing.     The  word  exceptio,  in  reality, 
had  no  longer  any  meaning ;   it  was  no  longer  a  restriction 
made  by  the  magistrate  on  the  power  of  condemnation  accorded 
to  the  judge ;  it  was  a  means  of  defence  which  the  defendant  of 
his  own  accord  presented  before  the  tribunal.     The  interdictum 
also  had  no  longer  any  real  existence.    In  those  cases  where  the 
praetor  might  have  granted  it,  an  action  might  now  be  brought 
before    the    competent    judicial    authority.       In   its   outward 
forms,  however,  the  destruction  of  the   old   system  does  not 
appear  so  complete.     As  the  formulary  procedure  had  retained 
some  vestiges  or  resemblance   of  the  procedure  of  the   legis 
actiones,  so   the   extraordinary  procedure  preserved,  at   least 
nominally,  several  vestiges  of  the  system  which  it  replaced.1 
The   names  remained,  but  they  did  not  harmonize  with  the 
institutions,  which  were  radically  changed. 

430.  "We  find  in  the  constitution  of  Diocletian  the  officers 

1  Thus,   as  a  memorial    and    as  a  though   there  was  no  such   thing   as 

means  of  effecting  a  gradual  transition  sending  the  case  before  a  judge.     This 

from  one  system  to  the  other,  the  prac-  usage   was   abrogated    by   Theodosius 

tice  was  for  some  time  adopted  of  de-  and  Valentinian.     Cod.  Theod.  2,  3,  1, 

manding,  at  the  time   of   having  the  and  Cod.  Just.  2,  58,  2;  Const.  Theod. 

case  laid  at  the  registrar's,  the  formula  and  Valent. 
of    action    (impetratio  actionls),  al- 


364  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

called  judices  pedanei,  as  an  institution  already  in  existence ; 
but  from  this  time  they  began  to  take  their  place  in  a  more 
ostensible  manner,  in  the  secondary  ranks  of  the  judicial  autho- 
rities under  the  Lower  Empire.  Whatever  may  be  the  etymo- 
logy of  the  word  pedanei,  as  applied  to  judges,  it  most  certainly 
indicates  inferiority.  They  were  personages  whom  the  magis- 
trates appointed  to  the  parties  as  judges  before  the  constitu- 
tion of  Diocletian ;  and  it  was  to  them  that  Diocletian  ordered 
the  case  to  be  sent  when  multiplicity  of  business  prevented  the 
magistrates  from  deciding  it.  But  what  were  these  judices  pe- 
danei ?  Were  they  simple  citizens,  appointed  as  judges  in  each 
case,  and  for  that  case  only;  or,  in  other  words,  Avere  they  the 
successors  of  the  ancient  judices  selecti,  who  took  their  place 
when  the  usage  of  the  annual  lists  and  of  the  decuries  was  aban- 
doned ?  or  must  we  regard  them  with  M.  Zimmern  as  inferior 
local  magistrates,  or  municipal  authorities,  to  whom  the  imperial 
magistrates  could  refer  the  hearing  of  cases  of  minor  import- 
ance ?  or,  lastly,  were  they  permanent  judges  of  an  inferior  rank, 
instituted  within  the  province  of  each  superior  magistracy  ?  All 
these  opinions  have  been  entertained,  and  if  we  confine  ourselves 
to  the  first  occasion  where  the  expression  judices  pedanei  occurs, 
we  must  confess  that  it  is  open  to  conjecture  what  sense  is  to 
be  given  to  that  expression. 

431.  That  which  appears  incontestable  is  that  the  insti- 
tution of  the  judices  pedanei  itself  underwent  modifications  in 
the  course  of  the  imperial  government,  and  that  we  must  not 
imagine  that  the  office  always  remained  the  same.  In  the 
system  anterior  to  the  constitution  of  Diocletian,  at  the  epoch 
when  the  formulary  procedure  was  still  existing,  we  may  see  in 
the  judices  pedanei  only  the  successors  of  the  ancient  judices 
selecti,  that  is  to  say,  citizens  appointed  as  judges  in  each  case, 
according  to  some  uncertain  standard  of  aptitude ;  or,  better 
still,  we  may  regard  them  only  as  municipal  magistrates,  to 
whom  the  imperial  magistrates  referred  inferior  cases;  but, 
certainly,  after  the  general  adoption  of  the  extraordinary  pro- 
cedure, they  appear  in  a  permanent  and  special  character, 
distinct  from  that  of  the  municipal  magistrates  of  the  various 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  365 

localities.  They  were  therefore  judges  appointed  to  hear  cases 
of  minor  importance,  whom  the  Emperor  Julian  permitted 
the  presidents  of  the  provinces  to  constitute  within  their  districts. 
Pedaneos  judices,  hoc  est  qui  negotia  humiliora  discejttant,  con- 
stitvendi  damns  prcesidibus  potestatem.1 

Thus  a  constitution  of  Zeno  attaches  them  in  a  certain 
number  to  each  praetoriate.  Zenonis  constitutio  qua  unicuiquc 
prcetorio  certos  definivit  judices.z 

Thus  Justinian,  in  so  far  at  least  as  Constantinople  was  con- 
cerned, organized  them  anew,  formed  them  into  a  permanent 
college,  limited  their  jurisdiction  to  the  sum  of  three  hundred 
solidi,  and  appointed  them  himself,  as  we  see  by  a  constitu- 
tion made  by  him,  in  which  we  can  read  several  similar  nomi- 
nations.3 

Everything  therefore  goes  to  show  that  in  the  time  of  the 
Lower  Empire  they  were  inferior  judges,  invested  with  a  perma- 
nent and  special  character,  on  whom  the  magistrate  could  devolve 
the  duty  of  hearing  cases  of  minor  importance,  by  giving  them 
individually  as  judges  to  the  parties.  The  latter,  however,  had 
always  the  right  to  challenge,  and  to  bring  their  case  before 
arbitrators  chosen  by  themselves.4 


SECTION  LXXXII. 
DIVISION  OF  THE  IMPERIAL  GOVERNMENT — Two   AUGUSTI 

AND  TWO  CAESARS. 

432.  Before  Diocletian  several  princes  had  sometimes  been 
seen  together  in  the  empire,  Augusti  and  Caesars ;  Diocletian, 

1  Cod.  3,  3,  DC  pedaneis  judicibits,  torian  prefect;  and  another,  " peda- 

5,  Const.  Julian.  See  also  Diocl.  neiim  jndicem  prcctorii  gloriosissimi 

Const.  4  magistri  sacrorum  qfficiorum." 

3  Novelise,  82,  DC  ji/dicibiis,  cap.  i.  4  Cod.  3,  1,  De  judiclts,  16  const. 

And  also  the  preface,  where  it  can  be  Justinian:  "Apertissimi  juris  est,  licere 

seen  that  Zeno  had  named  in  the  con-  litigatoribus  judices  delegates,  ante- 

stitution  itself  the  very  persons  of  the  quam  lis  inchoetur,  recusare  :  cum 

judices  pvdanei.  ctiain  ex  gencralibus  formis  snblimis- 

3  Ibid.  cap.  i.,  ii.,  iii.,  iv.,  v.  It  is  in  siniaj  tutu  sedis  statutum  sit,  necessitu- 

cap.  i.  that  certain  advocates  personally  tern  imponi,  judice  recusato,  partilms 

named  are  qualified  "  pedanei  judices  ad  eligendos  arbitros  venire,  et  sub 

tui  fori:"  this  is  addressed  to  the  nrav  audientia  eorum  sua  jura  propouerc." 


366  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

adopting  that  usage,  transformed  it  into  a  system,  and  made  the 
government  to  consist  of  four  chiefs:  two  emperors,  equal  in 
power,  with  the  title  of  Augustus ;  two  emperors  subordinated 
to  the  former,  their  lieutenant,  so  to  speak,  and  their  presump- 
tive successors,  bearing  the  title  of  Caesars.  The  idea  was 
to  secure  a  vigorous  administration  by  means  of  a  political 
machinery  consisting  of  four  members,  each  of  whom  would,  it 
was  supposed,  support  the  other,  and  thus  suppress  military 
ambition  and  mutiny.  This  scheme  was,  to  a  certain  extent, 
a  wise  one,  and  it  would  have  completely  answered  its  pur- 
pose if  four  emperors  had  been  able  to  unite  and  make  but 
one  single  government ;  but,  as  an  inevitable  consequence,  they 
divided,  and  four  different  courts  were  to  be  seen  in  the  empire. 
If,  on  the  one  hand,  there  was  less  want  of  discipline,  and  im- 
munity from  military  ambition,  on  the  other  the  rivalry  of  the 
Augusti  and  the  ambition  of  the'  Caesars  found  a  field,  and  in- 
testine strife  only  changed  its  channels ;  it  did  not  the  less  exist. 
Diocletian  had  chosen  for  his  colleague  Maximian,  a  shepherd 
by  birth,  an  officer  of  his  army,  and  for  Caesars,  Constantius 
Chlorus  and  Galerius.  One  year  after  both  the  Augusti  abdi- 
cated their  power,  and  the  two  Caesars,  taking  their  place,  re- 
ceived the  rights  and  the  title  of  Augustus. 

EMPERORS. 
A.D.  305.  CONSTANTIUS  CHLORUS  and  GALERIUS  MAXIMIANUS, 

A.A. 
SEVERUS  and  MAXIMINIUS,  Caesars. 

433.  We  have  now  arrived  at  the  period  when  the  death  of 
Constantius  Chlorus  brought  forward  on  the  political  arena  his 
son  Constantino,  who  was  destined  to  play  so  great  a  part. 
Before  describing  all  the  changes  introduced  by  that  emperor, 
let  us  cast  a  glance  at  the  past,  and  mark  the  point  at  which 
all  the  institutions  had  arrived  since  the  disappearance  of  the 
republic. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  3G7 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  PRECEDING  EPOCH. 

THE  EXTERNAL  SITUATION  OF  THE  EMPIRE. 

434.  Rome  at  first  comprised  only  citizens  ;  abroad  it  formed 
its  colonies,  its  allies,  its  subjects ;  finally,  colonists,  allies,  sub- 
jects, all  were  absorbed;  since  the   constitution  of  Caracalla 
all  had  become  citizens  ;  it  sufficed  to  secure  that  title  to  have 
been  born  free  within  the  limits  of  the  empire.     Those  limits 
were  almost  synonymous  with  those  of  the  then  known  world. 

The  territories  which  formerly  composed  the  frontier  now 
formed  the  central  portion  of  the  empire,  and  countries  which, 
in  the  time  of  the  republic,  were  outside  of  and  beyond  the 
boundaries  were  now  within.  Towards  the  north,  however,  there 
was  a  limit  to  conquest,  a  limit  beyond  which  were  situated 
unexplored  countries  inhabited  by  numerous  races  called  gene- 
rically  barbarians.  These  barbarians,  when  the  extension  of 
the  boundaries  of  the  empire  had  made  them  neighbours,  became 
dangerous  and  formidable  ;  ever  growing  in  strength  and  num- 
bers, warlike  and  turbulent  in  character,  they  paved  the  way,  by 
often-repeated  incursions  into  Roman  territory,  for  the  ultimate 
downfall  of  the  empire. 

Jus  PUBLICUM. 

435.  We  have  reached  a  period  in  the  history  of  Rome  when 
we  no  longer  find  the  people,  the  plebeians,  and  the  knights, 
elements  of  power  in  the  state.     The  shadow  of  power  left  them 
by  Augustus  had  disappeared,  and  the  body  politic  now  consisted 
of  the  army,  the  senate,  and  the  emperor. 

436.  The  army  maintained  its  rights  by  violence,  and  re- 
sisted any  attempt  to  enforce  discipline  or  to  deprive  it  of  the 
tribute  which  it  had  imposed  upon  the  emperors, — the  distri- 
bution of  largesses.     If  the  emperor  attempted  to  control  the 
soldiers  he  was  assassinated  "and  another  elected  in  his  stead,  to 
be  displaced  in  his  turn  should  he  happen,  like  his  predecessor, 
to  displease  the  troops.     Montesquieu  says,  "  that  which  was 
called  the  Roman  empire  at  this  period  was  a  species  of  irregular 
republic,  somewhat  resembling  the  aristocracy  of  Algeria,  where 


368  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  militia,  in  whose  hands  is  lodged  the  sovereign  power,  makes 
and  unmakes  a  magistrate  whom  they  call  the  Dey."  The  re- 
forms, however,  introduced  by  Diocletian,  the  exhaustion  of 
private  wealth,  and  perhaps  also  a  weariness  of  constant  revolu- 
tions, at  last  put  an  end  to  these  convulsions,  and  the  army,  at 
the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived,  had  been  almost  restored 
to  its  original  limits  and  duties. 

437.  The  senate  was  composed  of  members  nominated  by 
the  emperor.     Despoiled  of  its  ancient  splendour,  it  was  now 
merely  an  instrument,  either  in  the  hands  of  a  revolted  soldiery 
or  of  a  successful  leader.     It  no  longer  preserved  its  adminis- 
trative or  its  judicial  power,  except  so  far  as  either  might  be 
conceded  to  it.     If  it  assumed  independence  it  was  but  for  an 
instant,  at  the  end  of  a  reign,  in  order  to  place  in  the  ranks  of 
the  gods  the  departed  emperor,  or  to  cover  his  memory  with 
maledictions ;  in  order  to  erect  statues  to  perpetuate  his  glory, 
or  to  overthrow  those  which,  during  his  life,  he  had  erected  to 
himself.     Nor  was  it  free  to  exercise  its  judgment,  when  the 
question  of  the  shame  or  the  glory  of  the  deceased  prince  was 
anything  but  a  matter  of  indifference  to  him  by  whom  he  was 
succeeded. 

438.  It  was  necessary  that  the  emperor  should  be  nominated 
by  the   senate.     Sometimes  the  tie  of  parentage,  natural   or 
adopted,  or  more  distant  blood  relationship,  in  the  absence  of 
intrigue,  determined  the  choice, — merit  was  but  rarely  taken  into 
consideration.     But,  in  every  case,  the  senatus-consultum  was 
prepared  for  the  victor  who  marched  against  Rome  at  the  head 
of  a  successful  army.     It  had  happened  that  two  emperors  had 
reigned  together.      The   system   of  Diocletian,  however,  had 
produced  some  important  results.     The  existence  of  two  empe- 
rors with  the  title  of  Augustus,  wielding  equal  powers,  contri- 
buted to  the  actual  division  of  the  Empire  ;  and  the  nomination 
made  by  them  of  the  two  Cassars,  their  actual  delegates  and  their 
future  heirs,  prepared  a  succession  in   every  case,  regulated 
beforehand,  provided  always  that  no  rivalry  interfered  with  this 
arrangement. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  -ROMAN  LAW.  3G9 

439.  The  ancient  magistracies  had  either  disappeared,  or 
had  become  nullities.     The  consuls,  the  pro-consuls,  and  the 
praetors  were  still  in  existence,  but  had  lost  the  greater  part 
of  their  power  and  all  their  supremacy.     From  the  debris  of 
these  Republican  magistracies,  Imperial  magistracies  had  been 
formed.     The  emperor  was  surrounded  by  a  crowd  of  digni- 
taries, elevated  to  and  retained  in  office  by  his  sole  favour ;  the 
praetorian    pi-refect   united   within    himself    military   and    civil 
power :  the  prcpfectus  urbanus  was  charged  with  the  functions 
of  the  ancient  aediles,  and  had  a  large  portion  of  the  criminal 
jurisdiction — the  prafectus  vigilum,  the   legati,  the  Caesarian 
procuratores  —  in  a  word,  all  the  officers  created  by  Augustus — 
were  maintained ;  for  without  doubt  that  emperor  had  designed 
everything  with  a  view  to  absolutism,  and  nothing  remained 
but  to  develope  the  germs  which  he  had  planted. 

The  principal  magistrates,  such  as  the  praetorian  praefects, 
the  urban  praefects,  the  presidents  of  the  provinces,  were 
assisted  by  numerous  persons  whom  they  selected  and  who 
received  public  distinction.  These  functionaries,  styled  asses- 
sores  (ad  ses sores')  took  cognizance  of  various  matters.  They 
prepared  the  edicts,  the  decrees,  the  epistles ;  in  fact  all  that  of 
necessity  emanated  from  the  magistrates  by  whose  authority 
they  acted. 

440.  All  authority  was  lodged  in  the  hands  of  the  emperors, 
who  delegated  to  others  the  powers  which  they  thought  fit  to 
bestow. 

LEGISLATIVE  POWER. — From  the  earliest  period  of  the 
empire  the  leges  and  the  plebiscita  had  ceased,  and  in  the  later 
times  of  the  empire  the  senatus-consulta  also  disappeared,  and 
there  remained  but  one  single  source  of  law, — the  imperial  will.1 
The  edicts  of  the  magistrates  were  rather  of  an  administrative 
than  legislative  character. 

EXECUTIVE  AND  ELECTORAL  POWER. — If  the  senate  took 
any  part  in  appointments  it  was  but  a  feeble  concurrence  in  the 

1  The  last  senntus-consulta  of  which  Those  referred  to  a  later  period,  even 
we  know  the  date  with  certainty  be-  down  to  Alexander  Severus,  are  doubt- 
longs  totherciguof  Scptimius  Severus.  ful.  Vide  §  ;M9. 

B  B 


370  THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

nomination  or  confirmation  of  the  choice  already  made  by  the 
emperor  of  certain  magistrates,1  and  in  matters  concerning 
which  he  asked  their  opinion.  Some  of  the  emperors  sur- 
rounded themselves  with  a  species  of  privy  council,  styled  the 
consistorium,  who  assisted  him  in  the  general  administration  of 
the  empire. 

JUDICIAL  POWERS. — The  emperor,  the  senate,  the  praetors, 
the  consuls,  the  urban  prsefects,  the  praetorian  prefects  and  the 
local  magistrates  of  each  city,  and  the  judices  pedanei,  were 
the  judicial  functionaries,  to  which  must  be  added  the  college 
of  the  centumviri,  which  had  been  gradually  on  the  decline 
and  was  now  near  its  end.  The  annual  list  of  judices  had 
fallen  into  disuse.  The  emperor  was  surrounded  by  a  council, 
styled  the  auditorium,  to  whom  he  submitted  the  investigation 
of  important  suits  or  questions  upon  which  he  desired  to 
adjudicate. 

441 .  CRIMINAL  MATTERS. — To  the  plebiscita,  enacted  under 
the  republic  against  certain  crimes,  must  be  added  other  senatus- 
consulta,  and  the  constitutiones ,  which  attach  penalties  to  par- 
ticular acts  styled  extraordinary  crimes  (extraordinaria  criminal). 
In  many  cases  the  forms  of  criminal  procedure  under  the  re- 
public had  been  discarded,  though  they  were,  in  fact,  the  ordi- 
nary forms.     The  emperor  himself  often  pronounced  a  decree  ; 
the  prcefectus  urbanus,  jointly  with  the  council,  determined  the 
greater  part  of  the  extraordinary  crimes.     The  senate  was  in- 
vested with  the  power  of  examining  certain  accusations:  for 
example,  treason. 

442.  Eighteen  praetors  presided  at  Rome  over  the  different 
branches  of  criminal  jurisprudence  ;  in  the  provinces  the  prases 
or  president  of  each  province,  or  the  vicarius  or  other  lieu- 
tenant delegated  by  the  prefect,  and  above  those  the  prrctorian 
prefects,  acted  as  judges  of  appeal  representing  the  emperor, 

1  In  the  early  portion  of  the  empire,  participate  in  this  election,  invented  a 

when  the  election  of  magistrates  was  system  of  voting  by  ballot,  the  voting 

still  made  by  the  oomitia,  Augustus,  tickets  being  forwarded  to  each  city  by 

according  to  Suetonius,  in  order  to  en-  the  dccurions,  and  subsequently  sealed 

able  the  whole  of  Italy  the  better  to  and  returned  to  Rome. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  371 

vice  sacra,  from  whose  decree  a  final  appeal  lay  to  the  em- 
peror himself.  At  the  end  of  the  period  with  which  we  are  now 
dealing,  the  system  of  formulary  procedure,  which  had  been  more 
and  more  limited  by  the  extension  of  the  extraordinary  proce- 
dure, was  ultimately  abandoned,  and  all  procedure  became  extra- 
ordinem.  The  distinction  between  jus  emdjudtcium  ceased,  as 
also  between  the  judex  and  the  magistrate,  with  this  exception, 
that  the  superior  magistrates,  in  their  capacity  asjudices  major es, 
in  the  event  of  being  overburdened  with  work,  delegated  the  trial 
of  inferior  causes  to  thejudicespedanei.  Sometimes  the  emperor, 
by  a  rescript,  indicated  to  the  judge  the  decision  that  he  was 
expected  to  adopt ;  at  other  times,  he  would  determine  the 
matter  in  controversy  by  a  decree. 

Causes  were  now  pleaded  before  the  judges  by  the  lawyers, 
who  had  adopted  their  calling  as  a  profession,  and  were  known 
by  the  name  of  advocati. 

443.  The  emperor  had  under  him  the  whole  of  the  provinces. 
Some,  however,  were  considered  as  more  especially  belonging 
to  the  people ;  others  as  belonging  exclusively  to  the  Caesar. 
The  former  were  administered  by  pro-consuls  and  senators ;  the 
latter  by  the  emperor's  lieutenants  :  after  the  time  of  Diocletian, 
however,  the  division  of  the  imperial  power  between  the  Augusti 
and  the  Caesars  brought  about  a  partition  of  these  various  pro- 
vinces. 

444.  The  organization  and  system  of  local  administration 
established  in  the  colonies  and  the  municipia  was  extended  and 
generalized  throughout  the  various  territories  of  the  empire,  and 
at  the  same  time,  under  imperial  authority,  it  had  acquired  a 
greater  degree  of  uniformity  and  subordination.      So  that,  not- 
withstanding the  fact  that  the  rights  of  citizenship  were  now 
general,  the  condition  of  the  people  was  one  of  complete  sub- 
jection. 

The  inhabitants  destined  to  furnish  members  of  the  curia, 
or  local  senate,  formed  a  special  order  termed  curialcs,  or  curia 
subjectL  Wealthy  citizens  could  be  eligible  to  this  class,  and 
their  children  inherited  this  privilege  (curialis  oriyo}.  The 

B  B  2 


372  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

members  of  the  curia  were  called  decuriones,  and  sometimes 
curiales.  Those  called  to  this  office  were  not  at  liberty  to  refuse 
the  summons.  If  they  endeavoured  to  evade  it,  either  by  travel- 
ling abroad,  or  by  taking  service  in  the  army,  or  by  concealing 
themselves  in  the  country,  the  curies  summoned  them  and 
compelled  them  to  return.  Hence  the  term  curies  subjecti, 
which  indicates  a  species  of  subjection.  When,  however,  the 
number  of  curiales  was  extensive,  care  had  to  be  taken  when 
preparing  the  lists  of  decurions  (in  albo  decurionum  descri- 
lendo),  to  arrange  that  the  duties  should  only  fall  alternately 
upon  those  liable  to  them.  In  proportion  as  the  curial  title 
brought  with  it  obligations  and  onerous  responsibilities,  espe- 
cially responsibility  for  the  full  payment  of  the  impost  due  from 
any  locality,  the  imperial  policy  endeavoured  to  invest  the  office 
with  dignity  and  privileges,  so  that  the  curial  orders  came  to 
be  the  highest  rank  in  the  cities.  They  were  not  liable  to  the 
same  penalties  as  plebeians ;  and  from  their  class  were  elected 
all  the  principal  magistrates  of  the  city.  At  the  head  of  these 
magistrates  there  were  ordinarily  to  be  found  duumviri,  who, 
during  their  term  of  office,  which  was  annual,  controlled  the 
affairs  of  the  city  and  presided  over  the  curia.1 

But  owing  to  the  oppression  of  the  government  under  the 
Lower  Empire,  the  harsh  fiscal  measures,  and  the  responsibili- 
ties with  which  the  decuriones  were  charged  for  the  acts  of  each 
other  and  of  the  whole  locality,  the  burdens  they  had  to  bear 
became  so  intolerable  that  the  curial  office  came  to  be  regarded 
as  a  species  of  servitude.  Every  available  means  of  escaping 
this  onerous  duty  was  resorted  to,  and  places  which  enjoyed 
immunity  from  the  privilege  were  considered  as  enfranchised. 

THE  Jus  SACRUM. 

445.  Paganism  was  still  the  system  of  religion  recognized 
by  the  public  law  ;  the  emperor  Avas  still  the  sovereign  pontiff; 
to  the  divinities  worshipped  by  the  Romans  the  senate  added 
the  person  of  the  deified  sovereign,  AV!IO  took  the  name  of 
divinus.  This  class,  therefore,  became  new  deities,  to  Avhose 

1  Cod.  20,  31,  De  dccurlonllus  ct  fills  eorum. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  373 

honour  temples  were  erected,  and  for  whose  worship  priests 
were  set  apart. 

Christianity,  however,  was  gradually  making  its  way,  and 
while  the  political  laws  of  Rome  reckoned  the  profession  of  it  a 
crime,  the  Roman  subjects  embraced  it  with  ardour.  The  time 
was  approaching  when  polytheism  was  destined  to  be  deprived 
of  legal  protection,  which  was  now  its  main  support. 

THE  Jus  PRIVATUM. 

446.  The  epoch  of  which  we  are   now  treating  was  the 
most   brilliant   age    of  Roman  jurisprudence.     The  jurists  of 
this  period  comprise  a  long  list  of  illustrious  men  who  succes- 
sively adorned  the  profession,  and  extracts  from  whose  numer- 
ous works  in  the  form  of  fraymenta  have  been  handed  down  to 
our  own  time,  and  are  still  held  by  all  enlightened  nations  in 
well-merited  regard.    The  revolution  which  commenced  towards 
the  end  of  the  preceding  period  was  fully  developed  in  this,  and 
the  primitive,  laconic,  rude  and  barbarous  legal  system  of  early 
Rome  formed  the  basis  upon  which  an  extensive  science  of 
jurisprudence  was  erected,  imbued  with  the  principles  of  natural 
equity  and  adapted  to  the  civilized  condition  of  mankind. 

447.  It  is  remarkable  that  the  development  of  civil  law  by 
so  many  men'of  superior  genius  and  intellect  should  have  taken 
place  under  the  empire  at  a  time  when  liberty  was  suppressed. 
Is  this  to  be  explained  by  the  fact,  that,  under  a  republican 
form  of  government,  ptiblic  life  is  the  life  of  each  individual 
citizen,  and  the  jus  publicum  therefore  claims  the  first  place  in 
their  attention,  whereas  under  an  empire,  the  subjects  having 
only  private  life  to  regard,  \hcjus  publicum  becomes  a  nullity  to 
them,  and  jurists  therefore  naturally  devote  their  whole  attention 
to  the  development  of  the  jus  privatum,  which  acquires  value 
from  the  fact  of  its  being  the  only  branch  of  law  left  for  them 
to  deal  with  ?     It  is  also  remarkable,  that  it  was  under  the 
empire,  Avhen  the  populations  had  conformed  to  absolutism,  and 
the  jus  publicum  was  corrupt,  that  the  jus  civile  became  deve- 
loped, ameliorated  and  approximated  to  the  laws  of  natural 
equity  common  to  all  mankind.     Was  it  because  a  republic, 


374  THE  HISTOKY  OP  EOMAN  LAW. 

with  a  firm  administration,  and  isolated  from  other  countries, 
frames  its  own  laws  for  its  own  objects  in  a  terse  form,  and  bear- 
ing the  impress  of  republican  energy,  often  in  opposition  to  the 
principles  of  natural  equity,  because  each  person,  in  such  a  com- 
munity, is  regarded  not  as  an  individual  but  as  a  citizen, 
whereas  in  a  vast  empire  like  that  of  Rome,  comprising  various 
nations  and  possessing  no  longer  any  such  institution  as  real 
citizenship,  men  are  regarded  simply  as  individuals,  and,  as 
such,  have  to  be  governed  by  those  general  laws  which  are 
applicable  to  all  mankind,  and  which  are  necessarily  at  the  same 
time  more  numerous  and  more  closely  allied  to  the  principles  of 
natural  justice  ? 

Be  the  case  as  it  may,  this  change  took  place.  The  new 
system  was  not,  however,  framed  upon  a  new  basis,  but  upon 
the  old.  The  laws  were  not  remade,  but  remodelled.  The 
fundamental  principles  of  the  Twelve  Tables  and  of  the  civil 
law  were  universally  retained,  and  the  amalgamation  of  the 
contradictory  elements  of  the  past  system  with  the  reality  of 
the  present  constitutes  the  characteristic  feature  of  the  Roman 
law. 

448.  PEESONS. — The  enfranchised  were  divided  into  three 
classes, — enfranchised  citizens,  enfranchised  Latini  juniani  and 
enfranchised  dedititii  ;  the  second  class  being  assimilated  to  the 
ancient  Latini  coloni,  whose  rights  they  enjoyed,  the  third  to 
those  nations  who  surrendered  to  Rome  at  discretion.  The 
power  of  the  master  over  the  slave  had  decreased ;  he  had  now 
no  longer  the  right  of  life  and  death,  and  the  slave  who  had 
been  illtreated  might  complain  to  the  magistrate.  The  paternal 
power,  patria  potestas,  had  also  decreased,  and  the  father  could 
no  longer,  as  a  general  rule,  either  sell  or  pledge  his  child.1 
The  son  had  begun  to  have  responsibility,  to  be  considered 
capable  of  possessing  rights ;  he  was  the  sole  proprietor  of  his 
castrense  peculium,  that  is  to  say,  of  property  acquired  by 
military  service.  Marital  power  was  almost  extinct,  usiis  was 
no  longer  a  medium  of  acquiring  it ;  cocmptio  had  become  rare, 
and  confurreatio  was  confined  to  the  pontiffs.  Natural  paren- 

1  Cod.  4,  43,  De  pair,  quifil.,  1  const.  Diocl. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  375 

tage  was  that  chiefly  considered  by  the  prastor;  the  perpetual 
tutelage  of  women  under  their  agnates  had  ceased ;  gentilitas  no 
longer  existed.  From  the  time  of  Augustus  a  great  difference 
had  been  recognized  between  the  coelibes  and  the  married; 
between  those  who  had  children  and  those  who  had  none :  a 
difference  which  had  introduced  a  notable  inequality  in  their 
respective  rights,  especially  as  to  their  ability  to  receive  testa- 
mentary bequests. 

449.  THINGS  AND  PROPERTY. — The  distinction  between  res 
mancipii  and  res  nee  mancipii  still  existed,  as  also  did  that 
between  immovable  property  in  Italy  and  elsewhere:   mancipatio 
therefore  was  still  in  vogue.     The  right  of  property  was  divested 
of  its  ancient  Quiritarian  appellations,  and  had  commenced  to 
take  the  more  general  and  philosophical  term  of  proprietas, 
signifying  that  the  thing  alluded  to  was  appropriated  to  a  given 
person.1     Thus  philology,  in  the  three  successive  names  given 
to  this  right,  reveals  the  history  of  the  vicissitudes  and  trans- 
formation of  Roman  society.     Mancipium,  in  primitive  times 
(manu  capere),  was  the  term  used  when  war  and  the  lance  were 
the  principal  methods  of  acquiring  property.     Dominium,  at  a 
later  date,  expressed  the  notion  that  the  domus,  or  house,  was 
the  propi'ietor,  all  the  individual  members  being  absorbed  in  the 
person  of  its  chief  or  head.     And,  finally,  proprietas  recognized 
the   individual   character;   the  sons  being  persons  capable  of 
having  proprietary  rights.     It  was  no  longer  a  question  of  the 
domus,  for  each  individual  might  be  an  owner. 

450.  TESTAMENTS. — The  father  of  the  family  had  no  longer 
the  exclusive  privilege  of  making  a  will,  for  the  sons  might  in 
this  way  dispose  of  their  castrcnse  peculium.     In  order,  how- 
ever, to  be  able  to  accept  without  restriction  testamentary  gra- 
tuities, the  beneficiary  must  not  be  of  the  class  ccelebs,  but  must 
have  the  jus  liberorum,  that  is  to  say,  the  rights  enjoyed  by 
those  who  had  children.     The  civil  forms  of  the  testament  were 
still  retained  in  civil  law  in  the  emancipation  of  the  inheritance, 
but  the  praetor  had  introduced  another  form,  in  which  manci- 

1  Dig.  41,  1,  De  ailq.  rcr.  domin.,  13,  f.  Nerat. 


376  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

patio  was  suppressed.  Soldiers  on  service  were  relieved  of  all 
formality.  Codicils  were  valid,  and  in  such  as  required  no 
formality  legacies  might  be  given  and  fideicommissarii  ap- 
pointed, provisions  which  the  heir  was  bound  to  observe. 

451.  SUCCESSIONS. — The  tendency  of  legislation  was  con- 
tinually leaning   towards  the  rights  of  succession  to  natural 
relations;  by  virtue  of  two  senatus-consulta,  children  succeeded 
to  their  mother,  and,  in  certain  cases,  mothers  to  their  children.1 
The  prastor,  in  order  to  correct  and  to  supplement  the  civil 
law,  continued  to  give  the  possessio  bonorum. 

452.  CONTRACTS  AND  ACTIONS. — The  theory  of  the  four 
contracts  of  the  jus  gentium  being  obligatory,  by  consent  alone, 
had  been  gradually  developed  and  was  by  this  time  fully  ac- 
cepted ;  the  number  of  pacts,  or  simple  agreements  recognized 
by  the  imperial  and  by  prastorian  law  as  obligatory,  had  been 
augmented.      Pacts,   however,   although  obligatory,  were  not 
dignified  with  the  title  of  contracts,  Avhich  word  was  still  con- 
fined to  those  of  the  ancient  civil  law.     The  old  legis  actiones 
had  still  further  fallen  into  disuse,  and  the  formulary  system,  by 
which  they  were  replaced,  at  the  end  of  the  period  now  under 
consideration  itself  gave  place  to  the  extraordinariajudicia. 

MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS. 

453.  There  is  a  striking  contrast  between  the  picture  pre- 
sented by  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Romans  during  the 
republic,  when  every  citizen  breathed  the   spirit  of  freedom 
within  the  republic  and  domineering  supremacy  without,  and 
that  presented  by  the  same  picture  under  the  empire.     But  we 
have  been  brought  up  to  this  period  in  the  history  of  Rome  by 
a  gradual  approach,  and  the  attention  having  been  confined  to 
details,  has  been  withdraAvn  from  the  striking  differences  which 
characterize  distant  epochs ;  the  extent  of  the  changes  which 

1  The  S.  C.  Tcrtulllannm  (Antoni-       right  of  succession  of  the  mother,  the 
nus  Pius)  and  the  S.  C.  Orjrftitiamim       latter  the  children. 
(Marcus  Aurelius),  the  former  for  the 


I  UK  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  377 

li;ul  tliken  place  can  only  be  fully  realized  by  noting  sudden  tran- 
sitions from  one  period  to  the  other. 

Taiight  under  Augustus  to  obey  a  single  individual,  despoiled 
of  all  public  rights,  of  their  ancient  magistracies,  crushed  be- 
neath the  sceptre  of  emperors  or  the  sword  of  the  military  classes, 
and  assimilated  to  all  the  other  nations  which  helped  to  con- 
stitute the  empire,  the  Romans  had  almost  forgotten  the  fact 
that  they  were  once  free  men.  We  now  see  them  seeking  for 
the  approbation  of  a  master,  supplicating  favours,  looking 
anxiously  for  the  rescript  which  brings  them  promotion.  Even 
jurists,  with  their  high  sense  of  justice  and  the  liberality  of  their 
opinions  when  dealing  with  thejusprivatum,  forget  their  wisdom 
and  their  independence  when  treating  of  the  jus  publicum,  and 
look  upon  all  power  as  lodged  in  the  hands  of  a  single  indivi- 
dual. Meantime  religious  dissension  spreads  throughout  the 
state,  spleen,  hatred  and  persecution  following  in  its  wake. 


II.-FROM  CONSTANTINE  TO  JUSTINIAN. 

454.  The  system  introduced  by  Diocletian  soon  bore  fruit ; 
military  emeutes  disappeared,  and  the  constitutional  struggle 
between  the  Augusti  and  the  Ca3sars  was  rekindled.  Dio- 
cletian, from  the  depths  of  his  retreat,  could  observe  the  incen- 
diary at  work,  and  trace  his  ravages ;  he  saw  his  old  colleague 
Maximin  reappear  upon  the  scene  with  his  son  Maxentius, 
both  clad  in  the  imperial  purple.  The  two  Augusti,  Severus 
and  Galerius,  hastened  to  march  against  the  usurpers,  and  in 
the  midst  of  this  turmoil  the  two  Cassars,  Constantine  and 
Maximin,  were  decorated  with  the  title  of  Augustus,  and  the 
state  was  torn  in  pieces  by  the  efforts  of  six  emperors  each 
struggling  against  the  other,  A.D.  307. 

EMPERORS. 

In  the  East,  GALERIUS,  LICINIUS,  MAXIMIN. 
In  the  West,  MAXENTIUS,  MAXIMIAN,  CONSTANTINE. 


378  THE  HISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Death  reduced  the  number  to  four,  A.D.  310,  and  there  then 
remained — 

In  the  East,  MAXIMIN  and  LICINIUS. 

In  the  West,  MAXENTIUS  and  CONSTANTINE. 

Then  ensued  war  between  Maxentius  and  Constantine.  The 
latter  rapidly  traversed  Italy,  and  defeated  Maxentius,  who 
perished  in  the  Tiber.  Constantine  entered  Rome  in  triumph, 
and  found  himself  sole  master  of  the  West.  On  the  other 
hand,  war  was  raging  between  Licinius  and  Maximin;  the 
latter  succumbed,  and  Licinius  ruled  in  the  East,  A.D.  313. 
In  the  East,  LICINIUS.  In  the  West,  CONSTANTINE. 

The  struggle  then  continued  between  these  two,  ending  after 
a  few  years  in  the  defeat  of  Licinius,  and  Constantine,  without 
a  rival,  remained  sole  master  of  the  entire  empire,  A.D.  314. 
Such  is  the  fate  of  ambition  associated  with  despotism.  Rivalry 
ends  in  the  victory  of  one  and  the  destruction  of  the  rest,  and 
the  victor  erects  his  throne  upon  the  ruins  of  the  whole. 

455.  In  the  midst  of  these  wars  the  jurists  still  found  sub- 
jects to  which  their  attention  might  profitably  be  directed. 
Constantine,  after  his  victory  over  Maxentius,  without  himself 
embracing  the  Christian  religion,  placed  it  under  imperial 
protection;1  and  at  a  later  date,  A.D.  320,  he  as  a  consequence 
of  this  protection  abolished  the  disability  under  which  the 
ccelibes  had  lain,  a  burden  which  had  chiefly  fallen  upon 
the  Christians,  many  of  whom  considered  it  meritorious  to 
abstain  from  marriage.  Thus  passed  away  for  ever  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  ccelibes  and  the  married,  a  political  dis- 
tinction which  had  occupied  so  large  a  share  of  the  attention 
of  the  jurist,  the  historian  and  the  poet. 

It  would  be  easy  to  refer  to  various  constitutions  of  Constan- 
tine, but  we  confine  ourselves  to  a  few. 

1  Licinius  also  was  favourably  dis-  edict  urn    jWcdlolanense    was     passed, 

posed  towards   Christianity.     In   A.D.  which  accorded  protection  to  Christi- 

314,  after  the  partition  of  the  empire  anity. 
between  Licinius  and  Constantine,  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  379 


SECTION  LXXXIII. 

CONSTITUTIONS  INVALIDATING  THE  NOTES  OF  PAUL,  ULPIAN 
AND  MARCIAN  UPON  PAPINIAN,  AND  APPROVING  THE 
OTHER  WRITINGS  OF  PAUL  AND  PARTICULARLY  HIS  SEN- 

TENTLE. 

456.  From  the  publication  of  the  rescript  of  Adrian,  which 
had  given  the  force  of  law  to  the  opinions  of  the  authorized 
jurists  when  unanimous,  up  to  the  time  when  Licinius  and 
Constantino  divided  between  them  the  Roman  empire,  about 
two  centuries  had  elapsed.  Between  the  time  of  Adrian  and 
Alexander  Severus,  however,  we  find  a  series  of  celebrated 
jurists.  Confining  ourselves  to  those  whose  names  are  men- 
tioned in  the  Digest  of  Justinian,  we  have  seventeen  who  left 
behind  them  numerous  and  voluminous  writings,  and  who,  it 
must  be  supposed,  enjoyed  for  the  most  part  the  imperial  autho- 
rization. Amongst  them  are  Pomponius,  Scaevola,  Gaius, 
Papinian,  TJlpian,  Paul,  Marcian  and  Modestinus,  with  the 
last  of  whom  the  list  of  the  great  jurists  seems  to  close.  Thence- 
forth the  magistrate,  the  judge,  the  litigant,  the  advocate  and 
the  student  had  to  depend  upon  the  past  era  of  jurisprudence, 
which  was  far  superior  to  that  of  their  own  time.  Legal  inter- 
pretation reduced  to  a  conflict  of  quotations,  under  a  spirit  of 
servility  to  the  voluminous  dicta  of  old  masters,  must  have  been 
a  difficult  and  uninteresting  task.  We  can  in  a  measure  realize 
this  from  what  takes  place  amongst  ourselves  when  our  own 
practitioners  confine  their  research  and  argument  to  a  parade 
of  quotations.  The  rule  established  by  Adrian  concerning  the 
unanimity  of  opinion  necessary  to  constitute  law,  though  simple 
in  principle,  became  more  and  more  ineffectual  in  practice,  on 
account  of  the  difficulty  of  finding  that  unanimity  in  such  a 
multitude  of  authorities,  and  proving  it  Avhen  found.  When  it 
was  not  proved,  the  judge  was  at  liberty  to  make  his  election 
between  the  conflicting  opinions,  and  a  door  was  thus  opened  to 
controversy  both  upon  the  law  and  the  value  to  be  attached  to 
the  opinion  of  one  jurist  over  another.  Among  the  jurists  them- 
selves, however,  the  prevailing  authority  was  Papinian.  But 


380  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

there  were  other  jurists  who,  independently  of  their  learned 
works,  had  become  popular  on  account  of  the  excellent  elemen- 
tary treatises  which  they  had  published.  Among  these  were 
Gaius,  Ulpian,  Paul  and  Marcian,  the  last  three  of  whom  had 
also  annotated  the  works  of  Papinian ;  but  their  notes,  whether 
critical  or  otherwise,  had  only  tended  to  perpetuate  uncertainty. 
We  already  knew,  from  passages  in  the  Codes  of  Theodosius 
and  Justinian,  that  these  notes,  on  account  of  the  great  honour 
rendered  to  Papinian  (jpropter  honorem  splendidissimi  Papinian?)., 
had  been  disparaged  in  the  imperial  constitutions  ;a  when  in  our 
own  day,  amongst  the  new  fragments  of  the  Theodosian  Code 
discovered  by  M.  Clossius,  was  found  the  constitution  concern- 
ing the  notes  of  Ulpian  and  of  Paul :  it  is  a  constitution  of 
Constantine,  bearing  date  A.D.  321.  The  emperor  assigned  as 
the  reason  of  his  disparagement  that  the  notes  had  more  fre- 
quently corrupted  than  amended  the  writings  of  Papinian,  but 
that  he  was  especially  desirous  to  put  an  end  to  the  perpetual 
contests  between  the  jurists  (perpetuas  prude.ntium  contentiones 
eruere  cupientes}.z  In  fact,  having  regard  to  the  practice  in 
vogue  in  his  time  of  accepting  the  authority  of  Papinian,  and 
disentangling  it  from  the  criticisms  of  Ulpian  and  Paul,  he 
rendered  considerable  service,  if  in  no  other  way,  in  this,  that 
he  diminished  the  source  of  perplexity  to  the  judges.  As  to 
that  which  concerns  the  disparagement  of  the  notes  of  Marcian, 
the  date  of  the  text  of  the  constitution  still  remains  unknown 
to  us. 

457.  The  provision  of  Constantine,  declaring  the  invalidity 
of  the  notes  upon  Papinian  by  Ulpian  and  Paul,  and  especially 

1   Cod.  Theod.    9,   43,   De   sentent.  obtraebant  propter  honorem  splcndidis- 

passis,  const,  unic.  Constantin. :  "  Re-  simi  Papiniani,  etc.  .  .  ."  (A.D.  530). 
motis  Ulpiani  atque  Pauli  notis,  Papi-  a  Cod.    Theod.    1,   4,   De   vesponsis 

niani   placet  valerc  sententiam"  (A.D.  prtidentum,    1,    Cons  tan  tinns    A.    ad 

321).     Ibid.  1,  4,  DC  responsispriidcn-  Max.  Prajf.  Prat. :    "Perpetuas  pru- 

tum,  3,  const.   Theodos.  et  Valentin.  :  dcntium  contentiones  eruere  cupientes, 

"  Notas  etiam  Pauli  atque  Ulpiani  in  ULPIANI  ac  PAULI  in  PAPIXIANUM 

Papiniani  corpus  factas,  sicut  dudum  notas,  qui  dum  ingenii  laudem  sectan- 

statutum   est,    praecipimus    iufinnari"  tur,  non  tarn  corrigcre  cum  quain  de- 

(A.D.  426).     Cod.  Justinian.  1,  17,  JJe  pravare    maluerunt,     aboleri    pracipi- 

veteri  jure  enucleando,  1,  §  G :  "  Quoo  inns."    DAT.    III.    KAL.    OCT.   Cox- 

antea  'in   notis  .^milii    Papiniani   ex  STARTING    II    et     CHISPO    II    Coss. 

Ulpiano,  et  Paulo,  nee  uon  Marciano  (A.  321). 
adscripta  sunt,  qua;  antea  nullam  vim 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  38 1 

the  terms  in  which  this  invalidity  is  declared,  was  of  such  a 
nature  as  to  cast  discredit  upon  the  other  works  of  these  two 
jurists.  It  is  easy  to  conjecture  that  such  was  the  case,  or  at 
least  was  apprehended,  in  connection  with  Paul,  who  seems  to 
have  been  followed  especially  in  the  west,  whereas  Ulpian  had 
more  credit  in  the  east,  and  that  the  emperor  was  entreated  to 
explain  himself  upon  this  matter.  In  fact,  six  years  after  the 
publication  of  the  constitution  invalidating  these  notes,  another 
constitution  of  the  same  prince,  with  the  existence  of  which  we 
have  become  acquainted  from  a  passage  of  the  Consultatio  veteris 
jurisconsulti?  declared  the  independent  works  of  Paul,  and  par- 
ticularly his  sententice,  worthy  of  being  confirmed  and  quoted  as 
an  authority  before  the  judges. 

The  provisions  of  this  constitution,  which  belonged  to  A.D.  327, 
are  also  contained  in  the  new  texts  of  the  Theodosian  Code, 
brought  to  light  by  M.  Clossius,  to  which  we  must  refer  to 
appreciate  the  laudatory  tone  in  which  the  emperor  alludes  to 
the  works,  and  especially  to  the  sententice.,  of  Paul.  2 

458.  These  are  the  only  texts  relating  to  the  authority  of 
the  jurists  with  which  wre  are  acquainted,  and  from  them  wre 
gather  that  the  general  rule  as  to  it,  is  that  established  by 
Adrian :  unanimity,  in  order  that  the  opinions  of  the  jurists 
may  be  law  ;  in  default  of  unanimity,  the  judge  is  free  to  adopt 
which  opinion  he  thinks  best ;  as  a  general  rule,  however,  pre- 
ference is  given  to  the  authority  of  Papiriian ;  the  notes  upon 
Papinian,  by  Ulpian,  Paul  and  Marcian,  are  declared  by 
the  emperor  invalid ;  but  imperial  authority  recognizes  the 
other  writings  of  Paul,  of  course,  as  precedents.  Thus,  as  to 
the  special  mention  of  the  works  of  the  jurists,  we  only  see  two 
imperial  constitutions  relating  to  them ;  the  one  to  invalidate 


1   Consultatio  reter.jitriscons.,  §  7  :  auctoritate  firmanda  sunt  et  omni  vene- 

"  Secundum  sentcntiam  Pauli  juridici  ratione  celebranda.     Idcoquc  Scntenti- 

cujus  seiitentias  sucratissimorum  prin-  arum  libros,  plenissima  luce  et  perfec- 

cipum   scita   semper   valituras    divalis  ti.ssima  cloc-utione  ct  jnstissima  juris 

constitutio  declarat."  ratione  succinctos,  in  judieiis  prolatos 

*  Cod.    Thcod.    1,   4,   DC   rexponsig  valere  miniinc   dubitatur."      DAT.    V 

prudentum,  Coiistantinus  A.  ad  Max-  KAL.  OCT.  TKEVIRIS,  CONSTANTINO 

im.    Praf.    Prset. :    "  Universa,     qua;  CJES.  V  et  MAXIMO  Coss.  (A.  327). 
scriptnra  PAULI  contineutm-,   rccupta 


382  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  notes  upon  Papinian,  the  other  to  confirm  the  remaining 
writings  of  Paul,  the  credit  of  which  had  been  damaged  by  the 
preceding  constitution. 

Such  appears  to  have  been  the  state  of  things  for  another 
century,  that  is,  till  the  time  of  Theodosius  the  2nd  and  Valen- 
tinian  the  3rd,  who,  in  A.D.  426,  introduced  other  changes. 


SECTION  LXXXIY. 

THE  GREGORIAN  AND  THE  HERMOGENIAN  CODES  (Gre- 
gorianus  Codex,  Hermogenianus  Codex}. 

459.  Already,  in  the  time  of  the  classical  jurists,  some  among 
them  had  published  works  upon  the  imperial  constitutions  pro- 
mulgated at  the  period  to  which  they  belonged.  We  know  of 
one  by  Papirius  Justus,  who  lived  under  Marcus  Aurelius.  In 
addition  to  his  Institutes,1  we  find  quoted  in  the  Digest  of  Jus- 
tinian fourteen  fragments,  and  two  books  upon  the  constitutiones 
(De  constitutionibus,  lib.  1  and  2),  which  only  contain  an  ex- 
tremely dry  analysis,  a  mere  summary  of  a  series  of  rescripts 
of  the  Emperors  Antoninus  (Marcus  Aurelius)  and  Verus,  of 
whom  he  was  a  contemporary,  without  any  indication  of  the 
dates.  The  principal  of  these  fragments  are  referred  to  in  the 
note.2  We  also  knoAv,  from  passages  in  the  Digest  of  Justinian, 
that  Paul,  who  belonged  to  the  time  of  Septimius  Severus  and 
of  CaracaUa,  published  a  collection  of  decrees,  three  books  of 
which  are  quoted  (Dccretorum,  lib.  1,  2  and  3).3  This  is  con- 
nected with  another  publication  of  six  books  upon  the  same 
subject,  but  under  another  title  :  Imperialium  sententiarum  in 
cognitionibus  prolatarum,  sive  decretorum,  libri  sex.*  In  these 

1  Dig.  2,  14,  De  pactis,  60,  Papirius  2,    De  derurion.,  9;  all  fragments  of 

Justus,  lib.  viii.  Institittioitum.  Paul,  lib.  i.  or  ii.  or  iii.,  Decretorum. 

4  Dig.  49,  1,  De  appellation.,  21;  4  Dig.  28,  5,  De  ha-red.  instit.,  92; 

50,  1,  Ad  municip.,  38;  50,  8,  De  ad-  35,  1,  DC  condit.  ct  demonxtrat.,  113 ; 

minist.  rerum  ad  clvit.  pe rtin.,  9 ;  all  3(!,  1,  Ad  S.  P.  Trebell.,  81;  37,  14, 

fragments  of  Papirios  Justus,  lib.  i.  or  De  jure  patron.,  24  ;  40,  1,  De  manu- 

lib.  ii.,  De  constitutionibus.  miss.,  10 ;  50,  16,  De  rerbor.  signif., 

a  Dig.  26, 5,  De  tutor,  etcurat.  datis,  240;  all  fragments  of  Paul,  Iniperlall- 

28;    44,  7,  De  obllg.  ct  action.,  33;  uni sententiarumin cognitionibus pro- 

48,    19,   De  pnrnia,   40;    49,    15,    De  latarum  libri  sex. 
cajjtiv.  et  postlim.,  47,  48  aud  50;  50, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  383 

collections  the  fact  and  the  emperor's  decision  are  briefly  stated : 
Severus  Augustus  dixit ;  imperator  noster  pronunciavit ;  or 
simply  Decrevit,  putavit  imperator  ;  placuit,  placet,  rescriptum 
est.  We  must  also  rank  in  the  same  category  the  commen- 
tary of  Paul,  upon  certain  imperial  constitutions  issued  under 
the  form  of  letters  or  propositions  addressed  to  the  senate :  Ad 
Orationem  Div.  Antonini  et  Commodi;  Ad  Orationem  Div. 
Severi.1 

460.  There  only  remain  to  be  mentioned  the  two  collections 
belonging  to  the  period  at  which  we  have  arrived,  and  which 
are    quoted   as   the    Gregorian    Code   and   the    Hermogenian 
Code.      These  are   two  collections  of  imperial  rescripts,  ar- 
ranged in  a  certain  methodical  order,  each  rescript  having  the 
name  of  the  emperor  from  whom  it  emanated  and  the  name  of 
the  person  to  whom  it  was  addressed,  the  text  of  the  rescript, 
the  calends  and  the  consuls, — from  which  we  may  determine  its 
date, — and  brief  sketches  embracing  the  reigns  of  several  succes- 
sive emperors  during  a  period  of  about  a  century,  infinitely  more 
valuable   than  the    analytical   summaries  of   Papirius  Justus, 
which  are  extremely  curt.     It  is  to  these  two  collections  that 
the  term  code   was  first  applied,  a  word   which  since,  inde- 
pendently of  its  other  more  general  acceptations,  bears  in  the 
lower  empire  the  technical  signification  of  a  collection  of  impe- 
rial constitutions. 

461.  These  two  codes  had  no  legislative  authority;   they 
were  private  collections  made  by  two  jurists  whose  names  they 
respectively  bore — Gregorianus  and  Hermogenianus.     Neither 
of  these  codes  has  descended  to  us  in  a  complete  form.     Our 
knowledge  of  them  is  derived  from  the  collections  that  we  pos- 
sess in  various  works  of  extracts  that  have  been  made  from 
them,  to  which  attention  will  be  directed  hereafter.2     It  is  cer- 

1  Dig.  23,  1,  De  ritn  nuptiar.,  60,  cianitm;  others  in  the  Mosa'icarum  et 

Paul,  lib.  sing.  Ad  Orationem  Div.  Itomanariim  legum  collatio,  called  in 

Antonini  et  Cummodi;  27,  i),  DC  rebus  the  middle  ages  Lex  Dei;  in  the  Con- 

eor.  qui  gub  t'lttcl.,  2  and  13,  Paul,  lib.  snltatio  veteris  cujusdam  juriscon- 

sing.,  Ad  Orationem  Div.  Severi.  sulti;  some  in  the  Lex  liomana  Jitir- 

3  Many  in  the  LI-.I-  liomana  Visifjo-  gundiorum,  or  Itesjxntsa  Papiani; 

thorn  m,  called  also  Drec'iar'nun  Aluri-  and  in  the  Vatlcanafragmenta, 


384  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tain  that  they  are  anterior  to  Theodosius,  because  in  A.D.  429 
that  prince  ordered  that  they  should  be  taken  as  models  (ad 
similitudinem  Gregoriani  atque  Hermogeniani  codicis}  for  the 
third  code  to  which  he  gave  his  name.  It  is  also  particularly 
to  be  remarked,  that  this  third  code  is,  to  a  certain  extent,  but 
the  continuation  of  the  two  former,  only  including  those  consti- 
tutions which  date  from  Constantine,  that  is,  from  A.D.  312,  the 
point  at  which  the  Gregorian  and  Hermogenian  codes  stop.1 
The  code  of  Justinian,  on  the  contrary,  contains  a  great  number 
of  imperial  constitutions  prior  to  Constantine,  and  there  can  be 
but  little  doubt  that  the  sources  from  which  they  were  drawn 
were  the  Gregorian  and  Hermogenian  codes. 

462.  The  Gregorian  code  is  the  one  of  which  we  possess 
most  fragments ;  and  of  this  we  have  only  seventy  constitutions, 
whereas  it  is  certain  that  it  must  have  contained  a  much  greater 
number.2 

It  was  divided  into  books,  the  number  of  which,  according 
to  the  indices  AVC  have,  was  fourteen,  but  we  do  not  know  how 
many  more  there  were  ;  the  books  were  subdivided  into  titles, 
each  having  its  heading.  As  it  was  the  model  on  which  the 
codes  of  Theodosius  and  of  Justinian  were  compiled,  we  can 
tell  that  the  constitutions  were  arranged  under  each  article  by 
order  of  date.  The  space  of  time  embraced  by  the  constitutions 
which  are  known  to  us  extends  from  A.D.  196  to  A.D.  296 — 
exactly  a  century.  The  first  is  one  of  the  emperor  Septimius 
Severus,  and  the  last  of  the  emperors  Diocletian  and  Maximian. 
It  is  therefore  after  this  last  date,  in  the  latter  years  of  the  reign 
of  Diocletian  and  before  that  of  Constantine,  from  A.D.  296  to 
A.D.  385,  that  this  code,  according  to  all  appearances,  was  com- 
piled. Gregorianus,  the  author,  is  not  known  to  us  in  any 
other  way,  his  name  not  being  found  again  anywhere  in  the 
history  of  the  law. 

1  Cod.  Thcod.  1, 1,  De  constitut'ionl-  2  The   title   De  nitptiis   alone   con- 

bus  prinel/>u»i   et   edlctls,    ~>,    const.  tained  at  least  thirty-two,  from  what 

Theod.  et,  Valentin. :  "  Ad   similitudi-  we  read  in  the  following  passage  of  the 

nein  Gregorian!  et  Hermogeniani  codi-  Collatlo  leg u in  Mosu'icarum  ct  Roma- 

cis,   cunctas  colligi   constitntiones  de-  naritni,  tit.  (i,  c.  5  :  "  Ilanc  quoqne  con- 

cernimus,  quas  Constantinus  inclytus,  stitutionem  Gregorianus,  titulo  J)e  mij>- 

ct  post   cum   divi    Frincipcs    Nosqne  fiix  inseruit,  qua:  cst  trigcsima  et  se- 

tulimus."  cunda." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  385 

463.  The  information  we  have  about  the  code  of  Hermo- 
gcnianus  is  still  more  incomplete.     We  scarcely  possess  thirty- 
two  constitutions,  no  index  of  books,  and  indeed  only  a  few 
articles  with  their  divisions.     These  constitutions  are  all  of  the 
reign  of  Diocletian  and  Maximian,  Diocletian  and  Constantius, 
from  A.D.  287  to  A.D.  304,  that  is  to  say,  in  all  seventeen  years. 
We  have,   however,  in  the   Consultatio  veteris  jurisconsulti, 
at  chapter  ix.,  seven  constitutions  of  Valens  and  Valentinian 
(A.D.  364  and  365)  placed  under  the  heading,  Ex  corpore  Her- 
mogeniani. 

A  theory  has  been  started,  and  it  is  one  we  are  inclined  to 
support,  that  the  expression  Ex  corpore  Hermogeniani  is  a  mis- 
take. This  theory  is  grounded  on  the  notion  that  neither  the 
code  of  Hermogenianus  nor  that  of  Gregorianus  came  down  to 
the  epoch  of  Constantine ;  at  any  rate,  that  at  this  epoch  these 
two  compilations  terminated  and  that  of  Theodosius  com- 
menced. 

Cujas  proposed  to  substitute  for  it  Ex  corpore  Theodosiano, 
and  he  suggested  placing  the  seven  constitutions  in  question 
at  lib.  ii.,  art.  9,  De  pactis,  of  the  code  of  Theodosius,  but 
recent  discoveries  have  shown  that  they  are  not  to  be  found  in 
it.  Various  hypotheses  have  been  hazarded  to  explain  this 
presence  in  the  code  of  Hermogenianus  of  the  constitutions  of 
Valens  and  Valentinian,  such,  for  instance,  as  that  they  might 
have  been  inserted  in  it  in  some  editions,  or  through  subsequent 
additions.  The  whole  subject  is  one  of  conjecture. 

464.  The  almost  simultaneous  existence  of  two  codes  of  the 
same  kind   also  appears   to   require  some   explanation.     The 
question  occurs  whether  one  code  was  intended  to  supplement 
the  other ;  which,  however,  could  hardly  be  the  case,  as  a  certain 
number  of  constitutions  are  indicated  as  being  found  equally  in 
both.     Again,  whether  the  Gregorian  code  was  intended  more 
particularly  for  the  West,  and  the  other  for  the  East,  or  Avhether, 
lastly,  we  need  look  for  any  other  explanation  than  the  fact  of 
two  jurists  entering  into  an  agreement  to  bring  out  a  work  of 
the  kind,  the  necessity  of  which  would  be  suggested  by  the 
surrounding  circumstances   of  their  time,  and   by  the  phase 

C  C 


386  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

which  the  imperial  law  had  assumed,  each  treating  the  subject 
of  his  work  from  his  own  point  of  view. 

465.  The  name  of  Hermogenianus  is  not,  like  that  of  Gre- 
gorianus,  exclusively  confined  to  the  code.     We  find  in  the 
Digest  of  Justinian  a  considerable  number  of  fragments,  more 
than  ninety,  taken  from  an  abridged  treatise  on  law,  in  six  books 
(juris  epitomes),  by  a  jurist  also  named  Hermogenianus.     It 
would  be  satisfactory  if  we  could  believe  that  this  was  the  com- 
piler of  the  imperial  constitutions,  or  the  editor  of  the  code 
of  that  name.     For  the  accuracy,  the  neatness  and  the  com- 
prehensiveness of  the  abridgment  show  that  the  author  must 
have  been  one  of  the  last  representatives  of  juridical  science,  and 
very  superior  to  the  average  writers  of  his  time.     He  himself 
declares  that  he  followed  in  his  epitome  the  arrangement  of  the 
edictum  perpetuum.1 

466.  Among  the  treatises  written  upon  the  reconstruction 
of  the  Gregorian  and  Hermogenian  codes,  and  the  editions 
which  have  been  published  of  those  codes,  we  shall  confine 
ourselves  to  that  of  Cujas  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  that 
of  Haenel,  in  Germany,  in  1837.2 

EMPEROR. 

A.D.  325.  CONSTANTINE,  A. 

The  reign  of  Constantine  was  remarkable  for  the  triumph  of 
Christianity,  the  foundation  of  a  new  capital,  and  changes  in 
the  administration  of  the  empire.3 

1  Dig.  1,  5,  De  statu  hominum,  2,  f.  this  epoch  I  can  with  much  satisfaction 

Hermogen. :  "  Ordinem  edict!  perpetui  refer  the  reader  to  the  work  of  our  col- 

secuti."  league  of  Dijon,  entitled  "  Public  and 

3  Tituli  ex  corpore  Codicis  Grego-  Administrative  Roman  Law  from  the 

riani  et  Hermogeniani,  ct  multo  j>lu-  fourth   to   the  fifth   century    (from 

res  quam  prioribus  cditionibus  habe-  Constantine   to   Justinian}"    by   M. 

rentur ;  placed  by  Cujas  at  the  end  of  De  Serrigny,  Professor  of  Administra- 

his  edition  of  the  code  of  Theodosius,  tive  Law  of  the  Faculty  of  Dijon  (Paris, 

Lyons,  15G6,  in  fol.     Codicis  Grcgori-  1802,  2  vols.  8vo). 

ani   et   Codicis   Hermogeniani  frag-  The  laws  on  the  subject  of  religion 

ntenta,  placed  by  Gnstavns  Haenel  at  form  the  last  book  of  the  Cod.  Theod. 

the  head  of  his  edition  of  the  Code  and  the  beginning  of  the  first  book  of 

Theodosius,  Berlin,  1837,  in  quarto.  the  Cod.  Just.     Several  constitutions  of 

3  For  the  study  of  the  public  law  of  Constantine  are  to  be  found  in  it  from 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  387 

SECTION  LXXXV. 
CHRISTIANITY  THE  EELIGION  OF  THE  EMPIRE. 

467.  We  have  seen  how  rapidly  Christianity  spread,  first 
from  one  individual  to  another,  then  from  province  to  province. 
The  efforts  of  the  emperors  to  restrain  it  only  increased  its 
vigour.  Constantine,  either  from  the  influence  of  broader  views, 
or  from  policy  or  conviction,  changed  the  system.  As  Caesar,  in 
Gaul,  he  had  defended  the  Christians  against  their  persecutors. 
After  his  conquest  of  Maxentius  and  the  West,  he  still  further 
favoured  them :  and  when  he  became  master  of  the  empire 
he  proclaimed  their  religion  to  be  the  religion  of  the  state. 
Thus  the  extent  of  his  protection  and  support  of  Christianity 
increased  in  proportion  as  he  rose  in  power.  He  professed 
himself  to  belong  to  the  new  religion,  though  he  had  not  been 
baptized,  and  most  of  his  nobles  and  of  his  subjects  followed  his 
example.  Then  it  was  that  the  whole  system  of  tlaejus  sacrum 
of  ancient  Rome  fell  to  pieces,  together  with  all  of  the  jus  pub- 
licum  that  was  connected  with  it.  The  pontiffs,  the  flamens, 
the  vestals  disappeared  from  the  court,  and  were  replaced  by 
priests  and  bishops.  The  old  division  of  the  people  into  Chris- 
tians and  pagans  was  not  indeed  effaced ;  but  their  conditions 
were  changed,  the  Christians  finding  themselves  under  the  pro- 
tection of  the  laws  and  of  the  government,  the  pagans  subjected 
to  various  penalties  and  disabilities.  To  the  ranks  of  pagans 
were  now  added  heretics ;  for  already,  in  the  cradle  of  the 
Christian  church,  there  arose  obstinate  discussions  on  religious 
dogmas — a  perpetual  source  of  trouble  and  disorder.1 

A.D.  313  to  336  :  Cod.  Thcod.  16, 2,  De  lum  traclidisse  Romanis  religio  usque 

episcopis,  ecclesiis,  &c.,  seven  consti-  ad  mine  ab  ipso  insinuata  declarat " 

tutions,  from  313  to  330;  5,  De  hcere-  (A.D.  380). 

ticit,  two  constitutions,   326 ;    8,   De  '  It  was  to  put  an  end  to  these  dis- 

Juda>ist  five  constitutions,  from  315  to  putes  that  the  first  general  assembly, 

335  ;  9,  Ne  Christianum  mancipium  known  under  the  name  of  council,  took 

Jud(eiis  hdbcaty   one   constitution,   of  place  at  Nicosa,  A.D.  325,  where  there 

336;  10,  De  paganis,  one  constitution,  were  assembled  318  bishops  and  a  great 

of  321;  and  the  famous  constitutions  number  of  priests ;  the  emperor  himself 

of  Gratian,  Valentinian  and  Theodosius  attended  it.     The   opinions   of   Arius 

(1,  De  fide  cathol.,  2)  :  "  Cunctos  popu-  were  condemned  as  heretical,  but  they 

los,  qnos  clcmentite  nostrsw  regit  tern-  were  not  put  down,  and  were  destined 

peramentum,  in  tali  volumus  religione  for  a  long  time  to  divide  the  empire. 
versari,  quain  divinum  I'etrum  aposto- 

c  c  2 


388  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

468.  From  this  moment  the  influence  of  Christianity  on  the 
law,  which  had  been  heretofore  but  an  indirect  influence  oper- 
ating through  the  propagation  of  ideas  unrecognized  even  by 
those  who  were  subjected  to  it,  became  more  marked.  It  acted 
with  authority.  Although  it  introduced  no  revolution  in  public 
institutions,  and  certainly  not  in  private  legislation,  although  it 
accepted  these  things  as  it  found  them,  yet  in  many  respects, 
and  especially  in  everything  connected  with  religion,  it  sensibly 
modified  the  former,  and  in  the  domain  of  private  law  it  intro- 
duced a  totally  new  spirit  and  tendencies. 


SECTION  LXXXVI. 
THE  FOUNDATION  OF  A  NEW  CAPITAL. 

469.  Rome,  which  had  been  losing  day  by  day  the  imposing 
character  and  the  grandeur  which  its  people  and  its  institutions 
gave  it,  had  ceased  to  be  the  first  city  in  the  empire.  The 
emperors  had  abandoned  it,  and,  fixing  their  residence  far  from 
its  walls,  they  had  successively  increased  the  distance  which 
separated  them  from  that  fallen  capital.  Diocletian  had  car- 
ried his  court  to  Milan,  whilst  his  colleague  had  a  brilliant  one 
at  Nicomedia.  Constantino  showed  still  greater  dislike  for 
Rome,  and  only  made  a  few  fleeting  visits  to  it.  At  last,  when 
left  without  a  rival,  he  desired  to*  make  his  capital  the  centre  of 
his  vast  dominions.  Italy  was  but  one  of  the  extremities  of  it ; 
the  Eastern  portion  presented  more  attractions,  and  offered,  as  a 
capital,  Byzantium,  situated  on  the  Bosphorus,  connected  with 
two  seas,  and  opening  out  communications  with  all  the  provinces. 
He  therefore  selected  that  city,  had  it  rapidly  enlarged,  or,  to 
speak  more  properly,  built ;  gave  it  the  name  of  Constantinople, 
and  located  in  it  the  seat  of  empire.  Abandoning  disinherited 
Italy,  the  nobles,  the  dignitaries,  the  courtiers  followed  the 
emperor  to  the  new  metropolis.  There  the  luxury,  the  effemi- 
nacy, the  servility  of  the  East  soon  appeared,  and  crowds  of 
royal  attendants,  amongst  whom  were  eunuchs,  filled  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  389 

palace.  Greek  became  the  general  language  ;  the  great  idea?, 
the  souvenirs  of  a  past  age  of  glory,  did  not  follow  the  court  to 
the  Bosphorus ;  they  remained  on  the  shores  of  the  Tiber  in 
the  midst  of  Italy,  where,  in  striking  contrast  with  those  relics  of 
past  splendour,  Rome  possessed  little  beyond  a  powerless  senate, 
exiled  in  almost  deserted  walls.  And  yet,  such  is  the  force  of 
habit,  and  so  great  the  influence  of  a  long  period  of  power, 
that  the  names  of  Rome  and  of  Italy  were  preserved  in  the 
laws  as  a  peculiar  favour ;  and  the  inhabitants  retained  the 
special  rights  which  they  had  formerly  enjoyed.  Real  estates, 
or  immovable  property  situated  in  those  places,  were  still  for  a 
long  time  kept  distinct  from  the  immovable  property  of  the 
other  provinces  and  classed  with  res  mancipii.  So  that  the 
emperors  in  fact,  to  raise  up  Constantinople,  merely  granted  it 
the  privileges  of  Rome. 

470.  It  was  impossible,  however,  that  the  change  of  religion 
and  of  capital  should  not  introduce  modifications  in  the  admi- 
nistration of  the  state  and  in  the  various  magistracies.  A  few 
new  offices  were  created  in  addition  to  those  which  already 
existed,  and  of  the  latter  some  were  invested  with  superior  dig- 
nity, while  others  were  debased.  We  have  a  few  words  to  say 
about  the  episcopi,  the  patricii,  the  comites  consistoriani,  the 
qu&stores  sacri  palatii,  and  the  magistrates  of  the  provinces. 


SECTION  LXXXVII. 
THE  BISHOPS  {Episcopi}. 

471.  Among  the  first  dignitaries  of  the  empire  were  the 
bishops ;  their  principal  functions  consisted  in  the  duties  which 
the  humanity  and  the  charity  of  their  religion  imposed  upon 
them,  and  which  is  their  finest  attribute — the  care  of  the  poor, 
of  captives,  of  exposed  children,  of  children  forcibly  prostituted 
by  their  fathers.  Occupying  the  first  rank  in  the  cities  in 
which  they  resided,  and  enjoying  the  respect  and  veneration  with 
which  all  religions  invest  their  ministers,  they  were  members  of 


390  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  councils  which  nominated  the  guardians  and  the  curators ; 
they  enjoyed,  like  the  consuls,  the  proconsuls,  and  the  praetors, 
the  power  of  enfranchising  the  slaves  in  the  churches ;  they 
even  acted  for  those  magistrates  during  their  absence.  And,  in 
fact,  pressing  near  the  throne,  they  often  directed  the  emperor 
in  the  affairs  of  the  state. 

472.  The  genius  of  Christianity,  which  breathes  the  spirit  of 
charity  and  of  conciliation,  was  opposed  to  law  suits  and  to  the 
animosity  which  they  generate.  St.  Paul  advised  the  Christians 
to  keep  away  from  the  civil  tribunals,  and  to  have  their  differences 
settled  like  brethren,  through  the  ministry  of  the  principal  mem- 
bers of  the  church.  The  judicial  organization  of  the  Romans, 
which  allowed  every  facility  to  the  suitor  for  challenging  the 
judge,  and  for  resorting  to  arbitration,  accommodated  itself 
easily  to  this  usage,  which  had  spread  widely  among  Christians. 
Constantine  made  it  a  legislative  institution,  and  invested  the 
bishops  with  a  certain  jurisdiction,  to  which  certain  classes  and 
matters  relating  to  religion  and  the  churches  were  amenable, 
while,  in  other  cases,  it  was  only  exerciseable  at  the  option  of 
the  parties,  and  thus  constituted  a  system  of  voluntary  arbitra- 
tion to  which  they  might  have  recourse  when  it  suited  them  to  do 
so.  Thus  the  episcopalis  audientia  or  the  episcopal  jurisdiction 
was  sustained  by  the  confidence  of  the  faithful.1 


SECTION  LXXXVIII. 
THE  PATRICII. 

473.  Constantine  gave  this  title  to  a  few  eminent  personages 
who  had  filled  high  magistracies  in  the  empire,  and  who  were 
to  be  his  intimate  councillors  in  times  of  need.  Some  imperial 
constitutions  represent  the  patricii  as  chosen  in  some  way  by 
the  emperor  to  be  to  him  as  fathers  (loco  patris  honorantw — 
quern  sili  pair  cm  irnperator  eleyit).  This  dignity,  which  was 
honorary  and  lasted  for  life,  but  without  any  jurisdiction  or  im- 

1  Cod.  1,  4,  De  episcopali  audientia. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  391 

perium,  was  perpetuated  under  the  other  emperors ;  it  was  a 
kind  of  honorary  distinction,  conferring  high  rank  and  prece- 
dence in  the  hierarchy  of  the  Lower  Empire  (gui  coeteris  om- 
nibus anteponitur).  The  emperor  Zeno  designated  it  an  hono- 
rary consulship.1 


SECTION  LXXXIX. 

COMITES   CONSISTORIANI. 

474.  Previous  emperors  had  instituted  a  kind  of  council  of 
state  called  a  consistorium,  which  took  cognizance  generally 
of  state  affairs.  Constantine  strengthened  the  council  and 
added  to  its  members,  who  were  called  comites  consistoriani. 
He  also  established  at  Constantinople  a  senate  similar  to  that 
at  Rome.  This  senate  appears  to  have  been  the  council  of  the 
empire,  while  the  consistorium  was  the  council  of  the  emperor.2 


SECTION  XC. 
QILESTOR  SACRI  PALATII. 

475.  This  functionary  was  a  kind  of  high  chancellor, 
charged  with  the  duty  of  preserving  the  law,  drawing  out 
projected  enactments,  keeping,  a  list  of  the  favours  and  distinc- 
tions granted  by  the  emperor,  preparing  rescripts  and  forward- 
ing them.  It  is  probable  that  the  origin  of  this  office  was  the 
qucBstor  candidatus  of  the  emperor,  an  office  created  by 
Augustus,  and  which  developed  itself  under  his  successor,  and 
changed  its  name  under  Constantine. 

1  Cod.  12,  3,  DC  eonsulibus .     .     .  et  sacrarum  largltionum,   comes  rerum 

patriciis.  prirata/nim,  comes  sacri  palatii,  co- 

*  Cod.  12, 10,  De  comitilius  consisto-  mites  mititarcs.     It  was  also  at  this 

rianis.     The  title  of  comes,  which  sig-  epoch  that   the  name  of   dux,   duke, 

nifies,   properly  speaking,   companion,  began  to  form  the  title  of  certain  func- 

and  from  which  we  have  derived  that  tionaries.     See  Cod.   1,  46,  De  offiria 

of  count,  was  not  applied  merely  to  the  milltarium  judicum,  3,  coust.  Theod. 

members  of  the  consistory  ;  there  were  et  Val. 
several  other  officers  who  bore  it :  comes 


392  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XCI. 
MAGISTRATES  OF  THE  PROVINCES. 

476.  The  empire  was  divided  by  Constantine  into  four  great 
praetorian  prasfectorates, — the  East,  Illyria,  Italy  and  Gaul. 
Each  prsefectorate  was  divided  into  several  dioceses,  and  each 
diocese  into  several  provinces.1 

At  the  head  of  each  prrefectorate  was  placed  a  praetorian 
prasfect;  to  the  dioceses  the  emperor  sent,  to  represent  the 
prefects,  magistrates  named  vicars  (vicarii)  ;  lastly,  each  pro- 
vince was  confided  to  a  president,  who  bore  the  title  either  of 
proconsul  or  of  rector  (rector  provincice). 


SECTION  XCII. 

OTHER  FUNCTIONARIES  OF  THE  EMPIRE. — A  NEW 
HIERARCHICAL  NOBILITY. 

477.  To  complete  the  list  of  the  functionaries  we  must  add 
to  it  the  consuls,  the  preetors,  the  prcefectus  vigilum,  the  pr&- 
fectus  annonarum,  the  prc&fectus  urli,  which  had  not  been  as 
yet  established  in  Constantinople ;   the  magister  equitum,  and 
the  magister  militum,  or  commander  of  the  infantry,  who  had 
inherited  all  the  military  power  of  the  praetorian  prefects :  for 
Constantine  had   suppressed  the  praetorian   soldiers,  and   had 
left  to  the  prasfects  nothing  but  a  civil  jurisdiction.     There 
were  besides  a  crowd  of  noble  servitors,  with  whom  the  emperor 
surrounded  himself,  known  under  the  various  names  of  cubicu- 
larii,  castrensiani,  minister  ianis  silentiarii,  &c.,  all  comprised 
under  the  general  expression  palatini,  or  officers  of  the  palace 
who  were  attached  to  the  emperor  and  not  to  the  state,  and 
whom  we  shall  pass  over  in  silence. 

478.  From  all  those  offices  there  had  issued  a  sort  of  new 

1  Prafectorate  of  the  East,  com-  Pricfectorate  of  Italy,  comprising 

prising  Asia,  Egypt,  Libya  and  Thracia:  Italy,  a  part  of  Illyria  and  Africa: 

five  dioceses,  forty-eight  provinces.  three  dioceses,  twenty-nine  provinces. 

Pra'fevtorate  of  Illyria,  comprising  Protectorate  of  Gaul,  comprising 

Mcesia,  Macedonia,  Greece  and  Crete :  Gaul,  Spain  and  Brittany :  three  dio- 

frwo  dioceses,  eleven  provinces.  ceses,  twenty-nine  provinces. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  393 

nobility,  arranged  hierarchically,  each  class  of  which  enjoyed 
its  insignia,  its  honours,  its  privileges,  its  exemptions.  The 
princes  of  the  imperial  family  were  nobilissimi.  Certain  offices 
which  ranked  in  the  highest  class,  and  among  which  were  to  be 
found  those  of  the  praetorian  prsefects  and  praefects  of  the  city, 
the  quaestors  of  the  sacred  palace,  and  several  classes  of  comites, 
gave  to  those  who  were  invested  with  them  the  title  and  the 
rank  of  illustres.  Others,  in  the  second  degree,  especially 
certain  proconsuls  or  vicars,  certain  classes  of  comites  or  dukes 
(duces),  &c.,  enjoyed  the  title  and  rank  of  specialties.  Others, 
such  as  the  consularies,  the  correctores,  the  presidents,  &c.,had 
the  title  and  rank  of  clarissimi.  In  the  fourth  rank  were  the 
perfectissimi,  among  whom  were  reckoned  the  duumvirs  and 
the  decurions  of  the  cities.  Lastly,  in  the  lowest  rank,  came 
the  egregii.  Thus  the  different  classes  and  degrees  among 
the  nobility  were  clearly  defined.  There  is  a  table  extant,  a 
sort  of  almanac  of  the  Roman  empire,  dating  about  the  middle 
of  the  fifth  century,  which  gives  a  list  of  all  these  functionaries 
of  the  East  and  West  and  their  rank.1 


SECTION  XCIII. 

INNOVATIONS  OF  CONSTANTINE  IN  THE  Jus  PRIVATUM — 
ABROGATION  OF  THE  PENALTIES  AGAINST  CCELIBES  AND 
ORBI — NEW  AMENDMENTS  OF  THE  LEGES  Julia  AND 
Papia. 

479.  Constantino  did  not  confine  himself  to  innovations  on 
the  jus  publicum,  but  extended  them  also  to  the  jus  privatum. 
He  moderated,  in  several  respects,  the  patria  potestas.  Thus  he 
no  longer  permitted  the  father  to  sell  his  child  except  at  the 
moment  of  his  birth,  and  when  he  was  forced  to  it  by  extreme 
poverty.  He  granted  to  the  officers  of  the  palace  (palatini}, 
although  they  were  the  sons  of  a  family,  the  exclusive  owner- 
ship of  the  property  they  had  obtained  at  the  court,  as  if  they 
had  acquired  it  in  the  army :  this  is  the  origin  of  the  peculium 

1  Notitia  dignitatum  Orientis  ct  Occldentis. 


394  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

quasi  castrans.  He  withdrew  from  the  father  the  ownership, 
and  only  left  him  the  usufruct,  of  the  goods  which  the  son  of 
the  family  held  from  his  mother.  This,  also,  is  the  origin  of 
the  peculium,  which  was  called  afterwards  peculium  adventitium. 
On  these  points,  and  on  a  few  others  which  cannot  find  their 
place  in  so  brief  a  summary  as  this  is,  it  is  impossible  not  to 
observe  the  influence  of  Christianity,  which  had  now  become 
direct  and  powerful. 

480.  But  where  this  influence  is  especially  observable  is  in 
the  abrogation  which  Constantine  made  of  the  incapacities  to 
receive  legacies,  a  burden  laid  by  the  leges  Julia  and  Papia 
Poppcea,  upon  the  coelibes  and  orbi.  The  Christian  religion, 
which  did  not  approve  of  second  nuptials,  and  honoured,  as  a 
meritorious  sacrifice,  celibacy,  to  which  it  called  its  most  zealous 
neophytes,  and  a  very  numerous  class  of  persons,  could  no  longer 
tolerate  those  relics  of  the  past.  We  possess  the  constitution 
by  which  the  Emperor  Constantine  abrogated  these  penalties  in 
an  article  of  the  Theodosian  Code,  with  this  heading :  De  in- 
Jirmandis  pcenis  ccelibatus  et  orbitatis.  The  emperor  desired 
that  those  who  were  styled  ccelibes  should  be  liberated  from  the 
penalties  imposed  on  them  by  those  laws,  imminentibus  legum 
terroribus  lib  erentur,  that  the  status  known  as  orbus  should  dis- 
appear, as  well  as  the  penalty  inflicted  on  that  condition,  and 
that  everyone  should  enjoy  an  equal  capacity  to  receive  testa- 
mentary gifts,  sitque  omnibus  (equa  conditio  capessendi.  He 
extended  the  same  provisions  to  women.  But,  on  account  of 
the  risk  of  undue  influence  between  man  and  wife,  he  expressly 
reserved  from  the  husband,  as  to  their  capacity  to  inherit  from 
one  another,  the  operation  of  the  caducary  laws.1  Among  the 

1  "  Qui  jure  veteri  ccelibes  habeban-  huj us  beneficii  maritisct  uxoribus  inter 

tur,  imminentibns  legum  terroribus  li-  se  usurpatio  non  patebit,  quorum  fal- 

berentur,  atquc  ita  vivaiit  ac  si  numero  lares  plerumque  blanditise  vix   etiam 

maritorum  matrimonii  fowlere  fulciren-  opposite  juris  rigore   cohibentur,    sed 

tur,  sitque  omnibus  osqna  conditio  ca-  niancat  inter  istas  personas  legum  prisca 

pcssendi  quod  quisquc  mereatur.     Nee  auctoritas."     Cod.  Theod.  lib.  viii.  tit. 

vero  quisquam  orbus  habeatur :  propo-  16,  l)c  infirmandis  paints  caelibatus 

sita  liuic  nomini  danma  noii  noceant.  ct  orbitatis,  const.  Constantine,  A.D. 

§  1.  Quam  rem  et  circa  femiuas  sesti-  320.     The  same  constitution,  with  the 

mamus,  earumque  cervicibus  imposita  exception  of  clause  2,  which  was  sup- 

juris  imperia,  velut  quuidam  juga  solvi-  pressed  in  consequence  of  the  change  of 

mus  promiscue  omnibus.     §  2.  Verum  legislation  on  that  point,  is  found  in  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  395 

conditions,  the  fulfilment  of  which  would  ensure  to  the  consorts 
full  capacity,  was  the  existence  of  a  common  child.1 

481.  It  is  still  a  debated  question  whether  this  constitution 
effected  the  suppression  of  the  privilege  of  paternity  in  the  claim 
to  the  caduca  or  quasi  caduca,  and  whether  jurisprudence  drew 
this  conclusion  from  it,  or  whether  some  subsequent  constitution 
had  specifically  decreed  it.     Many  of  our  modern  jurists  are  of 
opinion  that  this  privilege  of  paternity  survived  the  legislation 
of  Constantine  and  of  subsequent  emperors,  and  continued  up  to 
the  time  of  Justinian.     This  opinion  is  very  generally  accepted ; 
it  is,  however,  impossible  for  us  to  share  it. 

482.  Without  doubt   a  distinction  can   be   made   between 
punishments  and  rewards.     It  is  true  the  constitution  of  Con- 
stantine speaks  of  one  and  not  of  the  other ;  but  great  changes 
in  manners,  and  especially  in  creeds  and  religious  practices,  are 
always  attended  with  proportionate  results.     In  a  state  of  things 
like  that  which  existed  when  this  constitution  became  law ;  when 
society  had  been  leavened  by  Christian  principles,  when  testa- 
mentary bequests  were  commonly  made  to  churches,  religious 
corporations,  bishops,  and  other  ecclesiastics ;  when  the  practice 
of  devoting  oneself  to  a  life  of  chastity  by  religious  vows  was 
held  in  honour  and  respect,  in  such  a  state  of  society  what  could 
be  the  meaning  of  a  privilege  conferred  on  heirs  or  legatees 
having  children,  to  the  detriment  of  those  who  had  not  any  ?  or 
what  had  become  of  the  abolition  of  the  distinction  between  the 
codibes  and  the  orbi,  every  vestige  of  which  it  was  Constantino's 
desire  to  efface.     The  laws  of  Augustus,  already  more  than 
once  amended,  had  had  their  day. 

code  of  Justinian,  lib.  viii.  tit.  58,  De  solidi  capacitate  inter  virnm  et  vx- 
injirmandis  pcenig  catlibatus,  orbi-  orem.  We  have  in  this  article  of  the 
tatis,  et  de  decimariis  sublatis,  under  Megulrc  of  Ulpian,  and  in  that  which 
the  name  of  the  children  of  Constau-  precedes  it  (tit.  15,  De  decintis),  de- 
tine,  A.D.  339 ;  but  it  is  asserted  by  tailed  indications  on  the  limits  of  the 
the  historians  that  Constantine  was  the  capacity  which  husband  and  wife  had 
first  author  of  it,  and  that  the  code  to  receive  legacies  from  each  other,  and 
Theodosian  is  right.  on  the  various  conditions  the  fulfilling 
1  "  Aut  si  filium  filiamve  communem  of  which  would  confer  that  capacity  in 
habeant."  Kegulae  Ulp.  tit.  16,  De  its  entirety. 


396  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

483.  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  neither  in  the  code  of  Theo- 
dosius, nor  in  that  of  Justinian,  is  there  a  single  constitution, 
nor  indeed  any  mention  at  all,  however  slight,  of  the  right  of 
the  patres  to  claim  the  caduca.     This  silence  is  very  significant, 
especially  in  the  code  of  Theodosius ;   for  if  it  were  true  that, 
under  this  emperor,  this  right  was  still  in  vogue,  this  absence  of 
every  trace  of  it  could  no  longer  be  attributed,  as  it  may  be  in 
regard  to  the  epoch  of  Justinian,  to  interpolations  or  to  sup- 
pressions designedly  made.     We  may  remark  also  that,  even  in 
the  constitution  of  Justinian,  in  which  that  emperor  removes 
the  last  vestiges  of  legislation  concerning  the  caduca,  he  does 
not  mention  the  privilege  of  the  patres  ;  and  yet,  in  that  long 
constitution  De  caducis  tollendis,  he  formally  declares,  and  that 
in  many  places,  that  he  is  about  to  make  a  complete  exposition 
of  the  laws  then  existing,  so  that  it  may  be  well  known  what 
was  abrogated  or  reformed  (ut  quod  tollitur,velreformatur  non 
sit  incognitum}.1     This  exposition,  which  is  long  and  enters 
into  detail,  was  one  of  the  sources  whence  we  derived  our  in- 
formation about  the  caduca  before  the  discovery  of  the  Insti- 
tutes of  Gaius.     But  the  word  patres  does  not  occur  in  it.     So 
that,  in  fact,  there  is  no  allusion  to  what  would  certainly  have 
been  the  greatest  change  that  the  constitution  could  have  pro- 
duced in  society  as  to  testamentary  bequests.     So  far  as  regards 
the  epoch  of  Justinian  the  proof  is  complete,  and  I  do  not  see 
that  these  arguments  can  be  met. 

484.  It  must  be  admitted  that  the  jus  liberorum  continued 
to  be  solicited  from  the  emperors  after  Constantine,  and  granted 
by  them  as  an  individual  favour ;  and  it  must  also  be  admitted 
that  the  constitution  of  Honorius  and  of  Theodosius  runs  in 
these  terms:  " Nemo  post  hcec  a  nobisjus  liberorum  petat,  quod 
simul  hac  lege  detulimus."2     This  is  not  so  general  as  it  might 

1  Code,  lib.  vi.  tit.  51,  De  caducis  spectionem  hujus  articuli  latius  et  com 

tollendis,  const.  Justinian,   A.D.  534  :  subtiliori  tractatu  dirirnere,  ut  sit  om- 

"  §  2.     .     .  Consentaneum  est  et  tern-  nibus  et  hoc  apcrtissime  constitutum." 
pora  eorum,  et  noniina  manifeste  expo-  *  Code  Theod.  lib.  viii.  tit.  17,  De 

nere :  ut  quod  vel  tollitur,  vel  reforina-  jure  liberorum,  constitution  3  of  Hono- 

tur  non  sit  incognitum .     .     ."     "  §  10.  rius  and  of  Theodosius,  A.D.  410. 
Necessarium  esse  duximus  omnem  in- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  397 

be  supposed  to  be,  if  it  is  separated  from  what  precedes  and  from 
what  follows  it;  but  we  must  know  to  what  this  jus  liberorum 
applied.  I  shall  point  out  three  instances  of  this  application 
which  had  survived  the  legislation  of  Constantine,  whose  history 
it  is  interesting  to  trace. 

1.  It  applied  to  the  capacity  of  husband  and  wife  to  receive 
legacies  from  one  another.     The  existence  of  a  common  child 
gave  this  capacity.      Constantine,   acting  from   the   motives 
which  have   been   already   explained,   by   an   express  reserve 
retained  on  this  point  the  provisions  of  the  lex  Papia.     The 
husband  and  wife  whose  union  was  without  issue  continued  to 
solicit  for  this  purpose  from  the  emperors  the  jus  liberorum. 
Arcadius   and   Honorius,    A.D.    396,    first   ameliorated   their 
condition  by  deciding  that  neither  age  nor  time  should  be  any 
longer  an  impediment  to  their  prayer  being  granted,  but  that 
it  should  be  sufficient  for  them,  to  entitle  them  to  solicit  the 
concession,  that  they  had  the  misfortune  of  despairing  of  issue.1 
Fourteen  years  afterwards,  Honorius,  with  Theodosius,  com- 
pleted that  reform :  whether  they  had  or  had  not  any  children 
(quamvis  non  interveniant  liberi),  full  capacity  was  restored  to 
the  husband  and  wife   to  make  to  each   other  testamentary 
bequests  as  their  feelings  dictated.2 

2.  It  was  applied  to  the  right  of  mothers  to  succeed  to 
their  own  children.     The  question  is  not  here  about  testamen- 


1  Code  Theod.  lib.  viii.  tit.  17,  con-  that  the  prohibition  occurs,  made  by 

stitution   1,    Arcadius  and    Honorius,  these   same  emperors,  forbidding  any 

A.D.  396 :  "  Sancimus,  ut  sit  in  petendo  application  to  them  for  the  future  for 

jure  liberorum  sine  definitione  temporis  the  jus    liberorum,    since    they    had 

licentia  supplicandi,  nee  implorantum  granted     the     concession      generally, 

preces  aetas  vel  tempus  impediat,  sed  Cujas   and    Godefroy    were    perfectly 

sola   miseris  ad  poscendum   auxilium  right  in   saying   that   the   only  thing 

sufficiat  desperatio  liberorum."  referred  to  in  this  constitution  was  the 

*  Code  Theod.  lib.  viii.  tit.  17,  con-  jus  liberorum  between  husband   and 

stitution  2,  Honorius  and  Theodosius,  wife  ;  the  provision  is  quite  clear.     But 

A.D.  410  :  "  In  pcrpetuum  hac  lege  de-  we  must  go  further ;  all  this  article  of 

cernimus,  inter  virum  et  nxorem  ratio-  the  code  Theodosian,  De  jure  libcro- 

nem  cessare  ex  lege  Papia  decimarum,  rum,  relates  to  that  same  question  ;  the 

et  quamvis  non  interveniant  liberi,  ex  four  laws  which  compose  it,  from  the 

suis  quoque  eos  solidum  capere  testa-  first  to  the  second,  have  no  other  sense, 

mentis,  nisi  forte  lex  alia  imminuerit  meaning  or  application ;  it  is  sufficient 

derelicta.     Tantum  igitur  post  hrcc  ma-  to  note  the  terms  used  in  connection 

ritus  vel  uxor  sibi  invicem  derelinquant,  with  the  whole  context  from  the  first  to 

quantum  superstes  amor  exegerit."     It  the  fourth  to  be  convinced  of  this, 
is  in  the  latter  part  of  this  constitution 


398  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tary  bequests,  but  about  succession  ab  intestato  ;  not  about  the 
lex  Papia,  which  had  remained  extraneous  to  it,  but  about  the 
senatus-consultum  Tertullianum,  nearly  one  hundred  and  fifty 
years  later,  under  Antoninus  Pius.  According  to  civil  law 
no  right  of  civil  and  reciprocal  succession  existed  between 
the  mother  and  her  children,  since  between  them,  unless  the 
mother  had  not  passed  in  manu  viri,  there  was  no  agnation. 
The  object  of  the  senatus-consultum  Tertullianum  was  not, 
therefore,  to  restrict  the  right  of  the  mother ;  it  was  to  create 
for  her  one  which  she  had  not  before.  This  new  right  was 
only  given  to  those  who  might  have  had  a  certain  definitely 
expressed  number  of  children ;  a  single  child  was  not  sufficient, 
as  in  the  preceding  case :  three  was  the  number  necessary  for 
the  ingenucB,  four  for  the  enfranchised.  But  it  was  not  neces- 
sary, as  in  the  preceding  case,  that  the  children  should  still  be 
living;  it  was  sufficient  that  the  mother  should  have  borne 
them.  They  reckoned  by  the  confinements  (ter,  quaterve 
enixa).  Thus  in  this  case  the  jus  liberorum  was  a  very 
different  provision  from  the  preceding  one.  It  was  also  occa- 
sionally solicited  and  obtained  from  the  emperor  as  a  favour,  in 
individual  cases,  although  the  conditions  that  gave  a  title  to 
it  were  not  fulfilled.  The  constitution  of  Constantine,  on  the 
abrogation  of  the  penalties  upon  ccelibes  and  orbi,  had  no  con- 
nection with  those  special  rules  regulating  the  succession  ab 
intestato.  One  year  afterwards,  however,  Constantine  mode- 
rated the  operation  of  it  by  giving  to  the  mother  who  had 
borne  no  other  child  than  that  whose  succession  was  under 
question,  the  right  of  succeeding  ab  intestato  to  a  third  portion.1 
To  obtain  a  larger  share,  this  kind  of  jus  liberorum  continued 
therefore  to  be  solicited.  It  was  only  Justinian  who  suppressed 
all  these  conditions  of  multiplied  confinements,  and  rendered 
those  solicitations  for  the  future  unnecessary.2 

3.  It  applied  to  dispensations  from  guardianship  and  trustee- 
ship as  well  as  from  the  other  offices  which  might  be  avoided 
by  the  man  who  had,  in  Rome,  three  children  living,  in  Italy 

1  Code  Theod.  lib.  v.  tit.  1,  De  legiti-          2  Code  Just.  lib.  viii.  tit,  59,  Do  jure 
mis  Junredibus,  1,  constitution  of  Con-       liberorum,  2,  constit.  Just.  A.D.  528. 
stantine,  A.D.  321. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  399 

four,  and  in  the  provinces  five.  This  is  another  kind  of  jus 
liberorum,  derived  from  the  lex  Papia,  and  one  which  was  re- 
tained under  Justinian. 

485.  It  is  clear  then  that  there  is  no  argument  to  be  drawn 
against  our  conclusion,  from  the  fact  that  the  jus  liberorum 
continued  to  be  solicited  as  an  individual  favour  after  Constan- 
tino's time  and  even  until  the  reign  of  Justinian ;  the  important 
point  is  to  distinguish  what  kind  of  jus  is  meant,  and  not  to 
misapprehend  it.     There  was  no  reference  whatever,  either  in 
the  conditions,  in  the  aim,  or  in  the  intention  of  this  consti- 
tution, to  the  jus  liberorum  which  gave  to  the  beneficiaries  or 
legatees,  married  and  having  at  least  one  legitimate  child  at 
the  time  of  the  opening  of  the  will,  a  claim  to  the  caduca  or 
quasi  caduca;  of  the  existence  of  the  latter,  subsequently  to 
Constantine  and  even  before,  no  trace  is  to  be  found. 

486.  We  now  proceed  to  consider  the  main  basis  upon  which 
the  opinion,  that  we  feel  it  our  duty  to  contravene,  rests.     This 
is  a  passage  in  the  constitution  of  Justinian,  de  caducis  tollendis, 
in  which  the  emperor  exhibits  his  sense  of  justice  and  modera- 
tion, in  that,  while  he  knows  that  his  Jiscus  stands  as  the  last 
claimant  to  caducal  portions  (ultimum  ad  caducorum  vindica- 
tionem  vocari},  he  does  not  hesitate  to  sacrifice  and  renounce 
his  right.1     Whence  the  conclusion,  so  it  is   said,  that,  inas- 
much as  ikiejiscus,  even  at  this  period,  came  in  as  last  claimant, 
Caracalla  had  not  called  it  in  to  the  exclusion  of  all ;  and  that 
Constantine  had  not  abrogated  the  privilege  of  the  patres  ;  but 
that  this  privilege  was  maintained  and  exercised  till  the  time 
of  Justinian.     In  our  opinion  the  explanation  is  as  follows. 
Caracalla,  in  his  fiscal  legislation,  made  thejftscus  claimant  of 
all  the  caduca.     The  reaction  which  took  place  in  subsequent 
reigns  resulted  in  the  abrogation  of  the  constitution  of  Cara- 

1  Tantum  etcnim  nobis  superest  clc-  prodcst,  hoc  (rci)  pri vatic  nostnc  ntili- 
mentite,  quod  scientcs  ctiam  fiscum  nos  -  tad  prieferendum  csse  censcmus,  nos- 
trum ultimum  ad  caducorum  vindica-  trum  csse  proprinm  subjcctorum  com- 
tionem  vocari,  tanien  ncc  illi  pepcrei-  mnduin  imperialitcr  existimnntcs." 
mus,  ncc  Angustum  privilcgium  cxer-  Cod.  Just.  G,  51,  De  caducis  tollendh, 
ccmua :  scd  quod  cominuuiter  omnibus  constit.  Just.  §  14. 


400  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

calla  and  restored  matters  to  the  status  quo  ante,  and  the 
privilege  of  the  patres  was  re-established.  Constantine  sup- 
pressed the  penalties  on  the  ccelibes  and  orbi,  the  very  mention 
of  which  distinctions  he  desired  to  blot  out  of  the  statute  book, 
and  gave  to  all  an  equal  right  of  taking  under  wills.  (Sit 
omnibus  cequa  conditio  capessendi  quod  quisque  mereatur.} 
Then,  without  any  further  distinction  being  made,  irrespective 
of  the  fact  whether  men  were  unmarried  or  not,  whether  they 
had  children  or  not,  all  were  permitted  to  take  what  was  be- 
queathed to  them ;  but  if  there  were  any  conditions  unfulfilled, 
then  the  caduca  or  quasi  caduca  were  to  be  claimed  according 
to  the  provisions  of  the  lex  Papia.  It  was  the  claim  to  the 
caduca  which  belonged  to  all,  without  privilege  for  any  one ; 
the  treasury  came  last.  The  ancestors  or  descendants  of  the 
testator,  to  the  third  degree,  retained  the  jus  antiquum  or  the 
ancient  right  of  accretion.  Justinian  put  an  end  to  all  the  com- 
plications and  obscurities  between  the  claim  of  the  caduca  or 
quasi  caduca  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  jus  accrescendi  on  the 
other.  And,  while  he  borrowed  from  it,  he  suppressed  what  he 
calls  the  caducorum  observatio,  but  restored  the  jus  antiquum 
to  all.1 

487.  The  reader  may  observe  to  what  the  exceptional  causes 
of  lapse  in  testamentary  dispositions,  introduced  by  the  leges 
Julia  and  Papia,  were  reduced  after  the  constitution  of  Constan- 
tine. In  reality,  by  the  removal  of  the  disqualification  of  ccelibes 

1  "  Et  quemadmodum  in  multis  capi-  details.     Independently  of  what  con- 

tulis  lex  Papia  ab  anterioribus  Princi-  cerns  the  suppression  of  the  provisions 

pibus  emendata  fuit,  et  per  desuetudi-  by  which  the  time  of  the  opening  of 

nem  abolita :  ita  et  a  nobis  circa  caduco-  the  will  had  been  substituted  for  that 

rum   observationem   invidiosum   suum  of  death,  by  the  lex  Papia,  sole  cause 

amittat  vigorem  .     .     .     Et  cum  lex  of  exceptional  lapse  which  still  existed 

Papia,  jus  antiquum,  quod  ante  earn  in  and  which  Justinian  removed,  we  see 

omnibus    simpliciter    versabatur,    suis  that  the  tendency  of  this  constitution 

machinationibus  ct   angnstiis   circum-  was  to  regulate  anew  the  jus  accre- 

cludens,  solis  parcntibus  et  liberis  testa-  scendi  and  the  results  arising  from  va- 

toris  usque  ad  tertium  gradum,  si  script!  rious  joinders  of  beneficiaries,  by  sub- 

f uerant  hseredcs,  suum  imponcre  jugum  stituting  for  all,  thisjws  accrescendi  to 

erubuit,  jus  antiquum  intactum  eis  con-  the  caducorum  chuJicatio,  without  a 

servans  :  nos  omnibus  nostris  subjectis  single  word  indicating  that  this  rindl- 

sine  differentia  pcrsonarum  (hoc)  con-  catio  was  not  itself  already  general, 

cedimus."     No  explanation    will    ac-  but,  on  the  contrary,  distinctly  declar- 

count,  as  this  does,  for  all  this  constitu-  ing    that   without    distinction    it    had 

tion  DP,  caducis  tollendis,  considered  reference  to  all. 
either  in  its  entirety  or  iii  each  of  its 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  401 

and  of  orbiy   they   had  almost  all  disappeared;    that  arising 
1'mm  the  restriction  of  the  capacity  to   receive   the   legacies 
from  a  husband  or  wife  disappeared  under  Honorius  and  Theo- 
dosius ;  so  that,  except  the  greater  liability  to  forfeiture  result- 
ing from   the   period  for  the  lodging  of  claims  having  been 
extended  by  the  lex  Papia,  from  the  death  of  the  testator  to 
the  opening  of  the  will,  the  causes  of  those  forfeitures  had  again 
become  the  same  as  those  which  were  sanctioned  by  the  civil 
law  :  the  death  of  the  heir  or  legatee,  his  refusal  to  accept,  the 
loss  of  his  rights  of  citizenship,  the  non-accomplishment  of  the 
condition  imposed — these  are,  in  fact,  the  only  causes  of  lapse 
cited   by  Justinian    in   his    Constitutio    de   caducis  tollendis. 
Indeed,   in   these   circumstances  to  suffer   the  beneficiary  or 
legatee  who  alone  had  children  to  lay  claim  to  these  shares 
in  case  of  default  would  not  only  be  to  maintain  the  idea  of  a 
recompense  which  no  longer  existed,  either  in  the  manners  or 
in  the  spirit  of  the  times,  but  it  would  have  been  to  maintain 
the  penalties  against  coelibes  and  orbi,  which  Constantino  had 
desired  to  suppress,  for  from  whom  would  the  patres  have  taken 
these  lapsed  portions  ?     Clearly  from  the  coelibes  and  orbi,  to 
whom  the  testator  had  bequeathed  them.    But,  on  the  contrary, 
we  may  say  that  each  having  an  equal  capacity  to  receive  that 
which  might  fall  to  him  (that  is  the  way  in  which  we  translate 
quod  quisque  mereatur},  each  is  called  to  make  the  vindicatio 
in  connection  with  the  lapsed  or  quasi -lapsed    portions,  only 
observing  the  order  and  the  rules  established  by  the  lex  Papia. 
This,  in  our  opinion,  is  the  spirit  and  meaning  of  the  constitu- 
tion of  Constantine.     The  meaning   appears  to  us  to  be  ex- 
pressed in  the  terms  of  the  constitution,  and   at   all   events 
interpretation  and  use  placed  this  signification  upon  it.     We 
know  that  Justinian  does  not  merely  represent  the  lex  Papia 
as  having  been  amended  in  various  parts  by  imperial  constitu- 
tions of  a  later  date,  but  represents  it  as  having  been  abolished 
by  disuse  (et  per  desuetudinem  abolita). 


D   I) 


402  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XCIV. 
AGRICOL^E  OR  COLONI. 

488.  Before   proceeding  farther  with  the  history   of   the 
emperors,  it  is  necessary  to  take  notice  of  a  particular  class  of 
men  who  differed,  as  to  their  legal  status,  both  from  free  men 
and  from  slaves,  properly  so  called.     These  men  had  been  intro- 
duced not  only  into  the  remote  provinces,  but  into  every  portion 
of  the  empire,  even  to  its  centre,  and  into  Italy.     Their  origin 
and  their  existence  is  anterior  to  Constantine.     Our  reason  for 
only  referring  to  them  at  this  time  is,  that  the  laws  concerning 
them,  at  least  so  far  as  they  are  known  to  us,  are  not  of  earlier 
date.     These  men  were   called  agricolos,  or,  at  other  times, 
coloni,  because  they  were  chiefly  destined  to  the  cultivation  of 
the   soil.       This   designation   had  been   in  use   amongst  the 
Romans,  in  a  general  sense,  long  before  it  came  to  have  a 
technical  signification,  indicating  a  servile  condition.     It  is  the 
same  with  the  term  inqidlini,  which  imports  at  the  same  time 
the  notion  of  residence  upon  the  land  and  its  culture.     Slavery, 
such   as   it   was  among   the    ancient  Romans,  had  begun  to 
undergo  a  transformation,  and  serfdom  had  come  into  existence. 
Coexistent  with  the  condition  of  service  of  man  to  man,  there 
grew  up  the  condition  of  service  of  man  to  the  land.1 

489.  The  colonies  were  divided  into  two  classes,  the  respec- 
tive appellations  of  which  are  frequently  confounded ;  the  one, 
nevertheless,  is  more  frequently  termed  servi  censiti,  adscriptitii 
or  tributarii,  the  other,  inquilini,  coloni  liberi,  and  sometimes 
they  are  indifferently  called  coloni.     This  incident  is  common 
to  all  the  coloni,  that  they  were  attached  in  perpetuity  to  the 
land  they  cultivated ;  they  could  not  abandon  it  in  order  to  take 
up  their  residence  elsewhere  ;  their  masters  could  not  transport 
them  from  one  place  to  another,  and  when  the  land  was  sold 
they  fell  of  necessity  into  the  hands  of  the  purchaser.     This  is 
the  servitude  of  the  soil,  and  the  oi'igin  of  our  ancient  serfdom. 

1  See  Cod.  Theod.  lib.  v.  tit.  9,  De  pccullnm  rel  litem  inferat  ei  civilem. 
fugitiviis  colonls,  inqvilinis  et  serris ;  Also  Cod.  Just.  lib.  xi.  tit.  47,  De  agri- 
tit.  10,  De  inqnilinis  et  colonis  ;  tit.  11,  colis  et  censitis  et  colonist,  ct  seq.,  49, 
Ne  coloiws  inscio  domino  snnmalicnet  50,  51  and  52. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  403 

The  difference  between  these  two  classes  of  coloni  consisted 
in  that  the  servi  censiti,  adscriptitii  or  tributarily  more  closely 
resembled  slaves  proper :  their  origin  was  slavery,  their  con- 
dition having  been  modified  into  that  of  colonists  from  the 
necessity  of  cultivating  the  land ;  they  had  no  property  of  their 
own,  and  their  peculium,  like  that  of  ordinary  slaves,  belonged 
to  their  masters.1  The  name  of  censiti,  adscriptitii  or  tributarii 
was  given  to  them  from  the  fact  that  their  names  were  inscribed 
in  the  census  as  servi  coloni,  and  as  subject  to  the  payment  to 
the  fiscus  of  a  capitation  or  poll  tax.8  As  to  the  proprietor 
of  the  land,  as  they  were  his  slaves  and  as  their  peculium  be- 
longed to  him,  his  chief  duty  was  to  provide  them  with  the 
necessaries  of  life  and  labour,  the  matter  of  their  remuneration 
being  of  little  importance.  These  coloni  and  their  families,  in 
fact,  lived  on  the  land  and  its  products. 

The  coloni  liberi  or  inquilini,  sometimes  termed  simply 
coloni,  more  closely  resembled  the  class  of  free  men.  They  had 
their  origin  in  freedom,  and  it  was  rather  the  necessity  of  living, 
and  the  desire  to  obtain  concessions  of  land  to  cultivate,  which 
had  induced  them,  or  their  ancestors,  to  accept  this  concession 
upon  the  condition  of  being  coloni,  which  they  accepted  in  lieu 
of  their  former  liberty.  They  could  hold  property  of  their  own, 
whether  moveable  or  immoveable ;  it  belonged  to  them  and  not 
to  their  masters.  But  they  owed  to  their  masters  a  species  of 
annual  rent  (canon,  reditus],  which  was  paid  either  in  kind  or  in 
money.3  This  rent  could  not  be  increased  beyond  certain 
limits.*  Although  they  were  in  a  certain  sense  free,  in  another 
they  were  in  fact  in  a  state  of  slavery.5  These  coloni  liberi 
were  always  inscribed  in  the  census  for  the  poll  tax,  or  capita- 
tion, and  for  the  purposes  of  a  land  tax.6 

490.  To  what  cause  must  this  new  form  of  human  servitude 

1  Alii  Mint  adscriptitii  et  eorvm  (Cod.  ibid.). 

peciilia  dominis  competunt  (Cod.  11,  4  Cod.    11,   47,  De  agric.,  23,  §  1, 

47,  De  agricolis  et  censitis  et  colunis,  const.  Justinian. 

19  const.  Theod.  and  Valent.).  5  Ut  licet  condit'wne  videantur  in- 

*  Ibid,  const.  10,  Valent.  and  Valens.  genui,  servi  tamen  terra;  ipsins  ciii 

'  Alii  coloni  fiunt,  liberi  manentes  natl  xunt  existimentw  (Cod.  11,  51, 

cum  rebus  suis,  et  ii  etlam  coguntur  De  colonis  Thracensibus). 

terrain  colere  et  canonem  pr&stare  8  Ibid.  4,  const.  Valent.  and  Valens. 

D  D  2 


404  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  'LAW. 

be  ascribed  ?  Agriculture  had  been  carried  on  from  the  latter 
days  of  the  republic,  and  particularly  under  the  empire,  by 
troops  of  slaves,  transported  to  and  maintained  upon,  the  land. 
The  failure  of  this  system,  and  in  many  instances  the  total 
abandonment  of  extensive  estates,  was,  in  proportion  as  the  tax- 
ation was  extended  to  Italy,  becoming  more  and  more  onerous, 
and  the  proprietors  preferred  to  leave  the  land  uncultivated 
rather  than  to  pay  the  tax.  The  depopulation  of  entire  districts, 
which  resulted  from  this  state  of  things,  was  the  cause  which, 
under  the  empire,  gave  rise  to  the  various  customs  or  institu- 
tions of  these  times ;  the  object  of  which  was,  so  it  would  appear, 
the  cultivation  of  the  soil,  whether  by  the  proprietor  himself  or 
by  third  persons,  who  were  interested  in  it.  Amongst  these 
was  the  colonist,  who  was  bound  to  the  land  by  a  bond  that 
neither  he  nor  his  master  could  break,  destined  to  an  agricul- 
tural life,  and  burdened  with  an  impost  due  to  the  state  and  a 
rent  due  to  his  master.  As  a  return,  he  enjoyed  the  life  and 
some  of  the  rights  of  family ;  was  entitled  to  the  surplus  pro- 
ducts of  his  labour,  and  to  all  his  acquisitions,  as  a  species  of 
peculium,  and  even  to  some  as  property.  His  position  tended 
to  solve  the  difficulty  of  at  the  same  time  satisfying  the  state, 
the  proprietor,  and  the  labourer;  for  this  serfdom  was  freedom 
from  a  worse  condition.  In  this  way  we  see  how  the  personal 
servitude  of  the  slave,  when  employed  upon  the  culture  of  the 
land,  was  transformed  into  a  territorial  servitude  ;  we  see  the 
wretched  condition  of  the  agriculturist  and  the  miserable 
terms  on  which  men  were  then  willing  to  undertake  the  culti- 
vation of  the  soil. 

491.  We  read  in  a  fragment  of  Scsevola,  as  also  in  many 
other  writers,  that  there  was  a  question  even  at  that  time  about 
mancipia,  villici  and  coloni,  attached  by  the  master  to  the 
culture  of  his  land,  but  we  learn  from  the  point  submitted  to 
the  jurist,  and  resolved  by  him,  that  at  that  time  colonists  were 
not  persons  who  were  attached  to  and  could  not  be  separated  from 
the  soil,  even  by  the  will  of  the  master,  for  it  was  the  provisions 
of  a  will,  by  which  these  persons  were  bound,  cum  f undo  instructo, 
and  upon  the  interpretation  of  the  will  the  jurist  had  to  rely, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  405 

in  order  to  determine  whether  the  legatee  of  the  estate  ought  or 
ought  not  to  have  the  coloni.1  We  see  also  in  the  Sententice  of 
Paul,  that  it  was  a  question  whether  the  master  could  transfer 
them  from  one  estate  to  another.8  We  have,  however,  un- 
doubted traces  at  this  same  period,  in  certain  passages  of 
Marcian,  of  Ulpian,  and  perhaps  of  Paul  himself,  of  the  exist- 
ence of  these  coloni;3  whence  we  must  conclude  that  this  mode 
of  culture,  following  the  arrangements  made  by  the  masters, 
although  not  general,  had  nevertheless  been  introduced. 

Salvian,  who  wrote  in  Gaul  at  the  commencement  of  the  fifth 
century,  in  his  book,  De  gubernatione  Dei,  refers  to  the  case 
of  freemen  reduced  by  misery  to  the  necessity  of  becoming  the 
coloni  of  the  wealthy,  giving  up  their  liberty,  and  submitting 
themselves  to  the  condition  of  inquiUni.* 

To  this  we  may  add  the  fact  that  in  the  distant  provinces 
which  had  been  conquered  by  the  imperial  arms,  this  species  of 
agricultural  servitude  would  be  more  useful  than  the  ancient 
form  of  the  slavery  of  captives,  and  also  the  fact  that  history 
and  the  constitutions  themselves  afford  instances  of  the  trans- 
portation of  tribes  of  conquered  barbarians  to  lands  to  which 
they  were  attached  in  the  condition  of  coloni.  To  this  effect 
is  the  constitution  of  Honorius,  discovered  in  our  own  time  by 
M.  Peyron,  amongst  the  fragments  of  the  Theodosian  code.5 

1  Dig.  33,  7,  De  instrueto  vel  in-  Salv.,  De  gubernatione  Dei,  ch.  8. 

ttrumento  legato,  20,  pr.  f.  Scsevol.  s  Cod.  Theod.  5,  4,  De  bonis  milit.^ 

8  Paul,  Sentent.,  3,  6,   De   legatis,  const.  3,  Honorins :  "  Scyras  barbaram 

§  48.  nationem  .     .     .  imperio  nostro  suhegi- 

3  "  Si   quis   inquilinos   sine  pracdiis  mus.     Ideoque  damns  omnibus  copiam 
qnibus  adhaerent  legaverit :  inutile  est  ex  praadicta  gente  hominum  agros  pro- 
legatum."     Dig.  30,  De  legatis,  1, 112,  priosfrequentandi;  ita  ut  omnes  sciant , 
pr.  f.  Marcian.     "  Si  quis  inquilinum,  susceptos  non  alio  jure  quam  colonatns 
vel  colonum,  non  fuerit  professns,  vin-  apud   se   future*:    wullique  licere   ex 
culiscensualibus  tenetur."    Dig.  50, 15,  hoc  genere  colonorum  ab  eo  cui  semel 
De  censibvs,  4,  §  8,  f.  Ulp.;  "...  Nisi  adtributi  fuerint  vel  fraude  aliqua  ab- 
ex  his  (servis)  aliqui  perpetuo  ad  opus  ducere,  vel  fugientem  suscipere ;  poena 
rusticum   transferantur."     Paul,   Sen-  proposita  quae  recipientes  alienis  cen- 
tent.,  3,6,  DP  legatis,  §  70.     See  also  sibus  adscriptos  vel  non  proprios  colonos 
Dig.  27,  1,  De  excvsationibus,  17,  §7,  inseguitur. 

a  frag,  of  Callistratus.  "  Opera  autem  eorum   terrarum  do- 

4  "...  Fundos  majorum  expetunt,  mini  li!>era  titantitr,  ac  nullus  subacta 
et  coloni  divitum  fiunt  .     .     .  jugo  se  perseqnationi  vel  censui  s«#jaceat :  nul- 
inquilinae  abjectionis  addicunt,  in  hanc  liqne   liceat   velut  donates  eos  a  jure 
necessitatem  reducti,  ut   extorres  non  census  in  servitutem  trahcre,  urbanisve 
facnltatis  tantum,  sed  etiam  conditionis  obsequiis  addicere." 

su*  .     .     .,  et  jus  libertatis  amittant.'' 


406  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

492.  The  condition  of  coloni,  at  first  the  result  of  necessity, 
was  perpetuated  by  nature,  inasmuch  as  the  children  inherited 
the  status  of  their  parents.  Prescription  might  also  drive  a 
citizen  from  the  condition  of  a  free  man  to  that  of  colonus  liber, 
if  during  a  period  of  thirty  years  he  had  been  considered  as 
occupying  that  position  and  had  paid  an  annual  rent.1  The 
servitude  thus  once  incurred  extended  to  his  entire  posterity. 
Thus  were  the  noble  principles  of  ancient  Rome  forgotten: 
the  principle  that  liberty  is  inalienable :  the  principle  that 
liberty  is  imprescriptible. 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  337.    CONSTANTINE  2nd,  CONSTANTIUS  and  CONSTANS. 

340.  CONSTANS  and  CONSTANTIUS. 


SECTION  XCV. 
SUPPRESSION  OF  THE  FORMULA  (De  Formulis  sublatis}. 

493.  That  rigid  adherence  to  form  and  observance  of  sym- 
bolic terms  which  had  characterized  the  early  period  of  Roman 
law  had  disappeared  at  the  time  at  which  we  have  now  arrived. 
The  law,  too,  following  the  progress  of  society,  had  lost  its 
material  character ;  the  actiones  legis  had  been  suppressed  under 
the  republic,  and  after  the  time  of  Diocletian  even  the  formula 
system  had  been  abandoned,  and  no  such  thing  was  now  known 
as  the  loss  or  failure  of  a  suit  from  the  simple  misapprehension 
or  misapplication  of  a  term.  Such,  for  example,  as  the  words 
formerly  necessary  to  be  applied  in  stipulations  and  promises 
in  dower,  or  in  the  institution  of  heirs,  or  legacies  distinguished 
according  to  the  terms  employed  into  four  classes :  in  the  formal 
acceptations  or  cretiones  of  inheritances,  in  the  cessiones  in 
jure,  in  manumissions,  emancipations,  adoptions,  and  in  other 
acts  peculiar  to  the  Roman  civil  law.  These  were  all  technical 
and  sacred  forms,  the  total  abolition  of  which  in  all  acts  was 
effected  by  the  Emperor  Constantius,  A.D.  342,  who  considered 

1  Cod.  Just.  11,  47,  De  agricolis,  18,  const.  Anastasius;  23,  §  1,  const.  Just. 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  407 

them  verbal  snares,  apt  to  mislead.  "  Juris  formulas,  aucupa- 
tione  syllabarurn  insidiantes,  cunctorum  actibus  radicitus 
amputentur."1  These  are  the  terms  of  the  constitution,  but  the 
actual  extent  of  change  produced  by  it  is  not  known  to  us, 
because  this  suppression  had  been  gradually  taking  place  long 
before  any  enactment  was  passed  concerning  it ;  and  indeed  a 
constitution  of  Constantine  the  2nd,  A.D.  339,  had  abolished  the 
necessity  of  all  symbolic  formulae,  in  the  institution  of  heirs, 
grants  of  legacies,  and  generally  in  testamentary  documents.2 
The  rescript  of  Constantius  extended  and  generalized  this  aboli- 
tion to  all  legal  formulae  (Juris  formula,  cunctorum  actibus). 
It  must  not,  however,  be  understood  that  the  use  of  given 
words  in  contracts  was  dispensed  with,  as,  for  example,  in  the 
case  of  the  contract  verbis.  All  that  resulted  from  the  enact- 
ments was,  that  words  were  deprived  of  the  symbolic  meaning  and 
force  previously  attached  to  them,  and  the  use  of  any  words  or 
terms  was  permitted  that  were  sufficient  to  convey  and  express 
the  ideas  and  intentions  of  the  parties. 

494.  It  was  Constantius  who  ordered  the  pagan  temples  to 
be  closed,  and  attached  to  pagan  sacrifices  the  penalty  of  death 
and  confiscation.3  Heretics,  apostates,  Jews  and  Gentiles  were 
subjected  to  disabilities  and  often  to  cruel  punishment ;  indeed  the 
Christian  religion  had  become  a  religion  of  persecution.  What 
can  we  expect  from  an  age  in  which  Constantine  the  Great  con- 
demned to  the  stake  the  aruspices,  the  pontiffs  who  predicted 
the  future,  the  magicians  who  by  their  sorceries  sought  to  bring 
calamities  and  even  death  upon  men  ?  What  can  we  expect  from 
Constantius,  who,  a  few  years  later,  revived  all  the  laws  of  his 
father  against  the  imaginary  criminals,  whom  he  was  pleased  to 
style  the  communis  salutis  hostes  ?  Amongst  these  culprits  we 
find  classed  the  mathematicians.  But  in  this  category  were  in- 
cluded men  who,  by  the  aid  of  mathematics  and  the  study  of 

1  Code  2,  58,  De  formulis  et  impe-  3  Cod.   6,    23,   De  testamentis,   15 

trationibits  actionum  svblatis,  1.  This  const.  Constantine  II. ;  6, 37,  De  legatis, 

constitution  is  entitled  by  Constantine,  21  const.  Constantine  II. 

but  its  date,  A.D.  342,  and  the  indica-  3  Cod.  1,  ll,Depagams,etsacrific., 

tion  of   the  consulate,   show  that  it  1  const.  Const.  A.D.  342. 
belongs  to  the  time  of  Coustautius. 


408  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  stars,  pretended  to  read  and  to  determine  the  future,  and 
not  those  who  simply  studied  geometry,  for  both  Diocletian  and 
Maximian  had  declared  this  science  to  be  useful  to  the  state.1 

EMPERORS. 

A.D.  350.  CONSTANTIUS   and  MAGNENTIUS,  A.  A.  —  GALLUS, 

Cassar. 

A.D.  353.  CONSTANTIUS,  alone. — AUGUSTUS  GALLUS,  Caesar. 
A.D.  355.  CONSTANTIUS,  alone. — AUG.  JULIAN,  Caesar. 

It  was  about  this  period,  A.D.  360,  that  Constantius  established 
at  Constantinople  a  prcefectus  urbi,  answering  to  the  same  office 
at  Rome. 

EMPEROR. 
A.D.  361.  JULIAN,  A. 

495.  Julian  is  one  of  those  great  characters  that  occasionally 
enliven  the  page  of  history  and  break  the  monotony  of  its  narra- 
tion. When  Cassar  he  repulsed  the  barbarians  of  Germany. 
When  Augustus  he  adorned  the  throne  of  the  empire  by  his 
justice  and  by  his  simplicity,  he  respected  the  consuls  and 
honoured  the  magistrates.  He  swept  out  of  the  imperial 
palace  the  crowd  of  salaried  valets  with  which  it  was  beset. 
Equally  just  was  he  when,  laying  aside  for  a  time  the  sceptre 
and  the  sword,  he  took  up  the  pen  to  indite,  for  the  benefit  of 
posterity,  clever  satires  upon  the  effeminacy  and  corruption  of 
his  subjects,  or  to  give  expression  to  his  grand  conceptions  and 
philosophical  speculations.  At  another  time,  burning  with 
desire  to  avenge  the  honour  of  the  empire,  he  boldly  led  his 
armies  into  distant  and  unknown  countries;  and  destroying  his 
ships,  so  that  his  soldiers  might  have  no  resource  but  victory,  he 
pursued  Sapor,  the  dreaded  enemy  of  Rome,  into  the  very  heart 
of  his  kingdom.  Again  we  behold  him,  magnanimous  amid 
misfortunes,  deceived  by  a  deserter  and  Avandering  over  vast 
deserts,  rallying  his  desponding  troops,  distributing  among  them 
his  own  provisions,  supporting  without  a  murmur  hunger  and 
thirst,  and,  finally,  when  borne  wounded  from  the  battle-field  to 

1  Cod.  9, 18,  De  maleficiis  ct  Mathematicis,  2  const.  Diocl.  aud  Max. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  409 

his  death  bed,  calmly  holding  discourse  with  his  officers  who 
crowd  around  him,  recounting  the  history  of  his  life,  and  then 
breathing  his  last  with  the  dying  request  upon  his  lips  that  they 
would  select  a  successor  worthy  of  the  empire. 

We  cannot,  however,  clear  his  memory  from  the  reproach  of 
actions  which  procured  for  him  the  title  of  the  apostate,  for 
Julian  was  the  originator  of  an  attempt  to  restore  polytheism. 
To  weaken  the  Christian  religion,  to  revive  the  worship  and 
to  restore  the  altars  of  the  gods  of  the  republic,  was  the  object 
of  his  desires.  His  intellect  was  far  too  great  to  lead  him  to 
adopt  this  course  from  conviction.  In  his  view  religion  was 
nothing  more  than  a  political  engine.  Even  from  this  point  of 
view  he  was  mistaken.  He  attempted  to  replace  the  empire 
upon  the  basis  of  its  ancient  institutions,  to  restore  the  jus 
publicum,  the  jus  sacrum,  the  deities  of  old  Rome,  and  all  its 
past  associations.  It  may  be  the  amusement  of  a  philosopher 
to  dream  about  theories  of  government ;  but  an  emperor  should 
avoid  such  a  pastime.  It  is  his  duty  to  study  the  nation  he 
governs,  and  to  establish  its  institutions  upon  the  basis  of  the 
moral  condition  in  which  he  finds  his  people.  The  whole 
situation  of  the  empire,  the  vast  number  of  Christians,  the 
public  veneration  with  which  their  religion  was  regarded,  the 
ridicule  and  contempt  which  had  been  thrown  upon  polytheism 
and  the  old  deities, — all  this  ought  to  have  shown  Julian  that 
it  was  impossible  for  him  to  stem  the  tide  of  events,  and  that 
any  innovations  which  he  might  succeed  in  establishing  by  force 
would  be  annulled,  by  the  action  of  public  opinion,  directly  he 
was  dead,  and  that  nothing  but  mischief  could  result  from  the 
attempt.  It  must  be  admitted,  however,  that  the  evil  results 
which  might  naturally  have  been  looked  for,  from  such  a  course 
of  policy,  were  greatly  modified  by  the  moderation  he  evinced : 
for,  however  desirous  he  may  have  been  to  check  the  progress 
of  Christianity  and  to  arrest  its  influence  on  politics,  he  was 
never  guilty  of  persecution. 

The  reign  of  Julian  was  not  of  long  duration.  After  his 
premature  death  the  army  nominated  Jovian  liis  successor, 
who  immediately  restored  the  Christian  religion  throughout  the 
whole  empire. 


410  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

EMPERORS. 
A.D.  363.  JOVIANUS. 

„    364.  VALENTINIANUS  1st  and  VALENS,  A.  A. 

„    367.  VALENTINIANUS  1st,  VALENS  and  GRATIANUS. 

„    375.  VALENTINIANUS  2nd,  VALENS  and  GRATIANUS. 

„     379.  VALENTINIANUS  2nd,   THEODOSIUS  1st  and  GRA- 
TIANUS. 

„    383.  VALENTINIANUS  2nd,  THEODOSIUS  1st  (384),  ARCA- 
DIUS (son  of  THEODOSIUS,  declared  Augustus). 

„    392.  THEODOSIUS  1st,  ARCADIUS. 

„    393.  THEODOSIUS    1st,   ARCADIUS,   HONORIUS    (son    of 
THEODOSIUS,  declared  Augustus). 


SECTION  XCVI. 
THE  DEFENSORES  CIVITATUM. 

496.  These  municipal  magistrates  were  appointed  in  each 
city,  mainly  with  the  view  of  protecting  the  inferior  orders  of 
the  inhabitants  who  were  unable  to  protect  themselves.  The 
first  constitutions,  so  far  as  we  know,  existing  upon  this  subject, 
are  those  of  Valens,  Valentinian  and  Theodosius.  It  is  how- 
ever possible  that  these  offices  were  in  existence  before.  They 
were  elected  by  an  assembly  composed  of  bishops,  members  of 
the  curia,  proprietors  and  distinguished  citizens.  They  held 
office  for  a  period  of  five  years,  and  they  could  not  resign  before 
the  end  of  that  period.  It  was  their  duty  to  take  steps  to 
prevent  robbery,  to  denounce  thieves  to  the  judge,  and  to  drag 
them  before  his  tribunal.  They  had  also  a  jurisdiction  of 
their  own  in  all  matters  of  minor  importance,  that  is  to  say,  of 
matters  which  did  not  involve  more  than  fifty  solidi.  But  the 
most  pleasing  and  useful  part  of  their  functions  was  to  study 
the  interests  of  the  poor  plebeians,  to  protect  them  from  all 
oppression  and  injustice.  "  Show  yourselves  the  fathers  to  the 
plebeians,"  said  Theodosius  and  Valentinian  to  the  defensores 
(parentis  vicem  plebi  exhibeas},  "it  is  your  duty  to  guard  them 
as  your  children"  (liberorum  loco  tureri  debes).  This  was  a 
beneficent  duty  calculated  to  elevate  the  character  of  those  to 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  41 1 

whom  it  was  entrusted,  and  one  which  should  have  insured  to 
them  respect  and  honour.  But  we  gather  from  Justinian  that 
the  office  fell  into  contempt  and  degenerated  into  an  inferior 
post  held  by  subordinates  of  the  magistrates,  against  whom  it 
was  the  duty  of  the  defensores  to  protect  the  poor,  instead  of 
which  they  were  ready  to  obey  the  very  nod  of  the  magistrates.1 
It  seemed  as  if  the  Romans  were  no  longer  capable  of  realizing 
the  noble  and  the  generous.* 


SECTION  XCVII. 
THE  DIVISION  OF  THE  EMPIRE. 

497.  For  a  long  time,  as  we  have  already  seen,  several 
emperors,  with  the  title  of  Augustus,  divided  the  imperial  power 
between  them.  Hitherto,  however,  the  empire  had  been  un- 
divided, and  it  was  merely  the  provinces  which  were  apportioned. 
Theodosius,  before  his  death,  literally  divided  the  state  between 
his  two  sons,  and  upon  his  death  the  Roman  world  was  split  up 
into  two  distinct  empires,  which,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
they  were  upon  the  whole  governed  by  the  same  laws,  can  no 
longer  be  considered  as  one. 


EMPERORS. 


The  West. 
A.D.  395.    HONORIUS. 


408.  THEODOSIUS  2nd. 


The  East. 

A.D.  395.  ARCADIUS. 
„    423.  JOHN    (Joannes    ty- 
rannies^). 
„   425.  YALENTINIANUS  3rd. 


SECTION  XCVIII. 
THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  OF  CONSTANTINOPLE  AND  OF  ROME. 

498.  A   school  was  already  in  existence  at  Rome,  when 
Theodosius  established  one  at  Constantinople,  A.D.  425.     His 

1  Jast.,  Nov.,  15,  preface.  *  Cod.  1,  55,  DC  Jcfcnsoribus  civi- 

tatum. 


412  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

constitution,  which  was  published  under  his  own  name  and 
that  of  Yalentinian,  laid  down  certain  rules  concerning  the 
instruction  which  it  is  well  to  note.  It  established  professors, 
whose  duty  it  was  to  give  instruction  in  the  public  courts,  some- 
times teaching  Latin  rhetoric  and  grammar,  at  others  Greek 
grammar  and  rhetoric ;  there  was  one  for  philosophy  and  two 
for  jurisprudence.  This  constitution,  while  it  conferred  upon 
the  professors  the  right  of  giving  public  instruction,  prohibited 
them  from  giving  private,  and  on  the  other  hand  prohibited  all 
who  were  not  authorized  from  giving  public  instruction ;  but 
those  who  were  thus  prohibited  from  giving  public  instruction 
were  at  liberty  to  give  private.1 


SECTION  XCIX. 

THE  RESPONSA  PRUDENTUM — LEX  DE  RESPONSIS 
PRUDENTUM. 

499.  A.D.  426.  We  have  now  reached  the  last  regulation  of 
the  lower  empire  concerning  the  authority  of  the  jurists.  The 
first  step  which  bound  the  judges  in  this  respect  was  made  by 
Adrian,  when  he  ordered  them  rather  to  count  than  to  weigh 
the  responsa  prudentum.  This  direction  was,  however,  well 
fenced,  and  the  judges  were  only  bound  where  there  was 
unanimity  of  opinion  ;  where  this  did  not  exist  they  were  free 
to  elect. 2  Constantine,  when  he  invalidated  the  notes  of 
Ulpian  and  Paul  upon  Papinian,  did  not  change  the  rule ;  he 
only  desired  by  a  legislative  act  to  disentangle  Papinian  from 
the  controversy,  which  had  tended  to  obscure  him,  and  he  in 
this  way  aided  the  tendency  which  in  fact  then  existed  to  give 
to  the  dicta  of  Papinian  authority  in  all  cases  where  there  was 
a  difference  of  opinion.3  Such  was  the  condition  of  things  till 
the  period  at  which  we  have  now  arrived,  that  is  to  say,  for 
more  than  a  century  after  Constantine  ;  but  this  rule  requiring 
unanimity  in  so  great  a  number  of  opinions,  collected  from 

1  Cod.  Thcod.  14,  9,  and  Cod.  Just.  »  See  §  880. 

11,  18,  De  studlis  liber,  urbis  lloince          3  bee  §  450. 
et  Const. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  413 

different  and  remote  periods,  and  in  default  of  unanimity 
leaving  the  judge  free  to  act,  was  altogether  behind  the  then 
state  of  legal  knowledge.  The  science  had  decayed  step  by 
step,  and  the  ancient  jurists  were  becoming  farther  and  farther 
removed.  It  became  necessary  to  concentrate  and  reduce.  It 
was  clearly  necessary  with  regard  to  the  imperial  constitutions, 
and  it  soon  became  equally  evident  that  it  was  as  necessary  with 
regard  to  the  works  of  the  jurists.  There  was  a  desire  to  meet 
this  want,  and  to  facilitate  the  task  which  fell  upon  judges, 
suitors  and  advocates,  by  limiting  the  collective  body  of  legal 
opinions  to  the  works  of  a  comparatively  small  number  of 
authors,  who  were  the  best  known,  and  who  were  designated  by 
name ;  on  the  other  hand  it  made  them  mere  machines.  These 
were  the  final  results  of  a  vicious  principle  which  attributed  to 
the  opinions  of  accredited  jurists  the  force  of  law,  instead  of 
allowing  those  opinions  to  rest  upon  their  legitimate  basis — the 
power  of  science  and  intellect.  These  were  the  last  fruits 
developed  in  the  course  of  time  and  general  decay  from  the 
seeds  which  the  despotism  of  Augustus  had  first  sown,  when  he 
constituted  a  class  of  official  jurists.  It  ended  in  their  becoming 
conditores  legum.  This  new  rule  is  contained  in  a  constitution 
which  it  is  customary  to  call  the  loi  des  citations,  or  lex  de 
responsis  prudentum,  and  which  has  been  preserved  in  the 
ancient  fragments  of  the  Theodosian  code,  inserted  in  the 
Breviarium  Alaricianum,  which  emanated  in  fact  from  Theo- 
dosius  the  2nd,  A.D.  426.  It  was  however  first  published  for  the 
western  empire  in  the  name  of  Valentinian,  then  an  infant,  and 
was  subsequently  enforced  both  in  the  east  and  in  the  west ;  the 
following  are  its  provisions. 

500.  This  constitution  mentions  by  name  five  of  the  most 
celebrated  modern  jurists,  Papinian,  Paul,  Gaius,  Ulpian,  and 
Modestinus ;  it  declares  that  it  confirms  all  their  writings,  so  that 
Gaius  has  the  same  authority  as  either  of  the  others.  This 
principle  is,  as  it  were,  the  pivot  upon  which  judges,  litigants, 
advocates  and  the  public  had  to  turn. 

As  to  the  other  jurists,  the  constitution  confirms  them,  but 
only  in  those  cases  where  the  five  jurists  just  mentioned  had 


414  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

introduced  passages  from  them  into  their  own  works,  such  as 
Scsevola,  Sabinus,  Julian,  Marcellus  and  others,  provided  that 
the  correctness  of  the  quotation  was  ascertained  by  a  comparison 
of  manuscripts.  This  proviso  was  rendered  necessary  by  the 
possibility  of  errors  creeping  into  the  old  MSS.  The  works  of 
these  jurists  and  of  those  whose  decisions  they  quoted,  the 
accuracy  having  been  secured  by  comparison  of  different  MSS., 
were  the  authorities  to  which  it  was  permitted  to  refer,  to 
determine  and  solve  all  legal  difficulties. 

The  constitution  adds  that  the  notes  of  Paul  and  Ulpian 
upon  Papinian  should  continue  to  be  held  invalid,  as  they  had 
been  declared  to  be  by  Constantine,  and  it  was  necessary,  inas- 
much as  the  term  scripta  universa,  which  is  general,  had  been 
employed,  that  the  restriction  also  should  be  specified.  As  to 
the  notes  of  Marcian,  from  the  simple  fact  that  nothing  was  said 
of  them,  they  remained  under  the  proscription,  with  which  we 
know  they  had  been  branded  by  an  enactment,  the  text  of  which 
we  do  not  however  possess. 

501.  The  jurists  whose  works  it  was  permitted  to  quote  and 
whose  opinions  were  thus  supposed  to  be  settled,  having  been 
fixed  by  law,  the  judge  and  the  parties  interested  were  bound 
by  them,  provided  that  if  these  authorities  differed  the  majority 
determined  the  point;  if  they  were  equally  divided,  the  opinion 
supported  by  Papinian  was  to  prevail ;  and  if  the  opinion  of 
Papinian  was  not  expressed  the  judge  was  at  liberty  to  follow 
whichever  he  pleased.1 

1  Cod.   Theod.   1,  4,   De  responsis  sententiae  proferuntnr,  potior  tmmerus 

prudentum,  3  ;    Impp.   Theodosius  et  vincat  auctorum  ;  vel  si  numerus  asqna- 

Valentinianus  AA.  ad  Scnatum  urbis  lis  sit,  ejus  partis  prascedat  auctoritas, 

Roma;:    "  PAPINIANI,  PAULI,  GAII,  in  qua  excellentis  ingeuii  vir  Papinianus 

ULPIANI    atque    MODESTINI    scripta  cmineat,   qui,   tit   singulos  vincit,   ita 

universa  firmamus,  ita  ut  Gaium,  qua?  cedit  duobus.     Notas  etiam  Pauli  atque 

Paulum,  Ulpianum  et  caiteros,  comite-  Ulpiani  in  Papiniani  corpus  factas,  si- 

tur  auctoritas,   lectionesque   ex    omni  cut  dudum  statutum  est,   praecipimus 

ejus  opere  recitcntur.     Eorum  quoque  infirmari.     Ubi  autem  pares  eornin  sen- 

scientiara,  quorum  tractatus  atque  sen-  tentia?  recitantur  quorum  par  censetur 

tentias    pradicti   omnes   suis   operibus  auctoritas,  quod  sequi  debeat  eligat  mo- 

miscuerunt,   ratam   essc   censemus,  ut  deratio  jndicantis.     Pauli  quoque  sen- 

SC^VOL^E,   SABINI,    JULIANI  atque  tentias    semper    valcre    precipitous." 

MARCELLI,  omniumque  quos  illi  cele-  DAT.  vn  ID.  NOV.   RAVENNJE,  DD. 

brarunt;   si  tamen  eorum  libri,  prop-  NN.  THEOD.  xn  ET  VALENT.  n.  coss. 

ter  antiquitatis  incertum,  codicum  col-  (42G). 

latione  finuentur.     Ubi  autem  divers*  Several  difficulties  have  in  modern 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


415 


We  may  well  ask  what  the  magistrates,  judges  and  lawyers 
of  that  period  were  like  when  we  find  the  duties  of  their  respec- 


times  been  started  in  Germany  con- 
cerning this  constitution,  which,  in  our 
opinion,  are  of  secondary  importance, 
inasmuch  as  they  in  no  way  affect  the 
general  spirit  of  the  history. 

1st.  The  lex  deresponsisprudentnm 
confirms  and  authorizes  the  quotation 
and  calculation  before  the  judge  of  the 
decisions  of  the  five  jurists  whom  it 
specifies,  and  of  all  other  jurists  quoted 
by  them.  Does  the  maxim  apply, "  Qui 
dicit  de  uno  negat  de  altero  ?"  Speak- 
ing generally,  we  answer  in  the  affirma- 
tive ;  that  is  to  say,  no  other  jurists 
except  those  comprised  within  the  terms 
of  the  constitution  could  be  cited  and 
counted.  It  is  difficult  to  see  how  this 
can  be  disputed,  inasmuch  as  this  is  the 
direct  object  of  the  constitution ;  but 
looking  at  the  provisions  of  the  consti- 
tution itself,  as  regards  the  older  jurists, 
whose  opinions  are  cited  by  the  five 
select  jurists,  it  may  be  a  question 
whether  all  the  works  of  the  former 
are  referred  to,  or  only  those  passages 
which  are  quoted. 

The  text  appears  ambiguous  ;  we  are, 
however,  of  opinion  that  it  refers  solely 
to  the  passages  cited ;  and,  in  addition 
to  general  reasons,  we  see  direct  proof 
of  this  in  the  necessity  imposed  by  the 
constitution  of  verifying  the  correctness 
of  the  quotation  by  means  of  the  com- 
parison of  manuscripts.  In  the  disser- 
tation of  Puchta,  in  his  Cows  d'lnsti- 
tuts,  par.  133,  we  do  not  see  any  opinion 
clearly  expressed  upon  this  point,  nor 
is  it  certain  that  he  is  in  fact  referring 
to  it  at  all.  With  regard  to  those  j  urists 
who  are  neither  referred  to  directly  or 
indirectly  in  the  provisions  of  the  con- 
stitution, it  may  be  asked  whether  they 
were  excluded  by  it  ?  and  was  this  the 
case  with  respect  to  those  who  had  been 
amongst  the  number  of  the  authorized 
jurists,  or  did  they  preserve  their  ancient 
authority  ?  As  opinions  to  be  cited 
and  reckoned,  their  authority  was  cer- 
tainly not  retained,  but  in  a  scientific 
point  of  view  the  case  was  different. 
The  constitution  could  not  affect  their 
authority  as  individual  writers.  This 
question,  however,  does  not  in  reality 
arise,  because  the  decisions  of  the  autho- 
rized jurists  never  had,  in  our  opinion, 
the  force  of  law,  except  so  far  as  it  was 


given  them  by  the  provisions  of  the 
constitutions  of  Adrian,  Constantino, 
and  of  Theodosius  and  Valentinian,  all 
other  documents  were  hypothetical  and 
little  known.  Notwithstanding  the 
argument  and  the  quotation  adduced 
by  Puchta  in  support  of  this  theory, 
that  all  the  ancient  jurists  formerly 
authorized  preserved  their  authority,  he 
does  not  give  it  as  his  opinion  that  they 
could  be  quoted  independently  of  the 
constitution  ;  but  he  intimates  that  they 
were  comprehended  in  the  constitution. 
In  effect,  Pnchta  says,  and  I  am  of 
opinion  that  this  is  the  only  conclusion 
to  be  arrived  at,  that  the  only  object  of 
this  law  was  to  lessen  the  burden  of  the 
judges,  and  to  restrain  within  certain 
limits  the  number  and  authority  of  the 
authorized  jurists.  Its  sole  object  was 
to  furnish  an  easy  and  practical  means 
of  determining  which  authorities  should 
be  recognized,  and  it  specified  the  five 
jurists  and  those  quoted  by  them,  and 
the  emperor  was  sure  to  comprehend  all 
jurists  who  were  really  good  autho- 
rities, and  to  exclude  those  who  were 
not.  We  must  not  be  misunderstood 
as  saying  that  the  five  jurists  never 
cited  in  their  works  any  jurist  except 
those  authorized;  this  is  extremely 
doubtful,  and  it  is  equally  difficult  to 
believe  that  they  cited  all  those  jurists 
who  were  in  fact  authorized.  But  be 
this  as  it  may,  whether  we  admit  it  or 
not,  it  does  not  come  under  considera- 
tion in  the  question  as  to  the  basis  of 
the  law ;  it  is  simply  a  question  of  in- 
tention. We  adhere  to  what  we  have 
already  said,  and  we  find  ourselves  con- 
firmed by  Theodosius  himself  in  con- 
nection with  the  publication  of  the 
Theodosian  Code.  (See  §  502.) 

The  following  is  the  expression  used 
in  the  Breviarium  Alarici,  as  well  as 
in  all  the  editions  of  the  Theodosian 
Code :  "  Ha?c  lex  ostendlt,  quorum 
Juris  conditorum  sentential  ra  leant. 
Hoc  est  Paplani,  Pauli,  Gaii,  Uljri- 
ani,  j\fodestlni,  Scatcolte,  SaMni, 
Juliani  atque  Mareelli .  .  .  Scerrola, 
Sabinits,  Jullaniis  atque  Marcellus  in 
suis  corporibus  non  inveninntur  scd 
in  prccfatorum  opere  tenentur  in- 
serti."  Apart  from  all  uncertainty  as 
to  detail,  this  extract  clearly  shows  the 


416  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tive  offices  reduced  to  mere  compilation  or  comparison,  and 
numerical  calculation  of  legal  opinions?  Was  this  a  legitimate 
application  of  the  powers  of  reason  and  of  learning?  Assuredly 
the  science  of  jurisprudence  could  not  sink  to  lower  depths  of 
degradation.  But  it  is  to  be  observed  that  Justinian,  in  his 
Digest,  discarded  this  numerical  operation,  giving  to  those 
whom  he  charged  with  the  work  of  compiling  the  Digest  free 
choice  to  select  the  opinions  of  the  jurists,  and  even  to  adopt 
that  of  one  in  opposition  to  the  many,  and  to  use  the  notes  of 
Paul,  Ulpian  and  Marcian  upon  Papinian,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  they  had  been  proscribed.1 


SECTION  C. 
THE  THEODOSIAN  CODE. 

502.  A.D.  438.  In  addition  to  the  enactments  of  Theodosius 
upon  the  works  of  the  jurists,  to  which  we  have  just  alluded, 
we  have  others  enacted  three  years  later,  on  the  imperial  con- 
stitutions. He  took  as  a  model  (ad  similitudinem  Gregoriani 
atque  Hermogeniani  Codicis}  the  collection  of  rescripts  methodi- 
cally arranged  and  published  under  the  title  of  codes,  but  with- 
out legislative  authority,  by  Grregorianus  and  Hermogenianus, 
and  which  did  not  go  below  the  time  of  Constantine  ;  and  he 
directed  a  similar  collection  of  all  the  constitutions  of  Constan- 
tine and  the  succeeding  emperors,  including  himself,  corn- 
spirit  in  which  this  law  was  understood  opinion,  also  thinks  that  the  passages 
after  it  had  been  in  application  for  quoted  are  those  alone  which  bear  upon 
eighty  years.  the  point. 

2nd.  The  expression  in  the  text  is,  3rd.  The  third  difficulty  results  from 

"  Si  tamen  eoruni  libri."  Does  this  the  mode  in  which  reference  is  made  to 
relate  to  the  works  of  the  jurists  speci-  Gaius,  "ita  tit  Gainm  .  .  .,  etc." 
fied,  certain  editions  of  which  were  to  Was  it  necessary  for  the  emperor  to 
be  referred  to  in  order  to  ascertain  that  insist  upon  Gaius  being  held  to  have 
the  text  was  correct ;  or  to  the  works  this  authority  as  well  as  the  others  ? 
of  the  jurists  cited  by  them,  copies  of  In  certain  parts  of  the  empire  this 
which  must  be  compared  in  order  to  might  be  attended  with  some  difficulty, 
verify  the  accuracy  of  the  passage  Was  Gaius  in  fact  one  of  the  authorized 
quoted?  We  are  of  the  latter  opinion,  jurists?  It  appears  that  he  was  not; 
but  though  the  question  is  not  without  we  have  already  referred  to  this  in 
interest  it  is  most  unimportant.  In  §  393. 

either  case  comparison  is  to  be  made.  '  Just.,  De  concept'wnc  Digest.,  §  6. 

Puchta,    who   agrees  with   us   in  this 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  417 

mencing  from  the  period  when  the  other  collection  left  off,  to 
be  drawn  up  by  two  successive  commissions  under  the  super- 
intendence of  Antiochus,  ex-consul  and  ex-praetorian  prsefect 
(cunctas  colliyi  constitutiones  decernimus,  quas  Constantinus 
inclytus,  et  post  eum  divi  Principes  Nosque  tulimus}.  In  the 
title  of  this  collection  we  find  set  down  the  composition  of  the 
first  commission  which  was  appointed,  A.D.  429,  in  which  there 
were  eight  members  of  the  rank  of  illustres  or  specialties,  and 
a  jurist  styled  vir  disertissimus  et  scolasticus  ;  and  the  appoint- 
ment for  the  same  object  of  a  second  commission,  A.D.  435,  in 
which  were  sixteen  members,  illustres  or  spectabiles.  In  both 
cases,  at  the  head  of  these  commissions,  we  find  the  name  of 
Antiochus,  a  personage  of  consular  and  praefectorial  dignity.1 
The  principal  object  assigned  by  Theodosius  for  this  under- 
taking was  the  astonishing  paucity  of  persons  familiar  with  the 
civil  law  (tarn  pauci  raroque  extiterint,  qui  plena  juris  civilis 
scientia  ditarentur).  After  all  their  labours  scarcely  two  were 
to  be  found  who  had  anything  like  a  perfect  acquaintance  with 
the  law  (in  tanto  lucubrationum  tristi  pallore  mx  unus  aut 
alter  receperit  soliditatem  perfects  doctrines).  This  is  a  result 
which  must  be  attributed  to  the  immense  accumulation  of  books 
(copia  immensa  librorum)  and  to  the  pile  of  imperial  constitu- 
tions (moles  constitutionum  divalium),  which  involved  the 
human  mind  in  a  maze  of  inextricable  confusion  (qua  velut  sub 
crasser  demersa  caliginis  et  obscuritatis  vallo,  sui  notitiam 
humanis  ingeniis  inter clusii).* 

603.  This  work,  which  was  completed  after  nine  years' 
labour,  received  the  imperial  sanction,  and  was  published  in 
the  East  in  the  February  of  A.D.  438,  under  the  name  of  the 
Theodosian  Code,  with  the  injunction  that  from  the  calends  of 
January,  A.D.  43$,  it  was  to  be  the  sole  source  of  imperial  law 
(jus  principal).3 

'  Cod.  Theod.  1,1,  De  constitutioni-  §  2  :  "  Nulli  post.  Kal.  Jan.  concessa 

bus  principum  et  edictis.     5  Theod.  licentia,  ad  forum  et  quotidianas  advo- 

and  Valent.  A.D.  429  and  6  Ibid.  A.D.  cationes  jus  principale  deferre  vel  litia 

435.  instrumenta  componere,  nisi  ex  his  vide- 

4  De   Theodosiani   codicis  auctori-  licet  libris,  qui  in  nostri  nominis  voca- 

tate,  const.  Theod.  and  Valent.  A.D.  438,  buluin  transierunt  et  sacris  habentur  in 

princip.  et  §  1  in  the  introduction.  scriniis." 

3  De    Theod.    codicis    auctoritate, 

E  E 


418  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Valentinian  III.,  the  Emperor  of  the  West,  also  published 
it  in  the  same  year,  and  the  discovery  made  by  M.  Clossius  in 
our  own  time,  together  with  other  interesting  documents,  pre- 
sents us  with  the  verbal  process  employed  for  the  reception  of 
this  code  by  the  Roman  senate,  and  the  acclamations  to  which 
it  gave  rise :  "_Augusti  Augustorum,  Maximi  Augustorum" 
eight  times  repeated ;  "  God  has  given  thee  to  us,  may  He 
preserve  thee  to  us"  {Deus  vos  nobis  dedit,  Deus  vos  nobis 
servet),  repeated  twenty-seven  times;  "  Hope  lives  in  thee, 
safety  depends  upon  thee"  {Spes  in  vobis,  salus  in  vobis), 
repeated  twenty-six  times ;  "  Dearer  than  our  children,  dearer 
than  our  fathers"  {Liberis  cariores,  parentibus  cariores],  re- 
peated sixteen  times  ;  "  Honours  spring  from  thee,  patrimonies 
are  derived  from  thee,  all  things  flow  from  thee "  {Per  vos 
honores,  per  vos  patrimonia,  per  vos  omnia),  repeated  twenty- 
eight  times.  Such  were  the  utterances  of  the  Roman  Senate 
under  the  Lower  Empire  !  We  sometimes  hear  similar  senti- 
ments uttered  in  the  shape  of  after-dinner  speeches  and  toasts 
at  public  banquets,  but  never  in  any  other  form  or  at  any  other 
time,  and  then  their  character  is  well  understood  and  their  value 
appreciated.  But  here  we  reckon  fifty-one  of  these  expres- 
sions, for  in  each  case  the  number  of  times  each  expression 
was  repeated  is  stated.  Of  these  expressions  or  acclamations 
some  were  addressed  to  the  high  functionaries  of  the  palace 
and  others  to  the  code  itself,  thus :  "  Let  numerous  copies  be 
made  at  the  public  expense  !  Let  the  seal  be  impressed  upon 
them,  and  let  them  be  deposited  in  the  public  archives !  Let 
them  be  circulated  throughout  the  provinces  !  Let  a  copy  be 
suspended  in  the  office  of  every  prefecture  !  Let  it  be  for- 
bidden to  add  notes  I"1  It  is  reported  that  Napoleon  I.,  when 
he  saw  the  first  commentary  upon  the  civil  code,  exclaimed, 
"  My  code  is  lost !" 

504.  The  Theodosian  code  is  divided  into  -sixteen  books, 
and  each  book  into  a  number  of  titles,  in  which  the  matter  is 
methodically  distributed,  and  each  constitution  placed,  accord- 

1  "  Gesta  in  Senatu  urbis  Roma  de  the  introduction  to  the  Theodosian 
recipiendo  Codice  Theodosiano"  (iu  code). 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  419 

ing  to  the  subject  of  which  it  treats,  in  its  chronological  order. 
When  a  constitution  embraces  several  subjects,  its  provisions  are 
divided  and  placed  under  the  respective  heads  to  which  they 
refer.1  The  second  commission  had  received  the  power  to 
make  such  alterations  and  modifications  of  the  text  in  the 
constitutions  as  might  appear  desirable ;  the  result  is  that  we  do 
not  in  all  cases  possess  the  true  original  text.2 

The  jus  civile  privatum  occupies  the  first  five  books;  certain 
additional  provisions,  however,  respecting  it,  and  of  a  very  im- 
portant character,  are  blended  with  other  books  (lib.  viii.,  tits. 
12  to  19  and  lib.  xi.,  tits.  30  to  39).  It  was  arranged  like  the 
commentaries  upon  the  edict ;  we  already  know  that  this  was 
the  traditional  classification  observed  in  jurisprudence,  and  this 
was  the  order  followed  by  Hermogenianus  in  his  abridgment 
of  the  law.3 

In  the  following  eleven  books,  with  certain  exceptions  where 
there  is  some  confusion,  the  law  is  dealt  with  in  the  following 
manner :  lib.  vi.  treats  of  magistracies  and  other  offices ;  lib. 
vii.  of  military  matters ;  lib.  viii.  of  inferior  offices  and  certain 
accessory  institutions ;  lib.  ix.  of  criminal  matters ;  lib.  x.  and 
xi.  of  fiscal  matters  and  tribute ;  lib.  xii.  to  xiv.  of  towns  and 
corporations ;  Kb.  xv.  of  public  works  and  games ;  lib.  xvi.  of 
ecclesiastical  matters. 

505.  The  first  five  books,  dedicated  to  the  jus  civile  pri- 
vatum, are  the  most  defective ;  but  from  the  end  of  the  sixth 
book  till  the  last  they  are  complete.  Of  the  first  five  books  all 
that  we  possessed  consisted  of  some  incomplete  extracts  quoted  in 
the  Breviarium  Alaricum  when  M.  Amedee  Peyron  discovered 
in  the  library  of  Turin,  and  M.  Clossius  discovered  in  the 
Ambrosian  library  of  Milan,  portions  of  the  constitutions  com- 
prised in  the  first  five  books.  M.  Haenel  at  Leipzig  in  1842, 
and  M.  Vesme  at  Turin  in  1844,  published  complete  editions  of 
the  Theodosian  code,  so  far  as  these  new  discoveries  permitted. 

1  Cod.  Theod.  1,  De  constitut.  prin-          a  Ibid.  §  1  :  "  Et  demcndi  superva- 

cip.,  6,  pr.  Theod.  and  Valentin.   A.D.  canea  verba,  et  adjiciendi  necessaria, 

485  :  "  Ac  si  qua  earum  in  plura  sit  et  mutandi  ambigua,  et  emendandi  in- 

divisa  capita,  unurnqnodque  eorum  dis-  congrua  tribuirnus  potestatem." 
jnnctum   a    cseteris,    apto    subjiciatur  3  Vide  §  465. 

titulo." 

E  E  2 


420  THE  HISTOEY  OF  EOMAN  LAW. 

506.  Were  the  three  codes  of  which  we  have  already  spoken, 
the  Gregorian,  the  Hermogenian,  and  the  Theodosian,  in  our 
possession  they  would  furnish  us  with  a  series  of  the  most 
important  imperial  constitutions,   from  the  reign,  at  least,  of 
Septimius    Severus  to   that   of  Theodosius  and   Yalentinian. 
Unfortunately,  however,  we  have  but  a  few  extracts  from  the 
two  former.     The   Theodosian  code   forms   one  of  the  most 
important  monuments  extant  concerning  the  history  of  the  law, 
whether  we  consider  the  great  number  of  the  legislative  enact- 
ments which  it  contains,  or  its  application  and  influence  upon 
the  two  divisions  of  the  Roman  world ;  an  influence  which,  in 
the  western  empire,  even  survived  its  fall. 

507.  The  Theodosian  code  was  followed  by  new  constitu- 
tions, designated  by  the  general  name  of  novellce.     Measures 
had  been  taken  to  prevent  the  unity  of  the  imperial  law  (Jus 
principale),  which  had  been  formerly  established  both  in  the 
East  and  West  by  the  publication  of  this  code,  from  being 
disturbed  by  subsequent  constitutions.     These  novella  were  not 
to  have  the  force  of  law  till  they  had  been  published  in  one  of 
the  two  empires,  and  transmitted  to  the  other  and  there  also 
published.1     We  have  proof  that  these  regulations  were  observed 
by  Theodosius  and  his  successor  Marcian,  probably  also  on  his 
side  by  Valentinian ;  but  this  practice  fell  into  disuse,  and  we 
are  indebted  to  Haenel  for  the  remark  that  the  novella  of  the 
emperors  of  the  East,  but  none  of  those  of  the  emperors  of  the 
West,  appeared  in  the  code  of  Justinian ;  whence  we  conclude 
that  the  novellce  of  the  West  had  not  been  recognized  in  the 
East.2 

1  Cod.  Theod.  1,  1,  De  const-it. prin-  pragmatica  nostris  mentionibus  obtine- 

cip.,  5  ( A.D.  429)  :  "  In  futurum  autem,  tur,  §  6.     Quod  observari  necesse  est  in 

si  quid  promulgari  placuerit  .   .    .  etc."  his  ctiam  quce  per  Orientem  nobis  auc- 

De   Theodosiani   codicis    auctoritate  toribus  promulgantnr." 
(A.D.  438),  §  5:  "His  adjicimus  nul-  2  Editions  of  these  no  v  elite  have  been 

lam  constitutionem  in  postcrum  velut  published  by  Godefroy  in  1566  as  an- 

latam  in  partibus  Occidentis,  aliove  in  nexes  to  his  Theodosian  code ;   by  J. 

loco  ab  invictissimo  principe,  filio  nos-  Sirmond,  Paris,  in  1631  ;  and  by  J.  C. 

trae  dementias,  perpetuoaugusto,Valcn-  Amadutius,    Home,    1767;    the    most 

tiniano  posse  proferri,  vel  vim  legis  all-  recent   and   complete    being    that    by 

quana  obtinere,  nisi  hoc  idem   divina  Haenel  in  1844. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  421 

SECTION  CI. 
THEODOSIUS  PROJECTS  AN  EXTENDED  CODE. 

508.  The  reign  of  Theodosius,  whether  it  is  to  be  ascribed 
to  the  tendency  of  the  prince  himself  or  to  the  influence  of 
Antiochus,  his  praetorian  praefect  and  the  president  of  his  law 
commissions,  was  characterized  by  the  efforts  made  to  elucidate, 
simplify  and  reduce  the  bulk  of  legal  compilations,  which 
had  been  accumulating  through  centuries,  to  a  reasonable  and 
manageable  compass,  and  for  the  attempt  to  extract  rules 
adapted  to  the  conditions  of  the  time. 

The  lex  de  responsis  pendentum  or  lot  des  citations  was  the 
first  step  in  this  direction,  so  far  as  regarded  the  works  and 
responsa  of  the  jurists,  but  much  remained  to  be  done. 

Three  years  later,  A.D.  429,  the  constitution  appeared  direct- 
ing the  collection  of  the  imperial  constitutions,  from  the  time  of 
Constantine,  upon  the  model  of  the  Gregorian  and  Hermogenian 
codes.  This  same  constitution  reveals  the  project  of  the  emperor 
and  the  end  which  he  had  in  view. 

609.  The  three  codes,  the  Gregorian,  the  Hermogenian  and 
the  Theodosian,  according  to  this  first  ordinance,  were  to  form, 
in  a  certain  sense,  three  historical  codes,  containing  the  series 
of  imperial  constitutions  up  to  that  time  chronologically  arranged, 
so  as  to  preserve  the  record  of  these  constitutions,  showing  at 
once  by  this  arrangement,  both  in  the  order  of  the  subject 
matter  and  in  the  chronological  arrangement  of  each  subject, 
what  were  the  previous  provisions  which  had  been  abrogated 
by  subsequent  enactments  (non  solum  reputatis  consulibus  et 
tempore  qucesito  imperil.,  sed  ipsius  etiam  compositione  operis, 
validiora  esse  quce  sunt  posteriora  monstrante).  But  as  it  was 
more  simple  and  more  correct  in  practice  to  omit  the  portion 
which  had  been  abrogated,  or  which  had  fallen  into  disuse,  and 
only  to  cite  that  which  remained  in  force  (sed  cum  simplicius 
justiusque  sit,  pratermissis  eis  quas  posteriores  informant, 
explicari  solas  quas  valere  conveniet\  the  emperor  announced 
a  new  code  of  a  different  description  to  the  preceding,  which 
was  to  be  undertaken  and  published  after  the  completion  of  his 


422  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

first  code  (qui,  cum  primum  Codicem  nostrce  scientice  et  publics 
auctoritati  obtulerint,  aggredientur  alium,  donee  dignus  editione 
fuerit,  pertractandum). 

510.  This  was  to  contain,  arranged  under  each  title,  the 
extracts  from  the  three  preceding  codes,  and  those  from  the 
treatises  and  responsa  of  the  jurists  in  force  (ex  his  autem  tribus 
Codicibus  et  per  singulos  titulos  cohcerentibus  prudentium 
tractatibus  et  responsis}.  (<  This  would  be,"  said  the  emperor, 
"  another  code  for  us,  which  would  not  admit  of  any  error  or 
ambiguity,  and  which,  bearing  our  name,  would  show  to  all 
what  should  be  followed  and  what  avoided"  (noster  erit  alius, 
qui  nullum  errorem,  nullas  patietur  ambages,  qui,  nostro 
nomine  nuncupatus,  sequenda  omnibus  vitandaque  monstrabit).1 
This  last  project  was  not  carried  into  effect,  and  it  was  reserved 
till  the  reign  of  Justinian,  when  the  idea,  with  certain  modifi- 
tions,  was  carried  out. 


SECTION  CII. 

FRAGMENTA  VATICANA — MOSAICARUM  ET  ROMANARUM  LEGUM 
COLLATIO  —  CONSULTATIO  VETERIS  CUJUSDAM  JuRIS- 
CONSULTI. 

51 1.  We  must  notice  in  this  place  three  documents,  or  three 
classes  of  works  upon  Roman  law,  the  precise  date  of  which  is 
uncertain,  but  which  belonged  to  the  period  of  the  fourth  and 
fifth  centuries,  in  which  we  find  an  indication  of  a  sort  of  revival 
of  the  study  of  law,  at  least  so  far  as  regards  the  compilation 
and  quotation  of  texts.  These  works  are  consequently  of  much 
value.  The  first  is  anterior  to  the  code  of  Theodosius,  the  date 
of  the  second  is  doubtful,  and  the  third  certainly  belongs  to  a 
date  subsequent  to  that  of  Theodosius. 

612.  M.  A.  Mai,  a  librarian  of  the  Vatican,  recognized  in  a 
manuscript  of  Cassian  twenty-eight  folios  or  leaves  of  palimpsests, 
the  first  of  which  consisted  of  a  collection  of  fragments  from 

1  Cod.  Theod.  1,  1,  De  constit.princip.,  5,  Theod.  and  Valent.  A.D.  429. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  423 

the  works  of  Roman  jurists  and  from  the  imperial  constitutions: 
he  published  the  first  edition  at  Rome  in  1823  under  the  title 
of  Juris  civilis  antejustinianei  reliquice  ineditce  ;  a  publication 
which  was  reproduced  at  Paris  in  1823  by  the  editors  of  the 
Themis,  and  at  Berlin  in  1828  under  the  title  of  Fragmenta 
Vaticana ;  several  other  German  and  French  editions  have 
also  appeared.1 

613.  We  see,  by  the  numbering  of  the  sections  or  parts  that 
we  possess,  that  those  which  have  been  discovered  are  neither 
the  commencement  nor  the  end  of  the  collection,  nor  do  they 
follow  in  a  regular  order,  being  separated,  in  the  greater  number 
of  instances,  by  gaps  more  or  less  considerable,  the  extent  of  which 
we  are  able  to  determine  by  means  of  the  missing  numbers ;  it 
is  also  apparent  that  this  collection  was  of  a  most  extensive 
character.  Calculating  from  the  numbers  of  the  sections  in 
our  possession,  we  conclude  that  they  do  not  comprise  a  fifth  of 
the  whole.  The  collection  was  divided  into  sections  or  titles, 
each  with  its  own  rubric ;  seven  of  these  titles,  at  least  in  part, 
are  in  our  possession.2  For  the  convenience  of  reference  late 
editions  are  divided  and  numbered  by  paragraphs  which  do  not 
belong  to  the  manuscripts.  The  illegible  passages,  or  those  of 
which  only  a  portion  are  legible,  are  numerous. 

514.  This  collection,  in  which  it  is  difficult  to  discover  any 
general  design,  and,  frequently,  any  logical  connection,  it  is  clear 
was  not  a  complete  work.  It  appears  to  be  a  mere  collection  of 
materials,  intended  either  to  be  consulted  at  will  by  the  collec- 
tor, or  to  serve  some  purpose  preparatory  to  some  other  com- 
position. An  attempt  has  been  made  to  connect  it  with  the 
final  project  of  Theodosius,  and  it  has  been  attributed  to  Her- 
mogenianus,  the  author  of  the  Juris  epitomes,  on  account  of  the 
almost  complete  identity  that  exists  between  one  of  its  para- 

1  The  best  edition  is  that  by  Betmann  fructu;  De  re  uxoria  et  dotibus;  De 

Hollweg,  Ab  incerto  scriptore  collecta  excusatione  ;  Quando  donator  intcl- 

fragmenta  quce  dicuntur  Vaticana,  ligatur  revocasse  roluntatem;  De  do- 

Bonn,  1833,  in  8vo.,  upon  which  the  nationibus  ad  legem  Cinciam;  De 

later  editions  have  been  founded.  cognitoribus  et  procurator 'ibus. 

8  Ex  empto  et  vendito  ;    De  usu- 


424  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

graphs  and  the  fragment  of  this  author  cited  by  Justinian.1 
These  are,  however  ingenious,  mere  conjectures. 

515.  The  works  of  Roman  jurists  whose  fragments  we  find 
quoted  verbatim  in  this  collection,  with  an  indication  of  the 
author,  are  principally  those  of  Paul,  and  less  frequently  those 
of  Ulpian ;  Papinian  is  also  quoted,  but  more  rarely,  and  there 
is  a  single  extract  from  Celsus,  from  Julian,  and  from  Marcellus. 
The  writings  or  the  opinions  of  the  ancient  jurists  Trebatius, 
Labeo,   Cassius,  Proculus,   Sabinus,  and  of  their  successors, 
Celsus,  Aristo,  Neratius,  Julian,  Marcellus,  Pomponius,  and 
Scasvola,  are  frequently  quoted  in  the  course  of  numerous  para- 
graphs which  have  the  appearance  of  notes.     Amongst  the  im- 
perial constitutions  cited  as  extracts,  the  dates  of  which  may  be 
determined  by  the  consulates,  the  most  ancient  is  that  of  Marcus 
Aurelius,  A.D.  163,  and  the  most  recent  that  of  Valentinian  I., 
A.D.  372.     The  collection  is  therefore  posterior  to  this  latter 
epoch.     The  Gregorian  code  is  quoted  five  times,  and  the  Her- 
mogenian  code  once;  but  there  is  no  trace  either  of  the  con- 
stitutions or  the  code  of  Theodosius,  whence  the  probable  con- 
jecture that  this  collection  is  anterior  to  its  publication. 

516.  The  law  thus  collected  in  the  texts  or  quotations  from 
the  ancient  jurists  is  the  pure  classical  law  of  the  age  of  the 
jurists,  which  had  been  in  many  particulars  abrogated  at  the 
time  of  the  collection.     The  nature  and  indication  of  the  sources 
whence  the  law  is  derived  is  of  great  service  to  us  in  the  his- 
torical study  of  Roman  law;  and  we  have  gathered  from  it 
some  information  concerning  usufruct,  dower,  and  especially  the 
provisions  of  the  lex  Cincia  relative  to  the  regulations  concerning 
donations,  on  which  points  we  were  previously  without  details. 

517.  The  second  work  to  be  noticed  is  a  comparison  between 
the  Mosaic  and  the  Roman  laws,  made  by  an  unknown  author, 
and  at  a  date  which  is  also  uncertain.     It  was  discovered  in 
the  sixteenth  century.     Tillet  found  certain  manuscripts,  and 

2  Fragmenta  Vaticana,  ex  empto  et      nctionibrtx  empti  ct  venditi,  49,  pr.  fr. 
vendito,  §    13 ;    and  Dig.    19,   1,  De      Hermogen. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  425 

believed  that  he  was  able  to  decipher  on  one  of  them  the  name 
of  the  author,  "  Rufinus."  The  first  edition  was  published  by 
P.  Pithou,  in  Paris,  in  1573. 

618.  This  work  is  divided  into  several  titles,  with  their 
rubrics,  the  first  paragraph  of  each  commencing  with  these 
words:  "Moises  dicit."  Title  16,  which  commences  "  Scrip- 
tura  Divina  sic  dicit,"  is  the  sole  exception.  After  this  very 
very  laconic  indication  of  the  Mosaic  law  follows  a  series  of 
paragraphs  consisting  entirely  of  textual  extracts  upon  the  same 
subject,  from  the  writings  of  the  Roman  jurists  or  from  the  im- 
perial constitutions.  The  author  does  not  add  any  comment, 
and  the  comparison  which  he  wishes  to  establish  in  order  to 
show  the  resemblance  between  the  two  systems  of  law  is  made 
solely  by  placing  the  texts  in  juxtaposition.  The  jurists  who 
are  quoted  are  the  five  designated  by  Adrian,  but  whether  the 
compiler  was  guided  by  the  lex  de  responsis  prudentum,  or 
whether  he  acted  upon  the  usage  which  preceded  that  enact- 
ment, is  doubtful.  There  are  thirty-three  extracts  from  Paul, 
twenty-two  from  Ulpian,  eight  from  Papinian,  two  from 
Modestinus,  one  only  from  Gaius,  eight  from  the  Gregorian 
code,  and  five  from  the  Hemiogenian.  It  is  uncertain  how 
many  belong  to  the  Theodosian  code. 

There  is  a  constitution  of  Theodosius  I.  quoted  A.D.  390, 
from  which  we  determine  the  fact  that  this  compilation  is 
posterior  to  that  date.  This  constitution  is  preceded  by  the 
expression  "Item  Theodosianus,"  but  grave  doubts  exist  as 
to  the  accuracy  of  this  rendering,  whether  in  the  original  it 
was  not  Item  Theodosius,  and  was  transformed  by  the  error 
of  the  copyist  into  Theodosianus.1  No  other  quotation  from 
the  Theodosian  code  or  from  contemporaneous  constitutions 
occurs. 

1  Grounds  of  doubt :  1st.  The  phrase  tit.  7,  Ad  leg.  Jul.  de  adult.,  const.  6), 

Item  Theodosianus  is  not  followed  by  but  it  is  without  preamble  or  conclusion, 

any  mention  of  a  book  or  title,  whereas  whereas  these  exist  in  the    Collatlo  ; 

the  author  has  in  no  case  failed  to  indi-  whence  the  conclusion  that  the  compiler 

cate   precisely  the   text,   whether  the  had  derived  the  text  not  from  the  Theo- 

Gregorian    code,    the     Heromogenian  dosian  code,  but  from  archives,  or  some 

code,  or  the  works  of  the  jurists.     2nd.  other  document  in  which  it  was  con- 

The  constitution  in  question  is  in  fact  tained  intact, 
found  in  the  Theodosian  code  (lib.  ix. 


426  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

519.  The  objections  raised  serve  as  a  basis  from  which  we 
may  form  some  conjecture  as  to  the  date  of  the  Collatio.  It  is 
clearly  posterior  to  the  year  A.D.  390.  If  we  retain  the  name 
of  Rufinus  as  that  of  its  author,  it  cannot  refer  to  the  jurist 
Licinus  Rufinus,  the  contemporary  of  Paul,  but  it  may  refer  to 
one  of  two  individuals, — either  to  Rufinus,  the  Gallo-Roman 
praetorian  prefect  and  minister  under  Theodosius  L,  who  was 
raised  to  this  position  on  account  of  his  erudition  as  a  jurist, 
and  to  whom  several  of  the  rescripts  of  that  prince  are  addressed; 
he  died  in  the  year  A.D.  395 :  or  it  may  refer  to  Rufinus,  the 
fellow  pupil  of  St.  Jerome,  the  founder  of  the  convent  of  the 
Mount  of  Olives  at  Jerusalem,  the  author  of  several  theological 
works,  which  are  received  amongst  those  of  the  Fathers  of  the 
Church  ;  he  died  in  A.D.  410.  Either  of  these  dates,  that  is  to 
say  A.D.  395  or  A.D.  410,  may  agree  with  that  of  A.D.  390,  the 
date  of  the  most  recent  of  the  quotations  contained  in  the  Col- 
latio. The  ecclesiastical  character  of  the  writings  of  Rufinus, 
one  of  the  Fathers  of  the  Church,  has  in  our  days  determined 
Husckhe  to  regard  him  as  the  author  of  the  Comparison  between 
the  Mosaic  and  the  Roman  laws.  According  to  another  con- 
jecture of  Haenel,  the  unknown  author  must  have  made  his 
compilation  after  the  constitution  of  A.D.  429,  in  which  is  found 
the  first  order  for  the  preparation  of  the  Theodosian  code,  and 
before  the  publication  of  it,  that  is  to  say,  between  A.D.  429  and 
A.D.  438.  And,  finally,  Haubold,  in  his  chronological  tables, 
who  has  in  this  respect  been  followed  by  M.  Blondeau,  places 
the  Collatio  at  a  much  later  period,  even  after  the  fall  of  the 
western  empire,  at  about  the  time  that  the  collections  of  the 
Roman  laws  were  made  by  the  order  of  the  barbarian  kings. 

5  SO.  From  a  phrase  which  appears  at  the  head  of  a  manu- 
script :  "  Lex  Dei  quam  Deus  prcecepit  ad  Moysen"  and  which 
certain  critics  regard  as  merely  the  commencement  of  the  pre- 
face, this  compilation  has  received  the  name  of  Lex  Dei. 

521.  From  the  indication  that  we  have  given  of  the  extracts 
which  the  Collatio  contains,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  it  has  been  of 
great  service  in  aiding  the  re-construction  of  the  ancient  works 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  427 

upon  the  law  which  are  therein  quoted,  particularly  the  Sen- 
tentia  of  Paul,  the  Regulce  of  Ulpian,  the  Gregorian  and  Her- 
mogenian  codes. 

622.  In  1577,  Cujas,  in  the  first  volume  of  his  works,  from 
a  manuscript  of  Ant.   Oiselius  which  was  in  his  possession, 
but  which  has  since  been  lost,  published  a  document  which 
emanated  from  a  jurist  of  the  Lower  Empire  whose  name  he  was 
unable  to  discover.     He  has  placed  this  document  under  the 
title  of  Consultatio  veteris  cujusdam  jurisconsulti,  at  the  head 
of  his  consultationes,  sixty  in  number,  and  has  given  it  as  an 
example  of  the  consultationes  of  the  period  to  which  the  jurist 
belonged. 

623.  In  this  aspect,  it  is  a  document  of  primary  importance. 
The  author  addresses  himself  to  some  person  who  is  supposed 
to  consult  him,  and  places  the  various  legal  points  referred  to 
him,  with  their  solution,  in  regular  order  under  chapters.    Indeed, 
this  jurist  of  the  Lower  Empire  has  very  little  of  his  own ;  his 
answer  to  each  question  consists  of  a  series  of  quotations  of 
texts,  the  source  of  which  he  indicates  with  precision.     This  is 
an  application  of  the  lex  de  responsis  prudentum,  and  a  speci- 
men of  the  character  and  method  which  the  practice  of  the  law 
had  at  that  time  acquired. 

624.  The  application  of  the  lex  de  responsis  is  limited,  be- 
cause the  quotations  are  confined  to  the  elementary  work  of  the 
SententicB  of  Paul  and  to  the  three  codes — the  Gregorian,  the 
Hermogenian  and  the   Theodosian.     We  find  twenty-one  ex- 
tracts from  the  SententicB  of  Paul,  sixteen  from  the  Gregorian, 
twenty  from  the  Hermogenian,  and  eight  from  the  Theodosian 
codes.     But  the  great  utility  of  this  publication  consists  in  the 
fact  that  it  facilitates  the  interpretation  of  the  texts. 

525.  The  "  jurist  of  the  Lower  Empire  "  qualifies  as  leges  the 
SententicB  Pauli,  which  he  quotes,  and  in  cap.  vii.  assigns  the 
following  reasons :  "  cujus  Sententias  sacratissimorum  princi- 
pum  scita  semper  valituras  ac  divalis  constitutio  declarat." 


428 


THE  HISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


475.  KOMULUS 

TULUS. 


AUGUS- 


Eastern  Empire. 

A.D.  450.  MARCIANUS. 


This  evidently  refers  to  the  constitution  of  Constantino,  A.D. 
327,  and  to  the  lex  de  responsis  prudentum,  A.D.  426. 1  The 
extracts  from  the  Theodosian  code  contained  in  his  work  place 
it  beyond  doubt  that  he  wrote  subsequently  to  the  publication  of 
that  code,  but  nothing  more  can  be  said  as  to  the  date  of  his 
work. 

EMPERORS. 

Western  Empire. 

A.D.  450.  VALENTINIAN  SRD. 
„    455.  PETRONIUS    MAXI- 

MUS. 

„  „     AVITUS. 

„  456.  The  throne  vacant. 

„  457.  MAJORIANUS.  „    457.  LEO  1st. 

„  461.  LIBYUS  SEVERUS. 

„  465.  Interregnum      (two 

years). 

„  467.  ANTHEMIUS. 

„  472.  OLYBRIUS. 

„  473.  GLYCERIUS. 

„  474.  JULIUS  NEPOS. 


474.  LEO  2nd. 

ZENO  ISAURUS. 


SECTION  CIII. 
THE  END  OF  THE  WESTERN  EMPIRE. 

526.  We  have  now  arrived  at  the  end  of  the  list  of  the 
emperors  of  the  West.  Their  empire  had  been  broken  up  by 
the  barbarians  and  parcelled  out  among  the  invaders.  Nothing 
could  be  more  dramatic  than  the  picture  of  the  events  which 
terminated  in  this  catastrophe. 

Up  to  the  reign  of  Valens,  the  barbarians,  who  flocked  to  the 
plunder  of  the  provinces  and  retired  with  their  booty,  were  more 


1  See  §§  457  and  459. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  429 

frequently  the  conquered  than  the  conquerors.  Numbers  of 
them  had  been  enlisted  by  this  emperor  and  had  formed  inde- 
pendent corps  which  fought  side  by  side  with  the  Romans, 
taking  part  in  the  wars  between  the  princes  and  attaching 
themselves  to  their  respective  interests.  They  had  thus,  with- 
out losing  their  native  hardihood  and  power  of  endurance, 
learnt  the  art  of  war;  they  also  became  acquainted  with  the 
decay  of  Roman  power  and  with  the  resources  of  the  interior 
of  the  empire.  Under  Valens  an  Asiatic  race,  before  unknown, 
called  the  Huns,  appeared  in  great  force  along  the  Danube ; 
they  pressed  upon  the  Alani,  the  Alani  pressed  upon  the  Goths, 
and  the  Goths  threw  themselves  into  the  empire.  And  while 
the  Huns  established  themselves  in  the  place  of  the  hordes 
whom  they  had  either  destroyed  or  dislodged,  the  Goths 
demanded  a  settlement  in  the  Empire.  They  were  received ; 
but,  deprived  of  their  women  and  children,  who  were  taken 
from  them  as  hostages,  made  the  victims  of  the  rapacity  of  the 
imperial  officers,  distressed  for  want  of  food,  yet  retaining  their 
arms,  they  yielded  to  the  pressure  of  necessity,  ravaged  the 
country,  destroyed  Yalens,  and  forced  tribute  from  the  Romans; 
an  ignominy,  however,  with  which  the  Roman  emperors  were 
not  altogether  unacquainted.  We  find  these  barbarian  chiefs, 
in  their  wooden  huts  or  under  tents  made  of  the  skins  of  wild 
beasts,  surrounded  by  savage  hordes,  receiving  with  insolence 
ambassadors  clothed  in  purple  and  counting  out  the  gold  sent 
to  them  by  the  masters  of  Rome  and  Constantinople.  But  the 
time  came  when  gold  no  longer  satisfied  them ;  they  established 
themselves  and  settled  in  the  countries  with  the  plunder  of 
which  they  had  heretofore  been  contented.  Alaric  and  Rada- 
gaisus  under  Honorius,  Attila  and  Genseric  under  Theodosius, 
dispersed  their  soldiers  through  the  length  and  breadth  of  the 
empire  and  commenced  its  dismemberment. 

Alaric  headed  the  Goths,  to  whom  the  ordinary  tribute  had 
been  refused,  and,  being  joined  by  the  Huns,  the  Alani  and  the 
Sarmatians,  ravaged  Thrace,  and  passing  Constantinople  pre- 
cipitated himself  upon  the  West,  A.D.  403.  Being  defeated  by 
Stilico,  he  was  bribed  to  Avithdraw,  but  being  again  defeated 
during  his  retreat,  he  retired,  meditating  revenge,  A.D.  406. 


430  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Radagaisus,  with  the  Suevi,  the  Vandals,  the  Burgundians, 
the  Germans,  the  Alani  and  the  Sarmatians,  who  followed  him, 
penetrated  Italy,  A.D.  406.  Stilico  dispersed  this  army  like- 
wise, and  destroyed  its  chief:  but  though  vanquished  the  barba- 
rians were  no  less  dangerous  than  before,  for  they  had  entered 
Italy  never  to  leave  it. 

Alaric  reappeared;  by  heaping  upon  him  untold  treasures 
the  Romans  induced  him  to  retire,  but  he  again  reappeared  in 
order  to  proclaim  an  emperor  of  the  West,  who,  as  a  reward, 
styled  him  master-general  of  the  empire.  Upon  his  third 
appearance  he  battered  down  the  gates  of  Rome,  and  let  loose 
his  devastating  hordes  upon  the  venerable  city,  A.D.  410.  Death 
stayed  the  hand  of  the  victor  in  the  midst  of  his  triumphs,  and 
the  Gothic  leader,  by  whom  Alaric  was  succeeded,  received  the 
sister  of  an  emperor  as  his  wife,  and  invested  with  the  title  of 
Roman  general  took  the  command  in  Gaul. 

The  Franks,  the  Burgundians  and  the  Visigoths  divided  the 
country  between  them,  the  Franks  occupying  the  provinces  in 
the  north,  situated  near  the  Loire  and  the  Seine  ;  the  Burgun- 
dians, in  A.D.  414,  the  eastern  provinces;  the  Visigoths,  A.D.  419, 
the  southern  parts.  Thus  were  founded  three  kingdoms,  in 
which  the  Romans  and  the  ancient  inhabitants  of  the  country 
were  mingled  with  the  conquering  races,  but  only  allowed  to 
enjoy  an  inferior  position.1 

537.  Alaric  and  Radagaisus  were  soon  replaced  by  Attila 
and  Genseric. 

Attila,  the  king  of  the  Huns,  who  ravaged  the  provinces  of 
the  East,  and  pitched  his  tents  under  the  walls  of  Constanti- 
nople, consented  for  a  large  sum  of  money  to  quit  that  spot  for 
the  West,  A.D.  450.  He  first  threw  himself  upon  the  Gauls, 
but  the  Saxons,  the  Franks,  the  Burgundians,  the  Visigoths, 
and  the  different  races  who  were  established  in  those  territories, 
immediately  arose  to  defend  their  prey.  Attila,  defeated  near 
Chalons,  changed  his  course,  and  fell  upon  Italy.  He  then 
marched  towards  Rome,  pillaging  the  country  as  he  proceeded, 

1  The  student  of  this  interesting  por-  Histolre  des  institutions  Merovingi- 
tion  of  history  is  referred  to  Lehuerou's  cnnes,  Paris,  1842. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  431 

and  massacring  the  inhabitants.  He  demanded  as  his  wife 
Honoria,  the  sister  of  Valentinian  III.,  who,  almost  a  captive 
at  the  court  of  Constantinople,  had  conceived  the  idea  of 
having  recourse  to  the  barbarian.  The  intercession  of  Pope 
Leo  I.,  and  the  conditions  offered  to  Attila,  arrested  his  pro- 
gress, and  Rome  was  for  the  moment  saved.  The  chief  of  the 
Huns,  however,  soon  made  preparations  for'  a  second  invasion, 
and  declared  his  determination  of  getting  possession  of  Honoria, 
who  had  been  kept  from  him,  when  he  was  struck  with  sudden 
death,  A.D.  453. 

Genseric,  the  king  of  the  Vandals,  who  had  snatched  from 
the  Roman  empire  first  Spain  and  afterwards  nearly  all  the 
provinces  of  Africa,  was  the  enemy  who  was  destined  to  inflict 
the  most  terrible  blow  upon  Rome.  In  A.D.  455  he  appeared 
under  the  walls  of  the  city ;  it  surrendered  at  discretion,  and 
was  sacked  during  a  period  of  forty  days  by  the  barbarians,  so 
that  what  had  been  left  by  the  Goths  had  only  been  reserved 
for  the  Vandals.  Genseric  departed  with  his  vessels  laden  with 
plundered  treasures,  leaving  behind  him  a  heap  of  ruins  and 
ashes,  a  vacant  throne  and  an  empire  almost  overturned. 

628.  This  empire,  after  the  sacking  of  Rome,  languished 
for  about  twenty  years.  Emperor  succeeded  emperor ;  the 
barbarian  Ricimer,  under  the  title  of  general,  made  and 
unmade  them  at  his  pleasure,  and  sacked  Rome  a  third  time  to 
place  Olybrius  on  its  throne.  He  was  succeeded  by  Gondobald, 
a  Burgundian  chief,  who,  in  his  turn,  made  Glycerins  emperor. 
Finally,  a  third  barbarian,  Orestes,  one  of  the  ambassadors  of 
Attila,  caused  his  son  Romulus  Augustulus  to  be  proclaimed 
emperor.  Then  the  Huns,  the  Suevi,  the  Heruli,  and  all  the 
tribes  that  followed  his  standard  and  who  constituted  a  large 
part  of  the  army,  claimed  their  share  of  the  spoils  of  the  West, 
and  tumultuously  demanded  that  Italy  should  be  divided 
amongst  them.  Orestes  refused  ;  Odoacer  collected  about  him 
the  malcontents,  assassinated  Orestes,  compelled  Augustulus  to 
resign  his  purple,  and  declared  himself  king  of  all  Italy,  which 
country  he  partitioned  out  amongst  his  soldiers. 

Thus  fell  to  pieces  the  remains  of  the  western  empire,  while 


432  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  throne  of  the  Byzantine  emperors  remained  secure  amid  all 
the  shocks  from  barbarian  invasions,  its  preservation  being  due 
to  the  continuous  flow  of  the  invading  races  towards  the  west. 

Odoacer  did  not  retain  the  throne  long,  for  he  was  driven 
from  it  by  Theodoric,  who,  at  the  head  of  the  Ostrogoths, 
wrested  the  sceptre  from  his  hand. 


SECTION  CIV. 

EOMAN  LAWS  PUBLISHED  BY  GERMAN  KlNGS. 

529.  But  while  all  those  new  races  were  thus  establishing 
themselves  in  Gaul,  Spain,  Africa,  and  Italy,  what  became  of 
Roman  law?     The  barbarians,  who  brought  with  them  their 
own  manners  and  national  customs,  had  a  certain  respect  for, 
and  even  some  acquaintance  with,  the  laws  of  the  empire ;  and 
when  they  settled  down  with  the  now-conquered  Romans,  divid- 
ing with  them  their  lands  and  goods,  they  adopted  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  personality  of  law.     Every  man  was  judged  by  the 
laws  of  the  nationality  to  which  he  belonged,  or,  even  in  certain 
cases,  pretended  to  belong.     Thus  there  were  on  the  one  hand 
the  different  Germanic  laws  drawn  out  and  promulgated  in  the 
new  kingdoms,  and  on  the  other  collections  of  Roman  laws 
composed  by  order  and  with  the  sanction  of  the  German  kings. 
Such  were,  in  Gaul,  the  Roman  law  of  the  Visigoths  (lex  Romano. 
Visigothorum],  called  also,   since  the    sixteenth   century,  the 
Breviary  (abridgment,  abridged  collection)  of  Alaric,  and  some- 
times the  Breviarium  Alaricianum  or  Aniani ;  and  the  Roman 
law  of  the  Burgundians  (lex  Romana  Burgundiorum],  desig- 
nated also  in  the  sixteenth  century  by  the  names  of  Papiani 
responsa,  or   simply  the  Papian  law.      In   Italy,  among  the 
Ostrogoths,  there  was  the  edict  of  Theodoric  (edictum  Theo- 
dorici). 

530.  It  is  to  be  remarked  that  it  was  with  the  consent  of 
the  emperors  of  Constantinople,  who,  amid  the  convulsions  that 
attended  the  disruption  of  the  Empire,  did  not  scruple,  with 
the  hope  of  creating  a  diversion  in  favour  of  the  empire  of  the 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  433 

Kast,  to  join  the  barbarians,  that  those  three  nations  laid  the 
first  foundation  of  their  kingdoms  in  the  West.  The  Visigoths, 
in  consequence  of  a  treaty  with  Honorius,  established  them- 
selves between  the  Loire  and  the  Pyrenees,  taking  Toulouse 
for  their  capital ;  the  Burgundians,  in  consequence  of  a  treaty 
with  the  same  emperor,  in  the  country  watered  by  the  Saone 
and  the  Rhone,  extending  to  the  Durance,  taking  for  their 
capital  Geneva ;  the  Ostrogoths,  eighty  years  later,  directed  by 
the  Emperor  Zeno  to  Italy,  achieved  in  four  years,  against 
the  barbarians  who  had  preceded  them  there,  the  conquest  of 
the  Peninsula,  and,  taking  Ravenna  for  the  capital  of  their 
kingdom,  were  recognized  by  Anastasius.  Ataulf,  king  of  the 
Visigoths,  with  whom  Honorius  had  treated,  married  a  short 
time  afterwards  (A.D.  414)  Placidia,  sister  of  that  emperor, 
and  daughter  of  Theodosius  the  Great.  Theodoric,  king  of  the 
Ostrogoths,  had  been  brought  up  as  a  hostage  in  the  court 
of  Constantinople,  and  it  was  through  the  delegation  of  the 
rights  of  the  Emperor  Zeno  that  he  had  advanced  into  Italy 
against  Odoacer  and  his  Heruli.  He  aimed  at  nothing  less 
than  reconstructing  by  his  own  hands  the  empire  of  the  West. 
He  had  coin  struck  with  two  effigies,  one  side  bearing  that  of 
the  emperor  of  the  East,  the  other  his  own.  All  these  facts 
must  be  borne  in  mind  if  we  would  properly  understand  how 
the  Roman  law  preserved  its  influence  and  was  received  as  an 
inheritance,  at  least  for  the  Roman  populations,  by  the  German 
chiefs,  in  the  new  states  which  they  formed. 

It  must  be  noted  that  the  date  of  the  foundation  of  the  two 
kingdoms,  the  Visigoth  and  Burgundian,  in  Gaul,  in  the  years 
412-413  respectively,  is  anterior,  by  more  than  twenty  years,  to 
the  publication  of  the  Theodosian  code,  A.D.  438;  and  that  con- 
sequently it  was  not  in  the  form  of  a  system  of  laws  promulgated 
by  the  reigning  power,  but  only  as  a  code  regulating  and  sup- 
plementing the  law  followed  by  the  Roman  population,  under 
the  superior  influence  of  the  Roman  law  and  of  the  supremacy 
of  the  emperors  of  the  East,  that  this  code,  and  subsequently 
the  Novella,  penetrated  into  these  two  kingdoms.  They  re- 
ceived their  local  legislative  character  by  the  promulgation  in 
the  beginning  of  the  sixth  century  of  the  lex  fiomnna.  On  the 

F  F 


434  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

other  hand,  the  date  of  the  establishment  of  the  kingdom  of  the 
Ostrogoths  in  Italy,  A.D.  493,  is  subsequent,  by  fifty-five  years, 
to  the  publication  of  the  Theodosian  code. 

531.  1.°  The  history  of  the  formation  of  the  Roman  law  of 
the  Visigoths  is  to  be  found  in  the  Commonitorium  or  notice 
placed  at  the  head  of  the  copy  addressed  to  each  count,  re- 
quiring him  to  enforce  it.  The  one  which  we  possess  is  entitled 
"  Alarici  regis  exemplar  auctoritatis"  and  is  addressed  to  a 
Count  Timotheus,  vir  spectabilis;  edited,  subscribed  and  certi- 
fied (edidi,  atque  subscripsi :  Recognovimus],  in  execution  of 
the  orders  of  the  king,  by  Anianus,  vir  spectabilis  also,  secretary 
or  referendarius,  if  we  are  to  judge  by  the  mission  he  executed, 
of  the  chancery  of  the  kingdom. 

We  see  in  it  that  this  collection  (hoc  corpus}  was  prepared, 
in  conformity  with  written  orders  (sicut  pr&ceptum  est\  under 
the  direction  of  Gojaric  (ordinante  Gojarico),  count  of  the 
palace,  vir  illustris  (in  those  kingdoms  the  rank  of  the  Roman 
nobility  was  preserved  in  the  person  of  the  Barbarians),  pro- 
bably by  a  commission  composed  for  the  greater  part,  if  not 
entirely,  of  Roman  jurists,  and  that  it  was  decreed  at  Aire  in 
Gascony,  in  the  twenty-second  year  of  the  reign  of  Alaric  II., 
consequently  in  A.D.  506. 

The  king  declares  in  the  Commonitorium,  or  notice,  that,  for 
the  benefit  of  his  people,  with  the  help  of  the  Deity,  he  wishes 
to  correct  what  appears  unjust  in  the  laws,  to  remodel  them, 
and  to  do  away  with  the  obscurity  of  the  Roman  laws  and 
ancient  rights  (omnis  legum  Romanarum  et  antiqui  juris  ob- 
scuritas],  so  that  there  may  be  nothing  ambiguous  in  them : 
everything  being  made  plain  (omnibus  enucleatis),  and  the 
extracts  chosen  from  the  works  of  the  ancient  jurists  collected 
into  a  single  volume.  It  is  an  echo  of  what  had  already  been 
said  seventy  years  before  by  Theodosius,  in  the  preparatory  con- 
stitution of  his  code,  and  a  prelude  to  what  was  to  be  said  with 
more  emphasis  and  more  prolixity,  and  which  was  to  be  exe- 
cuted with  more  amplitude,  by  Justinian  more  than  thirty 
years  afterwards. 

This  collection  is  not  published  by  the  sole  authority  of  the 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  435 

Visigoth  king,  as  were  those  of  the  Lower  Empire  ;  it  was 
submitted,  according  to  some  ancient  custom  of  the  people,  to 
the  assent  of  the  ecclesiastics  and  of  the  principal  nobles  (ad- 
hibitis  sacerdotibus  et  nobilibus),  and  in  the  provinces  to  that 
of  the  bishops  and  of  the  provincials  chosen  for  that  purpose 
(venerabilium  episcoporum  vel  electorum  provincialium  nos- 
trorum  roboravit  adsensus). 

The  king  ordains  that  the  original  collection  shall  be  entrusted 
to  the  Count  Gojaric,and  that  no  copy  shall  be  officially  received 
or  have  any  authority  except  such  as  shall  have  been  subscribed 
by  Anianus  (vir  spectabilis)  with  his  own  hand. 

No  one  is  to  be  permitted  to  quote,  in  litigation,  any  law  or 
work  of  any  jurist  (aut  de  legibus,  aut  de  jure),  except  what  is 
contained  in  the  collection  thus  subscribed  and  certified.  An 
order  is  given  to  the  count,  to  whom  the  Commonitorium  is 
addressed,  to  see  to  this  in  his  jurisdiction ;  he  is  answerable  for 
it  with  his  head  (ad  periculum  capitis  tui),  or  at  the  peril  of  his 
property. 

If  we  pass  from  the  form  to  the  contents,  we  shall  find  them 
indicated  by  this  general  formula  :  In  hoc  corpore  continentur 
leges  sive  species  juris  de  Theodosiano  et  diver  sis  libris  electee. 

This  antithesis  between  the  leges,  meaning  here  the  constitu- 
tions, and  jus,  that  is  to  say,  the  works  of  the  jurists,  occurs 
several  times,  with  a  few  changes  of  expression,  either  in  the 
Commonitorium  or  in  the  body  itself  of  the  document;1  and  it  is 
summed  up  there  in  its  shortest  form :  "  aut  de  legibus  aut  de 
jure" — "jure  et  legibus  continetur ,"  *  in  which  the  word  jus,  by 
the  force  of  habit,  had  assumed  a  sense,  already  given  to  it,  it  is 
true,  by  Pomponius,3  but  which  had  now  become  its  technical 
signification,  viz.,  the  "law  of  the  jurists." 

These  two  sources  of  law  are  arranged  as  follows  in  the  col- 
lection of  Alaric: — 1st,  Leges: — The  Theodosian  Code,  con- 

1  Commonitorium,  passim :"  Legum  body  of  the  document :  Interpretation 

Romanarum  et  antiqui  juris  obscuri-  of  the  law  of  tbc  Theodosian  Code  (iii. 

tas."  "  Nulla  alia  lex  neque  juris  for-  13,  De  dotibns):  "  Quia  hoc  lex  ista 

inula."  "  De  Theodosiani  legibus,  at-  non  evidenter  ostemlit,  in  jure,  hoc  est 

que  sententiis  juris  vel  diversis  libris  in  Pauli  Seutentiis,  sub  titulo  De  doti- 

electae."  bus  rcqnireiidum."  Interpretation  of 

3  See  §  236.  the  law  of  the  Gregorian  Code  (ii.  l',  1 ). 

3  In  the  Commonitorhun,  and  in  (lie 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

sisting  of  extracts  from  the  sixteen  books,  and  a  series  of  the 
Novella  of  Theodosius  and  of  his  successors  down  to  Severus. 
2nd,  Jus : — An  abridgment  of  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  in  which 
the  whole  of  the  fourth  book,  treating  of  actions,  and  several 
parts  of  the  other  books,  have  been  omitted,  as  being  obsolete ; 
the  SententicB  of  Paul  (five  books);  the  Gregorian  Code  (thirteen 
articles)  ;  the  Hermogenian  Code  (two  articles)  ;  and,  lastly,  a 
single  fragment  in  two  lines,  of  the  first  book  of  the  responsa 
Papiniani,  which  gave  rise  to  the  belief  that  perhaps  the  con- 
tinuation was  lost.  A  passage  in  this  collection,  following  the 
lex  de  responsis  prudentum,  which  is  recited,  after  pointing  out 
who  the  jurists  were  who  were  accredited  by  that  law,  explains 
that  it  is  with  a  view  only  to  the  necessities  of  the  present  time 
that  the  compilers  have  confined  themselves  to  selecting  extracts 
from  Gaius,  Papinian  and  Paul,  adding  to  them  Gregorian 
and  Hermogenian,1  whose  codes  are  placed  here  among  the 
works  of  the  jurists,  because  they  were,  in  effect,  private  and 
not  imperial  publications. 

The  texts  inserted  in  our  collection,  with  the  exception  of 
Gaius's  epitome,  are  accompanied  by  an  Inter -pretatio,  in  the 
Latin  of  the  time,  which  is  useful  as  showing  the  condition  of 
the  institutions  of  the  epoch,  and  indicating  the  manner  in  which 
the  Roman  law,  as  published  by  Alaric,  had  been  modified  and 
applied.  This  Interpretatio  is  still  to  be  found  in  our  editions  of 
the  Theodosian  'Code.  The  expressions  elegimus,  inseruimus? 
which  we  meet  with  there,  show  that  it  is  the  work  of  the 
compilers  themselves. 

This  code  is  frequently  quoted  in  the  middle  ages,  under  the 
title  of  lex  Theodosiana,  Corpus  Theodosianum,  Liber  legum, 
Lex  Romano..  The  name  Breviarium  Alarici  appears  in  the 
books  only  of  the  sixteenth  century,  but  it  has  a  flavour  of  age 
about  it  and  of  more  ancient  usage.  As  to  the  Breviarium 
Aniani,  the  secondary  part  which  Anian  plays  has  not  been 
fully  realized. 

1  Interpretation  of  the  Cod.  Theod.  prrcscntium  temporum  videbantur  ele- 

1,4,  De  respons.  prud-ent.:  "  Sed  ex  gimus." 

his   omnibus    juris    consultoribns,    ex  2  Sec    the    preceding   note,  together 

Gregoriano,  Hermogeninno,  Gaio,  1'api-  with  the  Interpretation  of  lex  7,  Cod. 

niano,  et  Paulo,  (put  necessaria  causis  Theod.  .">,  1,  J)c  Icy  It.  Itta-ed. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  437 

Alaric  II.  did  not  long  survive  his  work ;  less  than  one  year 
afterwards,  A.D.  507,  he  perished  in  the  battle  of  Vouille,  killed 
l>\  Clevis's  own  hand,  and  the  Franks  replaced  the  Visigoths  in 
almost  all  their  possessions  in  Gaul;  but  the  legislative  work 
of  Alaric  survived  these  disasters  ;  and  of  all  the  collections  of 
Roman  laws  made  by  the  barbarian  princes,  it  was  this  whose 
authority  spread  the  farthest  and  lasted  the  longest.1  The 
Visigoths  spreading  from  Gaul  to  Spain  (A.D.  415),  under  their 
kings  Theodoric  II.  and  Euric  (from  A.D.  453  to  A.D.  484), 
conquered  the  whole  of  that  country,  and  there  published,  a 
century  and  a  half  after  the  Breviary  of  Alaric,  a  code  of  laws 
for  the  Visigoths  {codex  legis  VisigotJtorum),  which  we  must 
not  confound  with  their  Roman  law. 

631.  2.°  The  Lex  Romana  of  the  Burgundians  had  been 
preceded,  among  that  people,  by  the  publication  of  the  Ger- 
manic law,  which  is  called  the  Lex  Gondobada,  from  the  name  of 
their  king  Gondobald.  The  second  preface  of  that  law,  under 
king  Sigismund,  son  of  the  preceding  (A.D.  517),  in  ordain- 
ing that  Romans  should  have  Roman  law  administered  to 
them,  announces  a  special  code  of  that  law.8  This  is  in  our 
possession  ;  it  is  subsequent  to  the  A.D.  517,  and  is  divided  into 
forty-seven  articles.  M.  Savigny  has  shown,  by  the  mere 
comparison  of  the  headings,  that  the  arrangement  is  the  same 
as  that  of  the  lex  Gondobada.  This  code  is  formed  in  great 
part  of  texts  taken  from  the  Breviary  of  Alaric ;  there  are 
also  a  few  from  direct  Roman  sources,  the  whole  being  very 
brief.  The  name  of  Responsa  Papiani,  or  the  Papian  law, 
is  taken  from  the  first  edition  by  Cujas,  in  1566,  who  mistook 
Papianus,  a  contraction  of  Papinianus,  sometimes  used  by  an- 
cient copyists,  for  the  name  of  an  unknown  jurist,  the  author  of 
the  collection.  It  is  apparent  at  once,  from  the  first  page  of 
this  edition  of  1566,  how  this  mistake  took  place  ;  the  fragment, 

1  The  edition  recommended  is  that  of  2  Prologue,  2nd  preface:  "Inter 
Haenel,  Leipzig,  1849,  for  which  the  Romanes  .  .  .  Ilonmnis  legibus  pra;- 
learned  editor  has  consulted  seventy-  cipimus  judicari :  qui  forinam  et  expo- 
six  manuscripts  and  seven  ancient  sitionem  legum  conscriptam,  qualiter 
abridgments  of  the  Breviarium,  rive  of  jndiccnt,  se  noverint  accepturos,  ut  per 
which  are  manuscripts  ;  this  edition  is  ignoraiitiam  se  nullus  excuset." 
enriched  with  notes  and  appendices. 


438  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

in  two  lines,  of  the  responsa  Papiniani,  which  concludes  the 
Breviary  of  Alaric,  is  immediately  followed,  in  the  manuscript 
of  Cujas,  by  the  Roman  law  of  the  Burgundians,  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  induce  the  reader  to  believe  that  it  formed  its  heading 
and  title.  Cujas  recognized  and  rectified  the  error  in  the  edi- 
tion of  1586  ;  but  the  name  of  Papian  has  remained.  This 
Roman  law  did  not  survive  the  fall  of  the  kingdom  :  this  hap- 
pened less  than  seventeen  years  afterwards  (A.D.  534),  and  the 
kingdom  of  the  Burgundians  was  absorbed  by  the  Franks.  After 
the  fall  it  yielded  to  the  authority  of  the  Breviary  of  Alaric, 
which  was  very  superior  to  it,  or  to  that  of  the  text  itself  of  the 
Theodosian  code,  promulgated,  at  its  origin,  in  the  countries 
occupied  by  the  Franks.1 

531.  3.°  The  edict  published  by  Theodoric,  who  aspired  to 
maintain  the  empire  of  the  West,  and  to  Romanize  his  people, 
was  drawn  up  by  Cassiodorus  and  Boetius,  two  men  learned 
in  Roman  literature,  and  was  an  edict  at  once  for  the  Goths 
and  for  the  Romans.2     The  Roman  sources  had  been  blended 
and  accommodated  to  the  proposed  end;  but  the  edict  scarcely 
touched  upon  private  law.     The  date  generally  attributed  to 
this  edict,  even  by  Savigny,  is  A.D.  500  ;  but  the  opinion  of 
M.  Gloeden  (1843)  has  now  obtained  favour,  that  the  date  of 
this  edict  should  be  placed  after  the  year  506.     The  conquests 
of  Justinian,  and  the  publication  of  his  code  of  laws  in  Italy 
(A.D.  554),  put  an  end  to  the  kingdom  of  the  Ostrogoths,  and 
to  the  edict  of  Theodoric,3 

532.  Historians  look  at  the  laws  we  have  been  alluding  to 
in  the  light  they  throw  upon  the  fate  of  populations  and   the 
course  of  events.      Students  of  Roman  law  value  them  for  the 
services  they  have  rendered  us  (the  Breviarium  especially),  in 

1  The  first  edition  is  that  of  Cujas,  siveRomanorumdebctservaredevotio." 

Lyons,  1566,  in  folio,  at  the  end  of  his  3  It   is   1'ithou   who   gave   the   first 

Theodosian  Code.     Modern  edition  by  edition  of  the  Edict  of  Theodoric,  in  con- 

Aug.  Fred.  Barkow,  Lex  Romano,  tinuation  of  the  works  of  Cassiodorus, 
Jiurqundifina,  Kryphiswaldisc,  1826. 


Paris,  1579,  in  folio.     Modern  edition 

2  Ed.  of  Theodoric,  Pro  logue:  "Qua?       by  G.  F.  Rhon,  Commentatlo  ad  Edic- 
Barbari    Romanique    sequi   dcbeant."       turn  Theodorlci,  rcgis  Utstrogothorum, 
Quaj  omnium  Barbarorum       llala;,  1816. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  439 

t  nmsmitting  various  texts  which,  without  them,    would  have 
been  lost. 

532;i.  In  the  meanwhile  (A.D.  469)  Anastasius  had  suc- 
ceeded to  Zeno  in  the  empire  of  Byzantium.  Justin  succeeded 
to  Anastasius,  A.D.  518.  The  issue  of  a  barbarian  shepherd, 
he  came  from  the  wilds  of  Bulgaria  to  ascend  the  throne. 
His  nephew,  Justinian,  was  brought  up  with  care  in  the  midst 
of  the  court,  received  the  title  of  Augustus,  was  associated 
with  him  in  the  administration  of  the  empire  (A.D.  527),  and  on 
the  death  of  his  uncle,  a  few  months  afterwards,  he  succeeded  to 
the  throne  of  the  Eastern  Empire. 


III.— JUSTINIAN  EMPEROR,  A.D.  527.1 

633.  The  invasion  of  the  barbarians  in  the  south  ended  in 
the  possession  of  Africa  and  Spain  by  the  Vandals  and  Visi- 
goths; of  Gaul  by  the  Franks,  the  Burgundians,  and  the 
Visigoths ;  Italy  by  the  Ostrogoths ;  and  the  other  parts  of  the 
West  by  other  hordes  of  barbarians.  The  empire  of  Constanti- 
nople subsisted  alone ;  it  still  preserved  the  title  Roman,  which 
it  should  have  lost  with  Rome  to  assume  that  of  Greek.  On 
its  Asiatic  limits  were,  among  other  enemies,  the  Persians,  who 
had  profited  by  the  fall  of  one  empire  and  the  troubles  of 
another,  and  had  become  formidable.  It  was  under  these  cir- 
cumstances that  Justinian  ascended  the  throne.  The  victories 
of  a  young  Thracian,  Belisarius,  appearing  for  the  first  time  at 
the  head  of  an  army,  soon  procured  him  an  honourable  treaty 
with  the  Persians ;  and  then  a  peace  of  a  few  years  permitted 
Justinian  to  give  his  attention  to  the  internal  condition  of  his 
dominions. 

The  only  relics  of  the  old  Roman  manners  and  character  now 
remaining  in  the  East  were  a  few  names,  a  few  reminiscences,  and 
many  vices  ;  Greek  was  the  language  generally  spoken,  Latin 
was  almost  obsolete  as  regards  common  use.  Men's  minds  were 
occupied  with  theological  disputes  and  divided  between  ortho- 
dox and  heretical  doctrine,  Eutycheans,  Arians,  and  others  ;  or 

1  For  more  ample  biographical  do-  Ortolan's  Explication  Historiytie  dt-s 
tails,  see  article  Justinian,  vol.  ii.,  M.  Institute. 


440  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

else  with  contests  in  the  circus,  where  the  colours  worn  by  the 
charioteers  divided  the  population  into  factions, — the  whites,  the 
reds,  the  blues,  and  the  greens ;  these  divisions,  at  first  created 
for  a  frivolous  cause,  became  gradually  transformed  into  political 
factions,  animated  with  all  the  ardour  and  the  enmity  of  party 
spirit. 

We  shall  not  pause  to  examine  the  conduct  of  Justinian  in 
reference  to  these  matters,  and  we  shall  pass  over  with  silence 
his  persecutions  against  all  who  were  not  orthodox  Christians; 
the  massacre  which  he  ordered  of  all  the  Samaritan  Jews  who 
had  revolted  in  Palestine;  the  ardour  with  which  he  embraced 
the  party  of  the  blues  against  the  greens;  the  mischief  which 
that  partizanship,  on  more  than  one  occasion,  brought  about, 
resulting  as  it  did  in  a  sedition  of  the  greens,  to  which  he 
nearly  fell  a  victim.  This  commenced  in  the  exasperation  of 
the  greens,  supported  by  the  discontent  of  the  people,  against 
the  exactions  of  John,  prastorian  praefect,  and  Tribonian,  then 
quasstor ;  and  was  aimed  at  nothing  less  than  replacing  on  the 
throne  the  family  of  Anastasius,  the  last  emperor  but  one.  It 
is  principally  Justinian's  character  as  a  legislator  with  which 
we  have  to  deal. 

534.  Since  the  time  of  Alexander  Severus,  when  the  series 
of  illustrious  men  who  had  by  their  works  thrown  so  much 
light  upon  the  study  of  jurisprudence  was  interrupted,  no 
great  jurist  had  appeared.  The  study  of  law  had  not  indeed 
been  entirely  abandoned,  but  it  had  only  produced  men  of  ordi- 
nary intellectual  calibre, — men  who  merely  followed  the  writings 
left  by  the  jurists,  and  the  constitutions  promulgated  by  the 
emperors.  They  could  do  nothing  more  than  quote  the 
authorities,  or  at  the  very  outside  string  together  extracts. 
Most  of  them  conducted  cases  before  the  magistrate  (advocati, 
togati):,  some  gave  lessons  in  law  (antecessores)  in  the  public 
schools,  of  which  there  were  two  in  the  East,  one  at  Con- 
stantinople and  one  at  Berytus,  a  town  in  Syria ;  those  wrho 
acquired  reputation  or  fortune  filled  high  offices  of  the  empire, 
or  exercised  the  functions  of  magistrates  or  of  judges.  The 
most  learned,  of  whom  there  happened  to  be  a  few,  as  was 
shown  in  the  reigns  of  Theodosius  II.  and  of  Justinian,  were 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  441 

those  who  were  most  versed  in  retrospective  studies  of  a  former 
age,  and  in  the  bibliographical  knowledge  of  ancient  texts ; 
they  were  in  some  sort,  to  use  the  expression  of  a  poet,  but  the 
larvae  and  the  spectres  of  the  ancient  jurists.  We  know  of  no 
writers  who  in  this  age  of  the  decline  of  legal  knowledge  pub- 
lished any  original  works  on  law,  except  Aurelius  Arcadius 
Charisius,  mayister  libellorum,  who  wrote  three  books, — one  on 
the  office  of  the  praetorian  praefect,  one  on  civil  offices,  and  another 
on  witnesses,  a  few  fragments  of  which  have  been  quoted  in  the 
Digest  of  Justinian.1  In  addition  to  this  writer,  Hermogenian 
was  the  author  of  an  epitome  or  abridgment  of  the  law  which 
is  frequently  quoted. 

535.  If  science  had  thus  sunk  into  decay,  it  must  be  confessed 
that  the  laws  as  they  multiplied  had  become  very  obscure.   The 
plebiscita  of  ancient  Rome,  the  senatus-consulta,  the  edicts  of 
the  praetors,  the  numerous  books  of  the  authorized  jurists,  the 
codes  of  Gregorian,  of  Hermogenian,  of  Theodosius,  the  con- 
stitutions of  all  the  emperors  who  had  come  after  him,  texts 
accumulated,  confused  and  contradictory,  formed  altogether  a 
real  legislative  chaos.     Theodosius  II.  had  already  described 
the  writings  of  the  jurists  as  an  immensa  copia,  and  the  moun- 
tains of  imperial  constitutions  had  done  nothing  but  increase 
since  that  time. 

536.  As  to  practice,  as  far  as  the  works  of  the  jurists  are 
concerned,  everything  was  determined  by  the  lex  de  responsis 
prudentum ;  and  as  regards  the  imperial  constitutions,  the  text 
books   were   the    Gregorian,    Hermogenian    and    Theodosian 
codes,  to  which  must  be  added  the  numerous  Novella  which 
had  followed. 

The  lex  de  responsis  had  not  much  diminished  the  evil. 
It  was  always  an  embarrassment,  and,  besides,  it  lowered  the 
dignity  of  jurisprudence  ;  it  was  a  temporary  and  at  the  same 
time  a  poor  expedient.  We  know  that  Theodosius  intended  to 
settle  it  definitely,  but  he  never  carried  out  the  project ;  so  the 

1  Dig.  1, 11,  De  ojficio pra-f.  pi-cct.,  1 ;  22,  5,  DC  testibus,  21  ;  50,  4,  De  inutte  • 
ribus,  18. 


442  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

expedient,  with   its  difficulties  ever   increasing,  lasted   out   a 
hundred  years. 

The  three  codes  of  constitutions  also,  with  all  the  subsequent 
enactments  superadded,  owing  to  the  changes  that  had  come 
over  the  spirit  of  the  age,  and  the  peculiar  wants  of  the  time, 
loudly  called  for  revision. 

537.  It  will  be  remarked  in  all  the  histories  of  nations,  how 
at  certain  epochs  men  with  extensive  views,  who  have  become 
members  of  the  government,  have  been  seized  with  the  idea  of 
introducing  clearness,  uniformity  and  unity  into  legislation  and 
jurisprudence.  Julius  Cassar  had  conceived  some  idea  of  this 
kind  with  regard  to  the  laws  and  the  works  on  jurisprudence  in 
the  time  of  the  republic,  which  he  found  to  be  very  voluminous 
and  wanting  uniformity.  But  what  must  it  have  been  after 
five  centuries  of  the  empire  ?  The  project  of  Theodosius  II. 
progressed  no  further  than  the  stage  of  partial  and  preliminary 
preparation.  And  it  was  left  to  Justinian  to  carry  it  out, 
Avhich  he  did  under  another  form.  The  practical  code  projected 
by  Theodosius  was  intended  to  contain  an  amalgamated  and 
arranged  compilation  of  the  imperial  enactments  and  the  de- 
cisions of  the  jurists  which  should  be  considered  fit  to  be 
retained  in  force,  to  form  thenceforth  the  only  code  binding  on 
all.  There  would  thus  have  been  a  single  code,  which  would 
have  fused  the  divers  elements  that  had  entered  into  the 
historical  composition  of  Roman  law.  The  legislative  works  of 
Justinian  have  kept  up  a  line  of  demarcation  between  these 
elements, — the  constitutions  of  the  princes  and  the  works  of 
the  jurists, — in  which,  in  the  shape  of  exposition,  or  commen- 
tary, or  analysis,  the  leges,  the  plebiscita,  the  senatus-consulta, 
the  cdicta  of  the  magistrates  and  the  other  legal  forms  are  to 
be  found. 

The  work  of  Justinian  has,  therefore,  less  of  the  principle 
of  unity  than  the  project  of  Theodosius,  but  it  served  better 
both  as  a  monument  of  ancient  law  and  as  a  code  adapted  for 
practical  purposes.  The  division  of  the  Avork  was  easier,  and  it 
required  less  power  of  conception.  As  historians  we  may  con- 
gratulate ourselves  that  the  double  form  was  preserved. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  443 

638.  Justinian  having  succeeded  his  micle,  A.D.  527,  issued 
in  the  very  next  year  his  constitution  directing  the  construction 
of  a  new  code.  At  that  time,  A.D.  528,  the  code  of  Theodosius 
was  only  ninety  years  old.  His  other  legislative  works  fol- 
lowed each  other  successively,  and  in  the  space  of  six  years  the 
whole '  was  finished.  We  shall  let  the  emperor  tell  us  the 
objects  for  which,  and  the  method  in  which,  each  part  of  the 
code  was  composed.  The  following,  if  not  a  translation,  is  at 
least  an  analysis  of  his  preliminary  constitution. 


SECTION  CV. 
CODEX  JUSTINIANEUS — CODEX  VETUS. 

539.  The  word  "code,"  in  other  than  its  general  signifi- 
cation, had  been  applied  technically,  in  the  publications  of 
Gregorian,  Hermogenian  and  Theodosius,  to  designate  a  col- 
lection of  imperial  constitutions.  Theodosius  indeed  enter- 
tained the  project  of  using  it  in  a  more  general  sense,  but 
his  project  having  come  to  nothing,  the  more  limited  and 
technical  signification  had  remained  ;  this  was,  however,  no 
obstacle  to  its  being  still  very  often  used  in  its  general  sense. 
The  first  body  of  laws  which  Justinian  promulgated  was  a 
collection  of  this  sort. 

"  To  the  Senate  of  Constantinople. 

"  To  diminish  the  length  of  lawsuits  and  to  do  away 
with  the  confused  mass  of  constitutions  contained  in  the  Gre- 
gorian, Hermogenian  and  Theodosian  codes,  published  by 
Theodosius,  by  his  successors  and  by  ourselves,  we  wish  to  put 
them  altogether  in  a  single  code,  under  our  own  auspicious 
name."  (Theodosius  had  merely  said,  "  no stro  nomine  nuncu- 
patus;  with  Justinian  it  is,  "  sub  felici"  and  later,  "  divino 
nostri  nominis  vocabulo."} 

"  Efficiently  to  perform  so  great  a  work,  we  choose  . 
( Here  follow  the  names  of  ten  personages  whom  Justinian  dis- 
tinguishes respectively  with  one  of  these  epithets  :  Exccllen- 
tissimus,  Eminentissimus,  Muc/nificus,  Discrtissimus,  &c.      At 
their  head  can  be  remarked  John,   ex-qvuestor  of  the  sacred 


444  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

palace,  ex-consul  and  patrician ;  among  them  Tribonian  or 
Tribunian,  who  was  soon  to  assume  the  first  place,  and  Theo- 
philus,  count  of  the  consistory,  professor  of  law  at  Con- 
stantinople). 

"  We  permit  them,  suppressing  preambles,  repetitions,  con- 
tradictory or  disused  clauses,  to  collect  and  classify  the  laws 
under  proper  titles,  adding,  cutting  down,  modifying,  compress- 
ing, if  need  be,  several  constitutions  into  a  single  enactment, 
so  as  to  render  the  sense  more  clear,  and  yet  preserve  in  each 
title  the  chronological  order,  so  that  this  order  may  be  noted  by 
position  in  the  code  as  well  as  by  date."  Ides  of  February 
(13  Feb.),  A.D.  528.1 

The  work  was  entrusted  to  six  jurists  and  was  divided  into 
twelve  books.  The  code  was  concluded  in  the  space  of  one 
year,  was  published  on  the  7th  of  the  ides  of  April  (7th  April), 
A.D.  529,  and  came  into  force  from  the  16th  of  the  kalends  of 
May  of  the  same  year :  "  We  forbid  all  pleaders  and  advocates 
to  quote,  under  the  penalty  of  making  themselves  guilty  of  fraud, 
any  other  constitutions  than  those  which  are  inserted  in  our 
code,  or  to  quote  otherwise  than  is  written  there  :  for  these  con- 
stitutions, together  with  the  works  of  the  ancient  interpreters  of 
the  law,  must  suffice  to  decide  all  suits.  No  difficulty  must  be 
raised  on  account  of  some  of  them  being  without  date,  or  of  their 
having  been  originally  only  private  rescripts."8 


SECTION  CVI. 

QUINQUAGINTA  DECISIONES. 

540.   After  the  work  on  the  imperial  constitutions  and  the 
publication  of  the  code  which  contained  them  in  their  new  form, 

1  De  novo  Codice  faciendo  (first  con-  applicable  to  the  constitutions  inserted 

stitution  at  the  head  of  the  code).  in  the  code  of  Justinian,  because  the 

*  DeJustinianeo  Codice  conjirmando  latter  will  all  have  for  the  future,  as  a 
(second  constitution  at  the  head  of  the  legislative  date,  the  date  of  that  code, 
code).  What  is  said  about  constitu-  Justinian,  in  declaring  that  he  abro- 
tions  without  date  is  in  allusion  to  a  gates  all  the  anterior  constitutions  not 
rule  which  is  found  in  the  Theodosian  inserted  in  his  code,  reserves  those  con- 
code  (lib.  i.  tit.  1,  const.  1),  to  the  effect  nected  with  certain  particular  or  official 
that  such  constitutions  are  devoid  of  interests,  which  he  designates, 
authority.  This  provision  will  be  in- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  445 

1  lie  legislative  activity  of  Justinian  was  brought  to  bear  on  ancient 
law  (Postea  vero  cum  vetus  jus  consider -andum  recepimus,  Sfc.), 
that  is  to  say,  on  the  writings  of  the  jurists  which  then  repre- 
sented all  ancient  law.  The  first  thing  to  be  considered  was 
the  existence  of  numerous  points  on  which  there  was  divergence 
of  opinion  and  contradiction  between  the  jurists,  which  were  the 
cause  of  much  embarrassment  and  uncertainty  to  pleaders  and 
judges.  Instead  of  the  mechanical,  and  to  the  last  degree 
embarrassing,  lex  de  responsis  prudentum,  Tribonian  suggested 
to  the  emperor  (suggerente  nobis  Tribonia.no]  a  scheme  more 
worthy  of  a  legislator :  it  was  to  make  a  series  of  constitutions, 
in  which  each  of  these  controverted  points  should  be  successively 
dealt  with  and  definitively  settled,  so  as  to  put  an  end  to  per- 
petual altercations  (antiqui  juris  altercationes  placavimus). 
These  Decisions  were  published  at  intervals  before  the  Digest 
and  the  Institutes,  the  greatest  number  in  A.D.  529  and  in 
A.D.  530,  amounting  in  all  to  fifty  (quinquaginta  Decisiones 
fecimus).  About  the  same  time  a  great  number  of  other 
constitutions  were  promulgated  (alias  plurimas  Constitutions 
promulgavimus),  which  were  distinct  from  the  Decisiones, 
because  they  were  not  specially  intended,  as  the  latter  were, 
to  put  an  end  to  ancient  controversies ;  but  to  establish  a  new 
rule  in  the  place  of  the  antiqxiated  institutions  which  they 
abrogated. 

541.  The  fifty  Decisions  have  not  reached  us  in  their 
entirety ;  they  are  mentioned  in  various  passages  of  the  work 
of  Justinian,1  and  it  is  thus  that  their  existence  became  known 
to  us.  It  is  probable  that  they  formed,  either  by  themselves 
alone,  or  in  conjunction  with  the  other  contemporary  constitu- 
tions of  which  we  have  just  spoken,  a  collection  which  was 
rendered  useless  by  the  publication  of  the  Digest,  of  the  In- 
stitutes, and  especially  that  of  the  second  edition  of  Justinian's 

1  Instit.  1,  ft,  De  libcrt-is,  §  3  :  "Et  altercationes   placavimus."     4,    1,    7> 

dediticios  quidein   per   Coustitutioncin  obliff.  qu(f  ex  delicto  naxc.,  §  76  :  "  Sod 

nostram  expulimus,  quam  promulgavi-  nnstra  providentia  etiam  hoc  in  nostris 

inns  inter  nostras  decisiones:  per  quas,  decisionihus  emendavit."     Constitution 

suggerente  nobis  Triboniano,  viro  ex-  iii.,  De  emendntioneCodlcix,  §§  1  and  />; 

celso,   quicstore  nostro,    antiqui    juris  Cod.  6,  51,  De  caducis  tollendis,  §  10. 


446  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Code.  M.  de  Savigny,  in  his  "  History  of  Roman  Law  in  the 
Middle  Ages,"  mentions  an  ancient  gloss  of  the  Institutes, 
anterior  to  the  school  of  Bologna,  which  is  designated  by  the 
qualification  of  "  the  Turin  Gloss,"  because  the  manuscript  of 
it  exists  in  the  royal  library  of  Turin,  from  which  it  is  clear 
that  the  fifty  Decisions  must  have  formed  a  collection  by 
themselves,  known  to  the  writer  of  the  gloss,  and  divided  at 
least  into  fifty  books,  since  that  gloss  cites  a  fragment  of  it 
as  forming  a  part  of  the  fiftieth  book  of  the  constitutions  (sicut 
libro  L.  constitutionum  invenies}.1 

This  reference  has  not  the  word  Decisionum,  but  Constitu- 
tionum, and  consequently  does  not  decide  whether  it  is  a  sepa- 
rate collection  of  the  Decisions  alone ;  but  it  may  be  inferred 
that  it  is  so,  from  the  nature  and  the  scope  of  those  Decisions 
being  quite  special,  and  from  the  number  (fifty)  agreeing  with 
that  of  the  book  of  the  collection,  as  also  from  the  expressions 
used  by  Justinian :  "  Per  constitutionem  nostram  quam  pro- 
mulgavimus  inter  nostras  Decisiones"*  and  elsewhere,  "  Se- 
cundum  quod  in  divini  nostri  nominis  Decisionibus  statutum 
est."3 

542.  If  the  collection  of  the  fifty  Decisions  have  not  reached 
us,  there  is  not  the  least  doubt  but  that  the  provisions,  inde- 
pendently of  the  influence  which  they  have  exercised  on  the 
composition  of  the  Digest  and  of  the  Institutes,  have  passed  for 
the  greatest  part  into  the  second  edition  of  the  Code,  as  well  as 
those  of  the  contemporary  constitutions.  It  is  there  that  we  can 
partially  find  them  with  the  indication  of  their  date ;  and  if  a 
specimen  is  desired  of  the  course  pursued  in  those  Decisions,  it 
can  be  found  in  the  constitutions,  which  we  cite  in  a  note,  the 
date  of  which  is  of  A.D.  530,  and  which  indubitably  formed  a 
part  of  the  fifty  Decisions.4 

1  De  Savigny,  History  of  Roman      §  10. 

Lam  in  the  Middle  Ages,  ch.  12,  §  71,  4  Cod.  6,  2,  Defi/rtis,  20,  21  and  22 ; 

and  3rd  appendix,  No.  241,  in  which  the  collated   with   Instit.  4,   1,    De   obllg. 

whole  text  of  that  gloss  is  reported;  "</?/«  ex  dellcto  nasc.,  §   16:    7,  5,  De 

vol.  ii.  p.  122,  and   vol.  iv.  p.  381,  of  dediticia  Hbertate,  and  G,  DC  latino, 

the  French  translation.  Hbertate  tollcnda ;  collated  with  Instit. 

2  Inst,    1,  5,  De  libertis,  §  3,  cited  1,  5,  De  libertis,  §  3:    8,  48,  De  adop- 
iii  the  Tin-ceding  note.  tionlbmt,  10;  collated  with  Instit.  1,  11, 

51,  De  caflitcis  fallen  ills,       De  adopt..  8  2. 
authority. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  447 

643.  Justinian  represents  the  fifty  Decisions  and  the  contem- 
porary constitutions  as  having  been  connected  with  the  execution 
of  his  project  of  amalgamating  the  ancient  law  («</  commodum 
propositi  operis  pertinentes\  and  as  having  led  to  the  com- 
pletion of  that  work  in  the  publication  of  the  Institutes  and  of 
the  Digest  j1  it  is,  indeed,  as  a  preparation  for  the  construction 
of  this  edifice  that  these  publications  are  of  interest. 


SECTION  CVII. 
THE  DIGEST  OR  PANDECTS  {Digesta,  Pandecta}."1 

544.  These  names  had  been  given  by  certain  jurists  to  ex- 
tensive treatises  on  law :  that  of  Digesta  was  the  more  ancient ; 
Pandectce,  a  Greek  form,  belonged  to  a  more  recent  date.3 
Justinian  adopted  them  for  his  code,  in  which  he  designed  to 
amalgamate  and  to  arrange  the  whole  system  of  ancient  juris- 
prudence. The  constitution,  in  which  he  developes  this  project, 
is  addressed  to  Tribonian ;  it  is  dated  A.D.  530,  in  the  same 
year  in  which  he  had  published  a  large  number  of  his  fifty  De- 
cisions ;  a  proof  that  the  two  works  were  coexistent  in  design, 
and  that  one  was  by  anticipation  a  preliminary  step  towards  the 
other.  The  following  is  the  analysis  of  the  constitution  :  — 

"  To  Tribonian. 

"  After  the  code  of  the  imperial  constitutions  which  we 
have  published  in  our  name,  we  have  resolved  to  make  a 
complete  revision  of  the  whole  civil  law,  and  of  all  Roman 

1  De  emendations  Codicis  (constitu-  "  The   word    Digesta  has   a   Latin 

tion  iii.  at  the  head  of  the  code),  §  1 :  etymology,   Pandecta-   a   Greek   one ; 

"  Postea  vero  cum  vetus  jns  consider-  the  former  signifies  something  methodi- 

andum   rccepimus,    tarn   quinquaginta  cally   classified,   the  latter  comprising 

Decisiones  fecimus,  quam  alias  ad  com-  everything. 

niodum    propositi    operis    pertinentes  3  Authors  who  had  published  Digests, 

plurimas    Constitutiones    promulgavi-  according  to  the  quotations  which  are 

nms :  quibus  maxiinus  antiqnarnm  le-  to  be  found  in  the  work  of  Justinian  : 

gnm  articulus  emendatus  et  coarctatus  Alphanus  Varus,  40  books;  Cclsus,  .'?!•; 

est,  omneque  jns  antiquum  supcrvacua,  Julian,  90;   Marcellns,  30;  and  Oerhi- 

prolixitate  liberum   atque   enucleaturn  dins  Scievola,  40. — Pandects:   IMpian, 

in    nostris   Institutionibus   ct   Digcstis  10  books,  aud  Modestinus,  12. 
reddidimns." 


448  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

jurisprudence,  by  collecting  together  in  a  single  code  the  dis- 
persed volumes  of  so  many  jurists." 

"  §  3.  We  have  entrusted  you  with  the  office  of  choosing  for 
this  work  the  most  skilful  professors,  the  greatest  advocates;  and 
accepting  those  you  have  presented  to  us,  we  order  them  to 
perform  that  work,  but  under  your  direction. 

"  §  4.  Choose  and  correct  all  that  has  been  written  by  the 
jurists  whom  the  emperors  authorized  to  interpret  the  laws 
(conscribendarum.  inter pretandarumque  legurn).  But  as  others 
have  also  written  books  of  law,  which  have  neither  been  recog- 
nized as  texts  nor  in  practice,  we  do  not  desire  to  have  them 
incorporated  in  your  collection. 

"  §  5.  From  this  collection  we  have  determined  to  draw  up  a 
work  of  the  utmost  perfection,  to  be  sacred  as  a  temple  of 
justice,  to  be  in  fifty  books,  divided  by  titles  according  to  the 
order  observed  in  our  code,  or  in  imitation  of  the  Edictum 
Perpetuum,  as  you  may  think  best.  In  these  fifty  books,  let 
all  the  ancient  laws,  thrown  into  confusion  during  the  course  of 
nearly  fourteen  hundred  years,  be  expurgated,  and  surrounded 
as  it  were  by  a  rampart,  beyond  which  there  shall  be  nothing 
more :  equal  authority  being  given  to  all  jurists,  and  no  pre- 
ference observed  for  one  above  another."  (This  is  an  allusion  to 
the  preponderance  which  the  lex  de  responsis  prudentum  gave 
Papinian  in  case  of  a  division.) 

"  §  6.  Do  not  set  down  one  opinion  as  the  best  because  a 
majority  has  adopted  it ;  one  alone,  and  the  least,  might  by 
chance,  on  a  certain  point,  surpass  all  the  others. 

"  Do  not  absolutely  reject  the  notes  of  Ulpian,  of  Paul, 
and  of  Marcian  on  Papinian,  which  were  formerly  denuded 
of  all  authority  on  account  of  the  honour  paid  to  the  most 
illustrious  Papinian ;"  (This  is  an  allusion  to  the  constitution  of 
Constantine,  and  to  the  lex  de  responsis  which  had  proscribed 
these  notes) ;  "  but  do  not  hesitate  to  take  and  lay  down  as  law 
whatever  you  shall  think  fit.  The  decisions  of  all  the  authors 
you  quote  will  have  authority  just  as  if  they  emanated  from 
the  imperial  constitutions  and  were  given  forth  by  our  divine 
breath  (et  nostro  divino  fuerant  ore  prof  //.?«)." 

"  §  7.  Eliminate  everything  which  may  appear  to  you  out  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  UOMAN  LAW.  449 

place,  superfluous  or  bad;  the  corrections  you  make,  even  con- 
trary to  the  ancient  laws,  will  have  legal  force;  and  let  no  one  dare, 
1>\  making  comparisons  of  ancient  manuscripts,  to  impute  any 
imperfection  to  anything  which  you  shall  have  written."  (This 
is  an  allusion  to  the  same  enactment  which  required  a  collation 
of  quoted  passages  with  the  old  manuscripts.)  "  The  sanction 
which  we  give  it  is  not  divided  between  these  or  those  frag- 
ments of  the  founders  of  the  laws,  but  comes  entirely  from  us, 
entirely  from  the  choice  we  make.  How  should  antiquity 
abrogate  any  of  our  laws  ?  " 

§§  8,  9  and  10.  "  Do  not  leave  any  antinomy"  (the  name  in 
Greek  for  a  contradiction  between  two  laws),  "  any  repetitions ; 
avoid  as  much  as  possible  inserting  anew  the  imperial  con- 
stitutions contained  in  our  code ;  put  aside  all  things  that  have 
fallen  into  disuse. 

"  §  11.  Everything  will  be  ruled  by  these  two  codes — the 
code  of  the  constitutions,  and  that,  to  be  drawn  up,  of  the 
revised  laws ;  and,  if  we  promulgate  a  third,  in  the  shape  of 
institutes,  that  code  also,  in  order  that  learners,  after  being 
grounded  on  principles,  may  proceed  to  higher  and  more  ab- 
struse studies. 

"  §  12.  This  work  will  bear  the  name  of  Digest  or  Pandects ; 
we  forbid  jurists  to  add  commentaries  and  to  obscure  it  with 
their  prolix  observations,  as  was  done  in  the  case  of  the  ancient 
laws."  (This  was  one  of  the  acclamations  of  the  senate  at 
Home  on  the  reception  of  the  Code  of  the  Constitutions :  Jus- 
tinian however  did  it  more  than  once.  The  legislator  easily 
believes  that  there  is  nothing  to  come  after  the  code  which  he 
publishes,  and  supposes  that  his  formulas  can  settle  facts  or 
supplant  science.)  "  It  will  only  be  allowed  to  add  under  each 
article  a  summary  indicating  its  contents,  which  is  called 
TrafarirAa,  without  interpretation. 

"  §  13.  We  forbid,  in  writing  this  code,  the  use  of  signs  or 
abbreviations,  confusing  enigmas,  sources  of  numerous  an- 
tinomies. The  succession  of  letters  must  be  used  everywhere, 
even  to  indicate  the  numbers  of  the  articles,  or  whatnot."  (This 
injunction  was  addressed  to  the  copyists,  who  were  much  given 
to  the  use  of  signs  or  abbreviations,  and  it  will  be  repeated 

G  G 


450  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

again  in  other  constitutions,  with  penalties  attached.)  "Given 
the  18th  of  the  Kal.  of  January,  A.D.  531  (15th  December, 
A.D.  530)." 1 

645.  The  coadjutors  of  Tribonian  were  sixteen  in  number, 
whose  names  Justinian  will  give  us  further  on:  they  finished 
the  Digest  in  the  space  of  three  years.  This  rapidity  for  an 
immense  work  was  incompatible  with  accuracy.  The  recom- 
mendations of  Justinian  were  not  always  followed.  We  find 
occasionally  in  the  Digest  confusion,  repetitions  and  antinomies, 
the  number  of  which,  prodigiously  increased  by  the  commen- 
tators, still  exercises  the  patience  of  those  who  devote  them- 
selves to  reconciling  them.  But  this  work,  besides  its  great 
practical  use  to  the  empire  of  Justinian,  is  of  the  utmost  value 
to  us,  in  spite  of  mutilations  and  alterations,  as  a  monument 
of  Roman  law.  It  has  preserved  in  the  formulas  given  by  the 
accredited  authors  the  principles  of  the  ancient  laws,  the  pro- 
visions, sometimes  even  the  text,  of  a  great  number  of  leges, 
plebiscita  and  senatus-consulta.  It  is  composed,  like  a  kind  of 
mosaic,  of  fragments  taken  from  thirty-nine  of  the  most  eminent 
jurists :  each  of  these  fragments  bears  the  name  of  the  author 
and  of  the  work  from  which  it  was  drawn,  so  that  we  gain 
information  from  it  of  the  fact  of  the  existence  and  the  per- 
sonality of  these  numerous  jurists,  as  well  as  of  the  nomen- 
clature, so  varied,  of  their  books.  Nevertheless  too  much  trust 
must  not  be  placed  in  the  purity  of  the  text  handed  down. 
Whether  to  efface  the  traces  of  abrogated  institutions,  whether 
to  substitute  new  solutions  for  those  formerly  given,  or  to  recon- 
cile the  different  fragments,  or  to  secure  greater  lucidity,  or  for 
the  sake  of  brevity,  or  for  other  reasons,  the  writers  of  the  Digest 
made  ample  use  of  the  licence  they  had  received  to  change  and 
correct  the  quotations,  and  some  jurists  never  broached  that 
which  the  Digest  causes  them  to  say.  These  alterations,  by 
suppression,  by  addition,  by  arrangement,  are  called  intcrpola- 
tiones  (readjustings),  cmllcmata  (insertions)  of  Tribonian,  or 
more  laconically  tribonianisms.  An  impartial  criticism  Avill 

1  Praefationes,  1,  De  conceptione  jure  enuclcando,  et  de  auctoritate 
Digestorum  (at  the  head  of  the  Digest),  jurisprudentium  qui  in,  Digestis  refe- 
lle|>roduccd  in  Cod.,  1,  17,  DC  veterl  runtur. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  451 

detect  the  traces  of  these  defects  by  demonstration,  but  will  not 
be  too  ready  to  suggest  them  for  the  sole  purposes  of  a  thesis. 

646.  "We  are  indebted  to  a  German  jurist,  M.  Blume,  for 
an  ingenious  work,  in  which  this  author  has  examined  whether 
it  would  not  be  possible,  in  observing  the  manner  in  which  the 
fragments  are  grouped  and  follow  each  other  under  each  article 
of  the  Digest,  to  explain  the  course  which  the  commission 
instituted  by  Justinian  followed  in  its  operations.1  On  a  careful 
inspection  of  these  different  fragments,  we  cannot  help  observing 
that  they  do  not  appear  promiscuously,  but  that  they  seem  to 
group  themselves  into  three  distinct  series,  which  M.  Blume 
has  thought  proper  to  designate  as  the  Series  of  Sabinus,  the 
Series  of  the  Edict,  the  Series  of  Papinian.  Not  that  each  of 
these  series  is  composed  solely  of  works  answering  to  these 
names ;  each  of  them,  on  the  contrary,  contains  a  great  number 
which  are  foreign  to  them ;  whence  it  follows  that  this  classifi- 
cation can  only  be  accepted  for  the  sake  of  brevity,  as  indicating 
at  least  the  most  salient  characteristics  of  each  series.2 

It  is  to  be  noted  also  that  the  order  of  these  three  series 
corresponds  to  the  order  of  the  first  three  years'  instruction  in 
the  schools  of  law,  whether  by  the  old  or  by  the  new  regula- 
tions of  Justinian,  according  to  the  description  which  we  shall 
shortly  have  to  give  of  them ;  a  correspondence  which  does  not 

1  Blnme,  Order  of  the  fragments  in  remaining  parts  of  the  edict  {ad  Edic- 

the  articles  of  the  Pandects  (Journal  turn,  ad  Edictum  provinciale);  from 

for  the  historical  science  of  the  laws,  the  commentaries  of  divers  others  (Javo- 

iv.  G,  p.  257,  in  German).  lenus,  Neratins,  Pomponius,  Paul) ;  on 

*  1st  Series  :  Extracts  from  the  com-  the  writings  of  Pl&utins(  ad  Plant ium); 

mentaries  of  divers  jnrists(Pomponins,  from  the  digests  of  Celsns  and  of  Mo- 

Ulpian,Paul)onthewritingsof  Sabinus  destinus  ;  and  from  a  great  number  of 

(ad  Sabimtm);  from  the  commentaries  other  works,  principally  from  Modesti- 

on  certain  parts  of  the  edict  (ad  Edic-  nus.  3rd  Series :  Extracts  from  the 

turn);  from  the  digests  of  Alfenus  questions,  answers  and  definitions  of 

Varus  and  Julian;  from  the  institutes  Papinian;  from  the  questions  and  an- 

of  Gaius  and  others  ( Callistratus,  Paul,  swers  of  divers  others  (Neratius,  Afri- 

Marcian,  Florentine) ;  from  the  rules  canus,  Marcellus,  Cervidius  Soajvola, 

(Itegvlfc),  a  title  under  which  a  great  Callistratus,  Tertullian,  Paul,  Ulpian, 

number  of  jurists  have  written  (Nera-  Modostinus,  Julius  Aquila),  and  from 

tins,  Gaius,  Pomponius,  Cervidius  Scae-  many  other  works;  with  an  appendix  of 

vola,  Paul,  Ulpian,  Licinius  llufinus,  a  few  other  writings,  added,  apparently 

Marcian)  ;  and  lastly  from  a  very  great  afterwards,  as  a  supplement,  amongst 

number  of  other  works.  2nd  Series :  which  is  principally  the  digest  of 

Extracts  from  the  commentaries  on  the  Scievola. 

G  (J  2 


452  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAAV. 

exist,  it  is  well  to  remark,  in  all  points,  but  only  in  some : 
notably  as  to  the  first  series  in  the  Institutes ;  as  to  the  second 
in  the  Edict;  and  as  to  the  third  in  Papinian. 

From  the  preceding  observations,  we  may  conjecture,  that 
the  commission,  composed  of  sixteen  persons,  besides  the  pre- 
sident, Tribonian,  was  divided  into  three  sections,  in  each  of 
wThich  there  figured  four  professors  of  law,  who  were  ranked 
according  to  the  order  of  their  schools ;  that  the  works  to  be 
despoiled  were  divided  between  these  three  sections  or  sub- 
commissions,  according  to  the  three  series  we  have  just  pointed 
out,  most  of  the  commissioners  having  allotted  to  them  the 
works  with  which  they  were  best  acquainted  ;  finally,  that  each 
section,  having  separately  formed  its  extracts  for  the  successive 
composition  of  each  article  which  Avas  to  be  taken  in  hand,  all 
these  extracts  were  afterwards  united,  and  so  made  up  the 
article  in  question. 

Then  the  question  occurs  whether  the  extracts  were  first 
made  by  each  commissioner  individually  from  the  set  of  books 
which  had  been  given  him  to  despoil,  or  were  they  made  toge- 
ther in  each  section,  for  all  the  respective  series  of  books  attri- 
buted to  that  section  ;  and  was  the  form  of  the  compilation 
finally  fixed  upon  in  a  committee  of  the  three  united  sections, 
or  only  by  Tribonian,  assisted  by  some  of  the  commissioners 
according  to  the  cases  ?  These  are  all  matters  of  minute  detail 
which  it  is  useless  to  discuss,  unsupported  as  they  are  by  airy 
documentary  evidence.  No  doubt,  in  the  general  division  into 
fifty  books,  and  in  the  affix  of  the  number  in  each  book,  the  order 
and  the  rubric  of  the  articles,  the  compilers  of  the  Digest  of  Jus- 
tinian followed  the  model  of  the  ancient  authors,  especially  of  the 
numerous  Digests  or  Pandects  composed  in  former  times.  The 
extracts  from  the  three  series  of  works  by  which  the  division  of 
labour  was  effected  do  not  always  succeed  each  other,  in  each 
article,  in  the  same  order  ;  the  series  which  has  supplied  the 
most  considerable  extracts,  whether  in  number  or  in  importance, 
generally  commences  the  article,  though  other  considerations 

c5  •/  O 

have  determined,  in  certain  cases,  a  different  course.  For  in- 
stance, Justinian  himself  points  out  how,  in  order  to  introduce 
into  the  third  year  of  legal  studies  the  dicta  of  Papinian,  and 


Till:  HISTORY  OF  II03IAN  LAW.  453 

to  preserve  to  the  students  their  sTirname  of  Papinianists,  the 
fragments  of  Papinian  were  placed  at  the  beginning  of  most  of 
the  articles  of  the  Digest  explained  in  that  year.1  Finally,  the 
separation  is  not  always  radical  between  the  series,  the  plan  of 
the  work  having  frequently  caused  fragments  to  be  carried  from 
one  series  into  another ;  for  example,  at  the  beginning  of  an 
article  appear  the  passages  which  explain  the  notion,  the  defi- 
nitions or  the  preliminary  principles,  and  at  the  end  those  which 
best  expressed  the  conclusions.  It  is  on  this  account  that  the 
distinction  between  the  three  series  is  not  always  recognizable 
at  the  first  glance  in  each  article,  and  that  sometimes  a  very 
attentive  examination  is  necessary  to  discern  and  follow  the 
digressions.  These  conjectures  of  M.  Blume  are  not  wanting 
in  probability,  and  are  generally  received  at  the  present  day. 

647.  The  Digest  or  Pandects  was  declared  to  be  in  force 
from  the  30th  December,  A.D.  533,  by  two  constitutions,  one  in 
Latin,  the  other  in  Greek,  the  latter  being  a  translation  or 
paraphrase  of  the  preceding  one  ;  each  dated  the  17th  of  the 
kalends  of  January,  A.D.  534  (16th  December,  A.D.  533).  These 
constitutions  Justinian  addressed  to  the  senate  at  Constan- 
tinople, and  to  all  the  people.  We  give  an  analysis  of  them, 
retaining  all  the  details  of  any  interest.2 

"  To  the  Senate  and  to  all  the  Peoples. 

"  It  were  a  marvellous  thing  to  reduce  into  one  uniform 
shape  all  the  laws  of  Home,  from  the  foundation  of  the  city 
down  to  our  own  time,  a  period  of  nearly  fourteen  hundred 
years.  After  having  invoked  the  aid  of  God,  we  have  com- 
missioned Tribonian,  a  high  personage,  with  other  very  illus- 
trious and  very  learned  men,  to  carry  out  our  design  ;  all  the 
results  of  their  labours  being  first  submitted  to  our  royal  inves- 
gation  and  scrutiny."3 

1  See  §  573.  3  "  Nostra  quoque  Majcstas,  semper 

*  Pnefationcs,  2,  De  confirmations  investigando   ct   perscrutando  ea  quas 

Digegtorum,   ad    Senatum    et    omnes  ab  his  componebantur,  quidquid  dnbium 

populos.      Reproduced  in  Cod.   1,   17,  ct  inocrtuin  inveniebatur,  hoc,  Numinc 

J)c.  reteri  jure  enui'lcando,  et  de  aitc-  cclcsti  erccta,  emendabat  et  in  compe- 

toritate     jitrisprndentlum     tjui     in  tcntcm  foriuaiu  redigobut." 
JJiyestis  referuntvr,  2°. 


4.54  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

We  observe  here  the  work  of  final  revision  which  Justinian 
personally  reserves  to  himself,  a  reservation  elsewhere  expressed 
in  the  composition  of  the  work. 

§  1.  "  After  arranging  the  imperial  constitutions  in  twelve 
books  in  the  code  which  is  adorned  with  our  name,  we  have 
entered  on  a  more  considerable  work,  the  revision  and  the 
arrangement  of  the  whole  of  the  ancient  jurisprudence,  com- 
prising nearly  two  thousand  volumes,  and  more  than  three 
million  lines,  which  we  have  undertaken  to  read  and  examine 
in  order  to  make  the  best  selections ;  and  we  have  collected  the 
whole  into  fifty  books,  under  the  name  of  Digest  or  Pandects, 
reducing  it  to  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  lines  (that 
is  to  say,  about  a  twentieth),  and  dividing  it  into  seven  parts, 
not  promiscuously,  but  in  order  of  numbers  (sed  in  numerorum 
naturam  et  artem  respicientes}." 

§  2  to  8.  "  The  first  part  contains  what  the  Greeks  cah1  Ttputra. 
(premises),  divided  into  four  books ;  the  second  into  seven ;  the 
third  into  eight ;  the  fourth,  which  is,  as  it  were,  the  pith  of  the 
whole  composition  (qui  totius  compositionis  quasi  quoddam  in- 
venitur  umbilicum),  into  eight  books;  the  fifth  into  nine  books; 
the  sixth  into  eight;  and  the  seventh  into  six."  (The  text,  in 
mentioning  each  part  summarily,  indicates  the  different  subjects 
which  are  therein  treated.  This  division  of  the  Digest  into 
seven  parts  is  no  longer,  in  the  work  of  Justinian,  of  any  prac- 
tical utility.)1 

§  9.  "  All  these  things  have  been  brought  to  an  end  by  ... 
(Here  follows  the  designation  of  the  seventeen  commissioners. 
Tribonian,  who  directed  it ;  Constantine,  comes  sacrarum  lar- 
gitionum ;  two  professors  of  law  at  Constantinople,  Theophilus 
and  Cratinus  ;  two  at  Berytus,  Dorotheus  and  Anatolius ;  be- 
sides eleven  lawyers  of  renown  occupying  a  superior  position 
in  Constantinople,  whose  names  the  constitution  gives  indi- 
vidually.) 

"  §  10.  Our  respect  for  antiquity  is  so  great  that  we  have  in 
nowise  suffered  the  names  of  the  jurists  to  be  passed  over  in 
silence ;  each  of  them  who  was  the  author  of  a  law  (qui 
auctor  legis  fuif)  is  inscribed  in  our  Digest.  All  the  modifi- 

1  See  §  573. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  455 

cations  made  in  their  laws  (in  Icyibus  eorum),  or  even  in  the  im- 
perial constitutions  quoted  by  them,  are  sanctioned  by  us,  as  if 
the  whole  had  been  written  by  ourselves,  no  one  having  autho- 
rity to  compare  the  text  as  it  formerly  stood  with  that  which  we 
have  declared  authorized. 

"  §  11.  But  in  order  to  afford  beginners  the  opportunity  of 
commencing  their  primary  studies,  so  as  to  facilitate  their  subse- 
quent progress  to  deeper  subjects,  we  have  charged  Tribonian, 
and,  under  his  direction,  Theophilus  and  Dorotheus,  to  collect 
the  divers  works  of  the  ancients,  which  contained  the  elementary 
exposition  of  the  laws,  and  which  were  called  Institutiones,  to 
extract  the  passages  which  might  be  most  useful  and  best  adapted 
to  the  present  time,  and  to  form  them  into  four  books,  with 
authority  to  exercise  the  same  power  of  revision  as  in  our  other 
compilations.  This  work,  when  completed  and  laid  before  us, 
will  be  re-read  by  us  (nobis  oblatum  et  relectum\  and  will  have 
the  force  of  a  constitution  emanating  from  us. 

"  §  12.  The  whole  of  this  compilation  of  the  Roman  law  in 
three  volumes,  the  Institutes,  the  Digest  or  Pandects,  and  the 
Code,  has  been  completed,  by  the  favour  of  Almighty  God,  in 
three  years — a  work  which,  when  it  was  begun,  we  scarcely 
hoped  to  accomplish  in  ten. 

"  §  13.  "We  notify  this  act  of  legislation  to  all.  It  is  a  colla- 
tion of  direct  concise  laws,  placed  within  the  reach  of  every- 
body, the  text  of  which  can  be  obtained  by  the  poor  as  well  as 
by  the  rich,  for  a  small  sum  instead  of  the  expense  which  would 
have  been  entailed  in  procuring  a  large  and  superfluous  mass  of 
volumes." 

§§  14,  15  and  16.  "  Should  there  be  any  repetitions  or  any* 
apparent  discordance — for  there  is  no  real  discordance  and  no 
omission — it  must  be  excused  on  the  score  of  the  imperfection 
of  human  nature ;  for  it  is  Deity  alone  which  fails  in  nothing. 

"  §  17.  These  laws  have  been  collected  from  so  many  volumes 
that  the  most  aged  men  not  only  were  ignorant  of  their  names, 
but  had  never  heard  them  mentioned.  These  volumes  of  an- 
cient lore  have  been  furnished  for  the  most  part  by  Tribonian,  a 
most  excellent  personage,  many  of  them  being  unknown  even  to 


456  THE  HISTORY  OF  11OMAN  LAW. 

the  most  learned.  The  collectors  of  our  work  have  read  not 
only  all  the  books  from  which  our  laws  have  been  extracted,  but 
also  a  great  number  of  others,  in  which  they  have  found  nothing 
either  useful  or  new  fit  to  be  incorporated  into  our  Digest. 

"  §  18.  But  as  even  Divine  works  are  susceptible  of  improve- 
ment, and  as  there  is  nothing  which  can  perpetually  remain  in 
the  same  condition,  if  there  should  arise  any  reason  to  add  to  or 
to  modify  the  Code,  wisdom  and  imperial  power  will  minister 
to  that  want. 

"  §  19.  Conscript  fathers,  and  all  inhabitants  of  the  terrestrial 
globe,  render  ye  therefore  thanks  to  the  Supreme  Divinity, 
which  has  reserved  for  your  age  so  salutary  a  work  !  Vene- 
rate, observe  these  laws  (et  adorate,  et  observate).  Let  no  one 
attempt,  either  before  the  judge,  or  in  any  other  discussion 
where  the  law  should  intervene,  to  quote,  or  to  point  out  any 
passage  whatever  of  other  books  than  our  Institutes,  our  Digest 
and  our  Constitutions,  arranged  and  promulgated  by  us,  under 
the  penalty  due  to  the  crime  of  fraud  to  the  fool  capable  of 
such  a  deed,  and  to  the  judge  who  shall  have  suffered  it  in  his 
hearing. 

"  §  20.  In  order  that  it  may  be  manifest  from  what  legislators 
(ex  quibus  legislatoribus],  from  which  of  their  works  (quibusque 
libris  eorurri),  and  from  what  thousands  of  materials  this  temple 
of  Roman  law  has  been  constructed,  we  have  ordered  the  list  of 
them  to  be  placed  at  the  beginning  of  our  Digest.  We  have 
chosen  the  legislators  or  commentators  (leyislatores  autem  vel 
commentator -es)  who  were  worthy  of  so  great  a  work,  whose 
ability  the  princes,  our  predecessors,  condescended  to  recognize, 
and  we  have  invested  them  with  an  equal  authority,  no  supe- 
riority of  one  over  the  other  being  recognized ;  for  all  the 
provisions  adopted  by  us,  having  the  force  of  a  constitution 
promulgated  by  us,  there  can  be  no  distinction."  (Has  the 
register  or  catalogue  here  sanctioned  by  Justinian  been  trans- 
mitted to  us  ?  There  is  one,  written  half  in  Greek  and  half  in 
Latin,  at  the  beginning  of  a  very  ancient  manuscript,  called 
The  Florentine  ljandi'cts,  but  the  enumeration  of  the  works  of 
the  jurists,  from  whose  fragments  the  Digest  was  compiled, 


THE  11ISTOUY  OF  UOMAN  LA\V.  4,37 

is  so  incomplete  that  it  is  difficult  to  believe  it  is  the  original 
catalogue.1  These  jurists  are  thirty-nine  in  number.  Though 
,1  ustinian  professes  only  to  have  made  a  choice  of  ancient  autho- 
ri/od  jurists,  there  are  two  amongst  them,  Hermogenianus  and 
Arcadius  Charisius,  of  too  late  a  date  to  be  reckoned  in  that 
class.2  The  expression  legislatores  should  be  noted,  for  there 
Avas  no  hesitation  in  applying  it,  in  Justinian's  time,  to  the 
ancient  authorized  jurists  ;  and  that  of  leges,  applied  to  their 
writings :  this  is  a  point  to  which  we  have  already  called 
attention.)3 

"  §  21.  Let  no  jurist,  at  the  present  time  or  in  the  future, 
dare  to  annex  commentaries  to  these  laws :  we  only  permit 
translations  from  Latin  into  Greek,  and  the  summaries  called 
paratitla,  intended  to  describe  the  articles  ;  but  not  interpre- 
tationcs,  or  rather  perversioncs.  Penalties  due  to  the  crime  of 
fraud  are  threatened  on  those  who  shall  contravene  this  pro- 
hibition, and  the  destruction  of  their  works. 

"  §  22.  The  same  penalties  are  applicable  to  those  who  shall, 
in  future,  write  our  laws  in  signs  or  abbreviations ;  everthing, 
including  the  names  of  the  jurists,  the  articles,  the  numbers  of 
the  articles,  must  be  expressed,  not  by  signs,  but  by  letters. 
Let  those  who  buy  books  written  with  signs  in  any  portion 
whatever,  know  that  they  will  have  a  useless  property,  as  they 
will  not  be  allowed  to  quote  them  before  'a  court  of  justice. 
As  to  the  writer,  over  and  above  the  penalty  of  fraud,  he  will 
be  bound  to  restore  double  the  estimated  value  of  the  book  to 
him  who  shall  have  bought,  or  caused  it  to  be  bought,  in  good 
faith. 

"  §  23.  The  laws  of  these  codes,  namely,  the  Institutes  or 
Elements,  and  the  Digest  or  Pandects,  will  be  in  force  from  our 
third  and  blessed  consulate,  the  third  of  the  kalends  of  January 

1  D.  Goclefroy  has  given  this  cata-  ments,  headed  by  their  name  and  by 

logue,  half  in  Greek  half  in  Latin,  at  the  title  of  the  work  from  which  each 

the  beginning  of  his  edition  of  Corpus  fragment  is  taken,  form  a  law  in  the 

juris;  Pothier  has  given  it  in  Latin  in  Digest,  and  not  the  large  number  of 

his  Pandects  (p.  cxxxvi.),  making  the  jurists  whose  opinions  are  quoted   or 

necessary  additions  to  explain  or  com-  copied  therein, 
jilete  it.     We  give  it  as  an  appendix  at  2  Sec  §  53 1. 

the  end  of  this  history.     This  catalogue  3  See  §  525. 

only  enumerates  the  jurists  whose  frag- 


458  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

(30th  December,  A.D.  533),  over  all  future  or  still  pending  suits 
before  the  judges,  but  not  those  settled  by  final  judgment  or  by 
amicable  arrangement,  which  we  would  not  in  any  way  disturb." 
(To  give  power  to  neAv  laws,  not  only  over  future  events,  but 
even  over  still  pending  suits,  is  an  abuse  of  the  principle  of  re- 
trospective operation,  in  regard  to  any  law  introducing  innova- 
tion, and  thus  interfering  with  rights  previously  obtained ;  but 
not  in  regard  to  those  which  only  interpret  the  pre-existing 
right.) 

"  §  24.  Let  all  our  judges  adopt  these  laws  within  their  juris- 
diction, and  especially  let  the  prefect  of  Constantinople  and  the 
three  prastorian  prefects  of  the  east  of  Illyria  and  of  Lybia  have 
them  published  and  made  known  to  all  within  their  respective 
jurisdiction. 

"  Given  the  17th  of  the  kalends  of  January,  under  the  third 
consulate  of  Justinian  (16th  December,  A.D.  533)." 


SECTION  CVIII. 
INSTITUTES  (Institutiones,  Instituta,  Elcmcnta). 

548.  Even  before  the  publication  of  the  Digest,  the  emperor, 
as  he  had  announced  in  his  first  constitution,  De  conceptione 
Digestorum,  and  as  he  says  in  his  constitution  De  confirmatione, 
entrusted  to  Tribonian,  Theophilus  and  Dorotheus,  professors 
of  law,  one  at  the  college  of  Constantinople,  the  other  at  that  of 
Berytus,  the  duty  of  collecting  together  the  different  elementary 
treatises  left  by  the  ancients  under  the  title  of  Institutiones,  and 
of  constructing  thereupon  a  treatise  of  the  same  kind  bearing  the 
same  title,  intended  to  supply  students  with  a  simple  abridgment 
of  the  principles  of  the  laAvs.  Works  designed  on  this  plan 
were  not  rare  amongst  the  ancients  ;  and  judging  only  by  those 
indicated  to  us  in  the  Digest,  we  know  that  Gaius,  Callistratus, 
Paul,  Marcianus  and  Florentinus  had  published  Institutiones; 
under  other  titles  also  had  appeared  other  elementary  treatises, 
such  as  the  Sentential  of  Paul  and  the  Rcyulce  of  Upian,  which 
have  been  in  part  handed  down  to  us.  The  book  designed  by 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  459 

Justinian,  under  the  name  of  Institutiones  or  Elementa,  was 
speedily  completed  ;  it  was  extracted,  to  a  great  extent,  from  the 
ancient  elementary  treatises  which  we  have  just  pointed  out, 
and  especially  from  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  which  had  the 
greatest  reputation.  Since  we  have  been  able  to  compare  them 
we  have  found  that,  in  the  division  and  the  order  of  the  subjects, 
there  are  numerous  passages  which  are  identical.  But  in  the 
Institutes  of  Justinian  the  different  fragments  have  not  been, 
as  in  the  Digest,  separated,  and  the  sources  from  which  they 
have  been  taken  have  not  been  indicated:  they  are  all  con- 
founded and  mixed  up  with  the  explanations,  and  the  new 
theories  which  the  editors  of  the  Institutes  themselves  gave,  so 
as  to  form  a  consecutive  exposition. 

649.  This  treatise,  though  it  was  only,  so  to  speak,  a  book 
intended  for  schools  of  jurisprudence,  nevertheless  received  the 
character  of  laws.  It  was  commenced  long  before  the  Digest, 
and  was  published  nearly  a  month  before  (22nd  November, 
A.D.  533)  by  a  special  constitution,  which  serves  as  a  preamble 
(prcBmium)  to  the  Institutes.  But  these  two  legislative  works 
could  only  have  come  into  force  from  and  after  30th  December, 
A.D.  533.1 


SECTION  CIX. 

NEW  EDITION  OF  THE  CODE  (  Codex  repetitce  Prcelectionis}. 

550. 

"  Justinian  to  the  Senate  of  Constantinople.2 

"  Since  the  publication  of  the  Code,  in  which  we  have 
caused  the  imperial  constitutions  to  be  gathered  together  in  one 
collection  (in  unum  corpus  colligere),  and  purged  from  all  de- 
fect (omnique  vitio  purgare) : 

"  §  1.  Having  resolved   to  proceed  to  the  revision  of  the 
ancient  laws,  we  have  published  fifty  decisions  and  many  other 

1  For  more   ample  details,   see  M.  *  Const,  iii.,  at  the  beginning  of  the 

Ortolan's  article  "  Institutes,"  vol.  ii.,  Cod.  DC  cmcndationc  codlcis  dc  Jits- 

at  the  commencement  of  L 'explication  tiniani. 
kistorique  des  Instituts. 


460  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

constitutions  connected  with  the  execution  of  this  project  (ad 
commodum  propositi  operis  pertinentes)  ;  and,  finally,  the  whole 
of  the  ancient  law,  amended,  freed  from  all  superfluous  polixity 
and  elucidated,  has  been  exhibited  in  our  Institutes  and  Digest." 

§§  2  and  3.  "  But  the  fifty  decisions  and  the  new  constitutions 
not  being  found  in  the  body  of  our  Code,  to  which  they  are 
posterior,  and  many  which  were  there  wanting  correction,  we 
have  commissioned  Tribonian,  the  director-general  of  all  our 
legislative  measures,  Dorotheus,  professor  of  law  at  Berytus, 
Menas,  Constantino  and  John,  lawyers  of  the  highest  rank  in 
Constantinople,  to  unite,  under  the  articles  to  which  they 
belong,  the  new  constitutions  to  the  former  ones,  and,  without 
scruple,  to  suppress  whatever  appears  to  be  superfluous,  abro- 
gated provisions,  repetitions,  or  contradictions.  No  one  is 
ignorant  of  the  advantages  of  a  second  edition.  We  find 
amongst  ancient  books  not  only  first  but  second  editions,  to 
which  the  ancients  gave  the  name  of  repetitce prcelectiones." 

§§4  and  5.  "  This  new  work  has  therefore  been  undertaken  by 
us ;  and  we  order  a  second  edition  of  the  Code  to  be  prepared ; 
and  we  forbid  that  from  the  4th  of  the  kalends  of  January,  of 
the  year  of  our  fourth  consulate  (29th  December,  A.D.  534),  any- 
thing to  be  quoted,  before  the  judges,  from  the  fifty  decisions, 
from  the  previous  constitutions,  or  from  the  first  Code,  except 
what  is  to  be  found  in  the  second  edition.  If,  hereafter,  any 
amendment  should  be  deemed  useful,  we  will  provide  for  it  by 
constitutions  which  shall  form  a  collection  by  itself  (in  aliam 
conyrcgationem],  under  the  name  of  new  constitutions"  (novellce 
constitution.es}.  (We  would  not  attribute,  like  Puchta,  this 
last  provision  to  the  desire  of  reassuring  purchasers  of  the 
second  edition  against  the  inconvenience  experienced  by  the 
purchasers  of  the  first,  that  is  to  say,  against  the  fear  of  being 
forced,  after  a  while,  to  purchase  a  third.  This  would  be  to 
take  a  narrow  view  of  the  matter,  for  there  were  better  reasons 
for  the  step  being  taken,  such  as  the  dignity  and  reputation  of 
the  Code  itself  and  the  example  of  what  had  previously  been 
done  with  the  Theodosian  Code  and  the  collection  of  subsequent 
Novellce.  Then  follows  the  same  prohibition  as  that  published 
in  the  case  of  the  Institutes  and  the  Digest,  against  writing  any 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  4G1 

part  of  the  Code  in  signs  or  abbreviations.)  "  Given  at  Con- 
stantinople, the  16th  of  the  kalends  of  December,  in  the  fourth 
consulate  of  Justinian"  (17th  November,  A.D.  534). 

651.  This  new  edition  is  the  one  we  possess:  the  first,  which 
had  fallen  into  disuse,  is  unknown  to  us.  This  Code  is,  like 
the  first,  divided  into  twelve  books:  it  contains  several  consti- 
tutions less,  which  have  been  suppressed;  so  it  happens  occasion- 
ally that  the  Institutes  refer  back  to  certain  passages  not  con- 
tained in  the  new  Code,  and  which  were  probably  in  the  first. 
The  constitutions  are  placed  under  different  articles,  with  the 
names  of  the  emperors  to  whom  they  belong,  but  they  have 
been  altered  in  the  same  manner  as  the  fragments  of  the  jurists. 
The  most  ancient  is  that  of  Adrian,  from  which  some  writers 
have  concluded  that  the  imperial  constitutions  date  only  from 
this  prince — an  opinion  seldom  advanced  in  these  days. 


SECTION  CX. 

NOYELL.E  CONSTITUTIONS— AFTERWARDS  AUTHENTIC^, 
CORPUS  AUTHENTICORUM. 

553.  The  name  of  Novella  constitutiones  (by  abbreviation 
Novellce)  had  already  been  given  to  constitutions  published  sub- 
sequently to  the  Theodosian  Code,  by  Theodosius  and  his  imme- 
diate successors.  Justinian,  whose  reign  lasted  more  than  thirty 
years,  after  his  collection  of  laws  was  completed,  promulgated, 
as  he  had  announced  in  the  constitution  referring  to  the  second 
edition  of  his  Code,  numerous  Novella  which  often  modify  the 
Digest,  the  Institutes  and  the  Code.  This  began  the  very 
year  following  that  in  which  the  second  edition  of  his  Code  was 
put  in  force,  that  is  to  say,  from  A.D.  535,  and  continued  de- 
creasing every  year  from  A.D.  543,  the  date  of  the  death  of 
Tribonian,  up  to  the  death  of  Justinian  in  A.D.  5G5.  Dividing 
this  space  of  thirty  years  into  quinquennial  periods,  out  of  one 
hundred  and  forty-six  Novella  of  which  it  is  possible  to  fix  the 
date  with  certainty,  or  at  any  rate  with  probability,  we  find  one 


462  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

hundred  and  eight  in  the  first  period  and  only  twenty  in  the 
second,  six  in  each  of  the  two  following,  and  three  only  in  each 
of  the  latter. 

553.  Whilst  Latin  was  the  national  language  of  the  State, 
in  which  the  legislative  works  of  Justinian  were  written,  Greek 
was  in  Constantinople  and  amongst  the  Byzantine  population 
the  vulgar  tongue.     It  was  in  Greek  that  most  of  the  Novella 
were  promulgated,  which  made  a  greater  distinction  between 
them  and  the  ancient  laws,  and  did  not  increase  the  connection 
with  the  West,  where  Justinian  only  obtained  a  partial  and 
precarious  influence.     A  few   Novella,  however,  were  drawn 
up  in  Latin,  and  sometimes  even  in  both  languages.     In  Greek, 
says  Justinian,  for  the  use  of  the  multitude  (propter  multitu- 
dinis  frequentiarn)  :  in  Latin,  which  will  have  no  less  force,  by 
reason  of  this  language  being  the  representative  of  the  Republic 
(propter  Reipublicce  Jiguram.1     This  diversity  or  alternation  of 
language  has  not  been  favourable  to  the  preservation  of  uni- 
formity.    It  has  necessitated  translation  from  one  language  to 
the  other,  which  the  Constitutions  of  Justinian  permitted ;  some 
of  these  translations  were  made  under  Justinian,  others  after 
him,  and  there  have  been  some  even  in  modern  times.     Those 
intended  for  promulgation  in  Italy,  which  were  ordered  by 
Justinian,  A.D.  554,  must  have  been  official  translations,  others 
are  private  works.     This  practice  interfered  with  the  accuracy 
and  with  the  official  character  of  these  laws. 

554.  Justinian  certainly  intended  that  his  Novellas,  should 
form  a  continuation  of  the  Institutes,  the  Digest  and  the  Code. 
This  he   announced  in  the   same  constitution  as  that  which 
directed  the  publication  of  the  second  edition  of  his  Code  (et 
in  aliam  conyregationem  referatur)  ;  but  it  is  in  the  nature  of 
such  a  work  for  its  author  to  continue  his  labours  throughout 
his  whole  career,  and  consequently  to  die,  leaving  it  incomplete. 
We  see  by  several  passages  from  the  Novella:  that  they  were 

1  Novel.  GO,  ch.  1,  §  2 :  "  Alia  qui-       Latina,  qnre  ctiam  firmissima,  propter 
clem  Graecorum  lingua  conscripta  prop-       lieipublicaj  figuram,  est." 
tcr  inuliitudiuis  frequcntuun,  alia  vero 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


4G3 


deposited  in  the  archives  of  the  empire  (in  sacro  laterculo 
d<  jioni) ;  and  that  there  existed  a  book,  volume  or  collection  of 
laws  in  which  they  were  inscribed  (in  libris  legum  transcribi ; 
legum  volumcn;  sacrarum  nostrarum  Constitutionum  volumen; 
sacrarum  nostrarum  Constitutionum  lectio).1  They  came  to 
take  their  place  there,  as  our  laws,  ordinances  or  decrees  take 
theirs  in  our  archives, — a  mass  of  fragments  not  published  but 
heaped  together,  with  no  other  connection  but  that  of  chrono- 
logical arrangement,  and  that  with  occasional  blanks.  It  is 
doubtful  if  the  Novellce  ever  bore  any  other  character.2  Were 
they  ever  collected  and  published  by  Justinian,  or  say,  by  Justin 
II.,  his  immediate  successor  ?  This  matter  is  open  to  doubt, 
though  it  must  be  acknowledged  that  there  is  no  trace  of  the 
text  of  any  constitution  ordering  anything  of  the  kind,  as  was 
done  for  the  other  collections  of  Justinian,  and  that  it  would  be 
strange,  supposing  such  a  constitution  to  have  been  passed,  if 
the  text  had  not  been  reported  or  quoted  somewhere.  One 
thing  is  certain,  viz.,  that  different  collections,  more  or  less 


1  Nov.  17,  De  mandatis  Principum, 
Praef . :  "  Eadem  mandata  et  in  libris 
legum  transcribi,  et  in  sacro  laterculo 
deponi  prsecipiat."  Nov.  24,  De  pre- 
side Pisidia;,  ch.  6,  pr. :  "  Sacra  man- 
data jussimus  in  sacro  laterculo  re- 
poni."  §  1 :  "  Hanc  sane  Icgem  turn 
sacrarum  nostrarum  Constitutionum 
lectio  monstrabit;  jussimus  enim  et 
hanc  inter  eas  describere."  Nov.  25, 
Depreetore  Lycaonia>,  Epilog. :  "  Praj- 
sentem  itaque  legem  Nosquidem  sacra- 
rum  nostrarum  Constitutionum  volu- 
inini  jussimus  inseri."  Nov.  26,  De 
preetare  Thracice,  in  fine :  "  Atque 
hanc  sane  praesentem  legem  habebit 
quidem  legum  volumen." 

8  Paul  Warncfride,  known  under  the 
name  of  Paul  the  Deacon,  born  about 
740  at  Cividale  (the  ancient  Forum 
Julii  of  Venetia),  who,  after  having 
been  secretary  of  Didier,  king  of  the 
Lombards,  and  after  having  lived  at 
the  court  of  Charlemagne  and  that  of 
the  Duke  of  Bencvent,  died  in  801  at 
the  monastery  of  Monte-Casino,  has  in- 
serted in  his  history  of  the  Lom bards  (lie 
gestis  Longobardorum)  a  short  chapter 
devoted  to  the  reign  of  Justinian.  He 
has  there  exactly  and  laconically  de- 
scribed the  Code,  the  Digest  or'Pan- 


dects,  and  the  Institutes ;  and  as  to  the 
Novellas  he  expresses  himself  thus : 
Novas  quoque  leges, quasij)se  statuerat 
in  unum  volumen  redactas,  eundem 
codicem  Nocellarum  nuncupari  san- 
civit.  (This  work  will  be  found  in  the 
first  volume  of  Rerum  Italicaruin 
Scriptores  by  Muratori.)  Here  is  tes- 
timony showing  the  Novelise  to  have 
been  united  in  one  volume  or  code  by 
the  orders  of  Justinian  himself.  It  is 
true  that  it  is  the  testimony  of  a 
historian  and  not  of  a  jurist,  in  the 
eighth  century  only,  and  it  has  been 
supposed,  rather  gratuitously,  that  it 
was  the  abridged  volume  of  Justinian 
which  he  had  before  him.  The  asser- 
tion of  a  learned  Greek  canonist,  patri- 
arch of  Constantinople  in  the  time  of 
Justinian  himself,  John  of  Antioch,  stir- 
named  Scholasticus,  is  usually  urged  in 
opposition  to  this,  but  we  shall  show  in 
another  place  how  that  quite  a  different 
interpretation  may  be  placed  on  the 
passage  of  John  of  Antioch,  so  that 
the  question  remains  doubtful.  We 
are  rather  inclined,  however,  in  the 
absence  of  more  certain  proof,  to  deny 
the  fact  of  a  Code  of  Novella;  ever 
having  had  a  fixed  and  official  cha- 
racter. 


464  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

extensive,  have  been  made  from  different  quarters,  as  private 
works  ;  there  are  others  whose  character  is  doubtful ;  and  it 
is  in  this  form,  good,  bad,  or  indifferent,  that  the  text  of  the 
Novella  has  reached  us,  but  we  possess  none  in  an  official 
form. 

555.  The  collections  known  to  us,  having  undoubtedly  a 
private  character,  are  those  of  John  of  Antioch,  surnamed 
Scholasticus,  and  that  of  Julian.  There  are  two  remarkable 
points  about  these  collections  which  are  calculated  to  inspire 
some  confidence  in  their  genuineness ;  one  is  the  position  of  the 
authors,  and  the  other  the  time  when  they  appeared,  that  is, 
shortly  after  the  death  of  Justinian. 

John,  a  learned  ecclesiastic,  who  was,  during  the  reign  of 
Justinian,  a  priest  {presbyter)  of  Antioch,  published  a  collec- 
tion of  the  sacred  canons,  extracts  from  the  books  of  the 
apostles,  from  the  councils  or  synods,  and  from  the  fathers  of 
the  Church.  This  book,  which  was  in  Greek,  was  divided  into 
fifty  titles;  perhaps  in  imitation  of  the  fifty  books  of  the  Digest. 
One  year  before  the  death  of  Justinian  (A.D.  564)  he  was 
nominated,  by  the  emperor,  patriarch  of  Constantinople,  and 
replaced  Eutychius,  who  was  exiled.  While  occupying  this 
post,  which  he  filled  till  the  year  A.D.  578,  he  undertook  and 
completed  the  labour  of  arranging,  under  each  of  the  titles  of 
his  collection  of  canons,  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the 
Novella  of  Justinian.  This  work,  also  published  in  Greek, 
Avas  entitled  by  him  N^uoxaveov,  a  title  at  a  later  period  adopted 
by  Photius,  another  patriarch  of  Constantinople.  Although 
well  known  to  the  canonists,  the  work  has  been  too  much  neg- 
lected by  the  historians  of  the  civil  law.  It  was  compiled  with 
a  definite  object,  and  only  contained  extracts  from  the  Novella 
bearing  upon  ecclesiastical  law.  The  passages  quoted  from 
the  Novella  are  not  given  in  their  integrity,  but  are  cut  up 
into  fragments  and  analyzed  according  to  the  title  of  the  canon 
under  which  they  are  placed,  and  are  without  date  ;  but  the 
classification  is  valuable,  because  each  extract  is  numbered,  and 
the  numbers  doubtless  indicate  the  date  to  which  each  belonged: 
and  it  is  well  worthy  of  notice,  that  neither  of  these  numbers,  ex- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  465 

cept  that  of  Novella  VL,  agrees  with  those  which  the  Novella 
in  our  collections  bear.  It  is  customaiy  to  regard  a  passage 
from  this  book  as  a  proof  that  the  Novella  of  Justinian  were 
never  codified,  but  this  passage  is  susceptible  of  another  render- 
ing. It  may  be,  on  the  contrary,  that  John  was  alluding  to 
the  design  of  a  Code,  and  that  the  Novella  scattered  here  and 
there  in  this  Code,  which  it  was  necessary  for  John  to  search 
out  and  collect,  are  those  relating  to  ecclesiastical  law,  the 
different  provisions  of  which  he  transcribed,  following  the  order 
of  his  titles  of  the  canon  law,  thus  frequently  mixing  extracts 
from  the  Code  of  Justinian  and  from  his  Digest  under  the 
rubric,  Leges  cum  hoc  titulo  concordantes.1  John  of  Antioch 
has  done  much  by  the  labour  he  underwent  in  collecting  and 
arranging  these  scattered  materials. 

As  to  Julian,  he  was,  in  the  time  of  Constantine,  a  professor 
of  law  in  the  public  school  of  Constantinople,  and  a  successor 
of  Theophilus  and  of  Cratinus ;  he  published,  either  during  the 
life  of  Justinian,  or,  according  to  others,  shortly  after  his  death, 
A.D.  570,  an  abridgment  of  the  Novella,  in  Latin,  under  the 
title  of  Juliani  Novellarum  Epitome.  This  collection,  which 
is  divided  into  two  books,  only  contains  a  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  Novella,  which  are  not  given  in  their  entirety,  but  abridged. 
Though  thus  limited  in  extent,  it  is  a  collection  on  which  the 
utmost  reliance  may  be  placed,  inasmuch  as  its  origin  is  certain, 
and  it  was  written  by  a  person  of  considerable  aptitude  for  the 
task  and  who  had  access  to  contemporary  documents.  The 
book  was  no  doubt  intended  chiefly  for  elementary  instruction. 
Biener,  in  his  Histoire  des  Novelles  de  Justinien  (1824),  started 
the  idea,  subsequently  adopted  by  Puchta  and  others,  that  this 
Latin  abridgment  was  made  by  Julian  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
application  of  the  Novella  to  that  part  of  Italy  which  was 

1   There  is   in  France  a  good  edi-  cum  .     .     .  sacris  Canonibus  conjuncta 

tion  of  the  two  collections  of  John  of  sunt,  e  divinis  novis  constitutionibus, 

Antioch,  with  Greek  text  and   Latin  quze  sccundum  codicem  a  divince  sortis 

translation,  in  the   second  volume   of  Jnstiniano  promulgates  passim  disperses 

the  liibliotheca  juris  canonlci  reteris,  sunt,  transcripsi."     We  may  notice  that 

by  Guil.  Nocll  and  II.  Justel,  Paris,  even  the  fathers  of  the  Christian  Church 

1661.     The   Latin   translation   of   the  used   the    expression   "  divine "    when 

passage  alluded  to  in  the  text  occurs  speaking  of  the  No  f elite  and  of  Justi- 

at   p.  603  in  the  preface  of  the  first  man. 
title  of  the   Nomocanon:    "  Ea  qua; 

II  II 


466  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

subject  to  the  empire.  That  this  may  have  been  partly  Julian's 
design  is  most  probable ;  but  it  is  clear  that  a  professor  of  law 
at  Constantinople,  in  the  habit  of  explaining  to  his  students  the 
Roman  law,  as  contained  in  the  text  of  Justinian,  in  the  original 
and  national  language  (jpropter  reipublicce  Jiguram},  would  be 
compelled  to  make  his  abridgment  of  the  Novella  in  that 
language.  The  population  of  the  empire,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered, spoke  two  different  tongues.  Justinian  had  foreseen  the 
necessity  of,  and  had  authorized,  translations.  Theophilus  pro- 
duced a  Greek  paraphrase  of  the  Institutes,  and  Julian,  his 
successor,  a  Latin  abridgment  of  the  Novella \  As  to  Italy, 
we  hare  every  reason  to  believe  that  when  the  Novella  were 
published  by  the  order  of  Justinian,  A.D.  554,  they  were  trans- 
lated into  Latin  entire  and  not  abridged. 

Such  are  then  the  two  private  collections  which  we  possess, 
the  character  of  which  is  unquestionable :  that  of  John  of 
Antioch  having  been  framed  for  a  definite  object  and  useful 
only  in  respect  to  certain  historical  points  concerning  the 
Novellce ;  the  other,  that  of  Julian,  embracing,  if  not  all  the 
Novella,  at  least  the  greater  part,  but  only  by  way  of  abridg- 
ment. 

It  is  precisely  on  account  of  the  fact  that  it  was  an  abridg- 
ment that  the  abridgment  of  Julian  was  more  widely  circulated, 
and  more  particularly  in  Italy  by  reason  of  the  language  in 
which  it  was  composed,  and  at  an  early  date  in  Gaul,  where  it 
was  known  before  other  parts  of  the  laws  of  Justinian,  which 
were  never  promulgated  there.  The  work  was  therefore,  in  the 
middle  ages,  frequently  called  by  the  simple  title  Novellce.  A 
number  of  copies  are  extant,  some  of  which  have  been  recently 
discovered,  and  several  editions  have  been  published,  amongst 
others  that  of  Ant.  Augustinus,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and 
that  of  the  brothers  Pithou.1 

556.  The  collections,  the  origin  and  character  of  which 
remain  doubtful,  but  which  have  the  great  advantage  over  those 

1  Ant.  Augustini    Collectio   consti-  1567 ;    Basilere,    157G.      Pet.    et    Fr. 

tvtionum  grofcarum  Codicis  Jtistini-  Pithocorum,   Obserrationes   ad  Codi- 

ani,  et  Jit  Hani  Novettarum,  epitome,  cent,  et    Novellas  Justiniani,    Paris, 

cum  paratitlis  ct   sclioliis.     llcrdiv;,  1GS9. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  4G7 

already  mentioned  of  giving  the  text  of  the  greater  part  of  the 
Novella  entire,  are  only  two  in  number,  one  in  Latin  the  other 
in  Greek. 

The  Latin  collection,  which  contains  a  hundred  and  thirty- 
four  Novella,  with  Latin  translations  of  those  which  were  pro- 
mulgated in  Greek,  was,  at  an  early  date,  widely  circulated  in 
Italy  under  the  name  of  Authentic CB,  as  to  the  Novella,  and  of 
Liber  or  Corpus  authentic  arum,  or,  more  briefly,  Authenticum, 
as  to  the  collection.  Several  manuscript  copies  have  descended 
to  us;  but  their  source  remains  unknown.  It  is  a  common 
mistake  to  connect  the  name  Authentic^  with  an  anecdote  about 
Irnerius,  and  which  is  dated  at  the  period  when  this  chief  of 
glossators  recognized  the  authenticity  of  the  text,  which  he  had 
at  first  denied;  the  name  Authentic^  existed  at  an  earlier 
period,  and  the  anecdote,  whether  true  or  false  in  itself,  is  a 
proof  of  this  fact.  The  fact  was  that,  in  a  certain  lawsuit  in 
which  he  was  concerned,  a  text  from  this  collection  was  quoted, 
under  this  title,  against  him,  when  he  exclaimed,  "  Look  else- 
where, my  good  man ! "  (  Vade  bone  homo  /)  adding  that  this  book 
was  not  the  work  of  Justinian,  but  of  some  monk,  and  that 
consequently  it  was  not  authentic ;  and  it  is  also  under  the 
same  title  that,  in  one  of  his  earlier  glosses  upon  the  Code,  he 
gives  various  grounds  for  disputing  its  authenticity.1  This 
title  existed  long  before  the  glossators,  whether  as  distinguish- 
ing it  from  the  abridgment  of  Julian,  or,  what  is  more  likely, 
it  was  handed  down  by  a  tradition  which  represented  these  texts 
of  the  Novella  as  the  texts  which  had  been  promulgated  in 
Italy,  about  the  year  A.D.  554,  by  order  of  Justinian.  The  same 
tradition  represented  this  Latin  version  (the  author  of  which  is 
unknown)  as  that  promulgated  in  Italy  under  the  title  which  it 
bore  of  versio  vul(jata.  Some  critics  have  quoted,  in  support 
of  this  opinion,  the  passage  of  Paul  the  Deacon,  given  by  us  in 

1  Irnerius,  De  emcndatione  Codicis,  aliquem  habet.    Item  Novelise  istae  con- 

§  4  :  "  Ilinc  argumentum  sumi  potest  stitutiones,  dc  qnibus  hie  loquitur,  non 

quod  liber  istc,  id  cst  Autentica,  sit  promittuntur  nisi  de  novis  ncgotiis  ct 

repudiandus.     Ejus   cnim    stylus   cum  nundum     Icgum     laqucis     innodatis." 

ceteris  Justiniani  constitutionibus  nullo  (Quoted  by   Savigny,   If  1st.  du  drolt 

modo  concordat,  sed  omnino  inter  sc  Itmnaln  an  moy&n-dge,  t.  3,  p.  340  of 

discrepant.     Item  ejus  libri  principium  tlie  translation  from  the  MSS.,  Munich, 

nullnm   est,  nee   scricm   nee   ordinern  No.  22,  and  Vienna,  No.  15.) 


468  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  note  to  paragraph  554  ;  but  it  is  clear,  from  its  perusal,  that 
no  reference  is  there  made  to  its  being  a  translation. 

The  name  Authentica,  which  does  not  belong  to  the  time  of 
Justinian,  but  is  of  later  date,  for  a  long  period  almost  sup- 
planted that  of  Novella,  and  was  in  common  use  in  legal  works, 
at  the  court,  and  in  literature ;  so  much  so,  that  the  expression 
is  met  with,  in  ancient  authors,  to  "  authenticate  "  a  woman,  or 
a  woman  "  authenticated,"  meaning  a  woman  treated  as  pre- 
scribed in  Nov.  134,  cap.  10,  in  the  case  of  adultery. 

The  Authenticum  was  modified,  both  in  its  form  and  con- 
tents, by  the  glossators,1  and  the  manuscripts  which  have  been 
transmitted  to  us  through  that  channel  are,  in  consequence, 
more  or  less  defective.  M.  de  Savigny  mentions  one  at  Vienna, 
in  which  one  only  is  wanting  of  the  whole  hundred  and  thirty- 
four  Novella.  M.  Heimbach  has  availed  himself  of  this  to 
give  an  edition  as  far  as  possible  free  from  the  alterations  of 
the  glossators,  and  in  other  respects  as  pure  as  possible.2 

557.  The  only  other  collection  to  which  attention  is  directed, 
which  has  given  us  the  Novella  in  Greek,  is,  like  the  last,  of 
unknown  origin.  Of  this  collection  there  are  two  manuscript 
copies,  one  at  Florence  and  the  other  at  Venice,  and  these  two 
mutually  supply  the  blanks  that  occur  in  each  other.  There 
are  altogether  one  hundred  and  sixty-eight  documents,  each 
bearing  its  own  number  ;  and  amongst  them  are  intercalated, 
towards  the  latter  numbers,  certain  Novella  of  Justin  II.  and 
Tiberius  II.,  the  two  immediate  successors  of  Justinian,  and 
two  edicts  of  the  prastorian  prefects ;  under  the  other  numbers, 
down  to  one  hundred  and  fifty-nine,  we  have  the  constitutions 
of  Justinian.  Among  these  however  are  four  which,  with  the 
exception  of  slight  variations,  appear  in  duplicate  :  this  is  ex- 
plained in  the  one  case  by  its  haAang  been  promulgated  in  the 
two  languages,  and  the  translation  of  the  Latin  into  Greek 

1  Of  the  one   hundred    and   thirty-  The  whole  have  been  divided,  like  the 

four  Nocellic  of  the  Authenticvm,  the  Code,    into   twelve   pails,   called    col- 

glossators  have  detached   thirty-seven  latlones. 

us  being  inapplicable  to  their  time,  and  2  G.  E.   Ileimbaeh,  Authenticum: 

these  they  have  called  "  extravagant"  Novellarnm const itutionumJti-stiniani 

or  "  extraordinary ;"  the  others,  ninety-  rersin  rvlgata.     Leipsic,  184G — 1851, 

seven  in  all,  were  called  "ordinary."  2  vols. 


THE  111STOKY  OF  KOA1AN  LAW.  469 

having  caused  a  repetition  in  the  collection ;  and  in  the  other, 
by  the  fact  that  the  same  constitution  was  addressed,  with 
slight  variations,  to  different  parts  of  the  empire.  In  addition 
to  these  there  are  three  which  belong  to  a  special  collection  of 
thirteen  constitutions,  which  are  not  styled  Novellce,  but  Jus- 
tiniani  imp.  Edicta.  If  we  deduct  these  four  duplicates  and 
three  edicts,  we  have  in  this  Greek  translation  a  hundred  and 
fifty-two  different  Novellce  of  Justinian.1 

The  language  of  the  Novella  in  this  collection  has  suggested 
the  belief  that  we  have  here  the  text  of  those  originally  promul- 
gated in  Greek ;  and,  so  far  from  the  fact  that  certain  consti- 
tutions appear  in  duplicate,  and  that  there  are  to  be  found  inter- 
calated in  the  latter  numbers  certain  Novellce  of  Justin  II.  and 
Tiberius  II.,  and  two  edicts  of  the  praetorian  prsefect,  being 
unfavourable  to  this  view,  we  take  it  as  a  strong  indication  of 
its  being  original.  The  compiler  probably  made  his  collec- 
tion under  Tiberius  II.,  certainly  not  before.  The  arrange- 
ment is  not  good,  or  it  is  perhaps  better  to  say  that  there  is 
none.  But  what  is  of  importance  to  us  is  the  fact  of  the  text 
being  original.  The  better  arrangement  for  a  series  of  docu- 
ments like  these  would  have  been  an  exact  chronological  order. 
This  however  has  not  been  observed  either  in  the  Greek  or  in 
the  Latin  collection  of  the  AutJienticum.  Besides  this,  and  this 
is  the  greatest  defect  in  both  these  collections,  a  great  number  of 
the  NovellcB  do  not  bear  any  date,  or  have  only  an  incomplete 
date.  Critical  labour  is  therefore  necessary  to  determine  these 
dates  with  anything  like  accuracy,  and  in  many  instances  they 
can  only  be  arrived  at  approximately. 

The  Greek  collection  was  edited  for  the  first  time  in  1531, 
from  the  Florentine  MS.,  by  Greg.  Haloandre,  with  a  Latin 
translation,  and,  in  1558,  from  the  Venetian  MS.,  by  Henr. 
Scrimger  Scot.  Several  Greek  editions  have  followed,  and 

1  The  ancient  editors  or  commenta-  prefects;    that  as  to  the  rest,  except 

tors,  and  Cujas,  in  his  Exposition  das  slight   differences,    there   is   repetition 

Norelles,  have  remarked  that  the  num-  between  the  numbers  32  and  34,  41  and 

bers  140,  144, 148 and  149  of  the  Greek  50,  75  and  104,  143  and  150;  and  that, 

collection  are  the  Novell fK  of  Justin  II.:  finally,   the    numbers   8,  111  and  122 

the  numbers  161,  103  and  104  those  of  belong  to  the  thirteen  edicts  of  Jus- 

Tiberins  II.,  and  the  two  numbers,  107  tiuiau. 
aud  108,  the  edicts  of    the   pratorian 


470  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

even  in  the  eighteenth  century  other  Latin  translations  ap- 
.peared,  which  are  considered  more  correct,  more  elegant,  and 
in  purer  Latin,  than  the  versio  vulgata  of  the  Authenticum. 

558.  To  the   four   collections   to  which  AVC   have   already 
referred,  that  of  John  of  Antioch,  the  epitome  of  Julian,  the 
Authenticum,  and  the  Greek  collection,  must  be  added  a  MS. 
in  the  royal  library  of  Paris,  which  contains  an  index  or  cata- 
logue in  Greek  of  the  Novella.     Cujas  published  the  transla- 
tion of  it  in  Latin,   at  the  head  of  his  commentary,  in  the 
second  volume  of  his  work,  and  the  Greek  text  was  produced 
in   Germany  in  1840.     This  catalogue  appears  to  have  been 
prepared  as  a  kind  of  table  of  the  Greek  collection.     Like  the 
original  collections,  it  is  free  from  the  divisions  and  subdivi- 
sions introduced  by  the  glossators,  and  is  confined  to  a  classifi- 
cation under  one  series  of  numbers,  each  novel  being  designated 
by  its  rubric.       These  rubrics  to  a  certain  extent  differ  from 
those  in  common  use ;   they  are  in  general  more  brief,  but  they 
refer  to  the  same  constitutions. 

559.  Such  are  the  materials  from  which  our  present  edition 
of  the  entire  body  of  Justinian  law  has  been  prepared.     These 
editions   have  been    confused,  both  by  the  use   of  the   name 
Authentic^  and  by  the  division  into  nine  collationes,  and  the 
subdivision  into  titles  (each  Novella  forming  one), — distinctions 
which  originated  with  the  glossators,  which  are  in  themselves 
useless,  and  which  are  not  to  be  met  with  in  the  Novellas  of 
Justinian.     It  is  now  the  common  practice  to  quote  the  Novella 
by  their  numbers. 

560.  Of  the   hundred   and   fifty-two   different  Novcllce   of 
Justinian  to  which  we  have  alluded,  thirty  refer  to  ecclesiastical 
matters,  fifty-eight  to  the  administration  of  the  public  or  criminal 
law,  and  sixty-four  to  private  law.     Those  portions  of  the  works 
of  the  ancient  lloman  jurists  which  are  inconsistent  with  an  ad- 
vanced civilization  here  rarely  make  their  appearance,  or  are 
altogether  discarded ;  while  principles  more  adapted  to  further 
the  improvement  and  progress  of  mankind  are  allowed  to  have 


THE  HtSTOllY  OF  WOMAN  LAW.  471 

their  sway.  It  is  impossible  to  read  such  passages  of  the 
Novella  without  giving  them  our  cordial  approbation  and  sym- 
pathy. We  find,  indeed,  side  by  side  with  some  of  the  defects 
of  earlier  institutions,  certain  points,  such  as  the  succession  ab 
intestate ,  well  worthy  of  our  consideration. 


SECTION  CXI. 
CORPUS  JURIS  CIVILIS. 

561.  The  whole  collection  of  the  Institutes,  the  Digest,  the 
Code  and  the  Novella  is  called  the  Corpus  juris,  or  more  com- 
monly the  Corpus  juris  civilis  by  way  of  antithesis  to  Corpus 
juris  Canonici.  In  the  text  of  Justinian,  and  even  anterior  to 
him,  we  meet  with  the  expression  corpus:  for  example,  in  con- 
nection with  the  jurists,  Papiniani  corpus ;  and  the  codes,  ex 
corpore  Grcgoriani,  Hermogeniani,  Theodosiani,  and  in  allu- 
sion to  the  Breviarium  Alarici,  in  hoc  corpore,  and  to  Justinian's 
code,  in  unum  corpus  colligere.  But  as  a  technical  expression 
used  to  express  the  whole  body  of  Justinian's  law  with  certain 
additions,1  we  derive  the  term  from  the  glossators. 

The  various  fragments  which  are  scattered  and  separated 
from  each  other,  of  which  the  Code  and  the  Digest  are  to  a 
great  extent  composed,  have  for  a  long  time  been  designated 
leges.  Many  authors,  hoAvever,  when  referring  to  the  Code, 
prefer  to  call  them,  in  the  Code,  constitutions,  and,  in  the 
Digest,  fragmenta.  These  titles  are  more  in  conformity  with 
the  general  history  of  Roman  law,  inasmuch  as  they  indicate 
the  origin  and  essential  character  of  the  passages  quoted.  The 
word  leges,  used  by  Justinian  himself,  is  more  suitable  to  the 
character  of  the  Code  and  of  the  Digest ;  as  passages  inserted 
they  have  acquired  thereby  an  imperial  authority  (though  in  fact 
for  the  most  part  they  enjoyed  this  previously),  and  have  thus 
become  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  term  leges,  that  is,  in  the 
sense  in  which  we  now  understand  that  word.  We  know  how 

1  Constitutions  of  different  successors       Canons;  customs  of  the  Lombards  as 
of  Justinian;  of  the  emperors  of  Gcr-       to  fiefs;  Peace  of  Constance. 
man}',  Frederick  I.  and  II. ;  Apostolic 


472  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  term  leges  was  frequently  applied  by  Justinian,  not  merely 
to  provisions  contained  in  the  Institutes,  in  the  Digest,  in  the 
Code  and  in  the  Novella,  but  also  to  the  sentcntice  or  decisions 
of  the  authorized  jurists. 

The  mode  of  quoting  the  Code  and  the  Digest  is  not  uniform, 
but  with  all  authors  of  works  published  before  the  time  of  the 
glossators,  whether  in  the  East  or  West,  we  find  only  the  numbers 
showing  the  position  of  the  book,  of  the  title  and  the  passage 
quoted,  to  which  are  sometimes,  though  rarely,  added  the  com- 
mencement of  the  passage  ;  but  since  their  time,  for  the  con- 
venience of  quotation  and  for  the  sake  of  accuracy,  numbers 
were  added,  which  of  themselves  convey  little  idea  to  the  mind ; 
the  commencement  of  the  sentence,  however,  gives  a  clue  to  the 
subject.  This  change  in  annotation  served,  in  the  opinion  of 
Savigny,  as  a  means  of  judging  of  the  antiquity  of  the  MSS., 
whether  they  are  anterior  or  posterior  to  the  school  of  glossators. 
The  practice  of  indicating  the  first  word  of  the  rubric  of  the 
title  as  well  as  of  the  lex  and  of  the  paragraph  was  observed  by 
the  older  French  jurists,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  following 
quotation  from  the  burlesque  of  Racine,  L'lntime  des  Plaideurs: 

"  Qui  ne  sait  que  la  loi  Si  quis  canis:  DIGESTE, 
De  vi;  paragrapho,  Messieurs,  Caponilus, 
Est  manifestement  contraire  a  cet  abus?" 

We  now  adopt  the  numbers,  and  it  is  well,  lest  there  should  be 
an  error  in  the  figures,  to  add  the  first  word  of  the  rubric  of  the 
title,  and  by  way  of  historical  allusion  the  name  of  the  emperor 
or  the  jurist  who  was  the  author  of  the  passage  quoted. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  add  that  in  order  to  indicate  the 
Digest  or  Pandects  the  sign  ff  is  used,  which  is  supposed  to  be 
derived  from  the  Greek  n,  or  from  the  symbol  of  the  copyists 
representing  D. 

562.  Such  were  the  results  of  Justinian's  labours  in  the  de- 
partment of  legislation.  During  this  undertaking  the  emperor 
was  engaged  in  carrying  out  his  design  of  reconquering  the 
various  parts  of  the  Western  empire.  It  is  generally  said  that 
his  reign  was  as  illustrious  for  feats  of  arms  and  achievements 
in  the  arts  as  for  his  legal  reforms.  Under  Uelisarius  the  dis- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  473 

ciplinc  and  the  courage  of  the  soldiers  reappeared,  and  their 
bravery  was  crowned  with  triumph.  Before  the  Institutes  and 
the  Digest  had  been  promulgated,  the  kingdom  of  the  Vandals 
had  been  overthrown  in  Africa ;  and  that  country,  again 
attached  as  a  praefectorate  to  the  empire,  was  divided  into 
dioceses  and  provinces,  which  were  presided  over  by  a  pnefect, 
by  recto/  es,  and  by  presidents,  A.D.  533.  And  Justinian,  who, 
in  the  titles  of  his  laws,  had  contented  himself  with  the  common 
epithets  of  Pius,  Felix,  semper  Augustus,  added,  when  pub- 
lishing his  Institutes,  the  appellations  of  Alemanicus,  Gothicus, 
Alanicus,  Vandalicus,  Africanus,  and  many  others,  to  which 
he  was  in  no  way  entitled. 

Sicily  soon  followed  Africa ;  Italy  followed  Sicily ;  and  in 
time  the  Goths  even  abandoned  Rome  itself,  the  keys  of  which, 
as  a  mark  of  its  subjection,  were  sent  to  Constantinople, 
A.D.  537.  Captured  and  recaptured,  however,  by  the  bar- 
barians and  the  troops  of  Justinian,  the  cities  of  Italy  were 
not  permanently  reconquered.  When,  under  the  walls  of  Car- 
thage, on  the  shores  of  Sicily,  on  the  banks  of  the  Tiber,  the 
great  Belisarius  had  rekindled  in  the  East  the  ancient  glory  of 
the  empire,  the  feeling  of  envy  was  aroused  against  him  at  the 
court.  When  for  a  whole  year  he  had  maintained  a  glorious 
defence  in  Rome,  and,  after  raising  the  siege  and  overrunning 
Italy,  had  shut  up  the  Gothic  king  in  Ravenna,  a  treaty  made 
by  the  emperor  sacrificed  the  greater  part  of  the  advantages  he 
had  won,  and  he  was  recalled  by  an  imperial  order  to  Constan- 
tinople. No  sooner  had  he  carried  his  arms  into  the  heart  of 
Assyria  and  threatened  the  capital  of  the  Persian  king,  thus 
forcing  him  to  abandon  the  Roman  provinces  that  he  had 
invaded,  A.D.  544,  than  an  imperial  order  recalled  the  victorious 
general  to  Rome.  Again  he  reappeared  in  Italy,  where  the 
safety  of  his  former  conquests  had  been  menaced,  but  no  sooner 
had  he  delivered  Rome  from  the  Goths,  who  had  recaptured  it, 
and  taken  measures  which  would  have  secured  the  complete 
overthrow  of  the  barbarian  power,  than  an  imperial  order  again 
called  him  to  Constantinople.  Such  was  the  system  of  refined 
persecution  to  which  a  great,  a  noble  and  a  sensitive  mind  was 
exposed. 

Belisarius  was   replaced  by   the  eunuch   Narses,    who  was 


474  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

not  unworthy  of  the  trust,  and  who  successfully  completed  the 
labours  commenced  by  his  predecessor.  After  delivering  the 
whole  of  Italy,  and  making  it  over  to  the  Emperor  of  the  East, 
he  was  appointed,  under  the  title  of  exarch,  to  the  government 
of  those  countries,  and  established  himself  at  Ravenna,  which 
he  selected  as  the  capital  of  his  exarchate. 

In  A.D.  559  Belisarius  again  rendered  eminent  service  to  his 
imperial  master  by  driving  the  Bulgarians  from  Constantinople, 
but  he  finished  his  glorious  career  by  falling  a  victim  to  court 
intrigue.  He  was  accused  of  plotting  against  his  imperial 
master,  disgraced  and  despoiled  of  his  dignities  and  his  honours. 
It  is  true  he  was  restored,  but  not  till  it  was  too  late,  though  it 
was  only  in  the  following  year,  for  he  died.  The  poet  and 
the  painter  have  represented  him  as  sitting  by  the  wayside 
suffering  from  the  loss  of  sight  cruelly  inflicted  by  an  ungrateful 
master,  or  as  led  by  the  hand  by  a  child,  the  only  companion  of 
his  misfortune,  begging  out  of  charity, "  an  obolus  for  Belisarius." 
Thus  had  tradition,  the  poet  and  the  artist  imputed  to  Justi- 
nian a  crime  of  which  he  was  never  really  guilty. 

563.  The  emperor  did  not  long  survive  Belisarius,  for  he 
died  A.D.  565,  after  a  reign  of  thirty-nine  years,  being  himself 
about  eighty-four  years  of  age.  What  judgment  should  history 
pass  upon  him  ?  At  a  time  when  the  study  of  Roman  law 
was  general  throughout  Europe,  Justinian's  character  was  the 
subject  of  much  controversy ;  some  attacked,  others  defended 
him,  and  the  historians  and  the  jurists  occupied  antagonistic 
positions  in  the  discussion.  There  came  to  be  two  schools,  the 
Justinianists  and  the  anti-Justinianists.  Montesquieu  is  far 
from  sparing  him.  The  worst  part  of  Justinian,  he  said,  was 
his  profusion,  his  exaction,  his  rapacity,  his  rage  for  building, 
his  inconstancy,  the  alternate  weakness  and  harshness  of  his 
rule,  which  were  the  more  disastrous  from  the  length  to  which 
his  reign  was  protracted.  These  were  real  evils  for  which  use- 
less successes  and  empty  glory  could  not  compensate.  This  is 
in  substance  a  brief  summary  of  the  estimate  formed  of  him  by 
Procopius,  Evagrius,  Agathias  and  John  Zonaras.  Most  of 
these  reproaches  are  merited,  and  to  them  may  be  added  his 


THE  IIISTOIIY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  475 

weakness  for  Theodora,  who  ascended  the  throne  of  Constan- 
tinople as  his  consort  after  having  frequently  taken  a  part  in 
the  games  of  the  circus  and  appearing  on  the  stage,  and  after 
having  inhabited  the  Embolum,  the  chief  abode  of  prostitution. 
To  this  woman  he  more  than  once  entrusted  the  sceptre  that  it 
was  his  duty  to  sway.  His  legislative  measures  are  not  suffi- 
cient to  compensate  for  the  defects  of  his  moral  character ;  and 
as  the  credit  of  his  victories  is  due  to  Belisarius  and  Narses, 
so  his  laws  are  attributable  to  Tribonian  and  to  his  fellow 
labourers.  At  the  same  time,  Justinian  prided  himself  upon 
an  acquaintance  with  philosophy,  theology,  the  arts  and  the 
laws;  he  took  pleasure  in  personally  determining  theological 
controversies,  and  in  tracing  the  designs  for  monuments  to  be 
erected  to  himself;  he  also  boasted  of  having  revised  the  laws. 
The  project  which  he  conceived  of  codifying  the  law,  though 
borrowed  from  previous  efforts  of  his  predecessors,  should  entitle 
him  to  the  credit  of  a  legislator;  and  he  has  the  merit  of 
having  persevered  in  his  intentions,  and  having  brought  his 
great  work  to  a  successful  termination. 

664.  The  jurists,  and  especially  those  belonging  to  the  his- 
toric school,  have  bitterly  reproached  him  for  having  mutilated 
the  ancient  authors,  and  for  having  misrepresented  both  their 
opinions  and  those  of  the  emperors  in  his  compilations.  But 
is  he  to  be  regarded  as  a  historian,  or  as  a  legislator  ?  Was 
it  his  duty  to  give  his  subjects  a  correct  view  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  science  of  law,  or  was  he  bound  to  furnish  them 
with  laws  ?  We  ought  not  to  judge  him  from  a  point  of  view 
of  our  own  selection,  but  we  should  regard  his  character  in  the 
light  in  which  it  must  have  been  seen  by  an  inhabitant  of 
Constantinople  and  a  subject  of  the  empire.  Besides,  to  be 
just,  it  is  not  to  the  handiwork  of  Justinian,  but  to  that  of  bar- 
barism, that  we  must  ascribe  the  loss  of  the  ancient  manuscripts 
and  legal  documents.  The  greater  portion  of  the  reforms  in- 
troduced by  Justinian  were  judicious,  for  they  were  suited  to  the 
times.  Discarding  the  useless  subtelties  then  in  vogue  in  the 
Eastern  Empire,  he  created  a  system  of  law  conspicuous  for 
simplicity  and  equity.  And  certainly  for  the  revival  of  legal 


476  THE  HISTOIiY  Oi*  ROMAN  LAW. 

study  in  our  own  age,  European  writers  have  chiefly  rested 
upon  the  body  of  laws  promulgated  by  Justinian ;  the  legisla- 
tive measures  of  this  emperor,  which  were  attuned  to  the  voice 
of  nature  and  better  adapted  to  human  wants  than  the  laws  of 
ancient  Rome,  exerted  upon  European  civilization  an  influence 
which  never  could  have  been  exercised  by  the  latter.  It  is  un- 
philosophical  to  attack  Justinian  for  his  repeated  changes,  for 
the  modification  of  the  Digests  and  the  Institutes  by  the  Code, 
and  the  modification  of  the  Code  by  the  Novella,  amendments 
that  nullified  each  other ;  while  his  detractors  do  not  scruple  to 
add  to  this  charge  of  irresolution  the  calumny  that  he  divided 
with  Tribonian  the  proceeds  derived  from  an  infamous  traffic  in 
the  sale  of  judgments,  and  even  of  laws.  As  a  matter  of  fact 
he  accomplished  a  great  Avork. 


SECTION  CXII. 
TRIBONIAN  or  TRIBUNIAN. 

565.  From  more  than  one  historian  of  this  period  we  learn 
that  Tribonian  excited  a  revolt  by  his  exactions  when  minister, 
and  that  the  emperor,  in  order  to  appease  the  sedition,  was 
obliged  to  banish  him  for  a  time.  As  a  jurist  he  possessed  a 
varied  stock  of  information ;  he  was  well  versed  in  the  study  of 
the  ancient  writers  upon  jurisprudence,  and  had,  beyond  doubt, 
an  exceedingly-well  stocked  library  at  his  disposal,  for  of  the 
2,000  volumes  collected  for  the  composition  of  the  Digest,  the 
acquisition  of  which  must  have  involved  an  enormous  outlay, 
and  of  which  many  must  have  been  unobtainable,  the  greater 
part  were  furnished  from  his  own  collection.  Justinian,  in  one 
of  his  constitutions,  styles  him  the  minister  of  all  his  legislative 
work  (legitimum  operis  nostri  ministrurn).  It  was  he  who  sug- 
gested projects  and  provisions  (suygerente  nobis  Triboniano\ 
and  who  directed  the  composition  of  the  whole.  And  it  is  to 
him  that  to  a  great  extent  must  be  attributed  the  merits  and 
defects  of  this  Avork.  And,  certainly,  his  vast  erudition,  and  his 
assiduous  references  to  the  writings  of  the  great  Roman  jurists, 
had  not  narroAved  his  mind ;  for  notwithstanding  the  respect 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  477 

which  lie  professed  for  them,  and  his  attachment  to  what  was 
obsolete  in  their  systems,  he  knew  how  to  raise  himself  to  a  level 
\\itli  the  new  order  of  things.  He  has  left  the  traces  of  this  in 
his  laws,  especially  in  the  Novella,  and  this  to  us  is  the  greatest 
proof  of  his  intellectual  power.  After  his  death,  which  took 
place  A.D.  543,  the  number  of  Novella  published  by  Justinian 
decreased  to  such  an  extent,  that,  though  the  number  during 
the  life  of  Tribonian  extended  in  the  space  of  the  first  eight 
years  immediately  following  the  second  edition  of  the  code  to 
about  one  hundred  and  twenty-five,  reckoning  only  those  the 
dates  of  which  we  are  able  to  determine,  only  twenty-one  appear 
after  the  death  of  Tribonian  in  a  period  of  twenty-two  years. 


SECTION  CXIIL 
THEOPHILUS  AND  SOME  OTHER  PROFESSORS  OF  LAW. 

566.  Theophilus,  who  was  a  professor  of  law  at  Constanti- 
nople, took  part  in  the  compilation  of  the  first  Code,  the  Digest 
and  the  Institutes.     One  of  his  works  which  we  possess,  and 
which  is  of  great  value,  is  a  Greek  paraphrase  of  the  Institutes, 
in  the  preparation  of  which  he  took  part.       It  is  true   that 
attempts  have  been  made  to  show  that  this  Greek  paraphrase 
was  not  made  by  him.     The  groundlessness  of  this  objection  is 
established  in  the  opinion  of  all  students  of  Roman  law  Avho 
accord   to   the   commentaries  of   Theophilus   the   credit   they 
deserve. 

567.  The  preliminary  constitutions  of  Justinian,  relating  to 
the  composition  and  to  the  promulgation  of  his  laws,  mention 
as  having  taken  part  in  their  elaboration  three  other  professors : 
1st.  Dorotheus,  of  the  school  of  Berytus,  who  worked  at  the 
Digest,  the  Institutes  and  the  2nd  edition  of  the  Code — the 
constitutions  say  of  him,  that  it  was  in  consequence  of  the  great 
reputation  which  he  enjoyed  at  Berytus  and  the  fame  that  he 
had  acquired  that  the  emperor  summoned  him  to  take  part  in 
his  work;   2nd.   Anatolius,  also  a  professor  of  Berytus;    and 


478  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

3rd.  Cratinus,  a  professor  at  Constantinople,  who,   however, 
only  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  the  Digest. 

568.  We  must  not  omit  to  notice  the  great  dignity  which 
attached  to  the  office  of  public  professor  of  law  (Professor  legi- 
timcB  scientice  constitutus,  Juris  interpres  constitutus,Antecessor} 
Magister,  Legum    vel  Juris  doctor,   Leges   discipulis  tradens, 
Optimum  legum  gubernationem  extendens).     All  four  occupied 
among  the  nobility  of  the  Lower  Empire  the  elevated  rank  of 
Illustres.    In  the  composition  of  the  first  Code,  A.D.  528,  Theo- 
philus  only  appears  as   clarissimus:    after  this,  however,  he 
always  appears  with  the  higher  title  of  vir  illustris.     He  had 
been  a  knight  of  the  sacred  consistorium.     Dorotheus  was  a 
quasstor,  and   Cratinus  was  a  knight,  comes  sacrarum  largi- 
tionum.     We  need  not  pause  to  enumerate  the  epithets  lauda- 
bilis,  optimus,  facundissimus,  magnificus,  magnificentissimus, 
and  the  other  complimentary  titles  heaped  upon  them  by  oriental 
usage. 

569.  As  their  successor  in  the  school  of  law  at  Constantinople 
Julian  distinguished  himself  as  the  author  of  the  abridgment 
of  the  Novella  in  Latin  which  we  possess. 

The  mention  of  these  professors  leads  us  to  say  a  few  words 
upon  the  subject  of  legal  education. 


SECTION  CXIV. 

TlIE  TEACHING  OF  LAW  BEFORE  AND  AFTER  JUSTINIAN. 

570.  A.D.  533.  On  the  same  day  that  Justinian  promul- 
gated the  Digest  by  two  constitutions,  in  Latin  and  Greek, 
which  were  addressed  to  the  senate  and  to  the  entire  nation,  he 
addressed  a  third  to  eight  professors  of  the  laAv  of  the  empire, 
who  were  individually  mentioned,  with  the  view  of  indicating 
the  course  that  they  should  thenceforth  pursue  in  their  instruc- 
tions. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  479 

671.  Legal  education  had  undergone  various  changes.  We 
have  described  its  character  as  connected  with  the  great  jurists 
of  the  republic.  It  then  depended  on  the  diligence  of  the 
pupils  who  attached  themselves  to  a  jurist  as  their  master,  and 
who  derived  instruction  by  imitating  the  example  of  their  pre- 
ceptor. These  practical  lessons  were,  when  necessity  required 
it,  accompanied  with  explanation ;  in  fact  the  course  pursued 
Avas  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  medical  students  of  our  day, 
who  accompany  and  observe  the  practice  of  a  great  surgeon,  or 
to  that  of  a  young  artist  who  patiently  watches,  in  the  studio  of 
his  master,  his  mode  of  operation.  In  due  course  the  habit  of 
lecturing,  which  practice  had  become  prevalent  by  the  time  of 
Cicero,  was  supplemented.  And  in  this  way  theory  and  prac- 
tice had,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  become  united.  The 
teaching  of  Tiberius  Coruncanius  and  others  is  described  by 
Pomponius.1  It  is  when  speaking  of  this  instruction  that 
Cicero  observes,  "  Jus  civile  semper  pulchrum  fuit  docere ; 
hominumque  clarissimorum  discipulis  floruerunt  domus."  At 
the  beginning  of  the  empire,  still  adhering  to  this  practice  of 
combining  theoretical  and  practical  instruction,  they  laid  greater 
stress  upon  teaching  and  upon  the  reading  of  legal  works,  which 
by  this  time  had  greatly  multiplied.  This  was  the  method  of 
Labeo's  system  of  instruction,  who  divided  his  time  between 
literary  labours  and  study  in  the  country,  and  reading  with  the 
studiosi  in  town.  These  studiosi  were  advanced  students,  as 
distinguished  from  another  class,  the  auditores,  and  were,  in 
fact,  already  in  practice,  but  under  the  direction  of  their  master, 
answering  to  the  stagiaires,  or  law  students,  of  France.  The 
system  of  Sabinus  was  also  on  this  model. 

When  Pomponius  said  concerning  this  jurist  that,  not  having 
pecuniary  resources  of  his  own,  he  was  chiefly  supported  by  his 
auditor es,z  it  must  not  be  understood  as  indicating  that  he  was 
paid  any  common  school  fees,  but  that  the  sums  given  to  him 
were  marks  of  respect  tendered  by  appreciating  pupils  to  an 
eminent  and  esteemed  professor.  At  the  time  of  Paul,  Ulpian 

1  Dig.  1,  2,  De  orig.  jur.,  2,  §  40      Pomp. :  "  Huic  nee  amplas  facilitates 
to  47.  fuerunt,  sed  plurimum  a  suis  auditori- 

2  Dig.  1,2,  De  orig.  jvr.,  2,  §  47,  f.       bus  snstentatus  est." 


480  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  Modestinus,  this  method  of  initiation  into  legal  mysteries, 
to  which  such  men  as  Papinian  had  given  great  eclat,  was 
drawing  to  a  close,  inasmuch  as  the  series  of  classical  jurists 
was  entirely  at  an  end.  TJlpian,  who  designates  Modestinus 
studiosus  meus,  is  perhaps  the  last  example  of  any  importance ; 
but  at  a  given  period,  not  precisely  known  to  us,  men  commenced 
the  profession  of  law  in  the  same  way  as  that  of  philosophy  and 
literature.  This  profession  was  free  and  private,  both  in  Rome 
and  in  other  parts  of  the  empire,  and  we  find  from  a  fragment 
of  Modestinus  that  he  secured  for  the  professors  of  law  at  Rome 
(legum  do ct ores)  exemption  from  the  burdens  of  tutorship  and 
curatorship.1  The  honourable  character  of  this  profession  is 
duly  estimated  by  TJlpian,  who  refused  to  allow  professors,  juris 
civilis  professoribus,  access  ordinary  or  extraordinary  to  the 
praetor  for  the  recovery  of  the  honorarium  which  was  due  to 
them  from  their  pupils,  upon  the  ground  that  the  science  of 
civil  law  was  too  sacred  a  thing  to  suffer  from  being  estimated 
or  dishonoured  by  money  payment,  and  that  remuneration 
might  be  honourably  accepted,  but  that  it  could  not  be  de- 
manded.2 It  was  to  this  private  instruction  that  the  stationes 
jus  publice  docentium  aut  respondentium  belonged, — a  species  of 
classes  for  the  teaching  of  law  or  for  consultation  (the  word  was 
also  employed  to  signify  "  shops  "),3  to  which  Aulus  Gellius  refers 
in  the  time  of  Antoninus  Pius,  which  existed  in  certain  numbers 
at  Rome,  and  where  the  discussion  was  being  carried  on  in  all 
of  them,  at  the  time  of  which  Aulus  Gelliiis  was  speaking,  upon 
the  question  raised  by  a  recent  event,  whether  a  quaestor  could 
be  summoned  in  jus  before  the  praetor.4  At  a  later  period,  in 
the  Lower  Empire,  a  system  of  public  instruction,  independent 
of  private  instruction,  came  into  vogue,  that  is  to  say,  a  system  of 

1  Dig.  27,  1,  De  excus.,  6,  §  12,  f.          3  Dig.  42,  4,  Qul'b.ex  cans,  in  pass., 
Modest.  7,  §  13,  f.  Ulp. :  "  In  foro  .     .     .  circa 

2  Dig.  50,  13,  De  extrnord.  cngnit.,  colmrmas   aut   stationes    se  occultet." 
1,    §    5:     "  Proindc    no    juris   quidem  47,  10,  De  i/ijur.,  17,  §  7  :  "  Ad  statio- 
civilis  professoribus  jus  dioent :  cstqui-  nem  vel  tabernam." 

dem  res  sanctissima  civilis  sapientia:  4  Aul.    Gell.   xiii.    13:    "  Qutesitum 

scd  quoe  pretio  nummario  non  sit  acsti-  esse   memini  in  plerisquc  Romie  sta- 

maiida,  ncc  dcshonestanda,  dumin  judi-  tionibus  jus  publicc  docentium  aut  re- 

cio  honor  petitur,  qui  in  ingressu  sacra-  spondentium.an  quajstorPopuli  Roman! 

menti  offerri   debuit :    quondam  enim,  ad   praitorcin   in    jus   vocari    posset." 

tametsi  honeste  accipiantur,  inhoncste  Aulus  Gellius  clenches  the  question  by 

tiinicn  pctuiitur."  a  passage  from  Varro. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  48 1 

authorized  public  instruction.  It  is  more  than  probable  that 
Rome  had  one  of  these  schools  before  they  were  established  in 
Constantinople,  in  which  studies,  which  the  Romans  called 
liberal  studies,  were  conducted;  but  we  do  not  possess  any 
documentary  evidence  as  to  the  organization  of  this  school, 
nor  as  to  the  various  branches  of  study  pursued  in  it.  We 
only  find  in  the  Theodosian  Code,  under  the  title  De  studiis 
liberalibus  urbis  Roma  et  Constantinopolitance,  A.D.  370,  a  con- 
stitution of  the  emperors  Valentinian  I.,  Valens  and  Gratian, 
concerning  the  discipline  to  be  observed  by  the  students;  in 
which,  after  enjoining  on  the  students  to  be  punctual  at  their 
classes,  to  take  care  not  to  acquire  a  character  in  anyway 
disgraceful  or  disreputable,  to  avoid  associates  of  questionable 
reputation,  it  proceeds  to  forbid  the  too  frequent  resort  to 
places  of  amusement  and  taking  part  in  boisterous  banquets ; 
and  adds,  that  those  amongst  them  who  do  not  conduct  them- 
selves with  the  propriety  that  a  liberal  profession  demands  shall 
be  publicly  scourged,  banished  the  town,  and  sent  back  to  their 
homes.1 

This  constitution  does  not  appear  in  the  Code  of  Justinian, 
in  which  we  only  find  one  that  was  issued  fifty-five  years  after- 
wards, A.D.  425,  by  Theodosius  II.  and  Valentinian  III., 
regulating  the  organization  of  the  public  school  at  Constan- 
tinople, with  its  thirty-one  professors,  two  of  whom  were  pro- 
fessors of  law. 

572.  At  the  time  of  the  promulgation  of  the  Digest,  the 
second  edition  of  the  Code,  and  the  first  fifty  or  sixty  Novellce, 
Rome  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Ostrogoths ;  it  was  not  till  537 
that  the  keys  of  that  city  were  carried  to  Constantinople,  nor 
till  554  that  Italy  was  reconquered  by  Justinian ;  but  we  know 
that  the  emperors  of  the  East  acted  towards  those  portions  of 
the  empire  which  were  occupied  by  the  invading  Germans,  and 
especially  towards  Rome,  as  is  the  habit  Avith  fallen  princes,  who 
will  not  look  upon  facts  as  they  are,  and  regard  lost  rights  as 
if  still  subsisting.  Thus  in  the  laws  of  Justinian,  especially  in 

1  Cod.  Theod.  14, 9,  DC  stud,  liber.,  1,  const.  Valent.,  Valens  and  Grat.,  A.D.  370. 

I  1 


482  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

those  which  refer  to  liberal  studies,  and  in  the  constitution 
addressed  by  Justinian  to  the  professors  of  law  throughout  the 
empire,  Rome  continues  to  be  mentioned  as  if  it  was  still  the 
Urbs  regia,  whose  institutions  and  privileges  served  as  the  type 
of  those  of  Constantinople.  In  reality  the  constitution  of 
A.D.  533,  at  the  moment  at  which  it  was  promulgated,  only 
actually  affected  the  schools  of  the  East,  viz.,  those  of  Con- 
stantinople and  Berytus.  The  allusion  to  Rome  was  merely 
nominal,  and  introduced  to  maintain  the  imperial  pretensions, 
and  in  anticipation  of  a  future,  and  the  eight  professors  of  law 
who  are  mentioned  all  belonged  to  the  schools  of  Constantinople 
and  Berytus.1  Of  these  eight  professors,  seven  were  illustres, 
the  eighth  was  simply  styled  vir  disertissimus. 

573.  In  order  to  gather  more  accurately  the  details  of  this 
constitution  concerning  instruction  in  legal  matters,  both  an- 
terior and  posterior  to  its  promulgation,  we  shall  follow  our 
usual  system  of  analysis. 

"  To  the  professors  (Antecessoribus),  Theophilus,  Doro- 
theus,  Theodosius,  Isodorus,  Anatolius,  Thalleleonus, 
Cratinus,  Illustres,  and  Salaminius  vir  disertissimus, 
greeting :" 

Pr.  "  None  know  better  than  you  that  all  the  law  of  our  re- 
public has  been  revised  and  classified  in  the  four  books  of  the 
Institutes  or  Elements,  the  fifty  books  of  the  Digest  or  Pan- 
dects, and  the  twelve  books  of  the  Imperial  Constitutions.  We 
have  already  published  both  in  Greek  and  Latin  the  necessary 
constitutions,  both  to  order  the  preparation  of  these  works 
and  to  give  them  publicity.  We  now  address  you  and  your 
successors,  professors  of  the  science  of  the  law,  who  shall  be 
rightly  so  constituted  (et  omnes  postea  professores  legitimce 
scienticB  constituti),  in  order  briefly  to  note  the  ancient  practice 

1  The  number  eight  is  double  the  works,  the  four  professors,  Theophilns, 
recognized  number  of  professors  of  law.  Dorotheus,  Anatolius  and  Cratinus, 
It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  num-  being  withdrawn  from  their  ordinary 
ber  was  increased  permanently,  because  duties  for  that  period  (in  nostro  paid- 
in  the  next  year,  A.D.  534,  we  find  the  tio  introductis  ; — ad  nos  deduximus), 
recognized  number  two  for  each  school.  others  were  temporarily  appointed  to 
The  explanation  most  probably  is,  that  fill  their  place, 
during  the  compilation  of  Justinian's 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  483 

as  to  legal  instruction,  and  to  point  out  the  course  to  be  followed 
in  the  future. 

"  §  I.  You  know  that  of  the  immense  mass  of  law  contained 
in  two  thousand  works  (3,000,000  lines),  the  professors  have 
hitherto  confined  themselves  to  six  works,  these  being  them- 
selves confused,  containing  much  useless  matter;  the  others 
being  either  obsolete,  or  not  procurable  by  all. 

"  The  first  year's  course  included  the  Institutes  of  Gaius  and 
four  special  books:  the  first  upon  the  ancient  res  uxoria;  the 
second  upon  tutelage;  the  third  and  fourth  upon  wills  and 
legacies.  The  whole  of  these  were  not  to  be  read,  many  parts 
being  superfluous.  The  order  of  the  perpetual  Edict  was  not 
followed,  but  pieces  were  selected  here  and  there,  the  useful 
being  mixed  with  the  useless,  the  useless  being  in  excess. 

"  The  second  year's  course,  following  an  order  which  deserves 
to  be  called  preposterous,  because  this  immediately  followed  the 
Institutes,  included  instruction  in  the  first  part  of  the  law  (ac- 
cording to  the  Edict),  with  the  exception  of  certain  titles,  not 
continuous  but  partial,  and  containing  much  that  is  useless. 
Then  followed  other  titles,  including  portions  of  the  law  which 
treat  Dejudiciis  (a  small  fraction  only,  the  whole  volume  almost 
having  become  obsolete);  those  which  treat  De  rebus,  seven 
books,  having  been  discarded  either  because  they  were  inac- 
cessible to  students  or  unfit  or  not  proper  subjects  of  instruc- 
tion. 

"  During  the  third  year  the  course  of  instruction  embraced 
those  subjects  which  had  not  been  explained  to  the  students  in 
the  first  years  in  either  work  De  rebus  or  Dejudiciis,  after 
which  the  pupils  were  introduced  to  the  glorious  Papinian  and 
his  responsa.  Of  the  nineteen  books  of  which  these  responsa 
are  composed,  eight  only  were  used  as  subjects  of  instruction, 
and  these  only  partially. 

"  The  fourth  year's  course  included  instruction  in  subjects 
already  detailed.  The  students  repeated  the  responsa  of  Paul, 
not,  indeed,  in  a  complete  form,  but  in  an  extremely  discon- 
nected manner,  no  order  whatever  being  observed. 

"  Thus,  in  four  years,  the  whole  of  the  ancient  learning  was 
exhausted;  and  if  we  calculate,  we  shall  find  that  of  this  im- 

ii  2 


484  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

rnense  quantity  of  laws,  in  all  three  million  lines,  scarcely  six 
thousand  were  introduced  to  the  notice  of  the  student. 

"  §  II.  The  miserable  deficiency  of  this  system  has  been 
apparent  to  us,  and  we  have,  therefore,  placed  in  the  hands  of 
all  who  desire  to  avail  themselves  of  it  those  treasures  which, 
when  arranged  by  you,  are  calculated  to  make  your  pupils 
learned  jurists. 

"  During  the  first  year  let  them  learn  our  Institutes,  which 
have  been  derived  from  the  ancient  source  of  the  old  Institutes, 
and  reduced  to  a  simple  and  intelligible  form  by  Tribonian,  a 
man  of  transcendant  genius,  and  two  of  your  number,  Theophilus 
and  Dorotheus,  illustrious  professors.  The  remainder  of  the 
year  is  to  be  occupied  with  that  which  logically  follows,  viz. 
the  first  portion  of  the  laws,  called  by  the  Greeks  Trpwra  (pre- 
liminary books  1,  2,  3  and  4  of  the  Digest). 

"  The  students  are  no  longer  to  use  the  old,  frivolous  and 
ridiculous  appellation  of  Dupondii  (students  of  the  double  as, 
ironically  of  two  sous);  they  will  be  called  Justinianani  novi. 
Let  those  who  aspire  to  the  science  of  law  bear  for  the  first  year 
our  name,  inasmuch  as  the  first  volume  of  our  work  is  placed 
in  their  hands.  They  heretofore  have  borne  a  name  answering 
to  the  ancient  confusion  of  laws ;  but  since  the  laws  have  been 
presented  to  them  in  a  clear  and  lucid  manner,  it  has  become 
necessary  to  exchange  this  name  for  a  more  honourable  one. 

"  §  III.  During  the  second  year  we  sanction  the  use  of  the 
name  edictales,  given  to  them  in  allusion  to  the  Edict:  as 
students  of  the  Edict,  they  shall  be  instructed  in  this,  or  rather 
in  the  seven  books  (De  judiciis,  lib.  5  to  11  of  the  Digest),  or  in 
eight  books  (De  rebus,  lib.  12  to  19  of  the  Digest),  according 
to  the  opportunity  that  the  professor  shall  have  of  selecting 
either  subject,  so  it  be  done  without  confusion.  These  books, 
whether  De  judiciis  or  De  rebus,  must  be  explained  completely 
and  in  their  order,  without  any  omission  whatsoever,  inasmuch 
as  everything  has  been  arranged  in  them  in  excellent  order,  and 
nothing  will  be  found  there  that  is  useless  or  obsolete.  To 
these  let  there  be  added  four  books,  at  discretion,  taken  from 
the  fom-teen  relative  to  specialities,  one  of  the  three  treating 
upon  dower  (lib.  23,  24  and  25  of  the  Digest);  one  of  the  two 


THE  II1STO11Y  OF  UOMAN  LAW.  485 

treating  upon  tutelage  and  curatorship  (lib.  26  and  27  of  the 
Digest);  one  of  the  two  upon  wills  (lib.  28  and  29  of  the 
Digest);  and  one  of  the  seven  treating  upon  legacies,  Jideicom- 
missa  and  their  accessories  (lib.  30  to  36  of  the  Digest)  ;  the  ten 
remaining  books  of  the  fourteen  being  reserved  for  a  convenient 
occasion,  for  it  is  impossible,  in  the  second  year's  course,  for  the 
professor  to  take  the  whole  fourteen. 

"  §  IV.  The  third  year's  course  shall  include  either  the  books 
Dejudiciis  or  De  rebus,  according  as  the  professor  has  adopted 
one  or  other  in  the  preceding  year.  After  this,  three  courses 
of  special  subjects:  the  book  upon  pledges  and  hypothecations 
(lib.  20  of  the  Digest) ;  the  book  upon  interest  (lib.  22  of  the 
Digest,  De  usuris) ;  the  book  upon  the  Edict  of  the  asdiles ;  the 
actio  redhilritoria,  evictions  and  stipulationes  dupli;  subjects 
which  were  placed  in  the  latter  part  of  the  Edict,  but  which  we 
have  transposed  in  order  that  they  may  be  more  approximate  to 
the  subject  of  sale,  with  which  they  are  intimately  connected. 
These  three  books  shall  be  taught  conjointly  with  the  reading 
of  the  most  ingenious  Papinian.  The  students  shall,  in  their 
third  year,  learn  to  recite  his  works,  in  fragments,  upon  various 
subjects.  As  to  you,  the  illustrious  Papinian  will  furnish  re- 
markable lessons,  derived  not  merely  from  the  nineteen  books 
of  his  responsa,  but  also  from  the  thirty-seven  books  of  his 
questions,  from  the  double  volume  of  his  definitions,  from  his 
book  upon  adultery,  and  from  almost  the  whole  of  his  works 
which  are  distributed  throughout  our  Digest. 

"  In  order  that  the  students  in  their  third  year,  who  were 
formerly  called  Papinianists,  may  not  lose  the  name  and  the 
fete,  the  study  of  his  works  has  been  introduced  into  this  third 
year,  for  we  have  supplemented  the  book  upon  hypothecation 
by  the  reading  of  the  great  Papinian  :  thus  the  students,  rightly 
deriving  their  name  of  Papinianists,  in  which  they  rejoice, 
and  which  is  to  be  retained,  shall  continue  to  celebrate  the  fete, 
to  which  they  have  been  accustomed,  upon  their  entrance  upon 
the  study  of  his  laws,  in  order  that  the  memory  of  the  sublime 
Papinian,  of  pra^fectorial  dignity,  may  endure  for  ever. 

"  §  V.  During  the  fourth  year  the  students  shall  preserve 
the  name  derived  from  the  Greek  Xoraj  (licentiates)  as  hereto- 
fore. In  the  place  of  the  responsa  of  Paul,  eighteen  books  out  of 


486  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  twenty-three  which  they  were  in  the  habit  of  reciting  in 
a  partial  and  confused  manner,  let  them  learn  to  read  frequently 
the  ten  books  of  the  specialities  out  of  the  fourteen  to  which 
we  have  already  referred,  from  which  they  will  derive  greater 
benefit  than  from  the  response,  of  Paul.  Thus  the  seventeen 
books  which  we  have  composed  upon  the  specialities,  forming 
the  fourth  and  fifth  parts  of  our  Digest,  will  have  been  acquired 
by  them,  and  from  the  commencement  of  their  studies  they  will 
have  learned  in  all  thirty-six  books ;  as  to  the  remaining  four- 
teen books,  which  constitute  the  sixth  and  seventh  parts  of  the 
Digest,  let  them  be  so  explained  as  to  enable  them  to  study 
them  afterwards  in  private,  and,  when  required,  to  be  able  to 
cite  them  in  court. 

"  During  the  fifth  year,  when  they  enjoy  the  name  of 
Prolytae,  if  after  having  been  well  grounded  in  the  subjects 
already  indicated,  they  devote  themselves  to  the  reading  and 
thorough  understanding  of  the  constitutions  contained  in  our 
Code,  they  will  lack  nothing  of  the  science  of  the  law. 

"  §  VI.  Thus  may  they  succeed  in  becoming  great  orators, 
satellites  of  justice  and  powerful  advocates  or  judges — happy 
in  all  places  and  in  all  ages. 

"  §  VII.  Instruction  shall  be  given,  as  our  imperial  prede- 
cessors have  directed,  in  the  royal  cities  only  (Rome  and  Con- 
stantinople), and  at  the  lovely  city  of  Berytus,  which  indeed 
well  merits  the  appellation  of  '  nursery  of  the  laws,'  but  in  no 
other  place.  We  have  been  informed  that  in  Alexandria, 
Ca3sarea  and  in  other  cities  ignorant  men  have  imparted 
spurious  instruction  to  their  pupils ;  these  we  prohibit,  and 
those  who  shall  be  so  presumptuous  as  to  constitute  themselves 
professors  of  law,  otherwise  than  in  the  royal  cities  or  Berytus, 
shall  be  liable  to  a  penalty  of  twenty-one  pounds  of  gold,  and 
to  be  expelled  from  the  city,  where  they,  instead  of  having 
taught  the  law,  have  contravened  the  law." 

§  VIII.  continues  the  same  provisions  as  in  the  preceding 
constitutions,  against  copyists,  who,  in  the  ISIS,  of  Justinian, 
should  use  signs  or  abbreviations;  the  penalty  being  double 
the  value  of  the  work  payable  to  any  person  who  purchases 
these  productions  in  good  faith. 

"  §  IX.  No  one  following  the  legal  course  shall  dare,  either 


THE  HISTOKY  OF  HUMAN  LAW.  487 

in  this  sublime  city  or  at  Berytus,  to  permit  any  unworthy 
tricks  or  other  practices,  the  effect  of  which  might  be  injurious, 
nor  to  commit  any  other  malpractices  in  respect  of  their  pro- 
fessors or  their  fellow  pupils,  particularly  in  connection  with  the 
junior  pupils."  (It  appears  that  the  practice  of  the  senior 
students  imposing  on  the  juniors  vexatious  or  oppressive  tasks, 
a  practice  which  has  been  kept  up  to  our  own  time  in  many 
even  of  the  best  of  our  schools,  had  a  very  early  origin.) 
"  How  is  it  that  such  disgraceful  conduct  can  be  called  a  game  ? 
For  our  part  we  will  not  tolerate  it.  Let  the  soul  be  first  ele- 
vated, the  language  will  follow ! "  ( Saint  Augustine,  in  his 
Confessions  (v.  8),  relates  the  fact  of  his  quitting  Carthage, 
notwithstanding  the  great  grief  of  his  mother,  chiefly  on  ac- 
count of  the  unrestrained  licence  of  the  students,  whose  lawless 
conduct  would  have  entailed  heavy  punishments  had  they  not 
been  screened  by  traditional  custom,  and  of  his  going  to  Rome, 
having  heard  that  such  practices  were  not  permitted  amongst 
the  students  of  that  city.1  This  was  about  the  year  372,  shortly 
after  the  constitution  of  370  had  commenced  to  take  effect  in 
the  schools  of  Rome  and  of  Constantinople.) 

"  §  X.  The  urban  prsefect  at  Constantinople,  and  at  Berytus, 
the  president  of  the  Phoenician  marine,  the  bishop  and  the  pro- 
fessors of  law,  are  charged  with  the  observance  of  all  these 
instructions. 

"  §  XI.  Commence  then  to  give,  under  the  direction  of  God, 
instructions  in  the  laws.  Open  up  the  road  that  we  have  dis- 
closed. Make  good  officers  of  justice  and  of  the  state,  and  may 
honour  attend  you  through  all  ages — you  who  have  had  the 
good  fortune  to  see  in  your  own  time  changes  in  the  state  of 
the  laws  equal  to  what  is  related  by  Homer  of  Glaucus  and 
Diomede. 

"  '  Gold  for  copper,  centuries  for  decades.' 

"  Given  at  Constantinople  the  17th  of  the  kalends  of  January, 
in  our  third  consulate"  (10th  December,  A.D.  533). 

1  S.  Angustin,    Confessions,    v.   8 :  perans  licentia  scholasticorum  .     .     . 

"  Qnod  audiebam  quietinsibi(atRome)  Multa  injuriosa  faciunt,  mira  hebetn- 

stndere  adolescentes,  et  ordinatiore  dis-  dine,   et   punienda   legibus,   nisi    con- 

ciplinse  coertione  sedari  .     .     .  Contra  suetudo  patrona  sit." 
apud  Carthaginem  foda  est  et  intern- 


488  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

574.  The  tenth  paragraph  of  this  constitution  shows  us, 
both  by  its  contents  and  by  the  mention  of  the  magistrates 
charged  with  the  execution  of  the  duty,  that  two  schools  only, 
viz.  those  of  Constantinople  and  Berytus,  were  recognized. 
Home  at  this  time  was  in  the  hands  of  the  Ostrogoths,  and  is 
only  incidentally  referred  to.  A  public  school,  however,  had 
been  maintained  there  by  a  foreigner,  Cassiodorus,  who,  as 
minister  and  favourite  of  Theodoric,  had  assisted  this  conqueror 
in  the  preservation  of  Roman  civilization  in  Italy,  and  who, 
during  the  minority  of  his  successor  and  grandson,  Atalaric, 
had  retained  the  same  functions.  Amongst  many  other  works, 
he  has  left  a  collection  of  letters,  in  which  we  find  a  large 
number  of  minutes  and  rules  concerning  the  administration. 
He  relates,  that  towards  the  end  of  the  reign  of  Atalaric,  who 
died  A.D.  534,  an  ordinance  was  promulgated  relating  to  this 
school  at  Home  (schola  liberalium  litterarum),  in  which  are 
mentioned,  in  addition  to  the  professors  of  grammar  and  rhetoric 
(grammaticus — grammaticorum  schola  ;  oratoi — doctores  elo- 
quentice),  those  of  jurisprudence  (nee  non  et juris  expositor}?  and, 
finally,  we  find  twenty  years  later,  A.D.  554,  at  the  period  when 
Italy  was  reconquered,  Justinian  preserving  to  these  professors 
of  Rome  (grammaticis  ac  oratoribus,  vel  etiam  medicis,  vel 
Jurisperitis),  the  privileges  conceded  them  by  Theodoric  (quam 
et  Theodoricus  dare  solitus  eraf).z 

With  this  change  of  rule  a  corresponding  change  in  the 
instruction  given  in  the  public  school  at  Rome  became  neces- 
sary. Whereas  those  texts  hitherto  used  were  compiled  from  the 
works  of  the  classical  jurists  of  Rome  sanctioned  by  the  lex  de 
responsis,  the  codes  of  Gregorian,  of  Hermogenian,  of  Theo- 
dosius,  and  the  Novella  subsequent  to  this  Code,  to  which  were 
doubtless  added  the  compilations  contained  in  the  edict  of  Theo- 


1  Cassiodorus,  Var.,  ix.  21.  posterum  etiam  dari  pracipimus :  sicut 

2  The  pragmatic  sanction  of  Justi-  etiam   annonas,   qua;    grammaticis   ac 
nian  which  has  been  transmitted  to  us  oratoribus,  vel  etiam  medicis,  vel  juris- 
in  an  analysis  of  the  Epitome  of  Julian,  peritis  antea  dari  solitum  erat,  et  in 
and  which  appears  in  the  editions  of  posterum   suam    profcssionem   scilicet 
the  Corpus  juris  after  the  Novellce  of  exercentibus  crogari  prtccipimus,  qua- 
Tibcrius,  ch.  22:    "  Annonam   etiam,  tenus  jnvencsliberalibus  studiis  ernditi 
quam  et  Theodoricus  dare  solitus  erat,  per    nostram     Rempublicam     floreant 
et  nos  etiam  Honiara's  iudulsimus,  in  (A.D.  554)." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  489 

doric — whereas  instruction,  based  upon  these  texts,  was  in  all 
probability  given  as  described  by  Justinian  in  the  period  anterior 
to  his  own — with  his  accession  it  became  necessary  to  add  or 
to  substitute  the  Institutes,  the  Digest  and  the  second  edition  of 
the  Code,  the  promulgation  of  which  he  had  ordered  to  be  made 
in  Italy,  and  to  be  taught  in  the  order  prescribed  by  the  con- 
stitution of  A.D.  533,  relating  to  the  reformed  method  of  giving 
legal  instruction.  And,  finally,  we  have  introduced  the  law  of 
the  Novella  and  the  Epitome  of  Julian,  which  appeared  at  a  later 
date,  either  during  the  life  or  shortly  after  the  death  of  Justi- 
nian. This  Epitome  was  a  Latin  abridgment  of  the  Novella, 
which  constituted  a  portion  of  the  instruction  given  in  the 
schools,  and  which  was  widely  circulated  throughout  Italy. 

675.  We  have  now  arrived  at  the  point  which  serves  as  a 
limit  to  this  work.  Our  labours  must  end  with  the  legislative 
measures  of  Justinian,  and  all  that  remains  to  us  is  to  cast  a 
final  glance  at  the  institutions  of  the  empire,  in  order  to  realize 
in  their  entirety  the  changes  which  have  been  wrought  since 
the  time  of  Constantine. 


GENERAL  SURVEY  OF  THE  PRECEDING  PERIOD. 
THE  EXTERNAL  SITUATION  OF  CONSTANTINOPLE. 

676.  This  title  sufficiently  indicates  that  the  nations  which 
had  gathered  upon  the  frontiers  of  the  empire,  menacing  its 
provinces  with  invasion,  had  achieved  their  work.  It  recalls 
to  our  mind  the  migration  of  Constantine  with  his  court  to  a 
new  capital,  and  the  division  of  the  Roman  people  into  two 
empires ;  the  hordes  of  barbarians  crowding  from  the  north  to 
the  south,  and  the  disappearance  of  the  Western  Empire. 

Under  the  reign  of  Justinian  the  victorious  arms  of  Belisarius 
and  Xarses  for  awhile  reconquered  the  shores  of  Africa,  Sicily, 
and  Italy.  That  which  was  the  republic  of  Rome  was  now 
the  exarchate  of  Ravenna. 

The  Bulgarians,  the  Persians,  the  Avars,  and  tribes  emanating 


490  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

from  Thrace,  had  descended  upon  the  Eastern  Empire.  Beli- 
sarius,  time  after  time,  had  repulsed  them,  but  his  victories  had 
no  permanent  effect.  The  surrounding  nations,  among  whom 
were  some  who  received  tribute  from  the  Emperor  of  Constan- 
tinople, were  ever  ready  to  make  fresh  invasions. 

THE  Jus  PUBLICUM. 

577.  The  emperor  was  paramount,  the  people  and  the  army 
powerless. 

The  patricii,  the  bishops,  the  urban  prgefect,  the  praetorian 
praefect,  the  quasstor  of  the  sacred  palace,  the  officers  of  the 
household,  the  knights  of  the  consistorium,  all  illustres,  specta- 
biles  or  clarissimi,  formed  the  imperial  cortege.  These  officials 
were  simply,  all  of  them,  his  most  submissive  subjects.  The 
senate  was  reduced  to  a  species  of  tribunal,  the  consulate  to  a 
mere  date ;  for  from  his  palace  the  Emperor  declared  war  or 
dictated  the  terms  of  peace,  levied  taxes,  promulgated  laws, 
appointed  or  deposed  magistrates,  condemned  or  pardoned  his 
subjects.  The  legislative  department  of  the  empire,  the  judicial, 
the  executive,  were  all  in  his  hands. 

There  was  no  will  save  that  of  the  prince,  and  the  corpus 
juris  published  by  Justinian  is  but  a  collection  of  ancient  laws 
modified  to  suit  the  imperial  whim. 

There  Avas  no  justice  except  that  which  was  rendered  or 
caused  to  be  rendered  by  the  prince.  The  number  of  praetors 
was  reduced  to  three,  and  their  power  wras  eclipsed  by  that  of 
the  urban  prasfect,  the  praetorian  prasfect,  and  numerous  other 
officers. 

578.  CRIMINAL  MATTERS.  —  A  lex,  or  a  plebiscitum,,  no 
longer  served,  as  in  the  time  of  the  republic,  as  the  basis  of  an 
accusation.     The  prosecutor  caused  his  charge  to  be  written  in 
the  presence  of  a  magistrate ;  at  Constantinople  before  one  of 
the  superior  officers,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  offence,  and 
in  the  provinces  before  the  rector,  the  president  or  the  praefect 
of  the  provincial  prastorium.     This  magistrate  constituted  the 
tribunal,  and  investigated  the  case.     The  senate  took  cognizance 
of  certain  cases,  the  emperor  himself  of  a  great  number. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  491 

679.  CIVIL  MATTERS. — From  the  time  of  Diocletian,  and 
especially  after  the  constitution  of  Constantius,  after  that  of 
Theodosius  and  of  Valentinian,  solemn  judicial  formulae  were 
dispensed  with,  even  by  way  of  fiction,  and  there  no  longer 
existed  any  necessity  to  solicit  the  actio  from  the  prastors  (im- 
petrare  actionem) ;  the  separation  between  the  jus  and  the 
judicium  was  no  longer  observed,  and  all  trials  were  now 
extraordinaria,  that  is  to  say,  in  every  case  the  magistrate  him- 
self tried  and  determined  the  case.  The  plaintiff  presented 
himself  before  him ;  the  proceeding  commenced  by  the  allega- 
tion of  his  claim  and  the  assertion  of  his  right  (editio\  After 
a  certain  delay  came  the  in  jus  vocare,  and  the  case  was 
argued  by  the  advocates  (causidici,  togati,  advocatf),  and  the 
judge  decided  it  by  the  evidence  submitted  to  him.  He  also 
looked  after  the  execution  of  his  judgment.  In  this  way  he 
united  in  himself  all  the  powers  which  were  previously  distinct 
— jurisdiction  imperium,  judicium. 

580.  The  system  of  administration  outside  the  limits  of  the 
capital   was   entirely   that    established   by    Constantine.     The 
prefectures  were  divided  into  dioceses,  and  the  dioceses  into 
provinces,  which  were  under  the  direction  of  prefects,  vicars, 
rectors  and  presidents.     The  bishops  wielded  great  authority : 
but  each  city  had,  in  addition,  its  decurions  and  its  municipal 
magistrates :  the  office  of  the  Defensores  civis  had  fallen  into 
discredit,  and  Justinian,  in  one  of  his  Novellce,  endeavoured  to 
replace  it  on  its  former  basis.     It  is  to  this  tribunal  that  matters 
of  minor  importance  were  referred. 

THE  Jus  SACRUM. 

581.  The  profession  of  Christianity  had  been  at  one  time  a 
crime  which  was  punished  by  the  emperors ;  at  the  period  of 
which  we   are  now  treating  it  was  paganism  which  was  pro- 
scribed, and  all  who  did  not  profess  orthodox  opinions  were 
liable  to   severe  penalties.     They  constituted,  indeed,  a  repro- 
bated class,  and  Christians  believed  themselves  contaminated 
by  contact  with  an  apostate,  a  heretic,  a  Jew  or  a  pagan,  Avords 
which  have  descended  to  us  as  synonymous  with  infamy. 


492  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

In  its  principles  and  its  code  of  morality,  the  religion  of 
Christ  is  superior  to  temporal  dominion,  from  which  it  en- 
deavoured to  detach  itself,  but  forgetting  its  characteristics  so 
worthy  of  the  Deity,  its  priests  and  bishops  approximated  it  as 
closely  as  possible  to  earthly  power.  Bishops  were  elected  by 
the  suffrage  of  the  faithful,  and  were  numbered  among  the  chief 
magistrates  of  the  empire,  and  to  their  spiritual  functions  were 
added  extensive  civil  powers. 

The  Church  was  enriched  by  the  gifts  of  emperors  and  their 
subjects :  it  saw  its  wealth  increase  day  by  day.  Convents  for 
women  and  monasteries  for  men  were  multiplied.  Orders  of 
monks  spread  in  every  direction.  Theological  controversy 
however  continued  to  rage  with  bitterness,  and  councils  were 
from  time  to  time  held  to  determine  disputes  which  can  never 
be  adjusted. 

THE  Jus  PRIVATUM. 

582.  Born  with  Rome  itself,  inscribed  upon  the  Twelve 
Tables,  the  primitive  civil  law  of  the  Romans  preserved  its 
character  and  all  its  republican  severity  until  the  subjection  of 
Italy.  The  principles  of  the  jus  gentium  and  the  decisions  of 
the  prastors,  together  modified  the  system,  and  it  may  be  said 
to  have  ceased  to  exist  with  the  fall  of  the  republic.  The 
efforts  of  legislation  were  then  directed  to  an  entirely  different 
end,  — natural  justice  and  equity.  The  succeeding  age  brought 
with  it  superior  genius,  and  distinguished  jurists  succeeded  one 
another  as  if  they  had  borne  to  each  other  the  relation  of  father 
and  son,  and  by  their  writings  they  converted  jurisprudence  into 
a  splendid  science.  It  is  a  curious  study  to  follow  the  history  of 
original  Roman  law,  which  fell  with  the  republic,  through  its 
various  vicissitudes,  and  to  trace  it  to  its  destiny.  At  first  its 
principles  were  in  all  points  in  direct  contrast  with  the  new 
institutions,  which  were  only  introduced  by  the  aid  of  ingenious 
subtleties ;  imperial  constitutions  constantly  assailed  the  ancient 
regime,  and  the  change  of  the  capital  denationalized  it ;  from 
this  moment  we  find  old  institutions  disappearing  day  by 
day,  those  which  remain  being  less  in  harmony  with  the  pre- 
vailing manners.  Finally,  Justinian  published  an  entire  body 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  493 

of  jurisprudence,  and  at  once  swept  away  the  greater  part  of 
the  subtleties  and  excrescences  still  existing,  leaving  little . 
beyond  traces  of  primitive  legislation,  and  finished  by  annihi- 
lating by  one  of  his  Novella  one  of  the  most  remarkable  of 
Roman  institutions, — the  civil  composition  of  the  jamilia  and 
the  rights  which  belonged  to  it. 

683.  PERSONS. — The  law  now  favoured  enfranchisement; 
all  the  enfranchised  were  citizens,  and  the  difference  heretofore 
existing  between  them  and  the  ingenui  was  gone.  The  men 
belonging  to  a  special  class,  a  species  of  serf,  formed  a  link 
between  slavery  and  freedom.  Marital  power  (manus^)  no 
longer  gave  the  right  to  sell  a  free  man  or  to  abandon  him  to 
another;  mancipum  had  disappeared;  the  paternal  power  had 
lost  nearly  all  authority  except  what  it  derives  from  nature ;  the 
son  had  an  individuality  which  became  more  and  more  com- 
plete ;  he  was  the  proprietor  of  various  kinds  of  property  over 
which  his  father  had  no  control ;  the  civil  composition  of 
families,  the  difference  between  civic  relationship  (agnatio}  and 
blood  relationship  (cognatio)  but  little  affected  the  rights  of  indi- 
viduals ;  and  Justinian,  by  one  of  his  Novella,  almost  wholly 
effaced  the  distinction. 

584.  THINGS  AND  PROPERTY. — There  was  no  longer  any  dis- 
tinction between  res  mancipi  and  res  nee  mancipi ;  consequently 
mancipatio  or  other  solemn  formalities  were  no  longer  necessary 
for  the  transfer  of  property.  There  was  no  longer  any  difference 
between  Italian  and  provincial  property;  there  was  but  one 
kind — natural  property,  or  that  which  springs  from  common 
right. 

685.  WILLS. — The  solemn  and  fictitious  sale  of  the  inherit- 
ance was  gone.  Testamentary  dispositions  had  become  simpli- 
fied. The  son,  as  well  as  the  head  of  a  family,  might  by  will 
dispose  of  much  that  he  possessed;  and  the  restrictions  once 
placed  upon  the  capacity  to  receive  testamentary  bequests  in  the 
case  of  ccelibes  and  orli  had  been  removed. 


494  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

586.  SUCCESSION.  —  The  Institutes  of  Justinian   gave   to 
natural  relations  the  ordinary  rights  of  succession ;   and  by  the 
Novella  of  the  same  emperor  the  distinction  between  the  agnati 
and  the  cognati  being  suppressed,  an  order  of  succession  was 
established  in  which  no  vestige  of  the  ancient  idea  is  to  be 
traced,  and  which  is  based  solely  upon  the  ties  of  blood. 

587.  CONTRACTS. — Contracts  having  been  modified  during 
the  preceding  period,  underwent  little   change  in  this.     The 
provisions  of  the  prastor,  which  rendered  many  agreements  obli- 
gatory which  were  not  sanctioned  by  the  civil  law,  became  a 
portion  of  the  legal  Code  of  Justinian.      Symbolic  words  were 
no  longer  necessary  in   stipulations,  and  it  sufficed  that  the 
question   and   answer   corresponded.      It  became   the   general 
practice  to  negociate  by  the  instrumentality  of  persons  clothed 
with  a  certain  public  character,  and  who  were  styled  Tabel- 
liones. 

588.  ACTIONES. — All  the   characteristics   of  the    ancient 
actio  had  disappeared.     There  were  no  longer  any  symbolic 
forms  as  in  the   actiones   legis.     No  demand  for  the  formula 
intended  as  a  species  of  instruction  for  the  judge,  which  had 
been  the  characteristic  of  the  formulary  system,  Avas  any  longer 
necessary,  nor  was  any  notice  of  action.     At  this  period,  the 
word  actio  simply  meant  the  right  to  take  legal  measures  to 
enforce  a  claim,  or  the  act  of  so  doing. 

MANNERS  AND  CUSTOMS. 

589.  Throughout  the  State,  in  the  magistracies,  and  even 
in  families,  we  in  vain  seek  Roman  manners, — we  find  those  of 
Constantinople. 

In  the  State,  that  which  occupied  the  public  mind  was  neither 
liberty,  nor  public  good,  nor  the  success  of  the  national  arms ; 
it  was  the  colour  of  a  rider,  or  a  religious  dogma. 

If  we  look  at  the  magistracies  AVC  no  longer  see  them  the 
object  of  ambition,  as  affording  an  opportunity  of  contributing 
to  the  public  weal,  or  offering  honourable  posts  to  citizens;  but 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  495 

we  find  place  regarded  as  a  means  and  sought  after  for  the 
purpose  of  gratifying  ambition  and  of  amassing  wealth. 

The  close  bond  of  union  between  the  members  of  a  family 
is  gone :  the  internal  discipline,  and  the  submission  to  the 
will  of  the  chief,  no  longer  exist,  a  striking  contrast  with  the 
condition  of  the  familia  under  the  republic,  when  the  head  of 
the  family,  as  the  owner  of  its  property,  and  the  proprietor  of 
the  persons  that  constituted  it,  had  absolute  power.  Each 
family  then  formed  a  species  of  despotic  little  state,  from  the 
union  of  which  sprang  a  great  nation,  free  within  and  formid- 
able without.  Under  the  empire  the  head  of  the  family  ceased 
to  be  the  proprietor  either  of  the  persons  or  of  the  property  :  the 
members  were  in  a  certain  measure  free,  and  from  their  union 
sprang  a  great  nation,  servile  within,  cowardly  and  contemptible 
without. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


THE    DESTINY    OF    THE    ROMAN    LAW 
IN  THE  EAST  AND  WEST 

UNDER  JUSTINIAN. 


§1.     IN     THE    EA.ST. 


SECTION  CXV. 
THE  GREEK  JURISTS  OF  THE  SIXTH  CENTURY. 

590.  The  Eastern  Empire  existed  about  nine  centuries  after 
Justinian's  death,  till  A.D.  1453 ;  and  excepting  the  Novella  of  his 
successors,  his  legal  Code  maintained  its  authority  till  about  the 
end  of  the  eleventh  century,  and  finally  ceased  to  be  regarded 
as  the  governing  law  without  any  special  enactment  having 
abrogated  it. 

This  transformation  is  attributable  to  various  causes.  The 
principal  cause  was  the  transformation  which  the  Eastern 
empire  itself  underwent.  It  became  more  and  more  detached 
from  the  West,  losing  not  only  in  common  use,  in  society,  in 
the  administration  of  the  laws,  but  even  in  the  acts  of  the  impe- 
rial officials,  the  last  trace  of  the  Roman  language,  in  which 
Justinian  saw  a  reminiscence  of  the  republic  (jpropter  reipub- 
licce  figuram}.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  emperors  of 
Constantinople  preserved  the  title  of  the  "  great  kings  of  the 
Romans," — and  notwithstanding  the  fact,  that  in  the  greater 
number  of  their  acts  (for  example,  in  the  Novella  by  which  the 
emperor  Theophilus  Flavius,  A.D.  829  to  842,  authorized  mar- 
riage between  the  Persians  and  his  subjects),  their  subjects 
were  styled  "  Romans," — the  Eastern  empire  had  become  ex- 
clusively Greek.  It  was  in  fact  the  Byzantine  empire.  The 
power  of  the  emperor,  unlimited  in  law,  often  found  itself 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  497 

powerless  in  fact.  Invested  with  a  supremacy  over  the  Greek 
Church,  he  had  more  than  once  to  settle  accounts  with  the 
patriarchs  and  clergy  of  Constantinople.  The  science  of  law 
acquired  such  a  character,  that  the  practices,  the  controversies 
and  the  subtelties  of  religion  had  become  mixed  up  with  it,  and 
exercised  upon  it  a  gradually  increasing  influence.  The  Novellce 
of  the  later  emperors  were  to  a  great  extent  nothing  but  eccle- 
siastical rules,  and  secular  jurisprudence  vanished  by  being 
almost  totally  absorbed  in  the  ecclesiastical.  In  this  way  the 
collections  and  writings  of  the  Greek  canonists  became  docu- 
ments of  considerable  importance  in  the  study  of  that  law 
which  is  known  as  Greece-Roman.  As  to  the  system  of  law 
which  had  been  founded  by  the  great  jurists  of  Rome,  it  was  no 
longer  understood,  either  in  the  language  in  which  it  had  been 
written  or  in  the  historical  frame  in  which  Justinian  had  placed 
it.  Altogether  powerless  at  any  period  of  its  existence  to  give 
birth  to  a  legislation,  or  to  create  a  code  in  conformity  with  its 
necessities,  the  Greek  empire  continued,  so  to  speak,  to  live 
upon  the  legislation  of  Justinian,  which  it  left  to  be  transformed 
by  translation,  by  the  practice  of  the  period  and  the  jurisprudence 
of  the  time.  In  this  way  the  works  of  Justinian  preserved  for 
five  hundred  years  after  his  death  a  nominal  authority,  and 
even  after  this  period  they  appear  as  the  basis  of  the  forms  and 
new  decisions  by  which  they  were  definitively  replaced. 

591.  The  first  phase  of  this  transformation  commenced  even 
in  the  time  of  Justinian,  and  continued  during  the  remainder 
of  the  sixth  century  into  the  commencement  of  the  seventh, 
that  is  to  say,  during  a  period  of  about  fifty  years  after  the 
death  of  the  imperial  legislator.  This  phase  was  the  practice 
of  literal  or  epitomized  translations,  summaries  or  logical  tables 
(indices,  paratitla),  or  annotations  and  tables  of  reference  and 
concordance — three  kinds  of  works  specially  authorized  by 
Justinian  himself.  But  there  were  also  interpretations,  com- 
mentaries more  or  less  extended,  abridgments  or  epitomes 
which  had  been  prohibited  by  Justinian,  but  which  prohibition 
was  even  in  his  own  time  a  dead  letter.  All  these  were  written 
in  Greek,  and  all  Latin  forms  and  expressions  were  discarded. 

K  K 


498  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Amongst  the  authors  who  figure  in  this  first  phase,  we  find 
the  names  of  jurists  who  were  for  the  most  part  professors  of 
law,  and  with  whom  we  have  already  become  acquainted. 
Three  of  these  had  taken  part  in  the  work  of  Justinian — 
Theophilus,  Dorotheus  and  Anatolius,  the  two  former  having 
predeceased  the  emperor.  Two  of  them,  to  whom  indepen- 
dently of  the  three  already  mentioned,  Justinian  had  addressed 
his  constitution  of  A.D.  533  relative  to  legal  instruction,  were 
Isidorus  and  Thalleleo;  and  there  were  five  others  who,  not- 
withstanding the  fact  of  their  not  being  mentioned,  neverthe- 
less lived  and  wrote  during  the  time  of  Justinian :  Stephen,  a 
professor  of  law  at  Berytus  in  A.D.  555 ;  Julian,  celebrated  for 
his  Epitome  Novellarum,  published  A.D.  556,  according  to 
others  in  A.D.  570,  and  who  is  described  in  various  manuscript 
copies  of  this  work  as  professor  of  law  in  Constantinople. 
There  was  another  writer,  who  is  quoted  under  the  mysterious 
appellation  of  Anonymous,  but  who,  if  we  can  rely  upon  the 
conjectures  of  Biener  and  C.  Zacharias,  was  the  same  as 
Julian ;  another  was  Athanasius,  an  advocate  and  jurist  of 
renown  at  Antioch  and  Assyria;  and,  finally,  there  was  the 
canonist  John  of  Antioch,  surnamed  "  Scholasticus,"  to  whom 
we  have  already  referred.  He  had  commenced  his  career  as  an 
advocate,  and  having  afterwards  taken  orders  became  a  priest 
at  Antioch,  and  was  elevated  by  Justinian  in  A.D.  565  to  the 
dignity  of  patriarch  of  Constantinople.  This  school,  which 
may  be  termed  the  school  of  Justinian,  was  continued  by  a 
series  of  writers  posterior  to  that  emperor,  but  belonging  to  the 
sixth  century  and  the  commencement  of  the  seventh :  Cyrill, 
Theodorus  of  Herrnopolis,  Gobidas  or  Cubidius,  Phocas,  Anas- 
tasius,  Philoxenes  and  Symbatius,  who  undertook  the  trans- 
formation and  interpretation  of  the  great  legislative  work  into 
Greek,  adapted  to  the  practice  of  their  own  time.  With  the 
exception  of  three  or  four  works  which  we  have  in  manuscript, 
the  existence  of  the  greater  portion  of  these  writers  and  the 
results  of  their  labours  are  only  known  to  us  in  a  manner  similar 
to  that  of  the  great  Roman  jurists  of  the  classical  era,  that  is  to 
say,  by  fragments  from  their  works  collected  with  the  title  of 
the,  work  and  the  name  of  the  author  in  the  imperial  compila- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  499 

tions  of  the  ninth  century,  principally  in  the  Basilicae,  or  as 
quoted  in  subsequent  documents,  or  by  writers  of  a  later  time. 
It  is  to  these  Greek  jurists,  connected  with  this  first  phase  of 
transformation,  that  in  later  works  the  collective  appellation  of 
Antiqui  has  been  applied.  These  writers  studied  the  collec- 
tions of  Justinian  himself,  many  of  them  having  before  them 
the  pure  texts  of  the  classical  period.1 

The  four  parts  of  the  legislative  work  of  Justinian  formed 
each  a  portion  of  their  labours. 

1.  THE  INSTITUTES.  —  There  were  the  paraphrased  trans- 
lation of  the  Institutes  in  Greek  by  Theophilus,  which  had  the 
widest  circulation  and  which  has  descended  to  us  in  various 
manuscripts,  and  two  commentaries,  the  one  by  Dorotheus  and 
the  other  by  Stephen,  with  which  we  have  become  acquainted 
merely  by  the  quotations.2 

2.  THE  DIGEST. — We  know  of  the  existence  of  commentaries 
by  Theophilus,  Dorotheus,  Isidorus,  Stephen,  by  the  anonymous 
writer,  Cyrill,  Theodoras  of  Hermopolis,  Gobidas  or  Cubidius, 
and  Anastasius,  but  merely  by  quotations. 

3.  THE  CODE. — In  the  same  way  we  know  of  a  Greek  trans- 
lation, with   succinct   commentaries,   by   Anatolius ;    a   more 
voluminous  commentary  by  Isidorus  ;  a  translation,  with  a  still 
more  extensive  commentary,  by  Thalleleo ;  two  abridgments, 
the  one  by  Stephen  and  the  other  by  Theodoras  of  Hermopolis ; 
and  a  new  commentary  by  Phocas ;  known  only  by  quotation. 

4.  THE  NOVELL^E. — We  know  of  three  abridgments  or  epi- 
tomes, the  one  by  the  anonymous  writer,  another  by  Athanasius, 

1  It  is  unnecessary  to  observe,  that  part  in  that  work ;  nor  Cyrill  with  the 

when  we  are  reduced  to  mere  quotations  Greek  of  the  same  name,  of  a  date 

from  the  Basilicae,  or  writers  of  more  prior  to  Justinian ;  nor  Symbatius  with 

recent  date,  the  biography  of   these  the  writer  who  appears  to  have  directed 

jurists  is  nncertain,  as  also  the  period  the  labours  connected  with  the  compila- 

at  which  they  actually  lived.     Reitz,  tion   of  the   Basilicas   under  Leo  the 

who  wrote   during   the   last    century,  Philosopher. 

Biener,   Heimbach   and   C.    Zacharias,  2  The   edition   published    by    Guil. 

who  belonged  to  our  own  time,  have  Otto    Reitz,     Theophili    antecessoris 

expended  great  labour  in  endeavouring  paraphrases    grteca.       Hagce    corn-it. 

to  determine  certain  points.     We  must  1751,  2  vols.,  presents  a  rich  collection 

take   care  not   to   confound   Stephen,  of  material  and  much  instruction  con- 

Theodorus,   Phocas,   now    under   con-  corning  this  paraphrase,  the  other  la- 

sideration,   with   jurists  of   the   same  hours  of  Theophilus,  his  biography,  and 

name  who  appeared  in   the  constitu-  concerning  the  Greek  jurists  his  con- 

tions  of  Justinian  as  having  taken  a  temporaries. 

K  K  2 


500  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  the  third  by  Theodoras  of  Hermopolis.  These  three 
abridgments  have  descended  to  us  in  manuscript,  the  first  how- 
ever only  in  fragments,  and  by  way  of  quotation.  "We  must 
add  to  these  certain  works  which  have  been  published  in  our 
own  days1  upon  the  Novellce,  and  those  mentioned  in  §  554.2 
There  is  a  great  analogy  between  the  Greek  abridgment  by 
Anonymus  and  the  Latin  epitome,  by  Julian,  which  has  sug- 
gested the  belief  that  these  two  works  were  by  one  and  the  same 
person,  and  that  Julian,  after  having  published  it  in  Latin, 
published  it  with  trifling  alterations  in  Greek.  To  these 
abridgments  must  be  added  two  commentaries  upon  the  JVovellce, 
our  acquaintance  with  which  is  limited  to  certain  quotations ; 
one  is  by  Philoxenes,  the  other  by  Symbatius. 

Independently  of  these  Greek  works  upon  the  collections  of 
Justinian,  the  number  of  which,  as  has  been  seen,  is  consider- 
able, we  find  mention  of  three  monographs  upon  special  sub- 
jects. 

This  period  of  activity,  which  was  commenced  by  the  efforts 
of  Justinian,  extended  through  the  sixth  century,  and  Avas  suc- 
ceeded by  a  period  of  two  centuries  and  a-half  of  inaction, 
during  which  period  the  texts  themselves  were  forgotten,  and 
translations  and  abridgments  only  resorted  to  when  necessary  in 
practice.  To  such  an  extent  was  this  the  case,  that  during 
more  than  a  hundred  years  from  the  time  of  Leo  III.  the 
Isaurian  (from  A.D.  717  to  A.D.  741),  till  Michael  III.  and 
Bardas  (A.D.  856  to  A.D.  866),  the  public  school  at  Constanti- 
nople was  closed,  and  all  public  instruction  abandoned.  The 
second  phase  of  the  transformation  which  the  law  of  Justinian 

1  AtJianasii  Epitome   Novellarum,  been  attributed  to  some  other  unknown 
published  by  Ileimbach  in  his  Anec-  person,  who   borrowed   from  John   of 
data,  vol.   1,  Leips.   1838.     Anonymi  Antioch   the   rubric  and  the  titles  of 
Epitome  Norellarum,  fragments  pub-  his  collection  of  canons  in  order  to  add 
lished  by  C.  Zacharisein  his  Anccrfota,  extracts  from  the  corresponding  novels; 
Leips.  1848,  pp.  196  to  211.     Theodorl  we  do  not  see,  in  the  evidence  derived 
Hreriarium  Novellarum,  published  by  by   Biener  from   certain   manuscripts, 
C.  Zacharite  in  his  Anccdota,  Leips.  sufficient  reason  to  warrant  this  sup- 
1843,  pp.  10  to  61  and  1  to  1G5.     The  position.     Whoever  may  have  been  the 
manuscript  is  in  the  Imperial  Library  author,  the  work  itself  exists,  and  it  is 
of  Paris,  Cote  Acq.,  No.  15950  F.  ascribed  to  a  period  shortly  after  the 

2  The     Nomocanon     of     John     of  death  of  Justinian ;  it  holds  an  impor- 
Antioch,  to  which  we  have   referred,  taut  though  special  place  in  the  history 
par.  449,  has  been  disputed,  and  has  of  the  X'occlltc. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  501 

underwent  was  not  in  works  published  by  jurists,  but  in  official 
promulgations  made  by  certain  emperors. 


SECTION  CXVI. 

THE  MANUALS  OR  CODES  OF  THE  BYZANTINE  EMPERORS  : 
Ecloga,  Prochiron,  Epanagoge,  Basilica. 

592.  The  emperors  to  be  considered  under  this  head  are 
Leo  the  Isaurian,  surnamed  Iconoclastes,  and  his  son  Constan- 
tino Copronymus,  who  reigned  together  for  one  and  twenty 
years,  from  A.D.  720  to  A.D.  741.  Basil  the  Macedonian,  who 
first  alone,  and  afterwards  in  association  successively  with  his 
sons  Constantine,  Leo  the  Philosopher,  and  Alexander,  reigned 
nineteen  years  (from  A.D.  867  to  A.D.  886).  Leo  the  Philo- 
sopher, who,  in  conjunction  with  his  brother  Alexander,  and 
afterwards  in  conjunction  with  his  son  Constantine  Porphyro- 
genitus,  reigned  twenty-five  years,  from  A.D.  886  to  r,.D.  911. 

The  first,  that  is  to  say,  Leo  the  Isaurian,  with  his  son  Con- 
stantine Copronymus,  published  A.D.  740  a  manual  of  the  law 
which  is  known  by  the  name  of  Ecloga  legum,  sometimes  also 
called  Enchiridium  (manual),  or  the  Isaurian  law. 

The  second,  that  is  to  say,  Basil  of  Macedonia,  Avith  his  sons 
Constantine  and  Leo  the  Philosopher,  produced,  a  hundred  and 
thirty  years  later,  A.D.  870,  a  second  imperial  manual,  which 
declared  the  former  abrogated,  and  which  is  known  under  the 
name  of  Prochiron,  sometimes  also  called  the  constitution  of 
Basil,  or  the  constitution  of  the  three  emperors.  The  prologue 
of  the  Prochiron  announced  a  more  extended  work  and  adjust- 
ment or  revision  of  the  entire  body  of  the  ancient  laws.  This 
work  was  commenced,  and  several  volumes  were  published,  under 
these  emperors.  A  second  manual,  intended  as  a  species  of  in- 
troduction to  this  projected  work,  and  which  was  a  revised  edition 
of  the  Prochiron,  was  published  by  Basil  in  conjunction  with 
his  sons  Leo  the  Philosopher,  and  Alexander  (between  A.D.  879 
and  A.D.  886),  under  the  title  of  Epanagoge  (i-epetitaprcelectio}. 

And,  finally,  Leo  the  Philosopher  continued  and  brought  to 


502  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

a  successful  termination  the  work  which  was  partly  executed  by 
his  father,  and  which  was  known  as  the  Repurgatio  veterum 
legum,  or  revision  of  the  ancient  laws,  and  which  has  been 
handed  down  to  us  under  the  title  of  the  Basilicas.  The  pro- 
mulgation of  this  work  was  in  all  probability  made  at  the  time 
when  Leo  was  associated  with  his  brother  Alexander  and  his 
son  Constantine  Porphyrogenitus  (from  A.D.  906  to  A.D.  911). 
The  imperial  promulgations  to  which  we  have  referred  ought 
to  bear  the  names  of  the  emperors  who  reigned  together  at  the 
time  of  their  publication,  but  for  the  sake  of  brevity  and  in 
order  to  indicate  solely  the  directing  emperor,  the  respective 
works  are  said  to  belong  to  Leo  the  Isaurian,  to  Basil  of  Mace- 
donia, and  to  Leo  the  Philosopher. 

693.  Each  of  these  imperial  publications  more  or  less  ex- 
plicitly announced  in  their  titles  or  prefaces  the  fact  that  they 
were  derived  from  the  Institutes,  the  Digest,  the  Code,  and  the 
Novella  of  Justinian  the  Great,  but  they  were  in  fact  derived 
from  translations,  abridgments  or  commentaries  in  Greek  on 
the  texts.  The  actual  works  of  Justinian,  and  especially  those 
which  were  in  Latin,  being  only  at  that  period  ad  honorem  and 
entirely  neglected  in  practice. 

The  Ecloga  legum  of  Leo  the  Isaurian,  a  collection  of  laws 
reduced  to  the  form  of  a  manual,  has  descended  to  us  in  various 
manuscripts.  The  one  which  is  in  the  Imperial  Library 
of  Paris  (Cote  Acq.,  No.  33011  F)  was  published  by  M.  C.  E. 
Zachariae  in  1852.  It  consists  of  a  preface  and  eighteen  titles* 
Three  jurists  are  mentioned  as  the  commission  for  its  preparation, 
the  Qurestor  Nicetas,  another  Nicetas  and  Marinus.  The  date 
of  its  publication  corresponds  with  the  year  A.D.  740.  The  con- 
tents of  this  official  manual,  and  the  popularity  which  it  acquired 
in  practice,  attest  the  low  condition  of  jurisprudence  at  the  date 
of  its  publication.  It  was  under  Leo  the  Isaurian  that  the  school 
for  the  public  instruction  of  law  at  Constantinople  was  closed. 
The  official  Ecloga  passed  in  manuscript  into  the  hands  of  the 
practitioners  who  used  it,  and  has  received  from  many  of  them, 
according  to  their  necessities  or  tastes,  additions  or  appendices 
upon  various  subjects,  most  of  which  are  extracts  from  the 


THE  IIISTO11Y  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  503 

juridical  works  of  the  sixth  century,  and  it  is  indeed  from  some 
of  these  appendices  that  we  have  obtained  our  knowledge  of 
certain  of  the  works  of  that  time.  These  manuscripts,  of  which 
we  possess  several  augmented  in  this  manner  by  annotations, 
are  private  editions,  and  have  received  the  name  of  Eclogoe 
privates.  The  appendices  are  not  the  same  in  all.  It  is  easy 
to  recognize,  however,  the  fact,  that  as  a  result  of  tradition  and 
and  translation  on  the  part  of  the  copyists,  they  acquired  a 
common  characteristic.  This  is  the  only  effort  of  jurisprudence, 
and  it  is  a  meagre  one,  which  we  find  up  to  the  time  of  Basil 
the  Macedonian.  The  MS.  which  appears  to  contain  the 
most  complete  appendix,  and  which  most  closely  approximates 
to  the  law  of  Justinian,  is  that  now  in  the  Imperial  Library  of 
Paris  (fonds  grec,  1384),  and  is  known  by  the  name  of  Ecloga 
privata  aucta.  This  can  only  be  ascribed  to  the  middle  of 
the  ninth  century,  shortly  before  the  publication  of  Basil, — to 
a  period  when,  owing  to  the  action  of  the  Emperor  Bardas,  the 
public  instruction  of  law  had  been  re-established  at  Constan- 
tinople. This  appendix  contains  fifty-four  additions,  amongst 
which  numbers  32,  52  and  54  are  extracts  from  the  military 
and  maritime  laws,  styled  the  Rhodian,  and  from  the  Georgian 
or  rural  laws.  An  edition  of  this  work  was  published  at 
Leipsic  by  M.  C.  E.  Zacharise  in  1843,  in  his  Anecdota. 

The  Prochiron,  or  manual  of  the  law  of  Basil  the  Mace- 
donian, A.D.  870,  has  also  reached  us  in  various  manuscripts. 
One  edition  was  published  in  1837,  in  Heidelburgh,  by  M.  C. 
E.  Zachariae.  It  consists  of  a  prologue,  or  preamble,  and  forty 
titles,  under  which  arc  placed  fragments  extracted  from  the 
Greek  abridgments  or  commentaries  of  Justinian,  some  from 
the  Ecloga  of  Leo  the  Isaurian  or  from  the  imperial  constitu- 
tions which  had  introduced  certain  recognized  changes.  We 
find  in  the  preface  the  assertion  that  the  Ecloga  of  Leo  the 
Isaurian  was  rather  a  jumble  than  a  selection  of  laws,  and  that 
it  was  an  affront  to  the  pious  legislators  from  whom  those  laws 
had  emanated,  that  preceding  princes  had  rejected  it,  not 
indeed  in  whole,  but  to  a  great  extent,  and  that  it  would  be 
absurd  to  allow  it  to  remain. 

The  Epanagoge  of  Basil  the  Macedonian  (repetita  prcelectio 


504  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

legis}  also  consists  of  a  preamble  and  forty  titles.  It  was 
nothing  more  than  a  republication  of  the  Prochiron,  with  certain 
alterations  and  modifications.  The  date  of  this  is  between  A.D. 
879  and  A.D.  886  ;  it  is  to  be  found  in  the  Collectio  juris  libro- 
rum  Graco-Romani  ineditorum,  published  at  Leipsic,  in  1852, 
by  M.  C.  E.  Zacharias.  The  Emperor  Basil  also,  in  his  pre- 
amble, makes  an  attack  upon  the  Ecloga  of  Leo  the  Isaurian, 
and  declares  that  he  rejects  and  abrogates  in  toto  the  futilities 
of  the  Isaurian,  which  resulted  from  his  hostility  to  the  divine 
dogma  and  to  his  confusion  of  the  laws.  Here  we  see  traces  of 
the  resentment  against  Leo  the  Isaurian  and  the  princes  of  his 
family,  which  resulted  from  the  war  that  they  had  waged  against 
the  worship  of  images. 

Whereas  the  Ecloga  of  the  Isaurian, — thus  abrogated  and 
fallen  into  discredit,  ceased,  except  rarely  and  in  certain  works 
of  the  jurists,  to  have  any  authority, — the  Prochiron  and  the 
Epanagoge  became,  both  in  Byzantine  jurisprudence  and  prac- 
tice, till  the  end  of  the  Eastern  Empire,  the  constant  resource 
and  chief  authority  of  the  lawyer ;  but  the  most  important 
portion  of  this  legislation  is  the  Basilica. 

The  Basilics  of  Leo  the  Philosopher,  the  date  of  which  is 
somewhat  uncertain,  but  is  usually  placed  between  A.D.  906  and 
A.D.  911,  did  not  receive  this  name  till  long  after  their  promul- 
gation :  the  original  title,  that  adopted  by  Basil  in  conformity 
with  the  project  he  had  conceived,  was  Repurgatio  veterum 
legum.  The  name  Basilica,  sometimes  Basilicus,  was  adopted 
either  in  honour  of  the  memory  of  Basil  of  Macedonia,  to  whom 
the  initiative  of  the  work  was  due,  or  rather  from  the  Greek 
Bao-iAixaj  §i«Ta£=if  (imperatoria  constitutiones]. 

This  work  is  a  general  compilation  and  revision  of  the  laws 
analogous  to  the  labours  of  Justinian,  but  bearing  characteristic 
differences.  The  texts  used  are  supposed  to  be  those  of  Jus- 
tinian combined  with  the  provisions  of  a  later  jurisprudence. 
In  reality  they  were  the  Greek  works  upon  jurisprudence  of 
the  sixth  century  which  were  laid  under  contribution.  The 
Basilica  consist  of  extracts  from  the  translations,  paraphrases, 
commentaries  or  abridgments  which  had  been  made  upon  the 
Institutes  and  which  were  few  in  number,  and  of  those  made 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  505 

upon  the  Digest,  the  Code  and  the  Novella, — of  the  text  itself  of 
that  part  of  the  Novella  which  had  been  promulgated  in  Greek 
and  in  the  Prochiron  of  Basil  the  Macedonian.  The  preamble 
of  the  Basilica  notices  as  a  capital  defect  in  the  work  of  Jus- 
tinian its  division  into  four  different  parts,  which  must  be  con- 
sulted and  compared  in  order  to  ascertain  the  rule  necessary  to 
be  followed.  The  compilation  of  the  Basilica  professes  to  unite 
in  one,  by  collating  and  placing  in  concordance,  the  scattered 
provisions  contained  in  the  four  collections  of  Justinian  upon 
each  head  of  law.  The  character  of  this  compilation  bears  an 
exceedingly  remarkable  feature,  in  that  the  text  even  of  the 
Basilica,  designated  by  the  name  of  Capitula,  sometimes  Basi- 
licus,  with  the  exception  of  that  part  which  is  derived  from  the 
Institutes,  gives  the  collections  of  Justinian  surrounded  by  an- 
notations, which  have  obtained  the  name  of  scholia,  very  similar 
to  that  found  in  our  glossarized  editions  of  the  text  of  Justinian, 
accompanied  with  notes.  We  find  in  these  scholia  interpreta- 
tions, examples,  developments  and  sometimes  conflicting  de- 
cisions upon  the  text.  Indeed,  a  striking  distinction  exists 
between  these  scholia :  some  are  extracts  from  the  works  of  the 
jurists  of  the  sixth  century;  others  are  annotations  made  to  the 
Basilica  by  jurists  of  later  date.  This  distinction  has  been 
marked  in  Grasco-Roman  literature  by  the  use  of  different 
expressions,  the  term  antiqua  being  frequently  applied  to  the 
former,  and  scholia,  properly  so  called,  to  the  latter;  the  term 
antiqui  being  applied  to  authors  of  the  sixth  century,  the  others 
being  scholiasts,  properly  so  called,  as  in  the  West  glossators. 
M.  Mortreuil,  in  his  Histoire  du  droit  Byzantin  (v.  2,  par.  121 
et  seq.),  asserts  with  authority  the  opinion  that  the  ancient  an- 
notations taken  from  the  writings  of  the  sixth  century  are  ad- 
mitted under  the  form  of  notes  developing  the  text,  and  form  a 
portion  of  the  plan  itself  of  the  Basilica,  and  belonged  to  the 
original  composition  of  these  collections,  and  that  these  other 
scholia  were  an  afterthought.  It  must,  however,  be  remarked 
that  the  Basilica  were  not,  as  were  the  collections  of  Justinian, 
promulgated  under  the  head  of  laws  which  abrogated  the  ante- 
rior legislation  from  which  they  had  been  derived.  The  legis- 


506  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

lation  of  Justinian  continued  nominally  as  a  superior  legislation 
to  which  recourse  must  be  had  as  to  the  source  of  law,  and  to 
which  obedience  must  be  paid  upon  all  points  which  had  not 
been  overruled  by  later  provisions.  It  was  not  an  abrogation, 
it  was  a  second  transformation  which  had  received  imperial 
sanction ;  and  we  must  go  to  the  latter  end  of  the  eleventh  cen- 
tury in  order  to  find  Justinian's  legislation  entirely  replaced  by 
that  of  the  Basilica. 

The  Basilica,  as  their  introduction  states,  were  divided  into 
six  volumes,  containing  sixty  books,  each  book  being  subdivided 
into  various  titles,  with  their  respective  rubrics.  The  names 
and  the  numbers  of  the  commission  appointed  to  superintend 
this  official  compilation  are  unknown,  unless  the  name  of  the 
president  was  Symbatius,  invested  with  the  dignity  of  Proto- 
spathaire.  We  have  not  a  single  complete  manuscript  of  the 
Basilica,  and  it  is  only  by  the  aid  of  various  manuscripts  be- 
longing to  different  periods,  some  containing  certain  books,  and 
others  others,  that  the  attempt  has  been  made  to  reconstruct  the 
entire  Basilicce;  and  we  are  indebted  to  M.  Heimbach  for  the 
most  complete  and  learned  edition,  to  which  he  devoted  fourteen 
years  of  labour,  from  1836  to  1850. 


SECTION  CXVII. 

THE  GREEK  JURISTS   POSTERIOR  TO  THE  BASILICLE — THE 
FALL  OF  THE  EASTERN  EMPIRE. 

594.  The  impulse  given  by  the  legislative  publications  of 
Basil  the  Macedonian,  and  of  his  sons,  encouraged  private 
efforts  which  contrast  with  the  inaction  of  the  preceding  century. 
This  renewed  activity,  with  the  exception  of  certain  intervals, 
continued  down  to  the  fall  of  the  Eastern  Empire.  Greek 
jurisprudence  had  its  codes,  imperial  transformations  of  the 
the  works  of  Justinian  ;  as  elements  the  Prochiron  and  the 
Epanagoge,  as  developments  the  Basilica.  The  jurists  wrote 
upon  these  codes  either  for  the  purpose  of  explaining  them,  in 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  507 

order  to  indicate  their  effect,  or  to  adapt  them  to  the  changes 
which  had  from  time  to  time  taken  place. 

Of  these  works  we  shall  first  consider  those  upon  the 
Basilica.  Independently  of  the  scholia  antiqua  derived  from 
those  works  nearest  to  the  time  of  Justinian,  whether  these 
antiqua  constituted  a  part  of  the  original  compilation  of  the 
Basilicce,  or  whether  they  were  added  shortly  after  its  promul- 
gation, they  were  added  and  written  in  the  margin  during 
almost  the  entire  course  of  the  empire,  with  amendments,  sup- 
pressions, or  successive  additions,  the  whole  comprising  anno- 
tations of  various  kinds,  the  character  of  which  the  science  of 
bibliography  has  laboured  to  unravel.  As  the  principal  text 
(or  capitula)  remained  unaltered,  it  was  the  movable  and 
flexible  portion,  the  field  open  to  the  doctrine  of  each  jurist 
upon  the  MS.  that  happened  to  be  in  his  possession,  a  specu- 
lum by  the  aid  of  which  we  are  able  to  trace  and  to  appreciate 
the  progress  of  this  doctrine.  Of  these  annotations  some  have 
the  appearance  of  being  continuous,  that  is  to  say,  carried  out 
on  the  same  system  throughout  the  entire  code,  there  being 
no  indication  of  the  author.  Others  are  individually  more 
detached,  according  to  the  tendency  of  the  speciality  of  the 
study,  or  the  opinions  of  each  of  those  who  have  written,  and 
to  which  the  name  is  at  times  attached.  If  we  are  in  a  certain 
number  of  cases  enabled  from  these  scholia  antiqua  to  learn  the 
names  of  the  jurists  and  the  works  of  the  sixth  century,  the 
more  recent  scholia  have  in  like  manner,  but  in  fewer  instances, 
revealed  the  names  of  some  of  the  scholiasts  of  the  eleventh 
and  twelfth  centuries.  The  list,  however,  as  it  has  reached  us 
is  reduced  to  five :  John  Nomophylax  and  Calocyrus  Sextus, 
both  probably  of  the  eleventh  century ;  Constantino  of  Nice, 
subsequent  to  these ;  Gregory  Doxapater  and  Hagiotheodo- 
ritus  of  the  twelfth  century.  The  scholia  were,  as  to  the  Basi- 
lica, detailed  annotations,  which  greatly  increased  the  volume 
of  the  work.  On  the  other  hand,  other  efforts  were  directed 
to  abridgment,  and  to  facilitate  use  in  practice.  With  this 
object  the  synopsis  or  abridgment  of  the  Basilica,  in  alpha- 
betical order,  was  composed  about  the  middle  of  the  tenth 
century  by  an  unknown  jurist.  It  contained  notices  of  and 


508  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

references  to  various  texts,  a  species  of  dictionary,  the  use  of 
which  is  thoroughly  understood  in  our  own  day.  The  Synopsis 
Basilicorum  was  in  universal  request,  and  enjoyed  a  high 
reputation  till  the  close  of  the  empire.  Various  appendices  or 
additions  were  from  time  to  time  made  to  it.  We  are  also 
indebted  to  M.  C.  E.  Zacharia3  for  an  edition  of  it,  published 
by  him  at  Leipsic,  in  1869.  This  dates  about  twenty  years 
after  the  Synopsis,  that  is,  about  A.D.  1072.  Michael  Attaliota, 
under  the  modest  title  of  Llon^a  (opusculum  de  jure),  pub- 
lished a  succinct  and  methodic  abridgment  of  the  Basilica; 
and  another  jurist  in  the  thirteenth  century,  in  order  still  farther 
to  diminish  the  labour  of  the  practitioner,  made  an  abridgment 
of  the  two  preceding  works,  alphabetically  arranged  and  known 
under  the  name  of  M»xpo'v,  or  Synopsis  minor,  edited  by 
M.  C.  E.  Zacharise  in  1857. 

The  imperial  MSS.,  that  is  to  say,  the  Prochiron  and  the 
Epanagoge  of  Basil  of  Macedonia,  and  even  the  Ecloga  of  Leo 
the  Isaurian  as  to  certain  parts,  have  served  both  as  texts, 
models  and  documents  for  analogous  manuals  published  by 
private  jurists  :  — 

1st.  The  Epitome  legum,  in  fifty  titles,  composed  about 
A.D.  920,  presents  this  feature  in  particular,  that,  having  fol- 
lowed closely  upon  the  promulgation  of  the  Basilica  at  a  period 
at  which  the  works  of  Justinian,  translated  into  Greek  by  the 
authors  of  the  sixth  century,  had  been  discarded,  it  is  drawn 
directly  from  these  sources  themselves  and  from  the  Epanagoge 
or  from  the  Prochiron.  A  revision,  with  numerous  additions, 
was  made  at  a  later  date,  towards  the  end  of  the  same  century, 
as  a  result  of  which  it  was  placed  in  the  same  position  as  the 
Prochiron,  whence  it  derived  the  name  of  Epitome  ad  Prochiron 
mutata. 

2nd.  The  Ecloga  ad  Prochiron  mutata,  a  compilation  from 
the  Ecloga,  from  the  Prochiron,  and  from  the  Epitome,  with 
additions  and  omissions,  belonging  also,  in  all  probability,  to 
the  end  of  the  tenth  century. 

3rd.  The  Epanagoge  aucta,  a  revision  of  the  Epanagoge  of 
Basil  of  Macedonia,  with  additions  derived  from  other  sources, 
dating,  in  all  probability,  in  the  eleventh  century. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  509 

4th.  The  Prochiron  auctum,  a  revision  greatly  enlarged  of 
the  Prochiron,  belonging  to  the  commencement  of  the  thirteenth 
century.1 

It  is  only  for  the  sake  of  bearing  them  in  mind  that  mention 
is  here  made  of  the  following  works  : — One,  known  under  the 
name  of  Tlsipa.  (Experentia  Romani),  is  a  collection,  in  seventy- 
five  titles,  of  various  cases,  together  with  their  decisions,  ex- 
tracted from  treatises  and  from  the  Sententice  of  the  jurist 
Eustathius  Romanus;  another  is  the  Synopsis  legum  of  Michael 
Constantine  Psellus  in  1406,  iambic  and  political  verses  dedi- 
cated by  the  author  to  the  Emperor  Ceesar  Michael  Ducas, 
his  pupil,  didactic  verses  totally  devoid  of  poetry.  These 
two  works  belonged  to  the  eleventh  century.  The  monk 
Matthew  Blastares,  with  his  Manual  of  the  Civil  and  Canon 
Law,  drawn  up  in  alphabetical  order  and  published  A.D.  1335, 
and  Constantine  Harmenopulus,  judge  of  Thessalonica,  with  his 
Hexabiblon  or  Promptuarium,  published  A.D.  1345,  are  the  two 
last  legal  writers  of  the  Eastern  Empire  whose  works  attained 
credit  and  became  classic  legal  manuals  of  the  law  of  the  last  cen- 
tury of  the  empire.  The  Hexabiblon  of  Harmenopulus  especially, 
being  the  most  recent  and  lucid  exposition  of  Greek  law  in  use 
at  this  later  period,  found  its  way  through  the  whole  of  the 
East.  Its  authority  is  recognized  by  the  Greeks  under  Turkish 
rule,  and  it  was  received  at  an  early  date  in  this  character  in 
the  West.  It  is  a  methodical  composition,  derived  from  the 
Prochiron,  the  Synopsis  Basilicorum  major  and  the  Synopsis 
minor,  from  the  riiipa,  and  even  on  certain  points  from  the 
Ecloga  of  Leo  the  Isaurian,  the  whole  being  adapted  to  the 
condition  of  jurisprudence  at  the  time  when  it  was  compiled. 

Amongst  those  Greek  jurists  to  whose  works  we  have  referred, 
many  of  them  were  equally  learned  writers  upon  ecclesiastical 
law,  which  was  in  very  many  respects  allied  with  the  civil  laAV 
of  the  Eastern  Empire.  Amongst  these  are  Psellus,  Doxapater 
and  Blastares.  All  the  works  upon  canonical  jurisprudence, 
but  particularly  the  great  collections  named  Nomocanons,  a 
title  which  designated  those  collections  which  contrasted  the 

1  See  the  Jus  Grfpco-Romanum  of  M.  Zacharije,  Leipsic,  1857. 


510  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

civil  and  the  canonical  laws,  or  the  abridgments  of  those  col- 
lections, or  the  methodical  treatises  (syntagma)  which  have 
been  constructed  from  them,  merit  some  attention  on  the  part 
of  the  student  of  the  history  of  Grasco-Roman  law.  Amongst 
these  writers  we  also  meet  with  Photius,  the  tutor  of  Leo  the 
Philosopher,  who  published  the  Basilica.  After  the  collection 
of  the  canons,  and  the  Nomocanon  of  John  of  Antioch,  which 
belonged  to  the  period  of  Justinian,  Photius,  A.D.  883,  pub- 
lished under  Basil  of  Macedonia  his  Nomocanon,  which  was 
nothing  but  a  revised  edition  of  the  preceding,  with  certain 
additions.  The  two  remaining  most  illustrious  writers  of  this 
class  are  John  Zonoras,  who  wrote  at  the  commencement  of  the 
eleventh  century  in  the  convent  of  Mount  Athos,  and  Theodorus 
Balsamon,  who  died  in  the  early  part  of  the  thirteenth  century. 
We  must  add  to  these  various  sources  of  the  history  of  Graeco- 
Roman  law  the  series  of  Novellas,  promulgated  after  Justinian 
by  the  Byzantine  emperors,  which,  for  the  most  part,  referred 
to  political  or  religious  matters  rather  than  to  private  civil  law. 
M.  C.  E.  Zacharias  has  published  an  edition  of  these,  which  he 
has  collected,  analyzed,  chronologically  arranged,  and  divided 
into  five  parts.1 

We  thus  find  ourselves  in  the  last  stage  of  the  Empire  of  the 
East.  The  Latins  of  the  second  crusade  took  possession  of 
Constantinople  A.D.  1204,  and  there  founded  a  Frank  empire, 
which  however  only  lasted  fifty-seven  years.  Recaptured  A.D. 
1261  by  the  troops  of  Michael  Pakeologus,  that  which  has  been 
called  the  Second  Greek  Empire  commenced.  From  the  end 
of  the  fourteenth  century,  the  enemy  destined  to  destroy  this 
empire — the  Turks — had  invaded  its  frontiers,  reduced  province 
after  province,  and  narrowed  the  circle  by  which  the  capital  was 
surrounded,  and  eventually  took  it  by  assault.  Constantino 
Palaeologus,  the  last  emperor  of  the  East,  died  in  defence  of  the 
breach,  and  the  Eastern  Empire  finally  fell  under  the  SAvord  of 
Mahomed  the  Second,  in  A.D.  1453.  The  Prochiron,  the 
Basilica1.,  and  all  the  works  of  a  legal  character  of  which  we 
have  made  mention,  were  replaced  by  the  Koran.  These  works 

1  Jus  Gra-co  Romatium,  Leipsic,  1857. 


THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  5 1 1 

however  continued  to  be  the  traditional  law  peculiar  to  the 
Greeks  which  the  conqueror  left  to  the  vanquished,  and  in  this 
condition  have  they  remained  even  to  our  own  day ;  and,  not- 
withstanding the  changes  introduced  by  the  flux  of  time,  they 
have  survived  as  the  historic  element  and  the  principal  basis 
of  Greek  civil  law. 


SECTION  CXVIII. 
BYZANTINE  LAW  SUBSEQUENT  TO  THE  SIXTEENTH  CENTURY. 

595.  The  Greeks  who  expatriated  themselves  after  the 
capture  of  Constantinople,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Turkish  rule, 
carried  to  the  west,  and  especially  into  Italy,  numerous  relics  of 
Byzantine  art,  literature  and  law,  which  were  thus  saved  from 
the  general  wreck.  The  instruction  given  by  these  exiles 
created  a  taste  for  the  Greek  language,  and  extended  the  know- 
ledge of  eastern  affairs.  The  two  Lascaris  are  conspicuous: 
Constantine,  who  quitted  Constantinople  two  years  before  its 
fall,  and  John,  who  left  it  two  years  after.  We  know  how 
John  Lascaris,  after  having  enriched  the  library  of  Medici  at 
Florence  with  valuable  MSS.,  in  order  to  obtain  which  he 
risked  two  journies  to  Greece,  was  summoned  by  Charles  the 
Eighth  to  France,  employed  by  Louis  the  Twelfth  in  negotia- 
tions with  Venice,  and  charged  by  Francis  the  First  with  the 
formation  of  the  library  of  Fontainebleau,  from  which  many  of 
the  MSS.  now  in  the  imperial  library  were  obtained.  Naples, 
Venice,  Rome,  Florence,  and  other  cities,  at  that  time  re- 
ceived, either  in  parchment  rolls  or  volumes,  various  copies  of 
the  works  upon  Graeco-Roman  law ;  a  certain  number,  by  pur- 
chase or  gift,  found  their  way  into  Germany,  France,  and 
England,  while  the  monastery  of  Mount  Athos,  certain  libraries 
at  Constantinople,  and  other  depots,  continued  in  possession  of 
many  of  these  treasures,  which  have  subsequently  been  over- 
looked or  lost. 

Thus  before  the  impulse  given  by  Cujas  to  the  study  of  the 
manuscripts  of  Byzantine  law,  the  Greek  paraphrase  of  the 
Institutes  made  by  Theophilus  had  been  published  at  Basle  in 


512  THE  IIISTOEY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

1534,  and  the  Hexaliblon  or  Manual  of  Harmenopulus,  at 
Paris,  in  1540.  Various  editions  of  these  two  works,  with 
Latin  translations,  have  appeared  subsequently.  The  Latin 
title  of  the  latter  work,  by  which  it  was  generally  known,  was 
Promptuarium. 

The  publication  of  the  Synopsis  Basilicorum  in  1575,  that 
of  the  Basilicas,  first  with  certain  titles  only,  afterwards  in  the 
great  edition  of  Fabrot,  the  first  portions  of  which  were  pub- 
lished in  1667  ;  that  of  the  various  collection  containing  the 
texts  of  the  Graaco-Roman  law,  whether  canon  or  civil,  A.D. 
1573  and  A.D.  1596 ;  that  of  the  writers  of  Byzantine  history, 
beginning  A.D.  1647,  of  the  canon  and  the  Nnmocanons,  be- 
ginning A.D.  1661,  bear  witness  to  the  activity  of  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries  in  this  branch  of  study.  These  edi- 
tions were  for  the  most  part  accompanied  by  Latin  trans- 
lations. The  names  most  conspicuous  in  this  period  of  activity 
are  Zuichem,  Snallemberg,  Bonefoi,  Leunclavius,  Marquard, 
Freher,  Ch.  Labbe,  Suares,  Fabrot,  Voe't  and  Justel. 

This  activity  declined  in  France  even  before  the  revolution 
of  1789,  and  passed  into  Germany,  where  certain  efforts  have 
been  made,  commencing  from  the  early  part  of  this  century  by 
Puhl  (1804),  Haubold  (1818),  and  where,  at  a  later  period,  the 
splendid  and  interesting  publications  of  Biener  (from  1824  to 
1833),  of  Heimbach  (1825  to  1851),  of  Ch.  Witte  (1826  to 
1840),  of  Bekk  ^from  1826),  and  C.  E.  Zacharise  (from  1836  to 
our  own  time),  have  appeared.  It  is  only  necessary  to  cast  the 
eye  over  the  notes  attached  to  our  previous  pages,  to  see  that 
there  is  not  a  relic  of  Byzantine  law,  be  its  importance  great  or 
small,  which  the  German  writers  have  not  sought  out,  noted, 
compared  with  the  manuscripts,  and  in  the  greater  number  of 
instances  given  new  editions  far  superior  to  any  which  preceded 
them.  M.  Mortreuil,  an  advocate  at  Marseilles,  published 
between  1843  and  1846  an  exceedingly  interesting  work  (in 
three  volumes)  upon  the  history  and  sources  of  Byzantine  law. 

I  do  not  attach  great  importance  to  the  study  of  this  subject 
as  likely  to  assist  us  much  in  re-constructing  certain  texts  of  the 
law  of  Justinian.  Its  principal  source  of  interest  is  historical, 
as  enabling  us  to  see  how  the  jurists  of  the  sixth  century, 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  513 

several  of  whom  were  contemporaries  of  Justinian,  interpreted 
the  texts  after  the  death  of  that  emperor,  and  then  to  mark  how 
these  laws  were  modified  during  the  course  of  the  nine  cen- 
turies during  which  the  Eastern  Empire  lasted,  and  finally  the 
kind  of  law  which  resulted  from  these  modifications.  In  this 
view,  the  really  useful  conclusions  to  be  derived  from  so  much 
labour  and  so  many  publications  appears  to  me  to  be  contained 
in  works  like  that  produced  by  M.  C.  E.  Zachariae.  No  one 
was  better  able  than  he  to  draw  the  picture  which  he  has  given 
us  of  the  internal  history  and  methodical  arrangement  of  Grasco- 
Homan  law.  His  work,  which  was  published  in  three  volumes 
successively  in  1856,  1858  and  1864,  is  restricted  to  private  law. 
If  M.  Zacharias  accomplishes  his  project  of  dealing  in  like 
manner  with  the  subject  of  public  law,  he  will  greatly  enhance 
the  value  of  his  work. 


§  II.     THE     "WEST. 


SECTION  CXIX. 
THE  PUBLICATION  OF  THE  LAW  OF  JUSTINIAN  IN  ITALY. 

696.  As  soon  as  Italy,  as  a  result  of  the  victories  of  Belisarius 
and  Narses,  had  become  subject  to  Justinian,  he  hastened  to 
secure  the  publication  of,  and  to  establish  both  in  the  courts  and  in 
the  schools  of  Rome,  his  code  of  laws.  Julian  gave  us  a  resume, 
in  his  abridgment  of  the  Novella,  of  a  pragmatic  sanction  of  the 
emperor,  bearing  date  A.D.  554,  by  which  this  publication  was 
authorized  in  Italy.  It  includes  the  Novella  in  order  that  the 
unity  of  the  republic,  as  it  says,  being  achieved  by  the  aid  of  God, 
its  legislation  may  be  extended  through  the  whole  territory  (ut 
und, Deo  volente,factd  Republicd,  L,egum  etiam  nostrarum  ubique 
prolatetur  auctoritas1).  Thus,  by  the  efforts  of  Narses,  who  was 

1  Pragmatica  sanctio  (towards  the  promulgavimusConstitutiones,jubemus 

end  of  the  Corpus  juris,  after  the  No-  sub  edictali  propositione  vulgari  ex  eo 

rellce  of  Tiberius),  ch.  11 :"  Jura  in-  tern  pore,  quo  sub  edictali  prugramniate 

super,  vel  Leges  Codicibus  nostris  in-  evulgatoj  fuerint,  etiam  per  partes  Italian 

scrtas,  quas  jam  sub  edictali  program-  obtinerc,    ut  una,   Deo   volente,  facta 

mate  in  Italiam  dudum  misimus,  obti-  liepublica,    Legum    etiam    nostrarum 

nere  saiu-imus  :  sed  et  eas,  quas  postea  ubique  prolatetur  auctoritas." 

L  L 


514  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  first  imperial  lieutenant  in  Italy,  under  the  title  of  " 
the  official  MSS.  of  the  Institutes,  the  Digest,  the  Code  and 
the  Novella  of  Justinian  were  forwarded  to  and  deposited  at 
Rome.  A  Latin  translation  of  those  Novella  which  had  been 
published  in  Greek  must  necessarily  have  been  made  upon  this 
occasion,  and  in  all  probability  a  copy  of  these  works  was  for- 
warded to  each  governor  or  duke,  who  was  nominated  by  the 
Exarch  throughout  the  empire.1  In  this  way  the  legislation  of 
Justinian  would  find  its  way  into  the  various  parts  of  Italy. 
The  edict  of  Theodoric  would  thus  have  enjoyed,  throughout 
Italy,  the  short  existence  of  half  a  century. 


SECTION  CXX. 

THE  MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  LAW  OF  JUSTINIAN  AFTER  THE 
FALL  OF  THE  BYZANTINE  POWER  IN  ITALY — THE  EX- 
TENT OF  THIS  POWER — THE  ROMAN  NATIONALITY  OF 
THE  POPULATION. 

597.  The  conquests  of  the  generals  of  Justinian  in  the  West 
were  not  of  long  duration.  Even  in  A.D.  568,  that  is,  fourteen 
years  after  this  pragmatic  sanction  and  scarcely  three  years 
after  the  death  of  Justinian,  the  Lombards  took  from  the 
Greek  Empire  a  considerable  portion  of  Italy.  The  extent  of 
territory,  however,  and  the  condition  of  the  cities  which  re- 
mained attached  to  the  Eastern  Empire,  and  the  time  during 
which  this  connection  continued,  require  a  passing  notice. 

Ravenna,  to  which  Narses  in  imitation  of  the  later  emperors 
of  the  West  had  transported  his  residence,  and  which  he  made 
the  seat  of  his  government,  together  with  the  towns  comprised 
within  the  limits  of  his  Exarchate — Rome,  the  seat  of  a  duke 
entrusted  with  the  government  of  the  Duchy  of  Rome — the 
Pentapolis,  including  five  principal  towns  Avith  certain  localities 
attached — Pisa, — the  country  of  Naples,  with  Amalphi  and 

1  We  know  that  Justinian,  in   the  "  Oinnes  itaqne  judiccs  nostri  pro  sua 

constitution  by  which  he  confirmed  the  jurisdictione  easdem  leges  suscipiant,  et 

Digest,  §  21,  ordered  all  the  judges,  in  tarn  in  suis  judiciis  quam  in  liac  regia 

their  various  jurisdictions,  to  use  the  urhe  habeant,  et  proponaut." 
text  of    the    Institutes    and    Digest: 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  515 

Gaeta,  the  peninsula  of  Istria  and  the  neighbouring  islands, 
comprised  the  only  cities  and  territories  which  remained  in  sub- 
jection to  the  sovereignty  of  the  Byzantine  Empire,  and  con- 
sequently to  the  application  of  the  law  of  Justinian,  for  any 
lengthened  period. 

Even  after  the  enfranchisement  of  Rome,  after  the  rising  of 
Rome  against  the  edicts  of  the  Emperor  Leo  the  Iconoclast, 
A.D.  726, — even  after  the  fresh  conquests  of  the  Lombards,  who 
had  taken  from  the  Eastern  Empire  the  Exarchate  of  Ravenna, 
Pentapolis  and  Istria,  A.D.  752,  and  after  those  of  Charlemagne 
over  the  Lombards,  who  founded  the  States  of  the  Church  and 
the  Kingdom  of  Italy  under  Frank  dominion,  A.D.  774, — Pisa, 
the  kingdom  of  Naples  and  the  cities  on  the  extreme  southern 
shores,  still  remained  a  part  of  the  Empire  of  Constantinople, 
till,  in  the  course  of  the  ninth  century,  these  cities  enfranchised 
themselves,  and  commenced,  at  least  the  greater  part  of  them, 
to  assert  their  independence,  so  that  side  by  side  with  Frank 
Italy,  Pontifical  Italy  and  Lombardian  Italy,  Greek  Italy  still 
existed. 

If  we  were  to  make  a  calculation  we  should  find  that  the 
sovereignty  of  the  Byzantine  Empire,  calculating  from  the 
year  A.D.  554,  when  all  Italy  was  subject  to  Justinian,  was 
prolonged  in  Rome  one  hundred  and  seventy-two  years,  in  the 
Exarchate  of  Ravenna,  Pentapolis  and  Istria  one  hundred  and 
ninety-eight  years,  and  throughout  the  other  parts  of  Greek 
dominion  about  three  hundred  years. 

These  figures  are  sufficient  to  explain  the  maintenance  of 
Justinian's  law  in  actual  practice  among  those  people,  the  greater 
portion  of  whom  styled  themselves  Romans.  This  law,  so  far  as 
it  concerned  the  jus  civile  privatum,  was  only  modified  by  cus- 
tom or  by  special  provisions  made  from  time  to  time,  and  espe- 
cially after  the  enfranchisement  of  the  cities,  to  which  we  have 
already  alluded:  but  the  law  of  Justinian  remained  fundamen- 
tally the  same.  We  may  indeed  confidently  assert  that  this  law 
scarcely  underwent  any  alteration  by  the  successors  of  Justinian 
at  Constantinople,  the  constitutions  of  these  emperors  being 
limited  in  Italy  to  that  which  concerned  public  and  political 
matters,  and  the  new  Greek  form  given  to  the  text  of  Justinian 

i,  L  2 


516  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

by  the  Basilica,  between  A.D.  906  and  A.D.  911,  having  taken 
place  only  at  a  period  when  the  dominion  of  the  Eastern 
emperors  over  these  countries  was  at  an  end. 

598.  Among  the  cities  comprised  in  the  enumeration  we 
have  made  we  must  particularize  Bologna,  Pisa  and  Amalphi, 
inasmuch  as  they  are  closely  connected  with  the  question  relating 
to  the  preservation  and  study  of  the  legislation  of  Justinian. 
Bologna,  which  belonged  to  the  Exarchate,  remained,  for  about 
two  hundred  years  after  Justinian,  under  the  rule  of  Constan- 
tinople till  the  year  A.D.  728.     Pisa  and  Amalphi,  which  re- 
mained under  the  same  rule  for  about  three  hundred  years, 
being  both  maritime  cities,  and  having  important  commercial 
relations  with  the  East,  were  rivals ;  and  from  the  moment  when 
they  became  independent  this  rivalry  broke  out  into  open  hos- 
tility, which  lasted  till  Amalphi  was  vanquished,  between  A.D. 
1136  and  A.D.  1138,  and  never  recovered  its  prosperity. 

599.  The  fact  was  preserved,  and  is  reported  in  the  thir- 
teenth century  by  Odofredus,  one  of  glossators  of  the  second 
phase  of  transformation,  that  the  public  school  of  Italy  had 
been,    on    account    of    the   wars,   transferred   from    Rome   to 
Ravenna,  in  which  latter  city  the  seat  of  the  government  of  the 
Exarchate  was  established.1     Odofredus  adds  that  the  books  of 
the  laws  had  been  sent  to  Ravenna,  and  that  from  that  place 
they  went  to  Bologna.2    The  same  writer  in  another  place  refers 
to  a  celebrated  MS.  of  the  Pandects,  evidently  different  from 
that  to  which  former  allusion  was  made,  as  having  been  earned 
directly  from  Constantinople  to  Pisa.3     In  another  chronicle, 
this  MS.  is  said  to  have  gone  from  Constantinople  to  Amalphi. 
At  the  time  in  which  Odofredus  wrote,  and  even  before  him, 

1  Odofredus,  in  his  gloss  on  the  law       legales  fuerunt  deportati  ad  civitatcm 
82,  Dig.  35,  3,  Ad  Icgvm  Faleidiam,       Kavennoc,  et  de  Kavenua  ad  civitatem 
on  the  words  Tres  paries:  "  Studimn       istam  (Bologna)." 

primo  fuit  Horn JE  ;  postea,  propter  bclla  3  Odofredus,  in  his  gloss  on  the  law 

quaj   fuerunt   in   Marchia,  destruction  23,  Dig.  G,  1,  ])<-•   TCI   •r\nd\cutwne: 

est  studium :  tune  in  Italia  sccundum  "  Undo  si  videatis  Pandectam  qua;  est 

locum  obtinebat  Pentapolis,  qua;  dicta  Pisis,  qua;  Pandecta,  quamlo  Constitu- 

llavenna  .     .     .,  etc."  tioncs  fuerunt  facta1,  fuit  deportata  de 

2  Odofredus,  in  his  gloss  on  the  law  Constantiuopoli     Pisis,    est    de    mala 
G,  Dig.  1, 1,  Dejustltla  etji/rc:  "  Cum  littera." 

studium  esset  destruction  Roma?,  libri 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  517 

there  could  have  been  but  few  manuscripts  extant,  the  great 
bulk  having  perished  during  the  previous  age,  and  those  in 
existence  must  have  been  copies,  perhaps  second  or  third  hand, 
the  origin  of  which  it  would  be  impossible  to  determine  with 
precision.  But  we  may  take  it  as  certain,  that  whether  they 
came  from  the  East,  or  whether  they  were  copies  made  at  a 
later  date,  and  at  whatever  date,  in  Italy,  these  manuscripts 
were  remnants  of  the  original  publications  which  had  been 
made  in  pursuance  of  the  pragmatic  sanction  of  Justinian.  We 
do  not  speak  of  the  entire  body  of  the  legislation  of  this  prince, 
preserved  by  certain  Italian  historians  in  the  middle  ages,  nor 
of  that  passage  in  the  works  of  Paul  the  Deacon,  secretary  of 
the  King  of  the  Lombards  in  the  eighth  century,  where  he 
describes  the  various  parts  of  the  MS.  Avith  so  much  accuracy 
as  to  suggest  the  inference  that  he  had  it  then  before  him,  or  at 
least  the  preface.1 


SECTION  CXXI. 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  CLERGY  uroN  THE  MAINTENANCE 
OF  JUSTINIAN'S  LAW  IN  ITALY. 

600.  In  the  duchy  of  Rome,  which  was  enfranchised  from 
Byzantine  rule  A.D.  726,  and  in  the  other  cities  from  which,  in 
A.D.  755  and  774,  the  states  of  the  Church  were  formed,  cities 
which  had  for  the  most  part  belonged  to  the  Exarchate  and 
to  the  Pentapolis,  there  was,  independently  of  the  Roman 
nationality  which  is  to  be  met  with  in  these  populations,  and 
independently  of  the  connection  which  had  lasted  one  hundred 
and  seventy  or  two  hundred  years  between  these  countries  and 

1  Paul   Warnefrid,   surnamcd   Paul  (alias,  judicum,  j urisconsultorumque) 

the  Deacon  (died  A.D.  801),  De  ffcstis  leges,  qua?  usque  ad  duo  millia  pene 

Lanaobardorum>l)25,DeregnoJusti-  libros  erant  extensas,  intra  quinqua- 

nlani:    "Leges  qnoquc  Ilomanorum,  ginta  librorum  numcrum  redegit,  eum- 

quarum  prolixitas  nimiaerat,  etinntilis  que  codicem  Digestorum  sire  Pandec- 

dissonantia,  mirahili  brcvitate  correxit.  ttiritm  vocalmlo  nuncupavit.     Quatuor 

Nam  omncs  constitutiones  principnm,  etiam  Institutionnm  libros,  in  quibus 

quae  ntiquc  multis  in  volumiuibus  hahe-  breviter  iniiversarum  legum  textus  com- 

bantur, intra  dnodecim  libros  coarctavit,  prehenditur,  noviter  composuit.    Novas 

idcmque    volumen    Codicem   Jnstlnia-  qnoque  leges,   quas  ipse  statuerat,  in 

mint   appellari    prscccpit.     Hnrsumque  unum  vohinicu  rcdactas,  eundcm  Codi- 

:igistratimin,sivc  jndicnin  cent  -Yurellitruiit  nuncnpari  sancivit." 


518  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  empire  of  the  East,  another  and  a  more  active  cause  which 
contributed  to  the  maintenance  and  to  the  study  of  the  Roman 
law  as  promulgated  by  Justinian.  This  was  in  the  first  instance 
the  influence,  and  afterwards  the  authority,  of  the  Pontifical 
court  and  of  the  clergy. 

601.  The  ecclesiastics,  in  fact,  claimed  the  Roman  law  as 
their  own,  allotting  it  a  place  second  only  to  canonical  law. 
We  find  in  the  Corpus  juris  canonici,  addressed  to  Theodoric, 
a  letter  in  which  Pope  Gelasius  the  First  demands  that  the 
laws  of  the  Roman  emperors,  which  the  Ostrogoth  prince  had 
ordered  to  be  maintained,  should  be  so  on  the  ground  of  the 
reverence  due  to  the  Holy  See,  its  power  and  prosperity.1 
This  reference  is  to  ante-Justinian  law.  Another  pope,  Leo  the 
Fourth,  wrote  to  the  emperor  Lothaire  the  First,  about  A.D.  887, 
a  letter,  also  inserted  in  the  Corpus  juris  canonici,  in  which  we 
find  that  the  Roman  law  had  up  to  that  time  remained  in  vigour, 
sheltered  from  the  universal  tempest  (liactenus  Romano,  lex 
viguit  absque  universis  procellis),  without  any  notice  being 
taken  of  its  having  ever  been  corrupted  out  of  consideration  to 
any  person ;  and  the  writer  demands  that  it  should  be  maintained 
in  force  (ita  nunc  suum  robur,propriumque  vigorem  obtineat).'* 
The  law  here  referred  to  is  the  law  of  Justinian  in  force  at  Rome 
at  that  time. 

Confining  ourselves  to  the  testimony  of  the  popes,  we  find 
throughout  the  course  of  centuries,  Gregory  the  Great,  who  died 
A.D.  604;  John  the  Eighth,  who  died  A.D.  882;  Alexander  the 
Second,  who  died  A.D.  1073,  whose  letters  have  been  preserved 
and  printed  in  a  general  collection,  more  than  once  citing  the 
text  of  Justinian  as  an  authority.  In  most  cases  these  quotations 
are  made  from  the  Epitome  of  Julian ;  in  two  instances,  how- 
ever, they  are  from  the  original  text.  Under  the  last  of  these 

1  CORP.  JUB.  CAN.,  Decret.  1»  pars,          9  CORP.  JUR.  CAN.,  Decret.  1»  pars, 

distinct.    10,   cap.    12:    "  Certum   est  distinct.  10,  cap.   13 :   "  Vestram  fla- 

magnificentiam  vestram  leges  Romano-  gitamus  clementiam,  ut  sicnt  hactenus 

rum  prineipum,  quas  in  ncgotiis  homi-  romana  lex  viguit  absque  universis  pro- 

num  custodiendas  esse  prsecepit,  multo  cellis,  et  pro  nullius  persona  hominis 

magis    circa    reverentiam    beati   Petri  meminiscitur  esse  corrupta,   ita  nunc 

apostoli,  pro  suo  felicitatis  augraento,  suum  robur,  proprinmque  vigorem  ob- 

vclle  servari."  tineat."     Leo  IV.  Lothario  Augnsto. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  519 

popes,  St.  Damian,  the  Cardinal  Bishop  of  Ostia,  who  was 
born  at  Ravenna  A.D.  988,  and  who  died  in  1072,  quotes  the 
text  of  five  passages  from  the  Institutes  in  his  opusculum, — De 
parentelcK  gradibus. 

Similar  quotations  are  to  be  found  in  the  collections  of 
canonical  texts  which  were  composed  in  Italy  in  the  ninth, 
tenth  and  especially  towards  the  end  of  the  eleventh  centuries ; 
these  collections  have  not  been  edited ;  many  of  them,  how- 
ever, had  been  circulated  in  manuscript,  and  were  in  use  among 
the  clergy  till  the  period  when  they  were  supplanted,  in  1151, 
by  that  collection  known  as  the  Decretum  Gratiani,  which 
forms  the  first  part  of  the  Corpus  juris  canonici. 

60S.  Nothing  therefore  is  more  clear  than  the  fact  that  the 
law  of  Justinian  was  maintained  without  interruption  as  the 
common  and  governing  law ;  ranking,  however,  at  the  Pontifical 
court  and  with  the  clergy,  as  secondary  to  the  canonical  law. 
When  Odofredus  reports  the  transfer  of  the  books  of  law, 
together  with  the  public  school,  from  Rome  to  Ravenna,  he 
does  not  say  that  copies  of  the  Roman  law  no  longer  remained 
in  Rome.  This  transfer  must  be  held  to  apply  to  the  official 
manuscripts,  which  it  is  only  reasonable  should  be  transferred 
to  the  seat  of  government,  or  to  those  which  were  used  for  the 
purposes  of  instruction,  given  or  sold,  as  the  case  may  be,  to 
the  professors  and  students,  either  by  the  copyists  or  the 
libraries  (stationariC)  ;  for  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that 
these  also  went  with  the  school  to  Ravenna.  But  neither  the 
authorities  whose  duty  it  was  to  apply  the  law,  nor  the  clerks 
who  were  the  guardians  or  depositories,  by  whose  pens  the 
manuscripts  were  copied,  renewed  and  multiplied,  continued 
without  the  text  of  the  law  of  Justinian,  which  remained  in 
force  and  vigour,  according  to  Pope  Leo  the  Fourth,  in  the 
year  887,  thus  having  survived  the  universal  storm. 

603.  The  influence  of  the  clergy  in  the  preservation  of 
Roman  law  was  general,  and  was  not  limited  to  the  States  of 
the  Church,  but  extended  naturally  to  every  place  in  which  ec- 
clesiastical influence  was  felt.  Thus  we  find  in  those  portions 


520  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

of  Italy  where  the  law  of  Justinian  had  been  promulgated, 
A.D.  554,  but  where  the  government  of  Constantinople  had 
existed  but  a  few  years,  it  was  this  law  of  Justinian  to  which 
the  clergy  always  appealed;  thus  we  find  in  a  letter  of  Atto  II., 
bishop  of  Yerceil,  in  945,  and  who  died  about  the  year  960, 
written  in  those  countries  which  had  from  the  first  formed  a 
part  of  the  Lombard  conquests,  this  opinion  expressed :  that  it 
behoved  ecclesiastics  themselves  also  to  follow  in  many  things 
the  law  of  the  Roman  emperors  (quorum  legem,  etiam  nobis 
sacerdotibus,  in  multis  convenit  observarc];  and  at  the  same 
time  he  adduces  in  reference  to  the  law  of  marriage  various 
fragments  from  the  Institutes  and  Digest  of  Justinian,  and 
from  the  Epitome  of  Julian.1 

We  also  find  in  other  parts  of  the  Western  Empire  appeal 
made  by  the  clergy  to  the  Roman  law  which  had  been  in  force 
at  the  time  of  the  conquest,  that  is  to  say,  to  ante-Justinian 
law. 


SECTION  CXXII. 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  THE  PERSONALITY 
OF  THE  LAWS  UPON  THE  MAINTENANCE  OF  THE  LAW 
OF  JUSTINIAN  IN  ITALY. 

604.  Another  and  still  more  general  cause  than  ecclesiastical 
influence  is  to  be  found  in  the  principle  of  the  personality  of 
the  laws,  an  interesting  legal  phenomenon  presented  by  the  dif- 
ferent barbarian  kingdoms.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that  the 
Roman  system,  which  had  permitted  so  many  different  nations  to 
retain  their  native  laws,  had  been  ignorant  of  this  principle.  The 
barbarians  themselves,  who  had  been  admitted  into  the  empire, 
had  already  enjoyed  the  privileges  of  Romans,  but  the  superiority 
of  Roman  law  became  more  conspicuous  in  proportion  as  the 
various  barbarian  tribes  succeeded  in  supplanting  the  Roman 
sway.  The  edict  of  Theodosius,  general  as  it  was,  had  not  de- 

'  Atto,  Epistola  ad  Azonem  Epu-  were  edited  and  published  by  Ch.  Bar- 
copum."  The  complete  works  of  Atto  rontius,  Verceil,  1768,  in  2  vols. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  521 

stroyed  this  personality  in  Italy,  inasmuch  as  this  edict  scarcely 
touched  upon  matters  of  private  civil  law ;  long  afterwards,  in  the 
middle  ages,  towards  the  end  of  the  ninth  century,  a  constitution 
of  the  Emperor  Lothaire  the  First,  which  is  inserted  in  the 
Corpus  juris  canonici,  ordered  that  the  entire  population  of 
Rome  should  be  interrogated,  and  that  every  man  should  state 
the  law  under  which  he  desired  to  live.1  This  is  the  period  at 
which  Pope  Leo  IV.  had  demanded  of  this  same  emperor  the 
maintenance  of  Roman  law,  which,  he  said,  had  remained  in 
its  vigour  notwithstanding  the  "universal  tempests."  The  great 
mass  of  the  ecclesiastics,  and  the  larger  portion  of  the  popu- 
lation of  Rome,  then  professed  the  Roman  law,  which  was  that 
of  Justinian.  The  Germans,  however,  of  various  nationalities, 
who  were  mingled  with  this  population,  were  also  admitted  to 
make  a  profession  of  their  respective  laws. 

605.  Thus,  throughout  all  the  modern  nations  which  were 
founded  by  the  superstructure  of  the  barbarian  races  upon  the 
Roman  world,  the  law  was  personal :  the  conquerors  adhered 
to  their  barbarian  laws;  those  subjects  who  were  of  Roman 
origin,  and  all  the  ecclesiastics,  continuing  to  be  governed  by 
the  principles  of  Roman  law.     It  was  only  in  those  countries 
which  had  been  subjected  to  the  authority  of  Justinian  that  the 
Roman  law  consisted  of  the  law  of  that  emperor.     In  the  other 
fractions  of  the  Western  Empire  it  was  a  Roman  system  of 
anterior  date  that  was  observed,  which  consisted  chiefly  of  those 
Roman  laws  which  had  been  collected  and  published  by  the 
various  barbarian  kings. 

606.  In  this  way  Roman  law,  whether  Justinian  or  whether 
ante-Justinian,  survived  the   conquest ;   and,  even  in  the   ob- 
scurity and  during  the  development  of  the  feudal  system,  it  was 
perpetuated,  if  not  as  a  science  at  least  in  practice,  leaving  the 

1  CORP.  JUR.  CAN.,  Secret.  la  pars,  ut  hoc  unnsquisque,  tarn  .Indices  quam 

distinct.   10,  cap.    14:    Lotharius  im-  Duces,  vel  reliquus  populus  sciet:  quod 

perator :  "  Volnmus,  ut  cunctus  popu-  si   offcnsioncm   contra   eandem   legem 

lus  Homanus   interrogctur,   qua    lege  fccerint,  cidcm  legi  qua  protitentur  vi- 

vult  vivere  :  nt  tali  lege  qnali  lege  pro-  verc,  per  dispensarionein   pontificis  ct 

fessi  sint,  vivant,  illisque  denuntictur,  nostram,  subjacebunt." 


522  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

proofs  of  its  authority  in  the  decisions,  in  the  acts,  in  the  for- 
mulae of  those  times,  and  in  the  letters  or  writings  of  learned 
men  who  shed  light  upon  this  age  of  almost  universal  darkness. 
The  illustrious  M.  de  Savigny  has  carefully  and  patiently  fol- 
lowed, through  the  length  and  breadth  of  Europe  during  the 
long  period  of  the  middle  ages,  the  traces  of  this  practical 
existence  of  Roman  law.  The  researches  of  this  distinguished 
author  have  put  an  end  to  the  vulgar  notion  that  the  Roman 
law  was  lost  during  the  middle  ages.  The  work  of  Savigny  is 
not  a  discovery,  it  is  a  demonstration.  A  portion  of  it  consists 
of  little  more  than  series  of  documents  and  extracts,  chronologi- 
cally arranged,  some  of  which  are  of  an  unimportant  character, 
but  they  are  valuable  as  arguments,  elaborated  with  the  utmost 
patience,  and  collected  with  the  most  scrupulous  exactitude. 
In  other  chapters  he  makes  use  of  these  materials  with  that 
skill  and  ingenuity  for  which  he  is  so  remarkable. 


SECTION  CXXIII. 
FIRST  INDICATION  OF  THE  LAW  OF  JUSTINIAN  IN  GAUL. 

607.  The  fate  of  Roman  law  during  the  formation  of  the 
modern  nations  of  Europe  is  a  matter  of  particular  interest  to 
us  (the  French),  so  far  as  it  is  connected  with  the  Gauls.  To 
this  subject  M.  de  Savigny,  and  with  still  more  attention  our 
learned  and  much  regretted  friend  Laferriere,  have  dedicated 
several  pages. 

We  find  that  the  two  general  causes,  the  influence  of  the 
clergy  and  the  principle  of  the  personality  of  the  laws,  produced 
in  Gaul,  from  the  first,  their  ordinary  effect  of  maintaining 
Roman  law.  But  in  parts  where  the  collections  of  Justinian 
had  never  been  promulgated,  Roman  law  meant  ante-Justinian 
law,  together  with  the  collections  of  the  law  of  the  Romans 
made  and  published  by  the  order  of  the  German  kings :  the 
Roman  law  of  the  Visigoths,  commonly  called  the  Breviarium 
Alarici,  of  the  year  506,  and  that  of  the  Burgundians,  for 
the  sake  of  brevity  called  the  Papian,  published  shortly  after 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  523 

the  year  517.  The  latter  of  these  two  systems  enjoyed  but  a 
short-lived  authority.  Published  at  the  earliest  in  A.D.  5 1 7,  it  lost 
in  A.IX  534,  that  is  to  say,  within  seventeen  years,  the  support  of 
the  power  from  which  it  had  emanated,  the  kingdom  of  the  Bur- 
gundians  having  been  absorbed  in  the  conquests  of  the  Frank 
kings.  Its  credit  was  soon  effaced  by  the  Breviarium,  which, 
whether  as  to  the  number,  the  choice  or  the  arrangement  of  the 
texts  extracted  from  the  various  sources  of  Roman  law,  was 
far  superior.  The  Breviarium,  though  compiled  in  southern 
Gaul,  extended  its  influence  to  the  north.  Of  all  the  enact- 
ments of  Justinian,  it  only  adopted  the  latter  part,  that  is  to 
say,  the  Novella,  and  these  not  from  the  original  text,  but  from 
the  abridgment  of  Julian;  and  M.  Laferriere  authoritatively 
declares  that  the  most  scrupulous  research  has  not  enabled  him 
to  trace  any  others  down  to  the  end  of  the  eleventh  century.1 
This  Epitome  of  Julian  appears  to  have  been  known  in  France 
in  the  ninth  century,  doubtless  owing  to  the  relations  that 
existed  between  the  French  clergy  and  those  of  Rome.  From 
this  period  the  Breviarium  and  the  Epitome  of  Julian  fre- 
quently went  together,  being  transcribed  one  after  the  other  in 
the  various  manuscripts  of  the  time. 

1  Laferriorc,     Histoire     du     droit  Justinian,  1,  3,  De  episc.opis  et  clericis 

Franqais,  vol.  4,  pp.  285  and  28G.  We  et  monachiset  privllegiis  eorum,  etde 

may  therefore  accept  it  as  a  theory,  in  nuptiis   clericorum   vetitis   sen   per- 

the  present  state  of  our  historical  know-  missis,  13," — a  chapter  unquestionably 

ledge  upon  this  point,  that  all  the  adop-  well  known  and  studied  by  the  clergy 

tions  and  all  the  quotations  relating  to  of  the  court  of  Rome.     The  Pope  here 

the  law  of  Justinian,  whether  public  or  discards  the  Roman  law,  and  replaces 

private,  in  French  documents  of  the  it  by  a  law  of  Charlemagne  of  more 

middle  ages,  down  to  the  end  of  the  lenient  character.     Thus  we  see  indi- 

eleventh  century, refer  exclusively  to  the  cations  of  a  code  of  Justinian  in  Gaul 

Novellce  of  Justinian,  comprised  in  the  in  the  year  878.     We  do  not  agree  with 

collection  of  Julian.  Laferriere,  that  the  name  of  Justinian 

A  constitution  of  Pope  John  VIII.,  is  here  an  error  of  the  copyist ;  but  this 
promulgated  in  the  council  held  in  indication,  though  extremely  vague,  is 
France  in  the  year  878 — the  council  of  found  in  a  constitution  of  the  Pope, 
Troves  —  enacts,  in  relation  to  the  com-  made  in  a  council  presided  over  by 
position  of  sacrilege,  "Inspectlsleglbus  himself,  and  not  in  a  national  docu- 
Itomanis,  invenimus  ibi  a  Justiniano  ment.  Thus  we  have  some  little  light 
imperatore  legem  composltlonis  sacri-  thrown  upon  the  existence  of  the  works 
legii  compositam  .  .  .,  etc."(Sirmond,  of  Justinian  in  France  by  the  clergy  of 
Condi.  Gall.,  cap.  3,  p.  480).  The  law  Rome  and  Italy  in  ecclesiastical  mat- 
here  alluded  to  is  that  of  the  emperors  ters.  Similar  institutions  may  be  met 
Arcadius  and  Honorius,  and  is  to  be  with  under  like  circumstances  in  other 
found  in  the  Code  of  Theodosius,  16,  councils,  without  in  any  way  affecting 
2,  De  episcopis  et  clericis,  34,  and  the  law  of  the  country, 
passed  from  that  into  the  C.'de  of 


524  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

608.  Thus  confining  ourselves  to  the  writings  of  the  clergy,  it 
is  only  passages  from  the  Breviarium  which  are  to  be  met  with 
in  a  letter  of  Alcuin,  who  died  in  the  year  804,  in  his  abbey  of 
St.  Martin  of  Tours,  after  having  seconded  the  efforts  of  Char- 
lemagne to  establish  institutions  for  the  teaching  of  ecclesiastical 
science  and  literature.     The  Epitome  of  Julian,  as  well  as  the 
Breviarium,  are  referred  to  in  the  works  of  Hincmar,  Arch- 
bishop of  Rheims,  in  the  year  845,  who  died  in  the  year  882. 
It  is  apparent  from  the  quotations  made  by  this  learned  man 
that  he  was  also  acquainted  with  the  Gregorian  Code,  the  Her- 
mogenian,  and  the  Theodosian,  and  with  the  Collatio  mosa'ica- 
rum  et  romanarum  legum.     The  Breviarium  also  appears  in 
one  passage,  and  the  Epitome  of  Julian  in  several  fragments, 
in  the  collection  of  canonical  texts  compiled  by  another  learned 
French  clergyman  of  the  middle  ages  Abbon  I'Orleanais,  abbot 
of  the  monastery  of  Fleury,  in  the  year  988,  author  of  an 
abridgment  of  the  lives  of  the  Popes  down  to  Gregory  II.,  who 
was  Pope  from  the  year  714  to  731.     This  abbot  took  part  in 
three  councils,  and  made  two  journeys  to  Rome  as  envoy  from 
King  Robert  to  Pope  John  XV.  in  986,  and  to  Pope  Gre- 
gory Y.  in  996.     He  died  in  the  year  1004. 

609.  As  to  the  other  works  of  Justinian,  in  order  to  trace 
them  into  France,  we  must  go  to  the  other  collections  of  canonical 
texts,  the  Pannormia  and  the  Decretum,  which  were  composed 
by  St.  Ives — not  Yves,  of  Brittany,  the  patron   of  the  advo- 
cates— but  St.  Ives  who  was  born  about  the  year  1035,  in  the 
territory  of  Beauvais,  who  was  bishop  of  Chartres  in  1092,  and 
who  died  in  1115.     In  these  we,  for  the  first  time,  so  far  as  we 
know,  meet  with  extracts,  not  only  from  the  Breviarium  and 
the  Epitome  of  Julian,  but  from  the  Institutes,  the  Digest  and 
the  Code  of  Justinian,  numerous  fragments  of  which  are  in- 
corporated in  these  collections,  and  are  doubtless  due  to  the 
influence  of  Italy. 

Ives,  in  fact,  had  been  a  pupil  of  that  school  of  Benedictines 
of  the  Abbey  of  Bee  in  Normandy  which  was  founded  by 
Lanfranc,  and  which  became  one  of  the  most  celebrated  in 
Europe.  He  was  there  initiated  into  Italian  science  by  his 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  525 

tnaster  Lanfranc,  who,  born  at  Pavia  of  a  senatorial  family, 
first  made  his  appearance  in  that  city  as  a  student,  and  after- 
wards as  a  teacher  of  secular  law,  and  there  acquired  a  great 
reputation  before  going  to  France  arid  becoming  a  Benedictine 
at  Bee.  Ives  had  as  a  fellow  pupil  another  Italian,  Anselm, 
from  Aosta  in  Piedmont,  who  was  of  the  same  age,  having 
been  born  in  1033  ;  he  also,  at  a  later  date,  became  prior  of  the 
monastery,  afterwards  an  abbot,  and  subsequently  Archbishop 
of  Canterbury,  and  was  canonized,  as  was  Ives,  under  the  name 
of  St.  Anselm.  In  addition  to  these  Italian  predilections,  in 
consequence  of  the  objections  made  to  his  election  when  he  had 
been  unanimously  nominated  bishop  by  the  clergy  and  the  faith- 
ful of  the  town  of  Chartres,  he  went  to  Rome  with  deputies  from 
the  town,  and  was  there  consecrated  bishop  by  the  Pope  him- 
self, Urban  II.  He  took  part  in  the  council  of  Clermont,  pre- 
sided over  by  the  same  Pope  in  the  year  1095,  and  in  the  council 
of  Beaugency,  presided  over  by  a  legate  in  the  year  1104.  So 
that,  as  an  ecclesiastic  and  scholar,  having  such  close  relations 
with  Italy,  and  desiring  to  compose  for  France  a  collection  of 
canonical  texts,  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  he  did  not  procure 
for  the  prosecution  of  his  undertaking  some  collections  similar 
to  those  which  had  been  produced  in  Italy,  and  which  were  in 
vogue  amongst  the  Catholic  clergy ;  he  would,  of  course,  seek 
the  most  recent  and  latest  texts.  More  than  three  hundred 
years  separate  his  time  from  the  invention  of  printing,  but  the 
copyists — and  especially  the  clerks — multiplied  the  MSS.  In 
addition  to  the  collection  dedicated  to  Anselm,  Archbishop  of 
Milan  (A.D.  883  to  897),  and  that  dedicated  to  Anselm,  Bishop 
of  Lucca,  who  was  almost  a  contemporary  of  Ives  of  Chartres, 
as  he  died  in  the  year  1086,  only  nineteen  years  before  him 
(both  of  Avhich  collections  had  been  widely  circulated),  we  know 
of  three  others  belonging  to  the  eleventh  century,  the  last  of 
which  only  extends  to  the  decretals  of  Urban  II.,  who  was  Pope 
from  A.D.  1088  to  A.D.  1099.  In  the  first  two  of  these  collec- 
tions various  passages  are  to  be  met  with  from  the  various  works 
of  Justinian,  except  the  Pandects,  and  in  the  last  from  them 
also. 

"We  now  approach  the  period  when  the  study  of  the  law  of 


520  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Justinian  was  pursued  with  the  greatest  energy  and  success  at 
Bologna.  Ives  was  the  contemporary  of  Irnerius,  and  when  he 
died  at  the  age  of  eighty,  in  the  year  1115,  this  chief  of  the 
school  of  glossators  had  already  attracted  attention  to  himself 
at  Bologna  by  his  teaching,  and  was  about  to  enter  the  service 
of  the  Emperor  Henry  Y.  He  entered  it  in  the  year  1116,  and 
was  also  in  it  in  the  year  1118.  The  mode  of  instruction 
adopted  by  Irnerius  had  been  pursued  by  others  before  him  in 
Italy.  The  possession  of  the  legislative  works  of  Justinian  by 
the  Bishop  of  Chartres,  and  the  use  made  of  them  by  him 
in  France,  in  his  collection  of  canons  and  in  his  letters,  are 
evidently  connected  with  these  events. 

610.  Before  devoting  a  few  words  to  the  revival  of  the 
public  study  of  the  law  of  Justinian,  we  shall  make  two  obser- 
vations of  an  important  character,  to  which  we  direct  the  atten- 
tion of  our  readers.  First.  The  rule  as  to  the  personality  of  the 
laws,  according  to  the  origin  or  declaration  made  by  each  indi- 
vidual, could  only  be  in  force  during  a  given  time.  In  propor- 
tion as  the  fusion  of  races  and  the  development  of  each  nation 
in  modern  Europe  progressed,  individual  distinction  or  difference 
must  have  disappeared,  leaving  behind  it  only  a  combination  of 
usage  with  enactments  and  judicial  practices,  which  would  vary 
according  to  the  nature  of  their  origin,  and  the  circumstances 
and  conditions  under  which  they  grew  up  in  each  state. 
Secondly.  In  this  work  of  elaboration  the  various  Germanic 
laws,  and  the  various  usages  of  each  people,  would  furnish 
elements  destined  to  become  absorbed  in  the  new  growth,  with- 
out leaving  their  names  attached  to  them ;  whereas  beyond  and 
besides  these,  two  of  the  elements  of  the  general  structure  must, 
from  their  very  nature  and  their  authority,  stand  out  con- 
spicuously from  the  rest :  these  two  were  the  canonical  law 
and  the  Justinian  law. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  527 

SECTION  CXXIV. 

EEVIVAL  OF  THE  STUDY  AND  TEACHING  OF  THE  TEXTS  OF 
JUSTINIAN  TOWARDS  THE  END  OF  THE  ELEVENTH  CEN- 
TURY— THE  SCHOOL  OF  BOLOGNA  AND  THE  GLOSSATORS 
— PLACENTINUS  IN  FRANCE,  VACARIUS  IN  ENGLAND. 

611.  Savigny  has,  more  than  once,  employed  the  expression 
"  revival,"  and  has  made  it  a  title  of  one  of  his  chapters.     It  is 
a  term  we  may  safely  use.     The  confusion  and  obscurity  of  the 
middle  ages  in  literature  and  science  extended  also  to  laws. 
The  Roman  law,  in  many  places  and  in  many  points,  existed 
in  practice  but  without  cultivation ;  the  evidence  that  we  have 
of  the   existence  of  this  latent  practice  are  a  few  quotations 
in  the  writings  of  the  exceptional  men  of  their  time.     Towards 
the  latter  end  of  the  eleventh  century  a  true  revival  took  place, 
— a  revival  of  intellect  and  consequently  of  the  study  of  law. 
The  movement  was  not  sudden,  but  had  been  foretold,  as  the 
return  of  animation  is  to  the  body  by  certain  faint  breathings 
and  gentle  motions, — the  precursors  of  returning  life. 

612.  Thus    Peter    Damian,    Bishop    of    Ostia,   who    was 
canonized  and  known  under  the  name  of  St.  Damian,  speaks  of 
the  discussion  which  took  place  concerning  civil  and  canonical 
law  in  his  time  at  Ravenna  as  to  the  degrees  of  relationship, 
during  which  discussion  the  authority  of  the  Institutes  of  Jus- 
tinian was  called  in  aid.1     This  testimony  is  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance, because  Ravenna  was  his  native  country.     He  was 
born  in  the  year  988,  and  died  in   1072.     We  can  infer,  inde- 
pendently of  what  he  says  concerning  the  Institutes  of  Justinian 
and  of  the  existence  of  the  doctors  whom  Damian  sent  back 
to  consult  their  codes  (ad  vestros  codices,  ad  Instituta  vcstra 
recurrite),  that  during  the  course  of  the  eleventh  century  this 
school,    originally   transferred,  as  AVC    know,    from     Rome   to 
Ravenna,  played  an  important  part.     Lanfranc,  who  in   1042 
became  a  benedictine  of  the  monastery  of  Bee  in  Normandy, 

1  See  his  work,  De  parentcla  gra-  .  .  .  Erat  autcmde  consanguinitntis 
dibits,  in  Italian,  1783,  Paris  edition,  gradibns  pluriiua  disceptatio."  Vol. 
1G63:  "  Reveimam,  ut  nostisnuper  adii  iii.  p.  77. 


528  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

who  was  afterwards  called  by  William  the  Conqueror  to  the 
archbishopric  of  Canterbury,  and  who  was  the  trusted  coun- 
sellor of  that  prince,  first  studied  and  afterwards  publicly  taught 
the  law  with  great  distinction  at  Pavia,  his  native  place ; 1  he 
died  in  1089.  Thus  we  see  that  in  the  first  half  of  the  eleventh 
century  law  was  publicly  taught  in  Pavia.  It  is  true  that  we 
gather  from  certain  documents  that  this  instruction  was  prin- 
cipally confined  to  the  law  of  Lombardy.  Pepo,  a  magistrate 
of  Bologna,  who  figures  in  this  character  in  an  act  of  the  year 
1075,  had  in  the  same  century  given  a  public  course  of  law  at 
Bologna.2 

613.  It  was  Irnerius  who  was  the  founder  of  that  school  of 
Bologna,  which  became  as  famous,  and  as  much  frequented  for 
the  study  of  the  laws  of  Justinian,  as  was  that  of  Paris  for 
theology  and  literature.  Our  knowledge  of  the  nature  of  the 
instruction  imparted  by  him  is,  for  the  want  of  documents, 
limited  to  a  very  small  portion  of  his  career.  He  acquired 
his  celebrity  under  the  protection  of  Mathilde,  Duchess  of 
Tuscany  and  Countess  of  Reggio  and  other  places,  who  was 
surnamed  the  Great  Countess,  and  who  died  in  the  year  1115. 
He  confined  himself  chiefly  to  Bologna  and  to  Rome,  where 
the  Emperor  Henry  V.  summoned  him  in  the  year  1118  to 
confer  upon  him  an  important  office.  At  this  period  we  lose 
sight  of  him,  and  know  nothing  about  his  subsequent  history. 

He  belonged  to  Bologna,  and,  notwithstanding  the  German 
form  of  his  name,  he  must  not  be  regarded  as  a  German.  We 
find  his  name  in  various  forms :  for  example,  Wernerius  or 
Gernerius,  Warnarius  or  Guarnarius,  Yrnerius,  or,  more  simple, 

1  Gilbert  Crispin,  an  abbot  of  West-  ferred   to  was  the    Lombardian   law, 

minster,  who  wrote  his  life  in  the  intro-  which,  during  the  tenth  and  the  com- 

duction  to  the  edition  of  his  works  pub-  mcnccment  of  the  eleventh  centuries, 

lished  in  Paris  1G48  (after  telling  us  was  the  chief  object  of  study  iu  the 

that  he  had  been  instructed  in  his  youth  school  of  Pavia,  where  Lanfranc  had 

in  the   schools  of  the  liberal  arts  and  been  during  his  youth, 
secular  laws  belonging  to  the  eleventh  2  Odofredus,  upon   the   law  of  the 

century),  which  is  now  in  the  library  of  Digest,  1,1,  J)e  jitxtitia  ct  jure,  6,  f. 

Naples,  adds  :  "  In  ipsa  rotate  sententias  TJlp. :   "  Quidain  Dominus  Pepo  coepit 

dcpromere  sapuit,  qtias  gratantcr  juris-  auctoritate  sua  legere  in  legibus,  tanien 

periti  vel  practorescivitatis  acccptabant.  qnidquid  fuerit  de  scieiitia  sua,  nullius 

Mcminit  horum  Patria."     The  law  re-  iiomiiiis  fuit." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  529 

Irnerius.     He  was  surnamed  lucerna  juris,  and  was  the  first  of 
those  known  as  the  Glossators. 

614.  This  name  has  been  given  to  them  on  account  of  the 
nature  of  their  principal  labours,  which,  in  addition  to  oral 
instruction,  consisted  in  inscribing  upon  the  manuscripts  of  the 
laws  of  Justinian  notes,  at  first  exceedingly  brief  but  which 
afterwards  became  more  extensive.     These  notes  were  inter- 
lineary  or  marginal;  their  publication  served  as  the  material 
out  of  which  the  whole  edifice  of  the  legal  science  of  this  period 
was  constructed.      Glossa,  and  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  glosa, 
an  obscure  word,  signifies  the  explanation  of  abstruse  words 
and  difficult  passages,  "  lingua  secretioris  interpretatio"  (Quin- 
tilian,  lib.  i.).     This  practice  had  been  known  at  an  earlier 
date.     The  Bible  had  its  gloss  from  the  ninth  century,  and  we 
have  an  example  of  the  same  system  being  applied  to  the  law 
of  Justinian  in  a  very  old  gloss  of  the  Institutes  called  the 
Gloss  of  Turin,  which  has  been  published  by  Savigny  in  the 
appendix  to  his  History  of  the  Roman  Law  of  the  Middle 
Ages.     Their  labours,  however,  in  this  respect  were  consider- 
able and  important,  and  extended  to  the  whole  body  of  Jus- 
tinian's law,   and  were  regarded  as  an   authority  throughout 
Europe ;  indeed  we  at  the  present  day  are  more  indebted  to 
these  writers  than  we  are  generally  aware. 

Glos,  in  its  passage  through  the  various  languages  of  the 
world,  has  become  commentary,  jaserie  (twaddle),  criticism  more 
or  less  ridiculous,  and  from  being  brief  has  grown  prolix.  La 
Fontaine  makes  his  monkey  comment  (gloser)  upon  the  ele- 
phant, and  Boileau  all  mankind  upon  the  misadventures  of 
marriage  : 

"  Je  sais  quo  c'est  un  tcxte  ou  chacun  fait  sa  glose." 

615.  The  school  of  the  glossators  in  its  first  phase,  which 
embraces  the  whole  of  the  twelfth  century,  decreased  in  value, 
and  terminated  with  Accursius  before  the  middle  of  the  thir- 
teenth century.     As  to  this  period  of  about  one  hundred  and 
thirty  years,  we  shall  limit  ourselves  to  noticing  those  of  the 

M  M 


530  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

glossators  known  as  the  four  doctors  to  Placentinus  and  to 
Vacarius. 

The  four  doctors,  who  may  be  reviewed  together,  were — 
1st,  Bulgarus,  surnamed,  like  Chrysostom,  the  mouth  of  gold 
(os  aureurn);  died  in  the  year  1166;  2nd,  Martinus  Gosia ; 
died  shortly  before  Bulgarus ;  3rd,  Jacobus ;  died  in  1178; 
and  4th,  Ugo,  who  died  between  1166  and  1171.  All  four 
belonged  to  Bologna,  as  did  the  founder  of  their  school.  One 
of  their  contemporaries  ascribed  to  Irnerius  this  distich,  in 
which  he  assigns  to  each  his  character,  and  designates  Jacobus 
as  alter  ego  : 

"  Bulgarus  est  serum,1  Martinus  copia  legum, 
Mens  legum  est  Ugo,  Jacobus  id  quo  ego." 

Placentinus,  who  belonged  to  Placentia,  and  was  born  about 
the  year  1120,  is  remarkable  from  the  fact,  that  after  the  public 
declaration  made  by  William,  Lord  of  Montpellier  in  the  year 
1180,  whereby  he  abolished  the  monopoly  of  instruction  in  that 
city,  he  founded  at  Montpellier  our  first  school  of  law  and 
introduced  the  writings  and  the  system  of  the  glossators.  Here 
too  he  composed  several  of  his  works.  After  being  in  Italy 
for  several  years  he  went  a  second  time  to  Montpellier,  where 
he  died  in  the  year  1192. 

Vacarius,  who  was  a  Lombard,  was  famous  in  the  same  way 
in  the  history  of  England.  He  was  taken  from  Bologna  to 
England  in  1144,  by  Theobald,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury. 
He  took  with  him  his  manuscript  of  the  texts  of  Justinian,  and 
founded  a  school  of  law  at  Oxford,  thus  introducing  as  a  novelty 
in  England  the  system  of  instruction  of  Bologna.  It  was  in 
order  to  spare  those  students  who  had  no  pecuniary  resources 
the  expense  of  obtaining  costly  manuscripts  that  he  made  ex- 
tracts from  the  various  parts  of  the  law  of  Justinian,  adding 
certain  extremely  brief  glosses.  This  work  was  entitled  Liber 
ex  universo  enucleato  jure  exccptus  (or  extract},  et  pauperibus 
pr&sertim  destinatus ;  whence  is  said  to  be  derived  the  name 
of  Pauperists,  which  was  formerly,  and  for  a  long  time,  applied 
to  the  students  of  Oxford. 

1  Should  not  this  be  aurum,  in  allusion  to  his  surname,  "  mouth  of  gold  ?'' 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  531 

616.  The  school  of  Bologna,  during  this  period  of  active 
study  and  propagation  of  the  texts  of  Justinian,  attracted  to 
it  a  great  crowd  of  students,  who  came  from  various  parts  of 
Europe.  There  were,  it  is  said,  at  one  period,  ten  thousand 
members  of  families,  small  and  great,  clerical  or  lay,  studying 
there,  many  of  them  being  already  grey  with  age. 

The  fame  of  this  school  had  reached  Paris,  and  it  is  to  this 
that  we  owe  the  anecdote  concerning  Abelard,  who  turned 
the  lawyers  into  ridicule,  and  boasted  that  he  could  explain  any 
passage  whatever  of  the  Corpus  juris  ;  a  small  portion  of  the 
Code  was  presented  to  him,  and  before  he  had  reached  the 
second  line  he  was  obliged  to  confess  his  inability :  "  Nescio 
quid  velit  dicere  ista  lex."  The  pupils  of  the  glossators  had 
mah'ciously  selected  a  difficult  passage.1  The  anecdote,  if  true, 
is  necessarily  anterior  to  the  year  1 140.  From  this  date  the 
practice  of  translating  various  portions  of  the  Corpus  juris  into 
French  commenced.  Many  of  our  learned  men  have  possessed 
manuscripts,  the  most  ancient  of  which  was  a  translation  of  the 
Code  made  about  the  year  1135.2  We  have  still  in  our  library 
of  Montpellier,  and  in  the  Imperial  library,  MSS.  belonging 
to  the  thirteenth  century,  which  are  translations  from  the 
Digest,  the  Code  and  the  Institutes. 

Bernard,  preacher  of  the  second  crusade  in  1146,  the  accuser 
of  Abelard,  whose  condemnation  he  secured  in  the  Council 
of  Sens,  and  of  Arnold  of  Brescia,  whom  he  caused  to  be 
expelled  from  France,  while  waiting  the  slow  fire  which  wras 
to  consume  him  at  Rome,  declaimed  vehemently  before  Pope 
Eugenius  III.,  who  filled  the  holy  see  from  1145  to  1153, 
against  the  ardour  with  which  the  ecclesiastics,  even  in  the 

1  Odofredus,  Gloss  upon  lex  5  of  the  *  Julien  Brodeau,  Annotations  sur 

Code,  book  3,  tit.  39,  Finium,  rcgun-  les  arrets  de  Locret.    I  have  in  my 

durum  (this  is  the  law  in  question) :  possession  the  ancient  French  transla- 

"  Dicitur  quod  f  uit  quidam  qui  vocaba-  tions  in  MS.  of  the  Code  of  Justinian, 

tur  Petrus  Bailardus  .     .     .  Et  valde  made  in  the  time  of  Lothaire  II.  and  of 

deridebat  legistas  et  jactabat  de  quod  Pope  Innocent  II.,  about  the  year  1135. 

ti ul la  lex  esset  in  Corpore  juris,  quan-  See  also   upon    this   subject   Menage, 

tumcumque  esset   difficilis  in    littera,  Observations  stir  la  langue  francaise, 

quin  in  earn  poneret  casum  et  de  ea  part    1,  cap.  3 ;    J.  Doujat,   Historia 

traheret  sanum  intellectum.     Undeuna  juris  civilis  Ilomanorum  (1678) ;  the 

die  fuit  sibi  ostensa  a  quodam  ista  lex,  President   Bouhier,    Observations  sur 

et  tune  ipse  dixit :  Nescio  quid  velit  la  coutume  de  liourgognc,  cap.  4  (34), 

dicere  ista  lex.     Unde  derisus  fuit."  vol.  1,  p.  389. 

M  M  2 


532  THE  HISTORY  OF  HOMAN  LAW. 

papal  palace,  devoted  themselves  to  the  laws  of  Justinian  in- 
stead of  the  laws  of  our  Saviour:  "  Quando  oramus?  Quando 
doxemus  populos  ?  Quando  cedificamus  Ecclesiam  ?  Quando 
meditamur  in  lege  ?  Et  quidem  quotidie  perstrepunt  in  palatio 
leges,  sed  Justiniani,  non  Domini"*  Successive  councils — that 
at  Rheims  in  1131,  the  Lateran  in  1139  and  that  at  Tours  in 
1162— prohibited  the  religious  from  making  a  profession  of  the 
study  of  modern  laws  under  penalty  of  excommunication.2  The 
decretal  of  Honorius  III.,  in  1220,  re-enacted  this  prohibition, 
adding  a  prohibition  against  teaching  Roman  law  at  Paris  and 
the  neighbouring  towns,  also  under  pain  of  excommunica- 
tion.3 The  motive  ascribed  for  the  decretal  is  worthy  of  note. 
It  is  that  in  France,  that  is  to  say,  in  the  province  anciently 
called  the  "  Isle  of  France  "  and  in  several  other  provinces,  the 
laity  did  not  use  the  laws  of  the  Roman  emperors  ( Quia  in 
Francia  et  nonnullis  provinciis,  laid  Romanorum  imperatorum 
legibus  non  utuntur};  and  as  to  ecclesiastical  matters,  that 
there  is  very  little  which  cannot  be  explained  by  canonical  law. 
This  is  the  reason  assigned;  the  real  object  was  to  preserve  in 
the  university  of  Paris  the  monopoly  of  theological  instruction, 
and  in  Italy  the  preponderance  of  the  school  of  Bologna. 

There  was  some  reason  in  the  decretal  for  saying  that  the 
Roman  law  was  not  received  as  a  governing  law  in  the  Isle  of 
France  and  in  the  surrounding  provinces,  especially  the  texts 
of  Justinian.  The  result  of  this  prohibition  as  to  Paris  was  the 
establishment  of  the  school  of  law  at  Orleans,  which  took  place 
about  1236  ;  and  in  the  south,  where,  from  the  time  of  Placen- 
tinus,  the  school  of  Montpellier  had  existed,  several  others  were 
established,  the  chief  of  which  was  that  of  Toulouse  in  1228. 


1  Bernard,    De   consideration  e,    ad  locis  vicinis  jus  civile  legi  non  debet: 
Eitgenimn  III.,  lib.  i.  c.  4.     Vol.  ii.  "  Firmitcr  interdicimns,   et  districting 
p.  410,  of  edition  of  1(!00.  inhibemus,  ne  Parisiis,  vcl  in  civitati- 

2  "  Statuimus   ut  nulli  omnino  post  bus  sen  aliis  locis  vicinis,  quisquam  do- 
votnm    religionis   ct   professioncm,   ad  cere   vcl  audire  jus  civile  prassmnat." 
physicam,  legcsve  imuidaims  legendas  Dumoiilin,   tlircc  hundred  years  later, 
permittatur."      This  last  council    was  made  a  note  on  this  provision,  with  the 
presided  over  by  Pope  Alexander  III.  following  protest :  "  Ego  vero  dico  quod 

3  The  provisions  of  the  decretal  of  Papa  non  babnit  potcstatem  prohibcndi 
Honorius  III.  have  passed  into  the  Cor-  in  regno  Francia:,  sive  la'icis,  sive  clc- 
jms  juris  cnnanici,  Decret.  Greg.  IX.  ricis:  quia  regnum  Francia;  nullomodo 
lib.  v.  tit.  33,  ch.  28 :  Parisiis  ct  in  clepcudct  a  Papa." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  533 

All  these  universities,  and  those  which  were  established  in  great 
numbers  in  the  following  centuries,  taught  the  canon  and  the 
civil  law  from  the  texts  of  Justinian,  the  University  of  Paris 
being  only  able  to  teach  this  latter  law  as  an  accessory  when- 
ever considered  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  the  canon  law. 
In  1576  an  order  of  the  Parliament  of  Paris  was  necessary  to 
accord  as  an  exceptional  favour — which  was  not  to  be  held  as  a 
precedent — to.Cujas  and  the  contemporary  doctors  of  canon  law 
of  Paris,  the  faculty  of  lecturing,  professing  and  graduating  in 
civil  law  in  that  city,  on  account  of  the  peculiar  circumstances 
of  the  time,  that  is  to  say,  on  account  of  the  religious  troubles 
which  had  interrupted  the  course  of  study  at  Bourges.  The 
prohibitions  of  1220,  against  which  Dumoulin  struggled  in  vain 
three  hundred  years  after,  in  the  protest  which  we  have  men- 
tioned in  our  note,  which  prohibitions  were  renewed  by  the 
edict  of  1579  to  the  Etats  de  Blois,  art.  69,  were  not  removed 
until  the  edict  of  Louis  XIV.,  in  April,  1679,  after  having 
existed  for  upwards  of  four  hundred  and  fifty  years. 

617.  The  glossators,  notwithstanding  that  the  gloss  had  been 
their  chief  and  characteristic  work,  did  not  limit  themselves  to 
it.  They  also  wrote  what  were  called  apparatus,  which  were 
extended  and  connected  glosses,  forming  a  species  of  com- 
mentary upon  an  entire  title  or  section  of  the  Corpus  juris; — 
summce,  which  were  summaries  or  resumes,  by  the  means  of 
which  they  opened  up  the  course  of  instruction  they  proposed 
to  pursue  ; — casus,  confined  to  constructing  upon  each  law,  that 
contained  any  difficulty,  a  species  of  example  or  illustration ; — 
brocarda,  or  rules  of  law  drawn  from  the  texts  and  given  in 
their  entirety,  with  parallel  paragraphs  containing  apparent 
difficulties,  with  the  attempts  to  explain  them.  Azo,  who  had 
amongst  his  pupils  Accursius,  was  celebrated,  in  addition  to  the 
reputation  that  he  acquired  as  an  instructor,  for  his  summer,  his 
apparatus,  and  his  book  of  brocarda.  We  have  the  lessons  of 
certain  of  the  glossators,  as  published  either  by  themselves  or 
by  their  pupils.  In  addition  to  all  this,  the  glossators,  and 
amongst  them  Irnerius,  were  in  the  habit  of  writing  special 
treatises,  but  mainly  upon  actions  and  the  mode  of  procedure. 


534  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  CXXV. 
BRACHYLOGUS  ET  PETRI  EXCEPTIONES  LEGUM  ROMANORUM. 

618.  The  historian  of  legal  literature  meets  about  this 
period  with  two  elementary  manuals  of  Roman  law  upon  the 
text  of  Justinian,  one  composed  in  Italy,  the  other  at  Valencia 
in  Dauphiny,  the  date  of  which  is  between  the  end  of  the 
eleventh  century  and  that  of  the  twelfth.  We  are  not  able 
to  determine  accurately  whether  these  were  anterior  to  the 
school  of  the  glossators  of  Bologna,  or  whether  they  may  be 
ascribed  to  the  impulse  given  by  that  school :  both  are  constructed 
upon  the  model  of  the  Institutes  of  Justinian,  and  are,  like  the 
Institutes,  divided  into  four  books,  having,  however,  modifica- 
tions in  the  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  which  they  treat  are 
distributed,  the  Institutes  being  the  basis.  We  find  in  connec- 
tion with  them  the  Pandects,  the  Code,  and  the  Novella  from 
the  Epitome  of  Julian.  The  work  composed  in  Italy  is  more 
particularly  upon  Roman  law;  that  composed  at  Valencia 
adapts  this  law  to  the  various  institutions  or  local  customs,  to 
the  canon  law,  and  to  the  exercise  of  jurisdiction  in  that  pro- 
vince. It  is  with  this  object  dedicated  to  Odilo,  the  vicar  or 
representative  of  the  lord  justice,  under  the  sovereignty  of  the 
then  reigning  Emperor  of  Germany,  for  the  province  of  Aries, 
in  which  Valencia  was  situated. 

The  Italian  work,  which  in  many  of  the  manuscripts  is  with- 
out title,  and  in  others  has  various  titles,  the  Corpus  legum, 
Summa  Novellarum,  has  been  generally  known  during  the  last 
three  centuries  under  the  title  of  Brachylogus  totius  juris  civilis, 
or,  more  briefly,  Brachylogus,  which  signifies  a  brief  discourse  or 
precis.  This  name  was  given  to  it  arbitrarily  in  an  edition  of 
1553 ;  another  edition,  Avhich  appeared  in  1570,  gave  it  the 
name  of  Enchiridium,  or  manual ;  but  the  name  Brachylogus 
is  that  by  which  it  is  generally  known.  Savigny  is  of  opinion 
that  the  work  was  composed  at  the  commencement  of  the  twelfth 
century,  and  he  is  disposed  to  ascribe  it,  though  without  positive 
proof,  to  Irnerius  himself.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the 
school  of  Irnerius  belonged  to  the  latter  end  of  the  eleventh 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  535 

and  to  the  earlier  years  of  the  twelfth  century,  and  that  we 
hear  no  more  of  him  after  1118.1 

As  to  the  work  commenced  at  Valencia,  it  is  known  under 
the  title  borne  by  several  of  the  manuscripts,  Petri  exceptiones 
(extracts)  legum  Romanorum,  or,  by  contraction,  the  Petrus. 
We  know  nothing  of  this  Petrus  except  what  we  gather  from 
the  work  itself,  save  that  he  inhabited  Valencia  or  its  territory. 
Savigny  is  of  opinion  that  his  work  is  anterior  to  the  school  of 
Bologna,  and  even  to  the  collection  of  canons  made  by  Yves  of 
Chartres,  of  whom  we  have  already  spoken.  It  serves  as  a 
proof  that  the  law  of  Justinian  was  known  and  observed  in  that 
part  of  Gaul  before  the  works  of  the  glossators.  This  is  ex- 
plained by  the  influence  of  the  sovereignty  of  the  German  em- 
pire upon  these  countries  in  the  eleventh  century,  and  from 
the  connection  that  it  had  with  Italy.  We,  however,  are  in- 
clined to  adopt  the  opinion  of  Laferriere,  that  the  book  of  Petrus 
is  posterior  to  the  collection  of  the  canons  of  this  Yves  of 
Chartres,  and  consequently  posterior  to  the  commencement  of 
the  school  of  Bologna,  inasmuch  as  Yves  of  Chartres  was  a  con- 
temporary of  Irnerius.2  This  book  was  probably  composed 
in  the  first  half  of  the  eleventh  century.  It  must  be  admitted 
that  the  author  does  not  give  the  text  of  Justinian  as  a  novelty, 
and  that  he  makes  no  use  whatever  either  of  the  Theodosian 
Code  or  the  Breviarium  Alarici,  the  Roman  law  in  force 
in  Gaul  before  the  introduction  of  the  Corpus  juris  of  Jus- 
tinian.3 


1  Between  1551,  the  date  of  the  first  tana,  we  must  conclude,  with  Lafer- 

edition,  and  1761,  we  can  enumerate  riere,  that  this  latter  collection  is  pos- 

twenty-one editions  of  the  Srachylogus,  tcrior  to  Yves  of  Chartres.     Sec,  upon 

ten  of  which  were  published  at  Lyons,  the  Brachylogus,  Savigny's  Histoire 

five  in  Germany,  and  six  in  Italy ;  the  du  droit  remain  au  moyen-dge,  vol.  ii. 

modern  edition,   to  which  preference  par.  451,  etc.,  of  the  French  transla- 

should  be  given,   is  that  of  Edward  tion,  and  upon  the  Petrus,  the  same 

Boecking,  published  at  Berlin,  1829.  work,  p.  82,  etc.,  compared  with  Lafer- 

a  The  proof  relied  upon  rests  upon  a  Here's  Histoire  du  droit,  vol.  iv.  p.  293, 

mutilated  passage  no  longer  having  any  etc. 

meaning  which  appeared  in  a  portion  3  The  first  edition  of  the  Pctnis  was 

of  the  Petrus  (3,  36),  which  appears  in  published  at  Strasbourg  in  1500  ;  fora 

a  collection  of  the  canons  of  Yves  of  modern  edition  of  the  same,  reference 

Chartres  (3,  98).     As   this   mutilated  should  be  made  to  Savigny  in  his  Ap- 

passage  is  also  to  be  found  in  the  col-  pcndix,  vol.  iv.  p.  293,  to  the  translation 

lection   of    the    canons    composed    at  of  his  History  of  the  Roman  Law  of 

Saragossa,  and  styled   Caesar  Angus-  the  Middle  Ages. 


536  THE  HISTORY  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  CXXVI. 

MANUSCRIPTS  AND  TEXTS  OF  THE  Corpus  juris  Justiniani — 
THE  PANDECT^E  FLORENTINE  AND  THE  VULGATE — THE 
ANCIENT  DIGEST,  THE  INFORTIATUM  AND  THE  NEW  DIGEST. 

619.  The  glossators  do  not  appear  to  have  known,  and,  at 
all  events,  they  have  not  employed,  in  their  works  upon  Roman 
law,  anything  but  the  Corpus  juris  of  Justinian;  their  resources 
were  limited  to  this,  and  to  it  they  strictly  adhered.     Although 
their  field  was  thus  limited,  it  nevertheless  afforded  them  ample 
scope;  but  they  handled  the  text  roughly;   they  turned  and 
twisted  it  in  every  possible  way,  as  the  indefatigable  agriculturist 
turns  his  soil.     It  is  to  them  that  we  are  indebted  for  the  refer- 
ences which  are  contained  in  the  current  editions  of  the  present 
day,  and  which  are  of  so  much  use  to  us ;  they  are  the  result  of 
a  herculean  task,  of  a  series  of  investigations  and  incessant  com- 

'  parison  of  each  law,  and  of  each  passage  of  the  law,  with  other 
laws  and  other  parallel  passages,  analogous,  explanatory  or  con- 
tradictory. They  also  accomplished  much  by  the  comparison 
and  critical  examination  of  different  manuscripts,  often  in  them- 
selves defective  and  frequently  at  variance. 

620.  There  is  a  legend  which,  like  all  legends,  has  found  some 
to  attach  credence  to  it  (  Sigonius  was  the  first  to  give  it  weight),1 
and  which  was  commonly  received  till  the  year  1726,  when  Fr. 
Grandi,  a  professor  of  Pisa,  treated  it  as  a  fable.     From  that 
date  it  has  been  a  subject  of  controversy.     It  says  that,  in  the 
sacking  of  Amalphi,  in  1137,  by  the  people  of  Pisa,  who  were 
the  allies  of  the  Emperor  Lothaire,  a  manuscript  copy  of  the 
Pandects  was  discovered,  which  had  been  sent  to  Amalphi  by 
Justinian;  that  the  Pisans  carried  it  to  Pisa  and  received  it 
from  the  Emperor  Lothaire  as  a  gift,  and  that  this  discovery 
and  the  appearance  of  the  manuscript  was  the  cause  of  the 
revival  of  the  study  of  Justinian  law,  and  the  foundation  of  the 
school  of  the  glossators  at  Bologna. 

621.  The  part  of  this  legend  Avhich  is  manifestly  false  is, 

'  Sigouius,  DC  regno  Italia',  ii.  2. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  537 

that  the  alleged  discovery  was  the  cause  of  the  revival  of  the  study 
of  the  law  of  Justinian,  for  it  is  quite  certain  that  long  before 
the  year  1137  Roman  law  was  publicly  taught,  both  at  Ravenna 
and  at  Bologna ;  that  the  school  of  Irnerius  had  shed  its  light 
far  and  wide  ;  that  this  school  terminated  in  1118,  and  that  the 
labours  of  his  successors  had  not  merely  commenced  but  had 
made  considerable  progress. 

It  is  however  true  that  a  manuscript  copy  of  the  Pandects, 
of  very  great  antiquity,  embracing  the  entire  collection,  which 
was  treated  by  the  city  with  the  greatest  veneration  and  guarded 
with  scrupulous  care,  did  exist  at  Pisa;  that  the  glossators  re- 
ferred to  this  particular  text  by  the  style  of  littera  Pisana,  and 
that,  in  the  year  1406,  Pisa  having  fallen  under  the  dominion 
of  Florence,  this  valuable  document  was  transported  to  that 
city,  whence  it  derived  the  name  under  which  it  has  remained 
famous,  viz.,  that  of  Pandectoe  Florentines. 

The  point  of  controversy  is,  how  and  when  this  manuscript 
fell  into  the  possession  of  the  Pisans?  Odofredus,  one  of  the 
jurists  of  Bologna,  who  belonged  to  the  second  phase,  who  was 
a  pupil  of  Accursius,  and  who  died  in  1265,  tells  us  in  bad  Latin 
that  this  manuscript  had  been  transported  from  Constantinople 
to  Pisa  at  the  same  time  as  the  Constitutions  of  Justinian.1 
Odofredus  was  at  least  a  hundred  years  later  than  the  pretended 
conquest  of  Amalphi.  Bartolus,  who  died  in  1357,  in  the  forty- 
fourth  year  of  his  age,  that  is,  about  a  hundred  years  later,  also 
says  that  the  manuscript  had  always  been  at  Pisa,  and  that  in 
a  complete  condition.2  On  the  other  hand,  some  historical 
notes  in  Latin  referring  to  the  maritime  wars  of  the  Pisans, 
bearing  date  1320,  and  which  are  added  as  an  appendix  to  a 
statute  bearing  date  1318,  and  a  passage  from  a  chronicle  or 
annal  at  Pisa,  in  Italian,  relative  to  the  same  wars,  and  two 
lines  of  a  poem,  all  derived  from  manuscripts  of  the  thirteenth 
century,  explicitly  relate  the  capture  of  the  Pandects  at 

1  Odofrcdus,  on  the  law  23,  f.  Paul.,  a  Bartolns,  on  the   rubric  of   tit.  H, 

Dig.  0, 1,  Dcrci  rindicatione :  "  Unde  Solnto  matrimonio,  lib.  xxiv. :  "Hoc 

si  vidcatis  Pandcctam  qua)  est  Pisis,  volumen  (Infortiatum)  nunquam  fuit 

qua;    Pandecta,   quando  constitutiones  amissum.       Semper  enim   fuit   totnm 

1'uerunt  factoe,  fuit  deportata  do  Con-  volnmen  Pandectarum  Pisis  et  adhuc 

stantinopoli  Pisis,  est  de  mala  littera."  est." 


538  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Amalphi.  Savigny,  after  having  investigated  the  matter, 
rejects  the  account  given  of  this  conquest,  as  had  Fr.  Grandi  in 
the  year  1726,  and  upon  his  authority  this  paltry  controversy 
has  terminated.  Laferriere,  nevertheless,  who  also  investigated 
the  matter,  believes  in  the  alleged  conquest,  but  both  agree 
that  the  matter,  as  it  now  stands,  is  of  little  importance.1 
There  is,  however,  a  point  which,  though  of  secondary  import- 
ance, is  not  without  its  value,  which  is,  whether  Irnerius  and 
the  early  glossators,  by  whom  he  was  succeeded  up  to  the  year 
1137,  were  acquainted  with  and  used  this  manuscript  or  not. 
If  it  is  true  that  it  only  came  to  the  notice  of  the  glossators  as 
the  result  of  the  sacking  of  Amalphi,  and  that  only  in  the  year 
1137,  it  is  probable  that  the  sudden  appearance  of  such  a  docu- 
ment, and  under  such  circumstances,  would  have  been  noted  in 
their  works.  No  such  mention  however  occurs. 

622.  The  manuscript  of  the  Florentine  Pandects  is  the  only 
ancient  MS.  now  extant,  neither  of  the  others  being  of  more 
ancient  date  than  the  time  of  the  glossators.  It  is,  however, 
certain  that  the  glossators  possessed  more  ancient  manuscripts, 
which  were  in  existence  in  Italy  in  their  time,  and  which  have 
since  been  lost,  doubtless  as  a  result  of  their  own  works.  It  is 
by  the  aid  of  these  different  manuscripts,  by  comparing  them 
with  each  other,  and  with  the  MS.  at  Pisa,  that  the  glossators 
had  been  able,  piece  by  piece,  to  reconstruct  the  text  of  the 
Pandects,  known  as  the  littera  Bononiensis,  or  text  of  Bologna, 
or  the  Vulgata,  the  accredited  and  generally  received  text.  It 
is  weh1  to  notice  the  three  applications  of  this  term.  The 
Vulgate  is  that  Latin  version  of  the  Bible  alone  approved  as 
the  canonical  text  by  the  council  of  Trent ;  the  Vulgate  is  the 
Latin  version  of  the  Novella  contained  in  the  Authenticum, 
generally  accepted,  without  any  definite  authority,  before  the 
translations  made  by  the  order  of  the  Emperor  Justinian  for 
promulgation  in  Italy ;  and,  finally,  the  Vulgate  is  that  text  of 
the  Pandects  as  reconstructed  by  the  labours  of  the  glossators 
by  a  critical  examination  of  ancient  manuscripts,  and  which  is 
now  in  general  circulation. 

1  Savigny,  vol.  iii.  p.  71  et  seq. ;  Laferriere,  vol.  iv.  p.  369. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  539 

623.  It  is  a  singular  fact  that  the  Florentine  MS.  of  the 
Pandects  inverts  the  order  of  some  of  the  parts,  an  arrange- 
ment which  doubtless  arose  at  an  early  though  unknown  date, 
by  a  misplacing  of  the  leaves.     All  the  other  MSS.  have  the 
same  inversion.     We  should  be  inclined  to  conclude  that  all 
the  manuscripts  were  taken  from  the  original  Florentine,  or 
that  some  still  more  ancient  copies  existed  from  which  they 
all,  including  the  Florentine,  have  been  derived,  and  in  which 
the  same  misplacement  occurred.     Certain  passages,  however, 
which  are  wanting,  or  which  are  evidently  erroneous  in  the 
Florentine  edition,  but  which  are  to  be  found  or  rectified  as  the 
case  may  be  in  the  Vulgate,  prove  the  existence  of  distinct 
copies.     Among  the  explanations  which  have  been  suggested, 
and  which  have  given  rise   to   considerable  controversy,  the 
most  simple  is  the  following,  that  the  manuscript  possessed  by 
the  glossators  did  not  contain  the  concluding  part  of  the  Pan- 
dects, and  that  recourse  was  had  to  a  copy  of  the  Florentine 
MS.  in  order  to  complete  the  others  in  that  respect. 

624.  The  Florentine  MS.  is  in  one  volume,  containing  all  the 
Pandects.     This  was  not  the  case,  however,  with  all  the  Italian 
manuscripts.     The  texts  employed  by  the  early  glossators  came 
to  them  in  several  volumes  and  at  different  times.     Odofredus, 
to  whom  reference  has  already  been  made,  and  who  wrote  in 
the  thirteenth  century,  adopted  this  order.1     From  this  fact 
arose  the  traditional  division  into  three  volumes,  which  we  find 
in  the  Vulgate,  viz.,  the  Digestum  vetus,  or  ancient  Digest, 
the  Infortiatum  and  the  Digestum  novum — 

"  Je  sais  Ic  Code  cntier  avec  les  Authcntiques, 
Le  Digeste  nouvcau,  le  vieux,  PInfortiat." 

"  A  fine  speech  to  make  to  a  woman  !"  says  the  Dorante  of 
Corneillc,  in  the  comedy  of  the  Menteur. 

Many  speculations  have  been  hazarded  as  to  the  meaning  of 

1  Odofredus,  gloss  on  the  Infortla-  fuit  inventum  Infortiatnm  sine  tribus 

turn,  lib.  xxxv.  tit.  \\.,Ad  leg.  Fdlc'td.,  partibus;  postea  fuerunt  portati  Tres 

law  82,  frag,  of  Ulp.,  on  the  words  Tres  libri ;    ultimo  liber  Antcnticornm   in- 

partcg :    "  Cum  libri   fucrunt  portati,  ventus  cst :  et  ista  ratio  quarc  oranes 

fuerunt  portati  hi  libri:    Codex,  Dig.  libri  autiqui  habent  separatum." 
vetus  et  noYUin,  et  Institntiones ;  postea 


540  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAAV. 

the  term  Infortiatum — some  ingenious,  others  absurd.  Es- 
tienne  Pasquier  wittily  refuses  to  enter  into  these  subtleties ; 
he  regards  it  as  a  stupid  distinction,  with  three  foolish  titles, 
resulting  from  ignorance,  and  therefore  inexplicable.  It  is 
sufficient  for  the  reader  to  remember,  that  this  is  the  name 
given  to  one  of  the  three  sections  into  which  the  Vulgate  was 
divided,  the  other  two  being  called  the  Digestum  vetus  and  the 
Digestum  novum. 

The  division  of  the  Pandects  into  three  sections  was  trans- 
mitted by  the  glossators  to  the  jurists,  who  followed  them; 
when  the  art  of  printing  came  into  vogue,  all  the  editions  of 
the  Pandects,  comprising  for  the  most  part  those  of  the  sixteenth 
century,  were  always  arranged  according  to  this  division;  but 
from  the  seventeenth  century,  the  arrangement,  which  is  alto- 
gether foreign  to  the  spirit  of  Roman  law,  has  disappeared. 

625.  There  is  nothing  worthy  of  remark  concerning  the 
manuscripts  of  the  Institutes,  which,  on  account  of  their  ele- 
mentary character,  were  far  more  widely  circulated ;  nor  indeed 
concerning  those  of  the  Code  beyond  this,  that  the  manuscripts 
used  by  the  glossators  only  contained  the  first  nine  books,  the 
three  latter,  which  deal  with  public  law,  being  treated  separately, 
either  as  a  volume  or  as  a  separate  subject  of  instruction.  It 
was  this  collection  of  the  first  nine  books  which  bore  the  name 
of  the  Codex  ;  the  residue,  that  of  Tres  libri.  This  division 
also  no  longer  exists.  We  will  not  add  anything  to  what  has 
already  been  said  concerning  the  manuscripts  of  the  JVovellce, 
except  that  Irnerius  annexed  some  extracts  in  the  form  of 
glosses  to  his  work,  with  references  to  the  Novella  or  Authen- 
ticum  from  which  they  were  derived.1  Some  of  his  successors 
increased  the  number  of  these  notes.  These  annotations,  under 
the  name  of  Authentica,  form,  in  a  certain  sense,  a  portion  of 
the  body  of  the  Code ;  they  are  contained  in  our  editions,  and 
are  of  great  service  ;  those  of  the  Institutes  have  not  been  so 
well  preserved. 

1  Odofrcdns,  after  relating  the  anec-  libro  studait  optima,  etbene  scivitenm, 

dote  as  above,  adds :  "  Sed  ipse  postoa  quod  npparct  ex  co  quod  ipse  utilitatem 

imitavit  opinionem  suam  .     .     .  ctdixit  posuit  super  C.  signando  auth.  quee  le- 

quod  standum  crat  ill<>  libro;  ct  iu  illo  gnntur  super  Codice." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  541 

SECTION  CXXVII. 

THE  SCHOOLS  OF  THE  JURISTS  FROM  THE  GLOSSATORS  TO 
THE  SIXTEENTH  CENTURY. 

626.  The  most  celebrated  of  the  ancient  European  jurists, 
down  to  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth  century,  are  Accursius, 
Bartolus  and  Alciat,  to  whom  must  be  added  Cujas. 

Savigny,  in  his  excellent  History  of  the  Roman  Law  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  mentions  during  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  cen- 
turies, starting  with  Irnerius,  the  names  of  forty-seven  jurists 
who  had  attained  a  reputation;  and  during  the  fourteenth  and 
fifteenth  centuries  more  than  a  hundred,  amongst  whom  there 
are  only  six  Germans  and  four  French,  all  the  others  being 
Italian.  Savigny  does  not  go  into  the  sixteenth  century,  as 
not  belonging  to  the  middle  ages. 

627.  Estienne  Pasquier,  who  commenced  the  publication  of 
his  Recherches  de  la  France  in  1561,  endeavoured  to  classify 
these  jurists  into  three  ages  or  schools;  the  first  called  the 
Glossators,  the  second,  who  were  named,  as  he  says,  by  scholars 
the   Scribentes,  and  whom  he   called  Docteurs  de  droit;  and 
finally,  the  third  class,  whom  he  is  pleased  to  call  Humanists, 
"pour  avoir  mesle  en  beau  langage  latin  les  Lettres  Humaines 
avec  le  Droict" 

The  first  series,  that  of  the  glossators,  closes  about  the  year 
1260  with  Accursius  and  his  sons;  he  gave  his  name  to  the 
school,  which  for  a  period  of  about  eighty  years  followed  in  his 
footsteps,  and  laboured  at  his  works  till  about  the  year  1340, 
when  Bartolus,  the  chief  of  the  second  series,  made  his  ap- 
pearance, and  in  his  turn  acquired  great  reputation,  which 
resulted  in  the  Accursians  being  replaced  by  the  Bartolists. 
Thus,  next  to  the  glossators,  who  had  flourished  for  one  hundred 
and  sixty  years,  that  is,  from  the  year  1100  to  1260  or  there- 
abouts, the  second  series  of  Estienne  Pasquier  in  its  turn  lasted 
from  the  year  1260  to  1510,  or  in  other  words  for  a  period  of 
about  two  hundred  and  fifty  years,  of  which  eighty  years 
belonged  to  the  Accursians  and  a  hundred  and  seventy  to  the 
Bartolists.  Then  Alciat,  about  the  year  1510,  opened  with 


542  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  sixteenth  century  the  third  school,  in  which,  though  fol- 
lowing in  the  traces  of  his  predecessors,  Cujas  earned  a  higher 
reputation  than  any. 

628.  Accursius  was  born,  about  the  year  1182,  in  a  village 
near  Florence,  and  died  about  the  year  1260:  he  was  a  compiler 
of  glosses.  After  following  the  profession  of  the  law  for  about 
forty  years  in  the  University  of  Bologna,  and  acquiring  honour 
and  considerable  wealth  by  lending  money  at  interest,  and  that 
even  to  his  pupils  (so  says  the  Satirist),  he  retired  to  the 
solitude  of  the  country,  probably  to  his  beautiful  chateau,  the 
Villa  Ricardina,  in  the  midst  of  his  vast  domains,  there  to  com- 
plete the  compilation  which  he  had  commenced.  This  work  has 
been  called  "  the  Great  Gloss."  It  contains  extracts,  collected 
and  combined  in  the  margin  of  each  text,  from  the  entire  Corpus 
juris,  and  is  a  collection  of  the  ancient  annotations  of  the  whole 
school  of  the  glossators  supplemented  by  his  own  annotations. 
His  son  Cervottus,  not,  as  Savigny  says,  his  son  Francis,  to 
whom  the  credit  has  been  erroneously  given,  made  some  additions 
of  slight  importance.  It  is  clear  that  the  utility  of  this  work 
must  have  been  great,  inasmuch  as  it  condensed,  in  a  brief  and 
convenient  form,  the  learning  of  the  one  hundred  and  sixty 
years  which  followed  the  revival  of  the  study  of  Roman  law. 
This  book,  at  one  and  the  same  time,  gives  a  summary  of  the 
writings  of  the  glossators  and  destroys  their  identity.  To  the 
fact  that  Accursius  has,  in  some  cases,  quoted  the  names  of 
works  and  authors  we  owe  our  acquaintance  with  the  fragments 
of  the  writers  whom  he  has  mentioned.  As  to  the  works  them- 
selves they  were,  from  that  time,  neglected,  and  the  manuscripts, 
for  the  greater  part,  are  lost.  For  a  period  of  about  eighty 
years,  the  most  servile  adherence  was  shown  to  this  writer,  the 
gloss  enjoying  a  greater  authority  even  than  the  text.  "  I 
prefer  the  gloss  to  the  text,"  said  Cinus,  ironically,  who  was 
born  in  1270  and  died  in  1336,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for 
the  reaction  and  for  the  labours  of  his  illustrious  pupil  Bartolus ; 
"  for,  if  I  quote  the  text,  both  judges  and  advocates  say  to  me, 
*  don't  you  think  that  the  glossator  knew  the  text  as  well  as  you, 
and  that  he  could  understand  it  better  than  you  ? ' ' 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  543 

It  is  owing  to  the  compilation  of  Accursius,  which  is  a  huge 
mass  of  contradictions,  that  all  the  shafts  of  historical  ignorance, 
of  barbarous  Latin,  of  puerility  and  of  ridicule,  that  it  has  been 
the  fashion,  since  the  revival  of  letters  in  the  fifteenth  century, 
to  hurl  against  the  glossators  as  a  body  without  any  distinction, 
have  been  levelled  at  them.  Rabelais  makes  his  Pantagruel 
say  (book  2,  cap.  5),  "Au  monde,  lui  fait-il  dire,  riy  ha  livrcs 
tant  beaulx,  tant  aornez,  tant  elegans  comme  sont  les  textes  des 
Pandectes;  mais  la  bordure  d'iceulx,  c*est  assavoir  la  Glose  de 
Accurse,  est  tant  salle,  tant  infame  et  punaise,  que  ce  n'est 
qu'ordure  et  villennie."  It  may  be  said  of  the  satirist  himself 
that,  in  his  jokes  and  pleasantries,  he  not  unfrequently  conceals 
the  point  of  his  wit  under  a  heap  of  rubbish.  Estienne 
Pasquier  (lib.  9,  ch.  34),  in  a  contrary  sense,  has  said  concern- 
ing Accursius,  that  he  made  "  un  Recueil  general,  sous  le  nom 
de  Glosses,  de  toutes  les  anciennes  annotations,  y  adjoustant 
plusieurs  belles  observations  de  son  creu,  dont  il  borda  les  textes 
de  lafaqon  que  nous  voyons"  In  these  days  scarcely  anyone 
ever  reads  the  Great  Gloss,  or  indeed  has  any  occasion  to  read 
it.  Very  few  lawyers,  who  by  profession  are  civilians,  find  it 
necessary  to  refer  to  it.  When  they  do,  indeed,  it  is  not  with- 
out profit ;  but,  independently  of  the  mass  of  matter  with  which 
they  are  encumbered,  the  examples,  observations  and  interpre- 
tations, the  labours  of  the  different  glossators  will  always  be  of 
value,  first  and  chiefly  because  of  the  construction  of  the  text, 
secondly  for  the  references  by  figures  to  all  parallel,  similar  or 
contradictory  passages  which  have  been  applied  to  every  por- 
tion of  the  corpus  juris  and  which  constitute  much  of  the  value 
of  our  current  editions. 

629.  Bartolus,  who  belonged  to  Sasso  Ferrato,  in  Umbria, 
was  born  in  1314  and  died  in  1357,  at  the  age  of  forty-four: 
he  was  a  professor  of  law  in  the  University  of  Pisa,  and  from 
the  year  1343  filled  the  same  post  with  great  reputation  in  that 
of  Perugia.  The  labours  of  the  glossators  upon  the  text  were 
ended,  and  servile  attachment  to  the  gloss  began  to  disappear. 
Amongst  the  more  intelligent,  Cinus,  the  master  of  Bartolus, 
had  ridiculed  it.  From  that  time  principles  commenced  to 


544  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAM'. 

take  the  place  of  the  text  and  the  gloss.  The  first  rank  in  this 
new  school  unquestionably  belongs  to  Bartolus.  His  commen- 
taries upon  the  three  parts  of  the  Digest  and  of  the  Code,  his 
Consilia,  Qucestiones  and  Tractatus,  attained  a  high  reputation 
in  Italy,  France,  Spain  and  Portugal.  His  opinion  had  so 
much  weight  in  the  courts  of  justice  that,  according  to  Estienne 
Pasquier,  the  expressions  plus  resolu  que  Bartole,  and  resolu 
comme  un  Bartole,  were  proverbial. 

Bartolus  himself  tells  us  that  the  Emperor  Charles  IV.,  to 
whom  he  had  been  sent  as  a  deputy  by  the  inhabitants  of 
Perugia,  appointed  him  his  counsellor,  and  gave  him  a  post  in 
his  household.  According  to  him  the  emperor  showed  him 
many  other  marks  of  favour,  and,  among  others,  conferred  on 
him  this  singular  diploma,  that  he  and  all  his  descendants  who 
should  be  professors  of  law  should  have  the  power  of  legitimizing 
their  pupils  in  cases  of  bastardy,  or  relieving  them  from  the 
disadvantages  of  minority.  The  conferring  of  such  powers  by 
a  prince  upon  a  professor  and  his  descendants  was  an  exhibition 
of  imperial  authority  which,  in  those  times,  was  not  likely  to 
produce  any  very  great  sensation. 

Pantagruel,  with  the  greatest  irreverence,  treats  Accursius, 
Bartolus,  his  disciples  Baldus,  de  Castro,  and  many  others,  in 
the  same  way,  "  de  vieulx  mastins,  qui  jamais  n'entendirent  la 
moindre  loy  des  Pandectes,  et  rfestoyent  que  gros  veaulx  de 
disme,  ignorans  de  tout  ce  qu'est  necessaire  a  ^intelligence  des 
loix"  (lib.  ii.  ch.  10).  In  this  manner  did  the  revivalists  of 
letters  in  France  throw  stones  at  this  Italian  brigade  and  those 
Italian  civilians ;  "  tons  tachez  et  infectez  de  ceste  ancienne 
lour  elite"  said  Estienne  Pasquier  (book  9,  cap.  39).  These 
Italians,  however,  had  amongst  them  the  immortal  Dante, 
Petrarch  and  Ariosto,  to  say  nothing  of  their  great  artists. 

630.  Estienne  Pasquier,  in  his  book  9,  cap.  39,  says :  "  Le 
siecle  de  Tan  mil  cinq  cens  .  .  .  no  us  apporta  une  nouvelle 
estude  de  Loix,  qui  fut  de  faire  un  mariage  de  Tcstude  du 
Droict  avecques  les  Lettres  Humaines,  par  un  langage  latin 
net  et  poly.'1''  This  is  why  he  calls  the  jurists  of  the  third  age 
"  Humanistes."  This  was  a  literary  and  historical  study  of 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  545 

law ;  which  did  not  merely  require  good  and  polished  Latin,  but 
also  demanded  the  Greek.  This  school  did  not,  like  its  prede- 
cessors, limit  itself  to  the  works  of  Justinian,  it  sought  the 
sources  of  anterior  law,  both  under  the  republic  and  under  the 
empire,  also  tracing  it  into  the  Eastern  Empire ;  nor  did  it  limit 
its  researches  to  these  sources  of  information ;  it  ransacked,  with 
equal  ardour,  the  pages  of  the  historian,  the  prose  writer,  and 
the  poet.  In  this  way  jurists  and  men  of  letters  in  the  sixteenth 
century  went  hand  in  hand,  not  unfrequently  being  mistaken 
the  one  for  the  other.  It  is  to  the  warmth  of  this  new  dis- 
cussion that  we  must  refer  the  invectives  of  Rabelais,  and  the 
ill- sounding  epithets  of  Estienne  Pasquier  and  of  so  many  other 
•writers  against  the  Roman  jurists  of  preceding  periods.  This 
absolute  contempt,  however,  was  not  participated  in  by  the  more 
learned  men  of  the  new  period,  such  as  Alciat  and  Cujas,  who 
in  many  points  did  honour  to  the  services  of  their  predecessors. 
These  successive  schools,  which  are  marked  in  history  in  order 
that  the  table  may  be  complete,  have  no  clearly-defined  lines  of 
demarcation.  For  neither  in  the  course  of  human  events  nor 
in  that  of  physical  nature  are  changes  instantaneous ;  the  dawn 
precedes  the  day,  the  twilight  gives  notice  of  approaching  night, 
and  each  has  its  degrees.  Estienne  Pasquier,  when  speaking 
of  the  three  jurists  as  pioneers  of  this  new  enterprise,  that  is 
to  say,  as  being  the  initiators  of  the  school  of  the  Humanists, 
Guil.  Budaeus  of  Paris,  Andre  Alciat,  an  Italian  of  Milan, 
and  Uldaric  Zaze  (or  Zazius),  a  German,  born  in  the  town 
of  Constance,  observes  that  Budasus  in  the  year  1508,  under 
the  reign  of  Louis  XII.,  published  his  annotations  upon  the 
Pandects  in  twenty-four  books,  in  which  "  non- settlement  il 
ouvrit  le  pas  au  beau  latin  par  seme  de  belles  Jleurs  d'histoires  et 
sentences,  mais  aussi,  sur  le  commencement  de  son  ceuvre,  se 
desborda  en  invectives  contre  la  barbaric  des  anciens  Docteurs 
de  Droict ;"  giving  therefore  to  him  the  priority  over  Alciat, 
whose  first  publication  dates  in  the  year  1518.  But  by  glancing 
at  the  59th  cap.  of  Savigny's  work  entitled  "  The  Precursors  of 
the  New  School,"  we  see  that  the  leaning  towards  philology, 
literature  and  history  as  auxiliaries  to  jurisprudence  had  been 
indicated  by  other  writers,  the  greater  number  of  whom  were 

N  N 


546  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Italians,  there  being  scarcely  any  French,  Germans  or  Spaniards, 
and  these  belonged  to  the  second  half  of  the  fifteenth  century, 
and,  consequently,  before  Budaeus,  Alciat  or  Zazius,  and  before 
the  movement  of  the  Humanists  had  commenced.  Nor  must 
we  forget  that  the  revival  of  Greek  literature,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Lascaris,  had  commenced  about  the  same  time  in 
Italy,  with  John  Lascaris  at  the  court  of  Charles  VIII.,  of 
Louis  XII.  and  of  Francis  I.,  which  was  prior  to  its  appear- 
ance in  France. 

Guil.  Budasus  was  the  secretary  of  Louis  XII.,  and  subse- 
quently was  counsellor  and  master  of  requests  under  Francis  I. 
He  was  intimately  connected  with  John  Lascaris,  the  first 
keeper  of  the  royal  library,  and  may  be  said  to  have  been  the 
resuscitator  of  Greek  literature  in  France.  He  was,  however, 
rather  a  scholar  than  a  jurist.  He  rendered  assistance  to  the 
jurists  both  as  a  literate  and  an  antiquarian.  Johannes  Ulric 
Zazius  published  about  the  same  period  in  Germany  a  catalogue 
with  annotations  and  interpretations  of  various  ante-Justinian 
legal  documents,  at  that  time  a  new  field  of  inquiry,  an  edition 
of  which  was  published  in  Paris  in  1534  by  Louis  Charondas. 
But  the  real  and  greatest  Roman  jurist  of  this  description 
before  Cujas  was  Alciat. 

631.  Andre  Alciat  was  born  at  Milan  in  the  year  1492,  and 
died  in  1550;  by  1518,  he  had  published  some  of  his  works, 
and  notably  his  commentaries  upon  the  three  last  books  of  the 
Code,  the  Tres  libri.  He  became  professor  of  law  in  the 
University  of  Avignon  in  1522,  and  in  1529  was  called  to  the 
University  of  Bourges  by  Francis  I.,  but,  being  claimed  by 
his  sovereign,  the  Duke  of  Milan,  Francis  Sforza,  he  went  to 
Pavia,  afterwards  to  Bologna,  and  after  the  death  of  Sforza  to 
Ferrara,  whither  he  was  attracted  by  the  munificence  of  the 
Duke  of  Tuscany.  Estienne  Pasquier  says  that  Alciat  did  not 
meet  with  great  success  amongst  his  fellow  citizens ;  and  he 
relates  that  having  gone  from  Toulouse  to  Italy  to  complete 
his  legal  studies,  he  received  three  or  four  lessons  from  Alciat 
at  Pavia,  and  that  passing  to  Bologna,  where  Marianus  Socinus 
was  the  professor,  according  to  the  ancient  practice  he  found 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  547 

that  all  the  scholars  made  much  more  of  him,  and  that  the 
pleaders  preferred  to  address  themselves  to  Socinus  for  the 
simple  reason,  as  they  said,  that  he  had  never  lost  his  time  in 
the  study  of  the  Lettres  Humaines  as  had  Alciat.  The  repu- 
tation of  Alciat  was  not  the  less  considerable.  Several  sove- 
reigns endeavoured  to  attach  him  to  their  courts,  honoured  him 
with  dignities  or  sent  him  presents.  Pope  Paul  III.  created 
him  protonotary  of  the  Holy  See,  the  Emperor  Charles  V.  a 
county  palatin  and  senator;  and  as  a  result  he  amassed,  it  is 
said,  great  riches,  but  did  not  escape  the  imputation  of  being 
avaricious.  The  epitaph  inscribed  upon  his  tomb  in  the  church 
of  the  Holy  Epiphany  at  Pavia  concludes  with  this  phrase, 
"  Primus  Legum  studio,  antiquo  restituit  decori."  But  gene- 
rosity and  a  consistent  simplicity  of  character  ought  always,  in 
the  h'fe  of  the  jurist,  to  keep  pace  with  the  acquisition  of  honours 
and  emoluments. 

632.  Alciat  had  been  dead  about  four  years,  when  Jacques 
Cujas  (born  at  Toulouse  in  1522,  and  who  died  in  1590),  who 
had  already  distinguished  himself  in  some  branches  of  study, 
made  his  appearance,  in  the  year  1554,  as  the  author  of  some 
notes  upon  Ulpian,  and  assumed  the  character  of  a  public  pro- 
fessor, by  being  elected  to  the  chair  at  Cahors.  He  acquired  a 
greater  reputation  than  either  of  those  to  whom  we  have  already 
alluded.  He  filled  a  prominent  place  in  the  new  school  which 
he  inaugurated,  giving  a  strong  impulse  to  the  study  of  the 
texts,  the  history  and  the  philology  of  Roman  law.  The  ser- 
vices thus  rendered  by  him  and  by  his  numerous  disciples  were 
of  the  most  durable  character.  His  history,  written  by  M.  Ber- 
riat  Saint  Prix,  is  characterized  by  that  accuracy  for  which 
our  much-regretted  colleague  has  been  so  justly  famed. 

Estienne  Pasquier,  in  the  thirty-ninth  chapter  of  his  ninth 
book,  concludes  the  picture  which  he  has  drawn  of  the  three 
ages  in  the  following  words: — "Conclusion:  repassant  sur  les 
trois  chambrees  de  ceux  qui  ont  escrit  sur  le  Droict, — en  la 
premiere,  je  fais  grand  estat  d'Accurse  entre  les  Glossateurs  ; — 
en  la  seconds  de  Bartole  (a  part  Estienne  Fabre  et  Dumoulin, 
les  vrais  jurisconsultes  dc  nostre  France}; — et  entre  ceux  de  la 

N  N  2 


548  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

troisiesme,  qu'il  me  plait  de  nommer  Humanistes ,  je  donne  le 
premier  lieu  a  nostre  Cujas,  qui  n'eut,  selon  mon  jugement,  n'a 
et  n'aurajamais  par  aventure  son  pareil." 

It  is  apparent  from  what  has  been  said,  that  the  principal 
field  for  the  cultivation  of  Roman  jurisprudence  was,  during  four 
centuries,  Italy;  that  it  passed  thence  in  the  sixteenth  century 
to  France ;  and  from  the  commencement  of  the  present  century 
it  has  been  in  Germany. 


SECTION  CXXVIII. 
ROMAN  LAW  CONSIDERED  AS  AN  ELEMENT  OF  FRENCH  LAW. 

633.  The  principle  of  the  personality  of  law  which  supposes 
distinct  races  living  side  by  side  must  necessarily  disappear  in 
proportion  as  these  races  amalgamate.  This  result  accrued  in 
France  as  elsewhere ;  but  as  it  was  a  work  of  gradual  develop- 
ment, it  left  this  peculiarity,  that  the  law  became  territorial, 
whether  by  the  influence  of  numbers  or  by  that  of  authority,  or 
by  the  depth  to  which  the  ancient  roots  had  penetrated  the  soil. 
In  the  south  the  Roman  law  predominated;  in  the  north  the 
customary  law,  varying  according  to  the  locality;  the  dominant 
law  in  the  early  period  of  the  monarchy  being  Germanic. 

This  contrast  is  clearly  marked  by  two  documents.  In  the 
Constitution  generals  of  Clothaire  I.,  about  the  year  560,  we 
see  the  principle  of  the  personality  of  the  laws  recognized.1 
Three  centuries  later,  that  is,  in  864,  in  the  Edit  stir  la  paix 
du  royaume  in  the  national  assembly  of  Pistae  (title  36  of  the 
Capitulaires  de  Charles  le  Chauve),  AVC  find  that  the  law  had 
become  territorial,  and  a  distinction  drawn  between  the  districts 
where  Roman  law  was  observed  and  where  it  Avas  not.2  Thus 
this  distinction  or  division  of  France  into  tAvo  different  parts 
as  to  the  laAV  Avhich  was  to  be  folloAved  is  connected  with  the 

1  Art.  4:    "Inter  Romanos  negotia  cctur.     Et  in  ilia  terra  in  qua  judicia 
oausarum  romanis  legibus  praicipimus  seeundum  legem   romanam  non  judi- 
terminari."     (Baluze,  1,  7.)  cantur  .     .     .,  etc."     (Bulnze,  ii.   173 

2  Art.  16:  "  In  ilia  terra  in  qua  ju-  to  19G.)     Many  other  articles,  13,  20, 
dicia  seeundum  legem  Romanam  ter-  23,  81,  contain  similar  provisions, 
niinantur,  seeundum  ipsam  legcm  judi- 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  549 

time  when  cohesion  existed  between  the  populations  of  the  same 
place,  when  the  personal  character  of  the  law  had  disappeared 
and  its  territorial  character  remained.  This  territorial  character 
was  established  about  three  centuries  before  the  introduction  of 
the  law  of  Justinian.  We  know  that  till  this  introduction  the 
expression  Lex  Romano,  designated  in  Gaul  ante-Justinian  law, 
which  consisted  chiefly  of  the  Code  of  Theodosius  and  the  other 
texts  preserved  by  the  Breviarium  Alar  id,  to  which  in  the 
ninth  century  it  was  the  habit  to  unite  Julian's  abridgment  of 
the  Novella. 

634.  As  a  result  of  the  labours  of  Irnerius  and  the  early 
glossators  of  the  school  of  Bologna  upon  the  texts  of  Justinian, 
as  a  result  of  the  teachings  of  Placentinus  at  Montpellier,  and 
of  the  spread  of  the  taste  throughout  Europe  for  this  new  study, 
the  law  of  Justinian  was  introduced  into  France,  and  cultivated 
as  a  science  without  ever  having  been  imposed  by  any  legisla- 
tive authority.  In  those  districts  which  had  recognized  Roman 
law  it  replaced  ante- Justinian  law,  and  was  regarded  as  the  last 
and  most  perfect  expression  of  Roman  law.  In  the  districts 
where  the  customary  law  prevailed,  although  it  was  true,  as 
says  the  decretal  of  Pope  Honorius  III.  in  1220,  that  these 
countries  were  not  governed  according  to  this  law,  the  legisla- 
tion of  Justinian  formed  a  part  of  the  instruction  given  by  the 
professors,  and  our  old  legal  works  written  in  the  North,  bear- 
ing the  characteristic  features  of  Coutumiers  from  the  reign  of 
St.  Louis,  exhibit  numerous  traces  of  Roman  law.  France 
was  still  divided  into  two  parts,  each  having  its  own  peculiar 
law  ;  Petrus  of  Valentia  notices  this  in  his  work,1  but  the 
expression  of  pays  de  loi  Romaine  was  replaced  by  that  of 
pays  de  droit  ecrit,  which  is  to  be  met  with  twice  in  an  ordi- 
nance of  St.  Louis,  in  the  month  of  April,  1250.2 

1  Petri  Exceptiones  legum  Roma-  "Art.  4.  Licet  de  consttetudine  galli- 

norum,  lib.  ii.  chap.  31:  ".  .  .His  caua  alitcr  obscrvctur,  quititamcn  terra 

partibus  in  quibus  juris  Icgisque  pru-  ilia  (he  refers  to  Carcassonne,  Beau- 

dentia  viget;  aliis  vero  partibus  ubi  caire,  Toulouse,  Cahors  and  Rouergue) 

ftacratissiiiue  leges  incognita:  suut .  .  .,  regi  consuevit  (ut  dicitur)  et  adhuc 

etc."  regitur  jure  scrinto  .  .  .,  etc." 

*  Ordonnance  de  Louis  IX.  a  it  sujct  Art.  2G  :  ".  .  .  Tenere  vos  volmnns, 

des  heretiques;  Vincennes,  Avril  1250:  quod  jure  scrijito  in  illis  partibus  oh- 


550  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

635.  In  this  way  France,  while  it  continued  to  observe  the 
line  of  demarcation  produced  by  geographical  limits  and  the 
influence  of  events,  changed  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  cen- 
turies the  Roman  law  of  Theodosius  and  Alaric  for  that  of 
Justinian.  It  had  its  pays  de  droit  ecrit  in  the  south,  where 
the  legislation  of  Justinian  formed  the  principal  basis  of  the 
law,  and  its  pays  de  coutume  in  the  provinces  of  the  north, 
where  this  legislation  was  only  recognized  as  the  complement  of 
the  customary  law,  where  it  was  regarded  as  a  scientific  model, 
and  where  its  study  was  considered  necessary  as  a  branch  of  legal 
instruction.  The  customs  did  not,  in  the  pays  coutumiers, 
prevent,  in  the  case  of  the  law  being  defective  or  of  a  con- 
troversy arising,  appeal  being  had  to  the  Roman  law,  at  least 
as  a  scientific  authority ;  in  the  same  manner,  the  Roman  law 
did  not  in  general  exclude  the  influence  of  customs  peculiar  to 
the  people.  The  difference  between  the  two  districts  was  a 
difference  in  the  proportion  in  which  these  two  elements  were 
recognized,  and  still  more  a  difference  of  spirit  and  in  the 
general  character  of  the  public  institutions.  This  was  a  con- 
fused period  in  which  legislation,  impressed  with  the  spirit  of 
feudalism,  varied  in  each  part  of  the  same  kingdom,  a  period  at 
which  it  was  only  necessary  to  cross  a  river  or  to  pass  a  chain 
of  mountains  to  find  a  different  code  in  operation.  The  idea 
had  more  than  once  occurred  to  the  learned  men  of  the  time  of 
introducing  a  uniform  system  of  law  throughout  France,  but  it  is 
to  the  constituent  assembly  that  we  are  indebted  for  the  decree 
which  became  an  article  of  the  constitution  of  1791,  and  which 
was  carried  out,  though  only  in  part,  by  the  Code  Penal  of  1791. 1 
A  civil  code  was  commenced,  but  not  completed ;  the  conven- 
tion again  ordered  its  preparation,  which  resulted  in  the  Code 
des  delits  et  des  peines  de  brumaire,  An  IV.  And,  finally, 

servetur."     (Recueil  des  Ordonn.,  tit.  tcmbre  1791,  tit.  i..  in  fine:  "II  sera 

i.  p.  62.)  fait  un  code  cle  lois  civiles  communes  a 

1  Decret  sur  V organisation  judici-  tout  le  royaume." 

aire,  du  16-24  Aout  1790,  tit.  ii.  art.  19:  Acte  conxtitutionnel  et  declaration 

"  Les  lois  civiles  seront  revues  et  re-  des  droits  de  I'homme  et  du  citoyen, 

formees  par  les  legislateurs  ;  et  il  sera  du    24   Juin    1792    (this    constitution 

fait  un  code  general   dc  lois  simples,  was   never  enforced),    art.    85 :    "  Le 

claires  et  appropriees  a  la  constitution."  code  des  lois  civiles  et  criminelles  est 

Constitution  franqaise,  du  3-14  Sep-  uniforme  pour  toute  la  Republique." 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  55  I 

under  the  consulate  and  under  the  empire  a  simple  and  brief 
code  made  its  appearance,  of  such  dimensions  as  to  enable  it  to 
circulate  freely  amongst  the  people,  and  which,  being  in  har- 
mony with  the  new  condition  of  things,  has  placed  all  upon  the 
same  legal  footing.  This  code  has  been  improved  by  various 
revisions,  which  have  amended  it,  without  destroying  the  advan- 
tages of  codification.  These  efforts  will  doubtless  be  followed 
by  others,  for  a  code  ought  never  to  be  suffered  to  stand  hi  the 
way  of  progress. 

636.  The  concluding  pages  of  this  volume  give  a  mere 
glance  at  the  later  history  of  Roman  law.  A  proper  con- 
sideration of  the  subject  would  involve  considerable  space. 
Roman  law  is  only  one  of  the  elements  of  French  law,  the 
other  elements  are  equally  worthy  of  consideration.  In  order 
thoroughly  to  understand  this  subject,  a  study  of  the  barbarian 
law,  the  feudal  law,  the  customary  law,  the  ordinance  law  of 
the  monarchy,  and  the  canonical  law,  is  necessary.  I  there- 
fore conclude,  as  I  commenced,  by  entreating  the  reader  to 
regard  this  work  merely  as  a  preliminary  step,  and  only  to  look 
upon  the  history  of  Roman  law  as  an  introduction  to  the  law  of 
France.  It  may  perhaps  be  permitted  to  me  to  undertake 
a  second  work.  Our  labours  should  be  directed  to  the  benefit 
of  our  age  and  of  our  country,  and  all  intellectual  effort  should 
have  for  its  object  the  welfare  of  the  society  of  which  we  our- 
selves are  members,  and,  if  possible,  that  of  the  great  society 
of  the  human  race. 


552  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


EPOCHS  OF  EOMAN  LAW  AS  GENERALLY 
RECEIVED. 


THE  divisions  between  the  epochs  of  Roman  law  which  I  have 
adopted  are  those  which,  as  it  appears  to  me,  are  indicated  by 
the  course  of  history ;  and  I  have  assigned  my  reasons  for 
adopting  this  arrangement. 

It  is,  however,  right  to  state  the  different  divisions  which 
have  been  generally  received.  The  following  is  the  division 
adopted  by  M.  Hugo,  and  with  slight  variations  it  conforms  to 
that  of  Gibbon,  who  has  been  followed  by  succeeding  writers. 


THE  FIRST  PERIOD,  OR  THE  INFANCY  OF  LAW. 

From  the  foundation  of  Rome  to  the  Twelve  Tables,  that  is, 
from  B.C.  753  to  B.C.  454,  or  A.u.C.  1  to  A.u.C.  300.  This 
period  is  the  epoch  of  the  infancy  of  the  state  and  of  its  law. 
At  the  end  of  this  period  we  have  a  written  law,  which,  as  to 
the  jus  privatum,  places  all  the  citizens,  whether  patrician  or 
plebeian,  upon  the  same  footing.  The  fragments  of  this  law 
constitute  the  source  whence  we  have  to  draw  the  history  of 
the  law  of  this  period. 

Principal  jurist — Papirius. 


SECOND  PERIOD,  ITS  YOUTH. 

From  the  XII  Tables  to  the  time  of  Cicero,  that  is,  from 
B.C.  454  to  B.C.  104,  or  A.u.C.  300  to  650.     This  period  is  the 


THE  I1ISTOKY  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  553 

youth  of  Rome,  during  which  it  extended  its  power.  The  law 
became  divided  into  jus  civile  and  jus  honorarium  ;  it  was  not 
yet  studied  as  a  science,  but  was  a  practical  system.  The  social 
war  broke  out,  and,  in  order  to  extinguish  it,  the  rights  of  citi- 
zenship were  conferred  upon  the  greater  portion  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Italy. 

Principal  source  of  information — Cicero. 

Principal  jurists — Appius  Claudius,  Flavius,  Coruncanius, 
and  Cato. 


THIRD  PERIOD,  ITS  MANHOOD. 

The  manhood  of  Rome  dates  from  Cicero  to  the  time  of 
Alexander  Severus,  that  is,  from  B.C.  104  to  A.D.  247,  or 
A.u.c.  650  to  1000.  The  empire  was  during  this  epoch  one  of 
the  greatest  that  the  world  has  ever  seen.  Arts,  sciences,  and 
especially  jurisprudence,  reached  their  highest  degree  of  culti- 
vation ;  the  plcbiscita,  senatus-consulta  and  the  imperial  con- 
stitutions enacted  various  important  provisions  affecting  the 
law,  and  numerous  works  aided  its  development  into  a  grand 
science,  the  principles  of  which  were  closely  interwoven.  At 
the  end  of  this  period  the  inhabitants  of  the  provinces  were 
almost  entirely  assimilated  to  Roman  citizens. 

The  fragments  now  extant  of  the  works  which  appeared 
during  this  period  constitute  the  source  of  our  information  con- 
cerning it. 

Principal  jurists — Scaavola,  Servius  Sulpicius,  Labeo,  Sabi- 
nius,  Julian,  Gaius,  Papinian,  Paid,  Ulpian  and  Modestinus. 


FOURTH  PERIOD,  ITS  OLD  AGE. 

From  Alexander  Severus  to  Justinian,  that  is,  from  A.D.  247 
to  A.D.  547,  or  A.U.C.  1000  to  A.U.C.  1300.  During  this  period 
of  old  age  the  empire  was  pressed  on  all  sides  and  its  provinces 
devastated;  the  study  of  the  arts  and  literature  became  extinct ; 
the  science  of  law  consisted  in  quoting  the  ancient  jurists  and 
the  imperial  constitutions. 


554  THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  various  collections  of  these  constitutions  which  appear 
during  this  period  form  our  sources  of  information. 

Principal  jurists — Hermogenianus,  Gregorianus,  Tribonius 
and  Theophilus. 


This  division  has  been  adopted,  especially  by  Mackeldey, 
in  the  historical  introduction  to  his  Manual ;  by  M.  Giraud,  in 
his  introduction  to  the  study  of  Roman  law ;  by  Warnkoenig, 
in  his  history  of  Roman  law ;  by  M.  Blondeau,  in  the  chrono- 
logical table  with  which  his  translation  of  the  Institutes  is  con- 
cluded. Holtius  reckons,  as  the  first  period,  the  time  from 
the  origin  of  Rome  to  the  appointment  of  the  urban  praetor; 
the  second,  from  the  appointment  of  the  urban  praetor  to 
Augustus ;  the  third,  from  Augustus  to  Constantine.  Marezoll, 
in  his  history  of  the  sources  of  Roman  law,  treats  the  first 
as  being  from  the  foundation  of  Rome  to  the  date  of  the 
XII  Tables ;  the  second,  from  the  XII  Tables  to  the  Empire ; 
the  third,  from  the  establishment  of  the  Empire  to  Constantine ; 
and  the  fourth,  from  Constantine  to  and  including  Justinian. 
This  division,  upon  the  whole,  corresponds  with  our  own. 
Puchta,  in  his  historical  sketch,  which  forms  the  introduction 
to  his  study  of  the  Institutes,  places  the  first  from  the  foun- 
dation of  Rome  to  the  XII  Tables;  the  second,  from  the 
XII  Tables  till  the  Empire;  the  third,  from  the  Empire  to 
Diocletian;  and  the  fourth,  from  Diocletian  to  and  including 
Justinian. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


555 


List  of  the  works  of  the  Jurists  from  whose  writings  the 
Pandects  of  Justinian  were  compiled. 

(This  is  the  list  annexed  to  the  Florentine  MSS.  of  the  Pandects.  It  is 
doubtful  whether  it  is  identical  with  the  Index  compiled  by  order  of 
Justinian.  See  §  20  under  section  547.) 


JULIANI. 

Digestorum  libri  nonaginta. 
Ad  Minicium  libri  sex. 
Ad  Urseium  libri  quatuor. 
De  ambiguitatibus  liber  unus. 

PAPINIANI. 

Qusestionum  libri  triginta  septem. 
Responsorum  libri  decem  et  novem. 
Definitionum  libri  duo. 
De  adulteriis  libri  duo. 
De  adulteriis  liber  unus. 

Q.  MUCH  SC^EVOL^I. 
O/>»v  liber  nnus. 

ALPHENI. 
Digestorum  libri  quadraginta. 

SABINI. 
Juris  civilis  libri  tres. 

PROCULI. 
Epistolarum  libri  octo. 

LABEONIS. 

net9*vov  libri  octo  (upon  probabilities). 
Posteriorum  libri  decem. 

NERATII. 

Regularum  libri  quindecim. 
Membranarum  libri  septem. 
Responsorum  libri  tres. 

JAVOLENI. 

Ex  Cassio  libri  quindecim. 
Epistolarum  libri  quatuordecim. 
Ad  Plautium  libri  quinque. 

CELSI. 
Digestorum  libri  triginta  novem. 

POMPONII. 

Ad  Q.  Mucinm,  Lectionum  libri   tri- 
ginta novem. 
Ad  Sabinum  libri  triginta  quiuque. 


Epistolarnm  libri  viginti. 
Variarum  lectionum  libri  quindecim. 
Ad  Plautium  libri  septem. 
Fideicommissorum  libri  quinque.    ' 
Senatusconsnltorum  libri  quinque. 
Regularum  liber  unus. 
Eucbiridii  libri  duo. 

VALENTIS. 
Fideicommissorum  libri  septem. 


Fideicommissorum  libri  sexdecim. 
Publicorum  libri  quatuordecim. 

MAXTRICIANI. 
Ad  leges  libri  sex. 

TERENTII-CLEMEOTIS. 
Ad  leges  libri  viginti. 

AFRICANI. 
Quaestionum  libri  novem. 

MARCELLI. 

Digestornm  libri  triginta. 
Ad  Leges  libri  sex. 
Responsorum  liber  unus. 


Digestorum  libri  quadraginta. 
Quaestionum  libri  viginti. 
Responsorum  libri  sex. 
Regularum  libri  quatuor. 
De  quacstione  familiae  liber  unus. 
Quaestionum  publice  tractatarum  liber 
unus. 

FLORENTINI. 
Institutionum  libri  duodecim. 

GAIL 

Ad  Edictum  proyinciale  libri  trigiuta. 
Ad  lieges  libri  quindecim. 
Ad  Kdicturn  urbicum  libri  decem. 
Aureorum  libri  septem. 


556 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


AttJsxa  SEXTov(upon  the  XII  Tables)  libri 

sex. 

Institutionum  libri  qnatuor. 
De  verborum  obligationibus  libri  tres. 
De  manumissionibus  libri  tres. 
Fideicommissorum  libri  duo. 
De  casibus  liber  unus. 
Regularum  liber  unus. 
Dotalitium  liber  unus. 
TiroOvx.aipao/;  liber  unus. 
Ad  Edictnm  de  publicanis. 

VENULEII. 

Stipulationum  libri  decem  et  novem. 
Actionum  libri  decem. 
De  officio  Proconsulis  libri  quatuor. 
De  poenis  paganorum  liber  unus. 
Publicorum  libri  tres. 

TERTULIANI. 
Quasstionum  libri  octo. 
De  castrensi  peculio  liber  unus. 

JUSTI  (Papyrii). 
Constitutionum  libri  viginti. 

ULPIANI. 

Ad  Edictum  libri  octoginta  tres. 
Ad  Sabinum  libri  quinquaginta  efc  unus. 
Ad  Leges  libri  viginti. 
Disputatiouum  libri  decem. 
Protribunalium  libri  dcccm. 
De  officio  Proconsulis  libri  decem. 
Pandectarum  libri  decem. 
Regularum  libri  septem. 
Fideicommissortun  libri  sex. 
Opinionum  libri  sex. 
De  adulteriis  libri  quinque. 
De  appellationibus  libri  quatuor. 
De  officio  Consulis  libri  tres. 
Institutionum  libri  duo. 
Regularum  liber  unus. 
De  censibus  libri  sex. 
Kcsponsorum  libri  duo. 

EJUSDEM  LIBRI  SINGULARES. 
De  sponsalibus. 
De  officio  Prajfccti  urbi. 
DC  officio  Prajfccti  vigilum. 
De  officio  Curatoris  Reipublicge. 
De  officio  Prrctoris  tutelaris. 
De  officio  Quajstoris. 

PAULI. 

Ad  Edictum  libri  octoginta. 
Quaistionum  libri  viginti  sex. 
Responsoi'um  libri  viginti  tres. 
Hrevium  libri  viginti  tres. 
Ad  Plautinm  libri  sexdecim. 
Ad  Leges  libri  decem. 


Regularum  libri  septem. 

Regularum  liber  unus. 

Sententiarum  seu  Factorum  libri  sex. 

Sententiarum  libri  quinque. 

Ad  Vitellium  libri  quatuor. 

Ad  Neratium  libri  quatuor. 

Fideicommissorum  libri  tres. 

Decretorum  libri  tres. 

De  adulteriis  libri  tres. 

Manualium  libri  tres. 

Institutionum  libri  duo. 

De  officio  Proconsulis  libri  duo. 

Ad  legem  ^Eliam-Sentiam  libri  septem. 

Ad  legem  Juliam  libri  duo. 

Regularum  liber  unus. 

De  censibus  libri  duo. 

EJUSDEM  LIBRI  SINGULARES. 

De  poenis  paganorum. 

De  pcenis  militum. 

De  proms  omnium  legum. 

De  usuris. 

De  gradibns  et  adfinibus. 

De  jure  codicillorum. 

De  excusationibus  tutelarnm. 

Ad  regulam  Catonianam. 

Ad  senatusconsultum  Orficianum. 

Ad  senatusconsultum  Tertullianum. 

Ad  senatusconsultum  Syllanianum. 

Ad  senatusconsultum  Velleianum. 

Ad  senatusconsultum  Libonianum  seu 

Claudianum. 

DC  officio  Praifecti  vigilum. 
De  officio  Pra:fecti  urbi. 
De  officio  Praitoris  tutelaris. 
De  extraordinariis  criminibus. 
TTroSuxapia. 

Ad  municipalem  legem. 
De  public-is  judiciis. 
De  inofficioso  testamcnto. 
De  septemviralibus  judiciis. 
De  jure  singulari. 
De  secundis  tabulis. 
Ad  orationem  clivi  Severi. 
Ad  orationem  clivi  Marci. 
Ad  legem  Velleiam. 
Ad  legem  Cinciam. 
Ad  legem  Falcidiam. 
De  tacito  fideicommisso. 
De  portionibus  qua;  liberis  damnatorum 

couccdnntur. 

DC  juris  et  facti  ignorantia. 
De  adulteriis. 

De  instructo  et  instrumento. 
De  appellationibus. 
De  jure  libcllorum. 
De  testamcntis. 
DC  jure  patronatus. 
DC  jure  patronatus  quando  ex  Icge  J  ulia 

ct  Papia  veiiit. 


THE  HISTORY  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


557 


De  actionibns. 

De  concurrentibus  actionibus. 

De  intercessionibus  fceminarum. 

De  donationibus  inter  virura  et  uxorem. 

De  legibus. 

De  legitimis  hereditatibus. 

De  libcrtatibus  dandis. 

De  senatusconsultis. 

TRYPHONINI. 
Disputationnm  libri  viginti  unus. 

CALLISTBATI. 
DC  cognitionibus  libri  sex. 
Edictorum  monitoriorum  libri  sex. 
De  jure  fisci  libri  quatuor. 
Institutionum  libri  tres. 
Qusestionum  libri  duo. 

MENANDRI. 
Militarium  libri  quatuor. 

MAECIANI. 

Institutionnm  libri  sexdecim. 
Regularum  libri  quinque. 
De  appellationibus  libri  duo. 
Publicornm  libri  duo. 

EJUSDEM  LIBRI  SINGULARES. 
De  delatoribus  liber  singularis. 
YTroflwxapiaf  liber  singularis. 
Ad     senatnsconsultum     Turpillianum 
liber  singularis. 

GALLI-AQUIL^:. 
Responsa. 

MODESTINI. 

Responsorum  libri  novcindecim. 
Pandectarum  libri  duodccim. 
Regularum  libri  decem. 


Differentiarnm  libri  novem. 
Excusationnm  libri  sex. 
De  pcenis  libri  quatuor. 

EJUSDEM  LIBRI  SINGULARES. 
De  prsescriptionibus. 
De  inofficioso  testamento. 
De  manumissionibns. 
De  legatis  et  fideicommissis. 
De  testamentis. 
De  eurematicis. 
De  enucleatis  casibus. 
De  differentia  dotis. 
De  ritu  nuptiarnm. 

TARRENTTNI-PATERNI. 
Militarium  libri  quatuor. 

MACRI. 

Militarium  libri  duo. 
Publicorum  libri  duo. 
De  officio  Pnesidis  libri  duo. 
Eixoo-rov  libri  duo. 

ARCADII. 

De  testibus  liber  unus. 
De  officio  Prsefecti  praetorio  liber  unus. 
De  muneribus  civilibus  liber  unus. 

RUFINI. 

Regularum  libri  duodecim. 

ANTII  seu  FURII  ANTHIANI. 
Partis  Edicti  libri  quinque. 

MAXIMI. 
Ad  legem  Falcidiam. 

HERMOGENIANI. 
Epitomarum  libri  sex. 


(     558     ) 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


THE  IDEA  OF  THIS  GENERALIZATION,  AND,  FIRST- 
ITS  USES.1 

THE  few  preliminary  remarks  I  have  to  offer  here  ought  not 
to  be  passed  over  by  the  student,  for  whom  this  work  is  specially 
intended. 

The  study  of  Roman  law,  as  of  that  of  the  legislation  of  any 
country,  requires  the  application  of  the  faculty  of  generalizing  or 
taking  a  comprehensive  view  of  the  subject  as  a  whole.  For 
by  this  means  the  student  is  enabled  to  note  the  diverse  nature 
of  the  various  matters  embraced  in  it,  to  trace  their  connection 
and  to  initiate  himself  into  its  spirit. 

2.  These  general  expositions,  which  are  especially  valuable 
to  us  in  these  days,  it  is  too  much  the  practice  to  overlook. 
Our  method  of  teaching  is  ordinarily  by  exegesis,  or  the  expla- 
nation of  texts ;  and  the  student  is  abruptly  introduced,  without 
any  previous  preparation,  to  a  number  of  maxims  of  universal 
application.  With  all  these  maxims,  and  all  the  matters  to 
which  they  are  related,  he  may  be  brought  in  contact  without 
having  formed  a  single  idea  respecting  them. 

Thus,  for  instance,  the  Institutes  of  Justinian  form  in 
France  the  basis  of  our  instruction  in  Roman  laAv,  and  con- 

1  I    have    not,    without    a    reason,  the  history  of  legislation  and  the  vicis- 

adopted  this  title  of   Generalization.  situdes  through  which  it  has  passed, 

The  rules  of  the  Roman  Law  are,  for  exhibiting  in  respect  to  each  event  in 

the  most  part,  especially  in  the  im-  succession  the  prevailing  spirit  of  the 

perial   constitutions   and  in  the  frag-  time. 

inents  of  jurisprudence,  contained  in  The  sources  and  authorities  having 

particular  decisions  of  divers  kinds:  to  been  carefully  indicated  in  the  body  of 

extract  them,  a  real  operation  of  gene-  the  work  as  each  part  of  the  law  is 

ralization  is  necessary.     This  operation  specially  developed,  I  have  for  the  most 

is  still  more  necessary,  when  one  at-  part  abstained  from  quoting  them  in 

tempts,  as  I  have  done  in  this  eleinen-  this   section,   wishing  to  avoid    repc- 

tary  work,  to  sum  up  in  a  few  words  titioiis. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  559 

sequently  they  are  the  basis  of  this  work.  In  the  very  first 
paragraph  there  is  mention  made  of  obligationes,  dominium, 
jiossessio,  actiones,  exceptiones.  These  are  all  expressions 
quite  unfamiliar  to  the  learner,  but  if  the  study  is  commenced 
by  imparting  to  him  general  ideas,  the  obscurity  that  involves 
the  subject  immediately  disappears. 


THE  IDEA  OF  THIS  GENERALIZATION,  AND, 
SECONDLY— ITS  SPIRIT. 

3.  The  first  rule  we  will  begin  with  is,  that  Roman  law  must 
be  studied  as  Roman  law,  in  its  aspect,  its  language,  its  genius. 
These  laws  are  dead.  The  mind  of  the  student  therefore  must 
carry  itself  back  to  the  epoch  in  which  they  were  in  force,  and 
thence  descend  the  series  of  centuries  down  to  our  own  time, 
noting  as  he  proceeds  the  characteristic  features  of  each  succes- 
sive epoch,  but  being  on  his  guard  against  the  tendency  to  view 
the  past  in  the  light  thrown  upon  it  by  modern  ideas, — a  ten- 
dency all  the  more  powerful  from  the  necessity  which  exists  of 
studying  the  subject  by  comparison,  so  as  to  distinguish  clearly 
the  characteristic  peculiarities  of  every  age.  He  must  guard 
himself  against  the  tendency  to  lay  too  much  stress  upon 
maxims  and  adages,  upon  distinctions,  definitions  and  expres- 
sions which  are  traditionally  set  down  to  the  account  of  Roman 
law,  but  which  are  completely  foreign  to  it.  The  study  for  us 
is  a  historical  study.  Now,  the  first  essential  of  history  is  truth. 


THE  ORDER  OF  GENERAL  EXPOSITION. 

4.  The  rule  we  have  laid  down  as  a  governing  principle  must 
be  applied  even  in  the  elucidation  of  those  general  ideas  which 
are  so  necessary  to  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  matter : 
for  in  this  case  we  are  not  at  liberty  to  exercise  our  own  un- 
fettered judgment  in  creating  or  selecting  a  method  of  analysis 
and  philosophical  deduction  upon  which  the  subject  may  be 
treated.  Even  in  the  consideration  of  general  principles  we 
must  submit  to  the  influence  of  ROMAN  THOUGHT. 


5 GO  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

6.  It  is  clear  that  we  are  more  advanced  than  the  Romans 
with  regard  to  method.  Take  the  principal  monuments  of  their 
law,  the  Twelve  Tables,  of  which  we  only  know  the  order  by 
conjecture,  the  Praetorian  edicts,  the  Code  of  Theodosius,  the 
Digest,  and  the  Code  of  Justinian,  it  is  difficult  to  trace  in 
them  any  very  methodical  arrangement  or  any  very  logical 
connection.1  As  to  the  writings  of  their  great  jurists,  which  the 
genius  of  Cujas  endeavoured  to  reconstruct,  they  have  reached 
us  in  fragments  so  much  scattered  that  it  is  difficult  for  us  to 
judge  how  far  the  principle  of  uniformity  governed  them.  That 
principle,  which  it  is  assumed  by  tradition  rather  than  esta- 
blished by  any  clear  proof  they  were  careful  to  observe,  is  indi- 
cated in  the  Institutes  of  Gaius,  followed  very  closely  in  the 
Regulce  of  Ulpian,  and  adopted  in  the  Institutes  of  Justinian, 
viz.,  the  division  of  all  law  into  that  of  PERSONS,  THINGS  and 

ACTIONS.2 

Even  this  classification  is  not  always  regarded.  And  in  the 
Digest  it  is  reproduced,  although  there  is  no  care  taken  about 
its  subsequent  observance.3 

6.  The  modern  German  school  is  divided  upon  this  point : 
some  adhere  to  the  Roman  division,  others  have  substituted  for 
it  a  classification  more  philosophical  and  better  adapted  to  the 
grouping  of  ideas,  and  which  has  generally  been  received,  sub- 
ject to  certain  modifications  introduced  by  different  authors.4 

This  last  system,  in  which,  moreover,  we  find  little  unifor- 
mity, has  its  advantages,  especially  in  countries  where,  as  in 
most  of  the  German  states,  there  exists  no  national  codification, 
where  the  Roman  law  forms  the  basis  of  the  existing  legisla- 
tion, and  where  it  is  studied  as  if  still  closely  allied  to  the 
current  system. 

7.  With  us  it  is  different.     For  us  Roman  law  is  a  defunct 
system.     It  is  our  starting-point,  whence  we  set  out  to  study 

1  It  is  the  same  in  the  Sentential  of  Manuel,  §§  206  nnd  207,  pp.  135  and 
Paul.  136,  of  the  translation  (French),  and 

2  Gai.  1,  §  8;  Inst.  1,  2,  §  12.  the  paragraph  entitled.  "  On  the  divers 

3  Dig.  1,  5,  De  statu  hominum,  1,  f.  systems  of  classification  of  the  law," 
Gai.  P-   387   of    M.   Savigny's  treatise  on 

4  For  a  table  of  the  classifications  in  Roman  law. 
vogue   in   Germany,  sec   Mackeldey's 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAAV.  561 

historically  the  legislation  of  past  times.  To  alter  its  classifica- 
tion is  therefore  to  deprive  it  of  a  characteristic  element.  To 
give  it  one  of  modern  creation  is  to  clothe  it  in  a  costume 
which  is  altogether  foreign  to  it. 

We  shall  therefore  remain  faithful  to  our  historical  principle : 
without,  however,  following  it  so  closely  as  to  sacrifice  the 
advantage  which  is  gained  by  grasping  the  subject  as  a  whole, 
by  grouping  analogous  elements,  and  by  making  our  own  de- 
ductions. We  shall  allow  ourselves  the  more  latitude  in  our 
general  exposition,  seeing  that  the  remainder  of  our  work  is 
devoted  to  the  actual  text  of  the  Institutes;  and  that,  more- 
over, the  philosophical  method,  which  commences  the  study  by 
taking  a  comprehensive  view  of  general  principles,  does  not 
itself  belong  to  the  Roman  system — it  is  modern. 

We  shall,  however,  carefully  distinguish  that  which  belongs 
to  our  method  of  exposition  from  that  which  really  belongs  to 
Roman  law. 


PART  I. 

OF  RIGHT  AND  THE  ELEMENTS  OF  ITS  GENERATION. 

PRELIMINARY    ARTICLE. 
SECTION  I. — THE  IDEA  OF  LAW. 

8.  The  technical  and  rigorous  formulae  of  Roman  law,  at  first 
a  mystery  monopolized  by  the  aristocracy  and  used  as  a  mere 
instrument  of  power,  acquired  by  the  progress  of  civilization 
and  the  advancement  of  science  a  totally  different  character. 
As  the  study  of  it  became  more  general, —  as  it  passed  from  the 
condition  of  a  secret  system  monopolized  by  the  patrician  to 
that  of  a  possession  in  which  the  plebeian  might  share,  —  as  the 
pursuit  of  it  became  allied  to  the  culture  of  letters  and  philo- 
sophy,—as  it  came  to  be  modified  by  the  influence  of  new 
customs  and  softened  doAvn  by  the  annual  edicts  of  the  magis- 
trate,— it  underwent  a  complete  transformation,  and  by  the 

o  o 


562  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

opinions  and  writings  of  the  jurists  was  reduced  to  a  scientific 
system. 

9.  At  the  epoch  when  Roman  law,  which  has  been  called 
written  reason,  was  at  its  highest  condition  of  development,  it 
had  ceased  to  be  an  inflexible  system  of  absolute  power;  its 
basis  was  no  longer  authority,  but  reason :  it  had  become  the 
science  of  equity. 

It  is  especially  when  taking  this  general  grasp  of  the  subject 
that  we  realize  the  extent  to  which  the  great  Roman  jurists 
built  up  the  science  of  law  upon  that  of  philosophy.1  Thus 
law,  according  to  Paul,  is  that  which  is  always  equitable  and 
just,  "quod  semper  cequum  ac  bonum  est,jus  dicitur"*  Accord- 
ing to  the  definition  of  Celsus,  mentioned  by  Ulpian,  it  is  the 
art  of  that  which  is  good  and  equitable,  "jus  est  ars  boni  et 
cequi."3  The  principle  is  always  the  same. 

10.  Of  course  these  definitions  have  not  the  precision  which 
we  have  at  the  present  day  the  right  to  expect  from  meta- 
physical analysis :  what  is  "  the  good  ?"  what  is  "  the  equitable"  ? 
and  has  anything  been  done  beyond  employing  one  word  in  lieu 
of  another  ?4     They  do  not  contain  a  sufficiently  clear  notion 

1  Cicero  commenced  the  movement  to  exact  from  the  other  an  action  or  an 
in  a  great  degree  :  "  Non  ergo  a  Pra>  inaction  :    a  purely  rational   right,  if 
toris  edicto,  ut  plerique  nunc,  neque  a  these  necessities  of  action  or  inaction 
XII  tabulis,  ut  superiores,"  he  makes  are   plain  to  us  from  reason  alone — 
Atticus    say,    in  his  treatise   on    the  positive  right,  good  or  had,  if  they  are 
law,  "  sed  penltus  ex  intima  pkiloso-  imposed  on  us,  rightly  or  wrongly,  by 
pliia    hauriendam    Juris    disciplinam  authority;    the  one   has   its   standing 
pntas?"     Cicero,  De  Icgibus,  1,5.  point  in   reason,  the  other  in  power. 

2  Dig.  1,  1,  De  just,  et  jur.,  11,  f.  Positive  right,  as  opposed  to  rational 
Paul.     The  jurist  applies  this  definition  right,  is  not  really  law. 

to  natural  law:  "  Ut  est  jus  naturale."  There  is  no  such  thing  as  law  in  the 

He  adds,  and  opposes  to  it  civil  law,  contemplation  of  the  jurist,  except  as 

that  which,  in  each  city,  is  useful  to  all  between   man   and   man   (man    taken 

or   to   the   greatest   number :    "  Quod  collectively,  as  a  people,  a  corporation, 

omnibus  aut  plurilms  in  quaque  clvi-  or  taken  individually).     A  branch  of  a 

tate  utile,  est."     Thus  the  principle  of  tree  broken  by  the  wind  wounds  me, 

the  one  is,  according  to  this  jurist,  the  a  wild   beast  tears  me,  a  thunderbolt 

good  and  the  equitable,  the  principle  of  falls  on  my  house,  hail  devastates  my 

the  other,  utility.  harvest :  I  shall  not  say  my  right  has 

3  Dig.  1,  princ.  f.  TJlp.  been  violated.     Bring  in  man,  and  the 

4  Law  is  nothing  else  but  a  mcta-       idea  of  action  or  inaction  which  is  im- 
physical  conception,  "which  our  reason       posed  upon  men  relatively,  and  you  get 
deduces  from  all  relations  between  man      a  notion  of  law. 

and  man,  in  which  one  has  the  faculty 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  5G3 

of  the  distinction  between  science  as  a  knowledge  of  primary 
truths,  and  art  as  a  collection  of  precepts  deduced  from  science 
or  practice.  But  there  is  none  the  less  a  revolution  in  the 
manner  of  interpreting  the  law  by  Roman  jurists:  for  the 
principle  of  authority  they  have  substituted  that  of  reason :  and 
already  Cicero  indicated  the  true  principle  when  he  said  that, 
to  explain  the  nature  of  law,  you  must  seek  it  in  the  nature 
itself  of  man.1 

1 1 .  This  empire  of  reason,  of  goodness  and  of  equity  as  a 
constituent  dogma  of  the  law  is  reproduced  in  a  multitude  of  the 
fragments  of  the  Roman  jurists,  and  has  even  passed  into  the 
imperial  constitutions,     Celsus,  Julian,  Marcellus,  Paul,  Modes- 
tinus,  each   invoke  on  occasion,  even  against  the  positively- 
established  rule,  the  predominance  of  reason,  of  right,  of  the 
bonum   et  cequum;12  and  later,  the  emperors  Constantine  and 
Licinius,  in  one  of  their  constitutions,  announce  the  predomi- 
nance as  an  incontestably  accepted  doctrine.     "  Placuit  (it  has 
pleased)  in  omnibus  rebus,  pr&cipuam  esse  justifies  cequitatis- 
que  quam  stricti  juris  rationem.3 

1 2.  The  profession  of  law,  which  has  been  thus  characterized 
as  the  art  of  that  which  is  good  and  equitable,  has  been  invested 
by  Ulpian  with  the  sanctity  of  a  sacerdotal  system.     "  For  we 
cultivate  justice,"  he   says,  "  the  science  of  goodness  and  of 
equity,  separating  justice  from  injustice,  that  which  is  lawfiu1 
from  that  which  is  unlawful,  wishing  to  render  men  good,  not 

1  "  Natnra   enim   juris  nobis  expli-  contra  ipsornm  commodnm  prodncamus 
canda  cst,  eaque  ab  hominis  repetcnda  ad  scveritatcin"  (Ibid.  25,  f.  Modcstin. ). 
natura"  (Cic.,  De  leg.,  1,  5).     "  Nos  ad  "Quod   non   ratione  introductum,  sed 
justitiam  esse  natos,  neque  opinionesed  errore    primum,    deinde    consuetudine 
natura  constitutum  csse  jus"  (Ibid.).  obtcntum  est:    iu  aliis  similibus  non 

2  "Quod  vero  contra  rationem  juris  obtinct"  (Ibid.  31),  f.  Gels.).     "In  om- 
receptum  est,  non  est  producendum  ad  nibus  quidem,  inaxime  tamen  in  jure 
consequentias"  (Dig.    1,  3,  De  legib.,  acquitas  spectanda  sit"  (Dig.  50,  17,  DC 
14,  f.  Paul).     "In  bis  quas  contra  ra-  reg.  jitr.,   IK),   f.    Paul).     "  Etsi  nihil 
tionem  juris  constituta  sunt,  non  pos-  facile   mutandum   est  ex   solemnibus, 
sumus  sequi  regulam  juris"  (Ibid.  15,  tamcn  ubi  aiquitas  evidens  post-it,  sub- 
f.   Julian).     "  Nulla  juris  ratio,  aut  veniendum  est"  (Ibid.  183,  f.Marcell.). 
njquitatis  benignitas   patitur,  ut   qua}  3  Cod.  3,  1,  DC  judic.,  8,  coustitut. 
salubriter  pro  utilitate  hominum  intro-  Constant,  ct  Licin. 

ducuntur,  ea  nos  durioreinterprctaticr.e 

O  O  2 


564  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

only  by  the  fear  of  penalties,  but  also  by  the  encouragement  of 
rewards:  true  philosophy,  if  I  mistake  not,  and  not  assumed."  1 
We  see  how  highly  he  estimates  the  honourable  character  of 
this  profession.  For  if  he  grants  to  rhetoricians,  to  grammarians, 
to  geometricians,  to  medical  men,  to  professors  of  liberal  studies 
a  recourse  to  the  extraordinary  jurisdiction  of  the  president  of 
the  province  for  actions  in  recovery  of  their  honoraria,  he  denies 
it  to  philosophers  and  law  professors.  "  It  is  a  holy  thing, 
indeed,  that  civil  wisdom  (i.  e.  the  science  of  law),  but  it  is  not 
to  be  valued  nor  sullied  by  money  payment;  there  are  things 
one  can  accept,  but  never  ask,  with  honour.'-1 

13.  Law  {jus}  from  this  philosophical  point  of  view  of  the 
Roman  jurists  is  then,  in  an  abstract  and  general  sense,  that 
which  is  always  good  and  equitable ;  or,  in  a  collective  sense, 
as  a  body  of  precepts,  or  of  doctrines,  the  art  of  doing  good  and 
equity. 

1 4.  We  shall  not  speak  here  of  the  division  of  law,  amongst 
the  Romans,  into  public  law,  quod  ad  statum  rei  romance  special ; 
and  into  private  law,  quod  ad  singulorum  utilitatcm  ;  nor  of  the 
subdivisions  of  the  latter;  nor  of  the  philosophical  classification, 
perfectly  established  by  jurisprudence,  and  transmitted,  at  all 
events  as  far  as  regards  its  last  two  terms,  into  the  reality  of 
social  life ;  into  natural  law,  or  that  law  which  is  common  to  all 
animate  beings;  into  personal  law,  or  that  which  is  common  to 
all  men ;  and  into  civil  law,  or  that  which  exclusively  appertains 
to  citizens. 

This  development  will  come  later,  when  we  treat  of  the  text 

1  "Jus  est  ars  boni  ct  a?qui,  cujus  non  quia  non  religiosa  res  cst ;  sedquia 
mcrito   quis  nos    saccnlotes    appcllct.  hoc  primuin  profiler!  cos  oportet,  mer- 
Jnstitiam  iiainqnc  colimus,  ct  boni  ct  ccnariam  ope  ram  spernere.     §  5.  Pro- 
jcqui  notitiam   profiteinur:  ajquum  ab  irule  ne  juris  quidcm  civilis  professori- 
iniquo    scparantcs,    licitum    ab    illicito  bus  jus  diccnt :  est  quidcm  res  sauctis- 
discernentes ;    bonos  non   solum   metu  sinia  civilis  sapicntia :  scd  qua;  pretio 
pumarum,    vcrum    etiain    prsemiornin  nuuimario  non  sit  restimanda  ncc  dc- 
quoquc  cxhortationc  eflicerc  cupicntes:  honestanda,  dum  in  judicio  lionor  peti- 
vcram,  nisi   fallor,  philosophiam,  non  tur,  qui  in  in^rcssii  sacramenti  efferri 
simulatain  affectantes."     Di^.  1,  1,  Do  dobuit :  qtuvdam  cniin,  tamctsi  honeste 
jiiistitia  fit  jure,  1,  §  1,  f.  Ulp.  acci])inntur,  inboncstc  tamcn  pctuntur." 

2  "  §   4.    An   ct   philosophi   profcs-  Dig.  50,  13,  De  eu-ti:  cogn.,  1,  §§  4  and 
sorum   numcro  sint  ?    ct   non   putem  :  5,  f.  Ulp 


GENERALIZATION  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  505 

of  the  Institutes.     It  is  sufficient  to  say  that  in  this  work  we 
confine  ourselves  principally  to  private  law. 


SECTION  II. — IMMEDIATE  CONSEQUENCES  OF  LAW. 

1 5.  After  the  first  idea  of  law,  the  logical  connection  leads 
to  the  idea  of  its  immediate  consequences;  these  arc  the  rights 
and  obligations  which  it  creates.     In  order  to  express  this  result 
the  term  jus,  right,  has  been  adopted.     This  term  is  frequently 
used  in  the  plural,  Jura,  rights;  also,  according  to  this  accepta- 
tion a  right,  jus,  is  the  power  to  do,  to  omit,  or  to  require  a 
given  thing.     In  the  first  sense  it  was  cause;  here  it  is  effect.1 
On  this  point,  also,  we  find  amongst  Roman  jurists  traces  of  a 
principle  of  philosophical  equity ;  that  is,  that  110  one  should  be 
allowed  to  exercise  his  right  with  the  sole  motive  of  injuring 
his  neighbour,  without  having  therein  any  interest.2 

1 6.  From  these  two  principal  acceptations  of  law,  as  cause 
and  as  effect,  we  pass  on  to  the  component  elements  of  its  gene- 
ration. 


SECTION  III. — COMPONENT  ELEMENTS  OF  THE  GENERATION 
OF  LAW. 

17.   These  elements  are  three  in  number: — 

1°.  Persons  ( persona),  that  is  to  say,  men  and  abstract  beings 
of  pure  legal  conception,  considered  as  susceptible  of  having 
and  of  owing  rights. 

2°.  Tilings  (res'),  that  is  to  say,  all  corporate  things  and 
abstract  objects  of  pure  legal  conception,  considered  as  sub- 
mitted, or  capable  of  being  submitted,  to  the  wants,  utility  or 
pleasures  of  man,  and  therefore  as  susceptible  of  forming  the 
object  of  rights. 

1  The  German  school  says,  that  in  with  the  faculty,  and  liable  to  the  ohli- 

the  first  case  the  word  jits  is  taken  in  gation  resulting  from  the  ri^ht. 
an  object  ire  sense,  and  in  the  second  in  a  l)i^.  (!,  1,  38,  in.  Jinc,  f.  Cels. ;  .'W, 

a  Huhjectice  sense,  that  is  to  say,  rela-  3,  1,  §  12,  f.  I'lp. 
lively   to  the  suhject  who  is  endowed 


566  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  Roman  method  had  appreciated  and  distinguished  these 
two  primary  elements :  persons  first,  for,  says  Hermogenianus, 
it  is  for  mankind  that  all  law  is  established;1  and,  secondly, 
thing's. 


•&' 


1 8.  But  their  deduction  ended  there ;  it  was  not  complete. 
We  have,  it  is  true,  in  persons  the  active  or  passive  subject  of 
laws ;  in  things,  the  object  of  rights ;  but  law  is  not  yet  engen- 
dered.    There  is  wanting  the   efficient  cause,  the  generating 
cause,  the  cause  which  will  give  birth  to  rights,  which  will 
transmit  them  from  one  to  another,  modify  and  destroy  them. 
This  third  element  is — 

3°.  Events,  facts,  acts  of  man,  judicial  or  non-judicial ;  that 
which  involves  the  idea  of  time,  of  place,  of  intention,  of  form ; 
all  things  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  human  acts  and 
deeds. 

Unite  and  combine  these  three  ideas  :  persons,  the  active  or 
passive  subject ;  things,  the  object ;  and  events,  facts,  acts  of 
men,  the  active  cause  ;  and  rights  are  engendered,  transmitted, 
modified  and  extinguished. 

19.  The  notion  of  fact,  the  appreciation  of  events  and  of 
human  acts,  with  regard  to  the  generation  and  modification  of 
rights,  repeatedly  occurs  in  Roman  jurisprudence  ;  it  could  not 
be  otherwise,  since  the  very  nature  of  things  exacts  it,  but  the 
idea  of  it  is  not  unfettered,  classed  apart  and  methodically 
treated. 

This  classification  or  theoretical  individual  development  is 
the  work  of  modern  analysis.  It  is  universal  with  the  Germans. 

20.  It  remains  for  us  to  give  a  few  general  ideas  upon  each 
of  these. 

1  Dig.  1,  5,  1,  f.  Gai.  and  2,  f.  Hermogcnian. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  567 

I.  OF  PERSONS. 

CHAPTER  I. 
COMPONENT  NOTIONS. 

SECTION  IV. — IDEA  OF  PERSON. 

21.  The  word  person  (persona)  does  not  in  the  language  of 
the  law,  as  in  ordinary  language,  designate  the  physical  man.1 
This  word,  in  law,  has  two  acceptations :  in  the  first,  it  is  every 
being  considered  as  capable  of  having  or  owing  rights,  of  being 
the  active  or  passive  subject  of  rights. 

We  say  every  being,  for  men  are  not  alone  comprised  therein. 
In  fact,  law,  by  its  power  of  abstraction,  creates  persons,  as  we 
shall  see  that  it  creates  things,  which  do  not  exist  in  nature. 
Thus,  it  erects  into  persons  the  state,  cities,  communities,  cha- 
ritable or  other  institutions,  even  purely  material  objects,  such 
as  the  Jiscus,  or  inheritance  in  abeyance,  because  it  makes  of 
them  beings  capable  of  having  or  owing  rights.  In  the  inverse 
sense,  every  man  in  Roman  law  is  not  a  person ;  for  example, 
slaves  when  considered  as  the  property  of  the  master,  especially 
under  the  rigorous  system  of  primitive  legislation,  because  they 
are  the  object  and  not  the  subject  of  law  :2  this,  however,  did 
not  prevent  the  Romans  from  including  them  in  another  sense 
in  the  class  of  persons.3 

22.  We  shall  therefore  have  to  discriminate  between  and  to 
study  two  classes  of  persona.     Physical  or  natural  persons,  for 

1  See  it,  however,  employed  in  that  if  he  were  a  free  man  at  the  moment  of 

(sense  by  Ulpian,  Dig.  50,  17,  De  div.  their  devolution ;  the  faculty  of  being 

reg.jur.,  22,  f.  Ulp.  placed  by  his  master  over  a  business,  to 

3  Inst.,  1,  16,  §  4.  conduct  any  one  operation,  to  manage 

3  Roman  law,   though   so   rigorous,  his  peculium;  the  capacity  to  take  part 

could  not  completely  destroy  the  per-  in  contracts  or  other  proceedings  calcu- 

sonality  of  slaves;  because  it  is  impos-  lated  to  acquire  for  his  master  obliga- 

sible  for  a  human  being  to  live  in  rela-  tions  or  real  rights :  all  this  constitutes 

tion  with  other  men  without  there  being  a  capacity  in  law  which  can  only  belong 

rights  and  duties  from  one  to  the  other.  to  a  pei'son.     Lastly,  slaves  had  rights 

Thus  the  slave  was  liable  to  punish-  even   against  their   masters  from    the 

ment    for    his    misdemeanors.      Thus  time  when  it  was  no  longer  allowed  to 

the  faculty  of  being  instituted  heir,  of  put  them  to  death,  nor  to  make  them 

being  honoured  with  a  legacy,  and  of  undergo  bad  treatment, 
obtaining  the  rights  even  for  himself, 


568  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAM'. 

which  we  find  no  distinctive  denomination  in  Roman  juris- 
prudence, except  the  expression  taken  from  Ulpian,  sinyularis 
persona,  that  is  to  say,  the  man-person  ;  and  abstract  persons, 
which  are  fictitious,  and  which  have  no  existence  except  in 
law,  that  is  to  say,  those  which  are  purely  legal  conceptions  or 
creations.1 

SECTION  V. — SECOND  ACCEPTATION  OF  THE  WORD  PERSON. 
23.  In  another  sense,  very  frequently  employed,  the  word 
"  person"  designates  each  character  man  is  called  upon  to  play 
on  the  judicial  stage  ;  that  is  to  say,  each  quality  which  gives 
him  certain  rights  or  certain  obligations :  for  instance,  the 
person  of  father  ;  of  son  as  subject  to  his  father  ;  of  husband ; 
of  guardian.  In  this  sense,  the  same  man  can  have  several 
persona?  at  the  same  time.  In  this  respect  he  resembles  the 
mask  in  a  comedy  or  drama — 

"  Pcrsonam  tragicaui  forte  vulpes  vidcrat," 

says  the  fabulist. 

"...     Persona:  pallcntis  biatum 
In  gremio  uiatris,  formidat  rusticus  infans," 

says  the  satirical  poet.2 


CHAPTER  II. 

STATUS. 

SECTION  VI.  —  IDEA  AND  COMPONENT  ELEMENT  OF  STATUS. 
24.   These  elements  are  three  in  number  —  Libertas,  Civitas, 
Familia.     Their  conjunction  constitutes  that  which  the  Romans 

1  These  expressions  arc  not  from  the  "  Sum  flguii  lusus  Kuti,  persona  Batavi  : 

language  of   Roman  law,  though   the  Qll;v  tu  deridcs'  "f^^f  ™  fm 

difference  between  these  two  classes  of 
persons   is   well    defined.     We  find  in 


Add   this   phrase,  so  characteristic    of 


.  .       , 

poet  :  heritance  in  abeyance  wears  the  mask, 

the  person  of  the  deceased. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  569 

called  status,  state — or  caput,  head1  — the  state,  the  person  of 
lioman  civil  law. 

This  word  status  is,  in  the  language  of  Roman  law,  a  tech- 
nical word ;  and  the  student  must  especially  remark  the  sense 
which  there  belongs  to  it,  and  which  refers  exclusively  to  these 
three  elements — libertas,  civitas,familia;  for  this  has  not  pre- 
vented lioman  jurists  from  often  employing  it  in  the  common 
and  ordinary  acceptation.  The  same  remark  applies  to  the 
word  caput.'1 

25.  The  study  of  persons,  to  be  methodical,  must  be  confined 
to  the  framework  of  these  three  elements  :  liberty  first — next 
the  city — lastly  the  family,  with  all  the  rules  and  institutions 
referring  to  each  of  them  ;  and  we  shall  then  have  before  us 
the  principal  table  of  "  persons"  in  the  civil  society  of  the 
Romans. 


§  I.  LIBERTY  (Libertas}. 

SECTION  VII. — LIBERTY — SLAVERY  (Servitus} — COLONIZATION 
(Colonatus}. 

26.  Liberty  (libertas}  ;  and,  for  opposite  idea,  slavery,  ser- 
vitude (scrvitus} :  thence  the  first  division  of  men  into  free 
(liber i)  and  slaves  (servi  ;  mancipia,  taken  with  the  hand). 

During  the  period  of  primitive  right,  when  it  flourished  in 
its  pristine  severity,  the  notion  of  servitude  existed  in  its  sternest 
form. 

1  For  the  last  expression,  sec  Inst.,  flexible  as  it  is,  he  who  would  restrain 

1,  10,  §  4.  it  within  limits,  and  give  it  the  stiff- 

*  M.  de  Savigny,  in  a  special  disser-  ness  of  a  technical  expression,  runs  the 

tation  (Appendix  (5,  2nd  vol.,  of  bis  risk  of  the  charge  of  pedantry.  But 

treatise  on  Roman  law;,  attacks  certain  the  criticism  of  M.  de  Savigny,  cor- 

rather  too  scholastic  theories  which  rect  from  this  point  of  view,  could  not 

have  been  formed  in  Germany  on  the  get  over  this  fact,  that  Roman  jurists, 


x,  which,  by-the-by,  we  are  not  while  i'r 
very  well  acquainted  with.  The  Ian-  xttifim  ii 
guagc  of  the  law,  constantly  mixed 


|iiently   employing  the   word 


e    for  instance   in  the  Digest, 


up  with  acts  and  objects  of  ordinary  book  I,    rt.ti,lJestatH?i<i»i-iny»i,lui\( 

life,  is,  by  its  very  nature,  indefinite;  used  it  i  Iso  more  particularly  in  order 

the  same  words,  especially  when  they  to  desigi  ate  the  condition  of  man  fn>m 

are  ordinary    words,  appear   in   varied  the   point   of    view    of  tln^e   three  ele- 

acccptations,    such    as    that   of   Kttifux  incuts — liberty,      Roman      citizenship, 

in    lioman    law.     Comprehensive    and  family. 


570  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Later  on,  when,  under  the  influence  of  stoicism,  law  had  I 
passed  into  the  condition  of  a  philosophical  system,  Roman 
jurists  recognized  and  proclaimed,  in  the  very  definition  which 
they  gave  of  it,  that  liberty  was  the  condition  of  nature,  and 
servitude  an  institution  against  nature;  but  which  was  esta- 
blished by  human  law,  by  the  general  custom  of  nations.1  The 
law,  however,  mitigated  its  severity,  and  brought  it  more  into 
accordance  with  the  dictates  of  humanity. 

We  shall  find  Christianity,  subsequently  coming  in  with  its 
holy  doctrine  of  equality  of  all  men,  further  modifying  the  rigour 
of  the  institution,  and  gradually  accomplishing  its  abolition. 

The  attention  of  the  student  should  be  fixed  upon  these  three 
well-defined  periods  of  Roman  legislation. 

27.  In  the  early  period  of  Roman  law,  this  principle  of  liberty 
operated  simply  as  a  division  of  mankind  into  two  classes, — the 
free  and  the  slave.     At  the  epoch  marked  by  the  decline  of 
agriculture,  and  by  the  frequent  abandonment  of  land  for  want 
of  useful  cultivation, — at  the   period   especially  when   distant 
provinces  were  conquered  and  added  to  the  empire,  and  hordes 
of  barbarians  permitted  to  settle  on  its  territories,  before  Con- 
stantine's  time,  we  observe  that  a  third  and  totally  new  legal 
term    came   into   vogue :    the   colonists   (agricolce.    or    coloni}, 
whether  tributary  (censiti,  adscriptii  or  tributarii)  or  free  (in- 
quilini,  coloni  liberC)\  these  were  serfs  not  bound  to  a  master 
individually  but  to  an  estate.2    It  is  a  gradation  leading,  as  time 
goes  on,  from  servitude  to  serfdom,  and  from  serfdom  to  domes- 
ticity and  to  the  condition  of  the  proletarii  of  more  modern 
times. 

28.  The  problems  which  law  at  this  point  developes  suggest 
the  following  questions : — 

How  is  a  man  born  free,  how  is  freedom  acquired,  how  lost  ? 

1  "  Libertas  est  naturalis    facultas  dosian  Code,  for  which  we  are  indebted 
ejus  quod  cuiqne  faccre  libet,  nisi  si  to  the  discovery  of  M.  Amedec  Peyron, 
quid  vi  aut  jure  prohibetur.     §  1.  Ser-  a  constitution  of  Honorius,  which  pre- 
vitus  est  constitutio  juris  gentium,  quo  sents  a  similar  establishment  of  Barba- 
quis   dominio  alicno   contra    naturam  rians  on  the  domains  of  the  empire, 
subjicitur."     Dig.  1,  5,  4,  f .  Morentin.  under  the  condition  of  colonists.     Cod. 

2  See  above,  §  435  et  seq.     See  also  Theod.  5,4,  DC  bonis  m  Hit  urn,  const.  4. 
amongst  the  fragments  of  the  Theo- 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  571 

How  is  a  man  born  in  servitude,  how  does  he  come  into  this 

condition,  how  is  he  freed  from  it  ? 
How  is  a  man  born  a  colonist,  how  may  he  become  one,  how 

does  he  cease  to  be  one  ? 


SECTION  VIII. — ENFRANCHISEMENT   (Manumissio) — FREE   MEN 
(Ingenui) — AND  ENFRANCHISED  SLAVES  (Libcrti,  Libertini}. 

29.  Here  we  come  upon  the  theory  of  enfranchisement  (ma- 
numissio\  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  remark  the  change  of 
character  which  is  revealed  even  in  the  variations  of  the  form 
under  which  it  was  effected.     Under  the  primitive  Roman  law 
enfranchisement  was  a  political  act.     The  state  must  intervene 
as  a  party,  for  it  was  a  question  of  making  a  citizen.     Then, 
like  so  many  other  institutions  originally  political,  enfranchise- 
ment became  gradually  to  be  a  simple  exercise  of  private  right, 
when,  on  the  one  hand,  the  title  of  citizen,  which  it  conferred, 
had  lost  its  value,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  spirit  of  the  legis- 
lature tended  to  multiply  the  number  of  enfranchisements,  and 
to  extend  their  effects. 

30.  As  a  result  of  mamimissio,  or  enfranchisement,  there 
followed  another  division  of  persons, — the  free  (ingenui\  who 
were  so  from  their  birth,  and  the  enfranchised,  who  only  became 
free  by  their  enfranchisement.     The  latter  were  called  liberti, 
in  relation  to  their  patron,  and  libertini,  when  their  condition 
alone  was  designated. 


SECTION  IX. — SUCCESSIVE  MODIFICATIONS  IN  THE  CONDITION  OF 
THE  ENFRANCHISED. 

31.  The  condition  of  the  enfranchised,  especially  in  early 
Roman  law,  was  very  different  from  that  of  the  free  man,  both 
in  relation  to  the  jus  publicum  and  the  jus  privatum.  On  the 
one  hand,  in  the  primitive  law  one  class  only  of  enfranchised 
was  recognized, — they  were  all  Roman  citizens,  though  of  an 
inferior  order.  Under  Augustus  and  Tiberius  two  new  classes, 


572  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

not  having  the  right  of  citizenship  under  the  former,  and  one 
under  the  latter,  were  introduced,  that  of  the  Latini  juniani, 
enfranchised  Latins,  and  that  of  the  dedititii.  Finally,  Jus- 
tinian raised  all  to  the  same  rank ;  all  became  citizens.  It 
is  the  primitive  law  in  its  simplicity,  but  extended  to  private 
enfranchisements  under  the  jus  privatum,  which  the  former 
system  would  not  have  recognized.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
condition  of  enfranchised  citizens  had  steadily  tended  to  assimi- 
late itself  with  that  of  the  ingemii,  and  to  place  itself  on  a  level 
with  it.  Under  the  empire,  and  the  operation  of  the  later 
Novella  of  Justinian,  it  only  differed  from  it  by  the  tie  of,  and 
the  right  derived  from,  patronage. 


§  II.  CITIZENSHIP  (Civitas}. 
SECTION  X. — Civis,  PEREGRINUS,  HOSTIS,  BARBARUS. 

32.  The  word  "  city  "  recalls  to  us  the  Civis  sum  Romanus, 
which  in  itself  signified  so  much.  Nowhere  has  the  idea  of 
the  "  citizen  "  been  so  thoroughly  and  forcibly  developed  as  in 
the  primitive  law  of  the  Romans.  So  clear  and  vigorous  a  con- 
ception of  what  the  rights  of  citizenship  really  are,  never  existed 
elsewhere.  The  expression  has  lost  much  of  its  force  in  modern 
times. 

The  expression  Jus  Quiritium,  in  its  ancient  and  character- 
istic designation,  that  of  optimum  jus  civium  Romanorum,  after- 
wards jus  civitatis,jus  civile,  describe  this  right, — a  privilege 
exclusively  confined  to  the  city  as  regards  territory,  to  citizens 
as  regards  their  status.1 

This  title  of  citizen  had  impressed  on  family  ties,  on  marriages, 
on  property,  on  inheritances,  on  testaments,  on  alienations,  on 
engagements,  in  short,  on  all  Roman  institutions,  a  character  of 
force  and  vigour  which  regarded  neither  the  voice  of  nature  nor 
the  ties  of  blood,  nor  the  ordinary  instincts  nor  principles  of 
equity,  and  was  one  to  which  a  stranger  might  in  vain  aspire. 

1  This  synonym  between  Jus  Qnlrl-  §§1,2,  et  seq.,  and  in  Gains,  3,  §§  72 

Hum,  the  ancient  designation,  and  Jus  and  7;!,  and  also  in  the  passage  of  lavy 

firitntis,  the  more  modern  term,  can  he  which  we  have  before  quoted, 
-•ecn  in  the  Itcgultp  of  Ulpitiii,  tit.  3, 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  573 

The  title  was  indelible  in  the  pure  law  of  the  Romans,  when 
once  acquired :  for  the  sentence  of  the  people  could  deprive  a 
citizen  of  life,  but  never  of  the  rights  of  citizenship  without  his 
consent.1 

The  exercise  of  all  civil  rights,  both  as  regards  the  jus  pub- 
licum  and  the  jus  privatum,  depended  on  this  title.  If  it  were 
not  there,  there  was  no  status. 

33.  The  opposite  of  civis,  citizen,  is  pcrcgrinus,  the  alien — 
hostis,  the  stranger  or  enemy — for  to  republican  Rome,  till  she 
had  completed  the  conquest  of  the  known  world,  these  two  words 
were  synonymous*  —  barbarus,  the  barbarian. 

Peregrinus,  hostis,  barbarus,  as  far  as  civil  rights  went,  were 
upon  the  same  footing.  Such  persons  were  strangers ;  none  of 
them  had  any  participation  in  the  rights  of  citizenship,  but  each 
word  implied  the  idea  of  a  different  relation  towards  Rome. 
Peregrinus  was,  in  its  most  limited  sense,  the  foreigner  at  Rome, 
whom  curiosity,  love  of  travel  or  of  study,  business,  or  the 
absorbing  power  of  the  great  city,  had  brought  there,  or  who 
had  settled  there.  Their  affluence  might  increase  day  by  day, 
their  number  might  equal,  if  not  surpass,  that  of  the  citizens, 
still  they  continued  strangers  to  the  institutions  and  rights  of 
citizenship.  A  special  praetor,  the  foreigners'  praator  (prcetor 
peregrinus},  was  appointed  to  administer  justice  for  them,  not 
according  to  the  forms  and  principles  of  the  jus  civile,  but 
according  to  the  jus  gentium,  rights  common  to  all  men.  More 
generally  the  expression  pcrcgrini  designated  all  who  were 
subject  to  the  government  of  Rome,  without  belonging  to  the 
republic. 

Hostis  was  the  foreigner  whom  Roman  power  had  not  yet 
subjugated ;  till  that  subjugation,  he  remained  an  enemy. 

Barbarus  was  he  who  was  still  outside  the  limits  of  civiliza- 
tion and  of  the  Roman  world.  The  circumference  widened 
every  day.  From  the  Cisalpine  Gauls,  this  title  passed  to  the 
Gauls  on  the  further  side  of  the  Alps,  from  the  borders  of  the 

1  "  Civ  it  (item   vcro   nemo    tinqnam,  subtleties  and  subterfuges,  so  common 

iillo   popiili  jussu  amittet  invitus."  in  Roman  jurisprudence. 
Cic. ,  Pro  dom.,  c.  20,  30.     In  order  to  2  Sec  the  law  of  the  Twelve  Table  : 

inllu-t  this  loss,  they  had  .recourse  to  At'm-siin  bantam  (i-tt-rmi  auctorltas. 


574  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

ocean  to  the  islands  of  Great  Britain,  to  the  forests  of  Germany, 
and  to  the  unknown  hordes  of  the  North  and  of  Asia,  which 
were  destined  to  overthrow  the  empire. 

But  the  condition  of  all,  as  to  the  enjoyment  of  civil  rights, 
was  the  same — they  were  strangers.  So,  in  law,  the  expression 
peregrinus  sufficed  to  describe  that  condition.  In  time,  it  came 
to  have  a  more  general  sense,  especially  when  Rome  had 
conquered  nearly  all  the  known  world,  and  it  ended  in  being 
alone  employed  by  jurists,  in  the  most  modern  legal  language, 
to  express  the  opposite  of  civis. 

34.  How  was  a  man  born  with  the  character  of  citizen? 
Plow  was  it  acquired  ?  How  was  it  lost  ? 

Two  remarkable  changes  should  be  noted  here  in  the  histori- 
cal progress  of  Roman  law. 


SECTION  XI. — SUCCESSIVE  COMMUNICATION  OP  THE  Jus  CIVITATIS 
TO  PERSONS  WITHOUT  THE  PRECINCTS  OF  HOME. 

35.  In  the  first  place  we  have  to  remark  the  subdivision,  the 
partial  or  total  communication  of  thejMS  civitatis,  and  its  gradual 
extension.     Under  the  primitive  law,  a  person  was  a  citizen  or 
a  foreigner;  there  was  no  intermediate  status.      Subsequently 
particular  concessions,  whether  of  grace,  whether  wrested  by 
arms,  or  conferred  under  treaties,  were  made  to  the  inhabitants 
of  certain  territories.      Some  privileges  of  this  jus  Quiritium, 
ov  jus  civitatis,  were  distributed  more  or  less  extensively  by  the 
sovereign  state,  and  in  after  times  by  the  emperors  alone,  to 
nations,  or  even  to  individuals,  and  in  some  cases  to  kings  who 
solicited  them.1 

This  grant  took  effect  in  two  ways,  it  being  made  either  with 
reference  to  the  soil  or  to  the  person.  We  confine  ourselves 
here  to  the  latter. 

36.  Thus  persons  might  be  admitted  to  a  greater  or  less 
participation  in  the  jus  Quiritium,  sometimes  in  their  public 

1  Gai.  1,  §§  93  and  94. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  575 

and  private  relations,  at  once  including  eligibility  to  the  offices 
of  the  republic  and  the  right  of  suffrage— -jus  honorum,  jus 
suffragii — sometimes  in  private  relations  only. 

In  the  concession  of  this  privilege  as  regards  the  jus  priva- 
tum,  the  different  rights  of  the  jus  civitatis  were  occasionally 
distinguished  in  a  remarkable  manner:  thus  the  connubium 
gave  the  grantees  the  capacity  to  contract  amongst  themselves, 
or  even  with  Roman  citizens,  justce  nuptics,  or  marriages,  fol- 
lowed by  the  effects  of  the  jus  civile;1  the  commercium  carry- 
ing with  it  the  capacity  of  forming  contracts,  making  acquisi- 
tions or  alienations  according  to  the  jus  civile;*  tlciefactio  tes- 
tamenti,  or  the  capacity  of  receiving  from  citizens,  or  of  dispos- 
ing in  their  favour  by  testament  according  to  the  Roman  law, 
which  would  appear  to  follow,  not  indeed  necessarily,  but 
ordinarily,  from  the  commercium,  since  the  testament  was 
clothed  in  the  factitious  guise  of  a  solemn  sale,  a  mancipation 

These  dismembered  elements  of  the  jus  civitatis  were  granted 
together  or  separately ;  thus  the  citizens  of  a  town  might  enjoy, 
for  instance,  the  commercium  without  the  connubium  ;  all  de- 
pended upon  the  form  of  grant. 

Thence  arose  an  irregularity  in  the  extent  to  which  the  jus 
civitatis  was  conferred,  whether  in  the  matter  of  jus  publicum 
or  privatum.  A  person  might  be  no  longer  absolutely,  as 
under  the  strict  and  primitive  legal  system,  either  purely  a 
citizen  or  purely  a  stranger ;  there  came  to  be  more  than  one 
intermediate  position. 

37.  The  towns  of  Latium,  of  Italy,  and  of  the  distant  pro- 
vinces, successively  obtained  their  share  in  these  concessions ; 
and  the  question  of  the  origin,  of  the  interior  organization  of 
each  city,  and  of  the  nature  of  its  relations  with  Rome,  is  closely 
bound  up  with  this  subject. 

Here,  confining  ourselves  to  the  status  of  the  inhabitants,  as 
persons,  without  any  reference  to  the  soil,  we  find  the  follow- 
ing classes:  1st,  Roman  colonists  (Romani  coloni,  or  simply 

1  Gai.  1,  §  5G.  (Ibid.  §   5).     Conmilrium,   de   ntibcre 

*  Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  5  4.   "  Commcrcinm       cum;  com  mercixm,  de  mercuri  cum. 
est  cnicndi  vcndendiquo  invicem  jus"          3  Ulp.,  2tig.,  20,  §§  8  and  22,  §  3. 


576  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

coloni) ;  2nd,  Latin  allies  (socii  Latini,  or  simply  Latini) ; 
3rd,  Latini  colonarii,  or  Latin  colonists  ;  4th,  Latini  juniani, 
or  those  belonging  to  an  inferior  class,  enfranchised  and  assimi- 
lated in  nearly  everything  to  the  Latini  colonarii;1  5th  and 
lastly,  The  dedititii,  and  the  enfranchised  who  were  assimilated 
to  them. 

Optimum  jus  is  the  jus  civitatis  in  all  its  plenitude. 

38.  But  under  Antoninus  Caracalla  all  these  shades  of  distinc- 
tion as  to  persons  disappeared,  and  all  subjects  of  the  empire  were 
pronounced  Roman  citizens.  The  only  vestiges  of  the  ancient 
distinction  that  then  remained  were  the  two  inferior  classes  of 
enfranchised — the  Latini  juniani,  and  the  dedititHfriho  continued 
if  not  in  reality,  at  least  by  legal  conception,  to  be  distinct  down 
to  the  time  of  Justinian,  who  ended  by  suppressing  the  distinc- 
tion. Thenceforward  the  peregrini  were  simply  enemies  and 
barbarians,  the  sense  of  the  word  being  distorted. 


SECTION  XII. — GRADUAL  ALTERATION  OF  THE  CIVIL  LAW. 

39.  The  second  class  of  facts  to  which  the  attention  of  the 
student  should  be  directed,  and  which  runs  parallel  to  the  pre- 
ceding, is,  that  just  as  the  title  of  civis  was  communicated  and 
propagated,  the  real  civil  law  underwent  a  progressive  approxi- 
mation to  the  jus  gentium  by  means  of  subtleties,  and  legal 
fictions,  imperial  or  praetorian  institutions,  till,  finally,  under 
Justinian,  its  primitive  character  almost  totally  disappeared. 


§  III.  F AM  ILIA. 
SECTION  XIII.  — GENERAL  IDEA  OF  A  ROMAN  FAMILY. 

40.   Thcfffmilia,  in  the  aristocratic  and  theocratic  constitu- 
tion  of  the   Roman   state,  was  the   particular  aggregation   of 

1  Gal.  3,  §  50.     Fragment,  J)c  man  u-  1 !),  §  4.     See  also  Gains,  1 ,  §§  GG  et  seq. 

mivtionilna;,   preserved   by   Dosilhcus  IJut  uut  the  Coiinuliium,  Ulp.,  Reg.,  5, 

§  fi,  and  following  another  division,  §  8.  §  4. 
They  had  the  Cvmmcrclum,V\\>.,  Hi1','., 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  577 

persons  which  formed  the  unit,  if  it  may  be  so  expressed,  of  the 
jus  publicum,  the  jus  sacrum  and  the  jus  privatum. 

41.  The  jus  publicum.     The  patrician  families  were  pre- 
dominant.    Each  of  them   comprised   within   its   sphere   the 
plebeian  families  attached  to  it  by  the  political  and  religious  tie 
of  clientage.     Those  plebeian  families  which  remained  unat- 
tached by  this  tie  of  clientage  were  isolated,  without  importance 
in  the  state  and  without  support,  but  they  formed  the  nucleus 
around  which  plebeian  influence  centred  in  its  contest  with  the 
patrician. 

The  alteration  of  families  was  an  affair  which  concerned  the 
whole  community ;  it  was  consequently  effected  in  the  comitia  ; 
the  formalities  by  which  it  was  effected  continued  in  use  down 
to  a  late  period  as  mere  forms,  but,  as  such,  indications  of  the 
ancient  system. 

42.  The  jus  sacrum.     The  familia  was  connected  by  the 
union  of  a  worship  peculiar  to  itself;  by  the  bond  of  sacrifices 
to  be  made  at  certain  times  and  in  certain  places  (sacra  fam ilia; 
sacra  gentis).     Apart  from  the  lares  or  household  gods,  it  might 
be  bound  to  the  especial  cultus  of  a  particular  deity,  such  as 
Hercules,  Minerva,  or  any  other.1     The  religious  character  of 
the  aggregation  also  necessitated  the  intervention  of  pontifical 
law  and   power,  when  there  was  a  question  of  altering  the 
family. 

43.  The  jus  privatum.     The  family,  considered  with  refer- 
ence to  the  jus  privatum,  was  the  aggregation  in  which  pro- 
perty, the  effects  of  obligations,  the  right  of  inheritance,  and  of 
succession,  that  is  to  say,  the  right  of  taking  and  of  continuing 
in  the  state  the  persona  of  the  deceased,  all  centred.    To  transfer 
this  right  to  another  the  intervention  of  the  entire  community, 
that  is,  of  the  comitia,  became  necessary. 

1  Such,  for  instance,  are  the  expiatory  are  those  by  the  Fabii  to  Hercules  on 

sacrifices  of  the  Horatii  for  the  murder  the  Quiriual  Mount  (Livy,  5,  4(5),  and 

of  their  sister,  "  Sacrificia  piacularia  those  of   Nantius  to   Minerva  (Dion. 

gentit  Horatio;"  (Livy,  1,  26).     Such  6, 09). 

P  P 


578  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

44.  These  primitive  characteristics  gradually  died  out.  The 
political  aggregation  disappeared  with  the  modifications  which 
the  constitution  underwent.  Religious  aggregation  went  out 
with  paganism.  Thejusprivatum  superseded  the  jus  publi- 
cum ;  but  it  is  only  by  a  reference  to  antiquity  that  we  can 
explain  certain  traces  that  remained  permanently  in  the  law. 


SECTION  XIV. — THE  BASIS  OF  THE  ROMAN  FAMILY. 

45.  The  foundation  of  the  family,  in  human  law,  in  the 
general  law  of  society,  is  marriage.     Among  the  Romans  the 
civil  marriage  was  certainly  an  important  element  in  it ;  but  its 
root  and  origin  are  to  be  sought  elsewhere. 

The  Roman  family,  even  as  regards  thejtis  privatum,  was 
not  a  natural  family ;  it  was  a  creation  of  the  jus  civile,  the  jus 
civitatis.  Woman,  as  a  wife  to  her  husband,  or  as  a  mother 
to  her  children,  was  not  comprised  in  it  by  the  single  fact  of 
marriage  :  she  gave  it  children,  but  she  was  not  of  their  family. 
The  children  themselves,  their  descendents,  could  be  foreign  to 
it ;  and,  inversely,  persons  foreign  by  blood  could  form  a  part 
of  it. 

And,  nevertheless,  on  the  fact  of  existence  in  the  same  family 
depended  all  civil  rights  which  the  members  were  entitled  to 
enjoy  with  regard  to  one  another.  Whoever  was  in  it  partici- 
pated in  these  rights.  Whoever  was  not  in  it,  whether  son, 
father,  mother,  brother,  sister,  no  matter  in  what  relation  he 
stood,  had  no  participation  whatever. 

The  tie  of  family  was  not  the  tie  of  blood ;  it  was  not  the  tie 
produced  by  marriage  and  by  generation,  but  a  bond  created  by 
civil  law — a  bond  of  power.  The  exposition,  therefore,  of  the 
law  which  concerns  marriage  must  commence  with  the  theory 
of  power. 

SECTION  XV. — POWER — THE  CHIEF  OF  THE  FAMILY  (Pater- 
familias)— PERSONS  Sui  Juris  OR  Alieni  Juris. 

46.  This  idea  of  power  as  the  basis  of  the  Roman  family 
must  be  taken  in  its  most  absolute,  most  despotic  sense.     A 


GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  579 

siugle  individual,  the  head,  was  the  master,  the  proprietor  of 
all  the  others,  of  all  the  patrimony ;  the  property  concentrated 
in  each  family  was  at  his  free  and  entire  disposal ;  body  and 
estate,  all  were  his.  As  for  himself  he  was  independent. 

47.  Thence  arises,  with  regard  to  the  family,  a  new  division 
of  persons. 

1.  Persons  sui  juris,  having  their  own  rights,  also  called 
paterfamilias  when  men,  materfamilias  when  women.    Married 
or  unmarried,  with  children  or  without,  even  in  infancy,  from 
very  birth,  if  not  subject  to  any  power,  the  Roman  citizen  was 
paterfamilias — the  father — the  head  of  the  family. 

2.  Contrasted  with  the  sui  juris  is  one  who  is  alieni  juris, 
an  accessory  of  another,  alieno  juri  subjectus,  that  is  to  say, 
under  the  power  of  another. 

48.  The  first  alone  could  have,  could  acquire,  could  exercise 
civil  rights,  and  hold  other  persons  under  his  power.     The 
second,  strictly  speaking,  could  hold,  acquire  or  exercise  no 
right  for  himself;  he  was  only  the  representative,  the  instrument 
of  the  one  on  whom  he  depended,  he  could  have  no  one  in  his 
power ;  in  a  word,  he  had  no  persona  of  his  own,  but  bore  that 
of  the   chief.     His  individuality  was  extinguished  under  this 
mask,  or  persona.     If  he  was  reputed  to  be  a  part,  so  to  say,  of 
the  family,  it  was  only  by  identifying  himself,  by  making  one 
person  with  the  head,  that  he  could  be  considered  to  be  so. 
All  this  had  reference  to  the  status  of  the  individual  in  his 
private  relations  only,  for  carry  him  into  public  life  and  we  see 
him  in  the  forum,  the  comitia,  in  the  ranks  of  the  magistrates, 
the  man   alieni  juris ;  if  he  was  free  and  a  citizen  he  there 
enjoyed  his  independence,  and  exercised  the  rights  and  public 
duties  of  a  citizen.1 

1  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  espe-  ranked  according  to  wealth.     Now  the 

daily  under  the  primitive  constitution  sons    of    the    family    had    absolutely 

of  Rome,  that  the  principle  of  the  all-  nothing,  unless  it  was  their  participa- 

absorbing  personality  of  the  head  oxer-  tion  in  the  common  property  of  family, 

ciscd  its  influence  even  with  regard  to  as  uniting  in  the  person  of  their  chief. 

political    relations ;     and     the    incon-  Up  to  what  point  did  the  son  of  the 

testable  proof  of  it  is  in  the  comitia,  family,  in  his  political  relations  and  in 

centuriata,   where   the    citizens   were  the  discharge  of  his  duties  as  citizen, 

p  v  2 


580  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XVI. — DIVERS  KINDS  OF  POWER  (Potestas,  Manus, 
Mancipium). 

49.  The  power  of  the  individual  who  was  sui  juris,  pater- 
familias, head  of  the  family  over  persons  alieni  juris,  was  ol 
three  kinds  : — 

1.  Potestas — power  properly  so  called  which  designates  at 
the  same  time,  in  the  language  of  Roman  law,  the  power  of  the 
master  over  the  slave  (potestas  dominorurn),  and  the  paternal 
power  of  the  father  over  the  children  (patria  potestas). 

2.  Manus — the  hand;   a   symbolical  expression   sometimes, 
and  probably  always  originally  so,  employed  to  designate  all 
power,1  but  especially  applied  to  the  power  of  the  husband  over 
his  wife  in  cases  where  the  latter  was  subject  to  him,  which  did 
not  always  happen,  and  which  was  not  the  result  of  marriage 
alone. 

3.  Mancipium — the  power  over   the   free    man   of  whom 
Roman  ownership  had  been  acquired  by  the  solemn  alienation 
or  civil  sale,  named  mancipation  (mancipatio]. 

Thus  the  persons  under  the  power  of  the  head  of  the  family 
were  slaves,  children,  the  wife  when  she  had  been  placed  or  had 
fallen  in  manu,  and  the  free  men  he  had  acquired  by  manci- 
pation ;  this  did  not  prevent  their  remaining  free  in  other 
respects. 

50.  In  respect  of  each  of  these  powers,  the  law  had  to  regu- 
late the  following  points  :  the  way  in  which  it  was  produced  or 
acquired,  its  effects  and  extent,  and  the  way  in  which  it  was 
dissolved. 

5 1 .  As  to  power  over  slaves.     The  theory  of  its  acquisition 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  acquisition  of  things,  because  slaves, 
in  this  relation,  are  things.     The  extent  of  this  power,  and  its 
effects,  are  matters  especially  of  historical  study ;  and  the  mode 
in  which  the  dissolution  of  this  power  was  effected,  by  enfran- 

continue  to  wear  the  legal  mask,  the  jvg privation. 

persona  of  the  chief  ?     It  is  an  intricate  '  For  instance,  in  mamtmissio,  man- 

qnestion,  but  out  of  the  pale  of  this  cipatio,  and  mancipium  itself, 
work,  which  is  specially  devoted  to  the 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  581 

chisement,  manumissio,  is  closely  bound  up  with  the  theories  of 
libertas,  of  civitas,  and  of  thefamilia.  And  connected  with  it 
is  the  theory  of  patronage  and  of  the  ties  thereby  produced 
between  the  enfranchised  and  the  enfranchising  family. 

62.  Patria  potestas. — This  power  rested  upon  the  theory  of 
justce  nupticB,  and  involved  that  of  arrogation,  which  belonged 
to  the  jus  publicum,  inasmuch  as  it  affected  the  status  of  all 
citizens  and  required  the  intervention  of  pontifical  power,  since  it 
involved  an  alteration  in  the  composition  of  the  family.     With 
the  patria  potestas  was  also  connected  adoption,  which  was  an 
innovation  on  the  jus  publicum  by  the  jus  privatum,  by  the  aid 
of  a  fiction.    As  in  the  former  case,  the  extent  and  effect  of  this 
power,  both  in  relation  to  persons  and  things,  was  materially 
altered  by  the  influence  of  tune.     Its  extent  was  not  limited  to 
the  immediate  family,  but  it  passed  through  the  male  line  from 
generation  to  generation,  and  was  alone  terminated  by  the  death 
of  the  head  of  the  family,  that  is  to  say,  except  in  cases  where 
it  was  brought  to  an  end  by  any  special  circumstance. 

Amongst  those  special  circumstances  were  the  mancipatio, 
which  was  not  provided  for  by  primitive  law,  nor  even  by  the 
law  of  the  Twelve  Tables,1  and  which  was  in  fact  arrived  at  by 
means  of  fictions.  It  is  remarkable  that  Roman  law,  which  was 
essentially  aristocratic,  recognized  no  right  of  primogeniture, 
nor  preference  of  sex.  The  equality  of  children  was  recognized 
from  the  earliest  times,  and  both  sons  and  daughters  directly 
under  the  control  of  the  chief  became,  by  his  death,  both  free 
and  sui  juris. 

63.  Manus. — The  theory  of  manus  involved  the  notion  of 
justcB  nuptia,  not  indeed  as  an  efficient  cause  but  as  an  essen- 
tial condition,  because  it  was  necessary  to  this  power  that  it 
should  be  generated  by  the  confarreatio  or  farreum,  a  sacer- 
dotal solemnity  of  Etruscan  origin,  and  a  privilege  confined  to 
the  patricians ;   or  by  coemptio,  which  was  the  civil  sale  of  the 
woman  by  mancipatio,  a  solemnity  practised  by  the  plebeians ; 

1  See  however  Gaius,  4,  §  79. 


582  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

or  finally  by  usus,  which  was  the  acquisition,  as  a  result  of  use, 
which  followed  from  the  uninterrupted  possession  of  the  woman 
for  the  space  of  one  year.  The  effects  of  this  power  were 
chiefly  to  place  the  woman  in  the  family  of  her  husband,  to 
give  her  the  rank  of  daughter  of  her  own  husband  and  sister  of 
her  own  children. 

54.  Mancipium. — This  involved  the  notion  of  the  sale  and 
of  the  civil  alienation  (mancipatio},  which  could  be  made  by  the 
head  of  a  family  either  of  the  children,  or  of  a  female  under  his 
power,  when  transferred  for  the  purposes  of  marriage  (noxali 
causa  mancipatio}.     The  effects  of  this  power  were  in  general 
to  assimilate  the  condition  of  the  person  emancipated  to  that 
of  a  slave  in  the  family  (servorum  loco  constituuntur},  leaving 
the  person  at  the  same  time  free  as  to  the  jus  publicum.     In 
this  were  involved  manumissio,  by  which  an  end  was  put  to 
this  condition  of  subjection,  and  the  relationship,  analogous  to 
that  of  patronage,  which  resulted  from  it.     As  in  the  preceding 
cases,  this  power  also  gradually  decreased,  and  mancipium  ulti- 
mately became  nothing  but  a  fictitious  means  of  completing  the 
emancipations   which   did   not    comport   with   the    civil   law.1 
Notice  must  also  be  taken  of  a  singular  rule  connected  with 
this  subject.     Every  fifth  year  at  each  census  all  who  were  in 
mancipio,  rather  as  a  fiction  than  in  fact,  necessarily  recovered 
their  liberty.2 

55.  To  this  power  (which  is  designated  by  Gaius  manci- 
pium) the  condition  of  the   person  styled  in  primitive  times 
nexus,  nexu  vinctus,  corresponded,  that  is  to  say,  the  condition 
of  the  head  of  a  family  who,  being  a  debtor,  in  order  to  secure 
his  debt  gave  himself  in  pledge  to  his  creditor  by  the  civil  sale 
nexum,  mancipatio,  alienatio  per  ces  et  libram,  which  involved, 
not  only  his  own  person,  but  that  of  all  the  members  of  his 
family  and  his  entire  patrimony.2      Emancipation  in   such  a 

1  For  example,   to  emancipate  the  3  Nexum  was  a  primitive  and  generic 
sons  from  paternal  power ;  to  liberate  expression :  it  designated  all  civil  acts 
women  from  the  guardianship  of  their  which  were  accomplished  by  the  real 
agnates.  or  fictitious  employment  of  alienation  ; 

2  Guius,  1,  §  140.  per  ces  ct  libram,  by  the  bronze  piece 


GENERALIZATION  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  583 

case  as  this  was  not  considered,  and  probably  was  not  in  fact 
(as  a  certain  restriction  was  placed  upon  the  terms  implied  in 
the  transaction),  an  irrevocable  alienation,  but  was  regarded 
rather  in  the  light  of  a  guarantee  or  as  an  alienation  which 
would  ipso  facto  cease  by  the  payment  of  the  debt.1  Debtors 
thus  liberated  from  this  subjection  by  payment  were  in  the 
language  of  ancient  Roman  law  called  soluti.z  Next,  soluti! 
These  explanations  recall  to  mind  the  miserable  condition  of 
the  plebeian,  oppressed  by  the  usurious  patrician,  the  cause  of 
constant  revolts  ;  and  the  lex  Petillia  Papiria,  B.C.  326,  which 
prohibited  this  practice. 

66.  It  is  also  to  the  power  which  could  be  enjoyed  by  the 
head  of  a  family  over  free  men,  and  acquired  by  means  of  the 
civil  law,  that  we  must  refer  the  condition  of  those  who  were 
styled  addictus,  that  is  to  say,  of  those  who  by  declaration  of 
the  magistrate  were  declared  to  be  under  the  power  or  control 
of  another,  whether  of  a  creditor  from  default  of  payment  or  of 
an  injured  person,  as  the  result  of  an  offence  committed  against 
him;  for  example,  a  case  of  furtum  manifestum.3  Notwith- 
standing the  similarity  between  the  condition  of  the  nexi  and 
the  addictif  the  real  difference  was  considerable ;  the  nexi 
were  really  assimilated  to  slaves,  both  in  fact  and  in  law,  in 
relation  to  the  person  to  whom  they  had  been  sold,  though 
they  remained  free  as  to  the  state ;  whereas  the  addicti  were 
slaves  in  fact  but  not  in  law,  both  in  regard  to  the  creditor  to 
whom  they  had  been  addicted  and  to  the  state. 

and  the  balance  {"Nexum  est,  ut  ait  v°  Deminutus.    It  was  thus  possible, 

Gallus  JElius,  quodcumque  per  CBS  et  by  the  formality  of  the  nexum,  to  give 

libram  geritur,  etc."    Festus,  v°  Nex-  a  pledge  as  guarantee  of  the  debt  in 

um;    Cicero,  Top.,  5,  28,  and  Boetius  property  instead  of  the  person. 

ad    deer.;  Cicero,   De   orat.,  3,   40;  3  "  Nexo  solutoque  .     .     .  idem  jus 

Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  6,  5).     The  esto."   Festus,  Satiates.   That  is  to  say, 

expressions  mancipium,  and  later  still  that  the  nexus,  during  his  engagement 

mancipatio,    were    more    recent    and  and  so  long  as  the  term  of  payment  had 

more  comprehensive.  not  arrived,  was  entitled  to  the  same 

1  "  Liber  qui  suas  operas  in  servi-  rights  as  one  who  was  free  from  this 

tutem,   pro   pecunia   quam   debebat,  engagement.     Livy,  2,  23. 

dabat   dum   solveret,   nexus   rocaba-  3  Aul.    Gell.,    Noct.    attic.,   20,    1, 

tur."     Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  6,  5.  wherein  is  found  the  text  of  the  law  of 

"  Propter  domesticamruinani  et  grace  the  Twelve  Tables.     Quintil.,    Inxtit. 

egg  aUemtm,  C.  Plotio  nexum  sa  dare  orat.,  3,  6 ;  5,  10;  7,  5.     Livy,  (i,  ^6. 
coactu-nt"   Valer.  Maxim.  G,(J.   Festus, 


584  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  expressions  adjudicatus,  judicatus,1  which  signified  the 
result,  not  of  a  magistrate's  declaring  the  law,  but  of  a  judge's 
delivering  judgment,2  referred  to  the  status  preceding  the 
addictio ;  they  designated  one  who  had  been  condemned  (judi- 
catus} by  the  sentence  of  a  judge,  and  who  was  still  proceeded 
against  by  his  creditor  in  order  to  have  him  made  addictus;  in 
the  interval,  therefore,  between  judicatus  and  addictus  he  was 
subject  to  a  certain  species  of  power  which  his  creditor  pos- 
sessed over  him. 

57.  These  three  kinds  of  subjection,  resulting  from  manci- 
patio,  the  nexum  and  the  addictio,  applied  to  free  men,  and 
though  varying  as  to  their  extent  and  to  their  details,  they  were 
the  same  in  this  important  particular,  that  there  was  in  each  a 
power  of  appropriation,  which,  in  the  two  former,  conferred  the 
actual  Quiritarian  dominium.  The  last  two  disappeared, — first 
the  nexum  and  then  the  addictio.  Gaius  scarcely  alludes  to 
them,  but  he  speaks  in  detail  concerning  the  mancipium,  which 
however  in  his  time  had  commenced  to  be  nothing  but  a  fiction, 
and  which,  even  when  it  existed  in  fact,  was  greatly  modified  in 
its  effects.3 


SECTION  XVII. — MARRIAGE  (Justce  Nuptice)  AND  THE  VARIOUS 
UNIONS  BETWEEN  THE  SEXES  (Concubinatus,  Stuprum,  Contu- 
bernium). 

68.  The  theory  of  marriage,  as  a  constituent  element  of  the 
Roman  family,  was  only  an  accessory  of  thepotestas. 

Roman  marriage,  according  to  the  civil  law,  was  styled  justa 
nuptice,  justum  matrimonium ;  the  husband  was  called  vir,  the 
wife  uxor.  This  institution  was  exclusively  confined  to  citizens, 
or  to  those  to  whom  the  connubium  had  been  ceded.  It  was 
the  only  marriage  which  conferred  the  patria  potestas ;  it  did 
not  of  itself  however  produce  the  marital  power  (manus)  as  to 
the  wife  ;  in  order  to  secure  this,  there  must  have  been,  in  addi- 
tion, ihefarreum,  the  coemptio,  or  the  usus. 

1  Gai.  3,  §§  180,  199 ;    Dig.  42,  1,  2  See  post,  §  247. 

34,  f.  L.  Ruf.  3  Gai.  1,  §  141. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  585 

69.  Here  must  be  noted  the  division  of  the  populace  into 
two  radically  distinct  castes,  between  the  members  of  which  a 
Roman  marriage  could  never  take  place,  because,  as  between 
them  the  connubium  being  non-existent,  the  familia  could  not 
be  formed,  nor  could  the  blood  of  the  two  intermingle.  In  the 
course  of  time  this  distinction  gave  way ;  the  Lex  Canuleia 
conferred  the  connubium  on  the  plebeians  in  B.C.  445,1  and  the 
Lex  Papia  Poppaa,  A.D.  9,  permitted  the  union  of  ingenui  and 
the  enfranchised:2  the  constitution  of  Justinian,  in  the  spirit  of 
Christianity,  permitted  the  union  of  the  senatorial  order  with 
the  enfranchished  and  lower  grades  ;3  and  this  emperor,  in  his 
own  person,  set  the  example  to  his  subjects  by  raising  a  woman 
who  had  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  circus  and  in  the 
embolum  to  share  his  throne  and  bed.  We  have  thus  before  us 
the  point  of  departure  and  the  condition  at  which  affairs  arrived 
under  the  empire  when  distinctions  had  been  obliterated.  It 
was  then  no  longer  a  question  of  the  intermingling  of  the  blood 
of  a  Roman  citizen  with  that  of  a  foreigner,  for  at  that  epoch  it 
was  impossible  to  say  who  was  a  foreigner,  who  a  citizen,  or  who 
a  Roman. 

60.  The  form  of  marriage  was  purely  a  matter  of  private 
law ;  it  did  not  require  any  public  solemnity,  but  ranked  with 
all  ordinary  real  contracts ;  the  only  necessary  conditions  being 
consent  and  the  tradition  or  transfer  of  the  woman  to  her  hus- 
band. This  plain  and  simple  theory  of  marriage  was  however 
supplemented,  in  accordance  with  the  tastes  and  manners  of  the 
times,  by  forms  and  ceremonies,  some  symbolical,  others  orna- 
mental, but  neither  having  any  legal  effect.  But  with  the  pa- 
tricians the  case  was  different.  Marriage  with  them  was  not 
allowed  to  remain  an  unceremonious  and  simple  contract,  but 
was  attended  with  the  Etruscan  sacerdotal  solemnity  of  the 
farreum  or  confarreatio  ;  this,  however,  did  not  in  itself  con- 
stitute the  marriage,  but  it  had  the  effect  of  placing  the  woman 
in  manu,  that  is  to  say,  it  made  her,  so  to  speak,  a  chattel  in 
the  hands  of  the  head  of  the  family,  and  it  conferred  upon  the 

'  Livy,  4,  6.  a  Cod.   5,  4,  23 ;    Novel.   89,  c.    15; 

a  Livy,  29,  19.  Novel.  117,  c.  6. 


586  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

issue  the  right  to  participate  in  pontifical  functions.  As  to  the 
plebeian,  if  he  wished  to  place  his  wife  in  manu,  he  could  ac- 
complish this  by  means  of  the  civil  sale  per  CBS  et  libram,  or  in 
default  of  this,  by  the  uninterrupted  possession  of  her  body  for 
the  space  of  one  year :  that  is  to  say,  if  she  had  not  slept  away 
from  his  house  for  three  consecutive  nights  during  that  period 
(usurpatum  ire  trinoctio}. 

With  the  theory  of  marriage  is  closely  connected  that  of 
betrothal  (sponsalia),  which  preceded  it,  and  that  of  repudia- 
tion by  divorce,  which  dissolved  it  (repudium,  divorcium). 

61.  The  other  kinds  of  union  between  the  sexes,  not  affect- 
ing the  civil  family,  were  concubinatus,  stuprum  and  contu- 
burnium. 

Concubinatus,  or  concubinage,  was  a  licit  intercourse  with- 
out marriage.  This  union  was  permitted;  but  was  not  con- 
sidered honourable,  especially  in  respect  of  the  woman.  The 
issue  of  such  a  union,  termed  naturales  liberi,  had  a  recognized 
father ;  but  they  were  not  under  the  patria  potestas.  To  this 
institution  was  attached  that  of  legitimation,  by  means  of  which 
the  patria  potestas  might  be  acquired  over  the  issue. 

Stuprum  was  a  general  expression,  designating  all  illicit  inter- 
course, the  issue  of  which  were  termed  spurii,  vulgo  qucesiti, 
and  had  no  recognized  father.  As  distinctive  forms  of  this 
union,  we  may  specify  incest  (incestus),  adultery  (adulterium\ 
which  made  the  issue  incestuosi,  ex  damnato  coitu,  or  adul- 
terini. 

Contubernium  was  the  union  of  slaves,  or  of  a  slave  with  a 
free  person,  and  produced  no  civil  effects.1 


SECTION  XVIII. — COGNATIO,  AGNATIO — GENS,  ADFINITAS. 

62.   The    Roman  Avord  parens  is  derived  from  parere,  to 
generate. 

1  This  however  does  not  prevent  our  with  regard  to  the  status  of  children 
finding  a  few  provisions  of  the  jus  civile  born  from  the  intermixture  of  slaves 
upon  this  kind  of  intercourse,  especially  and  free.  Gai.  1,  §§  b4,  85. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  UOMAN  LAW.  587 

The  most  comprehensive  term  indicating  this  relationship  is 
coi/natio. 

63.  Cognatio  was  the  bond  existing  between  persons  united 
by  the  same  blood,  or  who  were  reputedly  so  united.    In  the  first 
instance  the  relationship  was  natnral,  in  the  second  it  was  purely 
legal  and  was  the  result  of  adoption ;  persons  so  connected  were, 
as  between  themselves,  termed  cognati,  quasi  una  communiter 
nati. 

Cognatio  admitted  of  different  degrees.  The  linea  recta,  or 
direct  line,  comprehended  the  whole  series  of  persons  who  were 
derived  directly  the  one  from  the  other:  and  it  was  divided 
into  the  superior  and  the  inferior;  the  former  comprehending 
ancestors,  the  latter  descendants.  The  collateral  line,  or  the 
linea  transversa,  obliqua,  ex  transverso,  a  latere,  included 
persons  who  were  descended,  not  from  one  another,  but  from 
the  same  common  stock.  Each  generation  was  a  degree,  the 
position  of  the  degree  determining  the  measure  of  cognation. 

Mere  cognation,  whether  the  result  ofjustce  nuptice  or  of  any 
other  form  of  union,  did  not  place  the  individual  in  the  family, 
nor  did  it  confer  any  right  of  family ;  it  had  indeed  scarcely  any 
civil  effects,  unless  it  was  the  prohibition  of  marriage  between 
certain  parties. 

64.  The  civil  parentage,  which  produced  civil  effects  and 
which  conferred  the  rights  of  family,  was  agnatio  ;  it  was  the 
bond  which  united  the  cognate  members  of  the  same  family, 
qui  ex  eddem  familia  sunt,  and  the  active  principle  of  this  union 
of  ad-gnatio  was  thepatriapotestas,  or  the  marital  power  which 
united,  or  which  would  unite,  all  under  the  common  chief, 
supposing  the  original  head  of  a  family  still  to  be  in  existence.1 
He  who  was  subject  to  this  power  was  an  agnate  and  a  member 
of  the  family ;  whoever  was  without  its  pale  was  no  longer  so, 
and  this  applied  equally  to  male  and  female. 

1  According  to  another  opinion,  which  2,  §  1,  the   agnates   were   only  those 

has  been  discussed  more  in  detail  and  who  had  really  lived  in  subjection  to- 

rrfuted   by    M.    Ortolan    in    vol.    iii.,  gether  to  the  power  of  the  same  chief. 

llc.  hist,  des  Instltuts,  lib.  iii.  tit.  Qui  sub  uiiius  potentate  fucrunt. 


588  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

65.  In  addition  to  this  family  aggregation  of  all  the  agnates, 
there  was  originally  another  kind  of  civil  union,  that  of  the 
gentilitas t  or,  in  other  words,  the  generation  or  genealogy — a 
union  the  exact  nature  and  origin  of  which  are  somewhat 
uncertain,  though  an  immense  number  of  ingenious  but  doubt- 
ful theories  have  been  floated  concerning  it. 

In  our  opinion  a  right  conception  of  clientage  and  of  enfran- 
chisement is  necessary  in  order  fully  to  understand  this  relation- 
ship, which  was  peculiar  to  Quiritarian  civil  law.  Citizens 
who  were  derived  from  a  common  source,  whose  lineage  was 
free  from  all  taint  of  servitude  or  subjection,  and  who  conse- 
quently had  a  generation  or  genealogy  of  their  own,  and  who 
were  at  the  same  time  united  by  the  bond  of  civil  parentage, 
constituted  a  gens,  and  were,  as  to  each  other,  both  agnati  and 
gentiles. 

Viewed  in  this  light,  it  is  not  clear  wherein  gentilitas  differed 
from  agnatio,  unless  it  was  in  the  essential  constituent  element 
of  gentilitas,  the  freedom  of  the  lineage  from  all  taint  of 
vassalage,  which  would  have  confined  gentilitas  to  the  patri- 
cians, whereas  agnatio  might  be  common  to  patricians  and 
plebeians.  In  this  way,  and  in  primitive  times,  gentilitas  would 
be  the  agnatio  of  patricians,  the  gens  being  the  patrician  family. 
But,  in  addition  to  this,  the  patricians,  at  the  same  time  agnati 
and  gentiles  as  between  themselves,  were  also  the  gentiles  of  all 
the  families  of  their  clients  or  enfranchised,  who  were  civilly 
derived  from  their  gens,  who  had  taken  their  name  and  adopted 
their  sacra,  and  to  whom  their  gens  served  as  a  civil  genealogy. 
These  decendants  of  clients  or  enfranchised,  though  having 
gentiles,  were  not  themselves  the  gentiles  to  others,  and  there- 
fore, in  relation  to  them,  agnatio  was  altogether  different  from 
gentilitas.  Their  agnatio  was  founded  upon  the  common  bond 
of  the  parental  or  marital  power,  however  ancient  the  origin  of 
that  power  might  be.  The  gentilitas  depended  upon  the  bond 
of  power  or  the  influence  of  patronage,  whether  as  clients  or  as 
enfranchised,  however  remote  may  have  been  the  origin  of  this 
power. 

In  this  way  the  title  and  the  rights  of  gentiles  would,  accord- 
ing to  our  view,  belong  to  the  civil  members  of  every  race,  in 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  589 

its  origin  and  during  its  existence  strictly  ingenuus  or  free  from 
any  taint  of  vassalage,  first  as  between  themselves,  and  secondly 
as  to  the  race  of  clients  or  enfranchised  throughout  their  various 
ramifications:  all  of  whom  bore  a  common  name.  The  ex- 
pressions gentilhomme,  gentiluomo,  gentilhombre  and  gentleman 
have  been  retained  in  the  modern  languages  of  Europe,  and 
have  been  used  to  indicate  what  is  commonly  termed  a  good 
extraction,  a  noble  genealogy,  a  pure  blood.  The  law,  in 
default  of  agnates,  gave  the  inheritance  and  tutelages  to  the 
gentiles.  This  right  and  this  bond  of  union,  though  existing  at 
the  time  of  Cicero,  had  entirely  fallen  into  disuse  in  the  time  of 
Gaius. 

66.  In  brief,  the  civil  or  natural  ties  of  the  Romans  were 
expressed  by  the  three  characteristic  terms  familia,  gens,  cog- 
natio.     In  the  first  we  have  agnatio  and  the  agnati ;  in  the 
second  the  gentiles  ;  and  in  the  last  the  cognati.     The  first  two 
were  Quiritarian,  and  depended  either  upon  the  existence  of  the 
patria  potestas  between  the  parties,  or  upon  the  relationship  of 
patron  and  client,  actual  or  enfranchised.     The  third  rested 
solely  upon  the  ties  of  blood,  and  consequently  produced  no 
legal  effects. 

67.  Affinitas  was  the  tie  resulting  from  justce  nuptice,  which 
affected  both  the  contracting  parties  and  their  cognati.     Pro- 
perly speaking  it  had  no  degrees ;  it  was,  however,  measured 
like  cognation  and  by  cognation.1     Every  relation  of  one  of  the 
married  couple  was  related  in  the  same  degree  to  the  other. 

Affinity,  like  mere  blood  relationship,  could  not  place  one  in 
the  family,  nor  confer  any  right. 


SECTION  XIX. — DIFFERENT  ACCEPTATIONS  OF  THE  WORD  Familia. 

68.  From  the  preceding  observations,  we  are  in  a  position  to 
understand  the  principal  acceptations  of  the  word  familia  in 
the  language  of  Roman  law. 

1  Dig.  38,  10,  4,  §  5,  f.  Modest. 


590  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

1st.  In  its  most  limited  sense,  familia  designated  the  chief, 
and  the  women  and  children  under  his  power. 

2nd.  Familia,  in  a  more  extended  sense,  designated  the  con- 
nection of  the  agnates,  all  the  members  of  the  different  families 
which  would  all  be  under  the  power  of  a  common  head,  were 
he  still  living.  This  is  the  real  family  of  the  civil  law. 

3rd.  The  word  familia  also  included  the  slaves,  and  those 
who  were  in  mancipio  of  the  chief,  though  they  were  only  in 
the  family  as  chattels,  without  any  tie  of  relationship. 

4th  and  lastly.  Familia  sometimes  meant  all  the  goods,  all 
the  patrimony  of  the  chief.1 


SECTION  XX. — SUCCESSIVE  MODIFICATIONS  OP  THE  LAW  RELATING 
TO  THE  FAMILY. 

69.  The  course  of  the  gradation  of  the  Roman  civil  family 
towards  the  natural  family,  or  the  family  of  consanguinity,  is 
worthy  of  remark. 

Gentilitas  fell  gradually  into  disuse  and  ended  in  becoming 
a  mystery.  Then  the  nexum  and  the  addictio  of  the  free  man 
disappeared.  The  manus  and  the  mancipium  followed — at 
least  so  far  that  they  remained  only  as  legal  fictions  to  evade 
the  severity  of  the  ancient  law.  Under  Justinian  we  find  no 
longer  any  mention  of  it,  and  until  the  discovery  of  the  Insti- 
tutes of  Gaius  we  had  only  an  erroneous  notion  concerning  it. 
The  patria  potestas  underwent  all  kinds  of  restrictions,  both 
in  relation  to  property  and  persons.  The  son  was  accorded 
first  of  all  certain  rights  and  then  property  as  his  own ;  he 
became  a  persona.  Meantime  the  prastorian  system  leaned 
towards  blood  relationship,  and  tended  more  and  more  to  impart 
family  rights  to  cognates.  Senatus-consulta,  imperial  constitu- 
tions, the  legislation  of  Justinian,  all  tended  to  the  same  result, 
till  by  the  Novellas,  of  this  emperor  the  traces  of  the  Roman 
family  and  its  ancient  effects  were  nearly  obliterated.  Thus 

1  Such  was  the  sense  of  this  word  in  habeto—gentilis  f ami  Ham  nancitor. 
the  law  of  succession  of  the  Twelve  See  Ulpian,  on  these  different  accepta- 
Tahles  :  adgnatiis proximusfamiliam  tions,  Dig.  GO,  10,  195  et  seq. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  591 

the  political  familia  first  disappeared,  afterwards  the  religious 
familia,  then  the  familia  of  the  jus  civile  privatum,  and  there 
only  remained  the  natural  family. 


§  IV.  ON  THE  LOSS  OR  CHANGE  OF  STATUS. 

(  Capitis  Deminutio.^)1 

SECTION  XXI. — MAXIMA,  MEDIA,  MINIMA  (  Capitis  Deminutio'). 

70.  The  three  elements  which  comprised  the  status  of  the 
citizen  under  the  Roman  civil  law  (status,  caput)  might  be 
lost  in  various  ways.     The  loss  of  liberty  involved  that  of  the 
two  other  elements.     The  loss  of  citizenship  (civitas)  entailed 
that  of  the  familia,  but  did  not  affect  the  personal   liberty. 
Finally,  the  loss  of  familia  neither  affected  liberty  nor  citizen- 
ship. 

71.  In  the  first  two  cases  the  civil  status  was  entirely  lost 
(status  amittitur}.     In  the   third,  the   status  was  maintained 
(salvo  statu),  but  it  was  modified,  since  a  person  came  out  of 
one   family  to  enter   into   another,  or  to   commence   another 
(status   mutatur).     It  must   not   be    forgotten,  that   whoever 
underwent  this  modification  of  status,  in  any  shape,   always 
changed  family,  property  and  person.    Family,  since  he  passed 
from  one  to  another ;  property,  since  in  each  family  a  distinct 
co-ownership  was  centred;   finally  person,  since  there  was  in 
each  family  in  law  no  other  persona  but  that  of  the  chief,  and 
by  changing  his  status  he  quitted  this  persona  to  identify  him- 
self with  another,  or  to  invest  himself  with  a  new  <5ne. 

All  these  events  were  called  capitis  deminutio,  of  which  there 
were  three  degrees, — maxima,  media,  minima. 

1  The  literal    translation   of    these  The  same  remark  applies  to  many  other 

words,  capitis deminutio,by  the  French  expressions,  such  as  usucapwn,  vsuca- 

expression  diminution  de  tete,  is  cer-  per,  vindication,  condition,  etc.,  etc. 

tainly  not  French,  as  M.  Pellat   has  It  would  disfigure  the  language  of  Ko- 

judiciously  remarked  in  his  treatise  On  man   law   to   turn  it  everywhere  into 

property  and  usufruct,  p.  96.     It  is,  French :    the   language   of  science  in 

however,  retained  as  a  technical  expres-  many  instances  is  technical,  and  it  is 

sion,    having   a    special    signification.  thus  it  should  be  taken. 


592  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

73.  The  word  deminutlo,  which  expresses  a  fall  or  degrada- 
tion in  the  status  of  the  person,  is  clear  and  intelligible  when 
applied  to  the  maxima  deminutio  capitis,  and  to  the  media 
deminutio  capitis ;  but  in  connection  with  the  minima  deminutio 
capitis,  its  use  has  given  rise  to  the  theory  that  in  this  case  it 
is  not  a  question  of  loss  of  family,  but  of  the  degradation  ex- 
perienced by  the  person  who  suffered  it,  when  as  the  result  of 
adrogation  he  passed  from  the  condition  of  head  of  a  family  to 
that  of  a  son ;  or  when  in  order  to  be  emancipated,  that  he  might 
be  given  by  his  father  to  another  in  adoption,  he  passed  by  a 
fiction,  according  to  primitive  forms,  into  the  inferior  condition 
of  a  man  in  mancipio.  That  there  is  truth  in  this  last  obser- 
vation, and  that  the  fact  it  exposes  may  have  produced  a 
certain  influence,  historically  considered,  in  the  adoption  of  the 
expression  capitis  deminutio,  we  will  not  deny ;  but  it  is  not 
merely  in  the  explanation  of  the  term,  but  in  the  practical  con- 
sequences of  the  minima  capitis  deminutio,  that  the  two  systems 
disagree.  Notwithstanding  the  high  authority1  who  has  sub- 
scribed to  this  view,  we  utterly  repudiate  it  as  ignoring  the 
characteristic  feature  of  the  old  Roman  family,  and  as  over- 
looking the  all  important  part  that  this  institution  took,  whether 
in  the  jus  sacrum,  the  jus  publicum  or  the  jus  privatum,  and 
so  placing  in  the  background  that  which  should  be  made 
prominent  in  an  exposition  of  Roman  law  and  the  condition  of 
persons. 


CHAPTER  III. 

OTHER  CONDITIONS  AFFECTING  PERSONS  BESIDES  STATUS 

(  Status}. 

SECTION  XXII.  — GENERALLY. 

73.  Besides  the  status  of  man,  considered  in  its  three  essentia 
elements,  we  find  that  other  distinctions  were  recognized  which, 
without  altering  the  status,  nevertheless  modified  the  law  re- 

1  Savigny,  Treatise  on  Roman  Law,  vol.  ii.  app.  6. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  593 

garding  it.     These  distinctions  may  be  considered  in  connec- 
tion with  a  man's  political  and  his  physical  relations. 
And,  first,  as  to  his  political  relations. 


SECTION  XXIII. — EXISTIMATIO. 

74.  Existimatio  is  thus  defined  by  Callistratus :  dignitatis 
illcesce  status,  legibus  ac  moribus  comprobatus.1 

It  was  the  honour  of  the  Roman  citizen,  founded  both  on  the 
laws  and  on  custom,  and  which  must  remain  intact  to  entitle  to 
full  enjoyment  of  civil  rights,  both  as  regards  the  jus  publicum 
and  thejtts  privatum. 

This  existimatio  could  be  totally  lost  (aut  consumitur\  which 
happened  whenever  the  status  of  a  free  man  was  destroyed,  or 
only  diminished  (aut  minuitur}.2 

76.  The  modifications  the  existimatio  could  undergo  were 
three : — 

1st.  Infamy  (infamia],  which  proceeded  from  two  sources  : 
either  it  attached  to  the  person  by  reason  of  the  practice  of  certain 
professions,  or  certain  shameful  acts  specially  denounced  by  the 
law  or  by  the  edict  of  the  praetor,  and  by  the  mere  practice  of 
these  professions  or  the  commission  of  these  acts  ;  or  else  it  was 
the  consequence  of  a  condemnation  incurred  either  for  public 
misdemeanor  or  in  certain  private  suits.  Such  persons  were 
called  infamous  (famosi:  quinotantur  infamia},  or  simply  notati 
(a  term  derived  from  the  note  or  mark  of  the  censor),  and 
suffered  many  disabilities.  The  Digest  of  Justi-nian  has  a 
special  article,  entitled  De  his  qui  notantur  infamia,  where  the 
text  of  the  edict  of  the  praetor,  enumerating  the  cases  of  infamia, 
has  been  preserved.3  It  is  curious  as  a  study  of  Roman  society. 
In  this  class  were  ranked,  in  all  probability,  those  whose  goods 
had  been  sold  in  bulk  by  creditors  by  reason  of  insolvency. 
This  affixed  the  stigma  of  ignominy,  which  was  followed  by 

1  Dig.  50,  13,  5,  §  1,  f.  Callistrat.  3  Dig.   3,   2,   De  his  qui  notantur 

"  Dig.  50,  13,  5,  §§  2  and  3.  infamia. 

Q  Q 


594  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

loss  of  reputation  and  legal  disabilities,1  as  it  is  with  us  in  the 
case  of  bankruptcy.  Hence  we  see  why  the  Roman  citizen 
dying  insolvent  was  so  desirous  of  instituting  one  of  his  slaves 
an  involuntary  heir,  in  order  that,  even  after  his  death,  the 
sale  should  take  effect  not  on  his  memory  but  upon  the  slave. 

2nd.  Turpitude  (turpitude),  which  took  effect  in  cases  where, 
though  neither  the  law  nor  the  prsetor  proclaimed  the  man  in- 
famous, public  opinion,  more  sensitive  than  written  law,  affixed 
to  the  existimatio  a  stigma  on  account  of  the  turpitude  of  the 
life  (vitce  turpitudo)  or  of  the  profession.2  The  legal  disabilities 
resulting  from  this  are  nearly  the  same  as  in  the  former  cases. 

3rd.  The  levis  nota,  with  which  were  branded  the  enfranchised 
and  the  children  of  those  who  got  their  living  on  the  stage  (qui 
artem  ludicram  faciunt),  which  rendered  them  incapable  of 
marriage  with  senators  or  children  of  senators.  This  prohibi- 
tion was  suppressed  by  Justinian. 

The  levis  nota  also,  in  the  case  of  any  one  having  been 
appointed  heir,  rendered  the  appointment  open  to  attack  by  the 
brother  or  sister  who  had  been  prejudiced  by  it.3 

A  fragment  of  a  constitution  of  Constantino  clearly  defines 
these  three  degrees  of  modification  of  the  existimatio. *  How- 
ever, the  expressions  persona  turpes,  viles  persona,  were  very 
often  indiscriminately  applied. 

76.  Infamia,  turpitudo,  and  the  levis  nota,  could  be  effaced, 
in  certain  cases,  either  by  the  senate,  by  the  prince,  by  the  ma- 
gistrate, or  sometimes  by  time,  according  to  circumstances.5 

1  Gains,  2,  §  154.  4  "  Si  scripti  heredes  infamies,  vel 

s  Cod.  12,  1,  2,  const.  Constant.  tvrpitiidinis,  vel  levis  notce  macula 

Dig.  22,  5,  3,  pr.  f.  Callistr. ;  37,  15,  2,  adspergantur."     Cod.  3,  28,  27,  const. 

f.  Julian. ;  50,  2,  12,  f.  Callistr.     Inst.  Constant. 

2,  18,  De  inoff.  testam.,  §  1.  5  Dig.  3,  1,  1,  §§  9  and  10,  f.  Ulp. 

3  Ulp.,  Reg.,  tit.  13,  and  tit.  16,  §  2.  See,  however,  Cod.  9,  43,  3,  const. 

Dig.  23,  2,  44,  pr.  and  §  5,  f.  Paul ;  40,  Valent.,  Valens  and  Gratian  ;  Cod.  9, 

11,  5  f.  Modestin.     Cod.  3, 28,  27,  const.  51,7,  const.  Philipp. 

Constant. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  595 

SECTION  XXIV. — RANK — DIGNITY. 

77.  The  history  and  the  legislation  of  Rome,  where  society 
was  essentially  aristocratic,  at  least  in  its  origin  and  in  its 
earlier  phases,  everywhere  exhibit  the  consequences  of  the  dis- 
tinction which  existed  between  different  castes  and  ranks,  as 
well  as  the  characteristic  distinctions  which  accompanied  official 
position ;  and  we  find  these  effects,  not  only  in  political,  but 
even  in  private  relations,  a  system  which  differs  in  many  respects 
from  our  own.  It  will  be  as  well  to  trace  the  historical  develop- 
ments of  this  peculiarity. 


SECTION  XXV.— THE  PROFESSION. 

78.  The  profession  also,  in  many  cases,  had  its  influence  even 
on  the  jus  privatum.  Certain  professions  enjoyed  certain  privi- 
leges: such,  for  instance,  as  those  which  the  Romans  called 
liberal  professions  (liberalia  studio),  for  it  is  from  the  Romans 
that  we  derive  this  expression.1 

Others,  on  the  contrary,  involved  loss  or  injury  to  the  exis- 
timatio,  and  consequent  disabilities  :  such  were  the  callings 
which  were  attended  with  infamia  or  turpitudo.  Among  those 
who  were  the  most  favoured  in  consideration  of  their  profes- 
sion were  the  military  (milites\  in  opposition  to  those  who 
were  not  so  {pagani). 


SECTION  XXVI. — RELIGION. 

79.  Differences  in  civil  rights,  as  the  effect  of  religious  belief, 
began  with  Christianity.  While  it  was  proscribed  and  perse- 
cuted, the  disabilities  were  directed  against  the  Christians ; 
when  it  became  the  religion  of  the  empire,  they  were  directed 
against  their  opponents.  Then  came  distinctions  even  in  the 
application  of  the  jus  privatum  :  the  faithful  or  orthodox 
Christians,  or  catholics  (orthodoxi,  catholici\  were  so  called  if 
they  acknowledged  the  dogmas  of  the  oecumenical  councils  ; 

1  Dig.  50,  13,  De  extr.  cogn.,  1,  pr.  f.  Ulp. 
QQ  2 


596  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

and  on  the  other  side  were  the  heretics  (hceretici),  amongst 
whom  were  ranked  in  distinct  orders  the  apostates  (apostate) 
and  the  Jews  (Judcei).  To  each  of  these  classes  there  were  cor- 
responding legal  distinctions  attached :  the  orthodox  Christians 
alone  enjoyed  the  full  privileges  of  their  favoured  position ;  the 
worst  condition  was  that  of  the  Jews,  who  only  had  commer- 
cium  with  Christians,  and  were  excluded  from  the  connubium ; 
they  were  unable  to  bear  witness  against  them  or  to  fill  any 
magistracy. 

The  Codes  of  Theodosius  and  of  Justinian  contain  several 
articles  on  these  religious  classifications  and  their  results.1  It 
is  too  much  the  practice  in  our  schools  of  jurisprudence  to  over- 
look these  points  of  Roman  law,  which  are  most  important  to 
the  efficient  study  of  the  history  of  these  times. 


SECTION   XXVII.  —  THE  DOMICILE  (Domicilium :    where  one   is 
Incola)  ;  THE  LOCAL  CITY  (where  one  is  Civis,  Municeps). 

80.   The  domicile  (domicilium)  is  simply,  in  a  legal  sense,  the 

residence  of  every  person  2 — the  locality  where  he  is  supposed 

1  Code  of  Theodosius,  all  the  16th  say,  "  to  leave  a  summons  at  the  domi- 
book,  articles  1  to  11  ;  especially  1,  De  cile,"  i.e.,  "  to  leave  a  summons  at  the 
fide  catholica  ;  5,  De  licereticis;  7,De  legal  relation  of  etc.,  to  appear  before 
apostatis;  8,  De  jiidceiis  ccelicolis  et  the  tribunal  or  the  municipality  of  his 
Samaritanis ;  10,  De  paganis  sacri-  domicile;"  or  suppose,  instead  of  say- 
ficiis  et  templis.  Code  of  Justinian,  ing,  "  having  left  his  domicile,"  we  sub- 
lib,  i.,  the  two  first  books,  especially  stitute,  "  having  left  the  legal  rela- 
1,  De  summa  Trinitate  et  fide  catho-  tiofi,  etc." 

lica ;  5,  De  licereticis  et  manichceis  et  The   truth   is,   that  this   definition, 

Samaritanis ;  7,  De  apostatis;  9,  De  being   too   absolute,    defines    nothing. 

jtidceis  et  ccelicolis ;    10,  Ne  christi-  All  right  consists  in  a  relation,  either 

anum  mancipiwni  liceretlciis,  vel  jn-  from  person  to  person,  or— if  we  like  to 

dceus,  vel  pagamis  habeat,  etc. ;  11,  De  say  so — from  person  to   thing.     Pos- 

paganis  sacri jiciis  et  templis.  session,  property,  are  certain  relations 

3  I  certainly  do  not  admit  the  defini-  between  a  person  and  a  thing ;  the  place 

tion,  that  the   domicile   is   the  place  of  residence,  the  domicile,  are  also  spe- 

where  a  person  has  his  principal  esta-  cial  relations  between  a  person  and  a 

blishment ;    the   domicile    is   not    the  place ;  relation  of  fact  in  the  one  case, 

place,  it  is  at  the  place,  as  our  civil  of  right  in  the  other.     It  is  therefore 

code   plainly  says  —  art.   102.      But  I  not  defining  these  facts,  or  these  rights, 

do  not  admit  any  more  the  definition,  to    say   they   are    relations.     What   is 

pretty  generally  substituted,  of  doini-  there  peculiar  in  the  one  which  consti- 

cile  as  the  legal  relation  which  exists  tutes  the  domicile  ? 

between  a  person  and  the  place  whore  In  the  same  manner  that  law,  as  we 

that   person   exercises   his   rights.     In  shall   see,   creates   persons  and  things 

order  to  test  this  definition,  suppose  we  which   do   not  materially  exist,  so  it 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 


597 


to  be,  in  the  eye  of  the  law,  for  certain  applications  of  the  law, 
whether  he  is  corporeally  to  be  found  there  or  not.  It  is  to 
Roman  legislation  that  we  are  indebted  for  the  following  de- 
scription of  the  conditions  which  constitute  the  domicile : — 
"  Ubi  quis  larem  rerumque  et  fortunarum  suarum  summam 
constituit ;  unde  non  discessurus,  si  nihil  avocet;  unde  cum 
profectus  est  peregrinari  videtur ;  quod  si  rediit,  peregrinari 
jam  destitit.1  The  domicile  gives  to  persons,  not  the  qualifica- 
tion of  civis,  but  that  of  incola,  in  the  town  where  they  are 
established.2  It  is  closely  connected  with  the  obligation  to 
undertake  public  duties,  magistracies,  &c.3 

81.  In  Roman  law  the  question  of  domicile  was  immediately 
connected  with  that  of  local  citizenship.  The  question  to  be 
determined  was  the  civis,  municeps,  whether  resulting  from 


creates  facts  which  it  considers  as  ex- 
isting, whether  they  do  or  not.  Domi- 
cile is  one  of  these  facts.  Law,  from 
certain  premises,  supposes,  for  the  ex- 
ercise or  for  the  application  of  certain 
rights,  that  a  person  is  in  a  certain 
place.  Whether  he  is  or  not,  matters 
little,  for  the  exercise  or  for  the  appli- 
cation of  the  law  in  question ;  he  is 
always  supposed  to  be  there,  and  pro- 
ceedings may  take  place  in  accordance 
with  that  supposition.  This  legal  sup- 
position may  be  applied  to  the  same 
person  in  different  pla<  es,  according  to 
whether  this  or  that  law  is  in  question ; 
for  example,  civil  or  political  rights  in 
general,  or  a  certain  particular  civil 
right,  such  as  those  which  refer  to  the 
celebration  of  marriage,  to  the  execu- 
tion of  a  certain  contract,  to  the  prose- 
cution of  an  obligation,  of  a  certain 
real  right,  or  to  the  defence  against 
such  prosecutions;  or  when  it  is  a 
question  of  certain  special  political 
rights,  like  that  of  parliamentary  elec- 
tion or  eligibility,  or  of  municipal  elec- 
tion or  eligibility.  So  that  the  same 
person  is  always  supposed  to  be  in 
one  place  for  the  exercise  of  a  certain 
right,  and  in  a  certain  other  place  for 
the  exercising  of  some  other  right.  As 
to  the  premises  on  which  the  law  founds 
this  supposition,  they  are  liable  to  vary, 


not  only  in  different  systems  of  legisla- 
tion, but  also  in  the  same  legislation,  ac- 
cording to  the  different  rights  to  which 
it  is  applied.  These  premises  may  be, 
for  instance,  either  the  origin  of  birth, 
or  the  principal  establishment,  or  a  cer- 
tain length  of  residence,  or  the  con- 
vention of  the  parties,  or  the  payment 
of  taxes,  or  even  simple  declarations 
made  beforehand. 

To  sum  up,  it  is  seen  that  domicile 
is  in  law,  what  residence  is  in  fact. 
The  domicile  in  its  simple  and  essential 
meaning  is  "  the  legal  seat,  the  judi- 
cial seat  of  a  person  for  the  exercise  or 
for  the  application  of  certain  rights  ;" 
or  it  may  be  expressed  thus,  "  the  seat, 
the  dwelling  which  a  person  is  always 
supposed  to  have  in  the  eye  of  the  law 
for  the  exercise  and  application  of  cer- 
tain rights."  The  derivation  of  the 
word  domicilium  is  sufficient  to  show 
the  force  of  this  explanation,  as  exact 
as  it  is  simple. 

1  Cod.   10,   39,  De  incol,  7,  const. 
Dioclet.  et  Maxim. 

2  "  Gives  quidem  origo,  manvmissio, 
allectio    vel    adoptio;     incolas     vero 
(xicut  et  diviis  Hadriamis  edicto  SHO 
manifestixsime  declarauif) domicilium 
facit."     Ibid. 

3  Dig.  50,  1,  29,  f.  Gai. ;  Cod.  10,  39, 
5  and  6,  const.  Dioclet.  et  Maxim. 


598  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

origin,  adoption,  manumission  or  otherwise.  This  second  ques- 
tion was  of  the  greatest  importance,  and  was  treated  in  much 
detail  at  the  time  when  all  the  towns  of  the  empire  had  not  all 
the  same  legal  condition,  and  where  rights  of  citizenship  and  pri- 
vileges were  enjoyed  in  different  degrees  in  different  towns;  for 
there  was  then  more  advantage  in  being  a  member  of  one  city 
than  of  another. 

But  after  the  constitution  of  Caracalla,  which  made  all  the 
subjects  of  the  Roman  empire  citizens,  no  matter  where  the 
domicile,  Rome  was  the  common  country.  "Roma  communis 
nostra  patria  est"  as  Modestinus  said.1 

82.  But  why  should  the  question  be  asked,  whether  a  man 
belonged,  as  citizen,  to  one  town  or  another?     It  was,  in  the 
first  place,  on  account  of  the  public  offices,  and  the  municipal 
duties  to  which  a  man  was  always  liable  to  be  called  in  his  own 
city,  independently  of  those  duties  required  of  him  at  the  place 
of  his  domicile — municipal  duties  which  recall   to  mind  the 
miserable  condition  into  which  the  curiales  and  the  decurions, 
the  principal  inhabitants  of  the  city,  had  fallen  during  the  last 
period  of  the  empire.     It  was,  in  the  second  place,  because  the 
constitution  of  Caracalla,  granting  equality  of  rights  to  all  the 
inhabitants,  did  not  grant  it  to  all  territories.     We  have  seen 
that  it  was  only  under  Justinian  that  the  difference  as  to  the 
soil  was  obliterated.     In  fact,  it  was  necessary  to  ascertain  the 
domicile  in  order  to  determine  who  was  liable  to  the  burdens 
and  obligations  of  each  separate  municipality,  to  undertake  the 
functions  of  magistrates ;  and,  in  many  cases,  it  was  the  domicile 
and  not  the  residence  of  the  defendant  which  determined  the 
place  of  litigation. 

83.  There  are,  therefore,  these  three  points  to  be  distin- 
guished :    1st,  Rome,  the  common  country;  2nd,  the  local  city, 
where  a  man  was  civis,  municeps ;  and  3rd,  the  place  where 
he  had  fixed  his  domicile,  the  legal  habitation,  where  he  was 
in  co  la. 

1  Dig.  50,  I,  Ad  mimic.,  33,  f.  Modest. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  599 

The  Digest  and  the  Code  of  Justinian  each  contain  a  special 
article  on  these  points.1 

It  is  important  to  distinguish  between  domicile  and  residence 
— there  might  be  domicile  without  residence,  or  residence  with- 
out domicile.  Residence  is  preserved  by  the  act,  domicile  by 
the  intention.2 

Secondly,  as  regards  physical  conditions. 


SECTION  XXVIII.— THE  SEX. 

84.  The  distinction  of  sex  was  attended  with  many  impor- 
tant consequences  in  Roman  law :  as  to  the  jus  publicum,  from 
the  rights  of  which  women  in  ancient  as  in  modern  times  were 
entirely  excluded  ;  as  to  the  jus  privatum,  within  the  scope  of 
which  their  condition  became  ameliorated  by  the  development 
of  social  civilization.  Women,  in  the  primitive  law  of  the 
Romans,  were  under  the  power  of  their  father,  or  under  the 
hand  of  their  husband ;  they  were  the  property  of  another,  and 
when  circumstances  had  made  them  sui  juris,  matres  familias, 
they  were  placed  under  a  perpetual  guardianship,  the  supervi- 
sion of  their  agnates,  never  having  any  power  over  their  children. 
The  woman  was,  in  short,  as  is  elegantly  and  concisely  expressed 
by  Ulpian,  "  The  beginning  and  the  end  of  her  family."  Mulier 
autem  families  suce  et  caput  et  finis  est.3 

The  subterfuges  and  the  fictions  which  the  law  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  the  Roman  ladies  to  shield  them  from  the  severity 
of  civil  law  must  be  studied.  The  perpetual  guardianship  to 
which  they  were  subjected  began  to  give  way  under  the  republic: 
"  Our  ancestors,"  says  Cicero,  "  wished  all  women  to  be  in  the 
power  of  the  tutors ;  the  jurists  invented  a  kind  of  tutors  who 
were  in  the  power  of  the  women,"  4  this  tutelage  finally  fell 
into  disuse. 

1  Dig.  50,  1,  Ad  munieipalem  et  de  tinentia  vrbis  est,  abest."    Ibid.  IKS), 
incolis.     Cod.   10,  39,   De   incolis,  et  f .  Ulp. :  "  Absentemaceipere  debcmus 
iibi  quis  domic  ilium  liabere  ridetur,  eum,  qui  non  est  eo  loco,  in  quo  loco 
rt  dehis  qui  studiorum  eausain,  aliena  petitur;"  50,  17,  124,  f.  Paul.     Cod. 
civitate  degunt,  7,  33,  12,  const.  Justin. 

2  See  Dig.  4,  6,  Ex  qitibns  eausis  3  Dig.  50,  16,  De  verb,  signif.,  195, 
mnjores    in    integrum     restituantur ;  §  5,  f.  Ulp. 

50,  16,  173,  f.  Ulp. :  "  Qui  extra  con-  4  Cicero,  Pro  Murcna,  12,  27. 


600  GENEKALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

Under  the  legislation  of  Justinian  the  character  of  the  ancient 
system  was  lost;  but  there  nevertheless  existed  several  legal 
distinctions  between  men  and  women  :  the  age  of  puberty  for 
women  was  earlier  than  for  men,  and  the  law  was  in  some  cases 
more  and  in  others  less  favourable  to  them. 

85.  The  jurists  discuss,  under  this  head,  the  hermaphrodites 
(hermapkroditus\  that  is  to  say,  those  whose  sex  was  doubtful, 
but  who  were  formerly  considered  as  uniting  in  themselves  both 
sexes.  They  decided  that  such  persons  were  to  be  regarded  as 
belonging  to  the  sex  which  predominated  in  them.1 


SECTION  XXIX. — AGE. 

86.  Roman  law,  following  the  analogy  of  nature,  arranged 
age,  capacity  and  protection  on  a  graduated  scale.     But  in  the 
early  stage  of  its  history,  when  the  rudeness  of  primitive  society 
and  materialism  were  predominant,  it  confined  its  distinctions 
to  two  phenomena  of  physical  nature,  the  faculty  of  speech  and 
the  power  of  generation.     The  former,  because  the  acts  of  the 
Quiritarian  law  were  accomplished  by  means  of  established  for- 
mulas and  symbolic  terms  which  the  parties  had  themselves  to 
pronounce,  and  therefore  anyone  who  was  unable  to  speak  was 
materially  incapable  of  such  acts,  and  no  one  could  perform 
them  for  him.     The  latter,  because  it  is  the  essential  and  sole 
physical  condition  of  marriage.    The  tendency  of  jurisprudence, 
of  the  prastorian  system,  and,  finally,  of  imperial  law,  was  to 
substitute  for,  or  at  least  place  on  equal  footing  with,  these 
entirely  material  considerations,  a  distinction  more  intellectual, 
derived  not  from  corporeal  but  from  moral  development.     The 
different  periods  were  thus  categorized. 

87.  First,  infancy,  an  indeterminate  period,  but  very  short, 
the  limit  of  which  was   defined   by  a  material  fact — speech. 
This  period  hardly  comprehended  more  than  the  first  two  years, 

1  Dig.  1,  5,  10,  f.  Ulp. ;  22,  5,  15,  §  1,  1  Paul. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  GO  I 

during  which  a  child  was  infans,  qui  fari  non  potest,1  because 
the  infans  could  not  utter  the  sacramental  words,  the  esta- 
blished formulas  required  by  civil  law ;  and  no  other  citizen 
could  utter  them  in  his  stead.  At  a  later  period  of  legal  his- 
tory a  more  intellectual  distinction  was  adopted,  the  child  being 
considered  by  law  as  having  no  intelligence  (nullum  intel- 
lectum. 

88.  The  second  period  was  the  age  above  that  of  childhood ; 
from  the  moment  when  the  faculty  of  speech  accrued  up  to  the 
age  of  puberty.  In  this  period  there  is  power  to  give  expres- 
sion to  the  judicial  formulas.  Still  there  did  not  exist  the  per- 
sona necessary  for  the  accomplishment  of  the  acts  of  civil  law, 
viz.  adult  status,  that  is,  citizenship  and  puberty.  To  supple- 
ment himself,  he  being  sui  juris,  but  not  having  puberty,  it  was 
necessary  that  another  having  both  qualities,  his  tutor,  should 
be  added  to  him ;  this  addition  completed  his  persona  (aucto- 
ritatem  prcestare  ;  auctor  fieri :  words  which  have  received 
different  significations  and  various  applications,  but  whose  com- 
mon root  is  augere,  to  augment).  The  infant  then  could  utter 
the  necessary  words  and  the  tutor  be  the  auctor,  and  so  between 
them  they,  were  able  to  accomplish  the  act  required  by  civil 
law. 

The  later  and  more  philosophical  system  substituted  for  this 
material  distinction  was  founded  more  on  the  principle  of  moral 
development  and  divided  the  period  into  two  parts ;  1st,  the 
age  nearer  infancy  than  puberty,  when  the  man  Avas  infanti 
proximus ;  and,  2nd,  in  an  inverse  sense,  the  age  when  he  was 
nearer  puberty  than  infancy,  or  pubertati  proximus.  The 
exact  age  or  turning-point  was  thus  left  undetermined,  but  the 
tendency  of  jurists  was  to  fix  it  at  seven  years.  This  system 
proceeding  on  the  basis  of  intellectual  analysis  assimilated  the 
infanti  proximus  to  the  infans;  while  it  regarded  the  puber- 
tati proximus,  or  the  child  who  had  reached  the  age  of  about 
seven  years,  as  having  by  that  time  acquired  a  certain  degree 
of  intelligence  (aliquem  intellectum  habet},  but  not  judgment 

1  Dig.  26,  7,  De  adm.  tut.,  1,  §  2,  f.  Ulp. 


602  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

(animi  judicium).  On  account  of  this  deficiency  the  law 
attached  certain  incapacities  to  this  age,  less  important  however 
than  that  of  uttering  the  necessary  formulas. 

Under  the  Lower  Empire,  a  constitution  of  Theodosius  re- 
specting the  acceptance  of  maternal  inheritances  appears  to 
assimilate  the  minor  of  seven  years  to  the  infans,  without 
reference  to  the  time  at  which  he  acquires  the  power  of  speech 
(sive  maturius,  sive  tardius,  filius  fandi  sumat  auspicia).1 
And  it  was  in  consequence  of  this  constitution  that  the  inter- 
preter of  Roman  law  applied  the  term  infans,  not  to  one  who 
does  not  yet  speak,  but  to  the  minor  of  seven  years  of  age. 

89.  Thirdly,  puberty  :  the  period  the  beginning  of  which  is 
equally  indefinite  as  regards  the  physical  development  of  the 
individual,  and  yet  depends  upon  a  physical  fact,  the  generating 
faculty.     The  jurists,  from  motives  of  decency,  decided  to  fix 
the  first  period  for  women  at  a  precise  age,  that  of  twelve  years. 
Their  tendency  was  also  to  fix  it  for  men  at  fourteen  years, 
the  term  which  Justinian  adopts  and  establishes  by  a  legisla- 
tive act.     Man  is  called  impubes  before  this  period,  and  pubes 
as  soon  as  he  has  reached  it.     Puberty  carried  with  it  both  the 
capacity  of  forming  justce  nuptice  and,  in  the  case  of  males,  the 
termination  of  the  guardianship,  because  the  citizen  of  the  age 
of  puberty  possessed  the  persona  requisite  to  empoAver  him  to 
perform  the  acts  demanded  by  civil  law ;  he  enjoyed,  according 
to  the  theory  of  jurisprudence,  intelligence  and  judgment. 

90.  Fourthly,    majority — fixed   at   the  age    of  twenty-five 
years ;  this  limit  was  laid  down  by  a  law  of  the  sixth  century  of 
Rome,  the  lex  PL^ETORIA,  but  it  derived  its  authority  especially 
from  the  praetorian  law,  as  resting  on  the  basis  of  full  moral 
development.      Under   that   age,  the    praetor   granted   to   the 
youth  of  the  age  of  puberty  a  special  protection,  with  praetorian 
remedies,  in  order  to  protect  him  against  the  prejudicial  conse- 
quences of  the  capacity  attributed  to  him  by  the  civil  law  at 
puberty ;  but  when  the  age  of  five  and  twenty  years  had  been 

1  Cod.  Theodos.  8,  18,  De  maternis  boiris  .  .  .  et  cretione  sublata,  8,  const. 
Arcad.,  Honor,  et  Theodos. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  603 

attained,  the  man  was  regarded  in  the  eye  of  praetorian  law  as 
having  acquired  full  maturity  of  judgment,  and  could  no  longer 
be  protected  against  the  consequences  of  his  own  acts  by  the 
intervention  of  the  praetor,  at  least  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances. 

91.  Finally,  old  age  (senectus},  to  which  Roman  law  had 
fixed  no  general  or  precise  term,  but  which,  as  far  as  regards 
exemption  from  public  duties,  began   at  the  age  of  seventy,1 
on  the  principle  recognized  by  the  jurists,  "  semper  in  civitate 
nostrd  senectus  venerabilisfuit"* 

92.  The  expressions  major  and  minor  had  not  in  Roman  law 
the  same  signification  as  with  us ;  they  were  frequently  used  as 
comparative  merely,  and  in  such  case  required  the  complement — 
minor  by  so  many  years,  major  by  so  many  years.     However, 
sometimes,  though  rarely  when  standing  alone,  they  expressed 
the  fact  of  the  person  being  more  or  less  than  twenty-five  years 
of  age. 


SECTION  XXX. — PHYSICAL  OR  MENTAL  DEFECTS. 

93.  There  were  many  cases  in  which  the  law  was  affected 
by  physical  defects,  which  might  give  rise  to  legal  incapacity 
and  exemptions;  as,  for  instance,  in  the  case  of  the  spadones 
and  castrati,  of  the  deaf  (surdfy,  the  mute  (muti\  or  deaf  and 
dumb  (surdi  et  muti\  as  well  as  of  those  who  were  afflicted 
with  some  perpetual  disease  (qui  perpetuo  rnorbo  laborani). 

94.  And  so  also  in  the  case  of  mental  afflictions.    The  Roman 
law  seems  to  have  made  distinctions,  though  not  very  clearly 
marked,  between   persons  thus  affected:    thus,  the  dangerous 
(furiosC)  were  those  who  had  lost  their  intellectual  faculties; 
the  demented  (me.nte  capti),  those  in  whom  they  were  wanting; 
also  the  imbecile  (dementes),  and  the  prodigal  (  prodigus}.     The 

1  Dig.  27,  1,  2,  pr.  f.  Modest. ;  50,  6,       Maxim. 

3,  f.  Ulp.     Cod.  5,  68,  1,  const.  Sever.  a  Dig.  50,  6,  De  jure  imm.,  o,  pr.  £. 

et  Antou. ;  10,  31,  10,  const.  Dioclet.  et       Callistr. 


604  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

system  of  curatorship  was  connected  with  these  cases  of  mental 
defect. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
Or  THE  CAPACITY  OF  PERSONS. 

SECTION  XXXI. 

95.  From  what  has  gone  before  we  may  see  how  the  legal 
capacity  of  persons  to  enjoy  and  exercise  rights  depended  on  a 
great  number  of  conditions,  and  how  it  varied  in  its  degrees. 
This  idea  of  the  legal  capacity  of  individuals  has  been  taken 
by  M.  Blondeau  as  a  basis  for  a  particular  classification  of 
persons,  and  also  by  M.  Savigny  for  an  exposition  of  the  law 
concerning  persons ;  but  such  a  basis  was  too  abstract  an  idea 
for  the  Romans. 


SECTION  XXXII.— TUTELA— CURA. 

96.  In  cases  where  the  law  recognized  or  established  an 
incapacity  for  the  exercise  of  rights,  it  was  necessary  that  it 
should  provide  some  legal  protection.  This  was  clear,  on  the 
ground  of  humanity ;  but  the  Roman  civil  law  was  not  grounded 
on  the  basis  of  humanity.  Property  and  ownership  were  centred 
in  the  family,  and  it  was  necessary  to  guard  against  the  loss  of 
it.  It  was  to  the  members  of  it  that  the  duty  was  entrusted,  as 
much  for  the  defence  of  their  rights  as  for  the  protection  of  the 
incapable  ones.  At  a  later  period,  however,  when  law  passed 
into  the  condition  of  a  philosophical  system,  the  idea  of  a 
protective  power  became  predominant. 

Thus  the  theories  of  tutela  and  euro,  were  closely  connected 
with  the  question  of  sex  and  age,  and  the  absence  or  failure,  or 
mutation  of  intellectual  faculties,  only  of  course  as  regards  per- 
sons sui  juris;  for  those  who  were  alieni  juris,  being  in  the  power 
of  another  and  regarded  as  property  belonging  to  the  head  of 
the  family,  required  no  other  protector. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  605 

97.  The  tutela  and  the  cura  had  distinct  characteristics. 
The  tutela  was  made  use  of  in  cases  of  incapacity  to  complete 

the  persona  required  by  civil  law  for  the  accomplishment  of 
legal  acts.  Such  incapacity  arose  from  the  party  not  having 
arrived  at  the  age  of  puberty,  and  in  early  times  attached  to  all 
females.  The  cura,  on  the  contrary,  was  made  use  of  in  cases 
of  accidental  incapacity  which  might  affect  one  person  and  not 
another,  and  which  might  affect  a  person  in  a  particular  in- 
stance, who  was,  although  in  other  respects  fully  qualified  under 
the  civil  law  to  transact  other  acts,  in  want  of  some  one  to  look 
after  his  interests. 

There  was  thus  a  radical  distinction  between  the  functions 
of  the  tutor  charged  with  completing  the  incomplete  persona 
(auctor  Jieri\  and  those  of  the  curator  charged  with  looking 
after  business  matters  {curare}.  Thence  also  this  rule :  The 
tutor  was  given  to  the  person,  the  curator  to  the  goods. 

98.  The  functions  of  the  tutor  differed  according  to  the  age 
of  the  ward,  varying  according  as  the  latter  was  too  young  to 
exercise  the  faculty  of  speech,  or  was  of  an  age  when  it  was  pos- 
sible for  him  to  utter  the  solemn  words  of  the  judicial  formulas. 


CHAPTER  V. 
LEGAL  PERSONS. 

SECTION  XXXIII.— POPULUS— CURING— MAGISTRATUI— H.ERE- 
DITAS — PECULIUM — UNIVERSITAS. 

99.  The  people  (populus\  the  republic  (respublica),  the 
emperor,  not  in  an  individual  but  in  a  public  character,1  were 
abstract  persons  which  only  existed  by  the  creation  of  the  law, 
but  which  might,  as  much  as  an  individual,  be  the  active  or 
passive  subject  of  the  law.  So  also  were  the  magistrates,2  the 
municipia,  the  curia  of  the  different  towns,  the  cerarium  or 

1  Dig.  4,  2,  9,  §  1,  f.  Ulp.  «  Dig.  33,  1,  20,  §  1,  f.  Scwvol. 


606  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

exchequer  of  the  people,  to  which  was  afterwards  added  that  of 
the  prince,  the  Jiscus,  which  ended  by  absorbing  the  ararium  ; 
the  hcereditasjacens,  that  is,  the  vacant  inheritance  before  it  had 
been  entered  on  by  the  heir,  and  which,  among  the  Romans  up 
to  the  time  when  it  was  realized,  sustained  the  persona  of  the 
deceased  (personam  defuncti  sustinei);1  the.peculium,  which, 
according  to  the  expression  of  Papirius  Fronto,  resembled  a 
man  ;2  the  temples  and  the  different  colleges  of  pagan  pontiffs  ; 
the  churches  and  various  orders  of  the  Christian  clergy  which 
supplanted  them  ;  the  convents,  the  hospitals,  and  the  religious 
endowments  ;3  in  a  word,  all  the  communities,  universities, 
colleges,  corporations  (universitas,  corpus,  collegium],  formed 
so  many  abstract  persona,  whose  existence  was  purely  legal,  but 
who,  like  physical  persons,  might  be  the  active  or  passive  sub- 
jects of  rights. 

100.  The  foundation  of  universities,  colleges  and  corpora- 
tions in  Roman  law  was  strictly  confined  to  the  jus  publicum  ; 
no  such  body  could  be  formed  or  dissolved  at  the  mere  will  of 
the  parties  constituting  it.     No  corporation  could  of  its  own 
free  will  establish  itself  and  acquire  a  persona  in  the   state. 
Every  corporation  had  to  be  specially  authorized  by  a  lex,  by  a 
senatus-consultum,  or  by  an  imperial  constitution.     They  re- 
quired besides  the  conjoint  action  of  three  persons  at  least  for 
their  institution,4  but  not  for  their  continuation.5    The  members 
Avere  called  sodales. 

1 01 .  The  legal  status  of  the  fiscus  was  a  subject  to  which 
the  jurists  devoted  much  attention.6 

1  Dig.  41, 1,  34,  f.  Ulp.  versitatis  nomine  vel  contra  earn  aga- 

2  "  Peculium  nascitur,  crescit,  decre-       tur,  1,  pr.  f.  Gai. ;  47,  22,  De  collegiis 
scit,    moritur ;    et    ideo,    eleganter    et       et  corporibns. 

Papirius  Fronto  dicebat,  peculium  si-  *  Dig.  50,  16,  85,  f.  Marcell. ;  3,  4, 

mile  esse  homini."     Dig.  15,  1,  40,  pr.  Quod  cvj.  univ.,  7,  §  2,  f.  Ulp. 

f.  Marcian.  6  Paul.,  Rec.  Sent.,  lib.  v.  tit.  12 ; 

*  Cod.  1, 2,  De  sacrosanctis ecclesiis,  Fragmentum  vet.  juriscons.,  De  jure 

22,  const.  Justinian;  1,  3,  De  episcop.  fisci;  Cod.  Theod.  10,  1 ;  Dig.  49,  14  ; 

et  cleric.,  28,  const.  Leon.  Cod.  Just.  10,  1 . 

4  Dig.  3,  4,  Quod  cnjuscumque  uni- 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  607 

CHAPTER  VI. 
THE  EXTINCTION  OF  PERSONJE. 

SECTION  XXXIV. 

102.  The  persona  of  an  individual  became  extinct  either  by 
death  or  by  a  deminutio  capitis  involving  the  loss  of  liberty ; 
for  in  Roman  law  no  slave  had  a  persona,  at  least  in  early 
Roman  law  and  in  respect  of  the  proprietary  right  enjoyed  by 
the  master  as  to  his  slave.     It  was  always  important  to  fix  the 
precise  moment  when  this  event  took  place.     The  law  had  to 
determine  on  this  point  on  whom  should  fall  the  duty  of  proof, 
and,  in  cases  of  doubt,  what  were   the   presumptions   to   be 
adopted.1 

1 03.  But  here  we  must  draw  attention  to  a  very  remarkable 
legal  phenomenon.     Although  the  individual  might  die,  the 
persona  which  was  in  him  did  not  necessarily  become  extinct. 
As  a  creation  of  civil  law  it  could  not  become  extinct  by  a 
material  death.     As  the  soul  which  leaves  the  body  goes,  as 
some  philosophers  say,  to  animate  other  beings,  so  (but  more 
certainly  in  the  case  of  Roman  legislation)  did  the  legal  persona 
free  itself  with  the  last  breath  of  the  dying  to  go  and  perpetuate 
its  existence  in  other  individuals. 

104.  The  destiny  of  persona  of  pure  legal  conception,  created 
by  law,  was  somewhat  similar.     The  existence  of  universities 
and  of  corporations  is  always  in  the  power  of  the  law,  which 
can  pronounce  their  dissolution.     They  also  end  with  the  aim  for 
which  they  have  been  formed,  or  with  the  extinction  of  the  mem- 
bers of  which  they  were  composed. 

1  See  especially,  on  this  last  subject,  Dig.  34,  5,  9,  f.  Tryphon. 


608  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

ARTICLE    SECOND. 

II.  OF  THINGS. 

CHAPTER  I. 
OF  FUNDAMENTAL  PRINCIPLES. 


SECTION  XXXV. — GENERAL  IDEA  OF  THINGS. 

105.  The  word  "thing"  (res}  even  in  law  is  a  flexible  word, 
which  lends  itself,  with  marvellous  facility,  to  the  wants  and 
whims  of  language.     The  question  for  us  is  its  real  legal  sense. 

In  the  same  manner  as  the  word  persona  designates  in  law 
every  being  considered  as  capable  of  becoming  the  active  or 
passive  subject  of  right,  so  the  word  res  designates  everything 
which  is  considered  susceptible  of  forming  the  object  of  rights ; 
and  in  this  category  is  included  everything  which  man,  the 
universal  dominator,  has  been  able  to  regard  as  subject,  or  at 
least  destined,  to  minister  to  his  wants  and  his  pleasures ;  for,  in 
reality,  the  end  which  a  man  proposes  to  effect  by  the  exercise 
of  rights  is  the  satisfaction  of  his  wants  and  the  enjoyment  of 
reasonable  pleasures,  either  in  his  moral  or  physical  percep- 
tions.1 

106.  We  say  everything, — for  physical  and  material  objects 
are  not  alone  comprised  in  it.     In  fact,  just  as  there  are  persons 
of  purely  legal  creation,  so  are  there  things  which  do  not  exist 
in  nature,  and  which  law   alone   has  created.      Law,  by  its 
power  of  abstraction,  creates  things  as  well  as  persons. 

Finally,  if  law  sometimes  raises  purely  material  objects  to  the 
rank  of  persons,  it  sometimes  inversely  lowers  man  to  the  rank 
of  things;  such,  for  instance,  are  slaves,  when  they  are  con- 

1  This  does  not  mean  to  imply  that  given  him  here  below,  in  the  economy 

we  ought  to  adopt   as   a   maxim   the  of    creation,   where   every   thing    and 

false  proposition,  that  the  aim  of  our  every  being  has  been  accorded  its  own 

life  is  happiness.     Happiness  is  not  an  aim.     We  are  part  of  a  great  whole, 

aim,  it  is  a  consequence.     A  man's  aim  and   our   destiny   is   involved    in    the 

is  to  fulfil  the  mission  which  has  been  destiny  of  the  whole. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  609 

sidered  as  subjected  or  as  devoted  to  the  purpose  of  satisfying 
the  wants  of  other  men,  incapable  of  being,  in  the  relation  of 
slave  to  master,  the  subject,  but  the  object,  of  rights. 

If  what  we  have  just  said  about  things  is  compared  with 
what  we  have  already  said  about  persons,  it  will  be  seen  at 
once  that  the  two  cases  are  parallel. 

107.  Roman  jurists  indeed  have  not  laid  down  the  definition 
of  things  in  the  same  wide  and  philosophical  terms  that  we  have 
adopted,  which  include  everything  which  can  be  the  object  of 
a  right,  not  only  corporeal  things,  but  also  acts,  the  status  of 
persons  in  different  conditions,  and  in  general  all  rights.  Their 
ideas  were  at  first  directed  to  regarding  things  (res')  as  cor- 
poreal objects,  which,  being  of  some  use  or  other  to  man,  could 
form  in  relation  to  him  the  object  of  a  right ;  but  they  after- 
wards extended  the  use  of  the  word  so  as  to  make  it  include 
abstract  ideas — objects  of  purely  legal  conception. 


CHAPTER  II. 
CLASSIFICATION  OF  THINGS. 


SECTION  XXXVI. — RELATIONS  UNDER  WHICH  MAY  BE  RANGED 
THE  PRINCIPAL  DIVISIONS  OF  THINGS. 

108.  Things  were  classified  in  various  ways.  A  special 
chapter  is  devoted  to  this  subject,  both  in  the  Digest  and  in  the 
Institutes.1  These  various  divisions  do  not,  however,  embrace 
all  things.  Without  altering  the  Roman  system,  we  will  endea- 
vour to  complete  it. 

The  notion  upon  which  each  classification  is  based  must  be 
clearly  realized  in  order  to  avoid  confusion. 

Origin — religion  —  civitas — proprietas  —  physical  or  legal 
nature — composition  and  combination  must  all  be  considered. 

1  Gai.,  Tnst.,  1,  §§  1  to  17  ;  Dig.  1,  8,  DC  dlcislone  rerun  ct  q-ualitatr ;  Inst. 
2,  1,  DC  rerum  di visions?. 


R  K 


6 1 0  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

§  I.  IN  RELATION  TO  THEIR  CREATION. 
SECTION  XXXVII. — THINGS  CORPOREAL  AND  INCORPOREAL. 

109.  Things  are  either  of  natural  creation  or  of  legal  creation. 
The  division  made  by  Roman  law  on  this  basis  is  that  of  res 
corporales  or  res  incorporales. 

The  first  are  those  which  really  exist ;  they  are  physical 
objects  which  influence  our  physical  senses,  at  least  so  far  as 
the  power  of  our  organs,  aided  by  art,  can  reach  (quce  tangi 
possunt].1 

Amongst  corporeal  things  ranks  the  man-slave,  considered  in 
the  relation  of  the  power  of  the  master  over  him,  though  he  is 
only  a  chattel  by  the  creation  of  the  law. 

The  second  are  only  abstractions,  which  do  not  affect  our 
senses  (quce  tangi  non  possunt),  and  are  only  conceived  by  the 
mind.  Such  are  those  which  consist  in  a  right  (quce  injure  con- 
sistunt).  Such  are  the  rights  of  inheritance,  of  servitude,  of 
usufruct,  of  obligation.2  They  are  ranked  as  things,  inasmuch 
as  they  are  capable  of  being  acquired  and  disposed  of  by  per- 
sons, and  are  recognized  as  legal  objects,  attached  to  which  are 
rights.  If,  however,  we  were  to  comprehend  in  this  general 
theory  every  incorporeal  entity,  ah1  rights  would  be  included, 
for  all  rights  are  incorporeal ;  but  this  would  be  to  confound 
incorporeal  things  with  rights. 

110.  The  distinction  of  corporeal  and  incorporeal  things  is 
not  that  with  which  Roman  jurists  commenced  their  classifi- 
cation, but,  according  to  all  rules  of  logic,  the  creation  of  things 
ought  to  come  first. 


§  II.  IN  RELA  TION  TO  RELIGION. 

SECTION  XXXVIII. — RES  DIVINI  JURIS  AND  RES  HUMANI  JURIS. 
111.  First,  religion. 
To   feel    the    importance   of   what  Gains   calls  the    sum  ma 

1  Gai.  2,  12  to   14;    Dig.   ],  8,  De  *  Ibid. 

die.  rer.,  1,  §  1,  f.  Gai. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  611 

rerum  divisio,  into  things  of  divine  and  of  human  right,  we 
must  realize  the  close  union  that  existed  between  religion  and 
the  civil  law  among  the  Romans,  as  well  as  the  sacerdotal 
character  of  their  primitive  law  in  its  public  as  well  as  in  its 
private  institutions. 

112.  Among  res  divini  juris  are  ranked  :— 

1.  The  sacred  things  (res  sacra),  that  is  to  say,  things  con- 
secrated with  religious  rites,  and  under  legal  authority,  to  the 
superior  gods. 

2.  The  religious  things  (res  religiosce),  abandoned  to  the  in- 
ferior gods,  to  the  manes  ;  such  as  the  tonibs  or  the  earth  in 
which  a  dead  body  is  buried. 

3.  Holy  things  (res  sanctce},  which  were  only  of  divine  right 
by  assimilation  (quodammodo  divini  juris  sunf),  the  essential 
characteristic  of  which  was,  that  they  were  protected  against 
insult  by  a  public  and  penal  sanction  r1  such  were  the  walls  or 
the  gates  of  the  city. 

The  sepulchre  of  the  enemy  was  not  religiosum?  that  of  the 
slave  was.3 

A  res  divini  juris,  which  had  fallen  into  the  hand  of  the 
enemy,  was  desecrated ;  its  sacred  character  departed,  and  could 
only  be  restored  by  reconquest.4 

We  must  mention,  in  this  place,  the  sacra  familice,  sacra 
(jfcntis,  things  sacred  to  each  family  and  gens,  with  the  obliga- 
tion to  perform  sacrifices,  and  private  or  domestic  worship, 
which  formed  the  religious  bond  uniting  the  family,  and  which 
were  transmitted  from  generation  to  generation.  On  this  sub- 
ject we  have  little  written  evidence. 

Finally,  we  must  trace  the  changes  which  resulted  from  the 
decline  of  Paganism,  its  fall,  and  the  establishment  of  Chris- 
tianity in  its  place. 

1  From  the  verb  sancire,  sanctum,  3  Dig.  1 1,  De  relig.,  7,  2,  pr.  f.  Ulp. 
to  sanction,  to  guarantee.  4  Dig.  11,  7,  36,  f.  Pompon. 

8  Dig.  47, 12,  De  sep.  viol.,  4,  f.  Paul. 


R  U  2 


612  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

§111.   IN  RELATION  TO  THE  STATE. 
SECTION  XXXIX. — RIGHTS  OF  CITIZENSHIP — THE  IDEA  OF  THE 

COMMERCIUM  APPLICABLE  TO  THINGS  AS  WELL  AS  TO  PERSONS. 

113.  The  exclusive  privilege  of  Roman  citizenship  which 
was  so  jealously  guarded  was  not  limited  to  persons :    it  was 
shared  by  things.     As  there  were  persons  who  were  foreigners, 
so  there  were  foreign  things.     There  was  a  capacity  for  civil 
rights  in  things  as  in  persons ; a  a  capacity  in  the  former  case 
for  being  objects  of  the  civil  law,  as  in  the  latter  for  being  its 
subject. 

114.  The  element  of  the  jus  civitatis,  which  was  commu- 
nicated to  things  as  well  as  to  persons,  in  relation  to  the  jus 
privatum  and  not  the  jus  publicum,  was  the  commercium  in 
its  most  comprehensive  sense,  because  to  carry  on  commerce 
there  must  be  both  persons  and  things.     As  regards  persons, 
there  was  a  civil  capacity  to  effect  transactions,  acquisitions, 
alienations  under  Roman  civil  law;  as  regards  things,  there 
was  the  civil  capacity  of  being  the  object  of  these  transactions. 


SECTION  XL. — ROMAN  SOIL  (Agcr  JRomanus) ;  ITALIAN  SOIL,  OR 

THAT  WHICH   ENJOYED    ROMAN   PRIVILEGES  (Itttlicum  Solum)', 

AND  PROVINCIAL  OR  FOREIGN  SOIL  ( Solum  Provinciate). 

115.  The  distinction  between  the  different  kinds  of  soil  and 
the  peculiar  privileges  attached  to  each,  though  apparent 
throughout  the  whole  of  Roman  history  and  legislation,  is  com- 
monly greatly  neglected  by  the  modern  student  of  Roman  in- 
stitutions. This  distinction  must,  however,  be  realized,  and 
a  sharp  line  drawn  between  soil  to  which  all  civil  rights  were 
attached  in  which  the  Roman  proprietors  could  exist,  and  which 
must  be  dealt  with  according  to  all  the  formalities  of  the  ancient 
law,  and  that  soil  which  was  beyond  the  influence  of  Quiritarian 

1  "Sintne   ista   prredia   ccnsni   con-       Jinlx-iinl   jut   ririle,    sint   nccne    shit 
scnda  (says  Cicero,  Pro  Flacco,  §  :\'2),       iniuioipi?" 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  613 

dominium,  if  we  would  avoid  obscurity  concerning  many  insti- 
tutions of  which  we  constantly  encounter  the  vestiges. 

116.  The  same  train  of  ideas  as  to  the  jus  civitatis  must  be 
applied  equally  to  persons  and  to  things,  care  being  taken  to 
distinguish  between  rights  which  were  personal  and  those  which 
were  territorial. 

In  the  first  place  there  was  the  ager  Romanus,1  the  field, 
the  soil,  the  Roman  territory,  the  only  soil  amenable  to  the 
operation  of  the  jus  civile,  as  the  children  of  Rome  alone  were 
citizens  of  the  empire.  In  spite  of  Roman  conquests,  and  the 
constant  extension  of  the  empire,  the  ager  Romanus  remained  the 
same  as  in  the  early  days  of  Rome.  And  although  the  old  dis- 
tinction has  long  passed  away,  yet  tradition,  which  survives  the 
superposition  of  races,  the  progress  of  civilization,  and  the  change 
of  time,  still  points  to  what  is  called,  in  the  language  of  the  day, 
the  agro  Romano.  Only  just  as  the  inhabitants  of  other  towns 
were  accorded,  as  an  act  of  favour,  the  privileges  of  Roman 
citizenship,  so  the  privileges  of  the  ager  Romanus  were  conceded 
to  other  lands. 

Thus  gradually,  sometimes  as  the  result  of  free  gift,  at  others 
of  the  force  of  arms,  the  rights  and  privileges  attaching  to  the 
commercium  and  the  ager  Romanus  were  conceded,  either  in 
whole  or  in  part,  to  the  colonies,  to  Latium,  to  the  whole  of 
Italy,  and  even  to  municipia  erected  beyond  its  limits. 

117.  The  most  comprehensive,  and  that  which  ultimately  be- 
came the  general  term  to  describe  soil  enjoying  civil  rights,  was 
Italicum  solum?  assimilated,  so  far  as  regards  the  application  of 
the  jus  civile,  to  the  ager  Romanus.     Whence  the  jus  Italicum, 
principally  a  territorial  privilege,  both  in  relation  to  the  jus 
publicum  and  jus  privatum.     When  they  wanted  to  extend 
this  privilege  beyond  the  limits  of  Italy,  and  to  grant  a  similar 
favour  to  territories  or  to  towns  beyond  it,  they  assimilated 
their  soil  to  the  solum  Italicum ;  they  granted  them  in  fact, 
more  or  less  completely,  the  jus  Italicum. 

'  Varro,  De  lingua  latina,  5,  33  a  Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  §  1 ;  Inst.  2,  6,  pr. ; 
aud  35.  2,  8,  pr. 


614  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

118.  The  solum  provinciale  held  an  inferior  place  both  in 
relation  to  the  jus  publicum  and  to  the  jus  privatum,  as  it  was 
soil  in  whose  favour  no  exceptional  concession  had  been  made, 
and  which  was  totally  without  the  pale  of  Roman  civil  law.1 
Law,  in  its  progress  towards  a  more  general  and  philosophical 
but    less    Quiritarian   system,   invented    indirect    methods   of 
obviating  the    results    of   these   distinctions,   instead   of   en- 
deavouring to  efface  them. 

119.  The  constitution  of  Caracalla,  which  gave  to  all  sub- 
jects of  the  empire  the  title  of  citizen,  did  not  confer  on  all 
territories  the -enjoyment  of  the  jus  civile.     While  it  elevated 
persons,  it  did  not  elevate  the  soil  to  the  same  civic  privileges. 

Justinian  was  the  first  to  abolish  all  such  distinctions  between 
the  soil  of  Italy  and  that  of  the  provinces.2 

ISO.  This  distinction  of  things  is  a  distinction  entirely 
territorial ;  it  applies  to  immovables  only  and  not  to  movables. 
The  civil  rights  attached  to  movables  follow  them  from  place 
to  place,  and  are  not  confined  to  locality. 


SECTION  XLI. — RES  MANCIPI  AND  RES  NEC  MANCIPI. 

121.  The  distinction  of  things  into  mancipi  and  nee  mancipi 
is  an  ancient  distinction,  which,  in  our  opinion,  already  existed 
at  the  time  of  the  Twelve  Tables.3 

1  Gai.  2,  §§  7,  27,  31,  46,  etc.  sent:  ID  ITA  LEGE  xn  TABULARUM 

2  Cod.  7,  25,  Denude  jure  Quiritum  CAUTUM."     (Gai.  2,  §  47.)     We  must 
tollendo,  const.  Justinian ;    7,  31,  De  remember  that  Gaius  is,  of  all  jurists, 
usucapione  transformanda,  et  de  sub-  the  one   who   deserves   most  credence 
lata  differentia  rcrum  mancipi  et  nee  when  he  treats  of  the  law  of  the  Twelve 
mancipi.  Tables  and  of  its  provisions,  for  he 

3  In  addition  to  other  grounds,  this  published  a   commentary  upon   it,   of 
opinion  appears  supported  by  a  frag-  which  some  fragments  have  remained 
ment  of  Gaius,  and  it  is  inconceivable  to  us  in  the  Digest.     See  also  Gai.  1, 
how  it  could  have  been  neglected  in  §  192;  2,  §  80;  Ulp.,  Reg.,  11,  §  27; 
this  controversy :   "  Mullens,  quce  in  Inst.  de  Just.  2,  §  41 ;  Vat.  J.  R.  Frag. 
agnatorum  tutela  erat,  RES  MANCIPI  §  259  ;  and  §§  293,  311,  313,  for  the 
nsucapi  non  poterant,  prteterquam  si  existence  of  the  things  mancipi  at  the 
ab  ipsa,  tutore  (auctore),  tradiicc  es-  time  of  the  lex  Cincia,  B.C.  204. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  615 

This  distinction  is  unquestionably  one  of  the  civil  law.  Not 
indeed  in  the  sense  that  everything  enjoying  the  rights  of  Roman 
civil  law  was  res  mancipi,  and  that  this  expression  was  synony- 
mous with  jus  civile.  Such  a  notion  we  wholly  reject.  But  in 
the  sense  that  a  thing  to  be  res  mancipi  must  necessarily  have 
the  jus  civile,  and  consequently  that  all  things  not  possessing 
the  jus  civile  were  necessarily  res  nee  mancipi. 

But  besides  this,  among  the  very  things  which  came  within 
the  sphere  of  Roman  civil  law,  some  were  mancipi,  the  others 
nee  mancipi.  The  res  mancipi  were  consequently  one  branch 
of  the  res  enjoying  the  jus  civile.  The  proprietas  among  the 
Romans,  as  regards  them,  had  a  character  not  different,  but 
somewhat  more  indelible :  it  was  acquired  and  lost  with  more 
difficulty. 

122.  Thus,  in  the  first  place,  the  consent  of  the  parties  and 
tradition  alone  were  powerless  to  transfer  from  one  citizen  to 
another  the  dominium  of  the  things  mancipi.     To  accomplish 
this  it  was  necessary  to  have  recourse  to  a  judicial  and  sacra- 
mental act,  the  mancipation  (mancipium,  afterwards  mancipatio) 
with  a  symbol,  established  formulas,  and  the  public  assistance 
of  a  great  number  of  citizens.     Things  nee  mancipi,  on  the 
contrary,  were    not  susceptible  of  these  judicial  acts ;  simple 
tradition  sufficed  to  transfer  the  dominium  over  them.1 

123.  In  the  second  place,  the  alienation  of  things  mancipi 
was  not  allowed  in  all  cases  where  it  was  allowed  in  the  case  of 
things  nee  mancipi.      Thus  the  law  itself  of  the  XII  Tables 
forbids  a  woman,  placed  under  the  guardianship  of  her  agnates, 
to  alienate  anything  mancipi  without  the  authority  of  her  tutor; 
certain  things  could  only  go  out  of  the  family  by  the  consent 
of  the  agnates,  while  the  alienation  of  things  nee  mancipi  was 
allowed  to  the  woman.2 

This  rule  was  so  important  that,  even  at  the  epoch  when  the 
guardianship  of  women  was  no  longer  anything  but  a  fiction, — 
when  the  authority  of  the  tutor  only  intervened  as  a  matter  of 

1  Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  §§  3  and  7.  2  Gai.  2,  §  80;  Ulp.,  Reg.,  11,  §  27. 


616  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

form, — when,  if  he  refused  it,  the  prsstor  was  in  the  habit  of 
forcing  him  to  give  it, — it  was  not  even  then  possible  to  force 
certain  tutors  to  authorize  against  their  will  the  three  most 
important  and  solemn  acts  of  woman :  her  will  or  testament, 
her  incurring  obligations,  and  the  alienation  of  things  mancipi.1 
And  if,  in  the  face  of  these  prohibitions,  the  thing  mancipi  had 
been  alienated  by  the  woman,  the  possessor  was  unable  to 
acquire  it  by  usucapio,  unless  the  tradition  had  been  made 
with  the  authority  of  the  guardian ;  it  is  the  law  of  the  XII 
Tables  itself  which  thus  speaks,  id  ita  lege  XII  Tabularum 
cautum,  as  Gaius  says.2 

1 24.  Moreover,  with  the  exception  of  the  act  of  mancipatio, 
all  the  other  means  which  civil  law  recognized  for  the  acquisi- 
tion of  the   Roman  dominium  were  common   both  to  things 
mancipi  and  to  things   nee   mancipi.3     The  res   nee  mancipi 
participated,  therefore,  in  the  jus  civile,  and  were   capable  of 
Roman  proprietary  right ;  provided,  of  course,  they  were  not 
stamped  with  the  character  of  peregrinitas. 

The  only  one  of  these  acts  regarding  which  there  is  a  distinc- 
tion between  these  two  classes  of  things  is  mancipatio.  And 
this  is  the  reason,  therefore,  why  some  are  called  res  mancipi  or 
mancipii,  things  of  mancipation ;  and  the  others  res  nee  man- 
cipi or  nee  mancipii,  things  not  susceptible  of  mancipation.4 

125.  The  jurists  gave  the  precise  enumeration  of  the  things 

1  Gai.  1,  §  192.  "  The  most  valuable  alium  transferuntur;  unde  .  .  .  man- 

of  &\\"  (alicnatispretiosioribus  rebus),  cip-lressuntdictoi."  Mancipium,ixom 

adds  the  jurist.  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  etymologies 

3  Gai.  2,  §  47.  given   to   this   word,   whether,   as  we 

3  For  instance,  ttsucajno,  which  cer-  think,  "  to  take  with  the  hand,"  or  "  to 
tainly  was  a  means  of  acquiring  the  put  the  hand  on  the  head  to  signify  the 
dominium;    also  the   in  jure  cessio,  act  of   purchase,"  m-anciplum   is   in- 
the  formula  of  which  exactly  expresses  variably,  and  above  all,  the  judicial  act 
the  idea,  "  Hunc  ego  hominem  ex  jure  itself,  the  mancipatio.     It  is  only  by 
Quiritium  meuni  esse  aio;"  also  the  figure  of  speech,  and  consequently  an 
adjudication,  the  legacy,  and  the  in-  addition  of  later  times,  that  the  same 
heritance.     See  Ulp.,  lteg.t  19,  §§  8,  9,  word  came  to  be  employed  to  signify 
16  and  17,  where  this  is  repeated  posi-  the  effect  produced  by  that  act— pro- 
tively  each  time.  jirietas.     Thus  res  mancipi  is  a  thing 

4  Everything  proves  this,  and  Gaius  of  mancipation,  not  a  thing  of  Komau 
asserts  it  directly  :  "  Mnnclpi  rero  res  dominium. 

(xi/nt)  (jiice   per   mancipations »i   ad 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  617 

which  were  mancipi,  and  we  find  it  still  in  the  fragments  of 
Ulpian.  At  that  epoch  this  classification  included : 

1*.  Hereditaments  in  the  solum  Italicum,  plots  of  land  or 
houses ; 

2°.  Rural  servitudes  (but  not  urban),  of  course  as  to  the  same 
class  of  land ; 

3°.  Slaves  and  those  animals  qua  dorso  collove  domantur ; 
that  is  to  say,  beasts  of  burden  and  draught.1 

126.  Thus,  as  to  the  soil  and  the  buildings  upon  it,  there 
was  no  distinction;  all  soil  participating  in  the  jus  civile  was 
res  mancipi.  This  characteristic  kept  even  pace,  in  its  growth 
and  extension,  with  the  jus  civile  and  the  commercium.  At 
first  confined  to  the  ager  Romanus  or  Roman  soil,  it  was 
gradually  extended  to  the  soil  of  the  colonies,  to  that  of  Latium, 
and  to  that  of  all  Italy.  Beyond  that  limit  it  did  not  pass 
except  to  countries  to  which  it  was  granted  by  particular  con- 
cession, in  the  shape  of  the  jus  Italicum.  As  to  incorporeal 
things,  they  were  all  res  nee  mancipi ;  for  a  creation  of  the  law, 
a  legal  abstraction,  cannot  be  grasped  by  the  hand.  However, 
an  exception  was  admitted  in  favour  of  rural  servitudes,  which 
were  identified  with  the  land,  to  the  enjoyment  of  which  they 
were  subservient,  and  the  origin  of  which  is  very  ancient ;  the 
isolated  position  of  Roman  houses  (insulte)  having  necessarily 
made  urban  servitudes  more  rare,  and  their  origin  of  later  date. 

The  wish  to  escape  from  the  rigour  of  the  civil  law  caused  also 
the  expectant  patrimony,  in  its  entirety  (familia  pecuniaque}, 
to  be  considered  susceptible  of  a  fictitious  mancipation.2 

Finally,  as  to  movables,  but  only  those  with  which  the 
primitive  Romans  were  acquainted,  the  character  of  res  mancipi 
followed  them  wherever  they  went.  The  w^ife,  the  children  and 
the  freemen  under  the  power  of  the  chief  on  the  one  hand,  the 
slaves  or  beasts  of  burden  and  draught  on  the  other,  alone  bore 
this  character.  As  civilization  progressed,  elephants  and  camels 
were  brought  to  Rome,  but  bearing  in  their  very  aspect  an  alien 
character,  they  remained  under  the  category  of  res  nee  mancipi. 

1   Ulp.,  ]{f<i.,  19,  §  1.     Compare  Gai.  2  Gai.  2,  §§  102  and  104. 

2,  §§  25  ct  seq. 


618  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

127.  To  sum  up, — for  a  thing  to  be  res  mancipi  it  must  be 
susceptible  of  civil  rights  and  their  corresponding  obligations ; 
such  was  not  the  case  with  either  foreign  soil  or  things.      It 
must  be  capable  of  being  grasped  by  the  hand,  for  it  is  the 
essential  element  of  mancipation  manu  capere.     And  this  ex- 
cluded all  incorporeal  things,  except  the  most  ancient  servi- 
tudes :  the  rural,  which  were  identified  with  the  land,  and  the 
patrimony  (familia\  which  by  a  fiction  was  also  treated  as  a 
res  mancipi. 

Finally,  it  must  have  a  peculiar  and  distinct  individuality  in 
order  that  the  citizens  who  took  part  in  the  legal  act,  and  who 
were  taken  to  witness  the  acquisition  of  the  Roman  dominium 
of  the  thing,  might  be  able  to  attest  its  identity. 

This  character  of  individuality  is  only  recognized  to  an  ex- 
tent sufficient  to  admit  of  mancipation  in  two  classes  of  objects : 
in  the  soil,  and  in  animated  beings,  freemen,  slaves  or  animals ; 
and  even  among  the  latter  only  in  those  tamed  by  man  and 
associated  with  him  in  his  labours,  for  they  alone,  in  fact,  have, 
as  regards  man,  a  real  individuality  capable  of  identification. 
In  a  state  of  nature  their  identity  is  less  distinctly  marked. 

128.  The  soil,  men,  and  animals  broken  in  for  purposes  of 
human  labour,  were  res  mancipi — all  of  them  things  which  had 
received  their  existence  from  God.     None  of  them  are  created 
by  man,1  for  man  cannot  impress  individuality  on  the  work  of 
his  hands,  nor  impart  existence  itself  to  the  things  he  fabricates. 
This  philosophical  idea  of  the  nature  of  things  was  derived  from 
nature  herself  by  the  primitive  Romans,  who  were  not  a  manu- 
facturing people,    and  amongst  whom,  consequently,  the  me- 
chanical products  of  human  genius  and  art  did  not  come  into 
rivalry  with  the  works  of  God. 

Of  the  head  of  the  Roman  family,  the  soil  with  the  house 
upon  it,2  the  wife,  children,  the  men  under  his  power,  and  the 

1  For   buildings   are  mancipi    only  instrumental  of   the  field,  as  long  as 
because  tbey  make  one  body  with  the  they   were   incorporated  with  it  by  a 
soil,  because  they  are  an  adhesive  part  perpetual  use  became  immovables  like 
of  it ;  once  detached  from  the  soil  they  the  soil  to  which  they  belonged.     In 
lost  this  character.  such  a  condition,  attached  to  the  soil, 

2  The   working   instruments  of   the  they  were  res  manripi,  but  separated, 
farm,   which   the   Romans    called   the  they  were  res  nee  mancipi. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  619 

animals  broken  in  for  his  work,  were  the  res  mancipi ;  things 
whose  individuality  Avas  merged  in  the  chief,  and  which  were 
at  the  same  time,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  things  he  most 
valued,  which  could  not  be  alienated  by  simple  tradition,  and  to 
which  was  exclusively  applied  the  symbolic  act  of  mancipatio. 
In  spite  of  the  progress  of  civilization,  the  cultivation  of  the 
arts,  and  the  acquisition  of  ever  fresh  means  of  wealth  and 
luxury,  the  res  mancipi  never  increased  in  number.  Stamped 
with  their  peculiar  characteristics  by  the  old  Roman  law,  they 
underwent  no  change. 

129.  But  to  assert  that  every  other  thing,  everything  nee 
mancipi,  was  without  the  pale  of  the  jus  civile  and  not  suscep- 
tible  of    Roman   dominium,  is  irreconcilable  with  the  whole 
theory  of  the  law  and  the  social  status  of  the  Romans. 

This  opinion  is  refuted  on  all  sides.1  Res  nee  mancipi,  pro- 
vided that  they  are  Roman  and  not  without  its  jurisdiction, 
enjoy  all  the  privileges  of  the  jus  civile  except  mancipation. 

130.  The  importance  of  the  distinction  between  res  mancipi 
and  res  nee  mancipi  varies  with  the  period.     As  the  old  jus 
civile  disappeared,  as  the  characteristic  features  of  Quiritarian 
dominium  became  effaced,  as  mancipatio  fell  into  disuse,  the 
distinction  between  things  mancipi  and  nee  mancipi  also  died 
out.     Under  Justinian  it  was  nothing  but  a  meaningless  phrase. 
Disuse  had   abrogated   it  in  fact;    the  emperor  abrogated  it 
formally. 

'  See  above,  §  124,  note  4,  where  are  hypothesis  that,  from  the  origin  of  the 
given  the  legal  means  of  acquiring  distinction  between  things  mancipi  or 
Roman  dominium  in  things  nee  man-  nee  mancipi,  there  had  been  two  kinds 
dpi  as  well  as  things  mancipi.  Vide  oiproprietas,  one  Roman  and  the  other 
Gai.  2,  §  196,  and  Ulp.  24,  §  7,  who  not.  But  Gains  has  distinctly  ovcr- 
both  agree  in  alluding  to  things  nee  thrown  this  hypothesis,  by  telling  us 
mancipi  as  subject  to  the  dominiun  that  originally  there  was  but  one  do- 
ex  jure  (Jmritium.  This  opinion  can  minium, — that  one  was  proprietor  ar- 
only  be  supported  by  admitting  the  cording  to  the  Roman  law,  or  not  at  till. 


620  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

§  IV.  IN  RELATION  TO  THE  PROPRIETOR. 
SECTION  XLII. — RES  OMNIUM,  PUBLICS,  UNIVEKSITATIS,  SINGU- 

LORUM,  NULLIUS. 

131.  First.  Common  things  (res  communes  omnium),  such 
as  air,  running  water,  the  sea  and  its  coasts,  which  may  be 
used  by  everyone,  but  which  are  susceptible  of  being  bought 
by  no  one,  except  in  fragments : 

Second.  Public  things  (res  publicci),  of  which  the  property 
is  in  the  people,  but  of  which  the  condition  is  of  two  sorts 
according,  1st,  As  the  use  is  common  to  all  members  of  the 
people,  like  that  of  public  thoroughfares,  of  rivers,  of  ports ;  or, 
2ndly,  As  they  are  worked  and  employed  by  public  authority 
for  the  profit  of  the  State  in  general,  as  fields,  revenues,  public 
slaves.  In  this  last  case,  these  things  are  said  to  be  in  pecunid, 
in  bonis,  in  patrimonio  populi : 

Third.  Res  universitatis  belonged  to  communities,  colleges 
or  corporations ;  with  regard  to  these  we  must  make  a  distinc- 
tion analogous  to  that  of  the  preceding  case  : 

Fourth.  Res  singulorum,  which  were  the  property  of  par- 
ticular persons  : 

Fifth.  Res  nullius,  or  things  which  belong  to  no  one.  This 
expression  in  the  most  restricted  sense  designates  things  which 
have  no  proprietor  ;  either  because  man  has  not  yet  taken  pos- 
session of  them,  as  wild  animals,  their  products,  shells,  sea 
wrack,  grass,  islands  rising  in  the  sea,  &c. ;  or  because  man 
has  abandoned  them  (res  pro  derelicto  habitce) ;  or  because  his 
ownership  has  ended  without  that  of  any  other  having  suc- 
ceeded to  it,  which  is  the  case,  in  the  Roman  law,  of  inheritance 
so  long  as  the  heir  has  not  yet  acquired  it. 

But  this  class  does  not  stop  here  ;  it  is  capable  of  being 
generalized,  and  is  considered  by  jurists  to  comprise  :  1st, 
Tilings  of  divine  right,  which  are  outside  and  independent  of 
men's  dealings ;  2nd,  Common  things,  which  are  nobody's  pro- 
perty ;  and  3rd,  Public  things  and  things  of  the  commonalty,  as 
they  belong  to  no  private  individual,  they  are  supposed,  as  the 
Roman  jurists  say,  to  belong  to  no  one. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  621 

SECTION  XLIII. — THINGS  IN  OUR  PATRIMONY  (Bono),  OR  OUT  OF 
OUR  PATRIMONY. 

132.  Thence  arises  that  general  division  under  which  all 
the  distinctions  we  have  just  mentioned  can  be  arranged,  as 
subdivisions : 

Things  which  belong  to  nobody,  res  nullius ;  and  inversely 
things  which  belong  to  somebody,  res  alicujus; 

Or,  what  amounts  to  the  same,  things  in  our  patrimony  (in 
nostro  patrimonio}  and  things  out  of  our  patrimony  (extra 
nostrum  patrimonium). 

The  first  expression  is  from  the  Institutes  of  Gaius;1  the 
second  from  the  Institutes  of  Justinian.2 

The  things  (res]  considered  as  being  in  our  patrimony  take 
the  special  name  of  goods  (bona,  pecunia). 


SECTION  XLIV. — PUBLIC  LAND,  PROPERTY  OP  THE  STATE  (Ager 
Publicus];  PRIVATE  LAND,  PROPERTY  OF  INDIVIDUALS  (Ager 
Privatus). 

133.  To  this  theory  we  must  refer,  in  the  historical  study  of 
Roman  law,  what  concerns : — 

1°.  The  ager  publicus,  and,  inversely,  the  ager  privatus ;  a 
distinction  separating  the  soil  or  territory  into  two  parts, — the 
one  reserved  to  the  people  or  to  the  republic,  the  other  given 
up  to  ownership  and  to  the  dealings  of  private  individuals.  The 
ager  publicus,  that  is  to  say,  the  territorial  property  of  the  state 
(which  we  must  take  great  care  not  to  confound  with  the  ager 
Romanus  or  original  Quiritarian  soil),  increased  in  extent  in 
proportion  to  the  conquests  of  Rome.  The  lance  was  the  in- 
strument, the  type  and  symbol  of  acquisition ;  the  expropriation 
of  the  territory  of  conquered  nations  was  the  law  of  war ;  all  the 
soil  which  was  not  conceded  to  them  by  the  supreme  power  071 
better  conditions  became  in  principle  ager  publicus,  which,  in 
course  of  time,  came  to  comprise  the  whole  known  world. 

1  Gai.  2,  §  !);  Dig.   1,  8,  l)e  dials.  *  hist.  2,  1,  pr. 

rer.,  1,  pr.  f.  Gai. 


622  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

2°.  The  distribution,  the  enjoyment,  the  management  of  the 
offer  publicus,  in  the  name  of  the  republic,  whether  the  con- 
quered territory  was  sold  in  lots  by  auction,  or  gratuitously  dis- 
tributed by  lots  to  the  people,  and,  in  later  times,  exclusively  to 
the  soldiers  and  veterans,  led  to  the  establishment  of  colonies. 
In  either  case,  the  transfer  conferred  proprietary  rights  and 
passed  the  land  into  the  category  of  ager  privatus,  to  which 
civil  rights  at  once  attached:  whether  it  remained  open  and 
free  to  any  citizen  who  might  choose  to  occupy,  clear  and  culti- 
vate it,  either  paying  a  rent  or  not ;  or  whether  finally  the  land 
was  farmed  by  emphyteuticarii,  or  even  held  on  sufferance ;  or 
whether  it  had  been  seized  by  the  powerful  patrician  families, 
who  were  in  the  habit  of  thus  possessing  themselves  of  large 
tracts,  which  they  enjoyed  as  inheritances,  but  for  which  they 
paid  no  species  of  tax.  Thence  came  the  distinction  of  the 
lands,  as  into  agri  qucestorii,  in  the  first  case ;  assignati, 
in  the  second ;  occupatorii,  in  the  third ;  vectigales,  in  that 
where  a  rent  was  due  to  the  public  treasury ;  and,  in  general, 
subcisivi,  in  those  cases  where  it  remained  in  the  dominium  of 
the  state  after  the  distribution  of  the  conquered  territory.  The 
frequent  disputes  which  occurred  about  the  division,  the  manage- 
ment or  the  possession  of  lands,  and  about  the  successive  en- 
croachments which  the  patricians  made  on  them,  about  the 
agrarian  laws,  and  the  laws  of  the  Gracchi  and  of  subsequent 
times,  had  reference  to  the  ager  publicus. 

3°.  The  condition  of  the  soil  in  the  provinces,  where  the  land, 
unless  there  had  been  a  privileged  concession  of  the  right  of 
property  or  a  communication  of  the  civil  right,  was  in  principle 
that  of  ager  publicus,  the  property  of  the  Roman  people,  even 
when  it  had  been  left  de  facto  to  the  disposal  of  private  persons. 
Those  particular  holders,  according  to  the  strict  letter  of  the 
law,  were  not  proprietors ;  they  were  considered  as  having  in 
some  sort  only  the  possession  and  the  usufruct  of  it,  subject  to 
the  revenue  charged  upon  the  land.1  And  therefore  the  land 
in  the  provinces  was  called  possessiones,  and  not  property.  The 
only  proprietor  was  the  Roman  people.  Therefore  neither  the 

1  "  Nos  autcni  possessioncni  tantum  et  usum  fnictmii  liabcrc  videmur."  Gai. 
2,  §7. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  623 

Roman  dominium,  nor  the  operation  of  civil  law  which  sprung 
from  it,  could  have  any  application  to  that  soil. 

4°.  At  a  later  period  the  provinces  were  divided  into  pro- 
vincice  populi  Romani  or  prcedia  stipendiaria,  also  called 
senatorial  provinces,  and  the  provincicB  Ccssaris  or  preedia 
tributoria.1  In  like  manner  the  treasury  was  divided  into  the 
ferarium,  or  treasury  of  the  people  or  senate;  and  the  Jiscus,  or 
treasury  of  Caesar.  In  proportion  as  imperial  power  increased, 
that  of  the  people  and  the  senate  declined,  till  ultimately  the 
emperor  was  all  in  all. 


§  V.  THINGS  CONSIDERED  PHYSICALLY  AND 
LEGALLY. 

134.  The  physical  nature  of  things  must  to  a  certain  extent 
be  considered  by  the  legislator.  The  Roman  law  did  not  accu- 
rately classify  things  in  this  respect ;  it  did  not,  however,  alto- 
gether overlook  natural  characteristics. 


SECTION  XLV. — MOVABLE  THINGS  (Res  mobiles,  seu  moventes')  OR 
IMMOVABLE  (Res  Soli,  Immobiles). 

135.  Although  this  distinction  of  things  into  movable  and 
immovable  did  not  form  in  Roman  law,  as  it  does  in  the  French, 
the  fundamental  basis  of  the  twofold  division  of  things,  it  was, 
nevertheless.,  not  without  importance. 

It  arises  as  much  from  the  provisions  of  the  law  as  from  the 
expressions  used  by  jurists ;  and  we  find  the  distinction  indicated 
by  Ulpian,  with  the  technical  forms  of  Roman  law  which  are  to 
be  found  also  in  the  fragments  of  several  other  writers. 

Res  mobiles,  or  res  se  moventes,  or  simply  movcntes,  signify 
movable  things,  according  as  they  are  inanimate  or  animate 
objects.2 

1  Gai.  2,  §  7,  and  2,  §  21.  f.  Ulp. ;    48,  17,  H,  §   1,  f.  Modestin. ; 

*  Dig.  21,  1,  1,  pr.  f.  Ulp.     Sec  also  HO,  H>,  93,  f.  Ocls. ;  (1od.   I,  3,  4'.»,  §  2, 

Vat.  J.  K.  Frag.,  §§  293  and  31 1  ;  Dig.  const.  Justinian,  etc. 
33,  10,  2,  f.  Florentin.;  42,  1,  15,  §  2, 


624  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Res  qua  soli  sunt,  or  res  soli,  signify  immovable  things  ;*  or, 
as  Ulpian  in  several  places  has  it,  res  immobiles  ;2  and  Justinian, 
in  one  of  his  constitutions,  says,  quce  immobiles  sunt,  vel  esse  in- 
telligantur  ;3  but  the  same  objects  are  described  more  frequently 
by  the  particular  designations  of  preedia,  fundi,  cedes. 

Lastly.  There  are  also  things  which,  although  movable  by 
their  nature,  are  considered,  in  legal  estimation,  as  immovable, 
because,  either  on  account  of  their  adherence  to  an  immovable 
thing  (vincta,fixa),  or  on  account  of  their  being  destined  to 
its  perpetual  use  (perpetui  usus  causa},  they  make  a  single 
body  with  it,  and  so  they  are  considered  as  making  a  part  of  it 
and  sharing  its  nature.* 

136.  Incorporeal  things,  being  mere  legal  abstractions,  were 
neither  movable  nor  immovable ;   nor  did  Roman  law,  as  have 
certain  modern  systems,  ascribe  to  them  either  of  these  attri- 
butes.    However  they  might  at  times  be  so  attached  to  an  im- 
movable, as  in  a  certain  sense  to  form  a  part  of  it :   such  was,  for 
example,  the  case  with  servitudes.5 

137.  The   distinction   between   movables  and  immovables, 
although  less  important  in  Roman  legislation  than  among  the 
moderns,  was  nevertheless,  from  the  very  earliest  times,  followed 
by  effects  in  the  relations  of  both  public  and  private  life.6 

1  Dig.  21,1,  De  cedil.  edict.,  1,  pr.  f.  the  soldier  may  acquire  individually  the 
Ulp.  movable  booty  he  takes,  but  not  the 

2  Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  §§  G  and  8.  soil,  which  becomes  public. 

3  Cod.  7,  31,  De  vsuc.  trans/.,  const.  3rd.  In  the  time  fixed  for  usucapio, 
Just.  according  to  the  XII  Tables  themselves. 

4  Dig.  19,  1,  13,  §  31,  f.  Ulp. ;  15,  f.  (Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  §  8;  Gai.  2,  §  42.) 
Ulp.;  17  pr.  and  §§  7  to  11,  f.  Ulp.,  4th.  In  mancipatio,  whether  as  to  the 
etc.  presence  or  as  to  the  quantity  or  num- 

5  Dig.  18,  1,  De  contrail,  cmpt.,  47,  her  of  things  that  could  be  mancipated. 
f.  Ulp.  (Ulp.,  Reg.,  19,  §  6.) 

6  The  following  enumeration,  to  which  5th.  In  the  ancient  actio  sacramenti, 
something  could  still  be  added,  will  show  in  the  case  where  immovables  and  things 
that  it  is  erroneous  to  suppose  that  the  incapable  of  transportation,  in  jus,  re- 
distinction  between  movables  and  im-  quired  the  additional  solemnity^  of  the 
movables  did  not  exist  in  Roman  legis-  dediictio.     It  is  true  that  this  was  not 
lation.     We  find  this  distinction  clearly  confined  to  the  fact  that  the  thing  was 
recognized  : —  absolutely  immovable,  but  extended  to 

1st.  In  the  political  constitution  and  cases  where  the  transport  would  be  at- 

the  communication  of  civil  rights   to  tended  with  difficulty, 
soil.  (lib.  In  dower,  according  as  movable 

2nd.  In   the   regulations  on    booty :  or   immovable  dower  was  in  question 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  625 

SECTION  XL VI. — THINGS  DIVISIBLE  OR  INDIVISIBLE — PRINCIPAL 
OR  ACCESSORY. 

138.  I  shall  merely  point  out  those  two  divisions  which  are 
not  considered  by  Roman  jurists  in  the  light  of  a  methodical 
classification,  but  which  are  nevertheless  often  followed  with 
important  effects  in  law. 

1°.  Divisible  things,  which  can  be  separated  into  several 
parts,  either  physically  and  corporeally  (partes  certcB — pro 
diviso};  or  parts  in  a  sense  purely  juridical,  mathematical  and 
intellectual  fractions,  as  one-half,  one-third  (partes  incertce — 
pro  indiviso) ;  1  and  indivisible  things,  which  do  not  admit,  in 
law,  the  idea  of  any  division  or  of  any  part  being  distinct  from 
the  whole.2 

2°.  Principal  things  (res  principals)  and  accessory  things, 
that  is  to  say,  things  forming  a  dependent  and  subordinate  part 
of  the  principal  thing,  called  by  the  Romans  simply  accessiones, 
and  with  regard  to  which  Ulpian  laconically  lays  down  the  fol- 
lowing rule,  which,  however,  requires  some  discernment  in  its 
application :  accessio  cedat  principali.3 

(prtedium  dotale).     (Paul,  Sent.,  2,  as  being  a  part  of  them  whether  by  ad- 
tit.  21;  Gai.  2,  §  03.)  herence  or  destination.     (See  the  title 

7th.  In  the  theory  of  theft,  which  the  De  actionibus  cmpti  et  vcnditi  (Dig. 

jurists  declare  cannot  be  applied  to  im-  19, 1),  and  the  various  titles  De  legatis 

movables.     (Gai.  2,  §  51  ;  Dig.  47,  2,  (Dig.  book  30,31,  32),  in  which  a  great 

25,  pr.  f.  Ulp.)  number  of  fragments  have  a  reference 

8th.  In    the    interdict    nimbi,    for  to  that  question.) 

movables,   being   quite  different  from  12th.  In  legacies,  when  the  testator 

the  interdict  iitl  possidetis,  for  the  im-  has  bequeathed  his  movables,  and  when 

movables.     (Gai.  4,  §§  149  and  150;  the  question  is  to  determine  what  is 

Paul,  Sent.,  5,  6,  §  1 ;  Instit.  4,  15,  4.)  comprised  in  such  a  legacy.     (Dig.  50, 

9th.  In  real  servitudes,  which,  from  16,  93,  f.  Gels.) 

the   very   nature  of   things,   apply  to  »  Dig.  50,  16,  25,  §  1,  f.  Paul;  7,  4, 

immovables,  and  cannot  exist  in  refer-  25,  f.  Pomp. ;  8,  2,  36,  f.  Papin. ;  45, 

ence  to  movables.  3,  5,  f.  Ulp. ;  6,  1,  8,  f.  Paul ;  8,  4,  6, 

10th.  In  several  cases  in  which  the  §  1,  f.  Ulp. 

law  prescribes  the  sale  of  movables  be-  a  Dig.  8,   1,   17,  f.  Pomp.,  Predial 

fore  that  of  immovables;  for  instance,  servitudes;  21,  2,  65,  f.  Papin.,  Pledge. 

in  the  case  of  pledges.     (Dig.  42,  1,  15,  See  45,  1,  2,  §§  1  ct  seq.,  f.  Paul. 

§  2,  f.  Ulp.;  48, 17,  5,  §  1,  f.  Modestin.)  3  Dig.  34,  2,  19,  §  13,  f.  Ulp.      V. 

llth.  In  sales  and  in  legacies,  when  Dig.  22,  1,  De  iisuris  et  frvctibus  et 

the  question  is  to  determine  what  fol-  cavsis  et  omnibus  accessionibus. 
lows  the  immovables  sold  or  bequeathed, 


S  S 


626  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  XL VII.  —  GENUS  AND   SPECIES — THINGS   WHICH    ARE 

DETERMINED   BY  WEIGHT,    BY   NUMBER  OR    BY   MEASURE    (qUCB 

pondere,  numero,  mensurave  constant) — OF  so  CALLED  Res 
fungibiles — THINGS  quce  ipso  usu  consumuntur ;  qu<z  in  abusu 
continentur. 

139.  It  is  an  important  distinction,  and  one  which  often 
recurs  among  Roman  jurists,  whether  a  thing  is  described  in 
law  generically,  as  a  slave,  a  horse,  some  wine,  some  oil  of  a 
certain  quality,  or  by  its  very  individuality,  as  such  a  horse, 
such  a  slave,  the  wine,  the  oil  contained  in  such  a  vase.     In 
the  former  case,  the  Romans  called  the  thing  genus,  a  kind,  in 
the  latter  species,  a  species ;  that  is  to  say,  an  individual  thing, 
an  ascertained  object.1     This  distinction  is  attended  with  im- 
portant consequences  as  to  the  nature,  the  extent  and  the  loss 
of  the  rights  relative  to  the  object.2     It  can  be  applied  even  to 
coined  money,  as  a  certain  sum  of  money,  or  the  money  enclosed 
in  a  certain  box  ;3  and,  inversely,  even  to  the  soil,  as  being  so 
many  measures  of  land  in  a  certain  territory  or  a  certain  spot. 

140.  It  is  evident,  in  the  first  place,  that  a  thing  considered 
in  genere  is  only  determined   by  number,  by  weight   or   by 
measure  of  the  fixed  kind  and  quality ;   whilst  that  which  is 
considered  in  specie  is  appreciated   by  its  kind,  by  its  very 
individuality. 

There  are  things  which,  by  their  very  nature,  are  commonly 
appreciated  in  the  first  manner ;  such  as  wine,  oil,  wheat,  money, 
metals.  The  Romans  designated  them  by  these  expressions : 
quce  pondere,  numero,  mensurave  constant.*  There  are  others, 
on  the  contrary,  which  are  generally  appreciated  by  their  indi- 
viduality as  being  certain  things  of  their  kind ;  such  are  slaves, 
horses,  movable  instruments,  fields,  &c.  But  it  is  a  very 
frequent  error  to  confound  custom  with  right.  We  have  just 
seen  that  both  these  classes  of  objects  can,  according  to  the 
intention  of  the  parties,  be  considered  either  one  way  or  the 
other,  either  in  conformity  with  or  in  exception  to  their  ordi- 

1  Dig.  45,  1,  De  verb,  oblig.,  54,  pr.  3  Dig.  30,  1,  De  legat.,  30,  §  6,  f. 

f.  Julian.  Hip. 

3  For  example,  Dig.  45,  1,  37,  f.  4  Inst.  3,  14,  pr. ;  Dig.  12,  1,  Dereb. 

Paul.  cred.,  2,  §  1,  f.  Paul. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  627 

nary  nature,  provided  that  nature  is  not  absolutely  repugnant 
to  it. 

141.  It  is  evident,  in  the  second  place,  that  things  considered 
in  genere  may  be  used  and  interchanged  one  for  the  other.     It 
does  not  matter  which  is  given,  provided  it  is  of  the  same 
quality  and  quantity  (in  eadem  qualitate  et  quantitate\  since 
it  is  to  be  appreciated  only  by  number,  weight  or  measure. 
Whilst  the  thing,  considered  as  species  (species),  is  to  be  used 
and  to  be  given  individually ;  any  other  is  neither  the  same  nor 
the  equivalent.     Paul  has  said,  speaking  of  things  of  this  kind, 
"In  genere  suo  magis  recipiunt  functionem  per  solutionem,  quam 
specie"1     Hence  has  sprung  the  distinction  between  res  fungi- 
biles  and  res  nonfungibiles,  a  barbarism  which  belongs  neither 
to  the  law  nor  to  the  language  of  the  Romans.8     It  is  clear  that 
the  distinction  agrees  completely  with  that  between  genus  and 
species. 

142.  Lastly,  there  is  a  class  of  things  which  the  Romans 
described  as  qua  ipso  usu  consumuntur,3  which  are  consumed 
in  using,  or,  as  Cicero  and  Ulpian  say,  qua  in  abusu  conti- 
nentur,*  in  opposition  to  those,  quarum  salva  substantia  utendi 

fruendi  potest  esse  facultas,5  from  which  it  is  possible  to  derive 
service  though  preserving  their  substance. 

The  former  class  is  ordinarily  considered  in  genere,  and  it  is 
in  the  nature  of  objects  of  this  class  to  be  capable  of  being  sub- 
stituted for  one  another,  since  they  are  generally  utilized  only 
by  their  destruction.  The  owners,  however,  might  have  consi- 
dered them  otherwise,  as  ascertained  objects  for  every  purpose 
for  which  they  might  be  used  without  their  being  destroyed, — a 
rare  occurrence,  it  is  true,  nevertheless  it  is  a  possible  case.6 
So,  on  the  other  hand,  things  which  are  not  consumed  by  use 
might  be  treated  by  the  parties,  for  some  exceptional  purpose, 

1  Dig.  12,  1,  2,  §  1,  f.  Paul.  Abusus  from  abittor,  to  consume  by 

a  Res  funffibiles  are  defined  as  things  the  using,  exhaust, 

which  can  be  used  by  substitution,  that  5  Ulp.,  Ret].,  24,  §  26. 

is,  one  for  another,  quarum  una  vice  6  Dig.  13,  6,  4,  f.  Gai. ;  16,  3,  24,  f. 

altering  fungitur.  Papin. ;  30,  1,  30,  §§  6  and  34,  §  4,  f. 

3  Instit.  2,  4,  §  2.  Ulp. ;  45,  1 ,  37,  f.  Paul. 

4  Cic.,  Top.,  50  ;  Ulp.,  Key.,  24,  §  27. 

s  s  2 


628  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

as  things  that  are.     The  question  therefore  is,  was  the  object  in 
question  regarded  in  genere  or  in  specie  ? 


§  VI.  IN  RELATION  TO    THEIR  COMPOSITION  OR 
AGGREGATION. 

SECTION  XL VIII.  —  A  PARTICULAR    THING   (Res  singularis)^ 
(Rerum  universitas}. 

143.  This  distinction  is  given  to  us  with  some  details  by 
Pomponius.  "  There  are  three  classes  of  things,"  he  says ; 
"  one  which  is  self-contained,  as  in  a  single  being  (uno  spiritu), 
which  the  Greeks  name  tyaop,evw3  that  is  to  say,  unique  (unitum}, 
such  as  a  man,  a  tree,  a  stone  and  other  similar  objects."  Those 
objects  are  generally  called,  in  Roman  law,  by  all  the  jurists, 
res  singulares,  individual,  particular  things. 

"  The  other,  which  is  formed  of  various  adherent  bodies, 
connected  together  (ex  contingentibus\  and  which  are  called 
cruvrjjU-jXEvov,  that  is  to  say,  connected  (connexum) :  such  are  an 
edifice,  a  ship,  a  cupboard,  composed  of  stones  or  of  planks 
connected  together."  We  sometimes  find  these  different  objects 
called  in  the  text-books  universitas.1 

The  third  class  consists  of  various  distinct  objects,  separated 
from  one  another  (ex  distantibus},  but  united  together  under 
the  same  name  (uni  nomini  subjecta\  as  composing  a  single 
whole.8  Such  are  a  flock  (grex\  either  of  oxen  (armentum), 
or  of  horses  (equitium^,  or  of  slaves,  comedians  or  a  chorus, 
which  comic  poets,  in  their  prologue,  always  speak  of  as  our  flock 
(grex  noster} :  such  are,  again,  a  shop  furnished  with  its  goods 
(taberna)  ;  a  cellar  with  its  barrels,  its  bottles  and  its  amphora; 
a  farm  with  its  working  instruments  (fundus  instractus  ;  cum 
instrumento}.3  This  class  of  things  is  always  expressed  in 
Roman  law  as  rerum  universitas,  or  simply  universitas.  It  is, 
definitively,  a  quantity,  an  aggregation  of  distinct  things,  united 
under  the  same  name. 

1  Dig.   10,  2,  30,  f.  Modest. ;   41,  2,       of  Fomponius  which  we  have  partially 
30,  pr.  f.  Paul.  quoted  in  the  text. 

'  Dig.  41,  3,  30.     It  is  the  fragment          3  Dig.  7,  1,  70,  §  3,  f.  Ulp. ;  21,  1, 

34,  f.  Afr. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  629 

Among  these  aggregations,  there  are  some  which  exist,  not 
physically  and  in  fact,  but  in  law ;  which  can  embrace  in  their 
entirety,  not  only  material  objects,  but  incorporeal  things,  active 
or  passive  rights :  such  are  the  peculium,  either  of  the  slave,  or 
of  the  son  of  the  family ;  the  dos,  and,  above  all,  the  inheritance 
which  comprises  the  entire  corpus  of  the  goods  and  of  the 
rights  left  by  the  deceased.  These  things  are  essentially  uni- 
versitas.1 

144.  In  short,  we  distinguish  between  individual  or  par- 
ticular things  (res  singulares\  and  the  universality  of  things 
(rerum  universitas,  or  simply  universitas},  an  expression  which 
in  law  is  open  to  latitude  or  may  be  restricted. 

The  legal  effects  resulting  from  these  different  classes  of  things 
are  important. 


ARTICLE    THIRD. 

III.  OF  FACTS. 

145.  Here  the  method  of  the  Roman  jurists  almost  com- 
pletely fails  us.  We  are  now  coming  to  a  third  element,  which 
their  system  has  not  realized  or  at  least  properly  classified, 
although  it  is  everywhere  to  be  found  in  laAv.  We  have  had 
the  subject  and  the  object  of  rights ;  let  us  now  consider  the 
cause,  the  generating  element. 


§  I.   COMPONENT   IDEAS. 

SECTION  XLIX. — IDEA  OF  FACT. 

146.   The  word  factuni,  fact  or  act,  from  facere,  to  make, 
might,  by  its  etymology,  appear  to  be  confined  to  human  acts  ; 

1  Dig.  5,  3,  20,  §  10,  f.  Ulp. ;  37,  1,  unirersitas  facti,  and  the  latter  nni- 

3,  pr.  f.  Ulp. ;  Dig.  43,  2, 1,  §  1,  f .  Ulp. ;  versitas  juris.     We  know  that  inheri- 

50,  16,  208,  f.  Afr. ;  Inst.  2,  9,  §  G ;  tance  is,  besides,  in  certain  cases,  per- 

Dig.  15,   1,  De  pecul.,  32,  pr.  f.  Ulp.  sonified.     It  is  the  same  with  the  pecu- 

Commentators  have  called  the  former  Hum.     Dig.  15,  1,  40      .Marcian. 


630  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

it  is,  however,  accepted  in  legal  as  well  as  ordinary  language, 
with  the  Romans  as  with  us,  in  its  widest  sense,  as  designating 
any  event  whatever  which  has  occurred  within  the  scope  of  our 
perceptions.1 

An  act  (factum)  may  be  entirely  independent  of  a  man, 
such  that  he  could  neither  produce  nor  aid  in  producing,  nor 
prevent ;  or  it  may  be  the  result  of  the  direct  or  indirect  co- 
operation of  man,  or,  lastly,  the  immediate  result  of  his  will. 

The  idea  and  the  word  factum  are  even  applied  to  the  very 
negation  of  the  fact,  as  in  the  case  in  which  a  certain  event 
will  not  occur ;  or  the  omission  or  the  refusal  on  the  part  of  a 
man  to  act  or  do.2  That  is  what  is  commonly  called  a  negative 
fact. 

Lastly,  in  the  same  way  as  law,  by  its  power  of  abstraction, 
creates  persons  and  things  which  do  not  exist  in  nature,  so  it 
sometimes  goes  so  far  as  to  create  imaginary  facts  which  have 
no  reality,  and  to  act  as  if  they  had. 


SECTION  L. — THE  SUBJECT  OF  THE  ACT. 

147.  The  person  himself  may  be  the  subject  of  the  act: 
for  instance,  his  birth, — from  which  arises  a  fact  of  filiation  for 
one,  of  paternity  or  of  common  origin  as  to  others ;  his  mar- 
riage, the  legal  or  illegal  union  of  one  sex  with  the  other ;  the 
stages  of  a  man's  age  ;  his  illness,  changes  in  his  corporeal 
or  moral  organization,  produced  by  nature,  by  accident  or  by 
violence  ;  finally,  his  decease  : 

Or  these  changes  may  affect  things,  for  instance,  their  creation 
or  composition ;  their  embellishments,  ameliorations,  deteriora- 
tions, transformation,  subtraction,  loss  or  destruction  : 

Or,  lastly,  they  may  bear  on  both  combined,  as  in  the  rela- 
tions of  man  to  things ;  for  instance,  the  occupation,  the  taking 
or  the  loss  of  possession  of  a  thing  by  man. 

All  those  acts,  positive  or  negative,  produced  by  one  cause 
or  by  another,  bearing  on  one  object  or  on  another,  all  intervene 

1  It  can  be  seen  thus  used  by  the  juris  etfacti  ignorantia.  Dig.  22,  6. 
Roman  jurists  in  the  whole  title  De  2  For  instance,  Dig.  45,  1,  7,  f.  Ulp. 


GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  63 1 

in  law,  no  doubt,  with  different  results,  according  to  circum- 
stances, but  always  in  the  same  direction  in  the  same  function. 


SECTION  LI.— ACTS  CREATE  RIGHTS. 

148.  This  principle  is  an  active  principle.     If  rights  arise, 
if  rights  are  modified,  if  they  are  transferred  from  one  person  to 
the  other,  if  they  are  extinguished,  it  is  always  in  consequence 
or  by  means  of  an  act. 

There  is  not  a  single  right  that  does  not  proceed  from  an  act, 
and  it  is  precisely  from  the  variety  of  acts  that  arises  the  variety 
of  rights. 

149.  Thus  the  labours  of  the  jurist  belong  not  to  the  region 
of  speculation  but  to  the  world  of  fact.     All  facts,  whether  they 
have  relation  to  nature  or  to  dealings  between  man  and  man  in 
political  or  private  life,  are  the  especial  province  of  the  jurist, 
they  are  the  causes  whose  effects  he  traces  in  the  development  of 
rights  and  the  elaboration  of  the  good  and  the  equitable,  which 
act  and  react  on  the  basis  of  facts,  subserving  while  they  con- 
trol their  course  and  character.     It  is  therefore  indispensable 
to  a  logical  consideration  of  every  legal  question  accurately  to 
determine,  either  in  hypothesis  or  reality,  the  notion  of  fact. 


§  II.  LEGAL  FACTS  OR  ACTS. 
SECTION  LII. — IDEA  OF  THE  LEGAL  FACT  OR  ACT. 

1 50.  There  are  certain  acts  whose  special  aim  is  to  establish 
legal  relations  between  persons, — to  create,  to  modify,  to  transfer 
or  to  annihilate  rights. 

The  law,  therefore,  has  by  the  exercise,  so  to  speak,  of  a 
certain  faculty  of  prescience  regulated  and  classified  them,  in- 
dividually in  some  cases,  generically  in  others,  according  to  then- 
nature,  their  form  and  their  effects. 

Such  are,  for  instance,  the  manumission  of  slaves,  the  eman- 


632  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

cipation  of  the  sons  of  a  family,  marriage,  adoption,  wills  and 
testamentary  acts,  the  various  kinds  of  contract  and  many  others, 
which  can  only  be  properly  appreciated  by  the  knowledge  of 
the  rights  to  which  they  refer. 

These  are  the  acts  that  we  designate  by  the  general  but  not 
Roman  qualification  of  legal  acts. 


SECTION  LIIL— THE  FORM  or  LEGAL  ACTS. 

151.  The  number  and  the  quality  of  the  auxiliary  persons 
who  are  to  concur  in  the  legal  act,  the  time  and  the  place  where 
it  is  to  occur,  the  words  which  must  be  pronounced  in  it,  the 
gestures  and  exterior  actions  which  must  accompany  it,  the 
writings  or  the  suitable  means  to  preserve  the  remembrance  of 
it,  are  the  elements  which  are  comprised  in  the  idea  of  the  form. 

152.  Certain  legal   acts  have    a  strictly-defined  necessary 
form,  from  which  they  derive  their  validity,  and  without  which 
they  do  not  exist;  and  this  prescription  may  be  confined  to  one 
or  more  of  the  constituent  elements  of  the  form,  or  may  extend 
to  the  whole. 

Other  acts  require  no  specially  prescribed  form.     Provided 
they  take  place,  and  are  authenticated,  it  is  sufficient. 

1 53.  With  respect  to  the  former,  to  those  which  have  a  form 
rigorously  prescribed,  there  are  some  in  which  the  state  itself 
must  intervene   either  indirectly,  through  the  co-operation  of 
some  magistrate,  or  directly,  in  the  comitia,  replaced  at  a  later 
date  by  the  imperial  power;  there  are  others,  on  the  contrary, 
the  accomplishment  of  which  is  left  to  simple  individuals,  who 
only  ask  the  intervention  of  citizens. 


SECTION  LIV. — SPECIAL  CHARACTER  OF  THE  KOMAN  LAW  WITH 
RESPECT  TO  LEGAL  ACTS. 

1 54.   Civilization  as  it  advances  has  a  spiritualizing  influence 
on  institutions  as  well  as  on  the  whole  domain  of  human  life :  it 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  633 

disengages  them  from  the  material  and  carries  them  more  and 
more  into  the  region  of  the  immaterial,  and  endows  them  with 
a  soul,  with  intelligence.  This  is  especially  the  case  with  legal 
acts:  they  become,  through  the  influence  of  civilization,  ani- 
mated with  a  mind,  a  will,  intention ;  while  all  that  is  required 
from  the  material  are  the  means  of  demonstrating  and  guarantee- 
ing what  the  will  demands. 

In  the  early  stage  of  civilization  human  nature  is  more  closely 
wedded  to  the  material.  The  dominion  of  the  senses,  of  the 
body,  of  physical  impressions,  is  more  powerfully  exercised  than 
the  intellect.  In  legal  acts  the  predominant  force  is  not  there- 
fore the  mind  or  the  intention,  it  is  the  form  ;  for  the  form  is  the 
material,  the  visible  manifestation  of  the  will,  the  corporeal 
element  by  which  thought  is  expressed. 

155.  In  early  stages  of  civilization,  therefore,  men  do  not 
adopt  the  simple  and  easy  method  of  recording  and  transmitting 
the  recollection  of  an  event,  viz.  by  writing :  the  transmission 
must  be  effected  direct  through  other  means.  Even  if  the  art 
of  writing  wrere  known,  it  would  not  possess  the  confidence  of 
those  who  could  not  appreciate  its  value.  Under  such  a  con- 
dition, therefore,  it  becomes  above  all  most  necessary  that  a 
profound  impression  should  be  made  on  the  mind  through  the 
medium  of  the  senses. 

The  will,  like  every  immaterial  element,  is  not  to  be  discerned 
except  by  its  effects.  It  crosses  thought,  it  comes,  it  disappears ; 
it  is  modified  by  an  instantaneous  process.  If  we  would  enchain 
it,  we  must  clothe  it  with  a  physical,  a  corporeal  existence  ;  and 
when  once  the  material  has  been  affected,  the  act  accomplished, 
the  immaterial  will,  so  far  as  regards  that  individual  act,  cannot 
be  recalled  to  its  original  immaterial  condition. 


'&* 


156.  But  it  is  clear  that  the  material  which  is  to  give  to 
legal  acts  a  sensible  form  will  be  influenced  by  the  prevalent 
and  predominant  idea  of  the  age  or  condition  to  which  they 
belong.  This  idea  will  be  that  of  analogy,  the  predominant 
idea  of  infancy,  whether  in  a  people  or  an  individual.  The 
material  element,  then,  or,  in  other  words,  the  external  actions 


634  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

or  gestures  which  are  to  give  expression  and  form  to  legal  acts 
will  be  framed  on  the  principle  of  analogy,  in  accordance  with 
the  end  to  be  attained,  with  the  right  which  it  is  wished  to 
create,  to  modify,  to  transfer  or  to  annihilate,  or  with  something 
having  reference  to  it  in  popular  belief. 

Thence  the  transition  to  symbol  is  easy,  for  symbol  is  nothing 
but  analogy  clothed  in  corporeal  form  and  expressed  by  action.1 
But,  besides  this,  these  acts,  these  symbolical  objects  have  often 
been  in  themselves  a  real  element  in  the  act,  and  have  only 
become  fictitious  and  purely  symbolical  through  the  lapse  of 
time.  Thus,  among  the  Romans,  the  scales  and  the  piece  of 
brass  («s  et  libra},  vestiges  of  the  primitive  times  when,  for 
want  of  public  money,  metal  was  measured  by  weight,2  became 
symbols  in  the  solemn  sales  of  the  Romans  (nexum,  mancipium, 
mancipatio,  alienatio  per  ces  et  libram\  and  were  used,  though 
mere  fictions,  in  a  multitude  of  cases  wrhere  the  real  purpose 
was  no  longer  that  of  sale.3  Thus  in  suits  for  claiming  property, 
rei  vindicatio,  the  manuum  consertio  would  be  the  symbol  of  a 
battle  between  the  two  disputants,  perhaps  the  real  process 
originally;4  the  lance,  hasta,  would  remain  the  symbol  of 
Roman  ownership  among  a  warlike  people,  with  whom  war  was 
eminently  the  means  of  acquisition;  a  rod  (vindicta,  festuca) 
would  become,  in  its  turn,  the  symbol  of  the  lance,5  and  this 

1  In  M.  Ortolan's  course  of  lectures  from  that  custom  of  -weighing  metal 

of  the  years  1839-1840,  on  "  A  Histo-  (pendere^,  and  even  in  our  own  times, 

rical   Introduction   to   the   Science  of  to  expend,  expense,  stipend. 

comparative  Penal  Legislation,"  he  has  3  Thus,  from  mancipation  symboli- 

shown  what  prodigious  influence  has  cally  used  are  deduced :  the  emancipa- 

heen  exercised  on  the  penal  institutions  tion   of   children  ;    the   acquisition  of 

of  European  nations  by  the  idea  of  ana-  marital  power  over  women ;  the  will ; 

logy  which  is  materialized  in  symbol.  the  enfranchisement  of  women  from  the 

*  "  Populus  romanus  ne  argento  qui-  guardianship   of   their  agnates  or  of 
dem  signato,  ante  Pyrrhum  regem  de-  their  patron  (Gai.  1,  §  195) ;  the  ex- 
victum  usus  est.     Librales  (uncle  etiam  tinction  of  certain  obligations  (Gai.  3, 
mine  libella  dicitur  et  dupondius)  ap-  §§  173  et  seq.);    the  pledging  of   the 
pendebantur  asses.     Quare  (?ris  graris  goods  and  formerly  even  of  the  person, 
pcena  dicta.     Et  adhuc  expcnsa  in  rati-  as  a  guarantee  for  a  debt  (nexum,  in 
onibus  dicuntur;  item  impcndia  ct  de-  its  most  special  acceptation). 
pendere.     Quin  et  militum  stipendia,  4  Aul.  Gell.  20,  10. 
hoc  est  stipis  pondera ;    dispensatores  &  "  Festuca   autem   ntebantur   quasi 
Ubripendes  dicuntur.     Qua  consuetu-  hastse  loco,  signoquodam  justidominii; 
dine,  in  his  emptionibus,  qua;  mancipii  maxime  enim  sua  esse  credebant,  quaj 
sunt,  etiam  nunc   libra  interponitur."  ex  hostibus  cepissent :  unde  in  centum- 
Pliny,  Hist,  natur.,  33,  3.     See  below,  viralibus    judiciis   hasta  prseponitur." 
as  to  mancipation,  tit.  ii.,  Inst.,  lib.  ii.  Gai.  4,  §  16. 
introd.     How  many  words  are  derived 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  635 

form  continued  to  be  used  as  a  mere  fiction  in  a  great  number 
of  cases  where  the  real  object  to  be  attained  was  quite  different 
from  that  of  having  a  contest  decided.  Thus  the  glebe  of  the 
field  (gleba),  the  tile  detached  from  the  edifice  (tegula),  we 
see  were  taken  to  the  praetor  to  accomplish,  by  these  symbols 
of  the  immovable  property  which  was  the  subject  of  litigation, 
the  formalities  which  in  former  times  were  transacted  on  the 
spot  itself.  Thus  when  the  thirty  curies  no  longer  met,  thirty 
lictors  were  the  symbol  representing  them,  and  certain  legal 
acts  which  ought  to  have  been  done  by  the  comitia  were  done 
before  the  axe  of  the  lictors  instead.  Early  Roman  law  was 
full  of  these  gestures  and  symbols,  which  were  necessary  to 
give  effect  to  legal  acts. 

157.  The  acts,  the  exterior  gestures,  were  accompanied  by 
words,  and  here  we  find  the  same  spirit  prevailed.     These  words 
were  consecrated  formulas,  the  national  language  alone  being 
used :  one  expression  substituted  for  another  would  often  change 
the  effect  of  the  act,  or  would  annihilate  it.     Solemn  interro- 
gations were  addressed  to  the  parties,  to  the  witnesses,  and  to 
all  who  took  part  in  the  transaction.      Solemn  answers  had  to 
be  given  by  them,  and  all  these  forms,  with  the  words  of  the 
questions  and  answers  spoken  aloud,  were  calculated  to  make  an 
indelible  impression  on  the  minds  of  those  who  took  part  in  and 
witnessed  them.1 

158.  In  the  early  period  of  the  civil  law  writings  were  never 
used ;  everything  was  done  verbally,  and  the  terms  made  use  of 
were  words  consecrated  and  set  apart  for  that  particular  pur- 
pose.    When  in  after  times  writing  came  to  be  used,  it  was, 
with  one  solitary  exception,  introduced  as  a  mere  precautionary 
measure,  the  better  to  fix  the  act  in  the  memory,  but  not  as 
essential  to  its  validity.     Some  time  elapsed  before  the  praetorian 
laAV    and   imperial  constitutions  required   parchments,  tablets, 
signatures,  seals  for  wills,  or  insertion  in  the  public  registers. 

1  We  have  retained  the  practice  of       one  of  our  own  most  important  rites, — 
solemn   interrogation    and   answer  in      marriage. 


636  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

159.  It  is  curious  to  note  the  transformation  which  these 
legal  acts  underwent  in  the  course  of  time.    The  symbol  ceased 
to  be  understood  and  appeared  only  a  ridiculous  hindrance  ;  its 
application  in  judicial  procedure  was  already,  in  the  sixth  century 
of  Rome,  an  object  of  public  hatred  (in  odium  venerunf),  says 
Gaius.1     The  lex  j^Ebutia  and  the  leges  Julia  (of  Julius  Caesar 
and  of  Augustus)  suppressed  them  almost  entirely.   Cicero  turned 
them  into  ridicule,2  and  modified  ceremonies  and  formulas  for 
wills  became  popular  in  the  time  of  Augustus  (quod populare 
erat\3  when  fideicommissa  and  codicils  were  introduced.     The 
system  of  prastorian  administration  successively  mitigated  the 
harsh  consequences  of  subjection  to  forms.     Constantine  II., 
Constans  and   Constantius,  while   admitting  the  necessity  of 
questions  and  answers  and  of  words,  and  permitting  their  use 
to  remain,  denuded  these  words  of  the   sacred  character  with 
which  they  had  been  invested,  and  denounced  them  as  verbal 
snares  laid  to  entrap  people.4     The  Greek  language  rose  to  a 
level  with  the  Roman,  and  the  old  system  was  finally  effaced 
by  Justinian,  and  legal  acts  were  reduced  to  their  plain  and 
simple  character. 

1 60.  This  description,  however,  is  by  no  means  exclusively 
confined  to  the  history  of  Roman  civilization.     The  same  phe- 
nomena are  to  be  observed  in  the  history  of  more  than  one 
nation.     We  may  trace  the  same  character  in  the  institutions 
of  several  European  states ;  and  if  we  study  the  times  which  Yico 
calls  the  return  of  the  barbarous  age  we  shall  discover  the  same 
features  there.     This  is  the  principle  upon  which  the  Nea- 
politan philosopher  conceived  the  idea  of  that  never-ending 
cycle  to  which  he  condemned  all  human  affairs  (il  ricorso  delle 
cose  umane).     Happily  it  is  but  a  dream,  for  human  nature, 
except  under  an  occasional  impulse  which  turns  it  out  of  the 
direct  path,  pursues  an  onward  course  toAvards  improvement. 
Its  progress  is  straight  forward,  and  not,  as  the  dream  of  the 
philosopher  Avould  tell  us,  in  an  ever-recurring  cycle. 

1  G^ai.  4,  §  30.  4  "  Juris  formula;,  ancupatione  syl- 

2  Cic.,  Pro  Murena,  12.  laliarum  insidiantes  cunctornm  actibus, 

3  Instit.  Just.  2,  23,  1.  raclicitus  imputentur."     Cod.  2,  58,  1. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  637 

SECTION  LV. — ACTS  OF  CIVIL  LAW — ACTS  OF  THE  LAW  OF 
NATIONS. 

161.  By  the  side  of  the  legal  acts,  regulated  by  the  jus 
civitatis  and  exclusively  adapted  to  the  citizens,  there  were 
some  which  had  for  their  special  object  the  creation,  the  modi- 
fication or  the  extinction  of  certain  rights,  but  which  were 
recognized  as  belonging  to  the  jus  gentium,  or  common  to  all 
men.  These  were  not  restricted  to  the  forms  and  ceremonies 
peculiar  to  the  jus  civitatis.  They  could  take  effect  between 
citizens,  between  strangers  or  between  one  and  the  other  recip- 
rocally. These  were  the  acts  of  which  the  pr&tor  peregrinus 
and  the  presidents  of  the  provinces  took  cognizance. 


SECTION  LVI. — ONE  CITIZEN  COULD  NOT  BE  REPRESENTED  BY 

ANOTHER. 

162.  This  important  principle,  that  the  person  of  one  citizen 
could  not  be  represented  by  another  in  legal  acts,  will  serve  as 
a  key  to  a  great  number  of  the  provisions  of  Roman  law. 

The  chief  of  the  family,  however,  could  be  represented  in 
many  cases  by  his  slaves,  by  the  sons  of  the  family,  by  those 
who  were  under  his  power,  because  they  all  bore  the  same  legal 
persona.1  With  this  exception  no  one  citizen  could  represent 
another. 

163.  In  course  of  time,  however,  this  principle  was  modified, 
and  a  distinction  came  to  be  made  between  acts  under  the  jus 
civitatis  and  those   under  the  jus  gentium.     Expediency  de- 
manded that  transactions  should  be  facilitated2  and  performed 
by  means  of  a  procurator  or  business  agent.     And  although, 
strictly  speaking,  the  consequences  of  the  act  devolved  upon 

1  It  was  thus  that  they  sometimes  the  results  would  be  the  same  as  if  the 

obviated   the   impossibility  of   accom-  chief  himself  had  uttered  the  words, 

plishing  legal  acts  for  the  chief  of  the  2   Utilitatis  causa,  says  Paul,  Sent., 

family  when  he  was  infans  (unable  to  5,    2,    §    2.     Ratlone  utilitatix,   Imp. 

speak)  :  one  of  his  slaves  would  take  a  Severus  and  Antoninus,  c.  7,  32,  1. 
part  in  the  transaction  and  speak,  and 


638  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  actor  himself,  nevertheless,  by  the  aid  of  fictions  and  inter- 
pretation, they  were  reflected  upon  the  principal. 


SECTION  L VII. — WILL,  CONSENT  ( Consensus} ;  IGNORANCE  (Igno- 
rantia) ;  ERROR  (Error) ;  COZENAGE  (Dolus  bonus,  Dolus 
mains) ;  VIOLENCE  AND  FEAR  (  Vis,  Metus). 

164.  Legal  acts  necessarily  imply  the  idea  of  intention,  of 
the  will.     It  is  the  spiritual  element  of  the  act,  whereas  the 
form  is  the  material  clothing  of  it, — its  physical  manifestation. 

Certain  acts  take  effect  by  the  will  of  a  single  person ;  then 
there  is  only  will  (voluntas).  Others  require  the  concurrence, 
the  agreement  of  two  or  of  several  wills ;  here  there  is  consent, 
consensus,  from  sentire  cum. 

165.  Hence,   ignorantia,   which   consists   in   the    complete 
want  of  knowledge  of  a  thing  (from  in  privative  and  gnoscere, 
to  know).     The  want  of  knowledge  has  different  effects,  ac- 
cording as  it  relates  to  law  (ignorantia  juris},  or  to  fact  (igno- 
ratiafacti).     The  Digest  devotes  a  title  to  the  examination  of 
these  differences.1 

Also  error,  which  consists  in  the  false  conception  of  a  thing, 
and  which  can  also  relate  to  law  or  to  fact. 

Also  dolus,  which  comprises  every  kind  of  cunning,  every 
trick,  that  is  to  say,  every  intentional  alteration  whatsoever  of 
truth  in  facts  or  in  words,  to  lead  another  into  error,  to  in- 
fluence him  in  his  will  and  in  his  acts.  The  Romans  distin- 
guished the  licit  cozenage  (dolus  bonus},  used  for  the  purpose 
of  self-defence,  and  the  illicit  cozenage  (dolus  malus),  com- 
mitted with  the  purpose  of  injuring  another.  The  latter  is 
defined  by  Labeo :  "  Omnis  calliditas,fallacia,  machinatio  ad 
circumvenicndum,  decipiendum  alterum,  adhibita"* 

And,  lastly,  violence  (vis),  which  through  the  menace  of 
injury,  or  through  the  commencement  of  the  infliction  of  it, 
produces  on  the  mind  of  the  menaced  person  fear  (metus),  and 
thus  acts  as  a  means  of  constraint  on  his  will. 

1  Dig.  22,  G,  T)e  juris  et  facti  iff  no-  a  Dig.  4,  3,  1,  §  2,  f.  UIp. 

rantia. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  639 

166.  The  maxim  of  the  jus  civile  with  respect  to  legal  acts 
was,  that  in  spite  of  error,  cozenage  or  violence,  if  consent  had 
been  given,  if  the  legal  act  had  been  accomplished  in  its  so- 
lemnities and  in  its  words,  its  effect  was  produced ;  the  right 
was  created,  modified  or  extinguished  in  conformity  with  the 
act  that  had  been  accomplished.  But  the  jus  gentium  did  not 
share  in  that  principle  ;  praetorian  law  condemned  the  iniquity 
of  it,  and  by  indirect  means  mitigated  the  otherwise  inflexible 
severity  of  the  materialistic  jus  civile. 


§  III.  ACTS  OTHER  THAN  LEGAL  ACTS. 

SECTION  LVIII. — THE  CONCEPTION  OF  ACTS  OTHER  THAN  LEGAL 
ACTS  ;  THE  PRINCIPLES  WHICH  REGULATED  THEIR  CONSE- 
QUENCES IN  LAW. 

167.  A  multitude  of  events  which  have  arisen  or  have  come 
to  pass  in  the  world  of  sense,  without  being  designed  to  create, 
modify  or  extinguish  any  right,  have,  nevertheless,  consequences 
which  often  produce  that  effect,  and  which  it  is  important  to 
regulate. 

All  the  events  in  which  human  agency  takes  no  part  are 
comprised  in  this  category.  Other  events  may  happen  in  which 
human  agency  participates,  but  without  any  operation  of  the 
will ;  and  others,  again,  through  the  will.  Some  are  licit,  the 
others  illicit. 

168.  No  one  should  enrich  himself  to  the  detriment  of  the 
rights  of  others.1 

"  Every  one  is  bound  to  repair  the  wrongs  occasioned  through 
his  fault."2 

1  "  Jure  naturae  oequum  cst,  neminem  a  "  Non  debet  alteri  per  alterum  ini- 
cum  altering  detrimeuto  et  injuria  fieri  qua  conditio  inferri."  Dig.  50,  17,  74, 
locupletiorem."  Dig.  50,  17,  206,  f.  f.  Papin.  "Nemo  potest  muture  con- 
Pomp.;  12,  6,  14,  f.  Pomp.  "Bono  et  silium  suum  in  altering  injuriam."  Il>. 
ajquo  non  convenit,  aut  lucrari  aliquem  75,  f.  Pap.  "Naturalis  simul  et  civilis 
cum  damno  alterius,  aut  damnum  sen-  ratio  suasit,  alienam  coriditionem  meli- 
tire  per  alterius  lucrum."  Dig.  23,  3,  orem  quidera  (etiam)  ignorantis  et  in- 
fi,  §  2,  f .  Pomp.  "  Nemo  ex  suo  clelicto  viti  nos  facere  posse,  deteriorem  non 
meliorem  suam  conditionem  facere  po-  posse."  Dig.  3,  5,  De  neyot.  gest.,  3D, 
test."  Dig.  50,  17,  De  reg.jur.,  134,  f.  Gai. 
§  1,  f-  Ulp. 


640  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

Those  two  maxims,  which  the  Roman  jurists  give  as  a  for- 
mula on  every  occasion,  and  in  so  many  different  ways,  and 
which  Ulpian  laconically  sums  up  in  these  terms,  alterum  non 
Icedere,  suum  cuique  tribuere,  are  the  sovereign  rule  by  which 
most  of  the  legal  consequences  from  like  events  are  regulated. 

To  these  must  be  added  a  third  rule,  which  appears  also 
under  various  forms  in  jurisprudence,  viz.  that  each  individual, 
when  not  affected  by  either  of  the  two  preceding  maxims,  incurs 
the  consequences,  good  or  bad,  of  the  things  or  rights  belonging 
to  him.1 


§  IV.   ELEMENTS  INSEPARABLE  FROM  ACTS. 
SECTION  LIX. — THE  TIME  (Dies) ;  THE  PLACE  (Locus). 

169.  The  conception  of  fact  essentially  and  inseparably  com- 
prises tAvo  others  :  that  of  time,  a  fraction  of  eternity ;  and  that 
of  place,  a  fraction  of  immensity.     The  place  which  an  act 
occupies  in  duration,  that  which  it  holds  in  space,  each  has  its 
influence  in  the  law. 

1 70.  Time  is  generally  designated  in  the  language  of  Roman 
law  by  the  expression  dies ;  for  in  most  cases  it  is  the  day  which 
is  the  legal  measure  of  time. 

The  time  in  which  the  event  has  been  accomplished,  the 
relation*of  position  anterior  or  posterior  of  one  act  with  a  cer- 
tain other  act ; 2 — the  time  of  its  duration  ; 3 — time  in  connexion 
with  the  life  of  persons,  from  the  birth  to  the  death,  which  con- 
stitutes the  various  degrees  of  age  ; — the  time  from  which  rights 
begin  to  exist  or  to  be  exerciseable  (dies  a  quo;  a  die ;  ex  die), 
that  in  which  they  are  to  expire  (dies  ad  quern;  ad  diem),  which 
constitutes  the  term  (called  also  in  the  Roman  law  dies) ; — the 
time  within  which  the  suit  for  the  recovery  of  rights  can  or 
ought  to  take  place; — time  in  the  sense  of  negligence  in  that 

1  "  Secundmn  naturam  est,  commoda  a  For  instance,  the  birth  or  the  de- 

cujnsque  rei  eum  sequi  quern  sequuntur  cease  of  persons,  or  to  the  right  of  in- 

incommoda."     Dig.  50,  17,  10,  f .  Paul.  heritance. 

"Injuriam   quse   tibi  facta  est,   penes  3  For  instance,  for  acquiring  by  pre- 

te   inanere   qnam   ad  alium  transfcrri  scription. 
rcquius  est."     Dig.  40,  1,  C7,  f.  Paul. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  641 

respect :  all  these  are  so  many  aspects  under  which  the  influence 
of  time  is  brought  to  bear  on  rights. 

With  this,  too,  are  connected  the  old  distinction  of  days  into 
fasti  and  nefasti,  the  system  of  calculating  by  working  days, 
that  is  to  say,  reckoning  only  those  during  which  no  physical 
nor  legal  objection  prevented  people  from  acting ;  and  the  sys- 
tem of  calculating  by  consecutive  days,  that  is  to  say,  by  days 
in  their  successive  course,  without  interruption  (tempus  utile, 
dies  utiles;  tempus  continuum,  dies  continui);  lastly,  the  various 
other  methods  of  reckoning  time,  for  the  mode  of  calculation 
was  not  always  the  same  in  the  different  phases  of  law. 

171.  The  place  (locus)  appears  also,  although  with  less  im- 
portance than  time,  as  an  element  of  law:  thus,  for  instance, 
the  place  of  birth, — the  place  of  the  legal  seat  or  domicile, — the 
place  of  the  corporeal  presence  of  persons, — the  place  of  the 
situation  of  things, — the  place  where  certain  rights  can  be  exer- 
cised or  engagements  accomplished, — the  place  where  the  pro- 
cess of  suing  for  them  is  to  be  carried  through. 


§  V.  AUTHENTICATION  OF  FACTS. 

SECTION  LX. — PROOFS  (De  Probationibus), 

1 72.  It  is  not  sufficient  that  the  acts  should  have  been  done 
in  order  that  the  law  may  be  deduced  from  them :  it  is  neces- 
sary that  the  existence  of  the  fact  should  be  authenticated ;  and 
in  case  of  dispute  or  denial  by  interested  parties,  that  the  proof 
should  be  established. 

The  proof  (probatio)  always  consists,  without  any  exception, 
in  an  operation  of  the  reason,  in  a  logical  deduction,  which, 
from  certain  known  facts,  causes  us  to  conclude  the  existence 
of  the  unknown.  The  declarations  of  witnesses  (testcs^ ;  the 
momiments  (monumenta  ;  from  monere,  to  warn)  ;  the  writings  ; 
the  marks,  signs  or  vestiges  of  all  kinds  ;  avowals  (confessio}  ; 
the  oath  (jusjurandum),  are  so  many  facts  which  may  serve  to 

T  T 


642  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

effect  this  purpose,  with  more  or  less  certainty  in  the  deduction, 
or,  as  they  say,  more  or  less  conclusively. 

1 73.  To  all  these  methods  of  proof,  the  expression  instru- 
menta,  in  its  most  general  acceptation,  is  applied  in  Roman 
law.1     They  are  either  public  (instrumenta  publica),  or  private 
(privata),  or  even  domestic  (domestica). 

However,  in  a  more  restricted  sense,  instrumenta  designates 
more  especially  the  writings  made  to  record  the  accomplishment 
of  the  act, — writings  to  which  a  multitude  of  other  names  are 
also  given:  those  of  scripta,  scriptura,  so  called  from  the  hand- 
writing itself;  those  of  talulce,  codex,  and  its  diminutive  codi- 
cilli;  cercB  (tablets  covered  with  wax);  mem b rana>  (parchments) 
chartce  (papers),  taken  from  the  material  which  bears  the 
writing;  chirographum  (from  %e»p>  hand,  and  ypaupco,  write)  for 
the  writing  emanating  from  the  party  to  the  suit  ;2  syngraphce 
(from  <ruv,  written,  and  yp«<po;,  write)  for  the  writings  signed  by 
various  parties  and  delivered  in  different  copies  to  each  of  them ; 
apocha,  a  receipt  (from  cbr^o),  to  receive),  and  its  correspond- 
ing expression,  antapocha  (from  am,  in  exchange  of,  and 
apocha\  a  declaration  that  the  receipt  has  been  delivered  ;s 
lastly,  sometimes  the  very  general  name  of  cautio  (from  cavere, 
to  take  or  give  a  security),  because  the  writing,  as  supplying  a 
means  of  proof,  is  a  security.4 

1 74.  Often,  when  a  legal  act  has  been  accomplished,  or  even 
when  an  event  other  than  a  legal  event  has  happened,  the  par- 
ties interested  introduce  various  elements  of  proof  which  will 
assist  them  in  authenticating  the  existence  of  the  fact  which 
has  generated  certain  rights.     It  is  important  not  to  confound, 
in  the  performance  of  legal  acts,  the  formalities  which  thus  in- 

1  Instrumentorum  nomine  ca  omnia  f.  Scaevol. ;  22,  3,  25,  §  4,  f.  Paul.  We 

accijnenda  sunt,  quibus  causa  instrul  must  take  care  not  to  give  in  Roman 

potcst.  Dig.  22,  4,  De  fid.  instr.,  1,  f.  law  to  the  word  cautio  the  special 

Paul.  sense  which  we  give  to  it  in  French 

a  Dig.  2,  14,  47,  §  1,  f .  Scsevol. ;  22,  law.  It  is  a  very  general  expression, 

1,  41,  §  2,  f.  Modest.  which  applies  to  every  security,  to  every 

3  Cod.  4,  21,  De  fide  instr.,  19,  const.  guarantee  given  by  one  party  to  the 
Justinian.  other. 

4  Dig.  2,  14,  2,  §  1,  f.  Paul ;  47,  §  1, 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  643 

terrene  for  the  sake  of  precaution,  for  the  proof  only  (ad  pro- 
bationern),  without  their  being  necessary  for  the  existence  of 
the  act  (save  and  except  the  difficulty  of  proving  the  existence 
of  it),  with  the  essential  solemnities,  the  performance  of  which  is 
indispensable  to  the  validity  of  the  legal  act,  and  without  which 
that  act  would  not  take  effect. 

175.  The  question  of  determining  on  whom,  in  case  of  un- 
certainty or  of  denial  of  a  fact,  the  burden  of  proof  lies,  is  one 
of  the  most  important,  and  often  of  the  most  delicate,  in  law.  It 
is  governed  by  this  general  principle,  that  it  is  for  him  who 
asserts  that  a  fact  has  created,  modified  or  extinguished  some 
right,  to  prove  the  existence  of  that  fact.  For  a  fact  is  in 
reality  nothing  but  a  change  in  the  state  of  the  world  of  our 
perceptions.  It  is  therefore  for  him  who  pretends  that  there  has 
been  a  change,  that  something  new  has  occurred,  and  conse- 
quently that  the  status  quo  ante  of  rights  has  been  interfered 
with,  to  prove  it ;  otherwise  matters  remain  as  they  were. 


SECTION  LXI. — PRESUMPTIONS  (De  Prcesumptionibus}. 

176.  Presumption  (prce-sumere,  to  take  beforehand)  is  the 
adoption  of  a  conclusion  from  certain  facts  known  as  hypothe- 
tical before  the  conclusion  is  positively  proved  or  shown  to  be 
true.     In  an  act  of  reasoning  of  this  kind,  it  is  evident  that 
law  cannot  ground  its  conclusion  on  the  basis  of  particular  facts 
which  have  not  yet  happened ;  but  it  grounds  it  on  general 
facts,  or  on  those  which  generally  occur  or  almost  always  occur. 
It  is  an  act  of  reasoning  from  general  to  particulars,  or  in- 
duction. 

177.  In    certain    cases,  law   establishes   that   induction    so 
firmly  that  it  will  not  allow  it  to  be  affected  by  any  individual 
fact.     Such,  for  instance,  as  the    maxim,   Res  judicata  pro 
veritate  accipitur1 — or  the  rule  which  expels  from  the  family, 
as  not  belonging  to  the  husband,  the  child  born  more  than  ten 

1  Dig.  50,  17,  De  rcg.jur.,  207,  f.  Ulp. 
T  T  '2 


644  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

months  after  the  death  of  the  latter.1  There  are  also  other 
cases.2  It  is  this  presumption  which  the  commentators  have 
called,  in  barbarous  Latin  which  never  belonged  to  Roman 
law,  Pr  &  sump  tio  juris  et  de  jure. 

In  other  cases,  where  law  makes  its  induction,  it  allows  more 
or  less  latitude,  that  is  to  say,  it  permits  the  parties  concerned  to 
question  the  soundness  of  the  induction  on  grounds  peculiar  to 
the  particular  fact,  so  as  to  show  that  the  conclusion  in  the  case 
in  question  is  not  correct.3  It  is  this  presumption  that  the 
commentators  have  called,  again  on  their  own  sole  authority, 
Pr&sumptio  juris  tantum.  It  throws  the  burden  of  the  proof 
on  him  against  whom  the  presumption  exists. 

178.  We  can  now  see  that  presumption  consists  in  a  mental 
operation  of  the  same  kind  as  proof:  it  is  always  the  conclusion 
drawn  from  known  facts  to  an  unknown  fact.     Only,  in  the 
presumption,  the  conclusion  is  adopted  before  actual  and  positive 
proof,  and  by  way  of  induction  from  the  general  to  the  par- 
ticular, independently  of  any  examination  of  the  details  of  those 
particular  facts  Avhich  are  in  question.     We  can  also  see  how 
erroneous  it  would  be,  yielding  to  ideas  conveyed  by  expres- 
sions commonly  in  use,  to  imagine   presumption,  in  the  lan- 
guage of  law,  as  inferior  to  proof,  and  as  having  less  force  or 
less  certainty  than  proof:  it  is  indeed  superior  to  it,  and  some- 
times prevails  against  it. 

179.  Presumptions — that  is   to    say,  those    conclusions   or 
deductions  which  are  drawn  by  a  process  of  probable  reasoning, 
as  the  result  of  experience,  from  something  which  is  taken  for 
granted — were  not  classified  by  the  Eoman  jurists,  nor  were 
they  treated  differently  from  other  forms  of  proof. 

'  Dig.  38,  1C,  De  suls  ct  legit.,  3,  natus  est,j«stnm  esse"  (Dig.  1,  5,  12 

§  11,  f.  Ulp.  f.  Paul  and  38,  16,  3,  §  12,  f.  Ulp.).  And 

*  For  instance,  Inst.  3,  21,  and  Cod.  for  the  case  of  the  absence  of  the  hus- 

4,  30,  14,  const.  Just.,  for  the  exception  hand  (Dig.  1,  (>,  6,  f.  Ulp.);  for  the 

non  numerato}  pecuniffi.  delivery  of  the  title  to  the  debtor  (Dig. 

3  For  instance,  the  various  prcsnmp-  2,  14,  2,  §  1,  f.  Paul);  for  the  title 

tions  relative  to  filiation:  "Pater  is  being  erased  (Dig.  22,  3,24,  f.  Modest.); 

est  quern  nitptice  demount  rant"  (Dig.  for  the  presumed  intention  of  com- 

2, 4,  5,  f.  Paul).  "  Credendum  est  eum  prising  his  heirs  in  his  acts  (22,  3,  9,  f. 

qtti  ex  justis  nnjttiis  septimo  mense  Ccls.). 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  645 

1 80.  The  whole  of  this  subject,  that  is  to  say,  all  that  has 
reference  to  the  authentication  of  facts,  has  occupied  the  closest 
attention  of  jurists.1 


SECTION  LXII. — DOUBTFUL  FACTS  (De  Rebus  dubiis). 

181.  Lastly,  there  are  cases  in  which  facts  are  surrounded 
with  doubts  difficult  of  solution. 

Doubts  may  arise  with  regard  to  the  intention  or  to  the  expres- 
sions, especially  in  cases  where  parties  are  not  bound  by  precise 
formulas,  and  there  is  some  uncertainty  as  to  the  interpreta- 
tion. 

They  may  also  arise  with  regard  to  events.  And  sometimes 
the  circumstances  may  render  it  necessary  to  settle  the  matter 
one  way  or  another,  however  great  the  uncertainty.  In  such 
cases,  the  law  itself  may  provide  a  solution  ;  and  this  it  will  do, 
not  so  much  because  the  solution  it  offers  is  probably  the 
correct  one,  as  because  it  is  indispensably  necessary  that  a  solu- 
tion should  be  found,  and  humanity  or  benevolence  or  expediency 
demands  it.2 

Roman  jurists  have  exercised  their  ingenuity  on  a  vast 
number  of  cases  of  this  kind.3 


§  VI.  FICTIONS  (Fictiones  Juris}. 

SECTION  LXIII. — FICTIONS  OF  THE  CIVIL  AND  OF  PRAETORIAN 

LAW. 

182.  As  law  creates  persons  and  things  which  do  not  other- 
wise exist,  so  it  creates  abstractions,  or  facts  purely  imaginary, 
and  deduces  from  them  rights  just  as  if  those  facts  really 

1  Dig.    22,   3,  De  probationibus  et  the  cases   of   persons  having   relative 
prerstimptionibug ;  4,  De  jide  instni-  rights  dependent  on  the  decease  of  one 
mentorum;    5,  DC  tcstibus;   42,  2,  DC  or  the  other,  where  they  both  die  wilh- 
cotifcssis;  12,  2,  De  jitrcjurando  sire  out   its   heing   possible    to    determine 
voliintario,  give  necessario,  sice  judi-  which  of  the  two  died  first.     Dig.  34, 
ciali.     And  the  corresponding  titles  in  5,  9,  §  4,  Try  ph. ;  16,  pr.  f.  Marcian; 
the  Code  of  Justinian.  22,  f.  Javol. ;  23,  f.  Gai. 

2  Such  are,  with  minor  distinctions,  3  Dig.  34,  5,  De  rebus  dubiis. 


646  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

existed.  These  are  what  the  law  calls  fictions,  and  the  Roman 
system  of  jurisprudence  is  full  of  them,  some  belonging  to  civil 
law  itself,1  but  most  of  them  purely  imaginary  conceptions 
of  the  prastorian  law.  And  the  commentators,  outvying  both, 
have  set  up  hypothetical  fictions,  which  had  no  existence  in 
fact.2 

183.  The  use  of  these  fictions  generally  was  to  bridge  over 
the  interval  between  the  harshness  and  severity  of  the  jus  civile 
and  the  more  equitable  and  philosophical  system  of  praetorian 
law,  or  to  extend  the  operation  of  the  civil  law  to  cases  which 
were  beyond  the  reach  of  its  provisions,  or  to  cancel  the  opera- 
tion of  the  law  when  its  results  were  deemed  to  be  too  harsh. 
The  inventive  faculty  was  called  in  and  facts  were  imagined 
and  then  acted  on  as  if  they  really  existed. 

It  was  the  praetor  especially,  whose  efforts  were  incessantly 
directed  to  reconciling  the  requirements  of  civilization  with  the 
system  of  primitive  law,  who  had  resort  to  this  expedient.3 

1 84.  In  brief,  and  independently  of  this  peculiar  usage  which 
forms  a  characteristic  trait  of  Roman  law,  fictions,  or  the  legal 
supposition  of  facts,  are  nothing  but  a  laconic  method  of  assign- 
ing certain  qualities  or  properties  to  given  situations ;  the  law 
saying, —  such  are  your  rights,  we  assume  certain  facts.4 

The  domicile,  or  the  legal  dwellingplace  of  a  person  for  the 
exercise  or  for  the  application  of  certain  rights,  is  nothing  else, 
especially  in  our  legislation,  than  a  fact  of  this  nature ;  that  is 
to  say,  a  fact  of  pure  legal  creation. 

1  Such  are  those  mentioned  in  a  pas-          3  For  instance,  he  at  times  assumed 
sage   of    the   Institutes   of    Gaius,   of  the  necessary  qualifications  in  the  heir 
which  however  there  is  a  whole  page  (Gai.  4,  §  34),  the  iisiicapio  complete 
of  the  MS.  missing,  leaving  nothing  (Gai.  4,  §  36),  or  incomplete  (Inst.  4, 
but  two  paragraphs.  6,  §  5),  the  status  of  citizen  or  pere- 

2  Thus    neither  the   postliminium,  griniis  (Gai.   4,    §   37),   a   deminvtio 
nor   even    the   provisions   of    the   lex  capitis  as  non-existing,  whereas  in  fact 
Cornelia,     which     the    commentators  it  did   exist   (Gai.  4,   §   38) — whence 
generally  c&\\  fiction  es  leg  is  Cornelia1,  those  actions  stylcdjietitia  act  tones. 
were    ever    mentioned   as    fictions    in  4  For  instance,  the postlimlnium  and 
Roman  law.  the  lex  Cornelia. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  647 

CONCLUSION  OF  THE  FIRST  PART. 

SECTION  LXIV. — CREATION  OP  RIGHTS. 

185.  We  have  thus  all  the  elements  indispensable  to  the 
creation  of  rights.     We  have  the  active  and  passive  subject,  in 
the  persons ;  the  object,  in  the  things ;  the  efficient  cause,  in  the 
act. 

To  every  situation,  to  any  combination  of  those  three  elements, 
let  us  apply  either  the  idea,  the  good  and  equitable  (jus,  ars 
boni  et  tequi),  or  the  positive  notion  of  what  is  ordained  by  law 
(jus,  lex,  quodjussum  est),  and  we  shall  have,  as  consequences, 
immediate,  and  varying  in  each  case  according  to  the  circum- 
stances, rights  (jura);  that  is  to  say,  the  conditions  and  advan- 
tages conferred  by  law. 

186.  Thus  it  is  law  (jus),  taken  in  its  first  acceptation, 
according  to  the  consciousness  of  what  is  good  and  equitable, 
or  the  authority  of  what   is   ordained,  which,  applied  to  the 
combination  of  those  three  elements,  the  persons,  the  things, 
the  acts,  gives,  as  a  consequence,  the  rights  (jura) ;  taken  in 
the  second  acceptation  of  the  word,  as  effects,  as  results. 


PART  II. 

RIGHTS   AND   ACTIONS. 

ARTICLE  FIRST.— RIGHTS. 

CHAPTER  I. 
GENERAL  CLASSIFICATION  OF  RIGHTS. 

SECTION  LXV. — PERSONAL  RIGHTS  ;  REAL  RIGHTS  (A  CLASSIFICA- 
TION NOT  ADOPTED  IN  THE  ROMAN  LAW). 

187.  Right  is  any  faculty  that  a  person  has  to  do,  to  omit, 
or  to  exact  something. 


648  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

Roman  jurisprudence  did  not  recognize  any  general  division 
of  rights.  That  which  is  now  commonly  received,  however, 
though  not  belonging  to,  was  derived  from  Roman  law. 

Rights  are  divided  into  personal  and  real  rights. 

"We  accept  this  division,  because  it  is  exact,  provided  it  is 
well  defined. 


SECTION  LXVI. — IDEA  OF  PERSONAL  AND  OF  REAL  RIGHTS. 

1 88.  Leaving,  for  a  moment,  Roman  traditions,  if  we  con- 
fine ourselves  to  pure  reason,  the  following  notions  appear  to  be 
forced  upon  us. 

No  right  exists  except  from  one  person  to  another:  every 
right  has,  therefore,  necessarily  one  active  subject,  and  one  or 
more  passive  subjects ;  which,  whether  active  or  passive,  can 
only  be  persons.  In  that  respect,  all  rights  are  therefore  personal. 

Every  right,  besides  the  active  and  passive  subject,  has,  more- 
over, and  necessarily,  an  object,  wrhich,  in  its  widest  sense,  is 
designated  a  thing.  Every  right  has,  therefore,  a  thing  for  its 
object ;  and,  in  that  respect,  every  right  is  real. 

Therefore,  every  right,  without  any  exception,  is  at  once 
personal  as  to  its  active  as  well  as  passive  subject,  and  real  as 
to  its  object. 

189.  But  the  mode  in  wrhich  persons  as  subject,  active  or 
passive,  or  things  as  object,  can  appear  and  act  in  the  right, 
assumes  two  very  distinct  phases. 

Every  right,  if  we  go  to  principles,  is  summed  up  in  the 
faculty  which  the  active  subject  has  to  exact  something  from 
the  passive  subject ;  now,  the  only  thing  which  it  is  possible 
immediately  to  exact  from  a  person  is,  that  that  person  should 
do  or  abstain  from  doing  something,  that  is  to  say,  action  or 
inaction.  It  is  to  this  that  every  right  is  reduced.  This  neces- 
sity for  the  passive  subject  to  do  or  to  abstain  from  doing  some- 
thing is  what  is  called,  in  legal  language,  an  obligation.  Every 
right,  therefore,  without  exception,  if  we  go  to  principles,  con- 
sists in  obligation. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  KOMAN  LAW.  649 

1 90.  But  these  obligations  are  of  two  sorts :  the  one  general, 
which  affects  the  community,  and  which  consists  in  the  neces- 
sity of  leaving  the  active  subject  of  a  right  alone,  to  let  him 
derive  the  advantages  to  Avhich  his  right  entitles  him,  without 
let  or  hindrance.     It  is  a  general  obligation  to  abstain  from 
interference.     This  obligation  exists  in  every  case  of  right.     No 
one  has  any  business  to  interfere  with  another's  enjoyment  of  a 
right.     It  may  be  said,  that  in  every  right  there  is  always,  on 
one  side,  the  active  subject,  to  which  the  right  belongs,  and,  on 
the  other  side,  the  community  at  large,  which  is  bound  to  ab- 
stain from  interference  and  to  allow  him  to  Avhom  the  right 
belongs  to  act  and  enjoy  it  and  to  draw  from  it  all  the  advantage 
he  can. 

191.  But  though  this  general  obligation  exists  in  the  case  of 
every  right,  there  are  some  cases  where  it  is  the  only  obliga- 
tion, that  is,  that  the  right  confers  on  the  active  subject  of  it  the 
faculty  of  deriving  all  the  advantage  he  can  from  it  directly, 
without  any  other  obligation  than  that  which  exists  in  the  com- 
munity to  abstain  from  interference. 

There  are  cases,  on  the  contrary,  in  which,  besides  this 
general  obligation,  the  right  confers  on  the  active  subject  of  it 
the  faculty  of  making  another  person  do  some  act,  as  to  give, 
to  supply,  to  do  something ;  or  to  abstain  from  doing,  or  to 
suffer  or  to  let  a  certain  thing  be  done.  In  this  case  the  passive 
subject  of  right  is,  so  to  speak,  double  ;  there  is  the  community 
under  an  obligation  to  abstain  from  interference,  and  the  indi- 
vidual under  an  obligation  to  do  or  to  abstain  from  doing  some- 
thing. Either  because  this  truth  has  not  been  clearly  perceived, 
or  because  as  it  existed  in  the  two  cases  of  the  community  and 
the  individual,  men  have  not  been  at  the  pains  to  note  the  dif- 
ference, we  have  adopted  the  habit  of  looking  on  the  obligation 
as  a  single  one,  binding  the  whole  community  ;  and  so  the 
difference  which  exists  between  the  two  cases  has  been  explained 
as  folloAvs. 

In  the  former  case,  that  of  the  community,  there  exists  no 
person  who  is  individually  the  passive  subject  of  a  right ;  so 
that  in  analyzing  this  right,  only  one  person  is  to  be  found 


650  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

(apart  from  the  community  in  general  bound  to  non-inter- 
ference), and  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the  right.  This 
is  the  right  which  has  been  denominated  "  real." 

In  the  latter  case,  there  exists,  besides,  a  person  individually 
the  passive  subject  of  a  right,  that  is  to  say,  the  man  against 
whom  the  right  is  personally  exercised.  Here  we  have  (again 
setting  aside  the  community  in  general,  bound  to  non-inter- 
ference) a  person  the  active  subject,  another  person  the  passive 
subject,  and,  thirdly,  a  thing  the  object  of  the  right.  This  is 
the  right  which  has  been  called  "  personal." 

1 92.  To  sum  up,  a  personal  right  is  that  in  which  a  person 
is  individually  the  passive  subject  of  it. 

A  real  right  is  that  in  which  no  person  is  individually  the 
passive  subject  of  the  right. 

Or,  in  other  terms : — 

A  personal  right  is  that  which  gives  the  faculty  of  individu- 
ally obliging  another  to  do  or  to  abstain  from  doing  something. 

A  real  right  is  that  which  gives  the  faculty  of  deriving  ad- 
vantage from  a  thing. 

In  both  cases  we  may  leave  out  of  the  question  the  commu- 
nity in  general,  bound  to  non-interference. 

193.  The  definition  thus  given  is  wide :  all  rights,  without 
any  exception,  in  whatever   manner   they  may  be   acquired, 
exercised  or  sued  for  at  laAv,1  and  whatever  may  be  the  corpo- 
real or  incorporeal  thing  which  is  the  object  of  them,2  come 
under  one  category  or  the  other. 

It  is  not  an  arbitrary  definition,  but  one  which  necessarily 
emanates  from  the  nature  of  things ;  it  is  subject  to  no  change, 
and  reproduces  itself  inevitably  in  every  legislation. 

1 94.  It  is  an  error  to  imagine,  however,  that  personal  rights 
do  not  exist  in  a  community,  in  relation  to  all  men,  as  well  as 
real  rights.     If  another  man  owes  me  money,  the  thing  is  true, 

1  For  example,  both  those  who  had  are   connected   with    the   condition   of 
an  nctio  and  those  who  were  protected  man,  with  his  moral  or  corporeal  indi- 
by  an  exceptio.  viduality. 

2  As,  for  instance,  the  rights  which 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  651 

not  only  as  regards  the  debtor,  but  as  regards  all  other  men. 
My  right  as  a  creditor  has  an  existence,  and  is  a  part  of  my 
fortune  as  such  in  relation  to  other  men :  l  it  will  be  protected, 
if  necessary,  should  a  third  party  attempt  to  deprive  me  of  it.2 
But,  besides  the  general  community,  my  debtor  is  individually 
the  passive  subject  of  that  right.  In  the  case  of  real  rights,  on 
the  contrary,  no  person,  except  the  general  community,  is  indi- 
vidually passive. 


SECTION  LXVII. — VARIOUS  DENOMINATIONS  OF  REAL  RIGHTS  AND 

OF  PERSONAL  RIGHTS. 

195.  Jus  in  re,  the  expression  for  real  rights,  and.  jus  ad  rem, 
for  personal  rights,  are  barbarous  expressions  introduced  in  the 
middle  ages,  and  which  have  never  belonged  to  the  language  of 
Roman  law.3  The  former  already  appears  in  the  Brachylogus, 
the  summary  of  the  law  of  Justinian,  compiled  in  Lombardy  in 
the  twelfth  century.4  Both  are  to  be  met  with  in  the  thirteenth 
century  opposed  to  each  other  in  the  papal  constitutions ; 5 
and  it  is  from  the  canon  law  that  they  seem  to  have  passed 

1  To  my  own  creditors,  for  instance,  also  Dig.  20  (1°),  71,  §  5,  f.  Ulp. ;  Cod. 

who  may  profit  by  it.  7,  39,  8,  §  1,  const.  Just. 

3  Suppose  a  third  party  destroys  my  4  We  find  them  with  respect  to  real 

title  as  a  creditor;  suppose  he  prevents  actions,  "cum  in  rem  quant,  (adcersa- 

my  debtor  from  fulfilling  his  obliga-  rills')  passidet,  aliqttod   me  jus  dico 

tions  either  by  fraud  or  violence,  or  by  h-abere."  lirachyl., \ib.iv. tit.  lQ,inJin. 

possessing  himself  of  the  securities,  con-  And  with  relation  to  usufruct,  "t/««  in  re 

trives  to  get  himself  paid  instead  of  me  consequitur  quis  actione  in  rem  propo- 

— let  him  in  any  way  invade  my  right  sita  de  usufructu."     Lib.  iv.  tit.  23,  §  8. 
as  a  creditor,  I  shall  have  an  action  5  ".     .     .  Quis  coramjus  habeat  in 

against  him.     It  is  the  same  as  with  pr&benda."     "Habere^'w*  decernimus 

real  rights,  only  in  the  latter  case  the  in  eadem."     "  Jtis  vero  quod  secundo 

invasion  by  third  parties  is  much  more  ad  precbcndam,  non  in  pra>benda  .  ,  . 

easily  accomplished,  and  the  modes  in  competebat."     Sexti  Decret.,  3,  4,  40, 

which  that  invasion  may  be  attempted  Boniface  VIII.,  13th  century.   ".  .  .Vel 

more  numerous.  aliorum    quorumcumque    beneficiorum 

3  We  sometimes  find,  in  the  frag-  in  quibusjws  non  esset  qnaesitnm  f/i  re, 
ments  of  the  jurists  in  the  Digest  and  licet  ad  rem."  Sexti  Decret.,  3,  7,  8, 
in  the  Code  of  Justinian,  the  expressions  Boniface  VIII.,  13th  century.  "A 
jus  in  re  or  jus  in  rem,  but  indifferently  jure,  si  quod  in  liiijiismodi  bcneficio, 
applied,  eithcjr  for  personal  rights  or  vel  ad  ipsitm  forsitan  competebat." 
for  real  rights.  Thus  they  can  be  seen:  dementi.  2,  6,  Clement  V.,  14th  ecu- 
Dig.  9,  4,  30,  f.  Gai. ;  32  (3°),  20,  f.  tnry.  "  .  .  .  Jus  ad  rein .  expcctnnti- 
Ulp. ;  47,  8,  2,  §  22,  f.  Tip.,  where  bus  dicta .  bcncficia."  Kxtravag.  Johan. 
debts  are  in  question  as  fideicommissa,  XXII.,  4,  1,  Hth  century, 
deposit,  commodata,  or  hiring.  See 


652  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

into  secular  jurisprudence.  We  must  rid  our  judicial  language 
of  it. 

The  expressions  jus  in  rem  for  real  rights,  and  jus  in  per- 
sonam  for  personal  rights,  framed  after  the  model  of  some 
analogous  expressions  of  Roman  law,  do  not,  any  more  than  the 
preceding,  belong  really  to  it.1 

Absolute  and  relative  rights.  This  is  a  philosophic  divi- 
sion altogether  foreign  to  Roman  jurisprudence.  It  is  certainly 
more  rational  than  the  last ;  but  it  is  equally  objectionable,  be- 
cause it  seems  to  imply  the  idea  that  absolute  right  exists  with 
regard  to  everybody,  whilst  the  personal  or  relative  right  only 
exists  with  regard  to  persons  the  passive  subjects  of  this  right. 
Every  right,  from  the  moment  it  exists,  exists  with  respect  to 
all,  and  must  be  protected,  if  needs  be,  against  all.2  Only  in 
the  case  of  real  rights  no  person  whatever  is  individually  the 
passive  subject  of  them ;  whilst,  in  the  case  of  personal  rights, 
a  person  is  individually  the  passive  subject  of  them. 

The  common  expressions,  "  real  rights,"  "  personal  rights," 
have  been  accepted  by  general  consent  and  use,  and  we  adopt 
them  as  conventional  phrases,  though  they  do  not  completely 
express  the  idea,  and  are  not  altogether  correct,  because  every 
right,  without  exception,  is  personal  as  to  the  subject  to  which 
it  appertains  and  real  as  to  the  object. 

1  These  are  the  actions  which  Roman  in  any  way.     There  is  never,  in  the 
jurists  divided  into  actions  in  rem  and  exercise  of  a  real  right,  any  intermediate 
actions  in  personam.     So  also  in  the  individual  passive  subject  between  me 
case  of  exceptions  and  contracts.     We  and  the  thing.     This  is  the  distinctive 
shall  see,  when  noticing  these  matters,  character  of  this  right.     But  when  I 
and  especially  the  system  of  formulas,  institute  a  real  action  against  any  pos- 
how  these  expressions  were  correct  and  sessor,  I  do  not  exercise  my  right;  I 
in  harmony  with   formulary  practice.  defend  it,  I  wish  to  have  it  recognized. 
But  they  must  not  be  carried  elsewhere.  It  is  as  if  a  third  party,  whoever  he 

2  No  one  right  is  more  absolute  than  might  be,  obtained  possession  of  my 
another.      The  whole    community    is  title  deeds,  substituted  himself  for  me, 
surety  for  every  right,  and  is  bound  to  and  wanted  to  receive  payments  in  my 
abstain  from  interference  with  the  exer-  stead.     I  should  have  the  right  to  de- 
cise  of  it.     The  error  chiefly  arises  from  fend  and  to  have  my  right  recognized. 
an  idea  that  when  a  man  institutes  a  In  short,  rights,  both  real  and  personal, 
suit  against  another  in  order  to  inter-  exist  with  regard   to  all.     The   com- 
fere  with  a  real   right  (for   example,  munity  is  always  the  guarantor  of  all 
a  suit  claiming  property),  he  exercises  rights  :  but  no  person  is  individually  a 
that  right.     He  exercises  it  when  he  passive  subject  of  the  first ;   as  to  the 
uses  the  thing,  when  he  enjoys  the  ad-  second,   a   person   is   individually   the 
vantage  of  it,  or  when  he  disposes  of  it  passive  subject  of  it. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  653 

But,  in  conclusion,  we  desire  to  point  out  that  these  expres- 
sions are  both  equally  foreign  to  the  law  of  the  Romans,  and 
that  in  this  law  no  such  general  division  was  ever  made,  nor 
had  it  any  place  in  their  system. 


CHAPTER  II. 
PERSONAL  RIGHTS. 

§  I.  OBLIGATIONS. 

SECTION  LXVIII.— GENERAL  IDEA  OF  THE  OBLIGATION  OR 
PERSONAL  RIGHT. 

196.  In  rights  of  this  kind  there  is  always  a  person  who  is 
the  active  subject,  and  another  person  who  is  individually  the 
passive  subject,  of  the  right.  The  latter  is,  so  to  speak,  in  a 
relation  of  dependence  with  regard  to  the  other.  He  is,  in  a 
manner,  tied  to  the  former  for  the  execution  of  the  right  of 
which  he  is  the  passive  subject.  And  so  the  terms  used  are  all 
derived  from  the  same  figure  of  speech.  Obligare  (from  nb  and 
ligare,  to  tie);  obligatio,  vinculum  juris ;  adstringere  (to  attach 
to);  contrahere  (to  draw  together),  contractus, — are  the  words 
used  to  designate  this  right,  or  its  effects,  or  certain  modes  of 
its  operation.  Solvere(io  untie)  and  solutio  are  the  terms  used 
to  signify  its  annihilation.  Apart  from  all  figure  of  speech, 
obligatio  is  nothing  but  the  legal  necessity,  imposed  on  one 
person  towards  another,  to  make  a  payment. 

It  is  a  personal  right  in  the  passive  point  of  view.  In  the 
active  point  of  view,  that  is  to  say,  considered  in  relation  to  the 
subject  enjoying  it,  a  personal  right  is  the  faculty  of  constrain- 
ing a  person  to  make  a  payment ;  in  the  passive  point  of  view, 
that  is  to  say,  in  relation  to  the  subject  who  suffers  from  it,  it  is 
the  necessity  of  making  this  payment. 

Under  the  first  point  of  view  a  personal  right  is  called  with 
us  "debt;"  among  the  Romans  nomen,less  generally  credit  urn; 
and  the  active  subject,  to  whom  the  right  belongs,  "  creditor" 
(from  credere,  to  have  confidence,  to  give  credit,  which  is  not 


654  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

always  exact,  for  many  debts  arise  involuntarily  without  there 
being  any  exercise  of  confidence  from  one  person  towards  an- 
other). In  the  second  point  of  view,  a  personal  right  is  called 
obligatio,  and  the  passive  subject,  against  whom  the  right  exists 
individually,  debtor,  debitor. 

197.  The  immediate  object  of  every  obligation  is  always  an 
act;  it  requires  a  person  (taking  the  word  "act"  in  its  most 
general  acceptation)  to  give,  supply,  or  do   something,  or  to 
abstain.     The  thing  to  be  given  or  supplied  is  not  the  object  of 
the  obligation,  except  in  a  subordinate  or  ultimate  sense:  the 
coercion,  the  juris  vinculum,  is  the  primary  object.     This  was 
realized  by  the  Roman  jurists,  and  is  expressed  by  Paul  in  the 
following  terms: — "  Obligationum  substantia  non  in  eo  consistit, 
ut  aliquod  corpus  nostrum,  aut  servitutem  nostram  faciat;  sed 
ut  alium  nobis  adstringat  ad  dandum  aliquid,  vel  faciendum, 
vel  prcestandum."  * 

Dare,facere,  prcestare,  were  three  symbolic  words  used  in 
the  formulas  of  Roman  law  to  signify  generally  the  possible 
object  of  all  obligation.  Dare,  to  transfer  Roman  property; 
facere,  to  accomplish  a  fact  or  even  to  suffer,  to  abstain ;  prce- 
stare,  to  supply,  to  provide  an  advantage  of  some  kind  or  other. 
These  two  last  terms  have  the  widest  signification :  facere 
might,  in  its  scope,  include  them  all ;  and  proestare  also,  since 
it  embraces  all  kinds  of  advantages,  corporeal  things,  rights 
positive  or  negative,  acts,  &c. ;  whence  the  general  term  "  acts" 
(^presiation). 

198.  With  the  idea  of  personal  rights  are  connected — 1st. 
The  notion   of  the    obligatio,   properly  so    called   among  the 
Romans;  2nd.   The  rules  regulating  the  formation,  the  trans- 
mission and  the  extinction  of  obligationes ;  and  3rd.   The  idea 
of  certain  personal  rights  which  in  Roman  legislation  and  juris- 
prudence are  not,  properly  speaking,  obligationes. 

1  Dig.  44,  7,  De  ollig.  et  action.,  3,  pr.  f.  Paul. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  655 

SECTION  LXIX. — Obligatio,  PROPERLY  so  CALLED  AMONGST  THE 

ROMANS. 

199.  The  obligation  is  defined  in  the  Institutes  of  Justinian, 
"Juris  vinculum  quo  necessitate  adstringimur  alicujus  solvenda* 
rei,  secundum   nostrce  civitatis  jura." l     This  definition   only 
applies  to  the  obligatio  under  the  jus  civile.     There  was,  in 
fact,  the  obligation,  properly  so  called,  of  the  Roman  law,  the 
civil  obligation  (civilis  obligatio}.     The  praetorian  law,  how- 
ever, introduced  obligationes  which  did  not  exist  in  civil  law, 
and  supplied  praetorian  means  for  putting  them  into  execution ; 
they  were  called  praetorian  or  honorary  obligations  (pratorice 
vel  honorarice  obligationes}. 

Finally,  jurisprudence  caused  to  be  recognized,  on  the  unique 
foundation  of  the  rights  of  persons  and  of  natural  reason,  certain 
obligations  which  were  binding  neither  by  the  jus  civile  nor  by 
praetorian  law,  and  which  were  called  natural  obligations  (natu- 
rales  obligationes}. 

200.  The  principal  effect  of  the  civilis  obligatio  consisted  in 
the  necessity  of  the  debtor  making  the  payment  to  which  he 
was  bound,  and  consequently  in  the  right  which  the  creditor  had 
to  compel  him  by  law  to  do  so.     That  is  what  is  meant  when  it 
is  said  that  the  civilis  obligatio  gave  the  creditor  a  civil  action 
against  the  debtor.     The  praetorian  obligation  also  produced  an 
action,  but  only  a  praetorian  action.     As  to  the  naturalis  obli- 
gatio, it  did  not  give  the  creditor  the  right  to  force  the  debtor 
by  law  to  fulfil  the  object  of  the  obligation.     The  necessity 
imposed  on  the  debtor  by  the  naturalis  obligatio  was  less  effec- 
tive, and  it  was  only  occasionally,  and  by  indirect  means,  that 
the  creditor  could  put  it  in  force.     The  naturalis  obligatio  had 
not,  properly  speaking,  either  civil  or  praetorian  obligatio,  there 
being  no  juris  vinculum  quo  necessitate  adstringimur. 

1  Instit.  3,  13,  pr. 


656  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXX. — CREATION  OF  OBLIGATIONS. 

201.  Every  right   is  engendered  by  an  act,    consequently 
there  can  be  no  obligation  which  does  not  proceed  from  an  act. 

Reason  teaches  us  that  the  acts  which  are  capable  of  pro- 
ducing obligations  can  be  reduced  to  the  four  following : — 

1°.   Consent  of  the  parties ; 

2°.  Acts  by  which  a  person  may  wilfully  have  injured  another, 
according  to  the  maxim  of  natural  reason  that  a  man  is  bound 
to  repair  an  injury  wrongfully  caused ; 

3°.  Acts  by  which,  either  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  a 
person  may  find  himself  enriched  by  the  wealth  of  another,  ac- 
cording to  the  maxim  that  no  man  has  a  right  to  derive  an 
advantage  from  and  to  the  prejudice  of  another ; 

4°.  Certain  relations  between  persons  in  the  constitution  of 
the  family  or  of  society. 

But  the  civil  law  of  the  Romans  had  a  more  restricted  opera- 
tion ;  it  recognized  no  obligation  as  a  vinculum  juris  except  in 
a  few  cases  strictly  prescribed  by  itself.  It  was  only  gradually, 
by  the  prastorian  edict,  by  the  science  of  jurisprudence,  by  im- 
perial constitutions,  and  under  the  influence  of  the  Jus  gentium, 
that  these  limits  were  extended. 

202.  With   regard   to  those  obligations  which   have  their 
origin  in  the  mutual  consent  of  parties,  the  most  general  ex- 
pression for  them  is  that  of  "  conventio,"  or  pactum,  conventum, 
Avhich  signify  the  concurrence  of  one  or  more  wills  in  the  crea- 
tion of  some  right,  its  modification  or  its  extinction ;  but  the 
word  contructus,  which  signifies  the  actual  convention  that  pro- 
duces obligation,  is  applied  exclusively  to  conventions  specially 
recognized  as  obligatory  and  which  conferred  an  action  by  the 
ancient  jus  civile. 

Roman  law,  in  this  creation  of  contracts,  seems  to  have 
followed  the  historical  gradation  here  set  down. 

203.  First,  the  nexum,  the  ancient  and  generic  title  designat- 
ing every  operation  accomplished  by  means  of  the  bar  of  metal 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  657 

and  of  the  balance,  "  Quodcumque  per  as  ct  libram  geritur"1 
with  the  scale-bearer  (libripens\  the  five  citizen  witnesses,  the 
prescribed  gestures  and  words.  These  ceremonial  forms, — ves- 
tiges of  the  ancient  times  when,  in  the  absence  of  money,  metal 
was  measured  by  weight, — retained  their  symbolic  use  and  were 
employed  for  the  creation,  for  the  transmission  and  for  the  ex- 
tinction of  various  kinds  of  rights ;  both  of  Quiritarian  property 
and  obligations.  In  order  to  create  the  obligation,  the  metal 
was  supposed  to  be  weighed  and  given  by  the  creditor  to  the 
person  he  accepted  for  debtor ;  or  else  a  thing  was  either  really, 
or  by  fiction,  alienated  ex  jure  Quiritium,  the  solemn  words 
uttered  between  the  parties  constituting  the  legal  transfer,2  by 
which  the  vinculum  juris  was  established.  The  contracts  of 
loan  (inutuum),  of  guarantee  (pignus\  of  deposit  (depositum), 
were  originally  formed  in  this  way.  Afterwards  the  simple  tra- 
dition of  the  thing  sufficed  to  create  the  civil  obligation,  and 
thus  contracts  came  to  be  recognized,  which  the  Romans  called 
contracts  made,  re. 

204.  The  progress  of  Roman  civil  law,  in  the  civil  form  of 
contracts,  tended  to  simplify  this  solemnity  per  CBS  et  libram; 
the  symbolical  weighing  was  taken  as  accomplished,  and  the  bar 
of  metal  as  weighed  and  given.  Thence  came  the  second  Qui- 
ritarian form  of  entering  into  an  obligation,  the  first  derivation 
from  the  ancient  nexum;  the  symbolic  words  were  detached 
from  the  solemnity  per  as  et  libram,  which  was  held  to  be 
accomplished,  and  reduced  to  a  solemn  interrogation  (stipulatio^) 
and  answer  (responsio,  promissio)  between  the  parties.  The 
Quiritarian  terms  prescribed  for  this  interrogation  and  answer 
were  SPONDES?  SPONDIO,  whence  this  ceremony  came  to  be 
called  sponsio.  In  course  of  time  means  were  adopted  to  admit 
the  peregrini  to  this  form  of  entering  into  obligations,  by  using 
other  kinds  of  interrogations :  PROMITTIS?  PROMITTO;  DABIS? 
DABO,  &c.  And  later  still,  the  stereotyped  features  of  the  sys- 

1  "  Nexum  est,  ut  ait  Gallus  JElius,  Tables.  "  Quura  nexum  faciet  manci- 

quodcumque  per  aes  et  libram  geritur,  piumque,  uti  lingua  nuncupassit,  ita 

idque  necti  dicitur."  Festus,  on  the  jus  esto."  Festus,  on  the  word  Nun- 

word  Nexum.  cupata. 

4  Such  are  the  terms  of    the  XII 

U  U 


658  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tern  disappeared,  and  Greek  even  came  to  be  admitted  into  the 
stipulation;  one  of  the  parties  might  interrogate  in  Latin,  the 
other  answer  in  Greek,  or  vice  versa.  As  long  as  the  inter- 
rogation and  the  response  were  in  accord,  whatever  form  the 
expressions  took  it  was  sufficient  to  establish  the  contract.1 

Such  was  the  contract  which  the  Romans  called  verbis.  It 
was  a  very  general  form  of  entering  into  an  obligation,  in  the 
sense  that  it  could  be  applied  to  every  kind  of  obligation  which 
the  contracting  parties  could  create. 

205.  Afterwards  came  the  third  Quiritarian  form  of  entering 
into  obligations,  the  second  derivation  from  the  ancient  nexum. 
This  form,  which  was  only  applicable  to  obligations  to  pay  a 
sum  of  money,  consisted  in  considering  the  operation  per  ces  et 
libram  as  accomplished,  and  consequently  the  sum,  the  object 
of  the  obligation,  as  weighed  and  given  on  the  one  hand,  and  as 
received  on  the  other,  and  in  writing  it  down  in  the  established 
formula  in  the  domestic  register  (tabula  or  codex  accepti  et 
expensi).  Hence  this  contract  came  to  be  styled  expensilatio 
(the  writing  down  of  the  sum  weighed  and  given);  and  the 
sum  which  formed  the  object  of  the  contract  was  called  pecunia 
expensa  lata,  or  sum  held  as  weighed  and  given,  with  regard  to 
the  creditor;  pecunia  accepta  relata,  or  sum  held  as  received, 
with  regard  to  the  debtor.  And  from  this  form  of  obligation 
came  the  generic  expression  nomen,  as  designating  a  debt,  be- 
cause the  debt  was  inscribed  on  the  domestic  register  in  the 
name  of  the  debtor.  Hence  also  nomen  transcriptitium,  either 
because  the  entry  was  written  first  in  a  current  waste  book 
(adversaria},  and  then  carried  every  month  to  the  fair  copy 
register,  or  rather  because,  by  the  act  of  committing  to  writing, 
a  merger  of  the  pre-existing  credit  was  effected. 

This  contract  was  said  to  be  formed  litteris.  Like  stipula- 
tion, it  was  in  theory  exclusively  confined  to  citizens.  In  the 
course  of  time,  however,  it  was  extended,  but  in  a  different 

1  Inst.  3,  15,  1.     The  stiptilator  was  to  stipulate  about  a  thing,  or  for  one's 

the  interrogator,  and  consequently  the  benefit,  meaning  that  one  person  makes 

one  towards  whom  the  promisor  entered  another  enter  into  obligations  towards 

into  obligation.    Thence  came  the  form  him. 
of  expression    still    in    use    with    us, 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  659 

form,  to  foreigners,  in  the  shape  of  syngraphee  and  chirographa. 
After  that  the  use  of  the  codex,  or  domestic  register,  and  with 
it  the  original  contract  litteris,  fell  into  disuse.  The  syngrapha 
of  the  jus  gentium  shared  the  same  fate,  and  the  chirographum, 
which  survived  the  others,  was  itself  considerably  modified  before 
the  time  of  Justinian,  at  which  period  the  latter  was  little  more 
than  mere  evidence  in  writing  of  a  contract. 

206.  Finally,  the  jus  civile  recognized  four  kinds  of  con- 
tracts only,  as  capable  of  being  formed  by  consent  alone,  with- 
out the  operation  per  CBS  et  libram,  without  the  solemn  inter- 
rogation and  entry  in  domestic  registers,  or  any  other  formality : 
1st,  sale    (emptio-venditid) ;    2nd,   hiring   (locatio-conductio} ; 
3rd,  partnership  (societas*)  ;  and  4th,  mandate  (mandaturn).    A 
fifth,  the  contract  of  emphyteusis,  was  added  in  the  later  times 
of  the   Lower  Empire ;  but  it  is  not  reckoned  in  the   same 
category  as  the  others,  because  it  was  considered  in  Roman 
jurisprudence  as  a  sale  by  some  and  a  hiring  by  others.     These 
contracts  were  called  by  the  Romans  consensu ;  they  rested  on 
thejtts  gentium,  the  form  of  entering  into  them  being  reduced 
to  its  simplest  expression.      They  were  characterized  by  this 
distinctive  mark,  that  they  produced  obligations  on  both  sides 
(ultro  citroque],  and  that  their  effects  were  defined  by  equity 
(ex  cequo  et  bond). 

207.  Hence,  in  the  progressive  development  of  Roman  law, 
there  arose  four  kinds  of  contracts — re,  verbis,  litteris  and  con- 
sensu.    A  contract  made  without  any  of  these  essentials  was 
called   pactio,  pactum,   conventio,  and,  under   the  jus  civile, 
created  no  obligation.     The  imperial  or  praetorian  law,  however, 
did  attach  to  some  of  them  an  obligatory  force,  and  particular 
circumstances  might  also  modify  the  application  of  the  strict 
letter  of  the  law,  and  impart  to  pacta  certain  legal  effects. 

208.  With  regard  to  acts  which  are  not  the  result  of  mutual 
consent  of  the  parties,  the  primitive  civil  law  gave  them  the 
name  of  noxa,  afterwards  maleficium,  delictum,  and  also  pro- 
vided an  action  in  a  great  number  of  cases,  in  which  the  obli- 

u  u  2 


660  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

gation  resulted  from  the  prejudice  wrongly  done  to  another,  and 
the  prgetorian  law  made  a  few  additions. 

209.  Every  obligation  springs  either  ex  contractu  or  ex 
delicto — "  Omnis  enim  obligatio  vel  ex  contractu  nascitur,  vel 
ex  delicto"  Those  obligations  recognized  by  Roman  juris- 
prudence, which  had  not  a  pure  origin  either  ex  contractu  or 
ex  delicto,  but  which  nevertheless  bore  the  characteristics  of  one 
or  other  of  them  (varice  causarum  jigura>\  were  classified 
according  to  their  resemblance  under  the  head  of  quasi  ex  con- 
tractu or  quasi  ex  delicto.  Whence  the  general  division  of 
contracts  into  ex  contractu,  quasi  ex  contractu,  ex  delicto,  quasi 
ex  delicto. 


SECTION  LXXL — TRANSFER  OF  OBLIGATIONS. 

210.  Roman  law  is  logical.  A  personal  right  could  not  be 
transferred  from  one  person  to  another.  It  is  a  bond  between 
the  active  subject  and  the  passive  subject;  and  if  you  change  one 
of  these  elements  you  have  no  longer  the  same  right.  There  is 
not  therefore,  strictly  speaking,  a  transfer  of  the  credit  from  one 
to  the  other,  but  an  analogous  result  is  produced  by  means  of 
procuration. 


SECTION  LXXIL— EXTINCTION  OF  OBLIGATIONS. 

211.  The  cancelling  of  the  bond  of  the  obligation,  and  con- 
sequently the  liberation  of  the  debtor,  however  it  may  happen, 
is  termed  by  the  Romans  solutio  (an  unfastening)  in  its  most 
general  acceptation. 

212.  The  obligation,  that  is,  the  civil  bond,  could  only  be 
dissolved  conformably  to  rules  of  civil  law  itself  (ipsojure).    In 
numerous  cases,  however,  where  the   obligation,   according  to 
strict  law,  continued  to  exist,  the  praetorian  law  adopted  cir- 
cuitous means  of  furnishing  the  debtor  with  the  power  of  de- 
fending himself  against  the  demands  of  the  creditor  (exceptionis 
ope). 


GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW.  661 

213.  At  the  head  of  all  legal  methods  for  extinguishing 
obligations  is  that  which  accomplishes  the  end  and  object  of 
the  obligation,  that  is  to  say,  the  payment  of  what  is  due.    The 
word  solutio,  taken  in  a  more  restricted  sense,  applies  particu- 
larly to  this  mode  of  extinction. 

214.  But,  besides  this,  civil  law  enabled  a  person  to  dissolve 
an  obligation  by  replacing  it  with  a  new  one  contracted  in  its 
stead.     That  is  what  is  termed  a  novation  (novatio ).     All  ob- 
ligations whatsoever  may  be  novated ;  but  all  the  methods  of 
entering  into  an  obligation  cannot  be  employed  to  effect  this 
transformation.     It  must  be  accomplished  either  by  the  con- 
tract verbis  or  the  contract  litteris.     Of  these  two  the  more 
convenient,  the  one  the  more  commonly  used,  was  the  contract 
verbis  or  the  stipulation. 

215.  If,  by  mutual  consent,  the  parties  wished  to  dissolve 
the  obligation  without  payment  or  novation,  so  that  the  debtor 
might  be  set  entirely  free,  in  other  words,  if  the  creditor  wished 
to  remit  the  debt  to  the  debtor,  the  Roman  civil  law  required 
a  symbolic  act,  which  is  well  worthy  of  notice.     It  required  a 
kind  of  imaginary  payment  (imaginaria  solutio) ;  and  this  fic- 
titious payment  might  be  accomplished  either  by  the  material 
and  tangible  forms,  the  scales,  the  witnesses,  the  established 
words  and  the  bar  of  metal  taken  as  weighed  and  given  in  pay 
ment  by  the  debtor  to  the  creditor  (solutio  per  <KS  et  libram),1 
or  by  the  use  only  of  the  symbolic  words,  by  the  help  of  which 
the  creditor,  on  the  interrogation  of  the  debtor,  might  declare 
the  payment  accomplished :  "  Quod  ego  tilri  promisi,  Habesne 
acceptum  ?    Habeo"     This  is  what  is  called  the   acceptilatio 
(declaration  that  the  thing  is  held  as  having  been  received),  or 
solutio  verbis  ;  or  by  an  inscription  on  the  domestic  register,  in 
a  formula  stating  that  the  sum  due  was  considered  as  received 
(solutio  litteris).     Lastly,  and  as  a  last  resort,  in  certain  cases 
civil  jurisprudence  recognized  the   simple   concurrence  of  the 
parties  as  sufficient  to  extinguish  the  obligation. 

1  Gai.  3,  §  174. 


662  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

So  that  we  find  the  method  of  annulling  obligations  by  means 
of  a  surrender  by  the  creditor  went  through  the  same  gradations 
as  the  mode  of  creating  them.  As  they  were  contracted  so 
they  were  dissolved,  per  CBS  et  libram,  verbis,  litter  is,  consensu. 
But  these  methods  of  liberation  by  surrender  by  the  creditor 
were  confined  respectively  to  the  modes  of  creating  the  obliga- 
tion, that  is  to  say,  the  liberation  per  ces  et  libram  answered  to 
the  obligations  created  per  CBS  et  libram;  the  acceptilatio,  or 
liberation  verbis,  to  obligations  contracted  verbis;  the  liberation 
litteris  to  those  created  by  entry  in  the  domestic  register;  and, 
lastly,  liberation  by  mutual  consent  alone  to  those  which  mutual 
consent  alone  had  made.  But  jurisprudence  found  the  means 
of  generalizing  the  use  of  the  acceptilatio  or  solutio  verbis,  and 
made  it  a  method  of  surrender  applicable  to  all  kinds  of  obliga- 
tions by  the  aid  of  a  preliminary  novation,  by  which  all  obliga- 
tions could  be  transformed  into  a  verbal  obligation. 

Thus  the  verbal  form  of  stipulatio  came  to  be  the  means  of 
making  a  novatio  or  of  annulling  an  obligatio. 


§  II.  PERSONAL  RIGHTS,  OTHER  THAN  OBLIGA- 
TION PROPERLY  SO  CALLED. 

SECTION  LXXIII. 

216.  Under  this  title  we  rank  certain  personal  rights  existing 
in  lioman  law,  in  which,  though  there  was  a  person  individually 
the  passive  subject  of  the  right,  still  there  was  no  properly 
so-called  obligation  on  the  part  of  this  person,  in  this  sense, 
that  this  right  does  not  confer  on  the  active  subject  the  faculty 
of  taking  the  initiative  and  of  attacking  the  passive  subject  in 
order  to  constrain  him  to  give,  to  procure,  or  to  do  something  ; 
but  only  the  faculty  of  refusing,  of  compelling  him  to  withdraw 
his  demand,  if  attacked  by  him.1  It  is  a  right  of  defence  and 
not  of  attack.  The  obligation  entitled  by  lioman  law  "  natu- 
ralis  obligatio"  besides  some  other  effects  of  which  it  was 
susceptible,  was  a  right  of  this  kind. 

1  It  is  ;i  (jucstiou  ui  those  personal  riyliLs  \shicli  iiie  onl^  piolvdetl  It}  ex- 
ceptions. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LA\\  .  663 

CHAPTER  III. 
REAL  RIGHTS. 

SECTION  LXXIV. — IDEA  COMMON  TO  ALL  REAL  RIGHTS. 

217.  In  real  rights,  in  addition  to  the  general  community, 
bound  to  abstain  from  interference,  there  exists  but  the  person, 
the  active   subject,  and  the   thing,  the   object   of  the   right. 
Thus,  there  is  no  actual  relation  between  two  persons,  no  link 
nor  tie  uniting  one   to   the  other.1     Thence  arises  a  radical 
difference  in  the  manner  in   which  real  rights  and  personal 
rights  are  exercised. 

In  the  case  of  personal  rights,  he  to  whom  the  right  belongs 
attacks  the  person  who  is  individually  the  passive  subject,  to 
obtain  from  him  the  thing,  the  object  of  the  right ;  in  the  case 
of  a  real  right,  there  exists  no  intermediate  passive  subject ;  the 
right  is  therefore  exercised  immediately  by  the  person,  the 
active  subject,  on  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  it.  That  is 
to  say,  that  every  real  right  necessarily  gives  to  its  possessor  the 
faculty  of  disposing  of  the  thing.  It  is  precisely  in  the  possible 
variety  of  the  methods  of  thus  disposing  of  it,  that  the  variety 
of  real  rights  consists. 

218.  The  consideration  of  real   rights   involves   the   legal 
theories  concerning  dominium  and  proprietas,  which  import 
the  most  extensive  powers  of  alienation  :  those  upon  possessio, 
which  are  intimately  connected   with   dominium;   those   con- 
cerning real  rights  which  are   mere   offshoots   of  proprietas; 
and,  finally,  those  concerning  rights  which  are  not  strictly  off- 
shoots or  fractions  of  proprietas. 


SECTION  LXXV. — MANCIPIUM — DOMINIUM — PROPRIETAS. 

219.  The  most  perfect  alienation,  that  which  confers  a  real 
right,  is,  in  the  language  of  the  text,  plenum  in  re  potcstatem.* 

1  Thus  some  writers  define  real  rights  describing  but  by  characterizing  them 

simply  to  be  those  which  belong  to  us  as  a  something  in  which  the  notion  of 

witoont  any  obligation  from  any  one  oblifjatio  is  wanting, 
towards  us.     This  is  to  define,  not  by  2  Instit.  2,  4,  §  4. 


664  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

This  comprises  the  right  of  taking :  the  use  or  the  services  of 
the  thing  (usus} ;  the  fruit,  that  is  to  say,  the  products  which  it 
is  destined  to  give  (fructus}  ;  the  right  of  profiting  by  all  which 
belongs  to  it ;  the  right  of  modifying  it,  of  parcelling  it,  of  con- 
ferring to  another  real  rights  over  it ;  finally,  that  of  destroy- 
ing and  consuming  it,  which  the  Roman  jurists  called  abusus, 
because  it  was  a  kind  of  using  which  causes  the  right  to  dis- 
appear. 

220.  Mancipium,  dominium,  proprietas,  were  the  terms  by 
which  the  right  of  possession  was  successively  described  by 
lloman  jurists,  and  in  these  three  words  alone  we  can  trace  the 
progress  of  civilization  and  the  development  of  law  through  each 
of  the  great  epochs.  Mancipium,  the  most  ancient  expression, 
belonged  to  the  rude  and  primitive  times  of  lloman  law,  when 
violence  (Jiasta,  manu,  capere)  was  the  ordinary  mode  of  acqui- 
sition.1 Dominium  belonged  to  a  later  age :  it  indicates  the 
social  condition  of  the  family.  It  was  in  each  house  (domus} 
that  property  was  concentrated ;  though  considered  as  belong- 
ing to  the  family  in  common,  it  belonged  to  the  head  of  the 
family  alone,  no  other  could  be  proprietor;  and  all  individu- 
alities were  absorbed  in  his  person.  Proprietas,  the  latest  term, 
belongs  to  the  language  of  a  more  recent  epoch,  to  that  of  the 
time  of  Neratius.2  It  was  the  age  which  we  call  the  philo- 
sophical, the  period  marked  by  the  invasion  of  the  jus  gentium 
on  the  jus  civile,  when  the  personality  of  the  sons  of  the  family 
was  recognized ;  when  not  only  the  chief  but  the  children  too 
could  be  proprietors ;  when  the  right  of  property  was  an  indi- 
vidual right ;  and  accordingly  we  find  it  designated  by  a  word 
which  expresses  its  effects,  proprietas,  because  it  attaches  the 
thing  to  each  individual. 

1  Thus  mancipium  designates,  in  its  act,  and  sometimes  the  thing  subjected 
literal  acceptation,  the  judicial  act  of  to  that  right. 

mancipation;  by  figure  of  speech,  the  3  Dominium,  id  cst proprietas,  says 

right  of   possession  produced   by  that       this  jurist.     Dig.  41,  1,  DC  adq.  rer. 

(Join.,  13,  f.  Nerat. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  HOMAN  LAW.  665 

SECTION  LXXVI. — POSSESSIO. 

221.  The  idea  of  possession   consists  of  two  elements — a 
physical,  material  act,  the  act  of  having  a  thing  in  our  power, 
and  an  intention,  that  is  to  say,  the  will  of  having  a  certain 
thing  in  our  power  as  proprietor,  whether  we  are  really  so  or 
not,  whether  we  think  we  are  or  whether  we  know  we  are  not. 

Thus,  in  cases  where  there  is  only  one  of  these  elementary 
principles,  the  first  and  not  the  second,  for  example,  in  the  case 
of  a  bailee,  of  a  tenant,  who,  though  having  the  thing  materially 
in  his  power,  has  no  intention  of  ownership,  there  is  nothing 
but  a  physical  detention,  nuda  detentio,  corporalis  possessio, 
naturalis  possessio ;  the  bailee,  the  hirer,  being  considered  and 
considering  themselves  as  mere  detainers  from  another  who,  for 
the  time  being,  is  dispossessed,  but  who,  in  fact,  holds  mediately 
through  them. 

But  from  the  moment  that  the  two  elements  are  united,  there 
is  real  possession  (possessio  civilis).  The  predominating  ele- 
ment is  that  of  physical  power  over  a  thing,  whence  the  name 
of  possessio,  synonym  of  power  (from  posse,  to  be  able).1  Civil 
law  takes  this  thing  into  consideration  and  attaches  to  it  im- 
portant effects,  whence  possessio  civilis. 

222.  It  is  a  debatable  question  whether  or  not  possession 
may  be  considered  as  a  right.     Roman  jurists,  according  to  the 
point  of  view  from  which  they  regarded  it  in  one  case,  con- 
sidered it  as  a  mere  question  of  fact ;  in  the  other,  as  a  question 
of  law.2     In  reality  possession  essentially  consists  in  an  act; 
but  when  we  consider  the  effects  and  the  protection  of  right 
attached  to  this  act,  we  think  it  is  correct  to  say  that  there  is  a 
i-ight  of  possession. 

223.  Possession  and  property  are  two  very  distinct  things. 

1  According  toLabeo:  "  A  sedilnis  bet"  (Dig.  4,   6,  1!>,  f.  Papin.).     Sec 
quasi  positio:  quid  naturalitcr  tene-  also,  in  the  snine  sense:  Dig.  41,  '2,  1, 
tur  ab  eo  qul  el  insistit.''     (Dig.  41,  §  4,  f.  Paul,  and  29,  f.  UIp. ;  Dig.  49, 
21,  l,pr.  f.  Paul.)    We  prefer  the  other  16,  12,  §  '2,  f.  Tryphon.     In  a  contrary 
derivation.  sense:  "Cum.     .     .  plnrimnmex  jure 

2  "  Kam  cnim   rem   facti,  non  juris  possessio  mutuetnr"  (Dig.  41,  2,  49,  pr. 
esse"    (Dig.    41,  2,   1,    §    8,   f.    Paul).  f.    Papin.).      "Possessio   non    tan  turn 
"Possessio  autem  pluriinum  facti  ha-  corporis,  sed  juris  est"  (Ibid,  §  I). 


666  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

Generally  they  are  united,  and  it  is  in  the  regular  course  of 
things  they  should  be  so/  A  man  is  a  proprietor,  and  it  is  in 
the  ordinary  course  of  things  that  he  should  have  the  property 
in  his  power  and  at  his  disposal.  But  they  may  be  separate ; 
and  whenever  they  are,  there  must  be  either  error,  ignor- 
ance, cozenage  or  misdemeanor, — something,  in  short,  that  is 
irregular. 

It  follows  from  this  that  possession,  till  proof  given  to  the 
contrary,  gives  presumption  of  property ;  that  it  is  the  external 
indication  of  it ;  that  it  plays  an  important  part,  in  Roman  law 
especially,  in  the  means  of  acquiring  or  losing  property. 

224.  Here  we  come  to  the  legal  rules :   1st,  on  the  acqui- 
sition of  possession,  in  which  we  find  occupation,  which  is  the 
taking  possession  of  a  thing  not  yet  belonging  to  any  one,  dis- 
tinguished from  tradition,  which  is  the  transference  of  possession 
from  one  person  to  another ;   2nd,  on  the  different  effects  of 
possession,  considered  either  as  an  act  or  as  a  right,  effects 
which  vary  according  to  different  circumstances  ;  and  3rd,  on 
the  cessation  of  the  act,  or  the  loss  of  the  right  of  possession. 

225.  There  is  an  important  distinction   which  will   throw 
much  light  on  this  subject,  viz.,  that  some  of  the  advantages 
which  appertain  to  possessio  can,  like  those  of  propriet.as,  be 
parcelled  out,  separated  and  alienated  in  the   same  thing  to 
different  persons. 


SECTION  LXXVII. — DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  Dontinium— SUCCESSIVE 
ALTERATIONS  OF  CIVIL  LAW. 

226.  Under  the  primitive  jus  civile,  there  was  one  kind  of 
dominium,  the  Roman,  the  dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium;  a 
man  was  a  proprietor  according  to  the  jus  Quiritium  or  not  at 
all.1  The  citizen  alone  could  enjoy  this  dominium;  the  things, 
the  soil  participating  in  the  commercium,  could  alone  be  the 
object  of  it;  the  modus  operandi  recognized  by  the  jus  civile 

1  Gai.  2,  §  40.  We  sometimes  use  is  not  technical.  They  always  said  in 
the  phrase  Qnirit.aria.ri  tin  miniii  in .;  the  I  toman  law,  Dominium  <',cjure  Qulrl- 
exnrcssion,  though  conveying  the  idea,  tiuin. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  HOMAN  LAW.  667 

could  alone  confer  it.  Foreign  persons  and  soil  were  strictly 
excluded,  and  the  occupants  of  soil  which  did  not  enjoy  the  jus 
Italicum  had  merely  the  possessio,  and  not  the  proprietor; 
nor  could  they  acquire  it  by  prescription. 

227.  At  a  later  date,  Roman  jurisprudence  lost  its  conserva- 
tive  Quiritarian  exclusiveness,  and,  admitting  the  jus  gentium 
as  an  active  principle,  recognized  the  form  of  dominium,  which 
was  expressed  by  the  phrase  in  bonis  habere  (to  have  amongst 
one's  property).     This  dominium  is  styled  by  Theophilus  in  his 
paraphrase  Sso-TroYrjj  /Sovj-rapiof,  whence  the  commentators  have 
called  it  dominium  bonitarium,  a  term  altogether  unknown  to 
Roman  jurisprudence.     This  dominium  or  proprietory  right, 
this  possessio  in  bonis,  did  not  exist  as  a  Quiritarian  institution, 
but  was  suffered  to  exist  side  by  side  with  the  dominium  ex  jure 
Quiritium.     The  prrctors  recognized  and  protected  it,  juris- 
prudence developed  its  principles  and  rules,  gave  to  it  all  the 
beneficial  effects  of  its  Quiritarian  rival,  and  so  equalized  the 
two,  that  the  difference  ultimately  became  one  of  name  rather 
than  of  fact. 

228.  By  the  time  Justinian  ascended  the  throne,  dominium 
ex  jure  Quiritium  had  ceased  to  exist  as  a  fact.     As  in  the 
earliest  period,  so  now,  there  was  but  one  dominium,  but  this 
was  the  praetorian  dominium  in  bonis.     The  emperor  therefore 
abolished  the  only  remnant  of  the  Quiritarian — its  name. 


SECTION  LXXVIII. — ACQUISITION — TRANSMISSION — Loss  OF 
ESTATE  OK  PROPERTY. 

229.  The  method  in  which  the  estate  was  acquired,  trans- 
mitted or  lost  is  an  important  branch  of  legal  study.  As 
regards  acquisition,  it  is  necessary  to  notice  the  predominant 
principle  of  Roman  law,  which  is,  that  the  contracts  between 
persons,  even  when  clothed  in  the  technical  forms  of  the  jus 
civile,  were  not  sufficient  to  transfer  the  property  from  one 
person  to  another.  Contracts  had  the  effect  of  binding  parties 
among  themselves;  they  created  a  personal  right,  they  could 


668  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

even  compel  the  transfer  of  property  (DARE,  in  the  language  of 
Roman  law),  but  they  did  not  transfer  it ;  they  did  not  create 
the  real  right  of  property.  To  constitute  proprietas,  a  definite 
act  of  quite  a  different  nature  was  necessary,  for  example : — 

1.  Occupation,  that  is,  taking  possession  of  a  thing  which 
belongs  as  yet  to  no  one,  or  else  of  a  thing  which  belongs  to  the 
enemy,  for  conquest  was  the  means,  par  excellence,  of  acquiring 
dominium  according   to    Quiritarian  law,  and  the  lance   was 
always  the  symbol  of  this  dominium. 

2.  Tradition    (traditio)t    that    is    to    say,   transfer   of   the 
possessio,1  as  long  as  it  referred  to  a  thing  nee  mancipi,  for 
applied  to  a  thing   mancipi,  tradition,  under  strict  civil  law, 
would  produce  no  effect  whatever  of  ownership  ;  and  under  the 
intermediary  law  Avould  place  the  thing  simply  in  bonis  : 

Or  else  the  solemn  alienation  under  the  jus  civile  called 
the  nexum  :2  or, 

The  mancipium,  later  mancipatio,  and  accomplished  by  the 
symbolical  form  of  the  ancient  sale,  by  means  of  the  piece 
of  brass  and  the  scales  (per  as  et  libram),  with  the  scale-bearer 
(libripens^,  the  citizen  witnesses,  the  prescribed  actions  and 
words,  hunc  ego  hominem  ex  jure  Quiritium  meum  ease  aio, 
isque  mihi  emptus  est  hoc  (Ere  ceneaque  libra,  and  even  when  it 
was  not  a  question  of  a  sale.3 

3.  Usucapio,  acquisition  by  use,  acquisition  of  Roman  pro- 
prietas   by   possession    for   a   certain    period :    one    year   for 
movables,  two  years  for  immovables. 

4.  The  in  jure  cessio,  another  fiction,  a  symbol  represent- 
ing a  judicial  act  in  which  the  magistrate,  addiccns,  uttered  the 
addictio,  and  declared  the  thing  the  property,  ex  jure  Quiritium, 
of  the  person  to  whom  it  wras  to  be  made  over. 

'  It  will  be  seen  that  the  jus  civile  tions.     Bnt  the  more  especial  significa- 

recognized  two  means  of  the  jus  gen-  tion  of  nexum  came  to  be  the  cngage- 

tium,    occupation    and     tradition,    as  mcnt  of  a  person  or  application  of  a 

conferring    the    dominium    ex    jure  thing,  by  means  of  the  alienation  per 

Quiritium.  (cs  et  libram  to  guarantee  a  debt. 

2  The  expression  nexum  is  still  more  3  Mancipation  did  not  effect  by  itself 

general   than    mancipium   or  manci-  the  tradition,  that  is  to  say,  the  transla- 

patio.     It   was   applied   to  all   phases  tion  of  the  possessio.     Vide  Gains,  2, 

whatsoever  of  the  sale  per  (ff  et  Ultra m,  §  20-4  ;  4,  S   KM;   Y;it.  «).    11.  Frngm. 

and   operated,    as   we   have    seen,   to  §  313. 
create   as  well  as   extinguish    obliga- 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  6C9 

5.  The  adjudication  by  which  the  judge  in  a  particular  suit 
authorized  to  adjudge  the  thing  (adjudicare^ih&t  is  to  say, 

to  transfer,  by  judgment,  the  proprietas  from  one  person  to 
another:  this  took  place  when  it  was  necessary  to  determine 
the  boundaries  of  adjoining  estates  (Jinium  regundorum),  or  to 
divide  an  inheritance  (familice  erciscund<E),  or  to  divide  common 
property  (communi  dividundo}. 

6.  The  public  sale  of  prisoners  of  war  or  of  spoil,  made  in 
the  name  of  the  republic  by  the  qucestores  cerarii,  under  the 
symbol  of  conquest  and  of  lloman   dominium  sub  hasta,1  or 
finally,  some  few  other  cases  comprised  by  jurists  under  the 
general  designation  of  lex,  law.2 

230.  All   these   methods   of  acquiring    dominium    ex  jure 
Quiritium    relate    to    the     acquisition    of    particular   objects 
(singularum  rerum).     We  shall  speak  in  another  place  of  the 
acquisition  per  universitatem. 

231.  Under  Justinian  the  mancipatio,the  injurecessio,  the 
distinction  of  things  mancipi  and  nee  mancipi,  ceased  to  exist, 
and  traditio  applied  with  the  same  results  to  all  corporeal  things. 
But  the  principle,  that  contracts  produce  obligations — personal 
rights  and  not  real  rights — was  preserved  throughout. 

232.  To  follow  up  the  study  of  the  subject  it  is  necessary  to 
trace  the  relations  of  the  proprietas  to  the  political  constitution, 
the  constitution  of  the  family,  the   successive  additions  to  the 
empire  of  different  territories,  and  the  social  condition  of  the 
people  at  the  different  epochs  in  the  history  of  Rome. 

1  Varro,  De  re  rust.,  2, 10,  Si  e pro-da  when  personal  rights  form  so  large  a 

gvb  corona  emit.  portion  of  individual  wealth,  the  nc- 

8  See  for  the  development  of  these  cessity   for    this   publicity   is    felt    in 

different  modes  of  acquiring  property,  personal  as  well  as  in  real  rights.     And 

Ortolan,  Efjtlieat.  Hint.,  vol.  ii. book  2,  yet  French  legislation  has  retrograded; 

article    1.     The    Romans   desired   that  it  has  suppressed  the  public  token  in 

the  acquisition  of  property  should  be  one  case  as  well  as  in  the  other.     The 

manifested   by   a  public   act.     At    the  law  of  the  23rd  March,   IS."),"),   Sin-  Li 

point     which     our     civilization     has  transcription  en  matii-re  Jujpothecaire 

reached,  when   the  economical  condi-  was  intended  to  remedy  some  of  the 

tions    of    society   have    undergone    a  greatest  inconveniences  that  result  to 

revolution,  when  credit  is  so  powerful  third  parties  from  this  system, 
an  element  in  the  production  of  wealth, 


670  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  LXXIX. — REAL  RIGHTS  OTHER  THAN  Proprietas 
AND  Possessio. 

233.  Among  these  other  real  rights  there  were  some  which 
were,  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  term,  dismemberments,  or  fractions 
of  the  proprietas.     In  fact,  they  conferred  on  him  who  enjoyed 
them    the    power   of   alienation   within   certain   limits.       For 
example,  the   faculty   of  alienating  a  thing,  in  the  sense  of 
disposing  of  it,  use  of  fruits  or  produce,  or  even  parts  of  it ; 
the  servitudes   (servitutes}  both  praedial  (rerum,  prcediorum} 
and  personal  (personarum,  personates},  and  especially,  among 
the  latter,  the  usufruct  (usufriictus}  and  the  use  (usus};    the 
emphyteusis  and  the  right  of  superficies, — are  among  these  real 
rights. 

The  Roman  jurists  have  failed  to  point  out  to  what  extent 
real  rights  attach  to  the  position  of  hirer  or  bailee  with  the 
right  of  user  (commodatuni),  and  have  confined  their  attention 
respecting  them  to  the  consideration  of  the  personal  rights  they 
create  as  contracts. 

234.  There  were  also  other  real  rights,  the  conferring  of 
which  was  not  considered  as  diminishing  the  dominium  of  the 
grantor;  such  are  pledge  (piffn us},  where  the  delivery  of  the 
pledge  temporally  changes  the  right  of  possession,1  and  hypothe- 
cation (Jiypoiheca)  :   to  which  is  attached  this  peculiarity,  that 
this  species  of  real  right  might  be  created  by  mere  consent.2 

1  The   guaranteed  creditor  had  the  added :    there   are   real   rights,  as   we 
possessio  ad  interdlcta,  Dig.  41,  3,  16,  have  already  seen  in  the  case  of  per- 
il. Javol. ;  41,  2,  36,  f.  Jul.  sonal  rights,  which  are  only  guaranteed 

2  This    final    observation    may   he  by  exceptions  and  not  by  actions. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  07 1 

CHAPTER  IV. 

CONSIDERATIONS  APPLICABLE  TO  PERSONAL  RIGHTS  AND  TO 
REAL  RIGHTS. 

SECTION   LXXX.  —  RIGHTS   RELATING   TO   THE    STATE,   TO   THE 
FAMILT,  TO  THE  MORAL  OR  PHYSICAL  INDIVIDUALITY  OF  MAN. 

235.  Man  considered  from  this  point  of  view  is  susceptible 
of  both  real  and  personal  rights. 

On  the  one  hand,  the  relations  resulting  from  the  status  of  an 
individual,  and  the  necessary  elements  of  such  status,  particularly 
familia,  give  rise  to  numerous  obligations. 

And  on  the  other  hand,  we  find  therein  a  union  of  real  rights, 
whose  object  is  not  corporeal  things,  but  immaterial  abstractions, 
and  which  are  nearly  all  of  the  highest  value  to  man.  Thus,  the 
character  of  father,  of  son,  of  free,  of  enfranchised,  of  patron,  of 
citizen ;  the  liberty  and  individual  safety  of  the  physical  person, 
the  honour,  the  reputation  and  the  whole  of  the  intellectual 
faculties  of  the  moral  person,  all  these  form  the  object  of  so 
many  rights,  which  belong  to  us  directly  and  immediately,  and 
that  without  the  intervention  of  an  individually  passive  subject, 
and  independently  of  all  obligations  towards  us.  These  are 
real  rights. 


SECTION  LXXXI. — ACQUISITIONS  OR  SUCCESSIONS 
per  Univcrsitatcm — INHERITANCE. 

236.  There  are  means  of  acquisition  wliich  apply  both  to  real 
rights  and  personal  rights. 

The  persona  of  an  individual  who  is  deceased  (and  sometimes 
even  before  decease)  is  detached  as  it  were  from  that  individual 
and  implanted  in  another,  who  continues  the  existence  of  the 
persona,  and  through  him  are  transmitted  all  real  and  personal 
rights,  with  the  exception  of  those  whose  nature  it  is  to  die  out 
with  the  individual. 

S37.  This  substitution  of  one  persona  for  another  Avas  not  a 
matter  of  the  mere  volition  of  the  parties.  The  State,  cither  by 


672  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  general  law  common  to  all,  or  by  a  special  law  passed  in  the 
comitia,  or  else  by  the  magistrate,  always  intervened,  at  least 
until  the  necessity  for  the  intervention  was  done  away  with,  by 
means  of  fictions  and  other  indirect  methods  of  evading  the 
strictness  of  the  ancient  regime,  changes  which  were  brought 
about  as  the  jus  privatum  grew  up  and  overshadowed  the  jus 
publicum. 

238.  Hcereditas,  whether  ex  testamento  or  ab  intestato, 
Itonorum  possessiones,  Jideicommissaria  hcereditas,  legatum, 
legacies  in  certain  cases,  and  especially  at  the  time  of  Justinian ; 
adrogatio  and  some  other  legal  conditions,  rights,  actions  and 
events  which  Justinian  for  the  most  part  suppressed, — were  so 
-many  methods  of  succeeding  to  the  goods  and  rights  of  a 
person  when  dead,  or  even  during  his  lifetime. 


ARTICLE    SECOND. 
OF  ACTIONS. 

§  I.  PRELIMINARY  NOTIONS. 
SECTION  LXXXII. — RIGHTS — JURISDICTION — PROCEDURE. 

239.  Rights  are  engendered  and  their  effects  defined ;  but 
rights  are  abstract,  they  are  purely  creations  of  the  social  world, 
they  are  immaterial,  they  are  in  themselves  inert  and  powerless : 
to  give  them  life  and  action  there  must  be  power  and  procedure. 
And  what  this  power  and  procedure  are,  are  questions  that  arise 
in  connection  with  every  form  of  society,  and  every  species  of 
right. 

240.  The  law,  the  jurisdiction  and  the  procedure  are  the  neces- 
sary components  of  every  legislative  system.     The  last  two  are 
equally  worthy  of  study  with  the  first,  for  in  them  we  realize  the 
living  and  active  principle.     The  study  of  the  law  familiarizes 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  673 

us  with  the  abstract ;  a  visit  to  a  court  of  justice  places  the 
living  citizen  before  us  and  exhibits  the  reality  of  law. 


SECTION  LXXXIII. — GENERAL  IDEA  OF  THE  ACTIO. 

241.  The  word   action  (acfio,  from    agere,  to   act)  in   its 
etymological  signification  designates  the  putting  into  action  of 
the  law,  or  the  act  or  series  of  acts  by  which  we  have  recourse 
to  judicial  power  to  enforce  a  right,  either  in  defending  our- 
selves or  in  attacking  another.     By  figure  of  speech,  action 
signifies,  in  a  second  sense,  the  right  itself  of  exercising  this 
recourse  to  authority;  and,  in  a  third  sense,  the  prescribed 
means  of  exercising  it. 

242.  But  to  assign  to  this  word  any  one  distinct  technical 
meaning  would  be  in  effect  to  confound  the  various  systems  of 
judicial  and  legal  procedure  which  succeeded  one  another  in 
the   history  and   constitution   of  Rome.      For  the   technical 
meaning  of  the  word  aclio  has  changed  with  each  of  these 
systems. 


SECTION  LXXXIV. — THREE  EPOCHS  AND  THREE  SYSTEMS  OF 
JUDICIAL  PROCEDURE  IN  ROMAN  LAW. 

243.  These  systems  were  three  in  number: — 

1.  That  of  the  legis  actiones. 

2.  That  of  formula  or  or  dinar  ia  judicia. 

3.  That  of  extr aor dinar iajudicia. 

244.  The  first  extended,  if  not  in  fact,  at  least  in  theory, 
from  the  foundation  of  Rome  till  the  lex  ^Ebutia,  B.C.  177,  or 
B.C.    171.     This  period  may  be  termed  the   Quiritarian  era; 
its  peculiarities  have  been  already  impressed  upon  the  reader. 

245.  The   second  form,  the  ordinaria  judicia  or  formula 
system,  was  in  vogue  from  the  decline  of  its  predecessor  till  the 

x  x 


674  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

time  of  Diocletian,  A.D.  294.  This  period  is  characterized  by 
the  philosophic  development  of  jurisprudence  as  the  science  of 
justice  and  equity. 

246.  The  extraordinaria  judicia,  which  commenced  with 
Diocletian,  mark  the  period  when  res  publica  had  lost  its 
original  signification,  and  when  the  imperial  will  had  become 
the  source  and  fountain  of  all  legislation  and  administration. 

Concerning  each  of  these  periods  the  student  of  Roman  law 
should  keep  prominently  in  his  mind  the  answer  to  the  two 
questions :  What  is  the  governing  principle  ?  What  is  the 
form  of  procedure  ? 


SECTION  LXXXV. — DISTINCTION  BETWEEN  Jus  AND  JUDICIUM, 
MAGISTKATUS  AND  JUDEX. 

247.  The  distinction  is  a  most  important  one,  and  strikes  at 
the  root  of  the  system.     Jus  is  the  right,  the  law,  or  will: 
judicium  the  tribunal,  or  proceeding  where  or  by  which  the 
right  is  contested  and  declared. 

248.  Jurisdictio  is  the  function  of  declaring  the  law,  and 
of  conferring  the   public    power  (imperium}  upon  the  person 
charged  with  its  execution.     This  power  was  lodged  in  the 
hand  of  the  magistrate,  who  might  also  assume  the  functions  of 
judex. 

249.  The  two  functions  were  perfectly  distinct,  and  were 
usually  entrusted  to  different  hands,  the  magistratus  and  the 

judex.  By  a  figure  of  speech,  to  be  in  jure  was  to  be  before 
the  magisti-ate  charged  to  speak  the  law;  to  be  injudicio  was 
to  be  before  the  judge  charged  to  examine  the  merits  of  the 
case.1 

To  the  magistrate  belonged  the  functions  expressed  by  the 
words  edicere,  jus  dicere  ;  to  the  judge  those  expressed  by  the 
word  judicare.  So,  also,  the  Jurisdictio  of  the  magistrate 

1  In  certain  texts  judiciumr  is  substituted  iorjuf,  but  it  is  an  inaccuracy. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  675 

which  declared  the  law,  answered  to  the  sententia  of  the  judge 
which  settled  the  debate  between  the  litigants. 

The  addicere  of  the  magistrate,  to  assign  the  property  to  any 
one  in  the  name  of  the  law,  answered  to  the  adjudicare  of  the 
judge,  and  hence  also  addictio,  answering  to  adjudication 

250.  This  distinction  between  jus  and  judicium  seems  to 
correspond,  in  some  respects,  with  our  modern   idea   of  the 
distinction  between  a  question  to  be  decided  on  fact,  and  on  law. 

However,  it  would  be  an  error  to  look  upon  the  office  of 
judge  as  limited  to  the  decision  of  a  simple  question  of  fact. 
He  had,  it  is  true,  to  ascertain  the  facts,  but  he  had,  in  addition, 
to  determine  their  legal  bearing.  His  function  was  therefore 
mixed,  the  extent  of  the  judicial  element  depending  upon  the 
nature  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  him  for  the  given  occa- 
sion.2 

251.  We  thus  trace  the  progress  of  the  separation  between 
tliejus  KaA.  judicium  under  the  three  systems. 

Under  the  first  system,  the  distinction  existed  ;3  but  was  not 
always  observed. 

Under  the  second,  the  separation  was  complete :  and  the 
magistrate  only  in  extraordinary  cases  himself  acted  as  judge. 

Under  the  third  system,  the  extraordinary  became  the 
ordinary  and  the  two  functions  were  united. 


SECTION  LXXXVI. — THE  STATE  APPOINTS  THE  MAGISTRATE, 
THE  PARTIES  THE  JUDEX. 

252.   The  functionary  who  had  the  jurisdictio,  that  is,  the 
magistrate,  was  clothed  with  state  power,  which  he  exercised 

1  The  praetor,  in  declaring  the  law,  of  fact;  for  even  the  question  of  culpa- 

assigns   (addicif)   not  only  property,  bility  is   one  of  the  most  delicate  of 

but  other  things  as  well,  for  example  :  penal  law. 

a  judge  to  litigants;  the  right  of  free-  3  Thus  in  the  law   of   the   Twelve 

dom,  sonship,  &c. ;    whilst  the  adju-  Tables :    Si  in  jus   voc.ut  atqve   eat. 

dicatio  of  the  judge  is  never  applied  to  (Cic.,  De  lcgib.,2,  4;  3,  75  ;  Aul.  Cell, 

anything  but  property  or  some  servi-  20,  1.)     Thus  the  action  of   the  law, 

tude.  jiidiais  postulatio,  which  had   for  its 

*    Amongst   ourselves,   in    criminal  special  object  to  obtain  from  the  ma- 
matters,  it  is  not  correct  to  say  that  gistrate  a  judge  for  the  suit, 
the  jury  has  only  to  resolve  a  question 

x  x  2 


676  GENERALIZATION  OP  KOMAN  LAW. 

during  the  whole  period  of  office,  but  the  judge  was  a  simple 
citizen  appointed  to  each  particular  case  to  decide  the  matter  at 
issue.  The  authority  which  the  magistrate  exercised  was  the 
public  power,  imperium  ;  the  matters  confided  to  the  judge  were 
private. 

253.  Nevertheless,  as  he  had  to  fulfil  a  public  office  he  was 
selected  from  the  class  of  citizens  qualified  under  the  consti- 
tution to  exercise  that  function,  and  his  powers  were  imparted 
to  him  by  the  magistrate. 

One  characteristic  of  this  institution  is  the  fact,  that,  be  the 
nature  of  the  proceeding  what  it  might,  no  judge  could  be 
forced  upon  the  parties  without  their  consent.1 

The  parties  agreed  between  them  in  the  choice  of  their  judge, 
which  was  called  judicem  sumere. 

If  he  was  proposed  by  the  magistrate  to  them,  they  either 
agreed  to,  or  excepted  to  him,  without  having  to  give  any 
reason,  which  was  called  judicem  ejerare  or  ejurare,  rejicere, 
recusare ;  if  they  could  not  agree,  it  was  decided  by  lot.2 

And  the  judge  thus  fixed  upon  was  appointed  by  the  magis- 
trate to  hear  the  suit,  which  was  called  judicem  addicere.3  It 
was  a  public  duty  which  he  could  not  refuse  ,4 

254.  There  was  for  each  jurisdiction  only  one  magistrate, 
and  for  each  suit,  as  a  general  rule,  only  one  judge  (unus  judex)', 
but  in  either  case  assistance  might  be  rendered  by  assessors,  or 
by  jurists  for  the  purpose  of  consultation. 


SECTION  LXXXVIL— THE  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION  or  JUSTICE. 
255.   This  principle  of  the  public  administration  of  justice  is 
coeval  with  the  very  foundation  of  Rome,  and  survived  through- 
out the  three  systems  of  procedure. 

1  "Nemincm  volucrnnt  majorcs  nos-  rem,  2,  12;  3,  §§  3, 11, 13  et  41.    Plin., 

tri,  noti  modo  de  oxistimationc  cujus-  Hint,  natur.  jtroasm.     Dig.  10,  2,  47, 

quain,  scd  nc  pecuniaria  quidcm  dc  re  f.  1'oinp. 

minima  esse  judicem,   nisi    qui   inter  9  Dig.  6,  1,  39,  f.  Papin.;  46,  f.  Paul, 

adversaries  convenisset."     (Cicer.,  Pro  80,  f.  Pomp. 

Cluent.,  43.)  4  Dip.  50,  5,  13,  §  2,  f .  Ulp. ;  5,  1, 

a  Cicer.,  Pro  Flacco,  21 ;  In  Ver-  78,  f.  Paul. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  677 

It  was  in  the  forum,  in  view  of  all  the  people,  that  the 
magistrate  seated  on  his  tribunal  exercised  his  jurisdiction.  It 
was  also  in  the  forum,  under  the  eyes  of  every  one,  that  the 
judge  on  his  subsellium  proceeded  to  the  examination,  and  to  the 
decision  of  the  smt(judicium)',  to  him  the  evidence  was  sub- 
mitted, before  him  the  witnesses  were  examined,  and  the  patrons 
or  the  advocates  pleaded. 

The  magistrate  had  the  power,  in  case  of  necessity,  of  holding 
his  court,  called  tribunal  ponere,1  elsewhere  than  in  the  forum. 

And  the  judge  might  try  the  case  in  any  other  place  pointed 
out  by  the  magistrate  who  appointed  him,2  or  he  might  hear  the 
suit  in  the  place  where  the  cause  of  action  arose,  but  it  must  be 
in  public. 

In  later  times  prcetoriums  were  constructed,  which  were 
buildings  for  the  administration  of  justice ;  but  the  principle  of 
publicity  was  observed  in  their  arrangement. 

The  only  interference  with  this  was  the  practice  which  pre- 
vailed of  drawing  a  curtain  (velum}  before  the  magistrate  while 
he  deliberated  with  the  assessors  or  counsel  in  the  secretum,  or 
semicircular  seat. 


§  II.  LEGIS  ACTIONS S. 
SECTION  LXXXVIII. — THE  FUNCTIONS  OF  THE  MAGISTRATE  AND 

THE  JUDEX  UNDER  THIS  SYSTEM. 

256.  The  functionaries  connected  with  the  system  of  the  legis 
actiones  were  as  magistrates— at  Rome,  at  first,  the  kings,  then 
the  consuls,  then  the  praetor,  and,  for  a  certain  class  of 
cases,  the  gediles; — in  the  municipia  the  decemvirs  (consuls 
on  a  small  scale) — in  the  provinces  (which  only  began  to 
be  part  of  the  empire  towards  the  end  of  the  epoch  of  the 
legis  actiones'),  the  propraetors  or  proconsuls. — As  judges,  the 
judex,  appointed  for  each  case,  and  only  eligible  from  the 
order  of  the  senators;  the  recuperatores,  for  Avhich  the  choice 
was  less  restricted,  and  who  were  always  several  in  number 

1  Livy,  23,  32. 

9  Dig.  5,  1,  69,  f.  Ulp.     See  also  4,  8,  21,  §  10,  and  following,  f.  Ulp. 


678  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

(either  three  or  five)  for  each  suit,1  whilst  the  judge  was  generally 
alone  (unus  judex] ;  lastly,  the  centumvirs,  elected  annually  by 
the  comitia  of  each  tribe,  organized  into  a  kind  of  permanent 
college,  and  charged  with  judicial  functions — an  eminently 
Quiritarian  tribunal,  in  front  of  which  a  lance  (hasta)  was 
planted  as  a  sign  of  its  character  and  duties,2  and  which  was 
divided  into  several  sections. 

In  certain  cases,  under  the  legis  actiones  it  was  the  magistrate 
himself  who  adjudicated,  in  others  the  case  was  sent  before  a 
judge  ;  but  what  the  principle  was  by  which  a  case  was  sent  to 
a  judex,  or  before  recuperator es,  or  before  the  college  of  the 
centumvirs,  is  uncertain.  The  principle  of  the  recuperatores, 
although  they  were  introduced  under  the  system  of  the  legis 
actiones,  was  nevertheless  foreign  to  it;  for  the  recuperatores,  in 
reality,  had  no  connection  with  cases  in  which  there  were  no 
foreigners  or  aliens  concerned:  it  was  an  institution  belonging 
to  the  jus  gentium. 


SECTION  LXXXIX. — FORMS  OF  PROCEDURE,  OR  ACTIONS  OF  THE 
LAW  (Legis  Actiones). 

257.  There  were  five  legis  actiones.     Three  were  forms  of 
procedure  to  obtain  a  decision  in  the  suit.     Two  were  more 
particularly  adapted  to  carry  into  execution  the  sentence. 

258.  Of  the  three  first,  the  actio  sacramenti  was  the  most 
ancient,  Avhich  applied  with  variations  of  form  to  suits  either  for 
obligations,  or  for  right  of  ownership :  but  the  same  character 
was  common  to  all  cases,  viz.,  the  sacramentum,  or  sum  of  money 
which  each  litigant  was  obliged  to  leave  in  the  hands  of  the 
pontiff,  and  which  was  lost  to  the  defeated  party  and  devoted  to 
purposes  of  public  worship  (ad  sacra  publica}.3      This  is  the 
action  with  which  we  are  most  acquainted.      The  judicis  pos- 
tulatio  Avas  the  demand  made  to  the  magistrate  for  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  judge,  and  which   appears    to   have   taken  place, 

1  Tit.  Liv.  20,  48 ;  43,  2 ;  Cioer.,  In  3    Fostus,     on     the     word     Sacra- 

Vcrr.,  3,  13;  Gai.  1,  §  20.  mentum. 

9  Gaius,  4,  §  13,  and  following. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  679 

whatever  might  be  the  nature  of  the  claim.  Finally,  the 
condictio,  a  much  more  recent  legis  actio,  and  one  purely  con- 
fined to  the  prosecution  of  obligations. 

259.  The  two  of  the  last  kind  were  the  manus  injectio,  or 
bodily  seizure  of  the  person  of  the  debtor  condemned,  or  con- 
victed on  his  own  admission,  which  constituted  him  addictus  ; 
and  the  pignoris  capio,  or  seizure  of  the  goods  of  the  debtor.1 

The  legis  actio  called  per  manus  injectionem,  though  more 
particularly  a  means  of  execution,  was  also  sometimes  employed 
as  a  method  of  entering  into  certain  suits  which  the  magistrate 
decided  by  his  own  authority. 

260.  These   legis   actiones,  except  the   last,2  were  accom- 
plished in  jure,  before  the  magistrate,  even  in  the  cases  where 
it  was  necessary  for  him  to  appoint  a  judge  or  recuperators,  or 
to  send  the  matter  to  the  college  of  centumvirs.     They  were  the 
formulae  or  judicial  preliminaries. 

261.  The  characteristics  of  the  legis   actiones  were  mate- 
rialism and  superstition  :  they  were  attended  by  wild  gesticula- 
tion and  a  close   adherence  to    technicalities  which  breathed 
throughout  the  spirit  of  patrician  supremacy,  Quiritarian  power, 
and   subjection   to   the  repressive  influence  of  sacerdotal   au- 
thority.3 


SECTION  XC. — SIGNIFICATION  OF  THE  WORD  ACTIO  UNDER  THE 
LEGIS  ACTIONES. 

262.  Thus  we  see  that  under  the  system  of  the  legis  actiones 
the  word  actio  designated  neither  the  prosecution  of  each  right 
in  particular,  nor  the  power  of  instituting  such  prosecution  : 
there  was  no  separate  actio  for  each  right. 

Gaius4  says  the  legis  actiones  were  so  called  either  because 

1  On   all   these   legist   actiones,   see  2  Gaius,  4,  §  29. 

specially  Gaius,  4,  §'  11,  et  se.q.     Un-  s  Gaius,  4,  §§  11  and  30  ;  4,  §  28. 

fortunately  there  is  an  omission  hereof  4  Gaius,  4,  §  11. 
two  pages. 


680  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

they  were  of  legal  and  not  of  praetorian  origin  ;  or  because  they 
derived  their  names  from  the  legal  terms  (legum  verbis  accommo- 
dates) to  which  they  rigorously  adhered. 


SECTION  XCI. — FICTITIOUS  APPLICATION  OF  THE  Legis  Actiones  TO 
CASES  WHERE  THERE  WAS  NO  REAL  SUIT  (in  Jure  Cessio). 

263.  It  not  unfrequently  happened  that,  in  order  to  transfer 
a  thing  or  a  real  right,  the  judgment  of  a  magistrate  became 
necessary  or  advisable.     In  such  cases  the  party  to  whom  the 
transfer  was  to  be  made  brought  a  collusive  action  against  the 
other,  who,  not  disputing  the  claim  of  the  plaintiff  when  sum- 
moned injudicio,  the  magistrate  adjudged  (addicebat)  in  favour 
of  the  claim. 

264.  This  was  called  injure  cessio,  and  by  it  the  transfer  of 
the  proprietas  in  things  corporeal  and  incorporeal,  the  transfer 
of  tutorship,  the    enfranchisement  of   slaves  (manumissio\  of 
children,  the  adoptio  of  sons  by  means  of  feigned  mancipatio, 
were  effected.     Hence,  the  occasional  application  of  the  term 
legis  actiones  to  these  acts,  Idque  legis  actio  vocatur.1 


SECTION  XCIL— DECLINE  OF  THE  Legis  Actiones. 

265.  We  have  pointed  out  how  these  legis  actiones  underwent 
the  vicissitudes  through  which  all  Roman  legislation  passed, 
and  even  in  the  sixth  century  of  the  city  we  find,  as  Gaius 
declares,  that  they  had  become  the  object  of  popular  hatred.2 
They  were  first  of  all  abandoned  by  common  use  Avhen  the  legal 
forms,  designed  originally  for  aliens,  came  to  be  used  by  citizens ; 
they  were  formally  abolished  by  the  lex  ^Ebutia  and  the  two 
leges  Julia,  one  of  which  is  attributed  to  Julius  Caesar,  B.C.  46, 

1  Gai.  2,  §  24;  Dig.  1, 20,  Off.jnr.,  1,  DC  his  qni  non  a  Jom.  man.,  1      Cod 

f.  Ulp.;  1,  7,  De  adopt.,  4,  f.  Modest;  Justin.  8,  48,  I)e  nil  opt.,  1. 
1,  16,  Offic.  procons.,  3,  f.  Ulp.     Paul,  3  Gai.  4.  S  30 

Sent.,  2,  25,  §  4.    Cod.  Theod.  4,  10, 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  681 

the  other,  or  perhaps  even  both,  to  Augustus,  B.C.  25  ;  and  they 
were  never  again  used  except  in  two  instances,  one  of  which  was 
the  case  where  the  suit  should  come  before  the  college  of  the 
centumvirs.  Finally,  in  later  times,  they  were  limited  to  the 
injure  cessio. 


§  III.  FORMULAE  OR  ORDINARIA  JUDICIA. 

SECTION  XCIII. — THE  MAGISTRATE  AND  THE  JUDGE  UNDER  THE 
FORMULA  SYSTEM. 

266.  The  public  functions  were  exercised  during  the  formu- 
lary period  by  magistrates  who  were, — at  Rome,  the  praetors, 
the  number  of  which  had  been  successively  augmented  till  it 
reached  eighteen,  the  aediles,  the  praefect  of  the  city,  and  the 
praetorian  prefects; — in  the  provinces,  the  governor  of  each 
province,  under  the    several   titles  of  proconsuls,  propraetors, 
lieutenants  (  Ccesaris  legati\  presidents  (prcesides}  or  praefects, 
who  repaired  at  certain  periods  to  the  principal  towns  of  their 
provinces  to   hold  assizes  (conventus*) ;    and  above  them  all, 
constituting  the  last  court  of  appeal,  was  the  Emperor. 

As  judges  there  were  the  judex  or  arbiter  named  for  each 
cause,  the  recuperators,  and  the  college  of  the  centumvirs, 
which  survived,  though  in  decay,  to  the  end  of  the  formulary 
period. 

267.  A  radical  change,  which  among  many  others  was  in 
itself  alone  the  sign  of  a  complete   social  revolution,  was  the 
extension  among  citizens  of  the  eligibility  of  being  appointed 
judges.     The  privilege  had  originally  belonged  exclusively  to 
the  senators,  but  came,  after  a  prolonged  dispute  that  lasted  up- 
wards of  half  a  century,  to  be  shared  between  the  senators  and 
the  knights,  and  was  subsequently  extended  to  other  citizens. 
Five  decurice,  or  lists  of  citizens  nominated  for  the  office,  were 
every  year  drawn   up  by  the  prastor,  and   suspended   in  the 
forum  {judices  selectC),  and  publicly  posted  {in  albo  ;  judiccs  in 
albo  relati').1 

1  Senec.,  De  benef.,  3,  7;  Cic.,  Pro  Clucnt.,  43. 


682  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  first  decuria  was  composed  of  senators,  the  second  of 
knights,  the  third  of  soldiers,  the  fourth  and  fifth  (added  one  by 
Augustus,  the  other  by  Caligula)  of  citizens.1 

From  these  lists  the  judges  were  selected  for  each  case. 

The  monopoly  of  the  patrician  order  in  the  administration  of 
justice  was  thus  broken  up,  and  the  citizen  was,  as  we  should 
say  in  modern  times,  judged  by  his  peers.  Similar  lists  were 
prepared  in  the  provinces  by  the  governor. 

268.  The  functions  of  the  magistrate  were  limited  to  his 
especial  jurisdiction,  as  those  of  the  judge  were  to  the  particular 
case.  But  the  practice  of  obtaining  the  assistance  of  able 
lawyers  as  assessors  became  very  general  during  this  period. 


SECTION  XCIV. — THE  FORMULAE. 

269.  The  symbols,  with  the  consecrated  terms  and  gestures 
of  the  primitive  times,  had  disappeared,  and  were  replaced, 
during  this  period  of  the  formulary  system,  by  the  science  of 
law.  The  magistrates  charged  with  the  organization  of  the 
judicium,  after  the  argument  before  him  injure,  delivered  to  the 
parties  a  formula,  which  became  the  rule  of  the  case. 

By  this  formula,  the  elements  of  which  were  doubtless 
suggested  by  the  parties  concerned,  the  magistrate  invested  the 
judge  with  his  authority; — he  first  announced  the  qviestion  in 
dispute,  and  the  fact  alleged  by  the  plaintiff  as  the  basis  of  his 
claim ; — then,  and  here  begins  the  vital  portion  of  the  formula, 
he  defined  the  plaintiff's  claim,  of  which  the  magistrate  required 
the  verification :  in  certain  cases  he  also  stated  the  grounds  of 
defence,  and  the  answers  which  it  would  be  incumbent  on  the 
plaintiff  to  give  to  make  good  his  case ;  then  followed  the  order 
to  condemn  or  acquit  the  defendant,  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  proof  adduced,  in  some  cases  indicating  exactly  the  sentence 
that  was  to  be  pronounced,  in  others  allowing  more  or  less 
latitude  to  the  judge,  and  in  particular  cases  adding  to  the 

1  Suet.,  Octav.,32;  Caligula,  16;  Galba,U. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  683 

power  of  condemning  or  acquitting,  that  of  adjudging,  that  is  to 
say,  of  vesting  the  proprietas  in  the  given  thing  in  either  party 
by  his  judicial  sentence. 

270.  It  was  necessary  that  the  judge  should  be  simply  a 
citizen,  deriving  all  his   authority  from  the   magistrate,  and 
exercising  no  functions  except  by  virtue  of  his  formula. 

The  preparation  of  the  formula  was,  therefore,  of  the  greatest 
moment  in  this  form  of  procedure,  and  the  full  force  of  legal 
science  was  brought  to  bear  upon  it ;  the  most  renowned  jurists 
were  consulted  alike  by  the  litigants  and  the  magistrates.  The 
power  of  logical  analysis  and  connection,  the  accuracy  of  ex- 
pression, and  the  way  in  which  every  right  and  every  shadow 
of  right  is  provided  for  in  this  legal  instrument,  is  wonderful. 
They  were  prepared  beforehand,  inscribed  on  the  album,  and 
exposed  to  the  public  inspection.1  The  plaintiff  went  before  the 
magistrate  in  jure,  indicated  the  formula  he  required;  its  clauses 
were  then  discussed  by  the  parties ;  the  formula  was  adapted 
to  the  particular  case,  and  finally  delivered  by  the  przetor 
(postulatio,  imp etratio  formulas,  vel  actionis,  vel  Judiciz).* 

271.  The  study  of  the  parts  of  which  the  formulae  were 
composed,  and  of  their  various  conceptions,  is  the  key  to  this 
system.    At  the  head  we  always  find  the  institution  or  appoint- 
ment of  the  judge,  "  Judex  esto" 

In  addition  to  this,  the  formula  contained  four  chief  parts 
(  partes}. 

1st.  The  announcement  in  general  terms  of  the  object  of  the 
suit,  and  the  facts  alleged  by  the  plaintiff  as  the  basis  of  his 
claim,  and  which  to  a  certain  extent  set  forth  the  nature  of  the 
case,  for  example:  "Quod  Aulus  Agerius  Numerio  Negidio 
hominem  vendidit ;"  this  was  therefore  called  the  demonstratio. 

This,  however,  was  not  necessarily  inserted,  because  as  it  was 
rather  by  way  of  preamble  it  might  be  sufficiently  contained  in 
the  second  part. 

2nd.  The  second  part  was  the  definite  and  accurately  stated 

1  Gai.  4,  §  47;  Cic.,  Pro  Rose.,  8.  3;   De  invent.,  19;  In   Verr.,  4,  66; 

*  Cic.,  Part,  orat.,  28 ;  Pro  C&cin.,       Asconius,  In  Verr.,  3. 


684  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

case  of  the  plaintiff  which,  must  be  verified  by  the  judge,  and 
which  consequently  involved  the  question  of  legal  right—  juris 
contentio  according  to  the  expression  of  Gaius  :  "  Si  paret"  &c., 
"  If  it  appears  that."  This  part  was  called  the  intentio,  from 
in  and  tendere,  whence  we  have  the  words  intention  and 
pretension. 

This  was  the  vital  part  of  the  formula  and  could  in  no  case 
be  dispensed  with. 

3rd.  The  third  part  was  that  which  gave  the  judge  the  order 
to  condemn  or  to  acquit  according  to  the  weight  of  the  evidence 
brought  before  him,  and  fixed  with  more  or  less  latitude  the 
judgment  that  he  had  to  pronounce:  "  Condemnato;  si  non 
paret,  absolvito"  This  portion  is  termed  the  condemnatio. 

4th.  The  fourth  part,  which  only  appears  in  three  formulas, 
was  styled  the  adjudicatio,  by  which  the  magistrate  conferred 
upon  the  judge,  in  addition  to  his  power  of  finding  for  the 
plaintiff  or  the  defendant,  the  right  to  ascribe  to  or  vest  in 
either  party,  according  as  he  should  find  for  the  plaintiff  or  the 
defendant,  the  property  in  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the 
suit:  "Quantum  adjudicari  oportet,  judex  Titio  adjudicato." 


.  Every  condemnatio  in  the  formula  system  was  pecuniary  : 
whatever  was  the  nature  of  the  suit  the  judge  had  only  the 
power  to  condemn  either  party  to  pay  a  given  sum  of  money  ; 
this  is  an  important  and  characteristic  feature  of  the  system 
which  must  not  be  lost  sight  of.  The  methods  resorted  to,  for 
the  purpose  of  avoiding  the  effects  of  this  principle,  especially 
in  cases  where  the  object  of  the  action  or  suit  was  to  determine 
some  real  right,  are  most  ingenious  and  worthy  of  attention.1 

273.  In  addition  to  these  four  principal  parts,  the  formula 
might  also  contain  certain  accessory  parts  which  were  termed 
adjectiones. 

1  See  Gai.  4,  §  32  et  seq. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  685 

SECTION  XCV. — SIGNIFICATION  OF  THE  TERM  Actio  UNDER  THE 
FORMULA  SYSTEM. 

274.  The  word  actio  here  signifies  the  right  conferred  by 
the  magistrate  upon  the  plaintiff  to  enforce  a  claim  before  a 
judge ;  it  is  thus  expressed  by  Celsus :  "  Nihil  aliud  est  actio, 
quam  jus  quod  sibi  debeatur  judicio  (before  a  judge)  perse- 
quendi"1 

The  word  actio  also  designated  the  formula  which  was  de- 
livered to  the  litigant,  and  by  which  this  right  was  conferred 
upon  him. 

And  frequently,  by  a  figure  of  speech  in  which  the  effect  is 
taken  for  the  cause,  the  term  judicium  was  applied  to  the  for- 
mula and  consequently  to  the  action,  that  is,  to  the  act  instituting 
the  suit. 

In  this  way  the  three  terms  actio,  formula,  and  judicium, 
are  frequently  in  connection  with  the  formula  system  used  as 
synonymous,  and  as  a  result  gave  rise  to  expressions  like 
the  following  :  actionem,  formulam  ;  or  judicium  postulare, 
impetrare,  accipere,  suscipere,  dare,  accommodare,  denegare ; 
"  actionem,  judicium  dabo  ;  non  dabo." 


SECTION  XCVI.— ACTIONS  IN  REM  AND  IN  PERSONAM. 

275.  Actions    are    divided    in    Roman  jurisprudence   into 
various  distinct  categories ;  a  great  mimber  of  these  distinctions 
flowing  from  the  conception  of  the  formula.     The  intentio  is 
that  which  chiefly  influences  and  determines  the  nature  of  the 
action. 

276.  The  principal  division  erected  upon  this  basis  is  that 
into   real    and   personal  actions,  or  actions  in  personam  and 
actions  in  rcm. 

The  intentio,  inasmuch  as  it  sets  forth  the  claim  of  the  plain- 
tiff, must  necessarily  contain  all  the  essential  elements  indicating 
his  legal  rights. 

1  Dig.  44,  7,  De  oblig,  et  act.,  51,  f.  Cela 


686  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

If  it  is  a  question  of  an  obligation,  the  component  elements,  in 
addition  to  the  active  subject  of  the  right,  are  the  person,  indi- 
vidually the  passive  subject ;  and  the  thing  which  is  the  object 
of  the  right.  The  intentio  must  therefore  set  forth  these  three. 
The  person  of  the  obligee  appears  in  it  as  a  passive  subject:  "Si 
paret  Numerium  Negidium  Aulo  Agerio  dare,facere,prcestare, 
oportere."  Hence  it  is  said  that  the  intentio,  or  the  formula, 
the  action  (the  part  being  taken  for  the  whole),  is  in  personam. 

When,  however,  it  is  a  question  of  real  right  there  is  no  indi- 
vidual passive  subject ;  the  component  elements  of  the  right  are, 
a  person  the  active  subject,  and  a  thing  which  is  the  object  of 
the  right.  The  intentio  only  sets  forth  these  elements :  "  Si 
paret  hominem  ex  jure  Quiritium  Auli  Agerii  esse."  There  is 
no  individual  passive  subject.  In  addition  to  the  plaintiff  there 
is  only  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the  right :  in  this  case  it 
is  said  that  the  intentio,  or  the  formula,  the  action,  is  in  rem. 

277.  The  action  is  in  personam,  when  a  person  appears  in 
the  intentio  as  the  individual  passive  subject  of  the  right.     This 
is  the  case  whenever  the  contention  is  that  another  is  bound  to 
give  to  us,  to  do  for  us,  or  to  furnish  us  with  something  (dare, 
facere,  pr&stare,  oportere}. 

The  action  is  in  rem,  when  there  being  no  individual  passive 
subject  of  the  right,  the  intentio  merely  contains  the  claimant 
and  the  thing  which  is  the  object  of  the  right.  This  takes  place 
whenever  we  maintain  that  a  thing  or  a  right  independent  of 
obligation  belongs  to  ourselves  (aut  corporalem  rem  intendimus 
nostram  esse,  aut  jus  aliquod  nobis  competere). 

The  formula  system  has  disappeared,  but  the  division  of 
actions  into  in  personam  and  in  rem  has  survived. 

278.  We  thus  see  that  mixed  actions,  that  is,  actions  partly 
in  rem  and  partly  in  personam  could  not  exist  under  the  formula 
system,  and  for  their  appearance  we  have  to  wait  for  a  time 
when  the  true  signification  of  these  terms,  as  explained,  has  been 
lost ;  that  is,  to  a  period  subsequent  to  the  abandonment  of  the 
formula  system. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  687 

279.  Actions  in  rem  bear  the  generic  title  of  vindicationes, 
and  actions  in  personam  that  of  actiones,  properly  so  called ; 
or  at  other  times  that  of  condictiones,  an  expression,  however, 
which  in  the  beginning,  and  in  a  technical  sense,  was  confined 
to  a  certain  species  of  personal  actions.1 


SECTION  XCVIL— EXCEPTIO  —  REPLICATIO — DUPLICATIO — 
TRIPLICATE  o — PR^ESCRIPTIO. 

280.  These  words  express  the  accessory  parts  of  the  formula 
which  bear  the  generic  name  of  adjectiones. 

Let  us  endeavour  to  realize  the  exceptio.  It  is  possible  that 
the  action  demanded  by  the  plaintiff  ought  to  be  given  to  him, 
because,  assuming  the  facts  that  he  alleges,  the  action  exists 
according  to  the  principle  of  the  civil  law.  It  is  possible  these 
facts  being  found  by  the  judge,  the  verdict  according  to  strict 
law  should  be  given  in  his  favour ;  and  yet  that  the  defendant 
may  be  able  to  allege  certain  circumstances,  which,  if  recognized 
as  true,  would  render  this  verdict  inequitable,  for  example,  if 
he  states  that  the  promise  that  he  made  was  obtained  from  him 
by  surprise,  by  fraud,  or  by  violence.2  Under  such  circum- 
stance, the  praetors,  in  order  to  give  to  the  judge  the  power 
of  investigating  these  facts  and  of  taking  them  into  his  consider- 
ation when  pronouncing  his  judgment,  announced  them  in  the 
formula  under  the  form  of  an  exceptio,  that  is  to  say,  in  except- 
ing or  excluding  that  which  had  been  stated  in  the  intentio — in 
the  case,  for  instance,  where  there  was  fraud,  violence,  or  any 
similar  allegation  by  the  defendant.  "  Si  paret  N.  Ncyidium 
Aulo  Agerio  sestertium  X.  millia  dare  oportere,"  would  be  the 
form  of  the  intentio,  which  would  be  followed  by  the  exceptio 
thus:  "  Si  in  ea  re  ni/iil  dolo  malu  Auli  Agerii  fact  urn  sit 
neque  fiat  (if  there  has  not  been,  and  if  there  is  not,  any  fraud 
on  the  part  of  Aulus  Agerius)  .  .  .  condemnato,  etc." 
Sometimes,  though  more  rarely,  the  exceptio  Avas  placed  in  the 
condemnatio  in  order  to  restrain  it,  as  in  the  following  example  : 
"  Duntaxat  in  id  quod  facere  potcst  condemnato"  The 
exceptio  is  thus,  speaking  with  etymological  propriety,  a  restric- 

1  See  upon  this  Gai.  4,  §  1  ct  seq.  9  Vide  supra,  No.  1C6. 


688  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

tion,  an  exception  placed  by  the  prastor,  either  upon  the  claim 
set  forth  in  the  intentio  or  upon  the  condemnation 

281.  The  magistrate  on  the  one  hand,  therefore,  adapted  the 
actio  to  the  case  of  the  plaintiff,  and  on  the  other  hand  adapted 
the  exceptio  to  that  of  the  defendant,  so  that  in  fact  the  judge, 
by  the  formula,  was  instructed  on  the  one  hand  to  verify  the 
case  of  the  plaintiff,  and  on  the  other  hand  that  of  the  defendant ; 
it  was,  therefore,  the  magistrate  who  decided,  whether  the  plaintiff 
on  the  one  hand  was  entitled  in  law  to  his  actio,  and  on  the 
other  hand  the  defendant  to  his  exceptio,  without  in  any  way 
prejudging  the  merits  of  the  case  set  up  by  either  party.     Thus 
the  magistrate  regulated  the  matter  as  a  form  of  law,  the  judge 
ascertained  and  determined  the  facts. 

If  the  exceptio  was  upheld  it  was  a  defence,  and  once  and  for 
ever  determined  the  case  in  favour  of  the  defendant. 

282.  The  replicatio  was  no  more  than  an  exceptio  raised  on 
the  part  of  the  plaintiff  to  that  of  the  defendant,  and  so  on,  the 
duplicatio,  the  triplicatio,  &c. 

283.  The  exceptio  was,  in  the  hands  of  the  praetor,  a  powerful 
means  of  mitigating  the  rigour  of  the  civil  law.     In  fact  this 
method  of  moulding  the  ancient  institutions  became  a  portion 
of  written  law ;  for  we  find  laws,  senatus-consulta,  and  imperial 
constitutiones,  upon  the  forms  of  the  exceptio.     It  is,  therefore, 
clear  that  the  true  Roman  exceptio  has  nothing  in  common  with 
that  now  understood  by  the  term  exception. 

284.  The  prcescriptio  was  an  accessory  part  placed  at  the 
head  of  the  formula ;  its  object  being  analogous  to  that  of  the 
exceptio,  it  in  the  course  of  time  altogether  disappeared,  the 
exceptio  in  all  cases  answering  the  purpose  for  which  it  was 
intended. 

1  Dig.  4.4,  1,  2,  pr.  f.  Ulp. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  C89 

SECTION  XCVIII. — INTEUDICTA. 

285.  The  interdict  was  a  decree,  an  edict  delivered,  at  the 
request  of  an  individual,  by  a  magistrate  imperatively  ordering 
or  prohibiting  a  given  thing:  "  Vim  fieri  veto. — Exhibeas. — 
Restituas"     Such  are  the  imperative  words  with  which  the  in- 
terdict ordinarily  terminated. 

It  was  chiefly  employed  in  connection  with  those  matters 
more  directly  under  the  surveillance  and  protection  of  the  public 
authority,  in  connection  with  religious  matters,  such  as  temples 
and  tombs ;  or  matters  connected  with  common  or  public  right, 
such  as  watercourses  and  highways. 

It  was  also  employed  in  connection  with  private  rights  (rei 
farniliaris  causa),  incases  where  matters  were  urgent, — as,  for 
instance,  where  immediate  intervention  of  authority  was  neces- 
sary to  prevent  a  breach  of  the  peace. 

If  the  party  against  whom  the  interdict  was  pronounced  sub- 
mitted, the  matter  was  at  an  end ;  if  on  the  contrary,  for  any 
reason  whatsoever  he  refused,  the  case  then  became  a  regular 
trial,  the  magistrate  sending  the  parties  either  to  a  judge  or  to 

recuperatores. 

i 

286.  The  interdict  in  this  procedure  became  the  law  of  the 
case  and  of  the  parties.     Thus  we  see  the  distinction  between 
it  and  the  actio :  the  interdict  emanated  from  the  magistrate  as 
an  act  springing  from  his  right  to  publish  edicts;  the  actio  on 
the  other  hand,  as  set  forth  in  the  formula,  emanated  from  his 
judicial  power.     The  one  was  an  imperative  command  addressed 
to  the  parties,  in  order  to  prevent  an  actio  should  the  interdicted 
submit,  and  to  be  the  law  determining  the  case  should  an  action 
be  commenced. 

The  interdict  did  not  replace  the  action ;  on  the  contrary,  it 
gave  birth  to  it,  and  formed  its  basis,  if,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  of  the  interdict,  there  should  be  a  suit. 

Whenever  the  cause  Avas  regulated  by  law,  or  by  general  edicts 
constituting  law  for  all,  the  praetor  framed  an  actio.  If  the 
cause  was  such  that  it  was  deemed  necessary  to  secure  the  inter- 
vention, at  each  step,  of  the  imperative  authority  of  the  pnvtor, 
so  that  each  might  be  governed  by  a  special  edict,  which  formed 

Y  Y 


690  GENERALIZATION  OP  ROMAN  LAW. 

the  rule  for  that  particular  case,  the  prastor  gave  an  interdict. 
The  interdict  was  thus  a  special  edict,  an  edict  between  two 
parties:  inter  duos  edictum.1  Inter  dicer e,  that  is,  in  a  certain 
sense,  inter  duos  edicere.  Jus  dicere,  addicere,  edicere,  inter- 
dicere,  all  these  belong  to  the  same  family  of  words. 

287.  The  interdict  de  libero  homine  exhibendo,  which  was  a 
guarantee  of  individual  liberty,  ordered  that  whoever  detained  a 
free  man  should  immediately  produce  him,  "  Quern  liberum  dolo 
malo  retines,  exhibeas."  2  This  strongly  resembles  the  English 
writ  of  habeas  corpus. 


SECTION  XCIX. — EXTRA  ORDINEM  COGNITIO  — EXTRAORDINARIA 

JUDICIA. 

288.  When  the  magistrate,  instead  of  adopting  the  formulary 
procedure,  undertook  himself  to  determine  the  case,  this  mode 
of  procedure  was  termed  extra  ordinem  cognoscere;  extra  ordi- 
nem  cognitio  ;  extraordinariajudicia;  actiones  extraordinarice. 
The  decision  of  the  magistrate  in  this  case  was  called  a  decre- 
fum.3 

In  certain  matters  this  method  was  universally  adopted,  for 
instance,  in  the  restitutio  in  integrum,  by  which  the  prsetor 
relieved  in  an  extraordinary  manner  citizens,  on  account  of  par- 
ticular circumstances,  from  the  consequences  of  a  certain  act  or 
acts  which  had  been  prejudicial  to  them,  and  re-established  them 
in  the  position  in  which  they  would  have  been  had  not  these  acts 
taken  place ;  the  other  examples  of  this  interference  are  the  cases 
of  missio  in  possessionem  bonorum; — or  the  placing  in  posses- 
sion of  goods,  and  the  acts  of  the  prcetorjideicommissarius,  who 
was  a  special  prastor  appointed  for  the  consideration  of  disputes 
concerning  fideicommissa. 

289.  Side  by  side  with  these  trials  by  the  formula  system, 
whether  those  Avhich  took  their  origin  in  the  formula,  or  those 

1  Gaius  calls  it  the  Edictum  pra-      1  et  seq. 

toris,  4,  §  166.  3  Dig.  1,  18,  De  offic.  prcesid.,  8  f. 

3  Dig.  43,  29,  De  horn.  lib.  exkib.,      Julian,  and  9  f.  Callistr. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  691 

which  were  extraordinaria,  we  find  vestiges  of  the  actiones  legis 
in  cases  where  the  matter  was  referred  to  the  centumvirs,  and  in 
another  special  case,  viz.,  the  actio  damni  infecti,  or  threatened 
injury. 


SECTION  C. — THE  DECLINE  OP  THE  FORMULA  SYSTEM. 

290.  The  decline  of  this  system  commenced  with  the  exten- 
sive adoption  of  the  cognitio  extraordinaria,  and  was  completed 
under  Diocletian.  A  constitution  of  this  prince,  dated  A.D.  294, 
made  that  which  had  hitherto  been  extraordinary,  the  ordinary 
procedure  throughout  the  provinces.1  At  a  later  date  this 
was  extended  to  the  whole  empire,  and  the  formula  system  thus 
gave  way  to  thejudicia  extraordinaria. 


§  IV.  JUDICIA  EXTRAORDINARIA. 

SECTION  CI. — Jus  AND  JUDICIUM — THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  MAGISTRATE 

AND  THAT  OF  THE  JUDGE  BECAME  IDENTICAL. 

291.  The  government  at  length  became  imperial  (imperium, 
from  imperare,  military  command).  The  old  constitution  of 
Rome  at  this  period  had  ceased  to  exist.  The  aristocratic 
pride  and  exclusiveness  of  the  ancient  patrician  order,  and  the 
restless  ambition  of  the  plebeian,  had  sunk  to  sleep,  or  lived  only 
in  the  memoiy  of  the  past.  The  class  distinctions  of  early 
times  were  buried  under  the  superincumbent  mass  of  diverse 
populations  compressed  within  the  limits  of  the  Empire. 

From  the  time  of  Constantine,  Rome  and  the  Tiber  had 
given  place  to  Constantinople  and  the  Bosphorus.  The  Empire 
was  in  fact  no  longer  Roman,  but  Asiatic.  It  was  divided  into 
four  great  prefectures, — the  East,  Illyria,  Italy,  and  the  Gauls ; 
each  prefecture  being  divided  into  dioceses,  each  diocese  into 
provinces ;  Italy  was  a  praefecturate. 

The  entire  hierarchy  of  civil  or  military  authority  emanated 
from  the  supreme  head,  from  the  sacred  will.  The  magistrates 

1  Cod.  3,  3,  De pedan.  judic.,  2,  const.  Diocl. 
Y  Y  2 


692  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

were  no  longer  functionaries  of  the  republic,  they  were  imperial 
officers. 

Christianity  was  the  state  religion,  and  its  clergy  an  official 
body. 

This  mighty  revolution  effected  corresponding  changes  in  the 
judicial  power  and  the  form  of  procedure. 

292.  The  rector  or  president  of  each  province ;  the  vicarius 
or  other  delegates  of  the  praefect;  the  praetorian  prefect,  as 
a  judge  of  appeal  representing  the  emperor  (vice  sacra),  and 
the  ultimate  appeal  to  the  emperor  himself,  were  the  channels 
of  justice.     In  minor  matters  the  local  magistrates  of  each  city 
had  a  subordinate  jurisdiction  limited  to  a  certain  sum  of  money. 
Rome,   Constantinople  and   Alexandria  had  each  its  distinct 
organization,  and  a  fiscal  jurisdiction  entrusted  by  the  emperor 
to  special  agents ;  military  jurisdiction  was  distinctly  separated 
from  the  civil,  and  the  ecclesiastical  jurisdiction  of  bishops  was 
binding  oh  the  clergy,  but  voluntary  as  to  other  citizens. 

293.  All  distinction  between  jus  andjudicium  had  ceased; 
the  institution  of  the  judge  and  the  construction  of  the  formula 
for  each  case  had  consequently  disappeared. 

The  plaintiff  denounced  his  adversary  directly  to  the  clerk  or 
registrar  of  the  competent  authority  (apud  acta  denuntiare ; 
actionis  denuntiatio).  The  magistrate  by  his  bailiff  acquainted 
the  defendant  of  the  charge  brought  against  him,1  and  in  due 
course  he  himself  tried  the  case. 

294.  The  presidents  of  the  provinces  were,  however,  in  the 
event  of  great  press  of  business,  authorized  to  remit  cases  of 
minor  importance  to  the  judices  pedanei ;  "hoc  est,"  said  the 
Emperor  Julian,  "  qui  negotia  humiliora  disceptant"z     These 

judices  pedanei  were  inferior  judges,  with  whose  exact  functions 
AVC  are  not  well  acquainted ;  they  appear,  however,  to  have  been 
nominated  by  the  Emperor,  and  a  certain  number  of  them  to 

1  Cod.  Theod.  2,4,  De  denuntiatione,  Honor. 

vel   edit  lone    rescrlpti;    especially   2  *  Cod.  3,  3,  DC  peclaneis  judicibus, 

const.  Constantin.;  4,  13,  1,  §  1,  const.  2  const.  Dioclet.  et  Maxim.;  5  const. 

Theod.;    15,    14,    9,   const.    Arcad.   et  Julian. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW.  693 

have  been  attached  to  each  praetoriate ;  their  jurisdiction  was 
limited  by  Justinian  to  300  solidi.1 

296.  The  exception  had  now  become  the  rule,  and  all  pro- 
cedure was  extraordinary. 


SECTION  CII. — THE  CHANGE  OF  THE  CHARACTER  OF  THE  Actio, 

THE    ExceptlO,  AND    THE    INTERDICT,    UNDER    THE    EXTRAORDI- 
NARY PROCEDURE  AND  ESPECIALLY  UNDER  JUSTINIAN. 

296.  The  actio  was  no  longer  either  as  under  the  leyis 
actiones  a  fixed  and  symbolic  procedure,  nor  as  under  the 
formula  system  the  right  conferred  by  the  magistrate  to  enforce 
one's  right  before  a  judge,  nor  the  formula  conferring  and  regu- 
lating this  right ;  it  was  simply  the  right  resulting  from  legislation 
itself  to  address  one's  self  to  the  competent  judicial  authority  in 
order  to  obtain  justice,  or  it  was  the  act  itself  of  obtaining 
justice. 

The  exceptio  had  no  longer  any  technical  signification ;  it  was 
no  longer  a  restriction,  an  exception  placed  by  the  magistrate 
on  the  power  conferred  upon  the  judge  of  passing  sentence. 
But  it  was  a  means  of  defence  which  could  be  employed  by  the 
defendant  at  the  hearing  of  the  case ;  it  had,  in  fact,  totally 
changed  its  effect;  it  did  not  necessarily  import  the  defendant's 
complete  success ;  it  might  only  act  by  way  of  delay,  and  the 
same  might  be  said  concerning  the  rcplicatio,  the  duplicatio, 
and  the  triplicatio,  which  were  merely  reciprocal  means  of 
defence. 

Interdicts  no  longer  existed  in  those  cases  where  they  were 
granted  by  the  pr£etor,  as  there  was  now  a  direct  action  before 
the  competent  judicial  authority. 

The  various  names  remained  in  use  indeed,  but  were  no  longer 
consonant  with  the  institutions  which  had  radically  changed. 

1  Novell.  82,  c.  5. 


694  GENERALIZATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW. 

SECTION  CIII. — THE  VARIOUS  SIGNIFICATIONS  OF  THE  WORD 

ACTIO. 

397.  From  all  that  has  been  said  it  is  clear  that  it  would  be 
a  great  error  to  limit  the  word  actio  to  any  one  meaning,  seeing 
that  it  has  changed  its  signification  with  each  change  of  the 
mode  of  procedure. 

Under  the  system  of  legis  actiones  it  signified  a  fixed  and 
symbolic  form  of  procedure  not  specifically  applied  to  each 
class  of  right. 

Under  the  formula  system  a  right  granted  by  the  magistrate 
in  each  individual  case  to  prosecute  before  the  judge,  or  else 
the  formula  itself,  or  else  the  trial  itself  which  was  organized  by 
the  formula.  Actio,  formula,  judicium,  are  here  synonymous. 
Each  right,  however  slight  the  difference,  had  its  distinct 
formula,  its  actio  provided  beforehand,  drawn  up  in  a  general 
manner  and  settled  by  legal  science,  and  which  was  publicly 
exhibited.  Each  cause  had  its  own  formula,  its  actio  specially 
drawn  up  and  reduced  to  writing  after  discussion.  The  great 
importance  of  correctly  discriminating  between  these  several 
phases  which  the  word  underwent,  in  the  study  of  Roman  law, 
cannot  be  overrated. 

Under  the  extraordinary  procedure  the  actio  was  nothing 
more  than  the  right  which  every  person  derived  directly  from 
the  law  to  enforce  his  claim  before  the  competent  judicial 
authority ;  or  if  we  take  the  word  in  its  natural  and  etymological 
acceptation,  it  was  the  act  itself  of  enforcing  this  claim,  or  the 
means  of  enforcing  it. 

The  word,  even  under  the  formula  system,  in  its  widest 
signification,  included  every  claim  and  every  defence  given  by 
the  law,  whether  actions  properly  so  called,  exceptions,  inter- 
dicts or  restitutiones  in  integro.1  It  is  in  this  general  sense 
that  the  jurists  used  the  term  when  they  adopted  the  classifica- 
tion of  jurisprudence,  of  law  as  applied  to  persons,  things  and 
actions. 

And,  finally,  the  word  actio  may  be  applied  to  the  conduct 

1  Dig.  44,  1,  1 ;  44,  1,  37  and  51 ;  Paul.,  Sent.,  1,  7,  §  1. 


GENERALIZATION  OF  BOMAN  LAW.  695 

itself  of  the   case,  the  arguments   of  the   advocates   at  the 
hearing.1 


CONCLUSION. 

298.  When  the  student  has  acquired  correct  general  notions 
of  law  as  the  science  of  the  good  and  the  equitable,  as  the  rule 
of  human  action  and  of  legislation,  as  the  result  or  immediate 
consequence  of  the  science, — when  he  has  familiarized  himself 
with  the  elements,  persons  whether  active  or  passive  subjects, 
things  the  objects  of  right,  facts,  &c.,  and  can  accurately  dis- 
tinguish the  various  species  of  rights  and  the  modes  of  enforcing 
them, — he  will  then,  and  not  till  then,  be  in  a  position  to  pass  to 
the  intelligent  study  of  the  details  of  legislation  and  juris- 
prudence. 

1  Cic.,  Pro  Flacco,  20;  Pro  Tull.,6  ;  Pro  Ceecin.,  2,  3,  33. 


INDEX. 


A. 

Absolco,  condemno,  non  liquet,  237. 
Acceiisi,  59,  et  aeq. 
Acceptilatio,  661. 
Accursius,  542. 

Actio,  141,  et  seq.,  273,  673,  693. 
Actio  sacramenti,  142. 
Actionem  causa  cognlta  dabo,  245. 
Actiones  honorarise,  274. 
Actinm,  battle  of,  257. 
Acts,  legal,  632. 
Addictus,  92,  193,  583,  584. 
Adjectiones,  684. 
Adjudicatio,  218,  583,  584. 
Adlecti,  39. 
Adoption,  581. 

Adrian,  einp.,  new  epoch  in  legal  history,  319. 
his  character,  322. 
his  rescript,  323. 
Adscripticii,  59,  n. 
Adscriptii — adscriptitii,  402,  570. 
Adversaria,  658. 
Advocati,  371. 
Affinitas,  589. 
Africa,  wars  in,  199,  249. 

reconquered  from  Vandals,  473. 
Age,  legal  division  of,  600. 
Agere  per 'mitt 'am,  245. 
Ager  publicus,  84,  227,  621. 

Koraanus,  84,  612,  621. 
Agnatio,  130,  194,586. 

wherein   differs  from  gcntilitas, 

588. 
Agonius  or  JEgonns,  Sabine  name  of  Mons 

Quirinalis,  13. 
Agri  quaestorii,  622. 

assignati,  622. 

occupatorii,  622. 

vectigales,  622. 


Agri  subcisivi,  622. 

Agricolae  under  the  lower  empire,  402. 
coloni,  570. 

Agricultural  servitudes,  404,  et  seq. 

Alaric  invades  the  West,  429. 
defeated  by  Stilico,  429. 
assaults  Rome,  sudden  death,  430. 
II.  killed  by  Clovis,  437. 

Album,  The,  240. 

Alciat,  Andr6,  546,  et  seq. 

Alienatio  per  aes  et  libram,  81,  138,  194, 

634,  657. 
applied  to  plebeian  marriages,  586. 

Alieni  juris,— alieno  ju-ri  subject  us,  192, 
579. 

Alterumnonlcedere,suum,cuiquetribueri', 
640. 

Amalphi,  514,  516. 

Ambitus,  112. 

Ampere,  M.,  the  work  of,  8. 

Anastasius,  a  jurist  of  the  lower  empire, 
498. 

Anatolius,  law  commissioner  under  Justi- 
nian, 454: 

Ancus  Martins,  49,  50. 

Auiaims,  Chancellor,  434. 

Aniensis  (tribe),  69,  n. 

Anim ad 'certain,  245. 

Annales  Maximi,  78,  192. 

Antapocha,  642. 

Antecessores,  440,  482. 

Antiochus,  president  of  law  commission, 
417. 

Antiqui,  Greek  jurists,  499. 

Apparatus,  the  work  of  glossators,  533. 

Appeal,  origin  of,  191. 

Appius  Claudius  Ciecus,  207. 

Arbiters,  157,  681. 

Arniensis  (tribe),  69. 


698 


INDEX. 


Assem  duere — dare,  59. 

Assidui,  69. 

Atanlf,  King  of  Visigoths,  marries  Placidia, 

daughter  of  Theodosius,  433. 
Ateius  Capito  (jurist),  303. 
Athanasius,  a  jurist  of  Antioch,  498. 
Attila  attacks  Constantinople — is  bribed 

to  retire,  430. 

attacks  Borne — sudden  death,  431. 
Auctoritas— auctor  fieri,  36,  66,  76,  601. 
Anctoritas  of  Senate,  66,  184,  281. 

required  by  law  to  be  given  in  ad- 
vance, 66. 

Auctoritatem  prcestare,  110,  n.,  601. 
Auditorium,  300,  370. 
Augurs,  college  of,  78. 
duties  of,  36. 
Ausones,  the,  10. 

M. 

JEdiles  plebeii,  96. 
curules,  154. 
majores,  154. 
cereales,  254,  266. 
JEdilitium  edictum,  248. 
^Erarium,  280. 
JEs  militare,  268. 
hordiarinm,  268. 
equestre,  67. 

B. 

Ballads,  ancient,  3. 

Ballot,  vote  by,  Cicero  on,  263,  n. 

Barbarians,  first  appearance  of,  at  Home, 

152. 

effects  of  irruption  of,  359. 
Barbarus  denned,  182,  572. 
Bartolus,  537,  543. 
Basilicas,  the,  501,  502,  506. 
Basil  the  Macedonian,  501. 
Belisarius,  473. 
Bernard  denounces  study  of  Roman  law, 

532. 

Berytus,  school  of  law  at,  440,  486,  488. 
Bishops,  389. 

Bologna,  school  of  law  at,  516,  527,  531. 
Bona,  621. 
Bonornm  possessio,  272. 


Brachylogus,  the,  534,  651. 

Breviurium  Alaricianum  or  Aniani,  432, 

523,  et  seq. 

Brocarda,  rules  of  law,  533. 
Brutus  and  Cassius,  254. 
Bndseus,  Guil.,  546. 
Bulgarus,  a  glossator,  530. 
Byzantine,  law  publications  of,  from  sixth 

century,  512. 
sovereignty  in  Italy,  615. 

C. 

Caduca,  311,  et  seq. 

claims  upon,  of  the  fiscus,  346,  et 

seq. 

Cadres,  first  municipal  town,  178. 
Caesar,  Julius,  conquests  of,  264. 
Calendar,  the,  46. 
Calocyrus  Sextus,  507. 
Camels,  137. 

and  elephants,  why  res  nee  man- 
cipi,  617. 

Canuleium  plebiscitum,  146. 
Capital  sentences  on  citizens  (confined  to 

Comitia  centuriata),  234. 
Capite  censi,  60. 

classification  of  Livy,  63. 
Capitis  deminutio,  691. 
Capito  (jurist),  302. 
Capture  of  Constantinople  by  Turks,  effect 

of,  on  laws  and  literature,  511,  et  seq. 
Caracalla,  famous  constitution  of,  340, 576. 
Carmen  necessarium,  99. 
Cassians,  school  of,  302. 
Cassiodorus,  law  professor  at  Berytus,  488. 
Castrense  pecnlium,  374 — 375. 
Castrensiani,  392. 
Causse  conjectio,  103,  n. 
Cautio,  642. 
Celeres,  the,  67. 
Celibaris  hasta,  81,  n. 
Celsns,  301. 
Censitarii,  the,  59. 
Censiti,  570. 
Censors,  149. 

Census  first  taken,  56,  et  seq. 
Centumvirs,  158. 
Centuries,  origin  of  name,  60. 


INDEX. 


699 


Charlemagne,  515. 
Children,  equality  of,  581 . 

become  xui  juris  on  death  of 

chief,  681. 
Chirographum,  642. 
Christianity,  propagation  of,  in  Rome,  357, 

et  »eq. 

protected  by  state,  378. 
religion    of    Empire,   effect, 

387,  491. 

Cicero,  his  character,  255. 
Cimbri,  the,  9. 

and  Teutons,  249. 
Gives,  coloni,  &c.,  180. 

Latini,  peregrini,  336. 
Civil  wars  of  Marias  and  Sylla,  251. 
Civis,  572. 
Civitates  liberse,  173. 

fcederataB,  173. 
Classes,  57. 

qualification  of,  58,  et  seq. 
Clergy,  influence  of,  on  study  of  law,  517. 
Clientage,  origin  of,  21. 
Cloaca  maxima,  55. 
Code,  penal,  of  1791 .  .550. 

det  delits,  550. 
Codex  accepti  et  expensi,  658. 

Theodosianns,  416,  et  seq. 
legis  Visigothorum,  437. 
Justinianeus,  443, 499. 
Gregorian  and  Hermogenian,  382, 

et  seq. 
repetitae  proelectionis,  new  edition  of 

Justinian's  Code,  459. 
Codicils,  314. 
Ccelibes,  309. 

penalties  against,  abrogated,  393. 
Coemptio,  129—132,  581—584. 
Cognatio,  130,  270,  587. 
Cognationcs  extraordinaria:,  234  —  267. 
Collateral  lines,  587. 
Collegam  appellare,  191. 
Coloni,  180,  402—404. 

liberi,  570—575. 
Colonise,  172,  257,  260,  402. 

under  early  emperors,  338. 
militarise,  258. 
Comites  consistoriani,  391. 


Comitia  curiata,  32,  35,  65,  et  teq. 
conturiata,  32,  35,  65,  234. 
tribnta,  94,  234. 
Commercium,  79,  180,  575. 
Commission,  law,  of  Theodosius,  417. 
Commodatum,  272,  670. 
Commonitorinm,  or  notice  to  the  counts  to 

enforce  the  law,  434. 
Compitalia,  43. 

infants  sacrificed  at,  43. 
Concilia  semestria,  299. 
Concubinatus,  584. 
Condemnatio,  218. 
Condemno,  absolve,  non  liquet,  237. 
Condictio,  213. 
Confarreatio,  129,  581. 
Connubium,  79, 147,  575. 

Jews  excluded  from,  596. 
Conquests  of  Rome  up  to  B.C.  266 — 168. . 

196. 

Conscripti,  39. 
Consilium,  300. 
Consistorium,  300. 
Constitutiones  imp.,  287,  289. 
Constitutio  de  infirmandis  poem's  coelibatus 

et  orbitatis,  394. 
de  caducis  tollendis,  396,  399, 

et  seq. 
de  formulis  et  impetrationibus 

actionum  sublatis,  407. 
de  responsis  prudentum,  413. 
de    conceptione    Digestorum, 

447. 
de  confirmatione  Digestorum, 

453. 

de  emendatione  cod.  Just.,  459. 
Constitution  generale  of  Clothair,  548. 
Constantino  Palacologus,  the  last  of  the 

emperors,  510. 
Copronymus,  501. 
Porphyrogenitus,  501. 
of  Nice,  scholiast,  507. 
Constantinople  founded,  388. 
Contracts.     See  Obligations. 
Contubcrnium,  584. 

Con ventio— conventual — contractus,  6oG. 
Corporations,  606. 
Corpus  Theodosianum,  436. 


700 


INDEX. 


Corpus  authenticorum,  461,  et  seq. 

juris  civilis,  471. 

canonici,  518. 

Corruption  in  Rome,  255,  n. 
Crusade  the  second,  510. 
Cubicularii,  392. 
Cubidius,  498. 
Cujas,  547. 
Cnratorship,  604. 
Curia,  31,  et  seq. 

curiales,  or  curice  subjecti,  371. 
Curialis  origo,  371. 

D. 

Damian,  Saint,  519—527. 
Decemvirs,  98. 
Decreta  imp.,  287. 

of  St.  Ives  of  Chartres,  524. 
Decretum  Gratiani,  519. 
Decurise  judicum,  240. 
Declines,  32. 
Decuriones,  372. 
Dedititii,  74,  374,  572—576. 
Defensores  civitatum,  411. 
Deities  of  Rome  incessantly  multiplied,  269.   | 
Delicta  privata,  235. 
Dementes,  603. 
Demonstratio,  218. 
Depositum,  273. 
Dictator,  90. 
Dies  comitiales,  47. 

utiles,  641. 

fasti,  nefasti,  48,  641. 

publication  of,  165. 
Digest  of  Justinian,  447,  et  seq.,  449. 
Digestum  vetus,  novum,  536,  539. 
Diocletian  divides  the  empire,  366. 
Dirksen,  M.,  his  works,  72. 
Divifratres,  the,  328. 
Divinus,  a  title  of  imp.,  372. 
Do,  dico,  addico,  48,  674. 
Dolus  bonus,  malus,  G38. 
Domicile,  definition  of,  596. 

not  the  same  as  residence,  599. 
Dominlnm  bonitarium,  271,  667. 
Dominium  ex  jure  Quiritium,  135,  271. 

proprietas,  mancipium,  663,  et 
seq. 


Dorotheus,  law  commissioner  under  Justi- 
nian, 454. 

Duplicia  judicia,  160. 
Dupondii,  484. 
Duumvirs,  177,  372. 

E. 

Eclipse,  June,  B.C.  399.  .192. 

Ecloga  legum,  501. 

Edictales,  484. 

Edicta  of  emperors,  287. 

Edictum  novum,  249. 

perpetuum,  244. 

of   Salvins  Julianus, 

319. 

repentinum,  244,  248. 
Theodorici,  432. 
tralatitium,  244,  249. 

Editio,  491. 

Editions  of  Grseco-Roman  law  from  A.D. 
1575  to  1836.. 512. 

Education,  legal,  sketch  of,  479. 

course  laid  down  by  Justinian,  482. 

Egregii,  393. 

Elementa  or  Institutiones  of  Justinian,  459. 

Elephants,  137. 

res  nee  maneipi,  617. 

Emblemata,  450. 

Emphyteusis,  659—670. 

Empire,  the,  finally  divided  into  two,  411. 

Ernptio  venditio,  273,  659. 

Enchiridium,  the,  501. 

Enfranchisement,  73,  571. 

Epanagoge,  the,  501. 

Epistola  principis,  286. 

Epochs  of  Roman  law,  as  adopted  by 
Mackeldey,  Giraud,  Holtius,  and  others, 
554. 

Equilibrium  preserved  in  Roman  magis- 
tracies, 190. 

Equites,  the,  63,  66,  et  seq. 

Erciscundi,  or  Miscelliones,  school  of,  307. 

Etruscan  source  of  Roman  religious  insti- 
tutions, 44. 

Exarchate  of  Ravenna,  474,  514. 

Exceptio,  274,  363,  687. 

Existimatio,  593. 

Expensilatio,  138,  273,  658. 


INDEX. 


701 


Extraordinaria  judicia,  217,  225, 673-690. 

introduced  generally,  361. 
Extraordinariie  cognationes,  217,  361. 

F. 

Factio  testament!,  171,  575. 
Facts,  legal,  629. 
Familia,  128. 

idea  of,  576. 

position  of  women  in,  578. 

different  acceptations  of  word,  589. 

gradual  extinction  of,  590. 
Families  erciscnndae,  134. 
Familiaris,  28. 
Farreum,  581—584. 
Fastornm  libri,  48. 
Feciales,  college,  50,  78. 
Fictions,  legal,  645. 
Fidenae  conquered,  151. 
Flnium  regundorum,  135,  669. 
Foreigners  at  Rome,  181. 
Fossa  Quiritium,  53. 
Fragmenta  Vaticana,  422. 
Frank  empire  founded  at  Constantinople, 

510. 

Franks,  Burgundians  and  Visigoths  divide 
the  West,  430. 

resist  Attila,  430. 
French  law,  history  of,  548,  et  seq. 
Fructns,  664. 
Furion,  603. 
Ftirtum  nee  manifestum,  117. 

G. 

Gains  Cornelius  Scipio,  206. 

Gains,  328,  et  srq, 

Gauls  repulsed  by  Manlius,  152. 

Generalization  of  Roman  law,  its  utility, 

558. 

Geneva,  capital  of  Burgundian  kings,  433. 
Genseric,  King  of  Vandals,  plunders  Rome, 

431. 

Gens,  gentes,  25,  130,  586,  et  seq. 
Gentes  majorcs,  minores,  55. 
Gentilitas,  588. 
Gentilitas,  wherein  differs  from  agnatio, 

588. 


German  school  of  law,  560,  566. 

Germanic  laws,  432. 

Gibbon,  his  division  of  epochs  of  Roman 

law,  558,  et  seq. 
Glossators,  the,  505,  527. 
Glosses,  the,  529. 
Glycerins,  emperor,  431. 
Gondobald,  emperor,  431. 
Goths  driven  from  Rome  by  Belisarius, 

473. 

Gracchi,  seditions  of,  226. 
Gracchus,  Caius,  231. 
Graeco-Roman  law,   works    on,   scattered 

after  capture  of  Constantinople,  511. 
Grecian  poetry,  influence  of,  406. 
Greek  language  at  Constantinople,  462. 
literature,  revival  of,  546. 
language  and  literature  introduced 

into  the  West,  511. 
Gregorian  Code,  382,  et  seq. 
Gregory  Doxapater,  scholiast,  507. 

Hagiotheodoritus,  scholiast,  507. 

H. 

Hastes  cog  ere,  160. 

prceesse,  160. 

duo;,  159. 

Haereditas  jacens,  606. 
Haeretici,  596. 
Hermodorus,  97. 
Ilermogenian  Code,  382,  et  seq. 
Hernici,  the,  11. 
Hcxabiblon,  the,  509. 

published  at  Paris,  512. 
Hostis,  180,  572. 
Humanists,  school  of,  545. 
lluus,  first  appearance  of,  429. 

I. 

Iberians,  the,  11. 

Ignorantia,  638. 

Illustres,  the,  393. 

Images,  ancestral,  183. 

Lnpubcs,  602. 

Imperator,  origin  of  title,  ^78,  n. 

Imperium,  50,  75. 

In  aiix'dium plcbis,  93. 

Infamia,  593. 


702 


INDEX. 


Infans,  definition  of,  601. 

Infortiatum,  the,  536. 

Ingenuus,  27,  571,  572. 

In  integrum  restitutio,  245. 

In  jure  cessio,  135,  680. 

Innocentius,  298. 

Inquilini,  the,  402,  570. 

Institutes,  Justinian's,  458,  499. 

Instrumenta,  when  res  mancipi  and   res 

nee  mancipi,  618,  n. 
publica,  privata,  642. 
Intentio,  218,  684,  et  seq. 
Intercedere — cessio,  93,  187,  191. 
Intercessio  collegae,  98. 
Interdictum,  244,  et  seq.,  689. 

disused,  363. 
Interpretatio,  185. 
Invocatio  in  jus,  100. 
Irnerius,  467,  528. 
Isidorus,  498. 
Ives  of  Chartres,  524. 

J. 

Jacobus,  a  glossator,  530. 
Jews,  status  of,  596. 
John  Nomophylax,  507. 

of  Antioch,  464,  498. 
Judex,  office  of,  155. 

monopoly  destroyed,  239,  240. 
Judicatus,  584. 

Judicem  sumere — ejerare,  676. 
Judices,  annual  list  of,  by  praator  urb.,  240. 
selecti,  in  albo  relati,  240,  681. 
majores,  363. 
pedanei,  361,  364. 
JuAicis  postulatio,  142. 
Judieium  dabo — in  duplum,  245. 
Jvgesjures,  237,  267. 

when  disused,  362. 
Julian,  emp.,  his  character  and  policy,  408. 

professor  of  law,  465. 
Juliani  novellarum  epitome,  465. 
Juris  epitoma;,  423. 

interpretatio,  209. 
veteres  auctores,  326. 
Jurisdiction  of  judex,  centnmviri,  recupera- 

tores,  163,  681. 
Jurisprudence,  decline  of,  379. 


Jurists,  Roman,  of  different  periods,  522, 

et  seq. 
list  of  works  quoted  in  Pandects,  655, 

et  seq. 

two  schools  of,  302. 

Jus,  as  distinguished  from  lex,  in  collec- 
tion of  Alaric,  435. 
and  judicinm,  363,  371,  674. 
definition  of,  565. 
civitatis,  575. 
JElianum,  212. 
^dilium,  249. 
capiendi  ex  testamento,  311. 
Flavianum,  165. 
gentium,  50,  et  seq,  572,  639. 
honorarium,  244. 
honorum,  171,  178. 
Italicnm,  175,  257,  334,  613. 
Latii,  Latinitatis,  174,  178,  257,  334. 
optimum,  171—178,  572—576. 
Papirianum,  207. 
prsetorium,  249. 
Quiritium,  171 — 179. 
suffragii,  171—178. 
condere,fundere,  325. 
respondendi,  325,  et  seq. 
liberorum,  375,  396,  et  seq. 
civitatis,  conceded  to  all,  339. 
in  re,  ad  rem,  distinction  not  found 

in  Roman  law  proper,  651. 
dicit,  addicit,  189,  245. 
principale,  417. 
civile  privatum,  original  elements  of, 

41,  et  seq. 

civile  Papirianum,  70. 
Latii  and  Italicum  under  the  emperors, 

334,  et  seq,  613. 
veteris  Latii,  335. 

Justte  nuptioe,  128—134,  575—584. 
Justinian,  emperor,  439. 

his  character  and  reign,  474. 

law  of,  after  fall  of  Byzantine  empire, 

514. 
its  position  at  Papal  court,  519. 


K. 


Kelts,  the,  9. 
King,  the,  41. 


INDEX. 


703 


King,  not  hereditary,  76. 

powers  of,  76. 
Koran,  The,  introduced  by  the  Turks,  510. 


Labeo,  302. 

Lance,  symbol  of  Quiritarian  power,  42,  80. 

Lance  licioque  conceptum,  117. 

Land  or  colonies,  179. 

Lanfranc,  a  professor  of  law,  528. 

Lanzi,  1. 

Lascari,  John,  546. 

Latini,  260,  336,  576. 

jnniani,  173,  n.,  336,  572,  576. 
veteres,  173. 
colonarii,  180,  676. 
Law,  idea  of,  561. 

definition  of,  by  Panl,  Celsus,  Ulpian, 

&c.,  562. 

by  Ortolan,  562,  n. 
consequence  of,  565. 
elements,  three,  of,  565. 
state  of,  in  Justinian's  time,  441. 
Lawyers,  Roman,  their  influence,  299. 
Legati  Caesaris,  280. 

Leges  applied  in  Justinian's  time  to  writ- 
ings of  authorized  jurists,  457. 
agrariae,  226. 
cnriatae,  70. 
frnmentariaj,  233. 
judiciariae,  239. 
Julia  et  Papia,  308,  346,  393. 
Regiae,  70. 
Sacrae,  93. 
tabellarise,  263,  n. 
Valerias,  88. 
XII  Tabularnm,  96. 
plebiscite,  senatus-consnlta,  defined, 

184. 
Legis  actiones,  140,  677,  et  seq. 

replaced  by  formulae,  217, 

267,  273,  673. 

Legislation  under  French  consulate,  551. 
Legislatores,  296,  326,  457. 
Leo  the  Isaurian,  501. 
Levis  nota,  594. 
Lex  Africani,  327. 

annua,  247,  264,  n. 


Lex  Apnleia,  232. 

majestatis  (treason),  238. 
Ai i nia,  265. 
Anrelia  jud.,  240. 
^Ebutia,  215,  et  seg.,  273,  680. 
vEliu  Sentia,  315. 

Calpurnia,  216. 

de  repet.,  238. 
Cassia  tabellaria,  263,  n. 
Cannleia    de    connubio    patrum    et 

plebis,  147,  585. 
Cornelia  jud.,  240 — 252. 
de  edictis,  244. 
de  falsis,  252. 
de  sicariis,  252. 
cnriata,  50,  75,  291. 
decemviralis,  96. 
Dei,  426. 

de  imperio  Vespasiani,  292. 
de  responsis  prudentnm,  330. 
Fabia  de  plagio,  238. 
Flavia,  232. 
Furia  Caninia,  315. 

testamentaria,  216. 
Gabinia  tabellaria,  263. 
Gondobada,  437. 
Gallia  Cisalpina,  259. 
Hortensia  de  pleltiscitis,  166,  241. 
imperii,  292. 
Julia,  250. 

judiciaria,  216,  240. 

agraria,  233. 

municipalis,  259. 

de  maritandis  ordinibus,  308. 
Julice,  216,  273. 
Junia  Norbana,  317,  336. 
Licinia  de  modo,  228. 

de  aere  alieno,  229. 
Mucia  de  civitate,  238. 
Livia,  232. 

jud.,  240. 

Luctatia  de  vi,  238. 
Maria  de  ambitu,  238. 
Papiria,  71. 

Papia  Poppaea,  308,  585. 
Pctillia  Papiria,  de  nexis,  164. 
Plautia,  250. 
Platoria,  602. 


704 


INDEX. 


Lex  Pompeia  jud.,  240. 
Publilia,  166. 
Regia,  49,  et  seq.,  71,  290. 
Romana  in  Gaul  ante-Justinian  law, 

549. 

Visigothorum,  432. 
Burgundiorum,  432. 
or  Breviary  of  Alaric,  436. 
Silia,  213. 
Sempronia  agraria,  231. 

frumentaria,  233. 
judiciaria,  239. 
Servilia  jud.,  239. 

secunda  jud.,  239. 
Titia,  232. 
Thoria  agraria,  232. 
Theodosiana,  or  Breviary  of  Alaric, 

436. 

Tribunicia,  72. 

Valeria  Horatia,  De plebiscitis,  147. 
Li'beralia  studia,  595. 
Liber  legum,  436. 

authenticarum,  467. 
Libertini — liberti,  571. 
Liberty,  569,  570,  n. 
Libripens,  81. 
Licentiates  of  law,  485. 
Lictors,  188. 
Ligures,  the,  9. 

Linea  recta,  transversa,  obliqua,  ex  trans- 
verso,  a  latere,  587. 
Littera  Bononiensis,  528. 
Litteris  contr.,  138,  272,  658. 
Locatio  conductio,  273,  659. 
Lombards,  conquests  of,  514. 
Longinus,  G.  Cassius,  307. 
Luceres,  the,  14. 
Lucumon,  the,  14,  21. 

M. 

Mascia  (tribe),  69. 
Magister  populi,  90. 

equitum,  90. 

under  Constantine,  392. 

militum,  392. 
Mamertine  prison,  53. 
Mancipium,  mancipatio,  81,  193,  582,  615. 
Mandata  principis,  287. 


Mandatum,  273,  659. 

Manlins,  defence  of  Rome,  152. 

Manual  of  Byzantine  emperors,  501. 

Man-u  capere,  80. 

Manumissio,  571,  581. 

Manus,  80,  580. 

Manns  consertio,  143. 

injectio,  142,  679. 
Marcellus,  301. 
Marius,  conquests  of,  249. 
Marriage,  theory  of,  129. 

reform  in  law  of,  585. 
plebeian  mode  of,  586. 
Marsi,  the,  11. 

Martinus,  Gosia,  glossator,  530. 
Masurius  Sabinus,  school  of,  296,  317. 
Mater  familias,  579. 
Matthew  Blastares,  work  of,  509. 
Maximus  comitiatus,  65. 
Mente  capti,  603. 
Micali,  4,  5. 
Michael  Attaliota,  508. 

Palasologus,  510. 

Micron,  or  Synopsis  minor,  Basilicse,  508. 
Military  divisions,  61. 
Ministeriani,  392. 
Mithridates  conquered,  253. 
Modestinus  (jurist),  302. 
Mo3cianus  (jurist),  301. 
Mons  Caelius,  13. 

Quirinalis,  13,  16. 

Sacer,  94. 

Morals,  decline  of,  226. 
Mosaicarum  et  Romanarum  legum  collatio, 

422. 

Mucius  Scsevola  (jurist),  208. 
Municipia,  176,  177,  257—260. 
Mutuum  contract,  272,  657. 


N. 
Names,  prtenomen,  nomcn,  cognomen,  &c., 

275,  n. 
Narscs,  473. 
Ncratius  Priscus,  301. 
Nerva,  300,  317. 
Nexi,  soluti,  583. 
Nexum,  272,  582,  n.,  656,  6G8,  n. 


INDEX. 


705 


Nexus,  92,  582. 

Niebuhr,  character  of  his  work,  5, 15,  et  geq. 
Nomen  transcriptitinm,  658. 
Nomocanons,  509. 

of  John  of  Antioch,  464. 

authorship  disputed,  500,  n. 

of  Photius,  510. 
Non  liquct,  237. 

308,  317. 
;'~i. 
•LIO.VI,.*,,  .....ne  first  used,  420,  461,  499, 

505,  614,  540. 
Nuda  detentio,  665. 
Numa,  43. 

law  of,  in  time  of  Cicero,  71. 

religious  institutions  ascribed  to,  42. 
Nuncupatio,  138. 
Nuptia?,  128,  584. 

O. 

Obligatio  ex  contractu,  quasi  ex  contractn, 

660. 
ex  maleficio,  quasi  ex  maleficio, 

ib. 

the  basis  of  all  rights,  648. 
nature  of,  653. 
properly  so  called,  655. 
definition  of,  by  Justinian,  655. 
creation  of,  656. 
Obligationes  prsetoriaa,  honorariae,    natu- 

rales,  civiles,  655. 

Obligations  and  contracts,  137,  272,  et  seq. 
Octavins  Caesar,  master  of  Rome,  257. 
Odoacer  seizes  Italy,  431. 

expelled  by  Ostrogoths,  432. 
Odofredus,  516,  537. 
Offices  under  the  empire,  279,  et  seq.,  369. 

of  empire  under  Constantine,  389. 
Onus  probandi,  rule  of,  643. 
Optimum  jus,  572,  576. 
Opnsculum    de    parentelae    gradibus,    St. 

Damian,  519. 
de  jure,  by  Michael  Attaliota, 

508. 

Oratio  principis,  286. 
Orbi,  the,  310. 

penalties  against,  abrogated,  393. 
Ordinaria  judicia,  217—225,  673—681. 


Origines  (Cato),  3. 
Orleans,  school  of  law  at,  532. 
Orthodoxi,  catholici,  595. 
Ostia  founded,  53,  74. 
Ostrogoths  established  in  Italy,  433. 
Ovilia,  voting  barriers,  263. 
Oxford  school  of  law  founded  by  Vacarius, 
530. 


P. 

Pacta,  273,  656. 

Pagani,  as  distinct  from  milltes,  595. 

Palatini,  392. 

Pandectse  Florentine,  536. 

Pandects  of  Justinian,  447. 

Pannormia,  the,  524. 

Papal  court,  influence  of,  on  Roman  law, 

518. 

Papian,  the,  law  of  Burgundians,  522. 
Papiani  responsa,  432. 
Papinian,  301,  333. 
Papinianists,  485. 
Papirius,  70. 
Parricidium,  89. 
Pasqnier,  Estienne,  545,  et  seq. 
Paterfamilias,  578. 

power  of,  42. 
Patres  majorum  et  minorum  gentium,  39, 

75. 

et  conscripti,  39. 
Patricians,  19,  29,  80. 
Patricii,  390. 

Patrons  and  clients,  19,  et  seq. 
Paul  the  Deacon,  463,  n.,  517. 
Panlus,  Julius,  302,  354. 

notes  of,  on  Papinian  invalidated  by 

constitutions,  379,  et  seq. 
Pays  de  lol  Romaine,  549. 

droit  ecrit,  549. 
coutumiers,  549,  550. 
Peculium,  403,  606. 

quasi  castrans,  394. 
adventitium,  394. 
Pecunia,  81,  021. 

expcnsa  lata,  058. 
accejttu  relata,  il>. 
Pegasians,  school  of,  301'. 


706 


INDEX. 


Pelasgi,  the,  9. 
Per  ses  et  libram,  81. 
Perdnelles,  182. 
Peregrin!,  198,  572. 

after  Caracalla,  576. 
Perfectissimi,  393. 
Perizonius,  3. 
Persona,  idea  of,  567. 

extinction  of,  607. 
Personality  of  the  law,  521. 
Petri  exceptiones,  534. 
Philosophy,  its  influence  on  law,  225. 
Philoxenes,  a  jurist,  498. 
Phocas,  a  jurist,  498. 
Piceni,  the,  1 1. 
Pig  used  in  sacrifice,  51. 
Pignoris  capio,  142,  679. 
Pignus,  273,  657,  670. 
Pisa,  515,  516. 
Placentinus,  glossator,  530. 
Plebeians,  1 9,  et  seq. 
name,  80. 
admitted  to  consulate,  148 — 152. 

college  of  pontiffs,  192. 
Plebiscita,  94. 

Plebiscitura  de  Thermensibus,  258. 
Pompey,  conquests  of,  253. 
Pomponius,  328. 
Pomptina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Pons  Sublicius,  53. 
Pontifex  maximus,  78,  188. 
Populi  scita,  95. 
Populum  lustrare,  57. 
Populus,  30. 
Possessio,  665,  et  seq. 

corporalis,  natnralis,  civilis,  il). 
distinct  from  proprietas,  ib. 
Possessiones,  227,  622. 
Postulatio,  220. 
Potestas  patria,  270,  580. 

over  slave,  270,  580. 
marital,  270,  580. 
Practice  of  law  at  Rome,  297. 
Prfeceptores,  304. 

Pr.ncdia  stipendiaria  or  tributoria,  623. 
Prsefectura,  179,  202. 
Prafcctus  nrbi,  281,  .392. 

established  at  Constantinople,  408. 


Proefcctns  praatorius,  282. 

annonarum,  282,  392. 
vigilum,  282,  392. 
Prcsrogativa,  64. 
Prcescriptio,  688. 
Prseses  provincias,  280. 
Praetor,  153,  202. 

peregrinus,  198,  246,  572. 

urbanus,  246. 

Pragmatic  sanction  of  Justinian,  488. 
Presumptions,  643. 
Primogeniture  not  recognized  in  Roman 

law,  581. 

Priscus,  Tarquin,  name  derived,  54,  n. 
Probatio,  641. 
Prochiron,  501—508. 

auctum,  509. 
Proconsuls,  203. 

Proculeians,  school  of,  302,  et  seq. 
Procuratores  Casaris,  281. 
Professions  at  Rome,  595. 

of  Roman  law  prohibited  by  Councils, 

532. 

Professores  juris  civilis,  304. 
Proletarii,  59,  et  seq. 
Prolytse,  486. 

Promptuarium  or  Hexabiblon,  509. 
Propra;tor,  204. 

Proprietas — dominium — mancipium,  663. 
Provinces,  establishment  of,  201. 
ProvincioB  populi,  279. 

Csesaris,  280. 

Provocatio  ad  populum,  88,  90,  191. 
Pubertas,  601,  602. 
Publicani,  204. 
Publlce  respondere,  211. 
Publilius  Philo,  166. 
Punic  wars,  199,  n. 


Q- 

Quoestio,  236. 

de  veneficiis,  236. 

de  homicidiis,  236. 

de   clanclestinis  conjurntionibus, 

236. 

pcculatus,  238. 
de  vi,  238. 


INDEX. 


707 


l,>u;v>tioues  perpetnae,  234,  et  teq.,  266. 
Quaestores  parricidii,  88,  189. 

of  revenue,  89. 

candidati,  282. 

sacri  palatii,  391. 
Quatuorviri,  177,  266. 
Querquetulauns,  Mons,  13. 
Q.  Publilius  Philo,  66. 
Quinquaginta  decisiones,  444. 
Qainqueviri,  172,  266. 
Quirini  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Quirites,  origin  of  name,  12. 
Quoting  the  Digest,  mode  of,  472. 

R. 

Races,  early  Italian,  9,  et  ?eq. 
Radagaisus  invades  Italy,  430. 

defeated  by  Stilico,  430. 
Hatum  -non  habebo,  245. 
Ravenna  made  capital  of  Ostrogoths,  433. 
Reciperatio,  158,  n. 
Rector  provincial,  392. 
Recuperatores,  155. 

prov.,  204. 
Reditus  (rent),  403. 
Regium  concilium,  40. 
Religion,  effects  on  civil  rights,  595. 
Repetitfg  prcelectiones,  460. 
Repurgatio  veterum  legum,  by  Leo,  502. 
Res,  general  idea  of,  608. 

mancipi,  ncc  mancipi,  135,  614,  et  seq. 

fungibiles,  272,  611. 

corporales,  incorporalcs,  610,  624. 

divini  juris,  humani  juris,  610,  624. 

sacraj,  611. 

religiosa?,  611. 

sacra  familise,  611. 

omnium,  publicse,  nniversitatis,  singu- 
lorum,  nullius,  620,  et  seq. 

in  nostro  patrimonio,  extra  nostrum 
patrimonium,  621. 

mobiles,  immobiles,  623. 

soli,  624. 

principales,  625. 

qnae  pondere,  &c.  constant,  626. 

in  genere,  627. 
Rescriptse  imp.,  287. 
Itespondere  publice,  294. 
popido,  295. 


Responsa  prudentum,  205,  293. 

signata,  294. 
Revenue,  56. 
Right  of  way,  137. 
Rights,  creation  of,  647. 

classification  of,  647. 

all,  consist  in  obligations,  648. 

absolute   and  relative,   distinction 

foreign  to  Roman  law,  652. 
Rogatio  Marcia,  232. 

Servilia  Rulli,  232. 

Roman  law,  most  nourishing  epoch  of,  271. 
Rome,  name  of,  held  sacred,  7. 

origin  of,  2,  et  seq. 
Romulus,   what   institutions  ascribed   to, 

19. 

law  ascribed  to,  41. 
Rostrum,  126. 

S. 

Sabatina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Sabini,  the,  11. 
Sabinians,  school  of,  302. 
Sacer  esto,  43. 
Sacra,  131. 

familia,  577. 
privata,  35,  43. 
publica,  43,  45. 
gentilitia,  27,  577. 
Sacramentum,  223,  678. 
Sacred  law,  77. 
Sacrifices,  human,  disused,  43. 

occasionally  offered  in 

late  times,  44. 
Salvius  Valens,  301. 

Julianus,  301,  319,  327. 
Savigny,  character  of  his  works,  522. 
Scaptia  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Schola?,  304. 
Scholia,  scholiasts,  505. 
Schools  of  law  established  at  Rome,  411, 

480. 

at  Constantinople  and  Berytus,  440. 
Sella  curulis,  183. 
Senate,  28. 

origin  of  name,  28. 
under  emperors,  368. 
Senators,  number  of,  39. 
Scnatus-consultum,  force  of,  241,  et  seq. 
z  z  '2 


708 


INDEX. 


Senatus-consnltnm,  de  usufr.  ear.  rer.  qure 

usu  consumuntur,  243. 
Silanianum,  285. 
Macedonian um,  285. 
Velleianum,  285. 
Trcbellianum,  285. 
Neronianum,  285. 
Tertullianum,  376,  n.,  398. 
Orpbitiannm,  376,  n. 
encroachment  of,  on  jus  privatum,  285. 
the  last,  369,  n. 
Sententiae,  220. 

et  opiniones  jurisconsultornm,  322. 
Septa,  voting  barriers,  263. 
Servi  censiti,  402. 
Servius  Tullius,  55. 
Sex,  in  relation  to  Roman  law,  599. 

preference  of,  not  recognized  in  Roman 

law,  581. 
Sex  centurise,  61. 
suffragia,  61. 
Sextus  2Elius,  207. 

Csecilius  Africanus,  327. 
Sicani,  the,  9,  et  seq. 
Siculi,  the,  9,  et  seq. 
Silentiarii,  392. 
Slavery,  569,  570. 
Slaves,  status  of,  567,  n. 
Societas,  273,  659. 
Socii,  260. 

Latini,  180,  576. 
Sodales,  119. 
Solum  provinciale,  172,  et  seq.,  612,  et  seq. 

Italicum,  ib. 
Soluti,  583. 

Solutio  imaginaria,  661. 
verbis,  ib. 
litteris,  ib. 
per  ses  et  libram,  ib. 
Spadones,  603. 
Species,  627. 
Spectabilcs,  the,  393. 
Sponsalia,  586. 

Sponsio-stipulatio,  138,  273,657. 
Stationes  jus  docentium,  480. 
Status,  idea  of,  568. 

elements  of,  568. 
law  of,  591. 
ainittltvr,  591. 


Status,  mutatur,  591. 

of  individuals,  579. 
Stellatina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Stephen  of  Berytus,  498. 
Stipendium,  151. 
Stipnlatio,  273. 
St.  Louis,  ordinance  of,  549. 
Stoics,  schools  of,  at  Rome,  225. 
Studiosi,  the,  304. 
Stnprum,  584. 
Subjecti,  261. 
Succession,  law  of,  according  to  Twelve 

Tables,  133. 

Suicide,  prevalence  of,  at  Rome,  277. 
Sui  juris,  192,  578. 
Surdi  et  muti,  603. 

Sylla,  criminal  jurisdiction  under,  218. 
Symbatius,  498. 
Syngrapb.33,  642. 
Synopsis  Basilicorum,  508. 

Legum  of  Michael  Constantino 
Psellus,  509. 


T. 

Tabellse,  voting,  263,  n. 
Tables,  Twelve,  the,  102,^  seq. 
of  Lyons,  18(5,  n. 
of  Malaga,  259-338. 
Tabula  Heracleensis,  258. 
Tabulae  accept!  et  expensi,  658. 
Tages,  21. 

Tarquinius  Priscus,  49,  54. 
Taxation,  57,  et  seq. 

citizens  freed  from  direct,  268. 
Terentina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Testament!  factio,  311—317. 
Test  amentum  calatis  comitiis,  193. 
per  JBS  et  libram,  193. 
per  mancipationem,  193. 
inofficiosum,  272. 
Thalleleo,  498. 
Theodoric,    king    of    Ostrogoths,    expels 

Odoacer,  432. 

Theodorus  of  Hermopolis,  498. 
Theodosius,  his  code,  416. 

projects  extended  code,  421. 
Theophilus,  law  commissioner  under  Jus- 
tinian, 45  J,  476. 


INDKX. 


709 


Tiberius  Coruncanius,  207. 

imp.,  316. 

Time  and  place,  elements  of  legal  acts,  640. 
Toga  praetexta  et  virilis,  57,  195. 
Toulouse,   capital  of    Visigoth   kings  in 

south  of  France,  433. 
school  of  law  at,  532. 
Traditio,  668. 
Tres  libri,  the,  540. 
Tribes,  ex  locis,  68,  et  seq. 
rural,  68. 

seniores,  juniores,  262. 
the  three  great,  31. 
Tribonian,  445—478. 
Tribonianisms,  450. 
Tribules,  33,  69. 
Tribuni  plebis,  93,  185. 

ffirarii,  266. 

monitales,  266. 

capitales,  266. 

militum,  148. 
Tribitnvm  appellare,  191. 
Tribus,  34. 
Tributarii,  402,  570. 
Tributum,  280. 
Tripertita,  207-212. 
Triumvirate    of    Pompey,    Crassus    and 

Caesar,  253. 

Antony,  Lepidus,  Octavius,  255. 
Triumvirs,  142. 
Tromentina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Tullus  Hostilius,  49,  50. 
Turin  Gloss,  the,  446. 
Turpitude,  594. 
Tutelage,  604. 
Tyrrhenians,  the,  9. 

U. 

Ufentina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Ugo,  glossator,  530. 
Ulpian,  301,  354. 

notes  of,  on  Papinian  invalidated,  379. 
Umbrians,  9,  et  seq. 
Usucnpio,  668. 

Usurpatum  ire  trinoctio,  586. 
Usus,  664,  670. 

as  to  women,  582,  584. 

auctoritas,  110,  n. 


V. 

Vacarius,  glossator,  530. 

Valentinian    III.    publishes    Theodosian 

Code,  418. 
Valerius  Soranus,  7. 
Vandals  in  Africa  reconquered,  473. 
Varro,  his  division  of  historic  period,  15. 
Vectigal,  180,  201. 
Veii,  siege  of,  151. 
Velati,  59. 
Vclina  (tribe),  69,  n. 
Verb-is,  contracts,  138,  657,  et  sfq. 
Vibenna,  13. 

Vico,  character  of  his  work,  3,  1 6. 
Victories  of  Belisarius  and  Narses,  473. 
Villici,  404. 
Vindicta,  143. 
Vindius  Varus,  301. 
Viritim,  votes  taken,  37. 
Vis,  its  legal  effects,  638. 
Visigoths,  with  Franks  and  Burgundians, 
divide  the  West,  430. 

establish  themselves  in  Gaul,  433. 

driven  out  by  the  Franks,  437. 
Volsci,  the,  10. 
Voting,  mode  of,  2G3. 
Vulgate— versio  vulgata,  538. 

W. 

War,  ceremony  observed  in  declaring,  51, 
civil,  Marius  and  Sylla,  251. 
with  Cimbri  and  Teutons,  250. 
with  Gauls,  152,  249. 
with  Jugurtha,  249. 
with  Mithridates,  253. 
Tunic,  109,  n. 
social,  250. 
servile,  252. 
with  Veii,  151. 
Western  empire  broken  up  by  barbarians, 

429. 

Wills  of  soldiers,  376. 
Women,   position  of,  under   Roman  law, 
599. 

Z. 
Zacharia,  his  work  on  Byzantine  law,  512, 

et  seq. 
Za/.ius,  Johannes,  546. 


} 


LONDON: 

PRINTED  BY  C.  KOWOKTH  AND  SONS, 
NEWTON  STKKET,  W.C. 


(     711     ) 

WORKS 


ON 

THE  PAST  AND  PRESENT  SOCIAL  CONDITION  &  HISTORY 

OF 

BRITISH    INDIA. 

BY   ILTUDUS   T.   PRICHARD,   ESQ.,  F.S.S., 

BAREISTEE-AT-LAW. 


The  Mutinies  in  Rajpootana. 

1  vol.  8ro. 

A  PERSONAL  NARRATIVE  OF  THE  MUTINY  AT 
NUSSEERABAD,  with  subsequent  Residence  at  Jodhpore,  and 
Journey  across  the  Desert  into  Sind,  together  with  an  Account  of  the 
Outbreak  at  Neemuch  and  Attack  on  Mount  Aboo. 

(Parker  fy  Son,  West  Strand.     1860.) 


How  to  Manage  It. 

3  vols.  Sco. 

A   HISTORICAL  NOVEL,   DESCRIPTIVE   OF  THE  INDIAN 

MUTINY.  (Bentley.     1865.) 

"  An  extremely  interesting  book.  It  gives  a  better  idea  of  the  state  of  things  in 
Ilindostan,  both  among  natives  and  Europeans,  at  the  outbreak  of  that  awful  revolt 
than  any  light  book  we  have  ever  yet  read.  Its  property  of  lightness  in  reading  is  as 
conspicuous  as  the  gravity  of  the  subject  matter." — Globe. 

"  The  author  possesses  an  intimate  experience  of  life  in  India." — Daily  Nems. 

"  One  of  the  best  novels  of  the  day." — John  Bull. 

"  A  very  striking  historical  novel,  containing  by  far  the  most  vivid  picture  of  the 
Indian  mutiny  yet  presented  to  the  public." — Spectator. 

"  The  weaknesses,  follies  and  shortcomings  of  every  class  are  stripped  with  un- 
sparing hand,  and  it  fares  ill  with  any  one,  whether  native  or  European,  civilian  or 
military,  who  falls  under  Mr.  Prichard's  keen  and  unerring  sarcasm.  *  *  *  An 
instructive  picture  of  a  most  extraordinary  period,  surpassing  most  novels  we  have 
seen  in  humour,  pathos,  vigour,  and  honesty  of  purpose." — Athena; urn-. 

"  A  most  able  and  admirable  production.  The  author's  sketches  of  the  character 
and  opinions  of  the  natives,  his  delineation  of  their  superstitions,  fanaticism  and  capa- 
city for  intrigue,  arc  remarkable  and  interesting." — Morning  Pout. 

"  Mr.  Prichard's  story  stands  out  prominently  from  among  the  general  herd  of 
novels." — London  lieciciv. 


712        Works  by  Iltudus  T.  Prichard,  Esq.,  F.S.S. 

The  History  of  the  Administration  of  India 

From  1859  to  1868.  (Macmillan  fy  Co.) 

2  vols.  8vo. 

"  A  very  able  work.  Mr.  Prichard's  style  is  clear  and  forcible,  and  he  has  evi- 
dently an  intimate  knowledge  of  the  country  with  which  he  deals." — Lam  Times. 

"  Mr.  Prichard  has  accumulated  an  immense  amount  of  information  respecting 
India  in  the  two  volumes  before  us.  The  whole  course  of  its  administration  since  it 
came  into  the  hands  of  the  Crown  is  detailed  and  considered.  We  can  heartily 
recommend  the  work  to  all  who  are  in  any  way  interested  in  the  progress  of  India." — 
Standard. 

"  A  most  ample  and  lucid  history  of  the  country  at  large,  with  interspersed  chapters 
at  frequent  intervals  which  deal  with  such  important  historical  elements  as  the 
physical  features  of  the  various  provinces,  natural  products,  trade,  means  of  commu- 
nication, and  the  characteristics  of  the  occupant  tribes.  *  *  *  The  recent  history 
and  condition  of  India,  their  relation  to  the  immediate  past  and  the  immediate  future, 
and  that  in  all  departments,  civil,  military,  legal  and  commercial,  have  been  described 
in  a  manner  which  great  knowledge,  personal  experience,  indefatigable  industry  and 
sound  judgment  could  alone  attain." — Bombay  Gazette. 

"  We  are  mistaken  if  these  volumes  are  not  widely  read  by  our  countrymen  as 
faithful  records,  written  by  an  able,  thoughtful  and  observant  man,  who  has  had  un- 
usually good  opportunities  of  making  himself  acquainted  with  his  subject." — La/m 
Magazine  and  Quarterly  Iteviem. 

"  The  work  before  us  is  an  able  and  honest  endeavour  to  supply  thoroughly  a  want 
that  must  have  been  keenly  felt  by  many  of  those  interested  in  recent  Indian  politics, 
—  a  book,  viz.,  of  history  and  reference  for  the  period  which  has  elapsed  since  the 
extinction  of  the  Company's  rule,  and  embracing  the  careers  of  Canning,  Elgin  and 
Lawrence.  »  *  *  Upon  every  conceivable  subject  connected  with  recent  Indian 
history,  the  student  will  find  in  it  information  ample,  concise  and  clear." — Asiatic. 

"  We  can  honestly  recommend  Mr.  Prichard's  history  of  the  late  decade  as  a  con- 
venient book  of  reference,  thoroughly  trustworthy  as  to  its  facts  and  figures,  though 
the  opinions  hazarded  and  the  conclusions  arrived  at  are  not  always  unassailable." — 
Calcutta  Englishman. 

"  A  period  which  includes  the  great  famines  of  1861  and  1866,  the  Umbeyla  and 
Bhotan  campaigns,  the  growth  and  collapse  of  the  Bombay  cotton  mania,  the  progress 
of  tea  culture  in  Bengal  and  Upper  India,  the  indigo  disturbances,  the  spread  of  rail- 
ways and  canals,  the  introduction  of  the  penal  code,  the  great  impulse  given  by  the 
new  order  of  things  political  to  the  mental,  social  and  material  life  of  all  Hindustan 
— all  these  subjects  are  handled  by  Mr.  Prichard  with  the  pen  of  a  well-informed 
critic  and  an  informing  writer.  *  *  *  To  all  who  would  know  what  India  has 
been  doing  in  the  last  ten  years,  these  volumes  will  be  found  to  present  a  detailed  and 
generally  sufficient  answer." — Allen's  Indian  Mail. 

"  These  volumes  are  manifestly  the  work  of  a  shrewd  observer  who  has  passed 
many  years  in  India,  and  who  gives  us  a  non-official  view  of  the  history  of  the  last 
ten  years.  Besides  a  historical  narrative,  we  have  what  we  may  almost  style  treatises 
on  education,  social  progress,  the  history  of  legislation,  finance,  hygiene  and  sanitation 
in  India.  *  «  »  A  book  which  any  officer  likely  to  have  to  take  a  turn  at  Indian 
service  would  do  well  to  master." — Cvitlbitrn's  United  Service  Magazine. 

"  An  able  illustration  of  the  present  condition  of  India." — Morning  Post. 

"  A  new  government,  a  re-organized  army,  a  re-modelled  judicature,  new  taxes,  new 
financial  arrangements,  vast  agricultural  changes,  and  an  immense  infiux  of  capital,  so 
dizzied  the  observer  that  at  the  commencement  of  1869  he  could  hardly  recognize  the 
India  of  1857.  Worthily  to  describe  the  events  of  such  a  period  would  overtax,  it 


Works  by  Etudus  T.  Prichard,  Esq.,  F.S.S.  713 


might  be  thought,  the  ablest  writer.  It  is  no  small  praise,  then,  when  we  say  that 
Mr.  Prichard  has  left  few  topics  untouched,  and  is  always  clear,  always  interesting 
and  deserving  attention,  even  in  places  where  his  information  could  not  possibly  be 
complete.  He  has  written  a  book  which  will  assist  the  student  of  Indian  affairs  and 
save  him  the  trouble  of  innumerable  references." — Athe-neeum. 

"  A  work  which,  while  it  forms  no  mean  addition  to  general  historical  literature, 
will  be  to  the  student  of  Indian  Administration  a  standard  book  of  reference." — 
Overland  Mail. 


The  Chronicles  of  Budgepore. 

2  vols.  800. 

(  W.  H.  Allen  $  Co.) 

"  It  is  seldom  that  a  book  is  to  be  found  which  so  entirely  carries  out  its  purpose 
as  this.  It  professes  to  be  intended  to  illustrate  some  characteristics  of  social  and 
official  life  in  Upper  India,  both  in  European  and  native  society,  and  to  show  the 
quaint  results  which  an  indiscriminate  and  often  injudicious  engrafting  of  habits  and 
ideas  of  Western  civilization  upon  Oriental  stock  is  calculated  to  produce  »  •  » 
and  it  is  meant,  while  seeking  to  amuse,  to  draw  attention,  under  the  guise  of  fiction, 
to  serious  abuses  and  defects,  patent  to  all  who  have  studied  British  India  from  an 
impartial  or  independent  point  of  view.  It  can  be  assuredly  said  that  every  atom  of 
this  purpose  is  literally  fulfilled.  *  *  *  The  craft  and  subtle  diplomacy  of  the 
natives,  and  the  extraordinary  influences  over  the  government  officials  which  many  of 
them  succeed  in  obtaining,  are  most  significantly  exhibited.  *  *  *  One  of  the 
peculiarities,  and,  indeed,  one  of  the  merits  of  this  book,  is  that  its  range  extends  over 
so  long  a  period  that  it  embraces  chronicles  of  the  state  of  things  which  existed  in  the 
comparatively  early  time  of  the  rule  of  the  East  India  Company,  as  early  as  Warren 
Hastings,  as  well  as  that  which  is  now  in  being.  *  *  *  It  would  be  almost  vain 
to  set  down  within  a  reasonable  space  any  but  a  vague  idea  of  the  infinite  variety  of 
the  contents  of  this  book.  In  two  small  volumes  are  concentrated  an  immense  amount 
of  entertaining  matter,  as  well  as  of  suggestive  illustrations  of  the  working,  adminis- 
trative and  social,  of  that  great  anomaly, — the  rule  of  India  by  England.  It  is  the 
happy  art  of  Mr.  Prichard  to  be  able  ridentem  dicere  verum,  and,  while  he  indites  a 
most  amusing  series  of  stories,  in  almost  every  sentence  to  point  a  moral." — Morning 
Post. 

"  A  very  true  and  piquant  expose  of  the  faults  and  follies  of  human  nature— more 
especially  in  its  official  phase — in  British  India." — Asiatic, 

"  The  work  generally  has  high  value  as  a  picture  of  political  and  social  defects  in 
our  rule  in  India,  which  arc  not  so  well  known  as  they  ought  to  be  in  this  country. 
But  in  their  present  amusing  form  they  can  scarcely  fail  to  attract  attention." — 
Graphic, 

"  To  those  who  have  yet  to  read  these  volumes  for  the  first  time,  we  can  promise 
a  good  deal  of  amusement,  combined,  if  they  chance  to  need  it,  with  an  equal  amount 
of  information,  not  always  in  itself  amusing.  *  *  *  A  marked  vein  of  shrewd 
satire  flows  through  his  work,  and  the  comic  scenes  are  at  times  set  off  by  touches 
of  unexpected  pathos." — Allen's  Indian  Mail. 


3  A 


(     714    ) 

WORKS 


BY 

DAVID    NASMITH,   LL.B.,  F.S.S. 


The  Chronometrical  Chart  of  the  History 
of  England. 

Price  21.  2s. 

This  Chart  is  as  essential  to  the  study  of  History  as  is  a  Map  to  the  study 
of  Geography.  By  localizing  each  event,  it  entirely  removes  the 
difficulty  of  Chronology.  The  opinions  of  Lords  Cairns,  Brougham, 
Palmerston,  Shaftesbury,  Prince  Louis  Bonaparte,  Thiers,  Guizot, 
Mignet,  Carlyle,  Hook,  Froude,  Laurie,  &c.,  will  be  forwarded  on 
application  to  GEORGE  PHILIP,  32,  Fleet  Street. 

Extract  from  "THE  TIMES,"  February  10th,  1863. 

"An  attempt  to  teach  history  by  Avhat  geographers  call  'projection  '  is  certainly  a 
novelty  even  among  the  phenomena  of  modern  education.  This,  however,  is  the 
object  of  the  '  Chart '  above  mentioned.  It  is  a  map,  not  of  a  country,  but  of  a 
period.  Mr.  Nasmith's  fundamental  idea  is  that  the  abstract  symbolism  of  numerals 
by  which  we  express  what  we  call  '  dates '  fails  to  yield  any  sufficient  notion  of  chro- 
nology to  the  minds  of  the  young  or  uninstructed.  A  child  may  be  taught  to  repeat 
that  Richard  III.  was  killed  in  1485,  and  Charles  II.  restored  in  1600,  without 
acquiring  any  accurate  impression  of  the  chronological  relation  of  the  two  facts. 
This  is  not  the  way  in  which  we  learn  that  Durham  is  in  the  north  of  England,  and 
Hampshire  in  the  south.  We  get  that  knowledge  from  a  map  by  the  aid  of  locality, 
and  Mr.  Nasmith  conceives  that  chronological  knowledge  may  be  imparted  in  like 
manner.  With  this  purpose  in  view  he  takes  a  certain  period  of  time,  being  that 
which  coincides  with  the  ascertainable  history  of  this  country,  and  frames  it,  as  it 
were,  in  a  plane  five  feet  square.  This  quadrangular  surface  is  to  represent  1,860 
years,  or  the  interval  between  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  era  and  the  time  up  to 
which  the  chart  is  brought.  That  is  the  postulate.  It  remains  only  to  treat  this 
space  as  any  representation  of  territory  would  be  treated  in  an  ordinary  map,  and  to 
divide  it  into  shires  or  shares.  For  symmetry's  sake  the  chart  is  supposed  to  contain 
a  round  2,000  years,  the  odd  1 40  years  required  to  complete  the  20  centuries  being 
left,  as  we  may  say,  uusurveyed.  There  is  no  difficulty  now  in  dividing  the  surface 
of  the  chart  into  parts  or  squares,  nor  in  subdividing  these  again,  until  we  get 
certain  measured  spaces  representing  centuries,  and  certain  smaller  ones  representing 
years.  Time  thus  becomes  expressed  by  locality.  Early  times  are  in  the  north  of 
the  ma]>,  late  times  in  the  south,  and  a  square  of  time  to  the  west  is  earlier  than  a 
square  on  the  same  line  to  the  east.  We  read  the  chart,  in  short,  as  we  should  read 
any  other  page,  beginning  at  the  top  and  going  from  left  to  right. 

"  The  next  aid,  and  a  very  important  one,  is  that  of  colour.  We  have  all  been 
taught  that  the  first  inhabitauts  of  England  were  independent  Britons.  Then  came 
the  Romans,  then  the  Saxons,  then  the  Danes,  then  the  Normans,  and  with  these  and 
after  these  a  succession  of  dynasties  enduring  to  the  present  day.  Let  the  times  of 
the  Britons,  then,  be  coloured  green,  those  of  the  Romans  brown,  those  of  the  Saxons 
blue,  those  of  the  Danes  orange,  those  of  the  Normans  drab,  those  of  the  Plantagenets 
yellow,  those  of  the  Lancastrians  and  Yorkists  shaded  pink,  those  of  the  Tudors  green, 


Works  by  David  Nasmith,  LL  B.,  F.S.S.  715 


those  of  the  Stuarts  pink,  and  those  of  the  House  of  Hanover  red.  Here  are  very 
plain  distinctions,  and  we  can  tell  one  division  of  history  from  another  by  the  colour 
as  easily  as  we  can  distinguish  a  pink  Kentucky  from  a  blue  Tennessee  on  a  map  of 
the  old  United  States.  Now,  let  us  suppose  this  chart  hung  up  against  a  wall,  and 
showing  clearly  and  visibly  certain  great  divisions  representing  centuries,  certain 
smaller  divisions  representing  decades,  and  certain  still  smaller  divisions  representing 
years.  First  there  will  be  the  teaching  of  the  colours.  We  observe,  for  instance, 
that  the  great  square  which  by  its  place  in  the  map  must  represent  the  12th  century, 
is  coloured  irregularly,  half  drab  and  half  yellow,  and  that  the  yellow  colour  is  then 
continued  over  the  next  two  great  squares,  representing  the  13th  and  14th  centuries. 
This  tells  us  plainly  enough  that  the  Normans  began  the  12th  century  for  us,  that 
they  were  succeeded  in  about  the  middle  of  it  by  the  Plantagenets,  and  that  the  Plan- 
tagenets  reigned  all  through  the  13th  and  14th  centuries.  Similarly  the  green  colour, 
covering  the  whole  of  the  great  square  or  century  shown  by  its  position  to  be  the 
16th,  identifies  that  shire  of  time  with  the  Tudors,  while  a  certain  white  enclave,  or 
district,  in  the  very  middle  of  the  Stuarts'  pink  division,  gives  us  an  unmistakable 
notion  of  the  Commonwealth.  By  going  nearer  to  the  map  we  shall  discover  speci- 
fications corresponding  to  those  villages,  hamlets,  or  tumuli  on  the  map  of  a  country ; 
viz.,  the  principal  events  of  successive  years,  laid  down  duly  in  their  successive  small 
shires ;  and  so,  in  short,  we  have  our  '  Chronometrical  Chart  of  the  History  of 
England.' 

"  To  the  question,  how  will  this  teaching  answer  ?  experience  must  furnish  a  reply; 
but  we  think  the  more  the  eye  is  thus  used  the  better.  A  pupil  or  student,  however 
careless  or  however  dull,  could  never  fail  to  carry  away  with  him  the  general  appear- 
ance of  a  large  coloured  surface  always  before  him.  He  would  recollect  it  as  he  would 
recollect  the  pattern  of  the  paper-hangings  or  the  position  of  the  clock  in  the  school- 
room. He  would  remember  that  in  the  chart  of  history  yellow  came  before  green, 
green  before  pink,  and  pink  before  red.  He  would  probably  be  able  to  say  that  blue 
was  at  the  top  and  red  at  the  bottom,  with  the  other  principal  colours  between  them. 
Yet,  if  he  do  all  this,  and  simply  connect  these  half-a-dozen  colours  with  half-a-dozen 
names,  he  would  have  got  an  elementary  notion  of  English  chronology.  If  he  could 
go  further,  and  recollect  in  which  small  subdivision  of  each  great  square  he  used  to 
find  a  certain  event  characteristically  denoted,  he  would  know  all  the  dates  of  import- 
ance in  the  history  of  England,  and  be  able  to  take  a  survey  of  the  whole  period 
besides.  How  much  of  this  can  really  be  done  teachers  would  soon  discover,  and,  as 
the  chart  is  published  in  the  form  of  an  atlas  as  well  as  in  the  form  of  a  map,  ordi- 
nary readers  can  make  the  discovery  also." 


The  Practical  Linguist. 

Just  published,  by  the  same  Author,  price  5s.  Gd. 

Being  a  System,  based  entirely  upon  Natural  Principles,  of  learning  to 
Speak,  Read  and  Write  the  GERMAN  LANGUAGE. 

(David  Nutt,  270,  Strand.) 

"  We  have  no  hesitation  in  characterizing  this  as,  in  many  respects,  a  remarkable 
work.  One  would  think,  considering  the  crowd  of  books  professing  to  teach  languages, 
that  there  could  be  little  new  to  be  discovered  in  that  direction  ;  but  Mr.  Nasmith  has 
not  only  brought  out  a  work  superior,  as  far  as  we  know,  to  any  similar  one  which  has 
preceded  it,  but  he  has  hit  upon  an  entirely  new  system,  and,  if  he  has  not  discovered 
a  royal  road  to  learning,  he  has  at  least  found  out  a  path  much  shorter,  simpler,  and 
more  natural  than  any  we  have  hitherto  seen." — Educational  Times,  October,  1870. 

"  If  Mr.  Nasmith's  theory  is  correct,  his  work  must  produce  the  most  important 
change  that  has  been  effected  in  the  study  of  languages  since  the  time  that  books  were 


716  Works  by  David  Nasmith,  LL.B.,  F.  8.  S. 


first  introduced  as  a  means  to  this  end.  It  is  difficult  to  confute  any  of  his  propo- 
sitions ;  it  is  clear  that  his  work  is  the  result  of  great  thought  and  proportionate 
labour.  And  so  far  as  we  are  able  to  ascertain,  no  system  exists  which  offers  to  the 
learner  such  small  pains,  or  which  exhibits  so  much  labour  undertaken  on  the  part  of 
the  author,  in  order  to  spare  the  time  and  energy  of  his  pupil.  Our  own  experience, 
insignificant  as  it  is,  satisfies  us  that  in  most,  if  not  in  all,  particulars,  this  work  con- 
tains the  true  principles  upon  which  the  study  of  a  language  should  be  based.  It  is  a 
scientific  reduction  of  the  practice  by  which  the  child  acquires  his  native  tongue,  and 
by  which  the  foreigner  learns  the  language  of  the  people  among  whom  he  may  happen 
to  be  cast,  when  unable  to  attain  his  end  by  means  of  books ;  and  it  is  remarkable 
that,  whereas  both  the  child  and  the  foreigner  so  situated  acquire  an  idiomatic 
acquaintance  with  the  language,  this  is  rarely,  if  ever,  the  case  with  those  who  are 
dependent  upon  books.  This  fact  alone,  which  is  noted  by  Mr.  Nasmith,  furnishes 
the  strongest  argument  in  favour  of  his  system,  a  fair  trial  of  which  must  be  desired 
by  all  interested  in  the  study  of  German,  and  the  other  languages  to  which  his  system 
is  to  be  applied."  —  Tlie  Educational  Review,  January,  1871. 

"  It  must  suffice  to  say  that  the  soundest  principles  are  evinced  through  the  two 
attractive  volumes  under  notice,  and  that  no  more  agreeable  tutor,  in  one  of  the  most 
desirable  of  living  languages,  can  be  consulted  than  our  author,  Mr.  D.  Nasmith." — 
The  Morning  Advertiser,  September  Qth. 

"  Mr.  Nasmith  has  spared  no  labour  in  the  development  of  the  '  practical'  system, 
which  is  exceedingly  interesting,  and  will,  we  are  convinced,  be  highly  appreciated  by 
any  who  may  attempt  to  acquire  German  by  its  aid." — Public  Opinion,  Sept.  10th. 

"  '  The  Practical  Linguist'  evidences,  not  only  large  ability  in  the  author,  but  that 
true  conscientiousness  of  intent,  which  evidently  takes  it  out  of  the  category  of  mere 
book-making." — Will-o'-the-  Wisp,  September  2lst,  1870. 

"  It  is  easy,  intelligible,  and  full  of  reward  for  the  least  industry.  *  *  *  With 
Mr.  Nasmith's  assistance  a  man  could  read,  write  and  speak  German  in  ten  months. 
We  sincerely  hope  the  plan  will  meet  the  recognition  it  deserves." — The  Freeman's 
Journal,  Dublin,  September  22nd. 

"  This  is  really  an  original  introduction  to  a  language,  working  out  in  a  systematic 
and  thorough  manner  a  good  many  principles  which  are  now  generally  accepted  as  the 
right  method  of  learning  a  language,  but  are  not  consistently  acted  upon  greatly  for 
want  of  a  proper  system.  *  *  *  The  work  is  conscientiously  executed  and  will 
be  easily  used  ;  and  masters  and  pupils,  with  only  ordinary  diligence,  will  be  able  by 
its  help  to  accomplish  their  object  more  speedily  than  is  generally  the  case." — 
Economist,  December  IQtJi,  1870. 

"  Mr.  Nasmith's  work  is  evidently  the  fruit  of  no  small  labour,  and  it  will  do  much 
to  lessen  the  time  required  for  the  acquisition  of  German,  while,  at  the  same  time, 
the  tedium  of  the  process  will  be  greatly  lightened." — Dundee  Advertiser,  10th 
October,  1870. 

"  In  accuracy  of  detail,  perfection  of  arrangement  and  distinctness  of  type,  the 
entire  work  is  eminently  deserving  of  praise,  and  we  can  with  confidence  recommend 
it  to  our  readers." — The  Civilian,  IQtJt,  November,  1870. 

"  We  cannot  indicate  the  characteristics  of  the  system,  but  can  unhesitatingly  say 
this  much, — we  have  seen  no  better  plan  for  teaching  one  of  the  most  difficult  of 
modern  languages." — Sunday  Times,  \Qth  October,  1870. 

"  We  cordially  recommend  the  book.  It  is  not  only  cleverly  thought  out,  it  is  use- 
fully contrived.  Without  regarding  the  peculiarities  of  the  new  system  which  the 
work  is  said  to  embody,  we  unhesitatingly  pi'onounce  it  to  be  a  sound,  useful  grammar 
— an  excellent  key  to  the  intricacies  of  what  is  said  to  be  one  of  the  finest,  and  what 
is  certainly  one  of  the  most  difficult,  of  all  modern  languages." — Jewish  Chronicle, 
§th  December,  1870. 

"  Mr.  Nasmith's  two  volumes  contain  the  essentials  of  the  grammar  clearly  and 
fully  stated,  exercises,  vocabularies,  reading  lessons  and  grammatical  commentaries." 
— Athenmum,  bth  November,  1870. 

"  Clear,  comprehensive,  facile  and  correct,  this  work  is  decidedly  the  best  of  its  kind 
that  has  yet  been  published  for  the  use  of  English  scholars." — European  Mail,  ItJt 
October,  1870. 


c 

a 

Catalogue 


OF 


LAW    WOEKS 


PUBLISHED    BY 


MESSES,    BUTTERWOBTH, 

£ato  Booksellers  anti 


TO  THE  QUEEN'S  MOST  EXCELLENT  MAJESTY 

AMD   TO 

H.R.H.    THE    PRINCE    OF   WALES. 


"  Now  for  the  Laws  of  England  (if  I  shall  speak  my  opinion  of  them 
1  without  partiality  either  to  my  profession  or  country"),  for  the  matter  and 
'  nature  of  them,  I  hold  them  wise,  just  and  moderate  laws:  they  give  to  God, 
1  they  give  to  Ceesar,  they  give  to  the  subject  what  appertaineth.  It  is  true 
'  they  are  as  mixt  as  our  language,  compounded  of  British,  Saxon,  Danish, 
1  Norman  customs.  And  surely  as  our  language  is  thereby  so  much  the  richer, 
1  so  our  laws  are  likewise  by  that  mixture  the  more  complete." — LORD  BACON. 


1873. 
7,  FLEET  STREET,  LONDON,  E.C. 


intjes  to  iffatalope. 

Accounts,                  TA.QE 

Civil  Service  Exam.  PAGE 

Corporations,             PAGE 

Solicitors'.    Coombs  ..  27 
Law  of.    Pulling     ...  36 
Actions  at  Law. 

(Indian).     Cutler  ...  35 
Circumstantial  Evidence. 

In  General.    Grant  ...  22 
Municipal.    Sewell...  37 

Costs, 

Browne           38 
Kerr     17 
Lush     13 

Wills     31 
Code,  English  Law. 
Blaxland         37 

Law  of.    Gray          ...  35 
County  Courts. 
Davis                       ..    6 

Williams        33 
Admiralty, 

Collieries.     Bainbridge..  33 
Colonial  Law. 

Equity  and  Bankruptcy. 
Davis           6 

Practice.    Coote       ...    9 

Barbados        35 

Criminal  Law. 

PrizeLaw.  Lushington  27 

South  Australia       ...  35 

Davis  34 

Aliens.    Cutler  11 

Commentaries. 

Oke      24 

Arbitrations.     Redman    4 

Phillimore's,    Interna- 

Curates.    Field  28 

Arbitrations  (Masters 
and  Workmen). 
Lovesy  ...                        27 

tional    19,  39 
Stephen's  Blackstone's  4,  39 
Commercial, 

Deeds. 
Tudor  17 

Descents. 

Articled  Clerk. 
Examination  Journal  5,39 

Law.    Chitty  37 
Treaties.     Hertslet  ...  28 
Forms.    Crabb          ...  20 

Fearne  37 
Divorce. 

Handy  Book.    Mosely  21 
Student's  Guide. 

Common  Form  Practice. 

Practice. 
Browning    23 

Benham  17 

Coote          „    7 

Drainage. 

Attachment, 

Common  Law, 

Woolrych        22 

Foreign.    Brandon  ...  23 

At  Chambers. 

Easements. 

Awards. 

Parkinson   26 

Latham           ...        ...  18 

Redman         4 

Costs. 

Washburn      86 

Banking. 

Gray  35 
Pleading. 

Ecclesiastical, 

Grant   39 

Chitty,  jun....        ...  22 

Practice. 

Keyser            37 
Bankruptcy. 
Bulley  &  Bund         ...  27 
Linklater        36 
Robson           26 
"Rnr 

Greening     36 
Williams     33 
Practice. 
Dixon          13 
Kerr             17 
Lush            ...        ...  13 

Coote           36 
Judgments. 
Burder  ».  Heath     ...38 
Hebbert  v.  Purchas     38 
Long  v.  Cape  Town     38 
M  artin  v.  MackonochieSS 

x>ar. 
Pearce  35 

Compensation, 

Westerton  v.  Liddell    38 
Election 

Smith  34 

Law  of. 

Bar  Examination 
Journal          ..       32,39 
Barbados,  Law  of     ...  35 

Ingram        11 
Shelford       25 
Consolidation  Acts. 
Shelford                     ...  25 

Law.     Davis  23 
England, 
Laws  of. 
Blackstone...         4,  39 

Belligerents. 
Hamel  ...        ...        ...  35 

Constitution. 

Francillon  35 
Stephen       ...         4,  39 

Phillimore      19 
Bills  of  Exchange. 

Grant                                 26 

May      29 

Stephen          ...         4,  39 
Contraband  of  War. 

English  Bar. 
Pearce  35 
Smith  34 

Bills  of  Sale.     Hunt...   4 
Blackstone. 

Deane  36 
Moseley           36 

Contracts, 

Equity, 
Doctrine  and  Practice  of. 
Goldsmith  6 

Stephen's       ...         4,  39 

Specific  Performance. 

Draftsman.    Lewis  ...  16 

Blockade.     Deane       ...  36 

Fry   30 

Pleader.     Drewry     ...  29 

Bookkeeping,  Solicitors'. 
Coombs           27 

Conveyancing, 
Introduction  to. 

Suit  in.    Hunter      ...  16 
See  Chancery. 

Boundaries.    Hunt     ...  10 

Lewis            16 

Evidence, 

Brokers.     Keyser        ...  37 
Carriers, 

Practice. 
Barry           15 
Rouse          12 

Circumstantial.  Wills  31 
County  Court.    Davis     6 
Law  of.     Powell      ...  32 

Inland.     Powell       ...  34 

Smith          31 

Wills.    Wigram       ...  33 

Railway.    Shelford  ...  25 

Tudor          ...        ...  17 

Examinations. 

Chamber  Practice, 

Common  Law. 

Form*. 
Christie       20 

Preliminary. 
Benham      ...        17,  40 

Parkinson  26 

Crabb          ...        ...  20 

Journals         5,  32,  S»,  40 

Chancery  Practice. 

Rouse          ...        ...  12 
Shelford      20 

Intermediate  and  Final. 

Goldsmith      6 
Hunter  16 

Convictions  (Summary), 

Mosely        21 
Fences. 

Drafting.    Lewis     ...  16 

Synopsis  of.    Oke    ...  24 

Hunt    ...        ...        ...  10 

Channel  Islands. 

Forms.    Oke  24 

Fisheries.    Oke  24 

Bowditch        36 

Co-operative  Societies. 

Foreshores. 

Charitable  Trusts. 

Brabrook        12 

Hunt    10 

Tudor  18 

Copyholds, 

Williams  v.  Nicholson  35 

Church  Seats.     Heales   14 

Enfranchisement. 

Forms, 

Church  Building. 

Rouse          21 
Law  of. 

Conveyancing.  Crabb...  20 
Rouse     12 

Trower  28 

Scriven       23 

Magisterial.    Oke    ...  24 

Civil  Law. 

Coroner. 

Pleading.     Greening     36 

Tomkins  and  Jencken  18 

Baker  36 

Probate.    Chadwick      26 
-< 

f  — 
INDEX  TO  CATALOGUE.                                  3 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Questions                     PAGE 

Frauds.    Hunt  4 

Lords  Chancellors,  &c., 

On  Stephen's  Comments.    8 

Friendly  Societies. 

Brabrook        12 

Catalogue  of.     Hardy    37 
Lord  Mayor's  Court. 

Railways. 
Shelford      25 

Gaius'  Roman  Law  ...  i& 
Game  Laws.     Oke     ...  24 
Gaming.     Edwards     ...  37 

Brandon           31 
Lunacy.     Phillips      ...  30 
Magisterial  Law, 

Compensation.  Ingram  1  1 
Carriers.    Powell     ...  84 
Real  Property. 
Tudor  17 

Gas  Companies  Acts..  29 

Acts,    Davis  ...        ...  34 
Practice.    Oke          ...  24 

Chart.   Fearne         ...  37 

Gavelkind.    Robinson  ..  37 

Forms.     Oke  24 

Referees'  Court  Practice. 

Guernsey  (Law  of). 
Bowditch       36 

Maritime  Warfare. 

Deane  36 

Clifford  &  Stephens  ...  14 
Registration.     Davis  ...  23 

Highways.     Glen       ...  30 
House  of  Lords, 

Practice.    May         ...  29 
Digested  Indtx  to  Cases. 
Clark           15 

Hamel  $5 

Marriage  Acts.  Burn  ..  37 
Master  and  Servant. 
Davis    22 
Master  and  Workmen. 

Religion. 
Church  and  State     ...  38 
Supremacy  of  Crown  .  38 
Religious  Confession. 
Badeley          38 

Idiots.     Phillips  30 

Lovesy  27 

Ritual. 

Indian  Penal  Code. 

Mercantile  Accounts. 
Pulling            ...        ...  36 

Bayford          38 
Bullock          38 

Cutler  and  Griffin    ...  34 
Indian  Statute  Law. 
Field     34 

Militia  Laws.   Dwyer  ..37 
Mines  and  Minerals. 

Hamel  38 
Phillimore      38 
Roman  Law. 

Industrial  and  Provi- 

Bainbridge     33 

Gaius   19 

dent  Societies. 

Mortgages. 

Ortolan           10 

Fisher  9 

Tomkins         10 

Brabrook        12 

Rouse  12 

Tomkins  and  Jencken  18 

Inns,  Law  of.     Oke  ...  24 
Institutes  of  Public  Law. 
Nasmith         ...        ...    8 
Intermediate    Exami- 

Municipal Elections. 
Sewell  37 
Naturalization.    Cutler  11 
Negligence.  Sauuders  ..11 

Savings  Banks.    Grant  39 
Sciences  (the)  and  Law  35 
Sea  Shore.    Hunt       ...  10 
Settlements, 

nation.     Bedford   ...     14 

Neutrals.     Phillimore...  19 

Voluntary,  ttc.    Cutler  35 

International  Law. 

Nisi  Prius.     Leigh     ...  36 

Voluntary.    Hunt     ...  39 

Deane  36 

Nuisances.     Glen       ..   31 

Sewers.     Woolrych     ...  22 

Hamel  35 

Phillimore      ...        19,  39 
Irish  Land  Act.     Butt  31 

Jersey  (Law  of  ). 
Bowditch       36 
Joint  Stock. 

Parliamentary. 
Clifford  &  Stephens...  14 
Davis    23 
May       29 
Partnership. 
Dixon  13 

Sheriff.     Sewell  37 
Sheriff  's  Court.*   Davis    6 
Short  Hand.    Gurney...  36 
Slander,     starkie        ...  14 
Solicitors'  Bookkeeping. 

Banks.    Grant          ...  39 
Companies.     Shelford    7 

Pothier  37 
Patents.     Norman        ...  35 

Coombs           ...        ...  27 
Specific  Performance. 

Jurisprudence. 

FormofLaw.  Holland  32 

Peerage  Claim. 
Finlason's  Wiltes      ...  35 

Fry         30 
Stock  Exchange.  KeyserST 

Law  Magazine          ...  29 

Lemarchant's  Gardner  35 

Succession  Duty. 

Justice  of  Peace.    Oke  24 
Land  Settlement,  An- 

Petty Sessions.    Oke  ..  24 
Pews.      Heales   14 

Shelford          21 
Summary  Convictions. 
Oke  "                       ..    24 

cient     36 
Landlord  and  Tenant. 

Pleading, 

Common  Law. 
Chitty.  Jun.          ...  22 

Suit  in  Equity.  Hunter  18 
Tenant,  Landlord  and. 

Fawoett   ...        ...         ...    8 
Law  Exam.  Journal  5,  39 

Greening     36 
Williams      33 

Fawcett          8 
Tithes.    Schomberg     ...  37 

Law  Magazine  29 

Equity.     Drewry      ...  29 

TradesUnions.  Brabrook  12 

Law  Studies. 

Guide.  Anstey          ...  37 

Treaties.    Hertslet      ..    23 

Cutler's  Lecture        ...35 

Poor  Law  Orders      ...  27 

Trusts,  Charitable. 

Francillon       35 

Precedents, 

Tudor  18 

Mosely  21 
Smith                              34 

Conveyancing.    Ciabb   20 

Turnpike  Laws.     Oke  25 

Stephen's  Blackstone  4,39 
Leading  Cases, 
Real  Property.  Tudor  17 
Leases.     Crabb  2D 
Rouse  12 

Rouse  12 
Preliminary  Examina- 
tion Journal  40 
Priority.     Fisher          ...     9 
Private  Bills.     May  ...  2U 

Vendors  &  Purchasers. 
Seaborne         15 

Water  Companies  Acts  29 
Waters.     Hunt  10 

Legacy  Duties.  Shelford  21 

Prize  Law.   Lushingion  27 

Wills. 

Legitimacy. 

Probate, 

Coote    7 
Crabb    .•        ...        ..    20 

Gardner  Peerage      ...  35 

Practice.    Coote       ...     7 

Life  Assurance. 

Forms.    Chadwick  ...  26 

Tudor  ..         17 

Blayney          37 
Libel.     Starkie  14 

Dudes.    Shelford     ...  21 
Provident  Societies. 

Wigram           ...         .33 
Winding-up. 

Licensing  Laws.  Oke  ..  24 

Brabrook        ...        ...  12 
Public  Health.  Glen  ...  31 

Grant  39 
Shelford           .         ...     7 

Local  Government. 

Public  Law  (English). 

Window  Lights. 

Glen     31              Nasmith         8              Latham          18 

LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Stephen's  Blackstone's  Commentaries. — Seventh  Edition. 

In  active  Preparation,  in  4  vols.,  8vo. 

MR.  SERJEANT  STEPHEN'S  NEW  COMMENTARIES 
ON  THE  LAWS  OF  ENGLAND,  partly  founded  on  Blackstone.  The 
SeventhEdition,  by  JAMES  STEPHEN,  LL.D.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister- 
at-Law,  formerly  Recorder  of  Poole,  and  late  Professor  of  English  Law  at 
King's  College,  London ;  now  Judge  of  County  Courts  for  Lincolnshire 
Circuit  No.  17. 

Hunt  on  Frauds  and  Bills  of  Sale. 

Post  8vo.,  9s.  cloth. 

The  LAW  relating  to   FRAUDULENT  CONVEYANCES, 

under  the  Statutes  of  Elizabeth  and  the  Bankrupt  Acts :  with  Remarks  on 
the  Law  relating  to  Bills  of  Sale.  By  ARTHUR  JOSEPH  HUNT,  of  the 
Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  Author  of  "  The  Law  relating  to 
Boundaries,  Fences  and  Foreshores." 


"  This  work  is  calculated  to  be  of  service  to 
the  profession.  The  subject  is  of  never-failing 
recurrence  and  the  decisions  are  by  no  means 
easy  to  reconcile  and  to  arrange,  and  yet  each 
decision,  without  any  exception  that  we  know 
of,  is  an  authority  in  itself.  Mr.  Hunt  has 
brought  to  bear  upon  the  subject  a  clearness 
of  statement,  an  orderliness  of  arrangement 
and  a  subtlety  of  logical  acuteness  which  carry 
him  far  towards  a  complete  systematization  of 
all  the  cases.  Neither  has  his  industry  been 
lacking:  the  cases  that  have  arisen  under  the 
Bankruptcy  Act,  1869,  and  under  the  Bills  of 
Sa'e  Act  have  been  carefully  and  completely 
noted  up  and  disposed  of  by  him  in  their  appro- 
priate plases.  The  index  also  is  both  accurate 
and  careful  and  secures  much  facility  of  refer- 
ence to  the  various  matters  which  are  the  sub- 
jects of  the  work." — Law  Magazine. 

"Though  smaller  in  size,  Mr.  Hunt's  book 
deals  with  fraudulent  conveyances  under  the 
Bankruptcy  Acts,  a  subject  which  Mr.  May  in 
his  work  left  almost  untouched,  although  his 
book  has  the  undoubted  merit  of  being  the 


first  to  break  fresh  ground  in  treating  fraudu- 
lent conveyances  in  a  separate  volume.  In 
reviewing  that  book  last  year  we  took  occasion, 
while  praising  the  industry  and  care  with  which 
it  was  compiled,  to  remark  on  the  obscurity  of 
its  style.  In  this  respect  its  younger  rival  has 
considerable  advantage.  Mr.  Hunt's  book  is 
as  readable  as  a  treatise  on  so  technical  a  sub- 
ject can  well  be  made.  Mr.  Hunt's  arrange- 
ment of  his  materials  follows  an  orderly  and 
intelligible  plan.  The  index  is  apparently 
carefully  prepared,  and  the  table  of  cases 
shews  that  none  of  the  recent  cases  have  been 
overlooked.  Mr.  Hunt  has  produced  a  really 
useful  book  unencumbered  by  useless  matter, 
which  deserves  great  success  as  a  manual  of 
the  law  of  fraudulent  dispositions  of  property." 
— Lam  Journal. 

"  The  author  has  collected  with  industry 
and  care  the  authorities  bearing  on  the  ques- 
tion he  has  undertaken  to  deal  with.  The 
matter  is  conveniently  broken  up,  and  the 
reader  is  assisted  by  a  good  index." — Solicitor? 
Journal. 


Redman's  Law  of  Arbitrations  and  Awards. 

8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

A  CONCISE  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  ARBITRATIONS 
and  AWARDS,  with  an  Appendix  of  Precedents  and  Statutes.  By  JOSEPH 
HAWORTH  REDMAN,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister-at-Law. 


"A  singular  feature  in  this  work  is,  that  it 
•has  no  foot  notes,  and  this  is  a  decided  recom- 
mendation. Mr.  Redman  goes  straight  through 
his  task,  and  gives  his  cases  at  the  end  oi  his 
propositions.  Commencing  with  a  brief  intro- 
duction, his  second  chapter  treats  of  who  may 
be  parties  to  a  reference,  and  each  succeeding 
chapter,  divided  into  sections,  exhausts  the 
successive  steps  in  the  process  of  arbitrament. 
The  question  of  costs,  which  is  apt  to  cause 
dilliculty,  is  very  clearly  put  before  the  reader, 
and  indeed  the  chief  merit  of  the  work  is  the 
singular  lucidity  with  which  the  law  is  ex- 
pounded. We  give  the  work  all  the  praise 
which  it  can  claim  when  we  say  that  the 
arrangement  is  good,  the  style  clear,  and  the 
work  exhaustive.  There  is  a  useful  appendix 
of  precedents  and  statutes,  and  a  very  good 
index." — Law  Times. 

"This  is  likely  to  prove  a  useful  book  in 
practice.  The  only  peculiarity  in  the  work 
belore  us  is  the  absence  of  notes,  all  the 
references  being  given  in  the  text  itself.  All 
the  ordinary  law  on  the  subject  is  given  shoitly 
and  in  a  convenient  and  accessible  form,  and 


the  index  is  a  good  one.  The  book  is  of  a 
portable  size  and  moderate  price,  and  contains 
a  fairly  complete  appendix  of  precedents.  It 
is  likely  enough  that  it  will  meet  a  demand 
both  in  the  profession  and  amongst  lay  arbi- 
trators."— Solicitors'  Journal. 

"  Mr.  Redman's  book  may  do  something  to 
expedite  matters.  It  is  a  concise  statement  of 
the  law  on  the  questions  which  are  likely  to 
arise  in  the  course  of  a  reference  or  in  subse- 
quent proceedings  which  may  be  taken  in 
regard  to  it.  We  suppose  the  real  object  of 
the  work  is  to  prevent  an  arbitrator  from  going 
wrong  in  the  course  of  the  proceedings  before 
him  and  in  the  award.  We  have  no  doubt  but 
that  in  this  way  the  work  will  be  useful.  The 
precedents  of  awards  are  clearly  and  concisely 
drawn.  The  arrangement  of  chapters  is  con- 
veniently managed.  The  law  is  clearly  stated, 
and,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  all  the  important 
cases  bearing  directly  on  the  subject  are  given, 
while  the  index  appears  reasonably  copious. 
These  facts,  combined  with  the  smallness  of 
the  volume,  ought  to  make  the  book  a  suc- 
cess."— Laic  Journal. 


Q 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.         5 


LAW  EXAMINATION  JOURNAL 

AND  LAW  STUDENT'S  MAGAZINE. 

Edited  by  HERBERT  NEWMAN  MOZLEY,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

Published  on  the  morning  of  the  second  day  after  each  respective  Final 
Examination  in  Hilary,  Easter,  Trinity  and  Michaelmas  Terms  in  each 
year.  Each  Number  price  Is.,  by  post  Is.  Id.  ;  or  annual  subscription, 
payable  in  advance,  is.,  by  post  4s.  \d. 

CONTENTS. -Xo.  I.  Michaelmas,  1869.— I.  County  Courts,  their  Merits  and  Defects  as 
Local  Tribunals :  By  the  Editor.  II.  Summary  of  new  Decisions  In  Banco  and  at  Nisi  Prlus. 
III.  Analysis  of  the  more  Important  practical  Statutes  of  82  &  83  Viet  IV.  Intermediate  Exami- 
nation Questions  and  Answers  (T  T.  1869).  V.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (M.  T. 
1869).  VI.  Notes  on  the  Examinations.  VII.  Correspondence. 

No.  2.  Hilary,  1870.— I.  Note  by  the  Editor.  II.  On  Attornment  in  Mortgages.  III.  Digest  of 
Important  recent  Decisions.  IV.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (M.  T.  1869). 
V.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (H.  T.  1870).  VI.  Correspondence. 

No.  3.  Easter,  1870.— I.  On  the  Fusion  of  the  Two  Branches  of  the  Profession :  By  the  Editor. 
II.  Digest  of  important  recent  Decisions.  III.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers 
(H.  T.  1870).  IV.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (E.  T.  1870).  V.  Reviews  of  New 
Books.  VI.  Correspondence. 

No.  4>.  Trinity,  1870.— I.  Leading  Article  on  the  Fusion  of  the  Two  Branches  of  the  Legal  Pro- 
fession :  By  the  Editor  (concluded).  II.  Digest  of  important  Legal  Decisions.  III.  Intermediate 
Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Easter,  1870).  IV.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers 
(Trinity,  1870).  V.  Reviews  of  New  Books.  VI.  Correspondence. 

No.  5.  Michaelmas,  1870.— I.  Cn  the  Legislation  of  1870  :  By  the  Editor.  II.  Digest  of  important 
Legal  Decisions.  III.  Intennediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Trinity,  1870).  IV.  Final 
Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Michaelmas,  1870).  V.  Reviews  of  New  Books.  VL  Cor- 
respondence. 

No.  6.  Hilary,  1871.— I.  Our  Jury  System :  By  the  Editor.  II.  Digest  of  important  Legal 
Decisions.  III.  Intennediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Michaelmas,  1870).  IV.  Final 
Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Hilary ,1871).  V.  Reviews  of  New  Books.  VI.  Correspondence. 

No.  7.  Easter,  1871. — I.  Some  Remarks  on  the  Married  Women's  Property  Act,  1870 :  By  the 
Editor.  II.  Digest  of  important  Legal  Decisions.  III.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and 
Answers  (Hilary, 1871).  IV.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Easter,1871).  V.  Reviews 
of  New  Books.  VI.  Correspondence. 

No.  8.  Trinity,  1871.— I.  On  the  Necessity  of  providing  a  Public  Prosecutor:    By  the  Editor. 

II.  How  Mr.  Mansfield  Denman  passed  his  "  Final :"  By  E.  H.      III.  Digest  of  Cases  :  Note  by  the 
Editor.      IV.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers  (Easter,  1871).      V.  Final  Exami- 
nation Questions  and  Answers  (Trinity,  1871).    VI.  Correspondence,  &c. 

No.  9.  Michaelmas,  1871. — I.  On  Examinations.  II.  The  Subject  of  Public  Prosecutors  (con- 
tinued). III.  Digest  of  Cases.  IV.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  on  Chitty,  Williams  and 
Smith,  Trinity,  1871,  with  Answers.  V.  Final  Examination  Questions  and  Answers,  Michaelmas 
Term,  1871.  VI.  Reviews  of  Books.  VII.  Answers  to  Correspondents. 

No.  1O.  Hilary,  1872.— I.  Notice  of  the  late  Editor.  II.  The  Study  of  the  Law.  III.  Digest 
of  Cases.  IV.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers.  V.  Final  Examination  Questions 
and  Answers.  VI.  Answers  to  Correspondents. 

No.  11.  Easter,  1872.— I.  The  Study  of  the  Law.  II.  Legislative  Prospects  of  the  Session. 
Married  Women's  Property  Act  Amendment  Bill.  Imperial  Court  of  Appeul.  III.  Digest  of  Cases 

IV.  Intermediate  Examination  Questions  and  Answers.    Hilary  Term,  1872.    V.  Final  Examination 
Questions  and  Answers.    Easter  Term,  1872.     VI.  Answers  to  Correspondents'-. 

No.  12.  Trinity,  1872.— I.  Public  Prosecutors,  continued.     II.  Study  of  the  Law,  continued. 

III.  Digest  of  Cases.     IV.  Intermediate  Examination,  Easter  Term,  1872  :  Questions  and  Answers. 

V.  Final  Examination,  Trinity  Term,  1872:  Questions  and  Answers.    VI.  I.uw  Students' Congress, 
Birmingham :  Law  Examinations.     VII.  Review.     VIII.  Answers  to  Correspondents. 

No.  13.  Micliaelmas,  1872.  — I.  Public  Prosecutors,  concluded.  II.  The  Statutes  of  1872. 
III.  Digest  of  Cases.  IV.  Intermediate  Examination,  Trinity  Term,  1872  :  Questions  and  Answers. 
V.  Final  Examination,  Michaelmas  Term,  1872  :  Questions  and  Answers.  VI.  Reviews.  VII.  An- 
swers  to  Correspondents  and  Notices. 

No.  14.  Hilary,  1873.— I.  The 'Study  of  the  Law,  continued.  II.  Digest  of  Cases.  III.  Inter- 
mediate Examination,  Michaelmas  Term,  1S72  :  Questions  and  Answers.  IV.  Filial  Examination, 
Hilary  Term,  1873:  Questions  and  Answers.  V.  Reviews.  VI.  Answers  to  Correspondents  and 
Notices. 


LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Davis's  Equity,  Bankruptcy,  &c.  in  the  County  Courts. 

8vo.  18s.  cloth. 

The  JURISDICTION  and  PRACTICE  of  the  COUNTY 
COURTS  in  EQUITY,  ADMIRALTY,  PROBATE  and  ADMINIS- 
TRATION CASES,  and  in  BANKRUPTCY.  By  J.  E.  DAVIS,  of  the 

Middle  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister-at-Law. 

*»*  Thit  work,  although  issued  separately,  forms  a  Supplementary  or  Second  Volume  to  the 
Fourth  Edition  of  Davis's  County  Courts  Practice  and  Evidence  in  Actions. 

"  This  is  the  companion  volume  of  Mr.  Davis's  "  The  excellent  method  of  the  author  has  not 

Practice  and  Evidence  iu  Actions  in  the  County  forsaken   him,  and  the   mass  of  heterogeneous 

Cour-s,  which,  we  are  told,  had   a   rapid  sale.  topics  which  he  has  been  compelled  to  deal  with 

There   is  one  conspicuous  merit  about  all  that  falls  into  very  good  practical  order.  The  County 

Mr.  Davis  does— it  is  plain,  straightforward  and  Court  judges  will  no  doubt  make  this  book  their 

practical.     Perhaps  the  most  prominent  feature  trusty  companion." — Solicitors'  Jou  nal. 

of  the  work  is  the  extensive  introduction  of  sec-  "  We  think  Mr.  f>avis  will  achieve  as  great  a 

lions  of  acts,  rules  and  forms.    No  doubt  this  success  with  the  second  as  he  undoubtedly  has 

volume  will  have  as  great  a  success  as  its  pre-  with  the  fir.-t  volume  of  his  work  ou  the  County 

decessor  :  it  deserves  as  nmch." — Law  Times.  Courts." — Law  Journal. 

Davis's  County  Courts  Practice  and  Evidence.—  4th  Edit. 

8vo.  Z(\s.  cloth. 

THE  PRACTICE  and  EVIDENCE  in  ACTIONS  in  the 
COUNTY  COURTS.  By  JAMES  EDWARD  DAVIS,  of  the  Middle  Temple, 
Esq.,  Barrister-at-Law. 

*»*  This  is  the  only  work  on  the  County  Courts  which  gives  Forms  of  Plaints,  and  treats  fully  of  the 
Law  and  Evidence  in  Actions  and  other  Proceedings  in  thtse  Courts. 

"  Mr.  Davis's  work  has  grown  with  the  growth  "A  text  hook  which  is  well  known  in  both 
of  his  subject,  and  hasstood  almost  as  long  a  trial  branches  of  the  Legal  Profession.  From  asmall 
as  the  County  Courts  themselves.  The  chapters  beginning  it  has  gradually  grown  into  a  bulky 
on  Evidence,  clearly  and  tersely  written,  will  volume,  and  now  contains  an  exhaustive  expo- 
repay  the  perusal  of  every  common  law  prac-  sition  of  the  Law  and  Practice  relating  to  the 
titioner,  whether  in  the  County  or  the  Superior  County  Courts.  I  he  third  pait  of  this  manual 
Courts.  The  book  is  altogether  thoroughly  well  contains  a  valuable  digest  of  the  Law  of  Kvi- 
turned  out  down  to  its  ready-cut  pages,  for  which  dence  as  applicable  to  the  procedure  of  the 
innovation  all  persons,  especially  reviewers,  will  County  Courts.  In  this  particular  it  certainly 
thank  the  publishers."— -Law  Journal.  excels  all  the  other  text  books  on  the  subject. 

"  It  was  because  these   instructions  were  so  The  importance  of  this  part  of  the  work  cannot 

full  and  accurate  that  iMr.  Davis  succeeded  in  be  too  highly  estimated."— La'j>  Magazine. 
so  easily  establishing  his  work  as  the  Practice 

of  the  County  Conns,  and   in  maintaining  the  "  This  is  a  greatly  enlarged  edition  of  Davis's 

position  he  had  won.     All  who  have  used  it  speak  County   Court   Practice,   a  work    well   enough 

well  of  it.    They  say  they  can  readily  find  what  known  to  need  no  introduction  to  the  legal  |>ub- 

they  want,  and,  better  still,  it  contains  the  in-  lie,  or  at  any  rate  to  that  P9rtion  thereof  which 

formation  they  want,  which  cannot  be  said  of  all  is  concerned  with  proceedings  in   the   County 

books  of  practice.    'J  his  has  been  Mr.  Davis's  de-  Courts.    We  can  safely  and  heartily  recommend 

sign  in  his  Practice  of  the  County  Courts.  the  book  for  the  perusal  of  all  intending  prac- 

"  It  is  undoubtedly  the  best  book  on  the  Prac-  titioners    in   any  County   Court."  —  Soiicitorr' 

tice  of  the  County  Courts."— Law  Times.  Journal. 

Goldsmith's  Equity.  — Sixth  Edition. 

Post  8vo.  18.?.  cloth. 

THE  DOCTRINE  AND  PRACTICE  OF  EQUITY:  or  a 

concise  Outline  of  Proceedings  in  the  High  Court  of  Chancery,  designed 
principally  for  the  Use  of  Students.  Sixth  Edition,  according  to  the  recent 
Statutes  and  Orders.  By  GKO.  GOLDSMITH,  Esq.,  M.A  ,  Barrister-at-Law. 

"  A  well-known  law  student's  book,  the  best,  some  extent  with  that  adopted  by  Mr.  Haynes 

because  the  most  thoroughly  complete,  yetsim-  in    his  excel!'  nt  'Outlines   of   Kquity,'   but  his 

plified  instructor,  in  the  principles  and  practice  work  is  more  complete  than  that  of  Mr.  Haynes." 

of  equity  that  has  ever  been  }  roviMed  for  him  ;  —Law  Eramination  Journal. 

and  that  its  value  has  been  recognized  by  those  "   J  he  whole  work  is  elaborated  hy  Mr.  Gold- 

who  have  made  use  of  it  is  proved  by  this— that  smith  with  evident  care  and  a  determination  to 

the'r  commendations  hive  carried  it  to  a  sixth  deal  with  all  that  can  come  within  the  scope  of  the 

edit'on.    The  principles  of  equity  are   as  they  ti'le.    It  is  characterized  hy  comprehensiveness 

were,  but  the  practice  has  so  changed  since  the  and  at  the  same  time  conciseness,  hy  clearness  of 

publication  01  the  first  edition,  that  every  part  diction  and  attractiveness  of  style  and  avoidance 

of  this  division  of  the  work  has  required  to  be.  of  technicalities  which  might  prove  embarrassing 

rewritten  almost  as  often  as  a  new  edition  was  to  the  student, ai  d  a  close  adherence  to  the  pur- 

demanded.    Ot  course,  the  size  of  the  book  has  pose    as    expressed  in   the  preface.    Mr.  Gold- 

grown  also,  and  from  being,  as  we  remember  it,  smith's  volume  is  marked  by  as  much  originality 

a  very  little  book,  to  be  carried  in  the  pocket,  it  ss  well  can  be  found  in  a  work  of  its  kind." — 

has  become  a  pnrtly  volume,  and  this  fairly  re-  Law  Journal. 

presenis  its  increased  merits.     Now  that  every  '  "  Altogether  the  authors  method  and  hisexe- 

student  aspiring  to  ihe  bar  is  to  be  examined  be-  cntion  are  alike  commendable— and  we  are  of 

fore  admission,  good    bo  ks  for  instruction  in  opinion   that   the   lawyer,  who,    as  a    student, 

the  law  will  be  more  tnan  ever  in  request"—  avails  himself  of  the  primary  intention  of  Mr. 

Lnm  Time*.  Goldsmith'!,  work  by  finding  in  it  his  first  equity 

"  It  is  difficult  to  know  which  to  praise  most,  reading  b  ok  or  primer,  will  afterwards  verify 

the  excellence  and  dignity  of  the  style,  or  the  ex-  the  anticipation  of  the  author  hy  making  of  it 

haustiveness  of  the  information  furnished  to  the  tlilecltijm-eniii  or  lade  mectim  in  his  later  prac- 

reader.      Mr.  Goldsmith's  plan   corresponds   to  lice."— L  u-  Magzaine,  2</</  tiotirt. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,.  B.C.         7 

Coote's  Probate  Court  Practice.— Sixth  Edition. 

8vo.,  25s.  cloth. 

THE  PRACTICE  of  the  COURT  of  PROBATE  in 
COMMON  FORM  BUSINESS.  By  HENRY  CHARLES  COOTE,  F.S.A., 
Proctor  in  Doctors'  Commons,  &c.  Also  a  Treatise  on  the  Practice  of  the 
Court  in  Contentious  Business.  By  THOMAS  H.  TRISTRAM,  D.C.L.,  Ad- 
vocate in  Doctors'  Commons,  and  of  the  Inner  Temple.  Sixth  Edition,  with 
great  Additions,  and  including  all  the  Statutes,  Rules,  Orders,  &c.,  to  the 
present  Time ;  together  with  a  Collection  of  Original  Forms  and  Bills  of 
Costs. 

"  In  1858  Mr.  Coote  published  a  first  attempt  through  subsequent  changes.      It  is  the  book 

to  explain  the  principles  which  were  to  regulate  on  its  subject,  and  that  is  the  highest  praise  that 

the   Comnv.in   Form    Practice  of  the  then  new  can  be  given  to  it."— Law  Timet. 

Court  of  Probate.    Very  welcome,  indeed,  there-  "  E\ery  year  the  legal  arena  of  probate  prac- 

fore.  was  his  opportune  book  of  practice,  and  its  tice  extends  itself,  mid  the  business  which  was 

utility  has  been  significantly  proved  by  the  fact  up  to  the  end  of  the  year  1857  a  monopoly  in  the 

that  we  have  the  -sixth  edition  now  before  us  hands  of  the  ancient  proctors  has  now  become 

bound  up  with    Dr.  Tristram's  treatise  on  the  the  common  property  of  the  profession.  It  is  no 

Practice  of  the  Court  of  Probate  in  Contentious  marvel,  tin  n,  that  the    book   bef  re  us  has  iu 

Business."—  Laa  Magazine.  twelve  years  run  through  five  editions,  and  that 

"  A  book  of  practice  that  has  arrived  at  a  sixth  the  new  year  of  1871  ushers  in  the  sixth.     Nei- 

edition  needs  no  praise.    The  fact  itself  is  the  ther  the  authors  nor  the  publishers  would  care 

best  certificate  of  worth  ;  for  practitioners  would  to  deny,  that  this  substantial  success  is  due,  iu  a 

not  have  continued  to  use  it  if  it  had  not  been  great  measure, to  the  pressing  need  that  has  ex- 

lound  entirely  adapted  for  their  requirements.  isted  for  a  guide  to  probate  practice  :  but  we  may 

Of  course  this  has  followed  the  course  of  all  law  also  venture  to  declare,  that  the  success  of  the 

books  and  grown  in  bulk  with  each  successive  work  has  been  brought  anout  as  much  by  its  own 

edition,  as  new  statutes,  new  rules  of  practice,  intrinsic  excellence  as  by  the  great  demand  fora 

and   new  decisions   accumulate   year  by  year.  work  of  the  kind,   Coote's  '  Probate  Practice' has 

But  the  authors  have  not  been  content  with  mere  been  the  standard  woi  k  for  twelve  years,  and  we 

addition;  they  have  performed  diligently  the  no  see  no  reason   to  doubt  that  it  will  maintain  its 

less  important  work  of  paring  uown  redundancies  present  posit lou  for  many  years  to  come-"—  Lam 

and  excising  the  law  that  has  become  extinct  Journal. 


Shelford's  Companies  — 2nd  Edit,  by  Pitcairn  and  Latham. 

8vo.,  21s.  cloth. 

SHELFORD'S  LAW  OF  JOINT  STOCK  COMPANIES; 

containing  a  Digest  of  the  Case  Law  on  that  subject ;  the  Companies  Acts, 
1862,  1867,  and  other  Acts  relating  to  Joint  Stock  Companies;  the  Orders 
made  under  those  Acts  to  regulate  Proceedings  in  the  Court  of  Chancery  and 
County  Courts,  and  Notes  of  all  Cases  interpreting  the  above  Acts  and 
Orders.  Second  Edition,  much  enlarged,  and  bringing  the  Statutes  and 
Cases  down  to  the  date  of  publication.  By  DAVID  PITCAIRN,  M.A , 
Fellow  of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  and  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister-at- 
Law ;  and  FRANCIS  LAW  LATHAM,  B.A.,  Oxon,  of  the  Inner  Temple, 
Barrister-at-Law,  author  of  ''  A  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Window  Lights." 

"  We  may  at  once  state  that,  in  our  opinion,  the  introductory  account  or  digest.     In  the  digest 

merits  of  the  work  are  very  great, and  we  conn-  Mr.  Pilcairn  goes  into  everything  with  original 

dently  expect  that  it  will  be  at  least  for  the  present  research,  and  nothing  seems  to  f scape  him.    It 

the  standard  manual  of  joint  stock  company  law.  is  enough  for  us  that  Mr.  Pitcairn's  performance 

That  great  learning  and  research  have  been  ex-  is  able  and  exhaustive.     Nothing  is  omitted,  and 

pendedby  Mr.Piicairnuooiiecandonbtwho  reads  everything  is  noted  at  the  proper  place.    lucpo- 

only  a  few  pages  of  the  book  ;  the  result  of  encu  elusion  we  nave  great  pleasure  in  recommending 

case  which  has  any  bearing  upon  the  subject  under  this  edition  to  the  practitioner.    Whoever  pos- 

discussion  is  very  lucidly  and  accurately  stated.  sesses  it,  and  keejis  it  noted  up,  will  be  armed  on 

\Ve  heartily  congratulate  him  on  the  appearance  all  parts  and  points  of  the   law  of  joint   stock 

ot  this  work,  for  wh  ch  we  anticipate  a  great  sue-  companies."— Solicitors'  Journal. 

cess.    There  is  hardly  any  portion  of  the  law  at  "  Although  nominally  a  second  edition  of  Mr. 

the  present  day  so  important  as  that  which  re-  ^heltord  s  treatise,  it  is  in  reality  an  original 

lates  to  joint  stock  companies,  and  that  this  work  work,  the  form  and  arrangement  adopted  by  Mr. 

will  be  the  standard  authority  on  the  subject  we  Shelford  have  been  changed   and,  we  think,  ini- 

have  not  the  shadow  of  a  doubt."— Law  Journal.  proved  by  Mr.  1'itcairn.    A  full  and  accurate  in- 

"  After  a  careful  examination  of  this  work  we  dex  also  adds  to  the  value  of  the  work,  the  merits 

are  bound  to  say   that  we  know   of  no   other  of  which,  we  cnn  have  no  doubt,  willhe  fully  re- 

which  surpasses  it  in  two   all-important  attri-  cognized  by  the  profession." — Law  Ma/iaiim. 

bates  of  a  law  book  :  first,  a  clear  conception  on  "  ihis  l>i>ok  hus  always  been  the  vade  mecum 

the  part  of  the  author  of  what  he  intends  to  do  on  company  law,  and  will,  apparently,  long  eon- 

and  how  he  intends  to  treat  his  subject:   and  tinue  to  occupy  that  position.  It  is  perhaps  even 

secondly,  a  consistent,  laborious  and  intelligent  more  useful  to  the  legal  practitioner  than  to  the 

adherence  'o  his  proposed  order  and   method.  nian  of  business,  but  still  it  is  the  best  source  of 

All  decisions  are  noted  and  epitomised  in  their  information  to  which  the  latter  can  go."— Finer.- 

proper  places,  th«  practice-decisions  in  the  notes  cier  and  Money  Market  Hci-ieu. 
to  Acts  and    Rules,  and  the   remainder  in  the 


0 • < 

8  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Questions  on  Stephen's  Blackstone. 

8vo.,  10s.  Qd.  cloth. 

QUESTIONS  for  LAW  STUDENTS  on  the  SIXTH  EDI- 
TION of  Mr.  SERJEANT  STEPHEN'S  NEW  COMMENTARIES  on  the 
LAWS  of  ENGLAND.  By  JAMES  STEPHEN,  LL.D.,  County  Court  Judge. 

Nasmith's  Institutes  of  English  Public  Law. 

Post  8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

THE  INSTITUTES  of  ENGLISH  PUBLIC  LAW,  embracing 
an  Outline  of  General  Jurisprudence,  the  Development  of  the  British  Consti- 
tution, Public  International  Law,  and  the  Public  Municipal  Law  of  England. 
By  DAVID  NASMITH,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law, 
Author  of  "The  Chronometrical  Chart  of  the  History  of  England,"  &c. ; 
Joint  Translator  of  Ortolan's  "  History  of  Roman  Law." 

"  We  believe  the  plan  of  the  book  is  the  peared  as  professed  outlines  of  English  law." 

right  one,  that,  in  dealing  clearly  with  general  —Justice  of  the  Peace. 

jurisprudence,  constitutional  law,  and  the  re-  "Mr.  Nasmith's  book  is  likely  to  attract 

lation  which  this  sovereign  state  bears  to  other  the  attention  it  deserves.     It  is  the  careful 

sovereign   states,  before  going  to  municipal  compilation  of  an  accomplished  scholar,  and 

law,  he  has  taken  the  best  course  for  the  stu-  of  a  perfect  master  of  his  work.    He  U  original 

dent  of  law,  and  that  therefore  in  this  impor-  as  well  as  scholarly,    and    displays  all    the 

tant  respect  his  plan  is  superior  to  that  pur-  learning  of  Heidelburg  with  the  versatility 

sued   in  the  Institutes   of  Justinian,   or  by  peculiar  to  a  Celtic  nativity."— Morning  Post. 

Blackstone  and  his  followers.     We  have  only  "The  object  of  this  book,  as  fully  stated  in 

to  add  thft  we  know  of  no  book  which,  in  our  the  preface,  is  to  explain  the  relative  positions 

opinion,  might  more  fitly,  or  perhaps  so  fitly,  of  the  individual  and  the  state  in  the  English 

be  placed  in  the  hanus   of  a  beginner  in  the  system  of  jurisprudence.    It  is  not  an  account 

study  of  law." — Law  Magazine.  of  the  whole  body  of  the  law,  but  only  of  that 

"  Mr.  Nasmith  has,  we  think,  produced  a  portion  of  it  which  regulates  the  duties  of 
very  useful  compendium  of  the  leading  divi-  state  functionaries  and  bodies,  and  the  duties 
sions  of  the  law,  and  has  with  care  and  indus-  of  citizens  to  the  state  The  analysis  is  care- 
try  collected  the  pith  of  the  best  writers  under  fully  executed,  both  in  arrangement  and  in 
each  head.  We  think  we  are  right  in  saying  detail,  and  there  is  a  tabular  analysis  exhibit- 
that  Mr.  Nasmith's  is  the  best  and  most  useful  ing  in  a  very  clear  manner  the  branching  out 
of  the  little  books  which  have  recently  ap-  of  the  different  topics,  which  must  be  highly 

useful  to  students." — Economist. 

Fawcett's  Law  of  Landlord  and  Tenant. 

8vo.,  14s.  cloth. 

A  COMPENDIUM  of  the  LAW  of  LANDLORD  and 
TENANT.  By  WILLIAM  MITCHELL  FAWCETT,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq., 
Barrister-at-Law. 

"  This  new  compendium  of  the  law  on  a  wide  reference  to  it  in  one  place,  we  may  be  satisfied 
and  complicated  subject,  upon  which  information  that  we  have  found  all  the  book  contains  upon 
is  constantly  required  by  a  vast  number  of  per-  the  point.  In  this  respect,  though  probably  from 
sons,  it  sure  to  be  in  request.  Ii  never  wanders  its  smaller  size  it  must  conta  n  less  inl'.iruiation 
from  the  point,  and  being  intended  not  for  stu-  than  Woodfall,  it  will  be  found  far  more  con- 
dents  of  the  law,  but  tor  lessors  and  lessees  and  venient  for  ordinary  use  than  that  treatise.  We 
their  immediate  advisers,  wisely  avoids  historical  find  tar  more  repetitions  in  Mr.  Cave's  than  in  Mr. 
disquisitions,  and  uses  language  as  umechnical  Fawcett's  work,  and  more  cases  in  wh  ch  the  whole 
as  the  subject  admits.  It  may  safely  be  assumed  law  on  any  point  has  to  be  looked  for,  not  in  one 
to  contain  information  on  all  the  ordinary  ques-  place  but  in  several  ;  in  this  respect,  theietbie, 
tions  which  either  contracting  party  may  require  Mr.  Fawcett's  book  has  an  advantage.  We  may 
to  be  answered."— Law  Journal.  add  that  Mr.  Fawcett's  references  are  usually 

"The  author  has  succeeded  in  compressing  the  given  to  two  sets  of  reports,  while  Mr.  Cave's 
whole  of  his  subject  within  the  reasonable  com-  are  to  one  only."— Solicitors'  Journal. 
pass  of  373  pages.  Jt  may  roughly  be  said  of  "  Woodfall  was,  and  perhaps  is,  the  great 
Air.  Fawcett's  work,  that  it  is  statutory  through-  authority  on  this  subject.  But  his  book  is  bulky, 
out,  in  accordance  with  the  predominant  cna-  much  or  it  is  obsolete,  and  much  useless,  arid 
racter  of  the  law  at  the  present  day ;  and  Mr.  the  legislature  and  the  judges  have  made  many 
tawcett  takes  advantage  of  this  characteristic  of  changes  which  sufficiently  justify  Mr.  Fawcett 
modern  law  to  impart  to  his  compendium  a  de-  in  his  undertaking  of  a  new  treatise  ou  a  subject 
gree  of  authenticity  which  greatly  enhances  its  of  such  wide-spread  interest.  His  aim,  how- 
value  as  a  convenient  medium  of  reference,  for  ever,  is  condensation.  He  contents  himself  with 
he  has  stated  the  law  in  the  very  words  of  the  a  plain  statement  of  the  existing  law,  pru- 
authorities.  We  have  discovered  plain  utility  to  dently  omitting  all  matters  of  merely  historical 
be  the  aim  and  end  of  Mr.  Fawcett's  treatise,  and  interest  and  topics  collateral  to  the  special  sub- 
an  ambitious  merit  to  be  that  of  Mr.  Mnith  and  jects  ;  he  has  deemed  it  unnecessary  to  treat  of 
Mr  boden's.  Probably  we  should  be  justified  the  details  of  judicial  procedure,  or  to  enart  a 
in  saying  that  Mr.  Fawcett  has  more  nearly  mass  ot  precedents  of  leases  which  are  already 
reached  his  aim.  lower  as  it  is,  than  Mr.  Smith  posiessed  by  the  profession  in  other  works, 
and  Mr.  Soden."— Law  Magazine.  Above  all,  it  has  been  his  purpose  to  state  the 

"The  amount  of  information  compressed  into  law  in  the  language  of  the  authorities,  presenting 
the  book  is  very  large.  The  plan  of  the  book  is  the  principles  enunciated  in  the  very  words  of 
extremely  good,  and  the  arrangement  adopted  has  the  judges.  Another  excellent  feature  is  a  con- 
enabled  the  author  to  put  together  in  one  place  cise  summary  ot  the  effect  of  each  enactment  in 
the  whole  law  ou  any  particular  branch  of  the  the  marginal  note*.  It  will  be  seen  from  this 
subject,  and  to  avoid  repetitions.  Thus  not  only  that  the  book  is  thoroughly  practical,  and,  as 
is  it  easy  to  find  what  the  author  has  to  say  on  such,  will  doubtless  find  a  favorable  reception 
any  particular  point,  but  when  we  have  found  a  from  the  profession."— Law  Times. 

_ — O 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.        9 


Fisher's  General  Law  of  Mortgage. — Second  Edition. 

Two  vols.  royal  8vo.,  55s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  of  MORTGAGE,  and  other  Securities  upon  Pro- 
perty. By  WILLIAM  RICHARD  FISHER,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister 
at  Law.  Second  Edition,  very  considerably  enlarged. 


"  For  a  length  of  time  it  has  been  received 
as  the  best  text  book  on  the  law  of  mortgages, 
and  it  has  recently  received  the  honours  of  a 
second  edition.  We  have  never  been  niggards 
towards  Mr.  Fisher's  very  laborious,  learned  and 
useful  treatise,  and  we  still  see  no  reason  to 
retract  those  commendations  or  to  reduce  their 
measure.  His  book  thoroughly  deserves  the 
character  it  has  won  of  being  the  only  good 
and  complete  repertory  we  have  of  the  law  of 
mortgages,  and  other  securities  upon  pro- 
perty."— Law  Magazine. 

"  The  second  edition  of  this  book,  comprised 
in  two  volumes  of  royal  octavo,  has  little 
beyond  its  paternity  to  identify  it  with  the 
original  volume  which  appeared  in  1836.  If 
we  speak  of  the  author's  first  essay  as  merely 
tentative  and  meagre  and  partial,  it  is  only  to 
draw  particular  attention  to  the  very  complete 
arrangement  and  copious  detail  of  the  edition 

now  before  the  public 

and  we  doubt  not  that  the  excellence  of  the 


work  will  receive  its  due  appreciation  at  the 
hands  of  the  profession.  A  word  in  conclusion 
is  due  to  the  clearness  and  simplicity  which 
pervades  Mr.  Fisher's  writing.  If  his  language 
is  too  often  bold  and  devoid  of  grace  it  is  never 
obscure,  and  we  think  that  the  absence  of 
attractive  composition  will  not  in  these  days 
be  accounted  a  demerit  in  a  treatise  designed 
solely  for  professional  purposes,  which  pos- 
sesses the  essential  qualities  of  accurate  learn- 
ing and  lucid  arrangement." — Law  Journal. 

"The labour  bestowed  upon  it  by  Mr.  Fisher 
will  be  best  understood  by  this  fact.  The 
mere  list  of  cases  cited  in  the  text  tills  forty- 
three  pages  in  double  columns,  and  the  list 
of  statutes  and  orders  cited  occupies  fifteen 
pages.  We  conclude  by  commending  this 
work  equally  to  the  practitioner  and  the  stu- 
dent; it  will  be  invaluable  to  the  former  for 
reference,  to  the  latter  for  reading  and  digest- 
ing."— Law  Times. 


Coote's  Admiralty  Practice. — Second  Edition. 

8vo.,  16s.  cloth. 

THE  PRACTICE  of  the  HIGH  COURT  of  ADMIRALTY 
of  ENGLAND:  also  the  Practice  of  the  Judicial  Committee  of  Her 
Majesty's  Most  Honorable  Privy  Council  in  Admiralty  Appeals,  with  Forms 
and  Bills  of  Costs.  By  HENRY  CHARLES  COOTE,  F.S.A.,  one  of  the  Ex- 
aminers of  the  High  Court  of  Admiralty,  Author  of  ''  The  Practice  of  the 
Court  of  Probate,"  &c.  Second  Edition,  almost  entirely  re-written,  witli  a 
Supplement  giving  the  County  Courts  Jurisdiction  and  Practice  in  Admiralty, 
the  Act  of  1868,  Hules,  Orders,  &c. 
THE  SUPPLEMENT  containing  the  COUNTY  COURT  PRACTICE  IN  ADMIRALTY 

is  complete  in  itself  and  may  be  had  separately,  2s.  sewed, 

*»*  This  front  contains  every  Common  Form  in  use  by  the  Practitioner  in  Admiralty,  as  well  as  every 
description  of  Bill  of  Costs  in  that  Court,  a  feature  potsessed  by  no  other  work  on  the  Practice  in 
Admiralty. 

was  produced  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating 
the  practice  of  the  High  Court  of  Admiralty, 
just  then  subordinated  to  the  '  Rules  of  1859' 
drawn  up  by  the  late  distinguished  judge. 
Since  then  several  important  changes  have 
been  carried  out,  both  in  the  matter  of  an 
extended  jurisdiction  and  of  practice.  These 
changes  it  has  been  Mr.  Coote's  object  to  in- 
corporate in  the  present  edition  of  his  work. 
In  addition  he  has  increased  the  utility  of  his 
book  by  a  chapter  on  the  practice  of  the 
Judicial  Committee  of  the  Privy  Council  in 
Admiralty  Appeals,  and  by  a  copious  set  of 
Admiralty  precedents,  in  which  it  is  the 
author's  hope  and  belief  that  no  necessary 
common  form  has  been  omitted.  The  present 
edition  appears  very  seasonably." — Shipping 
and  Mercantile  Gazette. 

"  Mr.  Coote  has  the  great  advantage  of  ex- 
perience; he  has  long  been  a  practitioner  in 
the  court  as  a  proctor;  he  is  consequently 
familiar  with  those  minutiae  of  practice  which 
mark  the  distinction  between  the  student  and 
the  practical  man. 


"  Mr.  Coote,  being  an  Examiner  of  the 
Court,  may  be  considered  as  an  authoritative 
exponent  of  the  points  of  which  he  treats. 
His  treatise  is,  substantially  considered,  every- 
thing that  can  be  desired  to  the  practitioner." 
— Law  Magazine. 

"The  book  before  us  is  a  second  and  en- 
larged edition  of  a  work  on  the  Practice  of  the 
Admiralty  Court,  written  by  the  author  some 
ten  years  ago.  It  is,  however,  a  great  im- 
provement on  its  predecessor,  bein<>  much 
fuller  and  more  systematically  arranged,  and 
containing  greater  facilities  for  reference. 
The  first  part  of  the  book  is  a  treatise  on  the 
practice  of  the  Court,  which  appears  to  us  to 
be  very  carefully  done,  and  to  go  thoroughly 
into  the  subject.  The  second  part  is  a  similar 
treatise  on  the  practice  of  the  Judicial  Com- 
mittee of  the  Privy  Council  in  Admiralty 
matters,  written  on  the  same  system  as  the 
former  part.  The  appendix  contains  a  large 
number  of  common  forms  and  precedents  of 
pleadings  used  in  the  Court  of  Admiralty, 
together  with  bills  of  costs.  Altogether  Mr. 
Coote  has  done  his  work  very  carefully  and 
completely,  and  we  think  his  labours  will  be 
duly  appreciated  by  Admiralty  practitioners." 
— ftoticifors'  Journal. 

"  The  first  edition  of  this  excellent  work 


1  Mr.  Coote  is  a  successful  writer  upon  the 
Practice  of  the  Probate  and  the  Admiralty 
Courts.  His  book  on  the  former  has  reached 
a  fifth  edition,  and  the  volume  before  us  is 
a  second  edition." — Law  Times. 


LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Hunt's  Boundaries,  Fences  and  Foreshores.  —  2nd  Edit. 

Post  8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  relating  to  BOUNDARIES  and 
FENCES  and  to  the  Rights  of  Property  on  the  Sea  Shore  and  in  the  Beds 
of  Public  Rivers  and  other  Waters.  Second  Edition.  By  ARTHUR  JOSEPH 
HUNT,  Esq.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  It  speaks  well  for  this  book   that  it  has  so  written,  and  well  edited."—  Law  Magasine. 

snpn  passed  into   a   second   edition.    That   its  "  Mr.  Hunt  chose  a  good  subject  for  a  sepa- 

utility  has  been  appreciated   is  shown    by   its  rate   treatise   on    Boundaries   and   Fences    and 

success.    Mr.  Hunt  has  availed  himself  of  the  Kights  to  the  Seashore,  and   we   are    not  sur- 

opportunity  of  a  second  edition  to  note  up  all  prised  to  find  that  a  second  edition  of  his  book 

the  cases  to  this  time,  and  to  extend  consider-  has  been  called   for.    The  present  edition  con- 

ably  some  of  the  chapters,  especially  thu  which  tains  much  new  matter.    The  chapter  especially 

treats  of  rights  of  property  on  the  sea  shqre  and  which   treats    on    rights   of   property    on    the 

the  su"jects  of  ,sea  walls  and  commissions  of  spashore,     has    been     greatly    extended.     Ad- 

sewers."  —  Law  Times.  ditions  have    been   also  made  to  the  chapters 

"  There  are  few  more  fertile  sources  of  litiga-  relating  to  the  fencing  of  the  property  of  mine 

lion  than  those  dealt  with  in  Mr.  Hunt's  valu-  owners  and  railway  companies.     All  the  cases 

able  book.    It  is  sufficient  here  to  say  that  the  which  have  been  decided  since  the  work   first 

volume  ought  to  h.ive  a  larger  circulation  than  appeared  have  been   introduced  in  their  proper 

ordinarily  belongs  to  law  books,  that  it  ought  places.     Thus  it  will  be  seen  this  new  edition 

to  be  found  in  every  country  gentleman's  library,  has  a  considerably  enhanced  value."  —  Solicitor!' 

that  the   cases  are  brought  down  to  the  latest  Journal. 
dite,  and  that  it  is  carefully  prepared,  clearly 


Ortolan's  Roman  Law,  translated  by  Prichard  &  Nasmith. 

8vo.,  28s.  cloth. 
THE  HISTORY  of  ROMAN  LAW,  from  the  Text  of  Ortolan's 

Histoire  de  la  Legislation  Romaine  et  Generalisation  du  Droit  (Edition  of 
1870).  Translated,  with  the  Author's  permission,  and  Supplemented  by  a 
Chronometrical  Chart  of  Roman  History.  By  ILTUDUS  T.  PRICHARD,  Esq., 
F.S.S.,  and  DAVID  NASMITH,  LL.B.,  Barristers  at  Law. 

"  We  know  of  no  work,  which,  in  our  opinion,  approved,  and  bids  fairly  for  extensive  adoption." 

exhibits  so  perfect  a  model  of  what  a  text-book  —  Law  Journal. 

ought  to  be.    of  the  translation  before  us,  it  is  "  We  are  extremely  glad  to  welcome  the  ap- 

enough  to  say,  that  it  is  a  faithful  representation  pearance  of  a  translation  of  any  of  the  works  of 

of  the  original."—  Lam  Magazine.  M.  Ortolan,  and  the  history  and  generalization 

"  Th;s  translation,   from  its   great  merit,  de-  of    Koman  law,  which  are  now  presented  to  us 

serves  a  warm  reception  from  all  who  desire  to  in  Fnglish,  are  perhaps  the  most  useful  books 

be   acquainted  with  the  history  and  elements  of  that  could  be  offered  at  the  present  time  to  stu- 

Koman  law,  or  have  its  interests  as  a  necessary  dents  of  the  Roman  law.    The  utility  of  Koman 

part  of  sound  legal  education  at  heart.    With  re-  law,  as  an  instrument  of  legal  education,  is  now 

gard  to  that  great  work  it  is  enough  to  say,  that  generally  admitted.    The  English  ot  the  book  is 

tnglish  writers  have  been   continually  in  the  unusually  free  from  foreign  idioms  which  sooften 

lubit  of  doing  piecemeal  what  Messrs.  Prichard  disfigure  translations-  The  book  itself  we  strongly 

and  Nasmith  have  done  wholesale.     Hitherto  we  recommend  to  all  who  are  interested  in  Roman 

have  had  but  gold-dust  from  the  mine;  now  we  law,  jurisprudence  or  history,  and  who  are  not 

are  fortunate  n  obtaining  a  nugget.  Mr.  Nasmith  sufficiently  familiar  with  French,  to  be  able  to 

is  already  known  as  the  designer  of  a  chart  of  read  the  original  with  ease."  —  Solicitors'  Journal. 
the  history  of  England,  which  has  been  generally 


Tomkins'  Institutes  of  Roman  Law. 

Part  I.  royal  8vo.  (to  be  completed  in  Three  Parts)  12s.  cloth. 

THE  INSTITUTES   OF   THE   ROMAN  LAW.     PART  I. 

The  Sources  of  the  Roman  Law  and  its  external  History  to  the  decline  of 
the  Eastern  and  Western  Empires.  By  FREDERICK  J.  TOMKINS,  M.A., 
D.C.L.,  Barrister-at-Law,  of  Lincoln's  Inn. 

"  '['his  work  promises  to  be  an  important  and  tailing  the  systems  of  legal  education  pursued 

valuable  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  Komaii  in  the  various  epochs  of  Kome,  reflects  great 

[.aw  " — Law  Magazine.  credit  on  the  author,  and  so   far  as  we  know  is 

"Of  all   the   works   on   the  Kom^n   [aw   we  purely  original." — Law  Journal. 

believe  this  will  be  the  l>est  suited  to  law  stu-  "  We  know  of  no  other  book  in  which  anything 

dents.    We    welcome   the    book    of   Mr.  Tom-  like  the  same  amount  of  information  can  he  ac- 

kins.    It  is  calculated  to  promote   the  study   of  quired  with  the  same  ease,     [f  the  second  part 

Koman  Law  ;  and  both  at  the  L  niyersities  and  in  is  as  well  executed  as  the  first  and  bears  a  due 

the  Inns  of  Court  it  is  a  work  which  may  safely  proportion  to  it,  we  th:nk  the  work  bids  fair  to 

and  beneficially  be  emplojed  as  a  text  book." —  become   the    standard   text   book    for    English 

Law  Times.  students." — Solicitors' Journal. 

"  This  work  is  pronounced  by  its  author  to  be  "  The  study  of  this  volume  is  necessary  to  all 

strictly  elementary.     But  in  regard  to  the  labour  who  wish  to  be  properly  acquainted  with  the 

bestowed,  the  research  exercised,  ami  the  ma-  history  and    literature  of  the  Koman    law." — 

terials  brought  together,  it  seems  to  deserve  a  Iriih  Law  Times. 

more  ambitious  title  than  that  of  an  elementary  "  Mr.  Tomkins  has  produced  a  book  that  was 

treatise.    The  chapter  on  legal  instruction,  de-  long  needed.— Law  Eiamina'ion  Reporter 


Q > 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.       11 

Saunders'  Law  of  Negligence. 

1  vol.,  post  8vo.,  !).«.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  applicable  to  NEGLIGENCE. 

By  THOMAS  W.  SAUNDERS,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  Recorder  of  Bath. 

"The  book   is   admirable;    while   small   in  '•  As  a  work  of  reference  the  book  will  be  very 

bulk,  it  contains  everything  that  is  neces>ary,  welcome  in  the  office  of  the  solicitor  or  in  the 

uutl    its   arrangement   is   such    that  one    can  chambers  of  the  barrister." — Morning  Advertiser. 

readily  refei   to  it.     Amongst  those  who  have  "  A  short  and  clear  treatise  like  the  present 

done  good  service,  Mr.  Sauuders  will  find  a  on  the  law  relating  to  the  subject  ought  to  on 

place." — Late  \lagaiine.  welcomed.     It  is  a  moderate  size  volume,  and 

"  In  the  useful  little  volume  now  before  us  makes  references  to  all  the  authorities  on  the 

he  has  gathered  the  whole  law  of  negligence.  question  easy." — Standard. 

All  his  works  are  distinguished  by  painstaking  "  It  is  a  great  advantage  to  the   !(-<•  il   pro- 

and  accuracy.    This  one  is  no  exception  ;  and  fession  to  find  all  the  law  of  negligence  col 

the  subject,  which  is  of  very  extensive  interest,  lected  and  arranged  in  a  manual  of  reasonable 

will  insure  for  it  a  cordial  welcome  from  the  size.     Such  is  Mr.    S  Hinders'    book." — Public 

profession.'' — Law  Timet.  Opinion 

"The  references  to  the  cases  are  given  much  "  A  serviceable  and   seasonable  treatise  on 

more    fully,   and  on   a   more   rational    system  the  law  of  negligence,  by  Thomas  W.  Smudeis, 

than  is  common  with  text  book   writers.     He  Esq.,  Recorder  of  Bath." — Telegraph. 

has  a  good   index;    he  has   produced  a  work  "  A  careful  treatise  ou  a  bianeh  of  law  which 

which  will  facilitate  reference  to  the  authori-  is   daily    acquiring   importance.     The    manual 

ties." — Solicitori'  Journal.  before  us  is  a  useful  treatise." — Echo. 

Ingram's  Law  of  Compensation.— 2nd  Edit,  by  Elmes. 

Post  8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

COMPENSATION   to  LAND    and    HOUSE    OWNERS: 

being  a  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  the  Compensation  for  Interests  in  Lands,  &c. 
payable  by  Railway  and  other  Public  Companies ;  with  an  Appendix  of 
Forms  and  Statutes.  By  THOMAS  U UNBAR  INGRAM,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq., 
Barrister  at  Law.  Second  Edition.  By  J.  J.  ELMES,  of  the  Inner  Temple, 
Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  We  Say  at  once  that  it  is  a  work   of  great  s:ttion  for  it,  cannot  fail  to  perform  his  duty 

merit.     It  is  a  concise,  clear  ana  complete  ex-  lightly." — Lnie  Timei. 

position  ol  the  law  of  compensation  applicable  "  This  work  appears  to  be  carefully  prepared 

to  the  owners  of  real  property  and  railway  and  as  regards  its  matter.     This  edition  is  a  third 

other  companies." — -Law  Magazine.  l.ireer  than  the  fiist ;  it  contains  twice  as  many 

"  Whether  for  companies  taking  laud  or  hold-  cases,  and   an   enlarged   index       It  was   much 

ing  it,  Mr    digram's  volume  will  be  a  welcome  Called  for,  and  doubtless  will   be  found   very 

guide.    With  tills  in  his  hand  the  leg. il  adviser  of  useful  t<>   the   practitioner." — Law    Magazine, 

a  company,  or  of  an  owner  and  occupier  whose  tecond  nutice. 
property-  is  taken,  and  who  demands  compeu- 

Cutler's  Law  of  Naturalization. 

12mo.,  3.«.  Gd  cloth. 

THE  LAW  of  NATURALIZATION;  as  Amended  by  the  Acts 
of  1870.  By  JOHN  CUTLER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law, 
Editor  of  "  Powell's  Law  of  Evidence,"  &c. 

"The  anther's  position  as  Professor  of  English  foreigners  resident  in  this   country." — Public 

Law  and  Jurisprudence  is  a  guarantee  of  his  Opinion. 

legal  competence,  whilst  his  literary  abilities  "  The  book  is  a  model  of  what  a  treatise  of 

have  enabled  him  to  clothe  his  legal  knowledge  its  kind  should  be. "--Sunday  Times. 
in  language  which  laymen  can  understand  with-  "A  very  convenient  hand-book   to  the   law 

out  being  misled  by  it." — John  Bull.  of  naturalization,  as  amended   by  the  Acts  of 

"Mr.  Cutltr,  in  the  work  before  us,  lucidly  1870." — Weekly  Ti»iet. 

explains  the  state  of  the  law  previous  to  the  "To  anyone  not  having  mu.h   previous  ac- 

recent  statute,  and  shows  the  alterations  pro-  quaiutauce  with  the  subject,  who  wishes  for  a 

ducrd  by  it,  so  that  a  careful  perusal  of  this  general  sketch  of  the  law  affecting  aliens,  as  it 

book  will  enable  the  reader  fully  to  comprehend  was,  and  as  it  'S  now,  this  book  will  be  useful." 

the  prtsenl  state  of  the  law  upon  tl-is  most  im-  — Solicitors'  Journal. 
porlant  subject." — Juitice  of  the  Peace.  "It   has  been   carefully  compiled,  and    the 

"  This  little  work  will  be  found  of  use  to  our  authorities  referred  to  are  accurately  cited." — 

countrymen   resident   abroad,    as    well   as   to  Pall  Hall  Gaicttt. 


, J3 

12  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Brabrook's  Co-operative  and  Provident  Societies. 

12mo.,  6s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  relating  to  INDUSTRIAL  and  PROVIDENT 
SOCIETIES,  including  the  Winding-up  Clauses,  with  a  Practical  Intro- 
duction, Notes,  and  Model  Rules,  to  which  are  added  the  Law  of  France  on 
the  same  subject,  and  Remarks  on  Trades  Unions.  By  EDWARD  W. 
BRABROOK,  F.S.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  Assistant 
Registrar  of  Friendly  Societies  in  England. 

"It  may  be  usefully  consulted  by  practitioners  in  which  are  contained  many  valuable  and  im- 
desirous  of  learning  something  more  upon  the  portant  hints." — Law  Magazine. 
subject  than  is  to  be  found  in  works  on  partner-  "  Mr.  Brabrook  brings  not  merely  official  know- 
ship  and  joint  stock  companies.    The   book   is  ledge  of  his  legal  position  as  the  barrister  recently 
thoughtfully  written,  and  we  recommend  it  to  appointed  to  assist  Mr.  Tidd  Pratt,  Registrar  (if 
those  who  desire  to  learn  something  practical  Friendly  Societies  in  England,  but  the  devotion 
about  the  work  which  these  societies  are  mennt  of  many  years  to  a  practical  study  of  our  in- 
to do  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  to  be  done." —  dustrial  and  provident  institutions." — Post 
Solicitors'  Journal.  "  The  author  speaks  with  practical  experience 

'  Mr.  Brabrook's  little  work  on  these  societies  and  authority." — Observer. 

is  opportune,  and  the  statistics  and  information  "  The  clear  exposition  made  by  Mr.  Brabrook 

contained  in   it    are   valuable    and   interesting.  in  this  volume  supplies  all  the  requisite  informa- 

'J  here  is  a  chapter  devoted  to  practical  advice,  tion,  and  persons  interested  in  the  subject  will  do 

well  to  consult  its  pages."—  News  of  the  World. 

Rouse's  Conveyancer. — 3rd  Ed.  with  Supplement  to  1871. 

Two  vols.  8vo.,  30s.  cloth. 

The  PRACTICAL  CONVEYANCER,  giving,  in  a  mode  com- 
bining facility  of  reference  with  general  utility,  upwards  of  Four  Hundred 
Precedents  of  Conveyances,  Mortgages  and  Leases,  Settlements,  and  Mis- 
cellaneous Forms,  with  (not  in  previous  editions)  the  Law  and  numerous 
Outline  Forms  and  Clauses  of  WILLS  and  Abstracts  of  Statutes  affecting 
Real  Property,  Conveyancing  Memoranda,  &c.    By  HOLLA  ROUSE,  Esq.,  of 
•  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law,  Author  of  "The  Practical  Man,"  &c. 
Third  Edition,  greatly  enlarged.     With  a  Supplement,  giving  Abstracts  of 
the  Statutory  Provisions  affecting  the  Practice  in  Conveyancing,  to  the  end  of 
1870;  and  the  requisite  Alterations  in  Forms,  with  some  new  Forms;  and 
including  a  full  Abstract  in  numbered  Clauses  of  the  Stamp  Act,  1870. 
THE  SUPPLEMENT  separately,  price  Is.  6d.  sewed. 

"The  best  test  of  the  value  of  a  hook  written  reader  a  sort  of  bird's-eye  view  of  each  instru- 

professedly  for  practical  men  is  the  practical  reent  and   show   him  its   form  at  a  glance, 

one  of  the  number  of  editions  through  which  Each  paragraph  in  these  outline  forms  refers, 

it  passes.    The  fact  thatthis  well-known  work  by  distinguishing  letters  and  numbers,  to  the 

has  now  reached  its  third  shows  that  it  is  con-  clauses  in  full  required  to  be  inserted  in  the 

sidered  by  those  for  whose  convenience  it  was  respective  parts  of  the  instrument,  and  which 

written    to    fulfil    its    purpose    well." — Law  are  given  in  a  subsequent  part  of  the  work,  and 

Magazine.  thus  every  precedent  in  outline  is   made  of 

"This  is  the  third  edition  in  ten  years,  a  itself  an  index  to  the  clauses  which  are  neces- 

proof  that  practitioners    have  used   and   ap-  sary  to  complete  the  draft.     In   order  still 

proved  the  precedents  collected  by  Mr.  Rouse.  further  to  simplify  the  arrangement  of  the 

In  this  edition,  which  is  greatly  enlarged,  he  work,  the  author  has  adopted  a  plan  (which 

has  for  the  first  time  introduced  Precedents  seems  to  us  fully  to  answer  its  purpose)  of 

of  Wills,  extending  to  no  less  than  116  pages.  giving  the  variations  which  may  occur  in  any 

We  can  accord  unmingled  praise  to  the  con-  instrument  according  to  the  natural  order  of 

veyancing  memoranda  showing  the  practical  its  different  parts." — Law  Journal. 
effect  of  the  various  statutory  provisions  in  the  "That  the  work  has  found  favor  is  proved 

different  parts  of  a  deed.     If  the  two  preceding  by  the  fact  of  our  now  having  to  review  a  third 

editions  have  been  so  well  received,  the  wel-  edition.    This  method  of  skeleton  precedents 

come  given  to  this  one  by  the  profession  will  appears  to  us  to  be  attended  with  important 

be  heartier  still  " — Law  Times.  advantages.     To    clerks    and    other    young 

"  So  far  as  a  careful  perusal  of  Mr.  Rouse's  hands  a  course  of  conveyancing  under  Mr. 
book  enables  us  to  judge  of  its  merits,  we  think  Rouse's  auspices  is,  we  think,  calculated  to 
that  as  a  collection  of  precedents  of  general  prove  very  instructive.  To  the  solicitor,  es- 
utility  in  cases  of  common  occurrence  it  will  pecially  the  country  practitioner,  who  has 
be  found  satisfactorily  to  stand  the  application  often  to  set  his  clerks  to  work  upon  drafts 
of  the  test.  The  draftsman  will  find  in  the  of  no  particular  difficulty  to  the  experienced 
Practical  Conveyancer  precedents  appropriate  practitioner,  but  upon  which  they  the  said 
to  all  instruments  of  common  occurrence,  and  clerks  are  not  to  be  quite  trusted  alone,  we 
the  collection  appears  to  be  especially  well  think  to  such  gentlemen  Mr.  Rouse's  collec- 
supplied  with  those  which  relate  to  copyhold  tion  of  Precedents  is  calculated  to  prove  ex- 
estates.  In  order  to  avoid  useless  repetition  tremely  serviceable.  We  repeat,  in  conclusion, 
and  also  to  make  the  precedents  as  simple  as  that  solicitors,  especially  those  practising  in 
possible,  Mr.  Rouse  has  sketched  out  a  num-  the  country,  will  rind  this  a  useful  work." — 
bcr  of  outline  drafts  so  as  to  present  to  the  Solicitors' Journal. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  B.C.        13 

Dixon's  Law  of  Partnership. 

1  vol.  8vo.,  22s.  cloth. 

A    TREATISE    on    the   LAW  of   PARTNERSHIP.      By 

JOSEPH  DIXON,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,   Barrister  at    Law.      Editor  of 
"  Lush's  Common  Law  Practice." 

"It  is  with  considerable  gratification  that  to  be  treated  by  third  persons  as  partner*." — 

we  find  the  subject  treated  by  a  writer  of  Mr.  The  Timet. 

Dixon's  reputation  for  learning,  accuracy  and  "  We  heartily  recommend  to  practitioners 
painstaking.  Mr.  Lindley's  view  of  the  sub-  and  students  Mr.  Dixon's  treatise  as  the  best 
ject  is  that  of  a  philosophical  lawyer,  Mr.  exposition  of  the  law. we  have  read,  for  the 
Dixon's  is  purely  and  exclusively  practical  arrangement  is  not  only  artistic,  but  concise- 
front  beginning  to  end.  We  imagine  that  very  ness  has  been  studied  without  sacrifice  of  clear- 
few  questions  are  likely  to  come  before  the  ness.  He  sets  forth  the  principles  upon  which 
practitioner  which  Mr.  Dixon's  book  will  not  the  law  is  based  as  well  as  the  cases  by  which 
be  found  to  solve.  Having  already  passed  our  its  application  is  shown.  Hence  it  is  something 
opinion  on  the  way  in  which  the  work  is  car-  more  than  a  digest,  which  too  many  law  books 
ried  out,  we  have  only  to  add  that  the  value  of  are  not :  it  is  really  an  essay." — Law  Timet. 
the  book  is  very  materially  increased  by  an  "He  has  evidently  bestowed  upon  this 
excellent  marginal  summary,  and  a  very  co-  book  the  same  conscientious  labour  and 
pious  index."—  Law  Magazine  and  Review.  painstaking  industry  for  which  we  had  to 

"  Mr.  Dixon  has  done  his  work  well.    The  compliment  him  some  months   since  when 

book  is  carefully  and  usefully  prepared." —  reviewing  his  edition  of  Lush's  '  Practice  of 

Solicitors' Journal.  the  Superior  Courts   of  Law,'  and,  as  a  re- 

"  Mr.  Dixon  enters  into  all  the  conditions  of  suit,  he  has  produced  a  clearly  written  and  well 

partnerships  at  common  law,  and  defines  the  arranged  manual  upon  one  of  the  most  impor- 

rights  of  partners  among  themselves  ;    the  tant  branches  of  our  mercantile  law." — Law 

rights  of  the  partnership  against  third  per-  Journal. 

sons;  the  rights  of  third  persons  against  the  "  The  matter  is  well  arranged  and  the  work 

partnership;  and  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  is  carefully  executed." — Athenaeum. 
individuals,  not  actually  partners,  but  liable 

Mr.  Justice  Lush's  Common  Law  Practice. — Third 
Edition  by  Dixon. 

2  vols.  8vo.,  46s.  cloth. 

LUSH'S  PRACTICE  of  the  SUPERIOR  COURTS  of 
COMMON  LAW  at  WESTMINSTER,  in  Actions  and  Proceedings  over 
which  they  have  a  common  Jurisdiction  :  with  Introductory  Treatises  re- 
specting Parties  to  Actions;  Attornies  and  Town  Agents,  their  Qualifica- 
tions, Rights,  Duties,  Privileges  and  Disabilities  ;  the  Mode  of  Suing, 
whether  in  Person  or  by  Attorney  in  Forma  Pauperis,  &c.  &c.  &c. ;  and  an 
Appendix,  containing  the  authorized  Tables  of  Costs  and  Fees,  Forms  of 
Proceedings  and  Writs  of  Execution.  Third  Edition.  By  JOSEPH  DIXON, 
of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"This  is  an  excellent  edition  of  an  excellent  siderable  advantage  to  the  author,  it  largely 
work.  He  lias  effected  a  most  successful  increased  the  number  of  his  clients.  When 
'restoration.'  Altogether,  both  in  what  he  his  ntw  editions  were  called  for,  Mr.  Lush  was 
omitted  and  what  lie  has  added,  Mr.  Dixon  lias  too  occupied  with  briefs  to  find  time  lor  the 
been  guided  by  sound  discretion.  We  trust  that  pieparation  of  books,  and  hence  the  association 
the  great  and  conscientious  labours  he  has  un-  of  his  name  with  that  of  Mr.  Dixon  as  editor, 
dergone  will  be  rewarded.  He  has  striven  to  and  by  wliom  the  new  edition  has  bee_n  pro- 
make  his  work  'thorough,'  and  because  lie  has  duced.  The  index  is  very  copiousand  complete, 
done  so  we  take  pleasuie  in  heartily  recom-  Under  Mr.  Dixou's  care  Lush's  Practice  will 
mending  it  to  every  member  of  both  branches  not  merely  maintain,  it  will  largely  extend  its 
of  the  profession." — Solicitor*'  Journal.  reputation." — Lam  Timci. 

"  Lush's  Practice  is  what Tiild's  Practice  was  "The  profession  cannot  hut  welcome  with 

in  our  days  of  clerkship,  and  what  Archbold's  the  greatest  cordiality  and  pleasure  a  third 

Practice  was  in  our  early  professional  days —  edition  of  their  olil  and  much  valued  friend 

the  practice  in  general  u»e,  and  the  received  '  Lush's  Practice  of  the  Superior  Courts'  of 

authority  on  the  subject.  It  was  written  by  Law.'  Mr.  Dixon,  in  preparing  this  edition, 

Mr.  Lush  when  he  was  only  a  junior  rising  has  gone  back  to  the  oiiginal  work  of  Mr. 

into  fortune  and  fame.  His  practical  know-  Justice  Lush,  and,  as  far  as  the  legislative 

ledge,  his  clearness  and  industry,  were  even  changes  and  decisions  of  the  last  twenty- five 

then  acknowledged,  and  his  name  secured  for  years  would  allow,  reproduced  it.  This  adds 

his  work  an  immediate  popularity,  which  ex.  greatly  to  the  value  of  this  edition,  and  at  the 

perience  has  confirmed  and  extended.  Uut  same  time  speaks  volumes  for  Mr.  Dixou'4 

the  work  was,  in  its  turn,  productive  of  con-  conscientious  labour." — Law  Journal. 


14  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Bedford's  Intermediate  Examination  Guide. 

8vo.,  10s.  6d.  cloth. 

The  INTERMEDIATE  EXAMINATION  GUIDE:  containing 
a  Digest  of  the  Examination  Questions  on  Common  Law,  Conveyancing  and 
Equity,  with  the  Answers.  By  EDWARD  HENSLOWE  BEDFORD,  Solicitor, 
Temple,  Editor  of  the  "  Preliminary,"  "  Intermediate"  and  "  Final,"  &c. 

"The  students  of  the  elements  of  law  will  ford's  Intermediate  Examination  Guide  will 

find  in  Mr.  Bedford's  Guide  a  useful  and  re-  prove  very  useful  to  candidates  for  the  Law 

liable  friend." — Law  Times.  Institution." — Law  Journal. 

"  We  think  we  may  fairly  say  that  Mr.  Bed- 

Heales's  History  and  Law  of  Pews. 

2  vols.  8vo.,  IGs.  cloth. 

The  HISTORY  and  LAW  of  CHURCH  SEATS  or  PEWS. 
By  ALFRED  HEALES,  F.S.A.,  Proctor  in  Doctors'  Commons. 

"  Great  pains  have  evidently  been  taken  in  engaged  in  suits  appertaining  to  the  pew  ques- 

the  compilation  of  this  work,  which  exhibits  tion.    Altogether  we  can  commend  Mr.  Heales' 

throughout  an  immense  amount  of  research  book  as  a  well-conceived  and  well-executed 

and  a  careful  arrangement  of  cases  and  ex-  work,  which  is  evidence  of  the  author's  in- 

tracts." — Law  Magazine.  dustry,  talent  and  learning." — Law  Journal. 

"The  work  deserves  a  place  in  all  public  "There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  great  labour 

libraries,  and  doubtless   many  practitioners,  and  research  have  been  expended  in  the  pro- 

especially  those  whose  law  learning  has  any  duction  of  this  work.     The  author  has  devoted 

antiquarian  proclivities,  will  be  glad  to  pos  •  great  care  and  perspicacity  to  the  treatment 

sess  it.     For  original  research  and  faithful  of  his  subject,  to  the  student  and  the  archae- 

labour  in  verifying  references  no  other  writer  ologist  there  is  much  in  these  volumes  of 

can  lay  any  claim  to   come  anywhere  near  great  interest,  and  clergymen  will  find  them  a 

Mr.  Heales.     The  author  deserves  particular  useful  and  reliable  guide   should  questions 

commendation  for  the  conscientious   labour  arise  connected  with  sittings  in  their  respec- 

with  which  he  has  traced  up  all  his  autho-  tive  churches." — Justice  of  thf  Peace. 

rities." — Solicitors'  Journal.  "The  subject  is  one  very  ably  treated  by 

"  The  historical  volume  will  be  most  interest-  Mr.  Heales .  We  have  gone  through  the  second 

ing  to  the  general  reader,  but  the  volume  de-  part,  namely,  that  devoted  to  law,  and  find  that 

voted  to  the  law  of  the  subject  will  be  of  great  it  is  admirable.   The  arrangement  is  good  and 

use  to  all  persons — the  clergy  and  churchwar-  the  style  clear.    To  the  work  are  appended  a 

dens — who  have  any  thing  to  do  with  the  admi-  list  of  cases   and  a  good  index.    The  book 

nistration  of  church  affairs.     It  will  also  be  possesses  amply  sufficient  merit  to  reach  a 

found  a  valuable  text-bookby  lawyers  who  are  second  edition  in  a  short  time." — Law  Times. 

Clifford  and  Stephens's  Practice  of  Referees  Court,  1871. 

Vol.  I.  and  Vol.  II.  Part  I.,  royal  8vo.,  38*.  cloth. 

THE  PRACTICE  of  the  COURT  of  REFEREES  on  PRI- 
VATE BILLS  in  PARLIAMENT,  with  Reports  of  Cases  as  to  the  locus 
standi  of  Petitioners  during  the  Sessions  1867-8-9  and  70.  By  FREDERICK 
CLIFFORD  and  PEMBROKE  S.  STEPHENS,  Barristers- at-Law. 

"  The  history  and  practice  of  the  subject  are  part  of  the  volume,  are  given  with  fulness  and 

detailed  tersely  and  accurately,  and  in  a  very  accuracy,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  and  are  of 

intelligible  manner,  in  the  treatise.  To  counsel  themselves  a  sufficient  recommendation  to  the 

or  agents  engaged  in  parliamentary  practice  volume." — Lam  Journal. 

the  work  will  prove  extremely  serviceable." —  "Clifford  and  Stephens,  the  authority  now 

Solicitors' Journal.  universally    quoted   and   relied    on    in    this 

"The  reports,  forming  the  most  important  (Referees)  Court." — Daily  News. 

VOL.  II.  PART  I.,  containing  the  Cases  decided  during  the  Session  1870, 
may  be  had  separately,  10s.  served. 

Starkie's  Law  of  Slander  and  Libel. — 3rd  Edition. 

One  thick  vol.  medium  8vo.,  42s.  cloth. 

STARKIE'S  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  SLANDER  and 
LIBEL  ;  including  MALICIOUS  PROSECUTIONS,  CONTEMPTS  of 
COURT,  &c. ;  also  the  Pleading  and  Evidence,  Civil  and  Criminal,  with 
Forms  and  Precedents.  Third  Edition.  By  H.  C.  FOLKARD,  Barrister-at-Law. 

"No  one   will   fail  to  see  that  there  were  a  treatise  should  have  been  re-edited,  and  it  is 

ample  reasons  for  a  new  edition  of  this  valu-  well  that  it  should  have   been  edited  by  so 

able  work  ;  and  upon  reference  to  this  edition  careful  and  painstaking  a  man  as  Mr.  Folkard." 

it  will  be  found  that  Mr.  Folkard  lias  performed  ,—Laa>  Magaiine. 
his  task  carefully  and  well.  It  is  well  that  surli 


Q 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.       15 

Seaborne's  Law  of  Vendors  and  Purchasers. 

Post  8vo.,  9*.  cloth. 

A  CONCISE  MANUAL  of  the  LAW  of  VENDORS   and 
PURCHASERS  of  REAL  PROPERTY.    By  HENRY  SEABORNE. 

*»*  This  work  is  designed  to  furnish  Practitioners  with  an  easy  means  of  reference  to  the  Statutory 
Eitactinrntit  mid  Judicial  Decisions  regulating  the  transfer  of  Real  Property,  and  also  to  briny 
these  authorities  in  a  eompendiout  shape  under  the  attention  of  Students. 

"  The  value  of  Mr   Seaborne's  work  consists  which  may  be  useful   to  students." — Solicitors' 

in  its  being  the  most  concise  .summary  yet  pub-  Journal. 

lished  of  one  of  the  most  important  branches  of  "  We  will  do  Mr.  Seaborne  the  justice  to  say 

the  law.    The  student  will  find  this  book  a  useful  that  we  believe  his  work  will  be  of  some  use  to 

introduction  to   a  dry  and  difficult    subject.''—  articled  clerks  and  others  in  solicitors'  offices. 

Law  Examination  Journal.  who  have  not  the  opportunity  or  inclination  to 

"  Intended  to  furnish  a  ready  means  of  access  refer  to  the  standard  works  from  which  his  is 

to  the  enactments  and  decisions  governing  that  8WS!-*t     v2?lfTS%   A    r  „       ,    ti.    t       i 

branch  of  the  law."-!/**  Time,.  ]>.e  book  wl11   b«  found  °f  nse,  to  the  le*,al 

practitioner,  inasmuch  as  it  will,  so  far  as  regards 

'  The  book  before  us  contains  a  good  deal,  es-  established  points   of  law,   be  a   handier  work 

pecially  of  practical  information  as  to  the  course  of  reference  than  the  longer  treatises  we  have 

of  conveyancing  matters  in  solicitors'  offices,  named."— Athenaeum. 


Clark's  Digest  of  House  of  Lords  Cases. 

Royal  8vo.,  31*.  6d.  cloth. 

A  DIGESTED  INDEX  to  all  the  REPORTS  in  the  HOUSE 
of  LORDS  from  the  commencement  of  the  Series  by  Dow,  in  1814,  to  the 
end  of  the  Eleven  Volumes  of  House  of  Lords  Cases,  with  references  to  more 
recent  Decisions.  By  CHARLES  CLARK,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Esq., 
Barrister  at  Law,  Reporter  by  Appointment  to  the  House  of  Lords. 


Barry's  Practice  of  Conveyancing. 

8vo.,  Us.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  PRACTICE  of  CONVEYANCING. 

By  W.  WHITTAKER  BARRY,  Esq.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law,  late 
Holder  of  the  Studentship  of  the  Inns  of  Court,  and  Author  of  "  A  Treatise 
on  the  Statutory  Jurisdiction  of  the  Court  of  Chancery." 

CHAP.  1.  Abstracts  of  Title. — CHAP.  2.  Agreements. — CHAP.  3.  Particulars  aud  Conditions  of 
Sale. — CHAP.  4.  Copyholds. — CHAP.  5.  Covenants — CHAP.  6.  Creditors'  Deeds  and  Arrange- 
ments.— CHAP.  7.  Preparation  of  Deeds — CHAP.  8.  Ou  Evidence.— CHAP.  y.  Leases. — CHAP. 
10.  Mortgages — CHAP.  11.  Paitncrship  Deeds  aud  Arrangements — CHAP.  12.  Sales  aud  Pur- 
cliases— CH»P.  13.  Settlements — CHAP.  14.  Wills.— CHAP.  15.  The  Land  Registry  Act, 
25  &  26  Viet.  c.  53. — CHAP.  16.  The  Act  for  obtaining  a  Declaration  of  Title,  S5  &  26  Viet. 
c.  67 INDEX. 

"  The  author  of  this  valuable  treatise  on  con-  in  which  the  theoretical  rules  of  real  property 
veyancing  hasmost  wisely  devoted  a  considerable  law  are  referred  to  only  for  the  purpose  of  eluci- 
part  of  his  work  to  the  practical  illustration  of  dating  the  practice.  Mr.  Barry  appears  to  have 
the  working  of  the  recent  Statutes  on  Registration  a  very  accurate  insight  into  the  practice  in  every 
of  Title— and  for  this,  as  well  as  for  other  rca-  d»partmentof ourrealpropertysysttm.  Although 
sons,  we  feel  bound  to  strongly  recommend  it  to  we  cannot  boast,  like  Duval,  of  having  ever  read 
the  practitioner  as  well  as  the  student.  The  abstracts  of  title  with  pleasure,  we  have  certainly 
author  has  proved  himself  to  be  a  master  of  the  read  Mr.  Barry's  chapter  on  abstracts  and  nu- 
subject,  for  he  not  only  gives  a  most  valuable  nitrous  other  parts  of  his  work  with  very  con- 
supply  of  practical  suggestions,  but  criticises  siderable  satisfaction  on  account  of  the  learning, 
them  with  much  ability,  and  we  have  no  doubt  great  familiarity  with  practice,  and  power  of  ex- 
that  his  criticism  will  meet  with  general  up-  position  of  its  author.  'Ihe  treatise,  although 
pioyal." — Law  Magazine.  capable  of  compression,  is  the  production  of  a  per- 

"The  author  introduces  a  work  which  will  be  son  of  great  merit  and  still  greater  promiie." — 

found  a  very   acceptable   addition   to    the   law  Solicitais'  Journal. 

library,  and  to  supply  a  want  which  we  think  "  The  Author's  design  was  to  do  for  the  prac- 

has  hitherto  been  lelt.    It  contains,  in  a  concise  lice  of  conveyancing  what  Mr.  Joshua  Williams 

and  readable  form,  the  law  relating  to  almost  has  done  for  its  principles,  to  describe  it  simply, 

every  point  likely  to  arise  in  the  ordinary  every  clearly  and  succinctly,  recollecting  that  he  was 

day  practice  of  the  conveyancer,  with  references  only  laying  the  foundation  and  not  crowning  the 

to  the  various  authorities  and  statutes  to  the  edifice.     A  work  the  substance  of  which  is  so 

latest  date,  and  may  be  described  as  a  manual  of  well   known  to   our   readers,   needs   no   recom- 

practical  conveyancing." — Law  Journal.  mendatiou  from  us,  for  its  merits  are  patent  to 

"  This  treatise  supplies  a  want  which  has  long  all.  from  personal  acquaintance  with  them.     I  he 

been  felt.     There  has  been  no  treatise  on  the  information  that   the  treatise  so  much  admired 

Practice  of  Conveyancing  issued  for  a  lung  time  may  now  be  had  in  the  more  convenient  form  of 

past  that  is  adequate  for  the  present  requirements.  a  book,  will  suffice  of  itself  to  secure  a  large  aud 

Air.  Barry's  work  is  essentially  what  it  professes  eager  demand  for  it." — Law  Times. 
to  be,  a  treatise  on  the  Practice  of  Convey  anciiiK, 


& 

16  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Hunter's  Suit  in  Equity.— Fifth  Edition. 

Post  8vo.,  10*.  (id.  cloth. 

AN  ELEMENTARY  VIEW  of  the  PROCEEDINGS  in  a 
SUIT  in  EQUITY.  With  an  Appendix  of  Forms.  By  SYLVESTER 
J.  HUNTER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law.  Fifth  Edition.  By 
G.  W.  LAWRANCE,  M.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  '  Hunter's  Suit  in  Equity'  is  an  excellent  us,  for  its  standard  merit  is  too  well  known  to 

book  for  students.     It  is  really  an  indispen-  require  commendation." — Law  Journal. 
sable  for  the  chancery  part  of  the  lawyer's  "  Changes  have  compelled  the  recasting  of  a 

education.     It  is  a  great  excellence  of  this  considerable  portion  of  Mr.  Hunter's  excellent 

work,  that  while  making  everything  clear  and  outline  of  the  proceedings  in  a  suit  in  equity, 

giving  substantially  sufficient  information,  its  which  has  become  a  text-book  with  the  law 

writers  kave  been  able  to  strike  the  happy  student.    This  work  has  been  well  dune  by 

mean  between  too  great  compression  and  em-  Mr.  Lawrance,  who  has  strictly  preserved  the 

barrassing  exuberance  of  detail." — Solicitors?  scheme  of  the  original  sketch,  while  adapting 

Journal.  it  to  the  various  changes  that  have  been  made. 

"We  presume  that  the  continued  demand  All  former  editions  must  be  at  once  exchanged 

for  a  volume  of  so  essential  utility  to  students  for  this  one." — Law  Times, 
of  equity,  rather  than  the  necessary  incorpo-  "  As  an  excellent  introduction  to  the  study 

ration  of  any  new  matter,  has  occasioned  the  of  chancery  practice  the  book  has  established 

publication  of  a  new  edition.    The  alterations  its  position,  and  we  think  the  editor  has  done 

and  additions  to  chancery  practice  and  proce-  wisely  in  merely  introducing    such  amend- 

dure  which  have  been  made  during  the  last  ments  as  the  alteration  in  the  law  by  statutes 

three  years  by  statute  and  by  general  orders  of  and  orders  requires,  and  abstaining  from  any 

the  court  are  embodied  in  their  proper  places  attempt  to  make  it  a  manual  of  practice." — 

in  the  present  edition.     In  other  respects  we  Law  Magazine. 
need  pass  no  encomiums  on  the  work  before 

Lewis's  Introduction  to  Equity  Drafting. 

Post  8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

PRINCIPLES  of  EQUITY  DRAFTING;  with  an  Appendix 
of  Forms.  By  HUBERT  LEWIS,  B.A.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at 
Law  ;  Author  of  "  Principles  of  Conveyancing,"  &c. 

*u*  This  Work,  intended  to  explain  the  general  principles  of  Equity  Drafting,  as  well  as  to 
exemplify  the  Pleadings  of  the  Court  of  Chancery,  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  useful  to  lawyers 
resorting  to  the  New  Equity  Jurisdiction  of  the  County  Courts. 

"  We  have  little  doubt  that  this  work  will  soon  any  title,  be  retained  in  the  new  jurisdiction, — 
gain  a  favorable  place  in  the  estimation  of  the  without  it  we  fear  that  equity  in  the  County 
profession.  It  is  written  in  a  clear  attractive  Courts  will  be  a  mass  of  uncertainty, —  with  it 
style,  and  is  plainly  the  result  of  much  thoughtful  every  practitioner  must  learn  the  art  of  equity 
and  conscientious  labour." — La;o  Magazine  and  drafting,  and  he  will  find  no  better  teacher  than 
Review.  Mr.  Lewis  " — Law  Time*.  • 

"  Mr.  Lewis's  work  is  likely  to  have  a  much  "  This  will,  we  think,  be  found  a  very  useful 

wider  circle  of  readers  than  he  could  have  work,  not  only  to  students  for  the  bar  and 
anticipated  when  he  commenced  it,  for  almost  solicitors  practising  in  the  County  Courts,  as 
every  page  will  be  applicable  to  County  Court  anticipated  by  the  author,  but  also  to  the  equity 
Practice,  should  the  bill,  in  any  shape  or  under  draftsman." — Law  Journal. 

Lewis's  Introduction  to  Conveyancing. 

8vo.,  18*.  cloth. 

PRINCIPLES  of  CONVEYANCING  explained  and  illus- 
trated by  Concise  Precedents ;  with  an  Appendix  on  the  effect  of  the  Trans- 
fer of  Land  Act  in  modifying  and  shortening  Conveyances.  By  HUBERT 
LEWIS,  B.A.,  late  Scholar  of  Emmanuel  College,  Cambridge,  of  the  Middle 
Temple,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"The  preface  arrested  our  attention,  and  the  a.  desideratum.   Mr  Lewis  proposes  to  supply  this 

examination  we  have  made  of  the  whole  treatise  want  in  the  work  now  before  us     The  book  will 

has  given  us  (what  may  be  called  a  new  sensation)  be  of  the  greatest  use  to  those  who  have  some  an- 

pleasure   in  the  peruso]  of  a  work  on  Convey-  tecedent  knowledge  of  real  property  law,  but  who 

ancing.    We  have,  indeed,  read  it  with  pleasure  have  not  had  much  experience  in  the  preparation 

and  profit,  and  we  may  say  at  once  that  i\)r.  Lewis  of  conveyances.    '  How  to  do  it'  might  well  be 

is  entitled  to  the  credit  of  having  produced   a  the  motto  of  the  author,  and  certainly  no  ordi- 

•very  useful,  and,  at  the  same  time,  original  work.  nary  lawyercan  peruse  Mr.  Hubert  Lewis's  book 

This  will  appear  from  a  mere  outline  of  his  plan,  without  making  himself  much  more  competent  to 

which  is  very  ably  worked  out.    The  manner  in  prepare  and  understand  conveyancing   than  he 

which  his  dissertations  elucidate  his  subject  is  was  before.    On  the  whole  «-e  consider  that  the 

clear  and  practical,  and  his  expositions,  with  the  work  is  deserving  of  high  praise,  both  for  design 

help   of  his   precedents,  have   the  best  of  all  and  execution.    It  is  wholly  free  from  the  vice 

aualities  in  such  a  treatise,  being  eminently  ju-  of  book  making,  and  indicates  considerable  re- 

icious  and  substantial.     Mr.    Lewis's   work   is  flection  and  learning.     Mr.   Lewis  has,  at    all 

conceived  in  the  right  spirit.   Although  a  learned  events,  succeeded  in  producing  a  work  to  meet 

and   goodly  volume,  it   may  vet,  with  perfect  an  acknowledged  want,  and  we  have  no  doubt  be 

propriety,   be    called    a   'handy   book.'      It    is  will  find  many  grateful  readers  amongst  more 

besides  a  courageous  attempt  at  legal  improve  advanced,  not  less  than  among  younger,  students. 

incut  ;   and  it  is,  perhaps,  by  works  of  such  a  In  an  appendix,  devoted  to  the  Land  Transfer 

character  that  law  reform  may  be  best  accom-  Act  of  last  session    there  are  some  useful  and 

plished."— Ijtao  Magazine  and  Review.  novel  criticisms  on  its   provisions."— Solicitors' 

"  It  was  still  felt  that  a  work  explanatory  and  Journal. 
illustrative  of  con  veyancingprecedems  remained 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  B.C.        17 


Kerr's  Action  at  Law. — Third  Edition. 

12mo.,  9s.  cloth. 

AN  ACTION  AT  LAW:  being  an  Outline  of  the  Jurisdiction 
of  the  Superior  Courts  of  Common  Law,  with  an  Elementary  View  of  the 
Proceedings  in  Actions  therein.  By  ROBERT  MALCOLM  KERR,  Barrister 
at  Law ;  now  Judge  of  the  Sheriff's  Court  of  the  City  of  London.  Third 
Edition. 

"  There  is  considerable  merit  in  both  works  that  of  Mr.  John  William  Smith,  and  is  therefore 

(John  William  Smith's  and  Malcolm  Kerr's);  but  better  adapted  for  those  who  desire  to  obtain  not 

the  second  (Kerr)  has  rather  the  advantage." —  merely  a  general  notion  but  also  a  practical  ac- 

Jurist.  quaintance  with  Common  Law  Procedure  "  — 

"  Mr.  Kerr's  book  is  more  full  and  detailed  than  Solicitors'  Journal. 

Tudor's  Leading  Cases  on  Real  Property,  &c.— 2nd  Edit. 

One  thick  vol.  royal  8vo.,  42s.  cloth. 

A  SELECTION  OF  LEADING  CASES  on  the  LAW 
RELATING  to  REAL  PROPERTY,  Conveyancing,  and  the  Construc- 
tion of  Wills  and  Deeds  ;  with  Notes.  By  'OWEN  DAVIES  TUDOR,  Esq., 
of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law.  Author  of  "  A  Selection  of  Lead- 
ing Cases  in  Equity."  Second  Edition. 

"  The  Second  Edition  is  now  before  us,  and  law  itself  applicable  to  the  cases  discussed  by 

we  are  able  to  say   that  the  same  extensive  him.    We  cordially  recommend  the  work  to  the 

knowledge  and  the  iame  laborious  industry  as  practitioner  and    the  student  alike,  but  espe- 

have  been  exhibited  by  Mr.  Tudor  on  former  cially  to  the  former." — So/iciton'  Journal. 

occasions  chaiacterize  this  later  production  of  "This  and  the,  oilier  volumes  of  Mr.  Tudor  are 

his  legal  authorship;  and  it  is  enough  at  this  almost  a  law  library  in  themselves,  and  we  are 
moment  to  reiterate  an  opinion  that  Mr.  Tudor    .   satisfied    tl»t  the.    student  would  learn    more 

lias  well  maintained  the  high  legal  reputation  law  from  the  careful  reading  of  them  than  he 

which  his  standard  works  have  achieved  in  all  would  acquire  from  double  the  time  given  to 

countries  where  the  English  language  is  spoken,  the  elaborate  treatises  which  learned  professors 

and  the  decisions  of  our  Courts  are  quoted."  recommend  the  student  to  peruse,  with  entire 

— Late  Magazine  and  Review.  forgetfulness  that  time  and  brains  are  limited, 

"  The  work  before  us  comprises  a  digest  of  and  that  to  do  what  they  advise  would  be  the 

decisions  which,  if  not  exhaustive  of  all  the  work  of  a  life.     Smith  and  Mr   Tudor  will  to- 

principles  of  our  real    property  code,  will  at  gether  give  them  such  a  knowledge  of  law  as 

least  be  found  to  leave  nothing  untouched  or  they  could  uot  obtain  from  a  whole  library  of 

unelaborated  under  the  numerous  legal   doc-  text  books,  and  of  law  that  will  be  useful  every 

trims  to  which  the  i  ases  severally  relate.     To  day,  instead   of  law   that  they  will  not  want 

Mr.  Tudoi's  treatment  of  all  these  subjects,  so  three  times  in  their  lives.     At   this   well   the 

complicated  and  so  varied,  we  accord  our  entire  practising  lawyer  might  beneficially  refresh  his 

commendation.    There  are  no  omissions  of  any  memory  by  a  draught,  when  a  leisure  hour  will 

important  cases  relative  to  the  various  braurh'S  permit  him  to  study  a  leading  case.     No  law 

of  the  law  compiised  in  the  work,  nor  are  there  library  should   be    without    this   most   useful 

any  omissions  or  defects  iu  his  statement  of  the  Look." — Late  Timet. 

Benham's  Student's  Examination  Guide. 

12mo.  3s.  cloth. 

THE  STUDENT'S  GUIDE  to  the  PRELIMINARY  EXA- 
MINATION for  ATTORNEYS  and  SOLICITORS,  and  also  to  the  Oxford 
and  Cambridge  Local  Examinations  and  the  College  of  Preceptors ;  to  which 
are  added  numerous  Suggestions  and  Examination  Questions,  selected  from 
those  asked  at  the  Law  Institution.  By  JAMES  ERLE  BENHAM,  of  King's 
College,  London. 

"  The  book  is  artistically  arranged.     It  will  "  Mr.  Bmliam  has  produced   a  very  useful 

become  a  useful  guide  and  instructor  not  only  manual.     II«  gives  many  suggestions  on  all  the 

to  law  students  but  to   every  student  who  is  .subjects  of  examination    and  full  information 

preparing  for  a  preliminary  examination." — Late  thereon  " — Law  Examination  Reporter. 

Juurnal.  "  He  has  succeeded    in   pioducing   a   book 

"  The  book  is  written  in  a  clear  and  agreeable  which  will  doubtless  prove  useful.     The   iet» 

style,  and  will  no  doubt  be  found  useful  by  the  of  examination  papers  appear  to  be  judiciously 

class  of  readers  for  whom  it  is  intended." —  selected    and  are  tolerably    full." — Iriih   Law 

Law  Magazine  and  Reiiew.  Timet. 


18 


LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Tomkins  and  Jencken's  Modern  Roman  Law. 

8vo.,  14s.  cloth. 

COMPENDIUM  of  the  MODERN  ROMAN  LAW.  Founded 
upon  the  Treatises  of  Puchta,  Von  Vangerow,  Arndts,  Franz  Mosbler  and 
the  Corpus  Juris  Civilis.  By  FREDERICK  J.  TOMKINS,  Esq.,  M.A.,  D.C.L., 
Author  of  the  "  Institutes  of  Roman  Law,"  Translator  of  "  Gaius,"  &c., 
and  HENRY  DIEDRICH  JENCKEN,  Esq.,  Barristers  at  Law,  of  Lincoln's  Inn. 


"Mr.  Tomkins  and  Mr.  Jencken  could  not 
have  written  such  an  excellent  book  as  this  if 
they  had  not  devoted  many  laborious  days, 
probably  years,  to  the  study  of  Roman  Law  in 
its  entirety,  and  to  research  into  the  laws  of 
continental  states,  for  the  purpose  of  learning 
what  principles  of  Roman  Law  are  preserved 
in  their  jurisprudence." — Law  Times. 

"  To  those  who  think  with  us  that  the  study 
of  the  modern  civil  law  has  been  too  much 
neglected  in  the  education  of  solicitors,  the  ad- 
mirable book  whose  title  we  have  above  an- 
nounced will  be  indeed  invaluable." — Law 
Examination  Journal. 

"They  have  unquestionably  given  us  a 
most  valuable  contribution  on  the  literature 
of  Roman  Law,  and  one  which  ought  to 
rapidly  work  its  way  to  public  favor." — North 
Brilsh  Mail. 

"  We  cordially  wish  success  to  a  book  which 


from  the  care  bestowed  upon  it  by  two  expe- 
rienced authors  can  scarcely  fail,  we  should 
hope,  to  take  a  respectable  place  among  the 
educational  works  on  Roman  Law,  which  seem 
likely  to-form  a  special  feature  among  the  legal 
publications  of  the  present  epoch." — Atherucum. 

"A  valuable  contribution  to  a  kind  of  litera- 
ture which  English  jurists  are  only  now  begin- 
ning to  value  at  its  true  worth.  l)r.  Tomkins 
and  his  fellow-worker,  Mr.  H.  D.  Jencken,  have 
bestowed  much  labour  on  their  task." — Echo. 

'•  Their  work  is  well  arranged  and  clearly 
written,  and  presents  in  an  agreeable  and  read- 
able form  the  principles  of  the  great  system  of 
Roman  Civil  Law.  It  is  admirably  adapted  for 
the  use  of  students,  while  the  copious  references 
which  it  contains  to  the  writings  of  the  great 
civilians  upon  whose  works  it  is  based  render 
it  a  valuable  text-book  for  the  more  advanced 
practitioner." — Irish  Law  Times. 


Latham's  Law  of  Window  Lights. 

Post  8vo.,  10s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  WINDOW  LIGHTS. 

FRANCIS  LAW  LATHAM,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 


By 


"  This  is  not  merely  a  valuable  addition 
to  the  law  library  of  the  practitioner,  it  is  a 
book  that  every  law  student  will  read  with 
profit.  It  exhausts  the  subject  of  which  it 
treats." — Law  Times. 

"  His  arrangement  is  logical,  and  he  dis- 
cusses fully  each  point  of  his  subject.  The 
work,  in  our  opinion,  is  both  perspicuous  and 
able,  and  we  cannot  but  compliment  the  author 
on  it  " — Law  Journal. 

"  A  treatise  on  this  subject  was  wanted,  and 
Mr.  Latham  has  succeeded  in  meeting  that 
want." — Athenetum. 

"  Mr.  Latham  is  evidently  one  of  those 
authors  who  like  to  have  a  complete  skeleton 
of  their  subject  elaborated  before  putting  pen 
to  paper;  and  the  consequence  is,  that  this 
little  work  is  one  which  we  have  much  plea- 
sure in  recommending  to  the  profession.  The 
sequence  of  discussion  is  well  ordered,  and 
the  author's  plan  well  adhered  to ;  and  although 
the  text  comprises  less  than  250  octavo  pages, 


the  subject  is  quite  exhaustively  treated.  To 
solicitors  the  volume  will,  we  think,  be  par- 
ticularly serviceable.  Armed  with  the  work 
we  have  now  reviewed,  the  practitioner  will  be 
in  a  fair  way  to  cope  successfully  with  the  most 
exigent  client  who  comes  to  consult  him  about 
his  windows." — Solicitors'  Journal. 

"  This  subject  has  acquired  a  general  com- 
mercial interest,  and  a  clear  concise  work 
upon  it  is,  at  this  time,  very  opportune.  Mr. 
Latham's  treatise  .on  the  Law  of  Window 
Lights  appears  to  supply  in  a  convenient  form 
all  the  information  which,  in  a  general  way, 
may  be  required.  The  text  throughout  is 
lucid  and  is  well  supported  by  precedents." — 
Building  News. 

"  Mr.  Latham  has  done  well  in  providing  a 
new  treatise  on  the  subject,  and  setting  forth 
some  of  the  more  recent  decisions  of  our 
courts.  It  is  well  arranged  and  clearly  written. 
We  recommend  the  book." — Bttilder, 


Tudor's  Law  of  Charitable  Trusts. — Second  Edition. 

Post  8vo.,  18s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  OF  CHARITABLE  TRUSTS ;  with  the  Statutes 
to  the  end  of  Session  1870,  the  Orders,  Regulations  and  Instructions,  issued 
pursuant  thereto  ;  and  a  Selection  of  Schemes.  By  OWEN  DAVIES  TUDOR, 
Esq.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law ;  Author  of  "  Leading  Cases  in 
Equity;"  "  Real  Property  and  Conveyancing;"  &c.  Second  Edition. 


"  No  living  writer  is  more  capable  than 
Mr.  Tudor  of  producing  such  a  work  :  his 
Leading  Cases  in  Equity,  and  also  on  the 
Law  of  Real  Property,  have  deservedly  earned 
for  him  the  highest  reputation  as  a  learned, 
careful  and  judicious  text-writer.  We  have 
only  to  add  that  the  index  is  very  carefully 


compiled." — Solicitors'  Journal. 

"  Mr.  Tudor's  excellent  little  book  on  Cha- 
ritable Trusts.  It  is  in  all  respects  the  text- 
book for  the  lawyer,  as  well  as  a  hand-book  for 
reference  by  trustees  and  others  engaged  in  the 
management  of  charities." — Law  Times. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.C.        19 


Gaius's  Roman  Law,  by  Tomkins  and  Lemon. 

Complete  in  1  vol.  Svo.,  27s.  cloth  extra. 
(Dedicated  by  permission  to  Lor  A  Clumcellor  Hatlterley .) 


LAW  :  with  an  English  Translation  and  Annotations.  By  FREDERICK  J. 
TOMKINS,  Esq.,  M.A.,  D.C.L.,  and  WILLIAM  GEORGE  LEMON,  Esq.,  LL.B. 
Barristers  at  Law,  of  Lincoln's  Inn. 


"  We  congratulate  the  authors  on  the  pro- 
duction of  a  work  creditable  alike  in  its  in- 
ception and  its  progress.  The  translation  is 
on  the  whole  satisfactory :  the  annotations  are 
often  valuable  and  compiled  from  trustworthy 
sources." — Law  Journal. 

"  They  have  done  a  good  service  to  the  study 
of  Roman  Law,  and  deserve  the  thanks  of 
those  who  take  an  interest  in  legal  literature." 
— Solicitors'  Journal. 

"  After  a  careful  perusal  of  the  present 
•work,  we  feel  bound  to  speak  in  the  highest 
terms  of  the  manner  in  which  Mr.  Tomkins 
and  Mr.  Lemon  have  executed  their  task. 
We  have  no  hesitation  in  pronouncing  the 
work  to  be  a  most  valuable  contribution  to 
juristical  learning,  and  we  unhesitatingly 
recommend  its  careful  perusal  to  all  students 
of  Roman  Law." — Law  Magazine. 

"The  translation  is  carefully  executed,  and 
the  annotations  show  extensive  knowledge  of 
the  Roman  Law." — Atheiucum. 


"The  book  Is  in  every  respect  one  of  the 
most  valuable  contributions,  from  an  Eng- 
lish source,  to  our  legal  literature  which  the 
last  half  century  has  witnessed." — Edinburgh 
Evening  Courant. 

"The  want  of  an  edition  of  the  Commen- 
taries of  Gaius  for  English  students  has  now 
been  supplied  by  Dr.  Tomkins  and  Mr.  Lemon 
in  a  manner  which  leaves  nothing  to  be  de- 
sired. The  translation  of  the  Latin  text  is 
excellent;  and  the  notes,  upon  which  the 
value  of  the  work  mainly  depends,  are  full  of 
the  most  ample  learning  upon  the  matter  of 
the  text." — Irish  Law  Times. 

"  This  is  the  first  time  that  the  text  of  Gaius 
has  been  translated  into  English,  and  it  is 
remarkably  well  done  by  Messrs.  Tomkina 
and  Lemon  in  the  part  before  us,  who  have 
also  enriched  the  text  by  many  valuable 
notes."— Law  Examination  Reporter. 


Phillimore's  Commentaries  on  International  Law. 

COMMENTARIES  on  INTERNATIONAL  LAW.     By  the 

Right  Hon.  SIR  ROBERT  PHILLIMORE,  Knt.,  now  Judge  of  the  High 
Court  of  Admiralty  of  England. 

»**  Vol.  1,  tecond  edition,  price  25s.,  Vol.  2,  second  edition,  price  28*.,  Vol.  4,  price  SOs.,  may 
be  had  separately  to  complete  sets.     Vol.  8  is  out  of  print. 

Extract  from  Pamphlet  on  "American  Neutrality,"  by  GEOKGE  BEMIS  (Boston,  U.S.).— "Sir 
Robert  Phillimore,  the  present  Queen's  Advocate,  and  author  of  the  most  comprehensive  and 
systematic  '  Commentary  on  International  Law  '  that  England  has  produced." 

heres  to  the  canons  of  legal  authorship,  and 
never  gives  a  statement  without  an  authority 
or  offers  a  conclusion  which  is  not  manifestly 
deducible  from  established  facts  or  authorita- 
tive utterances, yet  so  lucid  is  his  style,  we  had 
almost  said  so  popular,  so  clear  is  the  enunci- 
ation of  principles,  so  graphic  the  historical 
portions,  that  the  book  may  be  read  with  plea- 
sure as  well  as  profit.  It  will  not  be  out  of 
place  to  further  remark,  that  the  arrangement 
is  excellent,  the  table  of  contents,  the  list  of 
authorities  are  complete,  and,  therefore,  these 
Commentaries  are  singularly  handy  for  refer- 
ence. Altogether  this  work  is  a  witness  to  the 
zeal,  industry  and  ability  of  Sir  R.  Phillimore. 
It  will  not  only  be  read  at  home,  but  also  in  the 
United  States,  and  it  cannot  fail  to  smooth  the 
way  for  the  thorough  international  understand- 
ing between  England  and  America  that  the  true 
men  of  both  countries  so  ardently  desire." — 
Law  Journal. 


"  The  authority  of  this  work  is  admittedly 
great,  and  the  learning  and  ability  displayed 
in  its  preparation  have  been  recognized  by 
writers  on  public  law  both  on  the  Continent  of 
Europe  and  in  the  United  States.  With  this 
necessarily  imperfect  sketch  we  must  conclude 
our  notice  of  the  first  volume  of  a  work  which 
forms  an  important  contribution  to  the  litera- 
ture of  public  Uw.  The  book  is  of  great  utility, 
and  one  which  should  find  a  place  in  the  library 
of  every  civilian." — Law  Magazine. 

"  We  cordially  welcome  a  new  edition  of 
vol.  1.  It  is  a  work  that  ought  to  be  studied 
by  every  educated  man,  and  which  is  of  con- 
stant use  to  the  public  writer  and  statesman. 
We  wish,  indeed,  that  our  public  writers  would 
read  it  more  abundantly  than  they  have  done, 
as  they  would  then  avoid  serious  errors  in  dis- 
cussing foreign  questions.  Any  general  ciiti- 
cism  of  a  book  which  has  been  received  as  a 
standard  work  would  be  superfluous  ;  but  we 
may  remark,  that  whilst  Sir  Robert  strictly  ad- 


20  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Christie's  Crabb's  Conveyancing. — Fifth  Edit,  by  Shelford. 

Two  vols.  royal  8vo.,  31.  cloth. 

CRABB'S   COMPLETE    SERIES   of  PRECEDENTS    in 
CONVEYANCING  and  of  COMMON  and  COMMERCIAL  FORMS 

in  Alphabetical  Order,  adapted  to  the  Present  State  of  the  Law  and  the 
Practice  of  Conveyancing;  with  copious  Prefaces,  Observations  and  Notes 
on  the  several  Deeds.  By  J.  T.  CHRISTIE,  Esq.,  Barrister-at-Law.  The 
Fifth  Edition,  with  numerous  Corrections  and  Additions,  by  LEONARD 
SHELFORD,  Esq.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law. 

***  This  Work,  which  embraces  both  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Conveyancing,  contains  likewise 
every  description  of  Instrument  wanted  for  Commercial  Purposes. 

General  Table  of  Heads  of  Prefaces  and  Forms. 

Abstracts. — Accounts.  —  Acknowledgments. — Acquittances. — Admittances. — Affidavits,  Affir- 
mations or  Declarations. — Agreements  :  to  relinquish  Business :  to  Guarantee :  for  a 
Lease:  before  Marriage :  for  a  Partition:  between  Principal  and  Agent:  for  the  Sale  and 
Purchase  of  Estates:  fbr  Sale  of  Copyhold  Estates:  for" Sale  of  Leaseholds:  for  Sale  of 
an  Advowson. — Annuity:  secured  on  Copyholds. — Annuities:  Assigments  of. — Appoint- 
ments :  of  Guardians. — Apportionment.— Apprenticeship  :  to  the  Sea  Service :  to  an 
Attorney  :  Assignment  of. — Arbitration  :  Award. — Assignments  :  Bonds  :  Leases:  Patents  : 
Pews  :  Policies  of  Insurance  :  Reversionary  Interests. — Attestations. — Attornments. — 
Auctions  :  Particulars  of  Sale. — Bargains  and  Sales  :  of  Timber. — Bills  of  Sale  of  Goods. 
— Bonds:  Administration:  Receiver  pending  Suit:  Post  Obit:  Stamps  on. — Certificates. 
— Composition:  Conveyances  in  Trust  for  Creditors. — Conditions:  of  Sale. — Confirmations. 
— Consents.— Copartnership:  Dissolution  of  Copartnership. — Covenants:  Stamps  on:  for 
Production  of  Title  Deeds. — Declarations. — Deeds:  I.  Nature  of  Deeds  in  General:  II. 
Requisites  of  a  Deed:  III.  Formal  parts  of  Deeds:  IV.  Where  a  Deed  is  necessary  or 
otherwise:  V.  Construction  of  Deeds:  VI.  Avoiding  of  Deeds:  VII.  Proof  of  Deeds: 
VIII.  Admission  of  Parol  Evidence  as  to  Deeds:  IX.  Possession  of  Deeds  :  X.  Stamp 
Duty  on  Deeds. — Defeasances. — Demises — Deputation. — Disclaimers. — Disentailing  Deeds. 
— Distress  :  Notices  of. — Dower. — Enfranchisements. — Exchanges. — Feolfments. — Further 
Charges. — Gifts.— Grants.— Grants  of  Way  or  Road.— Indemnities.— Leases  :  I.  Nature 
of  Leases  in  General:  II.  Requisites  to  a  Lease:  III.  Parts  of  a  Lease:  IV.  Incidents  to 
a  Lease  :  V.  Stamps  on  Leases. — Letters  of  Credit. — Licences. — Mortgages  :  of  Copyholds  : 
of  Leaseholds :  Transfer  of;  Stamp  Duty  on. — Notes,  Orders,  Warrants,  &c. — Notices  :  to 
Quit. — Partition. — Powers  :  of  Attorney. — Presentation. — Purchase  Deeds  :  Conveyance  of 
Copyholds:  Assignments  of  Leaseholds:  Stamps  on. — Recitals. — Releases  or  Conveyances: 
or  Discharges. — Renunciations  or  Disclaimers. — Resignations. — Revocations. — Separation. 
— Settlements:  Stamp  Duty  on. — Shipping:  Bills  of  Lading:  Bills  of  Sale:  Bottomry 
and  Respondentia  Bonds  :  Charter  Parties. — Surrenders. — Wills:  1.  Defini'ion  of  Will  and 
Codicil :  2.  To  what  Wills  the  Act  7  Will.  4  &  I  Viet.  c.  26  does  not  apply :  3.  What  may 
be  disposed  of  by  Will :  4.  Of  the  capacity  of  Persons  to  make  Wills :  5.  Who  may  -or  may 
not  be  Devisees  ;  6.  Execution  of  Wills  :  7.  Publication  of  Wills :  8.  Revocation  of  Wills : 
9.  Lapse  of  Devises  and  Bequests  :  10.  Provisions  and  Clauses  in  Wills  :  11.  Construction 
of  Wills. 

From  the.  Law  Times.  the    experienced  draftsman.     Mr.  Shelford  has 

"  The  preparation  of  it  could  not  have  been  con-       proved  himself  in  this  task  to  be  not  unworthy  of 
tided  to  more  able  hands  than  those  of  Mr.  Shel-       his  former  reputation.    To  those  familiar  with  his 
lord,  the  veteran  authority  on  real  property  law.       other  works  it  will  be  asufiicieutrecommendation 
"With  the  industry  that  distinguishes  him  he  has       of  this." 
done  ample  justice  to  his  task.    In  carefulness  we 

have  in  him  a  second  Crabb,  in  erudition  Crabb's  From  the  Law  Magazine  and  Review. 

superior  ;  and  the  result  is  a  work  of  which  the  "  To  this  important  part  of  his  duty— the  remo- 
onginal  author  would  have  been  proud,  could  it  delling  and  perfecting  of  the  Korms— even  with 
have  appeared  under  his  own  auspices.  It  is  not  the  examination  which  we  have  already  been  able 
a  book  to  be  qu>  ted,  nor  indeed  could  its  merits  be  to  afford  this  work,  we  are  able  to  affirm,  that  the 
exhibited  by  quotation.  It  is  essentially  a  book  ot  learned  editor  has  been  eminently  successful  and 

}>ractice,  which  can  only  be  described  in  rude  out-       effected  valuable  improvements." 
ine  and  dismissed  with  applause,  and  a  recom- 
mendation of  it  to  the  notice  of  those  for  whose  From  the  Law  Chronicle. 
service  it  has  been,  so  laboriously  compiled."                 "  It  possessesone  distinctive  feature  in  devoting 

more  attention  than  usual  in  such  works  to  forms 

From  the  Solicitors  Journal.  of  a  commercial  nature      We  are  satisfied  from 

"  The  collection  of  precedentscontained  in  these  an  examination  of  the  present  with  the  immediately 
two  volumes  are  all  that  could  be  desired.  They  preceding  edition  that  Mr.  Shelford  has  very  cou- 
are  particularly  well  adapted  for  Solicitors, being  siderably  improved  the  character  of  the  work, 
of  a  really  practical  character.  They  are  more-  both  in  the  prefaces  and  in  the  forms.  On  the 
over  free  from  the  useless  repetitions  of  common  whole  the  two  volumes  of  Crabb's  Precedents,  as 
forms  that  so  much  increase  the  bulk  and  expense  edited  by  Mr.  Leonard  Shelford.  will  be  found 
of  some  collections  that  we  could  name.  VVeknow  extremely  useful  in  a  solicitor's  office,  presenting 
not  of  any  collection  of  conveyancing  precedents  a  large  amount  of  real  property  learning,  with 
that  would  make  it  so  possible  for  a  tyro  to  put  very  numerous  precedents:  indeed  we  know  of  no 
together  a  presentable  draft  at  an  exigency,  or  booksojustly  entitled  totne  appellation  of 'handy' 
which  are  more  handy  in  every  respect,  even  for  as  the  fifth  edition  of  Mr.  Crabb's  Precedents." 


O  i 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.  C.      21 

Mosely's  Articled  Clerks'  Handy-Book. 

12mo.,  7s.  cloth. 

A  PRACTICAL  HANDY-BOOK  of  ELEMENTARY  LAW, 

designed  for  the  use  of  Articled  Clerks,  with  a  Course  of  Study  and  Hints  on 
Readiug  for  the  Intermediate  and  Final  Examinations.  By  M.  S.  MOSELY, 
Solicitor,  Clifford's  Inn  Prizeman,  M.  T.  1867. 

"  This  useful  little  book  is  intended  for  the  use  "  There  are  few  who  read  this  book  with  care 

of  articled  clerks  during  the  period  of  their  arti-  who  will  not  readily  admit  that  on  many  intricate 
cles.  The  style  of  this  book  is  peculiar:  it  is  an  points  of  law  their  notions  have  become  much 


exaggeration  of  the  style  adopted  by  Mr.  flaynes  clearer  than  before  their  acquaintance  with  it. 
in  his  admirable  'outlines  of  Lquity."  The  Both  parts  are  well  worked  out,  and  will  be  found 
author  seems  to  think  the  adoption  of  such  a  useful;  but  in  the  second  division  of  each  chap- 


Both  parts  are  well  worked  out,  and  will  be  found 

useful;  but  in  the  second  division  of  each  chap- 
style  the  only  way  to  make  the  study  of  the  law  ter  the  law  student  will  find  most  valuable  in- 
popular,  and  we  are  not  prepared  to  say  he  is  formation,  as  there  Mr.  Mosely  not  only  marks 
wrong." — Law  Alagatine  and  Review,  out  the  course  of  reading  which  he  recommends 
"  '1  he  design  of  this  little  book  is  to  combine  for  each  year,  but  also  carefully  analyses  the 
instruction,  advice  and  amusement,  if  anything  contents  of  each  book,  and  points  out  those 
amusing  can  be  extracted  from  the  routine  of  a  chapters  and  subjects  which  it  will  be  most  ad- 
splicitor's  office  and  the  studies  of  articled  clerks.  vantageous  for  the  student  to  master  at  the  first 
The  book  will  certainly  be  found  useful  by  any  reading,  and  those  which  he  ought  to  defer  till 
articled  clerk,  for  it  contains  much  information  a  second  perusal  and  a  wider  experience  have 
which  it  is  sometimes  very  troublesome  to  find,  made  him  more  competent  to  understand  them, 
and  the  facetiousness  of  Mr.  Mosely's  manner  The  style  is  remarkably  good,  and,  considering 
will  doubtless  help  to  grease  the  course  of  a  the  subject,  free  from  technical  expressions." — 
rough  and  uneasy  subject."—  Law  Journal.  Irish  Law  limes. 


Rouse's  Copyhold  Manual. — Third  Edition. 

12mo.,  10«.  6d.  cloth. 

THE    COPYHOLD    ENFRANCHISEMENT    MANUAL, 

giving  the  Law,  Practice  and  Forms  in  Enfranchisements  at  Common  Law 
and  under  Statute,  and  in  Commutations  ;  with  the  Values  of  Enfranchise- 
ments from  the  Lord's  various  Rights :  the  Principles  of  Calculation  being 
clearly  explained,  and  made  practical  by  numerous  Rules,  Tables  and 
Examples.  Also  all  the  Copyhold  Acts,  and  several  other  Statutes  and 
Notes.  Third  Edition.  By  ROLLA  ROUSE,  Esq.,  of  the  Middle  Temple, 
Barrister  at  Law,  Author  of  "  The  Practical  Conveyancer,"  &c. 

"  This  new  edition  follows  the  plan  of  its  pre-  world  will  greet  with  pleasure  a  new    and   im- 

decessor,  adopting  a  fivefold   division: — 1.  The  proved  edition  of   his   copyhold  manual.     The 

Law.    2.  The  Practice,  with  Practical   Sugges-  third  edition  of  that  work  is  before  us.     It  is  a 

tions  to  Lords,  Stewards  and  Copyholders.    3.  work  of  great  practical  value,  suitable  to  lawyers 

'I  he  Mathematical  consideration  of  the  Subject  and  laymen.    We  can  freely  and  heartily  recom- 

in  all  its  Details,  with  Hulcs,  Tables  and  Exam-  mend  this  volume  to  the  practitioner,  the  steward 

pies.   4.  Forms.    5.  The  Statutes,  with  Notes.  Of  and  the  copyholder." — Law  Magazine, 

these,  we  can  only  repeat  what  we  have  said  before,  "  Now,  however,   that   copyhold  tenures  are 

that  they  exhaust  the  subject ;   they  give  to  the  being  frequently  converted  into  freeholds,  Mr. 

practitioner  all  the  materials  required  by  him  to  House's  treatise  will  doubtless  be  productive  of 

conduct  the  enfranchisement  of  a  copyhold,  whe-  very  extensive  benefit ;  for  it  seems  to  us  to  have 

ther  voluntary  or  compulsory  "—Law  Times.  been  very  carefully  prepared,  exceedingly   well 

"  When  we  consider  what  favor  Mr.  House's  composed  and  written,  and  to  indicate  much  ex- 
Practical  Man  and  Practical  Conveyancer  have  perience  in  copyhold  law  on  the  part  of  the 
found  with  the  profession,  we  feel  sure  the  legal  author.''— Solicitor*'  Jtutnal. 


Shelford's  Succession,  Probate  and  Legacy  Duties. 
Second  Edition. 

12mo.,  16s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  relating  to  the  PROBATE,  LEGACY  and 
SUCCESSION  DUTIES  in  ENGLAND,  IRELAND  and  SCOTLAND, 
including  all  the  Statutes  and  the  Decisions  on  those  Subjects :  with  Forms 
and  Official  Regulations.  By  LEONARD  SHELFORD,  Esq.,  of  the  Middle 
Temple,  Barrister-at-Law.  The  Second  Edition,  with  many  Alterations  and 
Additions. 

"The  book    is  written   mainly   for  solicitors.  subject  nothing  remains  but  to  make  known  its 

Mr.  Shelford  has  accordingly  planned   bis  work  appearance  to  our  readers.     Its  merits  have  been 

with  careful  regard  to  its  practical  utility  and  already  tested  by  most  of  them." — Law  Times, 

daily  use." — Solicitors'  Journal.  "  On  the  whole  Mr.  Shelford's  book  appears  to 

"  One  of  the  most  useful  and  popular  of  his  us  to  be  the  best  and  most  complete  work  on  this 

productions,  and  being  now  the  text  oook  on  tue  extremely  intricate  subject." — Law  Magazine. 


22  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Davis's  Law  of  Master  and  Servant. 

12mo.  6s.  cloth. 

THE  MASTER  AND  SERVANT  ACT,  1867  (30  &  31  Viet, 
c.  141),  with  an  Introduction,  copious  Notes,  Tables  of  Offences,  and  Forms 
of  Proceedings,  prepared  expressly  for  this  Work.  By  JAMES  E.  DAVIS, 
Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  Stipendiary  Magistrate,  Stoke-upon-Trent. 

***  Besides  the  Act  and  copious  Notes,  Introduction,  and  a  variety  of  Forms  of  Summons,  Orders, 
Convictions,  Recognizances,  &c.,  specially  prepared  for  this  work,  Tables  have  teen  framed 
classifying  all  the  offences  within  the  jurisdiction  of  Justices.  It  is  hoped  that  this  will  be  found 
useful,  not  only  to  Magistrates  and  their  Clerks,  but  to  the  Legal  Profession  generally,  for  in 
consequence  of  tlie  new  Act  not  describing  the  offences,  but  merely  referring  to  a  schedule  of 
seventeen  former  Acts,  it  is  very  difficult  to  say  what  cases  are  or  are  not  within  the  purview  of 
the  new  Act.  The  decisions  of  the  Superior  Courts,  so  far  as  they  are  applicable  to  the  present 
law,  are  also  given. 

Woolrych's  Law  of  Sewers. — Third  Edition. 

8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  of  the  LAW  of  SEWERS,  including  the 
DRAINAGE  ACTS.  By  HUMPHRY  W.  WOOLRYCH,  Serjeant  at  Law. 
Third  Edition,  with  considerable  Additions  and  Alterations. 

"  Two  editions  of  it  have  been  speedily  ex-  no  work  filling  the  same  place  has  been  added 

hausted,  and  a  third  called  for.  The  author  to  the  literature  of  the  Profession.  Itisawork 

'is  an  accepted  authority  on  all  subjects  of  this  of  no  slight  labour  to  digest  and  arrange  this 

class."— Law  Times.  mass  of  legislation  ;  this  task,  however,  Mr. 

"  This  is  a  third  and  greatly  enlarged  edition  Serjeant  Woolrych  has  undertaken,  and  an 

of  a  book  which  has  already  obtained  an  esta-  examination  of  his  book  will,  we  think,  con- 

blished  reputation  as  the  most  complete  dis-  vince  the  most  exacting  that  he  has  fully 

eussion  of  the  subject  adapted  to  modern  succeeded.  No  6ne  should  attempt  to  meddle 

times.  Since  the  treatise  of  Mr.  Serjeant  with  the  Law  of  Sewers  without  its  help."— 

Callis  in  the  early  part  of  the  17th  century,  Solicitors'  Journal. 


Grant's  Law  of  Corporations  in  General. 

Royal  8vo.,  26s.  boards. 

A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  CORPORA- 
TIONS in  GENERAL,  as  well  Aggregate  as  Sole;  including  Municipal 
Corporations ;  Railway,  Banking,  Canal,  and  other  Joint-Stock  and  Trading 
Bodies;  Dean  and  Chapters;  Universities;  Colleges;  Schools;  Hospitals; 
with  quasi  Corporations  aggregate,  as  Guardians  of  the  Poor,  Church- 
wardens, Churchwardens  and  Overseers,  etc. ;  and  also  Corporations  sole,  as 
Bishops,  Deans,  Canons,  Archdeacons,  Parsons,  etc.  By  JAMES  GRANT, 
Esq.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law. 


J.  Chitty,  jun's.  Precedents  in  Pleading.— Third  Edition. 

Complete  in  One  Vol.  Royal  8vo.,  38s.  cloth. 

J.  CHITTY,  JUN'S.  PRECEDENTS  in  PLEADING;  with 

copious  Notes  on  Practice,  Pleading  and  Evidence.  Third  Edition.  By 
the  late  TOMPSON  CHITTY,  Esq.,  and  by  LEOFRIC  TEMPLE,  R.  G.  WIL- 
LIAMS, and  CHARLES  JEFFERY,  Esquires,  Barristers  at  Law.  (Part  2 
may,  for  the  present,  be  had  separately,  price  18s.  cloth,  to  complete  sets.) 

"  To  enter  into  detailed  criticism  and  praise  of  its  usefulness,  as  heretofore,  will  be  found  not  to 

this  standard  work  would  be  quite  out  ol  place.  be  confined  to  the  chambers  of  the  special  pleader, 

lu   the  present  instance    the  matter  ha.s  fallen  but  to  be  of  a   more   extended  character.    To 

into  competent  hands,  who  have  spared  no  pains.  those  who  knew  the  work  of  old  DO  recommenda- 

This  valuable  and  useful  work  is  brought  down  tion  is  wanted,  to  those  younger  members  of  the 

to  the  present  time,  altered  in  accordance  with  profession  who  have  not  that  privilege  we  would 

ihe  ca  es  and  statutes  now  in  force,    Great  care  suggest  that  they  should  at  once  make  its  ac- 

has  beeii  expended  by  the  competent  editors,  and  quaiatance." — Law  Journal. 


. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTII,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.        23 

Scriven's  Law  of  Copyholds.— 5th  Edit,  by  Stalman. 

Abridged  in  1  vol.  royal  8vo.,  £}  :  10*.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  ON  COPYHOLD,  CUSTOMARY  FREE- 
HOLD and  ANCIENT  DEMESNE  TENURE,  with  the  Jurisdiction  of 
Courts  Baron  and  Courts  Leet.  By  JOHN  SCHIVEN,  Serjeant  at  Law. 
Fifth  Edition,  containing  references  to  Cases  and  Statutes  to  1867.  By 
HENRY  STALMAN,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  No  lawyer  can  see  or  hear  the  word  'copy-  half  a  century  been  not  only  a  standard  work 

hold'  without  associating  with  it  the. name  of  but  one  of  unimpeachable  authority,  and  in  its 

Scriven,  wnose  book  has  been  always  esteemed  pages  the  present  generation  has  learned  all  that 

not  merely  the  best  but  the  only  one  of  any  is  Known  of  copyhold  and  customary  tenures, 

worth.  Until  a  commutation  of  the  tenure  for  All  that  is  necessary  to  say  is,  that  in  the  pre- 

a  fixed  rent-charge,  after  the  manner  of  a  tithe  sent  edition  of  Scriveu  on  Copyholds  Mr.  Stal- 

commutation.  is  compelled  by  the  legislature,  man  has  omitted  what  it  was  useless  to  retain, 

this  treatise  will  lose  none  of  its  usefulness  to  the  and  inserted  what  it  was  necessary  to  add. 

solicitors  in  the  country." — Law  Times.  Until  copyholds  have  disappeared  utterly,  it  i» 

"  It  would  be  wholly  supeifluous  to  offer  one  at  least  certain  that  Scriven  on  Copyholds  by 
word  of  comment  on  the  general  body  of  the  Stalman  will  hold  undisputed  sway  in  the  pro- 
work.  Scriven  oil  Copyholds  has  for  exactly  fession." — Law  Journal. 


Davis's  Law  of  Registration  and  Elections. 

One  small  12mo.  vol.,  15s.  cloth. 

MANUAL  OF  THE  LAW  AND  PRACTICE  OF  ELEC- 
TIONS AND  REGISTRATION.  Comprising  all  the  Statutes,  with  Notes 
and  Introduction,  and  a  Supplement  containing  the  Cases  oil  Appeal 
down  to  1869,  the  Rules  relating  to  Election  Petitions,  and  a  complete 
Index  to  the  whole  Work.  By  JAMES  EDWARD  DAVIS,  Esq.,  Barrister 
at  Law,  Author  of  "  Manual  of  Practice  and  Evidence  in  the  County 
Courts,"  &c. 

"  A  work,  which,  in  our  judgment,  is  the  han-  order  to  obtain  a  fair  mastery  of  the  whole  sub- 

diest  and  most  useful  of  the  manuals  which  the  ject,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  highly  recommend- 

Keform  Act  of  1867  has  brought  into  existence."  ing  this  work."— Solicitors'  Journal. 

—Law  Magazine.  "  No  one  comes  forward  with  better  credentials 

"  We  think  this  the  best  of  the  now  numerous  than  Mr.  Davis,  and  the  book  before  us  seems  to 

works  on  this  subject.    It  has  a  great  advantage  possess  the  qualities   essential  to  a  guide  to  a 

in  its  arrangement  over  those  which  are  merely  discharge  of  their  duties  l  y  the  officials.    The 

new  editions  of  works  published  before  the  recent  scheme  of  Mr.  Davis's  work  is  very  simple." — 

legislation.    To  read  through  consecutively,  in  Law  Journal 

THE  SUPPLEMENT  may  be  had  separately,  price  3s.  served. 


Browning's  Divorce  and  Matrimonial  Causes  Practice. 

Post  8vo.,  8*.  cloth. 

THE  PRACTICE  and  PROCEDURE  of  the  COURT  for 
DIVORCE  and  MATRIMONIAL  CAUSES,  including  the  Acts,  Rules, 
Orders,  copious  Notes  of  Cases  and  Forms  of  Practical  Proceedings, 
with  Tables  of  Fees  and  Bills  of  Costs.  By  W.  ERNST  BROWNING,  Esq.," of 
the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law. 


Brandon's  Law  of  Foreign  Attachment. 

8vo.,  14s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  upon  the  CUSTOMARY  LAW  of  FOREIGN 
ATTACHMENT,  and  the  PRACTICE  of  the  MAYOR'S  COURT  of  the 
CITY  OF  LONDON  therein,  ^yith  Forms  of  Procedure.  By  WOOD- 
THORPE  BRANDON,  Esq.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law. 


LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Mr.  ©Kr0  magisterial 

Oke's  Laws  as  to  Licensing  Inns,  &c.  &c.  ;  containing 

the  Licensing  Act,  1872,  and  the  other  Acts  in  force  as  to  Alehouses,  Beer- 
houses, Wine  and  Refreshment-houses,  Shops,  &c.,  selling  Intoxicating 
Liquors,  and  Billiard  and  Occasional  Licences.  Systematically  arranged, 
with  Explanatory  Notes,  the  authorized  Forms  of  Licences,  Tables  of  Offences, 
Index,  &c.  By  GEORGE  C.  OKE,  Chief  Clerk  to  the  Lord  Mayor  of 
London.  Post  8vo.  10s.  cloth. 

"  Mr.  Oke  has  brought  out  by  far  the  best  edition  of  the  act,  or  perhaps  we  should  say  a 
treatise  on  it.  Everything  appears  to  be  given  which  can  by  possibility  be  required,  and  the 
forms  are  abundant."  —  Law  Times. 

"It  is  superfluous  to  lecommend  any  work  on  magisterial  law  which  bears  the  name  of 
Mr.  George  C.  Oke  on  the  title  page.  That,  gentleman's  treatises  are  standard  authorities,  and 
they  deserve  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  held.  Mr.  Oke  is  not  only  a  well-read  and  industrious 
author,  but  he  has  a  long  and  first-class  experience  in  the  administration  of  magisterial  law.  We 
are  sure  that  lawyers  who  have  licensing  cases,  and  magistrates  who  have  to  administer  the  new 
act,  will  be  very  glad  to  hear  that  Mr.  Oke  has  published  a  treatise  on  the  subject.  This  treatise, 
which  Mr.  Oke  modestly  desciibes  as  little,  is  a  comprehensive  manual."  —  Late  Journal. 

"  This  treatise  on  the  Licensing  Laws  is  accurate  and  thoroughly  practical.  Of  Mr.  Oke's  treat- 
ment of  his  subject  we  can  speak  with  the  highest  praise.  The  book  will  no  doubt  at  once  take 
its  place  as  the  recognized  guide  for  those  who  have  to  do  with  licensing  law.  The  table  of 
offences  is  especially  valuable."  —  Solicitors'  Journal. 

Oke's  Magisterial  Synopsis  ;    a  Practical  Guide  for 

Magistrates,  their  Clerks,  Attornies,  and  Constables;  Summary  Convictions 
and  Indictable  Offences,  with  their  Penalties,  Punishments,  Procedure,  &c., 
being  alphabetically  and  tabularly  arranged  :  with  a  Copious  Index. 
Eleventh  Edition,  much  enlarged.  By  GEORGE  C.  OKE,  Chief  Clerk  to  the 
Lord  Mayor  of  London.  In  2  vols.  8vo.  63s.  cloth. 

"The  tenth  edition  of  this  valuable  work  was  published  so  recently  as  1868,  and  this  fact  is 
more  eloquent  of  the  merits  of  Mr.  Oke's  labours  than  any  amount  of  commendation  from  us. 
It  is  only  necessary  that  we  should  notice  the  appearance  of  this  last  (eleventh)  edition,  1872, 
which  we  do  with  much  pleasure."  —  Law  Times. 

"This  is  the  eleventh  edition  of  Mr.  Oke's  work  since  1848,  a  fact  which  speaks  for  itself. 
The  profession  and  the  public  have  proved  by  experience  the  excellence  of  the  book  ;  and  the 
personal  supervision  of  the  author  is  a  guarantee  that  the  present  edition  is  equal  to  its  pre- 
decessors. Mr.  Oke's  labour  in  preparing  it  must  have  been  considerable,  and  the  rapid  growth 
of  magisterial  jurisdiction  having  rendered  it  necessary  to  insert  much  new  matter  and  to  rewrite 
and  condense  no  small  portion  of  the  old.  In  the  result,  in  spite  of  every  effort  made  to  keep 
down  the  bulk  of  the  volume,  it  has  been  absolutely  necessary  to  add  200  pages.  The  whole 
Synopsis  now  consists  of  nearly  1,600  pages  of  elaborately  arranged  and  carefully  digested  in- 
formation. It  is  needless  to  say  that  we  cannot  do  more  than  indicate  in  very  general  terms  the 
contents  of  this  valuable  work.  Mr.  Oke  may  well  be  proud  of  it.  The  result  of  his  labours 
is  highly  creditable  to  him,  and  he  deserves  the  thanks  of  all  who  in  any  capacity  are  engaged 
in  the  administration  of  justice."  —  Solicitors'  Journal. 

Oke's  Magisterial  Formulist;   being  a  Complete  Col- 

lection of  Forms  and  Precedents  for  practical  use  in  all  Cases  out  of  Quarter 
Sessions,  and  in  Parochial  Matters,  by  Magistrates,  their  Clerks,  Attornies 
and  Constables.  By  GEORGE  C.  OKE,  Author  of  "  The  Magisterial 
Synopsis,"  &c.  Fourth  Edition,  enlarged  and  improved.  8vo.  38s.  cloth. 


Oke's  Handy  Book  of  the  Game  and  Fishery  Laws; 

containing  the  whole  Law  as  to  Game,  Licences  and  Certificates,  Poaching 
Prevention,  Trespass,  Rabbits,  Deer,  Dogs,  Birds  and  Poisoned  Grain 
throughout  the  United  Kingdom,  and  Private  and  Salmon  Fisheries  in  Eng- 
land. Systematically  arranged,  with  the  Acts,  Decisions,  Notes,  Forms, 
Suggestions,  &c.  By  GEORGE  C.  OKE,  Author  of  "The  Magisterial 
Synopsis,"  &c.  Second  Edition.  12mo.  10s.  6d.  cloth. 

"  Mr.  Oke's  name  on  a  title  page  is  a  guarantee  for  at  least  a  thoroughly  practical  work.    He 
knows  precisely  what  is  wanted,  and  he  supplies  it.    The  arrangement  is  new  and  very  conve- 
nient.   It  is  what  it  professes  to  be,  a  handbook  for  the  sportsman  and  his  legal  adviser."— Late 
Times. 
O , ' 


- 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.        25 

JHr.  ©fee's  JHftngtstfrial  Morfes— continued. 

Oke's  Law  of  Turnpike  Roads ;   comprising  the  whole 

of  the  General  Acts  now  in  force,  including  those  of  1861  ;  the  Acts  as  to 
Union  of  Trusts,  for  facilitating  Arrangements  with  their  Creditors,  as  to  the 
interference  by  Railways  with  Roads,  their  non-repair,  and  enforcing  contri- 
butions from  Parishes,  &c.,  practically  arranged.  With  Cases,  copious 
Notes,  all  the  necessary  Forms,  and  an  elaborate  Index,  &c.  By  GEORGE 
C.  OKE.  Second  Edition,  12mo.  18*.  cloth. 

"  All  Mr.  Oke's  works  are  well  done,  and  his  '  Turnpike  Laws  '  is  an  admirable  specimen  of 
the  c-lass  of  books  required  for  the  guidance  of  magistrates  and  legal  practitioners  in  country 
districts." — Solicitor?  Journal. 


Shelford's  Law  of  Railways. — Fourth  Edition  by  Glen. 

In  2  thick  vols.  royal  8vo.,  63s.  cloth. 

SHELFORD'S  LAW  of  RAILWAYS;  containing  the  whole 
of  the  Statute  Law  for  the  Regulation  of  Railways  in  England,  Scotland 
and  Ireland :  with  copious  Notes  of  Decided  Cases  upon  the  Statutes,  In- 
troduction to  the  Law  of  Railways,  and  Appendix  of  Official  Documents. 
Fourth  Edition.  By  WILLIAM  CUNNINGHAM  GLEN,  Barrister-at-Law, 
Author  of  the  "  Law  of  Highways,"  "  Law  of  Public  Health  and  Local 
Government,"  &c. 

unceasingly  engaged  in  collecting  materials,  and 
though  he  has  been  ready  tor  the  printer  for 
some  time,  and  has  delayed  the  appearance  of 
the  volumes  in  the  expectation  oi  legislative 
changes  in  railway  law.  yet  he  has  expended  full 
five  years  of  care  and  attention  on  his  work. 
Let  us  hope  that  he  will  have  no  cause  to  think 
his  labour  has  beeu  in  vain.  At  any  rale  we  may 
venture  to  predict  that  Mr.  Cunningham  Glen't 
edition  of  Hhflford  on  Railways  will  be  the  stan- 
dard work  of  our  day  in  that  department  of  law." 

From  the  JUSTICE  OP  THB  PEACE. 

"  Far  be  it  from  us  to  undervalue  Mr.  Shelford's 
labours,  or  to  disparage  his  merits.  But  we  may 
nevertheless  be  permitted  to  observe  that  what 
has  hitherto  been  considered  as  the  '  best  work  on  the 
subject'  (Shelford)  has  been  immeasurably  im- 
proved by  the  application  of  Mr.  (•/«»'*  dilltgence 
and  learning.  Sufficient,  however,  has  been  done 
to  show  that  it  is  in  every  jespect  worthy  of  the 
reputation  which  the  work  has  always  c-njoyed. 
\Ve  feel  little  doubt  that  the  credit  of  that  work 
will  be  greatly  increased  by  Mr.  Glen's  instru- 
mentality, and  that  not  only  will  he  have  ably 
maintained  its  reputation  by  his  successful  exer- 
tions, but  that  be  will  have  added  materially  to 
it." 

From  the  SOLICITORS'  JOURNAL. 
"The  practitioner  will  find  here  collected 
together  all  the  enactments  bearing  on  every 
possible  subject  which  may  come  before  him  in 
connection  with  railways  or  railway  travelling. 
Whatever  questions  may  arise  the  lawyer  who 
has  this  book  upon  his  shelves,  may  say  to  him- 
self '  It  there  has  been  any  legislation  at  all  con- 
nected with  this  branch  of  the  subject  1  shall  at 
once  find  it  in  Shelford ;'  and  it  needs  not  to  be 
said  that  on  this  account  the  book  will  be  a  very 
'  comfortable*  one  10  possess.  The  collection  is 
equally  exhaustive  in  the  matter  of  rules,  orders, 
precedents  and  documents  of  official  authority. 
i'o  sum  up  our  review;  as  a  Collection  of 
statutes  and  general  information  the  work  will 
prove  extremely  useful, because  in  these  respects 
it  is  so  perfectly  exhaustive." 


From  the  LAW  MAGAZINE. 
"  Though  we  have  not  had  the  opportunity  of 
going  conscientiously  through  the  whole  of  this 
elaborate  compilation,  we  have  been  able  to  de- 
vote enough  time  to  it  to  be  able  to  speak  in  the 
highest  terms  of  the  judgment  and  ability  with 
which  it  has  been  prepared.  Its  execution  quite 
justifies  the  reputation  which  Mr.  Glen  has 
already  acquired  as  a  legal  writer,  and  proves 
that  no  one  could  have  beeu  more  properly 
singled  out  for  the  duty  he  has  so  well  discharged. 
The  work  must  take  itt  unquestionable  position  as 
the  leading  Manual  of  the  Kailway  Lam  oj  Great 
liritain.  The  cases  seem  to  have  been  examined, 
and  their  effect  to  be  stated  with  much  care  and 
accuracy,  aud  no  channel  from  which  informa- 
tion could  l>e  gained  has  been  neglected.  Mr. 
Glen,  indeed,  seems  to  be  saturated  with  know- 
ledge of  his  subject.  The  value  of  the  work  is 
greatly  increased  by  a  number  of  supplemental 
decisions,  which  give  ;\\  the  cases  up  to  the 
time  of  publicatioo,  and  by  an  index  which  ap- 
pears to  be  thoroughly  exhaustive." 

From  the  LAW  TIMES. 

"Mr.  Glen  has  done  wisely  in  preserving  that 
reputation,  aud,  as  far  as  possible,  the  text  of 
Shelford— though  very  extensive  alterations  and 
additions  have  been  required,  hut  he  has  a 
claim  of  his  own.  lie  is  a  worthy  successor  of 
the  original  author,  and  possesses  much  of  the 
same  industry,  skill  in  arrangement  and  astute- 
ness in  enumerating  the  points  really  decided 
by  cited  cases.  But  we  have  said  enough  of  a 
work  already  so  well  known.  It  will  have  a 
place  not  in  the  library  of  the  lawyer  alone.  It 
is  a  bopk  which  every  railway  office  should 
keep  on  its  shelf  for  reference." 

From  t /it  LAW  JOURNAL. 
"  Mr.  Glen  has  modestly  founded  his  work  as 
a  superstructure  on  that  of  Mr.  Leonard  Shellord, 
but  he  has  certainly  claims  to  publish  it  a"  a 
purely  independent  composition.  The  toil  has 
been  as  great,  and  the  reward  ought  to  be  as 
complete,  as  if  Mr.  Glen  had  disregarded  all  his 
predecessors  in  the  production  of  treatises  on 
railway  law.  Since  the  year  1B64  he  has  been 


26 


LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


-a 


Robson's  Bankrupt  Law. — Second  Edition. 

8vo.,  34s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  BANKRUPTCY  ;  containing 
a  full  Exposition  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  the  Law,  including  the 
Alterations  made  by  the  Bankruptcy  Act,  1869.  With  an  Appendix  com- 
prising the  Statutes,  Rules,  Orders  and  Forms.  By  GEORGE  YOUNG 
ROBSON,  Esq.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law.  Second  Edition. 


"  We  are  glad  to  welcome  a  second  edition 
of  this  valuable  work,  the  first  edition  of 
•which  we  reviewed  ahout  two  years  ago. 
While  the  arrangement  and  form  of  the  book 
have  remained  unaltered,  the  author  has  not 
contented  himself  with  merely  adding  the 
recent  decisions  to  the  old  text,  for  the  whole 
law  on  the  subject,  old  as  well  as  new,  has 
evidently  been  carefully  considered  in  the 
interval  between  the  two  editions,  and  many 
old  cases  are  now  noted  which  were  not  re- 
ferred to  in  the  first  edition.  The  tendency 
of  all  books  on  Bankruptcy  is,  of  course,  just 
now  to  increase  very  much  in  bulk  ;  but  Mr. 
Robson's  conciseness  of  style  has  enabled 
him  to  keep  his  work  within  reasonable 
limits.  The  present  edition  contains,  amongst 
other  additional  matter,  a  chapter  on  •  The 
Bills  of  Sale  Act,  1854 ;"  and  that  Act  and  the 
subsequent  Act  of  1866  are  given  at  length  in 
the  Appendix.  We  notice  also  as  an  improve- 
ment in  printing  the  Bankruptcy  Act  and 
Rules,  that  reference  is  made  at  the  end  of 
each  section  and  rule  to  the  pages  of  the  text 
where  the  subject  of  such  section  or  rule  is 
discussed.  The  index  to  the  work,  so  far  as 


we  have  been  able  to  examine  it,  is  a  remark- 
ably good  one.  On  the  whole  we  have  no  hesi- 
tation in  saying  that  the  Author  has  consider- 
ably improved  an  originally  meritorious  and 
useful  book,  which  we  recommend  very 
heartily  to  the  profession  at  large." — Solicitors' 
Journal. 

"  We  must  take  advantage  of  the  best  guide 
we  can  find  to  help  us  along  in  the  dark  and 
dubious  ways  of  Bankruptcy  Law ;  and  Mr. 
Robson  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  best  guides 
we  can  find.  It  is  with  great  pleasure  that 
we  learn  from  the  preface  to  this  work  that 
the  first  ediiion  of  this  work  was  well  received, 
and  that  it  achieved  the  success  it  so  well  de- 
served. Mr.  Robson  has  continued  studying 
the  subject,  and  has  kept  himself  up  in  the 
law  upon  which  he  writes.  He  has  also  added 
to  this  new  edition  a  chapter  on  'The  Bills  of 
Sale  Act,  1854,'  which  cannot  but  be  useful  to 
his  readers.  The  book  itself  is  now  so  well 
known  to  the  profession  that  we  need  not 
dwell  upon  its  proved  merits,  its  careful  pre- 
paration, great  learning,  and  skilful  arrange- 
ment."— Law  Magazine. 


Chadwick's  Probate  Court  Manual. 

Royal  8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

EXAMPLES  of  ADMINISTRATION  BONDS  for  the 
COURT  of  PROBATE;  exhibiting  the  Principle  of  various  Grants  of 
Administration,  and  the  correct  Mode  of  preparing  the  Bonds  in  respect 
thereof;  also  Directions  for  preparing  the  Oaths,  arranged  for  practical 
utility.  With  Extracts  from  the  Statutes  ;  also  various  Forms  of  Affirmation 
prescribed  by  Acts  of  Parliament,  and  a  Supplemental  Notice,  bringing  the 
work  down  to  1865.  By  SAMUEL  CHABWICK,  of  Her  Majesty's  Court  of 
Probate. 

"  We  undertake  to  say  that  the  possession  of 
this  volume  by  practitioners  will  prevent  many 
a  hitch  and  awkward  delay,  provoking  to  the 


la 
exp 


hitch  and  awkward   delay,  provoking   to  th 
iwyer  himself  and  difficult  to  be  satislactoril; 

^xplained  to  the  clients." — Lara  Magazine  an. 

Review. 
"  Mr.  Chadwick's  volume  will  be  a  necessary 


part  of  the  law  library  of  the  practitioner,  for  he 
nas  collected  precedents  that  are  in  constant  re- 
quiremeut.  This  is  purely  a  book  of  practice, 
but  therefore  the  more  valuable.  It  tells  the 
reader  what  to  do,  and  that  is  the  information 
most  required  after  a  lawyer  begins  to  practise." 
—  Law  Times. 


Parkinson's  Common  Law  Chamber  Practice. 

12mo.,  7s.  cloth. 

A  HANDY  BOOK  FOR  THE  COMMON  LAW 

JUDGES'  CHAMBERS.    By  GEO.  H.  PARKINSON,  Chamber  Clerk  to 
the  Hon.  Mr.  Justice  Byles. 

"  For  this  work  Mr.  Parkinson  is  eminently 
qualified." — Jurist. 

"It  is  extremely  well  calculated  for  ihe  purpose 
for  which  it  is  intended.  So  much  work  is  now 
done  in  Common  Law  Chambers  by  junior  clerks 
that  such  a  little  treatise  is  much  wanted.  Mr. 
Parkinson  has  performed  his  task  skilfully  and 
with  care."— Solicitor!'  Journal. 

"  The  practice  in  Chambers  has  become  suffi- 
ciently important  to  call  for  a  treatise  devoted  to 
it,  nor  could  a  more  competent  man  for  the  task 


have  presented  himself  than  Mr.  Parkinson, 
whose  great  experience  as  well  as  intelligence 
have  long  placed  him  in  the  position  of  an  nutho* 
rity  on  all  matters  appertaining  to  this  peculiar 
but  very  extensive  branch  of  Common  Law  Prac- 
tice."— Law  Times. 

"  The-e  is  much  that  would  prove  very  useful 
to  the  practitioner  in  Mr.  Parkinson's  compilation, 
and  which,  so  far  as  we  are  aware,  is  uot  to  be 
found  in  any  other  book  collected  with  equal  con- 
ciseness."— Law  Mafazine  and  lieiisw. 


B 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.C.        27 

Glen's  Poor  Law  Orders. — Seventh  Edition. 

Post  8vo.,  21*.  cloth. 

The  GENERAL  CONSOLIDATED  and  other  ORDERS  of 
the  POOR  LAW  COMMISSIONERS  and  the  POOR  LAW  BOARD; 

with  explanatory  Notes  elucidating  the  Orders,  Tables  of  Statutes,  Cases 
and  Index  to  the  Orders  and  Cases.  By  W.  C.  GLEN,  Esq.,  Barrister  at 
Law.  Seventh  Edition. 

Bulley  and  Bund's  Bankruptcy  Manual:  with  Supplement. 

1  21110.,    1  h.s.  cloth. 

A  MANUAL  of  the  LAW  and  PRACTICE  of  BANK- 
RUPTCY as  Amended  and  Consolidated  by  the  Statutes  of  1869:  with  an 
APPENDIX  containing  the  Statutes,  Orders  and  Forms.  By  JOHN  F. 
BULLEY,  B.A.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  and 
J.  W.  YViLLis-BuND,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister  at 
Law.  With  Supplement,  including  the  Orders  to  30th  April,  1870. 
THE  SUPPLEMENT  may  be  had  separately ',  \s.  sewed. 

"  It  would  be  impossible,  within  oar  limits,  to  work  is  completeness,  and  we  think  we  may  assure 
place  before  our  readers  any  worthy  resume  of  pur  readers  that  work  so  well  done  will  meet  with 
this  complete  Manual.  The  essential  merit  of  the  its  reward." — Law  Mayatine. 

Coombs'  Manual  of  Solicitors'  Bookkeeping. 

8vo.,  10*.  6d.  cloth. 

A  MANUAL  of  SOLICITORS'  BOOKKEEPING :  com- 
prising Practical  Exemplifications  of  a  Concise  and  Simple  Plan  of  Double 
Entry,  with  Forms  of  Account  and  other  Books  relating  to  Bills,  Cash,  &c., 
showing  their  Operation,  giving  Instructions  for  Keeping,  Posting  and 
Balancing  them,  and  Directions  for  Drawing  Costs,  adapted  to  a  large  or 
small,  sole  or  partnership  business.  By  W.  B.  COOMBS,  Law  Accountant 
and  Costs  Draftsman. 
•»*  The  various  Account  Books  described  in  the  above  System,  the  forms  of 

which  are  copyright,  may  be  had  from  the  Publishers  at  the  prices 

stated  in  the  work,  page  274. 

"  It  adds  some  excellent  instructions  for  tyro  of  average  skill  and  abilities,  with  applica- 
drawing  bills  of  costs.  Mr.  Coombs  is  a  tion,  could  under  ordinary  circumstances  open 

E  radical  man,  and  has  produced  a  practical       and  keep  the  accounts  of  a  business;  and,  so  far 
ook." — Law  Times.  as  we  can  judge,  the  author  has  succeeded  in 

"He  has  performed  his  task  in  a  masterly  man-       his  endeavour  to  divest  Solicitors'  Bookkeeping 
ner,  and  in  doing  so  has  given  the  why  and  the       of  complexity,  and  to  be  concise  and  simple, 
wherefore  of  the  whole  system  of  Solicitors'        without  heing  inefficient." — Law  Journal. 
Bookkeeping.  The  volume  is  the  most  compre-  "This  is  not  merely  a  valuable  addition  to 

hensive  we  remember  to  have  seen  on  the  sub-  the  library  of  every  solicitor,  it  is  a  book  that 
ject,  and  from  the  clear  and  intelligible  manner  every  articled  clerk,  now  that  intermediate 
in  which  the  whole  has  been  worked  out  it  will  examinations  embrace  bookkeeping,  will  be 
render  it  unexceptionable  in  the  hands  of  the  read  with  profit  and  benefit  to  himself.  It 
student  and  the  practitioner." — Lav  Magazine.  may  be  fairly  said  to  exhaust  the  subject  of 
"  So  clear  do  the  instructions  appear,  that  a  which  it  treats."— Solicitors'  Journal, 

Lushington's  Naval  Prize  Law. 

Royal  8vo.,  \0s.6d.  cloth. 

A  MANUAL  of  NAVAL  PRIZE  LAW.  BY  GODFREY 
LUSHINGTON,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

Lovesy's  Law  of  Arbitration  (Masters  and  Workmen). 

12mo.  4s.  cloth. 
(Dedicated,  by  permission,  to  Lord  St.  Leonards.) 

THE  LAW  of  ARBITRATION  between  MASTERS  and 
WORKMEN,  as  founded  upon  the  Councils  of  Conciliation  Act  of  1807 
(30  &  31  Viet.  c.  105),  the  Masters  and  Workmen  Act  (5  Geo.  4,  c.  96),  and 
other  Acts,  with  an  Introduction  and  Notes.  By  C.  W.  LOVESY,  Esq.,  of 
the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law. 


28  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Hertslet's  Commercial  Treaties. 

8vo.,  Vol.  XII.,  40*.  cloth. 

HERTSLET'S  TREATIES  of  Commerce,. Navigation,  Slave 
Trade,  Post  Office  Communications,  Copyright,  &c.,  at  present  subsisting 
between  Great  Britain  and  Foreign  Powers.  Compiled  from  Authentic 
Documents  by  EDWARD  HERTSLET,  Esq.,  Librarian  and  Keeper  of  the 
Papers  of  the  Foreign  Office.  Vol.  XIT.  includes  an  INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS 
to  the  Twelve  published  Volumes,  which  is  also  sold  separately,  price  10s.  in 
cloth  boards. 

*»*  Vol.  1,  price  12s. ;  Vol.  2,  price  12s. ;  Vol.  3,  price  18s. ;  Vol.  4,  price  18s. ; 
Vol.  5,  price  20s.;  Vol.  6,  price  25s.;  Vol.  7,  price  30s.;  Vol.  8,  price  30s.; 
Vol.  9,  price  80s.;  Vol.  10,  price  30s.;  Vol.  11, price  30s.;  may  be  had 
separately  to  complete  sets,  or  the  Work  may  be  had  complete  in  Twelve 
Volumes,  price  £14  :  15s.,  boards. 

LIST  OF  SUBJECTS  -.—Aliens — Army — Bankruptcy — Births  Abroad — Boundaries — Brokers — Burial 
Grounds  Abroad — Chapels,  Chaplains,  &c.,  Abroad — Claims— Coal — Coasting  Trade — Colli- 
sions at  Sea — Colonial—  Commerce  and  Navigation  (Treaties,  &c.) — Consuls — Copyright- 
Criminals:  Murder — Currency — Deaths  Abroad— Deserters — Diplomatic — Duties:  Vessels 
and  Cargoes — Emigration  and  Immigration — Enlistments — Extradition— Factories — Fisheries, 
&c. — Flags — Free  Ports — Government — Jurisdiction — Justice — Labourers — Law — Light  Dues, 
&c. — Loans — Lotteries — Maritime  Law — Marriages,  Births,  Deaths, &c. — Mediations,  Awards, 
&c. — Medical — Most  Favoured  Nation — Navigation — Navy — Neutrality — Offenders  (Crimi- 
nals)— Orders,  Medals,  &c. — Passenger  Vessels,  &c. — Passports — Patents — Pensions,  &c. — 
Pilotage  :  Pilots— Piracy :  Pirates— Postal  (Treaties,  &c.)— Postal  (Warrants,  Acts,  &c.)— 
Precedence — Privileges  ;  Vessels  and  Cargoes — Prizes, Seizures,  &c.—  Property — Quarantine — 
Reciprocity — Religion  :  Chapels,  &c. — Revenues  (Foreign) — Right  of  Search  and  Visit- 
Rivers,  Lakes,  &c. — Seamen — Shipping  Dues,  &c. — Shipwrecks — Slave  Tr<ide:  Slavery,  &c.— 
Smuggling — Sound  Dues — StadeToll — Sugar — Tariffs — Taxes — Telegraph — Territories — Trade 
— Trade  Marks— Trade  and  Navigation — War,  &c.— Wills — Wrecks  and  Salvage — Yachts. 


Trower's  Church  Building  Laws. 

Post  8vo.,  8s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  of  the  BUILDING  of  CHURCHES,  PAR- 
SONAGES,  and  SCHOOLS,  and  of  the  Division  of  Parishes  and  Places. 
By  CHARLES  FRANCIS  TROWER,  M.A.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister 
at  Law,  late  Fellow  of  Exeter  College,  Oxford,  and  late  Secretary  of  Pre- 
sentations to  Lord  Chancellor  Westbury. 

"  We  may  pronounce  it  a  useful  work.    It  con-  "In  a  well-arranged  volume   this  gentleman 

tains  a  great  mass  of  information  of  essential  im-  points  out  concisely  and  intelligibly  how  the  diffi- 

port,  and  those  who,  as  parishioners,  legal  ad-  culties  which  usually  beset  parties  in  such  mat- 

visers,  or  clergymen,  are  concerned  with  glebes,  ters  maybe  avoided." — Uifard  University  Herald. 

endowments, district  chapelries,  parishes,  ecclesi-  "  On  all  the  topics  germane  to  its  title  this  vo- 

astical  commissions,  and  such  like  matters,  about  lunie  will  be  found  a  handy  book  of  ecclesiastical 

which  the  public,  and  notably  the  clerical  public,  law,  and  should  on  that  account  be  made  widelj 

seem  to  know  but  little,  but  which  it  is  needless  known  among  the  clergy."— Church  Mail. 

to  say  are  matters  of  much  importance." — Soli-  "  It  is  a  compact  and  handy  treatise,  very  clearly 

citors'  Journal.  written,  well  arranged,  easy  of  reference,  and.be- 

"  His  book  is  just  the  one  we  could  wish  every  sides  a  good  table  ofcontents.it  his  an  elaborate 

clergyman  to  possess,  for  if  it  was  in  the  hands  of  index.    It  is  a  book  we  are  glad  to  have  and  to 

our  readers  they  would  be  saved  the  trouble  of  recommend.'1 — Literary  Churchman, 
asking  us  very  many  questions."— ClericaUournal. 

Field's  Law  Relating  to  Curates,  &c. 

Post  Svo.,  6*.  cloth 

The  LAW  RELATING  to  PROTESTANT  CURATES  and 
the  RESIDENCE  of  INCUMBENTS  or  their  BENEFICES  in  ENG- 
LAND and  IRELAND.  By  C.  D.  FIELD,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  late  Scholar  of 
Trin.  Coll.  Dublin,  and  now  of  H.  M.'s  Bengal  Civil  Service;  recently 
Judge  of  the  Principal  Court  of  Small  Causes  at  Kishnaghur;  ami  Registrar 
of  H.  M.'s  High  Court  of  Judicature  at  Fort  William  in  Bengal ;  Author  of 
"  The  Law  of  Evidence  in  India,"  &c. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.        29 

The  Law  Magazine  and  Review. 

THE  LAW  MAGAZINE  aud  REVIEW;  a  Monthly  Journal  of 
Jurisprudence  for  both  Branches  of  the  Legal  Profession  at  Home  and 
Abroad.  New  Series.  Price  2*. 

No.  13,  for  January,  1873,  contains: — I.  Suggestions  for  a  Scientific  Arrangement  of  Actual 
Law:  Part  II.— II.  Amalgamation  of  the  City  Courts:  By  G.  Manley  Wetherfield.— 
III.  Curiosities  of, the  Law  Reporters.— IV.  The  Growth  of  the  English  Constitution.— 
V.  The  Education  of  Attorneys.— VI.  The  New  Scheme  of  Legal  Education:  By 
A.  Edgar,  LL.D.— VII.  Partnerships  and  Trusts.— Legal  Gossip,  &c. 

Michael  and  Will's  Law  of  Gas  and  Water  Supply. 

Post  8vo.,  18s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  of  GAS  and  WATER  SUPPLY;  comprising  the 
Rights  and  Duties  as  well  of  Local  Authorities  as  of  Private  Companies  in 
regard  thereto,  and  including  the  Legislation  of  the  last  Session  of  Parlia- 
ment. By  W.  H.  MICHAEL  and  J.  SHIRESS  WILL,  Esqrs  ,  Barristers  at  Law. 

"  An  honest  and  a  successful  attempt  to  deal  panics,  the  public  and  the  profession." — Law 

•with  the  laws  affecting  gas  and  water  supply."  Times. 

— Law  Journal.  "  On  the  whole,  we  can  thoroughly  recom- 

"  We  feel  thoroughly  justified  in  recommend-  mend  the  work  to  those  who  require  guidance 

ing  the  volume  to  the  attention  of  the  com-  on  the  subject." — Solicitors'  Journal. 

Sir  T.  E.  May's  Parliamentary  Practice.—  Sixth  Edition. 

One  very  thick  volume,  8vo.,  35s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW,  PRIVILEGES,  PROCEED- 
INGS and  USAGE  of  PARLIAMENT.  By  Sir  THOMAS  ERSKINE 
MAY,  K.C.B.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law;  Clerk  of  the  House 
of  Commons.  Sixth  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 

CONTENTS  : — Book  I.  Constitution,  Powers  and  Privileges  of  Parliament. — Book  II.  Practice 
and  Proceedings  in  Parliament. — Book  III.  The  Manner  of  Passing  Private  Bills,  with  the 
Standing  Orders  in  both  Houses,  and  the  most  recent  Precedents. 

"Sir   T.   Erskine   May    deserves    the   best  reputation  among  lawyers  than  May's  Parlia- 

thanks  of  all  who  are  interested  in  parliamen-  mentary  Practice.     Since  the  first  publication 

tary  proceedings,  for  the  care  and  attention  he  in   1844,  a  succession  of  editions   have  been 

has  bestowed  in  preparing  this  edition  of  his  called  for,  and  now,  after  an  interval  of  four 

valuable  work." — Law  Magazine.  years   since  the  issue  of   the  fifth,  a  sixth 

"  We  hail  with  satisfaction  a  new  edition  of  edition  has  been  found  necessary.  The  work 
this  admirable  work.  The  politician,  the  law-  is  too  well-known  to  need  the  repetition  of  any 
yer,  the  parliamentary  agent  and  the  educated  description  of  Us  scope."— Solicitors' Journal. 
gentleman,  will  find  here  a  teacher,  a  guide,  "His  well-known  treatise  on  the  '  Law  and 
a  digest  of  practice  and  a  pleasing  companion.  Usage  of  Parliament'  at  once  placed  him  upon 
To  leyal  readers,  the  first  portion  of  this  work  a  level  with  Hatsell.and  is  now  the  recognized 
is  of  the  most  value.  We  may  advert  to  the  text-book,  not  in  England  only,  but  in  her 
great  care  with  which  the  author  has  noted  colonies,  and  wherever  parliamentary  govern- 
up  and  incorporated  in  this  new  edition  all  ment  is  attempted.  It  may  almost  be  said  to 
the  changes  and  events  of  importance  since  be  better  known  at  Australia  than  at  West- 
the  publication  of  the  fifth  edition." — Law  minster,  as  the  practice  of  colonial  legislatures 
Journal.  is  less  settled  than  our  own,  and  our  country- 

"  Six  editions  in  twenty- four  years  attest  men  at  the  Antipodes  are  more  combative 
the  estimation  in  which  this  great  work  is  than  ourselves  upon  points  of  order  and  pro- 
held  by  the  members  of  successive  Parlia-  cedure.  In  Germany  it  has  been  translated 
incuts,  by  the  promoters  of  private  bills,  and  fur  the  use  of  the  Prussian  and  North  German 
by  constitutional  lawyers  It  is  an  exhaustive  Parliaments,  and  we  have  found  it  in  a  liook- 
trratise  on  that  most  lawless  of  all  law  the  sellei's  shop  at  Pesth,  in  the  Hungarian  Ian- 
Law  of  Parliament." — Haw  Times.  guage,  under  the  name  of  '  May  Erskine 

"  Perhaps  no  work  has  achieved  a  greater  Tamo's.' " — Times. 

Drewry's  Equity  Pleader. 

12mo.,  6s.  cloth. 

A  CONCISE  TREATISE  on  the  PRINCIPLES  of  EQUITY 
PLEADING  ;  with  Precedents.  By  C.  STEWART  DREWRY,  of  the  Inner 
Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"It  will  be  found  of  great  utility  as  intro-  refresh  the  memory  after  the  study  of  the 
ductory  to  the  more  elaborate  treatises,  or  to  larger  books." — Law  Times. 


30  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Glen's  Law  of  High  ways. —Second  Edition. 

Post  8vo.,  20s.  cloth. 

The  LAW  of  HIGHWAYS:  comprising  the  Highway  Acts 
1835,  1862  and  1864;  the  South  Wales  Highway  Act;  the  Statutes  and 
Decisions  of  the  Courts  on  the  subject  of  Highways,  Bridges,  Ferries,  &c., 
including  the  Duties  of  Highway  Boards,  Surveyors  of  Highways,  the  Law 
of  Highways  in  Local  Board  of  Health  Districts;  Highways  affected  by 
Railways,  and  Locomotives  on  Highways.  With  an  Appendix  of  Statutes 
in  force  relating  to  Highways.  By  W.  CUNNINGHAM  GLEN,  Esq.,  Barrister 
at  Law.  Second  Edition. 

"Altogether  we   may  confidently  venture   to  be   found  to   contain   much  information  which 

confirm  the  statement  in  the  preface  that  it  may  might  be  looked  for  elsewhere   in   vain.    'I  he 

now  fairly  claim  to  be  recognized  as  a  standard  general  law  upon  the  subject  is  set  forth  with  a 

authority  on  the  law  of  highways  by  those  who  care  and  lucidity  deserving  of  great  praise,  and 

are  engaged  officially  or  otherwise  in  the  admi-  a  good  index  facilitates  reference,  and   renders 

lustration  of  that  branch  of  the  law.    It  is  so  as  this  work   the  most  complete  on  this  important 

we  from  personal  knowledge  can  affirm,  and,  we  subject  which  has  yet  been  published." — Justice 

may  add,  that  it  is  received  by  them  as  a  trust-  of  tin  Peace. 

worthy  guide  in  the  discharge  of  their  onerous  "  Mr.  Glen  may  well  say  that  an  entire  revision 

duties." — Law  Times,  of  the  first  edition  was  necessitated  by  the  recent 

"The  present  edition  of  Mr.  Glen's  work  con-  statutes,  and  his  second  edition  is  a  bulky  volume 

tains  a  great  deal  of  valuable  matter  which  is  of  800  pages.    His  work  may  be  read  with  salU- 

entirely  new.    To  those  interested  in  the  law  of  faction  by  the  general  student  as  well  as  referred 

highways  this  manual  as  it  now  appears  will  be  to  with  confidence  by  the  practitioner.    We  need 

found  a  safe  and  efficient  guide." — Law  Magazine.  say  nothing  further  of  this  second  edition  than 

"  Mr.  Glen  has  an  established  reputation  in  the  that  we  think  it  likely  to  maintain  fully  the  repu- 

legal  profession  as  a  careful  and  laborious  writer,  tation  obtained  by  iis  predecessor.    It  has  the 

and  this  new  edition  of  his  new  work  on  highway  advantages,  by  no  means  unworthy  of  considera- 

law  will  convince  those  who  rtter  to  it  that  he  tion,  of  being  well  printed  and  well  indexed,  ag 

has  neglected  no  topic  likely  to  Se  useful  to  those  well  as  well  arranged,  and  a  copious  index  of 

whose  duties  require  them  to  have  a  knowledge  statutes  renders  it  a  perfect  compendium  of  the 

of  this  particular  branch  of  the  law.    This  work  authorities  bearing  in  any  way   on   the   law  of 

aspires  above  others  which  profess  merely  to  be  highways."—  Solicitors'  Journal, 
annotated  reprints  of  acts  of  parliament,    it  will 

Fry's  Specific  Performance  of  Contracts. 

8vo.,  16s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  SPECIFIC  PERFORMANCE  of 
CONTRACTS,  including  those  of  Public  Companies,  with  a  Preliminary 
Chapter  on  the  Provisions  of  the  Chancery  Amendment  Act,  1858.  By 
EDWARD  FRY,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  It  will  be  seen   what  a  masterly  grasp  the  only  argue  a  knowledge  of  the  law,  but  of  those 

author  has  taken  of  his  subject,  and  his  treatment  varying  circumstances  in  human  society  to  which 

of  the  various  parts  of  it  equally  exhibits  the  hand  the  hiw  has  to  be  applied." — Spectator. 

of  a  ma i)  who  has  studied  the  law  as  a  science.    He  "  Mr.  Fry's  elaborate  essay  appears  to  exhaU't 

is  skilful  in  the  extraction  of  principles,  precise  the  subject,  on  which  he  has  cited  and  brought 

in  the  exposition  of  them,  apt  in  their  application  to  bear,  with  great  diligence,  some  1,5<X>  cases, 

to  the  particular  case,  but  in  all  he  is  thoroughly  which  include  those  of  the  latest  reports." — Lav 

practical.    The  practitioner  who  uses  it  as  a  text  Magazine  and  Review. 

book  will  find  in  it  an  adviser  woo  will  tell  him  "  Although  a  professional  work,  it  is  sufficiently 

not  only  what  the  law  is,  but  how  it  may  be  en-  popular  in  style  to  be  serviceable  to  all  persons 

forced." — Law  Times.  engaged   in   commercial    or   joint-stock   under- 

"  Mr.  Fry's  work  presents  in  a  reasonable  com-  takings."— T/ie  Times. 

pass  a  large  quantity  of  modern  learning  on  the  "  The  law  of  specific  performance  is  a  growing 

subject  of  contracts,  with  reference  to  the  com-  law  just     now,    and    the    characteristic   which 

moil  remedy  by  specific   performance,  and  will  gives  its  special   value  to  Mr.    Fry's  work   is, 

thus  be  acceptable  to  the  profession  generally." —  that   the   recent  cases  are  as   well    digested    in 

Law  Chronicle.  his  mind  as  the  older  ones.    Mr.  Fry's  is  one  of 

"  There  is  a  closeness  and  clearness  in  its  style,  the  best  specimens  of  the  modern  law  book."— • 

and  a  latent  fulness  in  the  exposition,  which  not  The  Economist. 


Phillips's  Law  of  Lunacy. 

Post  Svo.,  18s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  CONCERNING  LUNATICS,  IDIOTS  ana 
PERSONS  of  UNSOUND  MIND.  By  CHARLES  PALMER  PHILLIPS, 
M.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law,  and  one  of  the  Commis- 
sioners in  Lunacy. 

''Mr.  C.  P.  Phillips  has  in  his  very  complete,  "The  work  is  one  on  which   the  author  has 

elaborate  and  useful  volume  presei.ted  us  with  au  evidently  bestowed  great   pains,  and  which  not 

excellent  view  of  the  present  law  as  well  as  the  only  bears   the  mark   of  great  application  and 

practice  relating  to  lunacy." — Law  Magazine  and  research,  but  which  shows  a  familiarity  with  the 

Review.  subject."— Justice  of  tin  Peace. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.       31 

Butt  on  Compensation  under  the  Irish  Land  Act,  1870. 

Royal  8vo  ,  25*.  cloth. 

A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  on  the  NEW  LAW  of  COM- 
PENSATION  to  TENANTS,  and  the  other  Provisions  of  the  Landlord 
mid  Tenant  Act,  1870;  with  an  Appendix  of  Statutes  and  Rules,  and  a 
Chapter  on  the  recent  Judgment  in  the  Court  of  Appeal  in  Chancery.  By 
ISAAC  BUTT,  Esq.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law,  one  of  Her 
Majesty's  Counsel  in  Ireland. 

"  It  is   no  small  praise  to  say  that   this  nre  concerned  in  the  working  of  the  act  this 

elaborate  work  is  worthy  of  the  high  reputa-  book  will  be  simply  indispensable,  and  it  in 

tion  of  Mr.  Butt,  and  yet  that  commendation  hardly  going  too  far  to  assert  that  it  will  give 

would   not   fairly  set    forth  the  merit  of  a  a  tone  to  the  interpretation  of  the  law."— Law 

treatise  which  cannot  fail  to  vastly  enhance  Journal. 
the  reputation  of  its  author.    To  those  who 


Brandon's  Mayor's  Court  Practice. 

8vo.,  3*.  6d.  cloth. 

EPITOME  of  the  NOTES  of  PRACTICE  of  the  MAYOR'S 
COURT  PRACTICE  of  the  CITY  of  LON  DON  in  ordinary  Actions.  By 
WOODTHORPR  BRANDON,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 


Glen's  Law  of  Public  Health.— Sixth  Edition. 

8vo.,  30*.  cloth. 

The  LAW  relating  to  PUBLIC  HEALTH  and  LOCAL 
GOVERNMENT,  including  the  Law  relating  to  the  Removal  of  Nuisances 
injurious  to  Health,  the  Prevention  of  Diseases,  and  Sewer  Authorities; 
with  the  Statutes  and  Cases.  By  W.  CUNNINGHAM  GLEN,  of  the  Middle 
Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  We  can  thoroughly  recommend  the  work,  various  decisions  upon  it  by  the  courts,  sen- 
not  only  to  lawyers,  but  also  to  members  of  sible  instructions  and  practical  forms,  together 
local  boards,  and  to  such,  if  any,  of  our  legis-  with  a  most  copious  index,  by  which  this  large 
lators  as  wish  to  get  up  the  subject." — Soli-  mass  of  law  is  rendered  teadily  accessible, 
cilia's'  Journal.  there  is  no  book  on  the  subject  bearing  any 

"  It  is  enough  to  say  that  as  a  well  ananged  comparison  with  this  one  by  Mr.  Glen." — Law 
collection  of  the  law  as  it  is,  with  notes  of  the  Times. 


Smith's  Practice  of  Conveyancing. 

Post  8vo.,  6s.  cloth. 

AN  ELEMENTARY  VIEW  of  the  PRACTICE  of  CON- 
VEYANCING in  SOLICITORS'  OFFICES;  with  an  Outline  of  the 
Proceedings  under  the  Transfer  of  Land  and  Declaration  of  Title  Acts,  18(52, 
for  the  use  of  Articled  Clerks.  By  EDMUND  SMITH,  B.A.,  late  of  Pembroke 
College,  Cambridge.  Attorney  and  Solicitor. 


Wills  on  Circumstantial  Evidence. — Fourth  Edition. 

8vo.,  10*.  cloth. 

AN  ESSAY  on  the  PRINCIPLES  of  CIRCUMSTANTIAL 
EVIDENCE.  Illustrated  by  numerous  Cases.  By  the  late  WILLIAM 
WILLS,  Esq.  Fourth  Edition,  edited  by  his  Son,  ALFRED  WILLS,  Esq., 
Barrister  at  Law. 


32 


BAR  EXAMINATION  JOURNAL. 

Edited  by  A.  D.  TYSSEN,  B.C.L.,  M.A.  and  R.  K.  WILSON,  M.A., 

Barristers  at  Law. 


Nos.  1,  2,  3  &  4,  TRIN.  &  MICHS   1871,  and  TRIN.  &  MICHS.  1872. 

Published  in  Numbers,  Svo.,  at  3s.  each,  by  post  3s.  Id.,  in   Trinity  and 

Michaelmas  Terms  in  each  year. 

Subjects  of  Bar  Examination.     Examination  Tapers,  with  the  Answers. 

ENGLISH  LAW  : — Constitutional  Law  and  Legal  History  ;   Equity  ;   Common  Law  ;   Real  Pro- 
perty ;  Jurisprudence,  &e. ;  General  Paper. 

INDIAN  LAW: -Hindu  Law;  Mahomedan  Law;   Penal  Code;   Criminal  Procedure  Code  ;   Civil 
Procedure  Code ;  Succession  Act ;  General  Paper. 


Powell  on  Evidence.— Third  Edition  by  Cutler  &  Griffin. 

12ino.,  Hj.v.  cloth. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  and  PRACTICE  of  the  LAW  of  EVI- 
DENCE. By  EDMUND  POWELL,  M.A.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at 
Law.  Third  Edition  hy  JOHN  CUTLER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister 
at  Law,  Professor  of  English  Law  and  Jurisprudence,  and  Professor  of 
Indian  Jurisprudence  at  King's  College,  London  ;  and  EDMUND  FULLER 
GRIFFIN,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law.  To  which  is  added  a 
SUPPLEMENT  containing  the  alterations  in  the  Law  of  Evidence  to 
Michaelmas,  1869. 

The  Supplement  may  be  had  separately  price  Is.  sewed. 

***  Although  in  this  work  the  most  important  decisions  only  are  quoted.andas  a  rule  but  one  authority 

is  given  for  each  proposition,  yet  there  are  nearly  400  cases  cited  therein  which  do  not  appear 
in  the  table  of  cases  prefixed  to  the  latest  edition  of  "  Taylor  on  Evidence." 

"  We  have  very  great  pleasure  in  noticing  •'  This  is  a  new  edition  of  a  work  which  we 
this  edition  of  a  workwith  whichwehave  long  fancy  has  scarcely  been  as  well  known  a-  it 
been  familiar.  It  was  certainly  a  good  idea  to  deserves.  To  students  and  young  barristers 
make  the  book  useful  to  the  equity  practitioner.  also  the  book  will  be  useful,  not  only  for  read- 
It  was  a  still  better  idea  to  adapt  the  Anglo-  ing  at  home,  as  more  practical  than  Best  and 
Indian  rules  of  evidence,  which  must  assist  less  detailed  than  Taylor,  but  also  for  taking 
materially  those  who  are  studying  in  England  with  them  into  court." — Solicitors'  Journal. 
for  the  Indian  bar,  or  preparing  for  the  Indian  "This  is  a  good  edition  of  a  very  useful  work, 
civil  service.  Mr.  Cutler,  being  Professor  of  The  book  itself  we  have  always  considered  as 
Indian  Jurisprudence  at  King's  College,  has  well  adapted  for  the  student  and  convenient 
executed  this  latter  bianch  of  the  work  with  for  the  practitioner.  It  explains  principles 
the  ability  which  was  to  be  expected  from  him,  clearly,  and  illustrates  them  without  over- 
and  we  can  heartily  recommend  this  excellent  loading  them  by  the  cases  quoted.  The  work 
edition  of  Mr.  Powell's  book  as  likely  to  prove  is  more  practical  in  its  object  than  that  of 
of  very  wide  uti  ity." — Law  Times.  Mr.  Best,  and  treats  the  subject  in  a  more 
"While  we  think  that  the  sphere  of  this  succinct  manner  than  Mr.  Pitt  Taylor.  There 
treatise  must  be  confined  to  the  education  of  could  be  no  better  introduction  to  the  study 
students,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  asserting  of  the  law  of  evidence  than  Mr.  Powell's  book, 
that  within  that  sphere  the  book  is  a  great  sue-  whilst  it  is  perfectly  suitable  for  ordinary 
cess,  and  we  cordially  recommend  the  volume  reference,  and  the  care  that  has  been  bestowed 
to  students  both  for  the  English  bar  and  for  on  it  by  the  present  editors  will,  we  think, 
the  Indian  bar.  Its  simplicity  and  perspicuity  considerably  enhance  its  value." — Law  Alaga- 
render  it  also  a  valuable  aid  to  members  of  zine  and  Revitw. 
the  Indian  civil  service." — Law  Journal. 


Holland  on  the  Form  of  the  Law. 

Svo.,  7s.  6d.  cloth. 

ESSAYS  upon  the  FORM  of  the  LAW.  By  THOMAS  EHSKINE 
HOLLAND,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Exeter  College,  Oxford,  and  of  Lincoln's  Inn, 
Barrister  at  Law. 

"  A  work  of  great  ability." — Athenaeum.  essays  to  our  readers." — Law  Magazine. 

"Entitled  to  very  high  commendation." —  "A  work  in   which   the  whole  matter  is 

Law  Times.  easily  intelligible  to  the  lay  as  well  as  the 

"The  essays  of  an  author  so  well  qualified  professional  public  " — Saturday  Review. 

to  write  upon  the  subject."— Lute  Journal.  "  Mr.  Holland's  extremely  valuable  and  in- 

"  We   can    confidently    recommend    these  genious  essays."— Spectator. 


_ — o 

MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.  C.        33 

Wigram  on  Extrinsic  Evidence  as  to  Wills. 

Fourth  Edition.    8vo.,  1  I.v.  cloth. 

AN  EXAMINATION  OF  THE  RULES  OF  LAW  respecting 
the  Admission  of  EXTRINSIC  EVIDENCE  in  Aid  of  the  INTER- 
PRETATION OF  WILLS.  By  the  Right  Hon.  Sir  JAMES  WIGRAM, 
Knt.  The  Fourth  Edition,  prepared  for  the  press  with  the  sanction  of  the 
learned  Author,  by  W.  KNOX  WIGRAM,  M.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq., 
Barrister-at-Law. 

"In  the  celebrated  treatise  of  Sir  James'  admiration  of  every  judge  who  lias  had  to  con- 
Wigram,  the  rules  of  law  are  stated,  discussed  suit  it ."—  lard  himsdowH,  in  a  Privy  Council 
and  explained  in  a  manner  which  has  excited  the  Judgment,  July  SlH,  185H. 


Williams's  Common  Law  Pleading  and  Practice. 

8vo.,  12s.  cloth. 

An  INTRODUCTION  to  PRACTICE  and  PLEADING 
in  the  SUPERIOR  COURTS  of  LAW,  embracing  an  outline  of  the 
whole  proceedings  in  an  Action  at  Law,  on  Motion,  and  at  Judges'  Cham- 
bers; together  with  the  Rules  of  Pleading  and  Practice,  and  Forms  of  all  the 
principal  Proceedings.  By  WATKIN  WILLIAMS,  Esq.,  M.P.,  of  the  Inner 
Temple,  Barrister  at  Law. 

"  For  the  Stnde.it  especially  the  book  has  fea-  with  a  practical  treatment  of  the  subject,  illus- 
tures  of  peculiar  value,  it  is  at  the  same  time  trated  by  forms  and  examples  of  the  main  pro- 
scientific  and  practical,  and  throughout  the  work  M«diutfk." — Jurist . 
[here  is  a  judicious  uniou  of  general  principles 


Bainbridge's  Law  of  Mines  and  Minerals.— 3rd  Edit. 

8vo.,  30s.  cloth. 

A  TREATISE  on  the  LAW  of  MINES  and  MINERALS. 

By  WILLIAM  BAINBRIDGE,  Esq.,  F.G.S.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister 
at  Law.  Third  Edition,  carefully  revised,  and  much  enlarged  by  additional 
matter  relating  to  manorial  rights — rights  of  way  and  water  and  other  mining 
easements— the  sale  of  mines  and  shares— the  construction  of  leases— cost 
book  and  general  partnerships — injuries  from  undermining  and  inundations — 
barriers  and  working  out  of  bounds.  With  an  Appendix  of  Forms  and 
Customs  and  a  Glossary  of  English  Mining  Terms. 

*»*  A  Supplement  to  this  work  is  in  preparation,  to  include  the  two  Mines 
Regulation  Acts  of  1872. 

"  When  a  work  has  reached  three  editions,  predecessors." — Law  Times. 
criticism  as  to  its  practical  value  is  superfluous.  "  After  an  interval  of  eleven  years  we  have 

We  believe  that  this  work  was  the  first  pub-  to  welcome  a  new  edition  of  Mr.  Bainbridge's 

li.-ln  (1  in   England  on  the  special  subject  of  work  on  mines  and  minerals.      It  would  be 

mining  law — others  have  sin' e  been  published  entirely  superfluous  to  attempt  a  general  re- 

— but  we  see  no  reason  in  looking  at  the  volume  view  of  a  work  which  has  for  so  long  a  period 

before  us  to  believe  that  it  has  yet  been  super-  occupied  the  position  of  the  standard  \voik  on 

seded." — Lav  Magazine.  this  important  subject.    Those  only  who,  by 

"  Mr.  Bainbridge  was  we  believe  the  first  to  the  nature  of  their  practice,  have  learned  to 
collect  and  publish,  in  a  separate  treati.-e,  the  lean  upon  Mr.  Bainbridge  as  on  a  solid  staff, 
Law  of  Mines  and  Minerals,  and  the  work  was  can  appreciate  the  deep  research,  the  admira- 
so  well  done  that  his  volume  at  once  took  its  ble  method,  and  the  graceful  style  of  this 
place  in  the  law  library  as  the  text  book  on  the  model  treatise.  Therefore  we  are  merely  re- 
subject  to  which  it  was  devoted.  This  work  duced  to  the  inquiry,  whether  the  law  has,  by 
must  be  already  familiar  to  all  readers  whose  force  of  statutes  and  of  judicial  dec  isions,  un- 
practice  brings  them  in  any  manner  in  con-  dergone  such  development,  mcdiliiation,  or 
nection  with  mines  or  mining,  and  they  well  change  since  the  year  1K5C  as  to  justify  a  new 
know  its  value.  We  can  only  say  of  this  new  edition?  That  question  may  be  readily 
edition  that  it  is  in  all  respects  worthy  of  its  answered  in  the  affirmative." — Law  Journal 


0 , _ 

34  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 


Field's  Table  of,  and  Index  to,  Indian  Statute  Law. 

Demy  4to.,  42*.  cloth. 

A  CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE  of  and  INDEX  to  the 
INDIAN  STATUTE-BOOK  from  the  Year  1834,  with  a  General  Intro- 
duction to  the  Statute  Law  of  India  ;  with  a  SUPPLEMENT  bringing  the  work 
down  to  August,  1872.  By  C.  D.  FIELD,  M.A.,  LL.LX,  of  the  Inner 
Temple,  Barrister  at  Law,  and  of  H.M.'s  Bengal  Civil  Service. 

"  Mr.  Field  has  produced  a  work  which  will        in  India,  but  to  those  practising  in  the  Privy 
be  extremely  useful,  not  only  to  the  profession        Council  at  home." — Soliciivn'  Journal. 

Cutler  and  Griffin's  Indian  Criminal  Law. 

8vo.  6.1.  cloth. 

AN  ANALYSIS  of  the  INDIAN  PENAL  CODE  (including 
the  Indian  Penal  Code  Amendment  Act,  1870),  with  Notes.  By  JOHN 
CUTLER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law,  Professor  of  English 
Law  and  Jurisprudence,  and  Professor  of  Indian  Jurisprudence  at  King's 
College,  London,  and  EDMTJND  FULLER  GRIFFIN,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn, 
Barrister  ai  Law. 

"  It  may  be  added  that  the  code  is  just  at  use  to  professional  men  in  England.    It  has  a 

at  present  out  of  print,  so  that,  the  production  good  index." — Law  Magazine. 

of  an  analysis  at  the  present  moment  is  espe-  "This  is  a  work  intended  for  students  and 

cially  opportune.     Messrs.  Cutler  and  Griffin  for  practitioners  in  India.    Knowing  how  well 

have  produced  a  useful  little  book,  and  pro-  the  same  authors  edited  the  Indian  portion  of 

duced  it  at  a  time  when  it  will  be  especially  Powell  on  Evidence,  we  should  be  content  to 

useful." — Solicitors'  Journal.  take  it  on  the  faith  of  their  reputation  only. 

"This  analysis  of  the  Indian  Penal  Code  The  mode  of  analysis  is  very  clear  and  brings 

seems  to  have  conferred  a  great  boon  on  the  well  forward  the  prominent  features  of  the 

Indian  practitioner,  and  will  doubtless  be  of  code."— Law  Times. 

Davis's  Criminal  Law  Consolidation  Acts. 

12mo.,  10s.  cloth. 

THE  NEW  CRIMINAL  LAW  CONSOLIDATION  ACTS, 

1861  ;  with  an  Introduction  and  practical  Notes,  illustrated  by  a  copious 
reference  to  Cases  decided  by  the  Court  of  Criminal  Appeal.  Together  with 
alphabetical  Tables  of  Offences,  as  well  those  punishable  upon  Summary 
Conviction  as  upon  Indictment,  and  including  the  Offences  under  the  New 
Bankruptcy  Act,  so  arranged  as  to  present  at  one  view  the  particular  Offence, 
the  Old  or  New  Statute  upon  which  it  is  founded,  and  the  Limits  of  Punish- 
ment;  and  a  full  Index.  By  JAMES  EDWARD  DAVIS,  Esq.,  Barrister- 
at-Law. 

Powell's  Law  of  Inland  Carriers. — Second  Edition. 

8vo.,  14,-s.  cloth. 

THE  LAW  OF  INLAND  CARRIERS,  especially  as  regu- 
lated by  the  Railway  and  Canal  Traffic  Act,  1854.  By  EDMUND  POWELL, 
Esq.,  of  Lincoln  College,  Oxon,  M.A.,  and  of  the  Western  Circuit,  Barrister 
at  Law,  Author  of  "  Principles  and  Practice  of  the  Law  of  Evidence." 
Second  Edition,  almost  re-written. 

"  Mr.  Powell's  writing  is  singularly  precise  and  it  aspires  to  become,  the  text  book  on  the  Law  of 

condensed,  without  beint?  at  all  dry,  as  those  who  Carriers." — LM-JI  Tims*. 

have  read  his  admirable  liook  of  Kviilencc  will  "   The  two  chapters  on  the  Railway  and  CnnM 

attest.     It  will  be  seen,  from  our  outline  of  the  Traffic  Act,  1H5(),  are  quite  new,  and  the  recent 

contents,  how  exhaustively  the  suhiect  has  been  cases  under  the  provisions  of  that  statute  are 

treated,  and  that  it  is  entitled  to  be,  that  which  analyzed  in  lucid  language." — Law  Magazine, 

Smith's  Bar  Education. 

8vo.,  9*.  cloth. 

A  HISTORY  of  EDUCATION  for  the  ENGLISH  BAR, 
with  SUGGESTIONS  as  to  SUBJECTS  and  METHODS  of  STUDY. 
By  PHILIP  ANSTIE  SMITH,  Esq.,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  Barrister-at-La\v. 


. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTII,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.G.       35 

Foreshores.  Report  of  case  The  Queen  at  the  prosecution  of  Williams 
r.  Nicholson,  for  removing  Shingle  from  the  Foreshore  at  Withernsea. 
Heard  at  the  Police  Court,  Hull,  31st  May,  1870.  8vo.  Is.  sewed. 

A  Letter  to  the  Right  Hon.  the  Lord  High  Chancellor  concerning 
Digests  and  Codes.  By  WILLIAM  RICHARD  FISHER,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Esq., 
Barrister  at  Law.  Royal  8vo.  Is.  sewed. 

Indian  Civil  Service  Examinations.  On  reporting  Cases  for  the 
Periodical  Examinations  by  Selected  Candidates  for  the  Civil  Service  of 
India:  Being  a  Lecture  delivered  on  Wednesday,  June  12,  1867,  at  King's 
College,  London.  By  JOHN  CUTLER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at 
Law,  Professor  of  English  Law  and  Jurisprudence  and  Professor  of  Indian 
Jurisprudence  at  King's  College,  London.  8vo.,  Is.  sewed. 

Cutler's  Voluntary  and  other  Settlements,  including  the  91  st  section 
of  the  Bankruptcy  Act,  1869.  By  JOHN  CUTLER,  B.A.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn, 
Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  8vo.  3s.  cloth. 

Hamel's  International  Law,  in  connexion  with  Municipal  Statutes 
relating  to  the  Commerce,  Rights  and  Liabilities  of  the  Subjects  of  Neutral 
States  pending  Foreign  War;  considered  with  reference  to  the  Case  of  the 
Alexandra,  seized  under  the  provisions  of  the  Foreign  Enlistment  Act.  By 
FELIX  HARGRAVE  HAMEL,  Barrister  at  Law.  Post  8vo.  3s.  boards. 

Francillon's  Lectures,  Elementary  and  Familiar,  on  English  Law. 
FIRST  and  SECOND  SERIES.  By  JAMES  FRANCILLON,  Esq.,  County  Court 
Judge.  2  vols.  8vo.  8s.  each  cloth. 

^Pearce's  Guide  to  the  .Inns  of  Court  and  Chancery;  with 
Notices  of  their  Ancient  Discipline,  Customs  and  Entertainments;  an 
Account  of  the  Eminent  Men  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  the  Inner  Temple,  the 
Middle  Temple,  and  Gray's  Inn,  &c.  ;  together  with  the  Regulations  as  to 
the  Admission  of  Students,  Keeping  Terms,  Call  to  the  Bar,  &c.  By 
ROBERT  R.  PEARCE,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  8vo.  8s.  cloth. 

The  Laws  of  Barbados.    (By  Authority.)    Royal  8vo.  21s.  cloth. 

Le  Marchant's  Report  of  Proceedings  of  the  House  of  Lords 
on  the  Claims  to  the  Barony  of  Gardner,  with  an  Appendix  of  Cases  illus- 
trative of  the  Law  of  Legitimacy.  By  Sir  DENIS  LE  MARCHANT,  of 
Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law.  8vo.  18s.  boards. 

Finlason's  Dissertation  on  the  History  of  Hereditary  Dignities, 
articularly  as  to  the  Course  of  Descent  and  their  Forfeiture  by  Attainder, 

with  special  reference  to  the  Case  of  the  Earldom  of  Wilte?.     By  W.  F. 

FINLASON,   Esq  ,  Barrister  at  Law,   Editor  of  "  Reeve's  History  of  the 

English  Law."     8vo.  5s.  cloth. 

f  As  an  inquiry  into  an  important  question  of  peerage  law  it  cannot  fail  to  have  much  interest 
for  not  a  few  readers."—  Law  Magazine.  * 

"  Mr.  Finlason  discusses  very  carefully  the  modes  in  which  dipnities  may  be  forfeited.  We 
heartily  recommend  it  as  a  pleasant  study  to  laymen  and  lawyers."—  Law  Times. 

Norman's  Treatise  on  the  Law  and  Practice  relating  to  Letters 
Patent  for  Inventions.  By  J.  P.  NORMAN,  M.A.,  Barrister  at  Law.  Post 
8vo.,  7s.  Qd.  cloth.  . 

Gray's  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Costs  in  Actions  and  other  Proceed- 
ings in  the  Courts  of  Common  Law  at  Westminster.  By  JOHN  GRAY,  Esq., 
of  the  Middle  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law.  8vo.,  21s.  cloth. 

Elements  of  the  Logical  and  Experimental  Sciences  considered  in 
their  relation  to  the  Practice  of  the  Law.  Bvo.  14s.  boards. 


36  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Law  Students.  Full  Beport  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  First 
General  Congress  of  Law  Students'  Societies,  held  at  Birmingham  21st  and 
22nd  May,  1872.  8vo.  2s.  sewed. 

Legal  Education.  By  W.  A.  Jevons.  A  Paper  read  at  the  Social 
Science  Congress  at  Leeds.  1871.  8vo.  6d.  sewed. 

Speech  of  Sir  R.  Palmer,  Q.C.,  M.P.,  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Legal  Education  Association  in  the  Middle  Temple  Hall,  1871;  with  a 
Report  of  the  Proceedings.  8vo.  1*.  sewed. 

The  Ancient  Land  Settlement  of  England.  A  Lecture  delivered  at 
University  College,  London,  October  17th,  1871.  By  J.  W.  WILLIS  BUND, 
M.A.,  Professor  of  Constitutional  Law  and  History.  8vo.  Is.  sewed. 

The  Practice  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Courts,  with  Forms  and  Tables 
of  Costs.  By  fl.  C.  COOTE,  F.S.A.,  Proctor  in  Doctors'  Commons,  &c. 
8vo.  28s.  boards. 

Baker's  Compendium  of  the  Statutes,  Cases  and  Decisions  af- 
fecting the  Office  of  Coroner.  By  WILLIAM  BAKER,  Coroner  of  Middlesex. 
12mo.  7s.  cloth. 

Greening's  Forms  of  Declarations,  Pleadings  and  other  Pro- 
ceedings in  the  Superior  Courts  of  Common  Law,  with  the  Common  Law 
Procedure  Act,  and  other  Statutes  ;  Table  of  Officers'  Fees;  and  the  New 
Rules  of  Practice  and  Pleading,  with  Notes.  By  HENRY  GREENING,  Esq., 
Special  Pleader.  Second  Edition.  12mo.  10s.  6rf.  boards. 

Bowditch's  Treatise  on  the  History,  Revenue  Laws,  and  Govern- 

ment  of  the  Isles  of  Jersey  and  Guernsey,  to  which  is  added  the  recent  Acts 
as  to  Smuggling,  Customs  and  Trade  of  the  Isle  of  Man  and  the  Channel 
Islands,  Forms,  Costs,  &c.  By  J.  BOWDITCH,  Solicitor.  8vo.  3s.  6c?.  sewed. 

Pulling's  Practical  Compendium  of  the  Law  and  Usage  of 
Mercantile  Accounts :  describing  the  various  Rules  of  Law  affecting  them, 
at  Common  Law,  in  Equity,  Bankruptcy  and  Insolvency,  or  by  Arbitration. 
Containing  the  Law  of  Joint  Stock  Companies'  Accounts,  and  the  Legal 
Regulations  for  their  Adjustment  under  the  Winding-up  Acts  of  1848 
and  1849.  By  ALEXANDER  PULLING,  Esq.  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister 
at  Law.  12mo.  9s.  boards. 

Leigh's  Abridgment  of  the  Law  of  Nisi  Prius.  By  P.  Brady 
LEIGH,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law.  2  vols.  8vo.  £2  :  8s.  boards. 

Gurney's  System  of  Short  Hand.  By  Thomas  Gurney.  First  pub- 
lished in  1740,  and  subsequently  improved.  17th  Edition.  12mo.  3s.  6d.  cloth. 

"  Gurney's  is,  we  believe,  admitted  to  be  the  best  of  the  many  systems,  and  a  seventeenth 
edition  appears  to  attest  that  fact." — Law  Times. 

Washburn's  Law  of  Easements.    (Boston,  U.  S.)    l  vol.  royal  8vo. 

£l;2s.  6d.  cloth. 

Cutler  on  the  International  Law  of  Navigable  Rivers.  8vo.  Is.  6d. 
sewed. 

Linklater's  Digest  of,  and  Index  to,  the  New  Bankruptcy  Act,  1869, 
and  the  accompanying  Acts.  By  JOHN  LINKLATER,  Solicitor.  Second 
Edition.  Imperial  8vo.,  3s.  6d.  sewed. 

Moseley's  Law  Of  Contraband  of  War;  comprising  all  the  American 
and  English  Authorities  on  the  Subject.  By  JOSEPH  MOSELEY,  Esq.,  B.C.L., 
Barrister  at  Law.  Post  8vo.  5s.  cloth. 

Dr.  Deane's  Law  of  Blockade,  as  contained  in  the  Judgments 
of  Dr.  Lushington  and  the  Cases  on  Blockade  decided  during  1854.  By 
J.  P.  DEANE,  D.C.L.,  Advocate  in  Doctors'  Commons.  8vo.  10s.  cloth. 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.C.        37 

The  Acts  for  the  Commutation  of  Tithes  in  England  and  Wales, 
with  Notes,  Observations,  and  an  Epitome  of  the  Law  of  Tithes.  Second 
Edition.  By  J.  T.  SCIIOMBERG,  Esq.,  Q.C.  12mo.  7*.  cloth. 

A  Practical  Treatise  on  Life  Assurance ;  in  which  the  Statutes, 
&c.,  affecting  unincorporated  Joint  Stock  Companies  are  briefly  considered 
and  explained.  SECOND  EDITION.  By  FREDERICK  BLAYNEY,  Esq., 
Author  of  "  A  Treatise  on  Life  Annuities."  12mo.  7s.  boards. 

SewelTs  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Sheriff,  with  Practical  Forms 
and  Precedents.  By  RICHARD  CLARKE  SEWELL,  Esq.,  D.C.L.,  Barrister 
at  Law.  8vo.  21s.  boards. 

The  Law  relating  to  Transactions  on  the  Stock  Exchange. 
By  HENRY  KEYSER,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  12mo.,  8s.  cloth. 

Sewell's  Municipal  Corporation  Acts,  5  &  6  Will.  4,  c.  76,  and 
6  &  7  Will.  4,  cc.  103,  104, 105,  with  Notes,  and  Index.  By  R.  C.  SEWELL, 
Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  12mo.  9s.  boards. 

A  Legigraphical  Chart  of  Landed  Property  in  England  from 
the  time  of  the  Saxons  to  the  present  ^Era.  By  CHARLES  FEARNE,  Esq., 
Barrister  at  Law.  On  a  large  sheet,  6s.  coloured. 

Dwyer's  Compendium  of  the  Principal  Laws  and  Regulations 
relating  to  the  Militia  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  12mo.  5s.  6d.  cloth. 

The  Common  Law  of  Kent ;  or  the  Customs  of  Gavelkind. 
With  an  Appendix  concerning  Borough  English.  By  T.  ROBINSON,  Esq. 
THIRD  EDITION,  with  Notes  and  References  to  modern  Authorities,  by 
JOHN  WILSON,  Esq.  Barrister  at  Law.  8vo.  18s.  boards. 

The  Marriage  and  Registration  Acts,  6  &  7  Will.  4,   caps. 

85,  86 ;  with  Instructions,  Forms,  and  Practical  Directions.  The  Acts  of 
1837,  viz.  7  Will.  4,  c.  1,  and  1  Viet.  c.  22,  with  Notes  and  Index.  By 
J.  S.  BURN,  Esq.,  Secretary  to  the  Commission.  12mo.  6s.  6<f.  boards. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Gaming,  Horse-Racing,  aud  Wagers. 
By  FREDERIC  EDWARDS,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  12mo.  5s.  cloth. 

A  Digest  of  Principles  of  English  Law ;  arranged  in  the  order 
of  the  Code  Napoleon,  with  an  Historical  Introduction.  By  GEORGE 
BLAXLAND,  Esq.  Royal  8vo.  £1  :  4s.  boards. 

A  Treatise  on  the  Law  of  Commerce  and  Manufactures,  and 

the  Contracts  relating  thereto;  with  an  Appendix  of  Treaties,  Statutes,  and 
Precedents.  By  JOSEPH  CHITTY,  Esq.  Barrister  at  Law.  4  vols.  royal 
8vo.  JL'O  :  ()«.  boards. 

Anstey's  Pleader's  Guide ;  a  Didactic  Poem,  in  Two  Parts. 
The  Eighth  Edition.  12mo.  7s.  boards. 

Hardy's  Catalogue  of  Lords  Chancellors,  Keepers  of  the  Great  Seal, 
and  Principal  Officers  of  the  High  Court  of  Chancery.  By  THOMAS 
DUKFUS  HARDY,  Principal  Keeper  of  Records.  Royal  8vo.  20s.  cloth. 
(Only  250  copies  printed.) 

Pothier's  Treatise  on  the  Contract  of  Partnership :  with  the 
Civil  Code  and  Code  of  Commerce  relating  to  this  Subject,  in  the  same 
Order.  Translated  from  the  French.  By  O.  D.  TUDOR,  Esq.,  Barrister. 
8vo.,  5s.  cloth. 


38  LAW  WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY 

Martial  Law.  By  W.  F.  FINLASON,  Barrister  at  Law.  Reprinted  from 
the  Law  Magazine  and  Review,  1872.  8vo.,  2*.  sewed. 

Browne's  Practical  Treatise  on  Actions  at  Law,  embracing  the 

subjects  of  Notice  of  Action  ;  Limitation  of  Actions ;  necessary  Parties  to 
and  proper  Forms  of  Actions,  the  Consequence  of  Mistake  therein  ;  and  the 
Law  of  Costs  with  reference  to  Damages.  By  R.  J.  BROWNE,  Esq.,  of 
Lincoln's  Inn,  Special  Pleader.  8vo.,  16s.  boards. 

Archdeacon  Hale's  Essay  on  the  Union  between  Church  and  State, 

and  the  Establishment  by  Law  of  the  Protestant  Reformed  Religion  in 
England,  Ireland,  and  Scotland.  By  W.  H.  HALE,  M.A.,  Archdeacon  of 
London.  8vo.  Is.  sewed. 

"  This  is  the  production  of  a  very  able  man,  and  will  be  read  by  lawyers  as  well  as  by  divines 
•with  interest  and  advantage." — Law  Magazine. 

The  Judgment  of  the  Privy  Council  on  Appeal  in  the  Case  of 
Hebbert  v.  Purchas.  Edited  by  EDWARD  BOLLOCK,  of  the  Inner  Temple, 
Barrister  at  Law,  Reporter  in  Privy  Council  for  the  Law  Journal  Reports. 
Royal  8vo.,  2s.  Qd.  sewed. 

Burder  v.  Heath.  Judgment  delivered  on  November  2,  1861, 
by  the  Right  Honorable  STEPHEN  LUSHINGTON,  D.C.L.,  Deau  of  the 
Arches.  Folio,  Is.  sewed. 

The  Case  of  Long  v.  Bishop  of  Cape  Town,  embracing  the  opinions 

of  the  Judges  of  Colonial  Court  hitherto  unpublished,  together  with  the  de- 
cision of  the  Privy  Council,  and  Preliminary  Observations  by  the  Editor. 
Royal  8vo.,  6s.  sewed. 

The  Judgment  of  the  Dean  of  the  Arches,  also  the  Judgment  of 
the  PRIVY  COUNCIL,  in  Liddell  (clerk),  and  Home  and  others  against 
Westerton,  and  Liddell  (clerk)  and  Park  and  Evans  against  Beal.  Edited 
by  A.  F.  BAYFORD,  LL.D. :  and  with  an  elaborate  analytical  Index  to  the 
whole  of  the  Judgments  in  these  Cases.  Royal  8vo.,  3s.  6rf.  sewed. 

Hamel's  Law  of  Ritualism  in  the  United  Church  of  England  and 

Ireland.  With  Practical  Suggestions  for  Amendment  of  the  Law,  and  a 
Form  of  Bill  for  that  purpose.  By  F.  HARGAVE  HAMEL,  Esq.,  of  the 
Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law.  Post  8vo.  Is.  sewed. 

Archdeacon  Hale's  Inquiry  into  the  Legal  History  of  the  Supre- 
macy of  the  Crown  in  Matters  of  Religion,  with  especial  reference  to  the 
Church  in  the  Colonies ;  with  an  Appendix  of  Statutes.  By  W.  H.  HALE, 
M.A.,  Archdeacon  of  London.  Royal  8vo.  4.s.  cloth. 

"  The  archdeacon  lias  shown  that  he  possesses  a  legal  mind  in  the  good  sense  of  the  Urm." — 
Law  Magazine. 

The  Judgment  delivered  by  the  Right  Hon.  Sir  Robert  Phillimore, 

D.C.L.,  Official  Principal  of  the  Court  of  Arches,  in  the  Cases  of  Martin  v. 
Mackonochie  and  Flamank  v  Simpson.  Edited  by  WALTER  G.  F.  PHIL- 
LIMORE, B.A.,  of  the  Middle  Temple,  Fellow  of  All  Souls  College,  and 
Vinerian  Scholar,  Oxford.  Royal  8vo.  2s.  6d.  sewed. 

Judgment  delivered  by  the  Right  Hon.  Lord  Cairns  on  behalf 

of  the  Judicial  Committee  of  the  Privy  Council  in  the  case  of  Martin  v. 
Mackonochie.  Edited  by  W.  ERNST  BROWNING,  Barrister  at  Law.  Royal 
8vo.  Is.  Gd.  sewed. 

The  Privilege  of  Religious  Confessions  in  English  Courts  of 

Justice  considered  in  a  Letter  to  a  Friend.  Bv  EDWARD  BADLLEY,  Esq.,  M.A., 
Barrister  at  Law.  8vo  2*.  sewed. 


- 


MESSRS.  BUTTERWORTH,  7,  FLEET  STREET,  E.C.       39 

Jieto  TOorfcs  antr  fleto  (Stations  in  preparation. 


The  Rural  Sanitary  Authority ;  its  Powers,  Duties  and  Liabilities. 

By  H.  T.  AVELINE,  Solicitor,  and  Clerk  to  Justices,  &c.     In  8vo. 

Sir  Robert  Phillimore's  International  Law.— Vol.  3.    Second  Edition. 

In  8vo. 

The  Law  of  Evidence  in  British  India.    SECOND  EDITION.    By 

C.  D.  FIELD,  M.A.,  L.L.D.,  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister  at  Law,  and  of 
H.  M.'s  Bengal  Civil  Service.  This  edition  will  contain  the  New  Code  of 
Evidence  passed  by  the  Legislative  Council  of  India. 

Grant's  law  of  Bankers  and  Banking.— THIRD  EDITION.    By  R.  A. 

FISHER,  Esq.,  Barrister-at-law.     In  8vo. 

Stephen's  Blackstone's  Commentaries.— The   Seventh    Edition.     In 

4  vols.     Svo. 

A  Compendium  of  the  Laws  of  Joint  Stock  Companies  of  Foreign 

Countries,  and  especially  those  of  GERMANY,  FRANCE,  SPAIN,  ITALY 
and  RUSSIA;  with  copious  Notes  and  References,  and  accompanied  by  Trans- 
lations of  those  parts  of  the  Codes  of  those  Countries  that  refer  to  Joint  Stock 
Companies.  By  HENRY  D.  JENCKEN,  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister-at-Law,  etc.  etc., 
one  of  the  Authors  of  a  Compendium  of  Modern  Roman  Law,  etc.  etc.  In  Svo. 

A  Collection  of  Mortgage  Precedents  and  Forms  of  Decrees,  in- 
tended as  a  Companion  Volume  to  the  General  Law  of  Mortgage. — By  W.  R. 
FISHER,  Esq.,  of  Lincoln's  Inn,  Barrister  at  Law.  In  1  vol.  royal  Svo. 

Tomkins'  Institutes  of  the  "Roman  Law.— Parts  II.  and  III.  completing 

the  Work.     In  royal  Svo. 

A  Complete  Code  of  the  Law  of  Marine  Insurance,  embracing  every 

variation  of  Principle,  in  England  and  America.  By  F.  O.  CRUMP,  of  the 
Middle  Temple,  Esq.,  Barrister  at  Law.  In  1  vol.  Svo. 

The  Law  Examination  Journal  and  Law  Student's  Magazine. 

Published  every  Term.     (See  page  5.) 

The  Law  Magazine  and  Review.    Published  Monthly.   (See  page  29.) 
The  Preliminary  Examination    Journal  and  Student's  Literary 

Magazine.     Published  after  every  Preliminary  Examination.     (See  page  40.) 

The  Bar  Examination  Journal.  Published  in  Trinity  and  Michaelmas 
Terms  in  each  Year.  (See  page  32.) 


|MCH4RD*+TOTTEL  I 


Price  Is.,  by  post  Is.  Id.,  regularly  published  as  soon  as  practicable  after 
each  Preliminary  Examination  in  February,  May,  July  and  October, 

relimirarg  feaminaibtt 

AND  STUDENT'S  LITEEARY  MAGAZINE. 

Edited  by  JAMES  ERLE  BENHAM,  formerly  of  King's  College  London  ; 
Author  of  "  The  Student's  Examination  Guide,"  &c. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  VIII.— October,  1872. 

I.  Special  Examination  Notices  for  1873. — II.  moirs  of  Thackeray,  Sir  G.  C.  Lewis,  Admiral 

"  What  Leads  to  Success  in  Life?" — III.  Brains  Fitzroy  and  several  others).  —VII.  The  Questions 

— Quantity  or  Quality.— IV.    A  Retrospective  of  the  Preliminary  Examination  of  the  30th  and 

Glance. — V.  Remarks  on  "Memory"  (continued).  31st  of  October,  with  the  Answers. — VIII.  Re- 

— VI.  Synopsis  of  leading  Authors,  Statesmen,  view  of  the  October  Examination. — IX.  Corre- 

Poets,  and  Philosophers  (the  List  includes  Me-  spondence. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  VII.— July,  1872. 

I.  Special  Examination  Notices  for  Michaelmas  (the   List  includes  Notices  of  Lord  Byron,  Sir 

Term,  1872.  — II.  "  How  many  Hours  a  Day  do  Robert  Peel, Lord  Macaulayand  several  others), 

you  recommend  me  to  study?"— III.  Critical  VI.  The  Questions  of  the  Preliminary  Examina- 

Keviews.—  IV.  A  few  Remarks  on  the  Improve-  tion  of  the  17th  and  18th  of  July,  with  the 

ment  of  the  Memory. — V.  Synopsis  of  leading  Answers. —VII.  Review  of  the  July  Examina- 

Authors,    Statesmen,  Poets  and  Philosophers  tion. — VIII.  Correspondence. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  VI.— May,  1872. 

1.  Special  Examination  Notice. — II.  How  to  nopsis  of  leading  Authors,  Statesmen,  Poets  and 
become  an  Orator ;  with  Selections  from  the  Philosophers. — IV.  The  Questions  of  the  Preli- 
Speeches  of  Lord  Brougham,  Pitt,  Curran,  Daniel  minary  Examination  of  the  15th  and  16th  of 
O'Connell,  Burke,  the  late  Earl  of  Derby,  Mr.  May,  with  the  Answers. — V.  Review  of  the  May 
Gladstone,  Mr.  Disraeli  and  others.— III.  Sy-  Examination. — VL  Correspondence. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  V.— February,  1872. 

I.  Examination  Notices  for  1872  —II.  The  Latin        The  Questions  of  the  Preliminary  Examination 
Language ;  the  value  of  a  knowledge  of ;  its  pro-        of  the  14th  and  15th  of  February,  with  the  An- 
nunciation, &c. — III.   A  few  Remarks  on  the        swers. — VI.  Review  of  the  February  Examina- 
Study  of  French.— IV.  Synopsis  of  leading  Au-        tion.— VII.  Correspondence, 
thors,  Statesmen,  Poets  and  Philosophers. — V. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  IV.— October,  1871. 

I.   Examination   Notices,  &c.— II.   What  En-        — V.  The  Questions  of  the  Preliminary  Exami- 
dowments  are  essential  to  those  aspiring  to        nation  held  on  the  25th  and  26th  days  of  October, 
become  Barristers  and  Solicitors?— III.  Lectures         1871,  with  the  Answers.— VI.  Review  of  the 
on  Language :  Part  III. — IV.  Synopsis  of  Lead-         October  Examination. — VII.  Correspondence, 
ing  Authors,  Statesmen,  Poets  and  Philosophers. 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  III.— July,  1871. 

I.  Miscellaneous  Notices  and  Reviews. — II.  Lee-        Examination  held  on  the  12th  and  13th  days  of 
tures  on  Language.    Part  II.— III.  Synopsis  of        July,  1871,  with  the  Answers. — V.  Review  of 
leading  Authors,  Statesmen  Poets  and  Philo-        the  July  Examination.— VI.  Correspondence, 
sophers. — IV.  The  Questions  of  the  Preliminary 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  II.— May,  1871. 

I.  Miscellaneous  Notices  and  Reviews  of  Educa-        llth  days  of  May,  1871,  with  the  Answers. — 
tional  Works.— II.  Lectures  on  Language.— III.        V.  Review  of  the  May  Examination  and  Re- 
Synopsis  of  leading  Authors,  Statesmen,  Poets        marks  on  the  Study  of  English  History.— VI. 
and  Philosophers.— IV.    The  Questions  of   the        Correspondence. 
Preliminary  Examination  held  on  the  10th  and 

CONTENTS  OF  No.  I.— February,  1871. 

I.  Introductory  Remarks  and  Review  of  the  past  the  Preliminary  Examination  held  on  the  15th 
Examinations. — II.  Essay  on  the  Imperfections  and  16th  days  of  February,  1871,  with  the  An- 
of  the  Orthography  of  the  English  Language. —  swers.— V.  Review  of  the  February  Examina- 
III.  Synopsis  of  Leading  Authors,  Statesmen,  tion,  and  names  of  best  books  to  be  studied. — 
Poets  and  Philosophers. — IV.  The  Questions  of  VI.  Correspondence. 

Imprinted  at  London, 

nvmber  Seuen  in  Flete  strele  witlun  Temple  barre, 

Oy  whylom  the  signe  of  the  Hande  and  starre, 

and  the  Hovse  where  liued  Richard  Tottel, 
printer  bu  Special  patents  of  tlje  bofee*  of  tl;e  Common  lafoe 

in  the  seueral  Reigns  of 
Kng  Edn:  VI.  and  of  the  qvenes  Marye  and  Elizabeth. 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


Or-to?.T.n,  Joseph  Lewis 

Elze'ar 

078r        The  history  of  Roman 
law 


f 


usr  FEB  l.,1956